it

nb yh ban

ae ia)

WMS Bes ven
A RL) ‘
'y ANG) 1) HY ge bay he
1 et, yy Sy yey We pth).
onl k Hey hy's AN | ; ‘hy
: OAS baa

aM gt
yh sikh)
yt At
voy
ly oy vn
rH . dy) ++ Ary
5 Ve earye
‘ Wes
‘ pee
’ ’
try Uy
sy
~4'}
\
’
’
‘
Why
‘ ' % if
; : Shee bee caer ye!
vt Y natytyhys Sh
A] 5 cy BPR ATY
. ed id camry ary
é v 1 OH BE AL
" : ara tithe
. ‘ a) Ay
: a,
eo aby 10 pK
cha ; i
7 ’ na *.
1 5 yas
‘ A ab
* "ns
i 1
aa
’
'
] “ 7
1. :
oye
' \
ry ;
ay
"
; ¥ ' .
ES {
2

Waits Moly ey
Patni ed een ts
Boat RC KID

" v4 4048, Nar, Fi apie Ne

‘ Nc Wie eAH) See
ey ) Due hae
: ed Peet

F he bo “ A

-
F i

of,

sh ved

Pee

wha ho
ae

ot
ee
a RA ae
i \
YY] fe ’
Rann a tere ie O00 ME OO

ao
e i4 '
ee Pn Cn ay Wee a

GA al incase! Ths ie ys 2 Nee he P
7) » f
BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS $3 LuV
ud ‘ 4 w ed wo s Pa lJ
a. yt fy a ac a QS 7
<i a << eat ‘eon
a “i = es = :
= Yi o) = re) =
a = = = Se
JLALILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3SIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
-- 4 Ps =
wo ; = @ = M3 ies]
2 \y = aa = GE Pe
2 ww = > a UP fas
= SY \ xa == = : V/ fae —
— 2) <s2) (2)
B RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NOC | uy
< ay = Pe z
a z= \, = Vit fp = a
NE aN EW :
AY 2 EAS 2.7K = y
ae Bea z
LEALILSNI ENVINOSHLINS Sa 1YVvug 17 LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL
z : = ?
Re = o = & Sonn
sr ee S = oc
e Fe = re Cc
= faa) Es 2 fa
fe) na je) a je)
z P A = al zs
BRARIES eS ten oS en NOILNLILSNI! S3atuv
=
O = S . 6
E 9 [~ i =
oe = 3
F YG ea = ap) -
- Cy aed Me ae! E
ee m Z m 2
= =, Lee) Ke aa j
OILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥VYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT!
< < Zz «x ¢ ZW
Zz = "Z As = Zz NN
2. 5 BRC 2 9 Wy
E 2 Seed an :
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31 uy
ee et as = re
x. 4g ee = oc a oc
<i Lb pe < 1 <
= Ui = e = a
Z e) es fe) pos
2 as Zz ee |
OILALILSNI” NYINOSHLIWS S3'1YVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
ae m8 i z a ie
a = wo 2 o
ry) Bs) zs oy
> Ee > Ee soa {
al oe a ie * Dae
3 zZ ¢ zZ a
INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ lay
” > 2th ee w = 4
= < = < =
=I z A ‘ma pe
ae oO a et ® gat'ske
S ” aS i ee eo

ee eee ne ef Bie) Se = ib.
= ‘ =
3RARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUYVe
= ”
BN ae 2 2 & 3°
= ae m7 ad am w 4 mA
< Whi“ =! <x a <x
a “Ge 3% e 5 z
a J -e 4 z ay
ILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES
at & = i za ~
= ° aa ° wo
ae) ~ a, = red
a a zs = 1
7) = w. =
3RARI ES SMITH ONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI ere ae Juv
z= ot Eq Y, < = y
a ee a Vy py = = Uo
a rs) NS Ba by, rs) x Zs
7 DO ~ Ww o GEE 7) w lp
Sse YAO: ” ffl: O Yh
zZ 2aMk SS 2 Y fer = oA /
> = NY >* = >"
Fad ” ea > w a |
NVINOSHLINS S3IiYVYdEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
=_— * (ep) — Ww _—
wn ks Ww ae w
a m = fad i. ES
o ’ x + <x %5 +
5 fs = e. ¢
a at a ad Fe
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVWINOSHLINS S3IUYV:
z & z = : z
(2) pany oO a ee
= ae = o x. 2
= = = ae ‘ >
= 3 D = 2a =
= = = = =
= wn Z a) . €
NVINOSHLINS S3JI1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
z = Se ae z
en 5 a RNS = >
a3 On ae S \. e) aa
= Zz E Y 2 =
ies
Z = # mi ae =
SMITHSONIAN NOILALILSNI
sf Zz ” > ”
isi a” = op) os
ow. = oc = oc
* < <
oe = fee S ow
mo ae a es re]
= Ye re) = ro Ee
ad ae =| _ x. =
HLNLILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS _°3 1YVug ae LIBRARI Bey SviTHSONIAN INST
—— zs oO — oO pee seems
w = o = Vy, =O
. = 2 5 £4, 2
= = > ra b GS.
2 - 2 Oe fee
OD = of Zz D
INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYV
n oe ite i) = no
ay ae ne z
Z S ra iS =
re os cs ~ @ re)

sae

NT phe Ay rn
“a an a ol ie) i

ia
{ 4}
t '
lh
Sit
as, eae M
— _
oes, : ER State
ar ee al Se a my
i (7
{
\ ;
hiya ’
} } ! ' 7 }
i na) 4
| i
_
il
Ui
rs
i
:
[ a
ee)
,
i
’
it
t i
ved ‘
i
f
Pi
iia
1 }
ua
VN
, f i iv :
i
ow
ni
i J
‘
;
'
q
a ;
j
ov
: i
i oa
a v
1
ii
j
nit
i
i
i
a i
i
lal!
Ve hh 4
ity
a
E j
' it
,
‘ r } j a)
es a
f
;
i
}

i vi j i ;
| 4 ) } '
ref Hi aA ,
\ my i Bhi v j ? : 7
| i) , ; Ay as eee | ive
any | ts eh tai
abst et ui Ws ‘
rH af fi Lt a) i rh He
ey Puig iy 1 + HY ie Mg KG 5 ay
re 4 , aie ;
oi) ie my, | NYE ii Ny 1) ae wa if Me : in} ie

42D Heo | SENATE. MP. () | (Mis. Doc.
2d Session. DY UShao No. 61.

J f)
3 UW. §. Wational Museyin
re
Oo
D

UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Ny Oaks
Oat Hs

REPORT 4%

preee
CONDITION OF THE SEA FISHERIES

SOUTH COAST OF NEW ENGLAND

WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PAPERS,

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICK.
13873.

FORTY-SECOND CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION.

IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES,
February 6, 1872.
Ordered to lie on the table and be printed.

IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES,
February 19, 1872.
Resolved by the Senate, (the House of Representatives concurring,) That five thousand
extra copies of the report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries be printed, one
thousand five hundred for the use of the Senate, three thousand for the use of the
House of Representatives, and five hundred for the use of the Commissioner.

Attest :
GEO. C. GORHAM,
Secretary.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES,
March 5, 1872.
Resolved, That the House concur in the foregoing resolution of the Senate to print
extra copies of the “Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.”

Attest :
EDW. McPHERSON,
Clerk

UNITED STATES COMMISSION, FISH AND FISHERIES,
Washington, January 31, 1872.
Srr: In pursuance of a joint resolution of Congress, I have the honor
to present herewith a report of operations and inquiries prosecuted dur-
ing the year 1871 in reference to the decrease of the food-fishes on the
Sea-coast and in the lakes of the United States.
Very respectfully, your obedient servant,
SPENCER F. BAIRD,

Commissioner.
Hon. SCHUYLER COLFAX,

President of the Senate.

1 J -
’
> ry Ae
.
“ .
: .
- **
aie
2 i ee
’
. 7
+e 7 “
ui Rae /.
; ABOE
‘ 4
} i’ wis. 3 - : ‘ Ig 2

4 ,
, Stil hy a
7 —

vaidadli as Bttheattle Te? 0) tea vi

| *. ,
A ar ar re tin}

‘ Bary ye }

a
a 7 ’ ew!
ap

Die Y a 7

me on! ety te mie | : a

CONT ENTS

REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER.

PRELIMINARIES TO THE OFFICIAL INQUIRY ON THE PART OF THE UNITED

LTRS ote SC0GDS pgs Gee HSB aCe CDE Or oe ane Rie Sine 2 Sie eae See me “3
General considerations as to value of fisheries to a nation...-.....-....
Alleged decrease of fisheries on the south side of New England........-.
Official inquiries into the subject—

ye Massa Chuseuts stasjon cc's ccc aetect menses ee ha coe ae tees

He MOE AB LAMO) S289 ott (a) Sols ae cigartciten aa as Soha Stet oe Se

Pay OMMOCACN oi ccict2 oe - eign aiainia Sasso mee tes hoon dame an Smee
yeuleuU Mite da States! sc scartisjs qaidis se le aaa e mine mei mae aeye selsete
Paesaoe OF bie Will diréeting. an INQUITY .. <5. <<< ane ee onencsseeces
Selection of Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, as a base for the sea-coast
Peet eet he aot ole) asia satan 4 eile) Sete se orae amine, eli Soon se as
Corneninrentiaction: onthe Wakes). 5222) eee eset ola Sa cei sewersace ones eects
Aid rendered by the departments of the Government......-......-..--

CHARACTER AND PROGRESS OF THE INVESTIGATION ...... .--------.02 2200 ee
rameourescanchvadopredice) Ac be: Jjfek Sess. ce. ks hele bide.
Systematic arrangement of subjects for investigation ..................

in regard to the fishes:themselves <-. 22. 2 .ce0n gcc cones ee ween see
ERE arcs tOvuNole FOU! 65:5 ck Senet se ea iaiay= se Soaps eas cen Sse’
Physical condition of the waters..--.-..---..---.. Bo eeiacee See eke
Moralitvaselecved as center of research)... 2. 2... .<225-56- 5525 ss25 se eee
Bape Mee ue St CHO MMU 2 2 2: calm a. o,f nin c'aeia/ se heen Sains nen mcg oneonee
aA ees Rte NEOUIY ER 2 fora a eict = oie mi nrminin se nie etn ow 2 a ames in te
Deu eHEON) Ui SP OCIINENG 4 - [51 ata ce sei ale soso ate ae ocoe ot save ae abe
SERCO PN MIG Al MUISEWMN 6 ae joc a see wicca abs ass s sosed qdumee sock
For distribution to other establishments, as colleges, academies,
PAUISG WEIS OGE stem stn accla) 1 lotapalaletsl sia, A art elcto eta teray asia oleic aie
Facilities given to officers of colleges and museums for making col-
ADOSER, a etre Sea Od a a ere NPA
Paowerapmic, pictured Of fishes, GC! 24.) 22 se sl kanes ances en sace eee
Scientific visitors to Wood’s Hole during the season. ............-..---
Mjeeis seenred Of Special Wterest oo... 2 sos eAk sewer cc ccen ec cease
Conference with State commissioners in Boston ..............2--.-----

Page.

VII
VII
VLE
VIL
VIII
VIIl
1d.¢
XI
XI

XII
XIl
XII

XII
XIII
XI
XIII
XIIL
XI
XIV

XV
XIV

XV

XV

ACCOMPANYING PAPERS.

For a list of these, see the end of the volume

VI CONTENTS
Page
Corresponding researches of associates—
By J. W. Milner, on the creat lakes. ..-. -.-- ---<m. .--c0e---e- -ttoe 5) OVER
By Dr. H. C. Yarrow, on the Carolina coast..--- Fon opeBerocsa src s: "XVII
Second visit to south coast of New England in 1872..............---.. XXXVI
GENERAL RESULTS OF THE INVESTIGATION... --.2.. .-.2 2-200 «220-000 --- cere XVII
Recapitulation of objects of the inquiry --...-....-.-. Seep i522 - XVII
Decrease of food-fishes ............--..----- ee er XVIII
Substantiated by testimony .....-.....-...----- Se ys. XVIII
Estabhghed by theinyestigation :.20.02cUlt. 2.2 ML .k. fee XVIII
Supply of fish in the sea not inexhaustible -.-.........---..-....-- XIX
Injurious effect of the Gecrease : 252. oie en. tee ethos oe XX,
Causes of the decrease, alleged or actual ..........--...--2..----- 8 xX
1. Disappearance of the fool of fishes so o22. 2-2 se XXI
2. Change in locality of the fishes themselves .........---......--- XXI
3. Disease and atmospheric agencies ...=...---.. 02-2. -.-22e esses XXII
A Ravagesof predacious fishes......--- - 2-25... <2 = weenie soon eee c XXII
Drang AC SNCeS soon essen ce oan as ae eens See XXII
PONUTTONIOL WaAbeRoo. oe ot saee acs Sale seen aes e ea eee Bee = XXIII
Overtishinig nse. eee eee et sed eee s see One aes eee XXIV
By ixediapparatas ceo sesso aces ee eee ues XXIV
Location of such apparatus in Massachusetts and -
: Rhode Island. 22-35. 522 322k 2. ies ee Dee eee KXV
By mets and lines! 5g.0225 2 aoe ls nde eee XXXI
6. Combination of human and other agencies, especially blue-tish --
Extent of agency of blue-fish.....-. -.......--.- --- 2s.
Lheir diminution not desirable... 2. 22-2 022. 52. Jeace Soe eee XXXII
Their abundance dependent on that of other fish...-.....--.-. XXXII
MMASURES SUGGESTED FOR RELIEF... 2.25555 2-5. secocs 5-500 onc=cee eee Pe 6.6.56:
Regulation of use of fixed nets .-.. i ee eee. ©.0.0 i)
Action by the States. .-.. 22222 -22.2.322. 42. 0de-. == => ==
Bill proposed for the purpose. --........-.- 0-0. s--6.--+55- =. 53
Arguments in its favor..-.. me Vols olajatn aie = eet ee ee ee eer XXXIV
\ Absolute prohibition by the United States the alternative of want of
action by the States -...........--...-.+---.----+----+-+-------. KRY
Anticipation of improvement. 22.2... 2.2.22 2. 2. eles 2k al wines ee
RESULT OF INQUIRING IN'ABT2. «20. eo eedeil seteden sie dee c+ eee eee XXXVI
GENERAL SUMMARY OF RESULYS. 5552225. os3e 5. ceo oses cade eee XXXYVIII
COMG TUSION? 345265065 CUs SSe043 nSbera ss sScomcs Steams noees ssa acc oss a2. XL

I.—REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER.

PRELIMINARIES OF THE INQUIRY.

The importance to the United States of the fisheries on its coasts can
scarcely be exaggerated, whether we consider the amount of wholesome
_ food which they yield, the pecuniary value of their products, the num-

ber of men and boys for whom they furnish profitable occupation, the
stimulus to ship and boat building which they supply, and, not the
least of all, their service as a school for seamen, from which the mer-
chant-marine, as well as the Navy of the country, derive their most -
important recruits. .

A few years ago, in view of the enormous abundance of fish originally
existing in the sea, the suggestion of a possible failure would have been
. considered idle; and the fisheries themselves have been managed with-
out reference to the possibility of a future exhaustion. The country
has, however, been growing very rapidly ; the construction of railroads
and the use of ice for packing have furnished facilities for sending fish
in good condition all over the country, and the demand for them has
increased in proportion. The object of those engaged in the fisheries
has been to obtain the largest supply in the shortest possible time, and
this has involved more or less of waste, and, in some cases, reckless
destruction of the fish. -

The discovery, too, that fish can be made to supply a valuable oil by
boiling and pressing, and that the residue, as well as the uncooked fish,
furnish a valuable manure, to be applied either directly or after special
preparation, has constituted an additional source of consumption on a
very large scale.

As might have reasonably been inferred, the supply, which formerly
greatly exceeded the demand, now, to a certain extent at least and in
certain localities, has failed; and.the impression has become prevalent
that the fish themselves are diminishing, and that in time some kinds,
at least, will be almost or quite exterminated. This assertion is made
with reference to several species that formerly constituted an important
part of the food supply; and the blame has been alternately laid upon
one or another of the causes to which this result is ascribed, the fact of
the decrease being generally considered as established.

The first official notice taken of this state of affairs, with the view of
adopting measures for reliéf, was on the part of the States of Massachu-
setts and Rhode Island, both being especially interested in the ques
tion, as the greatest depreciation was alleged to have occurred on their
southern border. The cause assigned by those who complained most

VIII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the result was the multiplication of “traps” and “pounds,” which
captured fish of all kinds in great numbers, and, as was supposed, in
greater quantity than the natural fecundity of the fish could make good
year by year, especially in view of the fact that these catches were
made during the spawning season, thereby destroying many of the
tertile fish and preventing others from depositing their eggs.

Petitions were presented to the legislatures of both these States
in the winter of 1869~70, asking that a law be passed prohibiting the
use of fixed apparatus for capturing fish; and the whole subject came
before special committees of the legislatures, and was discussed in all
its bearings. The Massachusetts committee, of which Captain Nathan-
iel Atwood, of Provincetown, was chairman, after considering the evi- _
dence adduced, decided that there was no reasonable ground for the
complaint, and that any action on the part of the State was inexpedi-
ent. (See page 117 of the present report.)

On the other hand, the Rhode Island committee, after giving a much
greater amount of personal attention to the matter, came to the con-
clusion that the prayer of the petitioners was well founded, and they
reported in favor of a very stringent law, prohibiting the further use of
“traps” or “* pounds,” excepting within a limited district. (Page 104.)
So far from agreeing with the Massachusetts committee on this subject,
they gave it as one result of their inquiry that the difference in abun-
dance of food-fishes between the present time and that ten years ago
involved an increase in expense of at least $100 per annum to one thou-
sand persons, resident on or near the sea-coast; or, in other words,
that one thousand families were taxed to the amount of $100 a year for
the purehase of food which previously was readily taken by one or
other of its members, at odd moments of time throughout the season.
So totally different were the conclusions arrived at by the two, com-
mittees.*

The report against the prayer of the petitioners, made by the com-
mittee of the Massachusetts State senate, settled the question for the
time, and no further action was taken. The report of the Rhode Island
committee, however, was presented to the legislature, but nothing defi-
nite was done. In this State it became a political question rather than
an economical one, and shared with the regular issues in determining
the result of elections. Rhode Island being strongly republican, the
republican ticket was usually elected without any question; but the

* This remarkable contradiction in the results of the two commissions showed the ne-
cessity of a special scientific investigation on this subject, to be prosecuted in the way
of direct experiment upon the fish themselves, their feeding and breeding grounds. It
will be observed that the conclusions depended generally upon the evidence of fisher-
men alone. The same was the case with the British commission, of which Professor
Huxley was a member, and which in the course of its researches visited eighty-six
places on the coast of England, and had before them large numbers of persons engaged |
in the fisheries, some of them using nets and trawls, and others lines. These gentlemen
reported that there was no proof adduced to show that the supply of fish in the Brit-
ish seas had decreased, and therefore they opposed any restrictions.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Ix

nominee of that party for lieutenant-governor, being looked upon as
opposed to the abolition of the trapping of fish, was defeated by the
popular vote, although subsequently elected by the legislature. The
prevailing sentiment throughout the greater part of the State appeared
to be in favor of the prohibition of traps, a measure which was confi-
dently anticipated by all parties, although the propriety of such a course
was contested by many persons whose judgment was entitled to consid-
eration. Among these was Mr. Samuel Powel, a member of the State
senate, who insisted that the question was too little understood to war-
rant such action, and that it should first be made the subject of inquiry
on the part of scientific men before a proper decision could be reached.

In the accompanying foot-note I present a communication from Dr.
Hudson, received as this report is going through the press, in regard to
the action on the same subject taken by the State of Connecticut.*
This has more particular reference to shad and salmon, but has a
part in the general inquiry.

*STATE OF CONNECTICUT, DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES,
; Hartford, Connecticut, January 2, 1873.

Dear Sir: You ask for a short history of the efforts made to secure a law prohibit-
iug pounds used for the taking of shad, or prospectively of salmon. In 1866 the Commis-
sioners of fisheries of the New England States met at Boston to discuss measures for
restoring salmon and increasing the number of shad in the different rivers of the
States. The Connecticut River of our State was the only stream under special discus-
sion, as four of the States, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, and Connecticut
were all equally interested. An agreement was finally made that the commissioners
of Vermont and New Hampshire were to furnish all the salmon-fry necessary to-
restock the river, Massachusetts was to furnish fishways for all dams on the river in
the State,and the Connecticut commissioners were to procure a law abolishing pounds
at the mouth of the river. In accordance with this agreement, our commissioners suc-
ceeded in having a law passed in 1853, approved July 31, 1868, section 2 of which is as
follows: “That from and after the year 1871 it shall be unlawful for any person to
erect, construct, or continue in the waters along the northerly shore of Long Island
Sound, in this State, any weir or pound for the taking of fish.” You will notice that
no penalty is provided in case of non-observance of the law. To remedy this defect a
Jaw (which I inclose) was passed in 1871, approved July 24, 1871, making a penalty
of $400, but giving a majority of the commissioners authority to grant permits. As
Massachusetts had built no fishways, and New Hampshire and Vermont did not pre-
tend to live up to their promise in consequence, permits were granted under certain
restrictions, and in 1872 the legislature passed a new law by which pounds may be
allowed to fish except from sunrise on Saturday until sunrise on Monday, with a few
hours’ allowance for tides. All restrictions on fykes have been repealed.

Yours, very truly,
WM. M. HUDSON.
Prof. 8. F. BarrD, Washington, D. C.

AN ACT in addition to an act for encouraging and regulating fisheries.

Be it enacted by the senate and house of representatives, in general assembly convened :
SecTion. 1. That upon a written request of the fish commissioners, or amajority of them
the selectmen of any town in the State sball appoint two or more such persons as shall
be approved by such fish commissioners to be fish wardens, whose duty it shall be to
assist the fish commissioners in detecting and prosecuting offenses against the fishery
laws of the State, and who shall be paid a suitable compensation from the treasurer of

xX REPORT’ OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In view of such considerations as were adduced by Mr. Powel, and of

the contrariety of opinion on the part of State committees, it was deemed

desirable that the whole matter should be investigated by some scien-
tific officer of the general Government presumed to be competent to the
inquiry and entirely uninfluenced by local considerations. Indeed, as
the alleged diminution of the fisheries was in tidal and navigable waters
of the United States, and over which the Federal Government exercises
jurisdiction in other matters, it was maintained by many that the State
governments had no control, and that any enactments on the subject
must be made by Congress; especially as, if left to the States, it would
be impossible to secure that harmony and concurrence of action neces-
sary for a successful result.

It will be observed that in all these cases the question turned upon
the evidence of men who were interested in one way or another, and
whose daily bread might depend largely upon the conclusions arrived .
at. Many of them had made large investments of money in nets and
boats, while others who had no such interests acted upon the natural
antipathy that seems to exist between those using the net and those
fishing with the line. It was also shown, by some of the testimony, that
in many instances persons were biased in their evidence by intimidation,
either papipesed or understood, on the part of the owners of nets. Ad-

the town Tis and. in addition thereto shall have one-half the penalty that may be recoy-
ered and paid into the treasury for any offense detected by them.

Src. 2. Chapter 27 of the session laws of TEES, approved June 21, 1869, is hereby
appealed,

Sec. 3. After the year 1871, any person who shall set, use, or continue, or shall assist
in setting, or using any pound, weir, set-net, or other fixed or permanent contrivance
for catching fish in any of the waters within the jurisdiction of the State without the
written permission of the majority of the fish commissioners, shall forfeit and pay the
sum of $400 to the treasury of the State. :

Src. 4. All the provisions of the third and fourth sections of the act entitled “ An
act in addition to an act for encouraging and regulating fisheries,” passed May session,
1867, and approved July 26, 1867, are hereby extended and shall fully apply to this
act; and all parts of acts heretofore passed which are inconsistent with this act are
hereby repealed.

Src. 5. In addition to the penalties provided in section three, any justice of the peace
for the county in which such pound, weir, set-net, or other fixed or permanent contri-
vance has been so set up, used, or continned, or where any persons shall violate any of
the laws of this State by fishing at such times as are prohibited by law, is hereby au-
thorized and directed, upon the written request of any fish commissioner or fish warden,
to issue his warrant commanding the sheriff, constable, or any other proper person or
persons in such warrant named, to cause the same to be seized forthwith, together with
all the parts thereof, and all nets, seines, boats, oars, sails, tackle, ropes, and other
articles employed therewith, or used in violation of the laws of this State as aforesaid,
and to be removed and sold at public auction to the highest bidder, and, after paying
out of the proceeds of such sale all the expenses of such seizure, removal, and sale, to
deposit what remains in the treasury of the State. The provisions of this act shall not
apply to any pounds set for the purpose of catching white fish between the eastern
boundary of the town of Clinton and Pond Point, in the town of Milford.

Src. 6. All acts or pares of acts inconsistent herewith are hereby repealed.

Approved July 24, 1871.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XI

mitting, however, that the use of nets of certain kinds has done a great
part, or even the whole, of the mischief complained of, it was a matter
worthy of serious inquiry whether so positive a measure as absolute
prohibition was expedient or necessary, and whether by limiting the
time during which the use of nets is allowed, the interests of both
parties may not be reconciled, by giving to the fish the opportunity of
spawning undisturbed, and also by regulating the size of the mesh, so as
to catch only the oldest and largest fish. All this, however, was only to
be ascertained by a careful study of the habits of the fish, so as to de-
termine the nature of their food, the growth of their spawn, and other
sireumstances bearing upon the solution of the problem in question.

The following bill for this purpose was therefore introduced into the)
House of Representatives by the Hon. H. L. Dawes, and became a law on |
the 9th of February, 1871:

[RESOLUTION OF GENERAL NATURE—NO. 8. ]

JOINT RESOLUTION for the protection and preservation of the food-fishes of the
coast of the United States.

Whereas it is asserted that the most valuable foad-fishes of the coast and the lakes
of the United States are rapidly diminishing in number, to the public injury, and so as
materially to affect the interests of trade and commerce: Therefore,

Be it resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America
in Congress assembled, That the President be, and he hereby is, authorized and required
to appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from among the civil
officers or employés of the Government, one person of proved scientific and practical
acquaintance with the fishes of the coast, to be commissioner of fish and fisheries, to
serve without additional salary.

Suc. 2. And be it further resolved, That it shall be the duty of said commissioner to
prosecute investigations and inquiries on the subject, with the view of ascertaining
whether any and what diminution in the number of the food-fishes of the coast and
the lakes of the United States has taken place; and, if so, to what causes the same is
due ; and also whether any and what protective, prohibitory, or precautionary meas-
ures should be adopted in the premises; and to report upon the same to Congress.

Sec. 3. ind be it further resolved, That the heads of the Executive Departments be,
and they are hereby, directed to cause to be rendered all necessary and practicable aid
to the said commissioner in the prosecution of the investigations and inquiries afore-
said.

Suc. 4. And beit further resolved, That it shall be lawful for said commissioner to
take, or cause to be taken, at all times, in the waters of the sea-coast of the United
States, where the tide ebbs and flows, and also in the waters of the lakes, such fish or
specimens thereof as may in his judgment, from time to time, be needful or proper for
the conduct of his duties as aforesaid, any law, custom, or usage of any State to the
contrary notwithstanding.

Approved February 9, 1871. b

AS passed, the resolution provided for the extension of the inquiry to
the lakes, at the instance of some of the western members, who desired
that the subject of the diminution in the supply of white-fish and other
Species in the western waters should be investigated.

To carry out the provisions of the law, an appropriation was made by
Congress to meet the necessary expenses of the investigation, and the

XII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

position of commissioner (without salary) having been tendered by the
President, Lacceptedit, with the determination of giving to theinguiryas
much consideration as the time at my disposal would permit; and, receiv-
ing the necessary leave of absence from Professor Henry, the seeretary of
the Smithsonian Institution, | proceeded to Vineyard Sound early in
June, 1871, as it was in that region that the alleged decrease was most
clearly manifested, and established my headquarters at Wood’s Hole,
a village on the coast about eighteen miles from New Bedford, and
directly opposite Holmes’s Hole, (now Vineyard Haven.) From this
center I could readily reach all such points on the adjacent coast,
as were most likely to furnish important facts bearing on the question.
About the same time Mr. J. W. Milner, of Waukegan, Illinois, a gen-
tleman of scientific training and ability, proceeded to Lake Michigan and
spent the entire summer and autumn in prosecuting his labors in refer-
ence to the fisheries of the lakes, the results of which will be presented
hereafter.

The provision of the law directing the executive officers of the
Government to render all the aid in their power to the required investi-
gations was found to be of great value. By the direction of the Secre-
tary of the Treasury, and through the courtesy of Mr. J. A. P. Allen,
collector of customs at New Bedford, I was enabled to obtain the use of
the small yacht Mazeppa, belonging to the New Bedford custom-house,
as well as the services of the captain of the vessel, John B. Smith, esq.,
then janitor of the custom-house. A substitute in the way of a boat and
captain was, however, furnished to the custom-house from the appro-
priation for the inquiry. The Treasury Department also instructed the
collector of customs at Newport to detail the revenue-cutter Moccasin,
belonging to that station, and in command of Captain J. G. Baker, for use
in my investigation whenever her services were not required in any other
direction. The Light-House Board granted the occupation of some vacant
buildings and of the wharf connected with their buoy-station at Wood’s
Hole; and the Secretary of the Navy placed at my command for the sum-
mer a small steam-launch, belonging to the navy-yard at Boston, and
gave me the use of a large number of condemned powder-tanks, which
served an excellent purpose in the preservation of specimens. I am
also indebted to Professor Henry for permission to use the extensive
collection of apparatus belonging to the Smithsonian Institution in the
way of nets, dredges, tanks, &c., and thus saving the considerable out-

ay which would otherwise have been necessary.

Due use was made, in the course of the summer, of all the facilities in
question, and I beg leave here to express my acknowledgments to the
Treasury and Navy Departments; as also, among many others, to Captain
Macy, of the Newport custom-house ; to Captain J. G. Baker and officers
of the Moccasin; Mr. J. A. P. Allen, collector of customs, New Bedford ;
to Captain John B. Smith, of the Mazeppa; to Captain Edwards, of the
light-house buoy establishment at Wood’s Hole; as also to various other
gentlemen whose names appear in the report.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XIII

CHARACTER AND PROGRESS OF THE INVESTIGATION.

The plan adopted for the inquiry was determined upon after careful
deliberation. The great contrariety of opinion developed in the State
investigations as to what should have been the best-known facts in
the life-history of the fishes and their associates in the sea, made it
necessary to study the natural history of these species as thoroughly as
possible, so as to have amore complete knowledge of the facts, and con-
sequently better means of arriving at satisfactory conclusions. Works
already published upon American fishes proved to contain compara-
tively little of value as to the biography of the coast species; and the
evidence of fishermen and others, whose judgment ought to be reliable,
was found to be entirely contradictory and unserviceable. A systematic
plan of inquiry was therefore drawn up, with the assistance of Professor
Gill, embracing the points in the history of the fishes information rela-
tive to which was desirable, and a series of questions was devised, (see _
page 1,) answers to which, if satisfactory and complete, would leave lit-
tle room for future inquiry. These were printed for the purpose of giv-
ing them a wide circulation, and include queries in reference to the
local names of each kind of fish, its geographical distribution, its abun-
dance at different periods of the year and in different seasons, its size,
its migrations and movements, its relationship to its fellows or to other
species, its food, and its peculiarities of reproduction; also questions
relative to artificial culture, to protection, diseases, parasites, mode of
capture, and economical value and application—eighty-eight qaestions
in all, covering the entire ground.

, As the history of the fishes themselves would not be complete with-
out a thorough knowledge of their associates in the sea, especially
such as prey upon them or in turn constitute their food, it was con-
sidered necessary to prosecute searching inquiries on these points,
especially as one supposed cause of the diminution of the fishes was the
alleged decrease or displacement of the objects upon which they subsist.

Furthermore, it was thought likely that peculiarities in the temper-
ature of the water at different depths, its chemical constitution, the per-

, centage of carbonic-acid gas and of ordinary air, its currents, &c., might
all bear an important part in the general sum of infiuences upon the
fisheries; and the inquiry, therefore, ultimately resolved itself into an
investigation of the chemical and physical character of the water, and
of the natural history of its inhabitants, whether animal or vegetable.
It was considered expedient to omit nothing, however trivial or obscure,
that might tend to throw light upon the subject of inquiry, especially
as without such exhaustive investigation it would be impossible to de-
termine what were the agencies which exercised the predominant influ-
ences upon the economy of the fisheries.

As already stated, the preliminary arrangements having been made,
and the necessary leave of absence granted by Professor Henry, I left

XIV REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Washington and established myself at Wood’s Hole, where shortly after
my arrival [ was joined by Mr. 8. J. Smith and by Professor A. E. Ver-
rill, of Yale College, who had kindly undertaken to conduct the inqui-
ries into the invertebrate fauna of the waters. With the facilities in the
way of steamers and boats already referred to, I repeatedly visited in
person the entire coast from Hyannis, Massachusetts, to Newport,
Rhode Island, as well as the whole of Buzzard’s Bay, Nantucket, Mar-
tha’s Vineyard, &c., and in addition to making collections and investi-
gations, I secured the testimony of a large number of persons who were
interested in the inquiry ; among whom were nearly all the leading fish-
ermen, both line-men and trappers, as well as those who had been
dealers in fish and engaged in supplying the markets of New York and
Boston for many years. Many of these persons eagerly embraced the
opportunity totell their story of alleged wrongs, to urge various methods
for their redress, or else to claim the possession a certain inherent rights
which it were r rank injustice to deprive them of. A verbatim report of
this testimony was made by Mr. Henry E. Rockwell, an accomplished
phonographer, and has been printed in part, beginning on page 7.

I also made the acquaintance of several gentlemen of literary ability
and research, who had previously given much attention to the various
questions connected with the fisheries, and who had in a measure be-
come champions of the opposing sides, and obtained from them elabo-
rate arguments on the subject. That of Mr. J. M. K. Southwick, of
Newport, in behalf of the traps and pounds, will be found on page 76,
and of Mr. George H. Palmer, of New Bedford, and Mr. J. Talbot Pit-
man, of Providence, as opposed to their continuance and in the interest
of the line-fishermen, on pages 88 and 196.

Many important facts were thus elicited by means of the inquiries
and testimony referred to, suggesting hints for personal examination to
be subsequently prosecuted. Nearly all the fish pounds and traps along
the coast, some thirty in number, were visited, and their location and
character determined. These have been designated on a map of Massa-
chusetts and Rhode Island, which accompanies the present report.

The large number of pounds in the vicinity of Wood’s Hole rendered
it an easy matter to obtain material for investigation; and the oppor- |
tunity was embraced for determining more satisfactorily, from the con-
tents of the stomachs of the different kinds of fish captured, the precise
nature of their food. For the facilities in the way of specimens fur-
nished by the proprietors of these pounds, always readily given, I beg
to render my acknowledgments ; especially to Captain Isaiah Spindel,
at Wood’s Hole; to Captain Rogen & Brothers, at Quissett; to Cap-

tain Peter Davis, at Ram’s Head; to Captain Jason Luce & Co., at
Menemsha Bight; to Captain Phinney, at Waquoit, and to others.

In addition to the material secured by thus sedulously visiting the
pounds and other localities for the objects mentioned, seines and
nets of different kinds were set or drawn almost every aie for the pur-

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XV

pose of ascertaining facts connected with the spawning of the fish, the rate
of growth of the yourrg, the localities preferred by them, &c. Professor
Verrill and his parties wese engaged also throughout the summer in
.making collections along the shores at low tide, as also in the constant
use of the dredge and the towing-net.

One important question connected with this investigation, in addition
to determining the character of the food available for the fishes, was to
ascertain its comparative abundance, a great diminution or failure of
such food having been alleged as one cause of the decrease of the
fisheries. Care was therefore taken to mark out the position and ex-
tent of different beds of mussels, worms, star-fishes, &c., at the sea-bot-
tom, and by straining the water at various depths and at the surface, to
ascertain the amount of animal life therein. Temperature observations
were also repeatedly taken and recorded, especially from the revenue-
cutter Moccasin, under command of Captain Baker.

Having ample facilities at hand for making zoological collections, the
opportunity was embraced to secure large series, not only for the na-
tional museum at Washington, but also for other establishments; and
a sufficient quantity was gathered to supply sets (as soon as they can be
fully elaborated) to the various colleges and other public institutions
throughout the country. Large numbers of fishes, especially of the
more showy kinds, such as sharks, skates, rays, &c., in which the waters
abound, were secured for a similar purpose, and a partial distribution to
colleges and societies has already been made of the duplicates of this
portion of the collections. The occasion was also embraced by several
gentlemen to make special collections for establishments with which
they were connected. Among them we may mention more particularly
Professor Jenks, in behalf of Brown University; Professor Hyatt, for
the Boston Society of Natural History; Professors Smith and Verrill,
for Yale College; Professor Todd, for Tabor College, Lowa; Doctor Far-
low, for the Botanic Garden at Cambridge, &e. Facilities for such en-
terprises were always gladly furnished.

With a view of exhibiting the character of the fishes of the region
explored, and determining their rate of growth, an experienced photog-
rapher accompanied the party, who, in the course of the summer, made
over two hundred large negatives of the species in their different stages
of development, at successive intervals throughout the season. These
constitute a series of illustrations of fishes entirely unequaled ; forming
an admirable basis for a systematic work upon the food-fishes of the
United States, should authority be obtained to prepare and publish it.

Among gentlemen interested in science who visited Wood’s Hole dur-
ing the summer for a greater or less period of time, either with special
reference to co-operation in the work of the commission, or on account
of the interest experienced in such investigations, may be mentioned
Professor L. Agassiz, of Cambridge; Professor J. W. P. Jenks, of Brown
University; Professors Verrill, Smith, D. C. Eaton, William D. Whitney,

‘

XVI REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

William H. Brewer, and Mr. Thatcher, of Yale College; Professor Hy-
att and Dr. Thomas M. Brewer, of Boston; Dr. W. G. Farlow, of Cam-
bridge; Professor Theodore Gill and Dr. Edward Palmer, of Washing-
ton; Colonel Theodore Lyman, Massachusetts commissioner of fish-
eries; Mr. Gwyn Jeffries, of England; Mr. J. Hammond Trumbull, of
Hartford; Professor Todd, of Mount Tabor, Iowa; Professor O. C.
Thompson, of the Technical Institute, Worcester, and several others.

As already mentioned, my own stay on the coast of Wood’s Hole ex-
tended until the early part of October; and, on my departure, I com-
missioned Mr, Vinal N. Edwards, of that place, to continue the investi-
gation as far as possible, by collecting facts in regard to the more im-
portant species, and especially iis to the time of their leaving the shores.
This he performed with great fidelity, besides securing valuable speci-
mens of rare fishes and transmitting them to Washington.

An interesting result of the labors at Wood’s Hole, during the sum-
mer of 1871, consisted in the great variety of fishes obtained through
the pounds and otherwise, many of them of kinds previously unknown
on the New England coast. The total number actually secured and
photographed amounted to one hundred and six species, of which
twenty or more are not included in the great work of Dr. Storer on
the fishes of Massachusetts. Nine species are mentioned by various
others as foundin the waters of Vineyard Sound, but which were not
secured; making one hundred and fifteen in all now known to belong
to that fauna.

Among the more interesting novelties observed in the way of fishes
was a species of tunny, a kind of smail horse-mackerel, (the Orcynus
thunnina,) a species weighing about twenty pounds, and which, although
well known in the Mediterranean and in the warmer part of the At-
lantic, had never been recorded ag taken on the American coast. This
fish proved to be quite common, not less than five hundred having been
taken in the fish-pounds at Menemsha Bight alone. Two species of the
sword-fish family, never noted before in the United States, were also
captured. A complete list of the fishes taken, appended to this report,
will elucidate more clearly the richness of the locality.

The variety of other marine animals secured was also unexpectedly
large. Most of these will be referred to in the appendix, in the form of
a paper by Professor Verrill. A list of the alga, furnished by Dr. W.
G. Farlow, of Cambridge, will also be found therein.

After completing my field labors for the season of 1871, I had a con-
ference in Boston with Mr. Theodore Lyman, fish commissioner of
Massachusetts, and Mr. Alfred Read, commissioner of Rhode Island, to-
gether with Mr. Samuel Powel, of Newport, when the results of the
season were discussed, and the draught of a fishery bill presented, which
was proposed for adoption by the States of Massachusetts and Rhode
Island. The deliberations and discussions of this meeting will be found
on page 125.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XVII

Simultaneously with the inquiries prosecuted during the summer of
1871, by myself and companions, a careful study was made of the food-
fishes found off the coast of North Carolina, by Dr. H. C. Yarrow, acting
assistant surgeon United States Army, stationed at Fort Macon. The
value of the services of this gentleman in the collection of facts and
statistics of the fisheries, and in adding to our knowledge of the natural
history of the species, as well as in making collections of specimens, can
searcely be overestimated. The conclusions arrived at by this gentle-
man and his notes upon the specimens will be found embodied in the
report.

During the summer and autumn of 1871, Mr. J. W. Milner, deputy
commissioner for the great lakes, made the complete circuit of Lake
Michigan, visiting every pound and gill-net station, and collecting a most
‘important body of information and material. This will be made the
subject of a special report, as soon as the data collected in 1872 can
be properly arranged. — .

GENERAL RESULTS OF THE INVESTIGATION.

Having thus given an account of the circumstances which led to this
inquiry, of the method of research adopted, and of the steps taken to
carry out the programme, I now proceed to discuss, in a general way,
the results obtained by the investigation, premising, however, that this
is but the fruit of two seasons, and requires to be revised by a care-
ful comparison of results for several successive years. Enough, how-
ever, has been determined to furnish a general indication in regard to
havits of the fishes, and of the methods most likely to accomplish the
object of their restoration to their original condition.

As already stated, the objects of the investigation, as authorized by
Congress, were, first, to determine the facts as to the alleged decrease
of the food-fishes; secondly, if such a decrease be capable of substantia-
tion to ascertain the causes of the same; and, thirdly, to suggest
methods for the restoration of the supply. A fourth object incidental
to the rest was to work out the problems connected with the physical
character of the seas adjacent to the fishing localities, and the
natural history of the inhabitants of the water, whether vertebrate or
invertebrate, and the associated vegetable life; as also to make copious
and exhaustive collections of specimens, for the purpose of enriching
the national museum at Washington, and of furnishing duplicates for
distribution in series to such suitable collegiate and other cabinets as
might be recommended for the purpose.

This research into the general natural history of the waters was con-
sidered legitimate, as, without a thorough knowledge of the subject, it
would be impossible to determine, with precision, the causes afiecting
the abundance of animal life in the sea and the methods for regulating
it; and the record of these facts, accompanied by proper illustrative
figures, it was believed would be a very acceptable contribution to the

S. Mis. 61 II

XVIII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

cause of popular education, and supply a want which has long been felt
in this country. ; .

As the direct operations of the commission required the use of exten-
sive and complicated apparatus, the additional cost of securing speci-
mens enough for the principal cabinets was found to be trifling, and the
opportunity for enriching them with material usually so diffieult of
acquisition it was thought should by no means be lost.

Nearly all enlightened nations have devoted much time to the investi-
gation of precisely such subjects, the German government, in particular,
having now in progress, under the direction of the National Fishery
Association, an exhaustive examination of all its shores and the adjacent
waters, believing that, by a thorough investigation, @ priori in this
direction, the various problems in reference to the culture and protection
of fish, oysters, lobsters, crabs, and the like, could be more readily
settled.

I. DECREASE OF THE FISH.—Bearing in mind that the present report
has more particular reference to the south side of New England, and
especially to that portion of it extending from Point Judith on the west
to Monomoy Point on the east, including Narragansett Bay, Vineyard
Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket, I have no
hesitation in stating that the fact of an alarming decrease of the shore-
fisheries has been thoroughly established by my own investigations, as
well as by evidence of those whose testimony was taken upon the sub-
ject.

Comparatively a few years ago this region was perhaps the scene
of the most important summer fishery on our coast, the number of
southern or deep-sea species resorting to its shoal bays and inlets to de-
posit their eggs being almost incredible. The testimony of the earliest
writers, as well as that given by witnesses examined, and set forth
in the appendix to the present report, as to the abundance of the
fish, is believed to be by no means exaggerated; and even within the
memory of persons now living, the mass of animal life was exceedingly
great. The most important of the fish referred to were the scup, the
tautog or black-fish, the striped-bass, and the sea-bass, in addition to
which there were species of less importance, although equally edible,
such as the sheep’s-head, the king-fish, the weak-fish, We.

The appearance of these fish was very regular, and their arrival upon
the shore could be calculated upon with almost the same precision as
the return of migratory birds; varying only, year by year, with special
conditions of temperature and oceanic currents. Other species,
more capricious in their appearance, and belonging essentially to the
division of outside fishes, were the mackerel, the blue-fish, the Spanish
mackerel, the bonito, &e. The alewife, or gaspereaux, and theshad were
also included ; as likewise the salmon, at an earlier period, although this
fish was exterminated at a comparatively early period. (See page 149
et seq.)

"REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XIX

In view of the facts adduced in reference to the shore-fishes, there can
be no hesitation in accepting the statement that there has been an enor-
mous diminution in their number, although this had already occurred
to a considerable degree with some species by the beginning of the
present century. The evidence of the fishermen, however, and of others
familiar with the subject, as published in the present report, goes to
prove that the decrease has continued in an alarmingly rapid ratio dur-
ing the last fifteen or twenty years, or even less; and I can state of my
own personal observation that localities in Vineyard Sound where
nine years ago an abundance of scup, tautog, sea-bass, &c., especially
the former, could be caught, do not now yield one-tenth part of
the weight of fish, in the same time and at the same season. <As the
decrease is most strongly marked in the case of the scup, | refer for the
details to the chapter on that fish, (page 228.)

We may also refer to the testimony of the Rhode Island committee,
on page 104, in reference to the increase of the cost of living on the
coast of that State, in consequence of the diminution of the fisheries.
“One very intelligent man thought it made $100 difference in the
cost of living to those persons living on theshore and in the small towns
on the bay, and, from his own experience, he hadno doubt that there are
one thousand persons living near the shore to whom it made this differ-
ence, amounting to a loss to them of $100,000 each year, that of the
high price of fish in Providence market not being taken into account.”
(Page 105.)

The condition of things referred to is, perhaps, not felt uniformly
over the entire coast, but in certain regions the complaint in regard to
it is universal; and it will be our object to make inquiry hereafter as
to the real causes of the evil.

~Many persons are in the habit of considering that the fish supply of
the sea is practically inexhaustible; and, therefore, that a scarcity of any
particular location is to be referred rather to the movements of the fish,
in changing their feeding-grounds capriciously, or else in following the
migration, from place to place, of the food upon which they live. This
may be true to a certain extent, as we shall hereafter show, but it is
difficult to point out any locality where, near the shores in the New
England States, at least, under the most favorable view of the case, the
fish are quite as plentiful as they were some years ago; and still more
so where, by their overlapping the original colonists of the sea-bottom,
they tend to render the abundance appreciably greater than usual.
And, furthermore, if the scarcity of the fish be due to their going off
into the deep waters of the ocean, it is, of course, of very little moment
to the fisherman that they are as abundant in the sea as ever, if they
do not come upon such grounds as will permit their being taken by his
lines or nets.

It is by no means to be inferred from our remarks as to the scarcity
of fish that fewer are actually caught now than formerly at any time;

KX REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. *

the contrary, perhaps, being the case, since by means of the improved
methods of capture, in the way of pounds and nets, an immense supply
is taken out at certain seasons of the year so as frequently to glut the
markets. The scarcity referred to is better shown by the great difficulty
experienced by line-fishermen in securing a proper supply throughout
the year on grounds where they were formerly able to catch all they
needed for their own use and for sale.*

The evil effects of the state of things here indicated, are felt in many
ways. Primarily on the part of many fishermen, resident on the coast,
who bave been-in the habit of making a living by the proceeds of their
occupation, not only supplying themselves with food, fresh and salt,
for the year, but also making a comfortable living by sales’of their sur-
plus. At the present time this resource is cut off to a great degree from
this class of people in many places on the Massachusetts coast, where,
as on Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard, and elsewhere, the deprivation
from the loss of profits by fishing is being most seriously felt. The re-
sult, of course, of the inability to make a living in this manner is to
drive the line-fishermen to other occupations, and especially to- induce
them to leave the State for other fields of industry. In consequence
the population is reduced, and the community feels this drain of some
of its best material in many ways. Furthermore, property depreciates
in value, farms and houses are abandoned, the average of taxation is
increased, and many other evils, readily suggesting themselves, are
developed.

Again, an important stimulus to the building. of ships and boats is-
lost in the decreasing demand for vessels of various grades; and, what
is more important to the country at large, the training of skilled sea-
men with which to supply our national and our merchant marine gener-
ally is stopped, or more or less interfered with. It is well known that
the line-fisheries, in their different manifestations, have always been
looked upon as of the utmost importance in a politico-economical point
of view, for which reason bounties were paid by the General Gov-
ernment; and, although these have been lately withheld, it may yet be
necessary to restore them in order to regain our lost ground.

II. CAUSES OF THE DECREASE.—As the testimony and considerations
already adduced may justly be considered as establishing the fact of the
vast decrease in the extent and value of the summer shore-fisheries on
the south side of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, the question recurs

*In the article on scup in the body of the report (p. 228) will be found a detailed ac-
count of the occurrence of the young fish, to an enormous extent, in the spring of 1871, and
thespeculationsas to their origin. These reappeared in 1872, though in much less numbers,
as two-year-old fish, and by autumn weighed from one-third to half a pound, and will
doubtless be met with again in 1273 as marketable fish. There is, however, no evidence
to show that a renewed supply of young fish, or at least in anything like the same
numbers, was present in 1872; which tends to render the problem of their appearence
still more difficult of solution.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XX

as to the causes which have led to this result. These, as commonly
given, are principally the following:

1. The decrease or disappearance of the food upon which the fish sub-
sat, necessitating their departure to other localities.

2. A change of location, either entirely capricious or induced by the
necessity of looking for at elsewhere, as just referred to.

3. Epidemic diseases, or peculiar atmospheric agencies, such as heat,
cold, &e.

4. Destruction by other fishes.

o. The agency of man; this being manifested either in the pollution
of the water by the discharge into it of the refuse of manufactories,
&e., or by excessive overfishing, or the use of improper apparatus. aa

These we will now proceed to discuss briefly in their order, beginning
with, first, disappearance of the food.

To this Saber special attention was given in the course of site inves-
tigations of 1871 and 1872, as the suggestion was quite plausible, and
by many was believed to be of great weight. The dredging operations
under Professors Verrill and Smith, were admirably calculated to test
this question, as the sea-bottom was raked in every direction by the
dredges; and the towing and drifting nets revealed the extent and
comparative abandance of animal life in the surface-water or throughout
its depths. '

Fortunately for the proper solution of this question, an extensive
series of dredging operations had been conducted by myself in the
waters in the vicinity of Wood’s Hole, as long ago as 1863, when the

‘diminution in the abundance of the fishes had not male itself so palpa-
ble. Asa general result, it may be said that, so far from there being
any scarcity of invertebrate life in the waters during the summer of
1871, as compared with earlier years, its actual amount was such .as to
strike with astonishment every one in our party engaged in the in-
quiry. The dredge was never brought up from seraping the bottom
without being filled with worms, star-fishes, sea-urchins, shells, &e.
The location of numereus mussel-beds, of acres in extent, was estab-
lished; the towing-net would become almost filled, in a short time, with
embryos of crabs, worms, ascidians, &c., and, on several occasions, in
dredging off the coast, to a distance of twenty or thirty miles, the water
was found to be so thick with animal life that a bucket of water drawn
up would contain hundreds of specimens, the sea indeed appearing
like a thick mush of organisms. If any difference were appreciable
between the seasons of 1863 and that of 1871,it was in favor of the
latter, possibly, indeed, because of the much less number of fishes ecalcu-
lated to reduce the mass. The validity, therefore, of the assumption of
a diminution of food may be denied in the most positive terms.

The second alleged cause, that of change of abode on the part ofthe
fishes, has also received proper consideration; but the inost careful
inquiry failed to reveal any locality or localities along the coast where |

XXII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

these fishes were to be found in an increased abundance, such as would
result from the overlapping of the normal supply of any part of the
coast by thatfroma differentregion. The fish were certainly not displaced
in an easterly direction;-and to the west of Narragansett Bay their
numbers, though perhaps not diminished to the same extent as east of
it, were deceit less than formerly.

Thirdly, disease or atmospheric agencies.—The question of epidemie
diseases among fishes is sometimes suggested by finding large numbers
coming ashore, at times with and at others without any assignable
cause. Occasionally this may be referred to voleanic exhalations, which
charge the water with sulphuretted hydrogen gas or other noxious sub-
stances, and thus produce death. Where no positive cause can be indi-
cated, the occurrence of some form of disease is frequently assigned as the
reason. Itisstated, forinstance, that in the last century the blte-fish about
Nantucket, then in great abundance and of enormous size, so large
indeed that thirty of them would fill a flour-barrel, were attacked by a
disease which destroyed them in large numbers; and that the Indians
of the island were nearly exterminated at the same time, either by
sharing in a common attack, or by eating the diseased fish. In the
course of time the blue-fish again returned to the Nantucket waters,
although of much smaller size than formerly represented; but the In-
dians never recovered their ground, their number being now extremely
limited.

The agency of cold is also given as producing occasionally great
mortality, especially among the tautog. A very cold spell, occur-
ring at low tide some years ago, is said to have killed the tautog
in such numbers that hundreds of tons were thrown ashore at Block
Island and along the southern shores of Rhode Island and Massachu-
setts. This fact appears to be well attested, and, in all probability,
may have had a decided influence, and similar facts, though on a much
smaller scale, have been adduced in reference to the young scup in the
late autumn, but this cannot have material influence on the number of
old scup, as may be the case with the striped bass and tautog, both of
which are known to be winter residents of these shores. Similar facts
have been observed even as far south as the Gulf of Mexico, where the
occurrence of a “‘norther” not unfrequently produces more or less
mortality by chilling the water.

The fourth cause of decrease, as alleged, namely, the ravages of
predaceous fishes, I am quite satisfied is one worthy of serious con-
sideration, the principal offender in this respect being the blue-fish.
No one who has spent a season on the coast, where this fish abounds,
can fail to have been struck with its enormous voracity, aud the amount
of destructiveness which it causes among other kinds of fish. Wherever
it appears in large numbers it is sure to produce a marked effect upon
the supply of other fishes, either by driving them away from their
accustomed haunts or by destroying them in large quantities in any

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXIII

given locality. Ample evidence to this effect will be found in the tes-
timony presented in the present report, as well as in the article on the
blue-fish, (page 235.) As there stated, it is a pelagie or wandering fish,
going in immense schools, and characterized by a voracity and blood-
thirstiness which, perhaps, has no parallel in the animal kingdom.

The fish seems to live only to destroy, and is constantly employed in
pursuing and chopping up whatever it can master. As some one has
said, it is an animated chopping-machine. Sometimes among a school
of herring or menhaden thousands of blue-fish will be seen, biting
off the tail of one and then another, destroying ten times as many fish
as they really need for food, and leaving in their track the surface of the
water covered with the blood and fragments of the mangled fish.

The blue-fish range in size, when two years of age and over, from
five to twelve pounds. I ascertained by a careful inquiry into the
number shipped by the dealers along the shore that about a million
and a quarter could be estimated as the number captured along through
Vineyard Sound and on the coast from Monomoy Point through Long
Island Sound and sent to market in 1871. Any one who has seen these
fish will judge that not one in a hundred is taken. If, now, we admit
the presence of 100,000,000 blue-fish in these waters referred to, we may
form some estimate of the number of fish destroyed by them. To esti-
mate twenty per day as the number destroyed, if not devoured, by each
blue-fish, is by no means extravagant, when we bear in mind the result
of my own examinations and the testimony of others.

We all know that fish-spawn and fish in different stages of growth
constitute the principal source of food to other fishes in the sea, and
that the great proportion of fishes devoured are of tender age. The
blue-fish, however, will often attack species but little less than itself, and
the 100,000,600 referred to probably destroy fishes of two or three
ounces and upward; that is to say, those that have passed the ordinary
perils of early life, and have a fair chance to reach maturity. There-
fore, if 12,000,000,000 are eaten, the number destroyed off the New Eng-
land coast ip a season of one hundred and twenty to one hundred and
fifty days can be easily estimated.

No other sea-coast than that of the Atlantic border of the United
States can show, as far as our informatign extends, so destructive a
scourge as the blue-fish, occurring in such numbers, of so large a size, and
of so massive a frame; able to cope with and mutilate, if not devour, any
other fish of less size. Indeed, I am quite inclined to assign to the
blue-fish the very first position among the injurious influences that
have affected the supply of fishes on the coast. Yet, with all this de-
struction by the blue-fish, it is probable that there would not have
been so great a decrease of fish as at present but for the concurrent
action of man, as we shall endeavor to show farther on.

Under the fifth head, that of human agencies, we may consider first
the question of the pollution of the water by poisonous agencies.

XXIV REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

These may consist, as already stated, of chemical substances, which
exert a directly poisonous influence, or of mechanical objects, such as
sawdust, which, it is said, gets into the gills of fishes, and ultimately
causes their death, or, falling to the bottom, with edgings, bark, &e.,
covers up the gravel and destroys the natural spawning-beds, and
thus prevents the development of the eggs.

These causes, however, apply essentially to rivers, and their injuri-
ous action in such cases has frequently been substantiated, and has in-
voked, in many instances, legislative interference. They exercise very
little influence, however, in regard to the fishes of the sea. The testi-
mony before the Rhode Island legislature would tend to show that, in
the immediate vicinity of factories on the Narragansett Bay and its.
tributaries, many of the smaller varieties of fish were as abundant as
ever, and that, even in the vicinity of gas-works, the discharge from
which, as containing creosote and other substances, might be expected
to produce a very injurious effect, the only result was the imparting of
an unpleasant, tar-like taste to oysters and other mollusks that oe-
curred in the neighborhood. It is by no means impossible that some
fish might be driven away from the vicinity of the discharge of such
an establishment; but that any marked effect could be produced on a
large scale is not to be admitted. .

Whatever the condition of things may be in Narragansett Bay, we
know that none of the agencies alluded to exist, to any considerable
extent, along other portions of the New England coast, where the facet
of a similar scarcity of fish has been equally established.

We come, therefore, to the question of improper or excessive fishing.
The capture of the sea-fishes by man is usually proseeuted either by the
hook and line or by means of nets or weirs. Nets for the capture of fish
may be divided into those which are movable and those which are fixed.
Among the movable we may mention the seine, which incloses the fish.
in bodies, and either hauls them to the shore or gathers them in the
open water, and the gill-net, in which the heads of the swimming fish
pass partly through the meshes of the net, by which, in their effort to
withdraw, they are held securely. These gill-nets may be either fixed ©
or floating; if the latter, they are called “ drifting nets.”

‘The apparatus for capture by fixed nets have various names and modes
of operation, as “ traps,” “pounds,” “ weirs,” “fykes,” &e. The trap is
an apparatus peculiar to the Narragansett Bay, and consists of an
oblong inclosure of netting on three sides and at the bottom, anchored
securely by the side of achannel. Into this the fish enter, and the hot-.
tom of: the net being lifted to the surface at the open end, the fish are
penned in and driven into a lateral inclosure, where they are kept until
needed. <A net of this character requires constant attention, as the fish,
after making the circuit of the trap, can readily pass out, unless pre-
vented. On page 10, in Mr. Southwick’s testimony, will be found a

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXV

figure and diagram illustrating the construction of these two forms of
apparatus, as also in the special article on modes of capturing fish.

The pounds and weirs are adapted not only for taking, but many of
tlfem for retaining, the fish untilit is convenient to remove them, need-
ing no watching to prevent their escape. These are of various con-
struction, depending upon the depth of the water, the tide, the nature
of the shore, the kind of fish to be taken, &c. The most common form
on the south side of New England consists of a fence of netting, ex-
tending from’the shore, and nearly perpendicular to it, for a distance of
50 or 100 fathoms or more, as the circumstances may require. The
outer end of this straight fence or wall is carried into a heart-shaped
fence of netting, the apex of which is connected with a cireular “ bowl”
of net-work, the bottom of which lies upon the ground, at a depth of
20 to 30 feet. The fish, in their movement along the coast, first strike
against the fence of netting and are directed outward, following the
fence or “leader” along until they reach the end, which, of course,
brings them within the “heart.” Here they wander around for a time,
their only easy avenue for escape being through the apex into the
“bowl,” and in which when entered they continually circle about with-
out ever finding the outlet. It is a peculiarity of fishes in their move-
ments, especially when in schools, that they do not turn a sharp corner,
but move around in curves; and the nets in question are so arranged
that the curves they are likely to take never bring them toward an
avenue of escape, but rather tend to conduct them farther within.

The “weirs” differ from the “ pounds” principally in being constructed,
in whole or in part, of brush or of narrow boards, with or without net-
ting; and they are sometimes so arranged that at low tide a sand-bar
cuts off the escape of the fish, leaving them in a basin inside, allowing
them to be taken at any time before a certain stage of rise of the next
tide. The variety of these modes of capture is very great, and I have
given in the appendix a description of the forms best known, accom-
panied by the figures necessary for their illustration, and to these would
refer for further information.*

*On the map accompanying this report I have marked the traps and pounds in
operation in 1871, on the south side of New England, east of Point Judith, as far as I
was able to ascertain their existence. Information concerning those in Rhode Island was
furnished by J. M. K. Southwick. Notices of those farther east were, for the most
part, supplied by Captain Edwards, supplemented by my own observations. To
Captain Prince Crowell I am indebted for a list of the weirs in Cape Cod Bay, repre-
sented on a separate map. I also give a separate sketch of Seaconnet Point, showing
the peculiarities of arrangement of the traps in that region.

According to Mr. Southwick, there were in Narragansett Bay, in 1871, twenty
pound or heart nets, of which the map represents eight on Conanicut Island,
and eight on Rhode Island. There were sixteen traps—seven on Rhode Island and
nine at Seaconnet Point. Seven of the latter indeed are double, each counting as
two, making twenty-three, or a total of forty-three. But few of these were fished
after the middle of June.

In Buzzard’s Bay and on the Elizabeth Islands the pounds were as follows: One at

XXVI REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The propriety of authorizing the erection of weirs and pounds occu-
pied the attention of the Canadian authorities a number of years ago,
and, in consequence of the results of special inquiries, and the general
impression on the part of the fishermen and others interested, the use
of weirs and traps was forbidden in certain portions of the Dominion, as
in the vicinity of Miramichi, and they were placed under close restric-
tion in other localities. The amount of offal usually thrown into the
water in the vicinity of the herring-weirs was supposed to have an inju-
rious effect in driving away schools of herring; and a marked decrease
in the shad-fishery of the Bay of Fundy and the Gulf of Saint Lawrence
was ascribed to the action of the weirs in entrapping the young fish and
sausing them to perish in immense numbers. In the appendix to the
present report I give the testimony of various English writers in regard
to the necessity of protecting the fisheries by restricting the time of
capture and the nature of the apparatus. Among these Bertram is
very outspoken in his views, taking direct grounds against the report
of the British commission, consisting of Professor Huxley and his «sso-
ciates.

As I have already remarked, the ordinary brush-weir arrangements,
as used on the coast of Great Britain, are not caleulated to produce
very serious effects, owing to the fact that it is only species coming into
comparatively shallow water that are captured in them; and there is
abundant opportunity for the fish to escape from their toils, unless
attended to immediately. I am, however, inclined to think that with
the introduction of the improved American methods of traps and pounds

Clark’s Cove ; three on Sconticut Neck; one at West Island, near New Bedford; one at
Mattapoisett; one at West Falmouth; two at Quissett Harbor; two on Long Neck, near
the guano-works of Wood’s Hole; ong at Hadley Harbor, two at Ram’s Head, one at
Robinson Hole, Naushon; five in Menemsha Bight; two at Tisbury, five at Lombard’s
Cove, two in Holmes’s Hole, one west of West Chop, Martha’s Vineyard; one at Fal-
mouth; one at Waquoit, and one at Coltuit, on Vineyard Sound; or a total of thirty-
five recorded, besides others probably omitted. Of these the greater number were
kept down only to about the middle of June. Among those known to have been
worked till late in the season were at least two near New Bedford; two at Quissett;
one at Wood’s Hole; two on Naushon; four on Martha’s Vinevard, and one at West
Falmouth; twelve or more.

I am informed that the number of pounds and traps in Narragansett Bay, in opera-“
tion in 1872, was about the same as in 1871, but that there was a considerable increase
to the eastward. Then there were four more at Menemsha Bight; one at Lombard’s
Cove; one at Paintville, Martha’s Vineyard; two or more at Kettle Cove, Naushon,
and one on the north side of Narhawena, an addition of at least nine to the thirty-five ~
previously enumerated. More would doubtless have been erected if suitable locations
could have been found.

According to the chart furnished by Captain Crowell there were fifteen weirs in
Cape Cod Bay in 1871, extending from Barnstable to Wellfleet.

It is very probable that [ have not learned the situation of all the traps and pounds
in Massachusetts waters, as Mr. Bassett, of New: Bedford, in his testimony in 1872,
stated that there were seven between New Bedford and Mishaum Point, of which I
have only enumerated four.

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXVILI

into Great Britain, a very different verdict would be given as the result
of thirty years’ trial.
While the seines ensnare enormous quantities of certain kinds of fish,
under especially favorable circumstances, the pounds and traps take
them in still larger numbers, because they act without the direct agency
of their owners, who can remain on shore during stormy weather, as-
sured that the very disturbance of the sea will conduce to the greater ex-
tent of the catch. Thousands of barrels of fishes are frequently taken at
a time, and lam myself cognizant of the capture of no less than 20,000
blue-fish, representing a weight of at least 100,000 pounds, in one weir,
in the course of a single night. In the appendix will be found an account
of captures effected at various weirs and pounds.
With this general explanation of the character of these potent engines,
we may perhaps realize their bearing upon the question of the fisheries.
As set in the waters of Rhode Island and Massachusetts, they are usu-
ally put down in the early spring and keptat work for six weeks, or even
longer; not unfrequently throughout the whole summer, but are taken
up before the autumnal storms occur, in order to prevent their destruc-
tion. The expense of a net-pound is very considerable, amounting to
two and even three thousand dollars, while four men at least are re-
quired throughout the season to attend to one. They are usually in
operation by the Ist of May, sometimes being set a little earlier and
sometimes later, and they take generally more or less in the order speci-
fied the following more important kinds of fish:
Alewives, (Pomolobus pseudo-harengus, Gill.)
Horned dog-fish, (Squalus americanus, Gill.)
Tautog, (Tautoga onitis, Gthr.)
Mackerel, (Scomber vernalis, Mitch.)
Menhaden, (Brevoortia menhaden, Gill.)
Scup, (Stenotomus argyrops, Gill.)
Sea bass, (Centropristes furvus, Gill.)
Blue-fish, (Pomatomus saltatrix, Gill.)

‘ Squeteague, (Cynoscion regalis, Gill.)

By the middle of June the supplies of some of these fish decrease to
such an extent that the traps and pounds are generally taken up for the
season. Some of the pounds, however, are kept down throughout the
summer, especially with the object of securing menhaden, blue-fish,
Spanish mackerel, and squeteague, other fish being captured oceasion-
ally, but in inconsiderable amount. ;

It is noteworthy in this connection that, with the exception of dog-
fish, nackerel, alewives, and menhaden, the edible fish taken in the first
part of the season consist of those species which constitute the great
body of the summer-catch with the line, and which are known to find
their spawning-ground along the south coast of New England. It is
these fish to which the inquiries of the Rhode Island and Massachusetts
legislatures have been particularly directed, and which, with the exeep-

XVIII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

tion of blue-fish, make up the most important part of the summer fish-
eries. They are still taken in great numbers by the pounds and traps,
although fewer than formerly, and consist in great proportion of adult
males and females, ripe with milt and with spawn. We ean, therefore,
easily understand how a most injurious influence may be exercised upon
the fisheries by the capture of so large numbers under the circumstances
referred to. .

In all discussions and considerations in regard to the sea-fisheries one
important principle should be carefully borne in mind, and that is that
every fish that spawns on or near the shores has a definite relationship to
a particular area of sea-bottom; or, in other words, that, as far we can
judge from experiment and observation, every fish returns as nearly as
possible to its own birthplace to exercise the function of reproduction,
and continues to do so, year by year, during the whole period of its exist-
ence. This principle underlies, as is well known, all effort looking toward
restoring to our rivers their supply of salmon, shad, and alewives; since
it is well known that it is not sufficient to merely remove restrictions that
had for years prevented the upward run of these tish, but a colony of
young fish must beestablished in the head-waters of these streams, which,
running down to the sea at the proper time, and returning again waen
fully matured, shall fill the waters to the desired extent.

It is an established fact that salmon, alewives, and shad, both young
and old, have been caught on certain spawning-beds, and after being
properly marked and allowed to escape, have been found to re-appear
in successive years in the same locality. The principle is rather more
difficult to establish in regard to the purely marine fishes; but experi-
ments have been made by competent men on our coast and elsewhere,
which prove the existence of the same general principle in relation to
them. Thus, [ was informed by an intelligent fisherman living at Rock-
port, Massachusetts, that he had himself, on several occasions, marked
young and old halibut, and during several seasons they had been retaken
on about the same grounds.

A second law, equally positive, with a great variety of fish, is that
they pass from their spawning-grounds to the sea by the shortest route
. that will take them out into the deeper waters, where they spend the win-
ter; and that coming and going to and from a given locality, they follow
a determinate and definite line of migration.

Having in mind these two propositions, we shall then better appre-
ciate what takes place when fish are disturbed or caught up during the
breeding-season. Should nets be set along their line of travel before
they have spawned, so that when they strike the coast they are imme-
diately arrested, first at one point and then at another, running a con-
tinued gauntlet of dangers in their course to their final destination ; and
should an appreciable proportion of them be caught before the eggs have
been laid and fertilized, it is very easy to see why the stock should
rapidly diminish. It is not a sufficient argument in reply to this to

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXIX

\

point to the enormous rumber of eggs laid by a single fish in each sea-
son, amounting in some instances to perhaps from five thousand to hun-
dreds of thousands, or even millions, since this immense fecundity is an
absolute necessity to preserve the balance of life under the water. The
ezes and the young fish furnish the appointed food to an immense
variety of animals, many species of fish as well as crustaceans and other
animals depending entirely upon them for their support. Among the
particular enemies of the eggs and the young fry may be enumerated
the smail minnows or cyprinodonts, the atherinas, silver-sides or friars,
the cunners or chogset, the young of many larger fish, the different kinds
of minute crustaceans, including also the lobsters, &c. These are not in-
terfered with to any material extent by any form of net, as they are
too small to furnish profitable employment in their capture, and they
pass readily through the meshes of any nets that would be set for other
purposes. Although, therefore, the amount of spawn and of young fish
may be materially less than a previous average, the predacious animals
just referred to will probably still destroy as many as ever, since they
have every opportunity for picking up their prey at all times; and what-
ever the scarcity at first, they are likely to get all they require. For this
reason, we cannot count upon the increase of the fish that escape the
perils of their journey to furnish a sufficient supply, since if half the
young brood is lost by means of the capture of the parents through
human agencies, before and during the spawning season, a very large
percentage of the remainder is prevented from attaining maturity by
other enemies.

As most fish require from three to five years of growth before they are
capable of reproduction, and in many cases remain in the open sea until
this period is reached, it will follow that for several years after the estab-
lishment of an exhausting fishery the supply may appear to be but little
interfered with, since there are several successive crops of fish to come
on at the annual intervals, and not until the entire round has been com-
pleted do these injurious agencies begin to present the evidence of their
severity. It is easy, therefore, to understand why, after five or ten
years’ fishing, the supply of fish in a given bay, or along a certain stretch
of the coast, will be reduced to avery considerable degree, and although it
may be perfectly true that the sea is practically inexhaustible of its
fish, yet if the fish of a particular region are cleaned out, there is no
hope that others will come in from surrounding localities to take their
places, since those already related to a given undisturbed area continue
in that relationship, and have no inducement to change their ground.
It should therefore be understood that the exhaustion of a local fishery
is not like dipping water out of a bucket, where the vacancy is immedi-
ately filled from the surrounding body; but it is more like taking lard
out of a keg, where there is a space left that does not become occupied
by anything else.

These considerations also furnish a sufficient answer to the objection

XXX REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

against the necessity for any protection of the fisheries from disturbance
during the spawning-season ; namely, for instance, that should Massachu-
setts pass laws for their protection, it would be of no avail so long as
Rhode Island and Connecticut failed to do the same. The practical re-
sult of protection on the one hand and of license on the other, probably
would be, that after a few years’ interval fish would be as abundant as
ever on the Massachusetts coast, and would be almost exhausted on those
of the adjacent States, and an important market would be furnished to
the Massachusetts fishermen outside of the limits of their own State.

Another fallacy, which vitiates much otherwise sound argument on
the question of protection, is in confounding regular shore-fish, that
come in from the deep seas to the coast to spawn, with the outside fish
that come and go with more or less irregularity, and usually feed and
swim near the surface. In the one category we may enumerate the
porgies or scup, tautog or black-fish, and the sea-bass; while the other
includes such fish as the sea herring, blue-fish, mackerel, Spanish mack-
erel, and some others. The occurrence of the latter group is, to a large
extent, determined by the presence of the former. Should the first
mentioned be decreased materially in number, it becomes necessary for
their pursuers to seek other waters for their proper supply of food. The
case of the cod, that feeds largely upon ground-fish, as well as upon the
more surface-loving herring, is another instance in which the scarcity or
abundance of one fish is influenced by that of others.

It was formerly supposed that certain fish, as the herring, the shad,
and the alewives, with others of like habits, prosecuted an extensive
* migration along the shores of the ocean, covering, sometimes, thousands of
miles in the sweep of their travels ; and much eloquent writing has been
expended by such authorsas Pennant and others in defining the starting-
point and terminus, as well as the intermediate stages of the voyage.
The shad, too, which, as is well known, occupiesall the rivers of the Atlan-
tic coast from Florida to the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, was thought to begin
its course in the West Indies, and in an immense body, which, going
northward, sent a detachment to occupy each fresh-water stream as it
was reached, the last remnant of the band finally passing up the Saint
Lawrence, and there closing the course. We now, however, have much
reason to think that in the case of the herring, the shad, the alewife,
and the salmon, the journey is simply from-the mouths of the rivers by
the nearest deep gully or trough to the outer sea, and that the appear-
ance of the fish in the mouths of the rivers along the coast, at succes-
sive intervals, from early spring in the South to near midsummer in the
North, is simply due to their taking up their line of march, at successive
epochs, from the open sea to the river they had left during a previous
season, induced by the stimulus of a definite temperature, which, of
course, would be successively attained at later and later dates, as the
distance northward increased.

The principle may safely be considered as established that line-fish-

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXI

ing, no matter how extensively prosecuted, will never materially affect
the supply of the fish in the sea. Asa general rule, fish, when engaged
in the function of reproduction, will not take the hook, whatever be
their abundance; but, as soon as the critical season has passed, they
feed very voraciously, and then can be readily caught by skilled fisher-
men. It therefore would be no evil should every fully grown fish of three
to five years old and upward be lifted from the sea after the close of the
spawning season, in the course of a season, since the following year we
may look for a new generation coming into exercise the function of re-
production ; and ample provision will thus exist for a renewed supply
from year to year. As already explained, the case is entirely different
when these fish are caught before they spawn, all the evils that we have
depicted following in the train of such thoughtless destruction, precisely
equivalent to killing of all the mature hens in ajfarm-yard before they
have laid their eggs, and then expecting to have the stock continued in-
definitely. As well might the farmer expect to keep up his supply of
wheat, year by year, while he consumed all his grain, reserving none for
seed, and without the possibility of obtaining it from any other source.
Objections have been made to the use of what is called the trawl-

, line, trot-line, bultow, &c., in capturing fish of the cod family. This

consis ts of a strong cord of 18 or 24 thread, sometimes of several
hundred fathoms in length, to which are attached at intervals of
about six feet short lines of nearly three feet in length, having hooks at
the end. These, to the number of four or five hundred or more upon a
single line, are baited and sunk to the bottom by anchors, and at regu-
lar distance, the ends of the main line being buoyed so as to show their
locality. At intervals throughout the day these lines are examined,
being taken up and earried across a boat, the fish captured re-
moved and the empty hooks rebaited, and the whole again replaced.
Immense numbers of fish are taken by this method, especially on the
coast of England and on the banks of Newfoundland, as likewise along
various parts of the New England coast.

Although this practice has excited the animadversions of some on
account of its supposed destructive nature, it seems hardly possible
that it can be really injurious, since it does not take the spawning fish,
and merely represents the result of an increased number of hand-
lines.

Our remarks have been hitherto directed toward the practice of the
destruction of the parent fish before the function of spawning has been
properly accomplished. It is equally reprehensible to interfere in any
way with or destroy the spawn after they have been laid, or the young
fry after they are hatched. This result is said to follow the use of the
trawl-net, which, dragged carefully and sedulously, day by day, over
that portion of the sea-bottom which constitutes the great nursery of
fish, bruises the eggs and harrows up the sea-weed or grass to which
the eggs have been attached, or among which the young fish are play-

* ~
KXXIJ. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ®

ing, and gathers it inside of the net, involving the destruction of all

life that may be inclosed. This evii has not manifested itselfin America,

owing to the almost entire absence of trawl-net fishing, as it has in

Europe, where it is considered as doing much more mischief than all

other modes of fishing put together. Should this engine of destruction

come into general use on our coast and add its agency to those already |
referred to in connection with the pounds and weirs, the diminution of

the supply may continue to go on in a vastly greater ratio than ever.

We have now considered at considerable length the influences sepa-
rately exerted by the blue-fish and by human agencies upon the number
of food-fishes on our coast; and we next proceed, as a sixth division of
the subject, to discuss the result of their combined action, especially in
view of the great destruction of the spawning fish.

While, perhaps, in view of the wonderful fecundity of fishes, the blue-
fish alone, or the traps alone, might not produce any serious consequences
upon the general supply, their combination in any loeality cannot fail
to have a very decided effect; as what the one spares the other destroys
in large part; and in the enormous consumption in addition of the eggs
and young fish by the minor inhabitants of the water, we can easily
imagine how speedily an approximation toward extermination may be
effected.

My explorations, as already referred to, have shown the existence in
the waters, in addition to the larger kinds and their young, of immense
numbers of small species of fish, such as the friar or atherina, the vari-
ousspecies of cyprinodonts, &c., occurring in great numbers, and feeding
almost exclusively upon the spawn and young of fish. These, it has been
shown, are not affected by any modes of fishing, and in fact, if anything,
are moreabundantthan ever, in consequence of the diminution of larger
fish by whichthey are devoured in turn. Some are resident in particular
places along the shore, while others move along the coast in large bodies.
Being always on the grounds and congregating upon the spawning-beds,
they are engaged in acontinual work of destruction, and when theordinary
ratios have not been disturbed they simply tend to prevent an overpro-
duction of the different species of fish; but if other causes of diminu-
tion co-operate when they have devoured their share, and the different
crustaceans, star-fishes, &c., have been kept supplied, the percentage
of eggs left for development and of young fish for attaining maturity
becomes less year by year until practical extermination may follow.

As far as the blue-fish is concerned, however, if it were even possible
to drive it off by any human agency, the fishermen of the south coast
of New England would strenuously object, since, after its appearance
on the coast, in May or June, it is the most important food-fish to be
taken; and, as will be observed by the testimony presented, it was as
much the diminution of the blue-fish as of any other species that ex-
cited the apprehension and alarm of the fishermen. It is, however, in
all probability, the increasing scarcity of the shore-fishes that has in-

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXIII

volved the reduction in addition of the blue-fish, since these require food
in large amount and of easy access, and they would naturally leave for
more favorable localities.

During the season of 1871, while blue-fish and Spanish mackerel were
comparatively rare in Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, they
abounded to an enormous extent in localities farther to the west, the
coast of Long Island Sound and the coast of New Jersey being supplied
with them to an unprecedented degree. It is nota little suggestive that
while traps arescarcely known in the waters referred to, there has been no
complaint in regard to the scarcity of the shore-fishes, nor but little of
that of such species as the menhaden, blue-fish, &e.

MEASURES SUGGESTED FOR RELIEF.

In view of all these circumstances, therefore, the conclusion appears
warranted that if measures can be taken to prevent the present great
destruction of spawning-fish, the supply will again increase before long,
and with the increasing abundance of the shore-fishes, the blue-fish
will also increase in number. At the same time, Iam not prepared
to advocate the abolition of traps and pounds, as without them it
would probably be extremely difficult to furnish fish in sufficient quan-
tity to meet the present and increasing demand of the country. Nor
is it probably desirable to suppress them during the whole of the
spawning-season, as it iS in consequence of the profits made during
that time that the fishermen are enabled to meet their expenses, and
very few would put down and maintain their traps for the summer-fish-
ing alone. The traps and pounds also perform an important service in
the capture of bait, especially of herring, alewives, and menhaden, for
the spring mackerel-fisheries, without which it is alleged that this latter
industry could not be successfully prosecuted. In this connection, how-
ever, it should be stated that the practice of carrying seines or gill-nets,
and of catching herring and menhaden for themselves on the mackerel
grounds, is rapidly increasing with the mackerel fishermen, who, conse-
quently, do not depend to the same degree as formerly upon the pounds.

There is, however, no reason why there should not be occasional in-
termission during the six weeks when most of these fish deposit their
eggs, of sufficient length of time to allow a certain percentage to pass
through to their breeding-ground ; and, after consultation with various
persons interested, I have come to the conclusion that if the capture of
fish in traps and pounds be absolutely prohibited, under suitable penal-
ties, from 6 o’clock on Friday night until 6 o’clock on Monday morning,
even during a season of six weeks only, (thus requiring a close time of
three nights and two days, to enable the fish puss and perform their
natural function of reproduction,) the interest of all parties would be
subserved. Indeed, it would seem to be decidedly to the advantage of
the owners of the pounds to enter heartily into such an arrangement,
as it is well known that in the height-of the season the supply of fish

S. Mis. 61 III

XXXIV REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

thrown into the market is so great as very materially to reduce the
price paid the fishermen. This, however, does not affect the consumer
in the least, as the fish are ail sold to middle-men, who keep up the re-
tail price. Large numbers of fish, however, at this season become
spoiled, and are either thrown overboard or converted into manure.

By intermitting the catch as suggested, there is a greater certainty
that the entire supply will be put to its legitimate use as food; and
it is probable that, while less money may be made by the middle-men
referred to, the owners of the pounds and traps would receive quite as
large an amount of money for less labor and for three-fourths the same
weight of fish. This arrangement would also furnish an opportunity for
persons connected with the fisheries to repair their apparatus, or attend
to other duties. I have, indeed, been assured by many persons engaged
in this business that they are fully aware that it would be for their in-
terest, in every way, to have the close time specified, and that they will
gladly welcome a law to that effect, if it be made universal in its
application.

In view of all these considerations, I have draughted a bill, which has
been presented to the consideration of the commissioners of several
States, and to several eminent lawyers, well versed in the local laws of
their respective States, and corrected to their satisfaction. A copy of
this bill, as finally modified, is given on page 132. I sincerely trust that
this, or a somewhat similar bill, may become a law in the States of
Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New York, as I am sat-
isfied it would be for their benefit. Although there may be no serious
question as to the right of the General Government to make enactments
in regard to the common waters of the United States, it is possible that
any attempt on its part, at the present time, to pass this law would meet
with considerable opposition; and it would be extremely difficult for the
United States to enforce any special requirement or penalty connected
with a close season.

The plan of licensing the pounds, so as to give the State more efficient
control, is considered one of great importance, and will, I believe, be
acceptable to the owners of these establishments, as it would give them
a security against interference from other parties that they do not at
present possess.

The penalty attached to fishing without a license, and the ability of a
State the more readily to punish an offender by depriving him of his
permission to fish, will render parties careful how they offend; and by
giving to the informer, in consequence of whose complaint the license
is withdrawn, the first choice of taking the station forfeited, an intense
vigilance will be induced on the part of those who may desire to secure
a favorite location, and thus supersede the necessity of an expensive
surveillance on the part of the State.

In the event, however, of the refusal of the States mentioned to
establish the very limited close time suggested, I would recommend the

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXV

passage by the United States of a law absolutely prohibiting, until
further notice, the erection of fixed apparatus for taking fish, after a
period of one or two years, on the south side of New England and on
the shores of Long Island, which constitute the spawning-grounds of
the shore-fishes referred to. Although this would be a serious blow to
the pound and trap interest, yet the grace allowed would permit the
owners to use up their material in the way of nets, and render the en-
forcement of the law less onerous. The restoration of the fish to their
original abundance would be thus accomplished in a much less time
than by any merely palliative measures; and there is no reason to an-
ticipate that there would be, in the mean time, any material decrease in
the supply, or any rise in the price of fish to the consumer. There would
still be open to the fishermen the use of seines, gill nets, &c., which
would capture fish in large quantity without overstocking the market ;
and the inducement to the use of the hock and line would furnish em-
ployment to large numbers of persons now needing it, while the markets
would be more regularly and equally supplied. The wholesale cost of
fish would probably be somewhat increased, but the competition being
distributed among a large number of persons would prevent an exces-
sive charge by the retail dealers; and the only difference would be that
a few men would not make large fortunes in a short time, as they are
now in the way of doing.

The erection of fixed apparatus requires a considerable amount of
time, generally several days, and, once set, its presence along the coast
could readily be determined by an occasional patrol by vessels of the
Revenue Department, any violation of the law to be met by confiscation
of all apparatus, including nets, piles, boats, &c. It would therefore be
comparatively easy to prevent, at little or no expense to the Government,
the infringement of the law of absolute prohibition, while it would
be impossible to exercise a sufficient oversight as to the violation of the
regulation in regard to close time, this requiring a multiplication of
officers to be had only from among the regular authorities of the States
themselves.

As already explained, the suggestions and reasonings here are re-
stricted exclusively to the capture of fish by means of fixed apparatus
in the waters on the south side of New England. Whether it is ex-
pedient to enact regulations in reference to taking menhaden and other
fish in the waters of Long Island Sound, and elsewhere, by means of
nets, or of herring, &c., on the eastern coast of New England, I hope
to make the subject of a subsequent inquiry and report.

A potent objection to the abolition of pounds is the service they
render during the spring in procuring bait (alewives, herring, mahaden,
&c.) for mackerel-fishing, I am assured, however, that this can be
done to a sufficient extent by seines or gill-nets, especially since the dis-
covery that the true herring can be taken in the coast of Maine and in
the Bay of Fundy inthe spring, apparently to an unlimited extent. Tf,

'
SXXVI REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

however, the States will pass the regulation requiring a close time of
two days and three nights, and for six weeks only, from the 20th of April
to the 15th of June, as proposed in the bill, severer measures will, I
trust, be unnecessary, and we shali probably find a gradually inereas:
ing supply of valuable food.

RESULT OF INQUIRIES IN 1872.

In consequence of an unavoidable delay in the publication of the
present report, I have been enabled to include in it the results of inquiries
respecting the fisheries on the south coast of New England during the
season of 1872, having revisited many of the localities of the investiga-
tions of 1871, and sending an assistant to others.

I found what I had expected, that with the exception of the scup,
fishes of all kinds in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay were as much
searcer in 1872, compared with 1871, as they had been in that year com-
pared with the preceding one. (See pages 183-194 et seq.) The testi-
mony everywhere, with scarcely an exception, both from line-men and
trappers, was that the whole business of fishing was pretty nearly at an
end, and that it would scarcely pay parties to attemDps to continue
the work on a large scale in 18753.

The pounds of Messrs. Jason Luce & Co., aut Menemsha, took a larger
number of fish, as shown by their statement of catch indy furnished to
me, (p. 175,) but only by increased exertion, and this during a very
short period. The other pounds, according to testimony taken by Mr-
Edwards, scarcely met their expenses in any single case.

At Nantucket most of the fishermen estimated the decrease at from

one-half to three fourths, compared with last year.

Very few blue-fish were taken on the north side of the island with the
line, the supply being furnished by means of gill-nets alone. According
to some the supply was rather greater on the south side; but the differ-
ence between the two seasons was the greater, as the period for fishing
was longer this year than the last, and was less obstructed by stormy
weather.

Several of the fishermen at Nantucket (all, however, personally inter-
ested in gill-nets) contested the statements of others as to the decrease
of fish, while many, both pound and line fishermen, stoutly maintained
the fact.

At didgartown and Hyannis the testimony was absolutely unanimous
as to the fact of a woful diminution and the doubtful future of the
entire fishery interest. At various places on Martha’s Vineyard, as
already remarked, the evidence was in the same direction from both net
and line men: >

Captain Hinckley, of Wood’s Hole, testified that fish were never so
scarce at his pound as this season, with the exception of menhaden, ale-
wives, and dog-fish. These he found it difficult to dispose of on account
of their numbers, and was obliged to turn many out of his nets unsold.

\

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXVII

He considered the number of blue-fish scarcely one-fourth as great as
usual, and these were of small size. Squeteague, also, were much scarcer.

At Newport the testimony was conflicting. Some persons, princi-
pally, however, fish dealers and trappers, maintained that fish were as
plenty as last season, or even more so; this being based, however, upon
the number of small scup and an unusual run of Spanish mackerel.
Such assertions were, on the other hand, strongly denied by numerous
line-men; and some of these testified that fish were never so scarce;
and others admitted that they were no more plenty than last year, with
the exception of the catch in the traps, which was quite eyual to the
usual average. .

There was, however, no exception to the impression that blue-fish
were much scarcer this year than last; this substantiating the opinion
that they have been gradually diminishing for many years past. (See
the article on blue-fish.)

Tautog and sea-bass were also scarcer. The scup were perhaps less
numerous than last season, but made more show, as the small fish so
plentifal in 1871 had attained a larger size, and were in a certain
degree marketable. These, according to the testimony of some, were
as plenty as ever they had been before; but this was certainly not the
case in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay.

It is also noteworthy that whatever may have been the causes which
produced so large a crop of young fishin 1871, they were not persistent,
since comparatively few were taken in 1872 of the same dimensions as
last year.

Upon the whole, the decrease in the fish appeared to be more marked in
Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay than about Newport; and this fact
may be of much significance, when we remember that the pounds have
multiplied much more rapidly in this locality than about Newport, where,
indeed, as Iam informed, the number was about the same in 1872 as in
1871. In 1871 the number was thirty-five. There were four new ones
at Menemsha Bight, one at Lombard’s Cove, and one at Paintville, on
the north side of Martha’s Vineyard; two or more in Kettle Cove, and
one on the north side of Nashawena; making at least nine in all, in addi-
tion to the number there in previous seasons. The general result, as
already stated, was that scarcely one made sufficient profit to pay for
the outlay and Jabor.

The New York markets, as might be expected, were fully supplied
with fish during the season of 1872, no appreciable difference being re-
alized by the wholesale dealers. If anything, however, striped bass and
blue-fish were scarcer, while the small scup, from the waters south of
Massachusetts and Rhode Island, were shipped in large numbers, al-
though scarcely of a size to render them marketable, their average
weight being little more than from a quarter to half a pound.

In view, therefore, of all these facts I have no hesitation in saying
that all the arguments presented in the earlier part of this report, in

XXXVIII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

favor of regulating the fisheries on the south side of New England by
law, are enforced by the experience of the season of 1872, and that it is
too, evident that, unless some protective measures be adopted, the fish-
eries in these waters will be practically destroyed in a very short time.

This result will, of course, bring its own relief in time, since the ces-
sation of trapping will permit the fish to recover their ground; but
several years will be required for this, and doubtless as soon as there is
any Show of increase the traps will be again brought into use.

For several days during the present season Spanish mackerel were
extremely abundant, so much so, in fact, that for a time they were sold in
Newport at fifteen cents per pound. At Wood’s hole pound five hundred
and ninety-three were taken in one day, (August 23,) being a larger
number than the entire catch of 1871. The total catch at this pound
amounted to nine hundred and sixty-four.

Tautog, as already stated, were scarcer, and fewer striped bass were
captured. A few salmon were taken at Seaconnet and at Menemsha.
A marked increase in the abundance of shad and alewives was noticed,
the shad especially being so plentiful about Newport that, according to
Governor Stevens, they could not be sold in New York. When ecap-
tured they appeared to be moving eastward. <Alewives, too, were in
unusually large numbers, this being the natural result of the opera-
tions of the fish-commissioners of New York, Connecticut, Rhode
Island, and Massachusetts in protecting the alewives and opening the
rivers for their entrance, while the abundance of shad was doubtless
due to the enormous number hatched out under the direction of the
Connecticut and New York commissioners and allowed to escape into
the water. This certainly is a speedy realization of all the anticipations
for the increase of shad, since fish, usually selling at a dollar a pair, be-
came so abundant as not to be worth taking to market. This abun-
dance, while rather unsatisfactory to the fishermen and dealers, is of
great moment to the consumer.

Of mackerel none were taken off the south coast of New England, as
in 1871. Messrs. Jason Luce & Corsecured a larger number of squeteague
than in any previous year, and the testimony in regard to them else-
where varied considerably, some maintaining that they were more
abundant, others that they were scarcer.

GENERAL SUMMARY OF RESULTS.

The general conclusions at which I have arrived as the result of my
investigations of the waters on the south side of New England during
1871 and 1872 may be briefly summed up as follows:

I. The alleged decrease in the number of food-fishes in these waters
within the past few years has been fully substantiated.

II. The shore-fishes have been decreasing during the past twenty years,
gradually at first, but much more abruptly from about the year 1865,
the reduction by the year 1871 being so great as entirely to prevent any

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXIX

successful summer-fishing with the hook and line, and leaving to the
traps and pounds the burden of supplying the markets. This state-
ment applies also, but perhaps to a certain extent, to the blue-fish. The
decrease in their numbers first manifested itself about ten years ago,
and is going on quite rapidly until now.

II. This period of decrease represents the time during which the traps
and pounds have been well established, their operations increasing year
by year, and their catch, especially in the early spring. being always
very great.

IV. In 1871 and 1872 the decrease in the number of fish has been so
great as to reduce very largely the profit formerly derived by the traps.

. The appearance, in 1871, of an unusually large number of young
fish Rave in 1870 is a Shhnoienon only to be explained by the prob-
able escape of a larger number of breeding-fish than usual during the
previous season, an abrupt decrease in the ravages of blue-fish and
other species, or else by a spontaneous movement northward of newly-
hatched fish that ordinarily would have remained on a more southern
coast. While these fish will probably, for several years, constitute a
marked feature in the fisheries, there is no evidence of the existence of
a second crop of young fish corresponding to the one in question.

VI. The decrease of the fish may be considered as due to the com-
bined action of the fish-pounds or weirs and the blue-fish, the former
destroying a very large percentage of the spawning fish efiirs they
have deposited their eggs, and the latter devouring immense numbers
of young fish after they have passed the ordinary perils of immaturity.

VII. There are no measures at our command for destroying the blue-fish,
nor Would it be desirable to do this, in view of their value as an article
of food. The alternative is to regulate the action of the pounds so as
to prevent the destruction of fish during the spawning-season.

VIII. The quickest remedy would be the absolute abolition of the
traps and pounds. This, however, would be a harsh measure, and their
proper regulation will probably answer the purpose of restoring the
supply, although a greater number of years will be required. Such ree-
ulation may consist either in prohibiting the use of traps or pounds
during the entire season of the spawning of the fish, or for a certain
number of days in each week during that season.

IX. As the principal profit of the pounds is derived from the eatch of
fish during the spawning season, it will probably be sufficient to try the
experiment of prohibition of the use of nets from Friday night until

_Monday morning of each week of the spawning-season, and after that
no restriction need be imposed.

X. It is desirable that the regulation for a close time during each
week be passed by the several States; and if this cannot be effected,
then the General Government should enact absolute prohibition, or at
least during the spawning-season, as it possesses no officers who could

XL REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

exercise the supervision required to enforce the partial closure, or be- _
fore whom complaints could be entered and the penalty exacted.

XI. Any marked increase in the number of the shore-fishes, resulting
from their protection during the spawning-season, will probably tend to
restore the blue-fish to their original numbers.

XII. As there is reason to believe that scup, and toa less degree other
shore-fishes, as well as blue-fish, have several times disappeared at inter-
vals toa greater or less extent, within the historic period of New England,
we cannot be certain that the use of traps and pounds within the last ten
years bas actually produced the scarcity complained of. The fact, how-
ever, that these engines do destroy the spawning fish in so great numbers
renders it very probable that they exercise a decided influence. No
vested interest or right will suffer by the experiment of regulating the
period of their use, as we have attempted to show that a better price will
be obtained from a smaller number of fish, by preventing the glutting
of the market, and the consequent waste of so perishable an article as
fresh fish. :

XIII. A feeling of bitterness entertained by the line-fishermen an
the general public against traps and pounds, and those who own and
profit by them, will in a measure be allayed if the experiment of regu-
lation and restriction be tried, at least for a few years.

CONCLUSION.

In preparing the present report, my object has been to consider the
subject of the New England shore-fisheries in a strictly dispassionate
manner, not taking side with any of the different parties on the ques-
tion as a special advocate, and attempting to draw such general conclu-
sions only as the facts seemed to warrant. With the view, however, of
enabling any one interested to review the ground for himself, I have
given in detail the testimony (principally phonographic) collected dur-
ing the inquiry in which I have been engaged, and added the special
arguments of representative men on the opposing sides, prepared and
furnished at my request, or else reprinted from official sources. To
these I refer for the more local details and considerations of the subject,
and especially in regard to the movements of scup in the Rhode Island
waters. ,

As the entire questions at issue are most nearly related to the scup
and the blue fish, I have given on pages 228 and 235 respectively as com-
plete an account of their habits and peculiarities as the material at my
command will allow.

For a detailed account of the principal methods in use for capturing
fish in the United States by lines, nets, or otherwise, I refer to the
article in the appendix. Thesubject is by no means exhausted, and I hope
to refer to it again, and to include some importaut forms of such appa-
ratus used in other countries and especially applicable to our own, to-

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF'FISH AND FISHERIES. XLI

_ egether with some account of improved methods of curing fish for the
market as yet unknown in the United States.

In addition to a list of the fishes found at Wood’s Hole, amounting to
the large number of 116 species, I give a complete list of all the fishes
known to occur on the eastern coast of North America, as prepared
and furnished by Professor Theodore Gill. I am collecting materials for
full descriptions and biographies of these species, to be published here-
after, with appropriate figures, should such a work be called for.

The account of the natural history of the south shore of New England
is rendered much more complete by the memoir of Professors Verrill
and Smith on the marine invertebrates, with its excellent illustrations,
all executed in relief by the method of Jewett & Co., of Buffalo. The
list of the alge, by Dr. Farlow, will also furnish an important indica-
tion in reference to the distribution of this group of plants.

An accompanying map of the south shore of Massachusetts and Rhode
Island is intended to show more particularly the distribution of animal
life—the fish-food—along the coast by indication of the results of sound-
ings, dredgings, and temperature observations, made by Professor Ver-
rilland myself during the season of 1871. On this same map is recorded
likewise the position of all the traps and pounds in use in 1871, as far as
I could ascertain their situation. There is also a separate diagram of the
traps at Seaconnet, where are taken, as is said, nearly nine-tenths of
all the fish caught by fixed apparatus in Rhode Island. I have also
given a diagram of the weirs on Cape Cod Bay, as furnished by Captain
Crowell.

SPENCER F. BAIRD,
Commissioner,
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, December 2, 1872.
S. Mis. 61 IV

eat ok ih ad

A f » ty iu : ~

AO enn | 0
1 :

aah
4 “i evil

; + ae avy, a =f wa
J f bu ee :
"y ‘ is a pet ( (t _ f P

CONE IN ass -

Page
I. REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER.* vii
Pieler OMCOMLENGS = as\o—- ea = sela oe <leisisicio oe ie Hopes ood st Dok SCO DEDEDE SEOOSs xhii
II. GENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED..-.-- DS sapedocosehen Oson Ssen sees 1
Memoranda of inquiry relative to the food-fishes of the United States..-.... ul
Questions relative to the food-fishes of the United States -...............--. 3
III. TesTtrIMONY IN REGARD TO THE PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES, TAKEN
Pat LS) Goeges Comte Ge aR eC a ane es pete taco Beene gee ease. ee ape ste ane
Newport, Rhode Island .......-.--- Sceobes seo rsress ccesod scoe isos cesccce- ia
Naushon Island, Massachusetts......-----..---- aeons secrete csuisees ss eae soe
inasque island, Massachusetts, =-< 5...--556 25. seecceeens5 oe peace mea aeons.) oe!
Moenenisharbiohb, Martha/siVimeyard, ncaa misses me lsseice lam «lace see - 39
Edgartown, Martha’s Vineyard.......----...--. = 8550 cone cdo ccd aseA se Bane 37
Nantucket, Massachusetts ..-...-..-...------- ide ntsuicmeltancphs Genes eboe 41
Hyannis, Massachusetts ...-. si osienctapisees Soeee cheese 5 ete sfsGleiade SER Sins Bee 27
MioodssHole.,Massachtsetis! s2s... <2 fcss 36 see ce sebes csi wes sadese set cectaeek 53
Head of Buzzard’s Bay.---.- aioe cisissfie ee p Secs ee ceiec ie soem Seeeiotls # Seneite same 70
AB ARRObEN ALLO WA oatces - cia ein yotstaalou ee carats Sere nate thee Mat seewed Sees Shes 72

IV. SPECIAL ARGUMENTS IN REGARD TO REGULATING THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 73
Samuel Powel,of Newport. Delivered in the Rhode Island legislature. (Urg-

ing the necessity of a scientific inquiry into the subject) -.-....--- ee oso eE Os
J. M. K. Southwick, of Newport. (Against protective legislation)..--....-. 76
Geo. H. Palmer, of New Bedford. (In favor of protective legislation). ..... -. 88

VY. RePoRTS oF STATE COMMISSIONS IN REGARD TO REGULATING THE SEA-FISH-

TMS: TAY TAN sas 8e copa COC S pO BESOES SOD COC aC Rac sere rree Sodbss5 saessS 104
Report of committee of Rhode Island legislature, made at Newport, June 15,

Tyo tA Ue ae eae See Sees Bee ase ees eed Spies eyes feet te ah mea ane eee 104

Legislative enactment recommended .......-- ee as ae as a ae i 110

Extract from report for 1871 of Theodore Lyman, Massachusetts commissioner

of inland fisheries, on the possible exhaustion of sea-fisheries -.......-.... 112
Remarks of Mr. Atwood, of the Cape district, before the Massachusetts senate,

in relation to the petition to prohibit net and seine fisheries....-....-.- oa Liles

VI. REPORT OF CONFERENCE OF THE UNITED STATES COMMISSIONER WITH COM-
MISSIONERS OF RHODE ISLAND AND MASSACHUSETTS, HELD OCTOBER 5, 1871-..-. 125

VII. DRAUGHT OF LAW PROPOSED FOR THE CONSIDERATION OF, AND ENACTMENT
BY, THE LEGISLATURES OF MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. 132
A bill to regulate the use of stationary apparatus in the capture of fish....-. 132

VIII. MisceLLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE AND COMMUNICATIONS ON THE SUBJECT

OF THE SEA-FISHERIES

ib@bnaes! coed nates = See Pe eee ai ae pret cere a rene Ln all ol ne 135
Copy of memorial of citizens of Hyannis, addressed to Congress, praying that
laws may be passed prohibiting the use of fixed apparatus for capturing

* For detailed table of contents of the report of the commissioner see p. v.

XLIV CONTENTS.

IX. EUROPEAN AUTHORITIES ON THE SUBJECT OF REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY

TRANG Soa a ASE RSE EEO OnO BoOSs 3 5555 SaSO 0 SSqOeN SoU HOSCQUBAEDSaSodseccocccce
On the fisheries of the Gulf of Naples, by Achille Costa -.-...-....----.----
On the possibility of exhausting the sea-fisheries, by James G. Bertram --..-.
Bxbtract trom. the Mondonehield ¢f == 5-6 -oj\o< ome eee ato = oo oe eee
Extract from the report of the commissioners syenonial to inquire into the

sea-fisheries of the United Kingdom, presented to both houses of Parliament
by commandrot Hera esty 2.1 2scese ea amnetee cate = seine = elnietteeeeee

X. NOTICES IN REGARD TO THE ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON THE NEw ENGLAND COAST
TEN FORMER DIVEISS oso atine ews a aicleite Sel cie rele ele eiciate tate eater ne ee tere oce eee ee

XI. STATISTICS OF FISH AND FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND-~-

Table t. Amount of fish taken at Menemsha Bight, Martha’s Vineyard-...--.
able Il. General return of the Waquoit weir for 1871..--.....-. o eee

Table III. Return of dog-fish and blue-fish at Waquoit weir for seven years...
Table IV. Consolidated returns of alewives, shad, menhaden, bass, blue-fish,

and dog-fish, at Waquoit weir, for seven years ..-... ...-..-.--00 e225 - ene
Table V. Days of first appearance of alewives, scup, blue-fish, and menhaden,
ab Wiaquoit weir, for thirteen-yearsjjos-. sees lm 52 sel ae he re eee
Table VI. Account of blue-fish caught with a line by Josiah C. Pease about
Edgartown, Massachusetts, 1865-1871) 3-2 oo oon cece oe oe eee eee
Table VII. Account of fish landed at Baxter’s Wharf, Hyannis, in 1870 and
POV oo cocci doodle catScis Ae cele ae eleeeeicee eee lennon - oe eee
Table VIII. Account of ianatin Taylor, Hyannis, for 1870 and 1871. ..---.....
Table IX. Account of Timothy Crocker, Hyannis, 1867-1871. -....----...--- C
fable X. Account of J.G. Loring, Hyannis; 1867-0871) 222-2... eee eee -
Table XI. Shipment of fish by railroad from Hyannis, monthly to New York,
kolo tof fl AM eer EAs Rrra erage mmc eine as) ela ea yc 2 -
Table XII. Statement of fish caught at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, in 1372-.
Table XIII. Catch of fish at West Falmouth Pound.......-...----..-- skegose
Table XIV. Date of first appearance of fish at the pounds and weirs on the
south side of New England j.-- 2-6 42652. once tacos se eee eee eee

XII. SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY AND INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE CONDI-
TION OF THE FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF NEW ENGLAND IN 1872........
Notes'taken by the Commissioner... <<< o-.-cs «<5 ceeieoe seme oe
Newport, Rhode Island..-.....-. riensieeerers SPECS ena cacchones<
Wood's Hole, Massachusetts... ...2cs-<6 o-c.s4e.-ss00 2 2ceee ee eee

New VOLK) 2552 2-4ee cence eee a ited Saelce dines coe 256 ,s5 eo See eete
Report of Vinal N. Edwards... - 2. ce--6--2 se oe a-leaee=c ee Ree eee eee
Nantucket... - --sclbsce sacinas nsec ce. dawiose ceases sce. 6c oe hee eee
Bdgartown 22. 2th is .e toes Getta scraas pidacet = a eee
Elyannis) 22 ste 2 eee cle isjniniels! aincwichaoMopieitt ci sles cle te ath eee
Martha's Vineyards... o.2)ccie sei aipseineoteeleieisie lessee s/= oe 6 ee Soe
Benson CONGit sce ceo cae els sadcisiet emcee «melas «sie sis bee e eee

XIII. PLEADINGS BEFORE THE SENATE COMMITTEE ON FISHERIES OF THE RHODE

ISLAND LEGISLATURE, AT ITS JANUARY SESSION OF 1872...... -. 22.5 eeaeeeeieeee
Argument of J. Talbot Pitman in favor of a law prohibiting the use of traps
and pounds injhhode Tsland 22.222 0 (ecco ees ee in sn le el Se

Abstract of an address by Captain Nathaniel E. Atwood in opposition to leg-
IslahonPeceeeeee ates es ae RUSSO Spo AR INEHO OES ORS sc Caco sod cose

Page.

181

182
183
183
183
186
187
187
183
190
191
191
192
193

196

196

223

CONTENTS. XLV
Page.
XIV. NATURAL HISTORY OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES OF THE
SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND .....-- 3 S505 BSG SoUU BEDS ES555S5 55 Bisisconseshe ooo
I. The scup .-.--- Seen So - 5 Ses so eee Ee PEE ete somone Poe
Il. The blue-fish.-..-- ieee SC eis Sees Ps ee Rees cncicee <tclels conte EB eeiem « 235
XV. DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH ON THE SEA-COAST AND
LAKES OF THE UNITED STATES........---.------ Sossao bso Sood cSSac SE00De S50 ae
Modes of capture ..--- 3 odiodoo seston sesecoesogay 20uer 5 paeoco cedex sGcceee eee 253
Projectiles; explosives, aNd POISON. .--—-- ..ccwe aevcec sceces -- sone so oee - 203
Tinesie= =~ 3.6a5e5 FQSEOS SE OSODSS SSB0 0O0G00 DoS SON SoSSO0 nao DOGS aSeOOnS Ba, eat!
eines eeisin io nisepsisie a ele societies seis ena ielnjmicigineeminicise ce csicc<e ction 255
Traps, weirs, pounds, and fykes.-...-.--- 6 BRd DIS COSHaD Nobo SOURSHOoE sese) 7 oOo
Location of traps, weirs, and pounds in the United States.....---. Anos: Le

XVI. LIST OF PATENTS GRANTED BY THE UNITED STATES TO THE END OF 1872 FOR
INVENTIONS RELATIVE TO THE CAPTURE, UTILIZATION, OR CULTIVATION OF FISH

MAT EVUAREN KH CANINAT G2 cts fjcc.ccsicine -cciisiscinitaceiee ale ASScmS siteesco mes cig eee 5S
Hep OOKRE Sse to SS k ea Sac Sccavseccon sees Siscat ee Cael actos eamiate sere emaeee 275
Pelines orappless braps; Cs. 2-.)--s6 ssceos secs e aieceeeescces atocsinn ease - (276
EEMMIR OCIS ee oe Senta eines Sic ae eigpe c sins nee cre a era eieie ess eerste sc erenmeceee orators ate 276
AMeOUS eee ase Sc SRO C Er Ss Samael ecsdamekcseiee sab se cobeeae eomeeecele 276
See OAUS TOUTS AICS WAVES cans som sieee er cee coe es csecencaineeen cess cose 277
BELO VEC LUGS Re = Hem 2 Stet mere atelnis cael cie eretats. L Sa dosalciaa i eticte urs oa eee eter Bee:
Pee NGtSrandspOUmGs se see ets eee eae e ie ereamnee esis oo aime eases Mooaay ais
S Ovsterculture and @athering. 222 -/.2 25. 1-5-5 ---2.< Raleial oe sels eisicinios 278
9. Preservation and utilization of fish....... eka relats Scene ceases seer a ete
HUIS HCHO es so. sos ccs Says twreise cee eee hiciareiaelatemelewic eimel Macnee as.
MPS LAeH iS oTAn bed prior tOWB3O. 229) toon sons Jon oceans Soe Sec ceelsn eae eae 279

XVII. List OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALG OF THE SOUTH COAST OF NEW

INGMAND VB Ye VW. HARLOW, IM. ID).. occ s)oces cece eck es SR Rs SACS ee eee 5 pss

XVIII. REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND AND THE
ADJACENT WATERS, WITH AN ACCOUNT OF THE PILYSICAL CHARACTERS OF THE
REGION, By A. E. VERRILL. (For a more detailed index of this article see

TEES FOL) sdlodonSac Soe ets es Oe en ee Se le ieee tate Sy Se en aD
A.—Habits and distribution of the invertebrate animals............-.....-- 295
HERG CHETAN OMMAT Site c are, se alee ser oe 6 ote oro a Net isos Sake ees See cise 295
II. Fauna of the bays and sounds.-.--....-- Se ees o ewan cae eieoas 300
Pee lehieno CheyeShOLeS cea. cise sheers Sacer eae ee 303
BIS tOLS POCLES tame setn a oneer scenic es Se ces oe Seema = obi!
2. The sandy shores .._-- eee cree a ae hs IA ae coe citer Stee 334
IWISTHOLeS DECILES her aoc Sree oe cee ae amie se ee ee eee 364
Pembl ean Od vaAR Ores ascinac ace tee Se oat ie eaten Soe esa 366
MISMOMSDECIOS saa oe cei e ros soma Ssiciaee hes Nee ae bate see ou

4. The piles and timbers of wharves and bridges, bottoms of vessels,
buoys, and other submerged wood-work ..........-.-...----- 378
ASO SPCCLOSh es o-c2 << Moe sana ne ee eee ereisieice atone 392
5. The rocky bottoms...........-- BSCS CEOOR SO ESn Rees So reHosoreer 394
IbIStHOLSPECIESes. = eee ea enle = oe a eee eee eas Sr weasels 409
6. The gravelly-shelly bottoms..--. Scie See sie eis s)aie)scincl weiss -- 412
WhistiotSpeciese socceyass es -aa- 2 sot mares Bo eeie itera} lens 421
Zep bersandysbOtppmMs= 2.225 4-5 -- 9 cca see eee eee ceei saeco. sees 425
Wan OMB POClOdthe sas ene cane des on mes ok wie - 428
Sm lnevmnlddyabottomsiseat sss ae snsaecs ese Ea eekens teitet ais ashe 430
List of species...--....-.- ESOS GOUe DOT SHS: DeLee MDae a Lo

9. The free-swimming and surface animals...--. Asdandese ace esse 6S

XLVI CONTENTS.

XVIII. REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS, &C.—Continned. a
List of Speclesuece sre cece cece eine Saseineei= ois) se ee 451
10. Animals, parasitie,on fishes, &¢___...-.-.-........2 2.4 - 455
TiStiOL SPeCies aaa Jost oe cece Cots a tce ewes =e 459
Ill. Fauna of the estuaries, harbors, ponds, and marshes..-.........---- 460
1. The sandy shores and bottoms of brackish waters...-.....--.-- 462
List of species...--... Ras cose se eee eee s+ ee ee eee 464
2. The muddy shores and bottoms of brackish waters....--.-..-.. 46°
IStOE SPOClGs'=. - so... oooct 6 eee sacese teem occ ne ee eee Eee - 470
3: Dhe;oyster-beds in- brackish water 22.2. o-0.-2---- -25-2seeeeees 472
PaIst.Of SPCClESs 2525 s2c526 552 see soe cee 65s oe5 sats cae 476
4. The:eel-erass in brackish waters’. .-< =. 2.2-\--5---s:--ese meee 478
IListiof species. 2... 6.222 oe bcc sccistie sb asose oo eee 480
5. The piles of wharves, bridges, floating timber, rocks, &c., in
brackish. waters, =... <(-.0--% 1a se eeisaicineees -o9- Sa es 481
Mist of Species. 22's os. snister cusses. cates toate eee 482
IV. Fauna of the ocean shores and outer colder waters.-..---.---.---.- 484
1. Lhe rocky shores off the open coast..----.=-----5-s2seee ed see 485
Gist: of Species .......2...256 i220 cee see ese cee 6 oes eee ee eee 486
. The sandy shores off the open coast.----.. ..-.-. -------=s== apace, ule.
hist OfGpecies .. a1. 22 ses ssisie ease ees =e o sae eee 490
3. Lhe rocky bottoms off the open coast_-__ .-.--- ------=ss=eeeeee 491
List of SpeCles'..... = 5 ch. sci seas one sce «eee 498
4. The sandy and graveliy bottoms off the open coast....---..-- - 500
List of species. -----. omeisioie ies Sis Saisie eniesicielc alee 504
5. The muddy bottoms off the open coast...---..-----..----- cess 506
: List Of SPCCIES. 50% <1 oe ence oe nae = anise see ee 511
B.—Lists of species found in the stomach of fishes—food of fishes... -- rein Sone « »514

C.—The metamorphoses of the lobster and other crustacea, by 8. I. Smith.... 522
D.—Catalogue of the marine invertebrate animals of the southern coast of New
England and adjacent waters, by A. E. Verrill, 8. I. Smith, and Oscar

nO lee eee eae oe cate oe is eee weciciee we tose sete Cee eee 537
Articulatiat. 5.2 case cermecicise ccs Gems, veeaeees Gen Eee eee 539
TMSCCb «<2. 5.2 2 neste er cin a ora omratctcetal oles Sele oleate te ae 539
Arachnidad ic. 2 4ch6 ce otis Se dat Soe a nee oe Eee 544
PYCNOLONITEA 25,53 sass -tohc sts we) oo o'n els) sie 3) eee 544
Crustacea, socaqe dsc5.cn oe doce Lolicad dele scence et ae eee 545
Ammnelida ic: icc teccae cheese c cue cc joes ces eee eee 5 80
Scolecidiaiz... cc0.s cnc; ecissctpecmwlecys soeces cece dees se eee 627
Turbellaria .c.c.-cicapsmeersciwccc Dacicyssis's Oeeisiee eee eee 627
Molluseai: 22 c:ccicicmcioie.¥ eioie el sin ain ee se mis sole elo si sie ee 634
Cephalopoda... - 5. 22 se emcss orn sice See anton eee eer 634
Gastropoda .... .-.. Seiewbeeales cece Potetee dees 636
Lamellhibranchiata ase: oc ieceee- eerie oes - bie eee 669
Tunicata: sce cies deed saad Satd weve dat eee se eee 698
BEYOZ08.2 5. Soc o- sa cecsisee nome seconde ass - 2s sees eee 707
RAOIAbe . c.oc ecicmie soci speew cabins seieheo ace seine selene 715
Hchenodermata. sso. ss. 4e0 ceccces ceccao ese 22e eee Eee ao LD
Acalephaesaoa-cto-m- nonce es oe Sees EPP esos 50- 722
Polypi. or Anthoz0a).5- - 5.4c0) race once ae = 20 ee 737
BRObOZO A. «2% apo cininicieeensewe Swe Wome slew ere eee ole 6 tee Ce re
SynVerns 6 An Sasa bone SeSneU ESA ean GosemeegsoLeso > 5 dosditée 740
POGENAS asics siocicic: sae cin olen owiclel saison Se Sbie cele ae eee 745
INA emia ae Nk eae ote o nee ie etna ot Steen 749

Table of contents 22. .6 5.202. ws ghee sco. clos thee) oe ae
E.—Alphabetical index to report of A. E. Verrill-....--..---..---+-----0+--= 400

CONTENTS. XLVII
‘i Page.

XIX. CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA; by
PNICOMOEG: Gill: serrate selehiniere ce Marerecnecio aie s wom sc, ood wimclseorsiaa eee Gans! sia eis 779

XX. LIsT OF FISHES COLLECTED AT Woop’s HOLE IN 1871, BETWEEN JUNE-20
ANDRO CTOBERIAS Dy oak bald J402 a5. of ache cioeis, sadlsiaeiain ce, Sa ce eee Daj s.a 6 823

XXI. TABLE OF TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN WOOD’S HOLE HARBOR, FROM JANUARY

iealovo ROP HOMMBMER: 3 MO(o. 5-2 a- = <aslairs 5 oat se ec aolsin coed i- oe as ne Soe 828
Rene GIST O RM NEGO STRATIONS ac coo) fam acicc eee cas one snobs ncreicc te el Se eree 833
DOME SPAMP HAR H TOAL, TNDIOX «5.22266 s525 06. Saachencloooe sao cescoes aces seenegee 835

So Miss 611i

: .
1) ae WONG I

vis
fal WA ¥ ify a A) Ae bea hy f ’
“ay
al
t i Wik vp Ri nin ”
hic ‘ ° . oe @aee hd >
a ,
3 MERICRE RE Pie iat f {
ny 1
\ * :
a
» t
nial . :
er
bea .
A
Pa
f
e ,
‘ . :
'
voi
= ~~ ®
f py Ae 1 *
7 gh faa
’ Ww a 4
m ; = , ’

H.—GENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED.

For the purpose of securing greater precision in the inquiries pros-
ecuted in reference to the natural history of the fishes and the influences
exerted upon their multiplication, a general plan was drawn up, with the
assistance of Professor Gill, which was followed, as:'far as practicable,
in the investigations. For ore eater facility the same features were thrown
into the form of questions, | answers to which were entered by their cor-
responding numbers, as shown in the testimony. This systematie ar-
rangement of the subject and the corresponding questions are as fol-
lows, it being understood that some particular kind of fish is usually
under discussion :

MEMORANDA OF INQUIRY RELATIVE TO THE FOOD-FISHES
OF THE UNITED STATES.

A. Name of the fish in question in different localities.
Bb. Geographical distribution.
At present time,
Change of location with season of year.
In former times.
Supposed cause of any permanent change.
-C. Abundance.
At present time; in different seasons and localities.
In former times; in different seasons and localities.
Supposed cause of variation in abundance.
Probable change in the future.
D. Size.
Maximum length, girth, and weight.
Average length, eirth, and weight.
Rate of erowth.
Length and weight at age of one, two, three, &c., years.
Difference of sexes in this respect.
EK. Migrations and movements. ,
“Arrival and departure.
Period of stay.
Certainty of arrival.
Route of movement coming and going.
Number and times of runs or schools in one season, and differ-
ences, if any, in the runs.
Difference in time of arrival of the sexes and ages.
Feeding of fish after arrival.
Summer abode.
Winter abode.
If anadromous; when they enter the fresh water and when they
leave it.
If anadromous; what the movements up and down fresh waters
of adults or of young.
Rate of progression of schools in fresh or salt water.
S. Mis. 61 1

\

Z REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Relation of movements to tides.
Depth of water preferred by schools or single fish.
Temperature and general condition of water preferred.
Favorite localities in any region; whether bottom be sandy,
rocky, muddy, grassy, &e.
F. Relationships.
To its own species; whether gregarious, solitary, grouped by age
or sex at any season, predaceous, &e.
To other animals; whether preyed upon by them, feeding upon
them, &c. :
Special enemies, friends, or companions.
G. Food.
Nature.
Mode of taking it.
Time of taking it.
Quantity consumed.
H. Reproduction.
Interference with spawning by lines, nets, &e.
Age of male and of female, respectively, when capable of repro-
duction.
Change in physical condition, (color, shape, fatness, &c.)
Date of spawning and its duration, as relating to the individual
as well as to the species.
Preferred localities for spawning, as to place, temperature, &e.
Special habits during spawning season.
Special habits before or after spawning.
Ratio of mortality in old fish from spawning.
Number of suecessive years of capacity for spawning.
Nesting places.

Are nesting-places prepared? If so, whether of grass, stones,
sand, &¢., or cleared areas, and whether made by one sex
only, or both.

If ridges or furrows are formed, how made?

The eggs.

Mode of fecundation.

Where laid.

Where and how attached, if at all.

Whether covered up, and how, or whether exposed in water.

Number laid by one fish at one time, and the number during
lifetime.

Size and color.

Special enemies.

Guarding of eggs by either sex.

The embryo and young fish.

Time necessary for development.

Ratio of fish hatched to number of eggs laid.

Proportion of young fish attaining maturity. .

Movement after birth; whether remaining on spawning-
eround, and how long, or whether changing from fresh to
salt, or salt to fresh water, &e., and when.

General appearance and successive changes.

Rate of growth.

Special food.

Enemies and diseases of eggs and young.

Relation of parent fish of either sex to young; whether pro-
tective, predatory, We.

GENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED. os

I. Diseases.
K. Parasites.
L. Artificial fish-culture.
M. Protection by law.
N. Capture.
‘Methods.
By lines.
By nets.
Floating or movable, (seines, gill-nets, &c.)
Fixed, (traps, pounds, weirs, dams, &c.)
Other methods of capture.
Bait.
Influence of modes of capture on abundance.
Season of capture.
By lines.
By nets.
Otherwise.
Time of tide when taken.
Statistics of capture.
By lines.
By nets.
Otherwise.
Value of fish taken.
Disposition of fish taken.
O. Economical value and uses.
For food, (fresh, salted, smoked, dried, We.)
For oil.
For manure.
For other purposes.
Price, in its variations with place, season, and year.
Export and trade, in their variations with place, season, and
year.
P. Remarks relative to foreign or domestic allies.

QUESTIONS RELATIVE TO THE FOOD-FISHES OF THE
UNITED STATES.

A. NAME.

1. What is the name by which this fish is known in your neighbor-
hood? If possible, make an outline sketch for better identification.

B. DISTRIBUTION.

2, Is it found throughout the year, or only during a certain time ; and
for what time ?
3. If resident, is it more abundant at certain times of the year; and
at what times ?
C. ABUNDANCE.

4. How abundant is it, compared with other fish ?
5. Has the abundance of the fish diminished or increased within the
last ten years, or is it about the same ?

4 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

6. If diminished or increased, what is the supposed cause ?
7. What is the amount or extent of the change in abundance ?

De Sis:

58. What is the greatest size to which it attains, (both length and
weight,) and what the average ?

9. State the rate of growth per annum, if known; and the size at
one, two, three, or more years.

10. Do the sexes differ in respect to shape, size, rate of growth, &e.?

EK. MIGRATIONS AND MOVEMENTS.

11. By what route do these fish come into the shore; and what the
subsequent movements ?

12. By what route do they leave the coast?

13. Where do they spend the winter season ?

14. When are the fish first seen or known to come near the shore, and
when does the main body arrive; are the first the largest; are there
Ca schools or runs than one coming in, and at what intervals ? 2
. 15. When do the fish leave shore, and is this done by degrees or in a

body ?

16. Is the appearance of the fish on the coast regular and certain, or
do they ever fail for one or more seasons at a time, and then return in
greater or less abundance ; if so, to what cause is this assigned?

17. How do the runs differ from each other in number and size ?

18. Which sex comes in first; and how far advanced is the spawn in
the female on first arriving?

19. Will either sex, or both, take the hook on first arriving ; and if so,
is there any period of the stay of the fish when they refuse it ?

20. If they refuse the hook at first, how soon do they begin to take it
after arriving?

21, Do the schools of fish swim high or low; and is their sues
known otherwise than by their capture; that is, do they make a ripple
on the water; do they attract birds, We. ?

22, What is the relation of their movements to the ebb and flow of
the tide ?

23. Does spawn ever run out of these fish taken with a hook ?

Oy. Answer same question in regard to fish taken in nets or Pomme
is the spawn ever seen in any quantity floating about inside of nets? >

25. Are these fish anadromous; that is, do they run up from the sea
into fresh water for any, and for what, purpose 2

26. If anadromous, when are they first seen off the coast; when do
they enter the mouths of the rivers, and what is the rate of progression
up stream ?

27. If anadromous, what the length of their stay in fresh water,
and when do they return to the sea, or do they becomevrexhausted by
breeding and die ?

28. Do the different sexes or ages vary in this respect ?

29. Do these fish come on to “the breeding-grounds before they are
mature; or de you find the one or two year old fish with the oldest?

30. What are the favorite localities of these fish ; say whether in
still water or currents, shallow or deep water, on the sand, in grass,
about rocks, &e.?

31. What depth of water is preferred by these fish ?

32. What the favorite temperature and general character of water ?

GENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES PROSECUTED. 3)

EF. RELATIONSHIPS.

33. Do these fish go in schools after they have done spawning, or
throughout the year, or are they scattered and solitary ?
34. Have they any special friends or enemies ?
35. To what extent do they prey on other fish; and on what species ?
36. To what extent do they suffer from the attacks of other fish, or
other animals ?
G. Foon.

37. What is the nature of their food ?

08. Are there any special peculiarities in the manner of feeding of
these fish ?

39. What amount of food do they consume ?

H. REPRODUCTION.

40. Is there any marked change in the shape or color of either sex
during the breeding-season, or any peculiar development of, or on, any
portion of the body, as the mouth, fins, scales, We. ?

41. Are there any special or unusual habits during the spawning-
season ?

42. Is spawning interfered with by lines or nets, or otherwise ?

43. At what age does the male begin to breed, and at what age the
female ?

44, For how many years can these fish spawn ?

45, Does the act of spawning exert an injurious effect ?

46. Where do these fish spawn, and when ?

47. Can you give any account of the process, whether males and
females go in pairs, or one female and two males; whether the sexes are
mixed indiscriminately, We. ?

48. Is the water ever whitened or colored by the milt of the male ?

49, What temperature of water is most favorable for hatching ?

50. At what depth of water are the eggs laid, if on or near the
bottom ?

51. What is the size and color of the spawn ?

52. What is the estimated number for each fish; and how ascer-
tained ?

53. Answer the question for one season, and for the lifetime.

54. Do the eggs, when spawned, sink to the bottom, and become
attached to stones, grass, &c.; or do they float in the water until
hatched ?

5d. Do the fish heap up or construct any kind of nest, whether of
sand, gravel, grass, or otherwise; and if so, is the mouth, the snout, or
the tail used for the purpose, or what; and if so, how is the materia!
transported ; or do they make any excavation in the sand or gravel ?

56. Do they watch over their nest, if made either singly or in pairs?

57. When are the eggs hatched, and in what period of time after being
laid?

58. What percentage of eggs laid is usually hatched ?

59. What percentage of young attains to maturity ?

60. What is the rate of growth ?

61. Do the parents, either or both, watch over the young after they
are hatched ?

62. Do they carry them in the mouth or otherwise ?

63. What enemies interfere with or destroy the spawn or the young
fish ; do the parent fish devour them ?

6 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

64. Are the young of this fish found in abundance, and in what
localities ?
65. On what do they appear to feed ?

I. ARTIFICIAL CULTURE.

66. Have any steps been taken to increase the abundance of this fish

by artificial breeding ?
K. PROTECTION.

67. Are these fish protected by law or otherwise ?

L. DISEASES.

68. Has any epidemic or other disease ever been noticed among them,
such as to cause their sickness or death in greater or less number ?
69. When have these epidemics taken place, and to what causes have
they been assigned ?
M. PARASITES. .

70. Are crabs, worms, lampreys, or other living animals found attached
to the outside or on the gills of these fish ? ‘

N. CAPTURE.

71. How is this fish caught; if with a hook, what are the different
kinds of bait used, and which are preferred ?

72. If in nets, in what kind ?

73. At what season and for what period is it taken in nets, and when
with the line?

74. What would be the average daily catch of one person with the
hook, and what the total for fhe season ?

75. Answer the same question for one seine or pound of specified
length.

76. Is the time of catching with nets or pounds different from that
with lines ?

77. Is it caught more on one time of tide than on another ?

O. ECONOMICAL VALUE AND APPLICATION.

78. What disposition is made of the fish caught, whether used on the
spot or sent elsewhere; and if the latter, where ?

79. What is its excellence as food, fresh or salted ?

80. How long does it retain its excellence as a fresh fish ?

81. To what extent is it eaten?

82. Is it salted down, and to what extent ?

83. Is it used, and to what extent, as manure, for oil, or for other pur-
poses, and what?

384. What were the highest and lowest prices of the fish, per pound,
during the past season, wholesale and retail, and what the average; and
how do these compare W ith former prices ?

85. Are these fish exported ; and, if so, to what extent ?

86. Where is the principal market for these fish ?

87. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OBSERVER.

88. DATE OF STATEMENT.

IIL—TESTIMONY IN REGARD TO THE PRESENT CON-
DITION OF THE FISHERIES, TAKEN IN 1871.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND
August 1, 1871.
The following reports were all made by a phonographic reporter, Mr-
H. E. Rockwell, of Washington, and are intended to present the words
of the witnesses, without alteration :

HEnRY O. TIFFT:

There are very few fish indeed now, to what there used to be. They
are growing scarcer every year; they are much scarcer this year than
last, I think. I hear people who fish say that they cannot do any-
thing to what they could once. One of them told me he had been out
and fished a week, and did not catch a black-fish. The traps catch them
up in the spring of the year. The tautog are a species that go up the
Providence River to spawn; it is salt water all the way up. We used
to catch scup and tautog, as many as we wanted, away up Providence
River; but they don’t catch scup now. I don’t think they could go any-
where. in Narragansett Bay and eatch scup with a hook and line. I
don’t think they catch them much in the pounds.

Mr. Macy. If you were to take a vote of the people, I think it would
be ten to one against the use of pounds. All the people say to me that
the pounds are ‘the cause of the diminution of the fish.

Mr. TrrFr. Most of the traps are in the river; none outside. They
are in the East and West Bays, and all the way up on both shores
nearly half-way up to Providence. There is a trap-seine at Point Judith
now; there is a pound everywhere that they can drive stakes. There
are three times as many pounds this year as last; it is a money-making
business, and all want to go into it. They say the legislature has no
power to stop them, and will keep on fishing if they are prosecuted.
The fish strike at Point Judith before they do in West Bay. It seems
as if they were coming from the south. Traps were put down first at
Saughkonet. In the spring of the year you will see little spring-bass
in the market, about six inches long, taken in these nets. The majority
of them are small when they first come.

Mr. Macy. Sixteen or eighteen years ago there were five vessels went
out from here, fishing for mackerel, but they sunk money in it and
dropped the business.

Mr. Trrrr. There are some pounds on the south end of Providence
Island, on both sides of the Canonicut, and through the east and west
passages, up as faras Tiverton. Scup are out of the question. All kinds
of fish are killed out, and the breeding broken up. I think, what wg
pound men call small seup, that they say they catch so plenty this yea
are skip-jacks.* They look almost pr ecisely alike when small. The ie
jack is a small species; never grows large; the only difference from the
sceup is, that the skip-jack has finer scales than the seup. The skip-jack
grow about four or five inches long. They are caught about the
wharves here; but no seup has a chance to spawn in our waters.

* This is a mistake; the fish in question are small scup.—S. F. B.

8 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Mr. Macy. The squeteague are four times as plenty now as I have
“ever seen them before, and keep increasing. In 1830 we caught the first
blue-fish in Nantucket; but in 1831 my uncle caught a barrel which he

salted. They became plenty afterward, and continued so up to the year
of the plague that killed off all the Indians but two children. They all
disappeared that year.

Mr. J. J. CURRY, dealer in fish :

The Spanish mackerel are caught in this vicinity. They are more
scarce this year than usual. The blue-fish run about as last year, but
larger. I have kept a fish-market here six years. I do not think the
blue-fish searcer than they were six years ago. There was a time, six
years ago, when in August, for three days, we could not get any. Ido
not know that there are any more traps used now than there were six
years ago. We get all our fish for market here in this neighborhood,
except halibut, round mackerel, and salmon; these come from Boston.
Six years ago the price of Spanish mackerel was forty cents a pound;
now they are worth a dollar a pound. Salmon are selling for fifty cents
a pound. I buy my fish from the pound-men, paying about fifty-five
cents a pound for Spanish mackerel. Last year we had four times as
many Spanish mackerel as formerly. They were first caught here four
years ago. We get eight cents a pound for blue-fish; never sell them
for less than that. Flat-fish we can hardly give away in this market.
We get eight cents a pound for weak-fish, (squeteague.) We do not sell
many round mackerel; we cannot get more than ten or twelve cents a
pound for them fresh, and, when salted, they sell for eighteen cents
Seup bring five cents apiece on an average; not more than six or eight
cents a pound. We get no scup scarcely.

SAMUEL ALBRO, dealer in fish:

We get forty cents a pound for sheep’s-head; they are taken in the
West Bay. We get five cents a pound for flat- fish, (founders ;) take
anything we can get for them; they are not much used here. We get
half'a dollar a pound for salmon. There is one kind of flat- fish, that we

call pucker-mouth, that is better than the other kind. For lobsters we
get five cents a pound. Ithink blue-fish are more plenty than last year.
Tautog arescarce. George Crabb* makes five dollars a day catching tautog
with a hook and line the. yearround. He will averagea hundred pounds a
day. In the spring our market would not be as well supplied with fish if it
were not for the pounds, because they can catch them in pounds before.
they will bite the hook. Down at Gooseberry Island they took in one
pound as many as 10,000 barrels of small scup, so small that they did
not want them; the net was so full that they could not haul it, and had
to catch hold of the bottom of it and tip them out. They were spawned
south. They never saw such a lot of young scup here before. It was
from the 14th to the 18th of May that they caught so many young seup.
The big ones came along about from the 1st to the 10th of May.

FRANCIS BRINLEY, esq., chairman of the Commission on fisheries of
Rhode Island:

We had many meetings of the Commission in different parts of the
State to make inquiries, and found the people generally ready to answer
them, though some hesitated. As a general thing, the pound or trap
men here W ould not attend the meetings, although invited through the
notices in the newspapers. Mr. Stevens did not appear before the Com-

* See George Crabb’s testimony, p. 30, to the contrary.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 5)

mission, nor did he respond to the interrogatories sent him. There has
been a new development of this question since our last report was made. |
It is likely that the subject will come up next winter; it is largely a
political question here. There was a bill prepared last spring in the
senate, about which there is a good deal of feeling, as it varies from the
bill which I prepared, in applying to the whole State of Rhode Island.
Originally I took the ground that we would try the experiment of run-
ning the line in a particular manner. That was opposed because it was
unequal, and it was said, ‘ This is a partial line.” Now they say to the
pound-men, ‘“ You have had time to get out of this business and pull
up your traps; and having been forewarned, we will now run the line
the whole length of the waters of the State.” It is possible there may
be some resistance on account of want of jurisdiction, as gentlemen ot
the profession are generally willing to embark in such matters. In
Connecticut they have passed a law prohibiting the catching of shad in
pounds after this year.

Mr. LyMAN. in Connecticut they set their pounds to the west of
Connecticut River; they do not catch enough east of it to make the
business pay.

Mr. Macy. I know that a few years ago you could go out back of the
fort and catch as many scup as you wanted; but I would like to see
any one catch ascup there now. They said the people in Connecticut
and Massachusetts are catching in nets, and why should we be eut off
here? We catch shad very rarely here. Excepting very early in the
season we get them from the East. About fifty-five or fifty-six years
ago they caught shad plenty around Nantucket.

Mr. LyMAN. That was a sporadic run, about which there was some-
thing very curious.

Mr. BRINLEY. In the Providence Press, within two or three days,
there has been a very strong article, in which the writer speaks of the
great number of young scup which have been caught, even within the
waters near the city, except where the water was charged with impuri-
ties, these young fish having got the advantage of the net fishermen by
coming in two weeks earlier this year than usual.

Professor BAIRD. Does he mean to imply that these same young scup
come in year by year?

Mr. BRINLEY. No; that they escaped the nets this year, in conse-
quence of coming in two weeks earlier than usual. Young scup have
been killed in Providence Bay by the impurity of the water.

General C. C. Van ZANDT. I was chairman of a committee of the
legislature on the subject of the shell-fish, and I found that the impuri-
ties had a great influence. We found oysters with a perceptible odor
of coal-tar, that were taken five or six miles down the bay. This was
some years since.

Mr. SAMUEL POWEL. The people who are interested in this question
do not understand it at all as a whole. I think many facts are needed
before we can act correctly in regard to it. To attempt to stop the
trapping would not be useful in the end, as the traps gather great quan-
tities of fish in a short time—more than the lines could do in a long
time. The matter here is now fought off till next January. I am
wedded to no theory; but there is a curious fact that the fish come this
year, bringing their little ones with them.

OL

’

10 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND, August 2, 1871.

J. M. K. SouTHWICK:

I am not now a practical fisherman, although I have fished many
years with traps and nets of different kinds. The question is one which
excites considerable feeling. We have two styles of nets; what is called
the trap, and the heart-seine or pound.

[These were illustrated by drawings in this manner :|

_ Teader —

— Tender _

There is,w@ bottom to the trap-net, and it must be watched all the
time. Fish, when not excited, will remain in it some time, especially
scup; but menhaden are apt to ‘eet out unless they are closely watched.

The first trap is set at Fr: wklin Holiow, to catch the fish as they run
south, on the eastern shore of the West Passage. It has a leader of
something like a hundred fathoms. Traps have been tried on the west
shore, but no fish are caught there in the spring.

There is a heart-seine in Mackerel Cove, which has a leader of about
seventy-five fathoms. There are two set near Fort Adams. I set one
five years at Pine-Tree Beach, having a leader of forty-five fathoms.
The leader is generally set perpendicular to the shore. There is a heart-
seine at Coddington’s Cove. The rest are usually traps. I catch fish
usually by the 10th of May. This year the fish came earlier, and prob-
ably could have been caught by the 1st of May. The fish were ten days
later at Coddington’s Cove than at Pine-Tree Cove. When the fish first
come in the spring, we catch a few at first, and then a hundred or two,
and then pretty soon several hundred barrels. The first run is generally
larger than the later. The first run of scup that comes in, is generally of
large e scup, all large, weighing from two to three pounds. Then, per-
haps a week after war d, the smaller scup, two-thirds the size of the
others come in; and tw 6 weeks later they come that weigh from half to
three-quarters of a pound. The last run are smaller, and many not
worth saving, and many pass through the meshes of the net.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. Ad

There is a phenomenon that has happened this year not commonly
observed by fishermen before. The Saughkonet and all the other fish-
ermen—I come in contact with all—report to me that they saw the
small scup in vast quantities about the time they were taking up their
nets; they described them as being from half an inch long up to three
inches. That was about the Ist of June. Still later they were reported
to be further up the bays; and in July Mr. Arnold, of West Greenwich,
told me that the river up there seemed to be full of them.

From the middle to the last of May the heart-seines are put down at
different points along higher up the bays; some of them may have been
put in about the Ist of May, but they do not begin fishing much until
a little later. I have a heart-seine now at Dutch Island Harbor, in the
West Bay.»

Flat-fish are caught about here in the winter.

Captain Calhoun stated to me that he saw the first scup caught here,
which was placed on exhibition at the United States Hotel. There is a
tradition that they first occurred here about 1793, and the sheep’s-head
disappeared here about that time. ‘There have been more sheep’s-head
caught here this seasgn than I have ever known. I have seen a dozen
in the market at once.

Scup have been much more abundant this year than at any time
during the last five or six years; still, not so plenty as at some former
periods.

The blue-fish have not shown themselves very plenty yet this year;
they have been rather scarce. There have not been so many as last
year, up to the present time. 2

I think the squeteague have been as plenty as ever before; they have
been very plenty indeed.

About the time that the blue-fish come, the scup disappear.

There is no doubt but that the great majority of the fish are destroyed
while in their spawn or small fry.

In May the spawn of the scup is found in different degrees of devel-
opment; while some are quite ready to spawn, others have it developed
but little. Some have no spawn in them. I saw six cleaned in the
month of May, of which only one had spawn; there might have been
the same number taken, and every one had spawn in it.

We catch in our traps and pounds the seup in largest quantity; next
come the sea-bass; then, squeteague; then, blue-fish; and then the
flat-fish, called the brail, the pucker-mouth, and the flounder; then,
tautog.

The great bulk of the fish caught in the pounds goes to New York.

I have known scup sold as low as fifty cents a barrel, five or six years
ago. They sometimes sell fish for just what they can get, because they
cannot be kept long’ enough to get them to market. Sea-bass bring
about the same price as scup generally—about five centsa pound. Sque-
teague bring four cents; blue-fish, five cents; flat-fish, from two to three
cents—many have been soldfor two cents each. Very few fish are salted
here, except the herring.

Menhaden are second to scup in number of pounds caught; they are
used for oil and bait. One gang caught 1,500 barrels of menhaden last
week. There are three or four oil-works on this island. This season is
reported to be the best for many years formenhaden. For bait they are
sold fora dollar a barrel, and sometimes a dollar and a half. When
sold for manure, they bring about thirty centsa barrel. The purse-nets
supply the oil-works generally with menhaden.

12 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

JOHN D. SWAN:

I have been fishing about forty-eight years, with hook and line; have
never used traps or seines of any kind—nothing more than a gill-net for
herring for bait. Ihave fished about Brenton’s Reef, mostly for black-
fish, (tautog.) I think tautog is about as plenty this year as last; but ©
not so plenty as five years ago. Eighteen or twenty years ago, in two
hours I could get as many as I wanted. Then we got four or five cents
a pound at retail; now we get eight cents. If we get fifty pounds a day
now, and work hard, we do a pretty good business. I sell to families ;
dealers give only about five cents a pound.

IT have not seen a scup this season in the water. We used to catch
them when fishing for tautog. Ihave not seen the run of young scup
that there is so much said about; I have not seen young settp this year
in greater quantity than usual.

We did not formerly catch scup with the hook until ten days after
they were seen. They used to run so thick that they would crowd one
another up out of water. There was one place where they run over a
point where the water was nine feet deep, and they were so thick as to
be crowded out of water. I went there this spring in the month of May,
and did not see a scup there.

Mr. Soutuwick. It was reported that scup have been seen there.

Mr. SwANn. Seup have been dwindling off ever since the traps ap-
peared, and [ attribute the diminution to the traps.

Mr. SouTHWIcK. I think it is due to some increase of enemies, I
think all fish, if left alone, would multiply at certain periods and become
very numerous, until their particular enemies increased and destroyed
their spawn. We know that all spawn has enemies. Ido not think
there has been so much decrease as is asserted; I think it has been
principally in the bays and not in the waters generally. They are
scarce in the bay from over-fishing by the great number of fishermen
around the shores. In fishing for bass, they will play with the bass they
hook until he drives all the other fish away. I think that has an effect
on the bass. The scup, I think, are affected by the impurities of the
water in coming up the bay. The appearance of the blue-fish and the
impurities of the waters from the manufactories keep out the seup.

Mr. Swan. I have not caught a blue-fish this year except when fish-
ing for bass; they are not plenty enough to be worth fishing for.

Mr. SouTHWIcK. My observation shows that the blue-fish have been
less than last year. They struck in very scattering.

Question. When were scup first seen this season ?

Mr. SoutHwick. Somewhere about the third of May, at Pine-Tree
Cove. Frequently wedo not see them, though they are in the water.
They swim slowly and almost always with the tide. I think they drift
backward and forward with the tide; unless frightened, they never go
against the tide.

Mr. OBED KinG. There is not three days difference between Watch
Hill and Gay Head. This season they caught scup at Gay Head first.

Mr. Souruwick. I used to think it was safe not to put in my net at
Pine-Tree Cove till I heard of the fish being caught down near the light-
boat, off the mouth of the harbor. That was so well established as being
safe to act upon, that I should not hesitate now to act upon it. For
three years, I think, the 10th, 11th, and 12th of May were first days on
which scup were caught. This year they seined them about the 3d of
May. Sea-bass were more plenty at Saughkonet this year than last.

Mr. Swan. I have not found them so plenty.

Mr. Souruwick. I fished at Pine-Tree Cove five years, and for the

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. is:

first four years I did not exceed four or five hundred pounds a month.
This year I got at some single hauls more than during the whole former
season. Last year I got as many as twelve or fifteen hundred-weight.
I do not know the cause of the diminution of the scup, but I think they
*may have diminished from the same cause that many other fish have
that were never caught in our traps, such as the bull’s-eye; the old fisher-
men say they used to catch them in large quantities.

Mr. SWAN. They used to be here every season. They disappeared
twenty-five years ago. There is not one to ten striped bass that there
used to be. They catch the small ones by hundreds, in the traps, early
in the season.

Mr. SourHwick. We take up the traps after May, and do not put
them down again at all. The heart-seines are kept down through the
season, because the heart-seines do not need watching, and you can go
and eet the fish out at any time, the fish remaining inthem. The traps
are best when the fish come in large bodies. We catch menhaden in
the traps sometimes, but we have to “work very quick. The heart-seines
are supposed to catch all the time.

Mr. Kine. Nine out of ten of the fish have spawn in them in the
spring; they are slow and lie around, and will not run out of a square
trap. Gill-nets are used around here too; they catch blue-fish in them
outside, but they are much more scarce than formerly. They say scup
are blind when they first come, but it isnot so; they move slow because
they are full of spawn. Large bass are caught here in the winter, in
deep water, with clam-bait, but they are slow in biting. In one winter
they were thrown up in great numbers on Block Island, frozen to death.
The pucker-mouth is caught in winter in shallow water; the other flat
fish go into deeper water.

Mr. SWAN. | caught a Spanish mackerel about twenty yearsago. We
should not get many now were it not for the traps.

Mr. SOUTHWICK. They are caught only in the heart-seines, because the
Square traps are taken up before ‘they come in.

Mr. Swan. I can remember when the blue-fish first came in; they did
not catch them when I wasa boy. It must have been forty ‘years ago
when, at one time that I had? been fishing for tautog, I trolled for blue-
fish, and got several that day. Twenty years ago we could catch scup
in any quantity, but since the traps came in they dwindled off.

Mr. SOUTHWICK. Nobody disputes the fact that scup have of late years
been less plenty than formerly. They showed themselves quite plenty
last year. Near Bristol Ferry they caught them in plenty:

Mr. Kine. There were not so many barrels shipped to New York this
year as last.

Mr. Sournwick. That is no criterion. The great bulk of the fish are
sent directly to New York from the traps in vessels.

Mr. Kine. There have not been half so many vessels on the river as
last season. I have not caught three scup in three years.

Mr. Souruwick. The pounds about Point Judith have taken more
than in any year for three years; that is the general information. There
is one trap, near the Spouting Rock at W atch Hill, which has been more
Successful in getting scup this year than for a number of years.

WILLIAM DENNIS, Esq.:

Question. Have you paid any attention to the political economy of
this fishing question ?

Answer. I am a Newporter, and am here every year for about two

14 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

months, and I fish all the while with a line. I have fished regularly
since 1828, and know something about it. Compared with the fishing
twenty years ago, under the same conditions, the number of tautog
caught now would not be more than one-eighth as many. There are no
secup now; I have not caught one this year. I have been fishing two
weeks, and fishing where ssup ought to be very abundant; f have not
caught one or seenone. I consider them nearer gone than the Indians.
Twenty years ago I used to go outside for my fishing mostly, and my
ear would hold from one hundred to one hundred and fifty pounds. In
the ordinary condition of weather I would fill it and be home by nine
o’clock in the morning; and when I left off fishing, having caught as
many as I wanted, I could have caught as many more if I wished. I
think that now, fishing the same time, under the same circumstances,
on the same ground, if T saved all that I could, and exhausted my ability,
and got twenty- five pounds of all kinds of fish, I should do well. I

| fished for nothing except tautog. I first began to appreciate a difference

within ten or twelve years—a very sensible difference. I never saw
any difference until traps were set. I know that, after the traps had
been in successful operation a short time, there was a clear diminution
of the fish, the same that there always is in countries where birds are
trapped. You cannot shoot up the game—neither woodcock nor pin-
nated grouse; and you cannot exterminate the fish with the hook and
line. Consequently there was no diminution until the traps were set

‘here. Of course the fish are diminishing all the while. I don’t believe

that to-morrow morning you can take a box of crabs, and go out and catch
a hundred pounds a day for aweek. We don’t know what they take in
traps. They say they never get any, although other people have seen
them carried off by the cartload. They take everything from a shark

'down to a large chogset. The very moment you sink your trap to the

bottom, you are sure “to take shark as any other fish. Those who fish for
striped ‘bass tell me they are very scarce. I have been here two weeks,
and have caught a few fine tautog, but I have caught them all in the
river; and of course that is no way to determine whether there are any
fish, because if there were one or two hundred fish here at this time,
they would be sea-fish that came into the river. I remember very well
when the blue-fish came here.

Mr. Swan. The blue-fish were small when they first came here, not
weighing over a pound and a half. The biggest I ever caught weighed
fourteen pounds. J think I have seen one weighing eighteen pounds,

Mr. DENNIS. I have my own theory about squete: igue. Iwas fishing,
Six or seven years ago, off Point Judith, when I hooked the first sque-
teague I ever caught. here. I then took twelve large fish, weighing
seven or eight pounds. I take it they require a peculiar kind of bait,
which is becoming more abundant than it has been. There is only one
fish here that maintains its numerical integrity ; that is the chogset.

Mr. Souruwick. Nothing but menhaden are used for manure. In
the five years that I fished 7 never sold any to be put on land, except
about two barrels of waste fish. I have sold, perhaps, in that time,
seventy-five barrels of menhaden.

Mr. SwAN. We find the tautog two or three miles from land in winter,
and the chogset stow away in deep water. Lobsters are pretty scarce
now. Last year 1 averaged forty a day in my pots; this year not more
than twenty-five or thirty. They sometimes burrow themselves up in
the sand.

Captain SHERMAN fully indorsed the statement of Mr. Dennis. He
had been fishing with him a great deal. There has been a general de-

.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 15

preciation of the fish since the traps have been set. The bays are so
blocked up with nets that the fish cannot come in. It will not admit of
an argument. I can think of nothing else than the traps as the cause of
the diminution.

Mr. SourHwick. If traps are the sole cause of the diminution of the
seup, what could have been the cause of the diminution of the bull’s-
eye, Sea-bass, blue-fish, and squeteague, all of which have disappeared
almost wholly in this century, and again returned, with the exception.of
the bull’s eye? I am told the sea-bass disappeared about thirty years
ago, and then came on again.

Mr. Swan. I never knew them to disappear. About fifteen years ago,
one 4th of July, I trolled for blue-fish while going out to my lobster-
pots, and I got a striped bass that weighed thirty pounds. After I had
hauled my pots, [caught two more, one weighing nineteen and the other
twenty-one pounds. On the 8th of July I went agafn, and, after hauling
my pots, I cut up a little lobster and fixed my bait, and when I threw
my line it got snarled, and in trying to twitch out the snarl, I caught a
fish; and that day I got eight that weighed in the aggregate two hun-
dred and seventy-six pounds after they were cleaned. Ido not think
the steamboats have any influence in diminishing the fish. A steamer
coming within fifty yards of a fishing-place would not drive away the
fish. In former times, a common impression among the fishermen was
that if the heads and gills of the fish used for bait were thrown into the
water, it would scare away the fish, but I always throw them overboard.

I have no idea how old scup are when they spawn. I think scup as
large as a man’s hand will have spawn in them. We generally save
the spawn of the large scup to eat. Scup move with the tide; other
fish we do not see so much, as they keep near the bottom ; the scup are
seen when they go over shallow places.

I don’t think I ever saw scup iv blue-fish; I have found little mack-
erel and shiners something like a herring, and menhaden. Blue-fish
throw out all that is in their stomach when caught.

Before traps were put in we could see the tautog in the water about
the rock, and under the edges of the stones in a warm day. Some say
you cannot catch tautog in a thunder-storm. That is “ all in your eye.”
I caught more fish in one thunder-squall than I had caught all day in
another place. When tautog are plenty, the best bait for them is the
crab; but IL always fish with lobsters. They eat the muscles off the
rocks. I have seen some of the rocks covered with muscles at one time,
and then the star-fish would come and eat them all off.

I think there are more hand-line fishermen than there were fifty years
ago. The business has rather increased during the last twenty years.

Bonito were never plenty about here. I never caught more than one
in a day and not a great many in all.

I have never seen any fish that appeared sickly except the cod-fish ;
that is sometimes what we call loagy. I think those have the consump-
tion. Menhaden are very bad bait for lobsters. If there is any in their
paunch when boiled, the oil comes right through the meat. Any strong
fish affect lobsters in the same way. The bull’s-eye fish was poisonous if
kept long. It was a kind of chub-mackerel.

Twenty-five years ago, I think, I caught 165 blue-fish in one day and
three bass, trolling. That is the most I ever caught in one day.

16 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND,
August 2, 1871—A/fternoon.
LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR PARDON W. STEVENS:

Ihave only one pound; I do not trap at all. We thought we could
do better in buying fish. The trap is a Rhode Island institution entire-
ly; they are set only about three weeks. Previous to last year they
commenced trapping about the 20th of April, but this year not till the
1st of May. The trap is like an oblong box, with one end knocked out.
But in a heart-seine we can hold the fish we catch. A brother of my
partner got a bassin his pound that weighed fifty-two pounds. The
leader of the trap must be long enough to get toa sufficient depth
of water. Over on the Saughkonet side the leaders are two hundred
fathoms. The leaders run from east to west, with the mouth of the trap
to the north ; and where they set several traps, the leader of one runs a
little by that of another. The fishers there measure off the water and
draw for it. There is a sort of agreement among the trappers that the
leaders shall be two hundred fathoms. There is one place where they
allow them longer. On the southeast corner of the State they allow
them to go out five hundred fathoms, so as to get square with the one
at Saughkonet Point.

We set the mouth of the trap up stream because, as the tide runs north,
the trap must be right across the tide; the open part to the northwest,
and the leader on the south side. The mouth is in some instances
leaded and goes to the bottom. I never worked a trap at Saughkonet;
what I know about the fishing there I learn when I go there to buy fish.
I never worked a trap except down in this bay.

I think the fish are bound eastward. I always took the ground that
if the fish were bound to the river the traps would not hinder them. I
‘think the heart-seine is much more injurious than the trap, if either.
There are many days when a man cannot attend to his trap. It requires
almost as much attention to fish with a trap as in the hauling of a seine.
Half a gang attend half a day and the other half the rest. It uspally
requires six men to haul up the gate toa trap. Lattend one with one
man.

I had a heart-seine at Sachuest Point, thinking that if the fish went
up the river there I would try and get some. The leader runs from the
shore sixty-five or seventy tathoms. We attended that diligently, and
all the scup we got was two. We got perhaps half a dozen tautog, a
few dozen codfish, and a few barrels of herring. We set to catch
Spanish mackerel or anything that would run in in the summer. I was
satistied that no fish went above, but they went across. I know the fish-
ermen do not go more than two and a half miles north of Saughkonet
Point; but we were two miles above them.

As a general rule, we have to set our traps on the east side of the
channel for the first run of scup. Ido not know so much about the
second run, because small scup stay here all summer. When you take
up a school of these, they are almost a calico-color; the first run are
almost white. I never saw any with regular bars on them. Some that
are called the third run of scup are caught up at the head of the bay.
IT cannot tell whether the large scup have ever been caught up at the
heatl of the bay, because I never fished there. My idea is that the fish
come in east of Block Island and strike first at Watch Hill and Point
Judith. I don’t know how far into the Sound they go; but they catch
them first at Watch Hill. I think the big scup do not go up the West
River. I have seen them running across Brenton’s Reef on their way

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 17

eastward. Some say they are blind at first, but I never saw any that
were so; I never saw any that did not move pretty fair. They move
faster in warm weather than when it is cooler. Recently they have got
the first scup at Watch Hill; but there used to bea trap west of Beaver
Tail light, which picked them up first. Now they have rigged it as a
pound.

There would not be more than a day’s difference between the times of
catching at Fort Adams and Saughkonet. They caught scup in Vine-
yard Sound this year two days before we did. On the 20th of April we
caught thirteen barrels. We caught some on the 18th of April; that
was sixteen days earlier than, last year. Some of the run got by and
went down to the Vineyard Sound.

Scup are more scarce than they used to be.

There were two cold seasons a few years ago, and a great many tau-
tog were frozen, and it was a number of seasons before we could get
many to supply the market here. I have heard that they are more
plenty this year. When they froze, they were thrown up on the Nan-
tucket shore, and they were cut out of the ice and sent to New York.
That was in 1856757.

That could not have affected the scup, because they do not stay
around here. The chogset were affected in our harbor.

Question. What do you suppose has affected the abundance of the
bass?

Answer. They are much scarcer than they were formerly. I do not
know what has cleaned them out. I suppose that catching some in
the spring of the year may affect them somewhat.

No fish are used for manure except menhaden. I was ready to
give two dollars a barrel for scup, and they were not worth that for
manure. That was the lowest price this year. The highest price was
five dollars at the traps. We get in New York just what the commis-
sion merchants are a mind to pay us. Sometimes we do pretty well,
and sometimes not. The scup are packed in bulk in ice, and sent to
New York or Philadelphia. A common sloop-smack from New London
carries about 100 barrels.

Question. Supposing that it is decided to try any experiments with
traps, in the way of legislation, is there any compromise that can be
made between no traps at all or all that people choose to put down ;
would it be expedient to attempt any limitation of the length of the
leader, the size of mesh, and time of keeping them down ?

Answer. I judge that a limitation of time would be best.

Question. What would be best, so many weeks or so many days in a
month ?

Answer. I should say, so many days. They run about a month, and
then the fishing in traps is all over—from the 20th of April to the 20th
of May.

Question. Suppose it should be said that no fish should be taken from
noon on Saturday to noon on Monday; would that be acceptable ?

Answer. It ought to be; and it ought to be made acceptable. Now,
although half the men go home Saturday noon, the rest will make up
a gang and fish Sunday, and find a fellow with a smack, to whom they
will sell their catch, and then divide what they get, and thus make the
share of each greater than that of the rest of the gang.

Question. How could you treat a trap or pound so that they could
not catch any fish ?

Answer. Have it hauled up. We haul our pound up witha long line,
leaving the bottom up about two fathoms.

S. Mis. 61 2

18 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Question. What would you suggest as the proper way of securing
general obedience to such a law ?

Answer. Hold the captains of the gangs responsible; either conte
their property or make a heavy penalty.

I have had a long controversy with Tallman about menhaden spawn-
ing twice a year. Every fisherman says menhaden come along full of
Spawn in the spring, and go back in fall full of spawn.

Question. Do you find small scup to any extent in the blue- fish that
are taken in any way excepting in traps?

Answer. It is very seldom we catch them in any other way except
with the gill-net. I have found blue-fish with young scup in them ;
when taken in gill-nets, we almost always find scup in them. Blue- fish

caught with a drail often vomit up the foodin them. Sometimes three-
fourths of the food would be young scup. I have shaken them out ot
them within a week. Squeteague and blue-fish do that; they will eat
anything that runs free. To-day I picked up one, and ‘just took and
pr essed on the belly of the fish, and he was full of them. "The pound is
full of these small fish, and they get the little fish in the pound. I have
seen the little striped smelt in them, packed in them, and looking like
a row of pencils. Sometimes they will come ashore with a lot of scup
in them; and then again they will have nothing but hake and sea-
robins. "They will bite these off close up to the fin; ; and then they will
come ashore with mackerel. I have seen them with small flat-fish in
them. I don’t know as I ever found a crab in a blue-fish. I have al-
ways taken particular pains to know what the blue-fish feed on. Until
this became so extensive a watering-place, I have shipped four thousand
pounds of black-fish to New York ina year. I have shipped a thou-
sand to fifteen hundred sugar-boxes—bought them and sold them. But
then the competition became so great that I could not afford to buy
them. What were wanted here were sold readily, and the balance were
sent off. The retail dealers here buy fish wherever they can get them.
Two buy to send to New York, in connection with what they sell here.

We caught from one thousand to fifteen hundred pounds last week.
We found them accidentally out in Saughkonet River. They come up
from the bottom every night. We catch blue-fish in gill-nets more than
in the pounds. They destroy the nets very badly.

I do not know as blue-fish are more plenty than last year; there have
been days when they cannot catch any. Weare catching now full as
many as we did last year. We get the fish at night; we catch the fish
below the middle of the net then; but when the fish are playing on the
top, we get them near the top of thenet. We have our nets with a mesh
two andone-half inches to four and one-half ; they are from fifty to ninety
fathoms long. They are made by Mr. Stowe, of Boston.

My partner’s brother went down the other day and caught twenty-
eight bass. If there comes a heavy sea, on the fall of the sea they can
get large bass, plenty of them. My partner’s brother went down and

aught eight or nine hundred-weight, and Mr. Perry Cole and Mr. Dur-
kee get a great many.

Question. Are eels scarcer than they used to be?

Answer. I think so. Whether the gas-works have affected them or not
Ido not know. Six or seven years ago I was a member of the legisla-
ture, and I went out one morning and found a man on the steps open-
ing a basket of oysters, and I could smell the coal-tar in them very
plainly. Fourteen or fifteen years ago I kept a fish-market on Long
Wharf, and you could see the tarry substance rise on the water and
spread out while going through the bridge. We have had a thousand

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 19

pounds of fish killed by it in one night. Seup will not go up Provi-
dence River; it is nothing but a mud-hole. It is only in the pounds
that we get the little scup. When fish were running here, we caught a
great many young scup from two to five inches long. I never knew
anything like it before; none of usever saw it before. If it had occurred
it would have been observed. Menhaden have been more plenty this
year than for many years before. I heard a regular fisherman say he
never knew such July fishing as there has been this year in the West
River. Menhaden are caught i in the pounds in the spring of the year.
Forty to fifty barrels of menhaden would be a large yield. But the
purse-nets take as many as they can hold, and sometimes they lose
their nets; they cannot eather up the fish soon enough, and they would
die and sink ; and they would have to cut open the seine.

We get mackerel here in this harbor; they are poor in the spring, and
have spawn in them. In August they have no spawn in them. We do
not catch any fish much when they are full of spawn, neither black-fish
nor scup, nor the first run of mackerel. Here are ninety to one hundred

sail of mackerel-catchers lying off here, and they take the fattest mack-
erel I have ever seen. Last year was the first time they have ever done
it. Mackerel promise to be plenty this year. There is no sale for the
spring-catch ; they are poor mackerel. .

Question. If we had three times as many scup as we now have, could
we buy them for any less money ?

Answer. If the fish were not ‘exported from Rhode Island, they would
not be worth a cent a pound.

Question. Why has the wholesale price been less this year than
betore ?

Answer. It is because of the increase of pounds in Vineyard Sound,
and they all send fish to New York. Squeteague run from three to ten
pounds. Large ones began to come here tive or six years ago. They are
much larger now than they used to be. They were here once before,
and went off more than forty years ago, and they have not been plenty
since until within a few years.

When the blue-fish first came back, the people would not eat them ; ‘
there was no sale for them; people said they would make a sore on
those that eat them. The prejudice against them was so great that you
could not sell one in market.

In 1854 I used to catch the bull’s-eye. They were here for a consider-
able time after that, and had been off and on before that. They were
not a regular fish.

There is only one pound at Saughkonet River. I have the only one
there. There was one set up in Goddington’s Cove by a man by the
name of Clarke. He got a great many Spanish mackerel, and that set
us after them. The right to fish is as perfect as any right we have
here in Rhode Island. The right to the fisheries and the right to the
shore are all the same. All the people have a right to go on the shore,
being only liable for any damage. There isa path clear “round from the
bathing. houses to the boat-house here. The right is universally recog-
nized in Rhode Island.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND,
August 3, 1871.
NATHANIEL SMITH:
Iam seventy-three years old. I have fished forty-six years. There
were scarcely any fish when I left the business, three years ago, on

F 20 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

account of my health. Fish used to be very plenty, so that any one
could get as many as he wanted; they were plenty until the trapping
was commenced. That was about 1828 or 1830. But I fished before
they had any trapping or purse-seines. One man could catch seup
enough forty years ago to load a boat in a short time. 1 have seen the
water all full of them under my boat. Tvery one could catch as many
sea-bass or tautog as he wanted. The blue-fish came around in 1834,
[think. le aught the first blue-fish, which was about a foot long. Every
year they became more and more plenty; but still they did not make
any difference with the other fish. It never made any odds with the
tautog nor bass-fishing, because I have caught the bassright among them,
J had a bass once with a scup in his throat, ‘choked with it. Idon’t think
blue-fish trouble scup atall. 1 never saw scup spawning ; but think they
spawn up the river, close in shore. I never fished for scup much, but they
were plenty, and there was no difficulty in catching them until they
began trapping them up. It was just so with tautog. I got up the
first petition against trapping tautog, and got seventy to one hundred
signers, and Sam Brown got one hundred. “Tt was handed to our legis-
lature, and laid on the table, and I suppose thrown under the table or
turned out doors. The tautog began to grow scarce twenty years ago.
They set traps up, over 8S: 1ughkonet shore. at the time I got. up the peti-
tion. J think, if traps could be stopped, we should have fish plenty in
the course of three or four years. The spawn is taken up with the fish
going in to spawn in the spring of the year; there is no seed left in the
water for fish to grow from. TV Cisande ‘and thousands of hundred-
weight of tautog have been sent to New York, besides hundreds of boxes
of scup. I have seen them take thousands of pounds of tautog off
Gooseberry Island in a morning and send them to New York. But now
they cannot get them around the shores.

The blue-fish were in these waters before, and very large. My father
used to catch them about the year 1800, not far from that. I think,
from what was said when I caught the first one, they must have been
out of the water sixteen or eighteen years. About 1800 they were very
plenty. They first made a net of rattan to trap them, and then they all
went away in a body, and till the little ones came back they did not
return again. I used to catch the little ones and bring them to market ;
but nobody would buy them, and so I threw them away. The first man
who brought blue-fish to our market was Mr. John Springer, and he
first brought them when they came back the last time.

Scup were alway ‘s here; were here when my father was a boy.

When I first beg: iw to cateh blue-fish, they did not weigh more than a
pound or two apiece; but when they were ‘here before +, my father said
they weighed sixteen and eighteen pounds.

They first began to set traps on the eastern shore about 1827; they
used to set them just the same as now; they would drive the fish into
the pockets at the ends.

There are no school-bass here in the fall of the year. In old times,
thirty or forty years ago, the bass were around in schoolsin September,
and would run until cold weather. I have caught them as late as the
10th of December. I would get from one to two hundred a day. I
used mackerel or menhaden for bait. I used dead bait, but of late
years I fished with lobster bait. That would not answer only when
there was a heavy sea and the water was thick; Lused to catch aboat-
load in a day in that way. I got sixteen one morning, four of which
weighed 206 pounds, and the rest would weigh from thirty to forty

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. v4

pounds apiece. Four or five years ago I could not catch any. Thesea-
bass are very scarce now.

Mackerel used to be caught here all the year round, but they are scarce
now.

The skip-jack is something like the bonito: the bonito has a darker
and broader stripe than the skip-jack. The bonito is striped like an
albicore.

I don’t know but one kind of sword-fish here. I know the bill-fish ;
they are a long fish, with a bill something like that of a sword-fish. I
have seen a bill- fish three feet long. They are not at all like the sword-
fish. They have little fins like the mackerel. They followed some ship
in here; they were here in the fall of the year and latter part of the
summer, only one year. That Was forty years ago; I have seen none
since. The docks were all full of them then, about eight or ten inches
long and very black. They would bite anything you might put down,
even a bit of pork.

The bull’s-eye fish were here from 1812 to 1830, perhaps; they were
very plenty. The women would haul them in with seines—barrels of
them ; once in a while two or three are caught in the fall of the year;
they were nearly a foot long, very thick and fat. One year they poisoned
every one who eat them; people thought they had been feeding on some
copper-bank ; they were much fatter than common mackerel. I salted
a barrel, and “carried them out to Havana. They were never sent from
here to a market abroad. They were so fat they would rust too ie
like the Boston Bay mackerel. Split them and they would fall apart, they
were so fat.

Menhaden are decreasing too. In 1819 I saw a school of menhaden
out at sea, when I was going to Portland, that was two miles wide and
forty miles long. I sailed through them. We were out of sight of land.
They appes wed to be all heading southwest. There were no fish near
them. I have seen a school on this coast three miles long. I think they
spawn in April or May.

They catch a few shad in the traps here now; they never used to do
that. They get plenty of herring in the spring. Herring are bigger
than alewives ; they come along together and spawn together; they
spawn in April and May; they are used only for bait. People never
pretend to smoke them. There are many different kinds of herring.

NEWPORT, August 3, 1871

W. E. WHALLEY, of Narragansett Pier:

Tam using a trap-seine. We work on the tide, and we don’t care
on which side of the seine it is. We catch all kinds of fish that wear
scales, and some that don’t—big fish and eels. Wecatch sturgeon, from
seven pounds up to three or four hundred. I do not know how many
heart-seines are being worked this season. The heart-seines take the
fish both ways; the trap, only one way. They are of various sizes,
according to the locality, the leaders being om seventy-five to two
hundred fathoms. The trap-seine is caleulated to take fish working
down an eddy; the heart-seine, where the tide works both ways. They
are at Horse Neck, and all along where the tide sets both ways. Taking
fish in traps depends on the eddies; the better the eddy the better the
chance for fishing. When the tide sets up into the bayous, there is an
eddy when it runs back, and the fish run in. We fish every hatf-hour,

22 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

and get from a few barrels to five hundred, and when the tide is over
we wait; we fish only when the tide is running in; we do not expect to
get as many on the ebb-tide as on the flood, except in some places. At
Goosebe rry Island we fish on the ebb-tide. "At Sachuest Point we have

fished two. seasons, and I have fished at Point Judith on the flood-tide.
There is a westward tendency there at the ebb-tide. On the strong ebb,
these fish coming across the Sound strike through there. At Goose-
berry Island I wanted a flood-tide, and that brings an eddy inside, making
a bay for a mile or a mile and a half.

On Saughkonet River there is not much tide, only when it blows fresh
to the north or south. There are two bridges there, and we always
thought we did best at them on flood-tide. We never set any nets on
the west side. When I went there in 1857, there were eleven traps;
next year, fifteen; and the next, seventeen. The traps were first started
in 1846, by Ben. Tallman. He invented the trap.

Question. What do you think about the general question of traps; do
they affect the quantity of fish or not?

Answer. Yes, sir; I think,if they were stopped, the fish would be
much more plenty.

I will give my reasons why I have answered “ yes.” I do not mean
to say that traps should not be used onour coast. I donot mean to say
they should be abolished, but I do mean to say that, in the way they
are handled, and used, and allowed to be set anywhere, without regard
to water, place, &c., they are an injury to the fisheries, and are what is
killing off and curt tailing the luxuries that the Creator has furnished,
and intended should be enjoyed. My ideas are derived from nine years’
experience in trapping and seining, and I have heard the other fisher-
men say the same thing. [am a fisherman, and expect to fish as long
as I do anything.

In the first place, our bays are large in proportion to the size of our
State, and the school-fish have not a place where they ean go and stop
wagging their tails long enough to lay their spawn, while the oysters
are protected. Here is a trap and there is a purse-net, so that from the
time they come in until they go out somebody is after them.

And, what is worse than ‘all, our own State’s people cannot get them
at all. They will bring them in and sell them to carry away for a
quarter of a cent a pound, in the month of May; ; and now to day you

cannot buy them for ten cents a pound. Why? Because they have
en taken here for twenty years, before the spawning-time, and sent
out of existence for nothing. -If you kill a bird before it lays its eggs
where is your increase? And so, if you kill your sheep, where is your
stock? Can we raise anything if we don't try to keep our breeding-
stock good? Is it expected that we can have fish if we wiJl put them
on the land for manure at a quarter of a cent a pound? And now you
cannot buy them for ten cents a pound. Confute it if you can.

When I could go out here and catch from three to five hundred-weight
of black-fish in a “day, I have been told not to deliver them, and w hen I
brought them in, to cover them up with scup, and then carry them away
and throw them in the river after dark, and not sell them in Newport.
Why? So that the inhabitants would not know where they came from.
I have sou it. They are selling fish from off Point Judith, and sending
them to New York.

But they have thrown striped bass into the dung-heap, because they
could not get: ten cents a pound; deacons of churches did that. Now
you cannot get them at all. Iused to get enough Saturday afternoon
to last my family a week; go now, and you don’t get a nibble. Give us

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 23

some protection, and, by-and-by, we may have a place that the fish ean
go to and lay their spawn, and where the young fish can grow.

Black- fish (tautog) we cannot get. Yesterday we had five men fish-
ing, and 27 pounds, 22 pounds, and 1h) pounds each was the best they
could do. Te it was not for lobsters, our fishermen could not get enough
for their breakfasts.

We take striped bass in nets, at the mouth of Saughkonet River, and
at the back beaches. The fish run eastward in the spring, the same as
the geese go north. But black-fish and bass can be caught here all the
year. I fish inside of the point in winter, and outside in summer. We
get bass through the ice, in winter; sometimes a barrel of them. They
go into the mud in eighty feet of water. The bass and tautog are a
native fish ; the blue-fish is a traveler, here to-day and gone to morrow.
I don’t care anything about them.

Shad are a fish that will run up the rivers annually if not hindered. I
have caught shad at Gooseberry Island, seven hundred a day, with a
trap-seine. That is norig for catching shad; but if you go to work and
prepare for it, you can catch shad plenty.

In regard to tautog, bass, and scup, we cannot make a living fishing
for them, as we used to do. Many a man has been driven out of the
business. I could show you a dozen good boats rotting down, all gone
to destruction; and the fishermen have taken to something else, which
they had no love for. It drives people away from the State. We had
about three hundred fishermen here twelve years ago, who got their liv-
ing directly from fishing. That was their legitimate business, with the
drag-seine and hook; not with the purse-seine or trap. They did not
know anything about atrap till I set it. Two have been set there since.

The men hav e left here and gone down off the Banks; gone to New
London to go on board fishing- smacks ; gone to the eastward and to the
southward. It is depopulating our shores of the men of that class.
There are now only about fifty men fishing where we had three hundred;
and some of the old men remain, but all ‘the young men have gone, the
fishing has been so killed out within the last five years. Instead of
fishing, those who remain have, many of them, gone to taking boarders.
Unfortunately I got broke down n, and did not earn my salt ; but I have
followed the fishing business and have kept boarders. People come
here from abroad in the summer, for what? Because Rhode Island has
been noted for hook-fishing. Dr. Babcock comes with bis rod and reei
for striped bass. This year he has caught one; that is all. Last year
he caught two. Many others have tried it, with no better luck. They
come here for fish; they don’t care any thing about our stale meats, for
which I pay thirty cents a pound, that are brought from Cattaraugus
County, New York. That is the change we have made; we send fish
out at a cent and a quarter a pound, and they send us beef at thirty
cents a pound. Five hundred thousand dollars have been paid out to
build up Narragansett Pier, for the purpose of a fishing-place. It is a
good, quiet neck, where they can go fishing, having a beach equal to
any ; "and you may see a man with his whole family, 2ach of them hav-
ing a rod trying to catch some fish. They catch anything they can,
and carry it home to have it cooked; and because they cannot get W hat
they used to, they give us the name of having depreciated the fish.

The tautog and striped cess have diminished most; that is, we feel
their loss most.

Question. Supposing you were in the legislature, and wished to draw
up such a bill as would be fair and just to all parties, what would you
do so as to control the traps as to number, size, place, and time?

24 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AHD FISHERIES.

Answer. My proposition to the legislature was, to allow only a certain
number of nets from Point Judith to Saughkonet River, so as to allow
the fish to come in.

Question. Suppose the pounds were down from the 1st of June through
the summer, and only then, what would be the effect ?

Answer. I should say they should not be set before the 15th of June.
From the 15th of May up to the middle of June I have caught tautog
and scup that were full of spawn, and were ready to shoot spawn at
the touch, and when they were taken into the boat they would throw
their spawn; you could almost see the fish in the egg. The fish are
later in a cold, backward season.

Question. What would be the effect of this plan: To require the fish-
ermen to take up the pounds two days in seven, say from 12 o’clock
Saturday till Monday, and have a proper penalty for violation of the
law?

Answer. It would have the effect of making a great catch Tuesday
morning. As a general thing, they would get t almost all the fish. I used
to do the same thin g. The fish would le Dack of the le ader, not having
a free passage.

Question. Suppose you pull up the leader?

Answer. Then the course would be clear.

Question. Suppose you were to require that the nets be so arranged
that there could be no impediment for two or three days, would not
enough fish get by the nets so as to secure an abundant stock of the
fish, year by year?

Answer. That would help; of course it would. Why do the fish come
in to the shores? So that every man can get them. How was it with
our fathers? I remember when my father used to say he was going off
to the beaches for scup. Every family i in the spring of the year used to
go and pick up seup enough for their use. They smoked them. ‘Do
you see them now? Why not? Because our stock-fish are taken away
at the season of the year before they have spawned. And now the
human child has got to suffer for it. Traps are down here all summer,
and they catch eels, flounders, and Spanish mackerel, and everything
that swims, more or Tess.

Question. Squeteague ?

Answer. We have always caught squeteague here with the hook.
They are not a new fish to me. I have always known them from child-
hood. I know you cannot go off Point Judith and catch a scup to-day.
I will give a dollar a pound for every scup. Ten years ago you could
catch any quantity, and there was fifteen miles of coast you might fish
on. The scup used to come from Point Judith to Brenton’s Reef in
about two tides. I used to have my boat ready to run back and forward,
aud in about two tides or twenty-four hours after ¢ atching them at Point
Judith I got them at the Reef. It is about twelve miles. If the wind
was northe: ist, they would come slower. They come in on the tide and
go back on the ebb, and sway with the tide, going a little farther forward
every time. When they first come in, they are kind of numb; some call
them blind. I think there is a kind of slime on the eye in winter, and
they want a sandy bottom to get off the slime. From Point Judith to
Saughkonet is about four tides—two days.

Question. Did they come much earlier than usual at Point Judith
this year?

Answer. About the same. They expected them in February, and
got the seines ready. They had them in the waterin March. I always
judge by the dandelions ; when I see the first dandelion, scup come in;

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 25

I watch the buds, and when the buds are swelled full, then our traps
goin. When the dandelion goes out of bloom and goes to seed, the
scup are gone; that is true one year with another, though they vary
with the season. Iam guided by the blossoms of other kinds of plants
for other fish. When high blackberries are in bloom, we catch striped
bass that weigh from twelve to twenty pounds; when the blue violets
are in blossom—they come early—you can catch the small scoot-bass.
That has always been my rule, that has been handed down by my fore-
fathers.

Question. When scup were plenty, and they first had traps, did they
keep them down all summer ?

Answer. One season I kept them down till the 12th of June; that
was the latest I ever kept atrap down. In the latter part of the time I
got from fifteen to twenty barrels a day; but in the early part of the
season I got a thousand or fifteen hundred barrels a day. That was ten
years ago.

Question. You think if a trap were kept down all summer, some scup
and other fish would be taken all the time?

Answer. Yes. The fish are changing ground for food; to-day I may
go to such a place and catch scup, and to-morrow I do not get them
there; they have worked up the food there. It is just the same as in
the ease of herds in a pasture. We find out by one another where the
fish are; we are all along, and we signal each other when we find good
fishing. That is the way we used to fish; but now they are so scarce,
we don’t tell when we find a good place. It makes the people selfish as
the pigs. That is the tendency.

Question. How long have you known Spanish mackerel ?

Answer. About eleven years. I don’t know that I ever saw one but
once before I was fishing at Gooseberry Island. I think they might
have been here before, and they would have been taken if they had beer
fished for in the same way, in the summer season. The hotter the
weather, the more Spanish mackerel we get. Last year we had the
hottest season for some time and the most Spanish mackerel. They
are a southern fish. I have caught them with a drail ona hook. They
are not a native of our waters. I never knew any caught thirty or forty
years ago. They are not as plenty yet this year as they were last. I
caught fifty last year in my gill-net. We get all our fish over at the
pier in. gill-nets—tautog, shad, menhaden, sea-bass, squeteague, and
Spanish mackerel. We use the menhaden as bait for sea-bass. We
get cod-fish, pollock, and hake in the traps. I never knew any torpedo-
fish here.

We cannot get any scup now. I have not seen one since the trapping
Season was oyer. I have five men now fishing for me, but none of them
get any scup. I think the blue-fish are about as abundant as last year.
They come in schools at different times. Scup first come in from the
15th to the 25th of April, and will not bite when they first come in;
they are not caught with the hook until the last of May or first of June.
Fish do not generally bite when spawning, so that any amount of line-
fishing will not destroy the fish. I have seen many a handsome fish
that I wanted, but could not tempt to bite; they would turn aside and
leave the most tempting bait. At other times the most inferior bait
will be taken greedily. The hook and line will not make any inroads
on the fish so that there will not always be a supply.

I never knew a blue-fish to feed on scup. In all my catch of blue-fish
for three years I have not been able to find one. I find squid, lances,
herring, menhaden, and the tail of the robin, bitten off just back of the

26 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fin. I have found eels in them, but never, within three years, have I
found a scup in a blue-fish. I have examined every one. I caught three
blue-fish yesterday, and they threw out a great many squid. I think
the feed tor the young fish is as plenty as ever—as it was twenty years
ago, with the exception of the menhaden and herring. Crabs never
were more plenty, and the lobsters are more plenty than I ever knew
them. I think squid are as plenty as Lever knew them. People com-
plain that menhaden have left the bay. Along about the first of Sep-
tember they will come back, perhaps; I know that is about the way
they generally do.

The lance is found all along the coast; I never found it buried in the
sand.

I only know one kind of sword-fish and one‘ kind of bill-fish. I have
Seen the saw-fish when I was a boy—about thirty-six years ago. They
followed some sulphur-bottom whale in.

EDWARD EK. TAYLOR:

I have caught but a few fish; I want something done to try to save
the fish for my children.

Question. How are we to help your children to get fish?

Answer. You will have to abolish traps. I used a trap-seine this
spring . but I am now running gill-nets. We have only three, one hun-
dred and sixty or one hundred and seventy fathoms in all. We have

caught about a dozen Spanish mackerel this year. Wesell our blue-fish
at five cents a pound to the dealers here ; to families we sell some at
eight cents a pound. I do not find seup in blue-fish.

I have seen scup, and blue-fish, and sea-bass all come to my bait in
the deep, clear water, at the same time, down back-side of Gay Head.
I would drop my line down, and I could see them when they came to
the bait in about twenty feet of water. I used menhaden, cut up, for
bait.

We got a great many small seup in the traps in the latter part of
May, about two to two and a half inches long, right at the south side
of the island. I caught an albicore last year that weighed 550 pounds.
It was sent to Providence for steaks. It was sold for ten dollars. Last
year we caught a fish called cero that weighed 74 pounds; it was sold
for five cents a pound, not knowing the worth of it.

I owned a trap before the war, ‘and sold out very cheap, to go to the
war; and when I came back, after three years, I found the fish had de-
creased very much. I was the ‘first witness on the stand before the
committee of the legislature against the traps. As long as the law
allows any one to fish with seines, I shall do it; and as soon as they
make a law to stop it, I shall stop.

I do not know what protection is best; I think there should be a law
to prevent fishing at certain seasons, or with nets of a certain size of
mesh. A great many small scup are caught in the traps and destroyed,
because the people are too lazy to let them go.

I can recollect when you could catch bass all day long; now I have
to turn out every day,at from one to two o’clock in the morning, and to
get my lines in as quick as it is light, for after the sun is two or three
hours high they will not bite, unless it is thick water and a heavy sea.
[have fished with another gentleman three years, and [ do not think
we have caught a bass in the afternoon. He is an amateur sportsman,
and he likes to go now better than when the fish were plenty, because
it is more of a science to catch one when there are but afew. I have

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 27

had a bass run out sixty-four fathoms of line; one run out the length of
three lines. He weighed 48 pounds.

Mr. GARDNER BREWER:

I have been a resident at the end of the avenue eleven years, and I
think the tautog and blue-fish are falling off very much. I do not think
fifty have been caught off my grounds this year. My friend and neigh-
bor, Mr. Mixter, who came here about eighteen years ago, sold his place
in disgust, because he could not get fish. That was his great pleasure,
and he w ent off almost in arage. He used to scold a great deal about
the destruction of fish in the spring. It is really a great misfortune to
Newport. I used to see a dozen boats fishing off my place at a time,
but now they have abandoned it. I have not seen a boat there this
year.

Testimony of E. KE. TAYLOR resumed:

When I was a boy, I could catch four or five hundred scup here early in
the morning, and, after coming ashore and peddling them out, two for a
cent—and sometimes not get my pay at that price—would ther n go off in
the afternoon and catch as many more. Trecollect that when the factories
stopped, in 1857, I think, the people were thrown out of work, but they
could go and get fish in any quantity to live on, scup and blue-fish.
The poor people could go off and get as many as they wanted without
any trouble. Soon after the twine went into the water. The first piece
of twine I set was a mesh-net, with a two and a half inch bar—too big.
It would fill chuck full of scup. Then I and my brother-in-law, George
Crabb, went to fishing together, and got a net twelve feet deep and
thirteen fathoms long, and we could get as many scup as we could
haul; but I suppose now you could not eet half a dozen there. Then I
bought a $40 net; and then, with others, we bought a large trap.

We have done very little in catching blue- fish. We caught more last
year in two weeks than all I have caught this year. It looks to me lke
a mniracle how any fish get by the traps. The coast is strung all along
full of twine; and how the fish can go eastward and get back again I do
not know. About the only thing that can account for it is the occa-
sional heavy seas. When the water is thick it keeps so off the shore
two miles, and the fish follow along the edge of the thick water ; that is
the only way that they escape.

Question. Do you think that if all sorts of nets were abolished, fish
would be more plenty in three years ?

Answer. Yes, sir. I think that where there is one now there would
be a hundred in three years.

Question. Suppose we say, ‘ You may fish with as many gill-nets and
draw-seines as you please, but not with traps,” how would that be?

Answer. It would not make a great deal of difference.

Question. Suppose we say “You shall not fix your nets except in the
tide-way ?”

Answer. That would not effect any thing. We moored our gill-nets at
each end with anchors ; they do not swing with the tide. We set them
in as still water as we can, The mackerel run with the wind, and we
set so that they shall strike square.

I do not see that the blue-fish run any lower this year than last. We
catch them about the middle of the net. We have seventy-six meshes
deep, and catch them about midway. We have a 44-inch mesh; we
catch some all the way down. As a general thing, we catch them that

28 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
F
weigh from 24 pounds up to 7 and 8 pounds. An eight-pound blue-fish
is rare. We caught this morning eighteen fish ; yesterday morning we
caught fifty. That is big. For ‘three mornings we took nothing but
two little dog-fish and some butter-fish.

We send our fish to New York sometimes. We open our blue-fish. I
do not find seup in any of them. The dog-fish that we have around
here feed on crabs; sharks feed on menhaden. The heaviest shark we
have around here is the thresher; they feed on menhaden. I saw a
thresher-shark kill with his tail, w hich was hearly eight feet long, half
a bushel of menhaden at one blow, and then he picked them up off from
the water. They come up tail first, and give about two slams, and it is
“oood-by, John,” to about half a bushel of menhaden. The body of
the thresher-shark is about a foot longer than the tail.

When the biue-fish first came here and were caught, people used to
think they were poison. My father, who was eighty two years old when
he died, said they used to cateh biue- fish that. weighed sixty pounds.
That was along time ago. I can recollect when they first began to
catch them here; it was ‘about thirty-two years ago; I was about ten
years old. My father said sheep’s-head used to be. caught here in great
abundance some forty-five or fifty years ago. I used to have to fish all
day to get as much money as I now do for the few fish I eatch. The
searcer the fish the higher the price. I have peddled striped bass about
the streets at four cents a pound; now they sell at the market at from
seventeen to twenty cents a pound.

NEWPORT, August 5, 1871—Evening.

At the office of Captain Macy, custom-house, this evening, there were
present several fishermen, some interested in traps, and others who fish
only with lines.

Mr. Smirn, an old fisherman, said scup and tautog were growing
more and more scarce. This, he thought, was owing to the use of
seines. He had not caught ascup in four years with a hook. Ten years
ago he could make good wages catching scup. The first of June was
the time he first started for fishing. When they first come in, scup
will not bite for about three weeks. They are full of spawn then, and
are going up the river. He never saw a scup spawn. Had not caught
a blue-fish this year; it would not pay a man to fish for them with a
hook. I used to cate rf three hundred pounds in a day. Blue-fish came
in here first about forty years ago. They began to grow scarce about
fifteen years ago.

Mr. WILLIAM RECORD. I set gill-nets myself; I set the first seven
years ago. It was not unusual to catch from five to eight hundred
pounds inaday. Iam now setting from two hundred and fifty to three
hundred and fifty fathoms, instead” of fifty fathoms, that I had at first.
Once I caught twelve or thirteen hundred weight, but generally I don’t
think we ez aught over five hundred weight. rg hav e five nets now; but
I don’t catch as many fish as I did when I had one net, seven years
ago. We fish on the beach inside of the point, near w hat we call the
Beach House. We set the nets so as to break the tide, and therefore
we calculate to set inside of the points of the small bays. I don’t think
there is one fish in a hundred that there was twenty years ago. Then
it took half a dozen men to keep the net clear; now we “generally
haul them once a day, and they are not overloaded.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. ay

I catch once in a while a Spanish mackerel. They came along some,
a fortnight ago, so that there would be four, three, or two in the net at
a time; then, for several days I did not catch any. Hot, calm weather
is the time to catch them. I have never seen them schooling around
like blue-fish.

[One person present said one hundred and sixty Spanish mackerel
were caught at one haul up at Coddington’s Cove. |]

The gill-net does not catch one-fourth as many as a heart-seine. In
the gill-net it is very seldom that we catch a blue-fish weighing less,
than “three 2 pounds. A small Spanish mackerel goes through our net.
The greater part of the fish are caught about a fathom below the sur-
face, in a gill-net. We catch most when we have southerly winds ; not
many with northeast and north winds.

The first run of scup was more plenty this year than last; but noth-
ing compared with nine or ten years ago. Governor Stevens and Mr.
Whalley took up their net, and they turned out seven hundred barrels
of scup, because they could not sell them. Afterward they sold them
at Point Judith, for eighteen cents a barrel. They sold some for twelve
cents a barrel, "and ia haye no doubt they got more that year in that
one trap than’ have been caught in all the traps in Rhode Island this
year.

They made some good hauls in 1863, but they have been grow-
ing more and more scarce ever since. Gogemor Stevens took all of
10, 000 barrels of scup that season. A thousand barrels were lost. They
were saving them to get $1 25 a barrel, and they had to sell them for
60 cents a barrel. When they were taken out, 250 barrels were put on
board a Fall River schooner. I used to see large schools of seup off
outside, when I was fishing, but I have not seen any lately. They are
growing scarce, from some cause; we are either working thein up, or
else we are growing so wicked that they will not come to see us.

Twenty years ago it was no trouble to go down and catch from half a
dozen to twenty “small- sized bass in an afternoon; but now, when
anybody catches three or four bass, it is told of as something strange.

Fish are plenty in New York, because where there was one seine years
ago, there are twenty now.

In the spring of the year, the average size of scup is a pound and a
half.

[One person said he was present one morning this year when Mr.
Holt’s heart-seine was drawn, and there were as many as twenty barrels
of little scup turned out. |

Tne small scup follow after the big ones, and there is a class that is

called mixed scup, coming along about a week after the first run of large
scup. Small scup are caught all summer, with heart-seines—last year’s
seup.

They used to set the seines about the middle of April, but now they
do not until the last of April or the first of May; this year they came
along rather earlier than usual. The nets are generally kept down
about a month. All the nets were put down this year about the same
time, and they all began to catch scup as soon as they were down. They
got five dollars a barrel for the first scup; then down to three. They
are not used for manure now. They have been going down in number
steadily since 1862; they were put on the land in 1862.

Menhaden come along after the first run of scup; they do not purse
menhaden till after they get through with the scup. They used to put
down the traps about the 20th of “April, and took them up about the

5,

30 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

20th of May, when they went into the menhaden fishing; but now they
keep the traps down through May.

When I was a boy I used to see men who followed tautog fishing go
off in the early morning, and come back with as many as they could sell
by 7 or 8 o'clock in the forenoon; now you cannot get any to sell by
going all day.

The striped bass that winter on our coast have dwindled off to nothing.

GEORGE DWINNELL:

In 1835 they put their seines together near Point Judith, and they
caught fish by thousands; they have never been so plenty here since.

In one trap there were 20,000 small bass caught in one season; they
were sold at 25 cents a dozen. We used to catch them weighing from
two to four pounds; now we don’t get any of that size. At one time I
caught bass for a week that weighed from twenty to sixty pounds; then
there was a seine put in, and they started off.

Mr. MAcy: e

T have seen 2,000 pounds caught here in a day. George Mason sold
what he caught in one day for $22.

Mr. SMITH:

Seven years ago the 28th day of June, I sold fifty-six dollars’ worth,
that I eaught before 6 o’clock in the morning; I got eight cents a pound
for them.

GEORGE CRABB:

I do not average more than two dollars a day, fishing. The greatest
catch in one day this year was 206 pounds; I have not caught over 200
pounds a day but twice this year—once 201 and once 206. They were
extraordinary days, and I fished from 3 to 4 o’clock in the morning till
6 o'clock in the afternoon. If I had fished as long a few years ago, I
should have got more than my boat would carry. I have loaded my
boat with sea-bass, but I cannot get any now; I think my average catch
has been about sixty pounds a day, during this season. The season is
best about four months. I used to catch blue-fish ; this year I have not
caught any.

Mr. SMITH:

I have caught twenty-four blue-fish with a hook and line; they are
not worth fishing for.

Mr. C. H. BURDICK:

Four years ago last May I went off fishing, and caught 63 blue-fish in
one school; that night my brother-in-law, who had a seine in Codding-
ton’s Cove, caught over five thousand pounds. The school went right
up the river, and they caught them.

Mr. Macy:

When I first came here, there would be thirty or forty sail of smacks
here for fish. There has been a great falling off until this year, when
there are scarcely any. About all the fish caught here have been
shipped from the steamboat wharf.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. om

Mr. RECORD:
Mr.Swan’s father told me that at the beginning of the present cen-
tury scup were a new fish.

Hextract from correspondence with parties near Newport.

“NEWPORT, R. I., August 4, 1871.

* About the 10th of October, in the year 1869, Captain Joseph Sher-
man and William b. Gough in three hours’ fishing caught 250 pounds of
tautog and 40 pounds of cod and sea-bass. Another boat occupied
the same ground the same day, and caught 250 pounds tautog—two

men fishing.
“WM. B. GOUGH.”

‘* NEWPORT, August, 1871.

“ DEAR Sir: Thinking you might wish to verify, or inquire more into
the matter while here, I send you the statement of Captain Garritt, of
Westerly, Rhode Island. He has known bass caught in June that
weighed from half to one pound, that were first put into a pond, and, when
taken out in October following, weighed six pounds. A boy living with
him caught, at the mouth of a sma all brook, two miles above the fishing o-
ground on Paweatuck River, a female tautog weighing about 5 pounds.
It was very full of far-developed spawn. He thinks the spawn would
weigh a pound. The water where taken was not over one foot deep.
He also states that the light-house keeper, (not the present,) Mr. Pendle-
ton, lost a bob fishing for bass at Watch Hill, that was taken next day
with the fish in Long Island Sound. It was identified and returned to
him.

‘Yours, with respect.
“J. M. K. SOUTHWICK.

‘¢ Professor BAIRD.”

“TIVERTON, August 11, 1871.

* DEAR Sir: I have been informed that you are collecting inieueneen
about fish for the purpose of guiding Congress, if they see fit, to take up
the question. Ifso, [ should like to submit some facts to you about
their increase, decrease, &e., that have come under my observation.

“This question is important, for it affects a large number of people,
and there are large sums of money invested, and hasty legislation upon
one-sided facts might ruin men, ‘and all trouble might be averted pro-
vided the proper facts were presented.

‘* My opinion is that man is not an enemy of a salt-water fish. I mean
by that statement that all machinery yet devised by man for taking fish
does not perceptibly affect the supply, although there are many facts
about fish, looked at superficially, that would tend to lead a man to a
different conclusion. For instance, scup have disappeared from Narra-
gansett Bay. Some say seines have been the cause, or traps. But
squeteague have taken their place, and where, ten years ago, there were
millions of scup, now there are almost none, but millions of squeteague.
How does that square? If the traps destroy one, why not the other, for
they both come the same course and both are caught in traps. But the
most significant fact in relation to the squeteague question is, they don’t
come few at atime and gradually increase from year to year, but sud-
denly appear. Hundreds of acres could be seen any clear day between

32, REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Point Judith and Providence; and the same unexplained cause can be
shown by facts of every fish that inhabit our waters. For ten years
there have not been blue crabs about here. This year the water was alive
with them about as large as a three cent piece, and probably in a year
or two they will be as thick as they used to be when you could catch
easy three bushels at a tide. Ten years ago there were twenty square
miles of blue muscles off Hyannis. Ina few years they disappeared,

*“ Tell me where I can see you, and [ will come and talk with you. I
should like for you to come to Round Pond, Maine, and I would see that
you were shown this fish question as you ought to see it, by going among
the fishermen and observing its practical workings. I would furnish
you every facility, and I think you would like it. I shall be in New
Bedford within a fortnight, and if you are to be in that vicinity, let me
know, an@ I will find you if my business will let me.

‘Write me, and send your letter to Round Pond, Maine.

“Yours,
“DAVID T. CHUBGH:

‘« Professor BAIRD.”

NAUSHON ISLAND, VINEYARD SOUND,
August 23, 1871.

Testimony of PETER DAVIS, of Noank, who has two pounds in Buz-
zard’s Bay, on the northwest side of Naushon:

I have been here all the spring; got in about the first of May or last
of April. A few scup were here then. They caught them we estward of
us before we put down. I think most of the scup had gone by on the
ist of May; they were the first fish we caught.

My idea ‘about fish striking the shore is, that they strike in square
from deep water when they “find the water of a certain temperature.
They run close to the shore, and, if the shore rises gradually, they will
come in very close to it, into ver y shoal water. We have caught plenty
of small scup, and they are plenty now. They are five or ‘Six inches
long. We first caught these small ones about the last of June; none of
them earlier than that. We get very few big scup now. Ihave made
up my mind this year that scup grow pretty fast. I think a year-old
scup weighs about three-quarters ‘of a pound. We get some that don’t
weigh over half a pound that I think were spawned this spring.

I have fished at Montauk five or six years. We have caught a few
stingarees here, but do not catch many now ; it is late in the season for
them, I think. We used to get them up at "Montauk until the last of
July and into August. I do not recollect but three kinds of stingarees

caught here. We are not paying expenses now. We got some mack-
erel Pearly, and we get a few squeteague. Blue-fish have been more plenty
this vear than last. They are a very uncertain fish, anyway. They are
somewhere, of course, but they don’t show themselves all the time. I
don’t think there is any greater variety of sharks and rays at Montauk
than here. We used to eet a silver-fish there that weighed forty pounds.
The scales were two and one-half inches, and looked as if they had
been plated. ‘The fish was shaped a good deal like the salmon. They
had a curious-sShaped mouth, that seemed to have a joint in it, where
the lower jaw slid into the upper one.* Squeteague eat scup either in
or out of the pounds; they are as voracious as blue-fish. We get for

* Probably Megalops thrissoides.

3)

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. cay

blue-fish about five cents a pound; but we make the most on squeteague.
We have taken 10,000 pounds of squeteague this year; we took 6,000
pounds at one haul in the middle of June. That was nearly the first
run. The biggest squeteague we have caught, I think, would w eigh !
ten pounds. A north wind or northeasterly wind is the best for fish
here.

REUBEN Dyer, at Mr. Forbes’s farm, west end of Naushon:

We caught two or three scup a day; not so many this year as last.
There are more little scup around the wharves near New Bedford than
there are here. Squeteague are not more than half as plenty about
here this year as last. We catch them up at Quick’s Hole. When
fishing for tautog, once in a while we would catch one. We use men-
haden as bait for squeteague. Most are caught after dark. We used |
to catch a good many blue-fish at the bottom. All fish are scarcer this
year than last. There have not been any blue-fish around this year,
except very small ones. I have seen, formerly, this hole (Robinson’s
Hole} all alive with blue- fish.

Scup began to get scarce about here seven or eight years ago. The
decrease was not sudden, but gradual. I cannot say it was the traps,
exactly. I think the blue-fish destroy a great many fish; they eat up
the little fish.

The men who have pounds here caught a few mackerel the first part
of the season. They do not catch many Spanish mackerel; but a few
bonito. I do not think shore-seines destroy the fish much; but some
kinds of fish are destroyed by traps.

SYLVANUS WESTGATE, at Robinson’s Hole:

IT am out on a seining-cruise. I have a net of about sixty fathoms. I
am not doing much now; catch some blue-fish and bass. I generally
haul at night. I think [ should not catch anything in the day-time. I
have not caught a hundred seup in five years with the seine. I have not

caught any bass this year that w eighed over tw enty pounds. I don’t
think they are half as plenty as last year; there is no kind of fish as
plenty, unless it is menhaden.

Mr. Dyer. I have caught three sea-bass this year. A few years ago
I could go out and catch fifty or sixty.

Mr. WESTGATE. I think the traps destroy the fish; I don’t think the
seines do much hurt. We have seined ever since we were born; but a
trap is a stationary thing, and if a fish is going by he must go in.

Mr. DyER. They catch more than they can sell in the traps. The
pockets are sometimes crowded, and a great many die. This spring
they could not get smacks to take the fish to New York fast enough.

Mr. WESTGATE. They need not try to stop trapping; they w il run
themselves out pretty soon.

Mr. Dvr. The fish taken at the pound here are not worth $25 a day.
Last year a man hired the privilege of the pound at Menemsha Bight,
and he sold $1,200 worth in a week. Squeteague are not half as plenty
this year as last. The scup, sea-bass, and tautog, when they come in in
the spring, are full of spawn, ready to shoot. They have ripe spawn in
them when they come into the pounds. I had some and dressed them,
and found spawn in them so ripe you could not take out the spawn whole.

Mr. WesTGATE. I think blue-fish and squeteague kill about as many
fish as pounds. <A blue-fish will kill twice his weight ina day. <A blue-

S. Mis. 61——3

2

o4 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fish will go wherever scup can go, and they feed at the top more. They
feed at the bottom at night.

Mr. Dysr. I can tell you just my opinion about traps. If they did
not catch the mother fish in the spring, when they come along the shores
to spawn, I don’t think they would destroy the fish a great deal. They
should not be allowed to put them down so early. I think they should
not be allowed to put them down before the Ist of June. By that time
the bottom fish have got through spawning.

Squeteague come about the 10th of June ; they come from the west-
ward; they eatch them at Long Island betore we do here.

Question. What would you say of the plan of allowing them to fish
at any season, but requiring them to draw up the net two or three days
in a week ?

Answer. That would be a good idea.

Mr. WestGatr. I do not think Spanish mackerel have been around
here many years; they were something new to me, and I had been fish-
ing twenty years.

Mr. Dyrr. I never saw a Spanish mackerel till this year.

Mr. WeESTGATE. I never saw a bonito till two or three years ago; I
have not caught many this year. I think new fish are coming on to the
shores, and if it were not for the pounds we would have them plenty.

PASQUE ISLAND, VINEYARD SOUND,
Club-House, Pasque, August 23, 1871.

Puinipe C. HARMON, treasurer of the club, thought it a gross outrage
to have fish-pounds on the shore near. This pound was kept, he said,
by New London men. There was a much larger capital employed
in pound-fishing than he had supposed—between five and six millions of
dollars. Fifty bass destroyed in the spring prevents a vast amount of.
increase.

PETER BALEN, a member of the club, said he understood that
the trappers threw away, at one time, alarge number of dead black-
fish, (tautog.) There are not as many tantog as there used to be
by nearly one in twenty. There is a great diminution of the ground-
fish. The bass are more searee. I think the traps interfere w ith them
very much. We had a law passed to prohibit drawing a seine on this
island; but they draw a net every night, and if I were to go and try
to stop them, they would insult me. I am persuaded the trappers do
not make ¢ any money for themselves, and they perfectly clear the whole
coast of fish. I think the great evil of the traps is, that they catch the
fish in spring before they have spawned. I do not think the blue-fish
diminish the other kinds of fish that I spoke of. They generally follow
the menhaden.

Mr. Harmon. The blue-fish have very materially diminished along
here within three years, to such an extent that when fishing off our
stands we do not take more than two or three in a day. Out here
I have caught as many as sixty ina day by drailing for them.
Now we cannot catch any. The blue-fish and bass accompany each
other, | think. The blue-fish chop up the menhaden, and the bass pick
up the pieces. I don’t think there is one blue-fish where there were fifty
a few years ago.

Mr. BALEN. Two of us caught twenty-eight bass once, weighing from
five to twenty pounds apiece.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. BD

THOMAS E. TRIPLER, a member of the club, said he had been here
eight days, and had caught twenty-four bass, weighing from four to
twenty- -nine pounds. I think they are more plenty than ‘they were last
year.

MENEMSHA BIGHT, MARTHA’S VINEYARD,
EAST OF GAY HEAD, VINEYARD SOUND
September 22, 1871,
JASON LUCE & Co., (the company consists of Jason Luce and Brother,
Mr. Tilton, and two other men :)

Blue-fish are quite plenty near Noman’s Land as late as November.

We find little fish in the stomachs of blue-fish ; we have taken out
small scup. I took forty-two scup about two inches long out of the
stomach of one blue-fish, a year ago this summer, out at the eastward
of Edgartown. The blue-fish weighed about three and a half pounds.
Besides the forty-two that I counted, there were some so far gone that
they could not be counted.

Menhaden average from 225 to 240 in a barrel. We caught this year

2,000 barrels, or about 470,000 menhaden. We caught over 100,000
mackerel ; not so many as last year. We began fishing about the I: 2th
of April, and caught alewives first. We caught about 100,000 dog-fish
this year. All fish were earlier than usual this year. Mackerel generally
come from the 5th to the 10th of May, though we get some scattering
ones earlier. Menhaden come next. Tautog come early, with the her-
ring. We catch shad the last days of April. When we see blue-fish,
we conclude the spring fishing is at an end. We generally catch them
about the middle of June, going west. Wesee acres of them schooling
off here. They are over in the Bay ten days earlier than here. Some
come into the Sound through Quick’s Hole. Menhaden are taken in
the Bay before we see any here. Wecatch scup here just about the time
they do at Saughkonet. I think a part of them come in by way of Saugh-
konet, and a part by Gay Head. Scup are around Noman’s Land, and
are caught there with the hook. We have noticed a good many young
scup this year ; never saw them so before. This is the third season we
have fished in the summer and fall, but this is a new thing to see so
many young scup. I was up in Connecticut last week, and they told me
the young scup were numerous there. The scup we take in ‘the pound
are spawning fish. We take them weighing from one and a half to two
pounds. Many will not weigh over half a pound. We catch more of
that size than of the large size. I have dressed scup that were not very
large which had the red-roe in them, which we callripe. I think we find
spawn about as often in the medium-sized fish as any.

We have every opportunity of knowing what fish eat, and about their
spawn, because we handle a great many. We can squeeze young ones
out of a dog-fish any month in the year. Last year we caught a drum.
We caught two salmon this year. We catch what they call sea-trout—
not more than three or four in a season. We catch the salmon in May.
We catch a few blue-fish, squeteague, and skip-jack, or bonito. Wehave
caught 150 albicore at a time.* We have caught as many as 500 this
year. They bring six cents a pound. We catch lump-fish in the season
of all sizes, up to twenty inches long. They are as apt to get the first
ny at Lombard’s Cove as we are here.

as Or cCYNUs he

30 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

I suppose we catch more fish in our two pounds than are caught in all
the other pounds in the Sound put together. We think this is because
we are so near theocean. When both pounds are in operation, we catch
more fish in the eastern one. Later in the season we see schools of fish
coming from the west. ,

We can judge something of the way fish are going by those that are
gilled in the leaders. We have caught the conger-eel in the spring.
They are a spotted fish, and have considerably large holes in the side of
the mouth. We catch many of them every year. We catch the true
cat-fish also every year.

Question. What would you rent your pound for by the month and
man it—five hundred dollars ?

Answer, If you would say five thousand dollars a month, we might
talk about it.

Before we came here with our traps, the herring had begun to diminish
up in Squib-Nocket Pond. But last year they could catch as many
they wanted—from five to ten thousand at a time.

Last year and the year before they caught more than they had in any
year for thirty years. Scup began to diminish long before we put down
pounds here. Summer trapping would not pay without the spring
trapping. I have dressed tautog in the month of August chock-full of
spawn.

Question. Would it suit you to propose to close the pounds for a cer-
tain time in each week; say from Saturday noon until Monday noon;
and make the law imperative on all the pounds, so that no fish should
be taken during that time by anybody; and with such penalties that it
will be absolutely certain that the law will be enforced ?

Answer. That would suit us better than to be stopped entirely. We
would like that, of course, if we could not do any better.

Question. What would be the best way to prevent fish from going in
the pounds?”

Answer. Close the door; and if they went into the heart, they would
pass right under.

We make a good deal of money on mackerel; and it is no worse for
us to catch mackerel than for the mackerel-catchers. The money that
we make on tautog and scup is a mere trifle. We make money on the
fish that nobody pretends to catch with the hook. We have been in
the pound business about ten years, and I do not see any diminution of
fish of any kind. Mackerel last year were plenty with us.

There should be a pretty heavy penalty, in order to carry the thing
through ; and it ought to be so.

Question. What should be the nature of the penalty ?

Answer. I should say put it pretty heavy, for we should obey the law.

Question. How much ?

Answer. [All present agreed that $1,000 was not too much. |

Question. Would you advise a fine and confiscation of the equip-
ment ? .

Auswer. Yes, sir; that is a good idea.

Question. W hat would you ‘think of requiring a license, in order to
put down a pound?

Answer. I should like that very well.

Question. How far apart should the pounds be of two different par-
ties ?

Answer. About a inile.

Question. Would you say that, when a license to place a pound in

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. ay |

any given locality was granted, that there should be no change of loca-
tion without a new license?

Answer. There should be no change to any great extent. It is not
a common thing to change a pound from one point to another.

I think we should fare better to have the United States control the
business than to have the State do it. We want all to be served alike
in the fishing business, as well as other things. If we cannot fish, we
don’t want our neighbors to fish. If we could have our rights secured
to us by a license, it would be better for us.

[All agreed that if it was a uniform thing to have the time of fishing
restricted, it might be quite as well.]

Boston is the market for mackerel. We catch a great deal of bait to
supply the cod and mackerel fishermen. We don’t catch the kind of
fish that the people are contending for after the 1st of June.

We never hauled our trap on Sunday, and are not disposed to do it;
if the fish come in then, well and good. We have caught but few
striped bass; perhaps sixty or seventy.

One of our leaders is 216 fathoms and the other 225

About one hundred and fifty barrels of scup in a day is as many as
we have caught this year.

Last year, on the 28th of September, mackerel were more plenty in
this bight than we ever saw them. Our traps were not down then; we
have never fished so late as that. But we propose to keep our traps
down this year till the end of the season.* The fall maekerel are small.
In the spring they are larger, and we get all the way from two to eight-
een cents apiece for them.

The bill-fish, as distinct from the sword-fish, is found near here. The
sword is smaller; the fin does not hook over like that of the sword-fish,
but goes straight up; but not so high as the fin of the sword-fish. The
sword is not so flat. There is a good deal of difference in the eating.
You can see any quantity of them sometimes; but they are shy.

EDGARTOWN, MARTHA’S VINEYARD,
September 27, 1871.

This evening there were present at an examination of the subject of
fisheries the following-named persons, who are employed in fishing, but
who have formerly been commanders of ships, and several of them
captains of whale-ships: Captain Francis Pease, Captain Charles Mar-
chant, Captain Alexander P. Fisher, Captain Gustavus A. Baylies,
Captain Joshua H. Snow, Captain Theodore Wimpenny, Captain Rufus F.
Pease, Captain Thomas C. Worth, Captain Thomas Dexter, Captain
John P. Fisher, Captain George Coffin, Captain Josiah C. Pease, Captain
Leonard Courtney, Captain George A. Smith, Captain Richard Holley,
Captain Grafton N. Collins, Charles F. Dunham, esq., Dennis Courtney,
Henry B. Huxford, William Simpson, Holmes W. Smith, John Vinson,
Thomas Dunham.

The persons who principally spoke for the others were Captain Francis
Pease, Captain Rufus F. Pease, Captain Josiah C. Pease, and Captain
George Coffin.

* They were kept down into October, but no mackerel were taken.—S. F. B.

v8 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Captain FRANCIS PEASE. Fish are getting a great deal scarcer than
they used to be. A few years ago you could sit on the end of the
wharf and catch fish enough before breakfast for a family. Any boy or
old gentleman could do it. Now they are gone The scarcity com-
menced when they began to put down the pounds. There used to be
scup and tautog all through the harbor here very plenty, but now we can
scarcely get any that are eatable; we have to go out of the Sound.
Every year we have to go farther out.

I do most of my fishing outside. Ihave not noticed the harbor as
much as the other fishermen, and do not know about there being young
scup here, though there always are some. I was on the wharf fishing
for cunners and I got two or three little scup.

There are no traps on the island this side of Holmes’s Hole. Up at
Menemsha they caught up so many fish that they could not dispose of
them. We do not eet blue-fish as plenty as we used to. There are a
good many caught with seines. The boatmen think they have not done
as well this year as before. Most of the fish caught here are shipped to
New Bedford and New York. There are some thirty-five boats that are
sending off fish. Vessels come in and take them—four or five of them.
The majority of the boatmen sell to the vessels. The latest that I have
known blue-fish to be caught was the last of October; but those are
what we call the fat ones, weighing from ten to fifteen pounds apiece.
We don’t catch many of them, and those we want ourselves. Most of
them are caught over at the island of Muskeget. I think the blue-fish
spawn at the south. They are a warm- weather fish; the least cold will
send them off into deep water.

Captain JosIAHC. PEASE. We calculate that the blue-fish spawn here
about the last of July and first of August. I have seen them when I
think they were spawning on the sands. I have caught them a short
time before full of spawn, and then for a time afterward they would be
thin and weak. They do not get much fat about thein till the last of
August or first of September. They spawn on white, sandy bottom,
right out to the eastward of this island, toward Muskeget. IT have
seen them there in considerable numbers formerly. All ‘kinds of fish
are scarcer now than they used to be. A few years ago we could get
any quantity of them.

Question. What has made them searce; has there been any disease
among them ?

Answer. Yes, sir. The disease is twine, I think. Fishing never killed
out the fish.

When I was a boy we could catch as many seup right off the wharves
as we wanted. Ido not think there are as many fish caught with the
hook and line as there used to be. We would catch them if we could
get a chance.

It is only about twelve years since fish have been shipped in large
quantities. Before that the market was nearer home, and no fish
caught with the hook and line were shipped. Bass were so plenty
in those days that we could not get more than three or four cents a
pound for them; now they are worth ten or twelve cents. I recollect
seeing one man, when [ was a boy, haul up three thousand, that he
allowed to lie and rot. Our boats could then get one hundred in a day
quite frequently ; large bass, too.

Question. But bass are not caught in the pounds, are they?

Answer, They are a cunning fish, and know enough not to go into
the pounds after they have been in one once.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 39

I do not know where the striped bass spawn. I have never seen any
very young; none two or three inches long.

I never saw a young squeteague.

I have seen plenty of young rock-bass not more than two inches long.

The striped bass go up into the ponds and among the eel-grass, I
suppose.

Question. Dowt you think the blue-fish have something to do with
making other fish scarce ?

Answer. No. There have always been blue-fish. For thirty years
they have been plenty.

Captain Rurus F. PEASE. Blue-fish came in here before 1830. I
recollect of hearing the old folks talk about blue-fish. I caught them
before I went to sea, in 1824.

Captain Gro. CoFrFIn. I caught enough to load a boat in 1825. They
were so plenty, I caught them just as fast as I could haul them in.

Captain FRANCIS PEASE. I have heard my father speak of the large
blue-fish, weighing forty pounds. I think that must have been before
the beginning of this century. They were all gone long before my day.
The first that I recollect were small fish. The large blue-fish are not as
active as the smaller ones. I think the blue-fish that are around in the
summer, weighing five or six pounds, are the same as we catch now,
which are large and fat.

Captain Rurus F. PEASE. Blue-fish are growing plenty now away
down toward Nova Scotia, and are growing less year by year here.
The mischief of the pounds is, they keep the price down, and they can-
not sell their own fish. 1! think they injure every man; I can see in the
last ten years a great change.

Question. Why are fish so dear at retail ?

Answer. That is all owing to the market-men, who have a compact
among themselves that they will not sell below a certain price.

Captain FRANCIS PEASE. It makes no difference with us whether
fish are high or low; they will not give us but about a cent a pound,
while at the same time they keep their agreement not to sell for less
than eight cents.

There were as many as twenty-five boats from the bluffs around here
this year, driving off the fish from the shoals. They are not fishing-
boats; but they come with a crowd of sail on, and they frighten the
fish.

If fish were not caught any faster than they are taken with a hook
and line, they would be plenty.

Captain JostAH C. PEASE. The pounds take all the breeding-fish
that come into the shores. I saw in New Bedford, the first of May,
large scup, full of spawn, and rock-bass. They were taken in the
pounds, and could not have been caught with lines; it was too early.

Captain R. F. PEASE. They had so many tautog taken at Wood’s Hole
at one time that the net sunk and the fish died, and they had to turn
them on the shore. They were chuck-full of spawn; large breeders in
there, looking for a place to deposit their spawn.

Captain Jos1An C. PEASE. Some of the farmers will have a pound,
and go to it in the morning, and take out the fish and ship them, and then
go to work or their farms. They do not follow fishing for a living.

Captain R. F. PEASE. The law ought to be uniform. One reason
why the pounds were not stopped by the legislature of Massachusetts
was, that the Provincetown people made a statement that they could
mo fit out their vessels with bait, unless they had pounds to catch it for
them.

40 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Question. Could they ?

Answer. How did they do it before? They had the same facilities
then as now. They used to send to Nova Scotia for bait; now they
use only herring and menhaden for bait. Menhaden are getting scarce.
This harbor used to be full when I was a boy; but it is a rare thing
to find any here now, because they are caught up. They don’t cateh
them at Saughkonet Rocks, as they used to. If they keep on catching
them up as they have done, we shall have to send to California to get a
mess of fish. We have had bonito here this year, and there have been
more squeteague about this year than before.

Captain FRANCIS PEASE. When I was a boy, we used to catch sque-
teague very plenty. You cannot go off here now and get fresh fish
enough for dinner and get back in time to cook it. You will soon have
to go to New Bedford to get fresh fish. I used to go out at this time of
the year and catch half a barrel, in a short time, of big pond-scup
eight inches long.

Captain R. F. PEASE. Round Muskeget we used to do well catching
the large blue-fish and bass, but now we cannot get any fish there. I
am down dead against any fishing except with hook and line. A man
who is rich can sweep the shore with nets, but a poor man, with his
boat, cannot get any fish. The big fish eat up the little ones!

Captain J. C. PEASE. I think five hundred pounds is the highest
amount [ have ever caught this year in a day. Four years ago I caught
1,472 pounds ina day. I used to go three or four years ago aid get
250, 275, and 280 fish in a day, but now it is hard work to get a hun-
dred. They have been decreasing gradually every year for four or five
years. Last year there was a great fall from the year before. I know
there is nobody who goes over more ground for blue-fish than Ido. I

caught the first blue-fish this year the 29th day of May. Sometimes I
get them as early as the 25th of May. We generally catch a few of the
first when we are fishing for codfish at the bottom. We catch codfish
till the last of May. We donot see them at all on the top of the water
when they first come. We begin to see their whirls on the water about
the middle of June. If the weather is warm, they will be here till the
middle of October. I have caught them as late as the first of Novem-
ber. Ihave caught blue-fish that weighed thirteen or fourteen pounds.
Blue-fish now are our main stay. If I could have my choice of the fish
to be plenty, [ would choose sea-bass. Scup are too small, unless they
are very plenty; indeed, you could not make any wages catching them.
T would like to have a law prohibiting the use of pounds and seines for
ten years. Is not that fair? They have had a chance for ten years,
and a few are monopolizing the whole fishing.

paesdon: What fish would be materially affected by seining besides
bass ?

Answer. As quick as frost comes, the bass go out into the rips, and
we can catch them with hook and line. They follow the small fish out
of the shallow water. The cold weather drives the little fish out, and
the bass follow them. We never catch in the summer, in July and
August. Last year, one day, I saw an immense number of blue-fish
down beyond Cape Pogue. Tt was quite calm, and I could not catch
one. There was a seine set there that oe eee and hauled ashore
about three hundred. That night a gill-net was set, and next day you
could not see a fish. They were all frightened away. That was some
time in June, [ think.

Question. Would not they have gone off any way?

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. Al

Answer. No, sir; you would see them month in and month out, if not
disturbed.

Question. What do blue-fish eat ?

Answer. They will eat everything that is living. We have a great
many launces that they eat. They take young scup and squid. They
eat a good many eels, too, and anything they can get hold of. [The
general opinion was that blue-fish do not often eat eels.|| The blue-fish
eats off the tail of the eel.

Captain R. F. PEASE. You may go to work and dress 1,500 blue-fish,
and Vl bet you wow’t find an eel in any of them. There isa time when,
I think, they are spawning, when they will not bite at all, and they have
not anything in them; but we generally find them pretty full. Hight
or nine years ago, any laboring man could go down to the wharf and get
aS many scup as he wanted for breakfast, and then go to his day’s work.
They were good-sized scup; but now, if we get any, they are not fit to

eat. Fourteen years ago, I could make more money catching blue-fish
at a cent and a quarter a pound than I can now for three cents. Tecould
sell them at three-fourths of a cent or a cent a pound, and make good
wages at that. The vessels that come here now in the first part of the
season offer two cents a pound.

NANTUCKET, July 18, 1871.

Testimony taken at Nantucket, July 18, 1871, being made up of state-
ments by several persons engaged i in fishing either with lines or nets of
different kinds, Captain C. B. Gardner, Sylvanus Andrews, John G.
Orpin, and Captain Winslow being the principal fishers with lines, and
Mr. Snow, Gershom Phinney, W illiam ©. Marden, and Mr. Chapin using
nets, the last two using hooks and lines also:

The testimony of those using hooks and lines only was substantially
as follows

Boat-fishing is nothing now. Blue-fish are not more than half as
plenty as five years ago. They were not as plenty five years ago as
they were ten years ago. They grew less after the use of seines and
gill-nets began. That broke up the schools of fish that used to go
around the island two or three times a day. Forty years ago the blue-
fish were very small, about ten inches long. They were not here before
that. Year by year they became larger, and in about three years
obtained their full size. Up to this time blue-fish are scarcer on both
sides of the island than they were last year, though early in the season
they were more plenty.

The average catch up to this time has been less this year than last ;
_but more have been taken, because there have been more nets. Fifty
nets, probably, have been added this year, generally on the north side.
These are visited every morning. They are from thirty to forty fathoms
long. They will gill a blue-fish that weighs two pounds. Up to within
a few years you could go with a boat anywhere in this harbor and get
as many blue-fish as you wanted. Now they are driven out by the nets.
They used to have spawn in them, but ae dowt now.

Mr. Snow, who uses seines or gill-nets, said:

The 29th of May we caught the first blue-fi fish. We don’t catch them
as early with the hook as in seines. They came here late this season.
About a hundred a day is a good catch this season. They weigh about
six or seven pounds. In September we catch them weighing twelve to

42 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fifteen pounds, getting twelve out of a hundred of that size. That is
when they are passing back. We have caught some in the nets this
spring that weighed ten pounds. We can catch blue-fish steadily
throughout the summer; generally get some every day while they
are here. When we get two tides a day we get more fish. They come
in on the flood, and we take them when they are going out. We inva-
riably catch them on the ebb. [It was here explained that the nets are
set parallel to the shore.] The bait comes in-shore nights, and, I pre-
sume, they follow itin. They feed on herring and such lke. They will
eat all the se up they can get.

[The line-fishermen denied this statement, generally agreeing that
they never find any pieces of scup in the blue-fish. ]

Mr. Snow. I have seen hundreds and thousands of little seup in them.
They will pick up a crab, and when they cannot get anything else they
will eat sand-squibs. I have found shell-fish in them, that they pick up
from the bottom. On the line-fishing grounds the blue- fish do not eat
scup, because they have spurs on them.

It was generally agreed that they will eat small seup, and that they
would drive aw LY the scup, that run for protection into the eel-grass. |

Mr. ANDREWS. I think a large one would not run away.

Mr. Snow. I have seen the largest scup in them, and even blue-fish
in blue-fish. I don’t think they waste any fish they catch.

Mr. WINSLOW. Nine-tenths of the blue-fish have no seup in them ;
but most of them have menhaden in them. There are no blue-fish here in
the winter. They come about the 1st of June. I think there are fewer
in the harbor this year than heretofore.

Mr. Snow. We have probably two this year to one last year.

Mr. WinsLow. We do not catch so many with the hook.

Mr. Snow. We get some every day, but not so plenty as for a time
back.

Question. How do you explain that there are three times as many in
the seines and Jess caught with hooks?

Mr. WinsLow. Those caught in the seines are small.

Mr. Snow. We get as great a proportion of large ones as we did last
year. I think blue-fish are more plenty in nets than last year.

Mr. ANDREWS. That is my explanation, too—because the nets have
destroyed the hook-fishing.

Mr. WiInsLow. We used to get from two to three hundred blue-fish
in a day through the season.

Question. Hav e the select-men given permission to put down traps?

Mr. Macy. They have not refused any.

Mr. Snow. The pounds did not do well last year, because they were
not rigged right. I never fished with a pound, and don’t know any-
thing about them. Fishing with pounds is much more expensive than
with set or gill nets. It would cost $6,000 to put down a pound at
Great Point. I do not think there are more than twice as many gill or
drift nets this year as last. There are about fifty gill-nets out belonging
to the people of Nantucket, and some fifteen or twenty to others all on
the north side of the island. They are twenty-five to fifty fathoms long,
and from thirty to fifty meshes wide. The size of the mesh js from four
and one-fourth to four and one-half inches, No. 15 or No. 16 thread.
We get the largest blue-fish in the fall. The biggest one I ever heard
of w eighed twenty: -five pounds. I have seen two fish that weighed forty
poun ds, one weighing eighteen and the other twenty-two.

GERSHOM FINNEY. I think blue-fish are more plenty this year than

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. Ad

they were last; they are very numerous this year. I think the large
fish are more plenty, as well as the small.

Mr. ANDREWS. We don’t catch any on the north side with hooks.

Mr. Macy. I went out with a party and got forty, a week ago. I
know that the fishermen generally say they eet fewer on the nor th side.

Mr. Snow. I think more fish would have ‘been ¢ eaught with the hook
and line if the price had been such as to suit the people.

Mr. Winstow. I have been up six or seven times, and have aver-
aged, I think, two each time. I think we should have averaged more
than ‘that two years ago; perhaps not last year.

Mr. PHINNEY. I don’t know where the bine-fish spawn; we see their
young ones here. I have seen them alongside the wharf, about four
inches long, a little later than the middle of July. They would catch
the little launces and drive them about. The first school that comes is
generally the largest.

Mr. Snow. I caught the first blue-fish about the 22d of May

Mr. PHINNEY said the Ist of June.

Mr. WrLL1AM C. MARDEN and Mr. CHAPIN fish at Great Point. They
fish some with nets and some with hooks. Blue-fish are more plenty
than last year, at Great Point, by one-third. We were there last year,
from April till about the middle of October, and we never got so many
on the lines during the whole season as we have up to this time this
year, fishing with the same apparatus.

Mr. ANDREWS. On the south side we have not caught so many, up to
the present time, as last year.

Mr. PutnneEy. I think they came rather earlier this year than last.

Mr. MARDEN. We got them at Great Point about the 11th of June,
first.

Mr. Snow. We are southwest of Great Point. They always come
earlier to the west, on the front side of the island, than eastw ard. AS
arule there are larger fish outside. Sometimes they come in schools,
sorted by sizes, and sometimes all mixed up.

[All the gentlemen agreed that they could not tell anything definite
about the spawning of blue-fish. Some would spawn when they first
came. Mr. Snow had caught them with spawn in them, the last of
July. Mr. Andrews had seen them with spawn in them as late as the
last of August. |

Mr. Snow thought seup more plenty this year than last, at Long Hill.

Mr. ANDREWS said the whole place where they were caught was not
larger than the room in which they were then sitting; and that was the
only place where they can be caught, about a few rocks.

Mr. Macy. They are very particular about their ranges. When one
gets the range of them exactly they can be caught in plenty there. We
vaught 150 there, the other day, one of which would weigh probably
two pounds. But most of them would weigh not more than half or
three-quarters of a pound. Last year it was almost impossible to get
scup. We paid five and six cents right along to get even small seup.

Mr. Snow. Last year, in September, we had a heavy gale, and after
that, for three days, we had seup. I don’t know where they came from.
Generally they were on the in-shore side of the net. I think they are
more plenty this year than last. Crow-fish, (black-bass,) generally so
called about here, are more plenty, as well as tautog.

Mr. Snow had seen no young scup three or four inches long. He had
seen, that day aud the day before, some about an ineh long.

Captain BURGESS, an old fisherman, in response to a question about
the use of nets, said: If it was expected that he should say gill-nets

44 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

made fish more plenty, such an answer could not be drawn from him
very easily. Of the summer fish, the blue-fish and seup are the princi-
pal to be relied upon. Very few tautog are caught here. Blue-fish are
scarcer, as a uniform thing, on the north side of the island than they
have been. I fish on the north side of the island, from Great Point to
Muskeget.

Mr. PHINNEY. I have seen more fish this year than in any two years
before.

Mr. CHAPIN. There have been more than twice as many fish in the
bay this year as there were last.

Mr. PHINNEY. I think they swim very low this year.

Mr. Snow. I catch them lower than usual. I think they are after the
bottom bait.

Mr. PHINNEY. We find them with eels in them, and every thing that
lives at the bottom.

Mr. ANDREWS. I fish both ways. Twenty years ago we could catch
enough at the top.

Mr. Snow. Twenty years ago there were no nets belonging to Nan-
tucket people, but they came here from Cape Cod and fished.

Question. Might we say that, upon the whole, the blue-fish are more
plenty this year than last; but. that, in consequence of their swimming
lower than usual, they cannot be caught with hooks?

Mr. PHINNEY responded affirmatively, others not answering.

Mr. Burasss. I should like to see some one go from Tuckernuck to
the Point and get ten fish a day; whereas ten years ago you might get
a hundred. I ‘don’t know the cause of the decrease ; 1 think it is the
nets. Ihave seen acres and acres along Great Point, but they would
not bite.

Mr. ANDREWS. I think that is about the time they are spawning. I
have seen them when they would not take the hook anyhow, perhaps
for an hour, and then they would bite.

Mr. PHInnEY. We find plenty of spawn in the blue-fish this year;
but not so many as we did at first; about the 10th of June we found it
most plenty. We find now more males, generally, than females.

Mr. Burgess. The roe of the female is yellow; that of the male is
white. I do not know where blue-fish spawn; I never saw any of the
eggs floating on the water. I think the females deposit their spawn,
and then the male deposits his on top of it. I am very much opposed
to nets of all kinds; I think they are a general loss and disadvantage.

Mr. Snow. I don't know aie the fish are going to bring this year.
Last year they sold for about $8 and $10 a barrel. I do not send any
fresh ‘fish, but salt them. We send the salted blue-fish to New York
and Baltimore. A barrel holds 200 pounds, which would make them
worth about four to five cents a pound.

Mr. Bureess. I think the scup, on the whole, are more plenty this
year than last, but they are small; we do not get large ones, as we used
to. The small ones are just as full of spawn. We find scup, not more
than two or three inches long, with spawn in them. It appears to be
perfect. Blue-fish a foot long will spawn. I got some to-day that I
think were a foot long, and they had spawn in them. I think it is
wrong to this whole community to have pounds.

Mr. Snow. I think the blue-fish have used up the bait, and are going
away to seek it. There used to be herring and menhaden plenty, but
they are gone now. We do not find as many menhaden and herring in
the blue-fish as we did in June.

ar

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 45

Mr. ANDREWS. There has been more bait passing this island this
year than for a long time.

Mr. BurGcEss. The menhaden come in the spring, and then again in
June, and pass by and go into deeper water, where it is cooler, and
come back in the fall.

Mr. PHINNEY. There have been more mackerel here this year than last.

‘There has been only one net for them. This was a special net, smaller than

the blue-fish net. There have been more schools in the bay this year
than last—large mackerel, that would be called large “threes.” They
were spawning when they went through. We never catch any small
mackerel in nets. Cod-fish are around here in the spring and fall. They
are gone now. They spawn here in the fall. We find spawn in them
in October and November—very full; never, or very seldom, in the
spring.

Mr. HoLMEs had fished for cod on the Banks, and had found spawn
in them in July there; sometimes got a bucketful, in latitude 45°.
They do not appear to have any spawn in June, and we catch only a
few female fish that have spawn in them. The Bank cod are a differ-
ent kind from the shore cod. No shore cod are found with spawn in
them except in the fall. I have seen a cod that weighed one hundred
pounds—more than five feet long.

Mr. BurRGESS. We once caught, on the Georges, 1,100 fish in one day,
and they made 110 quintals of dried fish.

Mr. ANDREW thought cod as plenty as they had been. The shore
fish bring about twice as much as those from the Banks. Take them
right through, and they will not weigh four pounds each. We havea
very large school here in the winter that will not average more than a
pound and a half apiece. .

Pollock are very plenty here, but they do not bring much. They come
from the last of April to the first of June. They have no spawn in
them then. I do not know when they spawn.

Haddock spawn from the last of October to December.

Halibut are not caught much about here.

Squids are plenty; they are not used.

Dog-fish are caught; many use them. They are not around here
much at this time of the year.

Mr. BuRGEsS. The blue-fish were later than usual this year; I think
two weeks later.

Mr. SNow. We caught the first blue-fish the 30th day of May.

JULY 19.

SAMUEL H. WINSLOW, in 1870, June 17, went up-about Tuckernuck
and caught130 blue-fish ; on the 18thof June eight nets were set there ; on
the 22d he went there fishing again, and got only one fish. The nets,
in his opinion, had driven them away, (to the devil, he said.) He thought
the nets were driving the fish from the island.

GEORGE WINSLOW. Ten or fifteen years ago we could catch as many
scup as we wanted anywhere around in our harbor. They were around
the wharves; they are a salt-water fish altogether. Now we can catch
searcely any; it would not pay to go after them. It was so with bass.
Ten or fifteen years ago we could go out here and load a boat with bass
in a short time, weighing fifteen or twenty pounds. They commenced
Sseining ; and now it is very rare to catch bass. Bass and scup are pretty
much used up; and the blue-fish are going out at about the same rate ;
they are driving them away as fast as they can. Ihave caught 140 bar-

46 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

rels in a season of blue-fish at Great Point. Then they commenced net-
ting in the bay with seine and weir and every way in which they capture
fish with nets. The second year after they commenced they had a net at
Great Point, and I could not get anything to pay at all. Mr. Snow was
with me then, and he has had toleave it and sell his fish-house. I pre-
sume aman could not get ten barrels of blue-fish in a season now. The
nets alter the course of the fish. I think the nets use them up ina
measure, and they drive them away. The blue-fish are not as plenty on
the rips anywhere outside; they don’t begin tobe. I think about four-
teen years ago they were the most plenty; then they commenced net-
ting, ‘and they have fallen off. I have stood on the south shore and
loaded a cart in a short time, catching them over the surf; but now
you could not catch half a dozen in the same time.

The scup and striped-bass are used up almost entirely. They went at
the scup on a larger scale. Four or five years ago they commenced
Seining scup, to take them to the New York market. Our fish come from
the south ; and the scup and other fish, as the temperature of the water
becomes right, come in and go eastward. They seine them in almost any
depth up to éight or ten fathoms. They seined scup in the early spring, as
they were passing. I have knownas many as six hundred barrels seined
at one haul, by a man named Lamphear, up near Tuckernuck Island, and
he took them to New York. They were taken on the muscle-beds, at
any time in the season for them. I think the scup spawn with us,
because in July you begin to see small seup—we did years ago, but
don’t now. Years ago old gentlemen used to go and sit on the wharf,
and in a short time catch a basketful; but one may sit there now from
morning till night and not get one. The blue-fish are not only searce
but small. This same Mr. Snow has fished with me with a hook for
years, and he was drawn away because he could not catch enough.

Most of our blue-fish are passing fish, and in a month they will be
down east of Cape Ann. Year by year they go away eastward further
and further. There are no pounds on Nantucket; they do better with
gill-nets, and depend entirely on them.

Blue-tish are very destructive to drag-nets. The reason fish are so
cheap is partly because they run in a great many from the provinces,
and blue-fish generally follow the mackerel in price, and there are still
many last year’s mackerel on hand. Where we used to catch five or
six hundred barrels of blue-fish in a season, off Great Point, we cannot
now catch a barrel. As soon as the harbor is strung with nets the
blue-fish leave. All fish have their homes, and a class of fish will make
Great Point Rip their home if not driven away. The fish strike our
shores to the westward, the herring coming first, then the mackerel,
the blue-fish, and scup, and all coast along down e: astward.

Question. What remedy ought to be applied to make the fish more
plenty ?

Mr. WINSLOW. Take the seines out directly; I do not want a net in
the waters in any shape or form. If you want to save the fish, you
must take the nets out. Any man who has observed, will say that the
fish have depreciated very much in the last fifteen years.

The principal food of blue-fish generally is menhaden and squid.
They ean get menhaden or mackerel all the season through, Sometimes
they will leave our shores for a few days and go off south of the island,
and when they come back they will be full of mackerel. I never saw
any cod-fish in them. They will eat flat-fish from the bottom. The
menhaden are very scarce now, and I think we shall lose them, too,
very soon, because they are using them up for oil. In this month, and

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. AT

from the 20th of June, the ocean used to appear to be literally covered
with menhaden. Now there are not a quarter as many as there used
to be. People think they are plenty because, by using a purse-net one
or two hundred fathoms long, they can purse several hundred barrels
at a haul. Menhaden spawn in all the little bays as they pass along
the coast. They go into some rivers sometimes. I think they spawn
early in theseason. Ihave seen schools of young menhaden in the fall,
but I do not recollect seeing any lately.

I think the scup spawn in some still places in our harbor. When we
first catch them the spawn is very fine, and about the latter part of
June they begin to lose the spawn. Scup feed on clams and muscles.

Mr. GEORGE F. DunHAmM. I have stopped at anchor over night in
two fathoms water, and in the morning have found scup-spawn sticking
to my rope. Herring spawn in the grass. I never found a scup ina
blue-fish nor an eel. Menhaden and squid are their principal food.

Mr. WINSLOW. Sea-clams were not here until about three years ago.
I first observed them by seeing the ducks over them. Four years ago,
perhaps, there was a bed three miles long of little ones, about a quarter
of an inch long, and the ducks found them and fed on them. The see-
ond year, also, the ducks came, but the clams were pretty large for
them to swallow, and the third year they did not come.

Mr. DUNHAM. It is not the scup they catch that makes them so
scarce; itis the spawn they kill. I have eaught spawning scup and
have sold the spawn—quarts and quarts. Scup bite here when they
first come; blue-fish will not.

Captain GARDNER. Have been on the south shore of the island
eight years; have never caught any scup there. I catch codfish, had-
dock, pollock, halibut, and plaice, which looks like a halibut a good
deal. The plaice-fish weigh sometimes twenty pounds. They are as
good a fish as the halibut. Flat-fish are much more scaree than they
used to be a few years ago.

I catch a good many dog-fish. They are on our shoals. I went off
the 6th of June and caught them on the 10tb. In six weeks I have
caught about thirteen hundred. They grow there four feet long; will aver-
age three feet. I havecaught but few blue-fish, and those when fishing
for cod-fish on the bottom. I do not think the blue-fish stop there at all.
In the fall of the year I have no doubt there are many mackerel about
there, for you see fowl and fin-backs, porpoises and gannets, and I
think they are after mackerel.

Mr. DunuHAM. In the deep holes out here in the pond, I used to go
with my boat and throw a stone overboard to give the scup a start, and
then I would throw my dog over, and so I would follow, and drive them up
to the shore and clear out of the water. They would spring out on the
bank, and I have caught five hundred at a time in that way.

Mr. Macy. Within ten years I have seen boys go to the wharf and
get scup, as many as they wanted, but for the last five years we get
them only at Long Hill.

HYANNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, June 29, 1871.
Captain ALMORAN HALLET:

I have been fishing off the coast here for twenty years. The number
of fish has decreased very much, and I think the decrease is due to the
pounds. It is not for the want of proper food, for there are a great
many shell-fish and muscles here, and the fish that we catch are full of

A8 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

them. There is as much food for the fishes here now as there was twenty
years ago. We never used to catch the sea-clams as much as we do now;
they are taken with rakes for the market; they are taken in water from
six to twelve feet deep.

Blue-fish are much more scarce here than they have been. I do not
know where they spawn.

Scup are not a fourth as plenty as last year. I think they spawn
somewhere in the Vineyard Sound; they used to spawn in this bay;
twenty years ago you could see schools of the young in the fail, all
about in the bay ; thev have not been seen so for four or five years.
We begin to eatch scup usually about the 10th of May. They could
not be caught with traps any earlier than they are caught with hooks.
When we ea them they are full of spawn. I caught two this spring
that weighed 74 pounds; I never caught any larger.

The matter of fishing is one of creat importance to the people here ;
many get their living by it. In these places, Barnstable and Osterville,
there are one hundred boats employed in the business of fishing, which
would represent more than a hundred families. If the fishing is broken
up, the people will have to go to sea or to work on the land. Most of
them are.old men, and, like myself, have no trade. I do not know what
else I could do. The biggest part of the men who have been in the
fishing business have no trade, and must fish or go to sea. It would
affect ‘the sail and boat making business, too, if the fishing were to fail;
they cannot get half price for their boats.

The business is falling off, year after year, worse and worse, for six or
eight years. I have been off here and in the course of a single fore-
noon caught 800 seup that would weigh five or six hundred pounds; but
now I have not caught fifty pounds in this whole spring, and I have
been out every day since the Ist of May. I have not averaged a pound
of scup a day, fishing right on the same ground where I used to take so
many. Smacks that “used to come in and get five or six hundred pounds
in a day, do not come at all now. I lay it to the pounds.

The diminution began about ten years ago, and there has been a
falling off every year; so that I have not got more than a quarter as
many this year as last; and it is the same with others.

There are no pounds right about here. The tish come here a fortnight
earher than at Nantucket. Scup and bass follow the shore. They used
to catch scup near Saughkonet so plenty that they sold them for nine-
pence a barrel. They are never caught east of Sandy Point.

We always regarded this as the great breeding-ground for seup; they
always had spawn in them when “they came, but in October they hat
no spawn in them.

They used to come from New London, and eighteen boats would load
a smack in a day.

We got two cents a pound for seup this year, and two now for blue-
fish. Last year we got two to the lst of July, and then three. Ice
was generally scarce last year, and, as we had ice, we got better prices
than some others.

When they were as plenty as at one time we could not give them
away.

If the pounds stop the fish from coming along we shall not have any
to catch.

There is no need of pounds to get bait for mackerel and cod-fisher-
men, because we can get all the bait that is wanted with purse-nets, the
same as has been done before.

Menhaden are scarce here now. They spawn here in these waters.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 49

I have seen plenty of little ones here in September and October. We
do not get any mackerel here with the hook.

We used to get a great many striped bass in the bay here in the month
of May. They do not stay here in the winter, and are only caught in
May and June, and then again in September.

It is not true that the more pounds there are the more fish; the more
pounds the less fish. There is not a boat fisherman in Hyannis but
knows that pounds are the cause of the fish being so scarce here. I
think they catch our scup about Saughkonet, in Rhode Island. They
get them sooner at Saughkonet than at Vineyard Sound, and about a
week earlier at Waquoit than here.

This year the scup came here first, on the 22d day of April, which
was about two weeks earlier than ustial.

We send most of the fish caught here away to market. The blue-fish
are sent to New York. Many people around here have not had a scup
this year.

A few Spanish mackerel are caught here in the fall in nets; they are
never caught with the hook. None were caught until within five or six
years.

There are no skip-jacks here. I have not seen any stingarees here

HYANNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, June 29, 1871.
ALEXANDER CROWELL:

The fishing business has gone down so that it is not more than one-
fourth of what it was four years ago. The pounds take the whole
schools. They are killing all the spawn and will thus kill the breed. I
ain quite sure it is the pounds ; it is plain enough. The fish all come
here from the west through Vineyard Sound. Six or seven years ago,
the New London smacks would come here and eighteen men would load
a vessel every day, carrying about five thousand pounds—about one
thousand five hundred fish. They have now given up the business, they
get so few.

The scup used to stay till the lastof July and then go away, and come
again in September; but the big ones did not come again till the next
spring.

The blue-fish came here about thirty-five years ago. We catch sea-
bass here, but very few compared with what we used todo. The pogies
have gone also. We get very few Spanish mackerel. The menhaden
are also inore scarce. The blue-tish feed on menhaden.

The scup spawned in the Sound here.

HYANNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, June 29, 1871.
JOSEPH G. LORING:

The number of fish has decreased here very much within the last ten
years, since I first began todeal inthem. The fish taken here are princi-
pally caught with the hook; never takenin pounds. We think that the
pounds keep the fish from the shores ; we do not get fish in-shore as we
used to. Pretty soon after the pounds were first put down we began to
notice a decrease in the fish, and whether the pounds break up the
schools or what the trouble is, we do not know; but we know the fish
are much more scarce than they used to be.

S. Mis. 61 4

50 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Scup we used to get in the Bay, generally full of spawn in the spring,
and in old times we could get them till October; but now it would be
about impossible for a man to get half a dozen, where ten years ago he
could get two or three hundred. They have become less and less every
year. This year, as compared with last, I do not think there is more
than half a crop. For the last six years they have grown less and less.

We think the pounds cause the trouble. We think these grounds are
the place for the fish to spawn. This seems to be the home of the secup,
on this sound here. They are never caught in Barnstable Harbor; but
the pounds off that harbor get bass and Dlue- fish. The general impres-
sion about here is that the “pounds injure the fishing ; and if the ques-
tion of having pounds or not was put to vote in this county, seven-
eighths of the people would vote against them.

Shad used to be taken in the pounds, but for some years I have not
seen a box of shad on the shore.

There are not more than one-third as many persons employed in con-
nection with the fisheries on the shore as there were five years ago.
Those who have lost their business of fishing have gone away. There
are three places in the village of Hyannis where the fishermen bring
in their fish to be sent to New York to market; and they now bring in
at each place about a tona day. At each place about sixteen boats are
employed. We give two cents a pound this year, but v ary some accord-
ing to the market. We used to give three and four cents a pound.

HYANNIS, September 18, 1871.
CHARLES H. WALLEY:

I have always lived here, and have followed fishing the last three
years, with a boat. Blue-fish have not been caught more than half as
plenty this year as last.

The highest price paid by dealers here for blue-fish was two cents a
pound, unless for a few days they may have paid three cents.

Very few blue-fish are caught now; only one or two in a day.

Of bottom-fish (scup, tantog, and bass) they get from twenty-five to
seventy-five pounds a day, in good weather.

Very few rock-bass are caught here.

Scup have not been near as “plenty this year as last. June is the best
time for scup, but this season there were very few.

TIMOTHY CROCKER, (a dealer in fish: )

Blue-fish have not fallen off in number as much as other fish. I think
the pounds have had a tendency to make fish scarce; also traps and
seines. Ido not think blue-fish will trouble secup or rock-bass very
much. We used to find menhaden and squid in the blue-fish in the
spring.

Seup and sea-bass have fallen off very much within the last five
years. I have not seen any more show of little seup this year than
last.

Four years ago Mr. Loring and I loaded a vessel with sea-bass in
one day, and had fifty barrels apiece to head-up and send to New York,
besides. They were all taken with the hook.

I have had about twelve regular boats fishing for me this summer. IL
think they averaged about one hundred pounds aday during the season.
One day I had 9,600 pounds brought in. I had more fish in 1869 on

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 51
account of being in company with another man who was doing some-
thing in the business. My average this year was about fifteen boats.
One < or two of them had two men in them.

Account of Mr. Timothy Crocker’s business for the following years :

Boxes. Barrels.

1 ES cS ACR bce toad Ss Oe Sie or Sa RENTS Eves? eee EERE 186 410
nmmrmramts dt yh) Fea bhh ett “iri bab biaed ve mee oil eeeen og GRO Ac ss Ts 382
rnarmmanecamerat)! . doe! Sok oe. 55d JR Sk RS. oe 260 394
UE RU Eg or aed ee tee eee 17 DS
Mor i1S71 ....- RSE ee EA) das hel he pena Bod aise oe 190 172
Sneed antes se -)2) epee: Ma 2 di weld iS ale 974 Libis

Each box contained 300 pounds, and each barrel 150 pounds.

SEN ob charge ol tide hays “shah Sh es mo of SE a te 292, 200 pounds.
mM fo) had aheyeh fel ha! & wine safes) =a ues =P greta 235, 950 pounds.
RPh tet cr. all je ib Ras B22 BE pad spd jacsied 538, 150 pounds.

Supposing each fish weighs 5 pounds.........-.... 5)538, 150 pounds.

107, 630 fish.

J. G. LORING, (a dealer in fish : )

I had as many as sixteen or eighteen men employed this pees on an
average about ‘fourteen men ; and the same for the last four or five
years.

Scup and bass have been falling off every year for many years. Scup
were never known on the east side of Cape Cod. With twenty-five
boats we loaded a vessel one Saturday with big sea-bass. We got one
and three-quarter cents a pound for them. The next year we got
dispatches not to ship sea-bass and scup; they would not pay the
freight.

Scup are not caught on the south side of the Vineyard. This is their
natural cruising-ground. Ido not think the scup go back in schools in
the fall, but go just as it happens.

Spanish mackerel are rather falling off here this year. Three years
ago they were most plenty. The first I ever saw was five years ago ;
but they were much more plenty the next year.

Squeteague are increasing here. They are caught where blue-fish are
caught, drailing, and while fishing for blue-tish.

Account of J. G. Loring’s shipments of fish for the following years :

Barrels,

SIERRUata RIPTa: LAA SE Si fovet er) 62 ere es od ate LGU 552
ER eens ane ets ee ipa. auth ape ee peed SU eek bo 612
TWAT TOS UELY OL FUE Te oe uk Rg) SS RE Oe SO ea oe a 694
SS AN oN 5 5 5B sc ences dra) 8 Aimy cage Sth ads RR Fld Bhi. 799
BUA 0, LY kien a ke ANS ReIIO NE sr ee ERE ad ie lab SS 8 a 567
PROG A MP.) 54a: Sars ak Mes eh cdevays: a otek We AP Cap ley aba tcar SS obs Lhatbid obs: oy bts 3224

52 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In 1866 twelve men were employed in fishing, and in subsequent
years an average of fifteen men. The barrels contained 150 pounds of
tish each.

{Reducing the above to pounds, there are found to be 483 pl and on
the supposition that each fish w eighs 5 pounds, there are 96,720 fish. |

Captain HETSEL HANDY:

You may call on anybody on Cape Cod, and you will find he was
brought up to go to sea. There was nothing else for us. Steam has
now taken the le: ud; and we must either take our families and go away,
or else something must be done to enable us to live here. With a weir
two or three men can catch more fish than all the other fishers on the
coast. They ship off a hundred tons a day to New York, and they must
be used up or spoil; whereas if they were caught with a hook and taken
care of they would be good, healthy food for men to eat.

1 don’t know of any other w ay than to stop the pounds wholly. The
pound-men will not be satisfied with taking up their nets two days in a
week. The decrease of fish this year is 50 per cent. Fishermen who
have been in my employ two years say they used to fetch in five hun-
dred pounds of fish in a day and get a cent a pound for them. Now
they go out and try from 2 o’clock in the morning, and come in at night
with one or two fish; and some come with no fish at all. Twenty boats
will not bring in more than two barrels. It seems to me ie men have
not made sev enty- five cents a day; and they get up at 1 or 2 o’clock in the
morning and are off at the Bishop" s,” or some other fishing-ground out-
side, w hen day breaks.

We have paid two cents a pound for blue-fish, and have lost a quar-
ter of a cent a pound.

I ship to Baker & Co., J. W. Miller & Co., and Crocker & Haley. I
sell some, too. They don’t lose anything. _ I sent two boxes of blue-fish
at the same time; for one I got $12, and for the other a dollar, or less.

T have heard men solemnly swear they would destroy the pounds and
everything connected with them that they could lay their hands on before
they w ould submit to have the maintenance of their families thus taken
away.

I think Government does not do what it should to protect the fisher-
men in their trials to get a living.

IT have handed a mana quarter of a dollar, and even less, for his day’s
work in fishing; and they would say their arms felt as though they would
dvop off. It is a hard case anyway. What are they going to do next
winter? If they are well they may keep out of the poor-house.

There are a good many mackerel-fishermen who go from here.

There are two weirs in Harwick; four this side of Monomoy.

Blue-tish like squid very much; they drive eels clear up the creeks.
The first blue-fish caught are ‘aught at the bottom, while fishing for
scup. I never saw any seup in blue-fish. I have found a whole men-
haden in the stomach of a blue-fish.

Gill-nets never ought to be set in these waters. The fish die in them
and drop around, and that frightens away all that kind of fish. Two or
three men about here have had weirs for thirty years; and they say
that if they cut up a shark and strew the pieces around they are not
troubled with sharks any more.

If the work is given up to the pound-men, I do not know what will
hecome of the fishermen. It seems as if they cannot exist together—
the rich or the poor man must have it.

I think 100,000 blue-fish have been taken about Hyannis this year.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. BD

IT have not seen a large scup in two years. I shipped some of the
handsomest blue-fish I ever saw to New York. I gave a man $20 for a
thousand pounds, and I sent them in boxes, for which I got $6 33 a box,
containing three hundred pounds!

The blue-fish are not so plenty as they were last year.

I have had a single man catch 618 pounds in a day, for which I paid
$12 36.

IT have been told by men that saw it that this year there were twenty
earts loaded with fish at Saughkonet to be carried off for manure. The
fish had gone there to spawn, and after spawning, if not caught, they
would go eastward. All the fish caught there are those that 20 there
to spawn. They cannot be caught there after they have spaw ned.

I paid to Eleazer Baker for six days’ fishing last year $59. He caught
scup, tautog, and a few bass. I don’t think he has made half the money
this year that he did last.

Seines scare blue-fish all away.

HENRY LUMBERT, (Centreville, near Hyannis :)

I was once interested in a trap, but use a net altogether now. We
used to catch menhaden mostly. I have shipped this year about 110
boxes and 120 barrels from four boats. They were pretty much all blue-
fish.

[have not sent ten barrels of scup. We got about fifty Spanish mack-
erel in all. We caught one the 25d of July this year, and last year the
15th of July. We took the last we caught about the last of August.
Most of the Spanish mackerel were sent to the Parker House, Boston.
We got from twenty cents to a dollar a pound.

No fish are as plenty as they were a few years ago. Isuppose the
traps and pounds, and their being 2° caught up, makes them scarce. Eleven
years ago we could eatch any quantity ; ; but we were not much better
off than. now, for we could not sell them. We got from $15 to $20 a box
of 300 pounds; this year they will not average over $6a box. Blue-fish
are so destructive I have told the fishermen that Government ought to
pay a bounty of a cent a head for every blue-fish. We drive blne-fish
pretty hard here.

Spanish mackerel were first caught here five years ago. Icaught the
first, and sold what I caught in two nets for fifty cents a pound.

I think the schools of fish are broken up at ‘Saughkonet. We have
caught less fish this year than ever.

We used to sell to smacks eleven years ago, and got a cent a pound;
we never shipped any then. But we salted fish then. I salted fish for
several years. Blue-fish are not salted much now here.

The prices were better this year than they were two years ago, but
not so good as last year; that was because ice was scarce last year.

There are too many fish caught and sent to New York.

Woon’s HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS, July 6, 1871.
Captain EDWARDS: .
SCUP.*
I have lived in this place thirty-five years, and have followed fishing
more or less since I was a boy.

* The numbers are those corresponding to the queries on page 3 of the present
report.

54 REPCRT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

2. Not found here except from May till October, varying a little as
to the time of coming and going, according to the season.

3. They used to be more “plenty i in June than any other time, and that
is etout the time when scup first take the hook.

4, No more abundant.

5. Diminished, so that there is scarcely one scup where there were a
hundred ten years ago.

6. Have been caught beyond the increase, in nets.

S: Three pounds; the average, including spring and summer fish,
about three-fourths of a pound. The large scup come fir st, and the little
ones follow them.

10. The female is the largest; but probably there is no difference
except on account of the spawn.

11. They come from the southwest, following the shore from Watch
Hill or Point Judith, into Buzzard’s Bay, generally swimming two or
three fathoms under water,

14. A few scattering fish are caught about the 10th of May; this year
a few were caught in ‘April, the season being earlier than cra

15. They leave in October, and by degrees ; once in a while one is
caught as late as the first of Nov ember

16. They come regularly, with a decrease in numbers from year to
year.

’ 17. The larger fish come first generally.

18. Both together ; ; they spawn within five to eight weeks after they
first appear.

19. Neither will take the hook; they appear blind at first.

21. Swim low; never seen by the ripple on the water.

22. They come in-shore on the flood-tide, and off with the ebb. In
former times I have waded in and driven hundreds ashore and killed
them with nothing but a stick.

23. I have never known it to happen.

20. No.

29, The different sizes come together.

30. Gravelly bottom; rather in currents.

31. Found at all depths, to ten fathoms.

33. No; not after spawning.

34. No.

35. They feed on shell-fish.

36. Not at all, except that the spawn may be eaten.

ov. Crabs, and other small shell-fish.

38. No

39. Not a great amount; not voracious.

40. Not in breeding-time ; byit usually in the latter part of the season
there is a difference in color in both sexes, according to the color of the
feeding-ground. On light, sandy bottom they are invariably light-
colored; and on rocky bottom, dark.

41. None.

42, By eatching the fish while going to their spawning-ground.

46. They always spawn in grass, and prefer some current caused
by the natural ebb and flow of the tide.

50. Near the bottom.

51. Yellowish.

63. The parent fish does not devour them; but eels and other fish eat
the spawn.

64. Very few now seen anywhere.

68. No.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 5D

70. No

71. With the hook; mostly by nets and pounds. Clam and squid are
the best bait for the hook.

73. Taken in nets most in the month of June; with the hook through
the summer.

74, A man may now ecacch four, or he may catch a dozen in a day;
but at any rate, so few that no estimate can be made.

76. They are caught two or three weeks earlier in nets than with the
hook.

77. The flood-tide is best for fishing.

78. Sent to New York and Philadelphia.

79. Good; best when newly caught.

81. Very extensively.

82. Probably none are now salted, since so scarce.
3. Not used for manure now. It was formerly; but is now too
searce.

BLUE-FISH.

They come about the Ist of June and remain till the middle of Octo-
ber; most abundant in June.

4. There are more pounds of blue-fish caught now than of any other
kind.

5. Diminished.

6. I think they have caged their cruising-ground to the east, as
they do not find the bait that they used to.

7. Diminished more than half; “probably three-fourths, so that there is
not more than one-fourth as many.

8. Sixteen pounds; the average of the first run, which is the largest,
Seven pounds; the ‘later runs will not average over two and a “halt
pounds.

10. I think not.

11. They seem to come more directly from the sea, and from the east-

ward. They are caught at Watch Hill before they are found here.
Thousands of them go ‘outside of Nantucket, following the mackerel and
menhaden.

12. No particular route.

14, They follow along one after another, the largest coming first,
generally following near the shore, and come in from all directions. Most
plenty about the middle of June.

15. At different times, never breaking up the schools.

16. Rather regular; but constantly decreasing in numbers.

17. The largest come first and leave last.

18. They have no spawn when here.

19, They always will take the hook if they have the right kind of bait—
any kind of fish—a good piece of fresh herring or menhaden is good
enough for them.

21. Swim both high and low; they show themselves at the surface,
and attac:. birds.

23. No.

24, No.

30. In currents; generally on sandy bottom where the water is not
deep, on what are called “rips.”

31. From two to five fathoms.

32. Not very warm.

33. They keep together in this vicinity.

56 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AHD FISHERIES.

34. The horse-mackerel* and the porpoise ; nothing else troubles
them.

35. Voraciously on most kinds of small fish, squid, herring, menha-
den, smelt, &e.

36. Very slightly.

68. No.

70. No.

71. In nets, pounds, and with hooks; the best bait being menhaden,
herring, or squid.

72. Pounds and gill-nets.

73. Taken in nets from the Ist of June till the middle of October, and
during the same time with the hook.

74. Not a regular business here.

76. No.

77. Most on the flood-tide.

78. Sent to New Haven, New York, and Boston, and used here more
or less.

79. Good when fresh; and when salted equal to No. 1 mackerel.

80. Only a short time.

82. Salted to a considerable extent.

83. No.

TAUTOG.

2. From first of May to the middle of November. Most abundant in
May and October. In the summer season they are in the grass, and
do not bite well.

4, Rather more abundant than other fish.

5. Decreased some; not so much as other fish. They are not exposed
so much to nets, as they do not make any long journeys.

7. Nearly one-fourth.

8. One remarkably large, twenty-two pounds; generally the largest,
twelve pounds; and the average, not over two pounds.

9. I once tried an experiment with one that weighed half a pound,
putting him into a lobster-car, where he had plenty of room and plenty
of food, there being three hundred pounds of living lobsters with him.
He was kept in the ear from the 1st of May to the end of October, six
months, when he had destroyed all the lobsters, and weighed three-
quarters of a pound! Thirty-two years ago I put some thousands of
small tautog in the pond, some of which staid there five years, but
none were caught weighing over two and a half pounds, and they had
one year’s growth, at least, when put in the pond.

10. They do; the female is shorter and thicker than the male, and
generally the largest.

11. They come directly in from the sea.

13. They go out to the mouth of the sound, far enough to prevent
being chilled and frozen to death, in water from fourteen to twenty
fathoms in depth.

14. They do not come or go in schools, and are first seen among the
rocks. The first fish are the largest.

16, They appear regularly, never failing unless killed by the frost.

18. They spawn in June.

19. They will not bite when they first come in.

20. Within ten days they will take the hook.

21. They swim low, on the bottom nearly.

* This is the Tunny, (Oreynus secundidorsalis. )

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. ot

22. They work in-shore on the flood, coming among rocks after crabs.

23. Yes.

29. They are found all together.

30. They prefer a current, from one to four fathoms in depth, among
rocks; found sometimes much deeper.

33. They do not travel in schools.

37. Shell-fish entirely, muscles, crabs, lobsters, &c.

41. They usually go among the grass for spawning.

42. No.

46. In June, in bays and harbors, among grass.

50. Near the bottom.

63. Eels probably destroy the spawn as much as anything.

64. Usually in the grass, near where they are spawned.

68. Very cold winters kill them sometimes, so that they are found on
the shore outside frozen, on Noman’s Land and Gay Head. .This has
happened twice in ten years. Thousands have been destroyed in this
way. They will freeze under water, the inside being a bunch of ice.

71. Caught with nets in the spring g, and then with the hook. The
hermit crab is preferred by them ; crabs and lobsters are next best.

76. They are taken in nets from the Ist of May through the summer ;
with hooks from the middle of May. They are most plentiful i in May.

74. Fifty pounds a day, with the hook.

he Caught more on the flood-tide.

78. New York is the principal market.

79. Good, fresh; not usually salted. Retains its excellence as a fresh
fish as long as any fish, after being caught.

81. All that can be caught.

84. Highest price by the quantity in New York, this year, twelve
cents a pound. That is as much as they ever brought, and was for a lot
taken early.

SQUETEAGUE.

Come about the middle of June, and remain till about October. Gen-
erally caught in July.

5. There have been more for the last four years than before, but not
so many this year as last. They are not very abundant. Have in-
creased within the last ten years.

7. There were none ten years ago.

8. Six pounds; average three pounds.

11. They come from the sea, and straggle along the coast looking after
food. They are not considered a running fish. I am confident they do
not spawn here.

14. They make their first appearance in June. There is no difference
in the size of those that come first from that of those that come last.

15. They leave by degrees, in small bodies.

16. Not regular.

17. The same.

18. No spawn seen in them.

19. They are an uncertain fish about biting,anyway. They are caught
in nets and traps before any are caught with the hook.

20. Have not known any to be caught with hook within three weeks
of their arriving.

21. Swim anywhere, at bottom or top, just where the bait is. They
attract birds, the same as the blue-fish when they come under a school
of petal fish.

22. They will venture into shallow water on the flood-tide.

58 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

23. No.

30. On the sand and about rocks, both; generally where there is some
current, and where the small fish gather.

31. From one fathom to six. Often found in the grass where the
water is low.

34. None that I know of.

36. None.

37. Small squid and all kinds of small fish.

71. With hooks, drag-nets, and pounds. For bait white shiners are
used; sometimes a piece of menhaden.

76. Taken in nets first.

79. Moderately good.

81. Quite extensively.

83. No.
84, Average price is low; one and one-half cents a pound here a week
ago. «

86. New York.
MENHADEN.

Come in May, and remain till the middle of October; generally most
early in the season.

5. Decreased very much; very few now, comparatively.

6. They are caught in nets.

7. Searcely one now to ten thousand formerly.

8. Less than a pound.

11. Come from the west; pass by now. They formerly remained in
the harbor all summer. .

12. They go off to sea by way of the mouth of the sound and bay.

15. They leave in small bodies; they run together all the time.

16. Regular decrease for ten years; no increase at any portion of that
time.

17. No difference.

18. Not one in twenty has any spawn. I do not think they spawn at
any particular season; the first caught is as likely to have spawn as
any. Those that stay in the summer run up where the water is brack-
ish and remain; and in New Bedford River there are thousands of
young ones in the fall; the same is true at Mattapoisett, Wareham, and
Monument River.

21. Generally swim high; make a ripple, but do not attract birds.

29. Half-grown ones are found with the old ones. Ido not think
they come here when only one year old.

dl. Four fathoms.

33. They keep together in schools.

34, Almost all fish prey upon them.

35. None; they eat bait or any small substance floating in the water.
They get very fat; but I never found any small fish in their stomachs.

36. Very greatly.

37. Cannot give it a name.

39. I think not much.

42, The breeding-fish are caught in nets.

46. Nobody has found out; it is supposed they spawn at all seasons.

63. All kinds of fish eat the young; have even more enemies than
when full-grown.

64. No, not now.

67. No.

68. No.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 59

71. In sweep and purse nets and in pounds; not with lines.

78. Used for manure, oil, and mackerel- bait.

84. Highest price, $1 50 a barrel for mackerel-bait; fifty cents at the
guano works. About the same as former prices.

86. Here, for fish-bait, and to the guano-works. About two thousand
barrels were sold to fishermen, for $1 50 a barrel, for bait. Scareely a
quarter of those caught about Buzzard’s Bay go to the fishermen, but
go for oil and guano.

HERRING.

There have been as many herring the past year as for many years;
more abundant just about here than for two cr three years before.
They come about the first of March and stay till June. The young ones
strike in about the 15th to the 20th of May, and ina pleasant afternoon
there will be from one to three acres very lively with half-grown her-
ring, and those not much larger than the finger; among these a few old
ones that seemed to be their “euides. The little ones never go up the
rivers. They are caught with nets when running up creeks. Good,
fresh ; most of them are salted. They were formerly sold early in the
spring to the George’s fishermen for bait. This year they brought about
forty cents a hundred ; generally average seventy-five cents a hundred.
Most are carried to New Bedford to market. I seined up the herring
for bait, at the pond near my house, for three years in succession, and
in that time used them all up, so that none come there now.

Woonp’s HOLE, June 19, 1871.

Captain THOMAS HINCKLEY, JR:

On the 19th of April of the present year we laid ournetand got 25 tautog.
The pounds were put down about the middle of April. The herring or ale-
wives did come into Buzzard’s Bay as soon as into the Vineyard Sound. I
think they come direct from the sea, and do not run along the coast. They
are caught in February off the coast outside of the Vineyard. The
Georges fishermen get their bait of English herring down east, before
the alewives come here. . The English herring come here about ‘the Ist
of May, but are not plenty then. Last year we caught considerable
many in the bay, but this year not any. There are many in the bay,
and on the Ist of December there are many of the English herring
there.

The pounds are down and in operation in Buzzard’s Bay, about the
20th of April. Alewives are the first fish we catch. The menhaden
this year were out of season—earlier than common. They struck
in Buzzard’s Bay, and we caught a few the 20th day of April. It was
something remarkable, never known before. I think some had spawn
in them then; about the 1st of May they had. They should not
Strike good until about the 10th of May.

SCUP.

2. No; only during the summer months. They make their appearance
about the 15th of 2 May, and remain until about the middle of October.
In about a week after they come in they are most abundant. They leave
gradually, much more slowly than they come in.

60 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

4. They are the most abundant of any fish caught with the hook.

5. It is decidedly scarcer than it used to be, and it is becoming more
and more scarce. You catch fewer in the pounds and fewer with the
hook. Ido not mean to say you catch less scup this year than last year.
The diminution cannot be noticed so much from one year to another, but
during a period of five years. This year is remarkable for the nets hav-
ing taken an immense number of small scup, about half grown, except
the little ones, of which we make no account. It is unusual to have SO
many half- orown ones come in. There are little ones, that is, very much
smaller ones than we have got here for many years. These run with the
big fish, and are taken with them, The big fish seem to pilot them in.

8. The largest seup I ever saw was about a foot long—would weigh
four pounds, I think; though I never measured or weighed them exactly.
The big scup come first every year. We find nothing “put large ones, the
first that we get; the next school, four or five days later, would be
smaller, half erown, weighing from half to three-quarters of a pound.

9, think it takes scup three years to grow. I think the small ones
we get this year were spawned last year, and that the little ones were
two years old. I think I can distinguish about three sizes ey ery year,
I never saw any spawn in the middle- sized ones. The last year’s scup
will, most of them, go through a two-ineh mesh; the middle size will
not. Scup will only grow to about such a size, when they stop growing.

11. They tell me that they catch scup at Montauk Point before they
get them in Gardner’s Bay. They get them at Watch Hill before they
do at Saughkonnet ; first at Montauk, then at Watch Hill. Iecannot tell
how long atime between Montaukand Saughkonnet. They used: to run up
into Narragansett Bay before they reached Saughkonnet, around by
Rhode [sland Bay; and even sea- bass went the same w ay.

After striking the main land they follow closely around the shore, in
about eighteen. feet of water, so deep that you cannot see them in a
school. Tt the pounds are set in less than eighteen feet of water we do
not catch the scup. They are caught about one day sooner at North
Falmouth than at Wood’s Hole. They are generally found in Vineyard
Sound sooner than in Buzzard’s Bay. This year they caught them at
Menemsha Bight three or four days before we did in the bay , and two or
three daysearlier thanat Saughkonnet. I do not think thereis any differ-
ence in the time of getting them on the two sides of Vineyard Sound. IL
think those that come into Buzzard’s Bay come out again into Vineyard
Sound; otherwise the bay would be full. 1 do not know that there was
any more protection in Buzzard’s Bay this year than the year before.

. [do not think the little scup are as plenty: ae they were ten years
Bae: but there were more this year than last ye

“46. I think that the scup that come into the oun go to Hyannis to
breed.

7. In Waquoit Harbor they used to get any quantity of scup; they
were large and fat, because they lived on clams. Sinee the pound was
set there they have not caught any seup with the hook in the harbor.
The pound is on the west side of the harbor.

12. I think they return the same way that they came, most of them;
others go right out to sea.

15. I do not think there is the same regularity in leaving that there
is in coming in; they do not school as much in going out. In the fall
of the year, when scup leave the ponds, they will school up and go
together. All sizes go out together.

13. I do not know ‘where they spend the winter; they are never seen
here then.

a

f

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 61

14, In the spring there are several schools. Take the biggest part of
the time the large scup come first and have three or four days’ running,
then the middle-sized ones, and then the smallest ones. Between the
periods there is a time when we catch only a few. The large ones are
caught only four or five days, and little ones about the same length of
time.

2. The scup generally strike about the 25th of May, and we get them
up to the 20th of June. There is no use in fishing after that. About
the 15th of June we get the most scup; this year it was about the Ist
of June, the season being two weeks earlier.

I think not more than one-third of the seup that come into the bay in
the spring would stay there if there were no pounds. I think we do
not catch but a few of the scup that would keep in Buzzard’s Bay. I
think we catch somebody else’s scup, and but a few of our own. Itis
only when fish are running that we can catch them in pounds. Where
they belong, they will not run into pounds. In Clark’s Cove there are
two or three pounds, and there is any quantity of menhaden there; but
they cannot catch any at all in the pounds. Those menhaden belong
there; they come there to spawn.

18. The sexes generally come in together. The female dog-fish comes
in first. When the scup first come in the spawn is not grown; about
the 15th of June it is pretty full.

20. When they first come in they will not bite the hook. Neither will
any kind of fish; none of those caught in the pounds will bite the hook.
Even if as plenty as they used to be, seup would not bite the hook until
about the 20th of June; and I think they would bite about the same
time all along the coast.

21. The gulls do not follow them at all. I think they swim within
from two and a half to four feet of the bottom; not nearer the bottom
than a foot, nor higher than about four feet from it.

22. I do not think the tide makes much difference about their coming
in.

19. I do not think you can eatch many scup with the hook when
Spawning. Sea-bass and cod-fish sometimes bite when spawning.

23. Many fish are caught in the pounds when spawning, the mackerel
most plentiful; tautog and scup also. The spawn is often seen on the
nets.

25. They do not run into fresh water, only into shoal water.

29. We find small and large scup coming in together.

30. On a sandy bottom, not necessarily rocks, excepting in the fall
of the year, when they will come on the rocks somewhat. It does not
make much difference as to the water being still or running.

dl. They are caught in water about fifteen feet and over.

2. You get them in the sound just as well as in the bay.

33. I think they school a little in going out, but not so much as when
coming in.

34. I do not think the blue-fish trouble scup any to speak of; nor sharks
either, as they are so spiny they will not take them when they can get
other fish.

37. They feed mostly on sea-clams. I have seen them root down into
the sand in summer for clams. Sometimes they feed on other shell-fish
and small muscles.

38. Along the shore where if is sandy you can see where they have
made a little hole digging for clams.

40. I do not think there is any difference in color when breeding.
On a rocky bottom they are darker and more barred than elsewhere.

62 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

37. They usually go to a place with rocky bottom to get some kind of
crabs or something of the sort.

47. 1 do not think the small scup are the ‘males accompanying the
big females, because in the large scup you find spawn, but in the mid-
dle- sized ones you do not have any show of that sort. The breeding
females are a little larger than the breeding males—simply swelled out
more. '

45. I do not know what becomes of the spawn when laid, but I think
it sticks to the bottom; because if it floated at the top I should have
seen it when scup were plenty. All the spawn that we find in the
pounds is in the bottom of the bowl—none on the sides.

47. I think they spawn in the school.

63. I do not know of any; I do not know what the small fish feed on.

68. I never knew any sort of disease in scup.

71. Salt menhaden is said to be about the best bait, and salt clams.
We generally use soft clams for scup.

72. In a seine, mostly in the fall. Sometimes in a floating net.

74, When most plenty, the average catch with a hook and line would
be eight or nine hundred a day. They would bite about as fast as you
could put the bait in, and you pulled them in two at a time.

77. Scup, and all fish in the sound, bite best on the slack of the tide,
ay ‘not when it is running in full strength. In the bay it does not
make so much difference.

86. New York and Philadelphia.

79. It is good salted; people used to salt them for winter.

80. They are best when first caught; but they eat them in New York
when they have been caught a fortnight.

83. Never sold in any quantity to the guano-works; when used for
manure they are put directly on the land. Never used for oil.

84. Highest price at wholesale this year was six cents a pound; the
lowest, two cents. The price was less this year than last; not because
more were sent to market, but because there were so many pounds
down.

I think the fish-pounds are a curse to the country, but I don’t believe
in Rhode Island catching our fish. In 1860 there was but one fish-
pound, that at Waquoit, and before that we used to catch scup at Saughk-
onnet, but after they had it down three or four years we did not begin
to catch one-half the fish we did before. They used to come from Nau-
shon to buy scup to put on the land, and then we tried to get a living
by catching them, but as soon as they got pounds at Saughkonnet our fish
were gone. There are not now one-hundredth part as many sea-bass as
there used to be.

MENHADEN.

1. Known as pogee, here.

2. Some are found all summer; it probably breeds here.

3. They first appear at the westward. They strike Montauk Point,
aud follow along the coast exactly like the scup, but go rather more into
the bays. They go in more sballow water; I have seen thém in 12 feet.
A school looks reddish. I have seen a school a mile wide and a mile
and a half long. They frequently swim near the surface, and make a
little disturbance that can be seen. The first school swims rather deep,
but as they become more plenty they can be seen. They generally
come in about the 10th of May; this year we got the first the 21st of
April—about three weeks earlier than the average. We got about a

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 63

hundred barrels at once. But they strike off again for about a fortnight
before they come regularly.

4, It isthe most common fish on the coast, but is nowhere near so
plenty as formerly.

5. They have diminished.

6. To pounds and purse-netting; and I think they run in deeper
water this year.

7. There were not one-tenth as many caught this year as were caught
last year, although there were a good many more pounds.

8. They run two different sizes; the largest, I think, are scarcely a
foot long.

9. It takes them three years to grow.

10. You cannot tell the sexes apart, except by the spawn. They both
spawn.

11. They come in like the seup, but hug the shore closer.

12. They go more to the westward than scup, and very nearly the
same way they came.

13. I do not think that any stop.here in the winter; they breed in
salt-water.

16. They keep coming in thicker and faster till they get to the height,
and then they go off again.

15. I think they go off in schools.

18. Both sexes come in together; they spawn about the 20th of May.

23. It does, when they are full.

19. They never bite the hook.

37. I think they live mostly on sand-fleas.

46. They spawn in shoal-water, in the latter part of May. We find
young menhaden here in the fall.

21. Nearer the surface than any kind of fish I know.

d4, All fish eat them. They make the best bait, because they are so
oily.

36. Ido not think the blue-fish could affect their abundance when
they were so plenty as they were many years ago; but where we catch
thousands and thousands of barrels it must make a differeice.

37. When caught in the pounds they are traveling, and then we
seldom find much food in fish. The fish we catch in pounds are not
feeding, but are bound for their breeding-grounds.

40. No difference.

41. I think they spawn like alewives; the eggs not so large as those
of herring.

71. Never with the hook ; only with nets. They are taken with purse-
nets throughout the season.

15. They disappear from the middle to the last of October.

. 75. The largest haul we ever made was 1,200 barrels; but I have
known others to catch from 1,600 to 2,000 barrels.

86. Most of ours was sold to the mackerel and George’s fishermen. If
pounds were abolished, I do not know what the cod and mackerel fish-
ermen would do for bait. It would not pay for all the pounds to be
kept down for the purpose of catching cod and mackerel bait; if a few
only were down it would pay. If the pounds were taken up by the 10th
of May, the scup would not be affected here. The scup are not any
appreciable profit of a pound every year, but on the whole they are.
The demand for fish for bait lasts till about the 10th of June; after
that they are sold to the oil-works, and the scrap goes into the guano.

84. We get about a cent apiece for them when they first come. Of
the George’s men we get half a cent apiece, and about seventy-five cents

64 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

a barrel of the mackerel fishermen. When sold for oil they bring about
thirty cents a barrel. That is less than the former prices. Last year
the price was fifty cents a barrel, and other prices in proportion. All
kinds of fish brought a low price this year, because there were so many
pounds running against each other. Last year we got $2 50 a barrel
alongside the fish-pound; now we get only $2. We sell menhaden for
oil to the guano-works here. They grind up about six hundred barrels
a day.
MACKEREL.

2. We got some stragglers earlier; but about the 9th of May we eal-
culated that the main body struck; that is, that they came in for good.
They appeared about the same time in the sound and in the bay.

11. We caught them in the bay before they were caught at Wood’s
Hole. They always strike on the east side. All the fish we caught this
spring had been up the bay and were coming out.

2. The mackerel run about ten days.

4, They were unusually plenty this year; I think from a half to a
third more this year than before.

6. I do not know why they were more abundant this year.

11. In the fail they appear to go more out in the sea channel. They
go east in the spring and westward in the fall. Last fall they were very
plenty in the mouth of Vineyard Sound; were caught by the mackerel
fishermen about the middle of October—large mackerel.

8. Those caught this spring were so large that a flour-barrel would
hold only 140, without any ice, and laid on the head would go half
round. They were not fat, but very poor. Sometimes we get smaller
ones.

17. There was only one general run.

13. I do not know.

18. Both come in together. There is a scale over the eye, so that it
looks very dim in the spring, and they will not bite.

73. It is only caught in nets in the spring; they will not then bite the
hook.

23. Certainky, any quantity.

21. Near the surface.

37. Nothing but small fish.

34. The blue-fish eat them; all kinds of fish will eat them.

46. When we first catch them there is spawn in them, so ripe that it
will run out, about the 10th of May. They could not have got far from
these waters before spawning.

64. I have seen young mackerel here in the fall; they are found in
the ponds, about five inches long. These, 1 think, were spawned in the
spring.

52. I have no idea how many.

72. At sea they are caught in purse-nets.

71. They are caught with the hook outside by the 1st of May.

78. Highest price, ten cents a pound, and the lowest, three, by the
quantity. It was less than last year.

86. New York and Boston.

TAUTOG.
2, When the winter is moderate I bave seen them around all winter.

In a hard winter many come ashore dead. They are more plenty in
the summer.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 65

71. A tautog will not bite when it is closed up.

4, Rather more plenty than scup.

5. Much less plenty than formerly.

8. Nine or ten pounds. The largest are caught in the spring, in the
fish-pounds.

9. About three years in growing.

10. The female is more plump, and a shorter fish than the male.

11. We catch them at the head of the bay (west) before they are
caught here; the best place is along the coast in Buzzard’s Bay.

46. Among scattering rocks, or an eel-grass bottom. I have seen
them come in where there was not more than four feet of water, and
seen them spawn there. Sometimes two or three big fish are seen to-
gether. They come to spawn about the beginning of June, and stay about
a fortnight.

52. The eggs are plenty, as large as those of the herring.

14. They come in in schools, the first mostly large fish.

2. They came this year on the 19th of April, and continued to come
more plentifully till the 25th of April. This was about two weeks earlier
than usual.

19. They will not bite when they first come in.

20. Sometimes they will bite just before they spawn ; and then, again,
right after. They almost always have one biting spell, just before
spawning, from the middle to the last of May.

46. I do not think they drop their spawn until the Ist of June.

23. Sometimes the spawn runs out about the 1st of May, in the pound.
That depends upon the number, whether they are crowded or not.

42, All the fish we take in pounds we take before they spawn ; none
of them afterwards.

21. Close to the bottom.

30. About rocks and eel-grass, whether spawning or harboring.

34, None that I know of.

37. Crabs, muscles, and barnacles; and I have caught them with lit-
tle lobsters in them. The hermit-crab is the best bait for them, and
sand-crabs.

86. New York, particularly.

82. No; it is not good.

$3. Not used for manure.

84. The first caught brought $75 for four barrels, in New York. A
barrel averages 180 pounds, without ice. The lowest price was one and
a half cents a pound here.

SQUETEAGUE.

2. They are most plenty in August.
_ 9. They are more plenty every year, while the blue-fish is getting

scarce.

2. We found them first this year about the Ist of June.

6G. They increase because the blue-fish diminish.

8. The largest about nine pounds.

9. They attain their growth in three years.

11. They come from the West.

17. There are different sizes, but not so great as in scup.

20. They are not caught here with the hook. In the bay they are
caught, and will bite menhaden for bait.

37, I think they feed on the same as the striped-bass; that is, small
fish.

S. Mis. 61——5

my

66 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
BLUE-FISH.

2. Come in spring and leave in the fall. Come about the 20th of
May.

21. Not so near the top as the menhaden. We only know they are
here by first catching them in the pounds.

76. Caught in pounds before they bite the hook.

8. The larger ones caught first; weigh from five to eight pounds.

11. They go eastward. Gome in from the sea, like mackerel. Most
of the migrating fish come in like scup, some running nearer the shore
than others.

23. Never saw one With a spawn in it.

64. There are many young ones about here.

do. They are decreasing ; the decrease began within four or five years.

6. I think those taken in the pounds make much difference.

75. The largest haul I ever knew in a pound was about seven hun-
dred.

20. They begin to take the hook about the 10th of June.

11. They scatter in summer, and school again when they run out.

37. Any fish that are swimming; they want something to chase.
Never knew them to eat crabs or shell-fish. Never saw worms in their
ae.

. Know nothing about their spawning.

eo Never knew of any disease among them.

82. Yes; many are salted in the fall, as it is then fat.

83. Never used for manure.

84. Highest, eight cents a pound; and lowest, four. That is.as
much as the price last year. They were scarce this year.

SPANISH MACKEREL.

2. We began to catch them two years ago, about the 25th of July.
Caught till the middle of September.
4, More plenty last year than the year before.
37. About the same as that of striped-bass.
8. Average about three pounds; never saw any of the very large
ones, so called.
SEA-BASS.

2. First taken about the ist of May. It is found here in the summer

oe in the winter.
. Much scarcer than formerly.

s. Have caught them that w eighed twelve pounds.

11. Much like scup; but do not school as much as seup.

75. Have caught three or four hundred in a pound ata time.

85. They used to put them on the land about Seconnet.

46. I think on the eel-grass bottom.

ov. They catch some fish and eat crabs. Mackerels’ intestines are the
best bait; and the stomach of the menhaden is largely used as bait.

82. Never

S4. Highest price, six cents a pound, and the lowest, four. Have
known the price as high as fifteen and eighteen cents.

STRIPED-BASS.

11. They go eastward, like secup and sea-bass
2, First caught about the first of May.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 67

46. Think they spawn out south, in the fall.

5. They are much diminished—almost exterminated.

71. We catch them with hooks in the spring; but they will not weigh
half a pound apiece, and are all of the same size.

30. These little ones go into the ponds every year.

8. The largest weigh from three to seven pounds, and then the old sea-
bass, as they are called, weigh from ten to eighty or ninety pounds.

17. There are three runs of striped-bass ; the smallest coming the Ist of
May, the second size about the 20th to the 25th, and the biggest about
the 1st of July.

72. They will not go into pounds; or if they do they get out; except
the small ones.

5. They are less plenty than formerly.

71. They begin to bite about the 10th of June.

30. The little ones go into fresh water; the larger ones never do.

2. I have known them here all winter. The little bass stay in the
ponds until it is very hot, and then come out, and go in again when it
is cooler. The large ones are caught in deep water.

37. Mostly they feed on bril—little fish. They willeat crabs, and a
large one will eat herring or menhaden.

11. They go eastward in spring and westward in the fall.

84. The highest price this year was not over half acenta pound. We
saught none of the large ones.

COD-FISH.

72. With the hook; none in pounds, to speak of.

2. Last of March and first of April off Noman’s Land. Come into
the sound about the 10th of April; they stay till about the first of May.

11. I think those that come into the sound go west.

HERRING.

2. Caught in pounds about the lst of April.

11. Bound eastward. When they run low they are traveling.

75. The largest haul last year was 13,000.

5. More plenty this year and last than for some years before.

6. I do not think it is from the planting on the coast. Perhaps it is
because the blue-fish are gone. They were appreciably more abundant
this year than last; and also last year than the year before.

Woon’s HOLE, September 5, 1871.

Captain ISAIAH SPINDEL:

Captain Spindel is the manager of a fish-pound at the eastern extrem-
ity of Buzzard’s Bay. They took scup first this year on the 27th of
April. The pound was put down on the 12th, and the first fish were
taken on the 14th. Herring and alewives were the first fish taken.
Some English herring were caught with the rest, but not very plenty.
They are easily distinguished from the alewives. I call them.“ blue-
backs.” They are the same as they catch down east in nets, and also in
Cape Cod Bay. We got the English herring all the time we did ale-
wives. I should say both were canght as late as the middle of May.
We caught them most plenty about the last of April. Never caught
over three thousand ata time. Wesold them for bait; all the alewives

68 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

caught in spring go for bait. We could sell ten times as many, if we
could get them, for bait. We sold afew at New Bedford. A few are
salted by people here. They do not eat many fresh.

Menhaden come next. The first one we ¢ caught last year was on the
23d of April; and the first mackerel at the same time.

The mackerel and menhaden caught then were stragglers. Likely
enough the next day we got two or three, and so on. About the 10th
to the 15th of May was the best time for catching menhaden last year;
this year they came on the 21st of April, when we caught a thousand.
We caught a few stragglers before. I think we caught one or two about
the middle of April. We brought them ashore and tried them for their
fatness. The first that come are nearly as fat as they are in the fall of
the year.

The English herring have spawn in them when we first catch them.
The alewives and menhaden have some. I never saw much spawn in
menhaden any time; not so much as in alewives.

I have seen blue-fish and squeteague throw the food out of their
stomachs when caught. I think the blue-tish fill their stomachs and
then empty them just for the fun of the thing, so as to catch more fish
1 have seen them go into a school of menhaden and catch some and
throw them up again, and then go in again. I could not swear they
threw the stuff up, but Iam quite positive it is so. I have seen the
fish all chewed up thrown out in the water. They often bite fish, and
swallow a part and leave the rest.

We do not catch tautog with the first run; not till about the 5th to
the 15th of May. We ecateh only now and then one in April.

Sea-bass (black-bass) come a little after the tautog, along about the
20th of May to the 10th of June. We do not catch any stragglers in
April.

We got the first lot of seup on the 27th of April, when we got four
barrels, [ think. We got them most plenty about the 8th of May. We
did not catch a great many this year. At one haul I think we got two
boat-loads, say thirty-five b: urels in all. These were very large—three-
pounders, some of them. They had spawn in them, not very ripe. I
have seen spawn in middling-sized scup—the two-year old scup. When
most plenty, we got $2 50 and $3 a barrel for seup. We sold to Powel,
of Philadelphia. Those we sold at New Bedford we got three cents a
pound for.

The lowest price we have ever sold biue-fish for was two anda half
cents a pound—about the first of July. I sent some to New York, and
got $4 98 for two barrels. They would weigh 180 pounds to the barrel.
That was about the 25th of July.

We have caught less fish this year than last, and got poorer prices
for them. We have cleared expenses, though. If I had known
the result this year I should have undertaken the business, even if I
had other business. We did three times as weil last year, though. i
do pot know why we did not do better this year; whether it was in
consequence of the greater number of pounds in this vicinity, or because
the fish were caught more at the westward.

Question. What were some of the peculiarities in respect to fish this
year?

Answer. Seup came earlier; menhaden and herring about the same
time as usual. We have net caught any more squeteague this year than
we did last. Mr. Luce, at the Vineyard, said he caught as many as last
year, but did not get so much for them. We caught as many common
mackerel as last year; but they were more scarce than any other fish.

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 69

Squeteague we took first about the 20th of July, excepting now and
then a scattering one; not more than half a dozen in all before that
time. They had spawn in them—good, nice spawn. I took particular
notice of the difference between the spa n of herring and squeteague.
The herring-spawn was larger; that of the squeteague a dark red, and
smaller than that of herring. But all I noticed had spawn in them.
We never catch any small squeteague, though the first we caught, T
think, was not over a foot long.

Cod-fish we catch once in a while; the large, overgrown, logy ones.
We caught one pretty good-looking cod-fish.

We never catch haddock.

Pollock we have caught a few.

Cod-fish are caught off on the Middle Ground in the spring; once in
a great while they “catch a haddock, but not often.

Hake they eateh occasionally.

We never catch any salmon or salmon-trout.

Striped-bass we caught last year, sixty or seventy, weighing from
eight to twelve pounds. It is pretty difficult to catch them in a pound.
They go in, but seem to go out again very quick at the mouth.

Question. Do any of these go back in the fall as they come in in
spring?

Answer. Yes; menhadenand mackerel. I do not know how late seup
stay ; we have caught them in October, in a moderate fall. Tautog stay
in the bay all winter, in the deep water. '

Captain SMITH, who was in company with oo Spindel, said he
had lived here and on the island twenty years. Blue-fish were most
abundant in this vicinity from twelve to fifteen years ago; much more
plenty than now.

Captain SPINDEL: When the guano-works were started, seven years
ago, I went purse-seining for the company, and there were plenty of
blue-fish up in the bay then. The next year I was looking for schools
of mendaden and went aloft, and saw nothing but blue-fish as far as I
could see—for miles around—breaking water in schools. There were
no menhaden there. There was a blue-fish for every square yard; they
were all over the water, and it was as calm as could be. I stood
on the deck and looked at them and then went aloft, and they were as
far as I could see. [ have never seen anything like it since. I have
known blue-fish in Massachusetts Bay as tar back as fifteen or sixteen
years ago. I went to California about twenty years ago, and [ think
they were there before I went away. The blue-fish drive out other fish
when they come into a bay—all kinds of fish that are not larger than
themselves.

Mackerel have come in more plenty, and blue-fish not so plenty. I
think the blue-fish do more harm to the fishing than the pounds do, ten
times. I don’t think pounds make fish any more searce. Where a
pound catches one fish, other fish eat up thousands.

Question. Suppose the blue-fish eat up nine-tenths of all the seup, and
the traps caught the other tenth when going to the spawning-ground,
would not that make a difference ?

Answer. It might make a difference ; but it would make a difference
if they were caught with a hook. Take it this year; there have been a
great many pounds—lots of them—to the westward; and they say they
never had so many fish as this year. I wish fish would diminish so that
we could get a decent price for them. There are five times as many fish
eaten as there used to be. Any one would think that 5,000 vessels,
catching mackerel with spawn in them, would diminish the number ;

70 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

some years they are scarce, and then again you can get any quantity of
them.

I have seen very small mackerel in Provincetown Harbor, not more
than two inches long g, in July.

Question. What is the number of mackerel taken in pounds, com-
pared with those taken with the hook ?

Answer. Not one-tenth. This year and last there have been more
purse-seines for mackerel than ever before. When fish are moving,
bound somewhere, we catch them in the pounds, when they come near
the shore. They follow along in here, and away they go again.

Question. Do you suppose bound for the eastern end of the sound, to
come into the bay?

Answer. Yes, sir.

When mackerel have spawned and are in schools they will refuse the
hook, sometimes for a week at atime. IJ think they have no spawn in
them in July. When they are out here they are full of ripe spawn.
They will take the hook in the spring, even when they have spawn in
them. They run out as far as fifty miles from the shore.

T never caught a scup out at sea.

Ido not think pound-fishing is a quarter as bad as blue-fish for de-
stroying fish. A blue-fish wil! destroy a thousand fish ina day. When
they get into a school of menhaden you can see a stream of blood as far
as you can see. They go into them, and they will destroy the whole
school before they let them go. I think menhaden are more scarce than
they used to be. They put up the guano-factory here on account of
menhaden being so plenty then. Twenty-five or thirty years ago there
were no blue-fish, and menhaden were plenty. Only once in a while
were there any blue-fish then. Finally the blue-fish got so plenty they
drove all the menhaden out of the bay. There are plenty of menhaden
up in the head of the harbors; some blue-fish will go up and drive them
up as far as they can; but blue-fish don’t like to go up into fresh water.

Squeteague will swallow menhaden whole.

We did not catch any little seup last year in the pounds. Once in a
while we caught one of Jarge size; but now we get a good many small
ones every morning. We let them go, all we can.

Sharks and rays are more plenty in the early spring; they seem to go
with the early fish.

Stingarees don’t come until July.

HEAD OF BUZZARD’s BAY,
September 25 , 1871.

POTTER BRIGHTMAN, (lives at Westport, but was fishing ne the
head of the bay :)

Tecan tell you itis slim fishing; the fishing is growing worse every
day. There is nothing doing at Westport. Here I can fish every day
about, but there vou cannot.’ Iam catching tautog altogether; I have
not caught a scup since I have been here. “Ther . are some boats that
go off and catch a few little ones, very few. I have been off here fish-
ing for tautog, and, while catching that ear full of them, could catch
two bushels of scup. I do not see any difference in the little scup this
year. They are caught up; that is what makes them so scarce. The
traps and pounds here catch them; they catch more in one night than
all the smack-men can catch inaseason. Before they commenced trap-

PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. ra

ping I could come up here and catch enough to get ready to go home
again in ten days. The fish grow scarcer every year.

“Question. How are you going to Bement, it?

Answer. I would stop the trapping ; that would remedy it. I would
vote to stop trapping pretty quick.

Six or seven smacks used to come up here, and every one get a load;
now nobody has got a load fora long time. There would be as many
again fishing with hook and line if it were not for the traps.

“There are no traps about Westport; they had one, but the head man

was accidentally shot, and it was stopped ; and since then there have
not been any traps set there.

Soon after they began to trap at Wood’s Hole fish began to grow
searce. In one night they caught 200 barrels of tautog; and not “only
that, but they take them as spaw ning fish.

Fish will not bite when full of spawn. Ihave seen two bushels in a
heap all throwing out their spawn. Then you cannot get a fish to touch
your hook. I have seen as many as twenty-five large fish doing that.
They look as though they were all ina snarl, coming right up under
your boat. Sometimes you will see a pair together. ‘Lhave seen them
shoot their spawn. They will not bite then, and you cannot do any-
thing with them.

They spawn anywhere, where they happen to be. I have never seen
scup spawning.

Tautog spawn the last of May or first of June.

Blue-fish have been pretty plenty the latter part of the season; the
first part they were scarce ; nost of the time less than last year, and
very smail.

I never saw them spawning; and I don’t know as I have taken them
with spawn in them; I don’t know a great deal about that kind of fish ;
I follow tautoging.

I have caught 2,400 tautog in a day, with the help of one man. But
1 have not made a living by fishing this summer. I have done the
slimmest that I have ever done since I have run a smack. JI went out
with another man, and fished all the forenoon, and both of us got about
twenty-five pounds.

The largest tautog I ever caught weighed fourteen pounds. Rock-
bass are very searce; I have not caught but one since I have been here.
I used to catch a ereat many here. In fishing for tautog, while I got a
hundred weight of them I would catch fifty to seventy-five pounds of
bass. I believe I did not catch one this spring.

I do not know where squeteague spawn. They are more plenty than
they used to be for a good many years. Forty years ago they were more
plenty.

I remember when there were no blue-fish around.

If the traps were stopped the fish would come back again in half a
dozen years.

There are very few hook-fishermen now. Most of them have given it
up because they cannot make a living.

Question. When they caught fish in old times where did they market
them?

Answer. In New York. I think it is twenty years since they have
sent fish to New York.

They first begun to set traps at Watch Hill, and then at Saughkonet.

JI came up with a man about a week ago, and we have caught about
seven hundred pounds. We have fished ever day—two of us. :

ee REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CoHASSET NARROWS, September 25, 1871.
A.J. HATHAWAY:

I have been here twenty years, and I never saw the young seup so
plenty as they liave been this year. Striped-bass are five times as plenty
this year as they were last.

There are more tautog here, and about the same number of squeteague
as last year.

There are a good many young blue-fish up this harbor; but no large
ones.

I think blue-fish and bass spawn up in this river.

Small mackerel come up here, arriving about the first of October, and
staying three or four weeks. Last fall we caught a good many.

Patrick BUTLER. There have been plenty of small-sized scup about
here this year. For two or three years back there have been very few
here. Twelve or fifteen years ago they were very plenty ; but for two or
three years back aman could not get enough to have a mess to eat,
with a hook and line.

Rosert P. Hotmes. There have been a good many young seup about
here this year. There was a great quantity of young menhaden. Ihave
not seen So many young scup for a long time. The breeding scup in the
spring here were not more than 8 inches long. We have not caught any
big scup at all.

I never saw a young squeteague.

I think blue-fish spawn up in this bay, because we see a great many
little fish. I found a young blue-fish Sunday morning, not over an ineh
long. For the last two years we are not catching many blue-fish.

S.S. RIDER, (head of Buttermilk Bay.) There seem to be a great
many scup here this year; some three and some six inches long. We
don’t see any scup that will weigh a pound here now, and we don’t
get but a few any way. My father, twenty years ago, used to catch
three boat-loads at a tide. Now you might as well look for a salmon
as for a large scup.

IV.—SPECIAL ARGUMENTS IN REGARD TO REGULAT-
ING THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW.

ARGUMENT OF SAMUEL POWEL, ESQ., DELIVERED IN
THE RHODE ISLAND LE GISLATURE.

This question of the protection of the fisheries of Rhode Island is one
demanding the most careful examination.

The most important aspect is the supply and cost of valuable food
supplied by fisheries.

How shall the amount be rendered most ample a how shall the cost
be reduced to the lowest price?

An able committee, with great labor, patience, and care, have devoted
much time to the subject. They have taken a vast deal of testimony,
and, at pages 22 and 25 of their formal report, they give us this deliberate
opinion upon the subject, in these words: “The opinions—depend.”
And again, on page 23, they say: ‘‘As was anticipated—irreconcilable.”

At pages 29 and 30 the committee admit the testimony of Mr. Tall-
man, to the effect that forty-five years ago the menhaden-men pulled
up their nets to allow scup to pass, lest they should cut their nets ; that
ten years afterward (7. ¢., 1835) “ We sold them at ten cents a barrel,
for manure.”

Now, bearing in mind that the present constitution dates in 1842, this
authoritatively fixes and establishes the custom of netting scup as ex-
isting seven years, say, prior to the constitution. This is a very impor-
tant point in one aspect of the case. It is the testimony adduced by the
committee, and not by me. At page 30 they further state: “Ten years
after [t.e., 1845] we Ee BLK ledge.” Now, our committee met
many witnesses face to face ; they had “witnesses representing both in-
terests, and their secretary himself had the previous winter represented,
as a sort of counsel, the appellant interest. And with all this, the best
means of reaching an opinion, they have told us, (pages 21 and 22:)
“The subject,” &e.

Now, besides taking personal and written testimony, our committee
have earnestly examined the most important documents and reports,
both upon our own and upon the fisheries of foreign countries; and
with perfect frankness and sincerity they show us what I must display
to you in regard to the wandering fishes of the mighty ocean, to which
families the seup belong. The United Kingdom (Knglish) report (cited
at our report, page 15) asserts that, notwithstanding the most careful
; inquiries, there was no instance where it was statisfi wctorily proven that

various nets and weirs, ‘‘ used in bays or estuaries,” have ‘been per-
manently injurious to the supply of fish,” while, on the other hand, itis
proved that, in certain bays and estuaries, such fishing has gone on for
years without permanent injury to their fisheries.

A Frenchman disputes this in some degree; still it is the deliberate
opinion of the British official report. Then our committee cite a coun-
_ ter-report of the commissioners of inland fisheries of Massachusetts,

74 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

who criticise the above report of the British commissioners, chiefly be-
cause, to arrive at their conclusions, they (the Englishmen) adopted the
very same and about the only course acted upon by our own committee.
It is true the Englishmen asked 62,000 questions, while our committee
did not do so extensive a wrong, for they asked, I believe, only about
5,000. The only way in which our committee departed from the English
_ procedure was that three of them spent a day in a steamer visiting our

traps. However, they have not thought this visit even worthy of men-
tion. So we may suppose it yielded no important results in their eyes.

IT understand our commissioners to quote, at page 21, from these in-
land Massachusetts commissioners, the following words: ‘On our——
of menhaden.” ‘At times but absence.”

Here allow me to remark that while our committee claim the evidence
that horse-mackerel (blue-fish) do not devour large scup, it was fully
proved they do devour all the young scup.—(See minority report of
winter of 1870.)

Now, I might read the last two paragraphs on page 21, still quoting
the last- cited authority, the inland commissioners of Massachusetts, who
merely admit that it is claimed—not proved—that no amount or kind
of fishing can diminish the “schooling or wandering fish of the high-
sea,” citing the kinds, and that it is likewise claimed—not proved—that
the local bottom fishes, which are peculiar to certain limited areas near
the shore, may be ereatly reduced, or even practically annihilated, in
certain places by improper fishing. Among these they cite the tautog,
some others, and also the bass and the scup.

Now, the scup are known to be schooling, wandering fish of the high seas,
and come fr om the Gulf Stream and from the Florida Cape. This is their
undenied history, except here, where the whole question as to seup is
begged and distorted by the Massachusetts report. This point thus
makes against them.

All the evidence of our commissioners shows when and how the va-
rious runs of scup Secuse our coast, and that they are not local, but come
in from the high sea J ought to read our report at pp. 12, 13, and 14,
to show the judg eit of another M.:ssachusetts com: uittee. They sum
up by saying, (p. 13,) ‘In view—legislation.” And upon the next page
they cite the report oi the most able scientific English commission
thus: “ Yet that commission—be repealed.”

I may dismiss the Massachusetts report by citing from p. 14, that
they, among other causes accounting for the diminution of the scup,
tautog, &e., in Buzzard’s Bay, ascribe it, in part, to a scarcity of food,
owing to the deleterious substances thrown into the water from manu-
factories, which affect the clams and other species of mollusca, and also
to the advent of blue-fish, who drive away nearly all other species of
fish.

Captain Atwood, and I believe others, give the date of the first ap-
pearance of the scup in the waters of Buzzard’s Bay at 1793, which,
let me remark, was just seven years after the terribly severe winter of
1780, and that our scup diminished after 1856-57,

Now as to the variableness of many species of sea fishes, Dr. Storer,
in his History of the Fishes of Massachusetts, which includes the
waters of our bay, gives the following facts, written in 18538: **In Aug-
ust, 1846—quite small.” Page 45, Storer says: ‘“ Dr. Yale—blue-fish
came,” and more to the same effect, on same page. On 23d of June,
1847, a squeteague, &c.; page 53, Storer says: ‘“‘ Captain Atwood has
seen,” &c. Page 73 speaks oi tie great abundance of sword-fish at
Martha’s Vineyard, which eat shoals of mackerel and menhaden, &c.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. to

[Quotations are made from Storer at pp. 277, 422, 334, 339, 365, 226,
231, 82, 83, 265, and 269.]

So much for Storer. Star-fish and oysters are notoriously bad friends.
An old fisherman of Newport, and I believe he is far from being alone
in his views, often said the steamboats seriously injured the fishing. ,
Now, without claiming undue weight for all these restraining or repress-
ive causes, they should have due and o at a very great weight when
we form our opinions. Every one of these facts has a direct bearing
upon the intricate question before us.

There is a sound principle of philosophy to be applied to questions of
science, and most especially in the department of natural history. It
is, not to mistake a succession of phenomena or a coincidence for cause
and effect.

Now, in the reptilian family, low down in the scale of creation,
where we find the fishes, the variety of circumstances which attend
their existence is very great, and very curious; so that the most
learned men have been unable to indulge with any safety in dealing
with analogies. The circumstances which mark the habits of each
Species vary with one another in a most extraordinary way. ‘Thus
the United States commission, in running the Texas boundary line, found
fresh-water fishes which produced their young alive. Other fishes are
curious, and especially, I believe, the salmon family, which appears in
both fresh and salt water; and this is the family which most especially
has been proved to return to its native waters. on has no relation what-
ever to. the migratory fishes of the sea, which range the coast from the
Mexican Gulf to the waters of Meee onaediie ete of them pass
that cold point, Cape Cod.

The food of fishes has a vast deal to do with their presence. We
know very little about their food. Can any one tell me what is the food
of the rich and valuable shad, and that of most of its relatives in the
herring family? The food of nearly all fishes, as far as we know, is of
an animal nature, and in its turn requires food; and any failure of this
secondary supply of the food of the food will entail the absence of the
fishes which consume the first kind of provender.

Fishes are liable to disease, to parasites. All the perch in the ponds
about South Kingston have little black specks in their seales. [Other
parasites were referred to.] [Certain enemies named.| Ido not wan-
der further into this intricate field. It is enough to show how many
grounds there are for the conflict of testimony so decidedly announced. It
has convinced me that there is no sufficient ground, and especially taken in
the whole broad spirit of our report, to pass a measure so JrauaNe with the
direst ruin to many of our citizens. x i x

STATISTICS.

J. M. K. Southwick, from Albro’s market, November 2, 1870. (All
hook and line.) George Crabb, (alone,) 439 pounds tautog, one day. Mr.
Brown, (with man and boy, 3,) 718 pounds tautog, one day. Benjamin
Nason and father, (2,) 600 pounds tautog and cod, one day. Samuel
Young and Lawrence, (2,) 800 pounds tautog, two days, (not from the
books.)

Cary’s market, same date, November 2, 1870. Hook and line only.
John Heable, (1,) 195 pounds tautog, one day. Mr. Osman and man,
(2,) 126 pounds tautog, 97 of cod, one day. Champlin & Huddy, (2,)
260 pounds tautog, 330 of cod, one day. Wm. Champlin and Young,

2,) 388 fish of various sorts, one day.

ARGUMENT OF J. M. Kk. SOUTHWICK.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND, October, 1871.

DEAR Sir: It is with diffidence that I, in compliance with your
request, atoms to prepare for you this paper on the fish question ; for,
as my resources of information have been limited, I cannot claim thor-
oughness, Sener | in reading or personal observation. Therefore I fear I
shall, like too many others who have written upon this subject, give
too much of theory without practice; and to escape the study of cause
and effect, jump at the first plausible theory for the solution of an im-
portant question.

That my conclusions are mainly right I can only hope; but I feel
assured that your very thorough investigation will establish what is
right, and expose and reject what i is wrong. If it aids you in settling
any point of fact, or helps you to arrive at a philosophical truth, I shall
feel repaid.

As much of it was written during a locai controversy in this State, it
will contain much that may not be ‘of general interest; but, as you said
“Don’t stop,” I give you all as I have written it, hoping that you may
be enabled to glean something from it.

THE DIMINUTION OF FISH APPARENT, NOT REAL.

In former times, before the facilities of transportation in lee became
the means of supply ing the great markets and the interior country with

the products of the waters, fish was an article of food only to the few:

living along the coast, and a small amount sufficed for the demand.
Any extra eateh, at this time, overstocked the market and caused a
glut that gave the appes wance of the great abundance that has been
attributed | to those times.

LOW PRICES.

In consequence of the limited market the prices were very low, and
the fisherman never realized pay adequate for his toil, notwithstanding
he saved to himself (or to the consumer) the large profits that now go
to the marketmen, by daily taking his catch in a barrow to some promi-
nent corner or to the houses of consumers for disposal.

HARD TIMES.

In that day, by dint of lobstering, piloting, and acting as city wateh-
man winter nights, the fisherman who was very industrious and very
prudent, managed to make both ends meet; but where one was so very
fortunate it was only by working early and ‘late, and using the utmost
economy.

AVERAGE CATCH.

The fish most caught were cod, haddock, tautog, bass, and mackerel.
They would usually ¢ ret from one hundred to one hundred and fifty
pounds, but sometimes failed to catch so much, and then they would
complain that “fish were not so plenty as they used to be.”

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 77

We are told that, sixty years ago, the above complaint was chronic
among fishermen, but not of so virulent a type as at the present
day, as there were then no trappers to charge with being the cause;
but now there is a competition with them in the waters and markets,
where those who will not use improved methods are outdone.

Yet we believe that, where the fisherman really applies himself to his
- business, he does as well as at any former time, though we would by
no means convey the impression that hook and line ever was or ever
will be a profitable way to catch fish.

WHY LESS ARE CAUGHT IN SOME LOCALITIES.

1. Because they are made wild by steamboats, vessels, and an infinite
number of small craft, and by being fished for by everybody, and in
every way.

2. The fish whose numbers have most diminished in those localities
are of the less belligerent kind, while their enemies among fish have
increased and driven from their favorite grounds.

3. The failure, or partial failure, of crops of sea-vegetation and small
animal life that, according to natural laws, will vary from one year to
another, and the great amount of filth that must accumulate on some
at least of the feeding and spawning-grounds, may cause a permanent
failure in such localities.

4, The impurity of the water that so affects the oyster as to destroy
its value for food, as in Taunton River and at other points.

5. The destruction of muscles by the occasional storms that drive the
shells up on our shores in windrows two or three feet thick.

OTHER CAUSES OF DIMINUTION.

1. Their destruction at sea from natural enemies there.

2. Convulsions of nature.

3. Distempers.

4, Being chilled by the excessive cold of some of our winters, as in
185657, when tautog were driven ashore in large quantities.

0. The enormous destruction of the spawn and young by natural ene-
mies, that may increase or diminish unobserved and unknown. These
enemies may be of their own kind when food is scarce.

From all these causes, may we not find the answer to the question,
“What has become of our food-fishes ?”

It may be objected that most of these causes are natural ones, that
may have operated at other tines as well as at present. We answer,
they have so operated; and perhaps the fluctuations of fish were more
remarkable for the half century previous than for the one just passed,
and to what, we ask, can it be attributed? Certainly not to fishing.

WHAT FISH HAVE DIMINISHED, WHAT INCREASED, AND WHAT NEITHER
WITHIN FIFTY YEARS.

We have stated that there was an apparent, when there was not a
real or general diminution. We believe this to be true of bass, and also
of tautog. While the indications are that scup have really diminished,
the bull’s eye have entirely disappeared.

The horse-mackerel, squeteague, butter-fish, and Spanish-mackerel
have increased very much, and are fish that were scarcely caught at one
time, but are now numerous, in spite of the means used to catch them.

78 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

But before we proceed to examine in detail the different fish peculiar
to our waters, we will say that their numbers fluctuate in such irregular
manner—a season of scarcity often followed by a season of unusual
plenty—and their entire disappearance from certain localities for a series
of years, to re-appear again, are phenomena that upset our best theo-
ries, and make past figures of little account for the future estimate of
numbers, as, for instance, in the course of five, ten, or thirty years,
there may be an apparent gradual diminution from one year to another,
preceeded by a year of abundance. We here submit some facts that lead
to the conclusion that bass and tantog are about as plenty as ever.

1. Fifty years ago a shore-seine was used in bassing two weeks; but
the men engaged did not get enough to pay for their ‘food while 80 en-
gaged. A failure to catch, in that time, was not rare.

2. At this writing, July "98, 1871, a boat is in the harbor with 9,000
pounds of bass, the result of one haul witha shore-seine, for which they
will probably realize $900. One day this month, one man, se HG
caught with hook and line 1,000 pounds of bass in two hours

ai Ten years ago, fishermen caught from 100 to 150 pounds “a tautog
in a day’s fishing.

4, There were sold on the 3d day of November, 1870, at two of our
markets, as the day’s catch of fifteen men, 2,800 pounds of tautog, be-
sides cod-fish caught by the same, amounting to 600 pounds, being an
average of over 296 pounds to each man.

The fishes of our waters may be classified—1. As local and bottom
fish, being those that remain in the bay the year round. Of such are the
cod-fish, haddock, tautog, flat-fish, and eel. 2. The migratory fish, that
visit our waters and remain with us but a part of the year, such as
the bass, horse-mackerel, squeteague, sea-bass, scup, herring, Spanish-
mackerel, butter-fish, and mackerel.

THE COD-FISH.

The cod-fish are very generally distributed, during the cold weather,
in the lower waters of the bay, and, on the approach of warm weather,
work off into deeper water outside the bay, and are then less generally
caught, but may be taken at all seasons the year round. They are
taken by hook and line, troll-line, not otherwise to any extent. They
live on shell and other small fish.

I hear of tautog being taken from them that would weigh a pound. I
am told by many fishermen that they are as plenty—some think more
so—as ever; W hile some of our local fishermen think they are not so
plenty as thirty years ago.

The haddock, the colleague of the cod, are caught with them.

BASS.

This fish has been generally abundant in our waters, but during the
last, as in the present century, there have been seasons of scarcity.
They first appear in our waters early in May, going eastward. They
are caught in traps in May, to some extent, but: are of small size, say
from one to four pounds i in weight. They are caught in July with hook
and line and shore-seines, but are of larger growth, say from ten to
forty pounds weight. They frequent the bay much less than formerly,
but are caught quite plenty at more remote, or less disturbed places, as
at the Viney ard Islands, where they appear as abundant as ever they

were.

a

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 79

Weare told that now, August 21, they are schooling up, and will very

soon be, if they are not already, going west, taking the same route by

which they came, but, perhaps, a little farther from shore. They are
very shy when alarmed, and are made wild by fishing, steamboats, and
small craft that swarm in our. waters; and from that cause, are kept
from the bay. They go very fast when migrating. A very great in-
crease in their numbers might cause an increase in these waters, on old
fishing-grounds, but from causes above named I cannot think that their
increase can again cause them to come into the bay as formerly.

The most successful fishing for them that I know of is done at the
Vineyard Islands, by small craft, fitted with ice, shore-seines, and ex-
perienced men. These rarely fail to make a good catch.

We know of the following catches this season by two boats, most of
them the result of one haul with the shore-seine ; 500 pounds; 3,500
pounds ; 3,000 pounds; 9,000 pounds; 3,000 pounds; 2,000 pounds ;
also with hook and line in our waters, 1,000 pounds in two hours’ fish-
ing.

I know of a locality near Tappahannock on the Rappahannock River,
where there is very gcod fishing for them; have caught them there
in January with troll-lines, but they are most abundant in February.
In February, 1867, I saw 6,000 pounds that had been caught there at
one haul. There was one fish among them that weighed 80 pounds, the
largest I ever saw. The smallest of this lot would probably weigh
10 pounds.

THE TAUTOG.

This fish winters near the mouth of the bay, comes into the bay in
the spring—in March or April—remains until November or December,
and then returns to deeper waters.

They are caught in May in traps, still later in heart-seines, but more
generally by hook and line. They feed on rocky bottoms where seining
is impracticable ; are caught, sometimes as late as Christmas, in the
bay in some deep holes where some may winter, but most of them go
outside and feed on the ledges until very late, and remain there nearly
all the winter.

In February, 1857, after a very cold spell, there were large numbers
of tautog driven ashore at Black Island and many other places, chilled,
doubtless, by the excessive cold, and from this event many fishermen
date a diminution.

HORSE-MACKEREL (SNAPPERS, BLUE-FISH) AND SQUETEAGUE,- OR
WEAK-FISH.

These fish have similar habits, come and go about the same time,
and are very destructive to smaller fish. They disappeared from our

_ waters about the first of this century, and returned again thirty-five or

forty years ago, and are now generally very plenty; but the present
Season they have been less so in the bay, though as plenty as usual
outside, and I hear they are abundant on the coast of New Jersey.

Although scup came some twenty days earlier this season than for a
number of years, these fish were about as much later than usual.
They are not much caught now, but what are caught, are generally full
of the small scup that are so numerous in our waters this year.

The horse-mackerel and squeteague are, perhaps, the bulk of the fish
that are caught in heart-seines and gill-nets. When numerous they
are very destructive to most kinds of smaller fish, driving them off

80 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
when they do not destroy them, and following up schools of them to
prey upon them.

SCUP OR PORGY.

‘

That these fish first appeared in these waters the latter part of the
last century, seems confirmed by all our traditions of them. The first
caught being exhibited as a new and unrecognized wonder of the deep,
leads us to infer that if ever before they had been here it was too long
before that to be remembered by the men of that day. At least they
have left us no tradition of their presence here before that time.

It appears that they came here in small numbers, but, favored by cer-
tain conditions, they multiplied until they became the most numerous
of all our edible fish. If we study the conditions under which they then
increased, we may arrive ata correct solution of the question of the
cause of the present increase. Here we fail to obtain information that
is wholly satisfactory ; but it is certain that about the time scup first
appeared, horse-mackerel (blue-fish) and squeteague disappeared; and
during their absence scup increased to their greatest number; but at
the increase of the former they again decreased. Therefore we conclude
that the increase of the one is in proportion to the decrease of the other,
and also contingent upon the same.

The present season gives usa new phenomenon, corroborative of this
inference, the appearance of small-fry of seup in nyriads directly after
the great run of scup; first, outside, three or four weeks later at the
lower waters in the bay; and the late appearance and small number of
horse-mackerel. These latter seem to have chosen another field for
their operations, and allowed these small scup to escape the destruction
that has so commonly been their fate.

In former years scup migrated to our coast about the middle of
April, and then appeared to be plentiful all over the bay. For ten years
to the present time they have not favored us with their presence until
nearly a month later, and then they came in less numbers, and were scat-
tering in the bay. What connection there is in their late coming and
apparent consequent small numbers does not appear; but fishermen
have a theory that the time and number depend much on the weather,
warm southerly winds being most favorable. How far the adverse
weather may have operated to keep them back in their migrations to
our coast, until the horse-mackerel and squeteague have marshaled
their hosts and cut them off, we know not.

TRAPS VS. SCUP.

It is said that traps destroy this fish while seeking an entrance to the
bay to deposit their spawn; and this is insisted upon, notwithstanding
the traps catch only one way, 7. e., when the fish are going out. But
if this is true, and the trappers by some legerdemain turn their heads
down stream and capture them, what can be said about the spawn,
when, as at the present season, precocious little fellows, two or three
months old, come paddling their own canoe directly after their fathers
and mothers, and fill our waters with their young life? It certainly
seems to settle the question conclusively that we do not depend upon
the product of our own waters for supplies. And is it not a little sin-
gular that objections should be made to the capture of fish while in
spawn, when the legislative authorities, in one of the most enlightened
States of the Union, passed alaw to prevent their being sold at any other
time than when in spawn, as being then, and only then, fit for food ?

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. $1

Scup, as an article of food, were little prized until, by the aid of traps,
ice, and steamboats, fish were utilized as such over a large area of
country; and the immense demand thus created required a vast amount
to satisfy it, and has operated to build up this branch of industry to its
present magnitude.

OVER-FISHING.

That every fish caught makes one less in the water is true, but if that
one, if left, would destroy ten others, then the catching of that one saves
the other ten. This may not apply to scup as to more destructive kinds,
as horse-mackerel, squeteague, sharks, dog-fish, porpoises, &c.; but in
some measure it may apply to scup, for aught we know.

It is known that herring destroy their own spawn, and we believe that
all others would in a case of scarcity of food.

The small horse-mackerel are often the little bait upon which many
fish feed, and we very much doubt whether their own fathers and
mothers would stop to discriminate between their own and the young
of another.

That it is possible to so diminish their numbers by fishing that those
remaining cannot repair the loss, independent of the vicissitudes of
ordinary fish-life, we cannot believe. They are scattered over so much
ground that all the devices of man can never reduce their number, with-
out some great auxiliary aid from nature more destructive than anything
man can devise, although it may be, when natural conditions are such
that they must diminish, from year to year, as some species have, to the
point of extermination—then it may be that fishing may hasten; but,
as has been said by others, “* Under favorable conditions, no amount or
kind of fishing can ever make any material diminution of the fish of the
sea: 1, because of the small proportion of the whole number that can be
canght, by any means possible, scattered as they are over so great an
area; 2, because of their vast reproductive powers, requiring but a small
number to keep the stock good; 3, because the same means that are
used to catch tood-fishes are equally destructive to other fish, their ene-
mies, the destruction of one of which saves numbers that would other-
wise be destroyed.

IMPURITIES.

That the great amount of impurities that are emptied into the waters
of this bay trom the sewerage of cities, the débris of manufactories, and
the accumulation of filth from various sources; the ashes of steamers
and other substances thrown into the water, while it may not be un-
favorable to some kinds, it seems impossible that it should not affect
others that inhabit the pure waters of the ocean for a large part of the
year.

We know it is said that the impurity either rises on the top or settles
to the bottom, and that between these two extremes the water is pure.
In some degree we think this true, and to the measure of its truth we
ascribe the presence of what we have of the sea-fish in the upper waters
of the bay.

Fish, coming to our coasts in schools, swim near the surface. May
they not be diverted another w ay where they come in contact with im-
purities; or would they find a-clear streak of pure water, and follow it
to the source of impurity to investigate causes ?

Instances are not wanting where the total disappearance of certain
fish has been traced to this cause, as the desertion of the river Thames
by the salmon; yet the white-bait continue to thrive there in spite oi

S. Mis. 61 6

82 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

all the filth. So may the cat-fish and the eels thrive in the mud of our
rivers, but the bass and tautog never can.

But the impure water is not the only nor the greatest evil of filth
emptied into the bay. The great deposits that settle from it and cover
the bottom, where the tide is insufficient to carry it off, by its aceumu-
lation must destr oy much of the small animal and vegetable life that
would otherwise furnish food and shelter to the fish. The effect of the
impurity in the water is very observable in the oysters of Taunton River,
which have become so impregnated with copper, since the introduction
of the works near the river, as to destroy their value for food. Similar
results have been noticed from gas refuse.

FREEDOM OF FISHING.

At the Creation, ‘‘God said, Let the waters bring forth abundantly
the moving creatures that have life, and every living creature that
moveth, which the waters brought forth abundantly ; and God saw that
it was eood.” ;

After the creation of mankind, male and female, the first great boon
conferred upon them by their Maker was dominion over the fish of the
sea. So it appears that man’s dominion over the fish of the sea does
not date with the charter of Charles IT and his Rhode Island Colony,
but is contemporaneous with the creation of the world; since which time
man has continued to exercise it without limit or restriction, as inelina-
tion or interest dictated.

That he first exercised it by the use of that most suggestive and sim-
ple appliance, the hook and line, of which we have a v ery early account,
is evident; but the increased popul: ition causing an increased demand,
soon suggested to the progressive spirit of man a better way, and 2,500
years ago the Sacred Historian says: ‘“ As fishes of the sea that have
no ruler over them, they take up all of them with the angle, they catch
in their net and gather them in their drag, because by them their por-
tion is fat and meat plenteous.” Thus defining God’s first boon as an
unrestricted use of the fisheries, that were without a ruler, and showing
an appreciation of the means used and the great good resulting from
their use; and then exclaimed the good prophet, “ Shall they therefore
empty their net that brings fi itness and plenty?” Not only was an ad-
vance made in fishing, but they also made sluiceways and none for
fish.

In Christ’s time nets were much used, and a sort of net that was east
from the ship’s side, and thence, taken back into the ship like the purse-
nets of our day. The shore-seines then used must have been large ones,
for it was not considered that 200 cubits (300 feet) was far from land.
“They were not far from land, but, as it were, 200 cubits, dragging their
net with fishes.” ‘ Simon Peter went up and drew the net to land full
of great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three.” It was thus that they
exercised dominion over the fish of the sea, and sometimes made great
catches, but often “ toiled all night and caught nothing.” <A fluctuating
fortune, common to fishermen of all ages.

Those fishermen of Gallilee were countenanced and encouraged by
Christ, and were of the first from whom he chose his Apostles. We
hear nothing of hook and line at this time, but can hardly hope to make
our hook-and-line friends believe it was because that method had be-
come obsolete; but certainly we do not find them mentioned by the
Sacred Historian after other methods were mentioned.

lt then appears that in other ages improvements were made in fish-

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 83

ing as in other industries, and that they then had the means of catching
them in quantity, and that hook and line were not the prime means for
catching fish.

Coming down to the early days of our colonial existence, we find that
the Indians used weirs and nets in fishing, and fish was to them an impor-
tant staple food; and it.became so to the early settlers also, they using
weirs, shore-seines, and gill-nets to catch them.

So important was this interest at the time the charter was granted
by Charles II, that a special provision was made in it, securing this
right, (e. g.:) “That it should not in any manner hinder any of our lov-
ing subjects whatsoever from using and exercising the trade of fishing
upon the coasts of New England, in America. But that they and every
or any of them shall have “fall power and liberty to continue and use
the trade of fishing upon the said coasts in any of the seas thereunto
belonging, or in arms of the seas, or salt-waters, rivers, and creeks,
where they have been accustomed "to fish, and to build and set upon
the waste lands belonging to said colony and plantations, such wharfs,
stages, and work-houses as shall be necessary for the salting, drying,
and keeping their fish to be taken upon the coast.”

Living under this charter our grandfathers and fathers continued to
exercise : this inherent natural right with as much freedom as they used
the air to breathe and move in, choosing their implements and using
them without limit or restriction. And under a constitution that con-
tinues to us the same guarantees, we have so increased this productive
industry as to make it second to none in a large section of the State.

(“The people shall continue to enjoy and freely exercise all the rights
of fishery, and the privilege of the shore, to which they have been here-
tofore entitled under the charter and usages of this State.”—Article 1,
section 17.)

We do not doubt that our heart-seine is an improvement on the weirs
of former times, and that our purse-nets are in advance of those used
by the Apostles is likely; perhaps, too, the fish-hook of to-day has a
different bend, a sharpness of point, or a larger barb than those in use
when man first exercised ‘‘dominion over the fish of the sea, that had
no ruler over them,” but were free to all. And freedom did not mean
restriction, as it has been defined by the committee on fisheries, where
they, alluding to the clause in our constitution containing the charter-
rights, say that, ‘constitutional scruples may make it necessary to
restrict fishermen in Rhode Island.”

This, then, the most ancient of man’s rights, conferred upon him at his
creation by “his Maker, continued to be: exercised and enjoyed by him
without interruption for nearly 6,000 years, confirmed to him by the laws
of the State, approved and justified by the best informed of this and
other countries, who have most thoroughly i investigated its merits, is
in these latter days brought to trial for its continued existence, and the
liberty-loving little State of Rhode Island is asked to lead the van in
the crusade against it.

OPPOSITION.

About fifteen years ago many of the most enterprising of the fisher-
men, better to facilitate and render more successful their business,
adopted the method of catching fish known as “trapping,” which, as a
natural consequence of their better success, provoked the opposition of
such of the fishermen as lacked the necessary enterprise or energy to
adopt the measures, without which they could not compete in the mar-

84 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

kets and waters. Re-enforeced by occasional and sporting fishermen,
they succeeded in creating a prejudice against this method of fishing,
such as has been arraigned against every labor-saving machine adopted
by other industries with the same result, until parties of wealthy young
men, seeking relief from ennui or the cares of business,and thoroughly
furnished with the most approved tackle, turn fishermenfor a time; but,
disappointed in consequence of not catching fish, are easily persuaded
that it is because traps have destroyed them; then, without taking the
trouble to investigate the matter, an effort is made to unite every
element of aggrieved (or imagined to be aggrieved) interest against the
net-fishermen, with a determination to exterminate their, the only ad-
mitted profitable method of fishing.

By dint of great efforts and one-sided statements by canvassers, they
enrolled the names of a long list of petitioners.

That very many well-meaning persons signed the petition, we doubt
not; and that some advocated it from a sense of public good, we be-
lieve; for the fish question, when first brought to issue before the peo-
ple of this State, so long as the facts remained obscure, did have some .
show of fairness to those content to know simply that traps had in-
creased and the price of fish increased, while the catch of fish with hook
and line, in some localities, had decreased. While this constituted the
whole bulk of the information made available to the mass of the people,
and was enforced and made to appear plausible by the eloquent rheto-
rie of scholastic lore—that the first was the cause, the latter the effeet—
it is not surprising that many were influenced by it.

But while they are discussing the means of restoring the fish to our
waters, the fish themselves re-appear and upset all prognostications of
their extinetion by human means, and establish the fact that they, like
insects, in the lapse of years, fluctuate in numbers, though left to them-
selves. First, one species, favored by certain conditions, multiply and
increase to a number limited only by the amount of food produced, and
the ordinary vicissitudes of fish life, until some deadly distemper, a con-
vulsion of nature, the destruction of their normal food, an increase of nat-
ural enemies, or the invasion of their grounds by new enemies which take
their place and multiply until some of the above-named, or other causes,
produce the same effect upon their numbers, and they in turn give place
to the former or other species.

Such changes are constantly going on under the inexorable laws of
nature, that produce a like effect upon vegetation, sometimes by visible,
sometinves by invisible causes; and man can no more change the result
by legislation than he can limit the drops of rain that shall fall upon
the earth.

To account for all the causes that produce the effect is much beyond
the grasps of finite minds; its roots are deeper than they can penetrate.
It is comprehended, in all the relations of cause and effect, only by the
Allvwise Ruler of the universe.

We ean only theorize and speculate about the hidden, unsolved mys-
teries of nature, that show man’s weakness, and point the limit of his
attainments.

The following communications may serve to illustrate what I have
said:

jem |

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. Oc

Captain TrwoTHY GAvyITT, of Westerly:

Has known bass caught in June that weighed from one-half to one
pound, that were put in a pond, and, when taken out in October, weighed
six pounds.

A boy living with him caught, by wading in, a tautog weighing five
pounds, at the mouth of a little brook two miles above the fishing-
ground at Paweatuck River. It was a female fish, very full and very
far developed spawn; he thinks the spawn would weigh one pound.
He also states that the light-house keeper at Watch Hill, Mr. Pendleton,
(not the present keeper,) lost a bob fishing for bass that was taken next
day with the fish on Long Island. It was ideitified and returned to
him. Bass return west in August and September, by the same route
they came, but wider off shore.

Statement of Jon TEW, aged seventy-six:

Ten years ago saw the heads of scup in the water and along shore,
and considered it as an indication of the presence of horse-mackerel,
as there were no other fish in water at the time that would do it, it be-
ing too early in the season for sharks.

In 1810 bass were scarce.

Fishermen used to complain sixty years ago that fish were not as
plenty as they used to be. Have known bass to be very plenty in a par-
ticular location, and never appear there again in numbers, without ap-
parent cause for the change.

Think fish generally as plenty as ever. Always did vary one year
with another.

BENJAMIN DUNWELL’S statement:

Has fished thirty years with hook and line. Two hundred and fifty
pounds tautog used to be considered extremely good fishing. Often did
not catch enough to eat during the month of August. My day’s catch
is about the same now as it used to be, both in tautog and codfish.

The seasons vary, but average about the same; do not observe any
reduction of fish; go further when fishing for tautog; think that owing
to the destruction of them, by being chilled in 1857, since which they
have not been so plenty in the bay.

Scup used to be plenty in the bay, but horse-mackerel have driven
them off. There are a great many more half-way fishermen now than
formerly, and they do not follow it up so well.

EDWIN Brown’s statement:

Early in May, 1866, saw at Gardner’s Bay very smallfry of scup and
sea-bass, just large enough to distinguish their species.

Fished at Seconnet in 1857; sea-bass were very plenty then. Since
that time they have very much decreased, but have again become very
numerous, and the last season were as plenty as at any time since I
first fished at Seconnet. Caught more tautog the present than any
previous year.

86 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

PELEG Huppy’s statement:

Has been a hook-and-line fisherman thirty-five years. Sea-bass were
very scattering, when first fished ; were told that they were very plenty
before that time. About ten yee Ws ago they became very plenty, since
which they are not so abundant.

Mackerel were more plenty in August, 1870, than ever knew them to
be before. Fish generally are quite as plenty as ever, except at certain
localities in the bay. While some kinds have decreased, others have
increased. Don’t believe nets or traps materially affect their number.

Statement of NATHAN KING:

Is now, and always has been, a hook-and-line fisherman; thinks fish,
generally, as plenty as ever, but are driven off shore by the steamers ;
thinks they are the chief cause of scarcity in the bay; has w: atched
them darting from a boat, and thinks that steamers must have great
effect in driving or searing them from the waters.

About twelve years ago, knew of a boat that went to Point Judith
for tautog; fi fished some, without success, at the usual fishing-grounds,
then hauled up killick, and worked along slowly—watehing all the time
for fish; came to a clear spot on the bottom and saw them ; carefully
dropped anchor, and in a very short time had a good fare of very nice,
large tautog. Repeated the same several days, with good success.

When the sun is very hot, tautog leave the cle: ar spots for shelter in
the weeds and rocks. Mr. King thinks the fish are very much harassed
all along the shore by fishermen; but when they are ‘found ina quiet
spot, can be caught quite as well as ever they could. He remembers
hearing the complaint, “that fish were not so plenty as they used to
be,” when he first went fishing; but fishermen forget the poor fares, and
remember well the good ones. The nearest places are So much more
fished, is a reason for catching less at those places, if there were noth-
ing else to disturb the fish.

Lobsters are quite as plenty as ever; that is to say, that the same
number of pots catch as many pounds as thirty years ago.

NEwport, September, 1871.
HENRY MERRIT1’S statement:

Have been engaged in hook-and-line fishing twenty years—princi-
pally for tautog; used to catch from thirty to three hundred pounds.
The latter was an extra good catch. We considered one hundred and
fifty pounds a good day’s fishing. The seasons varied somewhat, but
cannot tell just which seasons they were most plenty; but think they
were more scarce the season after so many were chilled in the winter
and driven ashore. They were very scarce two years ago, but very
plenty last year; never saw them more so than then.

Caught three hundred pounds tautog several days running, and some-
times two hundred pounds cod-fish on ‘the same day. Fished from Bea-
ver Tail to Point Judith. Thinks the average catch equals ‘former
years at same places. Have caught tautog as late as Christmas on the
ledges. Have seen scup very plenty on the ledges almost every year,
but more last year. Should say there were three times the number fish-
ing now that there were twenty years ago.

Seup are very plenty in the bay at present; have been since June,

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 87

P. SOUTHWICKH’S statement:

Is seventy-six years of age. When about twenty years old, went sev-
eral times to the Vineyard Islands, with a seine, to fish for bass; some-
times staid two weeks, but never with success ; ‘did not realize enough
to pay expenses, and often not enough to pay tor food consumed while
so engaged.

The fishermen used to say fish were less plenty than formerly, as long
ago as I can recollect.

Mr. T. STEVENS, one of our oldest hook-and-line fishermen, says that
he, with two others, went to Martha’s Vineyard to fish for tautog about
thirty-five years ago; would get from one thousand to three thousand
pounds in a wee ks fishing. W ent east because they could do better
than at home.

NEWPORT, August 12, 1871.

WILLIAM SISSON, of Westerly, commenced fishing fourteen years ago ;
fished all the time since, except from 1861 to 1865, from June to Octo-
ber. Used shore-seine; fished from Long Island to Cape Cod with it.
Find bass first appear on western part of fishing-grounds; later, further
east. The first that come are smaller. Have not failed to catch good
fares any year that I have been fishing, but never caught more than at
the present season. The spawn is well developed in most of the bass
now ; saw last week small bass, smallest four inches long, at Waquoit.

Horse-mackerel are not so plenty the present season, but have been
very much more plenty the last few years than when I first fished;
think three to one.

Bass feed on the bottom, on small fish, worms, and roots ; swim near
the surface, sometimes very fast, so that it would take a smart sail-boat
to keep up; catch them best on the flood-tide.

Both bass and horse-mackerel attack birds. Have seen small quan-
tity of spawn of bassin seine. They go together to spawning-grounds
in the rivers. Have seen scup eut by horse- mackerel, and have taken
from them the tail-end of scup that I think would weigh half a pound.
I think them very destructive to all kinds of smaller fish, more so than
anything I know of.

Fish are just as plenty as ever, but more wild, and keep more off
shore, owing to traps and other fishing for them. Bass will take hook
any time.

STATEMENT TAKEN FROM MY BOOKS OF THE FISHERY AT PINE TREE.

In 1866, up to May 11, caught $2 25 worth of fish. On the 11th
caught 168 barrels of scup, at $2 per barrel.

In 1867, up to May 14, caught $10 Worgh of scup. On the 14th caught
76 barrels, at $2 a barrel.
. In 1868 fished from May 1 to 23. Total sales of all kinds of fish,

86 72.

In 1869, May 6, catch, 2 scup; 10th, catch, 1 barrel; 13th, caught 32
barrels, at $3 a barrel.

In 1870, May 2, catch, 11 seup; 8th, 6 barrels; on the 15th, 60 barrels,
at $2 per barrel.

This fishery had been fished about seven years before I fished it in
1866; and I am told that large bodies of scup were taken as early as

88 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

April 20; that 200 barrels have been taken at Seconnet as early as the
15th of April.
J. M. K. SOUTHWICK.

The fish question might be summed up thus:

Fish have diminished in certain localities. It is charged that the dimi-
nution is in consequence,of trapping. Is the charge sustained? If SO,
then we may stop here. But if only met by the query, what else can
be the cause ? we might ask by what maxim of law are trappers adjudged
guilty without proof, and compelled to seek relief by fixing the guilt? But
answer: If no other cause could be given, then it may not be { traps ; for
who can explain the working of the mysterious laws of change written all
over the universe? Yet numerous and sufficient causes have been as-
signed to account for all the real or apparent diminution, besides the fact
shown the present season, that an inerease of fish is possible without a
reduction of traps; that scup, like the herring of England, may in-
crease in spite of the enormous and increasing fishing.

It is proposed to stop trapping three years as an experiment—a sort
of sedative to popular clamor. And then what? The business would
be destroyed for all time, for none would venture capital in material
once rendered valueless, and liable to be again, at the caprice of experi-
menting legislatures.

As well charge the ice-merchants with short crops of ice, because of
large ones ¢ gathered in former years, and suspending their business on
their failure to demonstrate that it was from other causes.

To stop trapping two days and three nights in the week. Although
the scup-traps are down about twenty-five ‘days, the great bulk of the
fish are taken within ten days. Now, if allowed to fish but five days
of the ten, as may then happen, there would be no chance left the fish-
ermen at this, the most important trap-fishing in Rhode Island.

The effect would not be so detrimental to the heart-seines, although
discouraging to those not now very successful. I believe any restriction
of the seup- ‘traps, beyond that from Saturd: vy night to Monday morn-
ing, would amount to prohibition.

THE FOOD-FISHES OF THE NEW ENGLAND COAST.
BY GEORGE H. PALMER, OF NEW BEDFORD, MASSACHUSETTS.

Within a period of about twenty years, four of the best food-fishes of
the New England coast, of different genera, different habits, and feed-
ing to a certain extent on different food, have been observed to become,
year after year, less in numbers and smaller i in size.

These four fishes are—

The striped bass, Labrax lineatus, (Roccus lineatus, Gill;) sea-bass, Cen-
tropristis nigricans, (CO. atrartus, Gill; ;) tautog or black. fish, Tautoga
Americana, (7. onitis, Gill;) seup, Pagrus argyrops, (S Stenotomus argy-
rops, Gill.)

For several years this fact attracted but little attention, and called
for no special investigation.

At length, however, the subject began to excite the alarm of the fish-
ermen who depended upon fishing for their entire or partial support,
and grew to be a subject of very general complaint.

Of these fishes there is no evidence that they have not always been

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 89

abundant, until within the time mentioned, except the seup, about which
there is a tradition that it first became known in Buzzard’s Bay, in 1793,
since which time it has always frequented the waters south of Cape
Cod.

Up to about 1851, no means of taking these fishes were commonly in
use, except the hand-line, with a baited hook.

All but one were caught at the bottom, upon their feeding-grounds,
with a still bait.

The exception, the striped bass, was fished for, for the most part,
among the rocks near the shore, by throwing and hauling an eel or
other bait, or sometimes in the tide-ways, and at the bottom, with
shrimp or dead or living fish, and in the surf with a bait floating upon
or under the surface of the water.

They were all caught in Jarge numbers throughout the entire season,
except the tautog, which appeared in the spring and again in the au-
tumn.

The catching of these fishes gave employment to thousands of fisher-
men, and furnished a cheap and wholesome article of food to all the
inhabitants upon the sea-shore.

The supply was always fuily equal to the demand. When, however,
railroads began to provide easier and quicker means of transportation,
when ice came to be used to prevent or retard decomposition, and when
the fishes came into more general use as one of the ingredients of fer-
tilizing compounds, wholesale methods of catching them, more or less
ingenious, were devised to supply the demand thus artificially created.
Then traps, pounds, and weirs were brought into use, and have in-
creased in numbers and efficiency from year to year, and, as they did,
the hook-and-line fishermen caught fewer and fewer of fish, during a
shorter portion of the season, and these smaller and smaller in size,
until within two or three years hardly any of the fishes of the varieties
named could be caught by the common practice of hook-and-line
fishing.

AS @ consequence, men who had followed it heretofore for a livelihood
gave it up and became trappers themselves, and those who had ocea-
sionally pursued it to supply themselves and their families with food,
or for recreation and amusement, have been obliged to abandon it alto-
gether, or be content to spend weary and toilsome hours to ¢: ipture the
few stragglers that have escaped the toils of the more crafty and ingen-
ious fishermen.

So well convinced did the people become that the multiplication of
traps and pounds and the growing scarcity of fish stood to each other
in the relation of cause and effect, that in 1870, simultaneously in Mas-
sachusetts and Rhode Island, legislative investig ation was demanded,
and, to a certain extent, obtained, with a view to such action as should
check the evil and prevent the much- feared destruction of these valua-
ble and important fishes.

In what I shall have further to say on the subject, I shall confine my
remarks as to those investigations to the “ Report of the committee on
fisheries, to the legislature of Massachusetts,” the “ Majority and mi-
nority reports of the committee on fisheries in Rhode Island, January
session, 1870,” to the “Report of the joint special committee of the
general assembly of Rhode Island, appointed to examine into the fish-
-eries of Narragansett Bay,” to the speech of Mr. Atwood, of the Cape
district, chairman of the Massachusetts committee, in support of his re-
port, and to a general review of the facts elicited by those investiga-
tions, and to the reasoning upon them.

90 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

I shall refer to those several matters, to the evidence brought before
both these committees, to opinions stated and conclusions drawn, in
such order and connection as shall best serve my purpose, and witheut
more particular reference thereto.

From very similar testimony, the committees in Massachusetts and
Rhode [sland came to directly opposite conclusions.

The Massachusetts committee reported “leave to withdraw.” The
Rhode Island committee recommended the passage of “ An act to pro-
hibit trap and heart-seining of fish in the waters of Narragansett
Bay.”

In the Fifth Annual Report of the Commissioners on Inland Fisheries,
(Boston, 1871,) those gentlemen, in concluding their remarks ‘on the
possible exhaustion of sea- fisheries, ” say, “The petition for abolishing
weirs, &c., ought to have brought out much valuable testimony, but it
proved quite otherwise.” This was true, and the criticism that followed
it just.

Early in that investigation, and in order to bring out all the valuable
testimony possible, the managers for the petitioners represented to the
comittee the difficulty of procuring the attendance of witnesses; that
most of those who were interested to protect the fisheries were poor or
of limited means, and that those who were rich, not being pecuniarily
interested, had contributed but little to carry on the inv estigation ; ; that
the question was one of great public concern, and asked the committee
to obtain from the legislature authority to send for persons and papers,
which they, although expressing a determination to give the subject a
full and impartial he: iring, refused to do. The managers therefore were
limited to such witnesses as would willingly attend ‘and the means in
their hands enabled them to produce.

On the side of the remonstrants it was not so. These two investi-
gations became so general and looked for such stringent legislation,
that the opposition was aroused, and all those who were engaged in the
profitable business of trapping and seining fish contributed liberally to
defeat, and did defeat, any action on the subject.

One witness in Rhode Island, William Spooner, testified that they
went so far as to threaten all those fishermen who should go before the
eommittee to testify anything against trapping.

It is more than probable, however, that limited and unsatisfactory as
those examinations proved, they t together furnished more evidence than
had hitherto been procured, and brought out as many facts as are likely
to be obtained by anything short of “congressional action on the sub-
ject.

It is a matter of surprise, therefore, that so muh information was
gained, and not that so little that was valuable was in evidence, and
although the ‘ very interesting contemporaneous investigation in Rhode
Island” went more carefully, thoroughly, and understandingly into the
matter, yet we find, on comparing the testimony, that what was proved
in the one case was, for the most part, coufirmed in the other.

The English commission, the Massachusetts commissioners, and Mr.
Atwood may all agree “ that fishermen, as a class, are exceedingly un-
observant of anything about fish which is not absolutely forced upon
them by their daily avocations ;” “that these witnesses do not know
one-half of what they ought to know ;” nevertheless this is all the tes-
timony we can have upon a question of vital consequence until the ,
Government devises some better means of ascertaining the truth. Mean-—
time the evil, if it is an evil, goes on, to the prejudice of the fishermen
and to the possible destruction of the fisheries.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 91

Perchance this is one of those cases where the stopping the practices
complained of is the only means of accurately knowing what the ultimate
effect of their continuance will be.

Should the trapping and pounding of these fishes be suspended for a
time, and the fish should thereafter steadily increase in numbers, the
question would be settled.

The matter is of consequence enough. Would it not be worth while
to try the experiment ?

In this view of the case, all we have to show is, that these novel, and
what we claim are improper, methods of catching fish, are a probable
cause of the scarcity complained of, having first shown that the scareity
exists. The burden of proof is then logically shifted, and it is for the
trappers to show that their methods do not consume these fishes faster
than their natural increase.

They have then one further point to make—that by their wholesale
modes of fishing they do not interfere with the rights of others, for
nothing is clearer settled in the law than that all men have the right
to catch fish in the bays, inlets, and arms of the sea, and that no man
has the right to catch fish to the injury of others in their rights. Then
we inquire—

Firstly, have the fishes under consideration become scarce ?

Secondly, are the methods of catching them, by pounds, weirs, and
traps, a probable cause of such scarcity ?

In answer to the first, we claim that they have.

Both in Massachusetts and Rhode Island it was at first stontly de-
nied that there was any scarcity of the fishes named, yet it was testified
to. by most of the witnesses in both States, and Mr. Atwood finds him-
self at last compelled to admit it, and then goes on to try to account
for it.

The interrogatories put by the joint special committee of the general
assembly of Rhode Island were in writing, and were eighty-two in num-
ber. They were answered in so far as they severally knew, by thirty-
nine witnesses, under oath.

Twenty-eight of these interrogatories bear directly upon the question
of scarcity, and thirty-seven of the witnesses swore that they had
grown perceptibly scarcer year after year, except during two years,
when the traps had been broken up by storms.

The testimony of the Massachusetts witnesses is notin print that I am
aware of, but from my notes I find that every hook-and-line fisherman
among them, except one, agreed with the Rhode Island witnesses upon
this point.

Add to this the testimony of every amateur fisherman with whom I
have conversed, many of whom are men of superior knowledge, accus-
tomed to observe everything with regard to the fish they catch, some of
whom have made their opinions public in works of standard merit, and
we have evidence sufficient to establish the fact of the increasing scarcity
of these fishes, beyond a reasonable doubt.

Again, and more conclusive than the testimony of all these witnesses,
the scarcity of these fishes has become notorious. All along the shore,
from Point Judith to Monomoy, it has been and is now a general cause
of complaint. Everywhere you go, in any seaport town, the fishermen
will tell you what they used to do, and all the inhabitants are lamenting
.the time when they could go out and catch a “ mess of fish at any time.”
But now it is not so.

If there remained any doubt as to whether it was proved that these
fishes have become scarce, the Massachusetts committee, in their report

92 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

say that “it appeared in the evidence that the scup, tautog, sea-bass,
and striped bass, in Buzzard’s Bay, have diminished during the last
few years, comparatively few having been caught in that localit y;” and
the joint special committee of Rhode Island, in their report, after a
careful review of the whole subject, and in view of its “ profound in-
tricacy,” say that “‘the oral and written testimony laid before the com-
mittee establishes the fact that, whereas seup were formerly abundant
in the waters of Narragansett Bay, and constituted a cheap and nutri-
tious article of food to the inhabitants, readily found and easily caught,
they have gradually left these w aters, until they are quite abandoned
by this species of fish, and partially so by other species.”

Then, from the testimony of all the witnesses in Massachusetts, except
the. trappers, and one Bearse, from Hyannis, who was not surpassed by
any one on the stand in the exhibition of ignorance and prejudice, that
these fishes had diminished in Vineyard Sound, and we have three very
considerable and important fishing waters, in which these fish had
formerly been abundant, where now they have become searee.

The fact of the searcity having been so entirely proved, the report of
the “minority of the committee on fishes” in Rhode Island finds it
necessary to say, ‘‘and if these fish do not come into the bay as plenty
as formerly, we can only suppose that there are some conditions neces-
sarily wanting;” and the committee in Massachusetts accounts for it in
these four way 8:

1. That they have merely disappeared.

2. By reason of the searcity of food.

3. From impurities in the water.

4. The blue-fish have destroyed or driven them.

Let us review the evidence going to sustain these several positions in
their order.

1. That they have merely disappeared.

The Massachusetts committee, in their report, say that it does not
necessarily follow that when fish leave a locality they have been driven
away by over-fishing; nor has any such thing been claimed. What is
elaimed i is, that in these waters, and with reference to these particular
fishes, they have been destroyed or taken in such large quantities just
before or at the time of Spawning that any increase is ‘impossible. The
significant fact is, that they have disappeared from these several waters
at the same time, and have steadily, not suddenly, decreased.

If they have not been exhausted, but have only lett the locality, is it
not a little remarkable that these four different species of fish should
not only have agreed to leave these several localities at one time, but
that they should not have appeared in great numbers anywhere else? ?

Mr. Atwood says that “all agreed that the scup, tautog, sea-bass, and
striped bass had, within a few years, diminished in Buzzard’s Bay, but
failed to show that over-fishing was the ¢ ause of the diminution.” They
were not bound to show any such thing. Having proved that the fish
had become scarce, and that they had done so since the setting of the
pounds and traps, it was the duty of the committee not to take sides
with the trappers, but, acting under their oaths, on behalf of the people
of the commonwealth, to force the trappers to show, as logically they
were bound to do, that their novel and wholesale methods were not the
cause of if.

There was not a particle of evidence before either of these committees,
going to show that these fishes had disappeared—that is, changed their
eround—nor any evidence that they were of the kind of fishes that ap-
pear here in one place at one time, and then in another place at another

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. bya

time. On the contrary, all the evidence there was proved that they
returned annually to the same grounds to spawn.

All there is upon this point comes from Mr. Atwood himself, after the
evidence is closed, when he, “laying aside the evidence,” becomes a
witness before the senate of Massachusetts, and gives a very interesting
account of what he had ‘noticed during a long life of practical experi-
ence in the fisheries.”

This covers a period of fifty-one years, and is very important in this
investigation, because it is the testimony of Hon. N. E. Atwood, of whom
the Rhode Island commission says, he is a * practical fisherman of Pro-
vincetown, and a distinguished ichthyologist;” because, say the com-
missioners on inland fisheries in Massachusetts, it is the opinion ‘‘of a
man who probably knows more of the habits of our cold temperate sea-
fishes than any one in the country.”

We have no longer ignorant and prejudiced fishermen on the stand,
who “possess only a local knowledge of the fish with which they come
in contact; who do not make the habits of fish a special study; who do
not know one-half of what they ought to know;” but the great ichthyol-
ogist and the intelligent fisherman of fifty years’ practical experience.

Let us see what ‘“‘changes he has noticed” going to show that these
fishes—the fishes under consider: ition ; not other fishes, but the scup,
tautog, sea-bass, and striped bass—hav e, or may have, ‘merely lett the
localities they once frequented.

He first alludes to the scup, of which he is “informed that in examin-
ing the old shell-heaps that have been deposited by the aborigines,
many years ago, the bones of this species. have been found, showing
that they were here before this country was settled by the Europeans.”

If they were here then, it is quite as probable that they have remained
here ever since, as that the “tradition” is true that they appeared in
Buzzard’s Bay in 1793.

The witnesses who stated that they had such tradition were the
same witnesses of whose testimony on other points Mr. Atwood thought
so little; and the tradition itself may, for aught we know, have had
reference to some other species; but what is a great deal more probable

is, that they then first began to be considerably fished for.

At all events, this is very feeble evidence to support a theory that
this species of fish has appeared and then disappeared, driven away by
none other than the ‘‘ Indians, with their rude implements of fishing.”

Since 1793 Mr. Atwood gives us no information that every year, for a
period of more than seventy years, they have not, until recently, been
abundant. And there was no evidence before the Rhode Island com-
mittee that they had not existed in the waters of Narragansett Bay
Since the settlement of the country, which, if they had not, would cer-
tainly have appeared, since the people of ‘that State have alwa ys been
interested in the subject of the fisheries, from the “earliest autheaGe
history of the colony.” As early as 17 19 the general assembly passed
an enabling act empowering each town council ‘to take care for the
preservation of the fishery within their respective jurisdiction, and to
remove all obstructions made in any rivers that may prejudice the
inhabitants by stopping of fish from going up the stream.”

The only other fish of the species under consider ation of which Mr.
Atwood gives us any information, is the striped bass, of w hich he says,
that they have diminished in the vicinity of Cape Cod, as the blue-fish

ave destroyed the bait upon which they feed. This is only admitting
the fact of the scarcity of these fish, and begging the question as to the
cause of it.

94 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This is all the information we have from Mr. Atwood upon the subject.
What he says more has reference to fish of other genera and different
habits, without the least connection to show that what has been true
of them is also true of the species now being considered.

In order that nothing having any bearing upon this subject should be
left out of the reckoning, let us see what Mr. Atwood says of the other
fishes included in his list of “ changes,” and inquire ‘what are the
natural inferences to be drawn.

After his remarks upon the scup, he states that the chub mackerel,
Scomber dekayi, disappeared long before a weir-trap or pound was
used in our Massachusetts waters. The common mackerel, too, ‘* come
tous some years in great abundance; in other years they are com-
paratively scarce.” In 1840, shad appeared, and, not long after 1822,
“they then disappeared.”

Precisely the same line of reasoning is to be followed here that was
taken by Rimbaud in his Review of the Report Of the English Commis-
sioners. Mr. Atwood has fallen into the error of “compounding under
the common name ‘fish’ of all the vertebrate class taken by fisher- .
men.” Rimbaud shows that a classification is necessary, a “ classifica-
tion founded not on anatomical characters, but on habits and localities.”

Rimbaud makes four divisions. For the purposes of this discussion
only two are necessary :

1. Wandering fishes, the most of which are surface-fishes.

2, Bottom fishes.

The difference chiefly to be borne in mind is this: That whereas the
wandering fishes appear on our coasts only when migrating, and then in
vast but uncertain troops, the “latter are especially domestic, and dwell
and multiply on particular localities along the coast.”

According to such elassification, the chub mackerel, the common
mackerel, and the shad, belong to the first division, of which there is
no doubt they appear and disappear for no assignable cause. They
come, they are gone, is all that can be said about them.

Not only do they change their ground one season after another, but
in a single week or day in a locality where they have abounded not one
ean be found.

Not so with the bottom fishes. They return to the same places year
after year, deposit their spawn, seek their feeding-grounds, and remain
during their seasons. The fishermen all understand this, and have their
bearings so that when once they have found a locality where they are
feeding, they may and they do return to the same place again, as con-
fident of finding the fish atany subsequent timeas they arethat they shall
find the rocks near which they had been anchored. Did anybody ever
hear of a fisherman’s fixing his bearings for a school of mackerel ; or, if
any ever did, did he do it more than once ?

With revard to what Mr. Atwood says of the haddock, there seems to
be better eround for his analogy, but yet we are not sufficiently informed
of their habits, nor so advised of the real facts in the case as to deter-
mine how far it may logically be used in support of his views of the
subject. The fact, as he states it, is, that fishing with the trawl-line has
ae in use since 1850, and that this species of fish has been increasing
year after year notwithstanding, until “they have increased in vast
SAR hap so much so that they are too plenty for the fishermen or
dealers ” 621,953 pounds of cod and haddock were sold in Boston in a
single day. Mr. Atwood does not infer that the trawl-lines are the cause
of the increase, but says: “ The present mode of fishing catches vast
quantities of a species of flat-fish, (Platessa dentata,) which no doubt fed

a

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 95

upon the spawn of haddock when the hand-line only was in use.
Whether the flat-fish did feed upon the spawn of haddock we do not
know as a matter of fact; but if they did, we shall see with what pro-
bable effect when we come to consider Mr. Atwood’s remarks on the
fecundity of fishes.

Reasoning from analogy is, after all, only showing a probability, and
cannot be regarded as a very safe method from one class of fishes to
another.

Mr. Atwood admits, with respect to the halibut, that they seem to be
decreasing on all the fishing-grounds, and leaves the senators, who of
course are not expected to know much about it, to decide whether or
not over-fishing is the cause of it. Whether the senators ever have de-
cided I do not know, but the fair inference would be, in the absence of
any explanation of the matter, that the fishery of them, prosecuted as
extensively as Mr. Atwood says it is, had something to do with it.

Mr. Atwood says: “It appeared in evidence before the committee
that the fish known as the squeteague is increasing in the vicinity of
Buzzard’s Bay, and along the south shore of Cape Cod. Some sixty
years since it was vastly “abundant in the southern part of Massachu-
setts Bay, and though absent for so many years, it seems to be returning
to its former haunts.”

From such knowledge as we have of its habits, it seems to be one of
the wandering fishes, and likely, therefore, to appear or disappear at any
time.

One other fish concludes the list referred to by Mr. Atwood, a species
of flat-fish, the Platessa oblonga.

What he says of the blue-fish wil] be passed here, as it comes more
properly under another head of my subject.

This species, (the flat-fish,) he says, was exceedingly abundant along
our shores before the blue-fish came. ‘It is a bottom fish, and does not
come so directly in contaet with the blue-fish as top- water SWHNMers 5
still, it has almost wholly disappeared, owing to the blue- fish having de.
stroy ed its favorite bait, which is the common squid,

Here, again, the searcity of the fish is admitted, and here, again, the
question of the cause is begged. Mr. Atwood, it is true, states it as a fact
that the squid is its favorite bait, and that the blue-fish has destroyed
the squid, Could he think of nothing else which destroyed its “ favor-
ite bait,” after all the testimony before the committee showing the vast
quantity ot squid taken in the pounds and traps ?

This, then, is all there is going to prove that the decrease of the spe-
cies of ‘fishes now under consider ‘ation is absence and not searcity. We
may now consider the evidence as allin, for if there had been any more,
Mr. Atwood, with his declared purpose of “trying to show the danger
of exterminating the race of fish, if there is aby,” would have stated it.
From it, what are we fairly to conclude?

First. That a certain class of fishes, called wandering fish, appear in
and disappear from certain localities without our being able always to
assign the cause; that their decrease is, or may be, absence, not scarcity.

Second. That a certain other class of fishes, called bottom fish, inelud-
ing the scup, tautog, sea-bass, and striped bass, are domestic in their
character, coming annually into the same waters to breed and dvwell,
migratory, and not: 1 wandering, in their habits, concerning which, if they
decrease, it must be scarcity, not absence.

2, The decrease of these species of fish is accounted for by reason of
the scarcity of food.

96 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In both Massachusetts and Rhode Island the attempt to prove that
the food of these fishes had become scarce, was a complete failure.

The fifty-seventh interrogatory of the joint special committee of
Rhode Island had special reference to this point. ;

Twenty-two of the witnesses answered directly that there was no
scarcity of food, and of the rest, I think there was: not one, not even
Mr. Tallman, who testified that it was not as abundant as it had been
years before. Mr. Johnson goes so far as to say,‘ I never knew as
much food for fish as at present.” Mr. Matthewson says, “ Mussels are
fully as abundant now as I ever knew them to be; new beds have
formed right in front of my place.” Mr. Place says, *‘ No scarcity of
food; plentier now than ever.” Mr. Rice says, ‘‘ For mussels, &c., are
plentier than ever.” So the committee in Rhode Island, in their re-
port, well say that, “in the opinion of your committee, the preponder-
ance of evidence is that there is an abundant supply.”

In Massachusetts there was less testimony on this point, and what
there was went only far enough to show thatthe food may have changed
ground, and that if there was scarcity of one kind, there was plenty
of another.

It was from the very slightest testimony, therefore, that the Massachu-
setts committee e oncluded that the cause of the diminution of fish in Buz-
zard’s Bay * may be ascarcity of the bait on which they are accustomed to
feed, as large beds of mussels on which some of these species feed have
been killed by star-fishes, (five-finger, so called by the fishermen.)” Mr.
Atwood does not assign this as a cause, except that the blue-fish de-
vours the tood of other fishes; he does not anywhere say, nor commit
himself to the opinion, that the food of these fishes has become searee.

During the past year new beds of mussels are being formed, as we
should infer would be the case, from the growing scarcity of the fish
which consume it.

It will be observed, too, that the traps catch large quantities of the
food of these fishes, so that if it has become scarce, they are one of the
causes of it.

We are forced to the conclusion, from all the testimony concerning
the food for these fishes, except of those kinds taken by the traps them.
selves, that it never was so abundant, while the fishes were never so few
to consume it.

3. Impurities in the water.

If the testimony to sustain the searci.y of food, as a cause of the scar-
city of the fish, established the fact that there was no scarcity, but
abundance, so the testimony upon this point showed nothing so much
as the weakness of the cause of the trappers, and the shifts ‘they were
put to to defend their wretched work.

The destructive effects of deleterious substances thrown into the
water was attempted to be proved in Rhode Island and in Massachu-
setts, and in both cases without success.

One trapper in Rhode Island resorted to the novel and i ingenious theory
that scup were more sensitive to such influences than any other fish,
and one bites in Massachusetts had known a small bed of clams near
New Bedtord to be tainted, and this, from one petroleum factory, was
the cause of the scarcity of fish in the tide-waters from Palmer’s Island
to Noman’s Land, a distance of more than thirty miles.

The same interrogatory (57th) and the 78th to 81st, put by the Rhode
Island committee, covered this point. Nineteen witnesses testified that
of their own knowledge no impurities existed in the waters with which
they were acquainted, or that if there were any, they had failed to ob-.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. OF

serve any injurious effects upon the fishes swimming in it. Allen says,
“ Waters are not impure on fishing-grounds that I am used to; would
know if it was.” Bassett says, ‘ Barrington River was always famous
scup-ground ; Kickamuit River the same. | cannot find a person who
knows of any impurities in those waters that were not there fifty years
ago ;” and, again, “ I think the water south of Stone bridge as pure as the
ocean.” No witness, in all the thirty-nine, save Mr. Benjamin K. Tall-
man, the inventor of the traps, and Mr. Munro, of Portsmouth, also
a trapper, who, in July, 1868, once in a while could see a fish (menhaden)
on Pawtucket River come up on the top of the water, gape, and turn
on its side and die. He supposed the cause of this was impurity of the
water. Had been there for several years before 1868, and was there in
1869, but never saw any other instance of fish dying in this way on that
river.

So the committee reported that, “in certain localities, doubtless the
waters are impure; but the pollution does not extend so far by any
means as Some persons in all honesty contend.”

One witness from Hast Greenwich, a fisherman, says, ‘“‘ The water is as
pure as ever. My fish will keep as long near where the print-works
water comes into the cove as anywhere, and clams, quahogs, &ce., are as
plenty as they have been for forty years.”

The known reputation of Providence River oysters in the market for
excellence of quality and flavor is another significant fact in the way of
those who would account for the scarcity of fish from the injurious effect
of poisonous substances thrown into the water from large cities.

And in Massachusetts no impurities could get into Buzzard’s Bay or
Vineyard Sound, except from New Bedford, “ond nothing deleterious
goes into the Acushnet River, except from one petroleum factory and a
copper-works, which did not thirty years ago. The Prussian-blue works
has sent its refuse into that river for more than thirty-five years, and
yet more was said about that than of any other of the causes.

It is a little remarkable that we hear of no destruction of the fishes
from impurities in the waters of the Hudson or East Rivers, nor in the
waters of Long Island, nor in the Schnylkill or Delaware.

Only when traps are set in the bays and arms of the great sea are the
fishes diminished by the impurity of the waters.

Even Mr. Atwood could not be made to consent to this, and closes all
the avenues to such an argument when he says, “ But in the great sea
man cannot pollute its waters by anything he can do.”

Besides, if the pollution of the waters was, and is, a sufficient cause for
the searcity of fish, we should naturally expect to find the fish to become
most scarce in the waters most affected, while the fact is that they have
diminished just as rapidly in localities where there are not known to be
any impurities which did not exist fifty years ago, and from that time
ever since.

Lastly, the blue-fish as a cause of the scarcity. ‘ But,” says the Mas-
sachusetts committee, “the great cause that has driven many species of
fish from our waters is the blue-fish ;” and.in support of this Mr. Atwood,
in his speech, says: ‘ But the great ‘change that has taken place in our
fisheries has been caused by the return of the blue-fish.”

In his very interesting account of this fish, we are told that they fre-
quented our waters in 1763.and 1764, in which latter year, coincident with
a great pestilence which visited the island of Nantucket, the blue-fish
disappeared, and Mr. Atwood has no knowledge of a specimen having
been seen here for more than seventy years. “ About 1832 they reap-
peared along the south shores of Cape Cod, but did not appear on the

S. Mis. 61——7

98 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

north side of the cape until 1847, when they drove away from our bay
nearly all other species.”

The bones of the scup found show that that fish was here when the
country was first settled. So far as we know, they have always existed
in the waters of Rhode Island; and we have also the tradition that they
appeared in Buzzard’s Bay in 1793, and no evidence that they have not
frequented these waters ever since. They must then have been here
when the blue-fish arrived in 1832. In 1847 they (the blue-fish) so affected
the fishery, that that year was the last of the catch of mackerel, in which
Mr. Atwood was then engaged in fishing with nets. Why then did not
scup and tautog begin to grow scarce if the blue-fish is the cause? How
happens it that the blue.fish which, ia one year, drove all the mackerel
out of Cape Cod Bay, did not trouble the scup and tautog on the south
side of the cape for nearly twenty years? From 1832, when the blue-
fish came, until 1848, when these fishes began to be very considerably
diminished, the blne-fish, which had appeared in such abundance as to
depopulate the waters of nearly all other fish, and depopulated Mr.
Atwood’s village and home, made no perceptible difference to the tautog
and scup. Nor was any difference apparent until after the traps began
to be set, which was in 1844.

The truth is, the blue-fish do not drive nor destroy the bottom fish to
any considerable extent, and would not at all, but that the traps catch
up their food and force them to attack every species that swims. The
fishes which Mr. Atwood was catching were mackerel, surface fish.
These the blue-fish would pursue, and these they could both destroy and
drive.

I have no doubt the blue-fish has done much to drive other species of
wandering fishes from one place to another. Undoubtedly they con-
sume and destroy large numbers of other fish; they may indeed occa-
sionally attack seup and tautog, and possibly consume the food which
is eaten by the fishes of which we are now speaking, but there is no evi-
dence that they do so to any considerable extent. Let us look at the
testimony and see when this savage, this scapegrace for the trappers,
this Temnodon saltator, does his work, and upon what.

Gt is not probable that he troubled the scup much in Mr. Atwood’s
bay, since he says that only a few straggling specimens venture into the
eolder waters north of Cape Cod ; and we do not find that he disturbed
them on the south side of the cape and in Narragansett Bay until they
had lived peaceably together in the same waters for nearly a quarter of
a century.

The forty-eighth printed interrogatory of the Rhode Island commis-
sioners is as follows: ‘Please state, for the benefit of the committee, how
a hook-and-line fisherman is employed during the season, what fish he
takes at the beginning of the season, with time of commencing, and in
order mention the different fish as they are caught, with the usual date
of arrival and disappearance.”

See also questions 4, and 68 to 71.

In answer to these questions, the witnesses agreed that flat-fish
appeared the earliest, then the scup, then tautog, and after them the
menhaden, which were soon followed by the blue-fish. It also appeared
that scup and tautog were not taken with hook and line until after they
had spawned, so that they must have spawned before the blue-fish
arrived; consequently the blue-fish do not drive nor destroy these fish
until after spawning. Unfortunately, therefore, if the blue-fish drive
these fish to any considerable extent, which we have already shown they
do not, or did net prior to 1844, they come altogether too late in the

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 99

season to depopulate the waters south of Cape Cod, or lay waste any
homes there; for when they come the scup and tautog have spawned,
and they have gone to their feeding-grounds in deeper waters. Mr.
Atwood himself ‘conclusively shows the complete improbability of their
being destroyed after that in what he says of the fecundity of fishes.

I repeat what he says on this subject : How vast is the number of
eggs produced by a single fish; hundreds of thousands, which, if any
considerable percentage should come to maturity, the waters would be
filled to overflowing.

How vast, then, I submit, is that destruction which prevents the

spawning of fish!
_ In order of time it also appeared from the testimony in both States
that the traps, pounds, and weirs are set before the arrival of either of
the fishes under consideration, and to catch them as they arrived, when
they are coming with the shoaler and better rated waters to spawn.

Lis therefore, ‘it was a matter of surprise to the senator that men pro-
fessing to be acquainted with fish should come before the committee and
say they did not know blue-fish ate any other fish but menhaden, it is
more a ee of surprise that Mr. Atwood, the man who did know all
about it, did not tell the senators when these tood-fishes appear, in what
order they come, when they spawn, and whether they did not go im-
mediately into shoal water for that purpose. He could have told, too,
when the blue-fish appear, and what fish they are pursuing when ‘they
come, and whether the traps were not set before the arrival of any of
these fishes, and to catch them when they came near the shore to deposit
their spawn. And,in my judgment, he would not have failed to do this
if he had not seen the obvious effect of it upon the cause of the trappers,
whom he was placed in his position to protect.

Whatever may be said about it by Mr. Atwood, scup, nor tautog, nor
sea-bass, nor yet the food of any of the food- fishes of the New England
coast are the natural or chief food of the blue-fish. Menhaden and her-
ring are the fish which they mostly pursue, and upon these they chiefly
feed. This all the witnesses testified to, and this everybody on the
sea-coast knows, and, what is a significant fact about it, these fishes on
the whole do not ereatly diminish.

Again, as to this blue-fish, horse-mackerel snapper, or by whatever
other name he may be called, Long Island Sound is full of them, and
yet we do not learn that he has depopulated those waters of scup, tan-
tog, sea-bass, or striped bass, nor laid waste any considerable towns or
villages there. So we conclude that, bad as the blue-fish is, too much
blame is laid upon his shoulders; and I am not sure that he does not
furnish food enough, and that which is good enough, to pay for all he
eats.

It is more than doubtful whether, in the arrangements of Divine Prov-
idence, any species of fish can be destroyed by any other agency than
man, and not by him, unless he prevents their increase. He who gave
the law to increase and multiply abundantly on the face of the earth,
knew how to make its operation certain, and gave dominion to man
alone to control it. It cannot be shown that any species of fish has
been exterminated by any other cause than by preventing their increase.
Salmon and trout feed upon their own spawn and upon their own young
and yet how did they abound, until prevented from spawning by im.
proper modes and times of fishing ?

Secondly. Are the modes of catching fish by pounds, weirs, traps, &e.,
a probable cause of the scarcity of any or all the fishes now under con-
sideration ?

100 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

It is evident that something has occurred during the past seventeen
years to cause the food-fishes of the waters of Massachusetts and Rhode
Island to become scarce. It has not been satisfactorily accounted for
in either of the four ways above considered. During those years, but
one other cause can be found which has existed in both States at the
same time which did not exist before, and that cause is the unre-
strained catching of these fishes by traps, pounds, weirs, heart-seines,
and the like,

It is certainly very remarkable that these four fishes should all agree
to become scarce in both States upon the setting up of the traps and
to grow scarcer and scarcer, year after year, as the traps increased, if
either of the above causes assigned for such scarcity was the true cause.

Was not a temporary absence of these fishes likely to oceur before Mr.
Tallman invented a pound? Was never food for these fishes searce till
trapping commenced? Were rot the substances sent into the waters
from Providence, Fall River, and New Bedford, deleterious till then ?
Has the nature of the blue-fish changed since the traps were set?
Could he live in the same waters peaceably with all these fishes and not
before become voracious and destructive? If not, even then ought the
traps to be abolished, if by reason of them, however indirectly, the fish
absent themselves, or their food becomes scarce, or the waters become
poisonous, or the blue-fish becomes savage.

Such extraordinary effects, threatening the entire destruction of the
fisheries, depopulating our waters, depriving us of food, ought not to be
continued if the removal of the traps and pounds will prey “ent it. One
point further, going to show that the traps and pounds are a proba-
ble cause of the scarcity eae of: the thirty-third interrogatory
of the Rhode Island commission is, ‘* Do you know of your own knowl-
edge, or did you hear whether the traps at Seconnet Point were broken
up during the year 1862, and also in 1867 or 1868, for how long a time
were they displaced, and Dy what wind, and about what date, and what
was the fishing for scup those seasons compared with the previous and
suceeding year ?

Twelve of the witnesses gave full or partial answers, and proved that
the traps were broken up in 1862 and again in 1867, and that the catch
of scup, by the hand-line fishermen, during those years, was greater
than during the preceding or following years. I grant that these facts
are not conclusive upon the point, but they are significant, and have
sufficient bearing to entitle them to consideration in the case, and go to
strengthen the testimony of most of the witnesses when asked to give
their opinion as to the true cause of the scarcity about which they ‘had
testified.

It is not necessary to review particularly the evidence given as to the
cause of the scarcity of these fishes. It is enough that in both Rhode
Island and Massachusetts almost the unanimous voice of the witnesses
was, that it is the tr aps and nothing but the traps.

Whether the opinions of these men are of little or much worth, they
are, as I have before said, the best evidence we can have until the
Government collects the Statistics, and all the facts are ascertained.
We are glad that some steps in the right direction have been taken,
and that aman so well qualified for the work as Professor Baird has
undertaken the investigation. That there are many and great diffi-
culties attending the subject there can be no doubt, but they are never
likely to be less, and the longer the matter is delayed the greater pro-
portions they will assume.

In Mr. Atwood’s remarks to the senate, he says, “If this legislattre

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 101

should pass an act to prohibit these modes of fishing that have been
called novel and improper, what would be the practical workings ?”

This, then, was the great point in the case—not what injury had been
done and was still being done to the private rights of individuals, nor
what the hazard to the fisheries, but what harm would the prohibition
of the traps do to the monopolists—what was to be the effect on the
Gloucester fishery, on the Wm. L. Bradley Manufacturing Company at
Weymouth, on the Pacific Guano Company at Wood’s Hole, on the
Cape Cod Railroad Company, who had asserted, and who were defend-
ing what they called their right to all the fishes they could, by any
means, catch.

Even supposing, for the sake of the argument, that these wholesale
methods of taking fish do not, on the whole, injure the fisheries, by
what right does any man, or set of men, take all the fishes of the sea
which they ean catch as his or theirs? Have the public no rights? Has
not every individual some rights which these monopolists are bound to
respect ?

I wonder that the great injustice whichis dene to public and private

rights by trapping did not move the legislatures of both Massachusetts
and Rhode Island to prompt and immediate action to prevent it. No
other so great publie right could be trampled upon, no other private
right would be so despised.

I wonder that the people have so long consented to be robbed, and
for no better reason than that large moneys are invested in the busi-
ness.

Are the fishermen to be driven from their fishing-grounds, are the
people to be deprived of food, that a few men may be made rich ont of
the public treasury of the sea? And has he or they only the right to

eatch fish who can afford the extensive and costly apparatus of the
trappers ?

One would suppose it could hardly be necessary at this late day to
discuss this question.

The right of every man to catch fish in the bays and arms of the sea
has long since been settled. The denial of the right of any man a
catch fish to the injury of the right of any other man has been main-

tained from the earliest history of the country.

I marvel at the presumption of those who, in derogation of every
other man’s right, stand boldly before the law-makers of the land,
and ask to be pxetected in their unlawful business, or not hindered in
pursuing it. Is it not a matter of surprise that these men should go
before these legislative committees and parade the extent of their
plunder as a justification of the robbery itself? See the hundreds of
thousands of barrels of fish which they testified annually to have taken
in their traps for market at home and.abroad, for fertilizing phosphates,
for bait for the maekerel and eod fisheries, "the profits of which they
pocketed, and to which they had no legal or moral right if their modes
of fishing deprived the poorer fishermen of what was legally and morally
theirs.

There can be little doubt remaining that these nevel methods of fish-
ing stop the fish from going into their accustomed waters to spawn ;
that they prevent their going, as was their wont, into the bays and
rivers, and that they thus prevent those who live upon the banks of
these waters from taking the fish as they formerly did, or compe! them
to longer voyages and to more expensive apparatus. What Mr. Atwood
speaks of, therefore, as the practical working of any act to protect these
fisheries or these fishermen, is, in fact, the practical wrong and in-

102 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

justice of the business, which he should have been the first and most
active to punish.

But the people of the Atlantic shores, as a people, have some interest
in the continuance of the fisheries themselves, and know and can know
of no private or corporate interest so great as to be long permitted at
the risk of their exhaustion. Enough has been proved. to show that
the traps and pounds are one great cause, if not the only cause of the
searcity of the food-fishes of the coast, and the people demand and have
the right to demand that they be abolished altogether, or so regulated
that the fish may pass along the shore to their accustomed places to
spawn.

The trappers have had their way and filled their pockets during the
past seventeen years, and the fishes have become scarce. Let the poorer
hand-line eas have their way for a few years, and you will see
that the fishes are as abundant as formerly. The proverb that “ there
are as good fish in the sea as have been caught,” was only good until
trapping began, and the theory that any scarcity of fish during one
season will be made up by incre eased numbers from the great sea the next,
is only a poor conjecture.

We admit that there is a great fishing interest involved in the trap-
ping of fish, as the fishing business is now carried on, but we do not
admit that sufficient bait for the mackerel and cod fishermen cannot be
obtained in some other way not prejudicial to the other fisheries. A
proper regulation of the traps with respect to the time of their being
set an:! taken up would permit their use for catching menhaden, but
were they prohibited altogether, there 1s no good reason to suppose that
the Gloucester fishermen would suffer for want of bait. Letit be known
when and where the bait was wanted, and thousands of our fishermen,
with nothing now to do, with their shore-nets would supply it in the
greatest abundance, at no higher cost, in better condition, and just where
and when it was wanted.

Perhaps not so many fish would be cast upon the land or ground up
into phosphates, but more would be for sale for food and as much for
bait.

Nor will a law protecting the fisheries necessarily throw men out of
employment, but, on the contrary, will make business for a much larger
number. That great class of hardy fishermen so feelingly spoken. ot
by the senator of the Jape district, will not only become more numer-
ous, but be better rewarded by a proper regulation of the fisheries.
How’ many hook-and-line fishermen equally as worthy as those who
have lain down to rest in a Newfoundland fog, have been thrown out of
employment by the greed of the trappers in their unconscionable, ever-
lasting hunt after that “ last dollar,” and lain down to rest in as gloomy
a solitude, in the fog of New England!

It is only necessary to prohibit: the traps for awhile, and regulate the
time and extent of such fishing hereafter, and it will result for the per-
manent good of the trappers themselves, for the good of these hardy
fishermen on the whole, and for the benefit of the thousands who could
once find a living on our shores, now so depopulated of the fishes the
eatching of which gave them employment and heretofore furnished
them with food.

IT am satisfied that further commissions and investigating committees
will do no good. What availed the sixty-two thousand questions of the
royal commission, or the eighty-two questions of the Rhode Island
committee, or all the oral testimony of the Khode Island and Massa-
chusetts investigations? The trappers are always able to throw more

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 103

influence into the scale than the fishermen. ‘ Leave to withdraw” is the
stereotyped report of the Massachusetts “ committees on the fisheries,”
and bills to protect are everywhere quietly voted down.

Mr. Atwood closes his remarks by alluding to the antiquity of nets,
and recites the simple and beautiful narrative of the calling of Peter
and Andrew, James and John, the fishermen of the sea of Galilee, to
make them fishers of men.

It does, indeed, show that nets were in use at that remote period, but
it does not show the justness or lawfulness of the practice, and cominits
not the Master to its approval. For he said unto them, ‘ Follow me.”
“And they straightway left their nets and followed him.”

Once, indeed, in the ship, which was Simon’s, he performed the mir-
acle of the oreat draught of fishes, but while he compensated the dis-
ciples in that they had toiled all night and taken nothing, he destroyed
their nets.

There is another class of persons interested in the continuance of the
fisheries, to which [ have but slightly alluded. What little was said by
them or in their behalf before the committee in Massachusetts was
sneeringly received, and they themselves contemptuously referred to. I
mean the amateur fishermen. These men also have some rights of
which the trapping of fish is a violation. Though they are anglers
rather than fishermen, and pursue their finny game for recreation
and not money, they are entitled to no little consideration. As a class
they are rapidly increasing in numbers and in influence. Driven dur-
ing Hie heated months of ‘the Summer season from our more crowded
and unhealthy cities, rod in hand, they flock to the mountain-streams
and the sea-side. Generally men of means, of leisure, ef cultivated
tastes, they form themselves into clubs or associations, build comely
houses, and beautify their grounds. Lands long since worn out and
become comparatively useless, and well nigh abandoned, they increase
in value; they add to the revenue of the towns and State they visit 5
men of intelligence e and culture for the most part, they study the habits
of the fish they catch, and add not a little to the stock of our knowledge
of a subject of which’ the people know So little.

In the investigation of this interesting subject, while we hope to find
out more about the habits of the fishes. upon our sea-coast, and what
are the proper modes and times of catching them, we shall not alto-
gether have wasted our time if we find out that there are some things
valuable which do not pay, and some things worth considering which
do not result in dividends.

Whether a case has been made out showing that the traps and pounds
are solely responsible for the growing scarcity of fish, the methods of
otherwise accounting for it, resorted to by the trappers and their de-
fenders, are proved to be insufficient and unsatisfactory. Enough has
been shown to demonstrate that, by these means, the “ exhaustion of the
sea-fisheries” as to these particular species of food-fishes is possible.

This is enough to entitle the subject to serious consideration, and to
warrant the Gov ernment in early legislation to prevent it.

It will be better that the trappers should submit to some inconven-
ience—be put to some loss, indeed, rather than that action should be tuo
long delayed.

It is easier now to interpose to save, than it will be by and by to
replenish, our depopulated waters.

GEO. H. PALMER.

NEw BEDFORD, January 1, 1872.

V.—REPORTS OF STATE COMMISSIONS IN REGARD
TO REGULATING THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW.

REPORT OF COMMITTEE OF RHODE ISLAND LEGISLATURE,
MADE AT NEWPORT JUNE 15, 1870.

The committee,* at the first of its several meetings, (which have taken
place at Providence, Tiverton, Seconnet, Newport, and Narragansett
Pier,) chose Francis Brinley, of Newport, chairman. They found it ne-
cessary to obtain the services of a secretary who should aid them in
recording the testimony of witnesses examined by them, and J. Talbot
Pitman, esq., of Providence, consented to act in that capacity. The
duties have been performed by him with accuracy and to the great sat-
isfaction of the committee.

The process of oral examination was so exceedingly slow and tedious
that the committee were soon convinced of the impracticability of con-
tinuing it if their labors were to terminate in season to report at the
May session, and a series of eighty-two interrogatories was prepared,
with printed instructions, (copies of which are annexed,) and widely dis-
tributed. The chairman has received prompt, Sworn answers from many
persons. As was anticipated, the statements are somewhat contradict-
ory, and in some particulars utterly irreconcilable. These numerous
documents have been carefully examined and considered by the com-
mittee with an anxious desire to get at the truth. It should always be
borne in mind that the fisheries have, from the time of the charter of
Charles II down to this present time, been considered deserving of re-
cognition and special regard. The right of fishing belonged to each
individual, and he could not and ought not to use it so as to infringe
upon or destroy the right of arother. Now, it is the alleged violation of
this individual right, “and of acommon but sound principle of law as
well as of morals, by the introduction of trap-fishing, that the people on
the inland waters of the State complain.

The oral and written testimony laid before the committee, establishes
the fact that whereas scup were formerly abundant in the waters of
Narragansett Bay, and constituted a cheap and nutritious article of
food to the inhabitants, readily found and easily caught, they have
gradually left these waters, until they are quite abandoned by this
species of fish, and partially so by other species.

To what cause shall this change be ascribed? The opinion is very
gener ally expressed by witnesses, that it is owing to the interception of

fish by the various traps and nets which are scattered in their way, so
that some of the deponents entertain a belief that they will soon be
utterly exterminated.

In this connection let us advert to the deposition of Mr. C. H. Bassett,

* The first p: art of the report is omitted as s consisting of general considerations on the
subject in the way of statistics, &c.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 105

of Barrington, a very intelligent man. In answer tointerrogatory 38, he
says, “IT have caught scup both side of Stone Bridge. These fish spawn
in this bay; the fish caught in Kickamuit River had never been out of
that river; they were spawned there, and if not disturbed would have
returned there the next spring, as sure as the bird comes back to its old
haunt.” In answer to question 58, he adds, ‘‘ My opinion is, these fish
follow along the coast and would fill all the bays and rivers, where no
obstruction was placed; as a drove of cattle going along the road will
come into your fields if the bars are down, so these fish in their migra

tion would fill our bay were it not for the traps.” <A portion of his
answer to question 80 is, ‘ For a fortnight past I have fished nearly every
morning for two or three hours on Barrington Bridge, and have conversed
with a great many carpenters, shoemakers, and other workmen who come
to the bridge to catch a few tautog, if possible, for a dinner before going
to their day’s work; they say formerly they were able (when scup and
fish were plenty) to come down here and catch all the fish they wanted
before they went to their day’s work. They all tell one story. Before
traps were allowed, there were plenty of fish; could catch enough in
half an hour. One very intelligent man thought it made one hundred
dollars difference i in the cost of living to those persons living on the

shore and in the small towns on the bay, and, from my own experience,
I have no doubt there are a thousand persons living near the shore to
to whom it would make this difference, amounting to a loss to them
amounting to one hundred thousand dollars each year, the loss in the
high price of fish in Providence market not being taken into account.”

It was in evidence that such vast amounts of scup were sent to New
York, Philadelphia, &¢., that the increased catch did not reduce the
price for home consumption. Mr. Bassett, in his answer to the 50th
question, states that “in former years Providence market was almost
wholly supplied with fish from the bay. The bay and river was a vast
reservoir from which we took out fresh fish from day to day, as we
wished. Iremember seeing a fisherman salting down a car-load of blue-
fish, because all he could get offered was one and a half cents per pound.
A fish he was then glad to sell for twenty cents would to-day sell for
$1 25. Under the hook-and-line system, we had scup from five to six
months in the year at a very low price; now we get scuppaug for about
fourteen days, and stale at that; when the fish were allowed to come in
the bay, we had them near the city, and they came to our market ‘live
and kicking.’ Under the present destructive system of trapping, not
only is all our summer supply sent off, but the fish not being allowed to
spawn, the natural increase is cut off.’ According to the testimony of
Daniel L. Church, of Portsmouth, “up to noon of this 16th day of May,
1870, between nine and ten thousand barrels of scup, and about three
hundred barrels of other fish, including fifty barrels of striped mackerel,
have been caught between B renton’s Reef and here, (Seconnet,) and
about two-thirds of this whole catch have been caught at Seconnet
Point.”

The searcity of fish in the bay has by some witnesses been attributed
to the impurity of the water arising from deleterious water poured into
the bay from Taunton, Fall, and Providence Rivers, and other sources,
where the residue of ’chemic: us, &¢., is permitted to mingle with the
pure waters of the ocean. On this point, as on others, the evidence is
very inconclusive and contradictory. In certain localities doubtless the
waters are impure; but the pollution does not extend so far by any
means as some persons in all honesty contend.

Mr. Bassett, in his answer to interrogatory 57, says, ‘As to the im-

106 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

purity of the water, Barrington River was always famous scup-ground;
Kickamuit River the same. I cannot find a person who knows of any
impurities in those waters that were not there fifty years ago; but no
scup are how caught there to-day, and with the tide ebbing and flowing
twice every day, the impurities falling into the bay are hardly more
noticeable than a drop of ink into a hogshead of water.”

Scarcity of food has been assigned as a reason why fish are not so
numerous in the bay and rivers as heretofore. Again opinions differ,
some persons believing there is no want of food, and others affirming
its scarcity. In the opinion of your committee, the preponderance of
evidence is that there is an abundant supply.

Mr. Bassett, in reply to question 57, says, ‘‘ My opinion as to scarcity
of food is, that there is the same amount as formerly; some have said
muscles are scarce; on this point I can say, in the spring of 1863 I lived
at the head of Bullock’s Cove, and two or three mornings of the week
went on to the muscle-bed off Nayatt or Bullock’s Points, carrying a
pair of rakes, and always pulled up,all the muscles we w anted ; they
were so plentiful on Bullock’s Point that a man in my employ, at n very
low tide, shoveled into a sea-weed scow as many as two horses could
draw, and put them into the manure heap.”

In answer to the 80th interrogatory, Mr. Bassett says, *‘ This trapping
has destroyed a business which formerly was followed by many of our
citizens. Ido not know a man in the city of Providence who now fol-
lows fishing for a living, and for this reason: I think fish are so searce
in the bay they could not make a living. Boat-building was formerly
carried on here by six or seven different concerns. Ll know of but two
now, who build a few boats. All the business formerly connected with
down the river boating-parties has been broken up, and our citizens go
down to Maine or other places for fishing.”

This witness presents the view which, in general, is that of the hook-
and-line fishermen. In juxtaposition, the committee propose to place
the evidence of Benjamin Tallman, of Portsmouth, well known as a
fisherman of very great experience, and who may be considered as the
inventor of trap- fishing. His examination by the committee was thor-
ough and protracted. His oral reply to the 5th printed interrogatory
was as follows: ‘The proportion of tautog to scup is very small. 1 don’t
suppose that the average of each trap would amount to four hundred
pounds the whole season. In 1867, in nine days, I got $18,000; IL have
six traps; had three traps on one line; employed twenty-seven men on
these three traps and twenty-seven on the other three; couldn’t tell
how many barrels; sold them at about $2 per barrel ; should think
about 10,000 barrels ; got one morning $3,000 before break ‘ast. In 1868
did nothing. I had nine gangs, and expected to have got $30,000, but
did not get over $6,000. The reason was it was owing to the northeast
winds; cold storm all the time; kept the nee off the shore in deeper
waters. In 1869 had six traps and six gangs; took about $6,000.
Horse mackerel came along about the 25th of May; the price averaged

2 per barrel; some sold for $1 and some for $3.”

As to the number of traps, he stated, ‘There are nine setting-places,
eight for double gangs and one for single gang, at Seconnet, Point ;
there are three set further south than usual this year. There are sev-
enteen gangs, of about ten men each, including the cook. At the Flints,
on Sachuest Point, there are six cangs, having fifty-six men, between
Sachuest Point and Baston’s Point. Three sat Gooseberry Island; one
belongs at Newport, one at Tiverton, and one at Portsmouth. East of
Brenton’s Reef, single gang. Two traps at the Wash-Bowl, west of

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 107
Brenton’ s Reef; one owned at Newport and one at Portsmouth. There
used to be one at Castle Hill—whether now there or not 1 eannot tell—
small one. On west side of Conanicut, north of Beavertail, there is a
trap owned by Gladding, as I understand ; took three hundred pounds
of menhaden yesterday there. Sometimes a trap is set this side and
north of Point Judith, in pleasant weather; but not much is done with
it.”

That an approximate estimate may be made as to the cost of these
traps and necessary apparatus, the committee refer to the following
statements of Mr. Tallman. In answer to the 8th printed inter rogatory
he stated that “it takes about four hundred and fifty pounds of twine
to make a trap, for the trap part alone; that’s the average for an aver-
age sized trap. The leader about two hundred fathoms long; that’s
the average of the leader at Seconnet Point; weight about six hundred
pounds. We have a purse-seire used a year and then made into a
leader. Twine costs now about $1 per pound; some is over that; most
of the twine costs $1 15 down to 85 cents; worth about half-price when
used as a leader. Asa general thing, we use new twine for the trap
and pound. Cables cost about $6 apiece ; use ten for a trap; ten an-
chors to a trap, costing $15 each, and w orth that. Cables would last
two years good. Think the best way is to have a new cable ; cable after
being used one year would be worth $2. Three little boats (14 feet
long) to each gang, and worth $65 apiece, new; they will last about six
years; depends upon where you use them, somewhat. Two lar ge boats
(30 feet keel) to carry fish to vessel, to a gang. Boats worth $1,400
each will last ten years; could be used for other purposes. There are
two boats (19 feet keel) toa gang, which are used to carry out the an-
chor-warps, set the traps, &c., cost about $165 each; these boats are
also used for menhaden-fishing. New twine Eek into traps and taken
good care of, would be good for another year.’

To the th and 12th printed interrogatories, he answers that “ there
is a law among the trappers at Seconnet Point that no leader shall be
more than two hundred fathoms; the leaders come out in a line ten
fathoms beyond the one above it. At the Flints, the leader is five hun-
dred fathoms from the beach, but the one on the Point is seventy-five
fathoms. On the five hundred fathom leader three traps are set; on the
one at the Point only one trap is set. The trap is about twenty-eight
fathoms wide, so that a trap set in seven fathoms of water would be
about fourteen fathoms across ; the length is about thirty-four fathoms.”

In regard to the diminished number of fish, Mr. ela testifies, in
reply to printed interrogatories 23 and 24, that ! ‘sea-bass are not so
plenty as fifteen years ago; then they were worth three cents per pound,
and the same now. Tautog same price as fifteen years ago, three cents
per pound. With the exception of scup, prices are the same. Scup are
three times the price they were then. The first thing we did forty-five
years ago, if we saw scup, we used to pull up the nets when fishing for
menhaden and let them go, for fear they would cut the seine to pieces.
Ten years after, we sold them at ten cents per barrel, for manure. Ten
years after, we began to send fish to New York, packed in ice, and they
were then sold for twenty-five cents per barrel. Not more than two
vessel engaged in the business. Most of them used for manure were
sold at about sixteen cents per barrel. About twenty years ago you
could buy aS many as you wanted for sixteen cents. About twelve
years ago the price would aver ‘age for shipping fish, fifty cents per bar-
rel. Not more than one-fifth was used for food. Those sold for manure
brought about twenty cents per barrel. No seup have been sold and
used for manure for about eight years, to my knowledge. The price

108 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

then would average about one dollar per barrel, I should think. The
price has been constantly and gradually increasing ever since; the
average price last year was about two dollars a barrel; they have
brought $4 50 per barrel. The price has been increased in consequence
of increased demand and scarcity of fish, together with the facility of
carrying them to market. I have seen seventy vessels taking in fish
and waiting their turn, twelve loading at one time, at Seconnet Point.”
To the 25th interrog ratory ,he says, ‘ I should think that about three thou-
sand barrels of seup were carried to Providence. I should say not over
one-fifth of the takings were used in the State for food, for the last three
years.” ‘“‘Scup,” he says, in answer to interrogatory AMG ‘““were caught
above Stone Bridge in 1825 and afterward. In the yez ar 1823, or there-
abouts, they were caught at Church’s Cove. That is about the first
seining that was done about Seconnet Point. From 1825 to 1845 any
quantity of scup were caught; after that they did not so many come up
the river as formerly.”

Mr. Tallman is of opinion that if these methods of taking fish were
disused, the market would not be better or fish more plenty, because
the fish the trappers take would not have stopped in the bay; all the
impurities of the waters at Fall River, Providence, &e., deleteriously
affect the fish.

These two deponents may be said to fairly represent the opinions and
convictions of the hook-and-line men on the one hand and of the trap-
pists on the other. It will not ese ape observation that they agree on
two important points: jirst, that there has been a gradual diminution
of the number of fish entering the bay or river; secondly, that fish are
not as cheap as formerly. They differ as to the cause of the decrease,
but it must be admitted as a fact that contemporaneous with the intro-
duction of traps was a decrease of fish. In this connection we may use
the language of Professor Greene in his speech before the general
assein bly last winter: “Is it not an accepted prine iple of philosophical
investigation that where two facts follow each other in this close order
of sequence, they bear to each other the relation of cause and effect?
Does the severest logic demand any other test than that the cause
should be adequate, the effect evident? Is it not to reasoning like this
that we are indebted for all that we know of the laws of animal and
vegetable life? What is theory but the generalization of phenomena,
and what do we require of these phenomena but that they should bear
the most rigorous investigation? That investigation, in questions like
this, is experiment. If the theory be just, the experiments will confirm
it. If the theory be false, the experiments will reveal the falsehoods.
And here,” he ¢ continued, ‘+ Hi might rest my argument, for all that we ask
is, that this question, so important to every citizen of Rhode Island,
should be brought to the test of experiment.”

This report had reached this point, when the chairman received a
copy of the Yarmouth Register of May 27, in which there is a speech
made by Mr. Atwood, of the Massachusetts senate, on the 19th of April
last, in relation to the petitions for the prohibition of net and seine
fishing on the coast of that State. Mr. Atwood was opposed to any
prohibitory legislation, because he had not any apprehension that the
fisheries could be exhausted ; that fish were migratory, or rather not
permanently local; they sometimes have a locality, and, after the lapse
of years, reappee ar; that therefore the disappearance of fish of any kind
is not proof of their exhaustion, but merely of absence. Mr. Atwood
states, ‘The seup that has been so abundant for many years south of
Cape Cod extends to Florida, and is caught in great numbers along the
coast. It finds a ready sale in New York, and other markets, but in

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 109

Boston market it is not known as a marketable species, and is seldom
seen there. Only a few straggling specimens venture into the colder
waters north of Cape Cod. Witnesses stated before the committee that
they had a tradition informing them that scup first appeared in Buz-
zard’s Bay in 1793.” If it be true that scup will avoid the colder water
north of Cape Cod, the force of the arguinent that if they are not taken at
Seeconnet Point they will keep on eastward, and then be taken by the
fishermen of Massachusetts, is essentially impaired.

It must not be overlooked that Mr. Atwood in his speech has in mind
the fisheries of the coast of Massachusetts, and not of Rhode Island;
besides, he was relieved from constitutional secruple, inasmuch as there
is no constitutional provision in Massachusetts as in this State in refer-
ence to the right of fishing, the intent and design of which he could not
disregard. It may be, therefore, that he is warranted in his belief that
in Massachusetts there is no necessity for the passage of any general
legislative act for the protection and regulation of the sea fish and fish-
eries ; but it does not follow that there is no necessity for such action
in Rhode Island. Finally, he makes this admission: ‘If fish have dim-
inished in any of the small arms of the sea, [ should have no objection
to the passage of a local act, provided it did not interfere with the
rights of others.”

‘Now, as the testimony is ample and conelusive that seup and other
bottom fish have diminished in the rivers and bay and arms of the sea of
Rhode Island since the introduction of trap-fishing, it appears to the com-
mittee that some legislative restraint, as to the use of new instrumentali-
ties for fishing, which impair or destroy individual rights, should be pro-
vided and enforced. The grave and complex question, how to adjust that
restraint, has been most anxiously and carefully considered by the
committee.

The boats, anchors, traps, and other apparatus required for the prose-
cution of trap-fishing are of heavy cost; some or all of these articles
and materials could be used for various useful purposes, if trapping was
prohibited. But this great interest should not be stricken down at
once. Care must be taken, however, that in seeking for the reasonable
preservation of that interest, the claims of another and large portion of
the people should not be disregarded. Mechanics and other respectable
persons who, by a cast of the hook and line, could, without interfering
with their regular duties and employments, add a dish to their frugal
tables, have not now the same chance as heretofore. It was in evidence
that in certain localities boat-building was quite abandoned; that
parties did not visit Narragansett Pier, Stone Bridge, and other water-
ing places, or soon left them, because the attraction of good fishing was
wanting; and that this was attended by the depreciation of real and
other property.

After a careful and anxious investigation of the subject, the committee
have come to the unanimous conclusion to recommend that the use of
all traps and heart-seines, and other contrivances for catching fish, not
including pike-nets, shore or purse seines, be prohibited in all the waters
of Rhode Island northerly of a line drawn from the southerly point of
the rocks at Brenton’s Reef, to the southerly point of Point Judith, and
north of the Stone Bridge at Howland’s Ferry.

FRANCIS BRINLE x
JOSEPH OSBORN,
JOSEPH W. SWEET,
HENRY T. GRANT,
JABEZ W. MOWRY,
NEWPORT, June 15, 1870. Committee.

110 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The committee recommend the passage of the following act:
STATE OF RHODE ISLAND AND PROVIDENCE PLANTATIONS.

January session, A. D. 1871.
AN ACT to prohibit trap and heart-seining of fish in the waters of Narragansett Bay.

It is enacted by the general assembly as follows :

SECTION 1. No trap, heart-seine, or other contrivance of any kind or
description, other than pike-nets, purse-seines, shore-seines, scoop or hand-
nets, and hook and line for catching fish, shall be set or drawn in any
of the waters within the jurisdiction of the State, northerly of a line
drawn from the southerly point of the rocks at Brenton’s Reef, to the
southernmost point of Point Judith, and north of the Stone Bridge at
Howland’s Ferry.

Sec. 2. That each and every person who shall be or shall have been
engaged in setting or drawing any trap or other contrivance prohibited
by the first section, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall
pay a fine of not less than fifty or more than three hundred dollars for
the first offense, and for the second and every subsequent offense he
shall be fined a sum of not less than five hundred nor more than one
thousand dollars, and shall be imprisoned for not less than one month
nor more than one year.

Sec. 3. That all and every the nets or other contrivances, apparatus,
boats, and vessels of persons willfully and knowingly engaged or em-
ployed in violating the provisions of said first section, or in carrying off
the fish so caught, shall be forfeited upon. being condemned, as herein-
after provided, to and for the uses hereinafter provided.

Sec. 4. Complaint shall be made, or an information filed under oath
or affirmation, by the mayor or city marshal of any city, the president
of the town council, or any town sergeant, the sheriff and his deputies,
and the city or town constables, whenever either of said officers has
knowledge of the violation of the first section of this act within his jur-
isdiction, if no other complaint or information shall have been made or
information filed against the same property for the same violation of
said first section; and may make such complaint or file such informa-
tion when the alleged violation has been committed in any place therein
forbidden, and any such complaint or information shall set forth that
the complainant or informant has reason to believe, or does believe, that
the traps or other contrivances, apparatus, boats, and vessels, which
shall be described as nearly as may be in such complaint or information,
are being used, or have been used, engaged, or employed in violating
the provisions of said first section, before any court of competent juris-
diction, and such proceedings shall be had therein as by law is pre-
scribed for protection of personal property under the penal statutes.

Suc. 5. That any of the officers named in the fourth section may,
without a warrant, seize and detain any traps and other property men.
tioned in the second section, found in use or engaged in violating the
provisions, or which he has good reason to believe, and does believe, has
been so used or employed, and shall convey the same to some proper
place of security, and there to keep the same until said traps and other
property mentioned in section second can be proceeded against as pro-
vided in the next preceding section ; and upon said seizure the said com-
plaint or information shall be made or filed within sixty hours after said
property has been seized and secured as aforesaid; and when said inform-
ation shall be filed in the office of the clerk of the court of common pleas
within and for the county within which the said violation is alleged to-

“This bill failed to become a law.—S. F. B.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. Lit

be made, as provided in chapter 225, section 15, of the Revised Stat-
utes, said clerk shall issue a warrant under his hand and the seal of
said court, returnable at the term of said court to be held next after
the expiration of twenty-one days from the time of filing said informa-
tion, as provided in section sixteen of the last-mentioned chapter, and
said clerk shall immediately issue notice of said information, as is pro-
vided in section seventeen of said chapter.

Sec. 6. Upon entry of judgment of forfeiture against said property
so complained of or eee the court, before whom the complaint or in-
formation shall be tried, shall enter up judgment that the same are for-
feited to the State, which judgment shall be the judgment from which
any appeal must be taken.

Sec. 7. Upon final judgment of forfeiture against such property,
either in the original or appellate court, or upon forfeiture of claim-
ant’s recognizance to prosecute his appeal according to law, the court
shall forthwith issue to the officer having such forfeited property in cus-
tody, or to some other proper officer, an order in writing directing him
to sell the same at public auction, and pay the proceeds thereof into

said court, and every such officer shall execute said orders and shall re-
turn the same with his doings thereon indorsed to said court within
such time as said court shall direct.

Src. 8. Whenever in such proceedings for forfeiture it shall appear
to the court that there has been any irregularity in the service of any
process issuing upon the complaint or information, or any omission to
publish the notices required, or any defect or omission in the complaint
or information or other proceedings, the court may permit the same to
be amended, and direct such further service of process or publication
of notice, as will, in the judgment of such court, be most effectual.

SEc. 9. No officer complaining or informing as aforesaid shall be re-
quired at the time of making such complaint to enter into recognizance,
or in any way to become liable for the costs that may accrue thereon, or
for any damages on account of such seizure, unless it be proved to the
court that the complaint was made maliciously, and without good cause.

SEc. 10. All fines recovered, and proceeds of forfeiture made under
this act, shall inure one-half to the State, to be applied for the purpose
of protecting the fish in our waters, and the other half to the complain-
ant.

Sec. 11. Any person convicted of any offense under the second see-
tion of this act may appeal from the sentence of the court to the appel-
late court then or next sitting: Provided, Such appeal be prayed for at
the time of passing sentence.

SEc. 12. Upon such prayer of appeal, the appellant shall be required
to give recognizance in the sum of hundred dollars, with good
and sufficient sureties, In every case so appealed, with condition that he
will file his reasons of appeal, together with a copy of the case, in the
court appealed to, on or before the expiration of ten days after the date
of said prayer, if sitting, if not, in the office of the clerk thereof, that
he will appear before said court, and there prosecute his appeal with
effect, and abide and perform the order or sentence of said court in said
case, and that he will not, during the pendency of said appeal, violate
the provisions of said second section, which said recognizance such
court shall forthwith certify to said appellate court.

SEc. 13. Any person interfering with, obstructing, or resisting any
officer in the performance of the duties herein prescribed, upon convic-
tion, shall be punished as provided in the eighth section of chapter 211
of the Revised Statutes.

SEC. 14. This act shall take effect from and after its passage.

112 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ON THE POSSIBLE EXHAUSTION OF SEA-FISHERIES.

BY THEODORE LYMAN, MASSACHUSETTS COMMISSIONER OF INLAND
FISHERIES.

[From the sixth report of the commissioner, 1872. ]

Turn now the inquiry from river fishes to those that inhabit salt water
only ; and take a representative. The scup belongs to Rimbaud’s di-
vision of ** white fishes,” (poisson blanc,) that is to say, those which re-
treat in cold weather to the off-shore depths, and return with the warm
weather to the shallow water close to the coast. Of this group no rep-
resentative has been more abundant on the south shore of Cape Cod
than the scup. Early in May they used to make their entry into all the
bays and fiords in great multitudes. Their route is not so well made
out as it should be, “but, according to the best observations, they make
their advance through ‘the gap, about fifty miles wide, between Mon-
tauk Point on the west and Gay Head on the east. Where they come
Jrom is a more difficult question; for the species is plenty as far south
as Georgia,* and nobody can say how far south the Vineyard Sound
scup retire during the winter. It has been guessed that they go to the
edge of the Gulf Stream; and this is as good as any other good guess.
The same remarks apply to our shad, which come round Montauk Point,
and thence, according to the fisherman’s belief,t oblique westward to
enter Connecticut River. It is the received opinion that the seup, as
they near the shore, ‘fan out” to the northward and eastward, filling
Narragansett and Buzzard’s B 3ays and Vineyard Sound. J. N. Luce, a
very intelligent observer, testified, at the legislative hearing of 1870, that
scup appeared first at the west end of the Vineyard, and coasted its
northern shore, passing into the tidal ponds in succession, beginning
with Menemsha Bight, (see plate 1,) and continuing eastward. The big
fish, some W eighing two pounds, were in-shore, and the smaller ones out
in deeper rater. They appeared first at Gay Head between April 2:
and May 10, and then were full of spawn, but, by the end of June, all
the females were shotten; and in August, the tidal ponds were crowded
with the young. The first frost was a sig onal for old and young to leave
these ponds ; the latter in such vast numbers that whole windrows of them
were sometimes thrown back on shore by the surf. Of these big seup in
the salt ponds, he had seen none since 1865, and he noted a diminution,
beginning at the easi end of the island, as soon as pounds were set in
the neighborhood, whence he argued that in their passage eastward they
got completely eut off before reaching the extremity.

The scup arrive near Newport from the 10th to the 12th of May; at
this season they push their way slowly, sometimes making no more than
four miles in a day. They then are said to be ** numb,” and are thought
to be blind. The origin of these absurd notions is the fact that they are
full of spawn, and are feeling their way cautiously, like most fishes in
like circumstances ; moreover, the temperature of the water variously
affects their movements. When a cold northeaster blows, they hold
more in deep water, to the great loss of the trappers. Their mode of en-
tering Narragansett Bay was a subject of dispute. Some of the Saug-
konnet trappers, whose interest it was to show that they took the scup
coming out of the bay, maintained that the fish entered by the west pas-

* Holbrook, p. 175, pl. xxv, Fig. ifs rs
t Report for 1867, pp. 8, 12, 49.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. PES

sage, past Point Judith, passed round the north end or across the south
end, and coming down’ the ‘east passage, fell into the traps,* whose
mouths were alw ays set to the north. The hook-and-line men, however,

averred that the scup pushed up both passages at once, and in the mid.
dle also, and those that were taken atSaugkonnet were hugging the shore
and got set into the traps by the tide. Both views may be correct; but
the second one doubtless is, because the singular inroad of young scup,
which took place this year, and which will presently be spoken of, “struck
first at Saugkonnet and afterward at Beavertail. It is usually thought
that no scup came in through Muskeget Channel, but this, like the rest
of the theory, is not well proved. The first specimen was ‘taken at Wa-
quoit, this season, as early as April 25, and the greatest numbers taken
were on May 10 and 13. The season was peculiarly early, and the first
“run” near Newport was on May 3, which would bea week’s difference
between these points, not enough, perhaps, for the slow scup to move

so far. The dates for appearance "for past years, (table,) suggest that
the fish of that part of the coast must strike in through Muskeget
Channel.

Within a few seasons, a great change has come over the numbers and
movements of the scup. In bays and salt ponds they have become
nearly extinct; while in the great channels and near the mouths of the
bays they still are found in considerable though diminished quantities,
Witnesses disagree as to the exact time when scup began to fall off; in-
deed, it is not pr robable that they diminished uniformly and in all places
at once. Some aver that a falling off was to be noticed only four or
five years after the firsS traps were set, which would make the year
1850. But most of the testimony goes to show that it was between 1856
and 1866. Certainly in 1860 scup were still plenty at Point Gammon
and in Lewis’s Bay, near Hyannis. [our causes are alleged for this
diminution: 1. Impurities in the water. 2. Want of food. 3. Traps.
4, Blue-fish. As to the first, although gravely put forward by certain
witnesses, it is too absurd to be fora moment entertained. The idea of
poisoning all the waters of Buzzard’s and Narragansett Bays by a few
mills and print-works near Providence, Greenwich, and Fall River, is
ludicrous in itself; and it is moreover well known that live fish are
found in plenty in close proximity to these very manufactories, and that
live clams lie directly in the track of the drainage of petroleum works. +
As to want of food, it was stated that the five- fingers (Asterias) had
destroyed certain oreat muscle-beds, which were feeding grounds. But
the dredgings of Professor Baird, during the present season, have
shown, not only that there are vast muscle-beds still existing, but that
the tautog were no more plenty there than elsewhere; and, moreover,
the sea-water was everywhere full of the salpe, fish-eggs, minute crust-
acea, jelly-fishes, and small worms which are usually found in such
localities. The real perplexities of the question are to be found when
the effects of traps and of blue-fish come to be considered. The traps
can diminish scup in the way they have been diminished, only under
certain conditions, to wit: (a,) all the scup must stand in between
Montauk Point and Gay Head; because any that advanced through
Muskeget Channel would nowhere find enough traps to interfere much

*A trap is a simplified weir. The bowl is merely an oblong, rectangular pen, of
large size, and the fish would immediately escape, did not the fishermen, as soon as a
school had entered, pull up the net bottom and shut them in. A trap, therefore,
requires constantly to be watched. This modification of the Madrague is said to be
the invention of Benjamin Tallman.

t See also Report of Massachusetts Commissioners for 1855, pp. 18 and 53.

S. Mis. 61 8

114 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

with them between Waquoit and Monomoy Point, and therefore they
would have continued abundant within these limits, while they would
have grown scarce in Vineyard Sound and in the two great bays; (b,)
all, or nearly all, the fish must, as they come in, crowd toward the shore
at certain points, and must pass within 1,200 feet of it, because that is
the usual length of the trap-leader; (¢,) all, or nearly all, these scup
must be captured before they have spawned, otherwise the race would
be abundantly continued, despite the capture of the parents. Hach
of these conditions is fulfilled, according to the opponents of traps.

The seup, they say, do all stand in as indicated above; they are full
of spawn; and they encounter a different pressure and a varying tem-
perature, which render them slow and lethargic ; and, in this condition,
they are swept by tides and eddies against certain points of the shore,
or of themselves seek the sunshine in protected nooks and bays, where
they are captured by hundreds and thousands of barrels. If, on the
contrary, they were let alone, they would soon cast their spawn and
then would spread far and wide, as a bottom fish, greedily taking the
hook. Under the present system, vast quantities of gravid fish are
thrown on the market in May, but in the summer and early autumn it
is hard to get any. The trappers admit the chiet facts, thongh not the
inference. They agree that the scup come in altogether between the
Vineyard and Montauk Point; that they are “numb” and full of spawn
at that time, and that during warm spells they stand close in, often
seeking quiet coves; while, in cold, easterly weather, they keep off in
deeper water. They admit, further, that the quantity taken is very
great,* but maintain it is but a small proportion of the whole. They
are lame in two ways; in the first place, they could give no reasons,
that were tenable, for a diminution they fully admitted. In the second,
they were usually very shy about giving any testimony at all before the
Rhode Island committee. Nevertheless, it does not follow that they
have the wrong of it. The question must be answered by a collection
and a comparison of facts. It is clear that the scup approaches the
shore in a way differing from that of the alewife, a hardy, active fish,
which does not spawn till later, and then in fresh ponds. It may there-
fore be that scup will fall en masse into a trap, which alewives would
under certain circumstances avoid, as has been nearly proved in the
case of the Waquoit weir.

The blue-fish theory is an old one, but new in its application to scup.
Mackerel and menhaden are, as is well known, driven away by them,
but it has always been maintained that scup were too spiny to be a
favorite food, and practically were let alone in favor ot fatter and less
bony prey. The witnesses in the Massachusetts and the Rhode Island
investigation were unanimous in their assertion that a seup in the stom-
ach of a blue-fish was a very rare thing; Professor Baird, however, has
found many scup in their maw. It is true that these were usually from
scup-traps, and the blue-fish may have attacked them simply because
they were the only prey at hand. On the whole, it will be perhaps
pretty near the truth to say that, although the blue-fish blindly destroys
almost everything that comes in his way, his main food is the soft fishes
and mollusks, such as menhaden, mackerel, alewives, and squid. Seup
were abundant when the whites first visted the country, certainly from
1621 to 1642. At some time after this, not yet ascertained, they disap-

*In 1867, six traps at Saugkonnet Point took 10,000 barrels of scup, Next year,
however, by reason of bad weather, they got only about a third as many for the whole
season.—(B. Tallman.) In 1870, about 6,000 barrels of seup were taken by the Saug-
konnet Point traps before May 16.—(D. Church.)

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. TRS

peared wholly, and, toward the end of the last century, were not known
in our waters. About 1794 they reappeared, and became abundant. In
1864 they decreased very much, and are at present comparatively scarce.
If now the blue-fish are the cause of scarcity, there ought to be some
correspondence in their dates of appearance and of disappearance. They
were plenty near Nantucket from 1659 to 1764, when they suddenly and
totally disappeared, to reappear in 1830. Now it would seem that seup
did not reappear till thirty years after the blue-fish went away, to wit,
in 1794, and when the blue-fish came back in 1630, they found scup
abundant, and lived side by side with them for thirty years, before the
latter began decidedly to decrease. It is hardly in accordance with
what is seen in nature, to suppose that a cause so active would take so
long to act, or that, when it ceased to act, so long a time would be
needed to restore the original state of things. And now, in the midst
of this theorizing and seeking for evidence, rises a phenomenon which
puzzles both parties to the dispute. About the Ist of June of this year
(1871) those trappers at Saugkonnet Point, who had kept their netting
down until that time, were astounded to find their traps clogged with
myriads of *¢ dollar-scup,” little fish about the size of a Spanish dollar.
They were tipped out of the bowls by hundreds of barrelsful. This
swarm struck first at Saugkonnet, then at Beaver Tail; and thence appa-
rently itslowly worked up the bay, so thatin July these little scup were
schooling round the wharves of Greenwich and Providence. In August
they were still among the shallows, and were plentiful in the more east-
ern waters, at the extreme head of Buzzard’s Bay, and in the neighbor-
hood of Hyannis.
The weir-owner at Wood’s Hole had had his nets established for seven
seasons, but had never before witnessed this spectacle; and the same
sort of evidence was given by other weir men. Benjamin Tallman, in
his testimony, already cited, speaks ofa large quantity of such little seup
taken by a seine in 1864; and of another considerable batch brought up
from deep water in a purse-seine, about 1855. It is to be observed that
this invasion is nothing but an abundant “late run” of yearling fish,
coming in its due season. The army of scup advancing to its spawning-
grounds in May is preceded by a few skirmishers, and is in two or three
divisions, of which the first is usually the most numerous, and contains
the oldest fish; at an interval of perhaps two weeks there follows the
second, and then the third, whieh is usually fewer in numbers and of
smaller individuals. Sometimes, and in some places, the great and the
smaller scup come mixed together, and the “runs” are not well defined.
As with most schooling fishes, the young seup doubtless come last; and
the phenomenon of this year’s run had two peculis irities; first, it is more
abundant by many hundred-fold than anything that has been seen since
a dozen or fifteen years ago, when all the shallow S, in midsummer, were
full of these little yearlings : second, instead of following the deep chan-
nels at the mouth of the bay, the swarm struck directly to the coast on
entering, and fell into the "traps and weirs which chiefly are there
set. This last is, to be sure, an hypothesis, but will be useful as a
guide to future investigation. Mr. Luce, in his testimony, stated that
the big scup coasted the shore of the Vineyard, while the smaller ones
moved outside, in deeper water. In other words, the spawning fish
sought their grounds, while those that spawned later, or that were too
young to spawn at all, kept in the offing. The yearlings (assuming that
they do not carry spawn) would come in and spread over the warm shal-
lows simply to seek food ; and this, also, the old fish do a/ter they have
cast their spawn; only they spread out in deeper water, where

116 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

they remain tiil the first frosts warn them to depart from the coast.
Should such a view of their movements prove the correct one, the
invasion of ‘dollar-scup” would simply be a normal movement of
yearlings, which, owing to unusual warmth of water, or for some
other reason, struck the first points of land on entering Narra-
gansett Bay, instead of holding to the main central channels. The
question would be narrowed down to accounting for their vast num-
bers, so sudden and so unwonted. The anti-trap men jumped to the con-
clusion that these little fishes were the progeny of this year’s (1871) hatch;
and accounted for the abundance by the very early appearance of the
breeding-fish, which stood in by the last of April, whereas they usually
do not appear till the 10th or the 12th of May. Consequently the trappers
had not generally their lint on, and the first run, in good measure,
escaped capture. But the “ dollar-scup” were last year’s (1870) hatch
and not this year’s, which, on the Ist of June, would not be larger than
a squash-seed. ‘Che theory would properly account for an abundance of
this year’s hatch; and, as a fact, the little scup, two or three months oid,
might be seen in great numbers during August, feeding close to the
shore. If, next year, (1872,) there should be a great run of two-year-
olds, (hatch of 1870,) and if this run should spread over all the bays, and
should be taken by hook and line during the entire season, as of yore,
then it might fairly be laid down that the traps were not the cause, or
not the chief cause, in the diminution of scup. In like manner it might
then be said, though with less force, that the blue-fish were not a chief
cause of the scarcity of scup; because, although blue-fish have notably
diminished these last three or five years, and therefore scup might prop-
erly increase, yet the decrease in blue-fish has neither been so great nor
so sudden as to warrant a sudden increase in scup, such as this would
be. And, if neither traps nor blue-fish can be convicted, it will only re-
main to say that the diminution has been one of those changes in the
numbers or the location of fishes, for which science can at present give
no reason.

That there has been a change of location as well as a diminution is
quite apparent; for whereas thousands of barrels are taken at Saug-
konnet Point, along the south part of Aquidneck and at Beaver Tail, in
the upper part of the bay they are nearly extinct. A change, too, there
has been in their stay, for whereas the tautog grounds all over the bay
were once so infested during the summer by scup that a hook could
scarcely be got to the bottom, now they are on the shores during a part
of May, and thereafter are seen no more. All this the anti-trap men
explain very simply, by asserting that the big seup are practically anni-
hilated each season by the traps, and that the supply is kept up only
by the spawn which is shot in deep water before they strike the coast.

The same line of observation and reasoning that has been applied to

scup, will, with little change, apply to tautog, rock-bass, striped bass,
and other ‘ white fishes ” and “ bottom fishes” whose decrease has been
complained of. Observations, conducted through several seasons, by
men of learning and impartiality, are the only means to real knowledge
in this perplexed question. If the governments of the States of Rhode
Island and Massachusetts have any forecast, they will see to it that such
observations be made.
In this slight sketch, based, as it needs must be, on scanty and im-
perfect information, I have avoided dogmatic statements and rounded
conclusions. I have tried to show the problem in all its crudeness, and
to point out, both directly and by implication, the great gaps which
must be filled before it can take on a scientific form.

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 0 Gy

FISHERIES ON THE COAST OF MASSACHUSETTS.

REMARKS OF MR. ATWOOD, OF THE CAPE DISTRICT, IN RELATION TO
THE PETITION TO PROHIBIT NET AND SEINE FISHERIES.

SENATE CHAMBER, April 19, 1870.

The report (leave to withdraw) on the petition of T. D. Eliot and
others, came up for acceptance by special assignment.

Mr. Hawes, of Bristol, arose and said that, as a large number of the
petitions asking for a prohibitory. fishery act came from his district, he
was not ready to vote until he could have some further explanation.

Mr. Atwood, of the Cape district, chairman of the committee on the
fisheries, arose and spoke at length, substantially as follows:

Mr. PRESIDENT: As so many petitions have been presented to this
legislature and referred to your committee on the fisheries, asking for
an act to prohibit certain modes of fishing now in use in the waters of
this commonwealth, I feel it to be a duty incumbent upon me, as a rep-
resentative of a district extensively engaged in this branch of industry,
to occupy some time in giving somewhat in detail the reasons why your
committee have unanimously reported leave to withdraw.

Early in this session, on the 12th of January, there was presented and
referred to the committee on the fisheries, the petition of Charles W.
Lovett, jr., and sixty-four others, claiming to be citizens and tax-payers
of this commonwealth, asking for an act to prevent the taking of certain
salt-water fish in weirs and pounds, and also that the taking of fish known
as Spanish mackerel, and striped or sea-bass, in any seine or net, may be
prohibited ; but that the same may be taken between the first day of
June and the first day of December, by hook and line only. On the fol-
lowing day the petition on T. D. Eliot and 1,225 others was presented
and referred, and subsequently a large number of petitions in aid of the
same, claiming that the practice of pound-fishing, trap-fishing, drag-sein-
ing, purse-seining, and gill-netting, is seriously and fatally prejudicial to
the production and increase of fish. They pray that the legislature will,
by suitable enactments, protect said fish and those of the community
interested in their continuance and production, from these novel and
improper modes of fishing. Also there has been presented and referred
a large number of remonstrances against the passage of any general pro-
hibitory act. For their number I refer senators to the printed report of
the committee.

Though the two first petitions were not in aid of each other, still they
were aiming to accomplish the same object, and they seemed to be in-
separably connected; so much so that your committee deemed it expe-
dient to hear the parties who would represent both at the same time.
Accordingly all the parties were notified, and the hearing was com-
menced on the 15th of February. No less than 18 sessions of the com-
mittee were given to these hearings, during which time many witnesses
testified, and very little was learned from the evidence that proved to
the committee that fish were being exhausted. Allagreed that the scup,
tautog, sea-bass, and striped bass had within a few years diminished in
Buzzard’s Bay ; but failed to show that over-fishing was the cause of
the diminution. Like the many fishermen that I know, the witnesses
were not well acquainted with the habits of fish. They study them no
further than they contribute to their pecuniary interest. At most they
possess only a local knowledge of the fish with which they come in con-
tact. They prosecute the fisheries for their support, and do not make

118 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the habits of fish a special study. Sir, if any other matter upon which
there were more than 11,000 names on the petitions and remonstrances
should come before the legislature, what would the committee expect? -
They would expect that experts and men acquainted with all the prac-
tical workings would come before them. An ordinary committee on
the fisheries might expect men to come before them on a subject of so
much importance as our sea-fisheries, that possessed a knowledge of the
geographical distribution, migrations, habits, food, time of depositing
their spawn, growth and dev elopment of their young, as far as it could
be known, and, besides, all the changes that have taken place during a
long series of years. That if certain species had diminished in Buzzard’s
Bay, from whatever cause, is there danger of the race being extermi-

nated? The fishes that inhabit our waters, and in their inigrations
visit our coast, differ widely from those that were upon our ‘fishing:
grounds when I first engaged in the fisheries.

Mr. President, allow me to lay aside the evidence before the commit-
tee, while I briefly allude to the changes that I have noticed during a
long life of practical experience in the fisheries.

Tecan go back to no earlier date than 1816, when I entered the fishing
boat and followed fishing as a business for a period of jifty-one years,
during which time there have been many changes. I shall speak of only
a few species. The scup that has been so abundant for many years south
of Cape Cod, extends to Florida, and is caught in great numbers along
the coast. It finds a ready sale in New York and other markets, but in
Boston market it is not known as a marketable species, and is seldom
seenthere. Onlyafew straggling specimens venture into the colder waters
north of Cape Cod. W itnesses stated before the committee that they
had a tradition informing them that scup first appeared in Buzzard’s
Bay in 1793. If so, I ask wasit then that they first came into existence,
or did they come from some other locality? I have been informed that
in examining the old shell-heaps that have been deposited by the abor-
igines of this country many years ago, the bones of this species have
been found, showing that they were here before this country was settled
by Europeans. If they were here at that time, is it to be supposed that
they were driven away by the Indians with their rude implements of
fishing? 2

When I first engaged in the fisheries, and for many years after, there
was a species of mackerel that annually visited our waters, known by
the name of Spanish mackerel, that were abundant. It was not the
species now called by that name. It was about two-thirds the size of a
common mackerel, known to science by the name of Scomber Dekayi.
(ixcuse me for using classic names, I do it for the reason that there
are so many local names for the same species, I fear that 1 may not be
understood by any who may be acquainted with ichthyological science.)
This species, although plentiful for many years, has long since disap-
peared, and I have not seen a single specimen for the last twenty years.
They disappeared long before a weir, trap, or pound was used in our Mas-
sachusetts waters. The cause of their le saving us isunknown. Weecan
assign no reason. There have also been great changes in our common
mackerel. While in some years they come to us in great abundance, in
other years they are comparatively scarce. In 1831, 385,559 barrels were
packed and inspected in this State, after which there was a falling off in
the catch, so much so that from 1859 to i844 the number of barrels
caught did not exceed 75,000 in any one year, for five years in succession.
In 1841 the quantity caught was only 50,992 barrels. They have since
increased. During the last ten years the catch has been, with the excep-

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. Leg

tion of two years, upward of 200,000 barrels annually. Last season it
was 254,000 barrels. i will be seen that the catch of fish from year to
year differs as widely as the product of our land.

About 1840 there innared on our coast, south of Cape Cod, large
quantities of shad, which appeared to be the same species with those
that visit the Connecticut and Merrimack Rivers annually, (Alosapresta-
bilis.) Fishermen from Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Rhode Island
engaged in this fishery, and found it profitable. In 1542 an aet was
passed by the legislature to prohibit fishermen from other States from
fishing for shad within a line drawn from Monomoy Point to Point Gam-
mon. I myself engaged in this fishery, but we found there was no
need of the passage of suchanact. The shad appeared in small numbers,
so that not enough were caught to pay expenses. They were alsocaught
in large quantities in the waters north of Cape Cod. They then disap-
peared, so that only a few straggling specimens have since been caught
in these localities. Where were they before they appeared in our waters ?
What was the cause of their coming? Where arethey now? All that

ean be said in answer, I can say in ‘three words—they are gone.

Sir, L ask to be allow ed to allude briefly to two species of fishes that
are not caught by any mode of fishing that we are asked to prohibit. I
do so for the reason that no less than fourtimes petitions have been sent
to the legislature asking for an act to prohibit fishing with trawl-lines
(so called) in Massachusetts Bay. The report from the committee has
always been “leave to withdraw.” In 1858, when the report came up
in the house of representatives, it was discuss sed at length, and it w
there stated that if this mode of fishing was not prevented by levislaiye
enactment, soon haddock would be as scarce as salmon. The report of
the committee was accepted, and this mode of fishing has been in use
Since that time, and this species has been increasing from year to year,
until they have increased in vast numbers, so much so that they are too
plenty for the fisherman or dealer, and during the spawning season,
which is the spring, they are sold at a low price—from two dollars down
to fifty cents per 100 pounds. But it may be said the consumer pays a
high price. I cannot help that; itis not that that Lam discussing. Lam
trying to show the danger of exterminating the race of fish, if there is
any, and do not intend to leave my subject, lest [may be called to order.
When I first engaged in the fisheries, haddock was scarce on our coast,
and in winter sold much higher than cod. They did not inerease for
many years after. They, however, became plentiful when the trawl-line
was first used—abont 1850—and every year they seem to be increasing.
On the 4th of last March, when a large number of fishing-boats were
out, the catch was larger than I ever knew before. The next day, 5th,
there was brought to this city and sold at Commercial wharf, of cod and
haddock, 621,955 pounds, as taken from the books of dealers that bought
that day—a larger quantity than ever was sold of all kinds of fresh fish
in a single day since Boston has beena city. What has been the cause
of so great an increase? If I was asked how their numbers could be
diminished, I have two ways now suggested to my mind: one is to intro-
duce the beam-tr: awl, which has not been used in our waters, which is a
large net-bag with a long beam across its open mouth, which is kept up
some two feet from the bottom by an iron frame-work at each end of the
beam, and as it is dragged along by the fishing-boat the fish pass into
the net and are eanght i in the pockets at the sides as they attempt to
pass out. This net being dragged over the bottom, would destroy the
young fish as if passed over them, and might tend to diminish their
numbers.

120 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

One other way would be to hire the fisherman to leave them, and to
stand back and fold his arms and see nature perform her wonderful
work without the interference of man. The present mode of fishing
catches vast quantities of a species of flat-fish, (Platessa dentata,) which
no doubt fed upon the spawn of haddock when the hand-line only was
in use.

One other species, our common halibut, which is caught in the same
way, have greatly diminished. When I first engaged in this fishery,
Boston was supplied wholly with halibut caught between Cape Cod and
Nantucket Shoals. The demand was limited—only a few could be sold.
There were no railroads. Boston only wanted enough to supply the city
and the surrounding towns. As facilities for transportation increased,
and ice began to be used to keep them, they were sent further away.
The supply would not meet the demand. ‘The fishery was prosecuted
by vessels from Gloucester, on George’s Bank, and also on Brown’s
Bank, the western coast of Nova Scotia, and upon the Banks of New-
foundland, and voyages have been made to Greenland, and halibut have
been caught in quantities as far north as the latitude of 68, on the west-
ern coast of Greenland. ‘They seem to be decreasing on all the fishing-
grounds. But I must pass them by, and leave senators to decide whether
or not over-fishing has been the cause of the increase of the one and the
diminution of the other of these two species.

It appeared in evidence before the committee that the fish known as
the squeteague is increasing in the vicinity of Buzzard’s Bay, and along
the shore south of Cape Cod. Some sixty years since it was vastly abun-
dant inthe southern part of Massachusetts Bay, and although absent
for so many years it seems to be returning to its former haunts.

But the great change that has taken place in our fisheries has been
caused by the return of the blue-fish. This species was abundant on
our coast many years ago. We are informed that in a journal of the
first settlement of the island of Nantucket, written by Zacheus Macy,
1792, and contained in the Massachusetts Historical Collections, he says
a great pestilence attacked the Indians of that island in 1763 and 1768,
and that of the whole number, 358, 222 died. In that year, he says,
the blue-fish disappeared, and I have no knowledge of a specimen
being seen here for more than 70 years. We are informed that they are

‘found in other localities. Tney are said to occur on the western coast
of Africa, around the island of Madagascar, and also at Australia; if
so, they are found over a wider geographical range than any other species
with which I am acquainted, inhabiting the waters in both the torrid
and temperate zones. After an absence of so many years, they returned,
as appeared in evidence before the committee, about 1832, along the
shores south of Cape Cod. They did not come north of the cape so as
to affect our fisheries, until 1847, when they appeared in vast abundance,
and drove away from our bay nearly all other species. I was at that
time engaged in fishing for mackerel with nets. This was the last of
our catch; and every year since, when our fishermen are engaged in
this fishery, they appear. I have known them to appear as early as the
second day of June, but usually they do not come until a few days later—
from the 5th to the 15th. When they first appeared in our bay, I was
living at Long Point, (Provincetown,) in a little village containing some
270 population, engaged in the net-fishery. The blue-fish affected our
fishery so much that the people were obliged to leave the place. Family
after family moved away, until every one lett, leaving that locality, which
is now a desolate, barren, and sandy waste.

These fish not only depopulated our bay of nearly all other species, but

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 121

they depopulated my village and my home. It was a matter of surprise
to your committee that men professing to be acquainted with fish should
come before them and say they did not know that blue-fish eat any
other fish but menhaden; and as they are not an edible species, no
matter how many they destroyed; and also say they did not know that
they drove other species away. Call them, sir, by whatever name we
please; whether blue-fish, of Massachusetts Bay; snapper, of New Bed-
ford; borse-mackerel, on the shores of Rhode Island; or tailor, in Del-
aware and Chesapeake Bays, they are the same Temnodon saltator still,
and deal out destruction and death to other species in all the localities
they visit.

One other, a species of flat-fish, which is called dab or plaice at home,
but when we bring it to Boston and offer it for sale we call it turbot. It
is the Platessa.oblonga. This species was exceedingly abundant along
our shores before the blue-fish came. It is a bottom fish, and does not
come so directly in contact with the blue-fish as top-water swimmers ;
still, it has almost wholly disappeared, owing to the blue-fish having
destroyed its favorite bait, which is the common squid. It seems to be
nearly exterminated in the waters north of Cape Cod, only a few being
seen.

The striped bass have diminished in the vicinity of Cape Cod, as the
blue-fish have destroyed the bait upon which they fed.

The so-called Spanish mackerel, (Cybium maculatum,) Cuvier says, is
an inhabitant of the Carribean Sea, extending southward to the coast
of Brazil. Dr. Holbrook mentions it, in his Fishes of South Carolina, as
being found in the waters along that coast. It has wandered south-
ward until 1¢ has reached the southern coast of Massachusetts, and even
specimens have been taken north of Cape Cod. It sells in our market
at a higher price than other species. It is, no doubt, an excellent fish,
but it is probably not so much better than our common mackerel as the
prices seem to indicate. It has been selling in Quincy market for a few
summers past at from fifty cents to one dollar per pound. It has been
increasing in our waters for a few years, and the prospect is it will con-
tinue to increase, until it will be a fishery of considerable importance.
There is no danger of destroying them by catching them by any way we
can, when it is only the few wanderers that come to us from the loeali-
ties where they inhabit. I think they need no legislative protection to
increase their numbers.

Such are a few of the many changes that have taken place since I
first engaged in the fisheries. Time will not allow me to go into detail
of the some one hundred and fifty species found along our New England
coast. They may be said to form one great chain, e each species being a
separate link, having its own peculiar history and habitudes.

I pass now ’prietly “to notice their fecundity. We look with wonder
and astonishment at the provisions in the animal economy. How vast
is the number of eggs produced by a single fish ; hundreds of thousands,
which, if any considerable percentage should come to maturity, the
waters would be filled to overflowing.

Take a few thousand specimens, and allow ten per cent. to come to
maturity ; multiply them together for ten years, and how great would
be the number! And what is that when compared with the countless
myriads that swarm our coast annually? Their numbers, how vast!
Human ingenuity has invented no means by which they can be enu-
merated ; their numbers are only known to Him who created them, who
feeds them with a bountiful hand, and watches over them with ‘more
than parental care.

132 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sir, if we study them with reference to their longevity, we see marks
on them indicating age: the loss of fins; sears, where they have at
some time received wounds that have permanently healed; marks of
physical debility, which appear to be the result of advanced age. I
regret to say that no Linneus nor Cuvier , hor all the researches of S¢ci-
ence have ever been able to give us any "indication by which we may
know the age that fishes live “with any degree of certainty. They pass
off and on the coast as the seasons change during their natural lives,
however long that may be.

In view of all the foregoing facts, where is the danger of exhausting
our fishes? I fail to see the danger of exterminating them.

The British commission that was appointed in 1865 to investigate the
fisheries of Great Britain and Ireland visited nearly all the principal
fishing-places in the United Kingdom, and made a thorough investiga-
tion; asked and received answers to nearly sixty-two thousand ques-
tions. They came to the unanimous conclusion that there was no dan-
ger of exhausting the fisheries, either in the open sea or in any of the
arms or estuaries along the coast, with all that man could do, and finally
made their report to the British Parliament in 1866.

There were persons that did not wholly agree with the British com-
missioners. One of the most prominent is J. B. A. Rimbaud, who has
published a work on the fishes of the southern coast of France. Him-
self a fisherman, he says that the migratory species, that go off to sea in
schools and return each season, cannot be diminished by over-fishing,
but local fishes can be exterminated by constantly fishing for them, and
such has been the case in the loci ulity ‘where he had been aceustomed to
fish.

Of the two I allow Rimbaud to be the best qualified to judge, as he
has acquired his knowledge by practical experience in the fisheries, and
the British commissioners had gained their information from others.
Sir, I hope I may not be charged with undervaluing scientific research ;
no man has a higher appreciation of the labors of scientific men than
myself. Their kindness to me in aiding me in my investigations of fishes
has laid me under the greatest obligations. I owe to them a debt that
I can never repay.

Sir, I call attention of senators at this board to the locality where
Rimbaud has gained his information—the southern coast of France.
France on the Mediterranean is not like our own coast. There the land
is high, and deep water near the shores. The area of fishing-grounds
is comparatively limited. Our own coast is low, and shoal-water extends
off a great distance from the shore. Besides that, the great chain of
banks, commencing with Nantucket Shoals and running eastward a
thousand miles, and terminating with the great Bank of Newfoundland,
gives us an immense area of fishing-grounds.

On the coast of France there is not so great change of temperature
in the water from summer to winter as on our own coast. The Gulf
Stream comes out through the straits of Florida, running up the coast
to Cape Hatteras, from whence it turns eastward. As it passes it leaves
our New England out in the cold; its course is onward until it reaches
the shores of Western Europe, making the water comparatively uniform
through the season. I ask, are not the fish on the coast of France more
permanently local than those on our own coast, where there are great
changes of temperature from summer to winter? Tell me, sir, how
many are there of our fishes that are not more or less migratory. Sen-
ators will see that our fishes and fisheries are not like those of Europe.

Mr. President, lest I may be misunderstood, I desire to define my

REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 128

position. I firmly believe there is no necessity for the passage of any
general legislative act for the protection and regulation of our sea fish
and fisheries. If fish have diminished in any of the small arms of the
sea, I should have no objection to the passage of a local act, provided
it did not interfere with the rights of others; but I must confess that I
am slow to believe that when fish have left a locality that any act on
our statute-books will bring them back. If we wish to inerease and
stock our inland waters, it cannot be accomplished without protection.
The building of “dams across the streams, throwing of deleterious sub-
stances into the water rs, have diminished the fish ; ‘but in the great sea
‘man cannot pollute its waters by anything he can do. If this legislature
should pass an act to prohibit those modes of fishing that have been
called by the petitioners novel and improper, what would be the practical
working? It would not only affect those directly engaged in them, but
it would have also an indirect bearing. The large fleet of vessels
belonging to Gloucester are a part of the season dependent on these
fisheries for bait to be used in their bank-fisheries. The question was
asked at the time of the hearing before the committee how the Cape
Ann bank fishermen procured their bait before these modes of fishing

‘ame into use, but was not answered. When vessels from Gloucester
first engaged in the halibut fishery on George’s Bank they met there
immense shoals of sea-herring, (Clupea elongata. ) They could be taken
in nets on the top of the water. After a few years they became less
abundant, and were not seen schooling, but could be caught by sinking
the nets several fathoms below the surface. Long since . they have lett
that locality, and none have been caught there for several years.

Our mackerel fishermen require a large quantity of bait, to be used in
the prosecution of this fishery, which is principally menhaden, caught
in weirs or seines. Some 7,000 barrels of this fish was used by Province-
town vessels engaged in the mackerel fishery last season. Their whole

catch of mackerel was about 25,000 barrels.

There is a large amount of capital invested in our fisheries, giving
employment to a great number of men, who follow a life of hardship
and exposure. They y are a useful class of men, as they are producers.
By their labors they bring to our tables a large amount of wholesome
and nutritious food, w hich is a blessing to our people.

Sir, allow me one brief moment, while I allude to the life of a fisher-
man. He may enter the fishing-boat at nine years of age. Deprived
of the advantages of school education, he follows his business from day
to day. He may engage in some dangerous voyage. Follow him to
the banks of Newfoundland, where he is not only exposed to gales and
storms—he may in some seasons be surrounded by enormous icebergs,
whose gigantic height and massive bulk adds to the danger. He is filled
with fear lest his little bark may come in contact and sink beneath his
feet. Beside this, the merchant- ship, on its passage to or from Europe,
may, in some thick, dark, and stormy night, at one stroke put an end
to his earthly voyage. What hardier occupation—what bolder daring
can man display, than to lie down to rest shrouded in the gloomy sol.
itude of a Newfoundland fog. As he leaves the cold, wet, and lone-
some deck, at the end of his ‘midnight watch, worn down by hardships
and exposures, he lies down upon his bed, and while his cradle is rocked
by the mountain billows, he courts that sleep that may know no waking.
Day after day he looks forward with pleasing anticipation to the time
when his voyage will end; when he will return; when he can rest from
his toils, safe in the bosom of hishome. Year atter year, as his physical
energies begin to relax, he dreads it more and more. He is still com-

124 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

pelled to work for his support and those that may be dependent upon
him. Few fishermen get rich, while a great many of us remain poor.
He may abandon his business, and stop on shore. With a few nets, or
some other implements of fishery, he may be able to procure means to
supply his wants.

The great question is, What is the danger of exhausting our fisheries
if these modes of fishing are continued ?

Nets have been used from time immemorial. We have an authentic
history, that has come down to us, that tells us that more than 1,800
years ago, Jesus, walking by the sea of Gallilee, saw two brethren—
Simon, called Peter, and Andrew, his brother—casting a net into
the sea, for they were fishers, and he said unto them, Follow me, and
I will make you fishers of men; and straightway they left their nets
and they followed him. And going out from thence he saw other
two brethren, James, the son of Zebedee, and John, his brother, in
a ship, with Zebedee, their father, mending their nets; and he called
them, and they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed
him. This not only shows that nets were in use at that remote period,
but that they also needed mending, plainly indicating that they were
somewhat like our nets.

From the foregoing considerations that I have so briefly stated, your
committee came unanimously to the conclusion that it was their duty
to report that the petitioners have leave to withdray.

a

VIL—REPORT OF CONFERENCE OF UNITED STATES
COMMISSIONER WITH COMMISSIONERS OF RHODE
ISLAND AND MASSACHUSETTS.

REPORT OF CONFERENCE HELD AT BOSTON, OCTOBER 5,
1871, WITH FISHERY COMMISSIONERS OF MASSACHUSETTS
AND RHODE ISLAND.

There were present at the conference: Mr. Reed, of Providence, com-
missioner of Rhode Island; Mr. Lyman, of Boston, commissioner of
Massachusetts; Mr. Powel, of Newport, a member of the Rhode Island
legislature, and Mr. Baird, United States commissioner. Such portions
of the discussion as have no special bearing on the subject in question
have been omitted.

Mr. SAMUEL POWEL. I think the trappers of Rhode Island would
agree to the close time; and Governor Stevens, I think, would consent
to it.

Professor BAIRD. I think the traps have a positive influence; but I
still think that the blue-fish area great cause of the trouble. A decrease
of the blue-fish would give the other fish an opportunity to increase ;
but the young blue-fish are as much more plenty than usual this year
as the young scup; so that I think it is expedient to try the experiment
of a close time. If the blue-fish were to run out again, I think it would
not be so imperative to adopt any restrictive measures. We cannot
regulate the blue-fish, but we can control the traps.

Mr. REED. I think scup feed more or less on the smail crustaceas,
perhaps slugs, and a species of leech. I think they would feed on the
small muscle. I have seen little scup, when the water was clear, bump-
ing their noses against the rocks, as though they were picking something
off. Some say that the salmon do not feed while not in the salt water,
but I think they do. I have seen them strike the dragon-fly with their
tails when it was skimming over the water.

The blue-fish will attack almost anything as long as he can eat, even
a piece of rag he will bite. I think the “slick” on the water so often
seen is, in many cases, produced by the oily matter proceeding from fish
that have been attacked by the blue-fish, they first swallowing as much
as they can, and then vomiting it up, so as to eat again.

As to the scup, I think the blue-fish attack them throughout the sea-
son, especially the small scup. I think the blue-fish feed near the sur-
face.

Professor BAIRD. I think, as a general rule, that the blue-fish swims
at the surface in the day-time and at the bottom at night. We find
rock-crabs, eels, and sand-launces in their stomachs. We have found
scup in the stomachs of the blue-fish from the 15th of June to the 1st of
October.

Mr. REED. Two years ago we had an unusual run of blue-fish late in
the fall. In half an hour I caught thirty-five, averaging about a pound
* each. We used a hook smaller than usual for blue-fish. We have
plenty of food for scup in our bay.

126 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Professor BARD. That element need not be taken into account at all.

Mr. Reep. We have had scup away up to the mouth of the Narra-
gansett River. It is a very filthy river, too, because there are so many
manufacturing establishments, and among others that of hair-cloth, the
clippings of which are thrown into the w ater. There are large manu-
facturing towns all the way up, and every kind ’of refuse is thrown into
the water. All the manufactories make their own gas, and they saw
wood, and so it is with all the branches of the river. But seup have
been caught right at the mouth of the Forestdale River, where they have
thrown in tar.

Professor BATRD. The sea pollution cannot enter into the question,
except merely locally. The only thing that is injurious in this refuse is
the carbolic acid and tar, and this is so small in amount as to have
little influence. In fresh water it is a different thing, but in the salt
water I do not think it need be considered.

Mr. RhuEep. The print-works empty every thing into a narrow passage
twelve feet wide, that is about one-sixteenth of a mile from where the
tide comes in. I have seen little fish, two inches long, feeding right at
the mouth of the river. And I have dug clams there so dy ed that they
looked red in consequence of the m: idder thrown down there. Prior to
the building of the print-works, I have been told, there were no oysters
up there, but the year after it wv as started there was an unusual number
of oysters set in that little bay.

Professor Batrp. I have come lately to the conclusion that the
prime cause of the variation in the supply of food-fishes on this coast
is to be found in the blue-fish; but then I am also satisfied that the
trapping and pounding, coming at the heels of the mischief done by
the blue-fish, have intensified the evil; and that, if we mean to restore
the fish, we must regulate one or the other. I think that if the fish
have a chance to reach their spawning-ground they will multiply fast
enough for both hooks and lines and traps. We must exterminate
the blue-fish or regulate the trapping, or the evil will inerease. I
can see very positively the relationship of the shore-fishing to the estab-
lishment of the trap.

Mr. Rmxrp. I was tole by a gentleman of Providence that he was pres-
ent the very day the traps were set this spring, at a certain place, and
he said they were filled within fifteen minutes with scup and other fish.
He said the season was a fortnight ahead of them. The effect has been
that young scup bave been caught this year away up the Seekonk
River, so plenty that you could scarcely throw in the hook without
catching one.

They have not been so plenty as this for a long time. They are
spawned in shallow water, in the inlets and bays. I do not believe
any scup would deposit spawn outside as far as off Point Judith. I
doubt whether fish an inch long would be found accompanying the
schools of big fish.

Mr. PowEt. I saw some this spring ranging from two to four or five
inches in length, and [ took some up to Professor Blake; I think it

was the 25th of April. They were caught in a trap below Newport.

Professor BAtRD. I think the scup might have spawned off the Caro-
linas in March, and some of these might come along up with the
older scup. But my impression is, that the largest part of what are now

called ‘ dollar scup,” are this year’s brood.

In the middle of August it took five of the last year’s scup to weigh
a pound, and now four will weigh a pound. They will come back next
year weighing about a pound each.

CONFERENCE. 127
%

While there area great many scup of this year’s growth, there are also:
many last year’s scup. Therefore I ascribe a part of this change at
least to the diminution of the blue-fish. For five years blue-fish have
been growing more scarce; last year about three-fourths of the usual
take, and this year the catch has been much less than last.

Of squeteague there are a dozen this year where there was one five
years ago. In 1863, I collected fishes at Wood’s Hole, and I did not see
a squeteague, and when I spoke with the fishermen there about it, they
did not know the fish. Four years ago a few were caught there, and.
last year a great many. This year, at Menemsha Bight, one caught five
thousand at a single haul.

Mr. REED. I understand that the increase of the squeteague has
been in proportion to the decrease of blue-fish.

Professor BARD. I think the blue-fish are continuing to decrease,
thus leaving a better chance for other fish.

But it is not so much a matter of importance whether the blue-fish
eat the scup or other fish. We know that the waters swarm with little
fish that prey largely upon the spawn of other fish, and very young
fish. They are just as plenty now as they ever were, and no trapping
can affect their supply. They are bound to have a heavy toll out of
something. When scup have been most abundant, they have furnished
to these little fish the larger portion of their sustenance; and when
they cannot get young scup they will take anything, and perhaps they
take 75 per cent. of all the spawn of everything that is laid in the
waters.

There is a certain balance of fish, there being plenty to feed all these
scavengers, and to feed mankind also. Now, if you bring in the blue-fish,
they disturb this balance; they take scup, sea-bass, &e., that should
be permitted to spawn. Consequently the absolute amount of spawn is
decreased, and the little fish will still secure their part from that which
remains. If there is but a little spawn in the water, it makes little
difference to them; they will have their share out of what is left.

Then, having disturbed the balance to that extent, we come in with
our traps and reduce the number of spawning fish and of spawn still
further; and where the blue-fish destroy many, we destroy even more ;
and then the little fish must take the spawn of anything they can get.
If you take in the traps fish that would otherwise furnish spawn to
the little fish, then these little fish will take the spawn of other fish.
Therefore, I think the traps should be regulated, but need not be
prohibited.

I think that a “close time,” especially during the spawning season,
will give the relief that we require. I understand that, as a general
rule, the spawning fish run almost always at night. All the trappers
tell me that they catch the breeding fish at night. But in the summer
season they catch the Spanish mackerel and other pelagic fish in the day-
time. My suggestion to the trappers was, that they should close the
traps from six o’clock Saturday night till Tuesday morning. I want
three nights and two days.

Mr. REED. I suggested from sunset Saturday till Tuesday morning—
three nights and two days.

Mr. PowrEu. I think that from Friday night till Monday morning
will satisfy them better, as Sunday intervening would prevent the dis-
posal of the fish caught Saturday. That is what I wanted to do last
winter.

|[Mr. REED agreed to that time as being better. |

128 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Professor BARD. If the trappers will not assent to that, I would favor
a law prohibiting the whole business.

Mr. PoWELL. Rhode Island has waked up to the necessity for regu-
lating her fishing. The fish are gone to such an extent that, at a clam-
bake of some New Hampshire people in Rhode Island, they brought
their fish along with them.

Professor BAIRD. Massachusetts people say, ‘* What is the use of try-
ing to catch fish with the hook and line while the trappers at Saugh-
konet are allowed to take our fish?”

Mr. PoWEL. I would like to ask Mr. Reed whether it was usual or
unusual for the large and small fish to come in together. The fisher-
men say it was unusual.

Mr. REED. I cannot tell in regard to seup. I know the seup have
decreased very much for the last five years, since I came there.

Mr. PoWEL. This year we have had the young scup coming in almost
in their former abundance.

Mr. REED. There is no bay so peculiarly situated as Providence
Bay. It has three outlets, and the fishing-grounds are numerous. You
can put a trap down in certain places where the tide flows backward
and forward, in such a way that your trap would be as effectual in
stopping and catching the fish as a dam run right straight across the
tide. The fish cannot get up except when the traps are lifted. They
have come constantly to these places, trying to get up, but it has been
impossible.

Professor BAIRD. Then you think that, apart from the capture of the
fish, the presence of the nets has kept them out?

Mr. REED, Yes, sir.

Mr. Powerex. Your argument would be that the two weeks’ supply has
been the cause of the greater abundance of young scup ?

Mr. REED. Partly so. Squeteague have been very scarce, and I do
not believe there were five thousand pounds of blue-fish caught in the
whole bay. Squeteague were not as plenty as they were last year. In
fact, almost all the fish in our bay have totally disappeared.

I suppose the scup had a free run of two weeks, and when they struck
that water free from traps they spread themselves, and could choose
any kind of temperature or any kind of bottom, whether sandy, or rocky,
or mud. Thus we have an unusual variety in the bay. At Prudence
Island there are very bold rocks, and it is a great place for catching
scup and tautog.

Professor BAIRD. If the intermission from catching for two weeks was
sufficient to create so great a supply, it shows what we may expect if
we keep up that intermission through the season. If we have the inter-
mission of three nights and two days in a week, throughout the season,
instead of the incidental two weeks, we may hope to restore an ample
supply to all our waters.

Mr. PowEL. There are three well-described kinds of scup on our coast;
and very probably each has a different habitat. There is something
different in them, because they come one after the other. They are de-
seribed as three different growths, when we know they come from some-
where about the Florida capes, to begin with.

Professor BATRD. Do they ?

Mr. PowkEL. They come from somewhere down south, and they turn
in, as they come along, into the different estuaries. Where do they go;
and why don’t they all go into the first place ?

Some gentlemen tell us that fish always return to the waters in which
they were spawned. How do they know it? They know it in regard to

CONFERENCE. 129

some fish, salmon, trout, &c. Then comes Mr. Agassiz, who tells us
they are not pelagic fish; that they are born in fresh water, and we
have no right to know that they ever absent themselves far from the
fresh waters. But it is not so with the wandering fishes of the sea.
Now, I have no theory on this subject, but I wish to call your attention
to it.

Professor BATRD. We have the fact that last year’s seup are much
more plenty than the experience of the past few years would lead us to
suppose; and this year’s scup are equally plenty. Now, what caused
this state of things?

Mr. LyMAn. The scraps that I have picked up indicate that secup
were here abundantly on the first arrival of the settlers in 1620. They
were abundant, still, down to 1642, as mentioned by Roger Williams.
Then there is a little gap. In 1642 they were abundant in all our bor-
ders: In 1659 the blue-fish were abundant about Nantucket, and Macy
is very precise in this. There are seventeen years when the scup were
abundant, as well as the blue-fish, in the same waters, and remained
abundant until 1764. Then the blue-fish go away, disappet ir entirely,
as far as regards Nantucket. Macy says they totally disappeared, and
none whatever were aye ht in the seines. Now, we know that in 1790
the seup was unknown in Nantucket, because we have oral testimony
collected by Professor Baird; and then, about 1794, the scup reap-
peared. There were thirty years, in round numbers, that the blue-fish
disappeared, and then again became very abundant, and have continued
so since, until about the year 1864, when everybody agrees that they
fell off very much.

Now, the blue-fish, coming in 1830, have continued to the present time,
though with decreasing abundance for a few years past. The blue-fish
having g diminished in 1764, it took thirty years for the seup to get back,
and then they continued ’ side by side without any diminution until
recently, from 1830. At any rate, for twenty-five years the scup and
blue-fish lived side by side in vast abundance.

What we know of nature does not indicate that the predatory fish
that is going to clean out another kind of fish is going to take twenty-
five years to do it; that is to say, when it does it, it is not to be done
with a jump. I would illustrate it by saying that [ find in testimony
from different witnesses, independent of each other, that in 1841 and
in 1856 there was an exceedingly cold snap coming on suddenly in
the autumn, the consequence of which was that immense quantities of
the bottom fish, tautog, rock, bass, &c., were killed throughout the

yaters of the southern shore, and drifted ashore; and the next year
these species in many localities were almost extinct. But in three or
four years the fish had returned to their normal abundance. There is
an instance of a cause annihilating the local fish, and in three or four
years thereisareturn. Itis anillustration that in nature the supply does
not take very long to recover itself.

Protessor BARD. It is ‘‘nip and tuck” between the blue-fish and the
seup. For instance, take the abundance of scup that existed twenty
years ago, and no man would have said it was possible, by any agency,
to make them scarce, because they thronged everywhere in Vineyard
Sound and Buzzard’s and Narragansett Bay s. Suppose one scup pro-
duces a hundred thousand young—that was more than all the blue-fish
could manage. They did all they could, but the scup were too many
for them. But the blue-tish kept preying upon them, and we can imag~
ine that year by year they finally cut down the supply to such a point

S. Mis. 61

1350 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

that, after all the little prowlers had got their share, then the blue-fish
cut them “ down by the run.”

Mr. Powrn. And the very epidemic which has sometimes influenced
the larger classes of families may also affect their pabulnm too, and the
consequence would be that the scup would have to tighten their sword-
belts. I want you to bear in mind the magnificent run of scup that has
burst upon us, on account of the opportunity to run into the waters
freely for two weeks.

Mr. LyMAN. I think that it is non-proven that blue-fish feed on seup
generally. Although seup have been taken out of blue-fish captured in
pounds, still the universal testimony of the fishermen before the legisla-
tive committee was, that scup were never—some said rarely—found in
blue-fish. Therefore, I do not believe that the blue-fish follows the scup
as its bormal food. I do not think it is proven at all, and I don’t think
any mathematical theories, multiplying so many blue-fish, eating so
many scup in a season, have anything in them.

But I do really think that there is evidence 10 show—to make us sus-
pect very strongly—that the blue-fish and pounds have had something
to do with it; and with the really insufficient evidence we have, my
private opinion is, that two-thirds of the diminytion should be charged
to the pounds, and one-third to the blue-fish.

Professor BARD. It is very easy for the fishermen to say that they
did not find seup in the blue-fish;-because there were no scup at all to
be caught.

Then, how do you know there were any blue-fish at Nantucket while
the se up were absent there ?

Mr. LyMAN. Macy tells you the month and the year, and says they
were taken from June to September in great abundance ; and he says
that thirty would have filled a barrel. ~

Professor BAtRD. They may have been some other fish.

Mr. LyMAN. Neither are we certain that what Roger Williams ealls
bream was ascup, though I presume it was so. It may have been some-
thing else than the blue-fish.

Professor BArrRD. We all agree, I think, that fish are scarce, and that
something should be done as an experiment for their restoration. I have
madea draught, with amemorandum, in regard to this question of regula-
tion, which lw ill read, it seemed to me that, as a preliminary to all
legislation, the whole question of pounding and trapping should be under
State control; that the State commissioners should be required to give
licenses, and that it should be illegal to carry on the fishing in pounds
without such a license.

[The draught of the law was then read, and afterward discussed. |

Mr. LyMAN agreed that the putting of the subject in the hands of the
commissioners was a good thing. It will work well, if we can say to
the trapping people, we protect as well as check you.

Mr. REED. I believe that we shall not repeat what we did last year.
Failing in that undertaking the people have more liberal views. The
trappers are very willing to concede, and the others also. I think that
if the question were t taken of traps or no traps, the traps would be killed ;
that is simply my opinion.

Mr. Lyman. I think some such act, thrown into a strictly legal form,
will be a good thing. The main features, I think, we may consider as —
agreed upon, and that the ditterences, if any; shall only be in putting if
into form.

Professor BATRD. Would Captain Atwood consent to the ‘close time?”

Mr. Lyman. Yes, sir; he thinks you cannot lessen the sea-fish, but he

j

CONFERENCE. Pots

has no objection to the protection of fish that breed in the bays, nor to
the ‘close time,” if reasonable. But he does not think it proper nor
feasible to cut off the bait from the cod-fishermen.

Professor BATRD. Shall it be carried throughout the season, or only
during the spawning season of the shore fish y

Mr. LyMAN. That is very important. I think it would lessen the op-
position to the passage of the law if we give the traps a chance to catch
herring and menhaden. These are needed for the Gloucester fishermen.
I would rather put a limit on the beginning of the season than the end.
Catching the herring early I do not think injures the fishing much.

Professor BAIRD. “Supposing they did not catch quite as many fish
for the first year, would they not catch enough more in future years to
compensate them? And supposing this applies only to the south side
of the cape, could not they supplement the loss from the “ close time”
by other means of catching? Ten years ago there was only a single
trap for ten miles around Woodl’s Hole, and yet they managed to get ‘all
the bait they wanted.

Mr. LyMAN. The George’s fishing has been growing up under the sys-
tem of getting bait from weirs more particularly. Let us leave it so
that the time shall be eut off at the beginning, and not the end of the
season.

Professor BAIRD. But let the law run through the season ?

Mr. LyMAN. I think so. .

Professor BAIRD. There is this consideration to the advantage of this
regulation, that there is much less probability that fish will be lost or

wasted. The Messrs. Luce, of Menemsha, said that if fish were sent off
only five days in the week, they would be better cared for, and they
would get a better price for them, while there would be no difference to
the consumer. I am‘quite sure the supply will be more equally distrib-
uted, less fish wasted, and as much money made by all parties.

Mr. Powkt. It will diminish opposition, to have the “close time”
cease by the end of the scup-fishing, because Spanish mackerel and
squeteague are not caught with hooks, and they come after the scup.
I think I ean get through such a law.

Mr. Lyman. I think we had better cut it at both ends.

Mr. PowE.L. I know the people of Rhode Island will accept it.

Mr. LyMAN. From the 10th of ee to the 15th of June will give suf-
ficient time for the scup.

VU.—DRAUGHT OF LAW PROPOSED FOR THE CON-
SIDERATION OF AND ENACTMENT BY THE LEGIS-
LATURES OF MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND,
AND CONNECTICUT.*

A BILL TO REGULATE THE USE OF STATIONARY APPA-
RATUS IN THF CAPTURE OF FISH.

Sec. 1. The commissioners on inland fisheries are hereby em-
powered to license individuals and corporations to erect, establish, and
use, in the waters of this commonwealth, whether navigable or unnav-
igable, fixed nets, traps, pounds, pots, fykes, weirs, or ‘other stationary
apparatus, for the purpose of capturing fish, upon application for such
license, duly made as hereinafter conditioned and provided.

Src. 2. All persons seeking such licenses shall make written applica-
tion to said commissioners, specifying the locality in which they desire
to use stationary apparatus as aforesaid, the exact character of the said
apparatus which the applicant proposes to use, including, if of netting,
the proposed sizes of mesh, as also the proposed length of the leader, or
fence, together with all other details and particulars necessary for an
exact understanding of said apparatus; and upon examination of such
applications, and after public hearing, if they deem necessary, the said
commissioners shall grant the license desired, provided the application
be made on or before the first day of March in each year, subject to the
conditions hereinafter mentioned, it being understood that parties last
in lawful possession of any fishing-station shall have preference in its
assignment, unless barred by a violation of this act.

Sxc. 3. The license shall be in writing, signed by a majority of said
commissioners, and shall state clearly and minutely the locality within
which the same shall have effect, and no license shall have effect in any
locality other than that mentioned and described therein, and, if for
netting, the minimum size of the mesh of the different parts of the
net, and the length of the leader, and shall prescribe such other limita-
tions and directions as said commissioners shall deem proper; and no
license shali take effect until the same shall be left for record with the
clerk of the town or city within which the same is to have effect, nor
until the recording fee of said clerk, being the same as that established
by law for recording mortgages of personal property of equal length,
shall be fully paid.

Src. 4. The said licenses may embrace any period not exceeding one
year; but, whenever given, they shall expire on the first day of Janu-
ary next following their date, and the clerk of each city or town in

*The draught, as originally prepared, was first discussed at the conference with the
commissioners of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, and then submitted to severai emi-
nent legal gentlemen for consideration; among others, to Mr. Henry Williams and Mr.
Geo. H. Palmer, of Boston, from whom important criticisms and suggestions were re-
ceived and incorporated.

DRAUGHT OF LAW PROPOSED, ETC. 3a

which said licenses have been recorded shall, on the first day of April
in each year, make return to said commissioners of the said licenses
then in force and the localities to which the same relate.

Sec. 5. Every person who shall have received a license in the manner
herein provided shall, before the first day of January following the date
of said license, make accurate return to said commissioners of the num-
bers and the kinds of fish captured by him during each day of the
season by virtue of said license, and shall furnish accurate information
of all other facts relating to said license which said commissioners may
require, and no license shall be renewed until said report shall have
been made to the satisfaction of said commissioners.

Sec. 6. No person enjoying such license shall take, or allow to be
taken, any fish by means of stationary apparatus from the twentieth
day of April until the fifteenth day of June in each year in the interval
of time between the hours of six o’clock on Friday evening and six
o'clock on the following Monday morning; and every person enjoying
such license shall lift up at least twenty yards of the outer or seaward
end of the leader or fence of his apparatus, or otherwise open it, so as
to secure a free passage for the fish from the surface of the water to the
very bottom, and shall at the same time place a gateway of netting over
the ‘‘heart” or entrance into the inclosure, and, in general, take “what:
ever precautions may be necessary to prevent the entr ance of fishes
into the same during the period of time aforesaid; and, generally, shall
comply with any and all 1 egulations made by the commissioners for the
purpose of securing the accomplishment of the object of this section,
namely, to allow and secure an unobstructed passage of the fish through
or by the apparatus in question during the time specified.

Src. 7. No license eranted under the provisions of this aet shall be
construed as authorizing the grantee of the same to enter upon the
land of individuals without their permission, nor to interfere in any way
with private property.

SEC. 8. Whoever sets or uses, or causes to be set or used, in the
waters of this commonwealth, whether the same are navigable or unnav-
igable, any weir, pot, pound, yard, trap, or other stationary apparatus
whatsoever, for the purpose of capturing fish, except by virtue of a
license duly issued, and for that particular locality, wader the provssions of
this act, shall forfeit and pay for each day during any part of which said
apparatus is so set or used a sum not less than two hundred dollars nor
more than five hundred dollars, and shall forfeit all apparatus so used,
including nets, stakes, boats, &e., which shall be sold, and the proceeds
of such si sale placed in the treasury of the commonwealth.

Sec. 9. Whoever, having received a license under the provisions of
this act, shall neglect or refuse to comply with the provisions of the
Same, or of his license, shall forfeit and pay for each offense a sum not
less than two hundred dollars nor more than five hundred dollars, ex-
cept that, in case of his violation of section six of this act, he shall forfeit
and pay for each day during any part of which his offen nse is committed
the sum of five hundred dollars, and shall forfeit all apparatus used in
violation of said section, which shall be sold, and the proceeds of such
sale be placed in the treasury of the commonwealth.

SEC. 10. All actions and prosecutions under this act shall be com-
menced within six months after the offense is committed, and one-half
of the fine or penalty recovered in any action or prosecution aforesaid
Shall be paid to the person who shall first bring an action of tort therefor,.
in his own name, or shall make complaint in any criminal case, and the

134 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

remaining half in either case shall be paid into the treasury of the
commonwealth.

Sec. 11. Whenever a person who has received a license hereunder
shall be convicted of any offense under this act, or of violation of his
license, he shall be forever disqualified from receiving another license
within ‘this commonwealth, and the license then held by him shall be-
come void; and the said commissioners, on re-issuing a license in place
of the same, shall prefer the party furnishing the evidence or making
complaint against the party so offending , unless they shall see good
reason to the contrary.

Suc. 12. No apparatus for capturing fish shall be set in such manner
or in such place as to obstruct navigation with boats or vessels; but no
one shall be permitted wantonly to destroy fishing apparatus lawfully
set and managed, and for which the required license has been given,
under penalty ‘of not less than fifty nor more than five hundred dollars,
to be recovered as aforesaid.

Src. 13. It shall be at the discretion of the commissioners to revise
or annul a license to establish fixed apparatus for capturing fish, when,
in their opinion, and that of the governor of the State, the establish-
ment or continuance of such apparatus may interfere with the passage
of salmon, shad, herring, or alewives into fresh water for the purpose of
spawning.

Suc. 14. This act shall take effect from and after its passage.

‘VIIL —MISCELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE AND COM-
MUNICATIONS ON’ THE SUBJECT OF THE SEA-
FISHERIES.

NANTUCKET ISLE, GRAND MANAN,
November 21, 1870.

Srr: I received your letter, and I notice what you say about the
fish, &e. In regard to the herring, so long as the mother herring
is left to lay her eggs, there will be a good supply of young her-
ring. Thus, sir, it is good for Government to stop netting. Last
fall, and this fall also, was the best fishing ever known at Grand
Manan. I think the wiers, if tended properly, will not destroy
the herring; but if the female herring are taken, then all are
gone. Codfish are led by herring, as they are choice food for cod. Last
summer cod were scarce in the bay, plenty on the banks. In the sum-
mer, in drought, and when the water is warm, the herring stay in the
deep waters; when fall rains come, and the water and w eather cool, the
herring come into shoal water, and the codfish follow them. Last win-.
ter was the best cod and herring fishing ever known at Grand Manan,
and was good this fall when the weather was suitable for fishing; but
there have been more gales this fall than I ever knew, so that there was
great difficulty in fishing. Government has done nothing about the
weir fishing, but forbids netting for three months (July 15 to October
15) at the south head of Grand Manan. The abundance of cod is
affected in this way. If the herring are destroyed in one place the cod
go to another in search for them. For this reason the seed-herring
should be left. There was a report during the last summer that cod
were plenty, and every vessel that went on the bank from Grand Manan
and Eastport was loaded with fish. The cod prefer living or fresh-killed
herring for food. Last Thursday I caught a cod five and one-half feet
long that chose to bite at a herring-bait “when fall of sea- crabs, thirteen
in number, and other small things. Cod live on crabs, scallops, and the
jellies on the bottom, and a small fish in the form of a shrimp, bat four
or five times as large. Large cod eat small flounders, small pollock and
hake, small salmon, sea- perch, cunners, and a great many things found
at the bottom of the water, but always prefer the herring. Some come
in schools and eat the herring: spawn. Cod lay their eggs in November
and December, as near as we can tell, and we catch them sometimes
when their spawn is so ripe as to run from the fish when dying. Some
cod caught in the winter have small spawns in them. Some think they
spawn in March or April. The small cod, which never grows to a large
size, spawn in the fall months, the same as the lar ge cod. The herring
at south head of Grand Manan spawn in August, September, and
October. Over at Campbell’s they catch large herring in winter with
spawn in them, which would be hatched in spring. Down at the East
Bay they are found in the same condition. I never heard of a blue-fish
being caught at Grand Manan. I think the set-lines an injury to

136 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the halibut, the females being caught in them, which cannot be caught
by hand-lines. People complain of the injury to halibut and cod from
the set-lines.
Yours, truly,
SIMEON F. CHENEY.

NASHUA, NEW HAMPSHIRE,
February 24, 1871.

DEAR Srr: Allow me your attention for a few moments. I was a
fisherman for several years on the cod-fishing line. You are well aware
that different kinds of cod use different food. There is the poogie-cod,
the herring-cod, and the clam-cod. The best, and what has always been
relied on, is the poogie-cod, which is fast going out of existence, and the
fisheries will eventually be ruined if there i is nothing done to prevent it
by the Government. They have tried to legislate it in Maine, but, you
know, ‘‘money makes the mare go,” and these oil-mill owners have more
than fishermen; therefore the effort will fail unless the friends of fisher-
men take hold of it. It is unnecessary for me to explain how many
thousand barrels of this food of the poogie-fish is consumed in a year to
make oil of; it is sufficient to know that it is destroying all the food, and
with very little recompense. The Government ought to pass an act pro-
Eybiting the seining of poogies on the coast, especially on Government
waters, to make oil or manure of.

I have the honor to be, your obedient servant,
WINSLOW P. EAYRS.

The fish here referred to as the Pogie is the Menhaden, or Moss
Bunker, (Brevoortia menhaden.)

NASHUA, December 28, 1871.

DEAR Sir: Every other year, when the pohagen or poogies (men-
haden) come into the mouths of the rivers, we find thousands of them
thrown on shore, dead. There is a great deal of speculation in regard
to them, and as to the cause of their death. I think, however, I can solve
the mystery. I notice that all the print-works, dye houses, and facto-
ries discharge into the water tons of dyes, poison culch, in fact, everything
which ought to be buried, such as copperas and other chemicals. You
know what they anes and that they fill the water with poison. Even
the card-factory here in this city throws tons every year into the Merri-
mac. Fish being so easily destroyed, I believe that is the reason, and
that the practice ought to be stopped. I believe that is the reason that
salmon, shad, &c., do not come up the river as they used to. Is not my
idea reasonable? Not only the fish are affected in this way, but the
eity of Lowell are drinking the water. We may soon know that the
people are dying, while the cause is not understood.

The idea that dye-stutts settle, and the water runs clear, is all bosh, in
my estimation. Am I not right? I think this too important to fish
and people not to be looked into. But I know of no one who has even

MISCELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE. L3%

mentioned it, or, as far as I know, even thought of it. Does that not
come under the fish question ?
Very truly,
WINSLOW P. EAYRS.

Urica, February 21, 1871.
DEAR Sir: When I was a lad I lived twenty miles from Bellows
Falls, and shad were brought to my home and sold for 10 cents each.
They could not surmount the falls; but salmon went north, to Canada,
and were worth 3 cents per pound. In my grandfather’s time salmon
were taken in plenty three miles from our place, at the head of the
Contokook River. There is not a doubt but the obstructions of the
Connecticut River can be removed; but the smaller streams carry less
water by the clearing of the land, and, I fear, cannot be re-populated.
But the noble brook-trout can be produced at a very cheap rate where
butchers are plenty.
Yours, truly,
EK. JEWETT.

COPY OF MEMORIAL OF CITIZENS OF HYANNIS ADDRESSED
TO CONGRESS, PRAYING THAT LAWS BE PASSED PRO-
HIBITING THE USE OF FIXED APPARATUS FOR CAPTUR-
ING FISH.

We, the undersigned citizens of Cape Cod, humbly entreat your hon-
-orable body to become interested in making laws to regulate the fishing
business, so as to secure to the fishermen a compensation for the toil
and danger accompanying the business. Pounds, weirs, and traps have
about used it up. Many of the fishermen have been driven into fishing
for a living. It is not uncommon to find two or three men on board a
small fishing-vessel. Ten years ago they were in command of as good
ships as floated. Steam has robbed us of our first occupation. Pounds,
weirs, and traps have served us as bad as steam. We contend that the
rich maw’s dollar, while he is asleep, should not be allowed to catch all
the fish, while our lines, which are well baited and tended, find no fish
to bite at them. We contend we can put as many and better fish into
the markets where fish are sold than are sold in those markets. If any
of you doubt it, let him visit the places where fish are induced to go
and deposit their eggs. You will find fish taken in such quantities that,
after taking care of all they can, the balance are thrown into the
farmers’ wagons that stand waiting to take them away to dress the
land; catching as many fish at one time as it would take to supply all
the markets for months; destroying hundreds of what would become fish
where one fish is taken.

Shall the rich man’s dollar be-allowed to drive us from our home and
all that is sacred to us in memory? Must we look on, and see the rich
man’s dollar rob our children of bread and clothing? It will be hard
work. We have contended with old ocean from our youth, but the rich
man’s dollar we cannot manage in a lawful way. -Why should we not

138 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

have good laws that would encourage rather than discourage the poor
man while toiling to earn bread for his family? God grant that your
wisdom may be guided in the right direction.

Very respectfully,

JOSEPH G. LORING.
DANIEL HUMES.
DUSTIN TAYLOR.
OSBURN HALLETT.
LEy! L. BUCK.

Wm. C. WHELDEN.
GEO. H. SMITH.
ARUNAH WHELDEN, 2d.
BENAGER WHELDEN.
ALEXANDER CROWELL.
ELEAZER BAKER.
BENJAMIN BAXTER.
ELLERY E. BARTER.
EBENEZER CROWELL.

HYANNIS, Massachusetts, 1871.

HATSEL HANDY,
Hyannis, Massachusetts.

JAMES ELLIS.
CHARLES DENISON.
HENRY E. BAXTER.
NELSON BAXTER.
JERVIS W. Eppy.
PRENTISS LINNELL, JR.
JOSHUA HOPKINS.
REUBEN BAKER.
TMOLOTHY CROCKER.
HrrRAmM HAMBLIN.
TrmoTHyY HAMBLIN.
SIMEON HAMBLIN.
WILLIAM HAMBLIN,
WALTON HOLMES.

IX.—EUROPEAN AUTHORITIES ON THE SUBJECT OF
REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY LAW.

ON THE FISHERIES OF THE GULF OF NAPLES.

BY ACHILLE COSTA.*

CONSIDERATIONS ON THE SYSTEMS OF FISHING.

Among the inhabitants of the sea the spinous-rayed fishes (to which
almost all the best kinds of eatable fishes belong) are without doubt
immensely prolific, more so than animals of any other class, and this
fact is in harmony with a general law observed throughout nature,
namely, that fruitfulness is in direct ratio to the means of destruction
that animals meet with in nature, which destruction fishes find in
the sea and within the sphere of their own class; the carnivorous
devouring not the vegetable-feeders alone, but also those of their
own kind which are smaller than themselves. If to these natural
causes of destruction we add the artificial modes invented by man
for his own use, we can readily appreciate the nature of the drain to
which the families of fishes are subjected, and the necessity of an
enormous fertilify to maintain the supply at a given average.

Indeed, in spite of such fecundity, it has been observed in numerous
localities that marine productions are on the decrease. In regard to
the Gulf of Naples, no exact statistics are on record by which to deter-
mine the precise amount of this decrease; but, taking into considera-
tion the local conditions of the sea, it is easy to prove that the product
of fishing is very inferior to what it should be. This fact is accounted
for by the avidity of fishermen, who, valuing present utility only,
make no account of the injury done to the future, and who, thus
ignoring their own interest, instead of being the jealous preservers
of the source from which they derive their constant industry, are
its destroyers, and invent new means of destruction instead of pres-
ervation. As this is a subject which regards the public welfare,
owing to the loss arising therefrom to consumers, the attention of the
governmeuts of different nations has been called to it, in order that
every precaution may be taken to protect this highly-important branch
of industry by every means dictated by science and experience. A
royal council, to which we have the honor of belonging, is already en-
gaged in investigating all that relates to the subject in question in our
country, and a law on fishing throughout Italy is in course of prepara-
tion. We do not deem it necessary here to expound in advance all the
Special views which we consider a subject of discussion for the council

* Atti del reale istituto d’incorraggiamento alle scienze naturali economiche e tec-
nologiche di Napoli. 2do serie. Tomo VII. 1870. P. 89.

140 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

itself; nevertheless we deem advisable not to overlook any of the gen-
eral considerations which are the result of direct and experimental ob-
servations made on the systems of fishing in the Gulf of Naples. If,
on one side, we view these considerations as only partial regulations
relating to local facts, on the other side we find them placed among the
general facts which furnish the elements of the law itself.

In order to judge of the fitness of the systems of fishing, we must
consider them under three aspects: the means to be employed, the
proper seasons, and the proper places; three things that are so united
that one cannot be separated from the others, and means which in
themselves might be harmless if employed in proper seasons and places,
become very injurious to marine productions when used out of season
and place.

The general rules which a wise regulation for fishing must prescribe,
are:

1st. Fishes should not be molested during the time of spawning.

2d. The eggs should be left to rest where they were deposited, so as
not to be disturbed during their development.

od, The young must not be destroyed till they have reached a certain
size.

Ath. Fishes must not be destroyed in mass, by means of poisoning.

From these incontestable principles it follows, as an evident deduc-
tion, that a reguiation for fishing must prescribe:

1. That fishing must not be carried on in times and places when and
ipere fishes meet for the deposition of eggs or spawn.

. Dragging-nets must not be used in seasons and places in which
eggs are in process of hatching, or embryos undergoing development.

3. Nets with too close meshes must not be used, because they gather
the very small fishes, and thus prevent them from dev eloping sutficiently
to become useful to consumers.

4. No substance must be used which, when thrown in the sea, pro-
duces such changes in the water as to cause the death of all the fishes
therein.

The third and fourth of the above rules find their application equally
in every country, but the first two require for their application an exact
knowledge of the instincts of fishes in regard to their spawning , and of
the nature of the bottom of the sea.

The general rule, that fishing must be carried on in such a manner as
not to ‘affect the continued production, contains certainly, in itself, all
that can be required. It often happens, however, that general rules are
-asier in theory than in practice.

As regards the apparatus of fishing, the greatest care has been deemed
necessary, from remote times, in the use of trawlnets, which, raking
over the bottom of the sea so as to gather up the mud in seasons in
which the eggs are deposited, destroy everything, thus causing mach
damage to the reproduction of the species. Hence the permanent pro-
hibition of the use of such nets from April till October, which is found
in the fishing regulation in the old Neapolitan provinces. The fact of
the damage which is caused to marine productions by the use of trawl-
nets in the seasons above mentioned is so evident to us that it seems
useless to attempt to argue the question, especially as we would only be
repeating what has already been demonstrated so learnedly by others.
We think, however, that in examining such arguments we must not
confine ourselves to the trawl-net, but must take ‘into consideration the
whole category of meshed nets. We must undoubtedly make a distine-
tion between those which drag heavily the bottom of the sea, thereby

REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY LAW. TAT

gathering up all they meet with, including mud itself, as the trawl drags
it, and the other nets which rest lightly on the bottom of the sea, like
the seines in their modifications, &e. If, however, the former are the
most injurious, the latter are none the less hurtfal in certain seasons,
for, while the former destroy the eggs and the embryos, the latter gather
up the young when scarcely able to swim. In fact, the seines and hand-
trawls, and similar nets, are precisely the kind that take enormous
quantities of young of various kinds of fishes, which are brought to
market by the ton, under the name of fravaglie, and which are the
young of anchovies, mullets, gurnards, &c. While this immense quan-
tity of fishes brings but a very scant profit, it subtracts from the sea the
elements w hich, in the following seasons, would prove a source of sus-
tenance to the people and profit to fishermen. It is owing to this prin-
cipal reason, as we have stated before, that, while the Gulf of Naples
furnishes the most favorable conditions to the prosperity and increase of
its inhabitants, the fact is, that the fishes sent to market are not suffi-
cient for the wants of the people, so that, in spite of the considerable
quantities derived from the gulf, if we except a few rare cases of a small
variety, the prices are such that the masses cannot afford to procure
them. Another effeet of this excessive fishing is, that in the Gulf of
Naples (with few exceptions) the species never attain any considerable
size; hence, for example, flounders and many other kind never attain
half the size of those in the Adriatic. It is necessary, therefore, to for-
bid the use of nets which injure the inhabitants of the sea, of whatever
kind.

ON THE POSSIBILITY OF EXHAUSTING THE SEA-
FISHERIES.*

BY JAMES G BERTRAM.

The idea of a slowly but surely diminishing supply of fish is no
doubt alarming, for the public have hitherto believed so devoutly in the
frequently-quoted proverb of ‘more fish in the sea than ever came out
of it,” that it has never, except by a discerning few, been thought pos-
sible to overfish; and, consequently, while endeavoring to supply the
constantly-increasing demand, it has never sufficiently been brought
home to the public mind that it is possible to reduce the breeding-stock
of our best kinds of sea-fish to such an extent as may render it difficult
to re-populate those exhausted ocean colonies which in years gone by
yielded, as we have been often told, such miraculous draughts. It is
worthy of being noticed that most of our public writers who venture
to treat the subject of the fisheries, proceed at once to argue that the
supply of fish is unlimited, and that the sea is a gigantic fish- -preserve,
into which man requires but to dip his net to obtain at all times an enor-
mous amount of wholesome and nutritious food.

This style of writing on the fisheries comes largely into use when-
ever there is a project of a joint-stock fishing company placed before
the public. When that is the case, obscure little villages are pointed
to as the future seats of enormous prosperity, just because they happen
to be thought of by some enterprising speculator as the nucleus of a

* Extracted from ‘‘The Harvest of the Sea, a contribution to the ee and economic
history of the British food-fishes. London. John Murray, 1865.”

142 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fishing town; and we are straightway told that Buckhorn, or Kirksalt,
or some equally obscure place, could be made to rival those towns in
Holland, whose wealth and prosperity originated in even smaller begin-
nings. We are likewise informed, on the occasions of giving publicity
to such speculations, that “the sea isa liquid mine of boundless wealth,

and that thousands of pounds might be earned by simply stretching
forth our hands and pulling out the fish that have scarcely room to live
in the teeming waters of Great Britain,” &c. I would be glad to
believe in these general statements regarding our food-fisheries, were I
not convinced, from personal inquiry, that they are a mere coinage of
the brain.

There are, doubtless, plenty of fish still in the sea, but the trouble of
capturing them increases daily, and the instruments of capture have to
be yearly augmented, indicating but too clearly to all who have studied
the subject, that we are beginning to overfish. We already know, in
the case of the salmon, that the greed of man, when thoroughly excited,
can extirpate, for mere immediate gain, any animal, however prolific it
may be. Some of the British game-birds have so narrowly escaped
destruction that their existence, in anything like quantity, when set
against the armies of sportsmen who seek their “annihilation, is wonderful.

As has been mentioned in a previous chapter of this volume, the
supply of haddocks and other Gadide was once so plentiful around the.
British coasts that a short line, with perhaps a score of hooks, fre-
quently replenished with bait,. would be quite sufficient to capture a
few thousand fish. The number of hooks was gradually extended, till
now they are counted by the thousand, the fishermen having to multiply
the means of capture as the fish become less plentiful. About forty
years ago the percentage of fish to each line was very considerable.
Hight hundred hooks would take about 750 fish; but now, with a line
studded with 4,000 hooks, the fishermen sometimes do not take 100
fish. °

It was recently stated by a correspondent of the John O’Groat Jour-
nal, a newspaper published in the fishing-town of Wick, that a fish-
curer there contracted some years ago with the boats for haddocks at
3s. Gd. per hundred, and that, at that low price, the fishing yielded the
men from £20 to £40 each season, but that now, although. he has offered
the fishermen 12s. a hundred, he "cannot procure any thing like an ade-
quate supply. As the British sea-fisheries afford remunerative employ-
ment to a large body of the population, and offer a favorable invest-
ment, it is surely time that we should know authoritatively whether or
not there be truth in the falling-off in our supplies of herring and other
white fish. At one of the Glasgow fish-merchants’ annual soirees, held
a year or two ago, it was distinctly stated that all kinds of fish were
less abundant now than in former years, and that in proportion to the
means of capture, the result was less. Mr. Methuen reiterated such
opinions again and again. “I reckon our fisheries,” said this enter-
prising fish-merchant on one occasion, “if fostered and properly fished,
a national source of wealth of more importance and value than the
gold-mines of Australia, because the gold-mines are exhaustible; but
the living, propagating, self-cultivating gift of God is inexhaustible, if
rightly fished by man, to whom they are given for food. It is evident
anything God gives is ripe and fit for food. ‘Have dominion,’ not de-
struction, was the command. ° Any farmer cutting his ripe clover grass
would not only be reckoned mad, but would, in fact, be so, were he to
tear up the roots along with the clover, under the idea that he was thus
obtaining more food for his cattle, and then wondering why he had no

REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY LAW. 143

second crop to cut. His cattle would starve, himself and family be
beggared, and turned out of their farm as improvident and destructive,
who not only beggared themselves, but, to the extent of their power,
impoverished the people by destroying the resources of their country.
The farmer who thus destroys the hopes of a rising crop by injudicious
farming, is not only his own enemy, but the enemy of his country as
well.”

Such evidence could be multiplied to any extent if it were necessary,
but I feel that quite enough has been said to prove the point. Itisa
point I have no doubt upon whatever, and persons who have studied
the question are alarmed, and say it is no use blinking the matter any
longer—that the demand for fish as an article of food is not only begin-
ning to exceed the supply, but that the supply obtained, combined with
waste of spawn and other causes, is beginning to exceed the breed-
ing-power of the fish. In the olden times, when people only caught to
supply individual wants, fish were plentiful, in the sense that no sear-
city was ever experienced, and the shoals of sea-fish, it was thought
at one time, would never diminish; but since the traffic became a com-
mercial speculation, the question has assumed a totally different aspect,
and a Sufficient quantity cannot now be obtained. Who ever hears now
of monster turbot being taken by the trawlers? Where are the mirac-
ulous hauls of mackerel that used to gladden the eyes of the fisher-
men? Where are now the wagon-loads ‘of herring to use as manure, as
in the golden age of the fisheries? Ido not require to pause for the
reply —echo would only mock my question by repeating it. Exhausted
Shoals and inferior fish tell us too plainly that there tis reason for alarm,
and that we have, in all probability, broken at last upon our capital
stock.

What, then, if this be so, will be the future of the British fisheries ?
I have already, and more than once, in preceding pages, hinted my
doubts of the existence of the enormous fish-supplies of former days;
in my opinion, the supposed plentifulness of all kinds of fish must in
a large degree have been a myth, or at least but relative, founded, in
all probability, on the fluctuating demand and the irregular supply.
Were there not an active but unseen demolition of the fish- shoals, and
were these shoals as gigantic as people imagine them to be, the sea
would speedily become like stirabout, so that in time ships would not be
able to sail from port to port. Imagine a few billions of herrings, each
pair multiplying at the rate of thirty thousand per annum! picture the
codfish, with its million ratio of increase; and then add, by way of
enhancing the bargain, a million or two of the flat-fish family
throwing in their annual quota to the total, and figures would be
arrived ‘at far too vast for human comprehension. In fact, without
some compensating balance, the waters on the globe would not con-
tain a couple of years’ increase! If fish have that tendency to mul-
tiply which is said, how comes it that in former years, when there
was not a tithe of the present demand, when the population was but
scant, and the means of inland carriage to the larger seats of popula-
tion rude and uncertain, the ocean did not overflow and leave its inhab-
itants on its shores? Were we better acquainted with the natural his-
tory of fish, it would be easy to regulate the fisheries. The everlasting
demand for sea-produce has caused the sea- -fishing, like the salmon-
fishing, to be prosecuted at improper seasons, and fish have been, indeed,
are daily, to a large extent, sold in a state that renders them quite im:
proper for human food. Another cause of the constantly-lessening
supplies may be also mentioned. Up till a recent peviod, it was thought

144 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

all fish were migratory, and the reason usually assigned for unsuccessful
fishing was that the fish had removed to some other place. Thus the
fact of a particular colony having been fished up was in some degree
hidden, chiefly from ignorance of the habits of the animal. This migra-
tory instinct, so far as our principal sea-fish are concerned, is purely
mythical. The rediscovery of the Rockall cod-bank must tend to dissi-
pate these old-fashioned suppositions of our naturalists. All fish are
local, from the salmon to the sprat, and each kind has its own abiding-
place. The salmon keeps unfailingly to its own stream; the oyster to
its own bank; the lobster to its particular rock; and the herring to its
own bay. Fishermen are beginning now to understand this, and can
tell the locality to which a particular fish belongs, from the marks upon
it. A Tay salmon differs from a Tweed one,and Norway lobsters ean be
readily distinguished from those brought from The Orkneys. Then, again,
the fine hi 1ddoe ks caught in the bay of Dublin differ mueh from those
taken in the Frith of F orth, while Lochfyne herrings and Caithness her-
rings have each distinct peculiarities.

Our great farm, the sea, is free to all—too free; there is no seed or
manure to provide, and no rent topay. Every adventurer who ean pro-
cure a boat may go out and spoliate the shoals; he has no eare for the
growth or preservation of animals which he has been taught to think
inexhaustible. In onesense it is of no consequence to a fisherman that he
sxatches codlings instead of cod; whatever size his fish may be, they yield
him what he fishes for—money. What if all the herrings he captures
be crowded with spawn? What if they be virgin fish, that have never
added a quota to the general stock? That is all as nothing to the fish-
erman as long as they bring him money. It is the same in all fisheries.
Our free, unregulated fisheries are, in my humble opinion, a thorough
mistake. If a fssherman, say with a capital of £500 in boats, nets, &e.,
had invested the same amount of money in a breeding-farm, how would
he act? Would he not earn his living and increase his capital by allow-
ing his animals to breed? and he would certainly never cut down oats
or wheat in a green state.

EXTRACT FROM THE LONDON FIELD, 1871.

The Americans, like ourselves, have begun to find that fisheries will
die out if the fish are hindered from spawning, and are taken at all times
and of all sizes. Incited thereto, perhaps, by our example, and by the
movement which has taken place in Canada in respect to the fisheries,
the Americans have begun to look rather sharply into the condition of
their own rivers. We have received various reports from the United
States of the proceedings which have been and are being taken in ref-'
erence to their fisheries. Last year an inquiry was held respecting
those of Massachusetts, at the instance of certain petitioners; but the
inquiry failed, as it was stated by the committee that there was no
sufficient cause shown for enacting any special measures. When a fail-
ure of this kind happens with us, we generally know on whose shoulders
to put it; the opposition has been too strong, and the perpetrators of
the mischief, whatever it may be, have made sufficient interest to keep
things in statu quo. We do not say that this is the case over in Massa-
chusetts. Fortua ately, however, the example set by that State has not
been followed, for Connecticut has come to a different conclusion, and

REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY LAW. 145

has ordered that fixed engines shall be done away with on the southern
coast of the State after the Ist of January, 1871; while now we have a
report from Rhode Island, forwarded to us by Mr. Spencer F. Baird, in
which it seems the committee have arrived at-a similar opinion. The
report will not bear much dissecting, as it consists chiefly of a series of
questions answered by a number of different persons. [rom their evi-
dence it seems to be clearly proved that the methods of fishing by
means of traps, pounds, gill-nets, &e., are too severe for the fish, and
that few of them can now reach their spawning places, while every year
the total falls off; that whereas formerly scup, tautog, and other fish
were very abundant, they are pow (particularly scup) growing very
scarce ; and therefore the committee recommend the State to pass a very
stringent act, prohibiting the setting of such traps and contrivances,
under penalty of a fine of not less than $50 nor more than $300 for the
first offense, and not less than $500 nor more than $1,000, with impris-
onment for not less than a month nor more than a year, for every other,
These are something like penalties, and prove that when our cousins
mean to prohibit a thing they are in earnest.

EXTRACTS FROM THE REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONERS
APPOINTED TO INQUIRE INTO THE SEA-FISHERIES OF
THE UNITED KINGDOM; PRESENTED TO BOTH HOUSES
OF PARLIAMENT BY COMMAND OF HER MAJESTY. LON.
DON, 1861.* :

To the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty :

We, the undersigned commissioners, appointed by Your Majesty to
inquire into the condition of the sea-fisheries of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, and especially instructed by the terms of
Your Majesty’s commission to ascertain, firstly, whether the supply of fish
is increasing, stationary, or diminishing; secondly, whether any modes
of fishing which are practiced are wasteful or otherwise injurious to the

*This commission, composed of James Caird, Professor T. H. Huxley, and George
Shaw Lefevre, was appointed in 1863 by the Queen, to inquire into the following
points :

Ist. Whether the supply of fish from the sea-fisheries is increasing, stationary, or
diminishing. ‘

2d. Whether any of the methods of catching fish in uge in such fisheries involve a
wasteful destruction of fish or spawn; and, if so, whether it is probable that any legis-
lative restriction upen such method of fishing would result in an increase of the supply
of fish.

3d. Whether any existing legislative restrictions operate injuriously upon any of
such fisheries,

- The conclusions to which the commissioners arrived have been vigorously assailed
by many writers, both in this country and in Europe; chief among the latter is a
French author, Rimbaud, whose protest is referred to in the report of the Mas-
sachusetts commissioners of fisheries for 1869, p.60, and by Mr. G. H. Palmer, (p. 94,)
of the present report. It is upon the conclusion of Professor Huxley and his associates
that Captain Atwood mainly relies for his argument in favor of free fishing, without
any restrictions. As has beenshown by the first-mentioned writers, and in my own report,
a distinction is to be drawn between the shore and the outside or deep-sea fisheries,
and while the arguments of the British commissioners apply essentially to the latter,
the questions in connection with the fisheries of the south side of New England are
related almost exclusively to the former.

shedan 15)
S. Mis. 61——10

146 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

supply of fish; and, thirdly, whether the said fisheries are injuriously
affected by any legislative restrictions, humbly submit the following
report of our proceedings to Your Majesty:

We first proceed to state the results of our inquiries into the matters
to which Your Majesty’s commission especially directs our attention.
And, first, whether the supply of fish from the sea-fisheries is increas-
ing, stationary, or diminishing.

Though there has been much conflicting evidence on this point, we
have had no difficulty in coming to the conclusion that, on the coasts of
Great Britain, the supply of fish is increasing, and that it admits of pro-
gressive increase.

It fluctuates according to the locality and the season of the year. In
the autumn of 1863 the northeast coast of England yielded a meagre
inshore fishing, while, in the following year, we found on the east coast
of Scotland the haddock fishing had been one of the best ever known.
And at the time that the inshore fishing was unproductive in 1863, that
carried on by the decked vessels farther to sea was yielding an abundant
supply.

The evidence where strongest in favor of a gradual decline in the yield
of fish was nearly always accompanied by statements showing a pro-
gressive increase in the number of men and boats engaged in the fish-
ing. And not only have these numbers uniformly increased, but there
has also been an increase in the length of each fishing-line and the num-
ber of hooks upon it, in the length and depth of the nets, and in the
size and sea-going qualities of the boats. The machinery for fishing
has been increased in efficiency, while, in proportion to that efficiency,
the cost of working it is actually diminished. There is likewise abundant
proof of:the continued productiveness of the nearestand most frequented
fishing-grounds. The principal London salesmen concurred in their
testimony to that effect. Not only are the fishing-vessels constantly
being increased in number, but the take of each vessel is increasing,
and, from the speedier means of transport, the quality of the fish is
improving. On the western part of the Dogger bank it is not un-
common for a single trawl vessel to take, in a three hours’ trawl, from
two to three tons’ weight of fish ; and a smack-owner mentioned a recent
case in which five of his vessels caught 17 tons of fish in one night.
Siniilar testimony is borne to the prolific character of the fishing-banks
of Scarborough, Flamborough Head, Grimsby, and the coast ot Norfolk.
In the English Channel, the famous fishing-ground of Rye Bay, which
has for a long period of years been constantly trawled over by both
English and French fishermen, was stated to have yielded more fish in
1863 than in any previous year. In some of the bays on the south coast
signs of over-fishing have been alleged to exist, but in the deep sea the
well-known trawling-grounds are constantly fished over with daily re-
turning success.

The second question submitted to us is, whether any of the methods
of catching fish in use in the sea-fisheries involves a wasteful destruc-
tion of fish and spawn; and, if so, whether it is probable that any legis-
lative restriction upon such methods of fishing would result in an in-
crease of the supply of fish? ;

Of the many methods of taking sea-fish described in the appendix,
(No. 1,) very few have escaped complaint from one source or another ;
and our minutes of evidence would have been far less voluminous had
we not considered it our duty to encourage the complainants to state
their views fully, and to sift out, by careful and varied questioning, the
amount of truth contained in their multitudinous allegations.

REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY LAW. 147

As these complaints have usually been brought against one class of
fishermen by others, who, rightly or wrongly, conceived themselves to
be unjustly injured in their most important interests ; and as they have
been rebutted by persons whose means of living, largely or wholly, de-
pend upon their power to continue the alleged wrongful practices, it
will not be a matter of astonishment that the evidence, so far as it re-

cords merely personal convictions, and assertions that can be neither
proved or disproved, is of the most conflicting character.

In making this remark, we have no wish to reflect in the slightest de-

gree upon the veracity of either side. On the contrary, we desire par-
ticularly to acknowledge the frankness with which the fishermen gener-
ally gave their evidence, and the intelligent manner in w hich’ they
stated their views. But fishermen, as a class, are exceedingly unobsery-
ant of anything about fish which is not absolutely forced upon them by
their daily avocations; and they are, consequently, not only prone to
adopt every belief, however ill-founded, which seems to tell in their own
favor, but they are disposed to depreciate the present in comparison
with the past. Nor, in certain localities, do they lack the additional
temptation to make the worst of the present, offered by the hope that
strong statements may lead the state to interfere in their favor, with
dangerous competitors.
_ Leaving out of consideration the comparatively few cases in which
private rights of sea-fishery exist, it may be laid down as a broad prin-
ciple that, apart from the restrictions prescribed by international law,
or by special treaties, the produce of the sea is the property of the people
in common, and that methods of fishing are fitting subjects for legislation
only so far as such legislation can be shown to “be necessary to secure
the greatest possible advant age to the whole nation from the sea-fisheries,
either by suppressing w asteful and uselessly destructive modes of fishing,
or by removing legislative obstacles in the way of improved modes of
fishing, or by preserving peace and order among fishermen.

Keeping these principles in view, all the tenable complaints against
methods of fishing which have been brought before us may be classified
under two heads:

I. Complaints that a given mode of fishing is wasteful, and tends to
diminish the supply of fish permanently.

IJ. Complaints that a given mode of fishing interferes with the lawful
occupations of fishermen of another class, or of other persons.

In discussing the first series of complaints, three distinct issues. will
have to be considered :

a. Does the alleged waste take place, and to what extent?

b. Can the waste which occurs be shown to have affected the supply
of fish?

ec. If waste have occurred to a sufficient extent to affect the supply of
fish, how far is it desirable to interfere by direct legislation, and how
far is it better to trust to natural checks ?

And as regards the second series, we shall find it necessary to inquire—

a. Does the alleged interference. occur, and to what extent ?

b. If the interference occurs , does the public interest require the in-
tervention of the state?

I. Complaints that a given mode of fishing is wasteful, and tends to
diminish the supply of fish permanently.

The chief methods of fishery against which complaints of this kind
have been brought are—

1. Beam-trawling in the open sea.

2. All kinds of sweep-net fishing, (beam-trawling, shrimping, seinings

148 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

circle-net fishing,) and fishing with small meshed nets and weirs in bays
and estuaries.

Trawling is alleged to be a wasteful and destructive mode of fishing—

1. Because the whole, or the majority of the fish brought up in the
trawl, are dead, and so much damaged as to be unwholesome or other-
wise unfit for human food.

2. Because the beam and net, dragging along the sea-bottom, tear up
or destroy the spawn of fish.

3. Because the net brings up a vast quantity of the fry of fish, or of
fish so small as to be unsalable, which is all thrown back dead into
the water.

4, Because, in consequence of the latter effects of trawling, all the
grounds over which the trawlers work are becoming rapidly exhausted ;
so that not only are line-fishermen unable to obtain any fish there, but
the trawlers themselves are obliged to seek other localities, and are in
fact rapidly becoming ruined.’

1. The assertion that trawled fish is always, or commonly, brought up
not only dead, but so much damaged as to be unwholesome and unfit
for human food, has been made and strongly persisted in by several
witnesses; but we feel bound to express our conviction that the state-
ment is incorrect, and, indeed, absurd.

2. The statement that the beam and the net of the trawl dragging
along the ground tear up and destroy the spawn of fish, has not been
justified by the evidence adduced. Many of the unhesitating assertions
which have been made before us .on this head, in fact, are only intelli-
gible upon the supposition that the witnesses were ignorant of the real
mode of working the trawl-net, and of the true nature of many of the
substances brought up by it.

Tn conclusion, we are clearly of opinion—

1. That fishing by the use of the beam-trawl is the source of by far
the greatest and most progressive supply of fish, other than herring,
to the principal markets of this country; that certain descriptions of
fish, such as soles and plaice, could not be largely supplied by any other
mode of fishing; that it engages the largest capital, empjoys the most
numerous body of hardy fishermen, is the least under the control of the
weather, and obtains the greatest returns of fish for the labor and capi-
tal employed. ;

2. That there is no reason to believe that trawling in the open sea
destroys the spawn of fish.

3. That trawling in the open sea involves the capture of a certain
very variable proportion of small fish, which is wasted or not, according
to circumstances.

4. That there is no evidence to show that trawling has permanently
diminished the supply of fish from any trawling-ground, but that there
is proot to the contrary.

5. That trawling in the open sea has not interfered with the supply
of fish from line-fishermen; unless it be by catching, in a more expedi-
tious and regular manner, fish which the line-fishermen might have
taken.

6. That trawling in the open sea is not shown to be a wastefully-
destructive mode of fishing, but the contrary.

7. That any legislative restriction upon trawling in the open sea
would result in a very great decrease in the supply of fish.

X.—NOTICES IN REGARD TO THE ABUNDANCE OF FISH
ON THE NEW ENGLAND COAST IN FORMER TIMES. —

“An account of two voyages to New England. A description of the country,
natives, and creatures. By John Josselyn Gent., 1675.

[Reprinted in Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, 3d series, ITI., 1833. ]

“The Sea that Piscina mirabilis affords us the greatest number, of
which I shall begin first with the Whale, a regal fish, as all fish of eX-
traordinary size are accounted; of these there are (as I have said in
another place) seven kinds—the Ambergreese Whale the chiefest.
Anno Dom. 1668, the 17 of July, there was one of them thrown up on the
shore between Winter-harbour and Cape-porpus, about eight mile from
the place where I lived, that was five and fifty foot long. They are
Creatures of a vast magnitude and strength.”—(P. 271.)

‘¢ The Sea-hare is as big as a Grampus or Herrin-hog, and as white as a
sheet. There hath been of them in Black-Point Harbour, and some way
up the river, but we could never take any of them; several have shot
sluggs at them, but lost their labor.”

“The sturgeon is a Regal fish, too; I have seen of them that have
been sixteen foot in length; of their sounds they make isinglass, which,
melted in the mouth, is excellent to seal letters.”

“The Sea-horse or Morse is a kind of monster-fish, numerous about the
Isle of Sables ; i. e., the Sandy Isle. An amphibious creature, killed for
their Teeth and Oyl; never brings more than two at a birth; as also doth
the Seal and Manate or Cow-tish, which is supposed to be the Sea-
monster.”

‘* The small Sword-fish is very good meat; the Sea-bat or Sea-owl is a
kind of flying fish.”—(P. 272.)

“The Mackerel, of which there is choicefull plenty all summer long ;
in the spring they are ordinarily 18 inches long; afterwards there is
none taken but what are smaller.”

“The Herrin, which are numerous, they take of them all summer long.
In Anno Dom. 1670. They were driven back into Black-Point Harbour by
other great fish that prey upon them so near the shore that they threw
themselves (it being high water) upon dry land in such infinite numbers
that we might have gone up half-way the leg amongst them for near a
quarter of a mile. We used to qualifie a pickled Herrin by boiling of
him in milk.”

The Alewife is like a Herrin, but has a bigger bellie; therefore called
an Alewife; they come in the end of April into fresh Rivers and Ponds;
there hath been taken in two hours’ time by two men without any Weyre
at all, saving a few stones to stop the passage of the River, above ten
thousand.”—(P. 273.)

“The Basse is a salt-water fish too, but most an end taken in Rivers
where they spawn; there hath been 3,000 Basse taken at a set; one
writes that the fat in the bone of a Basse’s head is his braines, which is
a lye.”

150 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

“The Salmon likewise is a Sea-fish, but as the Basse, comes into Rivers
to spawn. The Salmon the first year is a Salmon-smolt ; The second a
Mort; The third a Spraid; The fourth a Soar; The fifth a Sorrel; The
sixth a forket-tail; and the seventh year a Salmon. There are another
sort of Salmon frequent in those parts, called White Salmons.”

* Capeling is a small fish like smelt.”—(P. 274.)

“The Frost-fish is little bigger than a Gudgeon, and are taken in
fresh brooks; when the waters are frozen they make a hole in the Ice,
about half a yard or yard wide, to which the fish repair in great num-
bers, where, with small nets bound to a hoop about the bigness of a
firkin-hoop, with a staff fastened to it, they take them out of the hole.
T have not done with the fish yet, being willing to let you know all of
them that are to be seen and catched in the Sea & fresh waters of New
England ; and because I will not tire your patience overmuch, having
no cccasion to enlarge my discourse, I shall only name them and so con-
elude.”

‘A leport, Grandpisse, Porgee,
Albiocre, Hake, temora,
Barracha, Haddock, Sea-Ravens,
Barracoutha, Horse- foot, Sail-fish,
Blew-fish, Hallibut, Scallop,
Bull-head, Hen-fish, Seate,
Bur fish, Lampre, Stingray,
Cat-fish, Limpin, Seulpin,
Cony-fish, Lumpe, Shadd,
Cusk, Maid, Spurlin,
Clam, Monk-fish, Sheath-fish,
Rock-Cod, Sea Mullet, Smelt,
Sea-Cod, Nun-fish, Shrimps,
Divers kinds of Crabs, Perch, Sprates,
Sea-cucumber, Polluck, Star-fish,
Cunner, Periwincle, Sword-fish,
Sea-Darts or Javelins, Pike, Thornback,
Flail-fish, Pilot-fish, Turbet,
Flounder or Flowke, — Plaice, The Vlatife or Saw-fish,
Flying-fish, Porpisse, Sea-Vrehin,
several kinds, Prawne, Sea- Vnicorn.”
Sea-Flea, Purple-fish, —(Pp. 276, 277.)

New Englands rarities discovered in Birds, Beasts, Fishes, Serpents, and
Plants of that country, ete. By John Josselyn, Gent. 1672.

[Reprinted in Archeologia Americana, vol. IV., 1860.]

“The wobble, an ill-shaped bird; having no long feathers in their
pinions, which is the reason they cannot fly; not much unlike the pen-
ewin. They are in the spring very fat, or rather oyly; but pull’d and
garbidg’d, and laid to the fire to roast, they yield not one drop.”*—(P.
146.) ‘

“The Sturgeon; of whose sounds is made isinglass,—a kind of glew
much used in physick. ‘This fish is here in great plenty, and in some
rivers so numerous that it is hazardous for canoes and the like small
vessels to pass to and again; as in Pechipscut River to the eastward.”
(P. 164.)

“The scarlet muscle. At Paschataway, (a plantation about fifty

* This refers to the Great Auk, Alca impennis, now extinct.—S. F. B.

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 151

leagues by sea eastward from boston,) in a small cove called Baker’s
Cove, there is found this kind of muscle, which hath a purple vein ;
which, being prickt with a needle, yieldeth a perfect purple or scarlet
juice; dying linnen so that no washing will wear it out, but keeps its
lustre many years. We mark our handkerchiefs and shirts with it.”—
167.)
Blew Fish or Hound-fish, two kinds. Speekled hound-fish, and blew
hound-fish, called horse-fish.—(P. 158.)

Blew-fish or horse. I did never see any of them in England. They
are big usually as the salmon, and better meat by far. It is common in New
England, and esteemed the best sort of fish, next to rock-cod.—(P. 229.)

Advertisements for the inexperienced Planters of New England, or any-
where. Or, the Pathway to experience to erect a Plantation. By Cap-
taine Iohn Smith. London, 1631.

[Reprinted in Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society, III., 3d series, 1833. ]

At the sole charge of foure Merchants of London and my selfe, 1614,
within eight weekes sayling I arrived at Monahigan an Ie in America
in 43. degrees 39, minutes of Northerly latitude. Had the fishing for
Whale proved as we expected, I had stayed in the country; but we
found the plots wee had, so false, and the seasons for fishing and trade
by the unskilfulnesse of our Pylot so much mistaken, I was contented,
having taken by hookes and lines with fifteene or eighteene men at
most, more than 60,000 cod in lesse than a moneth.—(P. 19.)

The seven and thirty passengers miscarrying twice upon the coast
of Hngland, came so ill-provided, they onely relyed upon the poore com-
pany they found, that had lived two yeares by their naked industry,
and what the country naturally afforded ; it is true, at first there hath
beene taken a thousand Bayses at a draught, and. more than twelve
hogsheads of Herrings in a night; of other fish when and what they
would, when they had - meaues ; but wanting most necessaries for fishing
and fow ling, it is a wonder how they could. subsist, fortifie themselves,
resist their enemies, and plant their plants.— (Chap. ihg e 5)

One ship this summer with twenty cattell, and forty or fifty passen-
gers, arrived all well, and the ship at home againe in nine weekes: another
for all this exclamation of want, is returned with 10000. corfish, and
fourescore kegs of Sturgion, which they did take and save when the sea-
Son Was neare past, and in the very heat of summer, yet as good as can
be.—(Chap. 13, p. 42.)

>

A Description of New England: or, the Observations & Discoueries of
Captain John Smith (Admirall of that Country) in the North of America,
in the year of our Lord 1614; with the suecesse of sixe Ships, that went
the next yeare 1615; & the accidents befeli him among the French men of
warre: with the proofe of the present benefit this Countrey affoords:
whither this present yeare, 1616, eight voluntary Ships are gone to make
JSurther tryall. At London: Printed by Humfrey Lownes, for Robert

52 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER. OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Clerke; are to be sould at his house called the Lodge, in Chancery lane,
ouer against Lincolnes Inne.—1616.”

[Reprinted in Force’s Historical Tracts, vol. ii. Contents, p. 3, Tract 1.]

“The seasons for fishing approoued. In March, April, May, & halfe
June, here is Cod in abundance ; in May, June, July, & August, Mullet
& Sturgion; whose roes doe make Cauiare & Puttargo. Herring, if
any desire them, T haue taken many out of the bellies a Cods, some in
nets; but the Saluages compare their store in the sea, to the haires of
their heads: & surely there are an incredible abundance upon this
Coast. In the end of August, September, October & Nouember, you
haue Cod againe to make Cor fish, or Poore John: & each hundred is
as good as two or three hundred in the New-found Land. So that halfe
the labor in hooking, splitting, & turning, is saued: & you may haue
your fish at what Market you will, before they can have any in New-
found Land; where their fishing is chiefly but in June & July: whereas
it is heere in March, April, May, September, October, & Nouember, as
is said. So that by reason of this plantation, the Merchants may haue
fraught both out & home: which yeelds an advantage worth considera-
tion. ”

“The Mullets heere are in that abundance, you may take them with
nets, sometimes by hundreds, where at Cape blank they hooke them ;
yet those but one foot & a halfe i in length; these two, three, or foure,
as oft I have measured: much Salmon some haue found vp the Riuers,
as they haue passed: & heer the ayre is so temperate, as all these at
any time may well be preserued.” (Vol. 1, p. 10, Tract 1.)

‘* Of Beuers, Otters, Martins, Blacke Foxes, & Furres of price, may
yearely be had 6 or 7,000: & if thetrade of the French were preuented,
many more: 25,000 this yeare were brought from those Northern parts
into France ; of which trade we may haue as good part as the French,
if we take good courses.’ (Vol TE pla , Tract 1.)

Woovs.— The Lue headlands are onely Cape Tragabigzanda &
Cape Cod.”

‘¢ Oke, is the chiefe wood; of which there is great difference in re-
gard of the soyle where it groweth: firre, pyne, walnut, chesnut, bireh,
ash, elme, cypresse, ceder, mulberrie, plumtree, hazell, saxefrage, &
many other sorts.”

Birps.—“ Eagles, Gripes, diuerse sorts of Haukes, Cranes, Geese,
Brants, Cormorants, Ducks, Sheldrakes, Teale, Meawes, Guls, Turkies,
Diue-doppers, & many other sorts, whose names I knowe not.”

FisHes.—“ Whales, Grampus, Porkpisces, Turbut, Sturgion, Cod,
Hake, Haddock, Cole, Cusk, or small Ling, Shark, Mackerrell, Herring,
Mullet, Base, Pinacks, Cumners, Pearch, Eels, Crabs, Lobsters, Muskles,
Ww ilkes, Oy sters, & diuerse others, &e. ” (J "ol. Jf, p. 16, - Tract 1.)

Brasts.— Moos, ‘a beast bigger than a Stagge; Deere, red, &
Fallow; Beuers, Wolues, Foxes, both blacke & other; Arougheconds, -
Wild-cats, Beares, Otters, Martins, Fitches, Musquassus, & diuerse
sorts of vermine, whose names I know not. All these & diuerse other
good things do heere, for want of vse, still increase, & decrease with
little diminution, whereby they growe to that abundance. You shall
searce finde any Baye, Shallow Shore, or Coue of sand, where you may
not take many Clampes, or Lobsters, or both at your pleasure, & in
many places lode your boat if you please; Nor Iles where you finde
not fruits, birds, crabs, & muskles, or all of them, for taking, at lowe
water. And in the harbors we frequented a little boye might take of

~~

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 153

Cunners, & Pinacks, & such delicate fish, at the Ship’s sterne, more than
sixe or tenne can eate in a daie; but with a casting-net, thousands
when wee pleased: & scarce any place, but Cods, Guske, Holybut,
Mackerell, Scate, or such like, a man may take with a hooke or line
what he will. And,in diuerse sandy Baies, a man may draw with a net
great store of Mullets, Bases, & diuerse other sorts of such excellent
fish, as many as his Net can drawe on shore: no Riuer where there is
not plentie of Sturgion, or Salmon, or both; all which are to be had in
abundance obseruing but their seasons.” (Vol. LI, p. 17, Tract 1.)

“And is it not pretty sport, to pull vp two pence, six pence, and
twelue pence, as fast as you can hale & veare a line? He is a very bad
fisher, cannot kill in one day with his hooke & line, one, two, or three
hundred Cods: which dressed & dryed, if they be sould there for ten
shillings the hundred, though in England they will gine more than
twentie; may not both the seruant, the master, & marchant, be well
content with this gaine? If a man worke but three days in seauen, he
may get more then hee can spend, vulesse he will be excessiue.” (Vol.
TE, p. 21, Tract 1.)

“* New Englands Trials. Declaring the successe of 80 ships employed
thither within these eight yeares ; and the benefit of that Country by Sea and
Land. With the present estate of that happie Plantation, begun but by
60 weake men in the yeare 1620. And how to build a Fleete of good Shippes
to make a little Nawie Royall. Written by Captain John Smith, some-
times Gouernour of Virginia, & Admirall of New England. The Second
Edition. London: Printed by William Iones.—1622.”

{Force’s Historical Tracts, vol. I, Tract 2. |

“With two ships sent out at the charge of Captain Marmaduke Roy-
don, Captain George Langam, M. John Buley, & W. Skelton, I went
fro the Downes the third of "March, & arriued in New England the
last of April, where I was to haue stay ed but with ten men to keep pos-
session of those large territories. Had the whales proued, as curious
information had assured me & my posed) (but those things
failed.) So having but fortie-five men & boyes, we built seven boates,
ov did fish; my self with eight others ranging ie peat I took a plot of
what I could see, got acqui 1intance of the inhabitants ; 1,100 Beuer skins,

100 Martins & as many Otters. 40,000 of drie fish we e sent for Spaine

with the salt fish, traine oile & Furres. I returned for England the 18

of July, & arriued safe with my company the latter eud of August.”

(Vol. IT, p. 9, Tract 2.)

‘The country very pleasant & temperate, yeelding of it self great store
of fruites, as vines of diuers sorts in great abundance; there is likewise

walnuts, chesnuts, small nuts & plums, with much varietie of flowers,
rootes, & herbs, no lesse pleasant then wholsome & profitable: no place

hath more goose-berries & straw-berries, nor better, Timber of all sorts

you haue in England, doth coner the Land, that affoords beasts of divers
sorts, & great flocks of Turkies, Quailes, Pigeons & Partriges: many
great lakes abounding with fish, fowle, Beuers & Otters. The sea
affords VS as great plenty of all excellent sorts of sea-fish as the riuers
& Hes doth varietie of wilde fowle ef most vsefull sorts.” (Vol. Li, p:
14, Tract 2.)

cc What is already writ of the healthfulnesse of the aire, the richnesse
of the soile, the goodnes of the woods, the abundance of fruits, fish, &
fowle in their season, they stil affirm that haue bin there now neare 2

154 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

yeares, & at one draught they haue taken 1,000 basses, & in one night
twelve hogsheads of herring.” (Vol. LI, page 16, Tract 2.)

“Gov. Thomas Dudley’s Letter to the Countess of Lincoln, March, 1631.
With explanatory Notes, by Dr. John Farmer, Corresponding Secretary
of the New- Hampshire Historical Society. Washington: Published by
Peter Force.—1838.” ;

[Reprinted Force’s, Historical Tracts II., Tract 4.—1838. ]

‘“Vpon the 8 of March, from after it was faire day light untill about
8 of the clock in the forenoone, there flew over all the tounes in our
plantacons so many flocks of doues, each flock conteyning many thou-
sands, & some soe many that they obscured the lighte, that it passeth
credit, if but the truth should bee written. (Vol. IZ, page 17, Tract 4.)

“ New Hnglish Canaan; or, New Canaan, containing an abstract of New
England.— Composed in three Bookes. The first setting forth the Originall
of the Natives, their Manners & Customs. Together with their tractable
Nature & Love towards the English. II. The Natural Indowments of
the Countrie, & what Staple Commodities it yeeldeth. III. What
People are planted there, their Prosperity, what remarkable Accidents
have happened since the first planting of it: together with their Tenants
& practise of their Church. Written by Thomas Morton, of Clifford’s
Inn, Gent. Upon ten Yeers Knowledge & Hxperiment of the Country.
Printed by Charles Green.—1632.”

[Reprinted in Force’s Historical Tracts, Vol. II, Tract 5.]

“And first of the Swanne, because she is the biggest of the fowles of
that Country.. There are of them in Merrimack River, & in other
parts of the ¢ ountry, greate Store at the seasons of the yeare.”

“There are Gesse of three sorts, vize, brant Geese, which are pide,
& white Geese which are bigger, & gray Geese, which areas bigg &
bigger then the tame Geese of England, with black legges, black bills,
heads & necks black.”— Vol. I, p. 46, Tract 5.)

‘Ducks, there are of three kindes, pide Ducks, gray Ducks, & black
Ducks in greate abundance.”

‘“Teales, there are of two sorts greene winged, & blew winged.”

os Widggens there are, & abundance of other Ww ater foule.”

‘‘ Simpes, there are like our Simpes in all respects, with very little
difference.”

‘ Sanderlings are dainty birds, more full bodied than a Snipe.”

‘Cranes, there are greate Store.” (P. 47, Tract 5.)

“ Turkies there are, which divers times in great flocks have sallied
by our doores. Of these there hath bin killed, that have weighed forty-
eight pound a peece.. I had a salvage who hath taken out his boy in a
morning, & they have brought home their loades about noone. I have
asked them what number they found in the woods, who have answered

Neent Metawna, which is a thousand that day; the plenty of them
is such in these parts. They are easily killed at rooste, because the
one being killed, the other sit fast neverthelesse, & this is no bad
commodity r

“There are a kinde of fowles which are commonly called Pheisants,

e

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 155

but whether they be pheysants or no, I will not take upon mee, to de-
termine. They are in form like our pheisant- henne of England. Both
the male &, the female are alike; but they are rough footed: & have
stareing fethers about the head & neck, the body is as bigg as the
pheysant-henne of England; & are excellent white flesh, & delicate
white meate, yet we seldome bestowe a shoote at them.”

ot Partridges, there are much, like our Partridges of England, they are
of the same ‘plumes, but biggerin body. They have not the signe of the
horse shoe-shoe on the brest as the Partridges of England; nor are they
coloured about the heads as those are ; they sit on the trees. For I have
seen 40. in one tree at a time; yet at night they fall on the ground, &
sit until morning so together; & are dainty flesh.”

“There quailes also, “but bige rer then the quailes in England. They
take trees also: for I have numbered 60. upon a tree at a time. The
cocks doe call at the time of the yeare, but witha cient note from
the Cock quailes of England.” (P. 48, Tract 5.)

‘“¢ There are Owles of “divers kindes: but I did neve hears e any of them
whop as ours doe.”

“There are Crowes, kights & rooks that doe differ in some respects
from those of England. The Crowes (which I have much admired,
what should be the cause) both smell & taste of Muske in Summer, but
not in Winter.” (P. 49, Tract 5.)

“There is a curious bird to see to, called a hunning bird, no bigger
than a great Beetle; that out of question lives upon the Bee, which he
eateth & catcheth amongst Flowers: For it is his Custome to frequent
those places, Fiowers he cannet feed upon by reason of his sharp bill,
which is like the poynt of a Spanish needle, but Shorte. His fethers
have a glosse like silke, & as hee stirres, they show to be of a chaing-
able coloure; & has bin, & is admired for shape, coloure, & size.”
(e100, Tract. 5.)

“There are in this Country, three kindes of Deares of which there
are. greate plenty, & those are very usefull. First, therefore I will
speake of the Elke, which the Salvages call a Mose: it is a very large
Deare, with a very faire head, & a “proade palme, like the palme of a
fallow Deares horne, but much bigger, & is 6. footewide betweene the
tipps, which grow curbing downwards : Hee is of the bignesse of a
great horse. ‘There is a second sort of Deare (lesse then the redd Deare
of England, but much bigger then the English fallow Deare) swift of
foote, but of a more darke coloure; with some griseld heares. When
his coate is full growne in the summer season, his hornes grow curving,
with a croked beame, resembling our redd Deare, not with a palme like
the fallow Deare.” (P. 51, Tract t 5.)

“There is likewise a third sorte of deare, lesse then the other, (which
are a kind of rayne deare,) to the southward of all the English planta-
tions, they are excellent good fiesh. And these also bring three fownes
at a time, & in this particular the Deare of those parts, excell all the
knowne Deare of the whole world.”

‘The next in mine epinion fit to be spoken of is the Beaver; which
is a Beast ordained, for land & water both, & hath fore feet like a eunny,
her hinder feete like a goese, mouthed like a cunny, but short eared
like a Serat, fishe in summer, & wood in winter, which hee conveyes
to his howse built on the water, wherein hee sitts Ww ith his tayle bang-
ing in the water, which else w ould over heate & rot off.”"—(P. 52, Tract - )

“The Otter of those parts, in Winter season, hath a furre as black so
jett, & is a furre of very highe price ; a good black skinne is worth
3. or 4, Angels of gold. ‘The Flesh is eaten by the Salvages: but how

156 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

good it is I cannot shew, because it is not eaten by our Nation. Yet
is this a beast, that ought to be placed in the number amongst the
Commodities of the Country. 2

“The Luseran or Luseret, is a beast like a Catt: but so bigg as a great
hound: with a tayle shorter then a Catt. His clawes are like a Catt’s.
Hee will make a pray of the Deare. His Flesh is dainty meat, like a
lammbe; his hide is choise furre, & accompted a good commodity.”

“The Martin isa beast about the bignes of a Foxe. His furre is
chestnutt coloure, & of those there are ‘greate Store in the Northerne
parts of the Country ,& isa good commodity. 1 (P. 53, Tract 3.)

‘‘The Racowne is a beast as bigg, full out, as a Foxe, with a Bush-
tayle. His Flesh excellent foode: his oyle precious for the Syattica, his
furre course, butt the Skinnes serve the Salvages for coats, & is with
those people of more esteeme, then a coat of “beaver, because of the
tayles that (hanging round in their order) doe adorne the garment, & is
therefore so much esteeined of them. His fore-feete are like the ‘fete
of an ape; & by the print thereof, in the time of snow, he is followed
to his hole, which is commonly in a hollow tree, from whence hee is
fiered out, & so taken.”

‘* The Foxes are of two coloures; the one redd, the other gray, these
feede on fish; & are good furre, the doe not stinke, as the Foxes of
England, but their condition for their pray, is as the Foxes of England.”

“The Wolfes are of divers coloures: some sandy coloured; some
griselled, & some black, their foode is fish which they cateh when
they pass up the rivers, into the ponds to spawne at the Spring time.
The Deare are also their pray, & at Summer, where they have whelpes,
the bitch will fetch a puppy dogg from our dores, to feed their whelpes
with.” (P. 54, Tract 5.)

“The Beare is a tyrant at a Lobster, & at low water will downe to the

10cks, & groape after them with oreat diligence. His hide is used
by the Salvages, for garments, & is more commodious then discom-
modious, as may passe (with some allowance) with the rest.”

‘““The Muskewashe, is a beast that frequenteth the ponds. What he
eats I cannot finde.” ;

“« This Country, in the North parts thereof, hath many Poreupines, but
I do not finde the beast any way usefull or burtfull.”

‘“ There are in those Northerne parts many Hedgehoggs, of the like
nature, to our English Hedghoggs.”

““ Here are ereate store of Cony es in those parts, of divers coloures ;
some white, some black, & some gray. Those towards the Southern
parts are very small, but those to the North are as big as the English
Cony; their eares are very short. For meate the small rabbit is as
good as any that I have eaten of elsewhere.”

“There are Squirils of three sorts, very different in shape & con-
dition; & is gray, & hee i iS as bigg as the lesser Cony, & keepeth the
woods feeding upon nutts.”

‘“ Another is red, and he haunts our houses, & will rob us of our
Corne, but the Catt many times, payes him the price of his presump-
tion.” (P. 55, Tract 5.)

“The third is a little flying squirill, with bat-like wings, which hee
spreads when hee jumps from tree to tree, and does no harm.”

SNAKES.—“ The general Salvage name of them is Ascowke. There is
one creeping beast, or longe creeple (as the name is in Devonshire,) that
hath a rattle at his tayle, that doth discover his age. I have had my
dogge venomed with troubling one of these; & so swelled, that I
thought it would have bin his death ; but with one saucer of salet oyle

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 157

powred downe his throat, he has recovered, & the swelling asswaged
by the next day. The like experiment hath bin made upon a boy that
hath by chance troad upon one of these, and the boy never the worse.
Therefore it is simplicity in any one that shall tell a bugbeare tale of
horrible or terrible Serpents that are in that land.

‘Mise .there are good store, & my Lady Woodbees black gray mal-
kin may have pastime enough there: but for rats, the Country by Na-
ture is troubled with none.” (P. 56, Tract. 5.)

‘“ Of the Fishes, & what commodity they proove.

“Among Fishes First I will begin with the Codd, because it is the
most commodious of all fish, as may appeare, by the use which is made
of them in foraigne parts.”

“ The Codd fishing is much used in America, (whereof New England
is part) in so much as 300. Sayle of shipps, from divers ports, have used
to be imployed yearely in that trade.”

‘7 have seene in one Harboure, next Richmond Island 15. Sayle of
shipps at one time, that have taken in them, driyed Codds for Spaine,
& the Straights (& it has bin found that the Saylers have made 15. 18.
20. 22. p. Share for a common man.”

‘* The Coast aboundeth with such multitudes of Codd, that the inhab-
itants of New England doe dunge their grounds with ‘Codd: ; & itis a
commodity better than the odiden mines of the Spanish Indies; for
without dried Codd the Spaniard, Portugal & Italian, would not be able
to vittell of a shipp for the sea; & I am sure at the Canaries it is the
principal commodity ; which place lyeth neere New England very con-
venient, for the vending of this commodity, one hundred of these being
at the price of 300. of New found land Codds, great store of traine oyle
is mayd of the livers of the Codd, & is a commodity that without ques-
tion will enrich the inhabitants of New England quickly; & is therefore
a principall commodity.”

“The Basse is an excellent Fish, both fresh & Salte one hundred
whereof salted (at market) have yielded 5. p. They are so large, the
head of one will give a good eater a dinner, & for daintinesse of diet,
they excell the Marybones of Beefe. There are such multitudes, that I
I have seene stopped into the river close adjoining to my howse with a
sand at one tide, so many as will loade a ship of 100 tonnes.”

“ Other places have greater quantities in so much, as wagers have
bin layed, that one should not throw a stone in the water, but that hee
should hit a fish.”

“‘] myselfe, at the turning of the tyde, have seene such multitudes
passe out of a pounde, that it seemed to me, that one might goe over
their backs drishod.”

*« These follow the bayte up the rivers, & sometimes are followed for,
bayte & chased into the bayes, & shallow waters, by the grand pise!:
& these may have also a prime place in the Catatogue of Commodi-
ties.”

“The Makarels are the baite for the Basse, & these have been chased
into the shallow waters, where so many thousands have shott them-
selves a shore with the surfe of the Sea, that whole hogges-heads have
been taken up on the Sands; & for length they excell any of other

'Grampus, (S. F. B.)

158 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

parts: they have bin measured 18. & 19. inches in length & seaven
breadth: & are taken with a drayle, (as boats use to pass to & froe at
Sea on businesse) in very greate quantities all along the Coaste.”

“The Fish is good, salted; for store against the winter, as well as
fresh, & to be accounted a good commodity.”

‘“ The Sturgeon in England is regalis piscis, every man in New England
may catch what he will, there are multitudes of them, & they are much
fatter than those that are brought into England from other parts, in so
much as by reason of their fatnesse, they do not look white, but yellow,
which made a cook presume they were not so good as them ‘of Roushea:
silly fellow that could not understand that it is the nature of fish salted,
or pickelled, the fatter the yellower being best to preserve.”

‘¢ Of Salmons there is a great abundance: & these may be allowed for
acommodity, and placed in the catallogue. M

“ Of Herrings, there is great store, fat, and faire; & (to my minde) as
good as any I have seene, “& these may be preserved, and made a good
commodity at the Canaries.”

‘Of Keles there is abundance, both in the Saltwaters & in the fresh:
& the fresh water Eele there (if I may take the judgment of a London
Fishmonger) is the best that hee hath ‘found in his lifetime. Ihave with
jieele potts found my howse hold, (being nine persons, besides doggs) with
them: taking them every tide, (for 4. moneths space) & preserving of
them for winter store; & these may prove a good commodity.” °

“ Of Smelts there is such abundance, that the Salvages doe take them
up the rivers with baskets, like sives.”

“There is a Fish (by some called shadds, by some allizes') that at the
spring of the yeare, passe up the rivers to spaune in the ponds; & are
taken in such multitudes in every river, that hath a pond at the end,
that the inhabitants doung their rounds’ with them. You may see in
one township a hundred acres together, set with these Fish, every acre
taking 1,000 of them: & an acre thus dressed will produce & yeald so
much corne as 3. acres without Fish: & (least any Virginea man would
inferre hereupon, that the ground of New Englandis barren, because they
use no fish in setting their corne, I desire them to be remembered, the
cause is plain in Virginea) they have it not to sett. But this practice
is onely for the Indian Maize (which must be set by hands) not for English
eraine: & this is, therefore, a commodity there.

‘There is a large sized fish called Hallibut, or Turbut: some are taken
so bigg that two men have much a doe to hall them into the boate;
but there is such plenty, that the fisher men onely eate the heads &
finnes, and thow away the bodies: such in Paris would yeeld 5. or 6.
crownes 2 peece: and this is no diseommodity.”

“There are excellent Plaice & easily taken. They (at flowing
water) do almost come ashore, so that one may stepp but halfe a foote
deepe, & pick them up on the sands: & this may pass with some
allowance.”

‘“ Hake is a dainty white fish, & excellent vittell fresh; and may
passe with other commodities, because there are multitudes. »

“There are greate store of Pilchers: at Michelmas, in many places, I
have seene the Cormerants in length 3. miles feeding upon the Sent.”

‘¢ Lobsters are there infinite in store in all parts of ‘the land, & very
excellent. The most use that I made of them, in 5. yeares after I came
there was but to baite my Hooke for to catch Basse, Thad bin so cloyed
with them the first day I went a shore.”

1 Alewives, (S. F. B.)

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 159

“This being knowne, they shall passe for a commodity to the inhab-
itants ; for the Salvages will meete 500, or 1,000, at a place where Lob-
sters come in with the tyde, to eate, & save dried for Store, abiding in
that place, feasting & sporting a moneth or 6. weekes together.”

‘‘ There are greate store of oysters in the entrance of all Rivers; they
are not round as those of England, but excellent fat, and all good. I
have seene an Oyster bank a mile at length.”

‘* Mustles there are infinite store, I have often gon to Wassaguscus ;
where were excellent Mustles to eate (for variety) the fish is so fat &
large.”

_“ Clames is a shellfish, which I have seene sold in Westminster for 12.
pe. the skore. These our swine feede upon; & of them there is no
want, every shore is full, it makes the swine proove exceedingly,
they will not faile at low water te be with them. The Salvages are
much taken with the delight of this fishe; & are not cloyed (notwith-
standing the plenty) for our swine we find it a good commodity.”

“ Raser fishes there are. Freeles there are, Cockles, and Scallopes,
& divers other sorts of shellfishe, very good foode.”

** There are, in the rivers and ponds, very excellent Trouts, Carpes,
Breames, Pikes, Roches, Perches, Tenches, Eeles, and other fishes such
as Engiand doth attord, & as good, for variety 3 yea many of them
much ‘better ; & the natives of “the ‘inland parts doe buy hookes of
us to catch them with, & Ihave knowne the time, that a Trout’s hooke
hath yielded a beaver skinne, which hath bina good commodity to
those that have bartered them away.”

“ New Hngland’s Plantation, or a short & true description of the Com-
modities & Discommodities of that Countrey. Written by a reverend
Diuine | Mr. Higgeson| now there resident. London. Printed by T. C.
& Rk. C. for Michael Sparke, dwelling at the signe of the Blue Bible in
‘Greene Arbor in the little Old Bailey, 1630.”

[Force’s Historical Tracts. Vol. I, Tract XII: also, collections of Massachusetts His-
torical Society for the year 1792. Vol. 1. Boston: 1806.]

‘‘ Hor Beasts there are some Beares, & they say some Lyons also;
for they have been seen at Cape Anne. Also here are several! sorts of
Deere, some whereof bring three or foure young ones at once, which is
not ordinarie in Hngland. Also Wolues, Foxes, Beauers, Otters, Mar-
tins, great wild Cats, and a great Beast called a Molke as bigge as an
Oxe. I have seen the skins of all these Beasts since I came to this
Plantation excepting Lyons. Also here are great Store of Squerrels,
some greater, & some smaller & lesser: there are some of the lesser
sort, they tell me, that by a certain Skin will tly from Tree to Tree
though they stand far distant.” (P)8.)

BS New Bngland hath Water enough both salt & fresh, the greatest See
in the World, the Atlanticke Sea runs all along the Coast thereof. There
are aboundance of Islands along the Shore, some full of Wood & Mast
to feed Swine; & others cleere of Wood, & fruitful to beare Corne.
Also we haue store of exeellent harbours for Ships, as at Cape ee
& at Masathulets Bay, & at Salem, & at many other places: & they a
the better because for Strangers there is a verie difficult & danporeed
passage into them, but unto such as are well acquainted with them, they
are easie & safe enough. The aboundance of Sea-Fish are almost

160 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

beyond beleeuing, & sure I should scarce haue beleeued it except I had
seene it with mine owne Byes. I saw great Store of Whales & Cram-
pusse, & such aboundance of Makerils that it would astonish one to be-
hold, likewise Cod-Fish aboundance on the Coast, & in their season are
plentifally taken. There is a Fish called a Basse, a most sweet & whole-
some Fish as euer I did eat, it is altogether as good as our fresh Sam

mon, & the season of their comming was begun when we came first to
New-England in June, & so continued about three months space. Of
this Fish our Fishers take many hundreds together, which I haue seene
lying on the shore to my admiration; yea, their Nets ordinarily take
more than they are able to hall to Land, & for want of Boats & Men they
are constrained to let aamany goe after they haue taken them, & yet
sometimes they fill two Boats at atime with them. And besides Basse
we take plentie of Scate & Thornbacke, & aboundance of Lobsters, that
the least Boy in the Plantation may both catca & eat what he will of
them. For my owne part I was soone cloyed with them, they were so
great, & fat, & lussious. I haue seene some iny selfe that hane weighed
16 pound, but others haue had diuers time so great Lobsters as hane
weighed 25 pound, as they assured me. Also “here is aboundance of
Herring, Turbut, Sturgion, Cuskes, Hadocks, Mullets, He les, Orabs,
Muskles & Oysters. %_(P, 9, )

“ Here are likewise aboundance of Turkies often killed in the Woods,
farre greater than our English Turkies, & exceeding fat, sweet, &
fleshy, for here they haue aboundance of feeding all the yeere long, as
Strawberries, in Summer all places are full of them, & all manner of

serries & Fruits. In the Winter time I haue seene Flockes of Pidgeons,
& haue eaten of them; they doe flye from Tree to Tree as other Birds
doe, which our Pidgeons will not doe in Hngland: they are of all colours
as ours are, but their wings & tayles are farr longer, & therefore it
is likely they fly swifter to escape the terrible Hawkes in this Countrey.
In Winter time this Countrey doth abound with wild Geese, wild Ducks,
& other Sea Fowle, that a great part of Winter the Planters haue
eaten nothing but roastmeat of divers Fowles which they have killed.”

Chronicles of the Pilgrim Fathers of the colony of Plymouth. 169225. By
A. Young, 8 vo., Boston, 1841.

‘‘ In five or six hours [in Cape Cod Bay] we pestered our ship so with
cod fish that we threw numbers of them overboard again.” Journal of
John Brereton, May, 1602.

{He was then with Gosnold, on the voyage in which Cape Cod was dis-
covered. Page 101.]

“© We saw daily [in Cape Cod Harbor, Nov —Dec., 1620] great whales,
of the best kind for oil & bone, come mice aboard our ship, and in fair
weather swim & play about us ” P. 146.)

“ Before the brook [Town Brook, Plymouth, Mass.] was so mueh im-
peded by dams, vast quantities of alewives passed up through it annu-
ally to Billington Sea. In a single season 800 barrels have been
taken.” P. 172, note 3.)

‘“ Having but one boat left, we divide the men into several companies,
six or seven in each; who take their turns to go out with a net and fish,
and return not till they get some, though they be five or six days out ;
knowing there is nothing at home, & to return empty would be a great
discouragement. When they stay long or get but little, the rest go a
digging shell fish.” [Ply mouth, Mass., summer of 1625.] Bradford in
Prince, p. 216. P. 348, note 1.)

ae .

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 161

History of Scituate, Massachusetts, from the first settlement to 1831. By
Samuel Deane, 8 vo. Boston, 1831.

* In 1680, Cornet Robert Stetson, of Scituate, and Nathaniel Thomas,
of Marshfield, hired the cape fishery for bass and mackerel. In 1684,
the court enacted a law “ prohibiting the seining of mackerel in any
part of the colony ;” and the same year leased the cape fishery for bass
and mackerel to Mr. William Clark for seven years, at £30 per annum.
Subsequently to 1700, it is certain that the mackerel were very abund-
ant in the Massachusetts Bay. It was not uncommon for a vessel to
take a thousand barrels in the season. The packing, as it is called, was
chiefly done at Boston and Plymouth until late years. The vessels of
Scituate now pack at one harbor. George Morton, who came from Ply-
mouth in 1730, was the first cooper of whom we have heard, at Scituate
harbour. Our vessels now find them less abundant, and farther from
their former haunts. They used to set into the bay early in May, and
again in autumn: butnow they are found at Block Island channel in
May—at George’s Bank and Nantucket shoals in the summer, and at
Mount Desert and along the shores of Maine in the autumn. Those
first taken are lean, and favour the commonly received opinion, that
they lie in the muddy bottom in the winter but towards the winter
they are found well fed, fat, and delicious. The full-grown mackerel
vary in weight from one to two and three pounds. The: fattest, taken in
the autumn, are not generally of the largest size.”

New-Englands Plantation. Or, a short and trve description of the com-
modities and discommodities of that countrey. Written by a reuerend
Divine | Francis Higginson] now there resident. London, 1630.

[Foree’s Historical Tracts, I, 1836, No. 12.]

The abundance of Sea-Fish are almost beyond beleeuing, and sure I
should scarce have beleeued it except I had seene it with mine owne
Eyes. I saw great store of Whales and Crampusse, and such abound-
ance of Makerils that it would astonish one to behold, likewise Cod-
Fish aboundance on the coast, and in their season are plentifully taken.
There isa Fish called a Basse, a most sweet and wholesome Fish as
ever I did eat, it is altogether as good as our fresh Sammon, and the
season of their comming was begun when we came first to New-England,
in June, and so continued about three months apace. Of these Fish our
Fishers take many hundred together, which I have seene lying on the
shore to my admiration, yea, their nets ordinarily take more then they
are able to hale to Land, and for want of Boats and men they are con-
strained to let a many goe after they have taken them, and yet some-
times they fill two Boats at a time with them, (p. 9.)

Nevv Englands Prospect. A true, lively, and experimentall description of
that part o7 America, commonly -called Nevvy England: discovering the
state of that countrie both as it stands to our new-come English Planters
and to the old native inhabitants. By William Wood. London, 1634.

[Publications of the Prince Society. Boston, 1865.]
The Sammon is as good as it is in England, and in great plenty (p. 38).
S. Mis. 61 11

162 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Of these fishes [the Basse] some be three and some foure feet long,
some bigger, some lesser; at some tides a man may catch a dozen or
twenty of these in three houres, the way to catch them is with hooke
and line. The Fisherman taking a great Cod-line, to which he fasteneth
a piece of Lobster, and throwes it into the Sea, the fish biting at it he
pulls her to him, and knocks her on the head with a sticke. These are
at one time (when Alewives passe up the Rivers) to be catched in Rivers,
in Lobster time at the Rockes, in Macrill time in the Bayes, at Michel-
mas in the Seas. When they use to tide it in and out to the Rivers and
Creekes, the English at the top of an high water do crosse the Creekes
with long seanes or Basse Netts, which stop in the fish; and the water
ebbing from them they are left on the dry ground, sometimes two or
three thousand at a set, which are salted up against winter, ete. The
Herrings be much like them that be caught on the Hnglish coast. Ale-
wives be a kind of fish which is much like a Herring, which in the lat-
ter end of Aprill come up to the fresh Rivers to spaune, in such multi-
tudes as is almost incredible, pressing up in such shallow waters as
will scarce permit them to swimme, having likewise such longing desire
after the fresh water ponds, that no beating with poles, or forcive agi-
tations by other devices, will cause them to returne to the sea, till they
have cast their spawne. The Shaddes be bigger than the Hnglish
Shaddes, and fatter. The Macrells be of two sorts, in the beginning
of the yeare are great ones, Which be upon the coast; some are 18 inches
long. In Summer as in May, June, July, and August,come in a smaller
kind of them, (p. 38.)

Codfish in these seas are larger than in new found land, six or seaven
making a quintall, whereas there they have fifteene to the same weight.
The chiefe fish for trade is Cod.

A little below this fall of waters, the inhabitants of Water-towne [near
Boston| have built a Wayre to catch Fish, wherein they take great store
of Shads and Alewives. In two Tydes they have gotten one hundred
thousand of those Fishes, [p. 44.] * * * I have seen ten thousand
[Alewives] taken in two houres by two men, without any weire at all,
saving a few stones to stop their passage up the river, [p. 46. | bd es:
The Basse continuing from the middle of Aprill to Michaelnas, which
stayes not above half that time in the Bay; besides here is a great
deal of Rock-cod and Macrill, insomuch that shoales of Basse have dri iven
up shoales of Macrill from one end of the Sandie Beach [Swampscott |
to the other, which the inhabitants have gathered up on wheelbarrowes,
(peel, i* '* * Tn this river | Merrimacke| is Sturgeon, Sammon, and
Basse, [p. 49.|

A Topographical Description of Truro, in the County of Barnstable. 1794.

[Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society for the year 1794; Vol. III. Bos-
ton, 1810.]

“ A traveller from the interiour part of the country, where the soil is
fertile, upon observing the barrenness of Truro, would wonder what
could induce any person to remain in such a place. But his wonder
would cease, w hen he was informed, that the subsistence of the inhabit-
ants 1s deriv ed chiefly from the sea. The shores & marshes afford
large & small clams, quahaugs, razor shells, periwinkies, muscles, and
cockles. The bay and ocean abound with excellent fish and with crabs
and lobsters. The sturgeon, eel, haddock, cod, frost-fish, pollock, cusk,
flounder, halibut, bass, mackerel, herring, and alew ife, are most of them
caught in great plenty, and constitute a principal part. of the food of
the inhabitants. Besides these fish for the table, there is a great vari-

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 163

ety of other fish: among which are the whale, killer or thrasher, hump-
back, finback, skrag, grampus, black fish, porpoise, (grey, bass, and
streaked,) snuffer, shark, (black, man-eating, and short-nosed,) skate,
dog-fish, sun-fish, goose-fish, cat-fish, and sculpion ; to which may be
added the horseshoe and squid. The cramp-fish has sometimes been
seen on the beach. This fish, which resembles a sting ray ip size and
form, possesses the proper ties of the torpedo, being capable of giving a
smart electrical shock. The fishermen suppose, but “whether with reason
or not the writer will not undertake to determine, that the oil extracted
from the liver of this fish is a cure for the rheumatism.”

A short Journal of the first settlement of the island of Nantucket, with some
of the most remarkable things that had happened since, to the present
time. By Zaccheus Macy.

[Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society for the year 1794, vol. III. Bos-
ton, 1810.]

The natives of Nantucket were a kind people, and very friendly to

each other. There were ho poor persons among them. For when any
of them grew old & helpless, and went to a neighbor’s house, they
were made welcome to stay as long as they pleased. If the English en-
tered their houses whilst they were eating, they would offer them such
as they had, which sometimes would be very good. At their feasts
they had several sorts of good food, and very good strong beer. By
drinking rum their numbers were so much reduced that in the year
1763, there were but three hundred & fifty-eight left on the island. In that
year an uncommon mortal distemper attacked them. It began the 16th
of the eighth month, 1763, and lasted till the 16th of the second month,
1764. During that period two hundred and twenty-two died. Thirty-
four were sick and recovered. Thirty-six who lived among them,
escaped the disorder. Hight lived at the west end of the island, and did
not go among them: none of them caught the disease. Highteen were
at sea. With the English lived forty, of whom none died.

The Indians are now reduced to four males and sixteen females.
Before this period, and from the first coming of the English to Nan-
tucket,’ a large fat fish, called the blue fish, thirty of which would fill a
barrel, was caught i in great plenty all round the island, from the ist of
the sixth month till the middle of the ninth month. But it is remarka-
ble, that in the year 1764, the very year in which the sickness ended,
they all disappeared, and that none have ever been taken since. This
has been a great loss to us.

Extracts from a Petition from New Shoreham (Block Island) for assistance
to make a harbor there in 1773.

Having stated many reasons why the island was suffering for want of
a good harbor, they say further: “‘ That they also suffer oreatly by the
loss of the cod- fishery, which formerly, while the channel was kept open
between the sea&a ‘large salt pond on the west side of the island,

1 Note by Theodore Lyman:
In 1659. Therefore, the Blue Psh were present at Nantucket, 1659-1764—103 years
“absent rt - 1764-1830—66 #4
z uy ‘(present again, “ 1830-1871—41 ¥

164 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

was so considerable that they used to catch fish enough for their own
consumption, and to supply Newport & divers other places with fresh
fish; but that, the channel being now filled, the small fish or bait
which used to go into the pond, have left the island, & the eod-fish
with them; so that at present the inhabitants cannot get near enough
for their own eating, and that these inconveniences have such an effect
upon the real estates on the island that land will not sell or rent for
more than half the sum which land of the like quality will sell or rent
for in other parts of the colony.

A Key into the language of America, or an help to the Language of the
Natives in New England, London, by Roger Williams ; 1643.

{ Reprinted in the collections of the Rhode Island Historical Society, vol. 1, 1827.]

OF FISH AND FISHING.

Namais, suck. Fish, Fishes.

Pauganatt, tamwock. Cod, Which is the first that comes a little
before the Spring.

Qunnamidug-suck. Lampries, The first that comes in the Spring
into the fresh Rivers.

Aumstiog, and Munnawhatteatg. A Fish somewhat like a herring. [The ale-
wife and menhaden. }

Missuckeke-kequock. Basse.

The Indians (and the English too) make a daintie dish of the Uppa-
quontup, or head of this fish; and well they may, the braines and fat
ot it being very much, and sweet as marrow.

‘rh ay a) an ¥ ‘I rr ea
Kattposh-shatiog. Sturgeon.

OBS: Divers part of the Countrey abound with this Fish; yet the
Natives, for the goodnesse and greatnesse of it, much prize it, and will
neither furnish the English with so many, nor so cheape, that any great
trade is likely to be made of it, untill the English themselves are fit to
follow the fishing.

The Natives venture one or two in a Canow, and with an harping Iron,
or such like Instrument, sticke this fish, and so hale it into their Canow;
sometimes they take them by their nets, which they make strong of
Hemp.

Ashop, their nets. Which they will set thwart some little River or Cove,
wherein they kill Basse (at the fall of the water) with their arrows, or
sharp sticks, especially if headed with Iron, gotten from the English, &e.

Aucitp. A little Cove or Creeke.

Aucppawese. A very little one.

Wawwhunnekestog. Mackrell.

Mishqvammatquock, Red fish, Salmon.

Osacoutuck. A fat, sweet fish, something like a Haddock.
[ Not identified. ]

Mishetip-patiog. Sequanamauquock. Breame. [Secup.]

Ops: Of this Fish there is abundance, which the Natives drie in the
Sunne and smoake: and some Hnglish begin to salt, both wayes they
keepe all the yeere; and it is hoped it may be as well accepted as Cod
at a Market, and better, if once knowne.

Taut-atiog, Sheeps-heads. [The tautog. ]
Neeshaiog. Eeles.
TT: k : Ae Por ae
atackommmiaiiog. orpuses,
Potop-paiiog. Whales.

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 165

. Which, in some places, are (nee cast up; I have seene some of them,
but not above sixtie foot long; The Natives cut them out in severell
parcells, and give and sende ‘farre and neere for an acceptable present
or dish.

Ashaunt-teaug. Lobsters.
Opponenathock. Oysters.
Sickissuog. Clams. [Soft clam. Mya arenaria.]

Oss: This is a sweet kind of shellfish, which all Indians generally
over the Country, Winter and Summer, delight in; and at low water the
women dig for them. This fish, and the naturall liquors of it, they
boile, and it makes their broth and their nassatimp (which is a kind of
thickened broth) and their bread seasonable and savoury, instead of Salt:
and for that the English Swine dig and root these Clams wheresoever
they come, and watch the low water (as the Indian women do) there-
fore of all the English Cattell, the Swine (as also because of their filthy
disposition) are most hateful to all Native es, and they cali them filthy cut-
throats, &e.

Sequnnock. Poquathock. A Horse-fish. [Hard clam; quohog. Venus
mercenaria. |

Oss: This the English call Hens, a little thick shell fish, which the
Indians wade deepe and dive for, and after they have eaten the meat
there (in those which are good) they breake out of the shell, about half
an inch of a blacke part of it, of which they make their Luckathock, or
black money, which is to them precious.

Meteatihock. The Periwinckle. [Probably Pyrula, (Ham-
mond. ) }

Of which they make their Wompam, or white money, of halfe the value
of their Suckdwhock or black money, of which more in the Chapter of
their Coyne.

Moamitteatg. A little sort of fish, halfe as big as Sprats,
plentifull im Winter. [Murmechoes or cy-
pronodouts. |

Paponaumsiiog. A winter fish. [Tom cod. |

Which comes up in the brookes and rivulets; some call them Frost
fish, from their comming up from the Sea into fresh brookes, in tines of
frost and snow. :

Qundésuog. A fresh fish. [The pickerel. ]

which the Indians break the ice in fresh ponds, when they take also
many other sorts: for, to my knowledge, the Country yeelds many sorts
of other fish, which I mention not.

On some early notices of New England fishes. ByJ. Hammond Tru.irbull.

HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT, December 30, 1571.
My DEAR SIR: bs « is ‘ 5
As to Williams’s tautauog, the fact that the Indian name comes down
to us associated always with the ‘blackfish” or tautog, and nowhere
with the Sargus ovis, convinces me that the former was the ‘“ Sheeps-

166 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

head ” of Williams and of Josselyn, (in New England Rarities, p. 69, of
Tuckerman’s edition,) and the latter, if kuown at all to the Narra-
gansett Indians in Williams’s time, was not common enough to bring its
Indian name to his notice. In a manuscript vocabulary obtained by
President Stiles in 1762, “from a Pequot Indian at Groton, Connec-
ticut,” I find “ Tautauge, Blackfish,” which removes all doubt as to the
appropriation of the name. In the same vocabulary, or list of names
rather, are these: “‘ Umpsauges, Alewives,” |=awmsuog, R. W.,]| * Oa-
chaucet, Cunners,” [our “Chogset,”| Aquaunduut, Blue Fish.”

This last I have not found elsewhere. Its occurrence here shows
that the Temnodon saltator was no stranger in Fisher’s Island Sound
in 1762.

While at Edgartown last summer, I heard old fishermen call floun-
ders and plaice “buts,” distinguishing the species by a prefix. I did not
before know that this "old English and Dutch name had survived, in
popular use, to our time. Palsgrave translates the French ‘ plye”
[plie] by “ Butte fysshe,” and Steendam, the Dutch poet, names the
“Bot, en Sneck”—plaice and pike—among the fishes of New Netherlands |
in 1661. The Halibut is the ‘‘holy-but,” (German, heilige-butt,) and we
have the same ground-word in “ Thorn-butt,” and “Purbot, ” though
the lexicogri phers stick to the old etymology from Latin, turbo, a top;
and in the English *“ Burt” or “Birt.”

I forget whether or not I made a bes for you on the alleged deriva-
tion of “alewife,” from “ aloof. r. J. V. C. Smith, in his Natural
History of the Fishes of Mass: Salta 1835, was perhaps the first to
record the suggestion that “ alew fe is ‘derived from the Indian word
aloof, signifying a bony fish.” Dr. Bartlett’s Dictionary of American-
isms, Webster’s, and, I believe, Worcester’s, Dictionaries accept this
etymology, and Professor Schele De Vere, in his recently published vol-
ume of ** Americanisms,” is misled into recognizing in * alewife” a “most
ludicrous corruption of the Narragansett term aloof,” though he appears
to have been struck by the objection that neither 1 nor f ean have a
place ina Narragansett word, and he suggests that the original name
may have been ainoop.

The Narragansett and Massachusetts name of the alewife and herring
(common to several species) was Awmsu-og, (plur.,) as noted by Roger
Williams and, with slight dialectic variation, by President Stiles, as you
have seen. The only authority for “aloof” is a letter of (the se,cond
John Winthrop, printed in the ‘Philosophical Transactions for 1678, (No. )
142,) in which he mentions the use of “the fishes called aloofes” for
manuring corn-fields. If we could refer to Winthrop’s manuscript, I
am confident we should find that a copyist or printer had substituted
‘“‘ aloofes” for *‘ aloofes,” i. €., aloses or alizes. The modern English
‘allis” was in old French and old English “alouze” or “ aloose,’
nearer than the modern form of the name to Latin alawsa. Morton’s
New England Canaan, (1637) mentions the use of the * fish by some

called shadds, by some allizes,” as fertilizers.

Forty years before Winthrop’s letter was written from Connecticut,
Wood, in New England’s Prospect, (London, 1634,) catalogues “ big-
bellied Alewives,” with “consorting Herrings and the bony Shad,”
among the fishes of Massachusetts; and Josselyn (New England Rari-
ties, p. 23) names the “ Alize Alewife, because great-bellied,” with the
synonymes ‘Olafle, Oldwife, Allow.” In his “ Voyages” (1674) he
deseribes this fish as “like a Herring, but has a bigger bellie, therefore
called an Alewife.”

Couch, I see, gives “ Alewife” and *“* Maid” as popular names of the

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 167

larger and smaller English shads—the allis and twait, (iv, 117.)
Perhaps I have wasted too many words and too much paper on this
name, but I am tired of the re-appearance every now and then of Dr.
Smith’s spurious Indian * aloof.”

‘Hn decembre, vu, pour parler plus juste, pendant les deux dernieres
lunes, un poisson appellé Ponaimo vient frayer sur les glaces, et on en
prend autant qu’on veut; je crois que c’est une espece de Chien de
Mer.”—(Tom. I, p. 127.)

‘Vers la fin de mars, les poissons commencent a frayer, et entrent
dans les rivieres en si grande quantité, quwon ne peut le croire, quand on
ne Va point vi. Le premier qui paroit est ’Hplan, lequel est trois fois
plus grand en ce pays-la, qwen Europe. <A la fin d’Avril le Hareng
donne,” ete.—(Lbid.)

Charlevoix, Histoire générale de la Nouv. France, (Paris, 1744,) bor-
rows this account of the fishes of Acadie from Father Biard’s Relation
de la Nouv. France, 1611-13. Biard writes:

“Hn decembre (admirable providence de Dieu) vient un poisson
appellé Veux ‘Ponamo, qui fraye sous la glace, (p. 10.) Sur la my-mars,
le poisson commence a frayer et 4 monter de la mer en haut contre cer-
tains ruisseaux, souvent en si grande abondance, que tout en fourmille.
..... Entre ces poissons, l’ Hsplan est le premier. Cet esplan est deux
ou trois fois plus grand que Vest le nostre de riviere.” (P. 10.)

You will observe that Charlevoix, by mistranscription, makes the
Ponamo spawn “ sur les glaces” instead of “sous la glace,” and con-
founds it with some species of ‘ chien de mer,” and, oddly enough, Dr.
J. G. Shea, in his new translation of Charlevoix, mistranslates *“ chien
de mer” by “ seal,” an error to be noted in his errata.

The Ponamo is the Tom-cod or Frost-fish (M. tomecodus, Mitch.,) of
which the modern Miemac name is Boonamoo. It is not confounded by
Biard or Charlevoix with the other “ frost-fish,” the Smelt, (Eperlan.)

The name Ponamo means ‘ winter fish,” or, more exactly, “fish taken
in the winter.”

Biard’s relation will be found in the reprinted “ Relations des Jésuites,”
(Quebec, 1858,) vol. 1, to be found in the Congressional Library.

The notices of fishes of New England in Wood’s ** New Englands
Prospect,” (London, 1654, and reprinted, Boston, 1865, by the ‘‘ Prince
Society,”) you have probably noticed; and, of course, Josselyn’s list of
New England fish, in his “ Account of Two Voyages to New England,”
(London, 1675,) as well asin his ‘‘New England Rarities,” (1672.) In
the former work (pp. 112, 113) he describes the “ Frost-fish,” ‘a little
bigger than a Gudgeon,” &e.; but in his list (p. 89) includes the “Smelt”
by name.

Captain John Smith, in “The Description of New England,” 1616,
(reprinted, Boston, 1865,) gives a short list of the fishes of New Eng-
land, (p. 48,) which includes “Cole, Cusk, or small Ling, Mullet, Pinacks,
[very plenty,| Cunners,” &e.

“Pinak” is, I suppose, the old English “ Pinck” or ‘‘ Pink,” meaning
any “small” or “delicate” fish, and still in use as a name for the min-
now. (Dutch pinck, pinky? the little finger.) ‘Cunner,” in the seven-
teenth century, belonged to thé Golden Wrasse, (Crenilabrus Donovani,
Cuv. and Val., Labrus cornubius, Don.,) rather than to the other “ Gilt
Head,” the Sparus aurata, of Linn.—Chrysophrys aurata, Cuv. and Yar-
rell. The former was common, the latter rare, on the southern coast of
England; and I have no doubt that Smith and Josselyn both trans-
ferred the name of ‘conner” (see Yarrell, ii, 498) from the Wrasse, not
from the Gilthead proper. But it is very likely that the Dutch name of

168 REPORT CF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the American fish Bergall (Holl. Verguld and Bergylt) came from another
species, though the Dutch name of the European Gilt-head was Zeebraas-
sen.

Jacob Steendam’s poem in ‘Praise of New Netherland,” (’¢ Louf van
Niew-Nederland,) 1661, printed, with an English translation by Hon.
Henry ©. Murphy, for 'the Bradford Club, of New York, {Antholog ‘y. Of
New Netherland: Brad. Club Series, No. 4,) 1865, pp. 52, 55, contains
a considerable list of the fish of New York, and is useful for its Duteh
names, among which are the ‘ Elft,” “Twalf,” and ‘ Dertien”—shad,
Striped bass, and drum-fish, as Murphy translates; ‘ Knor-haan,”
““Swart-vis,” “Schelvis,” “ Weekvis,” and ‘‘ Masbank,” (our mossbanker
or Menhaden.)!

In the “History of Hadley,” Massachusetts, by Sylvester Judd,

1 By the kindness of Mr. L. E. Chittenden I am enabled to give both the original
poem of Steendam, and the translation of most of the stanzas, ‘by Mr. Murphy:

“Die groote Zee bespoeld uw Voorste-strand ;
Die (als een dijk) zieh voor u Velden Kant:
Door-aderd, met veel killen: die het Land,

En ’t Bosch verfrischen.

“Die van ’t gebergt, en heuvels neder-vlién
En ’t Molen-werk, bequame plaatsen bién
Op @oevers van u stromen. Waard te sien:

Gepropt met Visschen.

“ En Prik, en Aal, en Sonne-vis, en Baars:
Die (blank en geel u Taaf’len als wat raars)
Vercieren kan: ook Elft, en Twalft met schaars,
Maar overvloedig.

“ Steenbrassem, Steur, en Dartien, en Knor-haan,
En Zee-baars, die geen Vorst sal laten slaan :
En Kabellau: en Salm die (wel gebraan)

Is vet, en voedig.

“ Swart-vis, en Roch, en Haring, en Makreel,
Schelvis, Masbank, en Voreu die (se veel)
Tot walgens toe, de Netten’vuld: en heel

Min ward ge-eeten.

“So gaat het hier: dat’s Werelts overvloed,
(Waar meé de Mensch word koninglijk @ vevoed
Door gulle gunst des milden gevers) doet

Hem vaak vergeeten.

““ Weekvis, en Schol, en Carper, Bot, en Snoek,
Ja gy en ‘hebt geen poel; geen water-hoek,
Of’t krielter vol yon Visschen: die (te soek)

Licht zinj te vinden.

“En Kreeft, en Krab, en Mossels: Oesters, die
Een beter is als Europa drie
In veelheyt heel on-kenbaar voorhem, wie
’t Mocht onderwinden.

“De Schild-pad, en de Zee-hond, en den Hay,
De Walvis, en Torijin speeld in u Bay:
En toond Gods Macht, en wonderheden. Fray
Om an te merken.

“ De seldsaamheén in ’t Banelose diep :
De diepte, van de Wijsheyt,:die het schiep:
Die noyten slaapt, noch nimmermeer en sliep:
Maar werkt, in *t werken.
* # * * *

‘The lamprey, eel, and sunfish, and the white
And yellow perch, which grace your covers dight,
And shad, and stripéd bass, not scarce, but quite

Innumerable.

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST. 169

(Northampton, 1863,) is a good article on ‘ The Shad and Salmon Fish-
ery” in New England, (pp. 315-318,) containing notices of “ great hauls”
in the Connecticut, and facts respecting early fisheries collected from the
records and other manuscript authorities.

You will observe that Josselyn (New England’s Rarities, 1672, p. 96)
mentions the “ Blew Fish, or Horse,” as “ common in New England, and
esteemed the best sort of Fish next to Rock Cod ;” “as big usually as the
Salmon, and better meat by far.” Elsewhere (p. 24) he catalogues “ two
kinds” of “ Blew Fish or Hound Fish,” the “Speckled Hound Fish,” [is
this the Weak fish, Ofolithus ?] and the “ Blew Hound Fish, called Horse
Fish.” I am inclined to think that Roger Williams’s “ Osacéntuck, a fat,
sweet fish, something like a haddock,” nay be the Otolithus, though in
a note to the name, Key, p. 105, I suggested “ pollack, whiting, or cusk.”

Very truly, yours,
J. HAMMOND TRUMBULL.

Professor SPENCER FF’. BAIRD,

: Washington, D. C.

Documents relative to the colonial history of New York, procured in Holland,

England, and France, by J. M. Brodhead. uarto, vol. tit, p. 182, 183.

g a ees ’ oL )
Albany, 1853-1858.
[Mr. Maverick to Colonel Nicolls. ]
NEw York, July 5, 1669.

Now give mee leave to acquaint you a little how things goe heere at
Yorke. Tryalls have been made severall times this spring for cod fish,
wt very good success; a small ketch sent out by y® Governour hath
found severall good fishing bancks; amongst y® rest one not above 2 or

The bream and sturgeon, drum-fish, and gurnard,!
The sea-bass,? which a prince would not discard,
The cod and salmon, cooked with due regard,

Most palatable.

“ The black and rock fish, herring, mackerel,
The haddock, mossbanker, and roach, which fill
The nets to loathing; and so many, all

Cannot be eaten.

“ And thus it happens here, that in the flood,
Which, rolling from the Fountain of all Good,
O’erwhelms weak, mortal man with royal food,

He is forgotten.

“ You’ve weak-fish, carp and turbot, pike and plaice;
There’s not a pool or tiny water-trace
Where swam not myriads of the finny race,
Easily taken.

“Crabs, lobsters, mussels, oysters, too, there be,
So large, that ene does overbalance three
Of those of Europe; and in quantity,
No one can reckon.

“ The tortoise, seal, and shark; and, in your bay,
The mighty whale and porpoise, sporting, they
mn = 4 P = al 7
The power, and wondrous works of God display,

For cur beholding.”

1“@Gurnard.” Murphy thinks this was certainly the ‘‘porgy.” <As the latter was not known in
Europe, Steedam used the name of the European species which most resembled it, (Trigla hirundo.)
It however more probably refers to the sea-robin, (Prionotus.)

2 The name Zee-baars is now applied in Holland to the representative of our striped bass.

170 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

2 leagues from Sandy Hook, on which, in a few houres, 4 men took 11
or 12 hundred excellent good codd the last time they were out, and
most of y® vessells that goe to and from Virginia take good quantityes.
That vessell is to goe from Newfound Land to gett fishermen, lines,
hookes, and other necessaryes for fishing: I doubt not but this coast
will afford fish in abundance.

On y® east end of Long Island there were 12 or 13 whales taken before
ye end of March, and what since wee heare not; here are dayly some
seen in the very harbour, sometimes within Nutt Island. Out of the
Pinnace, the other week, they struck two, but lost both, the iron broke
in one, the other broke the warpe. The Governour hath encouraged
some to follow this designe. Two shallops made for itt, but as yett wee
doe not heare of any they have gotten.

* * * * * * *

A Perfect Description of Virginia: being, a full & true Relation of the pres-
ent State of the Plantation, their Health, Peace & Plenty: the number of
people, with their abundance of Cattell, Fowl, Fish, d&e. With several
sorts of rich & good Commodities, which may there be had, either Naturally,
or by Art & Labor, de. London. Printed for Richard Wodenoth, at the
Star under Peter’s Church, ir Cornhill, 1649.

[Force’s Historical Tracts, II, tract 8.]
Now these are the several sorts & kinds of Beasts, Birds, Fish, in

Virginia.

Beasts great & small, as followeth: above 20 severall kinds.
1. Lyons, ) But all these foure sorts are up in the higher parts of

| the Countrey, on the hills & mountains few to be seene
in the lower parts, where the English are; the Elkes

.
~

> > “
Beares,

|

3. Leopards, Par e as great as Oxen, their horns six foot wide, & have

4. Klkes. | ti wo Calves at a time; the skins make good Butfe, &
\ the flesh as good as Beefe.

5. Deere.

6. Foxes.

7. Wilde Cats.

taconnes, as good meat as Lambe.

. Passonnes. This beast hath a bagge under her belly, into which
she takes yer young ones,if at any time affrighted, & carries
them away.

10. Two sorts of squirrels: One called a flying one, for that she spreads
like a Batt, a certaine loose skin she hath, & so flyes a good
way.

13. A Muske Rat, socalled for his great sweetnesse & shape.

14. Hares.

15. Beavers.

16. Otters.

17. Doggs, But barke not, after the shape of a Wolfe, and Foxes
smell not; Wolves but little, neither not fierce.

18. Wolves.

19. Martins, Poule Cats, Weesels, Minks: but these Vermine hurt not
Hens, Chickins, or Eggs, at any time.

20. A little beast like a Conny, the Foxes kill many of them.»

PACD
~~ SS
.

") “wat

ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON NEW ENGLAND COAST.

VOL

Birds are these, viz., above 25 severall kinds:

8
9.
10.

Eagles.

. Hawkes, of six or severall

kinds.

Parteridges, many.

Wilde Turkies, some weighing
sixtie pound weight.

Red Birds, that sing rarely.

Nightingales.

Blue Birds, smaller than a
Wren.

. Black Birds.

Thrushes.
Heath Cocks.

Many more that have no English
bird, that counterfeits all other severall Birds eryes and tunes.

Fish are in these, in their kind, above Thirty sorts.

i.

9

Trees, abov

0 VS Sry Oo tO

Codde.

2. Basse.

Drummes, six foot long.

Sheepshead, this Fish makes
broath so like Mutton-broath
that the difference is hardly
known.

Conger.

Eeles. *

Trouts.

Mullets.

Plaice.

Grampus.

Porpus.

Scates.

. Sturgeons, of 10 foot long.

Stingraes.
Brets.

Okes, red & white Wood.
Ashe.

Wallnut, two kinds.
Elmes.

Ceader.

Cypres, three fathomes about.,

Mulbery Trees, great & good.
Chesnut Trees.

Het,
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
1s
18.
Lo:
20.
21.

os
a

Swannes.
Cranes.
Hernes.
Geese.
3rants.
Ducks.
Widgeons.
Dottrells.
Oxeyes.
Parrots.
Pidgeons.

2. Owles.

Names; for one called the Mock-

16.
i
18.
19.
20.

pee ie

|
}

BN

oo
23.

4,

Or

| 29.
| 26

bss
Qt.

28.

29.
30.
dl.

32

9.

| 10.
11.

1.
13:
14.
15.

White Salmon.
Soles.

Herring.
Conny-fish.
Rocke-fish.
Lampr es.
Cray-fish.
Shads:

Perch.

Crabbs.
Shrimps.
Crecy-fish.
Oysters.
Cockles.
Mussels.

St. George Fish.

2. Toad-Fish.

20 kinds, and many no English names.

Plum Trees of many kinds.
The Puchamine Tree.

The Laurell.

Cherries.

Crahes.

Vines.

Sassatras.

Fruits they have, Strawberies, Gooseberiés, Raspices, Maracokos,
Pachamines, Muskmillions, Pampions; And for Fruits brought thither
& planted, Aples, Peares, ‘Quine es, Apricoks, Peaches; & many more

kindes excellent good, &e.

Pp. 15-18.

LZ REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Newes from the Bermudas.

‘“ BERMUDA, July, 1609.”

‘In half an houre he tooke so many fishes with hookes as did suffice
the whole company [150 men] one day.”

‘‘ Wish is there so abundant, that if a man steppe into the water, they
will come round about him; so that men were faine to get out for fear
of byting. These fishes are very fat & sweete, & of that proportion &
bignesse that three of them will conveniently lade two men: those we

called rock-fish.”

‘¢ Besides there are such abundance of mullets, that with a seane
might be taken at one drought, one thousand at the least, & infinite
store of pilchards, with divers kinds of great fishes, the names of them
unknowne to me: of tray fishes very great ones, & so great store, as
that there hath been taken in one night with making lights, even suf-
ficient to feed the whole company (150 men) a day.”

‘“ We were no sooner come within a league of the land,” &c. (Page
18.) (July, 1612.)

“ Hogges, Turkles, Fish, & Fowle do abound as the dust of the earth.”
(Page 20.) ?

‘“Angell-fish—very strange & beutiful to behold.” (Page 21.)

Whale, Sword fish & Threasher.—< The sword fish swimmes under the
whale, & pricketh him upward: The Threasher keepeth above him, &
with a mighty great thing like unto a flaile, hee so bangeth the whale,
that hee will roare as though it thundered, & doth give him such blow
with his weapon, that you would thinke it to be a “crake of great shot.”
(Page 22.)

The: whales come in Februarie & tarry till June.”

he Remembrancer, London. Part 2, 1776, page 79.

“ Madrid, April 22,[1776.] Several of our frigates have been sent from
Acapulca to make discoveries and propagate the gospel among the
Indians to the North of California; in which expedition, in the month
of July, 1774, the Spaniards navigs ited as high upon the coast as the
latitude 58 deg. 20 min., (six degrees above Cape Blanco.) They dis-
covered several good ports and navigable rivers upon the West coast of
this great continent. In one of the largest ports they have established
a garrison, and called the port Presidio de San Carlos, and have left a
mission at every port where inhabitants were to be found. The account
mentions the Indians to be a docile sort of people, agreeable in the
countenance, honest in their traffic,'and neat in their dress, but at the
same time idolaters of the greatest degree, never before having any
intercourse with Europeans. M. Bucarelli, Viceroy of New Spain, has
received his Catholic Majesty’s thanks for the discoveries, as they were
made under his directions, and the several navy officers upon that
service have been preferred. It is imagined that those new discoveries
will be very advantageous, as the coz ust abounds with plenty of whales,
as also a fish equal to the Newfoundland cod, known in Spain by the
name of bacallao..— Madrid Gazette, publehes by COE ue

Fi irst (2) m mention of occurrence of cod-fish on the Pacihe coast of Noe th America.

X{—STATISTICS OF FISH AND FISHERIES ON THE
SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND.

TABLE 1.—Accownt of fish taken by Jason Luce § Co., at Menemsha Bight, Martha’s Vineyard

2 £ 8
“1 = =
ett gates Eo
Kind. ae ee a2 | 1872,
| <q 4s | 435 ae
es rr altics
os S al
| © = i
@ @ @
| o- | a 1 |
| |
No. vo. No. No.
Teka. 2 SS oe SE A es AIR Mie a eee Ey sian a ee eee | 52,500 | *61, 200 | 22,100 | 143, 600
Tautog. Ree ee a ee ome LS hn Tm) ee a ey Ne ee ee -| 275 500 1, 242 1, 000
Dogfish. ........ | 79,000 | 53,000 | 64, 162 | 127, 500
Striped-bass Sccae 125 | 150 250 400
SIT MD. 222.2 oa Sos Re a ee barrels. - 380 | 70 684 1,011
SLEE ose nse seo Se CRSA ee OSE Oe Oe Rie ee CPt Senor hr Snead 300 | 550 | AS |k eerie
MR re etN e850 oo a ok eo a ies BEG) BECET ICOL Oe | 15,900 | 7150,000 | 60,800 F 2, 050
DEI 22 sh S Seg ae See en eee ee Oats barrels...
WkvilonGlem 224 2S si Ek se tei ee ee eo nee eS aa barrels. .
SS pee LTS ee tee et enc sete ee Arce ad wae nd sek Onin me Sona
SPUR 2 cc) evs Sa SEIS SR a coe ras a
Squeteague or weak fish
Lagi. oo
HMGHMO EES = S952 toes
Spanish mackerel. -.-.....---
CERO » 3 .oSceee a S50 CORO SE ee SEE eee ee one en = eee aa

* One-third English. + 1,000 barrels. +1 April 27; 1 May 19.

Sea-bass are usually taken last of May. More taken in 1870 than for
‘five years previous.

Seventy barrels of scup (1870) is the smallest catch in any year since
we have been in the business.

More shad taken in 1870 than in all previous years taken together.
Usually taken from April 25 to May 10.

Striped bass average 3 pounds. We eall them sand-bass.

Usual number of sea-robins, 2,500 to 2,000 barrels. They are turned
over the side of the pound as being w orthless.

First blue-fish in 1871 caught May 26.

Menhaden are taken from April 21 to May 25; two in advance in
1871.

Scup taken from April 25 to May 18; in 1871, ten to fifteen days
earlier than usual.

Striped bass in 1871, taken from April 18 to May 5; mackerel from
April 18 to May 27; rock- bass from April 14 to May 10.

Blue-fish are first seen schooling in our bay by the middle of June.
Very few are taken here, for the reason that they appear to be at home,
and not traveling. Fish cannot be trapped unless they are on a course.
I have seen acres of them all around our trap in the bay ; but when the
_ trap is hauled we get only a) or a hundred.

Mackerel first taken in 1872, May 11; first seup eae May 10; sque-
teague, July 4; cero,’ September 1g salmon, May 29; sea- -bass, May 28.

“

. 7
rn oa.

174 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
TABLE II.~-General return of the Waquoit weir for 1871.
TEMPERA- a
TURE. SS).
: seal le = - |
Day. Weather. a iol ela] .|Re2 mR Ss re
; = | Sl | 2! os ie e a 4
ei] 2 lelaleisien| — la a eee
5 SIS aioe es esa es x = Y S g a
4/2 (ala leleala 4. [a | eho) eo nee
Eg he eye el el ee Ieee .
Ajo 3))|Begareaaeesovocco-cospsesre|| 3aee|asaoe see E
a Sa eR eR ee ote 0) f= 2! enil = all ore ieee
SEES OS a SAG SSN eS ae eee Peetes see tenes
ATE toes Lok oe ee nee See sans Ie, eal cell ete
a See ee eee iaiaiote ate ee Sa oe laialains eel esl ae
lM eee S 5-5 Oe eee 5 So eae ct feet! Pecos
TSS PUMA ser es= -hseiaes co o-.4H ie 54] 50 |- Ne
iia) Il Cllavivet 35 See a eee fies l 50 |.-
20) Breeze. (Rain .-...--.--% ol 49 | Bese
PAL (lich 1st ASS eee spose Ol 2 al eee see
De ||) Clos iti\yeae es aeme pee aracee 69 | dl | 1].
SN C1OMWds . ISLCCZC = wr. e1o-=<,- <1 56 0 Gea ee
94 | (Clear. Breeze ..-.-.-----. Ve bial oil Seal aea| ee
DyinG@lear, (Oloud = 22... ----< Heat ale stoi) Srl allie
DSR NGIGAT a. - ese sce essa ciel loon eor eels Weta eae See 5|t oes
Of Cloud: Breeze 2... s.26.4 ea Otel 2 lee eters tit OG G11) es eee 2 212) - doa aes
Deimpveeze, Ralin :/2os2..e% S| (rol Sse eee) (= Z|: BO lccwiieel eles ce eee 204) QNl...--2
SOMO lou so-so nae 54 | 51 | SES Sa Gale Se os | gee 476) 80) s2558
BUmmedoud:, | Clear = -see este of | 03 |..-|-- all ore esa) =e ==) leteel e Bea ete -
MemeueleiGloud:, Clear ---oe=52-< 56 o2 | G]ESal= Se lOS| ees ---| 17, 420] 381) 200 400
POL GAM ma 2iae oe = eres ae 38 Ok NY ees [Sesal bee 3 ai esasas< BS eis. 201) 179} 2,500
SieGloudtca-..co- case eee ee 64 a A esl Ph Toleeter 1 eee oe 716, 220) 6, 000
Ay OVWalndl. eRe ae aetererin y= 44) 52 : eee. eee lee |lpes sen Pir Bee joes! -
SullPhielk, 2Rain ip -osceoo ea. | 5G o2 Selle, OM eae cs | 30, 920} 162) 170 200
6 @Clonds Breezels-sean-c Se a etal = wat] escc et, fine sll yao tel oe eee ee
% | Cloud: ‘Breeze 22eses-2-- BYE | a) a eelle os [sce ee cle- Goel eee eee ern = 6k eae
Se (@louds. (Gale ee. peer ip elie aie) Ne salle 2 POM res sore tee ean |i:.>.5 =. Bee | ee
9 | Cloud. Breeze ..--.----- Gh} Mee Leallecelie DBaan roe ..| 10,020} 988] 525)._-. 2.
1Ob|R@louds MReiiereere see 59 | 52 | 27 : o) Eee 3} 16,800} 307] 158} 400
ig} \uGlesrs c@loudes ssee no, ist Msi Peele oreo A 2 [eee 14, 945). _..- Benen ee
12 | Clear. Cloud. Breeze GOS) ode lee al een Eee ae -. |= nce~ Slee ee ae
TSii@louds. (Breeze eee sece= Bia) MGR) BEN eee Bloons 6) 14, 200)1, 026) 151) 600
1A Clouds YBreeze! seers o. - 56 | 53 | bere Bo eae kl |e ee tac :, 2|\s,=s0ekeeeleeee |. 4)
15 | Cloud. Clear. Breeze...| 59 | 54 |- 8]. . Sle sill aeemer 1 Fl ee Ss06 eee | 39) 2,000
Sul), CHEF ory a eee ae oes ge eee | 66| 54 Beall aes e so 900|..... | 22! 3, 000
Tell (CHO or eae ss SoS ) 166: vDuleeale= Ph Rt) 22 Seen ee poe od eee
18)|/\Gleary Breeze. .2-- 2-2 -- 550/ (a6 Pea eBlog 1 6) ene ee 24] 7s 2e0| eee | 33] 6,000
TO Me@leariy -2- oan oce ee = os cc 63 58 alee 3) 15)------- | S| 1,040).....| 20) 4,000
eft) |) (Meine Seco a5 Se en55esBaeA| 72 | 58 | O2| alee el Collie Sees | 4| 7, 600 6 10) 5,000
91 | Clear. Breeze.....--.--- | 68] 60 | Sadie AGS aoe Sea Soe ce we aedleee, SeSeeeE
om OloWwes MHOC nce ca ncesa=l only (6a) 85). . Sen Beseae 4| 6,000! 50) 40] 1,500
BB) iSite pee. eeesee aaa Tov Gaal GES 16/5255 26,000} 25) 16} 2, 000
of Smoky. “Breeze: .--=--- GON TOW IES | U)iee Peano y 2, 205 3) eeneoe
- 25 | Clear. Smoky. Breeze..| 65 | 57 | - 2\- 3 eases 720 1} 9} 2, 000
DG Cloud. Iain so... < ack | 63} 58 Nas. le cette aise allo eee eae | ess.
27 | Cloud. Breeze..-..---. G25 TEGO seal al aaleee | epee aia SS Oh Sa saeers
98 | Clear: Breeze .....--.--- Cay) 82 ooaileselibe lee. Wane ell sae —c Be|feseceec||-\- a. he-wiend eee
99) Clear. ‘Breeze’..-.---.--. 67 | 62 1|- GBs. | ciel ee eect eee eee eee || Le eeeeere
30) stbiek’ (Breeze -hice 212. I Sa 2 eal yearn lene Sah zee Ce ess OARS eAee scl eSe eee
’ 31, | @loud: (Showers ..42--: - ly AS alae On | eal 7) Mia Nepean thse tS 1| 40, 300)..... OD) 5 ae
Tfevbarsyeenhl LN COaeh re es ee ea Se oe Ga G2 Sale UW) eee S22 ese 13,260). .-.. afte aes
Qi BROS. WBYESZOl se ou <i cciai-- G61 (637) MSs |83hee As. 2 2) 22 eeeee eel ee ee O| eee
Shoo; MBTCEZel=cse cscs -e fio) She. == 66)... 2 | ers al Bad PSR ERE es
4! Cloud. Thunder .-...-... 82) 63 |. St) en ene se st pene Pee sess sc. 5- 3.
5: | Clear: , Breeze 2. 5-552 ee0 68 | 63 RG lei Qh nls. See =di| eeepeee | Seer (ieee
GAC lOUd= see os Ree Ih Seep ap Mad 1 Ua) ii U eee | SS Ss ale = a i 5leaeeee
7 | Cloud. Rain. Breeze...| 76 | 66 oe en ere Ic eel Socal ace)2-5 =|
8| Fog. Rain Breeze...-. 68 | 66 Li s-.) 205555252 | Sys eeeees eee | «ist hale
ONiazy. Clears... csceos-s De AGT Dall ee ol ee eel eee GSo- ASallese\ibceces'<||.55-.- Bi aes
10 | Clear. Breeze .....-..-.. 75 | 67 | 48) 251 "2|) | aes Zeon plane
MW Rains WBreeze< 22-2 joes oe Pstesey Prt oe Vows}, AOL S22 cae Se |e eee eee |; 20) sees
TDVeHoOos WBrECZG) :.s..5 6-2 CG! Gila (amd peel fee VON... s22+ 205 |S2 85 eg eee 2, ME See
iesjaGlears Cloud: Breeze -.|' 76) MGdi| elo. (120) 50). See eee Pe eee Wisccc: PYM oe aS
74 |\Cloud, Breeze......:..-. 70 | 66 GB dl): Sayer Hee Ns Sore 1 Nae
Met MCL OU MARCA 9a (crc-ocje com wie 60 | 64 |. setlecilieesd|sece cot |.) 2 Se ee
NG |) Clatil =. 36 Seeekeas cee (ha ash olf a fe I AS n= 93]..... |.) satire
iy)|(Clean:, (Cloud==-2-= /--/-- 75 | 64 Bee Fics = == see | een Bee LO ieace ema alias aoc
aS a ae a
Motalieeeetes sek te. cee | _... 151227691 148/2, 578, 50, 153/124 270, 222/4, 7902, 923/35, 612
| |

Notr.—The statistics of the Waquoit weir (Tables II to V) are taken from the report of the Mas-

sachusetts commissioners of inland fisheries for 1871.

for the purpose of securing exact statistics on the subject of pound-fishing.

This weir was leased by the commissioners

FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND.

TABLE ILI].—Return of dogfish and blue-fish at Waquoit Weir for seven years.

DOG-FISH.

BLUE-FISH,

bres

1865. | 1866. | 1867.

|
1868. Heep Ane

1871,

1866.

1867.

1869. | 1870.

1871.

May 1

PA} aera Na eae |

Bild) bacoae||Saeeioe
peek cee ae.
ie ne Se HOS PES 2 100
aslo a laacison fersees
O08 eee alec
S22 .| 200
peer heb |
te 800 |2,000 |
ee es, ee | ee Meese
Pork | 200 | 200 |
Eertslats | 200} 100
“OER Ss at

-|1, 871 |1, 203 |3, 901 |
| |

fy

502 4, 790

blew feo bs | nt) wi wifes ooo

Or Aes
Coe | sede
USE| eee
“dpe <|| R30)

400 |... ..
300 | 200
Lee 200
aes | 150
246 | 160
164-|-9254
1,127 | 940

ese 14
\atealvonn
coy Ee
“16O# oe ce
io page
11s 538 nee
150) fee
840 | 39
|

176 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

.

TABLE IV.—Consolidated returns of alewives, shad, menhaden, bass, blue-fish, and dog-fish,
at Waquoit Weir, for seven years.

Date. 1865. 1866. 1867. 1868. 1869. 1870. 1871.
ALEWIVES. *
March 17 to April 20 .-------2 323, 610 63, 749 46, 914 7, 837 30, 604 52, 717 47, 793
April 20 to May 29 ...-...-2-- 85, 050 7, 500 11, 900 27, 680 3, 900 22) oo 2, 360
Motel ee cos eee ce eeeee 408, 660 71, 249 58, 814 30} Oki 34, 504 75, 472 50, 153
SHAD. eae ony ar ae ~*~ a
sACH THES bO 120 keene ese ae 26 33 63 13 Fl 62 56
Ap rill0 boar oe aceee =~ - - 645 269 340 1, 642 439 523 30
WEG) 00) Bos ce eas teeeoeS Ses | Sepeore oes Res= mena oaetons er 400) | ecaac cn 3.3] eee 38
‘jel aa Gaal 302 403 | 2,055 446 585 124
MENTIADEN. aa: ,
April 21 to May 15.....--..--- 175, 300 213, 730 82, 680 45, 706 66, 680 152, 590 136, 005
May 16 to AUTON ace oeets ete ice 35, 800 164, 780 121, 060 79, 020 79, 030 255, 340 99, 256
Thin 2 211,100 | 318,510 | 203,740 | 124,726 | 145,710 | 407,930 | 235,270
BASS. is | ; 5g
PAT UATCON0. o-- 25 as-e=oe 35), ||PEe espe eel poasononsel aaa soesselloecorsacaellececssa:2-- 69
Moriliisio May 15 ..--2-.2--% 81 | ri 111 65 20 51 10
Liew i sie ies On bee Sees 18-7). 0.2 cle 7
Motil. s.2 eect wee enisee 126 "e 129 65 25 51 68

BLUE-FISH.

Pitty 1d to Bit oe bees Se) 1, 526 w| ti97 940 840 39 85
DOG-FISH. Gtk % i =

PANT 9) to) May '6.-.- 922 5..~-- 373 | 3 LOU |2.22 s.r 1 2 2, 382
Mee hito slo ee 1)500°|/" ae200'|, 3-800 |. e se 3, 000 500 2) 408
Ratal ccc ls ate ~ 4a73| 1,203| 3,901 |........... 3,001| 502] | 49a0

TABLE V.—Days of first appearance of alewives, scup, blue-fish, and menhaden, at Waquoit
Weir, for thirteen years.

Year. Alewives. Seup. Blue-fish. | Menhaden.
April 7 | May 5 | May 16 | May *6
April 3] May 2) May 15 | May 4
April 1 April 27] May 17] May 1
March 30| May 10] May 13 | May 6
March 29 | May 8| May 15 | May 2
March 28 | May 6 | May 17) May 5
March 29 | May 1) May 16) May 1
April 2 | May 8 | May 15 | May 7
March 28 | May 4|May 14 | May 3
March 30| May 10/| May 19 | May 15
March 31 | May 7 | May 17 | May 10
March 28 | May 2)May 16 | May 8
March 24] April 25] May 24] April 21

* Dates whenairst plenty. The weir takes alewives when first set; probably some come a little earlier.
i d iP )

\ FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND.

Lit

Table VI.—Account of blue-fish caught with a line by Josiah C. Pease about Edgartown,
Massachusetts, 1865-1871.

+ $ | 2 ai : 4 ca
=| =) ia ee r| D a 3
oe | s.| 2 | 2 een eer
= SS SA eect 4 5
S Soe chal aes S oS lech aes
Month. a aS a) Ss ey a x o2|o8
ere | Se |) is é SG | SE | a
S = = é So
2 5) eS) r= | = | Be @-a
AB 3 = 5 = 5 e e
oa H | a4 a A n bs <q
1865.
WIEN Ld SSS BRB eOSBOS . SCE SPIE Set Serie Sms Freaic 24th |.--... Gi liesanoc OB 2 sieisleslee 9) ..eeen
JTRS. soos ie ppp Ecc Sete Heep EOE a HOODS OOSS A GrIae | Aees Het crc 2D pepe ad G20 S22. sae SL) ee sere
TEINS ooo sR ERAS Ge pce Sen EOD aE One OPO Hpcocsd seer sallosecion 11a) Ieepecs HOG) Boe aa ae a OS ||Eeeeee
(TS nc Ls Ee Se a a Cee (ER Tie rere fal ae a 53. |,
SaByatRINDEL ear eed hisses bh eete J - 2 <eaeme lh aacec 24th HOM Sereare B49) Ne Jercalenin Bd ae Se
CYEICHIEE.. .odastase cee pen COR COnE REC EB SECECOCEOOOG Honeoe lcopoconensc Seca Soadosme HOS SNEEe eeeeel atc
GOR neces D619) erase 49
1866.
ISS cos so sinc cond S CeO eee ep Op OsenObE Gssopoc0bs4| Seca acl\coq Sadlesoadgo|iSccec| | sncosuscllobdcomsa densesaonads
(JURLE woote spcoote dbec ee SEDO oCdEE DOO S SoSSboES Ho snl ease] l-secch|losasng borers) speceerelscocerar |Sagessloccees
ULKY on ces ese SRS GBEE OBO Re DEES cone 5 qe Sen eee WS thistas=e. SN re teveret= CIS ae eerie Salilceeees
22 VET so cobb gb becbteedoc opel ice 6006 See sooeos ssqcerlsescee TS soosee CPA ceGrciode ED leno oe
STOTT NE? AGneeDS Bee bQnee POD ESSns CAFS SR00 HeeBEe | soores 24th. Cal laeobers PRR mAcemae 46 |e
Uhontlsi? 5. soc sade soc beso sonansaseeneescesceess poaees|| see lboeanel caaee|se6on seal beensend|aooqeallenons-
PY | ar 31028) St
1867
MOST aT ae rata as see cose =n cre sicie = wieiejom ails = ese Oe lloaeace Ballosoase WOM ss aeee SH eae
PRL ORs etal yteleiatwicie aclol teats te elarsiciseieic cle ||) arafae's | alo s'cincs Big |eeaea oN bel WSR ecoar. iS) Tec
Si ode tees LEE O IR So sc sctsane [gece alehoses Sih eaten D605) |e SOW CE aS
PETES bette eee alt= =) niin = wisiateteiaie = miniesinteinis atl eraoistat= 30th. Wi | soce35 Ga3e||sletaeiele 30n | S2os ee
SINT GEWUIDET ~conconesdoONDenOAGOUBeD Gossabobosns||eosocd||codaco|loceaod||Senonallecaocoes|labaces me loosecellooaces
October..-...... Be oh eancidais sedee sis am che’ secon) see edlsjsme gyeleesae [he Sallie etce-ars oars ere | Seen ieee
hee ae PEO) lean 67
1868.
IMEI? ocacd joad0ae BEOH On Gp OO UUCOE UGS BEEBE Eeseee 2oth.|-----. SlSoaaed SEP lleeseaqae Zisllleeeae
DUTT EI ae a ays fais oso ajeinis cons sec bermarsice ane sess tora si by MPSS ence sy Gal Weeeree 90" ||atamee
Flin yaene Een aE Ye OLS Y bs. ctccaosscacleesces |eseco=| 1G s| Meee ee P48: eases (es Nene
WET) - ae SSGSCO GAS ACES SSBDEDEOOCRCOEC ee anee a BEcBoa losses ry eerode PIPE aboieee O25 |(eoser
PE DUMBO RM eee Seem acc dep een ckiscccemuscsescllsrctan'|[seneas 1A cere 464 SS5ccet 27 Ne marys
PHEW steers cleo = sic e[ojeseieceniscscecceeecsccc|masece 23d. (as Poseee RUB Se. Ae ee 16. \ie2ee
Gay ana 21608) 2s 57
1869.
a eR sa met ate cole a ela iciajsinie a sete aise ctal| Seale oe ise cles omic Saye wena [labetwtarclerwial ctemetece lore ene
PEREEY CS Pree N at ert TN ctal ae afar) mreseiaiarstera oe ath ewjaye aecee-ave 4 ea eee LS sseaee 5) ee ee cok bal cise
JOIN? 222d SSS CO ee Cee en eae en eee PN ocisece OMS tensa 86) le oceee
JATISUIBID RSS aot g a Oe BE GEESE CSO OARSEr SEDER OOr Erne Coeeee| Seeeee 22 |-.---- Pe SOR! |= anita Gil Sesacc
BSCS ENC eet aye tae ayn win) ore re) Paiziain} Se /elaia)a)=ye leis =,/='s/a|oioneioreraillow'ain ais HG |i Soshoe S04) |e ee cease JOM emcee
QHD. 0.20 cing eB AD GASEDE PABA SE ERE RAR apc BS AEaAe acsese | 23d. 8) loanter 15) || Saar oe 2) area
Sy |e ae 4.608) | eee os 59
1870,
Hype aaisaia sisretsiersis siacs cidtone se wc sets bm eee s OD GE eee nee 1 eet GUE See oes 61) |, a5
BURR tore so ais cian aaiw sisicinjororsrale(s cinq sects o/s siellisieimimee Maseac eas Ne roe O97, || ss\s/- einer SOU 22 - ee
Uae tee atate miata creas o aio e's seis Snstiaei cee Sale| secs - ieee LGM eee MSM ossesce gO emia
MEU SMO alee asin iota wate acini cicisanivapisiemieitecica| ise oases: PU SGecce OAD tt SSeeisee 45) || ssosee
Sing STI) UCTS «nono. 6c 6 Bp ASO coe Ss SeSepbeeeocecsee|psseas Sacco NGS eeceac Pe ARS eaee 18s | Sce
(ODDIMIED. o20 5 585-55 sS0 Gas nae oe eas peode se ees se 18th. 6a eoee= QBs eee 455) |aeraue
ye) eee, 2820 |....-- 39
cae 1871
PE aCe ates oaloa eos s ss 5 sic setere tei 29th .|-....- Bee stelae 55) |easacace Pees
JUNE = id 660 50 Bese ee eee nee Peer ees) ares [GBoeee Souler seis 969) |Sss2552: 40 1/3 eas 8
PRU ge miata raiasi== (= = obj sted Ib Seeinebgdedkiodd socpooped ladon dailoosceie Operas LBD Wee moseac 6B) Seeee
JAD ERR 0 bo 5 235 RBGnS eo UES ede EOSUSS poe odconesccs||So560e|beoeee ME) |stoeee 1 OOM a aeaeace GSR ees
PRE MID leeks see asians ono scinede sca ssn mtemetaceeizes =e canbe Lomieen =e SOON ys sae ao tees
(OND 4. so ae beo ons Repboodemeeasesord Scobereno jpodoad senegal osees|lsdoone |ocasoodsbooceg=-|odacesliacabes
7Oillgeee cate 4.457 |. 202: 56
SUMMARY.
Lil snes 5é SS 6G nob Re Be pee Er ODEE APE Ooe May 24 | Sept. 24 |.....-. QOS Gesene AGIOS) Mya eerie =
I. -hoedesks2 SoS See eoe ose See Bae July 18 | Sept. 28 }-..-.- SGU wares ce SHOZBN 2a [esas
LSD pacers ae eae Es a May 27] Aug. 30 |...... aay Pees anaes 36700) 25. eae
SEL @aacne GUE nee ae May 25 | Oct. 23 |...-.- eileen 4egg87 |S). 50: aaa
Pender cok oe siciisileecdeism = s.<ciciesicciee uN 1 Oct, Bs) |oses.- Sarees ee 4898: |22-52-|-easee
Pecans ah samme mea cmceccesecasscc des May 30 | Oct. 18 |.-..--- (Bin eee cese 2 S20) |r a areata! | eter
RHA recreate 5 witness ate's aletwiaisiscicis\o ma aati <. seed May 29 | Sept. 28 |..---- DD scnberics Cee GI a Saerseryie coc
480 26, 542 55

S. Mis. 61——12

— a8 SS oe!
. , :

178 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. —

TaBLe VIL.—Account of fish landed at Baxter's Wharf, Hyannis, Massachusetts.

Flat- fish. Scup. Blue-fish. Bass.

Pounds. | Price. | Pounds.| Price. | Pounds. | Price. | Pounds. | Price.

PASO TAL 2 eee let-ta = DOVAGSS| HUA ISE yt. Se Se fee is foe ecm ce nae) lo sale eel
WES yo bosceseeas 2, 113 215) ies 0 les (8 on PE ee A Goaasoa Bodesacs5- 9, 246 $151 28
Sine Sa ee S | e ee 2510093 561998 ec. cce oe | oe 16, 808 413 13
Utiky sg Iekeeacaeeaa| |S dase ss0t|lpsessnee - tessa peeecancos $28, 151 $063: O4 | 5 Seelam
AES Sens oaeans|poansoag S- eee eeege aa la=senec ea, pose somes 31, 147 WQWAS | 2252 eee eee
SEVEN 9S) PRR Ee be (boaadco on pseasbe ee leeocoors oq |ooscoadoor 14, 618 405 15 | .s<222he | Geese
October ---- 2c 6 §31, 851 vi (ie (08 teen eter eee. Baeaoeeea Menmaeseec\(ocatocc locas
November .-....---- 14, 217 BQTANO Won seni s|eeue cd eccce| eck betel oe) 05 c6 cence eee errs
Dotallseceaceo- 58, 644 | 1,393 16 39, 075 846 90 74,016 | 1 7165 32 26, 054 564 41
q 18s71
PANDY apc perc snin' <r 9, 412 os bl ee ea (ee eee el ECA PE iaicooces (acqiccocts iio: roles
Ma ieee ce eis sin 1, 841 18 41 4,953 S83 iBall iets eel ina memenes 3, 306 55 86
PIRI sete ele ele afetiel| wis wi-tatato re Srol|'aterersayee es 35, 063 APRs i dase scrdc| bh =sores > 11, 687 190 95
PMN yareere sales ice isor'a|| ene oncce| ste eee orseeec cet Sees aoc6ie 36, 251 625. 02 |. -- cere! (eee
PANTO US steals ates icici] ciniss oi- ata = dl toe elo eee laswine aisles! ema clelel aa cs 12, 503 25006 ces See eel eee
NG DLOMIDORS: Siders sacn cele eceeeson|Caeeee meen |e eeaeead! 10, 513 251 17 ec-e eee eee
Ths ee 1,253 11253| 40,016| 65658| 59,267|1,12625| 14,993] 946 x1
* Highest number of boats employed, 13. +t About all eatehing blue-fish,
} First scup caught May 21. § All catching flat-fish October 10.
| Highest number of boats employed, 25.
AGGREGATES.
|
| Pounds. | Price.
pl gE ot va Wee See Ck Se Gets ORNL ERE GRRE RN ope ERR RE Le oy | 197,786 | $4,569 79
Tsai eee eens artes 9. ic RN eee On ok SRS ot eR Vd 5 anh SUEY eles 9 es SE | 125, 529 2, 142 17
Mrccustinle Dioverdeilesceea. (0. Roe. tates econ. reer ee eee | 72, 260 | 2, 427 62
| i
TABLE VIII.—Account of Austin Taylor, Hyannis, Massachusetts.
*1870. Pounds. | Price. 1871. Pounds. | Price.
DASE UL Geet ee eiteletetsiatsta(al=!=/==)el= : QE28o) $240) PAS PT teat cole meee cement eeetee 829 $8 29
TIE oi oo ceescena naDdoco soos LRN iTees Shy Bye ly ui pea APeteestisooncecscosSocc: 569 9 12
PIIMNG «wou eee neon een nnninn nae 2, 957 59) 1 Bill PIO ek = «'s0:5 sence eel eee 1, 203 24 06
BRGY? jcepmics se piscein ce neteninas = 2, 203 By OMe Med UL eat a co ore ee 1, 5184 30 37
PANIES D siete mieloiein =/ aiecloie'nin eae 2, O27 G2iGiel MAM OUSE = 22 6 3 eee aes 9964 19 83
RIED LOMA DOL pore mletaiste aiaiala Eerste ial 208 A027 |e SOPEtOM DED. ..ce ees 847 21 10
WetONer s<.s-eescccssccancce . 1, 481 57 47 ‘
ENOMEDIDEY 2)02 a2es anise ~ 505 -/== 613 18 37
MotelMar cnet sion csecses 493,611 | 336 61 Total) se neeee aoe | 5, 961 | 112 77
| ;
* Kinds not given.
AGGREGATES.
| Pounds. Price.
UBT B exp anee tee Oen0.. 0000 700500 2a Sb ESCH SNS Rr Se GeccO SoS sOSt See Sass eae cao. 13, 611 $336 61
AS lee ore are lao cite eee ieeteteretetintete te ete neste ce eerale me's miminfelnie late elas yinie (0 azine © winin(= aeinais eRe 5, 961 112 77
Excessof LOVO;OverpSileses- case sBee ss cease Seceraceescce see sno = eee aaee | 7,650 | 223 84

Rare

FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND.

179

TaBLE IX.—Account of Timothy Crocker, Hyannis, Massachusetts.

Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1867
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1868
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1869
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1870
* Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1871.......-.--. .

Pounds.

2
32,

Men and boats employed: 12—15 each season.

TaBLE X.—Account of J. G. Loring, Hyannis, Massachusetts.

Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1867
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1868..............-.--
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1869..-.....-.-..---- - 104,100
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1870..---...---...---.
Shipment of fish by railroad to New York, in 1871

Number of Average

pounds. per M.

ETE SaROMO eee 82,800 $69 00
91, 800 76 50

86 70

119, 850 We20

TEN Ds oie Bee ae 85,050 56 70

About twelve men and boats were employed in 1867-1869: and fifteen in 1870, 1871.

TaBLE XJI.—Shipment of fish by railroad from Hyannis, monthly, to New York, furnished
Strom the books of the company, by Luther Chase.

{
Months. 1866. 1867 | 1268. 1869.
|
Barrels.| Boxes. | Barrels.| Boxes. |\Barrels., Boxes. |Barrels.| Boxes.
_ IIIT EN oc 5 Oo SSD EB pt DBS RSE Cae eee 21 | 15 8 6 1 1 65 13
LIGISHTGIS-. B2cbs pes Seen aE er Banaaeee 47 | 8 | 5 el 2 | 2 28 12
NIGH: 2h See ee 23 | 14 | 3 4 | 1 2 50 23
al REE Se One 5 |} 8 30 4 49 | 5 3L 13
IHEN 6. scie ¢ Sob B0d CSAS CODSpEOOeEBOSere 435 | 114 135 67 | 165 66 267 29
UUM eee ieee cea ass, cataica acca 432 265 251 71 793 183 636 PPAl
Jinn? 22 ea Ee a eee 16 | Bal 139 141 | 260 | 166 429 230
LN DEORE Go cos Bont see Sa pee ae 39 5 41 | 53 176 59
BE plemUareese eres: 2c 22. face's 24 1 106 14 | 77 29 26 15,
iG = se neep gone o ee eee ee 36 | 8 148 2} 74 | 4 116 1
DIGI an DG cae C pa ee ae eee 15 | ) 41 3H 79 7 42 10
DURGRTON? - poh en eee aEe EE eee eee 18 | 11 30 15 | 25 8 57 10
Tnigil. alee eee 1, 080 47s 935 333 | 1, 527 526 | 1,923 636
= = =i

Total in pounds*....-...-.-- 305, 400 240, 000 | 386,700 ® | 479, 100

Months 1870 1871. Total.
Barrels.| Boxes. |Barrels.| Boxes. |Barrels.| Boxes
DPA AE cere cra cs cianis oe nSsicls sine csese cle) sca cam eaae 10 W 14 os os. 22;: Sonate
J IHINEDEA) io Coen Gece DOORS SEB ESES BO HOB bo EoaesoSArag 3 10 12 OW Feccaseqlasan ce sc
BTC, .bo5 5005508 Bete aaa eee eee ee eee 15 17 44 a (ERO |S a a
JDL See ee GSS tone ee ee eee 186 13 936 By el eects oe ano Se
DOIN PE ae ain cinta ss sc ae sie cease nace cosets ese 295 23 292 Wl | Seeheaor| fem c car,
NOG. 9¢ oo: BaRE. - GROSS oS Seen oe Seon nee 1,154 366 551 SLU Soeecisdd |aaneséce
Petes Saleh st aeons wa Wace oe'smainsates oo aeeacajac 233 214 170 EO) c= emcee yee
WRB OER UME eta m 2,2 oh ixcaya)a dich s osm aos 8ja's's Sah ener nreie claret 119 193 119 yA SSR epee s|anonocers
Secrest HOT eee crs saints cares cies 3 ewe oe mening ss = 94 17 94 Ui lrial eeete a anette
SRNOUE IMMPS ee oe See Asso 3 aia Qala, aes ae 363 4 | 263 Qe eet eam ale Mya ase
LUG EAST So eee ee ae Ae lll 10 Mii NO eee see eee va
“UREN? 5.585 GeO OORT es = eae 26 13 26 ABh |e eeeeaslse sc aaae
IND) Loe phe ae Oe ae Se eee. ARR ae Sores 2, 504 890 1, 939 874 9, 908 Baylis

Bb Dauluinig ONL AS Settee 7 = eis/a iciate cence erecta: 642, 600 552, 900 * 2; 606, 700

* According to the usual estimate at Hyannis, the box of fish weighs 300 pounds; the barrel 150.
+The record for 1871 only extends through August; we therefore take the figures of 1870 for the

same months.

The above table includes the shipments by Messrs. Taylor, Crocker, Loring, Handy,

and others, and consist in greater part of fish taken with the line.

The figures for

June, July, August, September, and October, relate almost exclusively to blue-fish,

180 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

TABLE XII.—Statement of fish caught in the pound at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, in 1872,
by Wood's Hole Weir Company.

| .
| | z
| | 5
4
| } p S
1872 oi = | 1872 a
| eee re = z 4
ee c= zd g a 2 Pe
5 ee E) 2 ie || & g
rs A Zz a al o | oe
| |
ApriliQs:--..-cb- see 1 Uy | scaes5e | Socteterele July 9 Slee ccseneeee
Dieeas ele ee ee Pe hein atalelate | August 2.........--
SWE apo.0 Se Ade Cl BeeeIse oc 5
Ma Sse nceeeeerene bY WB aqoom me 8
oe eb ates risoe Gn Reason op pdobue ao baooSe SS | 10
Uncade- ss 5-55) Soceueee AN} al eee | 13:5.
Bie = Pema creci Pee | re hate 19)...
5055 255 aces Geta HOO Hl rsieraterstete 20
Tas SBS eee ere 1,800 | Few 21
ls. 4S Se are Bee 2, 845 |..do Pes ase sone 252
Ieee Saeuoces Beeeapras COU he Se rete toys H eons aoe
1B}. scisdeoo5, 2060 Aaecoses Oy at ere savs 5 24. co cote
13 oe BIG |e cecee 95. eae
TE Son Soe Greate Cees 225 | Few 28). cae
UGE 555 See) CoE see 130 |.-do -. 29. -cccemetes
7235 50 A Cees pees a s| Bosses *10 S30 ececcoee
1he SS qeneaepeeee Ressedos) bobogcoe 38 Sept. 2.5 cs ceee eee
it) .g ae See oee BBee ome lnecinanee Few . A ee
2) Ac Qemer tees posecaselbasseocc f= dozen 6... tomes
Th 6 OSES Seger ew fish caughtto|June 4. |..-...-. ee
2B RA aS Ooo ees pace a= cel eoasac SelSscessccl[6oSsbaSe ih Pees ss
PINING Moses cess = <==. gale fro)m northjeast. i bs ees Se
Scone Senesocel sass socio s456be *150 16. tee
LOS aoe nines aera lee sie ie aeeieet +75 a eeesece coo:
i lseeongeems cede lscaseocc|bassésne 40 a %
| RP Ord lonciae ced) ee so ae 80 OMS Titaetbaioe Sia
1: a eee ae Took alibi pie pty ccd scup ica wea aise

* Barrels.

t Barrels; mostly small.

+ Eight boxes with blue-fish.

‘te ee

FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND.

181

TaBie XUI.—Catch of fish at pound of Thomas Hinckley, West Falmouth, 1872.
cn é ec
FA = | = 5 Ee ice ia
ro) . = = nD =
Pe ee caren ae ee ty ree | E 2(/¢¢2)4|¢
i Bee ly BP es tees have =|) i a at ee opi ane
| = 3 S BS = = S : = 5 iS
ay tiger PB) leo oo hen a ain | 8 | &
April 26,1872 ...-| 3,000 1 1 2 | Geese 3 |SeSee5)seesca| Hos onneseeod eteoes| Beonsal|sscess lis scccc
April 27, 1872 .-..| 2, 000 1 SUES eG eee Be le 9 |. 425 4. |. eee
April 29,1872 -.-.) | 200 1 | a tn es oe ae ee Re SO Oi MM Se
April 30, 1872 ....| 1,000 |.-.-.. G51 SK || VS SS ae ee a ee lie
Milby, SUS YOR eeel ioe = eee 3 Hee |e sel|pescce| |e ere ee|loceeas||so5ec0 So5ccd| eeoeesyassos- Heseeca|(acoc-.
May 2,1872....| 500 Bae R iGg lh 2os\Seaewt e 2 ESI oe Stelle dee geek (o oe) ..| 222 |r
cic EM oe re Dil dh Weeteh yak pelea: ch sJeos eee. 2a.) a2 ..<|-.6 eo
May 4,1872.... 500 BP Seoasce ae Gee tScullbeoesallaccec soncceslscosca|Peeeeal|ceee se] |cooocc
Mieigae > 1872-520 222--2. 2 cg ee ec dts hee NMS See eeaalh ab os WE |. .--23 |e
May 6,1872....| 200 | 200 20 ee eee Be ME Sr iyci se. Saxe IS fees: |..-2- 11a
ithe WATE aaa Bee ee eee 5ACO0) ||P [ees ai secceel bebe Pere soalpatees (shee | a. side] eee
due? 13 Ged Spel Bepecee al (esoee = 2OO0) |e aen eae ee 1 UG Pe Aare see Soe) moa= ealecseca ceeerelloocs
ely Oa ae Sls QOO0HI 44 Sees. Gill Sa a as eae, Sled Scr eee ay) bee Me. |
iileny UG) The See Bescoeda| aeeces 5, 000 |sce%es 12 2 IN| Pessscilesseen Beecas||ssocen
MMetyeeiletSie = -)------ = - 400 1, 500 POLIS) Sa) Be ae |e Pes Re 8 2S OS 383 Sole Soe5e|ssaas
May 121812) -5 | ==. =- 600 100 ae) OTOL Paes Se ee see coe! arene easeme Weoagellecnen
Witty ay lOwe ----|-------- (UM) | sesanet4 aan 6 |oocce 500 i) PAS sae 52, (pos el |/SSehc6llsc00s-
Marge rtalen2)--..| 3 bbis: |} 600) }-2--2-= |-2--|------ @P |jessose 3 Close nos/455555] |bmeon
hey ip, ae aoe POMP aa gecy: tain aloe Ae = eeepc nce 455| 2a see ae eee
Duly GS CUS fe SelB Seeeo escee eecereae Hh aaabe Gl dea loeoaos Yo! Ds oss. lee. Se hse cel! = 52
Riles Wt USPS a eae eee Seem cec be cllostas=\|se seen \se52e= PS UO yh Reger cosets etc rs! eqe- =
luleny IG) Wei) 2554) see sees SSeS Ree ose ss) Spee Seco sacred acaea= 450 bbls. |---..- Bese ts anosesioate-
Luton UR) Ute Sel eaeeeoo Seemcdl |Soomeeer Soe] |SeSSod| aster |saceas 600 bbls. |.----- Jsembechlemcna6||S-rco5
Moneecimleton a8 Pound (fall of/menhad|en. |2aas- <= == emia |e -\- = sm alarm femal © eae ele ell ele eera
Maymore ete. Moret han|could belsold|--- 22) iqm-sc\> => saa) eae meee oat ase e me le ome feelers
TE! a a aa ee BRA De ti ee i Oe ae al eae ae (h, DOO’ Ws eee oeemee
weit? Gail TR GPAS “Sel eSee55o4|Peeore! Scacoeas Sonr|lnosee |/Ssaocelbeobon 150 bbls. 2) 800 OS hesesee
dim) dh ei" Saal eeeepecn |bseoes ineoaoaec soericeceseiiecooee|leoes os 300) bbIS. | -- ==. 800 LON eee
ianavoe ESS EAE Bae eee eee HEE see EMI A PE ERAN a eee S00" DDI Still pese ss [eae 1 3bbls
dimae) Lote Sele ae eee ae SNe El ee Dalle erage a4 2 PIG dee | yells tee:
Tihs, “(EVO Se neers ee ei eae CUE Pete A ASEAN 2aEL 100 bbls. Gy RM ici 2 Be
Tingic tbs | OR ae ee ae ee SE) RSE eis Le ee SOOT PDI A coe oases eee eee
Tvinsye: 124, INS 712 sata] Masa pes Weippe nas A) PS be A aia Gen are S60) "bbISM) 226-42 [Secacs len cues leone

° J eel F :
Tapie XIV.—Date of first appearance of fish at the pounds and weirs on the south side of
New England.

——— : : + a
Dog-fish | Mackerel. | Menhaden. | Alewives. Tautog. Blue-fish.
ING) 008 yl a Bee eee | RSS OSE Abe Ona eG Sen a SOC EAs BRS OGr saan cl eer ae DBE SA Ae aan ASSecebS tic:
New Bedford, Mass..}...-.---..---| UBM PAPUA) 20 ease os ad|eeeis eee (LOU, Arie LO ssce ae eee
Wwiood's| Hole, Mass..|_--..-.----- 1871,end April 1871, Appr. 23/1871, Apr. 141871, Apr. 19/1871, May 20
West Falmouth, |1872, Apr.221872, May dig May 18/1872, Apr.25/1872, May 9).....-.--2..5.
Mass. |
Menemsha Bight, ae ~ee ¢ 1872, May 10)1872, Apr.26 ae ‘ 1872, May 31
Mass.* : } 1812, Apr.26 1672, May 91) 1871, Apr. 2i|1871, Apr. 12| bis, Apr 28 sisi May 26
Waquoit, Mass...... 1871, Apr.26 cea Ape bis v1, Apr.21/1871, Mar.24 1871, Apr. 181871, May 24
Nantucket, Mass... Jochengoread |ecceescasdadse ener acéencccl osaSobens4q)\-sacsoskaco dee \1871, May 29
WhIDUIDS. GRID - <p eell Rea eer |pnosodenooseod lsebecoSeonaees [BEBE BRR EAE Aerial ccs Se oeetaaot
: n Balst lo: |
Scup Shad Herring. | Squeteague. Sea-bass
LGN OO 60 (ee LOT AtprialolPesss.oeelens OE Se eee ats AA | Gots Bat
ES : 1872, May 15}
New Bedford, Mass........-..--. ; ist, red ol ; 1871, Apr. s 1871, Mar. 25 Fae ae Be PRL AE 3
Wiood’s Mole, Mass).22..5:5:-.%--. TS AL PAM be os etait oon | eras Rey Se ee 1871, June 1/1871, May 20
West Falmouth, Mass ao4.22si5: 1872, GE a) Is See |eeetateeedes eee © ie Serer e 11872, May 13
1872, May 6/1872, May 4) 1872, May 14
Menemsha Bight, Mass." .....--. 12 ee ane Q5|1871, Apr. I t Sinbiaee etd iaseey ees en end May
‘. § W872, ee esl : y ¢ 1872, July 4/1872, May 28
aes na scien anne casa nce 2 1871, Apr. 25 § 1671, Apr. nba tae |} 1871, May 911871, May 24
SIEM OYE] Ce Ta 1) a |e ee Pose eee Ae ee EM fee te le
Hyannis, Mass....- SoBe ene here oe LB ADT) QB ost bee =e ce eae One LSE NE LS... (2 2

* Situated on north side of Gay Head, end of Martha’s Vineyard.

XU.—SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY AND INFORMA-
TION RELATIVE TO THE CONDITION OF THE FISH-
ERIES OF THE SOUTH SIDE OF NEW ENGLAND,
TAKEN IN 1872.

A delay in the printing of the present report renders it possible to
bring the inquiry into the fisheries of the south side of New England
through the season of 1872, for which purpose I revisited Wood’s Hole
.and Newport, in October, and sent Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, my able
assistant at Wood’s Hole, to Hyannis, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vine-
yard, with a similar object. The following memoranda, obtained by
myself and Mr. Edwards, will be found to contain some important state-
ments:

NOTES TAKEN BY THE COMMISSIONER.

NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND, October 10, 1872.

Mr. T. LEE, fish-dealer, said that fish were more plenty in Newport this
year than last. Scup, weighing from one-fourth of a pound to a pound,
were very plenty. .

Bass have not been quite as plenty as last year, but they were quite
plenty last year. ‘

Spanish mackerel have been more plenty, and squeteague very plenty.
Spanish mackerel have been as low as 15 cents a pound ; they were
never less than 50 or 75 cents a pound before; they were almost as
common as blue-fish at one time.

Bonito have been abundant this year.

Several ceros have been caught here. I bought one for 5 cents a
pound and sold it for 5; and the man who bought it of me sold the fish
for $12.

Mr. Curry, a fish-dealer, said fish generally had been tolerably plenty
thisyear. Blue-fish are plenty,but we do not get many sea-bass this fall.
Squeteague, bonito, and Spanish mackerel have been more plenty than
usual.

Seup are plenty, some of fair size, weighing about half a pound.
There were very few of the small-sized scup this year corresponding to
those here last year.

Sheepshead have been about as plenty as usual.

No regular mackerel have been caught off the coast.

Several salmon were caught in Saughkonet River, and shad were
plenty over at Second Beach, and several were taken in other places.

SAMUEL ALBRO, a fish-dealer, considered fish as plenty as they were
last year. He gave the catch of one fisherman, George Crabb, from
which the following amounts are taken, as caught with hook and line:

evar AAS os. ae ee ee ees Rat een eet ee 100 pounds tautog.
PA HOLHED Cay: 28 eee pe pets ays: cee ett. shee 154 pounds tautog.

SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 183

TES) aR A Nes OL a 198 pounds tautog.
oT Sie OA Se Se Sen ene 175 pounds tautog.
PERE rE ENOL D i) 22/2 ery eee ee tae Olt t teil ws eee 128 pounds tautog.
PIER YY 202 ayaa to See SEG geek sie eS 162 pounds tautog

From the account of fishing by WILLIAM RECORD, it appears that
he took in a pound, on different days, 80, 120, 211, 272, and 310 pounds.
August 1, 121 pounds; 5, 35 pounds biue-fish ; 7th, 54; 8th, 33;
Shy 133; 13th,.9; 14th, 48; 15th, 138; 16th, 19; 19th, 185; 26th,
AL; 27th, 31; 28th, ae! 29th, 48. September 2 2. 28 ; 3d, "Bas 6th, 7:
9th, 116; 11th) 17; 12th, 37; 14th, 135; 22d, 14. October 1, Bl.

Blue-fish are bought of the fishermen for 5 cents a pound. George
Crabb averaged 160 pounds aday. In the month of June, last year,
he caught 1,109 pounds of tautog.

Mr. J. M. K. SouTHWICK, a dealer in fishing-tackle, nets, &e., said that
small scup had been observed almost every fall about Saughkonet River.
A gentleman of Tiverton remembered that many years ago there was
precisely such a run of small scup as last year. The hook-and-line fish-
ing is now connected with lobstering, and the lobsters are the most im-
portant part to that class of fishermen.

EDWARD M. GLADDING, pilot and fisherman, said line-fishing had not
been much attended to this year. He had tried all summer, and could not
eatch many. It is much poorer fishing than it was last summer; as much
worseas youcan think. Youcannotcatcha messinallday. Tautog’ing has
been good fornothing this summer. He had not caught any blue: fish this
summer. He had fished more or less for fifty years. “No man ever saw the
fish so scarce as they are now. He had not caught more than four scup
this summer. Two-thirds of the fishermen with set-seines have not
made anything; but thousands of fish have been carried to New York
and thrown overboard. ‘The heart-seines are death on fish ; they catch
anything and everything. . The West Bay trap never caught more than
this season ; fish were plenty in the spring, and then they caught them.
One trap caught 1,500 pounds in one day. The first fish of the season
are tautog. Fifty years ago sea-bass were plenty about the Vineyard,
and he used to fish there; but no sea-bass are caught there now. We
used to get some nights over one hundred big bass, and sell them at
New Bedford.

SAMUEL SOUTHWICK was a trapper three years ago, at Coddington
Cove, and had seined more or less for forty years. Used to catch seup,
meuhaden, alewives, and pretty much all kinds of fish. Large scup are
now scarce, but other fish are about as plenty as they have been. Last
spring more tautog were taken at one haul than he ever took at two in
the same place. Twenty years ago the market for fish was better than
now. We did not formerly cz atch” Spanish mackerel. He once caught
two near Brinton’s Reef, which he sold for a dollar apiece, but did not
know what they were.

Bulls-eye mackerel were v ery plenty here fifteen years ago and more.
They were considered better than ordinary mackerel. They were fat
and small. When found now they are with the small mackerel.

Squeteague first appeared about twenty years ago; and they grew
more and more plenty. About thirty-five years ago the people did not
know what blue-fish were. One night he got 200 and put them on the
wharf, and nobody would carry them off.

184 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Mr. WILLIAM CHAMPLIN had a number of tinker-mackerel, which he
had just caught. He thought they belonged to a different race from
the round mackerel. He thought the fishing this summer as good as it
was last summer. Lobstering has been better; there are as many lob-
sters now as there were fifteen years ago. They weigh only about two
pounds each.

The tinker-mackerel are worth about fifteen cents a dozen.

P. B. Huppy said the stripes on the bulls-eye mackerel are more green
than on the common mackerel. There have been about the same num- |
ber of fish caught with the hook and line this summer as last.

Codfish come in at Christmas time and stay till May. Never saw
menhaden here in the winter. Mr. Tallman once caught 1,600 barrels
on the 5d of December.

English herring come in here in the fall and stay all winter; never
noticed any spawn in them. Scup have not been so plenty for four
years as they have been this summer.

MARTIN GLADDING has a heart-seine in West Bay. Had found
squeteague and scup more plenty this year than for ten years past.
The scup are large enough to market, and send to New York every day.
They correspond to the so-called second run of scup. Never knew the
big scup to stop here in the spring. He thinks the second run of seup
spawn. Never saw any spawn run from them.

Blue-fish have not been as plenty as common this season.

Tautog are caught, weighing from one to ten pounds; but the small
ones have spawn running from them. They will bite as well when
spawning as at any time. They spawn in July.

Got a great many shad this season, aiid alewives. The shad were
eaught in May.

Catches squeteague now altogether, and will take them all this
month. He gets from four to eight hundred pounds a day. They are
much more plenty than last year. He caught so many he could not
sell them, and let them go.

The scup that used to be caught years ago were about the size of
those taken this year. There was this year a large run of scup so
small that they would go right through the meshes; were about an
inch and a half long; and there were those of different sizes, up to a
pound, all mixed together. There were not so many small ones this
year as last; but hundreds of barrels were turned right out of the seine
at a time.

Fall before last tautog were very plenty.

Governor STEVENS.— Fish of all kinds, generally speaking, have
been more plenty this year than usual. Blue-fish have not been so
plenty as sometimes; about the same as last year. Spanish mackerel
more plenty. Never saw anything like the number of shad on the
coast. They were moving east. They were caught all through this
region, and so plenty they could not be sold in New York.

The Spanish mackerel did not last a great while. The seup that
were caught were large enough to market. The large ones came. a
little in advanee. The small ones are here now. Occasionally some of
the large ones were mixed in with the small. They were more than
twice as large as the run of small scup that came last year. I saw this
year two days’ catch of the largest scup I ever saw; some of them
would weigh four pounds. That was about the first of therun. The
fish they used to talk about as being so plenty were just like the run

SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 185

of scup we are getting now. The fish they used to catch weighed
three-quarters of a pound to one pound.

We get full-sized English herring here; they are taken in gill-nets.
T never saw any spawn about them. They used to catch them here in
the winter. They are not plenty.

I got boneto plenty this year; sometimes got one hundred at a time.
They brought about six cents a pound in New York. They are not
worth as much in New York as blue-fish. I got a good many cero.

Woop’s HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS, October 9, 1872

Captain THOMAS HINCKLEY, who has a pound at West Walmoutle
and whose testimony, taken in 1871, is printed on page 59, stated that
all fish had become unusually searce in 1872, with the exception of ale-
wives, menhaden, and dog-fish, (Acanthias americanus.) Alewives
and menhaden were in such abundance that it was impossible to dis-
pose of them; especially as the fishing smacks which formerly came in
for bait for mackerel are now in the habit of securing their own supply
by means of nets that they carry with them. Blue- fish are scarcely
one-fourth as numerous as last year, and are of very small size, this
scarcity perhaps having some relation to the abundance of herring.
Squeteague, too, are considerably more searee; so much so that both
they and blue-fish for a fortnight brougit 10 cents a pound at wholesale,
an unusually high price.

The small scup, so abundant in the summer of 1871, made their
appearance as one year older, and were caught readily on the proper
grounds. These averaged 5s ounces each, or nearly double the weight
of last year. There were, however, few or no scup corresponding in
size to the small ones of the year before. Unintermitted fishing by the
children from the wharves, in the summer of 1872, failed to make any
captures. [From this it would appear that the astonishing supply of
young scup in 1871 was rather sporadic in its character, and that, from
whatever cause it proceeded, the same conditions did not prevail this
season. Where these fish actually came from, it is extremely difficult
to say ; whether an unusually large number of the breeding- scup suc-
ceeded in evading their enemies in 1870, or whether fish bred in more
southern waters appeared on the coast in 1871, and moved in a body
northward, covering the ground where they did not originally belong.

In reference to the young scup of 1871, some light may possibly be
thrown upon the subject by the ‘statement of Thomas James, the pro-
prietor of two heart-seines in Narragansett Bay, that late in the fall of
1870 he was astonished at finding in his nets immense numbers of
young scup, evidently spawned during that summer. These would
represent, of course, the three-ounce scup found in the summer of 1871,
and the six-ounce scup of 1872.

The scup of 1872 correspond to what are usually called the “ second
run” of seup, and were caught in sufficient quantity to market, being
sent to New York in large “numbers. Should nothing interfere with
them, these fish will probably make their appearance in 1873 as spawn-
ing fish. Whether they will be permitted to deposit their eggs in peace,
and thus keep up the supply, will depend probably upon “the question
whether the close time recommended is adopted.

While there did not appear to be any new pounds or traps erected in
Narragansett Bay during 1872, many additions were made to the num-

186 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ber in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. Thus, four new ones were
established in Menemsha Bight, one in Lombard’s Cove, and one at
Paintville, on the north side of Martha’s Vineyard, two or more in
Kettle Cove, on the north side of Naushon, and one about the middle
of the north side of Nagshawena, making nine in addition to the number
which were there before. The result has been that, with the increasing
scarcity of fish in these waters, scarcely one of them has made a suffi-
cient profit to pay for the outlay and labor, and it is therefore probable
that, with or without regulation, a smaller number will be hereafter
established. Captain Hinckley thinks that the future of pound-fishing
is closely connected with its regulation, and, as a representative of that
class, is quite willing to accept any law that promises to secure a con-
tinuance of the business. He advises, as the best method of preventing
the capture of fish, that the opening to the bowl of the pound be com-
pletely closed, and that the entire netting of one side of the heart be
taken from the stakes. In his opinion, neither the removal nor the re-
placing of the net will require more than fifteen minutes to half an hour
in each operation.—s. F. B.|

NEw YorK, October 15, 1872.

Messrs. MIDDLETON, CARMAN & CoO., fish-dealers, state that the sup-
ply of fish in the New York market has been full up tothat of last
year.

Striped-bass have not been quite so plenty. Squeteague of medium
size have been quite plenty, and at one time large ones, from Vineyard
Sound, were plenty.

Blue-fish are obtained principally for the New York market, off

tockaway and the New Jersey shore, and as far south as Norfolk.

The price of blue-fish and squeteague has been about the same—
from four to eight dollars per hundred pounds, at retail.

There were a good many scup off the Jersey shore. There have not
’ been so many brought from Narragansett Bay as in former years. A
great many very small scup have been brought from that direction, so
small that three or four would weigh only a pound.

Sea-bass have not been quite as plenty as formerly, though many
small ones have been taken off New Jersey. )

Prices have averaged a little less for fish this year than last.

Spanish mackerel have been quite plenty at one time, for a few days,
and then they were off again. There are no pounds in this vicinity.

Mr. EK. G. BLACKFORD, a fish-dealer, said pound-fish were not as plenty
as last year.

ROGERS & EDWARDS, wholesale dealers, said there had been more
than the usual quantity of some kinds of fish, a good supply of large-
sized squeteague. The larger ones came from Buzzard’s Bay and Vine-
yard Sound. Blue-fish have not been as plenty as last year. They are
mostly caught in this vicinity, and some from Block Island and Sandy
Hook.

There have been a great many small scup brought in, more than
could be sold. Large ones have not been as plenty as before. The small
ones come from Narragansett Bay, principally. Something should be
done to prevent the taking of the small scup; it would be an advantage
to the trade. There have been few large scup this season. Bonito have
come in from Block Island, Newport, and down the Sound. d

a

SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 187

REPORT OF VINAL N. EDWARDS.
NANTUCKET.

Professor 8. F. Baird:

DEAR Sir: I went to Nantucket Tuesday. When I arrived there the
net-men got together and agreed to tell the same story, that the fish
were more plenty than last year. I heard this from net-men who did
not agree with them. The report of the net-men was the same as that
of Gershom Phinney and C. E. Snow. But all the others, hook and
line fishermen and seine-net men say that fish are growing less every
year, and think that nets are using the fish up. A large number of
fishermen say that the blue-fish came into harbor to spawn every year,
until this year, when there were so many nets that no fish got into the
harbor. They begin to catch blue-fish by the middle of May.

I have seen a large number of the younger fishermen of Nantucket,
all of whom tell the same story that fish are growing less every year.

Two of the net-men whom you examined last year were absent, and
have been gone fishing all sammer. Gershom Phinney and C. E. Snow
say they had the same number of nets as last year, but other fishermen
say they had double the number this year that they had last. The testi-
mony given, is as follows:

GERSHOM PHINNEY, C. E. SNow.—Think blue-fish have been plenty.
They, together, caught in their nets in 1871, 5,500 blue-fish. In 1872,
518 blue-fish. They ran two weeks longer this year than in 1871.*

Captain C. B. GARDNER and Captain BATES fished together through-
out the season. They report:

In 1870, caught 4,000 biue-fish.

In ey caught 3,350 blue-fish.

In 187 caught 3. 495 blue-fish.

They feked more than two weeks longer this year than for a number
of years before. They fished on the south side; could get none on the
north side.

WATSON BURGESS, a line-fisherman, says there were not half as many
blue-fish on the north side this year as the last; that there were twice as
many nets on the north side, but did not get as many fish as last year.
A line-fisherman could not get one-fourth as many blue-flsh this year
as the last, in the same time. He went off a number of times ard did
not get a bite; did not get a large scup; little ones were plenty. Cod
and alewives were more plenty.

* Professor N.S. Shaler, during a recent visit to Nantucket, was informed by C. an Snow
that with the same means and labor as many blue-fish could be caught in 1872 as last
year; thinks if there had been no more fishermen than last year, should have caught
_ three times as many. The fish are larger on the whole than last year. ‘There are
three different sizes observable. The largest size includes about one-fourth the whole
number of fish, and averages in weight about nine pounds. The next size weigh about
five pounds, and includes about half the fish. The smallest size weighs about three
pounds, and takes the remaining fourth. Some have been caught weighing from twelve
to twenty pounds. Since the 7th of September blue-fish have ‘been more abundant than
ever before. Scup were plentier than at any time during the last ten years; they were
smaller but in good condition. There had been a decided gain in the number of cod-
fish; they are lar ger than last year. Weak-fish were about twice as numerous as last
year. Spanish mackerel has not gained in numbers. Alewives were more abundant.

188 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

JOHN ORPINS, a line-fisherman, has been fishing for thirty years and
never knew fish so scarce as at present. Every year they grow less and
less.

Captain WINSLOW, a line-fisherman, has not caught half as many fish
this year as last. The nets were so thick that the blue-fish did not get
by. None got into the harbor to spawn. Formerly large numbers have
spawned in the harbor. He had been off a number of times, and found
none; never knew such a thing before. There have been no large scup
this year, but plenty of small ones.

Captain G. DuNHAM, E. DUNHAM, and C. DuNHAM, fine-fishermen
say: We did not catch any large scup this season; there. were plenty of
little ones at Long Hill. We could get but very few blue-fish on the north
side, and had to go to the south shore for them. They were not as plenty |
as in past years on the south shore. We had to go to Great Point for
blue-fish; could eatch 25,000 to 55,000 fish in a season formerly ; but last
year could not catch any fish. Since the fish- pounds have been set, we
san get scarcely any fish.

DAVID ANDREWS, a line-fisherman, thinks there have not been more
than half as many blue-fisk on the north side as last year; they have
been becoming searcer every year for four or five years. There were not
so many on the south side as last year; and though the weather was
better and the season longer, Ls did not get as many fish. He did not
catch a large scup this summer ; little ones were plenty at Long Hill,
but few in the harbor. He went fishing several times for blue- fish on
the north side, but did not get a bite; never did it before in his life.

David Andrews is reg arded in Nantucket as an entirely truthful man.

SYLVANUS ANDREWS, a line-fisherman, had been off fishing several
times on the north side of the island, and did not geta bite ; never knew
such an oceurrence before. The nets took all on the north side, so that
he could not catch any. The nets did not get as many as last year, the
fish having been growing scarcer for eight or ten years. He did not
catch a large e scup this season, but got a large number of small ones,

J. G. ORPINS, line-fisherman, went blue-fishing part of the season on
the south side; the fish were not so plenty as last year. On the north
side the nets stopped all hook-fishing.

WILLIAM Woop, line-fisherman, had been fishing many years; néver
saw so few fish as this vear; on the north side there was no line-fishing ;
the nets took all or kept them off. Fish were not so plenty on the north
side as last year.

CHARLES GARDNER, a line-fisherman, said blue-fish were so scarce on
the north side of the island he did not fish for them; caught a large
number of small scup. For the last few years blue-fish and scup grow
less and less.

MOSES BEATMAN, a net-fisherman, said that in 1871 he caught some
large scup; but this year caught but four large seup ; plenty of little
ones at Long Hill. No blue-fish in the harbor, as in for mer times; very
few on the north side; none to be caught with the hook and line ; the
nets did not do as well as last year.

|
|

Very few of the fishermen keep any account of their eateh. At the
custom-house an account was kept of the number of pounds of blue-fish
caught at the island. The report is as follows: .

1871, from April 1 to June 30, 75,000 pounds.

SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 189

1871, from June 30 to September 30, 149,000 pounds.
1872, from April 1 to June 30, 55,000 pounds.
1872, from June 30 to September 30, 159,250 pounds.

Woop’s Hon, November 9, 1872.

EDGARTOWN, MASSACHUSETTS,

I have just returned from Edgartown, and have seen the fishermen.
Captain Francis Pease is dead; died last September. I saw the rest of
the men, besides other fishermen. The record of Captain JostAH
PEASE is as follows:

Number of blue-fish.

MMPs ee tcvacit ts ces Labia Stone 2/2, 2h cre pia miare eet) dias ale aint ate eens 1, 021
PUM E ees cra ot hes, 2tsy3 a3; %, 5101 Pa age cet Pah ehh Bhan ar at gis 2 ee 1,471
eVDEUISU soodeocbeeds dbices mauce supe emremeecenhuee jaar. 1, 600
SRR CIans Gta ttoe eaten (VOM st etala eats Saat. as aera se sele alee due ig
RERMION UOM i ctele siStcle tats ae gd wi Ste ale elses 3 eave ee enehe nme 1, 014

Lis oo A Stat tae bial ae Ree GQ age ns Nake Agree Need DR gobi 6, 207
Sea-bass during the year........... Teal rush aerate New ea se 312 °
Number of blue-fish.

VS TIN SSS eS Se eo ae ete acest Serge ane repo ere 1, 616
BIRR STE fe ki SN hei bee sahara) e's ls ws by Spanley eed aa ae Os 1, 005
oACT ENT ES ANE GR Aaa ae one Coo DR aT PSII 937
BOUT E TLE 0) Peale GN pee a gr ina lat ee alert sl 976
in 11) ST EAA Gill ape iil oe ea re oan ee RU EaLe ier 174

tale ee eee a tno te te See Boke 4,708
per pass during thre year's 2252/2 flSU Wego 8 iS sel GE tnd oe My

Captain Pease says he fished nearly double the time this year that he
did in 1871; had very good fish-weather this season ; better than usual.
He had been accustomed to go into the harbor and catch blue-fish ; but
there were none there this year, and he had to go outside for them.

Little scup were plenty early in the season, but none in the latter part.
No large scup and no tautog were caught by him. Captain Pease keeps
an account of bis catch every season.

Captain RuFUS PEASE did not keep an account, buf knew that not
more than two-thirds as many fish had been caught as last year, by all
the fishermen in Edgartown. All kinds of fish have been very scarce.
He thinks that if the decrease continues for three or four years, there
will be none to be caught with hook and line.

Captain GEORGE COFFIN thought fish had fallen off one-fourth since
last year, and nearly one-half since the year before. The blue-fish had
always come into the harbor to spawn, but this year the nets took them,
and none got in to spawn. Five years ago he could go down the harbor,
and in three or four hours could catch three hundred blue-fish. This
year he could not catch any. Other fish have decreased in the same
manner.

190 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Dr. Fisher, Seth Marchant, and W. Huckford, of Edgartown, all con-
firmed the statements of others as to the condition of the fishing.

At Holmes’s Hole (Vineyard Haven) they canght twenty-three English
herring on the 12th of November, but they had no spawnin them. The
fishermen say that those that come later have spawn in them.

There have been no whiting yet, but plenty of frost-fish, with spawn in
them. "

No menhaden or tinker-mackerel were caught later than the 15th of
October, «nd there were no menhaden caught with spawn in them in
the neighborhood of Wood’s Hole.

Woon’s Houe, Massachusetts, November 10.

HYANNIS, MASSACHUSET'S.

I have been to Hyannis and got the report of the fishermen, though
not much of an account has been kept by them this year. Hatzel Handy
has only kept an account of the number of barrels—160 pounds to the
barrel. I saw a large number of men, but they say they keep no ac-
count; though they say they have not caught more than two-thirds, and
some say one-half, as many as last year.

ALEXANDER CROWELL, a line-fisherman, in 1571 caught 8,000 pounds
of scup, sea-bass, and blue-fish; in 1872 he caught 5,000 pounds only of
the same kinds of fish. Hesays there were but few large scup, and
about half as many sea-bass as last year; that there were but few blue-
fish caught with the hook; the nets took nearly all that were taken.

ALMORAN HALLETT, line-fisherman, had no account for 1871 ; in 1872
he caught, according to his best judgment, 6,000 pounds. Has never
known fish to be as searce as this year.

HATZEL HANDY, a shipper or dealer, received, as shown by his books,
the following fish in 1872:

Barrels.

Moy, mackerel and scup: =... -. 0-2: pa deste a= 6 toe 124
June, sea-bass;scup, and blue-fish :......2.\.-.5--.-«/:2g5 esas 238
July, blue-fisn...... AAA REN erage te PS ge Md 2 1. «i Oe 106
August, OlUeTISh Jot8 2 evs ob SS eee ae hie 2 USS ee 65
september, bluestishi): < f502 se ee abe Clee 2 eee : 0 eee 06
October, oiue-fish.... 5.:. .) .tosmapaadkee\ini-co Lee hele eel ae 54
Ot AL ca. is: pegs chr ae te anie, eg ee he i BL 643

He says he kept a strict account of the number of barrels. He had a
larger number of nets this year, and that if it were not for the net-fish-
ing he could not have done anything this vear, the hook and line men
have done so poorly. In May and part of June the fish were caught in
nets and pounds. Blue-fish were caught until the 15th of October.
Very many of the scup taken were small.

TrmoTHy CROCKER, a dealer, received in 1871, scup and sea-bass, 250
et?)

barrels; blue-fish, 400 barrels; in 1872, seup and sea-bass, 200 barrels :
blue-fish, 500 barrels.

SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. Tou

He had more net-men fishing this year than last. The hook-men did
about one-half or two thirds as well as last year. The scup were gen-
erally small.

JOSEPH LORING, a dealer, received, this year, sea-bass and seup, 208
barrels; and of blue-fish, 305 barrels.

He had more nets than last year, and the same number of hook-men,
(25.) The hook-men did about two-thirds as well as last year. Very
many of the fish taken were small scup. No tautog. Blue-fish were
taken till October 14. Says the whole number of his twenty-five, men
will state that they got about two-thirds as many fish as last year.

While coming upin the cars this morning from Hyannis, I met Arnold
Luce, of Jeremiah Luce’s fish-pound at Lambert’s Cove. He says his _
father did not do more than half as well as last year. He said he had
himself been connected with the fish-pound three years, but sunk money
this year. He said that hecaught two of those large bill-fish and two
saw-tail sharks, (by his description ;) that tlie tail was longer than that
of the switch-tail shark.

Woon’s Hou“, November 12, 1872.

MARTHA’S VINEYARD.

I have been to Menemsha and to Lambert’s Cove, and saw all the fish-
ermen that are at home. Some are not willing to give an account of
what they catch, but say they did not get as much as last year. The
Paint-Mill fish-pound men were all away, but the owners say they did
not do half as well as last year. There was no run of secup, sea-bass, or
tautog. Of blue-fish, they caught about one-fourth as many as last year.

B. Triton, of the Menemsha Luce pound, said that they did not catch
one-half as many scup and sea-bass and tautog as last year; of blue-
fish, about half as many. Squid were more plenty ; bait very plenty.

HiRAM Poot and LEMUEL REED, of Menemsha, net-men, of Prince
Stewart’s pound, said that they did a little better on scup this year than
last. Their leader was twice as long as last year.

Of tautog and sea-bass they did not take one-fourth as many as last
year, nor of blue-fish in the same length of time. They kept their pound
down a good deal longer this year. Striped-bass were quite plenty in
October. The 1st day of November, the day they took up the pound,
they caught blue-fish, striped-bass, squeteague, cod-fish, and shad.

KH. FLANDERS, of Menemsha, a net-fisherman, said he never saw fish
SO scarce since he had lived there as this year. He always could catch
plenty of scup, sea-bass, and tautog there with hook and line; but
could not catch any this year. Five years ago there were plenty of
scup at Menemsha Pond, but none this year. He tended a fish-pound
this season, and never knew fish so scarce. There were no blue-fish to
be caught with the hook, and very few in the pounds. Squid quite
plenty ; very few mackerel this year. WILBUR FLANDERS, of the same
fish-pound, confirmed the statement made by E. Flanders.

LAMBERT’S COVE.

SETH LUCE and JEREMIAH LUCE, net-men, said they did not keep
any account of fish, but knew they did not catch more than one-half as

192 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

many blue-fish as last year; of scup, sea-bass,and tautog not more than
one-fourth as many. Menhaden and squid were about the same. Did
not get more than one-tenth as many mackerel as last year.

VERNAL CLIFFORD, net-man, set his pound for the first time this year,
but did not do anything; did not get any run of tautog, sea-bass, or
scup. Blue-fish were very scarce; some squid; very few mackerel.
Plenty of fish were formerly taken here with hook and line, but this
year none could be caught.

EK. Corre said there were very few scup; no tautog; very few sea-
bass and mackerel last season; about half as many blue-fish as last
year. Squeteague and small scup quite plenty.

THOMAS NORTON, net-man, did not do much this year. The net was
taken up early in the season. There was no run of scup, sea-bass, or
tautog, and the business did not pay, and he was compelled to take up
the pound. They could not catch any fish with hook and line.

JOHN LOAK kept no account this year, but did not do much. Blue
fish were very scarce this year. Tautog, sea-bass, and scup were very
few. Squeteague were plenty. No run of mackerel.

VINEYARD HAVEN.

B. D. CROWELL, overseer of herring fishery, had had charge of the
herring fishery six years. When he first took the river he caught
800,000 to 1,000,000 in a season; but every year since the fish-pounds
were set at Lambert’s Cove the herring have been growing less. Last
year he caught only 108,000. The scarcity is the same in all the rivers
ou the island.

B. CROMWELL, net-man, said blue-fish were very scarce there last
season. Four years ago plenty of large scup could be taken in the
immediate neighborhood, but they could get none this year. Very few
sea-bass or tautog had been caught.

P.S.—I saw some of the fishermen in New Bedford yesterday, (Novem-
ber 26.) They say the tautog were very scarce at the mouth of the
bay this fall. At Wood’s Hole we obtained none after the 25th of
October; all were very small.

A few blue-fish were taken at Noman’s Land, on the 2d of Novem-
ber, with hook and line, while fishing for cod. English herring (Clupea
elongata) have been very plenty there lately. Some of those taken were

full of spawn.
; VINAL N. EDWARDS.
Woonv’s HouLe, November 25, 1872.

ADDITIONAL NOTES TAKEN BY COMMISSIONER. 193

ADDITIONAL NOTES TAKEN BY THE COMMISSIONER.

Woop’s HOLE, October 8, 1872.

Captain J. B. EDWARDS says there has been a falling off of all kinds
of fish this year as compared with last year, except herring, or alewives.
They were more abundant in the spring than they had been for twenty

ears.

Blue-fish have not been caught anywhere in the sound as much as last
year; and at Hyannis it has been the same. They have not caught as
many this year as last.

Tautog fell off half in the early part of the season, and there have
not been anything like as many caught this year as last.

English herring do not come here much in the spring, but in the fall
they are taken for bait in gill-nets. November appears to be their run-
ning month.

The small scup, of the size that were plenty last year, have been quite
searce this year. A man can catch forty or possibly one hundred in a
day on the best grounds here; but before we had pounds I could catch
boat-loads in a day.

The pounds at Waquoit did not do much this year, but at the pounds
below Falmouth they caught a great many herring. The alewives have
been much more plenty than usual this season. I think Captain Spin-
del got five hundred and sixty Spanish mackerel at one time, and they
got three hundred at Menemsha at the same time. Cod were much more
plenty in the bay formerly than now.

Captain ISAIAH SPINDEL took up his pound last week, Tuesday, Oc-
tober 1. It did not pay as much this year as last, as there was no mar-
ket for the menhaden. He had seen menhaden with spawn in them, not
ripe, late in the spring. There is no spawn in them now, and they must
have spawned some time since last spring. Menhaden are as large and
fat in October as at any time.

We take a few English herring in the spring, possibly a thousand;
they are what we cail “blue-backs;” they come about the 10th or 12th
of May. I have seen schools of the same fish in the bay, and have
caught them in a purse-net in the spring. ‘Chey come a little before the
menhaden, among the early fish. We never catch any in the fall in
pounds, though they are frequently taken in gill-nets.

The fishing was later this year than last. We got 35 barrels of scup
about the 30th of May, very large, some weighing 4 pounds.

We did not get as many fish generally as last year; about as many
tautog, notso many sea-bass nor scup; blue-fish, about one-fourth as many;
Squeteague, not one-fourthas many. We got eight hundred more Spanish
mackerel than last year. The price of these averaged 20 cents a pound.
We got five porpoises and many pilot-fish. We got twice as many ceros
as last year, some of which weighed 23 pounds. We got 124 cents a
pound for them. The price for fish generally was about the same this
year as last, though not quite so good for mackerel. They are always
poor in the spring.

The blue-fish we got this year were small, averaging 24 to 3 pounds,
though we got a few that weighed 10 to 12 pounds.

I was on the coast of North Carolina last winter, and they said they
got mackerel about the 20th of March. The run of mackerel that come
inside of Massachusetts Bay are much larger than those outside. They
do not bite, but are takeu in seines and gill-nets. They weigh 3 pounds,
many of them; are very fat, and a splendid fish. They are sold fresh.

S. Mis. 61——13

194 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

They are the mackerel that are poor in the spring. They get them in
Massachusetts Bay in January.

The small scup that were here last year now weigh not far short of
half a pound; but there are not so many small ones, though DT have some
very small.

VINAL N. EDWARDS did not meet with many small scup like those
seen a year ago, but there are many half-pound scup. He had not seen
any mullet this season. There are many young menhaden. <As he
caught tautog with the hook, about the 1st of July, he had seen the
spawn running out. The eggs are about the size of No. 3 shot. <A part
of the eggs seem to ripen at a time. The Quisset men told me they had
not done half as well this year as last. Peter Davis, of Noank, who
fished on Naushon, said he had not done half as well.

I did not find any menhaden with ripe spawn in them this summer,
and I examined them carefully. I caught some last Saturday, but they
had no spawn in them. We never see any young menhaden till July or
August. I have caught them not more than an inch or an inch and a
quarter long.

NEW BEDFORD, October 9, 1872.

Mr. CLARKE, fish-dealer, of the firm of Clarke & Bartlett, says blue-
fish are as plenty in market this year as they were last, even if scarcer
in the sound.

Scup have not been very plenty here. Ten years ago a man could
load a boat with scup, here in the bay, in a day.

Fish, generally, are growing more and more scarce every year; and
we can see a positive difference in the numbers between this year and
last. The scarcity has been increasing for five years. The little scup
that were here last year are not so plenty this year.

In this vicinity tautog are about run out; they are not worth fishing
for.

The smacks are about killed off; they used to get a load in two weeks,
but now they cannot get half a load in three weeks. We depend on
traps mostly for fish. In the spring they catch the large tautog and
glut the market with them, and after that they have to throw them
away.

The regular retail price for tautog is 10 cents a pound. Cod retail at
8 cents, and scup about 8 cents, dressed.

We have had blue-fish in market all the time this season.

I think it would be better for the fishermen and all concerned if there
were no traps in the world. As long as they can, the trappers will hire
men to go before committees of the legislature and swear that fish grow
more plenty all the time. The trap-men make all the money, while the
smack-men make nothing all summer. I know two smack-men who have
not made enough all summer to pay for their bread and butter, and they
tried hard, too. There have been no large scup for about four years.
Many poor families in this city suffer for the want of bread in conse-
quence of the traps.

We got some pompanos this summer, for which we got 25 cents a
pound. They came here last year, first, of any account.

Mr. WILLIAM A. BASSETT, a dealer in fish, says small scup are more
piety this year than last, (evidently referring to scup that weigh about

5 ounces.)

I think blue-fish have been as plenty as last year, but they are gener-
ally small, weighing 24 to 3 pounds.

ADDITIONAL NOTES TAKEN BY COMMISSIONER. 195

They do not get as many squeteague on the Vineyard shore as last
year, though small squeteague have been rather plenty this year. We
get afew pompanos. Tautog are rather scarce.

English herring are brought here from about Noman’s Land. They are
about half as large as the alewives that we get in the spring. They are
caught about the last of October.

Menhaden have been very plenty this year. There have been very
few boats fishing in our harbor this year. Our common alewives were
never more plenty than this spring; we could not sell them, they were
so plenty; they could be bought for 25 cents a barrel. The Vineyard |
fishermen turned out a great many, because they could not sell them.

In Clarke’s Cove the pound-men did pretty well, as the herring helped
them out in the spring. There are seven pounds between this city and
Mishaum Point.

Six of the small scup in the shop were weighed, amounting to 2 pounds
and 1 ounce, or an average of a little over 5 ounces each.

Dates when the fish were first brought in.

Herring, April 3, from Westport. In 1870, from Edgartown, six hun-
dred herring, April 1. Tautog, April 17, from North Tisbury, and one
shad. Mackerel, about 2d of May. Striped bass, May 4, from the Vine-
yard. Scup, May 7. Blue-fish, about June 1; most plenty from 10th to
14th of June.

Mr. BASSETT said he had no doubt that the pounds had caused the
decrease in the fish.

Mr. PRESBREY LUCE, of Martha’s Vineyard, says he has a pound on
the north side of the Vineyard, at Paintville. Scup were quite plenty
there this year and last; he got 50 barrels at one time.

Blue-fish were more scarce about the Vineyard this year than last.
The business of pound-fishing there has been overdone, and the pounds
generally there have not done as well this year as the last. Mr. Luce
thought the proposition in regard to a close time, as proposed in the bill
prepared last year, a fair one, and did not think there would be any ma-
terial opposition to such a law.

XIT.—PLEADINGS BEFORE THE SENATE COMMITTEE
ON FISHERIES, OF THE RHODE ISLAND LEGIS-
LATURE, AT ITS JANUARY SESSION OF 1872.

[I have already, on page 104, given the argument by Mr. Powel, before
the Legislature of Rhode Island, on the subject of regulating the fish-
eries by law, as also the report of the special committee of the legisla-
ture on the same subject. The testimony and arguments presented to
a subsequent committee have not been published, and I therefore em-
brace the opportunity, afforded by the courtesy of Mr. Pitman, to print
from his manuscript the argument presented by him in January, 1872,
in favor of legislation. I also give the substance of a lecture delivered
by Captain Nathaniel Atwood, of Provincetown, Massachusetts, before
the same committee, with the special object of showing that no such
interference was necessary or proper.

As will be seen from my own report, I do not agree entirely with either
line of argument thus presented, although both gentlemen present con-
siderations worthy of careful consideration._[S. F. BAIRD.] |

ARGUMENT OF J. TALBOT PITMAN IN FAVOR OF A LAW
PROHIBITING THE USE OF TRAPS AND POUNDS IN
RHODE ISLAND.

Mr. CHAIRMAN: I do not propose to go into an examination in detail
of the evidence presented at this inquiry further than is necessary in the
course of the remarks I shall offer.

The record of this evidence, although necessarily imperfect, from the
impossibility of taking down all that was stated by the witnesses, is in
your hands, and where it is defective your recollection will doubtless
supply the omissions.

The remarks will be chiefly confined to the discussion of the main
points of the general question, in the endeavor, by the assistance of the
information within my reach, and by the comparison of the. facts pre-
sented with each other, to lead the minds of the committee to the eon-
clusion that the rounds and theories upon which the trappers base their
claim to continue this fishery, are unreliable and fallacious.

I shall take it for granted that the report of the joint special commit-
tee of 1870, and also the testimony of the witnesses annexed to it, al-
though not allowed to be introduced in this inquiry, will not be entirely
ignored by your honors, and that you will read that report and some of
the testimony, especially that of Joseph Church, Daniel Church, Benja-
min Munro, and Benjamin Tallman, all the witnesses presenting them-
selves on the part of the trapping interest ; ; and also of Jeremiah B. and

PLEADINGS. 197

William C. H. Whaley, C. H. Bassett, John Steere, John D. Swan, and
George 8S. Burleigh, because all the evidence presented in that report
ought to have as strong a claim to be considered as much of the tes-
timony presented by the other side.

But before entering upon the subject, I wish to give a brief

HISTORY OF THE INVESTIGATION AS TO TRAPPING.

This question has been before the general assembly five times at least ;
was referred thrice to a committee of the house, once to a joint commit-
tee of both houses, and it is now before your honors as a committee of
the senate.

In 1856 a petition was referred to Samuel B. Wheaton and others, a
house committee, as would appear from the report, in relation to the
effect of trapping on other fish; and in said report, made in 1857, recom-
mending that the petitioners have leave to withdraw, it is stated—

“Your committee were satisfied that the fisheries * * should not
be interfered with or restrained unless it seriously interfere with the
fishing in the other waters of the State, or some other very important
reason.”

Again:

“But there was no evidence submitted to the committee that the num-
ber or size of these fish (scup) were injuriously affected by the trap or
seine-fishing.”

The inquiry, as now asked for, was not entered into by fale committee,
nor, so far as I can learn, by another committee, appointed in 1864, of
which the late Hon. Samuel Ames was a member. I understand that
the report made by this committee cannot be found among the files of
the proceedings of the general assembly, and I have been unable to find
any printed report in the papers of the day.

In 1870, upon a petition signed by a large number of citizens of the
State, a third committee was requested to investigate and inquire into
the searcity of scup, and to report whether any legislation was proper.

After a long and patient hearing of the parties interested, four out of
five joined in a report recommending the passage of an act prohibiting
the use of traps and heart-seines, but excluded Seaconnet Point from the
operation of the law, for the reasons, as are to be inferred from the
report, viz, that—

“Tt was ‘contended by remonstrants that the fish caught by the traps
at Seaconnet were leaving g the waters of the State and would not return.
Also, that they were never known to go up Seaconnet River and through
Stone Bridge into Mount Hope Bay,” &c.

And the majority of this committee could not decide whether this was
so or not, from the conflicting evidence, but they ‘were of the opinion,
from the evidence, that the impurities in the water did not interfere with
the fish spawning, feeding, or staying in the bay below Nayal Point.”

The act recommended, after being amended, was passed by the house,
but defeated in the senate.

And the matter was then referred to a joint special committee at the
same January session.

This committee made a unanimous report, in which it is stated—

“Tt appears to the committee that some legislative restraint as to the
use of new instrumentalities for fishing, which impair or destroy indi-
vidual rights, should be provided and enforced.

“After a careful and anxious investigation of the subject, the com-
mittee have come to the unanimous conclusion to recommend that the

198 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

use of all traps and heart-seines, and other contrivances for eatching
fish, not including pike-nets, shore or purse-seines, be prohibited in all
the waters of Rhode Island northerly of a line drawn from the south-
erly point of the rocks at Brenton’s Reef to the southerly point of Point
Judith, and north of Stone Bridge at Howland’s Ferry.”

Although satisfied with the conclusions thus unanimously arrived at
by the committee, the act reeommended by it did not meet the approval
of many of the friends of the measure, for the reasons, that as Seacon-
net Point and vicinity, excluded from the action of the proposed law,
caught nine-tenths of all the scup trapped, it seemed to them that this
locality was the very seat of the evil complained of, and it would be
more fair to reverse the exclusion; that this exclusion made the law
partial in its effects, and would be so distasteful to the common sense of
the people of the State, on account of its injustice, that it could never
stand; and that it was the opinion that the question, whether trapping
was one of the chief causes of the scarcity, could only be tried by exper-
iment, and to do this properly and fairly, all trapping should be prohib-
ited during the time necessary to try it. Under the act as proposed, this
question could never be decided; and upon its failure, as was sure to be
the case, the trappers would then turn round and ask to have the act
repealed, on the ground that, under our law, it was evident that some
other cause than trapping was the chief cause of the scarcity. With
this feeling, the act was amended in various ways in the house; it was
passed and sent to the senate, and there defeated.

The present inquiry, for want of the act introduced at the last May
session and referred to your committee, is raised under a petition to the
same effect as those presented in January, 1870.

In investigating a business about which the committee had little or no
personal knowledge, you would naturally rely upon that class of men
whose. occupation it is, for information upon all matters connected with
it, and if reliable, your views and opinions would be much governed by
their statements.

It would be presumed that, from their opportunities of observation
and personal experience, the trappers would possess a large amount of
correct knowledge as to the habits, food, modes of spawning, habita-
tions in winter and summer, &c., of these fish, and be able to satisfy you
upon the various questions that must necessarily arise in an inquiry
whether scup and other fish have been diminished by the use of traps,
or by other causes beyond or under the control of the legislature.

That these fishermen should know so little as to these fish, beyond what
is connected immediately with their pecuniary interests, would have been a
matter of surprise to me, had not this been already affirmed to be the
case by Captain Atwood, who made the statement nearly two years ago,
and re-affirmed it before you the other day. And not only is it his opin-
ion, but it is that of the British commission, whose report will subse-
quently be referred to; and I shall endeavor to show that this is also con-
. firmed by their own representations made to your honors.

For this reason any statement or theory emanating from the trappers
is presumptively made in favor of their pecuniary interests, and, as such,
should be thoroughly examined, subjected to all the tests by which it
may be affected, and its soundness proved beyond a reasonable doubt,
before it is accepted.

These are to be tested chiefly by the information received through the
writings of those acquainted with these or similar fish, or obtained from
the personal observation and experience of fishermen, but particularly
by the examination of facts which, apparently isolated, may have been

PLEADINGS. ; 199

accidentally brought ont without the knowledge of their effects upon
the subject-matter.

By comparing and examining these, it not unfrequently happens re-
sults are produced that completely overthrow the theory they were
expected to support.

In order to arrive at a rational, careful, and correct judgment of the
effect of traps upon these fish, I shall endeavor, by the light of the lim-
ited information we are able to obtain, and of some of the facts as to the
habits of fish, to show that the theories upon which the trappers mostly
rely are deceptive and unsound.

And, as a part of the information, I shall refer to various books on
the general subject, and in relation to the particular subject-matter, to
the report of the joint special committee, and to some of the statements
of the witnesses accompanying it; the latter, however, to be taken as
hearsay testimony, if no greater weight can be accorded them.

In an inquiry of the character now under consideration, the committee
must, from its very nature, depend in a great degree upon the state-
ments of the persons appearing before it, of whom many, if not all,
are more or less interested, but none so much as the trappers and those
connected with them. In the testimony of these last, much has been
Stated upon information derived from others. Desiring that the com-
mittee should be possessed of all the information the question afforded,
I have not objected to the reception of such hearsay testimony, except
for the reason that the testimony taken under oath before the joint special
committee was ruled out.

I am yet to be convinced that this testimony, so taken, and for the
purpose for which it was taken, is not as fully entitled to credit as much
that was presented to the committee, especially since there has been
nothing adduced to question its authenticity and correctness, or to con-
tradict the facts or opinions therein stated, any further than the evidence
at that inquiry on the part of the trappers tended.

With all due deference to the committee, I must confess that I am still
of the opinion, particularly after conferring with gentlemen conversant
with the usage prevailing in such investigations before committees of
either house, that the committee was incorrect in its decision, and did
not follow the customary practice usual and necessary in such cases.

Inasmuch as the question is one affecting the interests and rights of
every citizen of the State, it would seem but reasonable that witnesses
coming before the committee should be paid for their time and expenses ;
but as the honorable Senate declined to provide for this, and as there
was no other way to procure the evidence of persons acquainted with
the subject of and interested in the hook-and-line fishing, except by their
voluntary appearance, I had to content myself with the few that did
appear, and who were sufficient, and all, that in my opittion, were neces-
sary to establish the main points of our case, trusting to prove the re-
mainder by the testimony of the witnesses on the other side.

Several very important witnesses reside at such distances that they
could not be expected to present themselves at their own expense.

I hold that the trappers are and have been endeavoring to establish,
as the main support of their cause, two principal theories, viz:

1. That scup and other similar fish cannot be affected, as to numbers
and size, by any kind or any amount of fishing.

2. That scup, when caught at Seaconnet Point in the traps, are on their
way to the eastward, out of the waters of the State.

A third, subordinate to and connected with the last, is—

3. That scup found above Stone Bridge are lost fish, coming in by the

200 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

west passage and not by Stone Bridge, and to regain their course will
not go down to the sea through Stone Bridge, but return by the west
passage round Brenton’s Reef, and then eastward.

Ali these are presented to subserve the purpose, and the only purpose,
of preserving the great trapping-ground at Seaconnet Point from being
interfered with. So long as the trapping at this locality is not restrained,
the main opposers to a law to this end are indifferent, and do not care
what the law is.

Not a word has been said in defense of trapping at other places, ex-
cept so far as these interests could not be separated.

As this locality is the great head and front of the trapping interest,
my attention will be chiefly confined to the discussion of matters con-
nected with it.

The actual facts, shown by the testimony of the trapping interest, are
substantially these:

That scup begin to appear at Seaconnet Point and along the coast in
schools, and in three runs, of which the first remains about a week, the
second follows immediately after and remains about ten days, when it is
followed by the third.

That the two first runs are full of spawn, some of them spawning
when taken; are sluggish, not moving faster than two or three miles an
hour; will not bite at the hook; apparently do not eat; and when
opened, nothing is found within them.

That at this period they are a surface fish. After they have spawned,
the schools break up. and scup become a bottom fish.

That the first run is to the second run as about 1 to 50.

That the traps are set so as to take the fish coming, as they allege,
but do not prove, from the eastward.

That they were first set at Seaconnet Point in 1845, and none were set
west of Brenton’s Reef until after 1560.

That from 1823 to 1845 scup were very plenty above Stone Bridge,

and from 1845 they have gradually been growing scarcer.
That in 1870 and 1871 from 15,000 to 20,000 barrels were caught each
year.
FISHING.

Upon the evidence it is shown, that about the year 1825 purse-seines
were used both at Seaconnet Point and also above Stone Bridge, about
Common Fence Point, and at the latter place scup were caught in great
quantities. That in 1845 or 1846 traps were first set at Seaconnet Point.
That from the year 1845 seup began to diminish in numbers, especially
above Stone Bridge, and a few years back purse-seining had been aban-
doned at this neighbor hood on account of the searcity.

In the opinion of Messrs. Rice, Barney, Steere and Thurber, the only
witnesses who appeared on the part of the hook-and-line interest, this
scarcity is attributable to the traps of all kinds. On the part of the’ trap-
pers it is denied that the traps at Seaconnet Point (the only interest
represented) have any effect on the number, but that it is owing to the
impurities of the water, want of food, destruction by horse-mackerel and
other fish, and that the seup are changing their grounds and seeking
new homes; and in the opinion of some, that the passage of steamboats
up and down the river frightens them off. These are not alluded to in
the respondent’s argument, nevertheless I believe it important for me to
do so.

-

PLEADINGS. 201

IMPURITIES OF THE WATER.

The two committees (as shown in the majority report of 1870 and that of
the joint committee) that have preceded you, were satisfied that this was
not the case.

Their opinion was based, I presume—at least that of the majority re-
port—upon the report of the committee of the legislature in 1860, to
investigate the subject of the effect of impurities from gas-works, &c.,
on the fish, &c., in our waters; upon the report of Professor Hill as to
his analysis of the waters above Field’s Point, and upon the opinion of
many of the witnesses.

That putrid waters appear to be innocuous (J. C. Rep., p. 12) has been
shown in various ways, but it is conclusively proved that fish will thrive
and grow fat in waters which will affect them so as to render them un-
palatable to man as food. The Hon. EH. C. Clarke, of South Kingston,
stated in his seat in the house, that he once caught fish in Robinsonville
Pond, Attleborough, Massachusetts, that were handsome and very fat,
but when opened, emitted so strong an effluvium of gas that they could
not be eaten.! In the newspapers it was stated, that off New Bedford
clams were dug for a chowder, and when the dish was set before the
party it was so impregnated with gas flavor, produced from the clams,
that no one could eat it.

The trappers attempt to establish their view by endeavoring to show
that fish brought in wells to the Providence market will not live so long
as formerly, and ascribe this to the increased impurity of the water. On
the other side, it is in evidence that fish will not live in wells or smacks
far down the river in warm weather, unless the vessels are frequently
kept in motion, so as to change the water and the air. Besides, there is
no question but what the current of the river at the Great Bridge has
been weakened from what it was before the dam was put in, when the
tide had free scope, and the water near where the State prison now stands
was 6 to 8 feet deep.

Mr. Atwood, in his address, gives a sufficiently good reason why fish
would not long live in this manner, especially if bottom fish, in the
change from cold to warm water, and, "he might have added, from salt to
fresher water; yet if the change was a oradu: ui one, he believes fish
would live. He also thinks that the effect of impurity of water in driv-
ing away fish would arise more from the effect it produced on their food
than from any direct influence.

WANT OF FOOD.

There is no evidence showing searcity of food. It is shown that mus-
cle-beds are constantly forming, dying out, and re-forming; and they do
SO in streams into which the waste water from the print-works in Ap-
ponaug is constantly thrown, and grow abundantly. Even this proof of
. the fact of the growth, however, establishes nothing beyond this, that
where muscles grow and flourish, other food would be likely to be equally
abundant. From the kind of teeth belonging to scup, it is doubtful
whether they are able to. feed upon muscles, except when young and
their shells can be easily crushed. They probably feed upon the spawn
of these and other shell, and of other fish, and animalcules and small
Shell-fish found with the sea-weeds, and upon the sea-weeds themselves,

'Mr. Clarke informs me that he visited this locality in February, 1872, and there
learned that the same peculiarities still attach to the fish, so that they cannot be eaten.

202 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

It may be also assumed, that if food was plenty when scup were so
abundant, the growing scarcity of the latter would allow of the greater
increase of the former. And without some direct proof of such scareity,
and as we know that clams and other shell-fish are still found in abun-
dance, in spite of the increased demand upon them, we believe there is
no want of food.

HORSE-MACKEREL (BLUE-FISH).

These fish are known as a surface fish. Their teeth are formed not
for grinding, but simply for cutting, and their food is taken in and swal-
lowed whole. Their principal food is the menhaden, also known as a sur-
face fish.

Scup are a bottom fish, except at the time of spawning and before
the mackerel come in. Their armor of bristling fins renders them an
uncomfortable morsel to swallow; their short, chubby form, in contra-
distinction to that of the long, slim blue-fish, enables them to turn more
quickly than the latter, and to elude the attacks, if made, while their
habitation in the eel-grass shelters them still more from the attacks of
their enemies.

There is no doubt that blue-fish will capture a scup when the oppor-
tunity offers and it is hungry, for it will seize a bright piece of metal or
a bit of rag; but I think he is equally sorry he has made the mistake,
whether he finds he has taken a hook or the sharp fins of the seup. The
blue-fish, as well as other fish, may take scup when small, and, from
the evidence, I have no doubt do so; but these keep generally in shal-
low water and among the eel-grass.

ENEMIES OF SCUP.

I do not pretend that scup have no enemies and are not destroyed in
vast numbers. It was for this reason the Creator provided them with
such immense powers of reproduction.

The water-animals, like those on land, prey upon each other, and, in
many cases, on their own species, the large destroying the small.

Nor do I maintain that they are not liable to disease or other destroy-
ing causes, independent of other direct enemies.

Otherwise, if thus undisturbed, they would increase in such numbers
as to overbalance and upset the order established by nature’s laws.

These fish are intended as an article of food for man, to be used at a
season of the year when other fish are seeking cooler waters, and when
the appetite has a distaste for the more solid food, and craves a lighter
and more digestible diet, to conform to the state of inactivity induced
by the hot weather.

Now, while admitting that seup and all other similar fish have numer-
ous destroyers, and that their numbers are greatly decreased by them,
we say that enough are provided for the use of man, provided they are
taken at the time he needs them and in the ordinary mode. This time
is when the warm weather continues, and the ordinary mode of hook
and line has hitherto been able, until recently, to supply as large a quan-
tity as can readily be consumed.

When, however, man resorts to these traps and catches them in large
quantities, and at a time they are spawning, (as we expect to show,) the
supply cannot meet the draught, and, it is contended, must gradually be
diminished, until exterminated or the trap-fishing is no longer worth fol-
lowing, like the purse-seining at Stone Bridge.

The same assertion, now made by the trappers, was formerly used in

PLEADINGS. 203

regard to salmon, shad, herring, to the wild fowl and the buffalo. It was
thought nothing could affect the supply. The salmon are no longer
found in our rivers, the shad are fast disappearing, and a very percepti-
ble decrease as to the herring and the buffalo has taken place, showing
that in time, unless the wanton destruction of the buffalo and the indis-
criminate modes for taking shad and herring are prohibited, they will
soon be among the things that were.

The Indian cared for the buffalo and regulated their destruction, with
jealous care, killing only what was absolutely necessary for food, and in
this way their numbers were kept up. But the white man destroyed
them regardless of the consequences, and for no other purpose, appar-
ently, than the mere love of destroying. The result is, that in some
sections of the country they have entirely disappeared, and everywhere
largely decreased.

The same cause and effect exist in regard to scup. In 1857 the trap-
pers admitted to the committee that 60,000 barrels were taken in their
traps, of which 45,000 were sold for food at 30 cents per barrel, and
15,000 for manure at 18 cents per barrel. But Mr. W. C. H. Whaley, at
that time engaged in trapping, says that in 1856 150,000 were taken from
Watch Hill and Seaconnet Point; in 1857 about 160,000; in 1858 about
115,000 barrels, and each season since the quantity has decreased. In
the year 1869, as near as can be ascertained, only about 20,000 barrels
were taken; in 1870 (9,000 to 10,000 up to May 16) about 12,000, and in
1871 about the same number, or perhaps a few more.

Is it to be supposed, in the face of the fact that these fish, in conse-
quence of the foreign demand, are worth on the average $2 per bar-
rel, (nearly seven times the price of 1857,) that the trappers do not catch
all they can? Is it not self-evident that the reason they do not catch
more is that they are not to be found, and that they have actually de-
creased in numbers to this extent?

HABITS OF SCUP.

In order to comprehend the questions involved in the inquiry in which
you are now engaged, it will be necessary to consider the habits of other
fish in relation to reproduction and how far the habits of scup coineide
with them. To do this properly, we have to ascertain what are the hab-
its of these other fish, and whether these habits are like those known of
scup; that is to say, if we find that scup and other fish have certain
known habits in common, we may conclude from the analogy between
them that the former have certain other habits identically the same with
those we know these other fish possess.

In making this examination, we must select those fish whose modes
of spawning most nearly resemble the fish in question. For this reason
we would consider those, for instance, that frequent our rivers and
streams, such as the salmon, shad, herring, We.

It is admitted that these fish enter our rivers in the early spring from
the ocean, proceed to the place where they were born, to deposit their
spawn, and having deposited it, that the herring break up the schools
and disperse to their feeding-grounds.

We assume as a fact which cannot be disputed by any evidence, and
which is supported by much, that scup, having hibernated not a great
distance from the coast, on the approach of spring awake from a dor-
mant state, and approach the coast for the purpose of spawning. Some
of them take up their ground at Block Island, others at other favorable
localities ; some come to Seaconnet Point, others in the neighborhood of

204 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sichuest Beach, and some formerly came up to Mount Hope Bay; all
coming to the place of their birth. They come in schools, remain so for
a time, and then break up and disperse themselves over the feeding-
grounds. That while in these schools and frequenting the shore of
Church’s Cove, we say that the first run of scup are spawning, and when
this is finished they break up. We come to this conclusion, because the
first run of seup are caught within a week; during this time they are
sluggish in their movements, seem almost unconscious of danger, eat
nothing, and the anal passage appears to be sealed up; they are full of.
spawn and are spawning—so Captain Benjamin Tallman himself states

The Report of the Commissioners of River Fisheries of Massachusetts,
of 1869, page 17, says: “All fishes that go to fresh water to breed, seek
their proper birth-place, and they are there concentrated and crowded
together, and are, moreover, very tame, so that it then becomes possible
to capture them in vast quantities and in a limited space; and unless
they be at that time protected, they are liable to extinction in the par-
ticular waters where such wholesale destruction goes on.”

Mr. Atwood stated, with regard to mackerel, some facts that throw
strong light upon this point. He says that these fish begin to appear
the middle of May, a few at a time, then in abundance, which, I sup-
pose, means in schools. They will not touch the bait on the hook at
this time, and are taken by nets out in the bay. From about the 28th
of May to the 4th of June they were depositing spawn, and by the last
date had finished and left for feeding-grounds.

The habits of mackerel, thus stated, as to assembling, refusing bait,
and breaking up, and the time they are together, agree so well with
those of seup while at Church’s Cove, that if unsupported by any other
evidence, most inquirers would be satisfied that scup were spawning
while there, and that their disappearance was owing to their having com-
pleted their mission and dispersed to feed in the vicinity.

On the other hand, the trappers at Seaconnet Point require us to be-
lieve that these fish come into Church’s Cove by accident on their way
from Watch Hill, where they first took the coast on their way eastward to
Buzzard’s Bay and Nantucket Shoals. To the committee of 1857 they
stated that they were bound there for the purpose of spawning, but they
have since modified this, and now allege simply that they are bound
there.

The reason why this has been so pertinaciously persisted in is, that
as these fish were thus leaving the waters of the State it was contended
the people of the State could not be injured by the taking of them, and
therefore traps at this locality ought not to be interfered with. There-
fore, if this theory could be successfully controverted and overthrown,
no real ground would remain why these traps should be treated differ-
ently from the others, or should be allowed to continue in operation.

IT have always argued that this theory was untrue, principally upon the
belief that the instincts of fish were unerring and certain guides; that
if it was ever intended they should summer in Buzzard’s Bay, these in-
stincts would have carried them there in a direct course from their win-
ter-quarters. And this belief has been confirmed by facts that came out
at the former committee investigations. One of these was the state-
ment made by Captain Joseph Church, that upwards of twelve years
ago he bought a barrel of scup caught at Waquoit Pond, five or eight
days before scup were caught at Seaconnet Point, where the traps were
set. This was self-evident proof that the scup caught at Waquoit Pond
did not reach there by the way of Seaconnet Point. Another was, that
scup were caught in Long Island Sound, at Gardner’s Island, and other

PLEADINGS. 205

places, in great abundance, several years ago. Every one admits that
they did not get there by the way of New York and Hell-gate, but came
in around Montauk Point; so that with regard to these fish, the theory
that scup moved always toward the east was not true, as they went
westward.

This belief has, at the present investigation, been still more strength-
ened by the honest and straightforward testimony of Lorenzo Tallman,
who says that the trappers’ theory is based solely on the ground that
scup are usually caught at Watch Hill before they are caught at New-
port, and at Newport before being caught at Seaconnet.

And further, he says that Jast season scup came in, to a breadth of
sixty miles, at or about one time, and that a vessel-load of scup from
Nantucket was brought into Newport Harbor, and immediately after,
another from Seaconnet, before any were caught by the traps off New-
port, and that the theory is completely upset.

SPAWNING.

In connection with and in order to understand all the bearings, it is
necessary to consider the manner of spawning.

In the book called “ Fishing in American Waters,” we find considera-
ble general information, and I propose to cite a few passages from it,
not only in relation to scup, but with regard to some other fishes that
are the subjects of this inquiry:

‘These fish replenish their species by laying eggs, which are vivified by
the milt of the male, and then, after a time, the eggs hatch in the water.
This process is common to all egg-laying fishes ; but while eggs of the
Salmo genus require from three to four months to hatch, those of the
Clupea genus hatch in as many days. Seth Green hatched shad artificially
on the Connecticut River in forty hours from the time the ova and milt
fell into the hatching-boxes in the stream. (Page 41.)

‘‘The striped bass is eminently domestic in its habits. * * The fe-
male deposits her eggs in fresh and brackish waters, but never in the
sea. In November the bass shoal and congregate in brackish-water
ponds, or back waters of tidal rivers, or in the bays and bayous of riv-
ers which have an outlet to the sea, after which time it will not take
bait until the following spring, after having spawned and returned to
active waters. (Page 47.)

** Upon the breeding-times of different fishes, and their resorts at cer-
tain seasons in the year to hibernate, there are no fixed data. (Page 406.)

‘Most white-meated fish spawn in the spring, yet the fish known as
the white-fish spawns early in the autumn. All members of the genus
Salmo spawn in autumn.

‘* Shad.—It winters in the ocean, dallies among the nets in the estua-
ries during spring, after which it lays its ova in the sand above the tide-
waters, and returns to salt water to recuperate. (Page 324.)

“The porgee (‘scup’) is supposed to spawn on the weedy banks, with
sea-bass and tautog, early in spring, when the last year’s hatch leave for
the estuaries, purveying to the head of tide-waters.”. (Page 110.)

According to the best information I have been able to obtain, I am
led to the conclusion that scup frequent the mouths of, or in, rivers
into which fresh water empties, or in fresh-water streams, at the time of
spawning, and nowhere else, for the benefit they derive from the fresh
or brackish water, especially since it is shown by the experiments of the
Coast Survey that salt and fresh water or waters of different tempera-
tures do not readily unite. The Gulf Stream is an example of water of

206 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER. OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

different temperatures, and it is reported by the Coast-Survey that in
the Hudson River a counter-current of salt water is found underlying
the outward current of brackish water. This view receives some
strength from the fact that scup keep near the surface while in the
schools, and, as we believe, in the act of spawning. But however large
the part this may play in the process of spawning, we desire to present
some other phases of equal or greater importance.

I am informed by a gentleman that he once witnessed trout, kept in
an aquarium, in the act of spawning; the whole process occupied three
days. At intervals the female would eject a stream of ova into the
water, and immediately the male would emit a quantity of fluid. When
an egg came in contact with a particle of this fluid, it would sink to the
bottom, while those that did not, rose to the top; the former was said to
be impregnated and the latter were not, and were consequently lost.

If the same process takes place with regard to scup, (and I have no
reason to doubt it,) one of the conditions to a successful spawning is to
select water most protected from the wind, most exposed to the sun, and
out of the reach and action of the tide, where it shall be as quiet as pos-
sible. Seaconnet River presents, especially at Church’s Cove, these con-
ditions more perfectly than either of the other passages of the river.
There is, comparatively, less current, on account of the obstruction
made by Stone Bridge; the water is shallow, and the eddy or counter-
current at Church’s Cove creates comparatively still water and is pro-
tected from the northeast wind, while the other passages are open to
this wind, and the wateris deeper. Another condition seems to be that
as the males are to the females about as one to four, it is necessary for
the impregnation of the ova that these fish should concentrate as closely
as possible. By thismode a larger number of the eggs would be vivified
than if they were separate and isolated.

Undoubtedly, particularly if the waters are in more than ordinary
motion, caused by the winds, a very large proportion of the spawn es-
capes this fluid, and it is then only useful as food for other fish in attend-
ance upon them. The vivified ova sink to the bottom, among the crevices
formed by the rocky bottom, where they remain until hatched. This is
the real cause, it seems to me, why scup are found at this period at
Church’s Cove.

Great stress is laid by the trappers on the fact that the traps are set
with their mouths so as to take the fish coming down the shore.
They assert that the fish are skirting the shores until they come to the
mouth of the river; they then strike across .until they reach the shores
at Church’s Cove, when they turn southwardly, down stream, and on
their course are taken in the act of leaving the State waters and going
to the eastward. Let us see whether this is actually the case.

It is admitted that the traps at Seaconnet Point take nine-tenths of all
the fish trapped between Newport and this locality.

If the fish were following the shores as asserted, it would seem proba-
ble that a larger proportion would be caught by the other traps on the
Newport side of coast; as this is not the case, the inference to be drawn
is that they did not reach Seaconnet Point from that direction.

Further, from the evidence that the fish were caught this season at ~
Nantucket and Seaconnet Point, respectively, before they were caught
at the traps off Newport, the conclusion is, that of the two directions,
eastward and westward, they came from the latter, if either.

Now, in this latter case, the mouths of the traps should have been set
the other way, but they were not, and as about the same quantity were
taken last season as the one before, it is evident that they came neither

PLEADINGS. 207

from the east nor west, but direct from their winter-quarters to their
summer-homes, and if unmolested would have spawned in our waters.

The truth is that these fishermen have studied the habits of these fish
so far only as they contribute to their pecuniary interests, as suggested
by Captain Atwood, and upon their knowledge of these habits, these
traps are set where the fish most do congregate, and in such a manner
as to catch them.

They profess that because these traps do not completely close the
mouth of the river, they do not obstruct the fish going up it. It is un-
doubtedly the case that these fish, like other animals, have their roads
and pathways, and any obstruction placed in these roads would be as
effectual to bar their progress as if the river were completely closed.

It is a remarkable fact, taken in this connection, that while we are as-
sured that acres and acres of scnp are seen outside and away from the
traps, and while it is the custom to unite two gangs, so that while one
of them attends the traps, the other, with purse-seines, are out on the
river looking for and catching menhaden, yet we never hear of their
eatching scup, which are so much more valuable, by these purse-seines.

To prove that the fish at Seaconnet Point are not connected with
those above Stone Bridge, until after they have left the latter place,
the trappers have set up another theory, which we shall attmept to show
has no better foundation than the one last discussed. It is stated that
some of the schools on their way eastward, from Watch Hill te Buzzard’s
Bay, lose their road and go up the west passage into Mount Hope Bay,
toward Tall River; here they find they are off their course, and to regain
at skirt along the southern shore of the bay until they reach Seaconnet
River, then down along the eastern side of the river until they tind the
bridge, and the passage through which being too narrow, (although
Captain Church admits that they have been seen going down, but not
up,) they cross and go up on the west side to Common Fence Point.
From the time they enter this river, until and up to Common Fence
Point, they used to be caught in purse-seines, but from this place they
disappear; it is held’ that they then go down the west passage, pass
around Brenton’s Reef and reach Seaconnet Point about a week after
they allege they left Common Fence Point on their way eastward.

This entire theory is based on the allegation that scup used to be taken
at Seaconnet Point about a week after they had disappeared at Common
Fence Point; it is simply a bare allegation, and is unsupported by the
least tittle of evidence. To believe this, one must accept as true that
the scup, whom instinct has led them to, our shores, have suddenly lost it;
that they must have passed quietly, unseen, and beneath the surface
of the waters, when they had previously been on the surface, up
through the west passage and through Mount Hope Bay, and did not
appear in sight until they found they were on the wrong road, when they
first appear on the surface, I suppose to look round and see how the land
lies ; they then keep near the surface, while skirting along the sides of
the river, until they reach Common Fence Point, where they again dis-
appear beneath the waters, and are not seen again until the sea is
reached. It is not pretended that all the schools do this, for the others,
’ better informed or led by a more experienced pilot, keep along the eoast
until they reach Seaconnet Point.

How this can be reconciled with the fact that the unlost schools are
being taken as soon as they arrive at Seaconnet Point, several days or
a week before the lost schools regain their proper course, coupled with
the fact that the first run of scup do not continue more than a week at
the most, I cannot conceive.

208 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

I shall attempt to account for the appearance of scup above Stone
Bridge, and their gradual disappearance in another way.

I think there can be no doubt that formerly scup came up to Stone

Bridge, by the way of Seaconnet Point, for the purpose of spawning,
and did spawn there.
After the traps were set at Seaconnet Point, vast quantities were

taken there, and many of the schools were broken up; and perhaps, if

the idea prevalent among the trappers themselves is true, that each
school had an old and experienced guide, they lost their leader, became
thus disorganized, bewildered, and obstructed, and having lost their
course spawned in that vicinity; while others, escaping the traps,
reached their true spawning-ground, where they were taken, or deposited
their spawn. But the reproduction there was not sufficient to fill up
the deficiency at Stone Bridge caused by the purse- seining, so that the
numbers gradually year after year diminished, until seining was aban-
doned in that vicinity. Only those would return who were born there,
while the fish spawned at Seaconnet Point would deposit their spawn
in that vicinity.

The statement of Mr. Lorenzo Tallman was that the fish at Stone
Bridge remain there about a week ; this would be about the time neces-
sary after their appearance to complete the operation of spawning,
and then, instead of going down the west passage, they disperse to their
feeding-grounds. This to me appears the only reasonable way of ac-
counting for their disappearance.

Allowing them a week there, and a week to reach Seaconnet Point,
the season for this run, which does not, as is stated, continue much more
than a week, must have taken, if this be true, a much longer time.

By comparing this assertion with the other facts admitted by the
trappers, I am satisfied not only that the theory is unsound, and not sup-
ported by these facts, but that, on the other hand, it is completely con-
troverted.

Why is it necessary, except for the purpose of sustaining a theory,
under which alone can the continuance of the traps be justified, to
assume that scup avoid during the summer the coast and our beautiful
bay and river, when they are found in abundance on each side of us?

Mr. Scott, in his book, Fishing in American Waters, already quoted
from, says of this fish, (page 109 : :)

“Tt is a greedy little shining sinner, which is both herbivorous and
carnivorous, foraging on both fish and vegetable diets, and shoaling with
the omniwm ga therum of bottom fish, which make their summer habitation
among the weedy banks called by their name all along the coast from
Maine (?) to Georgia, from three to six miles from shore, purveying
everywhere from their homes into all the estuaries and tidal back-sets
for provender. The porgee is one of the most numerous of coast fishes,
and as greedy as it is plenty. Dr. Brown, in his Anglers’ Guide, states
that the steamboat which runs daily to the porgee banks near Sandy
Hook, in the summer, returns with many thousand porgees, beside the
sea-bass and tautog ‘averaging from six to ten thousand as their daily

catch with the hand- line.”

The trappers alleged that they were to be found in Buzzard’s Bay and
Vineyard Sound, &c. But I think Mr. Scott is in error when he says
they are found on the coasts of Maine; I am inclined to believe they are
not found on the other side of Cape Malabar.

Mr. Daniel Church says they are found the whole season off Charles-
ton or Savannah; and the hook-and-line fishing in Hudson River and
vicinity has at some seasons greatly interfered with him in the market.

PLEADINGS. 209

Does it not seem contrary to reason and common sense to suppose
that these fish would or could not remain in our waters from the spawn-
ing-season through, during the summer season, until they remove to
their winter-quarters, if allowed to?

Can there be any question as to the purity of the water, at least from
the coast-shore to a distance of three or six miles from the shore, or
as to its suitableness as a habitation, as to depth, and character of the
bottom? The Coast Survey charts represent cur bottom and that of the
Shoals and Buzzard’s Bay to be the same, mostly of yellow, black and
gray sand, with here and there clusters of rocks.

If, as now alleged, for the first time with any force, the scup are
changing their grounds, and diminishing gradually from other causes,
and will.ultimately disappear, because there is a tradition that they had
onee before disappeared, about one hundred years ago, and without any
known cause, I have merely to say that if this is to be the case, let us
not hasten the evil day, by reducing their numbers every year while
they do remain, through means of these traps. Let us preserve and
protect them from all these modes of reckless destruction, at least while
Spawning. Perhaps by care they may be induced to remain with us en-
. tirely.

I do not believe, however, that when fish are about to leave a locality,
they leave it gradually ; when they go, all leave at once; I think this is
in accordance with the experience in relation to the desertion of other
fish.

CAPTAIN ATWOOD’S REMARKS.

i wish to say a few words respecting Captain Atwood’s opinions and
remarks.

1 have a copy of the Yarmouth Register, May 27, 1870, which contains
his speech before the Massachusetts senate, on the 19th of April, 1870,
in relation to the fishery question then before that body. The language
and tenor of his remarks are’so nearly identical with what he said a few
days since, before this committee, that I shall trespass on your time In
citing a portion.

Speaking of the witnesses before the committee of which he was chair-
man, he says

‘¢ Like the many fishermen I know, the witnesses were not well ac-
quainted with the habits of fish. They study them no further than they
contribute to their pecuniary interest ; at most they possess only a local
knowledge of the fish with which they come in contact. They prosecute
the fisheries for their support, and do not make the habits of fish a
special study.”

AS TO CAUSES OR MODE OF DIMINISHING THE SUPPLY.

*‘ One is to introduce the beam-traw]l, which has not been used in our
waters. * * This net being dragged over the bottom would destroy
the young fish as it passed over them, and might tend to diminish their
numbers.”

J ask whether the use of traps to catch fish while in the act of spawn-
ing ‘ might not tend to the same result.”

Again he says:

“Tf fish have diminished in any of the small arms of the sea, I should
have no objection to the passage of a local act, provided it did not inter-
fere with the rights of others.”

S. Mis. 61——14

210 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

If this is his opinion, he would certainly be in favor of prohibiting the
traps of Seaconnet Point.

It will be recollected that his general remarks related entirely to sea-
fishing, and to those fish that are caught in the sea, while in relation to
scup or tautog, he says that he did not know anything about them.

From the statements of the trappers it would be presumed that Buz-
zard’s Bay and Nantucket Shoals would swarm with scup, if they all
arrive at the localities whither they allege they are bound. And it is
therefore with some astonishment IJ find in the report of the Massachusetts
senate committee on fisheries, and of which Mr. Atwood was chairman,
made April 14, 1870, the following paragraph:

““Seup, tautog, sea-bass, striped bass, and other kinds of fish that are
not used for bait, are caught by the weirs in our waters south of Cape
Cod only in small quantities, and as a secondary and incidental matter ;
the amount of these kinds of fish caught by such weirs is too small to
have any considerable effect upon the increase or diminution.”

And in his remarks:

“Allagreed that the scup, tautog, sea-bass, and striped bass had within
a few years diminished in Buzzard’s Bay, but failed to show that over-
fishing was the cause of the diminution.”

It is a little singular that Captain Atwood, unless he refers in his re-
marks entirely to sea-fishes, which seldom or never enter our rivers or
streams, should be so blind to the fact that many fishes have been
diminished by over-fishing, but [ am inclined to think he includes these
fishes also, for he says:

“If we wish to increase and stock our inland waters, it eannot be ac-
complished without protection. The building of dams across the streams,
and throwing. of deleterious substances into “the water rs, have diminished
the fish. But, i in the great sea, man cannot pollulte its waters by anything he
can do.”

IT am inclined to apply to him the same observation he makes with
regard to the witnesses who appeared before his committee, just quoted,
aud believe he willfully shuts his eyes to every fact that tends to show
that man can diminish any species of fish by over-fishing.

That such is the case seems too well known and understood to need
any illustration. Salmon have totally disappeared. The shad have in |
many rivers been completely, in others nearly, extirpated. Great appre-
hension exists that the same effect will be produced upon the white-
fish of the lakes; and the report of the commissioners of river fisheries,
made to the General Court of Massachusetts for the year ending January
1, 1869, shows that such is their belief. They say (page 17) that unless
tish that go to fresh water to breed are “at that time protected, they are —
liable to extinction in the particular waters where such wholesale de-
struction goes on.”

Mr. Atwood, in his report of 1870, already referred to, seems to rely
greatly upon the report of the British commission of 1865, as showing
the correctness of the conclusion drawn by his committee. )

This report of the British commission is very closely and admirably ~
criticised by M. Rimbaud, and his views seem to be fully believed and —
adopted by the commissioners of river fisheries of Massachusetts, in
their report for the year ending January 1,1870. And the joint special
committee of Rhode Island, in their report, ‘made May, 1870, have quoted ~
largely from the M assachusetts report.

Before we refer more particularly to Rimbaud’s facts and conclusions, —
let us see what Mr. Atwood’s opinion is of this gentleman. He says

in his remarks, that— a

_— > a a

PLEADINGS. TT

“There were persons who did not wholly agree with the British com-
missioners; one of the most prominent is J. B. Rimbaud, who has
published a work on the fishes of the southern coast of France. Him-
self a fisherman, he says that the migratory species, that go off to sea in
schools and return each season, cannot be diminished by over-fishing,
but local fishes can be exterminated by constantly fishing for them, and
such has been the case in the locality where he has been accustomed to
fish. Of the two, I allow Rimbaud to be the best judge, as he has ac-
quired his knowledge by practical experience in the fisheries, and the
British commissioners had gained their information from others.”

Without questioning the value and correctness of Mr. Rimbaud’s
statement, Mr. Atwood goes on, for the purpose of undervaluing and
showing the inapplicability of his conclusions as to the division and
habits of fish to those of Massachusetts waters, to state that the extent
of the French fishing-grounds and the range of temperature are limiced,
and the character of the shores are different, when compared with our
fishing-grounds. This is offered to prove that fish on the coast of
France are more permanently local than ours.

“ Tell me, sir, how many are there of our fishes that are not more or
less migratory ?” is his last question ; and answers, “‘ Senators will see
that our fish and fisheries are not like those of Europe.”

In attempting to answer this question [ will refer him to Cuvier, to
whom he referred me, who shows that from the form, mouth, bones,
teeth, and fins, we can decide as to the habits and mode of life of a fish.
He and his disciples have carried comparative anatomy to that perfection
that they can come to this conclusion froma single one of these elements.
It is not therefore from their investigation too “much to say that all fish
similar ii construction and organization have similar habits; that ifa
certain tribe of fishes in one part of the world are wandering fishes,
other species of the same tribe in another quarter have the same habits.
To a certain extent the temperature may act upon them, and some may
be to a certain degree migratory in colder climates, so far, for instance,
that they may seek their winter quarters at some short distance from
the coast, but do not, like the wandering fishes, go to the extreme south
_for a warmer climate, and, as the warm weather comes on, take their
course back again.

The reason that underlies and sustains the belief that wandering
fishes as a general thing cannot be diminished by fishing, however de-
structive, is that these fish cannot be taken in nets in quantities while
they are in spawn; for, as an exception, herring, which are classed as a
wandering fish, are taken in schools and while in spawn by nets in our
waters, and we know that their numbers in many localities have greatly
decreased.

It is immaterial, however, in our view, whether they are simply bottom,
white, or wandering fishes. If they are taken in large quantities and
while in spawn, fishing may and will diminish their numbers.

In this connection the Massachusetts commissioners of river fisheries
say, (referring to the British commission and Rimbaud):

“And while we cannot say that either party to the discussion has
proved anything, the points indicated are the following:

“That no amount or kind of fishing can diminish the ‘schooling’ or
wandering fishes of the high sea, such as herring, (Clupea elongatg, )
mackerel, (Scomber vernalis,) menhaden, (Alosa menhaden,) cod, (Mor-
rhua amer ieana,) &e.

“That the local and bottom fishes which are peculiar to certain limited
areas near the shore may be greatly reduced or even practically annihi-

DD REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

lated, in certain places, by improper fishing, such as the tautog, ( Tautoga
americana,) the sea-perch, (Ctenolabrus ewruleus,) the flounder, (Pla-
tessa plana,) the striped bass, (Labrax lineatus,) and the scup, (Sparus
argyrops,)” &e.

It would seem that the question whether they may be diminished by
fishing depends upon their localization at the time of breeding.

Whether the breed is destroyed when in spawn by traps, or, as on the
coast of Spain when hatched, by the trawl beam, the mode suggested by
Atwood, the effect will be to effect a diminution.

And we cite from the commissioners’ report, (page 20,) another para-
graph taken from the report of the river fisheries:

‘We see that in 1831 Malaga caught less than any except San Luear,
but in 1861, she took more than the three put together, Further, Malaga
took fifty per cent. more fish to each man than did others. On the Malaga
coast, fishing with the great trawl net (aur beufs) has been prohibited
since 1828, while in the three other departments it has been allowed and
much practiced.”

A single other fact, and I will leave this part of the case.

In the American Angler’s Guide, page 178, in the article on tautog or
black-fish, it is remarked :

~The black-fish abounds in the vicinity of Long Island, and is a sta-
tionary inhabitant of the salt water.”

‘‘ He may be kept for a long time in ponds or cars, and fed and even
fatted there. When the cold of winter benumbs him, he refuses to eat
any more, and a membrane is observed to form over the vent and close
it. He begins to regain appetite with the return of warmth in the
spring.” (Page 179.)

Now we know that tautog hibernate among the rocks near the coast
and in our rivers, and it has been stated by Mr. L. Tallman or Mr. Daniel
Church that, some years ago, after a very cold snap, not only many tau-
tog were washed ashore frozen stiff, but afterward quantities were also
found dead among the rocks off the coast.

If, during the winter, they do not feed as stated above, and this mem-
brane closes them up, the conclusion must be that they remain in a
state of torpor or sleep during the cold weather.

Now it happens that the scup, when first taken by the traps, are in a
similar state of torpor; they neither eat nor have any passage; it is
probably sealed up like the tautog, and nothing in the shape of food is
to be found within them. Some say they are blind, and they seem hardly
able or willing to move.

The inference then is that scup have also been hibernating within a
short distance of the coast, in the same state as the tautog. This would
account for the stray scup mentioned by Mr. Southwick as having been
occasionally found in March. A warm day wakes him up, and he visits
the shore for a day or so and then returns.

To my mind this is a more reasonable way for accounting for his pres-
ence than to assume that he has been left behind.

If these facts are as stated, it is to be presumed that scup are a local
fish, and do not leave their localities any more than tautog, about the
propriety of the classification of which as a local fish there is no question.

HEART-SEINES AND FYKE-NETS.

It does not seem necessary to discuss the effect of these modes of fish-—
ing. Nothing has been said in their favor, nor does any one appear to —

represent parties interested. The heart-seines are of the same character

PLEADINGS. 213

as the traps proper, and more or less take the place of the traps after
the spawning season of scup is over. Through the whole season they
are gobbling up what fish may have escaped the traps; and ‘all is fish”
that comes to these nets; nothing however small escapes from them.
The testimony of Mr. Steere proves beyond a doubt the effect of fyke
“nets upon flat fish and upon others also, and that they are set during
the colder months preceding and succeeding winter.

SEA-BASS AND TAUTOG.

In May, 1870, I happened to be at Wakefield, South Kingston, and
saw several cart-loads of small striped-bass, about 8 inches loug, which,
J was told, were going to the manure heap. They had been taken near
Point Judith in traps; and with the permission of the committee, I will
read some observations made by a gentleman having considerable ac-
quaintance with the subject, and as they fully coincide with my own
belief, I adopt them as a part of my argument:

“DEAR Str: The bass taken by the traps (especially at Point Judith)
are of a size varying from 6 ounces to 1 pound each. They are taken,
when taken at all, in immense numbers.

“Tt is a fact, well known among fishermen, that these fish, at this age
and size, cannot be taken by hook and line, shore-seine, or in any other
way than by these wholesale and destructive engines.

“During the trapping seasons, within six or eight years, immense
quantities of these small bass have been sold in South Kingston and
vicinity for manure.

‘Were these ‘small fry’ allowed to grow to a size suitable for merket,
and until which time they could not be taken by any other method than
by traps, &c., these same fish would average from five to twenty times
their size when so destroyed.

“Aside from the destruction of the older bass, when in spawn, by
traps, the above wanton waste is well worth consideration.

‘“« Tautog.—This fish it is not pretended is a wanderer. As soon as
they commence to move in spring they skirt the coast, following the
rocky shores and bottom.

‘“‘Hvery fisherman knows the above to be a fact, and that in May they
are caught along the shore rocks, and off shore, on the sunken ledges,
in any quantity.

“The effect of trapping is to ‘gobble up’ almost the entire ‘spring run’
of this fish.

‘It cannot be (I believe is not) denied that our Rhode Island waters,
where they were formerly so abundant, are depleted of tautog; while we
have only to.go from five to fifteen or twenty miles west of Point Judith
to find these fish in their season as abundant as ever.

“7 account for this upon this theory that the tautog, during winter,
becomes dormant or torpid.

“ All fishermen of experience agree, that late in fall a membrane forms
and covers the vent, and that after the closing of the vent they will not
bite at bait even the most tempting; thatin their torpid state they are, of
course, helpless, and by instinct seek safety for themselves in still water ;
that the major part at least ‘winter’ in the bays, salt ponds, coves,
ereeks, and estuaries, connecting with the open sea.

“T believe that the numerous bays and harbors in Long Island Sound
and our own bay are natural winter-quarters of these fish.

“In proof of this, tautog were always caught in spring several days
earlier at Pomham Rocks than at the mouth of the bay or at Point Ju-

.

214 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

dith, while in autumn they are caught at Bonnet Point and Boston Neck
Point (mouth of bay) several days after the supply fails at Point Judith.

‘*} believe that the traps capture in spring nearly the whole supply
that remained in the bay during the winter previous, besides destroying
the increase; that in consequence comparatively none are left to supply
our waters, while, a as I have said, west of Point Judith (trapping being
not followed in the bays, &c., of Long Island Sound) those waters are
abundantly supplied.

‘¢ Facts—During the past and previous seasons, the fishermen who
have supplied the market at Narraganset Pier with tautog could not
earn their salt east of Point Judith, while by going from six to twenty
miles west of Point Judith (as far as yet ascertained the farther the
better) they could and have caught as many tautog as they wanted.

“If ‘scup’ were entirely out of the question, this state of things ought
of itself, as it seems to me, to be enough to warrant the interference of
the legislature.

“KH. C. CLARKE.

“Pp, S.—If nature has appointed bounds beyond which, in the matter
of increase, fish cannot pass, and has appointed and supplied for every
species their natural enemies, which, governed by laws of appetite not
to be controlled, are still in effective operation; and if their natural ene-
mies and diseases, to which every species is subject, are of themselves
sufficient to hold each species in check and within the proper limits, why,
T ask, will not such wholesale destruction, in addition to natural causes
and at the very moment, effectively destroy the parent fish and the
whole prospective increase? Why, I say, will not all, together, dimin-
ish their numbers ?

“Tf traps, in destroying scup and other fish, would but destroy their
enemies, and annihilate the diseases to which fish fit for food are sub-
ject, then, and in that case, there might be some doubts in this question ;
as it is, there cannot be.

‘Your point on the vent closing and non-feeding of tautog at certain
seasons, and its application to scup, in proof that scup, like tautog, are
not wanderers, is a new one, but, in my opinion, exceedingly good. I
don’t believe the Tallmans can shake it. Had I the time I would wish,
J would say much more, but (meaning no flattery) I consider your argu-
ment a good and strong one.

m Os CF,

With regard to the appearance of small scup in our bay and rivers
last season, I am not prepared to give a decided opinion. I think that
their appearance e does not, nor will, affect any of the conclusions set
forth, nor show that seup are going to be more plenty in our rivers than
before.

I believe that they were spawned close on the coast, and afterward,
in purveying for food, aspreviously stated by Mr. Scott, and for pro-
tection, came up into the bay, and remained there during the warm
weather. Whether they were spawned in March, or in the previous fall,
cannot be proved. From the fact that March was unusually warm, I
am inclined to believe the former was the case.

One of the reasons why I believe scup are not going to be any more
plenty is that they will follow the same road into the bay (up Seaconnet
River) as their ancestors, and will be taken in the traps; for it has
been stated that this last season the traps at one time appeared to be
full of scup, and, upon drawing them, it was found that they were small

PLEADINGS. 215

fish, and all escaped through the meshes except 5 barrels. This year
they will be bigger, and cannot get through so easily.!

A few words as to the value of Mr. Southwick’s testimony upon the
points I have been discussing :

Mr. Southwick presents himself in the character of an expert, from
having, as he says, closely investigated the question, in a practical point
of view, ever since the beginning of this controversy. He himself has
been interested in a trap for six years, but last season turned it into a
heart-seine# I have simply to remark that, with all his practical inves-
tigation of the subject, he makes no allusion to one fact, that, in my
opinion, is of very great importance, viz: That seup did not come from
the westward this last season, as stated by Lorenzo Tallman. He gives
an opinion, positive and direct, that the nets at Seaconnet Point were
set so that they could not catch scup coming from any other direction
than from the westward.

As the nets were set last season the same way as they always had
been; as about the same quantity of scup were caught last season as
the season before ; and as these fish came on to the coast last season
not from the westward, but, if from either direction, from the eastward,
his opinion is completely contradicted by the facts themselves.

The theory that scup, when taken, were leaving the waters of the’
State, is a mere assertion founded on false premises, and is destroyed
by the following facts:

Seup first appear in a state of semi-torpor, sluggish, unwilling ap-
parently to move; with nothing in them; in a state of readiness to
spawn and some of them spawning; will not bite at the hook; and the
first run are seen about a week before they disappear. ,

Other egg-bearing fishes, when about to spawn, are in like condition
at the place of spawning as to motion, eating, aud appearance.

We are informed by Captain Atwood that mackerel take about a week
to spawn, during which time they will vot bite, and after this they dis-
perse to their feedin g-grounds.

From these circumstances we are led to believe that, when taken, scup
are in the vicinity of or in the place where they intend to spawn.

This view is sustained by facts developed as to the direction from
which they are alleged to arrive at this place. The trappers’ statement,
that they come from the west and southwest is supported solely on this,
that they are usually caught at Watch Hill, and then at Newport, before
they take them at Seaconnet Point. But this last season, as Mr. L.
Tallman says, this theory has been knocked all to pieces, for the reason
that, if they came from either, it was from the east. This fact does not
stand alone, for Mr. Joseph Church has stated that some twelve years
before, scup were caught in Waquoit Pond several days before they
were caught at Seaconnet Point, and it cannot be doubted that they
took an eastward course to get into Long Island Sound. Moreover, the
fact that the traps last season, although set the same way as always,
caught about as many fish as the season before, shows that the catching
does not depend on the direction from which the fish come.

The opinion that scup are a migratory fish has nothing to support it,
except their absence; while, on the contrary, when we consider the con-
ditiou of scup when they first appear, and observe how closely it resem-

‘As further evidence to sustain the view that all scup came the same road as the
rest, it was stated that small scup were found in the traps last season in such quanti-
ties as almost, apparently, to fill them. When, however, the trap was lifted, most of
pen were small enough to pass through the meshes, and only about 5 barrels were
taken.

216 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

bles that of the tautog, a fish admitted to be local, it must be conceded
that the evidence is in favor of classing them as local fish also.

The opinion or theory that the scup found at Common Fence Point
are lost fish trying to find their way back to the sea, is based solely on
the fact that they disappear from that neighborhood after staying there
about a week. This disappearance can be more rationally and satisfae-
torily accounted for upon the presumption that, having deposited their
spawn there, they had dispersed to their feeding-grounds like the mack-
erel, and, as we think is proved, like the seup at Seaconnet Point.

The assertion that fish cannot be diminished by any kind of fishing is
not warranted by the facts. The history of the salmon in our waters
shows that they have been exterminated. The same is the case with
Shad in some of the rivers, and in many they are very much diminished.
Herring have diminished also. Rimbaud and Bertholet, mentioned in
the joint-committee report, testify to the same result in the waters with
which they were acquainted. In our own waters the striped bass and
many other fish have become searcer. The fact that scup were found in
abundance up to 1845 above Stone Bridge, and since that time have
been gradually diminishing until purse-seining has been abandoned
there, shows that something has operated to produce this state of things.
And as traps were first set at Seaconnet Point in 1846, and there, only,
until 1860; and as nine-tenths of the scup were and are taken at that
place, it is a conclusion not to be avoided, that the traps are this ob-
struction, and have produced the effect complained of.

And who are those that appear to oppose this prohibition? Are they
the poor fishermen, whose daily bread would be snatched from their
mouths should this kind of fishing be stopped, and for whom the sym-
pathy of the community and this legislature is demanded ?

There are about two hundred and fifteen men engaged in these gangs,
and their earnings vary, according to the best estimates obtainable, from
$175 to $40 per season. But these men do not appear here. The men
who are now represented by counsel before you and appear as witnesses
are owners of nets and buyers of fish. These men have an interest far
exceeding those of the actual takers of the fish.

Perhaps we can form some opinion of the amount of this interest by
estimating the value of their profits. One of this firm of buyers states,
he and his partners bought 4,500 barrels of fish from the traps, at the
average price of $2 per barrel, this past season $9,000.

Each barrel averaging 150 pounds, gives 775,000 pounds, at

5 cents per pound ..... beer MAAS Pe eee ee $38, 750
Deduct original cost of 4,500 barrels, at $2........ $9, 000
Transportation of 4,500 barrels, at $1............ 4, 500

13, 500

25, 250
For three weeks’ fishing.

This is the real head of the opposition, which, under the cloak of de-
Siring to preserve the rights of the fishermen, are fighting for these
protist.

VALUE OF TRAP PROPERTY.

Mr. Lorenzo Tallman says:

That of the gangs in which he is interested (4) each has 450 fathoms of
leader, weighing 300 pounds to 80 fathoms, worth from $1.05 to 25 cents
per pound, or, as he suggests, an average of 65 cents.

—e -

—— ee

PLEADINGS.

ere pounds, at GalCenis. o- -—2)52/)-/.- 2... - 2+ - vee ane
400 pounds twine for each of 2 traps, 800 pounds ; 200 pounds

twine for each pound, 400 pounds—1,200 Ibs., at $1.05...-
12 anchors, averaging 50 to 250 pounds, costing from $2 to

$10, averaging $6.-..-..-... PPR SER ACN asia 2 aust eee
3 small boats. - -
TCM AUG 2 ete epee. de od Le Si) ajo ee sis ansi- «jo .5'-1 =
mateerand mate. boabrs. 2.322. fs -08 tice oe
1,800 fathoms of lines, at 15 to 21 cents per pound, estimated

aeirs) Siss@n!:. / cen. -

Slakal Sire ated hh aba ae ie oa sive! ia) \e) © =) o) aife) wim eo ¢ (veo ae <0 a

ee = ale eid» Sele 8 ein ss ws og wie winle = 6. oe

From this I deduct entirely the 2 large boats and the purse
and mate boat, because they admit that they are also used
in the menhaden fishery ; consequently if not used here,
they would last the longer in that business..........-...

Mr. Tallman then said, the usual course was that all the leader
and one of the traps and pounds were used up at the close
of each season.

Pee ACenIS| WORLD: 22550 0228S eb is ee elles

Mmcurapand One pound 2:5. esis. ss ee ae sis oe

$1,093 30
630 00

The other trap and pound being new at the com-
mencement of the season, and lasting only two sea-
sons, would now beworth one-half of its original
UIST, GE ce eI es BR eee eet ae $315 00
The anchors weighing 1,600, would be worth as old

mimeencenes. Or ONe-NaAlfs. 2 ..).5 2 54)6 aes. ee 2's 36 00
The three smali boats, may be safely estimated at

See Al sates = tee tet. EAE eee ie ats se oy tle 70. 00
The lines lasting but two years would be worth only

Pair tiem er fe). ab lo ejk keh Gere Bt AM Se ee as 100 00

Poe walle Now, Of. the: Lap ....0<4- 868 aces eb ape anes ae
From this is to be deducted value of 2,282 pounds old twine,
Pee CEUs POs POUNC . 25. shies = ois goats cia efn aka = eet Sec

Actual loss of property if trapping was prohibited now..-....

su PALS ee a ee Ae ae ee ee te

200 00

4,005 30

1,240 00

2.765 30

1,042 00

?

521 00

d21 00

91 28

$10, 315 68

Which represents the actual loss of property if the law is passed now.

EFFECT UPON THE MARKET.

It is not denied that but few of these fish taken in traps are consumed
in the State, most all being transported to New York, Philadelphia, and
other ports, by vessels employed for the sole purpose; that while our
markets, during the trapping season, are supplied at reasonable prices,

there is no supply for the remainder of the year.

Under this condition of things, the question naturally presents itsell to

218 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the other co-tenants and owners of the fish in the waters of the State,
not engaged in trap-fishing, whether the manner in which the privileges
heretofore allowed these fishermen have been managed, is for the in-
terest of the State and the people at large; whether it is most bene-
ficial that an immense amount of fish, taken in about seventeen days—
achile in spawn—and in such quantities that the major part must be sent

to foreign markets or used for manure, and our own markets for the few

weeks overstocked and at low prices, and at a tie when such food is
not so much desired as afterward, when none can be had, and the price
of fish becomes exorbitant, or that our markets, relying upon other
fish until about the first of June, shall be supplied for the rest of the
suminer and fall, five months at least, with these fish at reasonable
prices.

On the one hand, while the trappers are reaping the harvest, or rather
taking the crop when at its least value, a large number of men, fisher-
men by trade, some from choice, many from necessity, poor, disabled from
other labor, relying for their daily food for themselves and families in a
great measure upon fishing—besides those who fish for amusement, and
to this eud give employment to a large number of boatmen—are de-
prived of their just and lawful rights and privileges in consequence of
this general destruction. The number of men engaged in this river-
fishing was estimated at 800, as their daily avocation, ten or twelve years
ago.

On the other hand, if these fish are allowed to come up the river as
formerly, they will come to the market at the right season in abundance,
and from the competition that will naturally arise the price will be kept
low.

A larger number will be enabled to pursue fishing with the prospect
of a fair remuneration for their labor. The poor man can be supplied
with a wholesome and cheap food. The boatman will ply his boat for
fares, cheerfully paid by personsin pursuit of health and pleasure, who
will employ him with the certainty of finding good fishing. The regu-
lar fisherman can earn his 82 to $4 per day, and the State will be
richer by at least $200,000 per annum more than what is received by
trapping

o°*

Those who are benefited by trapping are about 216 fishermen, who
J s ; ;

taking the value of the fish caught last season at $40,000, 20,000 barrels,
at $2 per barrel, receive two-thirds, or about $124 each on the average;
next, the owners of the traps, of which there are about 24 according to
Mr. Benjamin Tallman’s statement, among whom is to be divided the
one-third, or $13,333, giving $444 to each trap.

This sum of $444, according to the estimate already given as to the
cost and depreciation of the twine, &e., if correct, is not suflicient to
cover the loss, and, these owners, if this is all the benefit derived by
them from it, ought to be obliged to the legislature, if it will prohibit
this fishing.

But the fact is, as has before been shown, that it is the buyers and
shippers of these fish that derive the great gain, and it is for this reason
they are so particularly anxious to have it continue.

The low price of scup would create a ready market and relieve the
demand for other articles of food, as demand, in a great degree, regu-
lates their prices. In ashort time, the supply being the same, the seller
would find it necessary to reduce his prices, and all food would be
affected and brought within the means of fhose who are now restricted
by their narrow incomes.

As a matter of political economy, it is for the welfare and general in-

PLEADINGS. 219

terest of the State that the legislature should, by every legal and rea-
sonable means, in those matters over which it has jurisdiction, provide
for the community, so that it may obtain good and healthy food at the
lowest possible prices.

The true theory of government, mindful of the welfare of the gov-
erned, is to direct and provide such laws and regulations as will effect
‘the greatest good to the greatest number.

This appears to be one of the cases in which it should so act that, by
prohibiting the trap-fishing, although, perhaps, to the detriment of a
tew who have embarked their property in an enterprise from which they
have already received ample compensation, and have continued to invest
regardless of the results of the movements to stop it, the legislaure will
open to the whole community a free fishery, and afford employment to
an infinitely larger number of men who are obliged now to seek other
avocations for a livelihood, and occupy branches of industry that could
be filled by others who are seeking employment without success, by
reason of the pre-occupation. Further, trom public policy no business
should be encouraged by a State whereby a large amount of food is de-
stroyed or carried beyond the reach of the community when such food
is required for its support.

Upon such ground the use of grain, in times of scarcity or appre-
hended scarcity, for conversion into spirits, has, at various times, been
prohibited.

RIGHTS UNDER THE CHARTER AND CONSTITUTION—JURISDICTION OF
THE UNITED STATES.

One of the reasons upon which I find the remonstrants claim the right
to trap fish without restriction is based upon constitutional grounds,
and upon the rights originally granted under the charter of Charles II.

It is undoubtedly true that the United States, as contradistinguished
from an individual State, have, by the powers conceded to it by the sev-
eral States, exclusive control and civil jurisdiction over the tide-waters,
but it is only in questions involving the rights of commerce, post-roads,
and navigation; and all its powers over the tide-waters arise under and
as incidental to the right to regulate commerce and navigation, and to
make post- -roads, but under no other authority nor for any other purpose.

“It is admitted * * that the States may by law regulate the
use of fisheries and oyster-beds within their territorial limits, though
upon the navigable waters, provided the free use of the waters for pur-
poses of navigation and commercial intercourse be not interrupted.”
(Kent, Com., I, p. 439.)

Upon this construction Massachusetts has passed laws prohibiting
seining in her bays and rivers, and regulating the taking of fish. Con-
necticut has exercised the same right.

Our own State has assumed the same in prohibiting and regulating
the fisheries in parts of cur bay, as at Wickford for instance, and also
in Seekonk River and elsewhere, and particularly as respects oysters,
and the right has never been questioned.

In respect to the jurisdiction over the waters on the coast, if I under-
stand the common law, it is that the jurisdiction extends to a marine
league, or three miles, ‘from and beyond a line drawn from headland to
headland. Beyond that is what is termed the high seas, and there the
General Government has exclusive and unlimited jurisdiction over
every question that could arise there.

In the case, The City of New York v. Melis, (11 Peters, 102,) itis stated
as settled that—

220 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘* All those powers which relate to merely municipal legislation, or which
may be properly called internal police, are not surrendered by the State
or restrained, and consequently in relation to those the authority of a
State is complete, unqualified, and exclusive.”

In case Faller v. Spear, (2 Shepley, 417,) Weston, Chief Justice, gave
the opinion of the court, and stated:

‘“‘Ttis undoubtedly competent for the legislative power,” (meaning State
legislative power,) “as well in these as in other waters, to appropriate
and regulate fisheries otherwise public.”

It would appear from these authorities as well settled that the State
has the exclusive and unlimited authority to regulate the fisheries within
its waters.

Any claim to exercise the right of fishing founded upon the charter
of Charles II is derived from the following words:

‘But they and every, or any of them, shall have fall and free power
and liberty to continue and use the trade of fishing upon the said coast,
in any of the seas thereunto adjoining, or any arms of the seas or salt.
water rivers and creeks, where they have been accustomed to fish,” &e.

After summing up and specifying the different kinds of grants, among
which are “yivers, waters, fishing,” the habendum is as follows:

“To have and to hold the same unto the said governor and company,
and their successors,” (which is now the State in respect to such ques-
tions,) ‘forever, upon trust, for the use and benefit of themselves and
their associates, freemen of the said colony, their heirs and assigns, to
be holden of us, our heirs and successors, as of the manor of Kast Green-
wich, in our county of Kent, in free and common soccage, and not in capite
nor by knight-service.”

Sovcage is an old English term, now obsolete, and is understood to be
‘‘a tenure of lands for certain inferior or husbandry services to be per-
formed for the lord of the fee.” Free soceage is defined, where the serv-
ices are not only certain but honorable, and means the same as if written
Sree and common tenure or tenancy ; that is to say, that the governor and

_ company, and associates, freemen of the colony, were all free tenants in
common of the “rivers, waters, and fishing.”

The constitution of the State adopted November 5, 1842, contains in
its seventeenth section of Article I this provision:

“The people shall continue to enjoy and freely exercise all the rights
of fishing and the privileges of the shore to which they have been here-
tofore entitled under the charter and usages of this State. But no new
right is intended to be granted, nor any existing right impaired, by this
declaration.”

By this provision, then, no new rights are granted nor existing ones
impaired, and the people ‘shall continue to enjoy and freely exercise all
the rights of fishing, as under the charter and usages.

As to the manner of exercising these rights, we presume it is the un-
questionable right of the State to determine that no one has a right to
fish in such a manner as will be detrimental to others; that each citi-
zen has the same and an equal right (though it may remain unexercised)
as another, but no more nor no less. Whoever takes fish must have some
consideration for the rights of others; at least, if having been allowed to

take more than his share, and no objection had been made to it for many
years, yet when objection is made, and such objection is reasonable
and based upon sufficient grounds, he ought to cease the offensive mode.

This is the state of things at present. And upon the petitioners
coming in and asking, for the reason a that the legislature shall
stop a mode of fishing by which they a e enabled to take not only more

ae

PLEADINGS. 224
than their reasonable share, but to the detriment and injury of the other
tenants in common, the remonstrants set up a right to continue, upon
the ground that they have, by continual uses, acquired a prescriptive
right thereby, and of which they ought not to be deprived.

However this might be between individuals, it is well settled that no

right of this kind can be set up as against the State, nor against indi-
viduals if objection is made within the time limited by law.

To illustrate: Suppose a town owns a piece of land to be used in com-
mon by the inhabitants for the pasturage of cows. For some reason but
few. avail themselves of the privilege, who continue to use it for a num-
ber of years exclusively, and without any interference on the part of the
others.

In time, finding the pasturage is more than is necessary for their cattle,
these few conceive the field could be made more profitable, and conclude
to turn the grass into hay, and in this manner they have not only enough
for their own cows, but can send a large amount to market.

This course continues, but by and by some of the others wish also to
avail themselves of their right, and undertake to turn their cows into the
field. Upon this the old occupiers object, and say they have so long
used the land for raising hay that no new occupiers can come in, or at
least if they do they must wait until the crop is first gathered.

To do this would deprive them of most of the season, ad the pastur-
age would be merely nominal or nothing.

Under a privilege to catch fish under the charter, to be exercised and
enjoyed equally and reasonably with the remainder of the people, cer-
tain persons, not satisfied with the ordinary hook-and-line method, intro-
duce purse-seines in or about 1822, continue this until 1846, when, find-
ing another method by which they can take them in larger quantities
than with seines, they introduce the trap-seines. This is so effectual
that, it would appear by the statements of reliable persons, they have
caught, apparently, every secup of avy size that was formerly in the bay.
And the petitioners, after remaining quiet for several years, after it
was evident to them that scup were decreasing in numbers yearly, and
that this decrease, in their opinion, was entirely owing to the trap-fish-
ing, when they now come and ask for legislative action to stop the ex-
termination, they are net by the trappers’ assertioa that they have a
right to go on and continue, for the reason that they have acquired the
right under the charter and constitution.

‘If this be sound doctrine, every one else, under the present state of
the fish, is deprived of the rights @ eranted him under the charter; for
the privilege of fishing where no fish are to be found, is equivalent to no right
to catch jish.

The right of fishing, when in common, must be construed to be con-
fined within reasonable bounds; and what bounds and what is reasona-
ble must and can only be determined by the legislature.

This fishing, as carried on, is a monopoly. There are twenty-eight
traps or places for setting traps, and these have been in the hands of
the same parties for nearly, if not quite, twenty-five years. It is so ar-
ranged among these parties, that it is practically impossible for any other
to gain admission into this close-borough system. Let others attempt to
occupy their ground, and from whom would we hear, or, if not hear, how
soon would we understand the’ different view they would take of the
doctrine they now set up?

It would no longer be the free power and liberty of fishing. The
ground they would then assume would be, that they had acquired, by

222 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

long usage, a prescriptive right to occupy these places to the exclusion
of all others.

It will be borne in mind that the committee who were appointed to
make the investigation which was reported at the January session, 1857,
and which report I have read to you, were appointed upon the petition,
as we are informed by Mr. Childs, who was himself a member of that
committee on the part of the senate, of persons engaged in tautog-fish-
ing at and about Newport.

Tn their report they say that ‘‘no evidence was offered to the commit-
tee that these kinds of fishing in other parts of the bay were injured by
the trap or seine-fishing in Seaconnet River ;” and that they were satis-
fied that these fisheries “should not be interfered with or restrained, un-
less it seriously interfered with the fishery in the other waters of the
State, or some e other very important reason.’

This opinion comprehends by implication also this, that if the fisheries
in the other waters of the State were seriously interfered with by the
trap-fisheries, then these last should themselves be interfered with and
restrained; but there was no evidence of this nature brought before them.

Nearly fifteen years have passed away since this investigation was
made, and now complaint is made by those interested in the fishery
throughout the whole bay. Their opinion is clear and positive, that the
trap fishery has not only seriously affected the scup-fishing, but has
destroyed it; and whether it can be revived and restored to the state it
was when the former committee was sitting, depends, in their opinion,
upon the recommendation of this committee.

In concluding this presentation of the various questions that have
arisen under and are necessarily connected with the inquiry referred to
you by the legislature, I am sensible that I have not exhausted the
subject, and that much more might pertinently be said to strengthen and
Support the position assuned by the petitioners; but rather than
exhaust your patience, I will rely upon your own recollection of the
various statements of those you have examined, with confidence that
where I may have omitted to state correctly or to mention all the evi-
dence bearing upon the poits I have attempted to maintain, or upon
others, you will not fail to give them their proper weight.

In the course of the investigation as to the cause of “the scarcity, it is
evident that not only does such scarcity Cdegaak but that the same is
the case with the other fish caught in these traps, viz, sea-bass and
tautog; and the conclusion is forced upon us that if, as the remon-
strants contend, this scarcity is caused by the scup changing its former
haunts for new ones; that the sea-bass and tautog are doing the same ;
and that our waters are to be deserted, or if this 1s not so, then that
the scarcity is caused by the traps and he sart-seines.

All the witnesses not interested in traps, I believe, without exception,
some who have been engaged in the business, and some who are engaged
in seining, are strongly of the opinion that trapping causes the scarcity,
and that it ought to be prohibited.

And this leads me to observe that the effortsof the remonstrants have
been entirely directed to prevent any interference with the Seaconnet
traps, and, as it appears to me, they are ready to throw over all the
outsiders if they can gain their object.

Should the committee think proper to report in favor of the peti-
tioners, and to recommend the passage of an act prohibiting or regulat-
ing trap and other seine-fishing, I would urge that they be not excepted
from such provisions.

There is no question but what these trap-fishings have been important

PLEADINGS. 223

and valuable, but, in my judgment, they are destructive and to the de-
triment of bay fishing just in proportion to their value.

It has been suggested outside that the traps might be allowed to take
fish three days out of a week.

Jn answer to this, I would simply say that if one of my theories is true,
viz, that the same schools remain in the same locality, then these fish
could all be taken just as well in three days asin a week, and the privi-
lege would be as injurious as if they continued as formerly.

If the committee is satisfied that the breaking up of the traps at
Seaconnet Point in 1862, and the comparative abundance of scup the
same season in the bay, have any relation or connection with each other,
I would respectfully say that this is sufficient ground to predicate a
just claim on the part ‘of hook-and-line fishermen and others, that the
experiment shall be tried again.

These trappers have enjoyed the privilege of catching fish freely and
uninterruptedly for nearly or quite twenty-six years. We now ask that,
upon the evidence and opinion as to their injurious effect on other fish-
ings, the opposing interest may be allowed a reasonable time to prove,
by a full and unobstructed trial, whether the traps are the chief cause
of this scarcity. From the probable fact that scup live about three
years, that length of time ought to be taken. If at the end of that
period our waters do not satisfactorily show, au abundance of scup, I
for one will cheerfully abandon all further opposition to the employment
of any and all kinds of traps.

That the experiment should be fairly made, it is essential that all the
waters should be protected, otherwise no one will be satisfied or con-
vinced by any trial that may be made.

ABSTRACT OF AN ADDRESS BY CAPTAIN NATHANIEL E.
ATWOOD, IN OPPOSITION TO LEGISLATION.

Before the senate committee of Rhode Island legislature, January session,
1872.

We find upon examination that changes take place in a series of years
in the great category of fishes, for which we can assign no reason. In
Massachusetts Bay and along "the coast of our State the kinds of fish
are not the same to day that they were in the days of our boyhood.
Those that were most abundant then have suffered great diminution,
and sometimes have totally disappeared, perhaps never to return ; while
other varieties have perhaps, after eradually diminishing more and more
for a series of years, increased again and become asabundant as before.
Other species have come among us that were utterly unknown in our
youthful years.

It is very important that in studying the science of fisheries, we should
make ourselves familiar with the habits of migration of fish, the pecu-
liarities of their food, and their times of depositing their spawn. This
last is very difficult to ascertain with regard to many species. The
statements of fishermen concerning it are not to be relied upon; for, as a
class, they notice the fish which they take only in so far as their own
pecuniary interest is concerned.

One of the most important among the fishes of our New England
coast is the common mackerel. It is well known that mackerel are a
migratocy fish and are only with us a part of the season. At the pres-

224 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ent time of the year they are absent from our waters. North of Cape
Cod, as, for instance, in the southern portion of Barnstable Bay, we find
them beginning to appear about the beginning of May, at first a few
straggling specimens, and then in a few days a vast abundance. They
‘sannot be taken by hook-fishermen, but by means of a long string of
nets, made about eighteen feet deep, which hang vertically in the water
and drift with the tide. Considerable quanties are thus taken in the
night-time.

In 1855 a resolution was passed by the Massachusetts legislature
authorizing the governor to appoint three commissioners to inquire into
the practic ability of the artificial breeding of fish. I was expecting to
be appointed on that commission, and, as 31 had a great desire to know
at precisely what time the mackerel deposited their spawn, I devoted
considerable attention to the subject. While fishing forthese mackerel,
I found that about the 20th of May, and from that time to the
3d or 4th of June, they were spawning. As we took the fish into
the boat the spawn was running freely from them. In a few days after
that time they repaired to the feeding-ground, fed voraciously, and soon
commenced to be fat. In a few days after this school had disappeared
Lreceived my commission, and thirty days after the height of their
spawning-season I found immense schools of littie mackerel in our bay.
IT caught some specimens and put them in alcohol, as I had before put
the mature eggs, marking the date. Twenty-five days after that I went
again into the bay, and found that they had grown to be some two
inches in length, showing that it required not nearly so much time for
the growth and development of this fish as for many other species. I
took specimens to Professor Agassiz, who was very much delighted at
the discoveries I had made.

Besides the large full-grown mackerel, there is the smaller kind, that
come in later in the season. Dr. Mitchell and other writers have con-
sidered that these are two species, calling them “ spring mackerel” and
‘Hock mackerel ;” but Tam convinced that they are simply different
ages of the same species. When the second school, or Dr. Mitchell’s
flock mac kerel, arrive they are of very different sizes, and in the Boston
market are designated as “full grown,” “second size,” “ tinkers and
blinks.” The line of demarkation is so prominently drawn between
these several sizes that people do not differ much in the designations
given to thei in the markets of different towns. Now, these mackerel
that I watched for fifty-five days after they were spawned until they had
grown to be three inches in length, before they left us in the fall had
grown large enough to be rated as number * four, ” under the Massachu-
setts inspection law s. Those that come the next season are the “ blinks,”
and, as we believe, were from the spawn of the preceding year. The next
size, or the “ tinkers,” we believe were the “ blinks” of the year be-
fore, and so on.

The question is asked, Where do mackerel stay in the winter? I do
not think they stop in the Gulf stream, but somewhere short of that,
probably in water deep enough to affor a’ a congenial temperature.

During some seasons this. fish is very much more plentiful than in
others. In 1831 there were inspected, in Massachusetts, 383,559 barrels.
From that time they began to diminish in numbers, and from 1839 to
1844 the number of ‘barrels inspected did not exceed 75,000 and a few
hundred per year. They continued to decrease for ten years, when the
yearly cateh was only 50,000 barrels. They then increased again, and
in 1869 there were 234,000 barrels caught, the largest quantity previous
to that time since 1831. In 1870 there were caught and inspected

PLEADINGS. é 225

318,000 barrels, being 83,000 barrels more than in any:previous year
tor twenty years. This last year there was a falling off of 50,000 barrels.
I pass now to speak of our menhaden. In my early manhood I looked
with surprise upon the vast quantity of these fish that visited our coast
annually and then went away. At that time they seemed of no use,
except that the fishermen used them occasionally for bait. But since
they have become valuable for their oil and as a fertilizer, the question
has been discussed with much interest whether they will be extermi-
nated in consequence of the great extent to which this fishery is prose-
cuted. The Maine legislature some few years ago passed a law prohibit-
ing the seining of them, and, after it had been in force a single year, the
same parties w vho had sig ned the petition for the law were very ‘desirous
of having it repealed. I was called before a committee of that legisla-
ture, and § gave if as my opinion that the efforts of man would have but
little tendency to exterminate this species of fish, the number caught
being but very trifling compared with the immense quantities that were
produced in the waters. The legislature did not repeal the law, but
they authorized the county commissioners along the coast to grant per-
mits—for the sum of twenty dollars each—allowing parties to fish for
the menhaden in the prohibited localities. The fishing has gone on
since that time,and,so far from the menhaden being exterminated, I am
informed that they were very abundant last year.

When do menhaden spawn? The mass of them, as is well known,
pass off the coast in the latter part of the autumn. They keep passing
out; and, in our Provincetown Harbor, where the land crooks round so
as to detain them, we catch them a month later than that. When we
jook at the last of the menhaden we find that the ovaries begin to swell,
and that the eggs begin to grow. When they get off the coast of Vir-
ginia, Immense quantities of themspawn. The mass of the menhaden go
away so far south that they do not get to our coast in the fall, but are
off the capes of Delaware, above and below. I believe that the last ones
that come out deposit their spawn soon atter their departure, so that
their young return to our harbor very soon afterward, for we find often
one or two hundred there about that time. But when the year comes
‘around again, we find the full-grown menhaden coming in in vast
abundance.

Again, take the sea-herring. When the Georges fishermen went to
the Georges Banks, there were great schools of them there, but they
have long since disappeared, and now fishermen cannot get enough to
bait their hooks with. They come up about the islands of. Boston Har-
bor, and to another locality off Scituate, where they are, in the fall, in
immense quantities depositing spawn. A fisherman who put out six
nets had them all carried to the bottom the first night. They were
filled with such vast numbers of fishes that he could raise only two of
them, and from these he obtained enough fish for the rest of the season.
This shows to how great an extent these fish change their localities.

Now, this depletion of fish at certain points is not caused by over-
Ene: We know that it has not resulted from the setting of any
weirs, traps, or pounds, because none of these have been used in these
localities.

In the days of my boyhood, my neighbors often spoke of a fish called
* the drummer, ” which is the. same variety that you call the squeteague,
which were so plentiful that they could be taken by the boat-load. But
in 1816, when I first went into a fishing-boat, they had disappeared, and
I did not see a single specimen for many years. Since that time, how-
ever, they have commenced returning in considerable numbers, and we

S. Mis. 61 15.

226 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISILERIES.

shall probably have them back again as youare having them upon your
coasts.

In Provincetown Harbor, from a very early period until the horse-
mackerel made its appearance, the fish called “ whiting” was immensely
abundant. Since the horse mackerel has appeared, they have been
gradually driven out, and now a specimen is hardly-ever seen. The
horse-mackerel has driven out a great many other kinds of fish, for it is
the avowed enemy of every species it can master. These fish first ap-
peared south of Cape Cod about the year 1832. I was thirty years old
before [ sawaspecimen. Finally they found their way into our harbor,
and completely destroyed the mackerel fishery fora time, and even now
render it nearly unprofitable.

If over-fishing were possible, it seems to me that we should see some
of its results where great changes have taken place in the modes of our
fisheries of cod and haddock in Massachusetts Bay. What is ealled
“trawl-fishing ” was first introduced about 1850, and it resulted in the
taking of a vast number of fish of these varieties. In consequence of
the competition in the Husiness, the Swampscott people petitioned the
legislature for a law prohibiting trawl-fishing, on the ground that it
would exterminate the haddock. At that time I proved before the legis-
lature that haddock was much more abundant than it had been at any
previous time, and that I was selling them at 374 cents per hundred
pounds. ‘That fishery has been going on ever since, and the amount

taken was greater this last winter than for many years past. <A fisher-
man in a dory fifteen feet long has often brought in as much as 1,500
pounds ina single day. There are eighty boats fishing out of the harbor,
and 85,000 pounds have been caught in one day. This increase has
taken plae e in spite of the constant practice of the new mode of fishing,
by which twice as many are taken in the same time as formerly.

Perhaps the committee will ask if I do know of any fish that has
diminished while I have been fishing. I would say that Ido. I allude
to the halibut. When I was twenty-five or thirty years old I was en-
gaged in fishing along the Nantucket shore, and at that time halibut
were much more plentiful than now. Whether the diminution is owing
to over-fishing or not I am unable to say.

In regard to the effect produced in the way of driving out fishes by
emptying impurities into the water, I am inclined to believe that as re-
spects ocean waters it would be very trifling; in rivers, [ think the
etfect would be considerable. At New Bedford there are works that
throw deleterious substances into the water, but the driving away of the
fish there was, in my opinion, effected by the destroying of the bait upon
which they fed. I presume that fish that had never been in impure
water, if they should rush into it suddenly would be much more effected
by it than by a gradual fouling of the water. Fish need to be acclimated
by degrees to any change of temperature in the water, and it is only by
degrees that they can Tearn to live in impure water. In rivers where
there are saw- mills, the sawdust from which is thrown into the water,
when the water becomes so charged with it that the gills of fishes are
clogged, they must of necessity be driven away. When the Massa-
chusetts fishery Commissioners were appointed, I was applied to to in-
vestigate the condition of the river fisheries. It was surprising to me
that fish would come in from the broad ocean and pass up these narrow
rivers filled with mud and with every possible obstruction, year after
year, for the purpose of depositing their spawn. Yet they will invaria-
bly return annually to the same stream in spite of all the deleterious
substances thrown into it,

PLEADINGS. 227

The idea presented in the report of Professor Huxley to the British
Parliament that man cannot destroy a race of fishes by over-catching
has been scouted by a distinguished naturalist, who says that certain
species of fish have been destroyed and caught out. But this was on
the southern coast of France, where there is only a very small area of
fishing-ground. And this naturalist himself says that these wandering
fishes which go off in schools and return cannot be diminished by man’s

catching. We have an immense area of fishing-ground on our coast,
which is flat and everywhere running off shoal. Look, for instance at
the great chain of banks from the Nantucket shoals to the banks of
Newtfoundiand. France, on the Mediterranean, has no such fishing-
ground as that.

When I was a boy, great quantities of Spanish mackerel came into
Provincetown Harbor. They afterward began to diminish in numbers,
and I have not seen a specimen now for twenty years. They went away
before the blue-fish came, and before a weir, trap, pound or anything of
the kind was set in New England waters. I think the great enemy of
the fish of our waters is the blue-fish. They are re ady. to eat almost
every fish that they can take. We know that they drive almost every-
thing.

it is my candid opinion that man cannot.destroy a race of fishes.
They go off from our coasts only to return again and bring us innumera-
‘ble blessings. The fisheries of our coast are of immense value. They
afford a vast amount of wholesome food to the people, as well as em-
ployment to a great number of men. Our fisheries are a nursery for
seamen, and by accustoming those who engage in them to the hard-
ships of the sea, they train them for service in our navies in time of war,
as well as upon the decks of our merchantmen.

T hope that the fish peceliar to your waters will continue to be abun-
dant, and that if the scup leave you some other variety equally valua-
ble will come in and supply its place.

XIV.—NATURAL HISTORY OF SOME OF THE MORE
IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES OF THE SOUTH SHORE
OF NEW ENGLAND

I.—THE SCUP.

Stenotomus argyrops, (Linn.,) Gill.
Common names: Porgy; porgee;! scup; scuppaug; misheup.

This species has a lesser variety of names than most others belonging
to our coast, it being known in the Southern States, and northward to
New Jersey, as porgy; while in Long Island Sound, and on the south
coast of New England, it is the familiar scup or scuppaug, from mish-
cup-pattos of the Narr: lgansett Indians.’ In the time of Roger Williams
its English appellation was bream, from the resemblance to the British
fish of that name. Its southern range, as stated by Dr. Holbrook, ex-
tends to Cape Florida, and it occurs on the southern coast throughout
the year, most abundantly, however, in June and July. It makes its
appearance, at least in considerable quantity, on the coast of New Eng-
land, about the middle of May, although the advance guard of very large
fish arrive sometimes as early as the middle of April, and it is most
abundant toward the Ist of June, and arrives in successive detachments
or “runs,” differing in size, the smallest fish coming last. The first run
on the southern coast of New E ngland, as stated, takes place about the
beginning of May, and consists of large breeding fi fish, weighing from 2
to 4 pounds, and measuring up to 18. inches or more in length. The
spaw n is quite well developed at that time, and is said to be at first red, but

cadually to become light yellow as it matures. The particular time and
invs, however, of laying the eggs, is not yet known, although it is prob-
able that this occurs early in June, since the schools are said to break
up about the middle of that month, and the fish to scatter. It is thought
probable that the spawning takes place in the eel-grass which covers the
shoal waters of Narragansett Bay and Vineyard Sound.

According to the fishermen generally, the scup, on first coming into the
shores, do not take the hook readily, being apparently too much oceu-
pied in the business of reproduction, and. two weeks usually elapse .be-
fore they can be caught in this way. They present themselves in large
schools of immense extent, and moving very slowly, at about the rate ‘of
three miles an hour. From the testimony presented before the com-
mnittee of investigation of the Rhode Island legislature, they appear
to come from the south and west, as when they enter Narragansett Bay
they strike the western shore and move up along its edge. They are

said, however, to drift slowly backward and forward with the tide, es-

pecially at the entrance of this bay. At this time they are very slug-
gish, and are said sometimes to appear as if blind, and can frequently
be taken with the hand or a very short scoop-net.

“1 Not to be confounded with pogy or poagie, which is the menhaden.
2 Roger Williams. Key to the Language of America, London, 1643. (Publications of
Narragansett Club, I, page 138, 1866; J. H. Trumbull, editor. )

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 229

According to Captain Edwards, of Wood’s Hole, in proceeding to
their breeding-grounds, on the coast of New England, they are taken at
Montauk Point three weeks earlier than at Wood’s Hole, and a week
earlier at Wood’s Hole than at Hyannis, still farther east.

The scup feed upon a great variety of marine animals, such as worms,
smail crustaceans, mollusks, XE. and take the hook very freely during
the greater part of their stay ; in fact, the smaller ones become veritable
nuisances to the fishermen, from the ‘readiness with which they pounce
upon the baited hook whenever thrown overboard.

The flesh of the scup is very much prized by most persons, as it is
firm and flaky, and usually sweet, although occasionally a bitter flavor
detracts from its palatability. Since the settlement of the coast by the
whites, it has been by far the most important food-fish of Fisher and
Vineyard Sounds, Narragansett Bay, and of Buzzard’s Bay; and the
rapid diminution in number has caused the greatest solicitude.

The secup is but little known, as far as accounts go, on the north side
of Cape Cod; indeed, Dr. Storer states that they were introduced into
Massachusetts Bay about 1835, and that. they are taken only occasion-
ally at the present date. Of their abundance on the south coast of New
England in former times, almost incredible accounts are given. Thus,
according to J. D. Swan, of Newport, at one place in Narrag: ansett Bay,
where the schools ran over a point where the water was 9 feet deep, they
were so thick as to crowd each ether out of the water. (See page 12 of
the present report.) Mr. E. BE. Taylor could catch five hundred fish in
the morning and return in time to peddle them off in Newport, and then
go out in the afternoon and get as many more. (Page 27.) Six hundred
barrels have been taken at one haul of the seine at Tuckernuck, near
Nantucket. (Page 40.) Captain Hallett has taken in one morning eight
hundred scup, weighing 500 or 600 pounds, and eighteen boats have
loaded a smack in a single day, (page 48.) Mr. Ryder, at the head of
Buttermilk Bay, which opens out of Buzzard’s Bay, twenty years ago
could catch three boat-loads ina tide. In 1861, at Sec onnet, 7 700 barrels
were turned out of the traps because there was no sale for them. A
subsequent capture netted only 18 cents a barrel.

The testimony of residents along the coast all tends to show that,
until within not more than eight or ten years, scup, of large size, could
be taken with a hook throughout the summer, at any point near the
shore, from Point Judith to Cape Cod, almost as rapidly y as a line with
two baited hooks could be thrown over and hauled in.

The case, however, at the present date, is very different. Large num-
bers, it is true, are caught in traps and pounds for a few days in the
spring, as the fish are on 1 their w way to their spawning-ground; aiter which
only scattering individuals are taken in nets, and so few by lines as to
remove them entirely out of the speculations of the fishermen, except,
perhaps, on the coasts of New York and New Jersey.

In 1871 the diminution, even as compared with that of 1870, was very
evident in most localities; Captain Hallett, of Hyannis, stating that
not one-fourth as many were taken as in the previous year. (Page 438.)

The scup is a fish that grows with rapidity, and at two years is almost
of sufficient size to be marketable. Throughout the summer young fish
of the spring spawning are to be seen floating around in the eel-grass
and over the sandy bottoms, having attained a length of from 24 to 34
inches by the Ist of October. When these fish re-appear the next sea-
son, thus completing one year of existence, they measure about 6 inches,
six to eight or nine weighing a pound; and by the Ist of September at-
tain an average length of 8 inches, including the tail, and a breadth of

230 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

3inches. (Twelve individuals, measured on the 31st of August, measured
from 7.75 to 9 inches in len oth, and from 2.75 to 3.25 inches in breadth,
not including the dorsal and anal fins.) On the 8th of September twenty. :
five of this age weighed 43 pounds, or an average of little over 3 ounces
each. In the third year ‘ot existence, or at the age of two years, they
have increased considerably, though not so rapidly as was once sup-
posed, measuring, on their re-appearance, about 10 inches, with al aver-
age weight of one-half pound. Six weighed in New Bedford, October
9, aver raged -but little over 5 ounces eae h, while the average of "those on
the stalls in New Yor k, October 17, was a little over 8 ounces. After
this they grow more quickly. One hundred and ninety-nine, presumed
to be three years’ fish, weighed on the 6th of September, averaged 14
pounds each, and measured about 12 inches in length by 43 inches in
width, some individu: us being larger and some smaller. The female fish
of the second year not unfrequently contains mature eggs. It is in the
fifth year, or after the 1: vpse of four years from birth, that the seup pre-
sents its finest development; specimens believed ‘to be of this age
measured 14 or 15 inches by 5 to 6 inches or more, with a weight of pt
to35 pounds. They, how ever, Still continue to grow, specimens being not
unfrequently met ‘with 18 inches long, and weighing 4 pounds and even
more. The dimensions may belong to fish of six or more years of age;
more probably, however, of five years. It is, of course, impossible to do
more than give average setitytes of the w eight and size of fish of the
Same age, the differences probably depending on the fact whether they
were spawned by old or young fish, and the period when the eggs were
laid, this extending over a considerable length of time in each | locality,
although the great majority of fish undoubtedly spawn at nearly the
Same season.

Abundant as the scup has been during the greater part of the present
century, there appears to be good evidence to show that prior to the
year 1800 there was at least one period, if not more, when it was ex-
tremely rare. According to Mr. Southwick, (page 11,) ‘there is a tradi-
tion that they first occurred at Newport about 1793, the sheep’s-head dis-
appearing about the same time. Mr. Lyman, in an article on the possible
exhaustion of the sea fisheries, written in 1871, also quotes some nega-
tive evidence of the absence of this fish at Compton, Rhode Island, from
1794 to 1803, the “sheep’s-head” (more probably the tautog is’ meant)
being spoken ‘of as common, and the scup not mentioned.

Mr. John C. Parker, an octogenarian of Falmouth, Massachusetts,
states that the seup were observed there, according to his father’s state-
ment, sometime after 1790, and had become quite abundant by 1814, On
the other hand, however, in 1621, again quoting from Mr. Lyman, Mas-
sasoit entertained his half-famished Puritan visitors with “fishes like
bream, but three times so big, and better meat;” this fact, with the
description, being applicable to no other fish than ‘the escup. The Euro-
pean sea br am is very similar to the scup, and would readily be referred
to the same species by the unobservant traveler.

Again, Roger Williams, in his ‘‘ Key to the Language of the Indians,”
speaking of the scup says, ‘‘mushcup, the bream.” ‘Of this fish there
is abundance, which the natives dry in the sun and smoke, and some
English begin to salt. Both ways they keep all the year, and it is hoped
they may be as well accepted as cod at market, and better if once
known.” We find no reference to the occurrence of the fish from this
date, 1642, up to 1794.

The time of the arrival of the scup on the coast varies with the loeal-
ity. The young probably spend the winter in our southern waters or

a

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOQD-FISHES. Zs

out in the Gulf Stream, but in the spring commence their migration
either along the coast or from the deep seas toward the waters on the
south coast “of New England. The latter supposition is the more proba-
ble, as no scup are taken on the southern coast of anything like the size
of the breeders that visit New England, making their appearance at
once in a huge body, extending, apparently, from Block Island to Mar-
tha’s Viney¢ wd.

The western division of this army appears to strike first at Watch
Hill, to the west of Point Judith, and to make its way slowly along east-
ward, the smaller or eastern division moving through Vineyard Sound.
According to Captain Luce, the Menemsha pounds take the scup three
days or a week earlier than the pounds at Lombard’s Cove, and nearly
two weeks earlier than at the guano-works at Wood’s Hole. The
progress of this fish is at first very slow, scarcely exceeding a few miles
a day, and their movements appear to KG, largely regulated by the flow of
the tide, going forward with the flood, and partly retrograding with the
ebb. According to Mr. Whalley, (page 24,) of Narragansett Pier, it oc-
cupies about four tides, or two days, in moving from Point Judith to
Seaconnet Point.

The precise period of their reaching the coast varies with the season,
although their abundance generally occurs from the 5th to the 12th of
May. In 1871 the fish appeared much earlier than usual, and were on
the shore before traps were down in readiness for their capture. Their
occurrence was about the 15th to the 25th of April. Breeding-scup
were taken at Hyannis the same year on the 27th of April, at least two
weeks earlier than usual. They were taken in the fish-pound at Wood’s
Hole on the 27th of April, but were most abundant on the 8th of May.
In 1872 the season was late, and a few scattering scup were taken at
Wood’s. Hole from the 10th to the 15th of May, but were most abundant
at a later date. On the 17th of May 10 barrels were taken, and 150
barrels on the 9th of June. Some of those captured in the middle of
May were of unusual size, weighing 4 pounds and over. At Newport
they were most abundant on the 15th of Mi vw, or two days earlier than
at Wood’s Hole. Here, too, the number of mature fish’ was less than
usual, but the average size greater. Over 1,000 barrels were taken in
Luce’s pound, at Menemsha Bight. It is mentioned as an unusual oc-
currence, that in the Spring of 1872 large fish were caught in purse-nets
five or ten miles off the shore of Newport, mostly with spawn, although
very poor and thin.

As already remarked, the fishermen on the coast distinguish three
runs of scup: the first, consisting of mature breeding fish, coming in from
the 10th of April to ‘the 20th of May, according to the ‘season, varying
in size from 14 or 2 to 4 pounds; these represent the fish of three years
old and upward. A second and separate run is said to be about ten days
later, (sometimes nearly simultaneous,) aud embraces fish of abouta pound,
This run is the largest in point of numbers, and, as already stated, has
many spawning-fish in it, although not generally as many as the first run.
Both these runs, according to Mr. Church, of Tiverton, are character-
ized by the e presence of well-marked dark bars, something like those v
‘the sheep’s-head. The third run, according to the same eae
-without stripes. This comes in about ten days later, and embraces
the scup weighing from one-fourth to one-half of a pound, evidently fish
of the preceding year’s hatching, and about twelve months old. These
fish, according to Mr. Church, are not marketable, largely in consequence
of their heating through and spoiling before they can be iced.

Au apparently unusual occurrence in the history of the scup teok

2532 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

s
place in the spring of 1871, namely, the great number of young fish of
the previous year, or those of the third run. These, however, besides
their unusual abundance, were more mixed up with the first and second
runs than usual. They swarmed in all the pounds, and, indeed, gave a
ereat deal of trouble in the well-meant efforts of the fishermen to turn
them out without injury. It is said that as many as 10,000 barrels were
taken at one time in a single pound in Narragansett Bay in the middle
of May, and a similar abundance was recorded by the fishermen along
the entire coast, although in many localities the maximum was hot seen
until the end of June. The cause of this unexpected and unusual phe-
nomenon is one that is difficult to explain. Although many fishermen
insisted that these fish were hatched in 1871, it is quite certain that if
so, they were not hatched in New England waters during that year. It
lias even been suggested that they may have been spawned in more
southern waters very early in the season, subsequently moving forward
to occupy the feeding-grounds of the New England coast. This hypoth-
esis is, however, negatived by the statement of Thomas James, (page
185,) that late in the fall of 1870 his nets were filled with immense num-
bers of small seup of that season.

if these fish were really, as asserted, so much smaller than the sup-
posed yearlings as to induce the impression that they were of the same
year’s spawning, it may be that they belonged to a late hatching of 1870.
But as far as T could judge, from many observations , they were about
the average represented by one year’s erowth. They orew very rapidly,
so that by the end of September they measured nearly 6 inches in length.
They continued along the coast in great abundance, and furnished eap-
ital sport for juvenile fishermen in taking them from the wharves; and
when a seine was hauled in the small bays, bushels could be readily cap-
tured, although they were too small to be of any special service as food.

As expected, the small scup, to which reference was made as being
very abundant in 1871, made their appearance again in 1872, of consid-
erably larger size, weighing from a quarter to a half pound, and were
marketed in lar ge numbers. They were sent to New York, but were not
very popular among the wholesale dealers. The persistence of this in-
crease was more marked at Newport than elsewhere, where they were
more plenty, according to the statements of several parties, than they
had been for quite a number of years. As many as 10,000 barrels, ac-
cording to Mr. Southwick, were turned out from the pounds outside of
Narragansett Bay on the 21st of May. It is, however, not certain
whether they were one or two years old. At Wood’s Hole a similar in-
crease of medium-sized fish was observed, but all agreed, as well at New-
port as elsewhere, that there was nothing like the show of small scup
which appeared in so marked a manner in pe whe fish were evidently
spawned in 1870, and were, of course, two years old in the summer of
1872. For this reason it is possible that after ie present generation has
reached maturity and been caught up, a searcity of this particular
species of fish may again be experienced. Both at Newport and farther
east, scup of unusually large size were taken, some of them measuring
18 or 19 inches in length, with a weight of 4 pounds. But few of these,
however, were captured with the hook, and they were taken during a few
weeks only by the traps.

If the traps and pounds exercise so detrimental an influence upon the
spawning fish as has been asserted, we could understand the appearance
of yearling scup in unusual numbers in 1872, as it is well known that,
owing to their unusually early appearance in 1871, they had been on
their grounds some time before the nets were set for their capture, In

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 230

this way a large number would be able to discharge their spawn without
any interruption, the result of which should have been seen in an in-
creased number of young fish. This reasoning, however, would hardly
explain the presence of so many young fish in 1871, since the traps were
in position in 1870, before the spawning fish arrived.

According to Mr. Edwards, scup were still more scarce than usual at
Wood’s Hole in 1872 up to the Ist of July, a few small ones only being
seen, and none of any size taken with the hook. After that date, how-
ever, the two-year fish made their appearance in considerable numbers.’

In reference to the movement of the scup in Narragansett Bay, the
testimony taken both by the Rhode [sland commission, and by Mr. Theo-
dore Lyman and myself, was quite contradictory, some maintaining that
they enter by the west passage, and, passing round the north end, fall
into the traps set for them in the eastern passage; others insisting that
the fish enter both passages at the same time. The general impression,
however, seemed to be that the army of old fish did not pass up into the
bay, but that probably while the main body kept along the shore, from
headland to headland, only those that were originally spawned up the
bay turned off and proceeded up toward its head. The success of the
traps at Seaconnet is probably due in large part. to the peculiar funnel-
shape of the river, by which the fish at flood-tide would be carried out
of their course. The traps there being always set toward the north, it
is likely that during the fiood the fish pass up along the channel, and as
the tide turns, losing their direction, they are scattered toward the
shores, and in following down the ebb are taken in the traps.

According to Captain Thomas Hinckley, after passing Seaconnet Point
and entering Buzzard’s Bay, the scup keep along the northern shore and
make almost the entire circuit of the bay before appearing at Quisset
Harbor and Wood’s Hole, their appearance being always later there
than at the head of the bay or about New Bedford. Whether it is the
fish alone that belong to Buzzard’s Bay that enter it, or whether others
pass directly between the Elizabeth Islands and Mar tha’s Vineyard, is
not yet satisfactorily ascertained. We know, however, that they reached
Waquoit, the first pound on the north side of Vineyard Sound, in 1871
as early as April 25, but that the largest numbers were taken from the
10th to the 15th of May. This gives about a week’s difference between
this point and Newport.

On the south side of Vineyard Sound the fish are netted at Menem-
sha Bight, where there are several large and effective pounds, three
days or a week earlier than at Lombard’sCov e, and nearly two weeks
earlier than at the Wood’s Hole pound,

According to Mr. Luce, breeding-fish enter the tidal ponds on the
north side of Martha’s V ineyard (formerly in large numbers,) where they
spawn, accomplishing this operation by the end of June, the ponds
being filled with young in August. As soon as frost comes these fish
leave for their winter abode.

AS a general rule, in their movement along the coast the scup are not
found in water shallower than a few fathoms; and it sometimes happens,
in the course of heavy storms, that in consequence of the discoloration
of the water near the shore, the fish move farther out to sea, and on such
occasions measurably escape falling into the traps.

The scup is very largely a bottom. feeder, and depends very much upon
mollusks or shell-fish for subsistence. I hove been informed by the fish-
ermen that they may frequently be seen feeding upon small bivalves
of different species, rooting them out of the sand or mud. The stom-
achs of about two hundred 14-pound scup were examined at one time in

2934 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the beginning of September. These almost exclusively, contained shells.
of various genera, with some worms, and a few amphipods.

Like all other small fish, they are devoured by their more rapacious
fellows, and very largely by blue-fish, notwithstanding a general impres-
sion to the contrary. The extent to which this takes place will be con-
sidered under the head of the blue-fish. Halibut, cod, sharks, and other
eround-feeders, likewise use them up in great numbers.

As already remarked, the breeding-fish do not appear to feed on their
first arrival, being then too much occupied in carrying out the reproduct-
ive function. As, however, they can be taken with the hook about the 1st
of June, we may infer that this is about the time they begin to feed for
themselves. The younger fish probably feed as soon as they reach the
shores. No remains of fish have hitherto been found in the stomachs of
seup, and we may conclude that they are not piscivorous.

Although the period and the general region where the eggs are depos-
ited has been pretty well ascertained, I regret that nothing is known of
the peculiar method by which this is accomplished. I have been in-
formed (page 47) that on hauling 2p of anchors of boats that have been
lying over night in two fathoms of water, the rope is frequently found
coated with spawn sticking upon it. The eggs are doubtless fertilized
as discharged, and probably adhere to the gravel, grass, and other ob-
jects at the bottom; but as to the precise period of development, noth-
ing is known.

The scup, like other shore-fish, not unfrequently suffer from changes
of weather. Mr. Southwick informed me that he has evidence to show
that in the early part of Mayin 1809, 1817, and 1838, after a cold spell in
each of those years, large numbers were thrown on the shore. On the
29th of November, 1871, there was a fall of snow at Wood’s Hole, and
the next day secup and sea-bass came ashore in considerable num-
bers, generally, according to Mr. Edwards, about ten scup to every yard
aloug the shore for a considerable distance. They were, however, all small
fish. While scup were in greatest abundance, the other fish observed
were sea-bass, butter-fish, mullet, &c. Similar facts have been observed
in regard to tautog, which indeed seemed to suffer very much more than
scup from this agency.

As may be inferred from what has already been said, the market at
the present time is supplied with scup from the spring traps and pounds,
the capture by these means baving become almost entirely exclusive.
Formerly, however, they could be taken with the hook from the latter
end of May until the end of October, and in any desired abundance.
There is no fish on the American coast that bites so freely when abun-
daut, and which can be captured with so much ease.

Tam informed by Mr. Dunham that in the deep holes of the pond at
Nantucket, where he has been with his boat, he has sometimes thrown
a stone overboard so as to give the scup a start toward the shore, and
then following and throwing his dog overboard, he has driven the fish
clear out of the water upon the beach, and has taken as many as five
hundred in this way at one time. A similar mode of capture was re-
ported to me as having taken place in the pond at Menemsha Bight.

The value of the scup as a marketable fish varies, of course, with the
supply ; and while they have been sold in early times as low as from 10
to 25 cents a barrel, and were used as a manure, they are now too scarce
for . y such purpose. They were worth in 1871 from 6 to 8 cents a
poun at Newport and about 2 cents at Hyannis. At New Bedford they
gew ally brought 10 cents as a maximum price.

On the coast of Carolina they are said to prefer deep, clear water,

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 235

with rocky bottom, although they may be taken in almost any locality
in the region of their occurrence.

The seupremain along the northern coast until about the middle of
October, when the larger ones at least, begin to leave the shores and
moves out into deeper water. Mr. Vinal Edwards has, however, taken
young fish at Wood’s Hole as late as the 10th of December, and Captain
John Rogers, of Noank, states that, in fishing for cod on Nantucket Shoals
late in November, their stomachs are occasionally filled with small scup,
which drop out of their mouths when hauled on deck, found to be to the
extent of five or six ata time. It is quite possible that they, as well as
other fish, seek in winter that portion of the Gulf Stream that corre-
sponds in temperature to that of their sammer abode; and as the mean
summer temperature of the waters of Southern Massachusetts and Rhode
Island amounts to about 63° Fahrenheit, they must go nearly to the
latitude of Norfolk, Virginia, before they can find that same tempera-
ture in the winter season.

The European analogue of our American scup or porgy is the Pagrus
vulgaris, the braize or becker, sometimes bream, of the fishermen. These
come on to the HKuropean coast in the summer time, and are said to
have much the same habits as the American species.

I1.—THE BLUE-FISH.

; Pomatomus saltatrix, (Linn.,) Gill.

Common names: Blue-fish; horse-mackerel; skip-jack; snap-mackerel; green-fish;
white-fish.

Among the various species of marine fishes belonging to the eastern
coast of the United States there is no one more conspicuous, wherever
found, than the blue-fish. This prominence is due not alone to its value
as an article of food, and to the sport which it furnishes to its captors,
but it’has a very important bearing upon the condition of our coast-
fishes generally, and one worthy, perhaps, of much more attention than
it has hitherto received.

The blue-fish, like most of our other fishes, has received a great va-
riety of names. From New York northward the adults generally bear
the name of blue-fish, except at Newport, where as on part of the Jersey
coast, it is called horse-mackerel. It is the skip-jack of South Carolina,
the green-fish of Virginia, and the tailor of Maryland, &e. They oung
bear the name of skip-mackerel about New York, and white-fish higher
up the Hudson River.

Its geographical distribution, if we may rely upon the accounts of
writers, is very extensive. Prince Maximilian gives it as found on the
coast of Brazil and Schomburg or British Guana; Webb and Berthelot
record it at the Canaries ; and others mention it as found in the Mediterra-
nean Sea, off Madagascar, about Amboyna, and on the shores of New,
Holland.’ Protessor Poey, however, has not met with it in the vicinity
of Cuba, and I find no positive evidence of its occurrence in the West
Indies. On our own coastit is known from Georgia, and probably Florida,
as far northas New Hampshire and Maine, although it appears to diminish
in numbers to the north of Cape Ann. I have been unable to detect

235 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

any evidence of its occurrence in the Bay of Fundy, although I have
heen informed that it has been taken well over toward the coast of Nova
Scotia.

The blne-fish is pre-eminently a pelagic or wandering fish, and like
many others, especially of the Scombride, is apparently capricious in its
movements, varying in numbers at particular localities with the year,
and sometimes disappearing from certain regions for a large fraction of
a century, again to return as before. The cause of this variation it is
impossible to explain, being due in some instances, probably, to the dis-
appearance of its favorite food in consequence of its own voracity, or for
other undetermined reasons.

They occur during the summer throughout the entire range indicated
for the United States, but ara much larger in size and in greatest abund-
ance from the coast of New Jersey northward. From New Jersey
osuthward, in the season mentioned, with the exception of an occasional
wandering school, they are generally only about 8 to 12 inches in length,
representing, therefore, in all probability, individuals of the second year’s
growth.

They appear to have a regular migration along our coast, presenting
themselves later and later in the spring the farther they are found to
the north, and disappearing in the inverse order from the same regions
in the autumn. First noticed on the Carolina coast as early as Mareh
and April, immense schools of them, bonnd eastward, are seen off the
coast of the Middle States, from the middle of May to the middle of
June; and in October similar bodies, perhaps embracing fewer individ-
uals, pass to the southward. Itis possible, however, that in the autumn
some schools move well out to sea, and are, therefore, less likely to be
observed. They leave the northern coast about the middle of October,
and about the middle of November appear in vast numbers off the coast
of North Carolina, where, from Nag’s Head, in Currituck County, to
Cape Lookout, there is a very extensive fishery prosecuted, which fur-
nishes blue-fish for the northern markets. It is estimated that at least
one hundred and fifty crews are engaged in this fall fishing, which lasts
generally until late in December. At this time individuals may be
taken weighing 15 to 18 pounds, although their average size is about 10.

Their occurrence in autumn, off the coast of North Carolina, is pre-
ceded and first indicated by the vast schools of menhaden, which they fol-
low in, several miles from the sea, and by thesusual accompaniment of
flocks of gulls attending them to take a share in the feast. Of the par-~
ticular mode of fishing in this neighborhood we shall take oceasion to
speak hereafter.

According to Dr. Yarrow, the blue-fish are first seen in spring on the
North Carolina coast, (the smaller ones first,) in March or April, when,
however, they are much less in size than the specimens referred to as
occurring in the fall. The precise time of their appearance at most of
the points farther north has not yet been ascertained. Whether they
actually migrate from south to north, and vice versa, or merely come in
from the outer seas in regular order, as is believed to be the case with
the shad, &e., has not been settled, although the former supposition
appears the more probable. They reach the New Jersey coast some time
in the early part of May, and usually appear at Newport and in Vine-
yard Sound (the time varying with the season) from the middle of May
to the first week in June. They are expected at Edgartown from the
25th to the 30th of May; but I am informed that, on their first arrival,
they feed at the bottom, and sometimes for a while are not seen at the
surface at all, seldom being taken with the hook, but caught in large

.

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. Dee

numbers in pounds and with the gill-net, usually along the lower edge
of the net. According to Dr. Yarrow, they are not taken with the hook
about Beaufort until about the Istof July. They do not bite, however,
in Vineyard Sound until from the 10th to the 15th of June, when they
appear on the surface and are caught in large numbers, in the usual
manner.

Great interest attaches to this fish in consequence of the changes that
have taken place in its abundance, and even its actual occurrence on our
coast, within the historic period. The precise nature and extent of this
variation has not been established, nor whether it extended along the
entire coast or not. Its earliest mention for our waters is in the work
of Josselyn, (*“* New England Rarities Displayed,” 1672,) where, on page
96, he mentions the “ blew-fish, or horse,” as being common in New
England, (his residence was on the New Hampshire coast, or near by in
Maine,) and “esteemed the best sort of fish next to rock-cod.” He says:
“It is usually as big as the Salmon, and a better meat by far.” He also,
on page 24, catalogues two kinds of “Blew-fish” or “Houndfish ;” the
‘¢ Speckled Houndfish” and the “Blew Houndfish, called Horsefish.”
There appears to be no species to which this reference could apply, ex-
cepting the subject of our present article, this being the opinion of Mr.
J. Hammond Trumbull, who has devoted much researeh to determining
the modern equivalents of ancient Indian names of animals, and to whom
I am indebted for the hint. Mr. Trumbull also remarks that in a man-
uscript vocabulary obtained by President Stiles, in 1762, from a Pequod
Indian at Groton, Connecticut, there is mentioned the “ Aquaundunt or
blue-fish,” clearly the same as what now bears that name, which shows
that this fish was found in Fishev’s Island Sound in 1762.

Again, according to Zaccheus Macy,! the blue-fish were very abundant
about Nantucket, from the first settlement of the English on the island,
in 1659 to 1763, and were taken in immense numbers from the Ist of
June to the middle of September. They all disappeared, however, in
1764, a period of great mortality among the Indians of that island. (See
page —.) It has been suggested that the disease which attacked the In-
dians may have been in consequence of an epidemic in the fish upon
which they fed, or else that it invaded both fish and Indians simultane-
ously, resulting in almost their entire extermination.

According to Dr. Mitchell, this fish was entirely unknown about New
York prior to 1810; but they began to be taken in small numbers about
the wharves in 1817, and were abundant in 1825. Immense numbers
were caught at the Highlands in 1841. The doctor remarks, as has
been done repeatedly by others, that as the blue-fish increased, the sque-
teague or weak-fish diminished in about the same ratio.

According to Mr. Smith, of Newport, (page 20 of testimony.) his
father used to catch blue-fish some time about the year 1800, when they
were very abundant and of large size, weighing from 16 to 18 pounds.

Captain Francis Pease, of ry dgartown, ‘also “testified that his father

_ spoke. of large blue-fish at the end of the preceding century, some of

them weighing 40 pounds. This leaves an interval between 1764 and
toward the end of the century, in which no mention is made of the blue-
fish, and which may probably indicate its absence, as during that time
there were many works published relating to the local history and do-
inestic economy of New England, and w hich would doubtless have taken
note of so conspicuous a fish had it been present.

Whether they existed uninterruptedly during the century intervening

1 Collections Massachusetts Historical Society for 1794, vol. iii, 1510.

238 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

between Josselyn’s time, 1672, (or even 1659, according to Macy,) and
1764, I am at present unable. to Say. According to Captain Pease,
they were known about Edgartown at the end of the last century. As
already stated, Dr. Mitchell speaks of their first making their appear-
ance about New York in 1810. They are noted as having been seen in
Vineyard Sound again as early as 1820. It would therefore appear that
they were in such small numbers about New York in 1810 that the
young only were noticed flocking about the wharves, and that in ten
years they were observed as far east as Nantucket, where the specimens
seen, from 1824 to 1826, were very small, not over 4 inches. The next
year they measured 7, and the third year 10 inches, according to the tes-
timony of one witness, although this does not represent, in all proba-
bility, the rate of growth.

According to Captain Burgess, of Monument, Massi chusetts, they
were caught about Nantucket in 182 5, and were very abundant 1 in 1830.
Dr. Storer states the first blne-fish recorded as having been noticed in
the present century, north of Cape Cod, was captured on the 25th of
October, 1857. Captain Atwood remarks that in 1838 he saw blue-fish
for the first time about Provincetown. These were very small, the
largest weighing only 2 pounds. In a few years, however, they bee: ame
larger and more numerous, and finally increased ‘to such an extent as to
exercise a very marked influence upon the fisheries. According to the
captain, (Proceedings of Boston Society of Natural History, 1863, p. 189,)
they arrive in Massachusetts Bay in a body, coming at once, so as to
almost fill the harbor at Provincetown. On one year they came in on
the 22d of ee and although the day before eight thousand mackerel
were taken, the day after not one was seen or captured. He says that
they leave eee the last of September, with the first cold northe: usterly
storm, although stragglers are taken as late as December at Province-
town.

According to Messrs. Marchant and Peter Sinclair, of Gloucester,
(October, 1872,) blue-fish made their first appearance in numbers about
Cape Ann twenty-five years ago, coming in great force and driving
out all other fish. They are now much scarcer than twenty years ago;
about the saine as fice. some seasons scarcely noticed.

Mr. J. C. Parker, an aged gentleman of Falmouth, says the first blue-
fish seen at Wood’s Hole in this century was taken in July, 1831; but
his father informed him that they were abundant in the preceding cen-
tury, about 1780 or 1790, at which time they disappeared ; and that when |
the blue-fish left, the scup first made their appearance.

They are also noted as having shown themselves at the head of Buz-
zard’s Bay in 1830 and 1831, and although numerous, were of small size,
measuring about a foot in length.

To sum up the evidence, therefore, in regard to the pea appear-
ance of the blue-fish, we find notice of its occurrence in 1672, or even
1659, and up to 1764. How long it existed in the waters prior to that
date cannot now be det ermined. The oral testimony of Mr. Parker re-
fers to its occurrence at Wood’s Hole in 1780 or 1790; and it is men-
ticned as being at Newport in 1800, (Mr. Smith, p. 20,) and at Edgartown,
Massachusetts, about the same time, (Captain Pease, p. 39), Mitchell
testifies to its occurrence in New York, of very small size, in 1810; and
it is recorded as existing again at Nantucket in 1820, and about Wood's
Hole and Buzzard’s Bay in 1850 to 1831; and a little later at Hyannis.
In 1830 it had become abundant about Nantucket, and in the fall of 1837
it was first noticed in Massachusetts Bay ; and then year by. year it be-
came more and more numerous, until now it is very abundant. Several

NATURAL HISTORY’ OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 239

accounts agree in reference to the very large size (even to 40 or 50 pounds)
of those taken in the last century.

Further research into ancient records may tend to throw more light
on the early history of the blue-fish, and even materially to change the
conclusions already reached. It will be observed that the references to
its occurrence, from 1789 to 1800, are on the testimony of aged persons
who have heard their fathers speak of it, although I find no printed
records anywhere in reference to it between 1764 and 1810. The rate of
progression to the north of Cape Cod I have at present no means of in-
dicating, although they probably gradually extended farther and farther
north, antl may possibly occur much farther east than we have any men-
tion of at present.

During the present century the maximum of abundance of these fish
off the middle coast of the United States appears to have been reached
from 1850 to 1860. The testimony elicited from various parties, as well
as from printed records, indicates a decrease since that period much
greater in some localities than others. About New York they are said
to have been unusually plenty in the summer of 1871, but farther east
the diminution which had been observed in previous years appeared to
eontinue. The testimony taken at Newport varied somewhat, some per-
sons thinking the fish were decidedly scarcer than in previous years,
others finding no appreciable difference. (See pp. 8, 11,18.) Mr. Har-
mon, of Pasque Island, Vineyard Sound, stated that the b lue-fish, within
a very few years, had diminished to such an extent that, when fishing
from the stands, not more than. two or three could be taken in a day

At Nantucket, those fishing with gill-nets considered the blue-fish as
plenty as before, and even more abundant ; but the unanimous testimony
of a large number of line-fishermen was to the effect that there had been
a very decided reduction. This expression of opinion was also shared
by the line-fishermen at E dgartown as well as at Hyannis.. Indeed it
was asserted that while the reduction, up to 1870, had been gradual, it
became abruptly much greater in 1871. If this be true, it may have
been caused by a more limited range of the fish; perhaps in consequence
of remaining off the coast of New York and New Jersey, where the
number is believed to have been greater than in previous years.

All parties, however, agreed that there were fewer fish on the north
side of Nantucket than usual.

The testimony at Hyannis was very emphatic in reference to a posi-
_ tive and abrupt decrease, although this was less in the case of the blue-
fish than had been observed in regard to the scup, sea-bass, and tautog.

According to some persons, the number taken in 1871 was not half
that of 1870; thus, while a year or two before 1870 five hundred pounds
a day was a fair average for a single fisherman, one hundred pounds was
a liberal allowance for. 1871. (Page 50.) Ten or ‘fifteen years ago,

eighteen men at Hyannis could load a vessel with blue-fish in a day, to
do this requiring fifteen hundred fish weighing five or six pounds e: teh.
This is now said to be entirely impossible, even with twice the number of
men.

According to Captain Edwards, the blue-fish in 1871 were not more
than half or one-fourth as plenty as they were a few years ago; this
either in consequence of their extending their cruising- ipbnde farther
to the east, or the diminution of their food. |

Captain Thomas Hinckley, also of Wood’s Hole, believes the decrease
to be very decided, and states that it commenced four or five years ago.

On the other hand, Dr. Yarrow learns that blue-fish have increased on
the Carolina coast, as compared with their abundance before the war.

7

240) REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

T have been unable to learn whether any appreciable difference has
presented itself on the north side of Cape Cod, corresponding to that on
the south side. Of the fact of the decrease in 1871, along the entire
coast from Newport to Monomoy Point, there can, I think, be no ques-
tion, as, although the number captured was perhaps absolutely greater
than in the previous year, these were taken mainly in a greatly increased
number of traps, pounds, and gill-nets, while the line-fishermen, as al-
ready stated, on ground where formerly they could readily capture from
one. hundred to one hundred and fifty fish in a day, now found twenty or
thirty a very large allowance for the average catch. Ihave myself been
able to appreciate a very great difference in the abundance of blue-fish
in the vicinity of Wood’s Hole from 1863 to 1871.

In 1872 a continued decrease in the number of blue-fish was again ap-
parent, the number being much less everywhere than before. At Hyan-
nis, Woods Hole, and Edgartown, the estimated decrease compared
with 1871, varied from one-half to three-fourths; and they the fish were
also said to be smaller than usual. These statements are corroborated
by parties in New Bedford. According to the wholesale dealers in
Fulton Market, they were less plenty than heretofore. At Edgartown
and Nantucket, and in Vineyard Sound, comparatively few were taken
with the line, the gill-nets being depended upon for a supply.

The decrease at Hyannis is noticeably shown by the statements on
page 178, where it will be seen that with nearly twice the number of
boats in 1872, as compared with 1871, fewer fish were landed at Baxter’s
wharf. Captain Handy took less than half as many fish as in the pre-
vious year, and Timothy Crocker and J. G. Loring both referred to a
corresponding decrease.

The question now arises as to the causes of this decrease in abundance
on the part of the blue-fish on the south side of New England, while
they appear to be as plentiful as ever off the coast of New Jersey and
Long Island. It is of importance in this inquiry that this variation in
the number of blue-fish has been accompanied by a similar change in
the other fishes, and especially in the scup and menhaden. As, how-
ever, there is no marked indication of decrease elsewhere than from
Watch Hill to Monomoy, we are entitled to look for some local cause as
affecting the number; and it is a curious coincidence at least, if not a
relation of cause and effect, that it is precisely in this area of dimin-
ished abundance of particular kinds of fish that we find the summer-
fishing, by means of traps, pounds, and gill-nets, to have received its
highest and most rapid development.

Althongh fixed apparatus for the capture of fish have been in use in
Narragansett Bay for a considerable number of years, the introduction
of such engines into more eastern waters has been comparatively slow,
and usually limited to a short season in the spring of the year. Within
the last five or ten years, however, the pounds have not only increased
in number, but have greatly extended the time of their operation, so
that instead of being taken up in June, they are now kept down much
later, many of them even into October. It is, however, not to any di-
reet action of the pounds upon the blue-fish that I attribute their
scarcity. That the blue-fish themselves destroy other fish in immense
numbers, there can be no question; and a reduction of their food,
whether caused by themselves or supplemented by other influences, will
tend to induce them to seek other fields of supply. That this latter is
the case, seems to be shown by their temporary increase at least off the
coast of New York and New Jersey. Indeed, in reference to the question
of the fish-supply, it may be considered as established that the fecun-

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 24]

dity of fishes is so great that any ordinary influences acting upon them
will exercise no particular effect, but that while the capture of fish, in
ordinary seasons, by the usual human agencies, will be of compar: itively
little account, any disturbance of such fish, while on their spawning-
grounds, must have some influence, howev er slight. This will be exhi-
bited not only in the number of breeding-fish actually destroyed before
their reproductive function can be accomplished, but in the breaking up
of the schools, and thus keeping them from suitabie spawning- erounds,
causing them to waste the spawn in the waters, where, for one cause or
another, a proper combination of the sexes -annot be effected, or where
the eggs do not find a suitable nidus for development; or, again, where
the young fish cannot be properly protected from the destructive agen-
cles surrounding them. If, now, in addition to these influences, w hich
would act perhaps very slowly and almost unappreciably for a great
number of years, we introduce a new disturbance, in the form of im-
mense numbers of the most voracious fish on record, which, from its
earliest age to its maximum development is in the habit of destroying
its own weight or more in fish every day, we can easily imagine what an
effect must be produced.

As far as I can learn, there is no parallel in point of destructiveness
to the blue-fish among the marine species on our coast, whatever may
be the case among some of the carnivorous fish of the South American
waters. The blue-fish has been well likened to an animated chopping-
machine, the business of which iseto cut to pieces and otherwise destroy
as Inany fish as possible in a given space ot time. Ail writers are unan-
imous in regard to the destructiveness of the blue-fish. Going in large
schools, in pursuit of fish not much inferior to themselves in size, they
move along like a pack of hungry wolves, destroying everything before
them. Their trail is marked by fragments of fish and by the stain of
blood in the sea, as, where the fish is too large to be swallowed entire,
the hinder portion will be bitten off and the anterior part allowed to
float away or sink. It is even maintained, with great earnestness, that
such is the gluttony of the fish, that when the stomach becomes full,
the contents are disgorged, and then again filled. It is certain that it
kills many more fish than it requires for its own support.

The youngest fish, equally with the older, perform this function of
destruction, “and although they occasionally devour crabs, worms, &e.,
the bulk of their sustenance throughout the greater part of the year is
derived from other fish. Nothing is more common than to find a smafl
blue-fish of 6 or 8 inches in length, under a school of minnows or of
making continual dashes and captures among them. Thestomachs of
the blue-fish of all sizes, with rare exceptions, are found loaded with
the other fish, sometimes to the number of thirty or forty, either entire
or in fragments.

As already referred to, it must also be borne in mind that it is not
merely the small fry that are thus devoured, and which it is expected
will fall a prey to other animals, but that the food of the blue-fish con-
sists very largely of individuals which have already passed a large per-
centage of the chances against their attaining maturity, many of them,
indeed, having arrived at the period of spawning. To make the case
more clear, let us realize for a moment the numbers of biue-fish that
exist on our coast in the summer season. As faras I can ascertain by the
statistics obtained at the fishing-stations on the New England coast, as
also from the records of the New York markets, kindly furnished by
Middleton & Carman, of the Fulton Market, the capture of blue-fish,
from New Jersey to Monomoy, during the season, amounts to not less

S. Mis. 61——16

242 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

than one million individuals, averaging 5 or 6 pounds each. Those,
however, who have seen the blue-fish in its native waters, and realized
the immense number there existing, will be quite willing to admit that
probably not one fish in a thousand is ever taken by man. If, therefore,
we have an actual capture of one million, we may allow one thousand
millions as occurring in the extent of our coasts referred to, even neg-
lecting the smaller ones, which, perhaps, should also be taken into the
account.

An allowance of ten fish per day to each blue-fish is not excessive, ac-
cording to the testimony elicited from the fishermen and substantiated
by the stomachs of those examined; this gives ten thousand millions
ot fish destroyed per day. And as the period of the stay of the blue-
fish on the New England coast is at least one hundred and twenty days,
we have in round numbers twelve hundred million millions of fish de-
voured in the course of a season. Again, if each blue-fish, averaging 5
pounds, devours or destroys even half its own weight of other fish per
day, (and Lam not sure that the estimate of some witnesses of twice this
weight is not more nearly correct,) we will have, during the same period,
a daily loss of twenty-five hundred million pounds, equal to three hundred
thousand millions for the season.

This estimate applies to three or four year-old fish, of at least three to
five pounds in weight. We must, however, allow for those of smaller
size, and a hundred fold or more in number, all engaged simultaneously
in the butchery referred to.

We can searcely conceive of a number so vast; and however much we
may diminish, within reason, the estimate of the number of biue-fish
and the average of their captures, there still remains an appalling ag-
gregate of destruction. While the smallest blue-fish feed upon the di-
minutive fry, those of which we have taken account capture fish of large
size, many of them, if not capable of reproduction, being within at least
one or two years of that period.

It is estimated by very good authority, that of the spawn deposited
by any fish at a given time, not more than 30 per cent. are hatched, and
that less than 10 per cent. attain an age when they are able to take
care of themselves. As their age increases, the chances of reaching ma-
turity become greater and greater. It is among the small residuum of
this class that the agency of the blue-fish is exercised, and whatever
reasonable reduction nay be made in our estimate, we cannot doubt that
they exert a material influence.

The rate of growth of the blue-fish is also an evidence of the immense
amount of food they must cousume. The young fish, whieh first appear
along the shores of Vineyard Sound, about the middle of August, are
about five inches in length. By the beginning of September, however,
they have reached six or seven inches, and on their re see OES im
the second year, they measure about tw elve or fifteen inches. !

After this they increase in a still more rapid ratio. A fish which
passes eastward from Vineyard Sound in the spring, weighing 5 pounds,
is represented, according to the general impression, by the 10 to 15
pound fish of the autumn. If this be the fact, the fish of 3 or 4 pounds,
which pass along the coast of North Carolina in March, return to it in
October, weighing 10 to 15 pounds. The only parallel to the voracity and

rapacity of the blue- fish in our waters is, perhaps, to be met with in the
ase of the e common Pistons : and i an uel Wei a ae by Mr. Theodore

ere eyeiet cous 3 t05 ints,

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 243

Lyman may serve as a measure for both, and their resulting rate of
growth. He states that a friend of his, Dr. Sturtevant, introduced two
young pickerel, about 5 inches long, into a horse- trough, minnows of
about an inch in length being supplied to them daily. On the first day
they devoured one hundred and twenty-eight; the second, one hundred
and thirty-two; and the third, one hundred and fifty ; and they them-
selves increased one inch in length in forty-eight hours, consuming an
average of about sixty-six fishes each per day, a weight much greater
than their own.

In view of this fact, and bearing in mind that the blue-fish, by its
pertinacity and its strength and vigorous motions, can find no diffi-
culty in overtaking the prey that it attacks, the estimate of ten fish per
day is probably much below the mark.

We now proceed to consider the respective action of the pounds and
the blue-fish upon the fish supply. No one will deny that most of the
shore fishes are taken, as already explained, while on their way to their
spawning-beds, the erection of traps and pounds, in the line of their
regular migration, being especially adapted to their capture. It will
also be admitted by every unprejudiced person that, in addition to the
large percentage actually captured by the pounds, a decided influence
1s produced by their interference with the course of the remaining fish,
and causing them to spawn at improper times or in unsuitable localities.
Supposing, however, that the percentage already mentioned escape the
perils to which they are exposed, and perform their appropriate funce-
tions in due season, their eggs will, of course, be greedily devoured by
the small fry attracted by them. Apart from fish attaining a consider-
able size, the water abounds in various diminutive species of eyprino-
donts, atherinas, &c., which are never taken in the pounds, and which,
of course, hold their own year by year, and, indeed, may multiply in
consequence of a diminution of the number of larger fish that would
otherwise devour them. These act both upon the spawn and the young
fish, as also do the other marine animals, the various crustaceans, some
of the radiates, &c. As all of these are on the spot, they doubtless de-
vour aS many eggs and young one year as another, and what is left by
them while growing up has finally to run the gauntlet of capture by man
in various ways, and by the blue-fish and other species that devour them
after they reach a considerable size.

Should it be a matter of astonishment, then, in view of this combina-
tion of agencies of destruction, if the supply of fish were to decrease
appreciably on those portions of the coast where all are acting in con-
cert, even though their number may not have diminished perceptibly,
where only one or the other occurs.

In this connection, I have confined my examination to the blue-fish;
but it may be stated that the squeteague is almost equally destructive,
devouring as it does immense numbers of fish of considerable size.
There is this difference, however, that the squeteague, from the weak-
ness of its teeth, appears unable to mangle its prey, and confines itself
to satifying its appetite by swallowing the fishes whole. Nor is there
any evidence that the squeteague empties its stomach when once filled, for
the purpose of loading it again. For this reason the effect produced
upon other fishes by an equal number of these two kinds of fish, of the
Same weight, would be very dissimilar, although that of both is doubt-
less quite appreciable.

As already remarked, the size of this fish varies considerably with
season and locality, those spending the summer on the southern coast,
according to good authority, rarely exceeding two or three pounds in

244 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

weight, and being generally considerably less. The largest simmer
specimens are those found farther to the eastward, where. they are not
unfrequently met with weighing from ten to fifteen pounds, although
this latter weight is quite unusual. Mr. Snow, however, (page 44,) men-
tions having seen one of twenty-two pounds, and others give, as their
maximum, from fourteen to twenty. The average size of the schools in
Vineyard Sound, during the early season, is from 5 to 7 pounds. The
schools, however, that make their appearance in October, embrace many
individuals of from 10 to 15 pounds. It is therefore not improbable that
the difference between the first-mentioned average and the last repre-
sents the increase by their summer feeding. AS already remarked,
blue-fish in the last century sometimes attained a weight of 40 or 50
pounds in Vineyard Sound; according to Zaccheus Macy, thirty of them
would fill a barrel.

On getting back to the Carolina coast in the early part of November,
accor ding 2 to Dr. Yarrow’s statement, they are from 5 to 5 feet in length
and w eigh from 10 to 20 pounds. W hat becomes of these lar ge fish, that
so few of them are seen in the early spring, it is impossible to say. If it
be really true that they are much scarcer than i in the fall, we may infer
that their increased size makes them a more ready prey to the larger
fish and cetaceans, or that they have accomplished their ordinary period
of life; possibly that they have broken up into smaller parties, less con-
spicuous to observation, or that they have materially changed their
locality. The average length of the fish that appear in the spring off
the coast of Virginia , and the southern part of New Jersey, according to
Dr. Coues, Dr. Yarrow, and ‘my own observations, is about one foot,
being probably about one year old. As a general rule, those of the
smaller size keep close to the shore, and canal ways be met with, while
the larger ones go in schools, and remain farther outside.

I was unable to obtain any very young fish about Wood’s Hole in
1871, the smallest found making their appearance quite suddenly along
the coast, especially in the little bays, about the middle of August, and
then measuring about 5 inches by 1 fg By the end of September,
however, these had reached a length of 7 or 8 inches, and at the age of
about a year they probably constitute tie 12 or 14 inch fish referred to
as oceurring along the southern coast. The fish of the third year, or
those two years old, are possibly the 3-pound fish, while the 5 to 7
pound fish may be considered a year older still. Accurate observatiang
are wanting, however, to determine these facts; as also whether they

require two years, or three or more, to attain sufficient maturity for
breeding. As far as I know, there is no appreciable difference between
the sexes in their rate of growth or weight, excepting that the female is
likely to be a little deeper i in the body.” .

I have already referred to the principal facts connected with the
migrations and movements of the blue-fish, and especially their arrival
and departure. As already suggested, they appear to start along the
southern coast in April, and move northward, parallel with the coast,
in very large bodies, and extending sometimes ‘several miles outside of
the shore-line. Their presence at the surface is usually indicated by
their “breaking,” apparently in pursuit of their prey, and by the flocks
of gulls and terns which hover over them, The birds become exceed-
ingly-eager on the occasion, and may be seen crowding together and
.darting ‘continually at their food upon the surface of the water. No
-surer-evidence of the presence of a school of blue-fish or Spanish mack-
-erel, off the middle coast of the United States, can be given, in the
summer-time, than the sight of gulls and terns so occupied.

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 2AD5

The blue-fish sometimes make their way up the rivers to a considera-
ble distance, the adults, however, apparently never entering the perfectly
fresh water. They are found in the Potomac as far north as Acquia
Creek, and also far up the Hudson; indeed, the young of the year are
taken as high as Sing Sing on the Hudson and other tidal rivers, where
the water is entirely “fresh.

As already explained, the relationship of these fish to the other in-
habitants of the sea is that of an unmitigated butcher; and it is able to
contend successfully with any other species not superior to itself in size.
It is not known whether an entire school ever unite in an attack upon
a particular object of prey, as is said to be the case with the ferocious
fishes of the South American rivers ; should they do so, no animal, how-
- ever large, could withstand their onslaught.

They appear to eat anything that swims of suitable size, fish of all
kinds, but perhaps more especially the menhaden, which they seem to
follow along the coast, and which they attack with such ferocity as to
drive them on the shore, where they are sometimes piled up in windrows
to the depth of a foot or more.

The amount of food they destroy, even if the whole of it be not actually
consumed, is almost ineredible. Mr. Westgate (page 33) estimates it
at twice the weight of the fish in a day, and this is perhaps quite rea-
sonable. Captain Spindel goes so far as to say that it will destroy a
thousand fish in a day. This gentleman is also of the opinion that they
do much more harm to the fishes of the coast than is caused by the
pounds. They will generally swallow a fish of a very large size in pro-
portion to their own, sometimes taking it down bodily ; at others s, only
the posterior half. The peculiar armor of certain fish prevents their
being taken entire; and it is not uncommon to find the head of a seul-
pin or other fish, whose body has evidently been eut off bythe blue-tish.
In the summer-time the young are quite apt to establish themselves
singly in a favorite locality, and, indeed, to accompany the fry of other
fishes, usually playing below them, and every now and then darting
upward and capturing an unlucky individual, while the rest dash
away in every direction. In this manner they attend upon the young
mullet, atherinas, &c. They are very fond of squid, which may very
frequently be detected in their stomachs. In August, 1870, about
Fire Island, Mr. 8. J. Smith, found their stomachs filled with marine
worms, a species of Heteronereis, which, though usually burrowing in
the mud, at that season swims freely toward the surface, in connection
with the operation of reproduction, This, like the squid, is a favorite
bait for the blue-fish ; and they appear to care for little else when these
are to be had. This fact probably explains the reason whi, at certain
seasons, no matter how abundant the fish may be, they cannot be taken
with the drail,.

Their influenee upon other marine animals is not always injurious,
Thus, according to Captain Atwood, the lobsters have multiplied four-
fold in Massachusetts Bay since the blue-fish have appeared there, in
consequence of their driving away the mackerel, which were the greatest:
enemy of the young lobsters. Per contra, however, he remarks that the
Dlue-fish actually destroy great numbers of mackerel of all sizes, and
they have almost entirely broken up the mackerel fishery in the vicin-
ity of Provineetown, making it necessary for the fishermen to resort
to far distant waters, to whieh blue-fish have not yet penetrated. Ae-
cording to Dr. Storer, the mackerel fisheries of Massachusetts Bay have
been entirely ruined since 1847,

The fondness of the blue-fish for squid, Captain Atwood thinks, las

246 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

had a material influence upon the abundance of flounders, which have a
similar proclivity, and appear to depend upon these animals in greater
part for food. Flounders have, therefore, greatly diminished in Massa-
chusetts Bay, either from being starved out or obliged to resort to other
localities.

The blue-fish are not unfrequently found with crabs and shell-fish in
their stomachs, (page 42,) as also eels, (page 44,) which probably they
obtain at night, as it is understood they teed at the bottom at that time,
coming to the surface by day. This is proved by the fact that blue-fish
taken in gill-nets are taken at night near the middle line; but if taken
by day, then near the upper edge.

In the discussion of the question as to whether the decrease of fish
on the south coast of New England has arisen from the multiplication
of traps and pounds, it has been denied that scup form any part of the
food of the blue-fish, it being asserted that the spinous nature of the
fins effectually prevents such a performance. Apart, however, from the
positive testimony of a great number of persons on this point, I am able
to state in the most emphatic manner that of the large number of blue-
fish examined at Wood’s Hole during the summer of 1871,' nine-tenths
of them had their stomachs filled with scup in greater or less number.
Most of these fish were taken in pounds, in which scup were also caught ;
and it would be but the exercise of a natural instinct for the one to prey
upon the other under these circumstances ; and, nevertheless, it is very
clear that the natural defenses of the seup did not prevent their being
swallowed. Furthermore, however, the examination of many blue-fish
taken in gill-nets also resulted in finding scup im their stomachs. We
may, therefore, readily infer that, while, perhaps, preferring menhaden
and mackerel, as being either more savory or more easily taken from
their swimming near the surface of the water, blue-fish will feed upon
any animal life to be found in the sea, going nearer the bottom at night,
and coming to the surface by day, and that whatever fish the sea affords
in greatest abundance at the time will suffer most severely from their
ravages.

As already stated, the first blue-fish of the season are caught at the
bottom, while fishing for scup; and the evidence shows that they are
first taken in gill-nets sunk to the bottom, before they are taken with
the line at the top, this being the evidence of their presence, and before
any indication is seen by their “breaking” at the surface.

According to Dr. Yarrow, this fish, on the southern coast, comes in
from the sea into the inlets on the flood tide, the larger ones returning
on the ebb, feeding in preference in water of ‘4 to 5 feet in depth.

As alre: ly explained, they seem to know no particular time for tak-
ing their food, being equally voracious day and night.

IT regret to say that but little definite is known in regard to the re-
production of the blue-fish. Dr. Yarrow does not give any facts in re-
gard to this subject, at Fort Macon, except that, spawn was seen to run
out of a small female caught July 14. Dr. Holbrook is also silent on
this head. Mr. Genio C. Scott says the spawning-beds are visited by
the parent in June, and consist of quiet nooks or bays. Mr. R. B.
Roosevelt states that very diminutive young oecur in immense numbers

1 Of seven hundred blue-fish the stomachs of which were examined by my assistant, Dr.
Palmer, at Wood’s Hole, between the 2d of August and the middle of September, six
hundred and _ fifty-five contained seup, in numbers v arying from two to ten or more,
the average being four or five. Next in number to the scup came the butterfish, the
squid, small mackerel, and the sand-smelt. Eyen young blue-fish of the season had
entire scup of the year within them.

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. DAR

along the coast at the end of September or beginning of October.
(Game Fish of America, 1862, 159.) I found the young fish at Carson’s
Inlet, Beasley’s Point, New Jersey, in July, 1854, two or three inches
in length, and more compressed than the adult; but farther east, on
Vineyard Sound, although diligent search. was conducted, between the
middle of June and the first of ‘October, with most efficient apparatus in
the way of fine meshed nets, | met with nothing excepting fish that
made their appearance all at once along the edge of the bay and harbor.

According to Captain Edwards, of Wood’s Hole, a very accurate ob-
server, they have no spawn in them when in Vineyard Sound. This
statement is corroborated by Captain Hinckley ; and Captain Hallett, of
Hyannis, (page 48,) “does not know where they spawn.” The only
positive evidence on this subject is that of Captain Pease, (page 38,) who
states it as the general impression about Edgartown, that they spawn
about the last of July or the first of August. He has seen them when
he thought they were spawning on the. sand, having caught them a
short time before, full of spawn, and finding them afterward for a time
thin and weak. He thinks their spawning- -eround i is on the white sandy
bottom to the eastward of Martha’s Vineyard, toward Muskeeget.
White not discrediting the statement of Mr. Pease, it seems a little re-
markable that so few persons on the eastern coast have noticed the
spawning in summer of the blue-fish ; and although there may be ex-
ceptions to the fact, it is not impossible that the spawning-ground is in
very early spring or even in winter off New Jersey and Long Island or
farther south. It is not impossibie that, at a suitable period after spawnh-
ing the young, in obedience to their migratory instinct, many move north-
ward along the coast, growing rapidly as they proceed. This explains
the almost sudden appearance of fish of five inches about Wood’s Hole.

We have the statement of Dr. Yarrow that vast schools of small
blue-fish were met with in Beaufort Harbor during the last week in
December, 1871. These were in company with small schools of young
menhaden and yellow-tailed shad, and were apparently working their

way toward the sea by the route of the inlet. When observed, they ine
coming from the southward through the sound, moving very "slowly, :
times hearly leaving it, and then “yeturning. The largest were BS ‘
inches in len gth, and others were much smaller; and as many as twenty
schools were observed from the wharf at Fort Macon, each of them oc-
cupying an area of from 60 to 80 feet square, and apparently from 4 to
6 feet in depth. I would not be much surprised if these fish should
prove to have been spawned late in the year off the southern coast.

The mode of taking these fish varies with the locality, the more pro-
ductive method being either with weirs, or pounds, or by means of the
gill-net. In Massachusetts Bay immense numbers are sometimes taken
in the brush-weirs, which are very common in that region. During the
night of the 14th of September, 1870, I happened to be anchored oft
Billingsgate Shoal, where one weir took a school of blue-fish estimated at
20,000 in number, weighing probably six pounds each. Fifteen carts
were occupied the entire morning in hauling these fish up from the
beach.

At Hyannis, Nantucket, and Edgartown they are taken principally
by the line, although a large number are caught about Nantucket in
gill-nets. In 1872, owing to the increasing scarcity, comparatively few
were taken at these places with the line, the supply being furnished
mainly by net.

Farther west, in Vineyard Sound and in Buzzard’s Bay, they are
taken principally in the pounds; while still farther to the west and in

248 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Long Island Sound, they are taken very largely in gill-nets as well as -
with the line. Wherever they occur, of course large numbers are taken
with the hook and line by sportsmen and amateurs.

The fish taken on the south side of New England, and off the coast of
New York and New Jersey, are for the most part shipped to New York
for consumption as fresh fish. They are packed in ice,if near a railway
communicating with the cities, and put up in sugar-boxes, about 300
pounds ina box. The fish taken at Nantucket, however, and to some
extent those at Edgartown, are salted and packed in barrels for winter
use. These contain about 200 pounds each, and are worth $10 per bar-
relin good seasons.

According to Captain Atwood, (Proceedings Boston Society of
Natural History, LX, 1863, p. 189,) in addition to their capture in Massa-
chusetts Bay in weirs, they are ‘taken very largely outside by gilling.
For this purpose two boats, each with 450 yards of netting meet, and unite
the ends of their respective nets, and then, moving in opposite diree-
tions, pay out the nets, and then nearly meet with “the outer ends, the
net forming a semi-circle. Just. before coming together, they turn inward
soas to form a helicoid-curve toward the net. “Then, moving outside,
they endeavor to drive the schools of fish into the concavity of the net,
and thereby cause them to become gilled.

Formerly, when they first appeared they were taken only in the bay,
but of later years, according to Captain Atwood, they have become
hardy, stay later in the season, and are more frequently found on the
outer edge of the cape.

About Nantucket the gill-nets are usually set in a nearly straight
line parallel with the shore; and the fish, according to Mr. Snow, are
captured on the ebb tide. The nets are 25 to 50 fathoms long, and
from 30 to 50 meshes wide, the meshes varying from 44 to 44 inches,
No. 15 or 16 thread. The gill-nets sometimes float at the surface of the
water ; sometimes are sunk nearly to the bottom, as already stated, the
season, the time of day, and time of tide all requiring to be taken into
account.

At Newport, according to Mr. Taylor, (page 27,) the nets used in that
vicinity are 76 meshes deep, the mesh 44 inches. In these they are
taken about midway, the weight of the fish varying from 24 pounds to
.0r 3.

The usual method of taking them with the line is by drailing or troll-
ing, this consisting in fastening a hook to from 20 to 50 fathoms of line,
the bait consisting simply of a bit of polished metal, which may be east
around the base of the hook, or of a bit of bone or ivory similarly
placed. This is dragged rapidly through the water, under full sail.
Sometimes the weighted hook is covered by a piece of inverted eel-skin,
one end of which is tied down over the leaded portion, and extending
nearly to the barb of the hook, with a small piece generally play-
ing just beyond; the whole resembling a small shining fish, as it
moves rapidly through the water. They are sometimes, indeed, taken
with a bait of red flannel, or even a white rag; as when ravenously in-
clined, they will snap at anything they see thus in "rapid motion, espeel-
ally if it has any resemblance to a moving fish. Menhaden or other
shining fish may also be used to advantage; but it is seldom thought
necessary to take this trouble. The shank of the hook, or metal fasten-
ing, must be sufficiently long to prevent the blue fish, in their eager
haste to- seize their prey, from cutting the cord, as they would bite
through it almost with the precision of a pair of nippers. Indeed, the
eud of the line is sometimes connected with the hook by means of a

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 249

small chain, or else coated with wire. This mode of taking the blue-
fish is very exciting, as, when abundant, they usually bite at the
drailing hook as rapidly as it is thrown out, several fish often being
seen jumping at the same time to seize the coveted but delusive prize.

A mode recently introduced off the coast of New York and New Jersey
consists in baiting certain fishing-grounds with chopped menhaden, and
then anchoring the smack. Lines, with pewter squids, are then dropped
overboard and hauled rapidly up. This proves to be very successful,
much more so than trolling.

Although the sight of a school of fish playing in the water is gener-
ally the sign to thrown out the lines, it often happens that strag elers are
picked up when their presence is not suspected, so that in regions
where blue-fish are generally found, it is customary for fishermen to
keep a line out at the stern while making their trips from point to point.
Great care must be taken to keep the hook free from floating seaweed,
which is very apt to become fastened around it,, as this invari iably
prevents any further success.

Not unfrequently blue-fish are taken when fishing with deep-sea lines
for scup or tautog, especially at night; although the surface fishing is
most customary and most productive.

The fishermen of Edgartown and of some other localities on Vineyard
Sound, keep their line, when fishing, well out by means of a stick of
wood projecting from the side, although generally the line is held in
the hand directly over the stern or side of the boat. By the use of a
moderate degree of skill, at least three lines if not more can be managed
well from a sail- boat, one from the stern and the others from either side.

Another method of taking them is in the surf, when they are near
the shore, coming in either after menhaden or to le in wait for the
schools of young alewives, as they pass out from the ponds in which
they have been bred. In this case the usual method consists in swing-
ing a weighted hook several times around the head ; then, by a dexter-
ous fling, throwing it off as far as possible into the water, and then im-
mediately hauling hand over hand very rapidly. If no fish is hooked,
the same experiment is repeated. In this way many large fish are taken.

Sometimes also the fisherman turns, as soon as he sees the splash of
the hook, and runs as rapidly as possible up the bank and from the
shore; again to return and repeat the operation. Under favorable cir-
cumstances, this method of fishing is very productive, resulting in the
capture of large numbers in a short time.

For fuller details of everything connected with the eapture of blue-
fish by means of lines, I must refer to the excellent works of Genio C.
Scott, Mr. R. B. Roosevelt, Mr. Thaddeus Norris, and others, who have
made such subjects a specialty.

Whether the numbers of the blue-fish can be considered as at all di-
minished by any or all these methods of fishing, it is impossible to state,
although I am inclined to the opinion that, if any, it is very slight. As
the fish are not taken when exclusively engaged in the operation of re-
production, there is no special interference with their spawning, and
although there has been a variation in abundance, as already explained,
this may be ascribed as well to some peculiar caprice on their part, or to
their finding less food than they require; and consequently their going
elsewhere in search of it.

The average catch with the hook of course varies with the abundance
of the fish and their readiness to bite. According to Captain Pease,
(page 40,) one man, a few years ago, could take about 1,500 pounds a
day ; while, as au illustration of their decrease in number, the largest

’

250 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

eatch in one day in 1871 was 500 pounds, and the average at Edgar-
town and Hyannis not more than 100 pounds.

On the Carolina coast the best season for fishing is about at slack
water, including the last of the ebb and young flood. At full tide the
success 1s much less.

Reference has already been made to the number of blue-fish taken in
Vineyard Sound during the season of 1871, these amounting to not far
from a million of fish. At Hyannis alone, notwithstanding the decided
diminution in number, as many as 100,000 fish, representing a weight
of half a million pounds, were taken up to the 18th of September, and
shipped by the cars to New York.

Of the winter fishing for blue-fish on the coast of North Carolina, the
principal range, according to Dr. Yarrow, United States Army, extends
trom Nag’s Head to Cape Lookout, the north bank near Nag’s Head
being a favorite locality. The fishing season there lasts about five or
six weeks, from about the middle of November to the end of December ;
and in 1871 there were one hundred and fifty crews engaged. At this
time the fish appear to come in direct from the sea, and, after spending
some time there, they pass out again to sea in a southerly direction, this
being possibly the time at which they come in to spawn, although Dr.
Yarrow was unable to detect the presence of any spawn.

These fish are all large, some of them weighing 18 to 20 pounds,
although their average, as already remarked, is about 10. They are
captured by gill-nets “made of No. 6 cotton- -twine, 200 yards long and
about 50 meshes deep, the mesh itself being 3 inches.

They are also captured, in less number, however, by means of the
hook baited and thrown in the usual manner. Their first appearance is
indicated by schools of menhaden, in pursuit of which they display so
great eagerness as sometimes to run themselves upon the shore. When
a school is seen to approach, the nets are let off from the boats about
half a mile from the shore, so that the fish are gilled as they come in.
The fish are generally of about the same size, and large, no young ones
being found in their company.

A full outfit costs from seventy-five to one hundred dollars, and the
boat’s erew share the profits, which are sometimes very large; as in a
good season the fish will bring about six cents per pound. As many as
4,000 fish have been taken out at a single haul, but this is unusual.
A fair average is about 3,000 fish to a crew for a season. Allowing

2,600 as an average for the 150 crews, and we have 300,000 fish, which,
at an average of ten pounds each, will give 3,000,000 pounds, amount-
ing, at 5 cents per pound, to $150,000. "These ‘fig ures are believed to be
fully within the mark.

Dr. Yarrow further states, in this connection, that no fish will swim in
their company, large sharks even sometimes losing their fins by them.
The only fish of the southern waters able to protect itself against them
is the largest sized drum. They are, however, devoured in large num-
bers by the porpoises, which follow them to their grounds and make sad
havoe among them. The same is the case farther north. Sharks, too,
doubtless kill considerable numbers.

The economical value of the blue-fish as a food-fish is very great, con-
stituting, as it does, a very large percentage of the food supply, during
the summer, of the people of the coast from New Jersey to Massachusetts.
it is to be met with in its season in all the markets, and is the principal re-
lianee of summer boarding-places near the sea-coast, especially since the
diminution in the number of the secup and other shore fishes. This 1s in
strong contrast to the contempt manifested for them in the earlier part

NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 251

of their occurrence during the present century.. In one instance (page
183) a fisherman who caught two hundred could not induce people to
steal them, although he left them out all night on a wharf for the ex-
press purpose. According to Dr. Storer, (Pr. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
1852, 289,) a bounty for its extermination was proposed, especially in view
of its injury to the mackerel-fishing. The blue-fish is, however, very sweet
and savory, but does not keep very well; and the difference in taste
between a fish fresh from the water and one that has been out a few
days, even though the latter be perfectly sweet, is very great. <A great
improvement in the flavor of the fish, as well as in the firmness and
whiteness of its color, is effected by killing it as soon as caught and
bleeding it, this operation being best performed by slashing the gills and
cutting through the throat between them. The fish is well supplied with
blood, as shown by its great muscular vigor, and bleeds very profusely ;
and persons accustomed to its taste when cooked, after being thus
treated, are very unwilling to eat such as have been allowed to die in
the ordinary manner.

As far as I could ascertain, very few blue-fish are used for the manu-
facture of manures or for oil, coming, as they do, when other kinds of
food-fish are scarce. It is probable, however, that on the sea-coast, when
a very large catch is made, the surplus is applied directly to the land,
as is customary with the menhaden.

The wholesale value of the fresh blue-fish varies also with the season
and the locality. At Edgartown the fish were sold in 1871 for about 1
cent a pound; and at Hyannis, Wood’s Hole, and the pounds along the
coast, at from 14 to 2 cents a pound, the price varying with the immedi-
ate demand. At Beaufort, North Carolina, which is the principal mar-
ket for the Carolina blue-fish, the wholesale value is 60 cents to $1 per
hundred. The salted fish bring about $8 or $10 per barrel of 200 pounds.
The retail price varies perhaps less than the wholesale, being generally,
in the markets near the coast, about 8 cents a pound.

There appears to be no foreign commerce in this fish, the consumption
being almost exclusively when fresh, and but to a limited extent when
salted in barrels.

I have not learned whether the experiment has ever been made of
salting and drying this fish, as is done with the cod family.

There appears to be no fish on the European coast presenting the
same relationship to the other fishes as the blue-fish, which, as already
remarked, exercises a terrorizing influence over other species, either de-
stroying them bodily, or driving them away from their accustomed
abode.

Captain Atwood refers to the influence they exert upon the shore-
mackerel fisheries of New England. <A similar effect is produced in
Massachusetts Bay during the summer upon the fish of the cod family,
the tautog, and other fish, it being understood that when the blue-fish
appear all other fishing ceases for the time. Although such a result of
the return of the blue-fish is not so marked on the south coast of New
England, its exterminating qualities are evident, and need to be taken
very seriously into account in considering the question as to the causes
of the diminution of the food-fishes.

As already remarked, I feel quite assured that this combination of
blue-fish, with the use of traps and pounds, has reduced the scup and
tautog, sea-bass, &c., to their present scanty number on the south coast
of New England. The two causes must be considered as working to-
gether, and deserving the accusations that have been brought against
them. And possibly the effect is about equal, as, although the blue-tish

252 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

destroy the vastly greater number, yet these are the fish swimming in
the open sea and taken after the operation of spawning has been accom-
plished, while the pounds secure particularly the spawning fish, and that,
too, during the few weeks when they school near the shore for the pur-
pose of depositing their eggs. Whether the British committee, which
prosecuted the inquiry as to the influence of nets and traps upon the
fishing, would have decided as they did, to the effect that they could ob-
serve no evil result therefrom, had the blue-fish been an inhabitant of
their coast, is a very serious question,

XV.—DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH
ON THE SEA-COAST AND LAKES OF THE UNITED STATES.

MODES OF CAPTURE

The methods by which fish are captured in the United States are very
varied, and in some of their modifications may be considered as superior
to those in use in other countries.

The usualapparatus may be divided into: lines armed with hooks, nets
and weirs, although other methods are in less extensive use, of which it
is scarcely necessary to make extended mention here, these consisting in
the main of spears, harpoons, the bow and arrow, poisoning, and explo-
sive compounds.

PROJECTILES, EXPLOSIVES, AND POISON.

The spear is used more especially by the Indians in different parts of
the country for taking salmon, and is not so well adapted to other fish.

The bow and arrow are extensively employed among the Esquimaux
and the Indians of the northwest coast of America.

For poisoning fish, berries of the Coceulus indicus, or some other stupe-
fying drug, are intimately mixed with bait and thrown into the water.
The fish eating this became narcotized and floated to the surface, where
they are taken. This method is of course available only in still local-
ities, like mill-ponds, Xe. '

The explosives used consist of cartridges or torpedoes of gunpowder,
dynamite, nitro-glycerine, &c., and sometimes, when set off in the vi-
cinity of a large school of fish, destroy great numbers.

The harpoon is largely employed in the capture of the sword-fish off
the New England coast. This consists of a barb with jointed ears, and
fastened to one end of a rope of several hundred feet in length, to the
other end of which is attached an empty, well-bunged barrel, to serve
as a buoy. The end of a long landle carries a pointed iron stem, over
which the socket of the harpoon-head referred to, usually called the
lily-iron, is slipped. The fisherman stations himself at the end of the
bowsprit of a small sloop or schooner, supported by a sort of iron frame,
and when a sword-fish is seen resting idly upon the water the boat is
steered directly toward it so as, if possible, to bring the harpooner im-
meditely over the fish, when the weapon is driven down with great
force into the back of the neck; and if the lily-iron is fastened in the
flesh, it slips off from the stem of the handle, which is pulled out as the
fish darts away, and the rope and buoy are thrown overboard. The
fish, of course, swims off with great velocity, diving to the bottom ;
but. after a time, fatigued by the drag of the buoy, comes again to the
surface. One of the fishermen then follows i in a small boat, and, taking
hold of the rope, draws the fish close up to bim and kills it by means of
a lance.

254 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

A harpoon of a somewhat similar character is sometimes fired from a
shoulder-gun, either with or without a torpedo (bomb-lance) attachment.
This method is rarely used on our coast for the true fishes, so far as 1
know being confined to the capture of whale.

The explosion of torpedoes under the water has only lately come into
vogue, and it is said has been employed with much success on our south-
ern coast. This method is used by poachers in England and Scotland
for taking salmon and trout surreptitiously, the torpedo being fired,
when sunk to the bottom, by means of a portable battery or otherwise.
It is said that many fish are killed in this way, and that it is extremely
difficult, if not impossible, to detect the poacher. <A similar practice is
said to have been recently introduced into New Jersey among the trout-
ponds.

The Indians of Maine and New Brunswick are accustomed to kill por-
poises in the bays and off the coast, and about the islands of Campobello
and Grand Manan, with muskets loaded with buckshot. In this pursuit
two Indians go out together in a canoe, when the sea is calm, and hunt for
the porpoises as for other wild game, and when one is seen any where in the
distance, they row with all their skill and might directly toward the ob-
ject, and, when sufficiently near, fire at the head of the porpoise as it
comes above the surface. Being good marksmen, they almost invaria-
bly wound and stun the fish; but as it would quickly sink beyond reach
if killed, a lance with a long handle is made use of to fasten to and hold
the game, which is soon deposited in the bottom of the canoe. About
the northern head of Grand Manan, and in other favorable localities,
the canoes of the Indians may be seen scattered over the water by
dozens, upon a favorable day, watching for porpoises, the summer sea-
son being spent in temporary encampments on the shore by Indians
from various parts of the northeast coast of Maine and New Brunswick.

These different methods, however, are of little moment compared with
the use of the hook and line, nets, and weirs.

LINES.

Line fishing varies in its character, from the coarse, heavy cord used
in taking fish at great depths in the sea, to the delicate apparatus of
the trout, salmon, and striped-bass fishermen, the first-mentioned being
the most important in an economical point of view. It may consist
either of the hand-line or the set-line. In the case of the hand-line we
have a single line and one or two hooks baited and sunk to or near the
bottom, or thrown to any desired distance by means of a weight, and
managed fron. the shore, or from a boat anchored or moving slowly; or
the line may be drawn rapidly over the surface of the water behind a
sail-boat, as in the capture of blue-fish, Spanish mackerel, striped bass,
black bass, &e., either with or without a bait, other than some shining
substance to attract the attention of the fish in question. This is known
as trawling or trolling.

The more effective line apparatus, however, consists in the use of what
is called in the United States the * travl-line” or “ trot-line ;” in England
known as *“long-line,” “spillans,” ‘¢spillar,” or ‘‘bultow.” This consists
essentially of a long line from forty fathoms to several miles in length,
which is anchored at each end to the bottom, the position of the ends
being shown by buoys, and short lines of about three feet attached at
intervals of about seven or eight feet, with a hook at the other end. In
some cases the hooks on a single line number as many as five thousand,
although on the coast of Maine and Massachusetts there are usually from

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 255

four hundred to eight hundred. Bait of the proper kinds is placed upon
these, and the lines allowed to remain down through a part of a tide.
If set at half-tide, they are sometimes overhauled at intervals of half an
hour or an hour. When taken up for examination, the fisherman, com-
mencing at one end close to the buoy, lifts the main line to the surface
and carries it along over the boat upon one side, which is hauled along
under the line toward the other end. The fish found upon the hooks
are dropped into the boat by the man who pulls up the line, while a com-
panion, as the line passes over the boat, puts new bait, if necessary,
upon the hooks and drops them again into the water. In this way the
trawl is traversed from one end to the other, and, under favorable cir-
cumstances, as soon as the operation has been performed it can be again
repeated, the line being taken up in an opposite direction. The princi-
pal fish taken in tuis way on our coast are the cod, hake, haddock, and
skate, the pollock swimming too near the surface to be attracted by the
bait.

In England a single trawl-line is usually forty fathoms in length, with
twenty-six hooks attached by snoods. As many of these lines are united
as is thought expedient, and these are shot across the tide as the vessel

sails along, so that the snoods may hang clear. There is usually an an-
chor at each end, at intervals of forty fathoms, to keep the line in posi-
tion at the bottom, as well as the buoys already referred to.

The same process is used very largely on the Banks of Newfoundland
for taking cod, first introduced, I believe, by the French, and afterward
imitated by men of other nationalities..

Much complaint has been made by fishermen in Massachusetts Bay
and elsewhere of this mode of fishing, chiefly, however, on account of
the large catch; but there seems no good reason for believing that it
can exercise an injurious influence upon the supply of fishes, as none
appear to be taken by it during the spawning season.

NETS.

Next to the lines come the nets, moveble or fixed. The simplest form
of these is the seine, which, as is well known, consists of a webbing of
net-work, provided with corks or floats at the upper edge, and with leads

of greater or less weight at the lower, and used to inclose a certain area
of water, and by bringing the ends together either to a boat or on the
shore, to secure the fish that may happen to be in the inclosure, unable
or unwilling to escape. The seine varies in length from one sufficient to
take a few minnows to the shad-seine of a mile in length, hauled in by
a windlass worked by the power of horses or oxen, or by a steam-engine.

Another equally simple form of net is the gill-net, which is generally
fastened at one or both ends, and so arranged, by varying the weight
upon the lower edge, so that it shall float near “the surface of the water, at
any intermediate depth, or near the bottom. When a net of this ehar-
acter is allowed to float with the tide, it becomes a drift-net. Both
forms are used very extensively on our coast, the drift-net perhaps more
frequently for taking salmon, mackerel, and herring. Shad are also
taken very largely in nets of this construction; blue-fish and Spanish
mackerel are more trequently captured in the fixed apparatus.

The gill-net used on Lake Michigan, (Fig. 1,) according to Mr. Milner, to whom I am in-
debted for the figure and descriptive account, is made of imported linen gilling-twine or
thread, from No. 35 to as fine as No. 60. Its width is from fifty to eighty-one inches when
stretched taut, having from twelve to eighteen meshes in the width. Each net is usually
from one hundred and eighty to two hundred and seventy feet long. A light line, fron:
20 to 40 thread seine-twine,” is seized on along the outer edges of the net—the seaming.

256 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Another slightly heavier Jine—the meter—from “40 to 120 thread seine-twine,” is
stretched along the seaming and secured with seizings at intervals of a yard. The

meter and seaming on one side of a net are usual]

Fig. 1.

Gill Net of Lake Michigan.

.

Set at bottom af water, kept vertical by cedar floats,—only a few lenghts of net represented.

y together, about equal to from “60
to 140 thread” line, according to the
exposure to storms at different fish-
ing-grounds, and the depth of the
water in which the nets are set.

The seaming is for the purpose of
stretching the net, the meter for
strength, and the attachment on
one side of the stones, on the other
the floats.

The floats are splinters of cedar,
thirty inches long and about one
and a fourth inches wide, and three-
eighths of an inch thick. The stone
is a small cobble-stone, weighing
about one and a fourth pounds,
notched on its edges to secure a
string.

Both floats and stones are taken
off, when the nets are drawn up
from the lake. A few fishermen use
gill-nets with permanent corks and
leads, similar to those used on seines,

The mesh measured in its length,
or when stretched so as to form two
parallel lines, is barely from four and
one-fourth to five inches. The com-
monest size, formerly, was four and
one-half inches, but within a few
years nets with four and one-
fourth inches mesh have been on the
increase. The gill-net captures a
fish by entangling it in its meshes.

In setting the nets, the stones and
floats are tied on in the shanty, and
the nets, with the floats, are folded
into bales on a tray, with the stones
in another tray drawn up to the
first. A “gang” of from eight to
thirty-six nets are put in the boat,
with three lines aud two buoys.
After reaching the fishing-ground,
in from eighteen to seventy fathoms
of water, a stone, weighing from
fifty to seventy-five pounds, is tied
‘on the ends of two lines, one a bnoy
line and the other a stretcher. The
stone is lowered to the bottom, when
a buoy is tied to the end of one line,
and the end of a net to the stretcher.
The boat is moved slowly ahead,
while the gang of nets is paid out,
one man throwing the stones and
another the floats. The weights are
so closely balanced to the buoyancy
of the floats, that their points are
seen standing above water in a long
line astern, while they slowly sink.
When they come to the last net, a
line, with a stone attached, is tied
on and lowered to the bottom, and
to the upper end a buoy is fast-
ened. These buoys have a flag-statf,
with the flag six or seven feet above

the surface. They guide the fishermen to the ends of the gang, and the two are often

a

mile apart.

Taking up the nets.—The nets are taken up by hauling in the line until the end of the
net is reached, when they are drawn over a roller fixed in the bow of the boat—nets,

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 257

fish, floats, and stone, passing inboard ever the roller. The stones and floats are
removed and piled in racks and trays, the fish taken out and thrown into the box, and
the nets doubled into bundles. Picking out sticks and leaves, rinsing the nets and
drying them on stakes set in a long row for She purpose, complete the work up to
tying on floats and stones again.

The cork and lead nets are dried on a large reel. At intervals of a few weeks the
nets are boiled in soap-suds or lye, to rid them of fish-slime and confervie, as otherwise
the twine rots rapidly.

From two to four gangs are left in the lake at once, taking up each gang in from two
to four days from the time it was set.

In the southern half of Lake Michigan the fishermen use a large boat, with five and
six gangs to the boat, each gang having from twenty-five to thirty-six nets, and em-
ploying five men to the boat.

In the northern half of the lake light Mackinaw boats are used, two or three men to
the boat, and from two to four gangs of nets, with eight to twenty nets to the gang.

When anchored, gill-nets are not unfrequently brought into a curve,
one end being bent so as to form an acute and very narrow V ; and the
fish striking against the longer limb of the V and moving into the angle,
gradually become entangled and are meshed. At other times both ends
are brought around and fastened, so as to form a shape somewhat simi-
lar to that of the heart of a regular pound.

The fishery-acts of Canada, respecting the capture of salmon in their
passage up the rivers at the spawning-season, provide that no net or
other device shall be so used as to entirely obstruct the passage of fish,
and that the main channel or course of any stream shall not be ob-
structed. While prohibiting the use of bag-nets, trap-nets, and fish-
ey in the capture of salmon, it allows “the use of a gill-net, (Fig-
ure 2,) known as the “ stake-net,” which is a net fence hung on stakes set

Fig. 2.

Gill Net, used for catching Salmon on the St. Lawrence.

a

Dr. PIERRE FORTIN. ‘
about seven yards apart, in a line at right angles with the shore. This
portion of the net is termed the “bar-net.”. At from ten to fifteen yards

S. Mis. 61 17

258 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

down the stream another row of stakes is set, each opposite a stake in
the bar-net, and between these stakes a wing-net is stretched, having sev-
eral yards of netting more than suffices for the distance. This end is
carried round in the form of a triangle and held in position by poles
lashed together at their ends. The free end of one pole is secured to
the stake, and of the other to the seaming of the wing-net, and thus
secured they float at the surface of the stream.

The triangular portion of the wing, or “hook” as it is ealled, is ar-
ranged so as to allow an opening between the end of the hook and the
wing through which the salmon enter the triangle.

The netting is made of strong gilling-twine, the minimum mesh
allowed being five inches.

The salmon swimming up the current come in contact with the bar-
net, and turning to pass around it, find themselves opposed by the wing;
they turn again up stream, and are pretty certain to enter the hook, the
netting of which hangs slack. In their efforts to escape they become
gilled.

Another kind of net, not unfrequently used in Europe, but less in this
country, is what is called the ‘‘trammel-net.”. This consists of three
seines of similar outline, fastened together at their edges. The central
net is very joose and full, and is of fine thread and small mesh. The
two outer ones measure from three to six inches along the side of the
mesh, and of coarser thread. ‘The fish, in moving along on either side,
especially if suddenly startled, pass readily through the first or coarser
meshes and strike against the inner net, which is forced through on the
opposite side, the fullness of the net readily permitting this protrusion.
The fish is then held in a kind of pocket, and, in endeavoring to escape,
is quite as likely to carry the bag the net has made across into another

mesh, which, of course, holds it with perfect security. This net is much

used in mill-ponds and other localities filled with brush or other obstrue-
tions preventing dragging-apparatus. Here, by muddying the vicinity
of the net and then stirring around and making a great noise, the

startled fish shoot in every direction, and frequently strike the net and

are captured.
Next to the seine-nets of various forms, and far more productive than

‘the gill-net, is the apparatus called “trawl” in England. This is simply

a huge bag of netting, with an open mouth, drawn behind a vessel and

dragging on the bottom of the sea, Sweeping into itself the ground-fish,

surface. shells, sea-weed, &c. Quite commonly this is about seventy feet

long, with a semi-elliptical opening at the mouth of forty feet in breadth,

diminishing gradually to the posterior end, where, how ever, there is a

portion, of about ten feet in length, of a uniform diameter of four or
five feet. The upper part of the mouth of the net is fastened to a beam

‘of wood about forty feet long, supported at each end by two iron

frames three feet high, and known as the trawl-heads or irons, the upper
part of which has a socket into which the beam passes, and the lower

ae having a runner, turned up forward, on which the trawl rests. The

rawlnet is fastened to the beam abov e, aud to a leaded rope below,
WwW cee extends from one runner to the other, exhibiting a considerable

-amount of slack. Ropes are fastened to each runner, which are brought

together, after passing a certain distance, and to them the line itself is

-attached by which the apparatus is dragged along. Thus rigged, the

apparatus is lowered over to the bottom, and is held behind a vessel of
thirty-five to sixty tons, or even more, in moderate motion. The runners
glide over the bottom, dragging the lead-line between them. The fish,

cas they.are imbedded in the sand or concealed in the mud or weeds, if

bo
dt
a
ie)

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH.

not previously startled, are frightened from their hiding-places by the
lead-line, and generally shoot upward to escape. They, ‘howeve er, meet
the upper side of the net, and in the progress of the trawl are carried
back toward the posterior extremity. Here pockets have been made, or
cul-de-sacs, into which the fish make their way and find themselves unable
to escape.

After a certain time the trawl is lifted and the fish removed, and the
trawl thrown over again. As may be readily imagined, this trawl-net
can be used only on smooth bottom, sandy bottom being preferred, Ife
however, the lead-line catch upon a rock or other obstacle, if is so ar-
ranged that it will break before the drag-rope parts, so that’ no damage
will be done other than that of tearing the net, which, of course, is
preferable to losing the entire apparatus.

Trawling is generally carried on in the direction of the tide, some-
times across, but never against it, as the trawl cannot be kept down
against the tide. The rate of progress is usually from half a mile to
two miles an hour, depending upon the kind of fish set for, the object
being to keep the trawl steadily working on the ground.

It is not a little remarkable that this method of fishing sheuld be en-
tirely unknown in the United States, while in England nearly all the
fishes of a certain class, such as the turbot, the sole, the plaice, Xc., are
captured by its means. I have used a net of this character of smaller
size than that described, for several seasons, to great advantage in col-
lecting specimens for investigation; but, with the exception of one con-
structed for my use and one used by Dr. Stimpson and Mr. Blatehford in
Florida, l am unaware of others having been placed in American waters.
It is possible that the unpopularity of the flat-fish in America may be
the cause of this state of things, as the flounders and skates that are
taken in so great quantity by this means are not marketable, or in very
small numbers only.

A net known as the “casting-net” is in extensive use in the West In-
dies, Florida, and elsewhere on the southern coast. This consists of a
circle of netting, varying in diameter from four feet to fifteen or more,
to the circumference of which are attached, at short intervals, leaden
weights. There is a central opening in the net, usually constituted by
a ferrule of bone or metal. One end of a long rope passes through this
ferrule, and to it are attached numerous cords extending to the lead-
rope. The net is used by gathering up the casting-rope in a coil on one
arm, and taking the net itself on the other. Bya _ dexterous fling of the
arm containing the net, this is thrown in such a way as to spread out
completely, and it is sometimes hurled to a distance of many feet, so as
to fall perfectly flat on the surface of the water. The leads sink imme-
diately, forming a circular inclosure, and imprisoning any fish that hap-
pen to be under it at the time. The rope is then hauled in from the
other end, causing the entire circumference to pucker inwardly, and the
leads and puckered portion come together in a compact mass, in which
the fish are entangled. Much skill is of course required for success in
the use of this net; but it is very efficient in taking such fish as the
mullet, which, when captured with the common seine, will leap over the
cork-line with the greatest ease and escape.

TRAPS, WEIRS, POUNDS, AND FYKES.

In the United States by far the greatest weight of summer market-fish,
with the exception, perhaps, of the cod, shad, and menhaden, is taken in
the more elaborate constructions, variously known as traps, pounds, heart

260 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
nets, weirs, &c. These may consist entirely of netting, of brush or of
laths, or a combination of two or more of these materials, the construc-
tion, in form and material, varying in different parts of our sea-coast or
of the great lakes. The apparatus constructed of nets is used _princi-
pally on the south side of New England and on the lakes, and in its
simplest form, is as described by Mr. Southwick on page 10, accompa-
nied by adiagram. The trap-net proper (Fig. 3) is peculiar to the waters
of Rhode Island, especially the Seaconnet River, and is illustrated in
the accompanying figure, as well as by that on page 10. - The following
account of this trap, and the mode of using it, I owe to Mr. Southwick.

Fig. 3.
*
\
\
,
aN. { {
\
\\\\Wague
bso ft. J YY \ | S
“ an =
ie WIN 2
fete | \\\ i
a \\\
Ps V\\\\\W 2
- LV

on
—)
>
ee
Ry

5 ft.

4 \
4.011), ull ly, Mt "y hE HE TEIN My
‘d x ue

Mili,

Trap at Pine Point.R. T.
J. M. K, SOUTHWICK.

NEWPORT, November 20, 1871.

Dear Sm: A trap, or “square trap” as sometimes called, is simply an oblong square
box of netting, open at the inshore and above ends, to one edge of w iich is attached a
leader running toward or on the shore, where it is fastened by an anchor or to some
object. The lower edge of the leader is kept on the bottom by a chai. or stones lashed

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 261

to it, and the upper edge of both leader and trap is floated by corks, and all kept in
place by anchors attached by cables to the upper corners. There are no poles
driven into the sea-bottom, as in the heart-seine. The netting, therefore, has a certain
amount of swing with the tide.

The mouth of the trap (or upper end) is kept for the time on the bottom by leads
strung on a line and seized to the line run through the meshes that passes across the
bottom, up the end of the side opposite the leader, and thence away around the trap,
to which is seized the cork-line. This line also runs across the top of the open end to
prevent the trap from spreading. And here are two buoys of corks, with lines running
toj the bottom and attached ees
to the lead-line, one of which age
is caught by each boat, and
the bottom of the trap pulled
up to the gunwale, when the
setting is caught by the men
and distributed among them,
each holding as much as he
can handle, and keeping a
sharp lookout that no opening
be left for the fish to pass by
them. The netting is now over-
hauled, and passes under the
boats and to the bottom while
the fish are being bunted into
the corner where the pound
is attached. When they are
crowded hard, and a _ good

bunch of them, they will sink
the corks, otherwise an oar is
used to sink the corks, and

they pass over into the pound or
ocket. Any remaining seine Y
i thrown from the boats, and Vie Heart SI
by sinking the corks at the wa \
most convenient spot, with a ~
scoop-net or oar, the boats go ise as
out of the trap, and are ready .“~ = |
to try the same thing over
again, and so on until the tide ‘ 20 feet Q |
is too strong for them; when Ee ~ :
they go ashore to eat and sleep, : pe
or wait for another tide, that J oa
must be fished in the same é
way, come when it will, mid-
night or daylight. When fish
are running, the traps are
bunted five or six times each
tide. It takes six good men
to bunt, and another good man
to cook for them. These traps ;
are set the Ist of May and taken up about the 25th. They catch almost wholly scup
and sea-bass, bnt comparatively few other fish.
To give some idea of the proportion, I will give the following rough estimate of the
catch to one trap: Seup, 1,500 barrels ; sea- -bass, 2,500 bancels: flat- fish, 1,000 leeds:
tautog, 500 berrels; bass, 700 baezels; mackerel, 200 semmels ; menhaden, sea- -robins,
bellows-fish, 200 barrels.

Nineteen-twentieths of the fish are ¢ caught during the great run in five or ten days,
from the 10th to the 20th of May. We have known two-thirds of the season’s catch
to be taken in forty-eight hours.

These traps vary from twenty to thirty fathoms in length, from five to ten in depth.
and ten to fifteen in width.

Yours, truly,

Leader—

Heart or Pound Net as set in
Rhode Island.
J. M. K. Sourimwick.

Scale 30 feet to inch.

J. M. K. SOUTHWICK.
Professor BAtrrD.

It will be seen that this net requires the constant supervision of the
fishermen, as there is nothing to prevent the fish from swimiing out

after they have gone around the circuit of the inclosure. It is therefore

necessary to be on the watch, so as to raise the forward part of the net

ry

262 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

in time to prevent the escape of the fish. By this precaution the fish
are gradually driven back and forced into the pocket, where they are
kept until needed.

The heart-net or pound consists of three parts, the leader, heart, and
boil, and is variously constructed, according to the fancy of the fisher-
men or the special conditions of the locality. Fig. 4 shows in more de-
tail the Rhode Island pound, figured and deseribed by Mr, Southwick
on page 10. In Fig. 5 will be seen a working plan of the very efficient
pound commanded by Captain Spindel at Wood’s Hole, the construction
and management of which will be readily comprehended from the fol-
lowing directions supplied by him. This class of net does not require
the constant watehfulness of the managers, as the fish, once in, usually
remain until taken out. This is done once or even twice a day.

Fig. 5. First set mouth-poles, 1 and 1,
; six feet apart; then from center,
C, run a line forty-five feet long
to 2 and set stake or pole, and
the same to 3 and set pole, which
will bring those four poles in
range; then from center, C,
sweep around the circle with
this forty-five-feet line and set
the poles about eighteen feet
apart, until you come to 2; then
from center of 1 and 2 fasten
line twenty-two and a half feet
long, and sweep the quarter
circle, setting the poles about
sixteen feet apart. A little judg-
ment must be used in setting
these poles, as it 1s not a true
circle. Finish the other quar-
ter circle in same way, and
you will have the bowl poles set.

We set the bowl poles in cir-
cle, five feet larger than the bowl,
and anchor each pole.

To set heart pieces, fasten line
to mouth of bowl at C, and run.
straight line one hundred and
seventeen feet and set a pole for
leader: fasten line now to this
pole, and measure off thirty-
eight feet and set heart pole, A;
then measure, say twenty-five
feet, to B, and set pole; and
from this pole set a straight line
of poles, about twenty-five feet
apart, to mouth-pole 1. Have
the wing about twenty-seven
feet deep, with three poles.

We have only one row of poles
to bowl, and are set five feet
larger than the bowl, so that the
netting can be drawn out taut,
- both at the bottom and top, but
not necessarily close to the poles. Each pole is guyed with ancher. Our leader is two
hundred and sixty-five yards long, the poles being set about twenty feet apart.

ISAIAH SPINDEL.

The next figure represents another form of this pound, as erected at
Quissett Harbor by Captain Rogers, of Noank, Connecticut, and party,
consisting of four brothers. This is somewhat smaller than the other,
and is more easily taken off or put on the poles. We are indebted to
the captain for the following account of his apparatus. We may premise,

f Bowl _

1

/ Heart —

Pound Net
at Woods Hole, Mass.
Carr. ISAtAI SPINDEL.

Bd 25 ft. 38 ft. 9 38 ft.

\,
Leader

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 263

however, that the length of the leader varies with the locality, the object
generally being to carry the bowl into water of from three to five fath-
oms in depth. This, in some cases, will be accomplished with a leader

of one hundred and fifty yards, while, again, five hundred will be needed.
Noank, Connecticut, December 4, 1871.
Dear Srr: I do not know whether I can give you a satisfactory account ef the con-
struction of my pound, but I will, at any rate, try to do so. The leaders are fastened
upon the poles, beginning at the off-shore pole, stretching the top rope from one pole
to the other, drawing it tight, fastening or seizing to every pole. The bottom rope of
the leader is hanled down by ropes that are rove through every pole, close to the bottom,
keeping the leader down Fig. 6.
without the use of chains, a
and the same throughout
the whole gear, as you see
by the drawing.
A center line runs round
the bow], marked on the | , |
net half way from the top |
to bottom, and is fastened
to rings which slip up and
down the poles when we | || |
haul and set the pounds, | | |
which keeps the net close |! 7)]77f
to the poles, giving room |) || |||)
inside the bowl. HIT
The door that opens ||
from the “heart” into the
pound is six feet wide, ex-
tending from the top rope
of the bowl to the very
bottom, like a gate-way.
The passage-way that
runs from the leader into |
the heart, is sixteen feet eat
wide on each side of the
leader, extending from yr ON
top to bottom. Heart_ ON
The poles on the leader f- 2%4 inch mesh \
are driven at different dis- ys Heart or Pound Net \

tances, beginning at the piste ee ae
Join ROGERS.
° 2)

Pocket —

2ts inch mesh ,
25 feet square ,
27 feet deep.

a4 feet

Bowl_
234 inch mesh,
(144 inch bar)
27 feet deep.

CO feet

ofi-shore end twenty-six
feet, and varying up to
forty feet apart. Poles
on the heart and bow! are
also driven at different
distances apart, accord-
ing to the shape of the
net.

When we lift the pound
we begin at the door, un-
tying the ropes that hold
the bowl to the bottom,
pulling on the ropes that
lift the bowl, following’
from one pole to the other
round to the back, there
being a haul-down rope
and a lift-up rope to every
pole that is attached to the bowl, which raises the whole bottom to the surface, the
fish swimming ahead into the back of the bowl, and one or more boats going inside of
the bowl and pursing up that part of the net, bring the fish into close compact.

Yours, truly,

Scale 40 feet to inch.

JOHN ROGERS.
Professor Barrp.
A still more complicated arrangement of a heart-pound is that in use
in Lake Michigan, and elsewhere in the great lakes, and preferred as
by far the most efficient of all, as there is much less chance of the

264 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

escape of the fish when once in the bowl. For the description and
illustrations of this (Figs. 7 to 12) Tam indebted to Mr. James W. Milner.

Fig. 7. The pound-nets are commonly made
+5 B of 20-thread soft laid seine-twine, net-
ted by hand or woven by machinery,
and well saturated with tar. They
Baey dts have several parts, termed the
“leader,” the “heart,” the “pot,”
“bowl,” or “crib,” and the “tunnel.”

The Leader, (Fig. 7.)—The leader
is merely a net fence that guides the
fishes, in their attempt to get around
it, into the heart.

Small piles, of six or seven inches
diameter, are driven into the lake-
bottom, until about two feet only
stand above the surface. The piles

Fig. 8.

Heart _—

Pound Net at Waukegan, DL
J. W. MOrNeEr.

7
Scale 45 inch to the foot.
/ i

“Leader-

extend in a row, four rods apart, for a length of from sixty to two hundred rods, gen-
erally beginning near the shore, and extending directly out into the lake, but often
started where there are favorable shoals, as far as four, and once even six miles from the
shore. Upon these piles a net is stretched, extending from the top of the water to the
bottom. The leader is made in pieces, ten rods in length. The top of the net is se-
cured to the pile by a short rope, and weights are attached to the bottom, stones weigh-
ing from fifty to seventy-five pounds, every two rods. The mesh of the leader is 44 inches.

The Heart, (Figure 7.)—The shape of its outline gives this part of the net its name.
Each side of the heart is a net, eight rods in length, set close to the lake-bottom, and
reaching above the water two feet. The shore ends are secured to piles, driven each
ten feet from the last pile of the leader, leaving an opening or entrance ten feet wide,
on each side of the leader, through which the fish pass. The net is carried round inside
of piles, arranged in the outline of the sides of a heart, until the outer ends approach
-ach other to within ten teet, the width of the tunnel. These ends are tied fast to
scantling, (b, fig. 11) and the scantlings are fastened snugly to the piles on each side of
the tunnel-opening. The lower end of each scantling has attached an iron ring, which
is put over the upper end of the pile and slid down to the bottom, while the upper end
of the scantling is lashed to the head of the pile. There are three other piles on each
side, besides those at the ends. The net is secured at the top by guys, three feet long,
and the bottom is weighted with stones, the same as the leader, opposite and between
the piles. The mesh of the heart is usually 3} to 4 inches, extension measure.

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 265

The Pot, Bowl, or Crib, (Fig. 7.)—The pot isin the shape of a room, having four walls
and a floor. It is thirty feet square, and, in height, extends from the bottom to three
feet above the surface. In the middle of the side next the heart is an opening ten feet
wide and sixteen feet high, beginning at the bottom, in which is placed the tunnel. A
pile is driven on the outside, at each corner, and one in the middle, on three sides,
while on the heart side there are two, ten feet apart and ten feet from the corners. To
all the piles, but the two mentioned, the net is made fast at the top by three-feet guys:
at the bottom of each pile is sunk astone of from seventy-five to eighty pounds’ weight,
and on the top of the stone is lashed a bull’s-eye, (Fig. 10, f.) A rope tied to the bot;
tom of the net, opposite the stone, is rove through the bull’s-eye and passes upward
to the top of the pile, where the end is made Rios dit:
fast, leaving plenty of slack. When the net ¢ #
is set, the ropes are hauled taut and secured

by half-hitches to a pin driven into the top : ie

of the pile, which serves also to coil up the i

slack. The mesh of the pot is from one and hl ea

a half to three and one-quarter inches. HI Sa
The Tunnel, (Figs. 7, 8.)—The tunnel isa ll cep

netting, shaped some- Fig. 10. il 8 SS

thing like a truncated fe Nei SS

cone. Its longer end is f= dq Se

fitted and laced into the Halicce SS

sides of the opening (d, q Fi

fie. 8) in the heart side ae

of the pot. The smaller | HAS

end projects into the ie

pot about sixteen feet |

and narrows to its out- HI
let, an opening two and Hh |
one-half feet by six, (h, i
fig. 9.) Short sticks are Hl |
attached to the upper TS |
and lower sides of the
outlet, having small bri- |
dles to which lines are
made fast. The lower |
one is rove through a it
hole in acleat (g, fig. 10) Mi |
nailed to the side of the
middle pile, opposite the HN
tunnel outlet, and at |
five feet from the bot- ii
tom, and from there |
passes upward to the | |
top of the pile, where the
end is made fast, leay- bit
ing plenty of slack. The Wi |
upper line passes di- |
rectly to the top of the
pile. When hauled taut Hit |
}
|
|
|

UORIUUEIINNEHBOas/NSetasteauevcsasas I

they keep the tunnel
standing open, for the “NI
free passage of the fish.

In the sides of the tun-
nel entrance are fast-
ened hoops, five on each
side. These hoops are Wh | Ca. ealhi
put over the top of the cathe WB Rta
adjacent piles, and al-
low the net to slide up and down readily, when the tunnel is closed for the purpose of
taking ont the fishes, and again when it is reset. To the bottom hoop is fastened a
slender pole, called the shover, (c, fig. 11,) for use in closing and opening the tunnel
entrance. The mesh of the tunnel is the same as that of the pot.

How the fishes get in—The schools of fishes, in moving along near the shore, find the
long leader obstructing their way, and although the meshes are large enough for them
to pass through, so wary and cautious are their instincts that they will not come in
contact with the net, but swim within a few inches of it, out from the shore, until they
enter the heart.

At first sight the heart would appear of unnecessary dimensions, but it is contrived
in accordance with a knowledge of the habits of the fish, which are not inclined to

266 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

turn at short angles, but prefer a course of straight line
to the tunnel is narrow and contracted, a fish becoming alarmed is
turn short round and pass out at the opening it has just entered.

The stakes on which p
place by means of a pile-dr

sorlong curves. If the passage

much more apt to
In the large heart
they are quite as apt
to dart through the
tunnel as to escape
through the shore-
ward openings.
Like many other
gregarious animals,
the white-fish and
lake herring will

' flock in behind a

leader, just as sheep
will through a gate.
Once in the pot,
they are not apt to
find the small open-
ing at the outlet of
the tunnel, but swim
around the sides,
and, after a time,
becoming familiar
with the net, or
crowded against the
sides by the num-
bers within the pot,
many attempt to
pass through the
meshes, the smaller
ones escaping, and a
few larger, becom-
ing gilled, die. Still,
no frantic effort at
escape is made until
the net is lifted.
Taking out the

jfishes.—In taking

them out a boat is
sent round, and the
ropes staying the
bottom of the pound,
and the tunnel-guys,
are all cast loose.
The boat is now
brought inside of
the pot, the “shov-
ers” are drawn up,
closing the entrance
to the tunnel, and
the end of the tun-
nel is pulled up and
thrown back over
the side of the pot.
The bottom ,of the
net is raised by pull-
ing up the tun-

| nel side, until it 1s
|| reached ; it is then

tripped along under
the boat until the
fishes are gathered
into a corner, like
shaking wheat into
the middle of asheet,
when they are
thrown into the boat
with a scoop-net.

ound netting is fastened are usually driven into
iver, and are neyer left down throughout the

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 267

winter on account of their almost certain destruction by storms and
floating ice. They are piled up in the autumn and stored for use in the
coming season. Sometimes they are set in large stones, about four feet
square, and simply set on the bottom. This method is used on Prince
Edward’s Island, as in the pound of Mr. J. C. Hall of Charlottetown.
Not unfrequently the heart-pounds are so arranged that a second
leader is started in a line with the first, running out from the outer side
of the bowl to a given distance, and another heart and bowl attached,
so as to cover a much larger portion of the channel-way. This is seen
in the pound at Waquoit, Massachusetts, for a lucid description of which,
with accompanying illustrations, [ am indebted to the report of Theodore
Lyman.

A pound or weir is an old and singular contrivance, whose success depends upon the
fatal principle of fishes never to turn a sharp corner. A place is chosen where it is
known that large schools are accustomed to coast along, parallel with the shore, and
there a barrier is run out in a straight line. This barrier is called the “leader,” and
may be a stone wall, a fence of Jaths or of brush, or a net stretched on poles. At the
end of this leader, and like a spear-head on its handle, is constructed a heart-shaped
inclosure or “ pound” (or “ heart”) having a narrow opening, on either side, next the
point of the leader. On its off-shore end this heart again opens into a circular inclos-
ure called the “bowl.” <A school coasting along shore is suddenly stopped by the
leader, and immediately the fish turn toward deep water, and, swimming parallel with
the barrier, pass into the heart, whence there is no escape save by a sharp backward
turn, which, as before stated, is against their principle. Therefore they swim round
and round and pass into the bowl, where they are left by the tide, or, if the bowl be in
deep water, they are hauled up by a net-bottom.

The Waquoit weir is made like many of the same sort. About the middle of March,
if the weather permits, the men begin to set the poles which are to support the “lint’”
as the netting is called. First a row of stout poles, or rather posts, running straight
out, is firmly set by a floating pile-driver. The poles stand fifteen feet apart, and run
directly seaward for seven hundred and fifty feet, to make the first “leader,” (Fig. 13,
I, g,) which here stops short at the mouth of the “ heart,” h, whose outline is marked out
by the same kind of poles set nearer together, or about ten feet apart. The entrance
to the heart is twenty-five feet wide on each side of the leader, or fifty wide in the
whole; but it converges strongly toward its outer apex, so that the entrance to the
“bowl” is only seven feet wide. This bowl, i, is marked out, like the heart, with poles
set somewhat close together. Moreover, from its east side projects a sort of lobe,
eighteen feet wide and thirty-six long, k, indicated by the five poles which are to sup-
port this “pocket” wherein fish may be kept alive. From the outer point of the bowl
another row of leader-poles is driven, running seaward four hundred and fifty feet;
and, at its extremity, posts are driven for the second heart, bowl and pocket, like the
first. Then the lint is carried out in boats and hung on the leader-posts. It is com-
posed of a pretty strong net, with a mesh of two and a half to three inches. Along
its foot, where are placed the leads of a seine, there is made fast a chain; while along
its upper edge runs an inch rope, (i. ¢., an inch in circumference.) As the net is passed
on alternate sides of the succeeding poles, a round turn is taken with the rope to hold
it in place, while the chain, sinking to the bottom, maintains the lint in an upright po-
sition and closes the spaces between the poles, (13, 1V.) The heart is hung with lint
in the same way, but the bowl must be differently treated, for the bowl-net has a bot-
tom as well as sides. It is in fact a great bag, forty feet long, eighty wide, and fifteen
or twenty deep, and is hung in an oval of poles, fifty feet long and one hundred wide.
For this purpose a one and a quarter inch rope runs, like a binding, entirely around
the upper edge of the bowl-net, (Fig. I,) and opposite each pole there is made fast to
this rope a head-line (13, II, a) whose other end is attached to the pole. These head-
lines suspend the bowl-net, which cannot, however, be held down by chains or weights,
because these would make it too heavy to handle when the weir is “hauled.” ‘There-
fore there are bottom-lines (13. II, b) corresponding to the head-lines, except that they
are attached to the lower edge of the bowl-net, whence they pass through a hole in the
pole, are brought to the surface of the water, and are there made fast. When, now,
the head-lines and bottom-lines are hauled taut and made fast, the bowl-net must be
firmly set in position, namely, projecting about five feet above the water, and ex-
tending thence nearly or quite to the bottom. It remains only to show how the fish
are admitted to the bowl and how the fatal door is closed on them. On either side
of the entrance to the bow] stands a post, (13, III, ¢,) and, beside it, a long, slender
pole (13, III, d) attached by rings (13, III, fe) to the post, but free to run up and
down. The lower end of the pole is tied to the lower part of the bowl-net, and by

268 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

pushing the pole down till it touches bottom, the net is held firmly down; and a
gap being left in the side of the net at this point, a free entrance is made for the
fish. This entrance is closed by pulling up the sliding poles till they bring the net to
the surface of the water.

The weir is “hauled” once a day, and always at slack water, because with a
strong tide, running east or west, it is impossible to handle the bottom-lines. The
men pull out in two parties; of which one, in a large scow, passes round the out-

Fig. 13,

— 20 ft. als ZN ye p< Fas raw
a3 ~ ORE pgs FF TOE

1 = : =
Pound Net at Waquoit, Mass.

side of the bowl, casting off the bottom-lines; while the other, in a yawl-boat,
pushes inside the bowls, pulls up the sliding poles, and closes the entrance. The
slackening of the bottom-lines allows the bowl-net to hang free; and the crew in-
side begin to haul up the bottom of this net in such a way as to work the fish
toward one corner, letting the net, as it comes to the surface, pass under their boat,
which is thus slowly drawn across the bowl toward the corner where the capture
is to take place, and where the scow is already waiting outside.

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 269

An arrangement, different in construction, but on the same general
principle, largely in use from New York to New London, consists of what
is called a fyke-net, as shown in the accompanying sketch, (Fig. 14 :)

min = | |

Uae a

TITTTTNS

A single stake
sometimes used, |:

Five hoops 9 to 15 feet
in circumference

J.C. BREVOORT,

Fylke Net of New York and Connecticut,

iat

My
/

Mi
)

494d. NOT

boo 3
Pm» 2 ¢,
go] (a6
Be el = SI
Bret Sue
Sac o#
S88 ew,
Sas 2%
Saas oot owas
10M USL 28H a ad
5
Bucs d:
nage D op lf
Aas eH Ha
ic}
HaAGS a

SUM JO 301939

This is essentially a leader, of any length, ending between the extended
arms of a fyke-net, which is nothing more than the ordinary set-net

\

270 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the rivers. The fish, in their movements, strike against the leader,
are led unconsciously to this net and trapped, from which they cannot
escape.

All these various forms of heart-pounds are so arranged as to take
fish from either side, whether with the ebb or the flood, although it is
perhaps more common for the fish to run along the shores in the ebb of
the tide rather than the flood.

AS we pass to the north of Cape Cod a different form of fixed appa-
ratus comes into use, these generally the weir proper, which is commonly
constructed of brush, and usually takes the fish at low tide, either leav-
ing them inclosed in a small basin, from which they are seined, or caus-
ing them to be stranded on the bottom, where they are picked ‘up.

The simplest form of a brush-weir consists of a mere fence of brush
driven into the sand or mud, to prevent its floating away, and forming a
curve concave to the ebb of the tide. As the water runs off, becoming
more and more shallow, the fish which happen to be inside of the inelos-
ure of this brush fence are detained, and left, when the water has run
off, to be captured at leisure. For this arrangement no leader is required.

The ordinary construction of weirs for taking herring is seen in Fig. 15,
illustrating one now in successful use by Captain Wis "Treat of E astport.

Fig. 15.
Me = 0 il la iS

Herring Weir, Bay of Fundy.
Capr. U.S. DREAD.

Built of piling and brush wp to Toe water mark, netting of cotton twine above.

At low water the fish are seined and dipped into boats. Atlow water there is 18 ft.

of water hetween the bar and the weir,
Into this the fish enter at high tide, through a narrow opening, and if
the number of fish noticed as “having come in is considerable, a gate of
netting, suspended over the narrow entrance, is dropped, and the escape
of the fish is cut off. As the tide falls the fish are ga ithered into the
basin in the weir, from which they are drawn into a narrower space by
means of the seine, and either hauled out to the shore or dipped out into
boats by means of large dip-nets. As many as from one hundred and
fifty to two hundred and fifty hogsheads of herring are frequently cap-
tured in this way in a single tide,

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. pit gi

The fish usually enter in high water, either late in the evening or early
in the morning, and when low w yater occurs between these periods few
or no fish are taken.

At Eastport the weirs on the Campobello shore, as well as those at Grand
Manan, take most fish when high water occurs in the even- pie. 16
ing, rendering it necessary to take out the her ring © about mid- i
night, or a little later. At Captain Treat’s weir and others = /— ~
adjacent to it, however, the best time for taking out the /
fish is usually from five or six o’clock in the morning until
ten, a much more convenient arrangement.

The variety of weirs in use in the vicinity of Hastport,
and about Campobello and the island of Grand Manan, is |
very great, and the number in use, as well as the quantity |
of herring captured in them, is almost incredible.

This form of weir does not involve the use of a leader,
and can be used to advantage only where the tide is very |
high and the shores especially adapted to them. Weirs
with leaders are used more frequently where there is a
long extent of shallow water, which is bare at low tide.
A simple form of this leader is given in Fig. 16, kindly
furnished by Mr. J. C. Brevoort, as used on the south side
of the St Lawrence River, from Quebec to near its mouth.
Here the leader may be of indefinite length, (sometimes
one thousand feet and over,) ending in either a bowl or a
circle. The whole is constructed of stakes or osiers, or both.
Sometimes a second leader, with its second bowl, is placed
exterior to and in continuation of the first. This form of |
Jeader of a weir is the simplest of all, and the one more
generally used in England, where our more complicated and
‘more efficient arrangements appear not to be known.

This fact must be borne in mind in considering the de-
cision of the British commission in reference to the amount
of influence that such apparatus could exercise upon the

fish supply, of which commission Professor Huxley was a sears
member, to the effect that such apparatus exercised NeLY; SS
little influence upon the persistence of the fish supply. SUI CUTS:

St. Lawrence.

Weirs as used in Cape Cod are somewhat differently jesins Weir.
constructed, as they consist in large part of slats or boards. J: © Brevoorr.
The figure and following description have been furnished by Captain
Prince Crowell :

East DENNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, December 2, 1871.

Dear Sir: The weirs on the north side of the cape are what are called dry weirs ;
they are set on the flats where the tide ebbs off and leaves them dry, at which time
the fish are taken out. The flats extend from one-half to one mile from high-water
mark; from six to eight feet water over them at high water.

The leaders and heart are constructed by nailing Taths upon small poles worked into
the sand, with a peg through the pole (when w orked dow n) just under the surface of
the sand, on which boards are placed, then stone ballast to keep them from working
up, and the first and second pound-seines are usually used, the poles being fixed down
the same as the heart and leader, although some are made of all laths. Some have
only one pound instead of two. There are about fifteen of these weirs between Yar-
mouth and Provincetown. I know of no other kind. I inclose a little diagram, (Fig.
17,) without being drawn to any particular scale, and hope it will be intelligible.

Yours, truly,
P. S. CROWELL.

A modification of the heart-pound is largely used in the bays and
mouths of the rivers of Maine and the provinces, for the capture of
salmon, as illustrated in Fig

272 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Here the leader is generally made of brush, up to the height of half-
tide, and of netting the rest of the way. The heart is made of either
brush or netting, and sometimes of slats. The bowl, instead of being
placed at the outside of the heart,
in a line with the leader, is placed pee es
either in the upper or lower side, wee Br

Fig. 17.

Pocket -

i ae Bowl-_
2d, Pound _
.
IN
50 to 75 feet across
Ist. Pound — ey,
openu
K ee / Heart —
Dee er. / :
wr /
Heart _
100 to 150 feet across

opening

7. 30 to 50 feet
SG a
ee |
BH
oO
rs *
o
=)
1
a
Brush Weir,
Deep Water Weir for taking Salmon,
Shad &c: built into 18 to 20 feet of water,

a fs The pocket has a board floor, laid_so that
Slat Weir East Dennis, Mass, Bay, it is dry at low water for convenience of
Carr. PRrrNvce CrowE.Lt. taking the fish.

according to the nature of the coast, in some localities the efficiency
being oreater in the one case, while it is reversed in the other. The
bowl may consist of netting or of slats, and the two forms are illustrated
in the accompanying figures.

An ingenious apparatus, according to Perley, called the “spring-weir,”
is made use of in certain parts of the bay, where there is a very narrow
entrance to a harbor, easily capable of being closed. This is so arranged
as to drop flat to the bottom at low water, and allow the fish to pass over
it with the incoming tide. At high water this is lifted up and worked
from the shore by means of powerful capstans and ropes, forming an im-
passable barrier to the fish, which are retained as the tide passes out,
and taken in large numbers, including shad, herring, salmon, &e.

APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 2735

LOCATION OF TRAPS, WEIRS, AND POUNDS, IN THE
UNITED STATES.

I have thus indicated briefly the principal devices by which fishes are
captured in the United States,! without attempting to represent all the
individual modifications. The variety in the construction of traps, weirs,
and pounds, is Fic. 19.
almost endless, 7 c
depending very AH
much upon the ex- {i}
posure, the nature hy
of the bottom, the cHurcn (#4, (
depth of water, the WS
currents, the kind
of fish to be taken,
We. I have given
enough to illus-
trate the extent to
which the simpler
devices of the
spear, the bow and
arrow, and the
hook, have been
replaced by appa-
ratus for a more
wholesale destruc-
tion.

As already re-
marked, the sea-
e€oast weirs or
pounds are used
almost exclusively
east of Connecti-
cut, although fixed
nets are in opera-
tion in or near the
rivers of that State
as well as of New
York, principally ANS
for the capture of eae Ze
shad. The accom- EE
panying diagram

(Fig. 19) is a plan TKS) Ges f
of the traps at Sea- conmoranr no@) G28

A
connet Point, on A 2) Es Toone Narada
the eastern side of. iC i aN &)))) ;
Narraganset Bay, 7 D> west isnanoW) (Y"\S2 é
as furnished by Mr. re = @ aa
Southwick, and ae Sy
the details of AAG, N
which are given on a Dae

page 26). In the large map of the south side of New England, accom-

_ ‘Iam indebted to Dr. H. C. Yarrow for the account of an ingenious method employed
in New York Harbor for trapping the Morrhua pruinosa, (“Tom-cod,”) and which does not
come under any of the classes of fishing referred to in the preceding pages.

A sufficient quantity of good rye or wheat straw is gathered into a sheaf and firmly

S. Mis. 61 18

274 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

panying this report, the location of the principal traps and pounds in
1871 is indicated. The weirs of Cape Cod Bay are represented on a
separate diagram, forming Plate XX XIX of the accompanying illustra-
tious.

Finally, for the purpose of. illustrating the subject of fish-pounds in
the lakes, I give on the following page (Fig. 20) a diagram of the pound-
nets erected and worked in 1871 in Lake Michigan, the nets being indi-
cated by the short lines drawn perpendicular to the shore-line, in the
water surface. A full account of the lake fisheries will be given in the
report for 1872.

tied in the middle ; after being weighted with bricks or iron the ends of the sheaf are
loosely tied; a rope is attached and the bundle lowered to the bottom of the water,
where it is allowed to remain for a few days, until the fish become accustomed to its
presence, after which it may be examined once or twice daily. In good localities the
straw in the interstices will be literally crammed with fish. Whether they enter the
straw for its warmth or for the friction received in their efforts Iam unable to state.
The most suitable localities for setting the trap are near wharves or rafts of timber.

XVI.—LIST OF PATENTS GRANTED BY THE UNITED
STATES TO THE END OF 1872, FOR INVENTIONS
CONNECTED WITH THE CAPTURE, UTILIZATION,
OR CULTIVATION OF FISHES AND MARINE INVER-
TEBRATES.

1. HOOKS.

|
Sher | Number. | Inventor. | Subject of invention.
| | |
| | |
Mitlys ee, 1646) |k-- = <5 - =z | Englebrecht & Skiff. .--.. | Spring-hook. When fish pulls on bearded hook, a
| catch slips holding the spring-hook, which, being
let loose, strikes tne fish and holds him until taken
off by the angler.
PAE ROM BAY, ||\ja =~ m= | Staunton Pendleton... --. Spring-hook.
ZX OEE Aeneas Job Johnson = -sse--ss- = | Spripg-hook.

JOE UG hale! ci eeeeeacee |) Mls: @iGrittye: oe sess: Spring-hook. When fish pulls on the bearded hook,

|
| it slips the spring-hook, which strikes and holds
| the fish fast.

Ydqayee, UG alst tye ee ogecse We Bl aik@nasssstee esis Spring-hook. When fish pulls on bait, it springs
| open, holding the jaws of the fish apart.

Sept. 5, 18438 )..-.-- B= Wa lODKS meteceeceee ee os Spring-hook.

Mar. 20, 1849 6,207 | Job Johnson

Oe, See Ae. Spring-hook ; twenty-ore different kinds of hook and
method of attachment.

Oct. 8, 1850 7,709 | Warner & Gaylord ..... | Spring-hook.

April 6, 1852 8 So3) | Julio Buels 220-2... Trolline-hook.

Apri Ieod | LO; -) _.--.- Os sseee eee ees Spring-hook.

Aprildl, 1254 | 10,761 | Henry Siglérs......-..-. | Combination spring-hook.

Jan. 19, 185
Jan. 19,1

5 | 13,081 | Richard F. Cook ..-..-.. | Spring-hook.
855 | 18,068 | Charles De Saxe ........ | Trolling-hook. Has a spring shield that covers the
point of the hook when fishing among weeds.

Oct. 9,1855 | 13,649 | Job Johnson ....-...---- | Spring-hook.

Ail 22 e800} 145706) Jialiod. Buelss..5.:-.-<- Fly or trolling hook.

July 14, 1857 17,803 | Donald McLean..-...-... Self-setting trap-hook.

Sept. 20,1859 | 25,507 | Riley Haskels ........-. Trolling-hook.

Bepy le wee |) 3-396.) Wi, Morris. 3525.2 -2.=- Spring-hook. When the lineis pulled, a catch slips

off the ends or levers of the hook, and a spring
draws the bearded points together into the fish.
Sept. 20,1864 | 44,368 | N. A. Gardner .......... Spring-hook. Two bearded hooks, forming part of
a coil-wire spring with eyes, aud vod heaving a
line-eye for setting and releasing the hooks.

Nov. 7,1865 ! 50,799 | Germond Crandell.----- Combination double-lever hook.

Dec. 19,1865 | 91, 651 | Davis & Johnson ...-.-- Spring-hook.

Novy. 20,1866 | 59,844 | Jacob King, jr ...-...... Spring-hook.

Noy. 20, 1866 op),895¢ COs Crospyenssee cease =6 Fish-hook, (flattened in bend.)

Jan. 91866 | 01,951 | B. B. Livermore. ..-.-..-. Plain hook, with wire loop, to prevent fish from
| | stealing the bait.

April 24, 1866 54,251 | Johnson & Howarth .--..| Spring or spear hook.

May 15, 1866 o4, 684 | W. D. Chapman......--- Trolling-hook, with spring and fly, the latter easily
| removed.

Oct. 2, 1866 58, 404 | W.C. Goodwin.......... Plain hook; spiral spring around the hook to press

| : the bait down to point.
Jan. 1,1867 | 60,786 | E.R. & J. W. Rhodes....| Spring-hook.

Feb. 12, 1867 625042) Bales; jljcesteeeseeeeee: Hook; the shank made in form of spiral spring. |

Ame. St 1867 | 68,027%,)| W)Anoilard. 2.22 45- <2 | Lever-hook, so arranged that when fish pulls at bait
another hook strikes it and makes fast.

Nov. 12,1867 | 70,868 | A.J. Leinhart-......-..- Spring-hook.

Nov. 12,1867 | 70,913 | Elisha Sterling.......... | Extension or trap hook, with two or more hooks ;

one on swivel to hold bait, the other to grapple the
| fish while pulling from the water. ;
JOR IGG iGene cS Bak aoe Spring-hook. ‘wo hooks, one on either end of
piece of wire or shank; when baited they are
pressed together, but will separate wheu the fish

J
Sept. 24, 1867 69, 22

bites.
April 28,1868 | 77,365 | R.A. Fish ...........-.. Hook.
June 30, 1868 79,446 | J.B. Christian ..... ...--| Trolling-hook, with artificial bait.
July 21, 1868 80; tol | Ac A. Dennettes=s: -.--|. | Spring-hook.
Jan. 26,1869) 86,154 | Martin Heltz ........... | Hook, with an eye to attach hook.
Sept. 14, 1869 94, 893 | Francis Kemlo........-. Lock-hook.
Sept. 14, 1869 945894 nesses Paster 2 5 Seven ae Lock-hook. :
Sept. 14, 1269 SEFRSE BN | be cee:. EO: seeeecins aoteieeie le Grapple-hook, with guard to prevent fish from get-

| ting loose from barb.

276

REPORT OF

COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of patents granted by the United States, §c.—Continued.
HOOKS—Continued.

Date of

Number Inventor. Subject of invention.
patent.

Oct. 1251869")! (95)755: | WeoMeAMeerseee- 3-2-5 -- Spring-hook. When set, the three hooks are close
| | together; but when the line which is attached to
| the middle hook is pulled, it loosens the outer
| hooks, which expand in the mouth of the fish.

July 5,1870 |) 104,930 | W.D.Chapman......-... Propeller or trolling hook.

Meh e1steth | SU SSO Sl an ean Olde. ae oe sine cree Mode of attaching hook to line.

May 30,1871 | 115,434 | W. D. Chapman......--- | Propeller or trolling hook.

PMU eS LS |e Mee O Wel commode see cae. . s sa. Mode of attaching hooks to lines,

NOW 1 SSL ASI 2 ee Mam acc cc cee | Trolling spoon-hook,

Feb: 20,1872 | 123,844) GSinclair———..-:.....- | ‘Trolling-hook.

July 16) 18725) 1295053!) HE Piteher..--..-2...-.-. | Hook, with double spear, to thrust down into fish
| when caught by hook.

2. LINES, GRAPPLES, TRAPS, &c.

Mar. 3, 1868 75, 075 | D.C. Talbots....-..-.-.- Fishing-tackle for anglers.

April 7, 1868 76, 489 | T. B. McCaughans ....-- Fish-trap.

May 12, 1868 77, 893 | Joseph Koehlers..-...-.-. Fishin g-apparatus.

Dec. 22, 1868 RonOOul HN B.Beache-nscaen eae = Fish-trap.

Nov. 4, 1856 16,014 | Elmore Horton.....-.-.-- Spear and grapple.

Dec. 9, 1856 16, 217 | Levi Van Hossen..-....-- Fish-trap.

May 25, 1858 204343) | Wacob. Galo oe-e eae Grapple.

Jan. 18, 1859 22,644 | Robert Gray ...---..--..-- Fish-trap.

Mar. 8, 185y 23,154 | Daniel Bowmans.....-.- Fish trap.

Aug. 2, 1264 43,694 | A.J. Leinharts.--.......- Fishing-tackle.

June 3, 1862 355476" EW ROS eee eee Method of raising whales.

Jan. 30; 1872 | 123,164 | O. M. Waller._°..-_ ..---- Fishing-apparatus.

Sept. 7,1872 | 131,439 | Harcourt & Cottingham.| Fish and animal trap, made of wire, each wire of

: gate made movable.

Oct 22)1872 | 132, 476 | C. Lirandais'.--..- <-.--. Trap-net, used in shallow water, umbrella fashion,

| to lie on bottom, and having springs to close by
trigger.
3. REELS.

May, (26, 1338) |.-.---.-- - Arrmah Tiffaney .-.--.- | Reel, for anglers’ use.
iMlveG IGS |o-ese ees! < seas (OC te entero | Reel or mackerel-latch, used in fishing from vessel.
Aug. 95, 1856 15, 466 | John A. Baileys.-.....--.; Reel.
Teb. 10) 1857 16, 626 | Edward Deacons...---.- | Reel
Aug. 9,1859 | 24987 | Edward Billinghurst..-.| Reel
Feb. 28:1860-} 27,305 | Mark S. Palmer..-....-.| teel, with guard to line to prevent it from clogging
| | the reel.
Feb. 9, 1864 41,494 | Andrew Dougherty..--.| Reel, with brake.
July 5,1864 43,460 | W.H. Van Geison. ..-.-- Reel, with stop-attachment.
July 12,1864 43,485 |-Darwin Ellis...-........ | Reel, with stop.
July 12,1864} 43,546 | T. W. Cummings........ Reel, (mode of attachment to pole,) by spring.
Aug. 29, 1865 49.663 | W.M. Stewart ..--.-.--- Reel, set inside of rod.
June 19: 1866") 255/653) Amson atch’) -22222 52. Reel, skeleton, similar to Billinghurst.
Aug. 7,1866 | 56,937 | A.B. Hartils.-........-- Keel.
Noy. 26, 1867 71,344 | Julius Von Hofe......-. | Reel.
Sept. 22,1868 | 82,377] W.H. Bradley ..-....-.-. Reel, with two concaved disks.
Nov. 3, 1868 U3; 740 Stetson cseon sen eee: Olamp or reel, used for hand-line fishing.
Feb. 23,1869 | 87,188 | Francis Xavier .......-. | Reel, pivoted and made to screw into rod, bridge,
| | or stick in ground, with bell attachment.
Mar. 23, 1869 88026 || CUSHH: Wester eeeeeeeee. | Mackerel-latch.
Oct. 12,1869 | 95,839 | James J. Ross........--- Reel.
Nov. 9, 1869 96, 652 | P. A. Allmaires ./..--° | Reel, set into rod.
May 31,1870} 103,668 | G.C.Sheldons........... | Reel, more of a kite-string holder.
Marmenewerlo) 22/3260) le Decker 22. sees Mackerel-lateh.
Nov. 14, 1871 121, 020 | Silas B. Terry.-.---- ..---| Reel, with friction device.
June 18, 1872 128, 137 | A. H. Fowler...........- | Reel, made of rubber skeleton.
June 14,1873 | 134,917 | George Mooney... .----- ' Reel, manner of attaching to rod.
June 28,1873 | 135, 283 | Charles L. Noe..-.....-. Reel, similar to Billinghurst patent.
4. RODS.
Apr. 10, 1854 10, 795 | Ci Desaxess-seaee eee Heads made baeroe to contain float, lines, &c.; pecu-
iar float.
May 20,1862 | 35,339 | Julius Von Hofe........ tod ; tip has a sheave or pulley on the end,
Oct 16.1866) 58,833) | RON Tseacss. 225-2 92e Tips of rods enameled to prevent wear of line.
May 18,1858 | 20,309 | Underwood & Bargis ...) Rod, with pulley set in tip.
Oct. 4, 1859 25, 693 | Henry Pritchard........ Guides for lines on rods.
Dee. 24, 1867 72, 667 | J. H. Montrose:-..-..- .-| Rod, hinged like parasol-handle.

LIST OF PATENTS.

Co |

List of patents granted by the United States, §e.—Continued.

RODS—Continued.

Date of

patent Number. Inventor. Subject of invention.

Mar. 17,1870 | 100,895 | W.J. Hubbard........-. Jointed rod, screwed together, to prevent slipping

apart, by ‘male and female screws.

Sept. 26,1871 | 119,251 | Thomas Tout........... Rod, principally of wood, with lameneal of whale-

bone running longitudinally.
5. FLOATS, SINKERS, AND SWIVELS.
|

Dee. 12, 1854 12,060 | J. W. Heard....-... Soeece Sinker, made hollow to contain shot, so that it may

be adjusted to required weight.

Feb. 2, 1869 863/609) | JA) errelll /-25------4- | Float. made of glass.

Feb. 8, 1870 99,572 | James Ingram .......... Float, with ring and plugs in ends of it, so that it
| may be adjusted to line without slipping over
| ends of line.

May 26,1872 | 127,218 | Brown & Jarvis......-.- Float, made of vulcanized rubber, for seines.

duly 9;1872)| 128, 885 | E. Jewell ..-......-..-..) | Float, for ready attachment to line, to avoid slip-

ping over ends of line; spiral wire in either end.

Apr. 1, 1856 14,587 | Wooster Smith .--...-- .| Fish-hook and sinkers, used for cod- fishing.

July 7, 1863 39, 192 | William Woodbury..--. | Sinker, with spring inside for dee sp-sea fishing.

July 21, 1865 46) 403. \| Hi. iB. Decker =-.- =... 24. | Sinker, with guar d- ring and swivel.

Sept. 25, 1266 58 211 | i. A. Burnham .-:-2..-..| Sinker, with leve ar, &C.

July 31, 1866 Gs Gadidan (ieee LCE ETD yell sieteretar= Sinker, with lever, &c.

July 29, 1867 61, 625, | J. AS Martin ---=-2.--2--- | Sinker, with lever, &e.

Dec. 10, 1867 Wi, 879) | Martin Hiltz 2-22. + 2. ee. | Swivel, for anglers’ use.

May 5, 1868 Mae O28: |e VisoG TOD! sss ae | Swivel, for anglers’ use.

May 12, 1868 CTE Nios Bisel ae sae kame | Sinker, made in several pieces, to increase or de-
| __ crease weight.

June 2, 1868 78,046 | KE. E. Stacey..-.-..-.---- | Nipper, or lateh, to hold line.

Nov. 3, 1868 83, 681 | Sewall Albee............ Jig, or see: three pieces, and method of attach-

ing to hoo

Dec. 15, 1868 84,885 | Leach & Hutchins..-....} | Mode of attaching hook to sinker.

Feb. 9, 1869 BG e6s)e. Lelomanns-2 22 he... | Sinker, sectional.

Aug. 3, 1869 9352201) Rel Oscood).-5.ceeees>= | Sinker, with spring and swivel, egg-shape.

Sepuo tei | 18) a2) || HaCamp 122552. ome | Metallic line, with loops and reel.

6. PROJECTILES.
July 29, 1841 2,195 William Carseley -....-- Spear.
Mar. 16, 1844 3, 490 | Albert Moon. .--.....--. Harpoon; harpoon contains bottle of explosive ma-
| terial, which operates to throw the flukes out
when it strikes.

Sept. 19516846 | 4,764 | Oliver! Allen: ----27-2--2 Lance.

Noy. 24, 1846 4,865 | Holmes & West..-.-.....- Lance or harpoon, moveable flukes.

Dec. 3, 1846 | 4,873 | Charles Randall. ........ Harpoon, moveable flukes.

Dee. 5, 1848 5,949 | Oliver Allen .....-...... Gun-harpoon.

June 4, 1850 7,410 | Robert Brown -..-:-...--- Harpoon, mode of attaching line, wes }

Aug. 20, 1850 eb) | sos eec Doe eee Harpoon lance, mode of attaching line Sie ees

Sept. 3, 1850 C610) | (CR Brows secs seeeee Harpoon.

Nov. 19, 1850 7,777 | William Albertson ...-.. Harpoon.

May 6, 1851 | 8.0731) Charles: Burte-setees-cee Exploding harpoon.

Mar. 30, 1852 8, &43 | Sonnenburg & Richten..| Electric whaling-apparatus.

Apr. 6, 1852 | 8, 862 | J. D. B. Stillman .-...--- Harpoon, mov eable flukes and pulleys.

June 22, 1852 Groddal Cx CG: brands: aoe eee Lance for killing whales. Re-issned August, 1856.

Aug. 19, 1856 15,577 | Nathan Schofield ....... Expanding spir: al- winged projectile.

MarstO0tsoi | 16,819 |. ..5.- O22 25am eacities Bomb-lance, with springs. Re-issued July 7, 1857.

Apr. 28, 1857 AS 3h || PROtUS) SLO Oyie eee Bomb-lance, with moveable flukes.

May 26, 1857 17, 370 | Grudehos & Eggers. ....| Bomb- lance, with springs and moveable flukes.

May 26,1857 |} 17,407 | Rufus Sibley....-......- Projectile.

May 19, 1857 ICR Met CoC CHN STNG een 6 sore Projectile.

Oct. 20, 1857 18,408) J. Q) Kelly: . sees Harpoon.

Nov. 10, 1857 PSS S68R PHS Bates;.. =. sees eee Bomb.

Dee. 9, 1857 18, 824 | N. Schofield. ............| Projectile.

Feb. 16, 1858 19=363))| ELOW. Harknesseecseens” Harpoon and lance.

Aug. 17, 1858 21,219 | Rufas Sibley.-.-.-...... Bomb-lance.

Aug. 24, 1858 21218) | IN. Schofield: <5. =... 25-2 Harpoon-lance.

Nov. 2, 1858 21,949 | George Doyle........... Harpoon.

Nov. 16,1858 | 22,054 | A. F. & J. H. Andrews.-_| Bomb-lance.

May 3, 1859 2a Set |e: Bs COMMNSian ena ee Bomb-lance.

June 14, 1859 24,371 | Robert Brown :.---..--- Harpoon-bomb.

Aug. 9,1x59 | 25,080 | Isaac Goodspeed...-.... Projectile.

Dec. 11,1860 | 30,869 | Theodore Briggs........ Harpoon-lance.

Jan. 22,1861 | 31,190 | Thomas W. Roys .....-. Shoulder-gun, for harpoons, lances, &c.

July 16,1861 32,830 | Goodspeed & Crawley ..| Guide for bomb-lance.

June 3,1862 | 35,474 | Thomas W. Roys......-- Rocket-harpoon.

278 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of patents granted by the United States, §:c.—Continued.

PROJECTILES—Continued.

ne a Number. Inventor. Subject of invention.

Apr. 21,18 38; 207" MEA dams 2-2 52-222: Harpoon, with semi-revolving head.

Oct. 27,18 40, 387 | Oliver Allen ..-....--:-- Bomb-lanee, with perforated fire-proof diaphragm.

Feb. 21, 186: 46, 437 | Silas Barker -....----:-- Exploding-harpoon.

Aug. 22, 1865 49, 548 | Ebenezer Pierce .--..---- Apparatus for killing whales.

Apr. 24, 1866 54, 211 | Roys & Lieliendahl ..--. Roeket-harpoon.

Apr. 23,1867 | 64,045 | Robert E. Smith ....-...- Shooting-harpoon, grooved head, to receive the
pivoted barb.

Dee. 3, 1867 MEMOS NEL MINCULOY! acta ri= cme aa Harpoon, with stops, springs, and catches.

June 9,1868| 78,675 |.----- Cones ee Bomb-lance.

June 11,1869) (907868 )) Pierce-2*--2--2----..-- Bomb-lanee.

Dee. 7, 1869 97, 693 eee. beechtens: 222225222: Guui-harpoon.

May 7, 1872 126, 388 | Charles Freeman ....--.- 30inb-harpoons.

NETS AND POUNDS.

Misr 4 ABS BS eae foe: Russell Evarts;.-:...-:. | Seine for deep-water fishing.

DANE eA W838 He ee dee. BOW Peale) eee sees seer Seine for deep-water mackerel fishing.

Sept. )19)1838)).-2.--5--: Gyrusairace yess Seine.

Mat Meth eecee a HanrisiCook 2255. 422622 Gill-net.

SN hie sy tet a Feel John Downs 4232.25 2226 Form tor making nets for taking eels.

epi HAC Te44 oP... |. Carr, Shannon io, COm seer Net or trap; place for bait similar to eel-pot.

Apr. 18,1854 | 10, 794 Charles De Saxe ...----- Landing-net.

Aprectiisosn 20,125 | Whomas Hallo: ss2.2 32252 Seine or net.

June 29, 1858 20, 725 | Benjamin Merritt. .-..--- Seine for sea-fishing.

Apr. 8, 1862 34. 887) |W Goodwin 2se52254-64.4 Net or trap.

Apr. 25,1863 | 39,676 | W. Randolph ....-...--. Net, to be anchored and used as trap.

June 19, 1866 55.635 meeCiwee Ane Held: oe tenses Net.

Aug. 7, 1866 56. O17 | Benkiaaloarkime sess ic Vertical deep-water fishing-net.

Nov. 6, 1866 59, 429 | William Maxwell....---. Net, double, with rigid mouth; can be anchored
at any depth by floats and sinkers.

Feb. 26, 1867 62, 481 | C. C. Crossman. .-.--=..- Net, oe to side of boat, so as to be lowered or
raisec

Dee. 17, 1867 TAT ONO LORE 2: sas aeareteies Securing and feeding crabs.

Mar. 31,1868 76, 284 | Daniel Will.-.-..- Sy taee Gill-net.

pr 17, 1868 | 76,387 |"Lhomas Bell 2. .-.----.-- Net-attachment for boats, with gauge to mast, to

hoist or lower.

June 9, 1868 Gad Gn UB eAT NOME sence acess Mode of making nets.

July 28, 12868 S0N2745| Dion miGolins -<s22o-4 62.54 Brace-seine.

Sept. 28, 1863 82,490 | D. Cartwright........... Set-net, to be anchored ; the boat is attached about
midw: vy of the net, and a line is attached to small
end of bag, and can be raised into boat and the
fish taken out without distur bing the rest of the
net.

Oct. 13, 1868 82,913 | George D. Allen ..-..-..- Eel-pot.

Oct. 27, 1268 83, 493 | Smith Harper. .-.---.--. Net.

Oct. 27;1868 BB 5A00 Wai, WVOLCORes meeeceee Pound net or trap.

Mar. 9, 1869 87, 740 | F. A. Wardmiller -...--- Dip-net.

Feb. 8, 1870 9947013)) NPAC SSabiness5.2-see see Purse-net, with bait-box, the net stretched on wires
similar toumbrella, and, when ready to hoist, it is
closed like a purse.

Apr. 4,1871 | 113,292 | J. E. Hammond .-.....-.. Fish-trap net.

Apr. 4,1871 113, 572 | Benjamin Rider-.......-. Net-supporter.

Atpra WS ted |) D3 i8ll eb dtiermame seein Pound-net.

Aug. 15, 1871 WeeO5a | see Alexander. 5222. Net.

Nov. 14, 1871 1208974") Wehetreyic: 15-30) soca Seine.

Mar. 12,1872 | 124,635 | H.Smith.......2.-..:... Seine, arranged so that portion of mouth may be
below the surface.

8. OYSTER CULTURE AND GATHERING.

Mar. 2, 1858 19, 516 | Thomas Sheehan. .-...--- Oyster rake or tongs.

Oct. 4, 1859 25, 680 | Thomas P. Sink..--..-.-. Reel or windlass, for hoisting oyster-dredges.

Oct. 11,1864] 44,634 | George Jury-.---.-.-.--- Reel for hoisting oyster tongs or dredges. |

Oct. 2,1366 | 58, 426 | Job Johnson .-..-.--.--. Oyster-rake.

Nov: (20: 1866) 59,612 || Wi. Belbim: -2-. .sagecoke Mode of hoisting oyster-dredge.

Mar. 17, 1868 ND Do0) |. ON wOUNSON sacaeetsee ee Oyster-tongs.

Apr. 14, 1368 76,697 | Asa Barrett. .2o522.04254 Oyster-rake,

July 19,1870 | 105,495 | J. W.Sands .-.-.- ...... Grappling-tongs, (oyster.)

Sept. 27, 1870) |) 107, 740) Ward) 2 nately ae Oyster-tongs.

Men. 21, 0860!) “2721S Welorce sets cmer\-ire Oyster-dr edge.

May 20, 1862 35, 324 | J. H. Newcomb. .2.. 2.22: Oyster: dredge.

May 5, 1863 38,436 | Joseph Whitecars Oyster-dre due.

Jan. 17,1865 | 45,904 | W. Belbin.............-- Oyster-dredye.

June 5,1866| 55,228 ' Charles I. Belbin ....... Oyster- dredge.

LIST OF

PATENTS. 279

List of patents granted by the United States, §c.—Continued,.

OYSTER CULTURE AND GATHERING—Continued.

x]

ie Number. Inventor. Subject of invention.
Noy. 20, 1866 59.812) WeBelbinws...----- 0-25 Oyster-dredge.
Jan. 4, 1867 p Bis)! | Oyster-dredge.
Feb. 25, 1868 | Oy ster- dredge.
Apr. 7, 1868 | Reel for oyster- -dredge.
June 2, 1868 Oyster-dredge.
Aug. 18, 1868 inks Oyster-dr edges.
June 19, 1869 4 9: ce Oy ster-dr' edge chuck.
Apr. 27, 1869 , Be Thomas ¥F. Mayhew | Oyster- dredge.
Nov. 30, 1869 EAD eee One le eters create Oy ster-dr ede.
Feb. 15, 1870 99,900 | R.O. ie W. T. Howard... .| Reel for oyster- dredges.
Oct. 1,1871 NOOR HSE SIM KS aomertersa a te Oyster- dredge.
Nov. 28, 187 LD Wiel GB akencsa.nisiaciecclo Oyster- dredge.

Nov. 28, 1871

121, 249

KE. B. Lake

Ovyster-dr edge.

Danweder2) |) 1225423)! Ne A: Walliams: ...--..... | Oyster- dredge.
- dan. 16,1872 122) 843 | 'T. F. Mayhew..-....--.-. Reel or windlass for oyster-dredge.

Ap. 23,1872 | 125,964 | T. W. Landon..-....--.-- Oyster-dredge.

June 11, 1872 127, 903 | Benjamin F. Leytord....| Oyster nurseries.

Amon eo ned? |) 130/630 | HoH Brazier. 22.222. 22-- | Shell-oyster bucket.

Oct. 29, 1872 132)/668) | - An Ketcham 2.2. 555-- | Oyster-dredge.

Pane 261813. )) 1385, 167 | lsase Smiths .2 2.255552 | Oyster-tongs.

|
9. PRESERVATION AND UTILIZATION OF FISH.

Mar. 19, 1861 Si 30H ME NOC keeper sepa eee Preserving fish and meat.

Dec. 15, 1864 1,618 | James B. Herreshoff ....| Mode cf treating fish-water for use in dyeing, &c.
(Reissued December 15, 1864.)

Nov. 5, 1867 70, 435 | George H. Herron ...... Improved mode of preparing fish for food. (Re
issued January 16, 1872.)

May 19, 1868 78,016 | Benjamin Robinson ..... Tmareved process of obtaining gelatine from fish-

eads.

Sept. 8, 1868 81,987 | William D Cutler......-. Improved method of preparing, desiccating, and
preserving fish.

Oct. 27,1868 S3yocou |b. NUMAN 2+ scicfcee ese Improvement in apparatus for preserving and
freezing fish and meats, &c. (Drawing.)

Nov. 10, 1868 83, 836 | William D. Cutler ...... | Articles of food prepared from fish and potatoes.

Dec. 8, 1868 84, 801 | Elisha Crowell..........| Improved article of prepared codtish.

Jan. 19, 1869 85, 913 | William Davis. | Improvement in freezing-box for fish. (Drawing.)

Jan. 19, 1869 86,040) Rhomas Simiss a2 55.252 Improved compound for preserving fish.

Mar. 16, 1869 87, 986 | Benj. F. Stephens. .-.... Improvement in putting up codfish.

Mar. 23, 1869 88064) To-oNichersonl= = -2s soc | Improved process of preparing fish for food.

May 25, 1869 90, 334 | John Atwood, jr ...--...| Improved processjof curing and putting up codfish.

June 8, 1869 90,944 | Havard & Harmony ....| Improved process of preserving meat, fowls, fish,
&e.

Dec. 6,1870)4 109), 820' | D: V. Howell’... . 022... Device for freezing fish, meats, &e. (Drawing.)

Heb. 23,1871 | 112,129 | Samuel H. Davis......-. | Improvement in preserving fish by freezing.

May 21,1872 | 127,115 | Isaac L. Stanley ..-:..-. Improved process of preparing fish for food.

Oct. 15, 1872 | 132,316 | Edward A. Pharo..-.... EON in putting up salt mackerel and simi-
ar fish.

Dec. 15, 1868 84,855 | Edward E. Burnham.-...| Preservation and improvement in fish or bait used
in catching fish.

Feb. 11, 1868 NAS eel), ello gpa aasne sees Improved method of preserving bait for fishing.
(Drawing.)

Sept. 28, 1869 GonZo n RAS Adam siesta see Improvement in preserving fish.

Oct. 26, 1869 96,288 | George T. Thorp.----- -. Improved fish-bait.

Nov. 23, 1869 Sidr oh. AS Adams) ese aaees Improvement in curing and preserving fish.

Mar. 29,1870 | 101,260 | Silvanus Hamblin ...--. Improved bait-mill for fishermen. (Drawing.)

Jan. 21,1873 | 135,113 | Samuel A. Goodman, jr..| Bait, composed of vegetable and animal matter ; is
mixed with ordinary bait.

10. FISH-CULTURE.
Sept. 17, 1867 GSaeil) seth Green so s-seneeeese Spawn-hatching mackerel.
' Jan. 16, 1868 W8Oo2 01) Wika Munmane soeeeaces Fish-breeding.

Mar. 16, 1868 8) 952) |) W. H.. Mierman 22-2225: Fish-breeding device.

Aug. —, 1863 lh Giga || #NeG Bhatti en coe seuser Transporting live fish.

June 11,1872 | 127,903 | Benjamin F. Leyford....| Oyster-nurseries.

July 11,1871 | 116,995 % E. Sabimiereascmccnse. Fish-nursery.

July 12,1872 | 105, 176 S> Collinteeesee ss 222 Fish-spawning screen.

Oct. 22,1872 | 132,349 é ine Bracketticacscs scent Fishway.

280 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of patents granted by the United States, §-c.—Continued.
11. PATENTS GRANTED PRIOR TO 1834.

(The order shows that patents were granted to these persons, but the drawings and applications.
were destroyed by fire in 1836.]

2 ae et , Number. | Inventor. Subject of invention.
| |
| |
Tig" eke aocee’ | Joseph Ellicott, Pa.-.-.- | Catching fish.
TIGA ae aecosen | Nathaniel Robbins, N. J. Mode of carrying fish in warm weather.
TSUON se- S5o5hc | Philip Groff, Pa.-....--- | Seine.
13} Pe eesepooe | Samuel May, Pa -..-.----- | Seine.
ASIA sae aeoomee | James Wells. jr., N. J.-.. Vessels and nets for fishing.
TRUS ce ee aee | James Drummond ...-.-. | Net.

B20 [eee n= | Daniel Gordon, Pa..---- | Catching fish.

| | |

XVII.—LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALGA OF THE
SOUTH COAST OF NEW ENGLAND.

BY W. G. FARLOW, M. D.

The following list of alge has been arranged from collections made in
the summer of 1870 and spring of 1871, at Greenport and Orient, Long
Island, but more especially at Wood’s Hole and vicinity in the summer
of 1871. I am indebted to Professor 8S. F. Baird for opportunities for
collecting at the last-named station such as no American algologist has
ever before enjoyed. Mr. 8. T. Olney, of Providence, Rhode Island, has
been so kind as to place at my disposal his extensive collections of
Rhode Island alge, made during the years 1846—47-"48. The collections
of 1846 and 1847, examined and named by Harvey, contained the types
of Polysiphonia Olneyt and other species. The collection of 1848 con-
tained some novelties, which are mentioned in the following list. Since
my own list was prepared, Mr. Olney has published a complete list of
Rhode Island alge, entitled Algw Rhodiacee. For specimens from New
Haven and Watch Hill I am indebted to Professor D. C. Eaton, of Yale
College; and the albums of Miss Fisher and Miss Pease, of Edgartown,
have furnished choice specimens from that region.

As long ago as 1852, when the first volume of the Nereis Boreali-
Americana appeared, it was understood, in a general way, that Cape
Cod was the dividing line between the northern and the southern marine
ora. The question has since been raised whether Cape Cod is as
strictly the dividing line as Harvey had supposed; whether northern
species do not occur at exposed southern points, as Gay Head and Mon
oeuk, and southern species wander northward to Cape Ann. . Most de-
cidedly, I think, such is not the case. In the first place, none of the
characteristic alge of the north, with a solitary exception, are found
south of Cape Cod. The characteristic algve of our northern coast are
Alaria esculenta, GREV.; Laminaria. longicruris, DE LA PyL.; Agarum
Turneri, P. & R.; Halosaccion ramentaceum, J. AG.; Euthora cristata
J. AG.; P tilota serrata, KUTz.; Delesseria alata, LAM., and D. sinuosa
Lam. These are all common as far south as Nahant, except Halosaccion
which is common on the coast of Maine, but does not occur south of
Rye Beach, New Hampshire. From Boston Harbor to Cape Cod is a
desert, as far as marine vegetation is concerned, except for a short in-
terval at Hingham, where rocks afford a foot-hold for fucoids and chon-
drus, which are there gathered for the market in large quantities. Not one
of the alge above mentioned, except Delesseria sinuosa, is found south of

282 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Cape Cod. Agarum Turneri is exclusively American, eastern and west-
ern and northern. Alaria esculenta, Laminaria longicruris, and EHuthora
cristata, ave found in Europe on the northern shores of Scotland and Nor-
way. Huthora cristata is rare as far south as Edinburgh, 56° N., and
Alaria esculenta is rare in the south of England. Ptilota serrata and
Halosaccion ramentaceum occur on the coast of Norway. Both Delesse-
rie occur farther south, D. sinuosa in particular, which grows with sub-
tropical sea-weeds on the southern coast of England and on the opposite
shore of France. It will be seen, then, that the flora, as far south as
Boston, 425° N., resemble most strongly that of the north of Scotland and
Norway, which, at its southernmost point, reaches only 58° N.

The characteristic alge of Southern Massachusetts and Long Island
Sound are Sargassum vulgare, AG., and S. Montagnei, BAtL., (an Ameri-
can variety of the last;) Chordaria divaricata ; Grinnellia Americana,
HARY.; Dasya elegans, AG.; Chylocladia Baileyana, HARy.; Solieria chor-
dalis, AG.; Gracilaria multipartita, AG.; Ptilota elegans, BONNEM. ; Chon-
dria Baileyana, MONT., and Champia parvula, HARV. Of these, except-
ing one extremely doubtful case of Grinnellia, none have ever been found
north of Cape Cod, except Ptilota elegans, which occurs at Beverly,
Massachusetts, and Chylocladia Baileyana, found at Quiney, Massachu-
setts, by Dr. Durkee. Of Ptilota elegans it may be remarked, that this
plant, although abundant south of Cape Cod, is local, occurring only in
the more exposed places, as Gay Head, No Mans Land, and Newport.
Chylocladia Baileyana and Grinnellia Americana are exclusively Ameri-
can, the former found as far south as Charleston, the latter on the coast
of North Carolina. Dasya elegans is Mediterranean, and extends to the
Canaries. Solieria chordalis, first found at Cadiz, and Chondria Bailey-
ana, on the supposition that it is identical with Chondriopsis striolata,
J. AG., are Mediterranean. Sargassum vulgare and Gracilaria multipar-
tita are rare as far north as the south of England, where many subtropical
alge flourish. Chordaria divaricata is an anomaly, being local in Great
Britain and common in the Baltic, while it has not been found north of
Cape Cod in America. The flora of Southern New England is much.
like that of the Mediterranean.

But it may be asked why the appearance of the vegetation at Gay
Head and Wood’s Hole is so different. It is not because we have at
Gay Head an offshoot of the northern flora. The false resemblance is
caused by the immense quantities of Laminaria, composed almost en-
tirely of L. saccharina, common throughout the Sound; LZ. longicruris,
the distinguishing northern species, being entirely absent. L. digitata,
a northern species, is also found, but I have hesitated to count it as
northern, because I have information from New Haven, not very definite
to be sure, that it is found there also. The reason is, because at Wood’s
Hole, Greenport, and Peconic Bay, we have an extremely southern flora,
which in fact, botanically, does not belong to Long Island Sound. Gay
Head does not produce northern species, but the last-mentioned localities

LIST OF THE 283

are more favorable to the growth of warm-water species than any other
parts of Long Island Sound, and at those points we meet a vegetation
which we must go as far south as the Carolinas to find normally.
Sargassum vulgare, pre-eminently a southern species, abounds at Wood’s
Hole and Greenport; at the latter place almost takes the place of Fucus.
Hypnea musciformis, a very common West Indian species, is found near
Wood’s Hole and New Bedford, again at Charleston Harbor and on the
coast of North Carolina. This state of things seems to be owing to the
shallowness of the water in Vineyard Sound and Peconic Bay, and the
southern exposure of the shore, thus allowing the water of the smaller
bays to become quite warm, so that the spores of the southern alga
might pass through the colder waters of Gay Head and Montauk with-
out germinating till they reached a more congenial home in Wood’s
Hole and Peconic Bay.

In examining the following list one cannot fail to notice the very small
number of species added to the flora since Harvey’s Nereis was pub-
lished. This is in striking contrast to the experience of the zoologists,
who seldom allowed a day of this summer to pass without additions to
the fauna. Of the species added, seven are common to Europe ; three
forms, found by Harvey, only at Key West, were found at Wood’s Hole.
The actual number of species on the eastern coast is, probably, not
greater than Harvey estimated, since recent additions are counterbal-
anced by the union of some of Harvey’s species with older ones. - No
facts were obtained as to the greatest depth at which alg will grow, as
the dredgings were carried on in comparatively shallow water, but the
depth at which several grow was found to be greater than Harvey had
supposed, as in the case of Chrysymenia rosea, described as growing in
tide-pools, which I have only found in six or eight fathoms of water, on
shells, in company with Scinaia furcellata.

The following table has been prepared from eee ey’s Nereis and
Agardh’s Species Algaruin, and represents, as far as is known, the num-
ber of species found on different parts of our coast :

SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALG#, ETC.

x [ = z be oad
u = ecg ium en = &
~ > a ee Do fea) ss
> oO oO°*9 = =
rz Oo-| on] a S S
ees alee y 3 Lae Ss
Pos, (iets | eter! eet are. | eae
Ses pS eet ( 2 = - =
Me |OS | Os | = ailee | Se
= - an ‘os = SS) 5 a
Seis NG ee ere hes 2
~ | ~ ~ = oe = -
al | A “> rs —) }
i | mr | iS) é)
att :
Melamospermezs 22.25.20 3.25.25 JA eee Te. So 28 13 50 4
TRINGWIOS | DVGNGED Cee aes Seema eee ae sel EO) fe 72 | 91 92 | 19
c . | or | cod
\OIMOROS PERM ress Nachle cools see ne eteysene 85 | 30 35 47 | 49 9
Mota Meese ek Bee lanes ae sees oensere ests SU AD 135 ey yale 32
| |

From this table it will be seen 1 that. over sixty- two per cent. of ¢ our
algz are common to Europe. This refers to our whole eastern coast.
The table, however, does not show the fact that the number of common

284 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

species gradually diminishes as you proceed southward. At Nahant,
out of eighty-six species, seventy-nine are common to Europe. The last
column includes only those common species that are actually known to
occur on the west coast; in reality, there are probably many more. The
diminution of species between Cape Cod and Charleston is owing to
the extent of sandy shore, on which very few alge grow. Harvey es-
timated that there were about three hundred conspicuous sea-weeds in
Great Britain, and counting the minute, not far from four hundred.
Even allowing that our coast has not been as thoroughly explored as
the British, it will be seen that, considering its great extent, it is not so
rich in species as the latter coast. This is, in part, owing to the sandy
shore of the Middle and Southern States. Compared with the western
coast of Europe, the localization of our flor will be noticed. They do
not gradually pass into one another, but are much more sharply limited,
particularly near Cape Cod.

From our coast, between Maine and Key West, little is to be expected
hereafter in the way of new species, and the attention of algologists
will be turned to a search for the smaller European species, and to a
more accurate study of the difficult genera Callithamnion and Clado-
phora, and the order Oscillatoriacee. There isa lack of information about
the winter state of our alge, and this can only be supplied by residents
on the shore. At present I know of no winter collections except those
made by ladies of Edgartown, Massachusetts. On the coast of the ex-
treme eastern part of Maine and the shore of the British provinees
much more of novelty may be expected. Many species have been de-
scribed from single or very few specimens from the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, and more extensive suites than have yet been obtained are
necessary for the complete establishment of the species.

MELANOSPERME4E.
FUCACEZ.

1. Sargassum vulgare, AG. Common at Wood’s Hole in warm, shal-
low coves. Very variable in the length and breadth of leaves,
and in the ramification of the fruit-bearing branchlets, charae-
ters on which Harvey relies in separating this from the next
species.

2. S. Montagnei. Greenport, Long Island. Probably only a variety
of the last, although my Greenport specimens have narrower
leaflets than any Sargassum gathered by me at Wood’s Hole.

S. bacciferum I have never found washed ashore, and during the
summer months it is undoubtedly rare, if found at all. Said to
be found in great patches off Nantucket, but I have never seen
specimens. j y

3, Fucus vesiculosus, LINN. l Both species common as far as New York,

but by no mez xuri: h
4. EF. nodosus, LINN. \ a Cave eon ans aS luxuriant as nort

LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALG, ETC. 285

SPOROCHNACE A.

.
5. Desmarestia aculeata, LAM. Common at Gay Head, Nantucket,
(Miss Mitchell.)

6. D. viridis, LAM. Orient Point, Long Island. June, 1871.

LAMINARIACE&.

7. Laminaria saccharina, LAM. Very common at Gay Head and Mon-
tauk, Long Island; Wood’s Hole, Orient Point, Newport.

8. L. digitata, LAM. Gay Head, Montauk. Probably the southern-
most habitat of this species.

L. trilaminata, OLNEY. In August, 1870, I picked up on the north
beach, Orient Point, a fragment much decayed, which, at the
time, I thought belonged to this species. Professor Gray having
mentioned that he had seen, several years ago, at Gay Head, a
plant which might possibly have been this species, I visited that
spot several times, but found no trace of LZ. trilaminata, although
there was abundance of L. saccharina. The specimens, supposed
to have been JZ. trilaminata, were probably nothing more than a

monstrous form of LZ. saccharina. This view is strengthened by
the fact that I have seen, at Mount Desert, Agarum Turnert with
three ale; and I have seen two specimens of L. saccharina, in
which one edge of the frond had become thickened like a cord,
and at the apex the cord was beginning to split into two layers,
at right angles to the frond itself.

9. Chorda filum, STACK. Very common in shallow water.

10. C. lomentaria, LyYNGB. Orient Point. June, 1871.

DICTYOTACEA. ¢

11. Stilophora rhizodes, J. AG. Waquoit. A few specimens floating
near Wood’s Hole, in July ; near Providence, (S. T. Olney.) No-
where common. I have lately seen a specimen sent from Lenor-

mand to Dr. Hillebrand, marked Stilophora Lyngbyei, AG. New
York Bay. By some this species is considered a variety of the
last named.
12. Dictyosiphon feniculaceus, GREY. A few specimens floating off
Naushon.

13. Punctaria tenuissima, GREY. Dredged in three or four fathoms.
Wood’s Hole. Common at Orient Point. June, 1871,
14, P. plantaginea, GREY. With the latter, and equally common at
Orient Point.
CHORDARIACE Al.
15. Chordaria flagelliformis, AG. Nobska, Gay Head. Not so abun-
dant as farther north.

986 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

16. ©. divaricata, AG. Wood’s Hole, Orient, Greenport. Very com-
mon all summer in warm, shallow bays. To the eye this would
appear to include two species. The young and growing parts
are solid and very tortuous, and resemble, when dried, a Meso-
gloia. As the plant grows older the stem often becomes hollow,
and many of the branches fall off, giving the plant a coarse
appearance.

17. Leathesia tuberiformis, S. ¥.GRAyY. Washed ashore on Buzzard’s

Jay and Orient Point, but not seen growing.
18. Elachista fucicola, FRIES. Wood’s Hole. Parasitic on Fuct.

ECTOCARPACEA.

19. Cladostephus verticillatus, AG. Orient, Gay Head. Very common
toward No Mans Land.

20. C. spongiosus, AG. Newport.

21. Sphacelaria cirrhosa, AG. Common at Wood’s Hole and Wee-
pecket Islands, Greenport, Orient.

22. Myriotrichia filiformis, GRIFF. On Chorda lomentaria. Point Ju-
dith, (S. T. Olney.) The only recorded case of this plant being
found in America is that of Mr. Hooper, mentioned in the ap-
pendix to Harvey’s Nereis, who found it in Penobscot Bay on
Dictyosiphon. In Europe it is almost always found on Chorda
lomentaria.

23. Ectocarpus littoralis, LYNGB. Everywhere common on Fucus.

24. E. fasciculatus, HARV. Gay Head and Nobska.

25. EH. Durkeei, HARV. Gay Head.

25.* H. viridis, HARV. Wood’s Hole, (jide D. C. Eaton.)

RHODOSPERMELE.

RHODOMELACE 43.

26. Chondria (Chondriopsis, AG. ;) dosyphylla, AG. Common on stones

and the larger algve at low-water mark. Wood’s Hole, Orient.
C. dasyphylla, var. sedifolia, Not noticed by Harvey north of Key
West, but not uncommon at Wood’s Hole.

27. C. Baileyana, HARV. Very common, and with the last. Agardh
refers this with a query to his Chondriopsis striolata of the
Adriatic. I have compared my specimens with one of C. strio-
lata from Agardh in the herbarium at Cambridge, and it seems
to be the same, but further comparison is needed.

28. C. littoralis, AG. Wood’s Hole. Not at all common; a species
easily recognized when seen, but difficult to describe. Not no-
ticed by Harvey north of Key West.

29. Rhodomela subfusca, AG. Gay Head, Vineyard Sound.

30. Polysiphonia urceolata, GREY. Government Wharf, Wood’s Hole,
Orient Point. Var. formosa. Orient, Nantucket.

LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALGH, ETC. 287

31. P. Olmeyit, HARV. Wood’s Hole, (common,) Waquoit.

32. P. Harveyi, BAIL, Very common on eel-grass; the bottom of the
small harbor at Wood’s Hole sometimes covered with this plant
after a southerly wind; washed up so abundantly at Southold,
Long Island, in the autumn, as to be used for manure. It must
be confessed that this species is not well defined, passing, on
the one hand, into P. Olneyi, and, on the other, into P. Harveyi
var. arietina, HARV., which seems to me to be full as clearly a
distinct species as P. Harvey itself. Bailey so regarded it. This
plant is called on Long Island “ nigger-hair ;” at Wood’s Hole,
“dough-balls.” I have fine specimens a foot in diameter,
whereas in var. arietina the tufts are seldom over two inches in
diameter. This variety is very common on the south side of
Lynn Beach on eel-grass.

P. subtilissima, MONT. Seekonk River, (S. T. Olney.)

34. P. elongata, GREV. Common at Gay Head, and floating near
Menimshi Bight. I did not collect this species until August,
when many of the terminal fibrils had fallen off, leaving the
ramuli rather bare. Also at Lynn Beach, but neither so luxu-
riant nor abundant.

30. P. fibrillosa, GREY. Greenport.

36. P. violacea, GREY. Orient Point, Gay Head, and Menimshi.
Not uncommon.

oT. P. variegata, AG. Very common in all warm, shallow water, on
piers, in company with Solieria chordalis. Wood’s Hole, Wee-
pecket Islands, Greenport, Orient, New Haven, (Professor
Eaton.)

38. P. atrorubescens, GREV. Gay Head and Menimshi Bight, floating
with P. elongata and violacea. Not very common. Some speci-
mens collected in July are a foot long, and the branches are
covered with subulate ramuli, while others, gathered in Sep-
tember, are not more than two or three inches long, nearly des-
titute of lateral ramuli, and look like black horse-hair.

39. P. nigrescens, GREV. Wood’s Hole, Gay Head, Orient. Var.
fucoides common on fucus at low-water mark at Weepecket
Islands, New Haven, (Professor Eaton,) Gay Head. Dredged
in ten fathoms near No Mans Land.

40. P. fastigiata, GREV. Notwithstanding the common occurrence of
Fucus nodosus, on which this is generally parasitic, I have found
at Wood’s Hole only a few specimens of this species, and those
faded and greenish. New Haven, (Professor Eaton.)

41, Dasya elegans, AG. Very common from New York to Nantucket,
being one of the most striking and abundant rhodosperms dur-
ing the latter part of August and September. Washed ashore
at Gay Head.

288 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

LAURENCIACE.

42, Champia (Lomentaria, AG.) parvula, HARV. Very common on
eel-grass and the larger alge throughout Long Island Sound.
When dredged in fine to ten fathoms it is flatter and more
gelatinous than in shoaler water. I have a specimen from
Watch Hill, collected by Professor Eaton, which seems to me
to be the same as Harvey’s Key West species, C. salicornioides,
and I have numerous specimens connecting the two species,
which are probably forms of the same.

CORALLINACE &.

43. Corallina officinalis, L. Common. Wood’s Hole, Gay Head. The
classification of this order is indeed wretched, when tbe fruits
characteristic of three different genera are all found on a
single specimen, as is the case with one from Gay Head.

44, Melobesia membranacea, LAM. Common along the coast on zos-

tera.

45, M. farinosa, LAM. on Sargassum vulgare. Cuba, (C. Wright.)
46. M. pustulata, LAM. On Fuct and Chondrus. Cape Ann, Gay
Head, Wood’s Hole, Weepecket.
SPH ZROCOCCOIDE &.

47. Grinnellia Americana, HARV. On sheltered piers, below low-water
mark, and on stones and sponges as low as six fathoms.
Wood's Hole, Orient, Greenport, Watch Hill, (Professor Eaton,)
Edgartown, Buzzard’s Bay. Washed ashore at Gay Head and
Nantucket. This, perhaps the most beautiful rhodosperm
south of Cape Cod, is a very rapid grower, two or three crops
being produced during the summer in favorable localities. It
is supposed to require warm water for its perfection, but the
ladies of Edgartown collect this plant in midwinter, as if is
only at that time that it grows high up on the piers. I am
informed by Miss Fisher that, after high tides in winter, the
flats in the vicinity of Edgartown are covered with this sea-
weed. Harvey described the harbor of Greenport as carpeted
with Grinnellia. In August, 1870, I dredged that harbor in
every direction, but found no trace of it, though there were a
few specimens on the north beach. It is possible that the nu-
merous fish-oil factories may have driven it away. I have
never seen but one specimen of Grinnellia purporting to have
been found north of Cape Cod; that was a water-worn frag-
ment, supposed to have been collected at Pigeon Cove, Cape
Ann. But, as the lady who showed me the specimen was not
sure of the locality, and had other specimens from Long Island
Sound, I think there must have been some mistake. The
southernmost locality from which I have received specimens is
Norfolk, Virginia.

LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALG#®, ETC. 289

48. Delesseria sinuosa, LAM. Gay Head and No Mans Land; abundant
in company with Ptilota elegans. Watch Hill, (Professor Eaton,)
Newport. Although identified by Harvey with the European
plant, it seems to differ in several respects from the descrip-
tions of that plant. The conceptacles are described as being
on the midrib, or lateral nerves, in the European plant. In
ours, although sometimes found in a similar position, they are
more frequently scattered, and the tetraspores are frequently
dispersed instead of being confined to the marginal leaflets.
It generally fruits in winter and early spring, but I have one
specimen fruiting in September. I have no specimen of D.
quereifolia of the southern hemisphere with which to compare
mine.

49. Gracilaria multipartita, J. AG. Wood’s Hole, Hadley Harbor.
On small stones and gravel, just below low-water mark. Our
broadest specimens are considerably narrower than the Euro-
pean; some are so narrow as to resemble Solieria chordalis, and
are var. B. HARV. In September, 1870, I found large misses
of a Gracilaria, which I picked up by the armful at East Ma-
rion, Long Island. I think likely it was G@. confervoides, GREV.,
but have misplaced my specimens.

GELIDIACE.

50. Gelidium corneum, LAMOUR. This alga, so common throughout
Europe, is only occasionally seen on our coasts, and then only in
a very insignificant form. My specimens are not more than two
inches high, and seem to belong to the variety crinalis, AG.

51. Solieria chordalis, J. AG. Very common and characteristic.
Wood’s Hole, Greenport, Orient, in company with Polysiphonia
variegata and Gracilaria multipartita, the narrow forms of which
it much resembles. Is not Rhabdonia tenera, J. AG., the same
as this plant? There is in the herbarium at Cambridge, a
specimen from Lenormand, marked R. tenera, J. AG., New York
Harbor. It is without fruit, and the structure of the stem is that
common to both Solieriaand Rhabdonia. As I have never seen
American specimens of R. tenerain fruit, while Solieria is very
common, I think it is probable that what has been described as
Rhabdonia is merely a sterile plant of Solieria.

Hypnea musciformis, LAM. Fine specimens and not uncommon at
Nobska and the adjoining Falmouth shore. A common plant
of the Mediterranean and the West Indias. There are, how-
ever, in the herbarium at Cambridge, no specimens from either
of those localities as luxuriant as those from Nobska, some of
which are a foot long.

S. Mis. 61——19

290 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

SPONGIOCARPEA.

52. Polyides rotundus, GREY. Common at Gay Head, Newport, Orient,
and Greenport, also on the rocky shores of Massachusetts Bay,
though not so luxuriant there as south of the cape.

SQUAMARLA.

53. Hildenbrandtia rubra, MENEG. In fruit at Wood’s Hole. Common
between tide-marks and below, at Wood’s Hole, Nahant, Rock-
port, Massachusetts, New Haven, (Professor Eaton.) This
species, I believe, has never before been recognized in America,
where it will probably be found to be as common as in Europe.

HELMINTHOCLADEZ&.

54. Nemalion multifidun, J. AG. One specimen bearing tetraspores
picked up at Gay Head. It was of larger diameter and more
beautiful rose color than usual.

55. Scinaia furcellata, BIvON. Fruiting, and not uncommon at Gay
Head. Washed ashore, and also dredged in six or eight fathoms.

RHODYMENIACE.

56. Rhodymenia palmata, GREY. Common at Gay Head, Wood’s

Hole, Newport, Orient, and Greenport.
CRYPTONEMIACE &.

57. Phyllophora membranifolia. Dredged at Gay Head, Newport,
Orient.

58. P. Brodivi, J. AG. Fine specimens, a foot long, dredged in ten
fathoms off Sheep Pen Cove. Common at Gay Head, Newport,
and Orient.

59. Ahnfeltia plicata, FRIES. Common at Gay Head, Newport, Orient.

60. Cystoclonium purpurascens, KUTz. Extremely common, in summer,
in pools, and washed ashore. Gay Head, Wood’s Hole, New-
port, Orient, Watch Hill, (Professor Eaton.) Var /. HARV,
equally common.

61. Chondrus crispus, LYNGB. Very common and with the last.

62. Chylocladia Baileyana, HARy. This plant was placed by Harvey
conditionally in the genus Chylocladia, he having seen only the
tetrasporic plant. I believe I was the first who saw the con-
ceptacular plant, which I found growing on the Government
Wharf, Wood’s Hole, in July. The fruit is external and con-
tained in a cellular pericarp. The nucleus, surrounded by a
hyaline mucous envelope, consists of a mass of spores grouped
without order. The plant varies very much in color, according
to locality and season, and the three varieties described by
Harvey run constantly into each other. Common at Wood’s
Hole, Buzzard’s Bay, Orient, Greenport, Weepecket, New
Haven, (Professor Eaton.)

LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALG, ETC. 291

63. C. rosea, (Chrysimenia, Phyc. Britt.,) HARV. This rare and beau-

tiful alga I have found only by dredging in the region of the
Devil’s Back, Gay Head, in eight or ten fathoms. The tetra-
spores only were found.

SPYRIDIACE&.
64. Spyridia filamentosa, HARV. Common on eel-grass at Wood’s

Hole, Waquoit, Weepecket, and Greenport.

CERAMIACE Ai.
65. Ceramium rubrum, AG. Common everywhere.
66. C.diaphanum, RotH. Commonand luxuriant oneel-grass. Wood’s

Hole, Weepecket, Edgartown.

67. CO. fastigiatum, HARV. Common on eel-grass in August and Sep-

tember at Wood’s Hole, Weepecket, Newport, Orient, and
Greenport.

68. C. arachnoideum, (2?) AG. Wood's. Hole, Orient Point. There

grows in abundance on fuci, at Wood’s Hole, a Ceramium
without fruit of either kind in September. It grows in long
patches on the stems of fuci near low-water mark. The fila-
ments are rather robust, not more than an inch long, scarcely
branching and forcipate at the tip. The internodes are di-
aphanous, and I am not certain that it is not a young state of
C. diaphanum. At any rate I will not confuse an already suffi-
ciently subdivided genus by adding a doubtful species.

69. Ptilota elegans, BONNEM. Common between Gay Head and No

Mans Land, Newport. Wherever found, abundant.

70. Griffithsia corallina, AG. This charming plant is not uncommon

during July in Buzzard’s Bay, Wood’s Hole, and Weepecket
Islands; at the latter station I have seen the water full of it.
Var. globifera I have found only on tie Government Wharf,
Wood’s Hole, and once or twice in Buzzard’s Bay. It is coarser
in color and texture, and is not so easily dried on paper as the
ordinary form. If merely a variety, it seems to owe its form to
its exposed place of growth.

71. Callithamnion tetragonum, AG. Wood’s Hole, Martha’s Vineyard
J ; ; yi ;

~)
bo

Newport. Common on the larger alge and wood-work just
below low-water mark.

. Baileyi, HARV. Not to be distinguished, in my opinion, from

C. tetragonum, except by being less robust and somewhat more
compoundly branched. It seems to me to be merely a variety
grown early in the season while the water is warm.

). Borreri, AG. Greenport, Wood’s Hole. My specimens are

softer than European, and seem too near C. polyspermum.

292 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

74, C. byssoideum, ARN. Orient Point, (not uncommon,) Wood’s Hole,
Weepecket. Specimens from the latter place are fastigiate and
belong to Harvey’s third variety.

75. C. corymbosum, AG. Wood’s Hole, Gay Head, Edgartown, (Miss
Pease,) Weepecket.

76. C. seirospermum, GRIFF. The commonest of the subgenus Rosea.
Orient, Menimshi, Gay Head.

77. C. Plumula, Lynep. Rare. Dredged near Devil’s Back, Gay
Head, in company with Chylocladia rosea, July ; Orient, June;
one specimen.

78. C. cruciatum, AG. Wood’s Hole, Vineyard Sound, Weepecket.
Not uncommon, but generally overlooked from its being para-
sitic on other species of Callithamnion.

79. CO. Turneri, AG. One of the commonest species of the genus south
of Cape Cod, growing in dense tufts on other algze at low-water
mark and below. Throughout Vineyard Sound, Watch-Hill,
(Professor Eaton,) Orient, Siasconsett, where in July the water
was completely filled withit. Beautifal whilein the water, but
not making handsome specimens.

80. C. luxurians, J. AG. On zostera. Edgartown, Massachusetts,
(Miss Fisher.)

CHLOROSPERME4.

SIPHONACEA 4.
81. Bryopsis plumosa, LAM. Greenport, Wood’s Hole, Edgartown.
Common on wharves and stones between tide-marks.
ULVACEZ.
82. Porphyra vulgaris, AG. Common. Wocd’s Hole, Newport, Green-
port, New Haven, (Professor Eaton.)

83. Bangia fuscopurpurea, LYNGB. Wood’s Hole, Newport. On
piers and rocks.

84. Enteromorpha intestinalis, LINK. Common along the whole shore.
85. E. compressa, GREY. With the last, and equally common.
86. E. clathrata, GREY. Wood’s Hole. Common.
87. E. Hopkirkii, McCALLA. Edgartown, (Miss Pease.)
88. Ulva Linza, L. Orient. Probably along the whole coast.
89. U. latissima, L. Everywhere.
CONFERVACEZ,
90. Cladophora rupestris, L. Gay Head, Vineyard Sound. A con-
densed depauperate form.
91. C. uncialis, FL. DAN. Orient Point, June, 1871.
92. C. Rudolphiana, AG. Wood's Hole.

LIST OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR'MARINE ALG, ETC. 293

93. C. fracta, Fu. DAN. Wood’s Hole, in Hel Pond.
94. C. flexuosa, GRIFF. Wood’s Hole, Government Wharf.
95. Chetomorpha Piquotiana, MONT. Gay Head, Montauk.
96. C. wrea, DILLW. Gay Head.
97. C. sutoria, BERK. Gay Head.
98. OC. litorea, HARV. Gay Head.
98. C. tortuosa, DILLW. Wood’s Hole.
OSCILLATORIACE 2.
100. Lyngbya majuscula, HARY. Wood’s Hole, Naushon, Edgartown,
called by lady collectors mermaid’s hair.
101. Calothrix confervicola, AG. Wood’s Hole.
102. C. scopulorum, AG. Very common everywhere on rocks.
RIVULARIACE.
105. Rivularia atra, Though not noticed before in America, I
found it not uncommon on shells and stones at Wood’s Hole.

Besides the list above given there remain a number of Callitham- -
nia and Cladophora of doubtful species, not an uncommon oc-
currence with collectors. It is also probable that there are
other species of Lyngbya and Calothrix to be found at Wood’s
Hole.

Localities of alge, either rare or new to American localities, not included
in the preceding list.

Ralfsia verrucosa, AG., (R. deusta, BERK.) For the first time in
America found by me at Little Nahant, October, 1871. Insig-
nificant looking, but probably not uncommon.

Calliblepharis ciliata, Ktrz. Collected by Professor Eaton, Mr.
Whitney, and myself, at Straightsmouth Island, off Cape Ann,
Massachusetts, September, 1871; not very abundant. Concep-
tacular fruit forming on some of the specimens.

Sphacelaria radicans, AG. Doubtfully located by Harvey at Bev-
erly. In fruit at Little Nahant, October, 187f.

Gymnogongrus Norvegicus, GREY. Lynn Beach, November, 1871.
A single specimen covered with conceptacles. Narrower than
most European specimens, which was also the fact in the speci-
men sent to Harvey from Penobscot Bay, by Mr. J. Hooper.

Ceramium Hooperi, HARY. Straightsmouth Island.

Fucus distichus, L. An alga, which I regard as undoubtedly this
species, I found growing in patches near high-water mark, at
Marblehead, Massachusetts, in May, 1871. I have seen grow-
ing, in considerable abundance at various stations of our
coast, a Fucus which I supposed at first to be an unripe state

294 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of F. vesiculosus, but now think must be F. furcatus, Ac.
This is well marked by the flat receptacle which, according to
Agardh, is repeatedly forked. rarely simple. In the plant of our
coast the receptacle is quite frequently simple. I have not yet
been able to see a dried specimen of F. furcatus, or the figure of
Agardh. Should my view of this plant be correct the supposed
poverty of our coast in species of Fucus, as compared with the
English, will prove to be not so very striking after all.

Melobesia polymorpha, L. Dredged at Robbinstown, Maine, by
Mr. Howe. Not before noticed in America.

Nostoc sphwroides, KUTZ. Sent by Professor Eaton from a pond
near New Haven. Not before noticed in America.

XVIII.—REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINE-
YARD SOUND AND THE ADJACENT WATERS, WITH
AN ACCOUNT OF THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERS OF THE
REGION.

By A. E. VERRIBL.

A.—HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE INVERTEBRATE
ANIMALS.

1.—GENERAL REMARKS.

The investigation of the invertebrate life of these waters, undertaken
at the request of the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisher-
ies, was actively carried forward during the entire summer of 1871,
and the very extensive collections then made have been studied by Mr.
S. I. Smith, Mr. O. Harger, and myself, as thoroughly as possible dur-
ing the time that has been at our disposal. The work upon the collec-
tions is by no means complete, but is sufficiently advanced to serve the
immediate purposes of the Fish Commission.

To Mr. Smith I am indebted for the identification of all the Crustacea
referred to in this report and the accompanying lists, except the Iso-
pods, which have been determined mostly by Mr. Harger, to whom my
thanks are also due for several excellent drawings of those animals.
To Professor A. Hyatt I am indebted for the identification of some of the
Bryozoa, and for most of the figures of that class. Iam also under
obligations to Dr. A. 8. Packard, Dr. G. H. Horn, and Dr. H. A. Ha-
gen, who have identified the insects inhabiting salt water.

According to the planus adopted, these explorations had in view sev-
eral distinct purposes, all more or less connected with the investigation
of the fisheries. The special subjects attended to. by this section of the
Fish Commission party were chiefly the following:

Ist. The exploration of the shores and shallow water for the purpose
of making collections of all the marine animals and algve living between
tides, on every different kind of shore, including the numerous burrow-
ing-worms and ecrustacea, and to ascertain as much as possible concern-
ing their habits, relative abundance, stations, We.

2d. The extension of similar observations by means of the dredge;
trawl, tangles, and other instruments, into all depths down to the deep-
est waters which were accessible to us, and to make a systematic sur-
vey, as complete as possible, of all the smaller bays and harbors within

296 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

our reach, both to obtain complete collections of the animals and plants
and to ascertain the precise character of the bottom, special attention
being paid to the localities known to be the feeding-grounds of valuable
fishes, and to those animals upon which they are known to feed.

3d. The depth of the water and its temperature, both at the surface
and bottom, was to be observed and recorded in as many localities as
possible, and especially where dredging was to be done, and lists of the
animals and plants from special localities or depths were to be prepared,
so as to show the influence of temperature and other physical features
upon animal and vegetable life. Many valuable observations of this
kind were made.

4th. The life of the surface-waters was to be investigated by means
of hand-nets and towing-nets, on every possible occasion, and at all
hours. Towing-nets of different sizes, made of strong embroidery-
canvas, and attached to stout brass rings, were used with excellent re-
sults, but very many interesting things were obtained by hand-nets skill-
fully used. The surface collections are of great interest in themselves,
and of special importance practically, as they show the nature of the
food of those fishes that feed at or near the surface.

5th. The collections obtained were to be preserved by the best meth-
‘ods: Ist, for the purpose of making a more thorough study of them
than could usually be done at the time, and for the purpose of insuring
accuracy in their identification and fullness in the special lists for the
final report; and, 2d, in order to supply the Smithsonian Institution,
Yale College museum, and a number of other public museums, both
American and foreign, with sets of the specimens collected. For this
last purpose large quantities of duplicates were collected and preserved,
and will be distributed at an early day.

6th. Those species of animals which cannot be preserved in good
condition for study were to be examined with care and minutely de-
scribed while living. The colors and appearance of the soft parts of
other species were to be described in the same way, and also the eggs
and young of all kinds.

7th. It was regarded as of great importance to secure accurate drawings ,
of the living animals, and especially of such as greatly change their
form and appearance when preserved, such as worms, naked mollusks,
ascidians, polyps, &c. Unfortunately the available funds were not
sufficient to enable us to employ a special artist for this purpose during
the summer, but this deficiency has been partially remedied by the figures
subsequently drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, Mr. 8. I. Smith, Mr. O. Har-
ger, and the writer.

8th. In all these investigations the relations existing between the
fishes and the lower animals which serve as food for them were to be
constantly borne in mind, and all information bearing directly upon this
subject that could be obtained was to be recorded. To this end large
numbers of stomachs from fishes newly caught were examined, and

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 29

lists of the species found in them were made. Most of those thus as-
certained to be their ordinary food were traced to their natural haunts
from whence the fishes obtain them.

9th. The parasites of fishes, both external and internal, were to be
collected and preserved for future study.

A large collection of such parasites was made, but the internal para-
sites, which are very numerous, have not yet been studied. The inter-
nal parasites were collected chiefly by Dr. Edward Palmer.

The map accompanying the present report serves to show the locali-
ties explored, and the extent of the labor in dredging and sounding.
The operations during the first six weeks were under the charge of Mr.
S. I. Smith, who remained until July 25. He was assisted by Dr. W.
G. Farlow, who also investigated the alge. Professor J. E. Todd, of
Tabor, lowa, then took charge of the work for three weeks, until I was
able to join the party, on the 16th of August. During the remainder
of the season, until September 20, the operations were under my imme-
diate superintendence; but Professor A. Hyatt, of Boston; Dr. A. 8.
Packard, of Salem; Dr. Farlow, of Cambridge; and Professor D.C. Eaton,
of New Haven, gave very important aid in carrying out our investiga-
tions, and our thanks are due to all of these gentlemen for their assist-
ance. Several other naturalists were present, from time to time, and
cooperated with our party in various ways.

The dredging operations in the shallow waters of Vineyard Sound
and Buzzard’s Bay were carried on at first by means of a sail-boat, but
during the greater part of the time by means of a steam-launch. The
dredgings outside of these waters, and off Martha’s Vineyard, were all
done by means of a United States revenue-cutter, the steamer Mocca-
sin, under command of Captain J. G. Baker. Our thanks are due to
the officers of the Moccasin, who were very courteous, and gave us all
the facilities within their power for carrying out our investigations suc-
cessfully. Without this important assistance we should have remained
in complete ignorance of the temperature and peculiar fauna of the
deeper waters off this shore, for the localities were too distant to be
reached by means of the steam-launch or sail-boats.

The examination of the bottom was done by means of dredges of
various sizes, constructed much like those in general use for this pur-
pose; by “‘rake-dredges” of novel construction, consisting of a heavy
A-shaped iron frame, to the arms of which bars of iron armed with
long, thin, and sharp teeth, arranged like those of a rake, are bolted,
back to back; a rectangular frame of round iron, supporting a deep
and fine dredge-net, follows just behind the rake to receive and retain
the animals raked from the soft mud or sand by the rake; a trawl-net,
with a beam about fourteen feet long, made of stout, iron gas-pipe, and
having a net, fine toward the end, about forty feet deep, and provided
with numerous pockets; “tangles,” consisting of an A-shaped iron
frame, to which frayed-out hemp-ropes are attached. The best form

298 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

has several small chains of galvanized iron attached to the frame by
one end, so as to drag over the bottom, and the pieces of ase out
rope are attached along the sides of the chains.

_ The ordinary dredges can be used on all kinds of bottom, except
where there are rough rocks and ledges, but they generally merely
scrape the surface or sink into the bottom but slightly. The rake-
dredges are used only on bottoms of soft mud or sand, and are intended
to catch burrowing animals of all kinds, which are always numerous on
such bottoms. The trawl is adapted for the capture of bottom-fishes,
as well as for crabs, lobsters, large shells, and all other animals of con-
siderable size, which creep over or rest upon the bottom. It cannot be
used where the bottom is rocky or rough, and does not usually capture
many animals of small size, or those that burrow. It is, however, a
very important instrument when used in connection with the ordinary
dredge, for it will capture those species which are too active to be
caught by the dredge, and much greater quantities of the larger spe-
cies than can be obtained by the dredge alone. The “tangles” are
particularly useful on rough, rocky, or ledgy bottoms, where the dredge
and trawl cannot be used, but they cannot be depended upon for ob-
taining al] the small species, especially of shells and worms. They
capture mainly those kinds of animals which have rough or spiny sur-
faces, such as star-fishes, sea-urchins, corals, bryozoa, rough crabs, &c.,
and those kinds which are disposed to cling to foreign objects, such as
many of the small crustacea, which are often taken in countless numbers
by this means. Star-fishes and sea-urchins are especially adapted to be
caught by this instrument, and are often brought up in great quanti-
ties. The tangles can be used on all kinds of bottoms, wherever there
are any of those kinds of animals which they are adapted to capture.

The localities where dredgings were made by these various instru-
ments were located on Coast Survey charts as accurately as possible,
and were sufficiently numerous to give a pretty satisfactory knowledge
of the nature of the bottom and its inhabitants throughout the region
explored. The total number of casts of the dredges made during the
three months devoted to this work was about 400. <A large part of
these, including all the more important ones, have been located on the
map accompanying this report. The more important points where the
temperature of the water was observed have also been indicated on
the map and the temperatures given, the figures above two parallel lines
indicating the surface temperature, those below such lines indicating
the bottom temperature—thus: £2.

In prosecuting our explorations we soon found that there are, in the
waters of this region, three quite distinct assemblages of animal life,
which are dependent upon and limited by definite physical conditions of
the waters which they inhabit. The first of these includes all those kinds
which inhabit the bottom and shores of Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s
Bay, and the other similar bodies of shallow water along this coast from

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 299

Cape Cod westward and southward. These shallow waters consist of
nearly pure sea-water, which has a relatively high temperature, especi-
ally in summer, for it is warmed up both by the direct heat of the sun,
acting on the shallow waters spread over broad surfaces of sand, and by
water coming directly from the Gulf Stream, and bringing not only its
heat, but also its peculiar pelagic animals. The temperature at the
surface in August was 66° to 72° Fahrenheit. Owing to this influence
of the Gulf Stream these waters never become very cold in winter, for
some of the small, shallow harbors never freeze over. The greater part
of the animals inhabiting these bays and sounds are southern forms.

The second assemblage is a very peculiar one, which inhabits the
estuaries, ponds, lagoons, harbors, and other similar places, where the
water is shallow and more or less brackish, and very warm in summer,
but cold in the winter. The third group inhabits the shores of the
outer islands and headlands and the bottoms in moderately deep water,
outside of the bays and sounds. These outer waters are comparatively
cold, even in summer, and are no doubt derived from an offshoot of the
arctic current, which drifts southward along our shores in deep water
and always has a tendency to crowd against and up its submarine
slopes, in which it is also aided in many cases by the tides. In August,
the temperature of the surface was 62° to 65°, of the bottom 57° to 62°
Fahrenheit. The animals inhabiting these cold waters are mostly
northern in character and much like those of the coast of’ Maine and
Bay of Fundy. The surface waters in the bays and sounds, although
usually somewhat warmer in summer than those outside, differ less in
temperature than the bottom waters. Consequently we find less differ-
ence in the surface animals. We have therefore found it most conveni-
ent to group all the surface animals together, as a special division of
those inhabiting the bays and sounds. In each of the groups or assem-
blages we find that certain kinds are restricted to particular localities,
depending upon the character of the bottom or shore. Thus there will
be species, or even large groups of species, which inhabit only rocky
shores; others which inhabit only sandy shores; others which dwell in
the muddy places ; and still others that prefer the clean gravelly bottoms
where the water is several fathoms deep, Wc.

I have found it desirable, therefore, in describing the character of the
marine life of this region, to group the animals according to the locali-
ties which they inhabit, adopting the three primary divisions given
above, but, for greater convenience of reference, placing all the parasitic
species together in one group. The subdivisions of these groups will
be given under each, in the succeeding pages.

The primary groups will stand as follows:

1. The fauna of the bays and sounds.

2. The fauna of the estuaries and other brackish waters.

3. The fauna of the cold waters of the ocean shores and outer banks
and channels.

300 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In describing the animals belonging in these different divisions and
subdivisions it has not been found desirable to mention, in this part of
the report, all the species found in each, but only those that appear to
be the most abundant and important, and especially those that are
known to serve as the food of fishes. But in the general systematic list,
which accompanies this report, all the species of the region, so far as
determined, will be enumerated.

Il.—THE FAUNA OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS.

In Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound, Nantucket Sound, and Muskeget
Channel, (see map,) the water is shallow, being generally less than 8
fathoms deep, and rarely exceeding 14 fathoms, even in the deepest
spots. It will be seen by reference to the map, on which soundings have
been given and contour lines drawn, representing the zones having
depths below 3, 10, 14, and 20 fathoms, respectively, that the greater
part of Buzzard’s Bay is less than 10 fathoms deep, and that the 3-fathom
curve is nearly parallel with the shore lines, and the same is true of the
6-fathom line, which has not been drawn. The 10-fathom curve is very
irregular and only extends a short distance within the mouth of the bay ;
but an irregular area, in which the water exceeds 10 fathoms in depth,
the central part over a limited area being about 15 fathoms, is sit-
uated to the west of Penikese, Nashawena, and Cuttybunk Islands;
this is inclosed on all sides by shallower water. The 14-fathom curve is
situated from four to eight miles farther off and does not enter the bay
at all, showing only a very slight curvature in that direction; yet it
extends far up Narragansett Bay, and to a considerable distance within
the mouth of Vineyard Sound, but, like the 10-fathom line, does not
enter Muskeget Channel or Nantucket Sound at any point, and shows
scarcely any curvature toward those waters, which are very shallow
throughout their whole extent, and much obstructed by banks and
broad shoals of moving sands. The 20-fathom line at nearly all points is
situated far off shore, and does not conform at all to the outline of the
coast. There is, however, an area of water exceeding this depth off
Newport, in the mouth of Narragansett Bay.

Vineyard Sound is deeper and much more varied in its depth and in the
character of its bottom than Buzzard’s Bay or Nantucket Sound, and
therefore its fauna is richer in species and the facilities for collecting are
much greater. In Vineyard Sound the 3-fathom curve follows the out-
lines of the shore very closely, and the same is true of the 6-fathom curve,
which has not been represented on the map. The 10-fathom line when
it enters the mouth of the sound incloses the greater part of its width and
is approximately parallel with its shores, but after it passes the narrowest
part of the sound, between the northern end of Martha’s Vineyard and
Wood’s Hole, it rapidly narrows and is finally interrupted by shallows and
sand-bars after passing Holmes’s Hole, but there are beyond this sev-
eral isolated areas of water exceeding this depth and having their long

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 301

axes nearly parallel with the central axis of the channel, orrather parallel
with the direction of the tidal currents. One of these areas, south of
Osterville, Massachusetts, is 15 fathoms deep, but of no great size.
These deeper depressions are surrounded by banks and ridges of sand,
some of which rise nearly to the surface and form dangerous shoals; the
shoals, like the deep channels, have their longer axes parallel with the
prevailing tidal currents, but as theygre mostly composed of loose
moving sands, they are liable to be altered in form and position by
severe storms.

These moving sands are generally very barren of life, and form true
submarine deserts. Included within and nearly inclosed by the 10-
fathom line, there is, between Martha’s Vineyard and Naushon Island, a
large area of shallower water, which is connected with the shallow
water of the shore at the northern end of Martha’s Vineyard, off the
“West Chop,” near Holmes’s Hole. In some places this shallow rises
nearly to the surface and forms the “ middle ground,” and other shoals
parallel with the current that sets through the channels on either side,
and consequently nearly parallel with the shore of Martha’s Vineyard.
It is evident that this rather extensive bank is due to the action of the
tidal current which sweeps around West Chop toward the mouth of
the sound, following the direction of the deeper channels, the projecting
point at West Chop furnishing a lee in which the movement of the
water is retarded and the sediment deposited; but this action is modi-
fied by the tidal current which enters the mouth of the sound and flows
in the opposite direction, for although this current is somewhat less
rapid, its duration is longer, especially that branch of it which flows
between the Middle Ground Shoal and Martha’s Vineyard, for this flows
eastward seven hours and twenty-six minutes, while the opposite cur-
rent flows westward for only four hours and thirty-four minutes; the
effect of the current flowing eastward would, therefore, be to keep this
channel from filling up by the sediments carried along by the westward
currents. The same effect would be produced in the main channel, out-
side of this shoal, although the difference in the duration of the flow
in the two directions is there less, the eastward flow lasting six hours
and fifteen minutes, while the westward tide lasts five hours and forty-
five minutes,

Sunilar causes determine, without doubt, the position of all the other
shoals and banks of sand in this region, as well as the existence of the
isolated deep areas between them, but in many cases the direction of
the wind-waves produced by the more violent storms must betaken into
account. The 14-fathom line extends into the mouth of the sound, as
far as a point opposite Nashawena Island; and beyond this there are
several isolated areas which are of this depth; the most extensive of
these is opposite the southern half of Naushon Island and in a line with
the main channel at the mouth of the sound. Since the tides are greater
in Buzzard’s Bay than in Vineyard Sound, and neither the times of low

302 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

water and high water, nor the relative duration of the ebb and flow are
coincident, very powerful currents set through the passages, between.
the Elizabeth Islands, connecting these two bodies of water. This is
most noticeable in the case of Wood’s Hole, because there the channel
is narrow and shallow, and much obstructed byrocks. These channels
are, therefore, excellent collecting grounds for obtaining such animals
as prefer rocky bottoms and ray@dly flowing waters.

The shores of Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay are quite diversified
and present nearly all kind of stations usually found in corresponding
latitudes elsewhere, except that ledges of solid rock are of rare occur-
rence, but there are numerous prominent points where the shore con-
sists of large rocks or boulders, which have been left by the denuda-
tion of deposits of glacial drift, forming the cliffs along the shores.
Sandy beaches are frequent, and gravelly and stony ones occasionally
occur. Muddy shores are less common and usually of no great extent.

In Buzzard’s Bay the bottom is generally muddy, except in very
shallow water about some of the islands, where patches of rocky bot-
tom occur, and opposite some of the sandy beaches where it is sandy
over considerable areas. Tracts of harder bottom, of mud or sand,
overgrown with alge, occasionally occur. In Vineyard Sound the bot-
tom is more varied. It is sandy over large districts, especially where
the shoals oceur, and in such places there are but few living animals,
though the sand is often filled with dead and broken shells, but in
other localities the sand is more compact and is inhabited by a peculiar
set of animals. Other extensive areas have a bottom of gravel and
small stones and broken shells; on such bottoms animal life is abun-
dant, and the entire bottom seems to be covered in some places by sev-
eral kinds of compound ascidians, which form large masses of various
shapes, often as large as a man’s head. In still other places, chiefly off
rocky points and in the channels between the islands, rocky bottoms
oceur, but they are usually of small extent. Muddy bottoms are only
occasionally met with. They occur in most of the deep areas which are
isolated, and sometimes in the deep channels, but are more common in
sheltered harbors and coves.

In Nantucket Sound and Muskeget Channel the bottom is almost
everywhere composed of sand, and the same is true of an extensive
area to the east and northeast of Nantucket Island, where shoals of
moving sand are numerous and often of large size, but in the partially
sheltered area on the north side of Nantucket, there is more or less mud
mixed with the sand.

For greater convenience the following subdivisions have been adopted
in describing the animals of the bays and sounds:

1. Rocky shores, between high-water and low-water marks.
2, Sandy and gravelly shores.

3. Muddy shores and flats.

4, Piles of wharves, buoys, &ce.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 303

5. Rocky bottoms below low-water mark.
6. Stony, gravelly, and shelly bottoms.
7. Sandy bottoms.
. Muddy bottoms.
9. Free-swimming and surface animals.
10. Parasitic animals.

It must, however, be constantly borne in mind that very few kinds
of animals are strictly confined to any one of these subdivisions, and
that the majority are found in two, three, or more of them, and often in
equal abundance in several, though each species generally prefers one
particular kind of locality. In other cases the habits vary at different
seasons of the year, or at different hours of the day and night, and
such species may be found in different situations according to the times
when they are sought. The more common and characteristic species
are, however, pretty constant in their habits and may be easily found
in their respective stations at almost any time.

Since those animals that inhabit the shores, between tides, are most
frequently seen and can be most easily obtained and studied by those
who are not professional naturalists, I have entered into more details
concerning their habits and appearances than in the ease of those
obtained only by dredging. Such species as have not been previously
named and described in other works will be more fully described in the
systematic list, to follow this report, and references will there be given
to descriptions of the others.

ie)

II.—1. ANIMALS INHABITING THE ROCKY SHORES OF THE BAYS AND
SOUNDS.

The principal localities where these animals were studied and col-
lected are at Nobska Point, just east of Wood’s Hole; Parker’s Point,
between Great Harbor and Little Harbor, near Wood’s Hole; the neck
of land north of Wood’s Hole Channel; several localities on Naushon
and the adjacent islands; and numerous localities on theshores of Long
Island Sound, as at Savin Rock and Light-House Point, near New
Haven; Stony Creek; Thimble Islands, &e.

In all these places the rocks, in a zone extending from near low-
water mark of ordinary tides to near half tide, are generally covered
with an abundance of “ rock-weeds,” (Fucus nodosus and F. vesiculosus,)
which hang in great olive-brown clusters from the sides of the rocks
or lie flat upon their surfaces when left by the tide, but are floated up
by means of their abundant air-vessels when the tide rises. Mingled
with these are several other algze, among which the green “sea-cabbage ”
(Ulva latissima) is one of the most abundant. Below this zone of
Fucus there is a narrow zone which is only exposed during spring-tides ;
in this the Ulva and many other more delicate green and red alge
flourish. Above the Fucus-zone there is another zone of considerable
width which is covered for a short time by every tide; and still higher

'3804 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

up another zone which is ordinarily only washed by the waves and spray,
but is in part occasionally covered by unusually high tides. As the
tides do not rise very high in this region these zones are all much nar-
rower and less distinctly marked than on the coast further north, and
especially on the coast of Maine and in the Bay of Fundy, but yet they
can always be easily recognized and distinguished by their peculiar forms
of animal and vegetable life. Pools of sea-water left by the tide fre-
quently occur in each of these zones, among the rocks, and afford
excellent opportunities for studying and collecting the animals.

The animals of rocky shores are to be sought for in a variety of ways.
A few occur quite exposed, clinging to the rocks or weeds, in defiance of
the surf. These are chiefly univalve shells, barnacles, and such animals
as grow like plants, firmly attached to solid objects, among these are
the bryozoa, hydroids, and sponges. A much larger number seek shel-
ter under the rocks, or on their lower sides, or in crevices and cavities
between them; these must be sought by turning over the rocks and ex-
ploring the crevices concealed by the Fucus, &e. Many other species
conceal themselves still more effectually by burrowing in the mud,
gravel, and sand beneath and between the rocks; these are often
uncovered in turning over the rocks, but must also be sought for
‘by digging with a spade, stout trowel, or some other tool, in the
dirt exposed when the rocks are removed. The number of curious
Species of annelids, holothurians, bivalve-shells, actinie, &e., which
can be unearthed in this way is always very surprising to the inexpe-
rienced in this kind of collecting. Still other kinds can be found by
carefully examining the pools and discovering the smaller animals by
their motions, or by the shadows that they cast when the sun shines,
or by noticing their burrows, or, if time will not admit of a more care-
ful examination, by sweeping a fine hand-net through the weeds along
the edges. Many small crustacea, shells, etc., may also be found cling-
ing to the corallines and other algze growing in such pools, or even
among the alge lying upon the rocks, and especially among masses of
detached algie, thrown up by the waves.

In the uppermost zone the animals are of comparatively few kinds,
but these usually occur in great abundance. The most conspicuous is,
perhaps, the common “ rock-barnacle” or “ acorn-shell,” Balanus bal-
anoides, Which adheres firmly to the rocks by its base and can resist
the most violent surf, even on the outer ocean shores. When left by
the tide these dull white conical shells are not calculated to attract
much attention, except on account of their vast numbers, for they
sometimes completely whiten the rocks for long distances along the
zone in which they flourish best, and even so crowd against each other
that they cannot assume their normal form, but become greatly elon-
gated. “But when the tide comes in, each one lifts up the double-door
which closes the aperture at the summit of the shell and puts out an
organ, bearing a cluster of gracefully curved and fringed arms, which

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 305

it quickly sweeps forward with a grasping motion and then quickly
withdraws, as if insearch of food, and this motion will be repeated with
greatregularity for a long time, unless the creature be disturbed, when
it instantly withdraws its net and closes its doors. No one who will
take the trouble to examine this little animal, when in active operation
in one of the tide-pools, can fail to admire its perfect adaptation to its
mode of life and the gracefulness of its motions. The movement
referred to serves not only to obtain food, which, in the form of miecro-
scopic animals, is always abundant in the water, but also to supply
fresh currents of water forrespiration. This creature is also well worthy
of mention here because it serves as food for the tautog, and probably
for other fishes that can obtain it at high water.

Two species of small univalve shells (Littorina) are always to be found
in abundance clinging to the surface of the rocks, or among the sea-
weeds, or creeping about in the tide-pools. These are often found quite
up to high-water mark, but the full-grown ones are more common lower
down among the ‘“ rock-weeds.” One of these (Plate XXIV, fig. 138)
is subglobular in form, the spire being depressed and the aperture wide.
This is the Littorina palliata. It varies much in color; the most com-
mon color is dark olive-brown, not unlike that of the Fucus, but orange-
colored and pale yellow specimens are not uncommon, while others are
mottled or banded with yellow or orange and brown. The second spe-
cies is more elongated and has a more elevated and somewhat pointed
spire. This is Littorina rudis, and it has many varieties of form, color,
and sculpture; one of its varieties is represented on Plate XXTV, fig. 137.
Some specimens are smooth, others are covered with revolving lines or
furrows ; in color it is most frequently dull gray, olive-green, or brown,
but it is often prettily banded, checked, or mottled with yellow or orange,
or even black, and sometimes with whitish. This species is viviparous.
These shells are both vegetarians and feed upon the alge among which
they live. Another allied shell, the Lacuna vincta, (Plate XXIV, fig.
139,) is found clinging to the sea-weeds at low-water mark and some-
times in the tide-pools. This is usually pale reddish or purplish
brown, or horn-colored, and most commonly is encircled by two or more
darker, chestnut-colored bands. ‘This also feeds upon the alge. <Asso-
ciated with the last, two or three other kinds of small shells are gener.
ally found. One of the most abundant of these is the Bittium nigrum,
(Plate XXIV, fig. 154,) which is, as its name implies, generally black,
especially when young, but large specimens are often only dark brown
or even yellowish brown below ; it occurs in great abundance, clinging
to the sea-weeds and eel-grass at and below low-water mark, and is also
to be found in the tide-pools and on the under sides of rocks. Associated
with the last, and resembling it in form and color as well as in habits,
another much less common species occurs, which is remarkable for hav
ing its whorls reversed, or coiled to the left, in the direction opposite to
that of most other shells. This is the Zriforis nigrocinctus, (Plate

S. Mis. 61——20

006 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

XXIV, fig. 152.) This species is more at home at the depth of a few
fathoms, among alge. Another still smaller and lighter colored species,
which often occurs abundantly in similar situations, both on alge
and under stones, is the Rissoa aculeus, (Plate XXIV, fig. 141,) but this
generally seeks more sheltered situations, All these shells feed upon
the algw. With them there can usually be found large numbers of sev-
eral carnivorous species. The most abundant one is a small but pretty
shell, having a smooth surface and quite variable in color, though usually
reddish or purplish brown, and irregularly mottled or banded with yel-
lowish or whitish, the ight-colored spots often taking the form of cres-
cents, and varying much in sizeand number. Thisis the Astyris lunata,
(Plate XXI, fig. 110.) It lives among the alge, and also among
hydroids, and may be found in almost all kinds of localities, both above
and below low-water mark. It is usually abundant on the under sides
of rocks among hydroids, &c., and can nearly always be found in
the tide-pools. Another allied species of larger size, and much less
common, the Anachis avara, (Plate X XI, fig. 109,) often oceurs with it.
Clinging to the rocks, or sheltered in the crevices and on their under sur-
faces, a much larger, dull-white or grayish, roughly-sculptured shell can
usually be found in abundance. This is the Urosalpinx cinerea, (Plate
XXI, fig. 116,) which the oystermen call “ the drill,” a name very suggest-
ive of its habits, for it gets its living, like many other similar univalve
shells, by drilling a round hole, by means of the sharp, flinty teeth that
cover its tongue, through the shells of oysters and other bivalves and
then sucking out the contents at its leisure. Itis usually very abun-
dant on the oyster-beds, and often proves very destructive. Another
shell of about the same size, somewhat resembling the last, and having
similar habits, is often found associated with it on the more exposed
rocky points, as at Nobska Point, the Wepecket Islands, &c. This is,
however, a very northern and arctic shell, which extends also around
the northern coasts of Europe, and is called Purpura lapillus, (Plate
XXI, figs. 118 and 119;) it is here near its southernmost limits, for it
is not not found in Long Island Sound or farther south; while the former
is a southern shell, abundant on the whole southern coast as far as the
Gulf of Mexico, and rare north of Cape Cod, except in a few special
localities of sheltered and warm waters. The Purpura is seldom found
living much below low-water mark, and prefers the exposed rocky head-
lands on the ocean shores, where it flourishes in defiance of the break-
ers. It lays its eggs in smooth, vase-shaped capsules, attached to the
sides or under surfaces of stones by a short stalk, and usually arranged
in groups, (Plate X XI, fig. 120.) The eggs of “the drill” are laid in
similar places, but the capsules have very short stalks, or are almost
sessile, and are compressed, with an ovate outline, and angular ridges
pass down their sides. The “limpet,” another northern and European
shell, having a low conical form, is occasionally found clinging to the
rocks at low-water in this region, but is far more common north of

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 30%

Cape Cod. This shell is the Acmea testudinalis, (Plate XXIV, figs.
159, 159a;) it is extremely variable in color, but is most commonly radi-
ated, checked, or tesselated with brown, pale greenish, and white. It
grows much larger on the coast of Maine than here. A peculiar narrow
form of this shell, (var. alveus,) represented by fig. 1594, lives on the leaves
of eel-grass. Beneath the rocks, and generally attached to their under
sides, among hydroids, bryozoa, &c., several species of small, slender,
pointed, and generally whitish shells occur, which belong to the genus
Odostomia. The most common of these are O. trifida, (Plate XXIV,
fig. 145,) O. bisuturalis, (Plate XXIV, fig. 146,) and O. fusca, (Plate
XXIV, fig. 144,) but other similar species are often to be found. These
all have the singular habit of spinning a thread of mucus by means of
which they can suspend themselves from any surface. In confinement
they will often creep along the surface of the water, using the bottom of
the foot as a float, in a manner similar to that of many fresh-water
shells. On the under sides of rocks are occasionally found some very
beautiful and interesting naked mollusks; but this group of animals is
far less abundant in this region than farther north. The largest and
finest species observed here is the Doris bifida, (Plate X XV, fig. 176,)
which grows to be about an inchlong. Its body is deep purple, specked
with white and bright yellow, and the beautiful wreath of gills is cov-
ered with bright golden specks ; the ends of the tentacles are also bright
yellow. Its eggs are contained in convoluted gelatinous ribbons, which
are attached to the under sides of rocks or in crevices. Another rare
and curious species, the Doridella obscura, (Plate xxv, fig. 173,) is occa-
sionally found on the under side of stones. This is a small, oval, flat-
tened species, of a dark browa or blackish color, with small, white re-
tractile tentacles on the back, but the gills are very small and situated
underneath, near the posterior end of the body, in the groove between
the mantle and foot. The eggs are inclosed in a delicate gelatinous
string, which is coiled up something like a watch-spring, and attached
to the under side of stones.

Of bivalve shells several species are common on rocky shores, espe-
cially in the crevices and under the rocks. Three kinds of muscles are
usually met with. The species which lives at high-water mark, clus-
tering about the small upper pools and in the crevices, and having its
shell ribbed with radiating ridges and furrows, is the Modiola plicatula,
(Plate XX XT, fig. 238.) This species is far more abundant, however,
along the borders of estuaries and on salt marshes and muddy shores,
always preferring the upper zone, where it is covered for a very short
time by the tide. The most common species among the rocks, toward
low-water mark, and“in the larger pools, is the Mytilus edulis, (Plate
XXXI, fig. 254,) which is the “common muscle” all along our coast
from North Carolina to the Arctic Ocean. It is perfectly identical with
the common muscle of Europe, which there forms a very important ar-
ticle of food, and in many places, as on the coast of France, is exten-

308 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

sively cultivated for the market. On our coast it is seldom used as
food, although quite as good as on the European shores; but it is col-
lected on some parts of our coast in vast quantities to be used for fer-
tilizing the soil. It is most abundant in the shallow waters of bays and
estuaries, where the water isa little brackish, but flourishes weilin almost
all kinds of situations where there is some mud, together with solid ob-
jects to which it can attach itself. Along the coasts of Long Island and
New Jersey it is taken in almost incredible quantities from the shallow
sheltered baysand lagoons that skirt those shores. It grows very rapidly
and under favorable conditions becomes full grown in one season. Like all
other kinds of true muscles, ithas the power of spinning strong threads by
means of the groove in its long, slender foot, and, by extending the foot,
glues them firmly by one end to rocks, shells, or any other solid sub-
stances, while the other end is firmly attached to its body. When they
attach their threads to their neighbors they form large clusters. Thus
avery firm and secure anchorage is effected, and they are generally
able to ride out the most violent storms, though, by the giving way of
the rocks or shells to which they are attached, many are always stranded
on the beaches after severe storms. They are not confined to the shal-
low waters, for very large specimens were dredged by me, several years
ago, in 40 to 50 fathoms in the deep channels between Eastport, Maine,
and Deer Island, where the tide runs with great force ; and it has since
been dredged by our parties in still deeper water in the same region,
showing that it can live and prosper equally well under the most di-
verse conditions. The specimens from sheltered localities and sandy
bottoms are, however, much more delicate in texture and more brilliant
in color than those from more exposed situations. Some of the thinner
and more delicate specimens, from quiet and pure waters, are translu-
cent and very beautifully colored with brown, olive, green, yellow, and
indigo-blue, alternating in radiating bands of different widths ; while
others are nearly uniform pale yellow, or translucent horn-color. Those
from the exposed shores are generally thicker, opaque, and plain dull
brown, or bluish black, and not unfrequently they are very much dis-
torted. This species breeds early in the spring. Ihave found immense
numbers of the young, about as large as the head of a pin, which had just
attached themselves to algv, hydroids, &c., on the 12th of April. These
shells are not destined to remain forever fixed, however, for they not
only swim free when first hatched, but even in after life they can, at
will, let go their anchor-threads, or “byssus,” and creep about by
means of their slender “ foot,” until they find another anchorage that
suits them better, and they can even climb up the perpendicular
sides of rocks or piles by means of the threads of the *‘ byssus,” which
they then stretch out and attach, one after another, in the direction
they wish to climb, each one being fastened a little higher up than
the last. Thus, little by little, the heavy shell is drawn up, much in
the manner employed by some spiders when moving or suspending an

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 309

unusually large victim. This common muscle is not only useful to man
directly as food, and as a fertilizer, but it serves as an important article
of food for many fishes, both in its young stages and when full grown.
The tautog makes many a hearty meal on the full-grown shells, as do
several other kinds of fishes, while the ‘“‘scup” and others devour the
young. The common star-fishes feed largely upon muscles, as well as
oysters, and they also have many other enemies. A small parasitie
crab, Pinnotheres maculatus, lives in their shells, between their gills,
in the same manner as the common Pinnotheres ostrewm lives in the oys-
ter. Another larger muscle, sometimes called ie “horse-muscle,”
which is the Modiola modiolus, (Plate XX XI, fig. 237,) lives at extreme
low-water mark in the crevices between the rocks, a usually nearly
buried in the gravel and firmly anchored in its place. Sometimes it oe-
eurs in the larger pools, well down toward low-water mark. It is, like
the last, a northern species, and extends to the Arctic Ocean and North-
ern Europe. Itis much more abundant on the northern coasts than
here, and, although it is almost entirely confined to rocky shores and
bottoms, it extends to considerable depths, for we dredged it abun-
dantly in the Bay of Fundy, at various depths, down to 70 fathoms.
Like the preceding, it is devoured by the tautog and other fishes. Its
thick shell, covered with a glossy, chestnut epidermis, and rudely hairy
toward the large end, are points by which it can easily be recognized,
and its shape is also peculiar. The common “long clam,” Mya arena-
ria, (Plate XX VI, fig. 179) is very often met with buried in the sand
and gravel beneath stones and rocks, but it is far more abundant on

sandy and muddy shores, and especially in estuaries, and will, thee
fore, be mentioned with more details in another place.

Another shell, somewhat resembling the “long clam,” but never
growing so large, and more cylindrical in form though usually much
distorted, is occasionally met with under the rocks or in crevices. This
is the Saxicava arctica, (Plate X XVII, fig. 192.) It is much more
abundant fartber north, and has a very extensive range, being found on
most coasts, at least in the northern hemisphere. On those coasts
where limestone exists it has the habit of burrowing into the limestone,
after the manner of Lithodomus and many other shells. The only lo-
ealities on our coast where I have observed this habit are at Anticosti
Island, in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, where the soft limestones are
abundantly perforated in this way. On the New England coast lime-
stones rarely occur, and they have to be content with such cracks and
crannies as they can find ready made; consequently their shells, in
growing to fittheir places, become very much distorted. This species can
also form a byssus, when needed, to hold its shell in position. The
siphon-tube is long and much resembles that of Iya, (see fig. 179,)
but is divided at the end for a short distance, and generally has a red-
dish color. The “bloody clams,” Scapharca transversa, (Plate XXX,
fig. 228,) and Argina pexata, (Plate XXX, fig. 227,) are occasionally

310 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

met with at low water, under or among rocks, and generally attached
by a byssus, but their proper home is in the shallow waters off shore,
especially on muddy, shelly, and gravelly bottoms. The fishermen eall
them “ bloody clams,” because the gills are red, and when opened they
discharge a red fluid like blood. The little shell called Aellia planulata
(Plate XXX, fig. 226) is also sometimes found under stones at low
water. Attached to the sides and surfaces of rocks and ledges along
many parts of this coast, young oysters, Ostrag@ Virginiana, often
occur in vast numbers, sometimes completely covering and concealing
large surfaces of rocks. But these generally live only through one
season and are killed by the cold of winter, so that they seldom be-
come more than an inch or an inch and a half in diameter. They come
from the spawn of the oysters in the beds along our shores, which, dur-
ing the breeding season, completely fill the waters with their free-
swimming young. Theyare generally regarded as the young of “native”
oysters, but Iam unable to find any specific differences between the
northern and southern oysters, such differences as do exist being due
merely to the circumstances under which they grow, such as the char-
acter of the water, abundance or scarcity of food, kind of objects to
which they are attached, age, crowded condition, &c. All the forms
occur both among the northern and southern ones, for they vary from
broad and round to very long and narrow; from very thick to very
thin; and in the character of the surface, some being regularly ribbed
and scolloped, others nearly smooth, and others very rough and irregular,
or scaly, &c. When young and grown under favorable conditions,
with plenty of room, the form is generally round at first, then quite
regularly oval, with an undulated and scolloped edge and radiating
ridges, corresponding to the scollops, and often extending out into
spine-like projections on the lower valve. The upper valve is flatter,
smooth at first, then with regular lamelle or scales, scolloped at the
edges, showing the stages of growth. Later in life, especially after the
first winter, the growth becomes more irregular, and the form less sym-
metrical; and the irregularity increases with the age. Very old speci
mens, in crowded beds, usually become very much elongated, being
often more than a foot long, and perhaps two inches wide. In the
natural order of things this was probably the normal form attained by the
adult individuals, for nearly all the oyster-shells composing the ancient
Indian shell-heaps along our coast are of this much-elongated kind.
Nowadays the oysters seldom have a chance to grow to such a good old
age as to take this form, though such are occasionally met with in deep
water. The young specimens on the rocks are generally mottled or ir-
regularly radiated with brown. They were not often met with on the
shores of Vineyard Sound, for oysters do not flourish well in that sandy
region, though there are extensive beds in some parts of Buzzard’s
Bay, and a few near Holmes’s Hole, ina sheltered pond. The oysters
prefer quiet waters, somewhat brackish, with a bottom of soft mud

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 311

containing an abundance of minute living animal and vegetable organ-
isms. In such places they grow very rapidly, and become fat and fine-
flavored, if not interfered with by their numerous enemies. I shall
have occasion to speak of the oyster again, when discussing the fauna
of the estuaries, &ce.

Another shell, related to the oyster and like it attached by one valve
to some solid object, is common, adhering tothe under sides and edges
of rocks near low-water mark. This is the Anomia glabra, (Plate
XXXII, figs. 241, 242,) and it is often called ‘‘silver-shell” or “ gold-
shell” on account of its golden or silvery color and shining luster; and
sometimes “ jingle-shell” from its metallic sound when rattling about on
the beach with pebbles, &c. This shell, however, does not grow firmly
to the rock like an oyster, but is attached by a sort of stem or peduncle,
which goes out through an opening in the side of the lower valve; this
is Soft and fleshy at first, but late in life often becomes ossified, or rather
calcified, and then forms a solid plug.

Of the lower classes of Mollusca, several Ascidians and Bryozoa
occur under and among the rocks. Among the former the Molgula
Manhattensis (Plate XXXII, fig. 250) is the most common. This
usually has a subglobular form, especially when its tubes are con-
tracted, and is almost always completely covered over with toreign mat-
ters of all sorts, such as bits of.eel-grass and sea-weeds, grains of sand,
&e. When these are removed its color is dark or pale olive-green,
and the surface is a little rough. This species is often attached to the
underside of rocks, but is still more frequently attached to sea-weeds
and eel-grass, and is sometimes so crowded as to form large clusters.
Another species, having some resemblance to the last when contracted,
is the Cynthia partita, (Plate X XXIII, fig. 246,) but besides the great
difference in the tubes and apertures, this has a rougher and wrinkled
surface and a rusty color. The specimens that grow on the under
sides of stones are often much flattened, as in the figure, but it grows
more abundantly attached to the piles of wharves and on shelly bot-
toms in shallow waters, off shore, and in such places assumes its more
normal erect position, and a somewhat cylindrical form. Hach aper-
ture is marked with four alternating triangles of flake-white and pur-
plish red. This and the preceding are eaten by the tautog. Most of
the other ascidians are much more at home on the bottom, off shore,
although some of them sometimes occur at low-water on rocks or in
pools.

A delicate and elegantly branched bryozoan, the Bugula turrita,
(Plate XXXIV, figs. 258, 259,) is often found attached to sea-weeds in
the pools, and it is also frequently thrown up in large quantities by the
waves, after storms. A’ smaller kind, with slender, ivory-white, and
stellate branches, the Crista eburnea, (Plate XXXIV, figs. 260, 261,)
also occurs on the sea-weedsin pools. And with this isa coarser species,
which forms calcareous crusts and tubercles, having the surface covered

312 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

with the prominent tips of the tubes; this is the Cellepora ramulosa, and
like the Crisia it is a northern species, which inhabits also the shores
of northern Europe. Still other species of bryozoa occur in these situ-
ations. One of the most abundant is Alcyonidium hispidum, which
forms soft gelatinous incrustations around the stems of Fucus. On the
under sides of the stones several additional kinds occur, the most common
of which is the Escharella variabilis, (Plate XX XIII, fig. 256,) which
forms broad calcareous crusts, often several inches across, and of some
thickness, composed of small perforated cells. While living this species
is dark-red or brick-red, but it turns green when dried, and then
fades to yellow, and finally to white. It is far more abundant on shelly
bottoms, off shore, in 5 to 10 fathoms of water, and in such places often
covers every stone, pebble, and shell, over wide areas, and in some
cases forms rounded coral-like masses two or three inches in diameter
and more than an inch thick.

Crustacea in considerable numbers may also be found upon the
rocky shores. Of crabs four or five species are common, concealed
under the rocks and in crevices. The ‘green crab,” Carcinus granu-
latus, occurs quite frequently well up toward high-water mark, hiding
under the loose stones, and nimbly running away when disturbed. It
may also be found, at times, in the larger tidal pools. Its bright green
color, varied with spots and blotches of yellow, makes this species quite
conspicuous. The common ‘rock-crab,” Cancer irroratus, is generally
common under the large rocks near low-water mark and often lies
nearly buried in the sand and gravel beneath them. This species is
usually larger than the preceding, often becoming three or four inches
across the shell, and though less active it uses its large claws freely
and with foree. It can be easily distinguished by having nine blunt
teeth along each side of the front edge of its shell or carapax, and by
its reddish color sprinkled over with darker brownish dots. This crab
also occurs in the pools, where the comical combats of the males may
sometimes be witnessed. It is not confined to rocky shores, but is com-
mon also on sandy shores, as well as on roeky and gravelly bottoms off
Shore. It is widely diffused along our coast, extending both north and
south, and is common even on the coast of Labrador. Like all the
other species of crabs this is greedily devoured by many of the larger
fishes, such as cod, haddock, tautog, black-bass, and especially by
sharks and sting-rays. Two smaller kinds of crabs are also very abun-
dant under the stones, especially where there is some mud. These are
dark olive-brown and have the large claws broadly tipped with black.
They are often called mud-crabs on account of their fondness for muddy
places. One of these, the Panopeus depressus, (Plate I, fig. 3,) is decid-
edly flattened above, and is usually a little smaller than the second,
the Panopeus Sayi, which is somewhat convex above. They are usually
found together and have similar habits. A third small species of the
same genus is occasionally met with under stones, but lives rather

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 313

higher up toward high-water mark, and is comparatively rare. This is
the Panopeus Harrisii. It can be easily distinguished, for it lacks the
black on the ends of the big claws and has a groove along the edge of
the front of the carapax, between the eyes. This last species is also
found in the salt marshes, and was originally discovered on the marshes
of the Charles River, near Boston. All the species of Panopeus are south-
ern forms, extending to Florida, or to the gulf-coast of the Southern
States, but they are rare north of Cape Cod, and not found at all on
the coast of Maine. They contribute largely to the food of the tautog
and other fishes. The lobster, Homarus Americanus, is sometimes found
lurking under large rocks at low-water, but less commonly here than
farther north, as, for instance, about the Bay of Fundy. In this region
it lives also on sandy and gravelly bottoms, off shore, but in rather
shallow water. It is an article of food for many fishes, as well as for
man. Active and interesting little ‘‘hermit-crabs,” Hupagurus longi-
carpus, are generally abundant in the pools near low-water, and con-
cealed in wet places beneath rocks. In the pools they may be seen
actively running about, carrying upon their backs the dead shell of
some small gastropod, most commonly Anachis avara or Llyanassa
obsoleta, though all the small spiral shells are used in this way. They
are very pugnacious and nearly always ready for a fight when two
happen to meet, but they are also great cowards, and very likely each,
after the first onset, will instantly retreat into his shell, closing the
aperture closely with the large claws. They use their long slender
antenne very efficiently as organs of feeling, and show great wariness
in all their actions. The hinder part of the body is soft, with a thin
skin, and one-sided in structure, so as to fit into the borrowed shells,
while near the end there are appendages which are formed into hook-
like organs by which they hold themselves securely in their houses, for
these spiral shells serve them both for shields-and dwellings. This
species also occurs in vast numbers among the eel-grass, both in the
estuaries and in the sounds and bays, and is also frequent on nearly all
other kinds of bottoms in the sounds. It is a favorite article of food
for many of the fishes, for they swallow it shell and all. A much
larger species, belonging to the same genus, but having much shorter
and thicker claws, (Hupagurus pollicaris,) isalso found occasionally under
the rocks at low-water, but it is much more common on rocky and shelly
bottoms in the sounds and bays. Its habits are otherwise similar to the
small one, but it occupies much larger shells, such as those of Lunatia
heros, Fulgur carica, &c. This large species is devoured by the sharks
and sting-rays.

The Amphipods are also well represented on the rocky shores by
a considerable number of species, some of which usually oceur in
vast numbers. These small crustacea are of great importance in con-
nection with our fisheries, for we have found that they, together with the
shrimps, constitute a very large part of the food of most of our more valu-

314 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

able edible fishes, both of the fresh and salt waters. The Amphipods, though
mostly of small size, occur in such immense numbers in their favorite
localities that they can nearly always be easily obtained by the fishes
that eat them, and no doubt they furnish excellent and nutritious food,
for even the smallest of them are by no means despised or overlooked
even by large and powerful fishes, that could easily capture larger
game. Even the voracious blue-fish will feed upon these small crusta-
cea, where they can be easily obtained, even when menhaden and other
fishes are plenty in the same localities. They are also the favorite
food of trout, lake white-fish, shad, flounders, scup, &c., as will be seen
from the lists of the animals found in the stomachs of fishes. One
species, which occurs in countless numbers beneath the masses of deeay-
ing sea-weeds, thrown up at high-water mark on all the shores by the
waves, is the Orchestia agilis Smiru, (Plate IV, fig. 14,) which has
received this name inallusion to the extreme agility which itdisplays in
leaping, when disturbed. The common name given to itis ‘ beach-flea,”
which refers to the same habit. Its color is dark olive-green or brown,
and much resembles that of the decaying weeds among which it lives,
and upon which it probably feeds. It also constructs burrows in the
sand beneath the vegetable debris. It leaps by means of the append-
ages at the posterior end of the body. .

A much larger specigs, and one of the largest of all the amphipods, is
the Gammarus ornatus, (Plate IV, fig. 15,) which occurs in great num-
bers beneath the stones and among the rock-weed near low-water mark.
The males are much larger than the females, and sometimes become
nearly an inch and a half long. They cannot leap like their cousins
that live at high-water mark, but skip actively about on their sides
among the stones and gravel, until they reach some shelter, or enter
the water, when they swim rapidly in a gyrating manner back down-
ward, or sideways. But although they can swim they are seldom
met with away from the shore or much below low-water mark. The
zone of Fucus is their true home. This species is abundant on all our
shores, wherever rocks and Fucus occur, from Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey, to Labrador. Its color is generally olive-brown or reddish-
brown, much like that of the Fucus among which it lives. The only
good English name that I have ever heard for these creatures is that of
“seuds” given by a small boy, in reference to their rapid and peculiar
motions.

Another smaller species, Gammarus annulatus SMITH, frequently oc-
curs under stones in similar places, but usually alittle higher up. This
is a pale species, having darker bands, with red spots on the sides of
the abdomen. Still higher up, G. marinus often occurs.

With the Gammarus ornatus another, much smaller, light slate-colored
amphipod is generally to befound. Thisisthe Melita nitida SMirH. Its
habits appear to be similar to those of the Gammarit. Another small

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 315

species, found in the same situations, is the Mera levis SMITH; this is
whitish in color, with black eyes.

Two species of the genus Amphithoé also live under rocks at low water,
but these, like the other species of this genus, construct tubes in which
they dwell. The Amphithoé maculata (Plate LV, fig. 16)is much the larger,
and constructs large, coarse tubes of gravel, bits of sea-weed, &ce., and
attaches them in clusters to the under sides of stones. They often leave
their tubes, however, and may be found free among the weed or under’
stones. The color is generally dark green, though sometimes reddish,
and there is often a series of light spots along the back, and the whole sur-
face is covered with minute blackish specks; the eyes are red. The
second species. Amphithoé valida SMITH, is much smaller, being gener-
ally less than half an inch long. It is usually bright green in color, and
has black eyes. It often lives among the bright green fronds of Ulva
latissima, and its color is nearly that of the Ulva.

Another amphipod, resembling a small Gammarus, about half an inch
long, and light olive-brown or yellowish brown in color, is sometimes
found in large numbers swimming actively about in the larger tidal
pools, and occasionally darting into the growing sea-weeds for rest or
concealment. This is the Calliopius leviusculus. It also often occurs
in vast numbers swimming at the surface, far from land, not only in the
sounds and bays, but out at sea, as for instance in the vicinity of St.
George’s Bank and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where it is equally
abundant. It is devoured in large quantities by numerous fishes.
The Hyale littoralis occurs near high-water, among alge, and in pools.

The Isopods are also well represented on the rocky shores. One
of the most common is the Spheroma quadridentata, (Plate V, fig.
21,) which bears some resemblance, both in form and habits, to the
“* pill-bugs,’ which live upon the land. This species is found in abun-
dance under stones and rocks, or creeping slowly aboutamong the branches
and roots of sea-weeds, on their sides and upper surfaces, from low-
water mark nearly up to high-water mark. In color it is exceedingly
variable, for no two can be found that are alike ; but the colors, consisting
of irregular blotches and dashes of dark gray, light gray, slate, greenish,
and white, are so blended as to imitate very closely the colors of the bar-
nacles and gray surfaces of the rocks where they live, and no doubt
they derive considerable protection from their enemies by these imita-
tive colors. When disturbed they curl themselves up in a ball and fall
to the bottom.

Another smaller and much more active species, which has a more
slender form, is found in vast numbers creeping actively about over the
rocks and barnacles, and especially beneath rocks and drift-wood. This
is the Jera copiosa. It is also excessively variable in color, but shades
of green, gray, and brown predominate, and cause it to imitate very ef-
fectively the surfaces of the rocks covered with small green alg:e, where

316 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

itloves to dwell. It is found nearly up to high-water mark, and has a
wide range both northward and southward along the coast.

Another very common and much larger isopod is the Idotea irro-
rata, (Plate V, fig. 23,) which grows to be nearly an inch long. Its
colors are extremely varied. Often the general color is dark gray, light
gray, dull green, or brownish, thickly specked and blotched with darker,
but the colors are often brighter and the markings more definite; not
unfrequently a band of white, or yellowish, or greenish, runs along the
middle of the back, with perhaps another along each lateral border.
This species occurs creeping among the “ rock-weeds” and other alg
at low water, in the pools, creeping on the under sides of stones, ad-
hering to eel-grass, and also among floating sea-weeds, away from the
Shore, and in many other situations. Its colors are generally well
adapted for its concealment, by imitating, more or less perfectly, the
rocks and weeds among which it lives. Even those with bright green
markings are thus protected when living on eel-grass or Ulva ; the dark,
obscurely marked ones when on dead eel-grass or dark Fucus ; the grays
and browns when on stones and among barnacles, &c. This protection
is not perfect, however, for they often fall victims to hungry fishes of
many kinds.

The Idotea phosphorea HARGER, is a closely allied species, which
grows even larger. It can easily be distinguished by the tail-piece,
which is acute in this, but tridentate in the last, and by its rougher sur-
face and more incised lateral borders. Its colors are similar and equally
variable, though they are frequently in larger and more definite spots
and blotches, and the light spots are often bright yellow. It is, as its
name indicates, decidedly phosphorescent. It lives under the same eir-
cumstances as the preceding species, but is much less common in this
region, though it is abundant in the Bay of Fundy. It often occurs
among the crowded stems of Corallina officinalis in the Jarger tide-pools.

Another related species, the Hrichsonia filiformis HARGER, (Plate
VI, fig. 26,) also occurs among the Corallina and other alge in the tide-
pools. This is a smaller species than the two preceding, but is some-
what similar in its colors, which are equally variable and equally adapted
for its concealment; in this the colors are more commonly various tints
of brown, or dull reddish, or light red, which are well adapted to blend
with the colors of the Corallines. Quite a different looking creature is the
Epelys montosus, which is occasionally found concealed beneath stones
where there is more or less mud. This species also frequents muddy
bottoms, and is pretty effectually concealed by its rough-looking back
and the coating of mud and dirt that always adheres to it.

Clinging to the hydroids and delicate algze on the under sides of
stones, and in tide-pools, curious slender-bodied crustacea belonging to
the genus Caprella (similar to fig. 20, Plate V) may often be found in
considerable numbers, but they are still more abundant on rocky bot-
toms off shore. They have the habit of holding on firmly by the pos-

INVERVEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 317

terior legs, and extending the body out at an angle, with the long, rough
front legs stretched out in various directions. While in these attitudes
and at rest they often closely resemble the branches of the hydroids
and alge among which they live, especially as they also imitate them in
colors, for all these species are variable in color, being generally gray,
with darker specks, when living among hydroids, but often bright red
when living among red alge. This habit of holding themselves stiffly
in such peculiar positions recalls the similar habits of many insects, es-
pecially some of the Orthoptera and the larvie of the geometrid moths,
and they also recall the larve, just named, by their singular mode of
climbing actively about among the branches of the hydroids and alge,
for they bend the slender body into a loop, bring the hind legs up to the
front ones, and taking hold with them stretch the body forward again,
just like those larvee, though their legs are long and slender and differ
widely in structure. These little creatures are very pugnacious and are
always ready to fight each other when they meet, or to repel any in-
truder similar in size to themselves. Their large claws are well adapted
for such purposes.

The marine worms or Annelids are very numerous under the rocks be-
tween tides, and concealed beneath the surface of the gravel and mud
that accumulates between and beneath the stones and in crevices.
Many kinds also live in the pools, lurking among the roots of the alge,
burrowing in the bottom, or building tubes of their own in more ex-
posed situations. Many of these annelids are very beautiful in form
and brilliant in color when living, while most of them have curious hab-
its and marvelous structures. Several species are of large size, grow-
ing to the length of one or two feet. Some are carnivorous, devouring
other worms and any other small creatures that they can kill by their pow-
erful weapons; others are vegetarians ; but many are mud-eaters, swal-
lowing the mud and fine sand in great quantities, for the sake of the
animal and vegetable organisms that always exist in it, as is the case
with clams and most of the bivalve shells, and many other kinds of
marine animals.

Allthese Annelids are greedily devoured by most kinds of marine fishes,
whenever they can get at them, and, since many of the annelids leave
their burrows in the night to swim at the surface, or do this constantly
at the breeding season, they make an important element in the diet of
many fishes besides those that constantly root for them in the mud and
gravel, like the tautog, scup, haddock, &c. The young of nearly all
the annelids also swim free in the water for a considerable time, and
in this state are doubtless devoured in immense numbers by all sorts of
young and small fishes.

One of the largest and most common Annelids found under rocks,
burrowing in the sand and gravel, is the Nereis virens, (Plate XI, figs.
47-50.) It lives both at low-water mark and at a considerable distance
farther up. It grows to the length of eighteen inches or more, and is

318 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

also quite stout in its proportions. The color is dull greenish, or bluish
green, more or less tinged with red, and the surface reflects bright iri.
descent hues; the large lamelle or gills (fig. 50) along the sides are green-
ish anteriorly, but farther back often become bright red, owing to the
numerous blood-vessels that they contain. It is a very active and vora-
cious worm, and has a large, retractile proboscis, armed with two strong,
black, hook-like jaws at the end, and many smaller teeth 6n the sides,
(figs. 48,49.) It feeds on other worms and various kinds of marine
animals. It captures its prey by suddenly thrusting out its proboscis
and seizing hold with the two terminal jaws; then withdrawing the
proboscis, the food is torn and masticated at leisure, the proboscis,
when withdrawn, acting somewhat like a gizzard. These large worms
are dug out of their burrows and devoured eagerly by the tautog, scup,
and other fishes. But at certain times, especially at night, they leave
their own burrows and, coming to the surface, swim about like eels or
snakes, in vast numbers, and at such times fall an easy prey to many
kinds of fishes. This habit appears to be connected with the season of
reproduction. They were observed thus swimming at the surface in the
daytime, near Newport, in April, 1872, by Messrs. T. M. Prudden and T.
H. Russell, and 1 have often observed them in the evening, later in the
season. At Watch Hill, Rhode Island, April 12, I found great numbers
of the males swimming in the pools among the rocks at low-water, and
discharging their milt. This worm also occurs in many other situa-
tions, and is abundant in most places along the sandy and muddy shores,
both of the sounds and estuaries, burrowing near low-water mark. It
occurs all along the coast from New York to the Arctic Ocean, and is
also common on the northern coasts of Hurope.

With the last, in this region and southward, another similar species,
but of smaller size, is usually met with in large numbers. This is the
Nereis limbata, (Plate XI, fig. 51, male.) It grows to the length of five
or six inches, and can easily be distinguished by its slender, sharp,
light amber-colored jaws, and by the lateral lamellz, which are small
anteriorly and narrow or ligulate posteriorly. Its color, when full
grown, is usually dull brown, or smoky brown or bronze-color anteriorly,
with oblique light lines on the sides, and often with a whitish border to
each ring, which form narrow, pale bands at the articulations ; pos-
teriorly the body and lateral appendages are pale red, and the longitu-
dinal dorsal blood-vessel is conspicuous. The male, of which the ante-
rior part is represented in fig. 51, differs greatly from the female in
the structure of the middle region of the body, which is brighter red in
color, and has the side appendages more complicated and better adapted
for swimming. The females agree with the males very well in the form
and structure of the head and anterior part of the body, but the middle
region does not become different from the anterior, as in the male.
Both sexes are often dug out of their burrows, under stones or in the
sand, but in such places there are few males in proportion to the fe-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. rap

males. The males, however, sometimes occur swimming free at the
surface in vast numbers. They swim with an undulating motion, and
are quite conspicuous on account of the bright red color of the middle
region of their bodies. Mr. 8. I. Smith observed them swimming in
this way, in the daytime, in August, at Fire Island, on the southern
side of Long Island, where they occurred in incredible numbers and
were eagerly pursued by the blue-fish, which at such times would not
take bait. We often caught them in Vineyard Sound, in the evening,
at the surface, with towing-nets. These worms must, therefore, con-
tribute largely to the food of many fishes. It is very common on our
sandy shores as far south as South Carolina. <A third species, Nereis
pelagica, (Plate XI, figs. 52-55,) is abundant under stones farther north,
but in this region is chiefly found on shelly bottoms, in the deeper wa-
ters of the sounds. These three species of Nereis are called * clam-
worms” by the fishermen. Two large species of worms belonging to
the genus Rhynchobolus (formerly Glycera) are often met with in bur-
rows, in the mud beneath stones. These are pale reddish, deep flesh-
colored, or dull purplish red, and rather smooth-looking worms, thick-
est in the middle, and tapering to both ends. They have a large pro-
boscis, armed at the ends with four black, hook-like jaws, and are re-
markable’for their rapid spiral gyrations. They belong more properly
to the muddy and sandy shores, and will, therefore, be mentioned more
particularly in another place. They are represented on Plate X, figs.
43-46. Ophelia simplex occurs under stones at half-tide, and below.

The Marphysa Leidyi (Plate XII, fig. 64) is a large and handsome
worm, occasionally met with under stones at low-water mark, but is
more common on shelly bottoms in shaliow water off shore. It grows
to the length of six inches or more, and its body is flattened, except
toward the head, where it becomes much narrowed and nearly cylin-
drical. It is yellowish or brownish red, and brilliantly iridescent. The
branchie are bright red, and commence at about the sixteenth segment ;
the first ones have only one or two branches, but farther back they be-
come beautifully pectinated. There are six unequal caudal cirri, the
lower lateral ones longest. It is furnished with powerful jaws, and is
carnivorous in its habits.

A small but very active worm, Podarke obscura V., (Plate XU, fig. 61,)
is often found in large numbers beneath stones. These are dark brown
or blackish in color, sometimes with lighter bands. They come out at
night and swim at the surface in vast numbers. They are also often met
with at the surface among eel-grass, in the daytime, in large numbers.
A large and very singular’ worm, which burrows and constructs tubes
in the mud and gravel beneath stones, is the Cirratulus grandis V.,
(Plate XV, figs. 80,81.) This is usually yellowish brown, dull orange, or
ocher-colored, and is remarkable for the numerous long, flexible, reddish
or orange cirri that arise all along the sides. Another very large and
interesting worm, often associated with the last, both among and under

320 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

rocks, and on muddy shores, is the Amphitrite ornata, (Plate XVI, fig.
82.) This worm constructs rather firm tubes out of the consolidated
mud and sand in which it resides, casting cylinders of mud out of the
orifice. It grows to be twelve to fifteen inches in length. Its color is
flesh-color, reddish, and orange-brown to dark brown, and it has
three pairs of large plumose or arborescent gills, which are blood-
red. The tentacles are flesh-colored, very numerous, and capable
of great extension, even to the length of eight or ten inches, and are kept
in constant motion in gathering up the materials with which it con-
structs its tube. Two species of worms, remarkable for their soft bodies
filled with bright red blood, which is not contained in special blood-
vessels, are also found under stones where there is mud in which they
can burrow. The smaller of these is Polycirrus eximius, (Plate XVI, fig.
85.) Its tentacles are very numerous, and are extended in every direc-
tion by forcing the blood into them, which can be seen flowing along in
the form of irregular drops, distending the tubular tentacles as it passes
along. The second species is a much larger and undescribed species,
remarkable for its very elongated body and for having very singular
branching gills on the sides along the middle region; the first and last
of these gills are simple or merely forked, but those in the middle are
divided into numerous branches; and in either case each ‘branch is
tipped by a cluster of sete. In allusion to this remarkable feature I
have called it Chatobranchus sanguineus. Its tentacles are like those of
the last species, but longer and more numerous; in full-grown specimens
they can be extended twelve to fifteen inches or more. Its color is blood-
red anteriorly, but more or less yellowish at the slender posterior part.
It is very fragile and it is seldom that a large specimen can_ be ob-
tained entire. It grows to be twelve to fifteen inches long. This, like
the three species last mentioned, feeds upon the minute organisms
eontained in the mud, which it swallows in large quantities. Two
species of Lumbriconereis are, also, frequently found burrowing in the
mud and sand beneath stones, but they belong more properly to the
muddy shores. They are long, slender, reddish, and brilliantly irides-
cent worms, readily distinguished by having a smooth, blunt-conical
head, without tentacles. They are carnivorous and have complicated
jaws. The head and anterior part of the body of the larger species (1.
opalina V.) is represented in Plate XIII, figs. 69, 70. The other (L.tenwis
V.) is very slender, thread-like, nearly a foot long, and has no eyes.
There are several kinds of highly organized annelids which may be
found adhering to the under side of stones or concealing themselves in
crevices. Among these are three species, which have the back covered
with two rows of large scales. One of these, having twelve pairs of
nearly smooth scales, is the Lepidonotus sublevis V., (Plate X, fig. 42 5)
the color is variable, but usually brown or grayish, with darker specks,
thus imitating the color of the stones. Another more common species
is the Lepidonotus squamatus, (Plate X, figs. 40, 41,) which also has

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 321

twelve pairs of scales, but they are rough, and covered with small
rounded or hemispherical tubercles; this is usually dark brown. The
third species has sixteen pairs of smooth scales, and belongs to another
genus. This is Harmothoé imbricata ; it varies exceedingly in color, but
is usually grayish or brownish, more or less specked, blotched, or striped
with blackish; sometimes there is a black stripe along the middle of
the back ; sometimes the general color is dark reddish. These three
species of scaly worms all have a large proboscis with four powerful
jaws at the end, and a circle of papille, as in figs. 40 and 41; they are
carnivorous in their habits and rather sluggish in their movements.
When disturbed they curl themselves up into a ball. They are very
complicated in their appendages, and the spines and set of these ap-
pendages are very curious in structure, when examined with a micro-
scope. Notwithstanding their numerous sharp spines they are often
devoured by fishes, and they frequently also fall victims to their more
powerful companions belonging to the Nereis tribe, and are sometimes
destroyed even by the apparently inoffensive Nemerteans. Adhering to
the under sides of the rocks and stones there are several kinds of tubes
constructed by annelids. One of the most common and abundant kinds
of these tube-dwelling worms is the Sabellaria vulgaris V., (Plate XVII,
figs. 88, 88a.) This worm constructs firm and hard tubes out of fine sand
and a cement secreted by special glands. These tubes are bent and
twisted in various directions and are generally united together into
masses or colonies, sometimes forming aggregations of considerable
thickness and perhaps several inches or a foot across. The tubes of this
worm are also common on the shells of oysters. Another very curious
and beautiful worm, the Scionopsis palmata V., constructs much larger
and coarser tubes out of bits of sea-weeds and shells, sand, small pebbles,
and other similar materials; these tubes are long and crooked and
attached for their whole length to the under side of rocks. The worm
that constructs them has some general resemblance to the Amphitrite
ornata, but is seldom more than three or four inches long and is usually
darker colored, the color being generally reddish brown or dark brown,
more or less speckled with white. There are only seventeen fascicles
of sete on each side. The gills are only three in number, viz: an odd
median one, much larger than the others, placed just behind the tentacles ;
and a pair of smaller ones, but similar in form and just back of the first ;
all three gills have a stalk or peduncle, and branch toward the end in a
palmate or digitate manner, each of the divisions again subdividing.
The gills can be retracted beneath a sort of collar which arises just be-
hind them; their color is greenish, specked with white. The gills of
this worm are very elegant in form, and quite unlike those of any other
known species, both in position and form. Therefore it is necessary to
establish a new genus for this species. It has been found from Vineyard
Sound to New Jersey ; both among eel-grass in shallow water, and under
stones. The Nicolea simplex is a related species, with similar habits.
H. Mis. 61 21

322 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The crooked, round, calcareous tubes made by Serpula dianthus V.,
are often to be found adhering to the under surfaces and sides of stones
near low-water mark, and also in the pools in more exposed situations ;
sometimes they are even aggregated together into masses. When dis-
turbed the worm suddenly withdraws its beautiful wreath of gills into
its tube and closes the aperture closely by means of a curious plug or
operculum. This is placed at the end of a rather long pedicle, and is
funnel-shaped, the outside longitudinally striated and the edge bordered
by about thirty sharp denticles; from the middle of the upper side
another smaller, short, funnel-shaped process arises, the edge of which
is divided into twelve or thirteen, long, rather slender, rigid processes,
which are usually a little curved inward at the top, but may be spread
apart in a stellate form. A small, rudimentary, club-shaped operculum
exists on the other side. When these tubes are placed in sea-water and
left undisturbed for a short time, the occupant will cautiously push out
its operculum and display its elegant wreath of branchize, which varies
much in color in different specimens, but often recalls the varied hues
and forms of different kinds of pinks, (Dianthus.) The name which I have
given to it alludes to this resemblance. Fine specimens of this Serpula
may often be found, also, in the pools near low-water mark, attached to
the upper surfaces or sides of rocks, and in such situation they display
their charms to great advantage. The wreath of branchiz is nearly
circular, consisting of two symmetrical parts, each of which is made up
of about eighteen pectinate branchie; these are covered on their inner
surfaces with slender filaments which extend nearly to the ends, but
leave the tips naked. Young specimens have fewer branchie. In the
more common varieties these branchiz are purple at base, with narrow
bands of light red or pale yellowish green; above this they are trans-
versely banded or annulated with purplish brown, alternating with yel-
lowish green, or with purple and white ; the pinne usually correspond
in color to the part from which they arise, but are sometimes all purple.
In other specimens the branchiz are yellowish white, or greenish white,
banded with brown. In one variety (citrina) they are bright lemon-
yellow, or orange-colored, throughout. The operculum, in all the varie-
ties, is usually brownish green above, with the sides purplish brown,
lined with whitish near the edge, and with a greenish white band at the
base; the pedicle is usually purplish, with two or more bands of white.
The body is usually deep greenish yellow, with the back lemon-yellow ;
the collar is broad with an undulated border, and is pale green, veined
with darker green blood-vessels. This species is also often met with in
dredging on shelly bottoms.

The Potamilla oculifera (Plate XVII, fig. 86) is another beautiful
annelid, related somewhat to the Serpula, but its tubes are tough and
flexible ; they are constructed out of fine sand and other foreign matters,
glued firmly together with the special secretions of the animal. These
tubes are often found attached to the under sides of stones, but, passing

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 323

around to the sides, open upward by a free extremity ; they also fre-
quently occur in sheltered nooks in thetide-pools. The worm, when un-
disturbed, puts out a beautiful wreath of branchiz somewhat resembling
that of the Serpula, but there is no operculum. The branchiz are always
beautifully colored, though the colors are quite variable. In one of the
commonest styles of coloration, the branchiz are surrounded at base
with reddish brown; above this with a ring of white; next by a band
of reddish brown; then for the terminal half the color is yellowish gray,
with indistinet blotches of brown; onthe outer sides of the branchiz
there are one to three dark red eyes. There are ten or more branchize
in each half of the wreath, and they are longer on one side than on the
other.

Another related species, the Sabella microphthalma V., also occasionally
occurs in the pools and on the under sides of stones, constructing tubes
very much like those of the last species. This is a much shorter and
stouter worm, with the branchial wreath relatively much larger and
nearly half as long as the body. The branchiz are pale yellowish,
greenish, or flesh-color, with numerous transverse bands of darker green
extending to the pinne; on the outer side of the branchiz there are
numerous minute eye-like spots of dark brown, arranged in two rows on
each. The body is usually dull olive-green. The Fabricia Leidyi V., is
another member of this group of worms, but is of very minute size. It
constructs delicate, flexible tubes, free toward the end, which usually
stands upright. Its tubes may be found in the pools and on the under
side of stones. The worm itself is very small, slender, and when un-
disturbed protrudes a wreath, composed of six branchiz, to a considera-
ble distance above the mouth of the tube. The branchiz have five
to seven pinne on each side, the lowest much the longest, so that when
expanded they all reach nearly to one level. At the base of the bran-
chic there are two pulsating vesicles, alternating in their beats; and
just back of these there are two minute brown eye-specks; two similar
eyes exist at the posterior end. Eleven segments of the body bear fas-
cicles of sete. Color yellowish white, the blood-vessels red.

Two or more species of the minute but beautiful worms belonging to
the genus Spirorbis are found attached to the fronds of sea-weeds, to
shells, stones, &c., especially in the pools. These are related to the
Serpula, and like it form solid calcareous tubes, but these ‘are always
coiled up in a close spiral, and the coil is attached by one side. The
little worms put out an elegant wreath of branchie, and are furnished
with an operculum. Another very interesting and beautifully colored
worm, sometimes found under and among the stones, where there is
mud, is the Cistenides Gouldit V., (Plate XVII, figs. 87, 87a.) This
constructs very remarkable, conical, free tubes, of grains of sand ar-
ranged in a single layer, like miniature masonry, and bound together by
a water-proof cement. This worm belongs more properly to the muddy
and sandy shores and will be mentioned again. ‘

324 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Under stones and decaying sea-weeds, near high-water mark, two or
more kinds of small slender worms are usually found in great numbers;
these differ widely from all those before mentioned, and are more nearly
related to the common earth-worms of the garden. One of these is white,
slender, and about an inch long, tapering to both ends. This is Halodil-
lus littoralis V., apparently forming a new genus allied to Enchytreus.
Another is of about the same size, but rather longer and more slender,
and light red in color. It has a moniliform intestine, with a red blood-
vessel attached to it above and below. It belongs apparently to the
genus COlitellio, (C. trroratus V.)

In addition to all these setigerous Annelids which have been enu-
merated, there are quite a number of worms to be found on the rocky
shores which are destitute of all these external appendages, and have
the surface of the body smooth and ciliated. There are two tribes of
such worms: in one of them the body is much elongated, and either
roundish, or flattened, and usually very changeable in form and cap-
able of great extension and contraction. These are known as Nemer-
teans ; most of them have a proboscis which they can dart out to a great
length. In the other group, known as Planarians, the body is broad,
short, and depressed, and often quite flat, and their internal structure
is quite different.

One of the largest of the Nemerteans, the Meckelia ingens, (Plate XIX,
figs. 96, 96a.) is met with under stones where there is sand, but it be-
longs properly tothe sandy shores. Itis an enormous, smooth, flat worm,
yellowish, flesh-colored, or whitish, and sometimes grows to be ten or
twelve feet long and over an inch wide. The Meckelia rosea also occurs
oceasionally in similar places. This is similar in form, but is smaller, less
flattened, and decidedly red in color. It is often covered by adhering
sand. Another species, belonging to the Nemerteans, is often found in
great abundance under stones from mid-tide to near high-water mark.
Many of them are often found coiled together in large clusters. This is
the Nemertes socialis ; it is very slender or filiform, and often five or six
inches long when extended. Its color is dark ash-brown or blackish, a
little lighter beneath, and it has three or four eyes in a longitudinal
group on each side of the head. Another larger species, apparently
belonging to the genus Cerebratulus, but not sufficiently studied while
living, is also abundant under stones. It is much stouter and is usually
dark olive-green, brownish-green, or greenish-black in color, but a little
lighter below and at the borders of the head. Several other small Ne-
merteans occur under similar circumstances. In the pools, creeping over
and among the alge and hydroids, a yellowish or light orange-colored
species, one or two inches long, is often met with. This species secretes
an unusual amount of mucus, which is, perhaps, connected with its
climbing habits, and I have on this account named it Polinia glutinosa V.,
(Plate XIX, fig. 97.) It varies in the number of its eyes, according. to
its age, but they are always grouped in oblique clusters as in the figure..

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND ETC. 325

The color is sometimess bright orange anteriorly, but lighter posteriorly,
with a faint dusky or greenish line along the middle.

Another species, closely resembling the last in form, color, and size, is.
quite common under stones, and especially in dead tubes of Serpula, near
low-water mark. This is the Cosmocephala ochracea V., (Plate XIX, figs.
95, 95a ;) it has numerous eyes on the sides of the head, three of four
on each side forming an anterior row parallel with the margin; the
others forming two parallel oblique groups, usually with two or three
eyes in each, farther back. On the lower side of the head there is, on
each side, an obliquely transverse groove. The color is usually dull yel-
lowish-white or grayish; the anterior part is often tinged with orange
and the posterior with ash-gray ; there is generally a distinct paler me-
dian line, most distinct anteriorly. It grows to be two or three inches
long, when extended.

Of the Planarians several species are also found creeping over the
under side of stones and in the tide-pools. One of the most abundant
is Procerodes frequens, which is a very small but lively species, found
creeping on the under side of stones near high-water. It is usually
about an eighth of an inch long, dark brown or blackish above and gray
below, and it has two reniform eyes. The Monocelis agilis is still smaller,
elliptical, with only one median eye; its coloris dark brown or blackish.
By some writers this genus is placed among the Nemerteans. Two
larger species of this group are also occasionally found on the under
side of stones. One of these, the Planocera nebulosa, (Plate XIX, fig.
100,) is usually about half an inch wide and three-fourths long, but may
become nearly circular, or may extend into a long elliptical form. It is
flat and thin, with flexuous edges. Its color is olive-green above, with
a lighter median stripe behind, and yellowish green below. The tenta-
cles on the back are whitish and retractile.

The Stylochopsis littoralis V., (Plate XIX, fig. 99,) is also frequently
found on the under side of stones. It is remakable for haying a clus-
ter of eyes on each tentacle, other clusters in front of them, and two or
more rows of eye-spots around the margin, especially in front. Its color
is variable, but usually greenish, greenish yellow, or brownish yellow,
often reticulated with flesh-color; there is generally a pale median streak
posteriorly. The eggs were laid July 12th in large clusters, composed of
many small white eggs closely crowded together, side by side, and at-
tached to the surface of the glass jar in which they were kept.

There are also representatives of the “‘ round worms,” or Nematodes,
to be found beneath the stones and among the roots of alge, hydroids,
&e. The commonest of these is, perhaps, the Pontonema marinum (Plate
XVIII, fig. 94.) This is a small, very slender, smooth, white, round worm,
tapering to both ends, and very active in its movements, constantly coil-
ing itself into a spiral and again uncoiling itself. Its head is furnished
with about six minute cirri; in the male the tail is short, narrow, nearly
Straight, but one-sided, rapidly tapering. and subacute; in the female

326 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the body is much longer, and the tail is long, slightly tapered, straight,
and obtuse. The Pontonema vacillatum also occurs in similar places in
-abundance. In this species the male hasa short, obtuse, incurved tail ;
the female a straight, tapering, narrow, obtuse one. Both species are
oviparous, and the female genital orifice is near the middle of the body.
These worms are from a quarter to half an inch or more in length.
Their complete history is not known; they are closely allied to many of
the parasitic worms, and it is possible that in some stages of their de-
velopment these are also parasites.

Of the Radiates there are also numerous species to be found on these
rocky shores.

Although the purple ‘“ sea-urchin,” Arbacia punctulata, and the green
“sea-urchin,” Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis, (Plate XX XV, fig. 268,)
are sometimes met with, their occurrence is irregular and uncertain at
low-water in this region. The former occurs in abundance on rocky
and shelly bottoms in the sounds ; while the latter occurs chiefly on sim-
ilar bottoms in the cold area, and at low-water on the outer rocky
shores, and still more abundantly farther north.

The green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (Plate XXXYV, fig. 269,) is
found in large numbers at low-water among the rocks at certain times,
but at other times is seldom met with, though a few young specimens
can almost always be found by careful search beneath the stones. The
adults were very abundant on the shore at Parker’s Point, in the latter
part of June; but by the middle of July very few could be found there.
Their habit of coming up to the shore may be connected with their
reproductive season. They are always abundant on shelly bottoms in
the bays and sounds, especially where there are beds of muscles or
oysters, upon which they feed. They often prove exceedingly destruc-
tive of oysters planted in waters that are not too brackish for their com-
fort. They manage to eat oysters that are far too large for them to
swallow whole, by grasping the shell with their numerous adhesive feet,
and then, after bending their five flexible rays around the shell so as
partly to ineclose it, they protrude the lobes and folds of their enormous
saccular stomach from the distended mouth, and surrounding the
oyster-shell more or less completely with the everted stomach they
proceed to digest the contents at leisure, and when the meal is fin-
ished they quietly withdraw the stomach and stow it away in its proper
place. In this way a large “school” of star-fishes will, in a short time;.
destroy all the oysters on beds many acres in extent, unless their oper-
ation be interfered with by the watchful owners. In one instance,
within a few years, at Westport, Connecticut, they thus destroyed about
2,000 bushels of oysters, occupying beds about 20 acres in extent, in a
few weeks, during the absence of the proprietor.

In order to stop their operations it is necessary to dredge over the
oyster-grounds and destroy all the star-fishes thus brought up, by leav-
ing them on shore above high-water mark ; for if simply torn in pieces

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 327

and thrown overboard, as is sometimes done, each ray has the power of
reproducing all the lost parts, so that each fragment may, after a time,
become a perfect star-fish.

The color of this species is generaily dark green or brownish green,
with the madreporie plate bright orange; the males are more inclined
to brown, and sometimes have areddish tint. It is found all along the
coast from Massachusetts Bay to Florida.

The eggs of this species, like those of most other star-fishes, produce
peculiar larve, entirely unlike the parents, and provided with vibrating
cilia by means of which they swim about in the water, or at the surface,
for a considerable time. The young star-fish develops within the larva
and gradually absorbs the substance of the larva into its own organi-
zation.

The development of this and our other common species has been very
fully described and illustrated by Mr. A. Agassiz.

Of the Hydroids many species occur in the pools, or attached to the
lower sides of overhanging rocks, or of stones that have an open space
beneath them, or growing upon the Fucus and other sea-weeds at low-
water mark. The most abundant of all is the Sertularia pumila, (Plate
XXXVI, fig. 279,) which grows in small tufts of delicate branches on
the stems and fronds of all the larger sea-weeds, and on the sides and
lower surfaces of stones, Another beautiful species, the Obelia commis-
suralis, (Plate XX XVII, fig. 281,) occurs at low-water mark and in tide-
pools, attached to stones and sea-weeds. It is very delicate and much
branched, and sometimes grows five or six inches high, though usually
smaller. Atcertain times it produces small medusv in its urn-shaped
reproductive capsules; these are discharged and swim free for sometime,
having sixteen tentacles when they become free. Several other spe-
cies of this genus also occur attached to the sea-weeds at low-water.
The most common of these is O. diaphana, which grows about an inch high,
attached to the stems of Fucus. The Campanularia flecuosa is another
similar hydroid, remarkable for its large reproductive capsules, in which
meduse are developed that never become free. This species occurs
in the pools at low-water, on weeds and stones, and also on the lower
sides of overhanging rocks or the timbers of wharves. It is much
more abundant farther north, as at Kastport, Maine, where it grows in
profusion on the timbers of the wharves, hanging down from their
lower sides, collapsed and dripping, while the tide islow. The Pennaria
tiarella (Plate XX XVII, figs. 277, 278) is a very conspicuous and beau-
tiful species on account of its much-divided black branches and numer-
ous bright red flower-like hydroids. It occurs occasionally in the pools,
and just below low-water mark, attached to stones, corallines, &c., but is
more common in somewhat deeper water on rocky and shelly bottoms.
The “file-fish” feeds on this species, and probably on other allied
hydroids, for its stomach was found full of the stems and branches,
cut up in fine pieces. Its broad, sharp-edged jaws are admirably

328 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

adapted for browsing on hydroids, but yet this may not be its principal
food, for our observations were very few on this fish, owing to its rarity.
One of the most interesting of the hydroids, found in the rocky pools
at low-water, or in other shaded places, is the Hybocodon prolifer, (Plate
XXXVIII, fig. 282.) This is one of the largest and most beautiful of
the tubularians, and is very conspicuous on account of its deep orange
red color. It is by no means common, and grows only in those pools
where the water is pure and cool, or under the shade of overhanging
rocks. It usually grows singly or in groups of two or three clustered
together. The delicate hydrarium of Bougainvillia superciliaris (Plate
XXXVI, fig. 276) is also occasionally met with in the larger tide-pools
near low-water mark, and the small, free medus«, which are produced
by budding from the hydrarium, are frequently found swimming in the
waters in spring. The Clava leptostyla is a beautiful and apparently
soft and tender species, but it grows in clusters on the fronds of Fucus
at low-water mark, on the most exposed shores, and withstands the
most powerful surf, unharmed. The colonies are bright light red in
color and consist of numerous hydroids arising from creeping stolon-
like tubes, which interlace to form the base of the colony. Each of
the hydroids consists of a cylindrical stem, slender at base and about
a quarter of an inch high, at the end of which there is a thicker, club-
shaped or fusiform “head,” covered with about fifteen to thirty, long,
slender tentacles, but the form both of the heads and tentacles is con-
stantly changing, owing to their contractions. The small medusa-buds
are grouped in clusters below the tentacles and do not become free.
This species is also to be found in the pools and on the under sides of
large-stones close to low-water mark.

The Hydractinia polyclina is often met with covering the dead shells
inhabited by the hermit-crabs, whether in the pools or in deeper water
off shore, with a soft, velvet-like, reddish coating, which is made up of
hundreds of hydroids united together by their bases into a rather firm,
continuous layer, covered with conical points. This basal layer some-
times not only entirely covers the shell, but extends out considerably
beyond the borders of the aperture, so as to increase the capacity of
the interior. This is no doubt a great gain to the crab, because he will not
be so soon compelled to exchange his shell for a larger one. Each col-
ony of these hydroids is either male or female ; the sexes differ in depth
of color, the male colonies being palest. But in each colony there are
also many sterile individuals, who have to do the eating and digesting for
the whole community, while the sexual individuals attend to the repro-
duction of the race. Farther north, as at Nahant, Massachusetts, this
species often incrusts broad surfaces of the rocks in the pools, but I
have not observed it growing in this way south of Cape Cod; yet in one
instance we dredged it growing on a rock.

The Halecium gracile V. is frequently found growing in profusion on
the under side of stones, in tide-pools, and attached to oysters, dead

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 329

shells, &e., in shallow waters, both of the sounds and estuaries. It
forms rather dense, pale, flexible tufts, three or four inches high, with
very numerous slender branches.

Of Polyps there are several species belonging to the actinians, or
‘‘ sea-anemones,” and one species of genuine coral, (Astrangia,) but the
latter is seldom found at low-water, though common in shallow water,
on rocky bottoms. The most common of the actinians is the “ fringed
sea-anemone,” Metridium marginatum. This may almost always be
found on the under sides of large stones that have sufficient space be-
neath, in sheltered crevices near low-water mark, and adhering to the
rocks along the borders of the larger tide-pools, where they are shaded
and protected by the overhanging sea-weeds. In full expansion this
species has a very graceful form. From the expanded base the body
rises in the form of a tall, smooth column, sometimes cylindrical, some-
times tapering slightly to the middle, and then enlarging to the sum-
mit. Toward the top the column is surrounded by a circular thickened
fold, above which the character of the surface suddenly changes, the
skin becoming thinner and translucent, so that the internal radiating
partitions are visible through it. This part expands upward and out-
ward to the margin, which is folded into numerous deep undulations or
frills, and everywhere covered with very numerous, fine, short, crowded
tentacles. The tentacles also cover the upper side of the disk, half
way to the mouth, but are larger and less crowded in proportion to the
distance from the margin. The mouth is oval and the lips divided into
numerous folds. The largest specimens are sometimes five or six inches
high and three or four inches across the disk. The colors are extremely
variable. Most frequently the sides of the body are yellowish brown
or orange-brown, but it may be of any shade from white, flesh-color,
pink, salmon, chestnut, orange, yellow, light brown, to dark umber-
brown; or it may be mottled and streaked with two or more of these colors.
The upper part of the body and tentacles are translucent, and have
lighter colors, generally either white, pink, flesh-color, or pale salmon ;
the tentacles are also frequently banded with flake-white, and often
have dark tips. This species, when much irritated, throws out from
minute loop-holes along the sides large numbers of long, slender, white
threads, which are covered with microscopic stinging-organs, powerful
enough to defend them from the attacks of fishes and other enemies ;
but they do not penetrate the human skin.

Another species, the ‘‘ white-armed anemone,” Sagartia leucolena,
(Plate XX XVIII, fig. 284,) is also common at low-water, especially on
the under side of large stones, and sometimes nearly buried in sand
and gravel. This is more elongated and slender than the last, and has
a smaller, simple and plain disk, with the tentacles much longer and
more slender, and crowded together near the margin; the surface of
the body is smooth and uniform, without any thickened fold. The
color is usually pale salmon or flesh-color, and the skin is translucent,

330 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

so as to show the internal lamelle ; the tentacles are paler and more
translucent, and usually whitish, but sometimes pale salmon. The
tentacles, in full expansion, are over an inch long. A second elongated
species of Sagartia (S. modesta) occurs buried up to its tentacles in the
gravel and sand among rocks. This species is quite rare, and has a
much thicker and firmer skin, which is nearly opaque and dull yellow-
ish in color; the tentacles are shorter, with dark greenish markings at
the base.

The Halocampa producta (Plate XX XVIII, fig. 285) also occurs under
the same circumstances with the last, though it may also be found
on sandy shores, slightly attached to a shell or pebble, perhaps a foot
beneath the surface, but in expansion it stretches its body so as to
expand its tentacles at the surface, above its burrow, into which it
quickly withdraws when disturbed. This species is remarkable for the
great length and slenderness of its body in full extension ; for having
only twenty tentacles, with swollen tips; and for the rows of suckers
along the sides, to which it fastens grains of sand, &c. It has no dis-
tinct disk at the base, which is bulbous and adapted for burrowing
Its color is whitish, flesh-color, or pale salmon, with the suckers whit-
ish. The tentacles usually have darker brown tips, but sometimes the
tips are flake-white. In full expansion the length of large specimens
is about a foot, and the diameter about a third of an inch, but in con-
traction the body becomes much shorter and more swollen.

The Astrangia Dane, which is the only true coral yet discovered on
the coast of New England, is occasionally found on the under side of
overhanging rocks, or in pools where it is seldom or never left dry. The
coral forms incrusting patches, usually two or three inches across, and
less than half an inch thick, composed of numerous crowded corallets,
having stellate cells about an eighth of an inch in diameter. The liy-
ing animals are white, and in expansion rise high above the celis and
expand a circle of long, slender, minutely warted tentacles, which
have enlarged tips. These coral-polyps, when expanded, resemble clus-
ters of small, white sea-anemones, and like them they will seize their
prey with their tentacles and transfer it to their mouths. They feed
readily, in confinement, upon fragments of mollusea or crustacea.

Several species of sponges also occur in the rocky pools and on the
under sides of stones. The most conspicuous one is a bright red spe-
cies, Which forms irregular crusts, and rises up in the middle into
many small, irregular, lobe-like branches. Another species forms
broad, thin incrustations, of a sulphur-yellow color, on the under side
of stones. These species have not been identified. A small, urn-
shaped or oval species, with a large aperture at the summit, sur-
rounded by a circle of slender, projecting spicula, occurs in the pools,
and is probably the same as the Grantia ciliata of Europe.

In addition to the numerous species already enumerated, most of
which belong to groups that are essentially marine animals, there are

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 331

a few species of marine insects that are frequently met with under
stones, or among the small green alge. Among these a small lead-col-
ored insect belonging to the family of ‘‘ spring-tails,” Anurida maritima, is
the mostabundant. With it aspider, bdella, and several species of mites
(Trombidium) are oftenfound. Several specimens of a “false scorpion, ”
Chernes oblongus, were also found by Mr. Smith near low-water mark
under stones. In the pools and on the rocks, among the green confervx
and other sea-weeds, the active green larve of a two-winged fly, Chiron-
omus oceanicus, is often found in abundance. This larva we have detected
in the stomach of the “tom-cod,” mixed with small crustacea.

List of species inhabiting the rocky shores of the sounds and bays.

In the following list the species living in these situations are brought
together systematically, whether mentioned in the preceding pages or
not. The lists are not to be regarded as complete, but include most
of the species ordinarily met with. The references are to the pages of
this report, where remarks upon the species may be found :

ARTICULATA.
Insects.
: Page. Page.
Chironomus oceanicus ...... ool | Bdella marina..2 <7... dol
Anurida maritima.......... 331 | Trombidium, severalspecies 331
Chernes oblongus ........-- dol

Crustacea.

Page. Page.
@aneer irroratus ..-........ calf NNOREG TOWIS. & \c cc = oa eee 315
Panopeus depressus ....-.-... ola | Mehta nrtidas-.-o-- oe ee 314
2: Sav 2 een 312 | Amphithoé maculata....... 315
aeLIS ... ... Seste. = i layer lea Acta AULG hstatoie' ahaa ete pee OW
Caremnus) granulatus....-... 312 | Caprella, sp.........-.+2.- 316
Eupagurus pollicaris -...... 313 | Spheroma quadridentata .. 315
Mlousicarpus 2... 2... 2 313 | Idotea irrorata. J... 6... 316
Homarus Americanus.....-. aio, |) l. phosphorea..........-.- 516
Orchestia agilis....-........ 314 | Hrichsonia filiformis.....-- 316
Hyale littoralis...... --.... 315 | Epelys montosus.......-..-
Calliopius leviusculus. ..... al5 | Jeera copiosa ..-.-..--., 0 ee
Gammarus ornatus..-...... 314 | Balanus balanoides.......- 504
Geannulatus........0202203 314 | Numerous small Entomos-
GwiMarinug. 620 800A, ol4 traca.

332 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Annelids, (Cheetopods.)

Page
Lepidonotus squamatus..... 320 | Cirrhinereis fragilis...... ...
Bus, SUDIGWAS 2014/6 a2 eee 320 | Ophelia simplex...........
Harmothoé imbricata....... O21 | Sabellaria vulgaris .......-
POOR.) oo. wagaausts see~es 349 | Cistenides Gouldii ....... 2.
sr) HE RR ee ee IRS NE 349 | Nicolea simplex...........
HTP TTC 1 Veena Wee ee ee - 349 | Amphitrite ornata.........
Podarke ODSCULA ora, .cro « 319 | Scionopsis palmata........
IRVELCIS WARGUSS fone: kiic\ns a o> 317 | Polycirrus eximius ........
Jue ono) ee 518 | Chetobranchus sanguineus.-
JUG DAE Ciel 319 | Potamilla oculifera........
Marphysa Leidyi........... 519 | Sabella microphthalma.....
Lumbriconereis opalina. .... 320 | Kabricia Leidyi.-. <a. see
L. tenuis..... Sages pesrv--o-. O20, | MOrPUla Ciamtmus. ..- 23.
Rhynchobolus Americanus.. 319 | S. dianthus, var. citrina....
i. dibranchiablus .........-.+ 319 | Spirorbis spirillum ........
Cirratulus grandis.........- 319 |

Oligocheta.

Page.
Halodrillus littoralis........ o24 | Clitellio irroratus..........

Nemerteans.

Page.
Nemertes socialis ........~- o24 | Cerebratulus (7).........-.
Meckclia ingens............ 324 | Cosmocephala ochracea... .
JUS RUSE Ip ea i Pa 324 | Polinia glutinosa..........
Planarians.
Page.
Planocera nebulosa......--- 325 | Procerodes frequens.....-.
Stylochopsis littoralis ...... 228. || Monocelis*agilis. ~-- >. oooae
Nematodes.
_ Page.
Pontonema marinum ....... 325 | Pontonema vacillatum.....
MOLLUSGCA.

Gastropods, ( Univalves.)

Page.
Urosalpinx cinerea......-... 306 | Wulgur carica.-..----s6'eee
Purpura lapillus.. 22-7. -- - <2 306 | Sycotypus canaliculatus ....

Eupleura caudata ......... . dtl | Dritia triyittata.. .2e.eeeee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Page
msiyris lunata, ... 2.4 ss60a- o06 | Bittium nigrum. 22 5sc05-6
Apaehis avara........--- -. 306 | Cerithiopsis Greenii.......
Odostomia producta.......- 307 | Triforis nigrocinctus.......
IESE orcs vw a's se ae Se 307 | Crepidula fornicata........
Semisuburalis'.2 2222552222. BUM O camyexar |i. fo Seem
RemEtELGhea <5 SM eRe ee S0t IC unetiformiss : 2 35. S ee
WAN PLOSsa 2... 2 oes... 307 | Acmeea testudinalis .......
Rissoa aculeus .-.........-- BUOVL Da@ris) MimWd) c2-5 2. c oc ke
skenea planorbis........... a80 | Polycera Lessonil . ........
Littorina palliata..........-. 305 | Doridella obscura .....-...
Ur ATCT AS Ree a 305 | Aolis, undetermined.
Iiaecuna.vineta.............. 305
Lamellibranchs, (Bivalves.)
Page. |
Mey aaALONALIA'. 2.52. Se s/s - « ouo | Mytilus edulis’... 2.22... --
Saxicava arctica ..... rE ge 309 | Modiola plicatula .........
Kellia planulata...........- Jl0)| Mi -modiolus) 52200; 9.40422
Scapharca transversa......- 309 | Anomia glabra.........-.-.
Areina pexata'....-. <2... 2... 309 | Ostrea Virginiana........
Ascidians.
Page. |
Molgula Manhattensis -.... 311 | Cynthia partita ........-. st
Bryozoa, (or Polyzoa.)
Page
Crista eDurmed,... 62-2 - x. dL | Bs flabellatar sims a2. ee, 04-14
Tubulipora flabellaris.....-- 405 | Membranipora pilosa... ...
Aleyonidium ramosum...... 11s SST 2 Rr a ee a ae
Aleyonidium hirsutum ....- 404 | Escharella variabilis ......
So ICC 312 | Discopora coccinea(?)......
Vesicularia gracilis......... J50 4), Lepralia, SD. ote. 2 ¢-4aee -
Vesicularia cuscuta .......- 404 | Cellepora ramulosa......-.
Pee OOTOMA,. 6... on. es 404 | Pedicellina Americana. ....
Pama fUrrita......- 2-.--.- dll
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.
Page. |
Arbacia punctulata......... 326 | Asterias arenicola........-

334 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Acalephs.

Page. | Page.
Obelia commissuralis ...... - o27, | Halecium pracile........25264 328
D. PYLMOLMIS:- nc. coe eee 390 | Sertularia argentea........ 408
O,cdraphanai:s 2.2 S eee. O24, | \S., pumila 22. ohio 327
Oreniculata....<skoseeeeo- 407 | Bougainvillia superciliaris. 328
Clytia, Johnstoni ........... 408 | Margelis Carolinensis ...-..
Orthopyxis caliculata....... 408 | Clava leptostyla .......... 328
Platypyxis cylindrica....... 408 | Pennaria tiarella........- = eth
Campanularia volubilis ..... 408 | Hybocodon prolifer......-. 328
Us ilo nase Sa 327 | Hydractinia polyclina ..... 328
Lafoéa calearata ....-...... 408

Polyps.

Page. Page.
Metridium marginatum..... 329 | Halocampa producta ...... 330
Sagartia leucolena ......-.. 329 | Astrangia Dane .........- 329
Sh C0) fe er 30

PROTOZOA.

Sponges.

Page. Page.
Grantia ciliata ............. 330 | Tedania, sp.-...-- oc 330
Leucosolenia botryoides (?).. 391 | Renieria, sp .............. 330
Fralichondria, Sp ..........- Bo

IJ].—2. FAUNA OF THE SANDY SHORES OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS.

These sandy shores vary considerably in character according to their
situations and composition. In the more exposed positions the beaches
of fine loose sand differ but little in character from those that prevail
so extensively on the ocean shores, from Cape Cod to North Florida.
In more sheltered situations there is generally more or less mud mixed
with the sand, which often forms shores with a very gentle slope, run-
ning down to broad flats, bare at low-water; such flats of sandy mud
are the favorite homes of large numbers of burrowing creatures; but
even on the exposed beaches of loose siliceous sand, which are completely
torn up and remodeled by every storm, there are still to be found many
kinds of animals perfectly adapted to sueh conditions, finding there
their proper homes. In other cases there is more or less gravel and
pebbles mixed with the sand, which, under some conditions of expos-
ure, produce a firm and compact deposit, admirably adapted to the
tastes and habits of certain tube-dwelling and burrowing creatures. In
other places, especially in sandy coves or other sheltered situations, the
sandy flats are partly covered by tufts and patches of eel-grass, and

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 335

there are many animals that find congenial resorts on such flats. Then
there will sometimes be pools or rivulets of sea-water on the sandy flats,
in which certain creatures often spend the short time while thus impris-
oned by the tide.

The special localities where the sand-dwelling species of this region
were chiefly studied, are the beaches on Naushon and adjacent islands ;
Nobska Beach and several other beaches near Wood’s Hole; the exten-
sive sand-beach between Falmouth and Waquoit; the beach at Menem-
sha Bight, on Martha’s Vineyard ; several beaches on the shores of
Buzzard’s Bay ; the beaches at South End, Savin Rock, aid other local-
ities near New Haven; the beaches on Great South Bay, Long Island ;
the beaches at the mouth of Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, &c., be-
sides the outer beaches at various other points.

Along the upper part of the sand-beaches there is generally an almost
continuous belt of dead sea-weeds, broken shells, fragments of crabs,
lobsters, and various other débris cast up by the waves. Although
many of the dead shells, &c., which occur in this way, belong really to
the sandy shores near low-water, others have come, perhaps, from deeper
water and other kinds of bottom. Therefore, although such rubbish-
heaps may afford good collecting grounds for those who frequent the
shores after storms, it would be useless to enumerate the species that
more or less frequently occur in them. Beneath such masses of decay-
ing materials many insects and crustacea occur, together with certain
genuine worms. Part of these are truly marine forms, and are never
found away from the sea-shores, but many, especially of the insects, are
in no sense marine, being found anywhere in the interior where decay-
ing matters abound. The two-winged flies (Diptera,) of many kinds,
are especially abundant, and their larvie occur in immense numbers in
the decaying sea-weed. Some of these flies are, however, true marine
species, and live in the larval state in situations where they are sub-
merged for a considerable time by the tide. I have often dug such
larve from the sand near low-water mark, and have also dredged them
at the depth of four or five fathoms off shore. During unusually high
tides immense quantities of the fly-larvee will be carried away by the
encroachment of the waters, and thus become food for fishes of many
kinds, and especially for the young ones, which frequent the shallow waters
along the shores. There are also many species of beetles (Coleoptera)
which frequent these places, and several of them are genuine marine
insects, living both in the larval and adult conditions in burrows be-
tween tides. Among these are two or three species of Bledius, belong-
ing to the Staphylinide ; several tiger-beetles (Cicindela,) and represen-
tatives of other families. The “ tiger-beetles ” are very active, carnivo-
rous insects and frequent the dry sands just above high-water mark ;
when disturbed they rise quickly and fly away to the distance of sev-
eral yards before alighting. They are so wary that it is difficult to catch
them without a net. Most of the species reflect bright, metallic, bronzy or

336 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

green colors, and many of them have the elytra more or less marked with
white. Mr. 8. I. Smith found the larva of our largest species (C. gene-
rosa) at Fire Island, living in holes in the sand below high-water mark,
associated with the species of Talorchestia.

Beneath the decaying sea-weeds on the sandy shores immense num-
bers of the lively little crustacean, Orchestia agilis, (p. 314, Plate IV,
fig. 14,) may always be found. ‘Two other related species, of larger size
and paler colors, but having the same habit of leaping, though not in
such a high degree, occur among the weeds, or burrowing in the sand,
or beneath drift-wood, &e., a little below high-water mark. In fact the
sand is sometimes completely filled with their holes, of various sizes.
Both these species are stout in form, and become about an inch long
when mature. One of them, Talorchestia longicornis, can be easily dis-
tinguished by its very long antenne ; the other, 7. megalophthalma, by its
shorter antenne and very largeeyes. Both these species are pale gray-
ish, and imitate the color of the sand very perfectly. When driven
from their burrows by unusually high tides or storms they are capable
of swimming actively in the water. They make dainty morsels for fishes
and many shore birds, as well as for certain crabs, especially Ocypoda
arenaria.

On sandy beaches near high-water mark, especially where the sand is
rather compact and somewhat sheltered, one of the “ fiddler-crabs,”
Gelasimus pugilator, is frequently found in great numbers, either run-
ning actively about over the sand, or peering cautiously from their holes,
which are often thickly scattered over considerable areas. These holes
are mostly from half an inch to an inch in diameter, and a foot or more
in depth, the upper part nearly perpendicular, becoming horizontal be-
low, with a chamber at the end. Mr. Smith, by lying perfectly still for
some time on the sand, succeeded in witnessing their mode of dig-
ging. In doing this they drag up pellets of moist sand, which they
carry under the three anterior ambulatory legs that are on the rear side,
climbing out of their burrows by means of the legs of the side in front,
aided by the posterior leg of the other side. After arriving at the
mouth of their burrows and taking a cautious survey of the landscape,
they run quickly to the distance often of four or five feet from the bur-
row before dropping their load, using the same legs as before and carry-
ing the dirt in the same manner. They then take another careful sur-
vey of the surroundings, run nimbly back to the hole, and after again
turning their pedunculated eyes in every direction, suddenly disappear,
soon to reappear with another load. They work in this way both in the
night and in the brightest sunshine, whenever the tide is out and the
weather is suitable. In coming out or going into their burrows either
side may go in advance, but the male more commonly comes out with
the large claw forward. According to Mr. Smith’s observations this
species is a vegetarian, feeding upon the minute alge which grow upon
the moistsand. In feeding the males use only the small claw with which

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 337

.
they pick up the bits of alge very daintily ; the females use indifferently
either of their small claws for this purpose. They always swallow more
or less sand with their food. Mr. Smith also saw these crabs engaged
in scraping up the surface of the sand where covered with their favorite
algve, which they formed into pellets and carried into their holes, in the
Same way that they bring sand out, doubtless storing it until needed
for food, for he often found large quantities stored in the terminal
chamber. Mr.T. M. Prudden has since ascertained that one of the other
species of ‘“ fiddlers” on our shores (G@. minax) is also a vegetarian and
feeds upon similar algee, which grow on the muddy salt-marshes.

The Ocypoda arenaria is a crab allied to the “ fiddlers” and similar in
some of its habits. It is a southern species, ranging as far as Brazil,
and adult specimens have not yet been observed on the coast of New
England, but Mr. Smith has observed the young in abundance at Fire
Island, and we have the young from Block Island; it occurs at Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey, of larger size, and therefore it may be looked for
on the beaches of Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard. This crab lives on
the beaches at, and even far above, high-water mark. It digs large holes
like the fiddlers, often in the loose dry sand, back from the shore, yet
when disturbed it will sometimes take to the water in order to escape.
though it soon returns to the shore. In digging its holes, according to
Mr. Smith’s observations, it works in the same way as the “fiddler-
crabs,” except that it is quicker in its motions, and often, instead of car-
rying the pellets of sand to a distance from the hole, it throws it away
with a sudden and powerful jerk, scattering the sand in every direction,
It is even more cautious in its movements, andis always on the alert, even
the slightest movement on the part of one who is watching them is
sure to send them all into their holes instantly. In color this species
imitates the sand very perfectly, especially while young, when they
are irregularly mottled and speckled with lighter and darker shades of
gray. They also have the habit of crouching down closely upon or
into the sand, when suddenly frightened, and aided by their colors will

often thus escape observation. At other times they will trust to their
speed and scamper over the sand with such swiftness that they are not

easily captured. This crab is carnivorous in its habits and, according
to Mr. Smith’s observations, it lives largely upon the “ beach-fleas”
(Talorchestia) which inhabit the same localities. It will lie in wait and
suddenly spring upon them, very much asa eat catches mice. It also
feeds upon dead fishes and other animals that are thrown on the shore
by the waves.

Another inhabitant of the upper part of the sand-beaches, just below
high-water mark, is the Scyphacella arenicola Smuru, which has, as yet,
been found only on the coast of New Jersey, but probably occurs far-
ther north. It is a small, sand-colored Isopod crustacean, which has no
near relatives, so far as known, except in New Zealand. It burrows in
the sand, making a little conical mound around the mouth of the holes.

S. Mis. 61 22

338 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The only Annelid observed high up on the sand-beaches is the slen-
der, white Halodrillus littoralis, referred to on page 324, which lives
under the decaying sea-weeds in great numbers.

On the lower parts of the sand-beaches, toward low-water mark, and
especially on the broad flats, which are barely uncovered by the lowest
tides, a much larger number of species occurs.

Among the Crustacea of these sandy shores we frequently find the
common Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) which is very cosmopolitan in its
habits. Occasionally we meet with a specimen of Carcinus granulatus,
bat this is not its favorite abode; but the “lady-crab” or ‘‘sand-erab,”
Plat§onichus ocellatus, (Plate I, fig. 4,) is perfectly at home among the
loose sands at low-water mark, even on the most exposed beaches. This
species is also abundant on sandy-bottoms off shore, and as it is furnished
with swimming organs on its posterior legs, it can swim rapidly in the
water and was taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound in several in-
stances, and some of the specimens thus taken were of full size. When
living at low-water mark on the sand-beaches it generally buries itself
up toitseyes and antenne in the sand, watching for prey, or on the look-
out for enemies. If disturbed it quickly glides backward and down-
ward into the sand and disappears instantly. This power of quickly
burrowing deeply into the sand it possesses in common with all the
other marine animals, of every class, which inhabit the exposed beaches
of loose sand, for upon this habit their very existence depends during
storms. By burying themselves sufficiently deep they are beyond the
reach of the breakers. The means of effecting this rapid burrowing are
very diverse in the different classes. Thus one of the fishes (Ophidiwm
marginatum), which lives in these places, has a long acute tail and by
jts peculiar undulatory motions can instantly bury itself tail-first in the
sand. Others have acute heads and go in head-first.

The “lady-crab” is predacious in its habits, feeding upon various
smaller creatures, but like most of the crabs it is also fond of dead
fishes or any other dead animals. In some localities they are so abun-
dant that a dead fish or shark will in a short time be completely covered
with them, but if a person should approach they will all suddenly slip oft
backwards and quickly disappear in every direction beneath the sand ;
after a short time, if everything be quiet, immense numbers of eyes
and antennze will be gradually and cautiously protruded from beneath
the sand, and after their owners have satisfied themselves that all is
well, the army of crabs will soon appear above the sand again and con-
tinue their operations. The color of this crab is quite bright and does
not imitate the sand, probably owing to its mode of concealment.
The ground-color is white, but the back is covered with annular spots
formed by specks of red and purple. Itis devoured in great numbers
by many of the larger fishes.

Another curious burrowing creature, living under the.same cireum-
stances as the last, is the Hippa talpoida, (Pate LI, fig. 5.) But this

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 339

species burrows like a mole, head-first, instead of backward. It can
also swim quite actively and is sometimes found swimming about in the
pools left on the flats at low-water. Itis occasionally dug out of the sand
at low-water mark, and is often thrown up by the waves, on sand-
beaches, but it seems to live in shallow water on sandy bottoms in
great numbers, for in seining on one of the sand-beaches near Wood's
Hole for small fishes, a large quantity of this species was taken. Its
color is yellowish white, tinged with purple on the back. It is one of
the favorite articles of food of many fishes. Mr. Smith found the
young abundant at Fire Island, near high-water, burrowing in the sand.
This species is stillmore abundant farther south.

The curious long-legged “ spider-erab,” Libinia canaliculata, is fre-
quently met with at or just below low-water mark on sandy shores, but
its proper home is on muddy bottoms.

Creeping, or rapidly running, over the bottom in shallow water, or in
the tide-pools on the flats, the smaller *‘ hermit-crab,” Hupagurus longi-
carpus, (p.313,) may almost always be observed ensconced in some dead
univalve shell, most commonly that of Ilyanassa obsoleta. This species
is still more abundant among eel-grass, and on muddy shores.

The common “sand-shrimp,” Crangon vulgaris, (Plate TE. ie 20s)
always occurs in great numbers on the sandy flats and in the tide-pools
and rivulets, as well as on the sandy bottoms in deeper water off shore.
This species is more or less specked irregularly with gray, and imi-
tates the color of the sand very closely. When resting quietly on the
bottom, or when it buries itself partially and sometimes almost entirely,
except the eyes and long slender antenne, it cannot easily be distin-
guished by its enemies, and, therefore, gains great protection by its
colors. When left by the tide it buries itself to a considerable depth in
moist sand. It needs all its powers of concealment, however, for itis
eagerly hunted and captured by nearly all the larger fishes which fre-
quent the same waters, and it constitutes the principal food of many of
them, such as the weak-fish, king-fish, white perch, blue-fish, flounders,
striped bass, &c. Fortunately it is a very prolific species and. is abun-
dant along the entire coast, from North Carolina to Labrador, wherever
sandy shores occur. The young swim free fora considerable time after
hatching, and were taken at the surface in the evening, in large num-
bers. The common prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris, (Plate II, fig. 9,)
often occurs, associated with the Crangon, but itis much more abundant
among the eel-grass, and especially in the estuaries where it has its
proper home. As this is one of the most abundant species and of
great importance as an article of fish-food, it will be mentioned again,
with more details, in connection with the fauna of the estuaries.

Several species of smaller crustacea also burrow in the sand at low-
water thark. One of the most remarkable of these is an Amphipod, the
Lepidactylis dytiscus, which by its external form reminds one of LHippa,
with which it agrees in habits, for it burrows in the sand like a mole.

340 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Tt is also occasionally found under stones in sandy places. Its color is
pale yellowish white. The Unciola irrorata (Plate 1V, fig. 19) often
lives in tubes in the sand in abundance, but is by no means confined to
such localities, for it occurs on all kinds of bottoms and at all depths
down to at least 430 fathoms (off St. George’s Bank,) and is abundant
all along the coast, from New Jersey to Labrador. It is particularly
abundant on shelly and rocky bottoms, and although it habitually lives
in tubes, it does not always construct its own tube, but is ready and
willing to take possession of any empty worm-tube into which it can
get, and having once taken possession it seems to be perfectly at home,
for it remains near the end of the tube protruding its stout claw-like
antenne, and looking ont for its prey, in the most independent manner.
It will also frequently leave its tube and swim actively about for a time,
and then return to its former tube, or hunt up anew one. It seems,
however, to be capable of constructing a tube for itself, when it can-
not find suitable ones ready-made. Its color is somewhat variable, but
it is generally irregularly specked with red and flake-white, and the
antenne are banded with red. It contributes very largely to the food
of many fishes, such as scup, pollock, striped bass, We.

On the moist sind-flats curious crooked trails made by the Idotea
ceca (Plate V, fig. 22) may generally be seen. This little Isopod bur-
rows like a mole just beneath the surface of the sand, raising it up into
a little ridge as it goes along, and making a little mound at the end of
the burrow, where the creature can usually be found. This species is
whitish, irreg ularly specked with dark gray, so as to imitate the color
of the sand very perfectly. It is also capable of swimming quite rapidly.
The Idotea Tuftsii is another allied species, having the same habits and
living in similar places, but it is much more rare in this region. It has
also been dredged on sandy bottoms off shore. It is a smaller species
and darker colored, with dark brown markings. The Idotea irrorata
(p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23) also occurs on sandy shores wherever there is
eel-grass, among which it loves to dwell.

The well known “horseshoe-crab” or ‘“ king-erab,” Limulus Poly-
phemus, is also an inhabitant of sandy shores, just below low-water mark,
but it is more abundant on muddy bottoms and in estuaries, where it
burrows just beneath the surface and feeds upon various small animals.
At the breeding season, however, it comes up on the sandy shores to
deposit the eggs, near high-water mark. According to the statements
of Rey. 8S. Lockwood, (in American Naturalist, vol. iv, p. 257,) the
spawning is done at the time of high tides, during May, June, and July;
they come up in pairs, the males, which are smallest, riding on the
backs of the females and holding themselves in that position by the
short feet, provided with nippers, which are peculiar to the males. The
female excavates a depression in the sand and deposits the eggs in it,
and the male casts the milt over them, when they again return to
deeper water, leaving the eggs to be buried by the action of the waves.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 341
J

In aquaria, under favorable circumstances, the eggs hatch in about six
weeks, but in their natural conditions they probably hatch sooner than
this; under unfavorable conditions the hatching may be delayed for a
whole vear. The eggs are very numerous. In addition to the interest-
ing observations of Mr. Lockwood, Dr. A. 8S. Packard has since given
more detailed accounts of the development of the embryos and young of
Timulus in the proceedings of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, 1870, p. 247, and in the Memoirs of the Boston
Society of Natural History, vol. ii, p. 155, 1872.

Annelids are quite numerous on the sandy shores where the condi-
tions are favorable. It is evident that these soft-bodied creatures would
be quickly destroyed by the force of the waves and the agitation of the
sand, were they not provided with suitable means for protecting them-
selves. This is effected mainly in two ways: the sand-dwelling species
either. have the power of burrowing deeply into the sand with great
rapidity, or else they construct long durable tubes, which descend deeply
into the sand and afford a safe retreat. Many of the active burrowing
species also construct tubes, but they usually have but little coherence
and are not very permanent, nor do they appear to be much relied on
by the owners. There is, however, great diversity both in the structure
and composition of the tubes of different species, and in the modes by
which the rapid burrowing is effected.

The large green Nereis (N. virens, p. 317) is found on the sandy
shores in places that are somewhat sheltered, especially if there be an
admixture of mud or gravel with the sand to give it firmness and
solidity. This species burrows deeply beneath the surface and lines
the interior of its large irregular burrows with an abundant mucus-like
secretion, which gives smoothness and some coherency to the walls,
but does not form a solid tube. With this, and in greater numbers, the
smaller species, Nereis limbata, (p. 318,) is also found, and its habits
appear to be essentially the same. Both this and the preceding can
burrow rapidly, but much less so than some other worms, and conse-
quently they are not well adapted to live on exposed beaches of moving
sands, but prefer coves and harbors. The two large species of Rhyn-
chobolus are much better adapted for rapid burrowing. Their heads
are very small and acute, and destitute of all appendages, except four
minute tentacles at the end; the body is long, smooth, and tapers
gradually to both ends, and the muscular system is very powerful, and
so arranged as to enable these worms to coil themselves up into the shape
of an open spiral, like a corkscrew, and then to rapidly rotate them-
selves on the axis of the spiral. When the sharp head is inserted into
the loose mud or sand and the body is thus rotated, it penetrates with
great rapidity and disappears almost instantly. Both these species are
found on sandy as well as on muddy shores and flats near low-water
mark, and also in deeper water. The one usually most abundant is RP.
dibranchiatus, (Plate X, figs. 43, 44;) this is readily distinguished by hav-

342 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

inga simple gill both on the upper and lower sides of the lateral append-
ages. The other, R. Americanus, (Plate X, figs. 45, 46,) has gills that
are more or less branched on the upper side of the appendages, as shown
in fig. 46, but none on the lower side; the appendages are also longer,
especially posteriorly, and differently shaped. The proboscis is remarka-
bly long and large, and when full y protruded it shows four large, black,
sharp, fang-like jaws or hooks. Both these worms are destitute of true
blood-vessels, such as most of the allied worms possess, but have the
general cavity of the body filled, between the various organs, with
bright red blood, which shows through the skin, giving a more or less
red or purple color to the whole body and proboscis.

The two species of Lumbriconereis already referred to (p. 320,) oceur in
similar localities, and are usually associated with the two preceding spe-
cies, but they are less rapid burrowers and require for their safety lo-
calities where the sand is compact and mixed more or Jess with mud,
or where it is somewhat sheltered from the force of the waves. In
sandy coves, and especially on the flats of sandy mud, close to low-
water mark, the smaller species, L. tenuis, is generally very abundant,
penetrating the sand, beneath the surface, in every direction. It is
often a foot or more in length when extended, and not much larger than
coarse thread or small twine, and bright red in color. When the sand
in these localities is turned up with a spade, their drawn-out, red, thread-
like bodies can usually be seen in large numbers, but they are so fragile
that it is difficult to obtain an entire specimen. The head is obtusely
conical, a littie flattened, smooth, pale red, and iridescent, without eyes.
The other species, Z. opalina V., (Plate XLII, fig. 69,) is much larger, grow-
ing to the length of eighteen inches or more, and about .10 to .12 of an
inch in diameter. Its color is dark bronze, or reddish brown, or pale
red, the surface reflecting the most brilliant opal-like colors. It is
easily distinguished from the Z. tenuis by its four eyes in a@ row across
the back part of the head. Both these species, when removed from
their burrows, coil themselves in a long spiral. They burrow readily
and deeply, but not so rapidly as many other worms, and do not seem
to have permanent tubes. Another worm, found in similar places and
readily mistaken for L. tenuis on account of its long, slender, almost
thread-like body and red color, is the Notomastus filiformis V.; but
in this species the head is very acute, the lateral appendages and
sete are very different, and the color is paler red, with bands or rings
of bright red. This species has, moreover, a smooth, subglobular pro-
boscis, without jaws, while the former has a powerful set of compli-
cated jaws, without a distinct proboscis, and they are widely different in
internal anatomy. The latter feeds upon the organic matter contained
in the mud that it swallows, while the species of Lumbriconereis are
carnivorous, feeding upon other worms, &c, A second and much larger
species of Notomastus occurs in similar places, though apparently pre-
ferring a greater proportion of mud. This species, N. luridus V., grows

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 343

to be about ten inches Jong and .10 in diameter. Its color is a dark
purplish or lurid brown, specked with white, and sometimes inclined
to red. Its head is very acute, and it has a smooth, swollen, dark
blood-red proboscis. It is a rapid burrower, penetrating deeply into
the fine mud and sand. The Maldane elongata V. is another worm allied
to the last, and usually associated with it, but this species constructs
rather firm, round tubes out of the fine sand and mud, which are very
long and descend deeply into the soil, and are often .20 to .25 of an inch
in diameter. This worm is six or eight inches long, with a round body
of nearly uniform diameter, which looks as if obliquely truncated at
both ends, but the obliquely-placed upper surface of the head is bor-
dered by a slight ridge or fold on each side and behind. The color
is dark umber-brown, or reddish brown, the swollen part of each ring
often lighter grayish or yellowish brown, but usually bright red, owing
to the bleod-vessels showing through. The intestine is large and filled
with sand. Another worm, belonging to the same family with the last
and, like it, constructing long, round tubes of agglutinated sand, is the
Clymenella torquata, (Plate XLV, figs. 71, 72, 73,) but this species often
lives where the sand is more free from mud, or even in nearly pure, sili-
ceous sand, and sometimes considerably above low-water mark, though
itis also found in deep water. It generally constructs its long and
nearly straight tubes very neatly, of fine white sand, without mud.
It loves, however, to dwell in sheltered spots, in coves, or in the lee
of recks and ledges, and is also partial to those spots on the sandy
shores where eel-grass grows, building its tubes among the roots. Itisa
rather handsomely colored species, being usually pale red, with bright
red bands around the swollen parts of the rings, but it is sometimes
brownish red or dull brown. It can always be recognized by the peeu-
liar collar on the fifth ring, and by the peculiar funnel-shaped caudal
appendage, surrounded by small papillw, and preceded by three seg-
ments or rings that are destitute of setv.

The large and singular worm, Anthostoma robustum V., (Plate XIV
fig. 76,) lives like the last, with which it often occurs, in nearly pure
sand, where if is somewhat sheltered from the violence of the waves,
but is also fond of places where there is more or less gravel mixed with
the sand. It sometimes occurs some distance above low-water mark,
and constructs a large, thick, somewhat firm tube by consolidating and
cementing the sand around its burrow. These tubes descend nearly
perpendicularly to a great depth, and can usually be distinguished by
a slightly elevated mound of dirt around the opening, which is usually
different in color from the surrounding sand; and sometimes there are
recently-ejected cylindrical masses of such earth on the summit of the
little hillocks. The worm itself, when full grown, is fifteen inches or
more in length, and nearly half an inch in diameter. The head is very
acute and the front part of the body is firm and muscular, with very
sinall lateral appendages, and fascicles of sete in four rows; but back

-

344 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the twenty-fourth body-segment an appendage develops below the
lower fascicles of setze, and farther back becomes broad, foliaceous, and
divided into several lobes; back of the twenty-eighth segment the
branchiz appear in a row on each side of the back, and soon become
long and ligulate; at the same time other ligulate appendages develop
from the upper lateral appendages, which become dorsal, and these,
with the gills, form four rows of processes along the back, outside of
which are the elongated sete and other appendages. The posterior
part of the body is more slender and much more delicate than the an-
terior part, and so fragile that an entire specimen can rarely be obtained,
and those that are obtained, when in confinement very soon detach
fragment after fragment, until only the anterior part is left. In their
natural habitations they would undoubtedly be able to reproduce their
lost parts, like many other annelids. The color of this worm is ocher-
yellow, tinged with orange, or dark orange; there are usually two rows
of dark-brown spots along the back ; the branchize are blood-red; and
posteriorly there is a brownish red median dorsal line. The proboscis
is very singular, for it is divided into several long, flat, digitate pro-
cesses, separate nearly to the base, and somewhat enlarged at the end.

Another species of this genus, of smaller size, A. fragile V., often oc-
curs in the sandy flats in great numbers, its small holes sometimes com-
pletely fillmg the sand over considerable areas and extending nearly
up to half-tide mark. This species grows to the length of four inches
or more, with a diameter of about .10. Its head is even more acute
than in the last species, with a very slender, translucent apex. The
body has the same form, but is more slender. The processes above and
below the fascicles of setee begin to appear at the fourteenth segment,
and the sete begin to be decidedly elongated at the fifteenth. The
dorsal branchie begin on the sixteenth segment, and become long and

_ligulate at the twentieth. The coloris yellowish orange to orange-brown ;
the dorsal surface, posteriorly, and the branchize are red. The body
posteriorly is very slender and extremely fragile. The last or caudal
segment is smooth, oblong, with two long filiform cirri at the end. The
proboscis is large and broad, consisting of numerous, often convoluted,
lobes or folds, united by a thinner membrane or broad web.

The Aricia ornata V. is another related species, living in similar
places with the last and having similar habits. The head is acute in
this species, but the dorsal branchiwe and lateral appendages com-
mence much nearer the head, and the side appendages are developed
into crest-like, transverse series of papillee, which cover the lateral and
ventral surfaces of the body anteriorly.

Two species of Spio also occur in similar situations inhabiting small
round tubes or holes made in the sand near low-water, often occuring
in great numbers in certain spots. They prefer localities that are not
exposed to the full force of the storms. One of these, S.setosa V. (Plate
XIV, fig. 77,) is remarkable for the length of the setw in the dorsal

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 345

bundles; the two large tentacles (of which only one is drawn in the
figure) are usually folded backward between the red dorsal branchiz,
which form a row along the back on each side. The other, S. robusta
V., is a stouter species, which has much shorter set in the dorsal fasci-
cles; the middle lobe of the head is emarginate in front and the lateral
lobes are convex. Both species have four small eyes on the top of the
head, those of the posterior pair nearest together. In similar places,
and often associated with the two preceding species, another allied
worm often occurs in great abundance, completely filling the sand, in
its chosen abodes, with its round vertical holes, and throwing out eylin-
ders of mud. It is so gregarious that in certain spots hundreds may be
found within a square foot, but yet a few yards away, on the same kind
of ground, none whatever may be found. This is Scolecolepis viridis
VY. This species, like the two preceeding, has a pair of large tentacles
on the back part of the head, which are usually recurved over the back
between the rows of ligulate branchiz, and four eyes on the top of the
head ; the central lobe of the head is slightly bilobed in front, the lateral
ones convex; the branchiz are long, slender, ligulate, meeting over the
back, and exist only on about one hundred segments, or on about the
anterior third part of the body. The body is rather slender, depressed,
and about three inches long when full grown. The color is usually dark
green, or olive-green, but sometimes light green, or tinged with reddish
anteriorly; the branchie are bright red; the large tentacles are light
green, usually with a row of black dots, and often crossed by narrow
flake-white lines or rings. This species has been found abundantly on
Naushon Island, and other localities in that region; at New Haven; and
at Somer’s Point and Beesley’s Point, New Jersey. With the last species
at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, another more slender species of the
same genus occurred, Scolecolepis tenuis V. This was three or four
inches long and very slender; the body was pale green; the tentacles
longer and more slender than in the last, whitish, with a red central
line; the branchiz red, often tinged with green, shorter than in the last.
The head is relatively broad, with the central lobe rounded in front.
The branchiz are confined to the anterior part of the body. The sete
in the upper fascicles are much longer than in the last species, those of
the three anterior segments longer than the others and forming fan-
shaped fascicles, directed upward and somewhat forward.

Another singular Annelid, belonging to the same tribe and having
nearly the same habits, is represented in Plate XIV, fig. 78, this has
been found by Mr. A. Agassiz burrowing in sandy mud at about half-
tide, both at Naushon Island and at Nahant, Massachusetts, and he has
also described its development and metamorphoses, but I have not met
with the adult myself in this region, although the young were frequently
taken in the towing-nets in the evening. Mr. Agassiz regards it as
perhaps identical with Polydora ciliatum of Europe. It occurred in
large colonies, closely crowded together, building upright tubes in the

346 REPORT OF COMMISS{ONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

mud. The presence of a large group of peculiar stout setz on each side
of the fifth segment will distinguish this from all the preceding species.
The young of this, like those of most of the annelids, swim free at the
surface for some time, and are often taken in great numbers in the
towing-nets.

The Nerine agilis V., is still another representative of the group to
which the last five species belong, and like them it has two long and
large tentacles on its head, but it is a far more active and hardy species
than any of them, and much better adapted for rapid burrowing. It
accordingly lives on exposed beaches even where the sand is loose, and
can also maintain itself on the exposed sandy beaches of the outer ocean-
shores, exposed to the full force of the surf, its extremely quick burrow-
ing aftording it the means of protecting itself against the action of the
sea. It lives in small round holes near low-water mark; unlike the
related species, already mentioned, it has a very sharp conical head.
The two large tentacles are about half an inch long, and originate close
together on the upper side of the back of the head, and are usually re-
curved over the back when the worm is swimming in the water, as it is
capable of doing, but when it is wriggling about on the sand they are
twisted about in all directions and variously coiled; and when in their
holes the tentacles are protruded from the opening. The eyes are four,
small, black, placed close together in front of the base of the tentacles.
The upper lobe of the lateral appendages is large and foliaceous and
connected with the branciiz along the anterior part of the body, but
partially free farther back. The body is two or three inches long and
rather slender; the color is reddish or brownish anteriorly, greenish
white on the sides, except on the anterior third; the branchiz,
which extend the whole length of the body, are light red; tentacles
greenish white.

One of the largest and most beautiful Annelids of this region is
the Diopatra cuprea, (Plate XILI, figs. 67 and 638.) This species grows
to be more than a foot long, with the body depressed and often nearly
half an inch broad. It constructs a very curious permanent tube in
which it dwells very securely. The part of these tubes beneath the
surface of the sand is composed of a tough parchment-like material,
and often descends obliquely to the depth of two or three feet or more;
the upper end of the tube projects two or three inches from the surface
of the sand or mud, and is thickly covered with bits of eel-grass and
sea-weeds, fragments of shells, and other similar things, all of which are
firmly attached to the twbe, but project externally in all directions, giv-
ing this part of the tube a very rough and ragged appearance exter-
nally, but it is very smooth within, and often it has an opening half an
inch in diameter, or large enough so that the worm can turn around,
end for end, inside of it. When undisturbed the occupant thrusts its
head and the anterior part of the body out of the tube to the distance
of several inches in search of food, or materials to add to its tube, ex-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 347

posing the curious bright red gills, which are shaped something like
miniature fir trees. The central stem is long and tapering, with a blood-
vessel winding spirally up to its summit, and another winding in the
opposite direction down to its base; the basal part is naked, but above
this slender branches are given off, forming spirals all along the stem
and gradually decreasing in length to the tip; each of the branches con-
tains two slender blood-vessels. These branchize commence at the fifth
segment and do not extend to the end of the body, the last ones being
much smaller, with few branches. The first four setigerous segments
have an acute, conical, papilliform ventral cirrus at the base of the lateral
appendages; on the fifth and following segments these become low,
broad, rounded, whitish tubercles, with longitudinal wrinkles or grooves,
and with a dark spot in the middle ;*these appear to contain the glands
which secrete the cement used in constructing the lining of the tube, for
when attaching any additional object at the end, after adjusting it in the de-
sired position the worm constantly rubs this part of the lower surface back-
ward and forward over the edge of the tube and the object to be cemented
to it, until a perfect adherence is effected, and a smooth coating of firm
mucus is deposited, and this operation is repeated for every piece added
to the tube. It is very interesting to watch these worms, when in con-
finement in an aquarium, while engaged in constructing their tubes.
By placing bits of bright colored shells, tinsel, cloth, or even pieces
of bright colored feathers, near the tubes, they can be induced to use
them, and thus some very curious looking tubes will be produced ;
but they evidently prefer the more rough and homely materials to which
they are accustomed, when they can be had. The iridescent, opaline
colors of this species are usually very brilliant and beautiful, especially on
the back, head, and bases of the antennz. The general color of the body
is reddish brown, or deep brown, thickly specked with gray; the an-
tenn are paler brown; the lateral appendages yellowish brown, finely
specked with white and dark brown; the gills usually blood-red, but
varying from light red to dark brown. There are two, small, black eyes
between the bases of the odd median and upper lateral antenne. This
species is often quite abundant on the sand-flats near low-water mark,
especially where there is more or less mud mixed with the sand, but it
is still more abundant in the shallow or moderately deep waters off
shore, on muddy and shelly bottoms. It is difficult, however, to obtain
entire specimens with the dredge, for it usually merely cuts off the up-
per end of the tube, while the occupant retreats below; occasionally
the head of the worm is cut off in this way. On the shore, also, it is
not easy to obtain entire specimens unless the tubes be cautiously ap-
proached and the retreat of the worm prevented by a sudden and deep
thrust of the spade below it, so as to cut off the tube. This species is
carnivorous and has a very powerful set of black jaws, which are une-
qual on the two sides of the mouth, (fig. 68.)

The Marphysa Leidyi (p. 319, Plate XII, fig. 64) is allied to the pre-

348 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ceding species, and has somewhat similar habits, but does not construet
such perf ct tubes. It is occasionally dug out of the sand at low-water,
but is much more common in deeper water.

The Staurocephalus pallidus V.is also an inhabitant of these sandy
shores, burrowing in the sand at low-water. It is a slender species,
about two inches long and one-tenth broad. It is peculiar in having
four long, slender antenn or tentacles on the front of the head, ar-
ranged in a ecross-like manner, to which the generic name alludes.
There are also four, small, dark red eyes on the upper side of the head,
The color is pale yellowish, the red blood-vessels showing through an-
teriorly. This worm is allied to the two preceding, and to Lumbri-
conereis, and like them it is predacious in its habits and has a very
complicated set of jaws, consisting’of numerous sharp, fang-like pieces
of various shapes, arranged in seveial rows on both sides.

The Sthenelais picta V. is another curious Annelid, which is some-
times found burrowing in the sand at low-water mark, but it also oceurs
on shelly and muddy bottoms in deep water. It has a long, slender
body, six inches or more in length, and the back is covered with two
rows of thin, smooth scales, which are very numerous. The head is
usually brownish, with a whitish spot on each side; there is generally
a dark brown band along the back; the scales are translucent, and
vary in their color-markings, but more commonly there is a border of
dark brown or blackish along the inner edge, which is usually con-
nected with a similar border along the anterior edge, or with an ante-
rior angular spot, and often with a dark border along the posterior
edge, leaving more or less of the central part of each scale white and
translucent.

The Nephthys picta (Plate XII, fig. 57) is also sometimes found bur-
rowing in sandy mud at low-water mark, but it is much more frequent
in the deeper waters of the sounds. It can be distinguished at once
from all the other species of Nephthys found in this region by its greater
slenderness, and by having the body whitish and variously marked or
mottled on the back, toward the head, with dark brown; it sometimes
has a dark brown median dorsal-line. The shape of the head and posi-
tion of the tentacles are also peculiar.

In sheltered situations, where there is some mud with the sand, the
Cirratulus grandis V., (p. 319, Plate XV, figs. 80, 81,) is often met with
burrowing beneath the surface. In similar places, and also in nearly
pure, compact sand, and in sand mixed with gravel, the large tubes of
Amphitrite ornata (p. 320, Plate XVI, fig. 82) are often to be seen;
these show a round opening, a quarter of an inch or more in diameter,
surrounded by a slightly raised mound of sand, often different in color
from that of the surface, and sometimes there are eylinders of such
sand around the opening. These tubes are scarcely to be distinguished
from those of Anthostoma robustum, described above, and are found in

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ET*. 349

similar places. But the worms are very unlike in appearance and
structure.

Several species of slender, greenish worms, belonging to the gen-
era, Phyllodoce, Eumidia, Eulalia, and Eteone, are occasionally dug out of
the sand. In all these the head is well-developed and provided with
four antenne at the end, and in the three last with an odd median
one on its upper side, and they all have two well-developed eyes,
and oval or lanceolate, leaf-like branchiz along the sides of the back.
They are very active species, and most of them belong properly to
the shelly and rocky bottoms in deeper water, where they are often
very abundant. In sheltered coves, where there is mud with the sand,
Cistenides Gouldii V., (p. 323, Plate XVII, figs. 87, 87a,) often occurs,
but it is more partial to the muddy shores. On various dead shells, as
well as on certain living ones, and on the back of Limulus, &c., the
masses of hard, sandy tubes, built and occupied by the Sabellaria vul-
garis V., (p. 321, Plate X VII, figs. 88, 88a,) often occur.

Of the Nemerteans the largest and most conspicuous is the Ieckelia
ingens (p. 324, Plate XIX, figs. 96, 96a.) This species lives in the
clear sand, near low-water mark, as well as in places that are more or
less muddy, and notwithstanding its softness and fragility, by its means
of burrowing rapidly, it can maintain itself even on exposed shores,
where the sands are loose and constantly moved by the waves. The
young, several inches or even a foot in length, are quite common, but
the full-grown ones are only occasionally met with. The largest that I
have found were at least 15 feet long, when extended, and over an inch
broad, being quite flat; but they co ild contract to two or three feet in
length, and then became nearly cylindrical and about three-quarters
of an inch in diameter; the body was largest anteriorly, tapering very
gradually to the posterior end, which was flat and thin, terminated by
a central, small, slender, acute, contractile process one-quarter of an
inch or less in length. The proboscis of the largest one, when pro-
truded, was fifteen inches long, and about one-fifth of an inch in diame-
ter where thickest. This proboscis, which is forcibly protruded from a
terminal opening in the head, appears to be an organ of locomotion, at
least to a certain extent, for when it penetrates the loose sand in any
direction it makes an opening into which the head can be thrust, and
then, by enlarging the opening, it can easily penetrate. But the pro-
boscis is probably used, also, as an instrument for exploring the sand
in various directions, either in search of food or to test its hardness or
fitness for burrowing, thus economizing time and labor. At any rate,
the ways in which this remarkable instrument is used by these worms,
when kept in confinement with sand, suggest both these uses. But
the proboscis is by no means the principal organ of locomotion, for the
head itself is used for this purpose, urged forward by the undulatory
movements of the muscular body, and aided by the constantly chang-
ing bulbous expansions, both of the head and body, which both crowd

350 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the sand aside, making the burrow larger, and furnish points of resist-
ance toward which the parts behind can be drawn, or against which
the head and anterior parts can push in continuing the burrow.
The head, moreover, is extremely changeable in form, at one time
being spear-shaped, with a pointed tip and thin edges, and con-
stricted at the neck; in the next minute broadly rounded; then
perhaps truncate or even deeply emarginate at the end ; then gradually
losing its distinctness and blending its outlines continuously with
those of the body; or perhaps shrinking down to a small oval form,
not more than one-third as wide as the body just back of it. All these
and many other changes can often be witnessed within a very few min-
utes, and are so effected as greatly to aid the creature in burrowing
This worm can also leave the bottom and swim rapidly in the water,
the body being usually kept up edgewise and impelled forward by the
undulations of the body, which thus become horizontal. When swim-
ming in this way the motion reminds one of the swimming of a snake
or aneel. In addition to the terminal pore, for the proboscis, there
is a deep lateral slit or fossa on each side of the head, and a large ven-
tral orifice beneath. The latter is very changeable in form, changing
from elliptical, long oval, oblong, or hour glass-shape, to circular in rapid
succession. There are no eyes. Along each side of the greater part or
the length of the body, the voluminous, transversely-banded lateral
organs can ‘be imperfectly distinguished through the translucent integ-
ument, as well as the median cavity, in which a dark pulsating tube can
sometimes be seen. The lateral organs commence at about the anterior
fourth in small specimens, but in the larger ones relatively nearer the
head, for in the largest they originate only six or eight inches back of
it. The portion in front of the lateral organs is thicker and more’ cy-
lindrical than the rest of the body.

The color of the largest specimens is generally light red or flesh-color,
with the lateral edges and central band translucent grayish white, the
lateral organs showing through as dull yellowish transverse branches,
with diverticula between them; head yellowish. But one large speci-
men was dull brownish yellow; others are yellowish white, with the
lateral organs deep chestnut-brown, crossed by white lines. The small
specimens are generally paler, usually pale flesh-color or yellowish
white and often milk-white. Some of the diversity in color may be
due to sexual differences. This species has also been dredged on sandy
and shelly bottoms in six to eight fathoms in the sounds.

Dr. Leidy has also described another similar species, from Great Egg
Harbor, under the name of Meckelia lactea, which I have not been able
to distinguish, unless it be what I have regarded as the light-colored
young of J. ingens ; the white color seems to have been the principal
character by which it was distinguished from the latter.

The Meckelia rosea is, however, a very distinct species, but it lives in
similar places and is often associated with the J. ingens. It has very sim-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 351

ilar habits, but does not grow to a very large size. The largest specimens
observed are only six or eight inches long, and about a fifth of an inch
broad. The body is also more cylindrical, the flattened part being rel-
atively thicker and narrower, and not thin at the edges; in contraction
it becomes nearly cylindrical. The lateral fossz of the head are long and
deep; the ventral opening is relatively much smaller than in M. ingens
and usually round. The proboscis is very long, slender; color, light
purplish red or rose-color. The integument is rather firm and secretes
a tenacious mucus to which a thin coating of sand often adheres when
the worms are taken from their burrows. This species seems to con-
struct an imperfect tube by slightly cementing the sand with its mucus.
All these species of Meckelia when caught and when kept in confine-
ment generally break off portions from the posterior part of the body,
one after another, until nothing but the head and a lot of short segments
remain. Under favorable conditions they would doubtless be able to
restore the lost parts, for other Nemerteans, having the same habit, are
known to do so, and in some cases even the small fragments from the
central parts have been known to again become entire worms. Various
fishes feed upon these Meckelie, and it is probable that the habit of dis-
membering, or rather disarticulating themselves, may serve an impor-
tant purpose, by enabling them to escape, in part at least, when seized
by fishes or crabs, for if even half the body should be lost the remaining
half would be much better than nothing, for it could soon restore either
a head or a tail.

Another Nemertean, which lives in sand at low water, is the Tetra-
stemma arenicola V., (Plate XIX, fig.98.) This is slender, subcylindrical,
and four or five inches long when extended. The head is versatile in
form, usually lanceolate or subconical, and has four eyes on the upper
side. There is a deep fossa on each side of the head. The ventra
opening, which is behind the lateral fossa, is small, triangular. The
color is deep flesh-color or light purplish.

The Balanoglossus aurantiacus is a very remarkable worm, related to
the Nemerteans, which lives in the clear, siliceous sand near low-water
mark. It is gregarious in its habits and occurs abundantly in certain
spots, although not to be found in other similar places near by. It
makes tubes or holes in the sand, twelve or fourteen inches deep, and
lined with a thick and smooth layer of mucus. It throws out of the orifice
peculiar elliptical coils of sand, by which the nature of the occupant
may be known. This species was found by our party on the shore of
Naushon Island, but Mr. A. Agassiz has found it abundantly at New-
port, and on the beach just beyond Nobska Light, and also at Beverly,
Massachusetts. Dr. Packard informs me that he has collected it at
Beaufort, North Carolina, and I have received specimens found at Fort
Macon, from Dr. Yarrow. The specimens first discovered were found at
Charleston, South Carolina, by Dr. William Stimpson, twenty years ago,
but they were only briefly and imperfectly described by Mr. Girard, at

352 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

that time, under the name of Stimpsonia aurantiaca. Mr. A. Agassiz
has recently described and illustrated this worm, very fully, under the
new name, B. Kowalevskii, in the Memoirs of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences, vol. ix, p. 421, and he has also given an account of
its remarkable development and metamorphoses, proving that the larva
is a free-swimming form, long known as Tornaria, and generally sup-
posed to be the larva of a star-fish. This worm, when full grown, attains
a length of six inches or more and a diameter of about a quarter of an
inch. The body is elongated, tapering gradually, with a long, slender
posterior portion. The body is somewhat flattened dorsally throughout
most of its length. At the anterior end it is furnished with a broad
thickened collar, in which large numbers of mucus-secreting glands are
situated ; the anterior border of the collar is undulated, and from within
the concavity, on the dorsal side arises a large muscular proboscis, which
has a distinct peduncle, or narrower basal stem, above which it swells
out into a somewhat flattened, long, pyriform, or elongated and sub-
conical form, the shape constantly changing during life. The proboscis
is somewhat wrinkled longitudinally, and more strongly horizontally,
being furnished with muscles running in both these directions, and its
surface contains mucus-secreting glands. According to Mr. Agassiz
the cavity of the proboscis is not connected with the alimentary canal,
but opens externally by a pore at the end, and by a narrow slit on the
ventral side near the base, in advance of the mouth. The mouth is
large and situated at the base of the proboscis on the ventral side. For
some distance along each side of the back, behind the collar, is a row
of complex gills; these are remarkable on account of their structure
and position; they are formed from diverticula of the cesophagus and
finally communicate with a row of external orifices situated along each
side of the median dorsal-vessel. The gills are supported by a system
of solid supports, constituting a sort of internal skeleton; the base of
the proboscis is also connected with a firm internal frame-work. The
color of this species is somewhat variable ; in young specimens the body
was brownish yellow with lighter mottlings, the collar red, and the pro-
boscis white ; in large specimens the proboscis is pale reddish yellow,
the collar darker colored, the body purplish or brownish, the sides mot-
tled with greenish and whitish, owing to the lateral organs or liver
showing through. The proboscis of this worm, according to the obser-
vations of Mr. Agassiz, is the priucipal organ of locomotion, but the
collar also aids in the movements. The proboscis appears to be used
much as certain bivalve mollusks, such as Solen, Petricola, &c., use their
foot in burrowing; the end being contracted to a point, is thrust for-
ward into the sand; water being then forced into it, by the muscles far-
ther back, the end expands into a bulb, enlarging the hole and giving a
point of resistance toward which the rest of the body can be drawn;
the front part of the proboscis being again contracted and the water

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 353

expelled, the point can be again thrust forward and the movements
repeated.

Two species of Sipunculoid worms are also found living in the sand
at low-water. The largest and most common of these is the Phascolos-
oma Gouldii, (Plate X VIII, fig. 93.) This species grows to the length of
a foot or more, and is often nearly half an inch in diameter, though
more commonly about a quarter of an inch. The body is round and
constantly changing in size and shape, owing to its contractions and
expansions ; the surface is smoothish, but longitudinally lined with mus-
eular fibers anteriorly, and transversely wrinkled posteriorly. The in-
tegument is firm and parchment-like. The mouth is surrounded by
numerous short tentacles, which are partially connected together by a
thin web, and crowded together in several circles. The color is yellow-
ish white, grayish white, or yellowish brown. It burrows deeply in the
sand and gravel, using its body for this purpose very much as the
Balanoglossus, just described, uses its proboscis.

Another much smaller species of the same genus oceurs in sand at
low-water, and has similar habits, but it appears to be rather uncom-
mon and has not been satisfactorily identified.

Comparatively few species of Mollusks naturally inhabit sandy shores,
though the shells of many species may be found on the beaches. On
the more exposed beaches of loose siliceous sand none but those which
have the power of burrowing quickly and deeply beneath the surface
can exist. We find, however, that quite a number of our species, both
of gastropods and bivalves, possess this power in a high degree and do
habitually live on the exposed beaches of loose sand.

Among the Gastropods one of the largest and most conspicuous is
the Lunatia heros, (Plate X XIII, figs. 133-136.) This species occurs all
along our coast, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Hatteras or be-
yond, wherever sandy shores and pure waters are to be found, and it
even seems to prefer the outer ocean beaches, where the waves break with
full force, for it is abundant and of very large size on the outer beaches
of the coast of New Jersey. When in motion (Fig. 154) the white soft
parts are protruded from the shell to a remarkable extent and spread out
broadly on all sides, so as to nearly conceal the shell; the foot is large, flat,
and broadly expanded, with thin edges, and by means of it the animal
is able to burrow, like a mole, beneath the surface of the sand, both for
protection and in search of the bivalve shells upon whichit preys. The
foot when well expanded is concave below and lubricated by a very
abundant secretion of mucus, and therefore, when extended beneath the
surface of the moist sand, it acts like a great sucker, holding the animal
in place pretty firmly by the atmospheric pressure, thus serving as a
sort of anchor in the sand. But nevertheless large numbers of these
mollusks are uncovered, overturned, and thrown high up on the beaches
by the storms, especially in winter and early spring. This species, like
many others of its tribe, drills round holes through the sides of various

8. Mis. 61 2

354 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

bivalve shells by means of the small flinty teeth on its lingual ribbon,
which acts like a rasp, and having thus made an opening it inserts its
proboscis and sucks out the contents. All sorts of burrowing bivalves
in this way fall victims to this and the following species, nor do they
contine themselves to bivalves, for they will also drill any unfortunate
gastropods that they may happen to meet, not even sparing their own
young.

A variety of this species (var. triseriata, Plate XXIII, figs. 135, 136)
has three revolving rows of chestnut or purplish spots, and has been
regarded by most writers.as a distinct species, and sometimes as the
young; but both the plain and spotted shells oceur of all sizes, from the
the youngest to the oldest, and they are nearly always found together.
In some cases, however, a shell that has the spots well defined untiy
half grown, afterwards loses its spots and becomes perfectly plain, show-
ing that the difference is only a variation in the color, but each style
varies considerably in form.

Another allied shell, growing nearly as large and generally much
more abundant, except on the outer beaches, is the Neverita duplicata,
(Plate XXII, fig. 150.) This species has the same habits as the pre
ceding and in this region they are often found together; but this is a
more southern species, extending to the Gulf of Mexico and even to
Texas, but it is not very common north of Cape Cod and does not
extend to the eastern coast of Maine and Bay of Fundy. i

The curious egeg-cases of this and the last species are offen met with
on the sandy and muddy flats at low-water. They consist of a broad,
thin ribbon of sand, coiled up into a circle and shaped something like a
saucer, but without a bottom; the ribbon is composed of innumerable
little cells, each containing one or more eggs and surrounded with
erains of fine sand cemented together by mucus. The cells can easily
be seen by holding one of these ribbons up to the light and looking
through it. The peculiar form of these egg-masses is due to the fact
that they are molded into shape by being pressed against the body of the
shell when they are being extruded, and while they are still soft and
gelatinous; they thus take the form and spiral curvature of that part
of the shell, and when laid in the sand the fine grains at once adhere
to and become imbedded in the tenacious mucus, which soon hardens.

The Tritia trivittata (Plate X-XI, fig. 112) is also frequently found on
sandy shores and flats. When left by the tide it creeps along the sur-
face of the sand, leaving long crooked trails, and sometimes burrows be.
neath the surface, and when burrowing it moves with the aperture down-
ward and the spire pointing obliquely upward, but when at rest in its
burrow it reverses its position and rests with the spire downward and
the aperture toward the surface.

The Ilyanassa obsoleta (Plate XXI, fig. 113) is also generally to be
found in considerable numbers creeping over the flats, and making trails

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 355

and burrows like the last, but this species has its proper home on the
muddy shores and in estuaries, and will, therefore, be mentioned again.

At certain times, especially in the spring, multitudes of the young
shells of Bittium nigrum (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 154) are found
creeping on the surface of the moist sand in sheltered places, at low-
water, and generally associated with large numbers of the Astyris lunata,
(p. 306, Plate XXII, fig. 110.) But this is not the proper habitat of
either of these species; the reason of this habit is not obvious, unless
they may have been accidentally transported to such places. They may
be found, however, on the eel-grass growing on sandy shores. The
Lacuna vincta (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 139) also frequently occurs on
eel-grass and sea-weeds in such places.

The Crepidula fornicata (Plate XXIII, figs. 129, 129a) and C. ungui-
Jormis (Plate XXIII, fig. 127) occur on shells inhabited by the hermit
erabs as well as on the living shells of oysters, Pecten, Limulus, &e; and
the smaller and darker species, O. convexa, (Plate XXIII, fig. 128) occurs
both on the eel-grass, and on the shells of Ilyanassa obsoleta, especially
when occupied by the small hermit-crabs. Occasionally specimens
of Fulgur carica (Plate XXII, fig. 124) and of Sycotypus canalicu-
latus are found crawling on sandy dats or in the tide pools, espec-
ially during the spawning season, but they do not ordinarily live in
such situations, but in deeper water and on harder bottoms off shore.
The curious egg-cases of these two species are almost always to be found
thrown up by the waves on sandy beaches. They consist of a series of
disk-shaped, subcircular, or reniform, yellowish capsules, parchment-
like in texture, united by one edge to a stout stem of the same kind of
material, often a foot and a half or two feet in length. The largest
capsules, about an inch in diameter, are in the middle, the size decreas-
ing toward each end. On the outer border is a small circular or oval
spot, of thinner material, which the young ones break through when
they are ready to leave the capsules, each of which, when pertect, con-
tains twenty to thirty, or more, eggs or young shells, according to the
season.

Dr. Elliott Coues, who has observed /. carica forming its cases at
Fort Macon, North Carolina, states that the females bury themselves a
few inches below the surface of the sand on the flats that are uncovered
at low-water, and remain stationary during the process. The string of
capsules is gradually thrust upward, as fast as formed, and finally pro-
trudes from the surface of the sand, and when completed lies exposed
on its surface. The string begins as a simple shred, two or three inches
long, without well-formed cases; the first cases are small and imper-
fect in shape, but they rapidly increase in size and soon become perfect,
the largest being in the middle; the series ends more abruptly than it
begun, with a few smaller and less perfect capsules. The number of
capsules varies considerably, but there are usually seventy-five to
one hundred or more. At Fort Macon Dr. Cones observed this species

356 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

spawning in May, but at New Haven they spawn as early as March and
April. It is probable that the period of spawning extends over several
months. Mr. Sanderson Smith thinks that they also spawn in autumn,
on Long Island. It is not known how long a time each female requires
for the formation of her string of capsules. There are two forms of these
capsules, about equally abundant in this region. In one the sides of
the capsules are nearly smooth, but the edge is thick or truncate along
most of the circumference, and crossed by numerous sharp transverse
ridges or partitions, dividing it into facets. Dr. Coues states that these
belong to F. carica. An examination of the young shells, ready to leave
the capsules, confirms this. The other kind has larger and thinner cap-
sules, with a thin, sharp outer edge, while the sides have radiating
ridges or raised lines. Sometimes the sides are unlike, one being smooth
and more or less concave, the other convex and crossed by ten or twelve
radiating, elevated ridges, extending to the edge. This kind was attrib-
uted to F. carica by Dr. G. H. Perkins, and formerly by Mr. Sanderson
Smith, but a more careful examination of the young shells, within the
capsules, shows that they belong to SN. canaliculata.

Among the sand-dwelling bivalve shells we find quite a number of
species that burrow rapidly and deeply, some of them living in perma-
nent holes or perpendicular burrows, into which they can quickly de-
scend for safety, and others burrowing in the sand in all directions,
without permanent holes.

The “razor-shell,” Lnsatella Americana, (Plate XX V1, fig. 182, and
Plate XX XIU, fig. 245,) is a common inhabitant of sand-flats and sand-
bars, where the water is pure, generally living near low-water mark or
below, but sometimes found considerably above low-water mark, as on
the sand-bar at Savin Rock. This curious mollusk constructs a deep,
nearly round, somewhat permanent burrow, which descends nearly per-
pendicularly into the sand to the depth of two or three feet. These
holes can generally be recognized, by their large size and somewhat
elliptical form, when the tide isout. Sometimes they are very abundant
in certain spots and not found elsewhere in the neighborhood. They
sometimes come to the top of the burrow, when left by the tide, and pro-
ject an inch or two of the end of the shell above the surface of the sand ;.
at such times, if cautiously approached, many can easily be secured by
pulling them out with a sudden jerk, butif the sand be jarred the whole
colony will usually take the alarm and instantly disappear. When thus
warned itis generally useless toattempt to dig them out, for they quickly
descend beyond the reach of the spade. They will often hold themselves
so firmly in their holes by means of the expanded end of the long mus-
cular foot, that the body may be drawn entirely out of the shell before
they will let go. When not visible at the orifice they can often be se-
cured by eutting off their retreat with a sudden oblique thrust of the
spade below them. They are obliged to come up to the upper part of
the burrow on account of the shortness of their siphons, or breathing-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 357

tubes, which can be protruded only about an inch in specimens of the
ordinary size, and as they depend upon one of these to bring them both
food and oxygen, and on the other (dorsal) one to carry off the waste
water and excretions, it is essential for their happiness that the orifices
of these tubes should be at or near the opening of the burrow most of
the time. In this respect the common ‘long clam,” Mya arenaria, (fig.
179,) and many others that have very long and extensile tubes have a
great advantage. But the “razor-shell” makes up for this disadvan-
tage by its much greater activity. Its foot, or locomotive organ, (see
fig. 182,) is long and very muscular and projects directly forward from
the anterior end of the shell; at the end it is obliquely beveled and
pointed, and it is capable of being expanded at the end into a large bulb,
or even into a broad disk, when it wishes to hold itself firmly and se-
curely in its burrow. In excavating its burrows it contracts the end of
the foot to a point and then thrusts it beneath the surface of the sand ;
then, by forcing water into the terminal portion, it expands it into a
swollen, bulbous form, and thus crowds the sand aside and enlarges the
burrow ; then, by using the bulb as a hold-fast, the shell can be drawn
forward by the contraction of the foot; the latter is then contracted into
a pointed form and the same operations are repeated. The burrow thus
started soon becomes deep enough so that the shell will maintain an up-
right position, when the work becomes much easier and the burrow
rapidly increases in depth. The “ razor-shell,” like all other bivalves,
depends upon the minute infusoria and other organic particles, animal
and vegetable, brought in by the current of water that supplies the gills
with oxygen. It is preyed upon by¥ several fishes that seem to be able
Co root it out of the sand, or perhaps seize it when at the surface. In
this region its principal enemies are the tautog and skates. The latter
appear to eat only the foot, for in their stomachs there are sometimes
many specimens of this organ, but no shells or other parts.

The common “long clam,’ Mya arenaria, (p. 309, Plate X XVI, fig.
179,) is also found on sandy shores from low-water nearly up to high-
water mark, but it prefers localities where there is more or less gravel
or mud with the sand, so as to render it compact, and it has a decided
preference for sheltered localities, and especially abounds on the shores
of estuaries where there is a mixture of sand, mud,and gravel. It will,
therefore, be more particularly mentioned among the estuary species.
Yet it is often found even on the outer ocean-beaches, in favorable lo-
ealities, but not in the loose sands. It lives in permanent burrows, and
on account of its extremely long siphon-tubes, which can be stretched
out to the length of a foot or more, it is always buried at a considerable
depth beneath the sand. The specimens of this shell that live on the
outer sandy beaches are much thinner, whiter, and more regular in form
than those found in the estuaries; they are often quite delicate in text-
ure, and covered, even when full grown, with a thin, yellowish epidermis,
and look so unlike the homely, rough, and mud-colored specimens usually

358 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

sold in the markets, that they might readily be mistaken for another
species.

The “ sea-clam” or “surf-clam,” Jactra solidissima, (Plate XX VII,
fig. 202,)is a large species which belongs properly to the sandy shores, and
is seldom found elsewhere. It is common both in the sounds and on the
outer ocean-beaches, but is not very often found above low-water of or-
dinary tides unless thrown up by the waves. Its proper home is on
sandy bottoms in shallow water, just beyond low-water mark and down
to the depth of four or five fathoms. It occurs all along our coast,
wherever there are sandy shores, from North Carolina to Labrador. Its
shells are extremely abundant and of very large size on the outer sand-
beaches of New Jersey and the southern side of Long Island. This
species grows very large, some of the shells being more than six inches
long and four or five broad; and there is great variation in the form of
the shell, some being oval, others more oblong or elliptical, and others
nearly triangular; some are very swollen, others quite compressed ; but
all the intermediate grades occur. The siphon-tubes are quite short and
the creature does not usually burrow very deeply, nor does it seem to
construct any permanent burrows. But it has a very large muscular,
compressed foot, with which it can quickly burrow beneath the surface
of the sand. Nevertheless large numbers are always thrown on the
beaches by violent storms, and once there they are very soon devoured
by crows, gulls, and other large birds that frequent the shores. This
species is not very largely used as food, and is seldom seen in our mar-
kets; partly because it cannot usually be so easily obtained in large
quantities as the common “ long clam” and “round clam,” and partly
because it is generally inferior to those species as an article of food, for
the meat is usually tougher, especially in the largest specimens. But
moderate-sized and young “ surf-clams” are by no means ill-flavored or
tough, and are quite equal in quality to any of the other clams, either
“long” or “round,” that are ordinarily sold in the markets.

The Siliqua costata,. (Plate XX XH, fig. 244,) Lyonsia hyalina, (Plate
XXVIII, fig. 194,) and Levicardium Mortoni, (Plate XXIX, fig. 208,) are
usually to be found on sandy shores and beaches, often in considerable
numbers, but they do not naturally live above low-water: mark, and,
when found higher up, have probably been carried there by the action
of the waves. Their proper homes are on sandy bottoms, in shallow
water off shore. They are all rapidly burrowing species, and can live,
for a time at least, in the loose sand above low-water mark.

The Angulus tener (Plate XXVI, fig. 180, animal, and Plate XXX, fig.
223, shell) is a species that is partial to sandy bottoms and sandy
shores, though it is also often found in soft mud. It frequently oceurs
living at low-water mark, but is more abundant in deeper water. It is
a rapid burrower, and has remarkably long, slender, white siphons,
which are entirely separate, from the base, and very flexible. On account
of the length of these tubes it can remain buried to a considerable

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 359

depth beneath the surface of the sand, merely projecting the tubes up-
ward to the surface. Itis, nevertheless, like other bivalves, often rooted
out of its burrows and devoured by many fishes, especially, in this re-
gion, by the ““scup” and flounders. ‘This species is found all along the
coast, from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence to South Carolina.

The Macoma fusca (Plate XXX, fig. 222) is a related species, also
furnished with similar, very long, slender, separate tubes, and is, therefore,
able to live deeply buried beneath the surface. This species is much more
abundant than the preceding, between tides, but it most abounds on
shores that are more or less muddy, and inestuaries. But when living on
the sandy shores, and where the water is pure, it becomes much smoother
and more delicate, and is often of a beautiful pink-color and much
larger than the specimen figured. When living in the muddy estuaries
it generally has a rough or eroded surface, more or less irregular form,
and a dull white or muddy color, often stained with black, resembling
in color the Mya arenaria, with which it is sometimes associated. It is
dug up and eaten by the tautog and other fishes.

The pretty little Tottenia gemma (Plate XXX, fig. 220) is a species
peculiar to sandy shores, both above and below low-water mark; and
it often occurs in immense numbers on the sandy flats laid bare by the
tides, buried just beneath the surface of the sand. Owing to its small
Size if is, however, liable to be overlooked, unless particularly sought
for. It is an active species and burrows quickly. It is peculiar in be-
ing viviparous, as was first observed by Mr. G. H. Perkins, who found,
in January, from thirty to thirty-six, well-formed young shells, of nearly
uniform size, in each of the old ones. This shell has a lustrous, con-
eentrically grooved surface ; the color is yellowish white or rosy, with
the beaks and posterior end usually purple or amethyst-color. It occurs
all along the coast from Labrador to South Carolina. The common
“round clam” or ‘* quahog-clam,” Venus mercenaria, (Plate XX VI, fig.
184, animal,) is alse common on sandy shores, living chiefly on the
sandy and muddy flats, just beyond low-water mark, but is often found
on the portion laid bare at low-water of spring-tides. It also inhabits
the estuaries, where it most abounds. It burrows a short distance be-
low the surface, but is often found crawling at the surface, with the shell
partly exposed. It has short siphon-tubes, united from the base to
near the ends, and a large, muscular foot, with a broad, thin edge, by
means of which it can easily burrow beneath the sand when necessary,
The lobes of the mantle are separate all around the front and ventral
edge of the shell, and their edges are thin, white, and folded into deli-
cate frills, some of which, near the siphon-tubes, are elongated and
more prominent. Owing to the broad opening in the mantle, the foot
can be protruded from any part of the ventral side, and has an ex-
tensive sweep, forward and backward. The foot and mantle edges
are white; the tubes are yellowish or brownish orange toward the end,

360 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

more or less mottled and streaked with dark brown, and sometimes with
opaque white.

This species is taken in large quantities for food, and may almost al-
ways be seen of various sizes in our markets. The small or moderate-
sized ones are generally preferred to the full-grown clams. Most of
those sold come from the muddy estuaries, in shallow water, and are
fished up chiefly by means of long tongs and rakes, such as are often used
for obtaining oysters. Sometimes they are dredged, and occasionally
they can be obtained by hand at or just below low-water mark. These
estuary specimens usually have rough, thick, dull-white, or mud-stained
shells, but those from the sandy shores outside have thinner and more
delicate shells, often with high, thin ribs, especially when young; and
in some varieties the shell is handsomely marked with angular or zig-
zag lines or streaks of red or brown, (var. notata.) These varieties
often appear so different from the ordinary estuary shelis that many.
writers have described them as distinct species, but intermediate styles
also occur. This species is very abundant along the coast from Cape
Cod to Florida; north of Cape Cod it is comparatively rare and loeal-
It does not occur on the coast of Maine or in the Bay of Fundy, except
in a few special localities, in small, sheltered bays, where the water is
shallow and warm, as at Quahog Bay, near Portland; but in the south-
ern parts of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, as about Prince Edward’s
Island and the opposite coast of Nova Scotia, where the water is shal-
low and much warmer than on the coast of Maine, this species again
occurs in some abundance, associated, in the same waters, with the
oyster and many other southern species that are also absent from the
northern coasts of New England, and constituting a genuine southern
colony, surrounded on all sides, both north and south, by the boreal
fauna.

The curious and delicate shell called Solenomya velum (Plate XXIX,
fig. 210) is occasionally found burrowing in the pure, fine, siliceous sand
near low-water mark, about two inches below the surface, but its proper
home is in shallow water, beyond low-water mark, and it is, perhaps
most abundant where there is mud mixed with sand, and it also lives
in soft mud. Its shell is glossy and of a beautiful brown color, and is
very thin, flexible, and almost parchment-like in texture, especially at
the edges. It is a very active species, and has a very curious foot,
which is protruded from the front end of the shell, and can be used in
burrowing, very much asthe ‘ razor-shell,” described above, uses its foot;
but the Solenomya makes use of its foot in another way, for it can swim
quite rapidly through the water, leaving the bottom entirely, by means.
of the same organ. The foot can be expanded into a concave disk or
umbrella-like form at the end, and, by suddenly protruding the foot
and expanding it at the same time, a backward motion is obtained by
the reaction against the water; or, by suddenly withdrawing the foot
and allowing it to remain expanded during most of the stroke, a for-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 361

ward motion is obtained. It is a singular sight to see this shell swim
swiftly many times around a vessel of water, at the surface, until,
finally, becoming exhausted by its violent exertions, it sinks to the
bottom forrest.

The common “scollop,” Pecten irradians, (Plate XXXII, fig. 243,) is
also frequently found living on sandy shores and flats, or in the pools;
but it belongs more properly to the sheltered waters of the ponds and
estuaries, where it lives among the eel-grass. It will, therefore, be
mentioned again in that connection.

The “common muscle,” Mytilus edulis, (p. 507,) is frequently found in
large patches on sandy flats, fastened together by the threads of
byssus. Some of the most beautifully colored varieties, (fig. 264,) with
radiating bands of blue and yellow, are often found in such places, but

the species is much more abundant and larger in other situations,
especially in the shallow and sheltered waters of the bays, where there
is more or less mud.

Ascidians are almost entirely wanting on the sandy shores, but J/ol-
gula Manhattensis (p. 311, Plate XXXII, fig. 250) is sometimes found
even on sandy shores, attached to eel-grass.

Of Bryozoa only two species are usually met with, and even these do
not have their true stations on the sandy shores. The delicate and
eracefully branched Bugula turrita (p. 311, Plate XXXIV, figs. 258,
259) is occasionally found growing attached to the eel-grass, which
often grows in the sandy tide-pools, or at extreme low-water. It also
occurs in great abundance among the masses of sea-weeds thrown up
by the waves on the sandy beaches. Such specimens are often large
and luxuriant, in some cases being more than a foot in length ; these
are derived from the bottom in deeper water, off shore.

The Hscharella variabilis (p. 312, Plate X XXIII, fig. 256) is often found
enerusting dead shells of various kinds, especially such as are inhab-
ited by the larger ‘“‘hermit-crabs.” It is also cast up in abundance, on
some beaches, from deeper water.

The Radiates are not numerous on sandy shores, yet several interest-
ing species may be found. Among the Echinoderms we find four
species of holothurians, one sea-urchin, one star-fish, and one ophiuran.

The most common holothurian is the Leptosynapta Girardi, (Plate
XXXYV, figs. 265,266.) This is along, slender, very delicate and fragile
species, which burrows deeply in the sand or gravel near low-water
mark. The holes are round and go down almost perpendicularly ;
they are usually not more than a quarter of an inch in diameter. The
creature is not quick in its motions, and can usually be found in the
upper part of its burrow when the tide is out. The skin is thin and
quite translucent, so that the white muscular bands that run lengthwise
of the body, on the inside, can be easily seen, as well as the large intes-
tine, which is always quite full of sand and gives a dark appearance to
the body. The tentacles are almost always in motion, and are used in

062 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

burrowing as well as for other purposes. The skin is filled with minute
perforated oval plates, to each of which there is attached, by the shank,
a beautiful little anchor, (fig. 266,) quite invisible to the naked eye.
The flukes of these anchors project from the skin and give it a rough
feeling when touched; they afford the means of adhesion to various
foreign substances, having a rough surface, and are doubtless useful to
them when going up and down in the burrows. When kept in confine-
ment this species will generally soon commence to constrict its body, at
various points, by powerful muscular contractions, which often go so
far as to break the body in two, and after a few hours there will usually
be nothing left but a mass of fragments.

Another related species, L. roseola V., also occurs in similar places
and has nearly the same habits, but this species is of alight rosy color,
caused by numerous minute round or oval specks of light red pigment
seattered through the skin. The anchors are similar but much more
slender, with the shank much longer in proportion. The perforated
plates are also much smaller in proportion to the length of the anchors.

The Caudina arenata is much more rare in this region. It lives at
extreme low-water mark, or just below, buried in the sand. Its skin is
thicker and firmer than that of the preceding species, and its body is
shorter and stouter, while the posterior part narrows to a long slender
caudal portion. Its skin isfilled with immense numbers of small, round,
wheel-like plates, with an uneven or undulated border, perforated near
the rim with ten to twelve roundish openings, and usually having
four quadrant-shaped openings in the middle; or they may be regarded
as having a large round cpening in the middle, divided by eross-bars
into four parts. This species appears to be rare in this region, and was
met with only by Professor H. E. Webster, at Wood’s Hole, but it is
quite abundant in some parts of Massachusetts Bay, as at Chelsea
Beach and some of the islands in Boston Harbor. These and all other
holothurians are devoured by fishes.

The Thyone Briareus is a large purple species, often four or five inches
long and one inch or more in diameter. It is thickly covered over its
whole surface with prominent papille, by which it may easily be distin-
guished from any other found in this region. It is more common in
the shallow waters off shore, on shelly bottoms.

The “ sand-dollar,” EHechinarachnius parma, (Plate XXXV, fig. 267,)
is the only sea-urchin that is commonly met with on sandy shores in
this region, and this is not often found living on the shore, except at
extreme low water of spring-tides, when it may sometimes be found
on flats or bars of fine siliceous sand in great numbers, buried just
beneath the surface, or even partially exposed. Itcreeps along beneath
the sand with a slow gliding motion, by means of the myriads of minute
extensile suckers with which it is furnished. It is far more abundant
on sandy bottoms at various depths off shore. Ithas a very wide range,
for it is found all the way from New Jersey to Labrador, and also on

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 363

the North Pacific coast; and in depth it ranges from low-water mark to
430 fathoms, off Saint George’s Bank, where it was dredged by Messrs.
Smith and Harger. When living its color is usually a rich purplish
brown, but it soon turns green when taken from the water. It gives a
dark green or blackish color to alcohol, which stains very injuriously
any other specimens put in with it. The fishermen on the coast of
Maine and New Brunswick sometimes prepare an indelible marking-ink
from these “sand-dollars,” by rubbing off the spines and skin and,
after pulverizing, making the mass into a thin paste with water. A
number of fishes have been found to swallow this unpromising creature
for food, and the flounders consume large numbers of them.

The common green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p. 326, Plate XXXV,
fig. 269,) is sometimes met with on sandy shores, but is much less abun-
dant than on rocky shores. The curious “ brittle star-fish,” Ophiura
olivacea, is sometimes found among the eel-grass on sandy shores, espe-
cially in tide-pools, in sheltered localities. It may be recognized by its
nearly circular, disk-like body, about three-quarters of an inch in diameter,
with five round, rather slender, tapering, stiff-looking arms, about three
inches long. The color is bright green, much like that of the eel-grass
among which it lives. When at home in the water it moves about over
the sand quite rapidly by means of its arms. When taken from the
water it does not usually break itself up into numerous fragments,
as readily as most of its related species do. It is rather southern inits
distribution, and Vineyard Sound is perhaps its northern limit. It
extends southward at least to North Carolina.

Of acalephs there are no species known to me that properly belong
to the sandy shores, but Hydractinia polyclina (p. 328) is often found
on the shells carried about by the hermit-crabs, in such situations, and
there are species of Obelia and other hydroids that sometimes grow on
the eel-grass in the tide-pools, but they are much more frequent in other
situations.

Among the Polyps we find several species proper to sandy shores and
specially adapted to this mode of life. One of the most interesting of
these is the Halocampa producta, (p. 330, Plate XX XVIII, fig. 285,)
which has already been described. This often occurs in the sand at
low-water mark, and makes round holes about a foot deep, which can
sometimes be recognized by small cracks radiating from the hole when
the tide leaves them uncovered.

The Sagartia modesta (p. 330) is also found buried in the sand at low-
water, especially where there is also some gravel with the sand. The
Sagartia leucolena (p. 329, Plate XX XVIII, fig. 284) is sometimes found
in similar situations, but belongs properly to the rocky shores.

The Paractis rapiformis is a species that is still little known. It lives
buried deeply in the sand at and below low-water mark. It appears to
be common on the coast of North Carolina, at Fort Macon, where it is
often thrown up by storms, and it has also been found at Great Egg Har-'

364 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

bor and near New Haven light. The body is three or four inches long
when extended, and an inch or more in diameter, and is very changeable
in form. The surface is nearly smooth, slightly sulcated lengthwise,
and the color is usually pink, or pale flesh-color, translucent. The
tentacles are numerous, short, tapering, pale greenish olive, with a dark
band around the base, connected with a dark line radiating from the
mouth. Toward the upper part of the body the surface is somewhat
wrinkled and is capable of attaching grains of sand to itself. When
thrown up by the waves it contracts into a globular or pyriform shape
and ‘somewhat resembles a boiled onion or turnip.”

List of the species ordinarily inhabiting the sandy shores.
d yi :

ARTICULATA.

Insects.

Page. | Page.
Miser, (llarwe): .. 12.5%. 335 | Geopinus incrassatus...... 33D
Cicindela generosa (larva).. 836 | Phytosus littoralis ........ 335
IO RSAMIGE De ol Gees side 330 | Bledius cordatus.......... 33D
Se ramTHeOMISc.. 2. case sink os 339. B. pallipennis.t.2. 22a rs15)
ealionirtay ios isk .ae8e 335 | Heterocera undatus ...-..- dodo

i

Crustacea.

Page Page
Ocypoda arenaria .......... 3a¢ | Orchestia agilis. -... 2% 346
Gelasimus pugilator.......- 336 | Talorchestia longicornis... 35
@aneerirrorabus. .... 6-224 338 | T. megalophthalma..--..-.- 336
Carcinus granulatus....-.... 312 | Lepidactylis dytiscus ...... 309
Platyonichus ocellatus...... 308 | Unciola irrorata. --..-..--- 340
Libinia canaliculata .......- 339 | Idotea irrorata. .-s-.0G9h 340
Hippatalpoida........-...- 538 | L..ceea..---2..-.- 72a 340
Eupagurus pollicaris....... 313: | he Potts. o2e 3 eee 340
Eelongicarpus). 2.6 si. sa-25 339 | Seyphacella arenicola...-. . 3a7
Crangon vulgaris ...-....-- 339 | Limulus Polyphemus.....- 340
Paleemonetes vulgaris...... 339 |

Page Page
Sthenelais picta...........- 348 | Polydora ciliatum.......-.. 345
Nephthys picta............ 348 | Diopatra cuprea .......-- . 346
PECOME Tas tiets wis) ~(.0 = one = 349 | Marphysa Leidyi.....-.... 347
INGLEIS | VITESSE Seles. 32: 3 341 | Lumbriconereis opalina.... 342
Melimbataw oe a! B Essie B41.|\ TL. tenwisis etek cae 342
Cirratulus grandis ....-..... 348 | Staurocephalus pallidus.... 348
Seolecolepis viridis.......-- 345 | Rhynehobolus Americanus. 542
Se PONMIS 2 kis Ua eee 345 | R. dibranchiatus...-....... 341

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Page. |
PE RODUSEA:. .. = 3. Sulan/iet's' 345 | Clymenella torquata.......
So SU OSE Veer er es See 344 | Notomastus luridus........
Mermeagilis. 0.2 2. S20 tN, fliformis:.... >. 42. -ee eee
Peter Ornata.. .. cies . 344 | Sabellaria vulgaris......-.

rl psc pee wee
Anthostoma robustum...... 343 | Cistenides Gouldii ...,.-...
io ee o44 | Amphitrite ornata.......--
Maldane elongata........ .. 343 |

Oligocheta.

Page. |
Ey oarilus hittoralis........ »se8 | Clitellioirroratus. .:2.2¢.-..

Nemerteans.

Page.

Meekelia lattea.........--.: 3590 Cosmocephala ochracea.. - -
iL LED CSN Sie a Ae 349 Tetrastemma arenicola.....
TPPRR OSCR oc nc2s SE LE Se 399 Balanoglossus aurantiacus.-

Sipunculoids.

Page.

Phascolosoma Gouldii ....-- 303 | Phascolosoma, sp...-..-...

MOLLUSCA.

Gastropods.

i

we
oo)
fo}
oo

= ; evens : ‘
Pmieuriearica!. ee. 300 | Neverita duplicata ...-....
Sycotypus canaliculatus.... 355 | Crepidula fornicata......-..
Apbyris lonata ..0.... 2.2.2). SUG). | GOnNe a LUT Uwe Fo eee ae
Ilyanassa obsoleta......-... d0€ | Ce uneuiformise: 2/20"
Pritia, trivittata 22s. 2252. oo¢ | Bittinm niorun: ). 22h:
Manaiia heroses 2... goo” |) haehna- vinta? 2 Fay eae
LL. heros, var. triseriata. .-..- oo
b]
Lamellibranchs.
. Page. |
Ensatella Americana ....... 306 | Venus mercenaria.........
Simin arCOStata. 2... =. Das) LObLEMIA SMM... .. «2
Mya arenaria ....- te 307 | Leevicardium Mortoni.....
ayousia lyalina.......-m.. 35 Sole fal MOU . . 2. a's
Lyonsia hyalina 308 | Solenomya velum
Mactré HOLISSIMNIG” oo. pcos 358 | Myti GOREINGE Soho era Sipe
Mactra solidissima 308 | Mytilus edulis
Macoma fusca.........- ee ODO LCCLOD ITTAGIANG. 5. - -<-s- eye! -

Angulus. tomer... ...-.--- 358 |

365

Page.
oC
324

361

366 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FiSH AND FISHERIES.

Bryozoa and Ascidians.

Page. Page.
Moigula Manhattensis...... pol || Bugula turritas-—-. . oe « =:2 5h al OIE
Escharella variabilis.......- O61

RADIATA.

Hehinoderms.

Page. Page.
Phyonetbriareus-)—-..-- - : 062 | Echinarachnius parma..... 302
Caudina arenata....-...---. 362 | Asterias arenicola..-....2: 363
Leptosynapta Girardii...... 301 | Ophiura-olivaceay. 92-2 sees 305
WreneseOld, <12.5...-2-. 25%. 362

Polyps.

Page. Page.
Halocampa producta ....... 363 | Sagartia leucolena ......-.. 363
Sagartia modesta.........- 363 | Paractis rapiformis........ 363

Il. 3.—FAUNA OF THE MUDDY SHORES OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS.

The muddy shores in this region grade almost insensibly into the sandy
shores; and shores thatare entirely of mud, without any admixture of fine
sand, rarely occur except in the estuaries and lagoons. Therefore we
find, as might have been anticipated, that it is difficult to draw a very
definite line between the animals living upon the sandy shores and those
living upon the muddy shores and flats. Many of the species seem, also,
to be equally at home, whether living in mud or sand, and many others
prefer a mixture, although capable of living in either. But if we were
to compare the animals living in pure sand with those living in clear
mud, the two lists would be quite different, although a considerable
number would be common to both lists. Moreover, the eel-grass grows
in considerable quantities both upon sandy and muddy shores, in cer-
tain localities, and a large number of species which inhabit the eel-grass
will, therefore, be found in both lists.

In discussing the species found on sandy shores, in the preceding
pages, references have constantly been made to other stations inhabited
by many of the species, and especially in the case of those that are com-
mon to the sandy and muddy shores. Therefore it will not be necessary
to repeat the facts in this connection, but the species will be enumerated
in the list at the end of this section.

A considerable number of species have their place in this list chiefly
because they occur on beds of oysters planted on muddy shores, at and
just below low-water mark. Without these artificial stations some of
them would hardly be found on such shores, or at least but rarely. It
is evident that the shells of oysters, when in large quantities, supply, to

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. O67

a certain extent, conditions similar to those of rocky shores, and conse-
quently it is natural that certain rocky-shore species should be found in
such situations. Only the more common and most important of these
have been introduced into the list, however, for to include all the species
to be found among oysters would uselessly extend the catalogue.
Among the Crustacea we find a considerable number of species which
have their proper homes on the muddy shores. Of the true crabs there
are at least eleven species that constantly occur in these situations, but
several of them, viz, Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) Panopeus depressus, (p.
312,) P. Sayi, (p. 312,) and Careinus granulatus, (p. 312,) are found in
greater numbers elsewhere, and depend largely upon the oyster-beds fer
their safety on these shores. The Carcinus granulatus, however, often
resorts to the holes and cavernous places under the peaty banks of the
shores, or along the small ditches and streams cutting through the peaty
marshes near the shore. The marsh ‘ fiddler-crab,” Gelasimus pugnax,
is usually very abundant in the peaty banks and along the ditches and
streams at and just above high-water mark, where it excavates great
numbers of deep holes, often completely riddling the soil. This species
is, however, more at home along the borders of the estuaries and
lagoons and will be described more fully in that connection, as well as
the Sesarma reticulata, which often occurs with it in both situations.
The * oyster-crab,” Pinnotheres ostreum, (Plate 1, fig. 2, male,) is found
wherever oysters occur. The female lives, at least when mature, within
the shell of the oyster, in the gill cavity, and is well known to most con-
sumers of oysters. The males (fig. 2) are seldom seen, and rarely, if ever,
occur in the oyster. We found them, on several occasions, swimming
actively at the surface of the water in the middle of Vineyard Sound.
They are quite unlike the females in appearance, being smaller, with a
firmer shell, and they differ widely in color, for the carapax is dark brown
above, with a central dorsal stripe and two conspicuous spots of whitish,
as indicated in the figure; the lower side and legs are whitish. The
female has the carapax thin and translucent, whitish, tinged with pink.
The Pinniva cylindrica (Plate I, fig. 1) is a related species which is
occasionally met with on muddy shores. It lives in the tubes of certain
large Annelids in company with the rightful owner. The specimens
hitherto met with in this region were either found free, or dug out of
the mud, and it is uncertain with what worm they associate, though it
is most likely to be the Nereis virens, but on the coast of South Carolina
it lives, according to Dr. Stimpson, in the tubes of Avenicola cristata
STIMPSON. It has been found in the stomach of the ocellated flounder.
The common edible-crab or * blue-crab,” Callinectes hastatus, is a com-
mon inhabitant of muddy shores, especially in sheltered coves and bays.
It is a very active species and can swim rapidly; it is therefore often
seen Swimming at or near the surface. The full-grown individuals gen-
erally keep away from the shores, in shallow water, frequenting muddy
bottoms, especially among the eel-grass, and are also found in large

368 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

numbers in the somewhat brackish waters of estuaries and the mouths
of rivers. The young specimens of all sizes, up to two or three inches
in breadth, are, however, very frequent along the muddy shores, hid-
ing in the grass and weeds or under the peaty banks at high-water, and
retreating as the tide goes down; when disturbed they swim away
quickly into deeper water. They also have the habit of pushing them-
selves backward. into and beneath the mud for concealment. They are
predacious in their habits, feeding upon small fishes and various other
animal food. They are very pugnacious and have remarkable strength
in their claws, which they use with great dexterity. When they have
recently shed their shells they are caught in great numbers for the
markets, and these “ soft-shelled crabs” are much esteemed by many.
Those with hard shells are also sold in our markets, but are not valued
so highly. This crab can easily be distingushed from all the other
species found in this region by the sharp spine on each side of the
carapax.

The common ‘ spider-crab,” Libinia canaliculata, (p. 339,) is very com-
mon on muddy shores and flats. It hides beneath the surface of the
mud and decaying weeds or among the eel-grass, and is very sluggish
in its motions. Its whole surface is covered with hairs which entangle
particles of mud and dirt of various kinds; and sometimes hydroids,
aleve, and even barnacles grow upon its shell, contributing to its more
ready concealment. The males are much larger than the females, and
have long and stout claws. They often spread a foot or more across the
extended legs. The females have much smaller and shorter legs and
comparatively weak claws.

Another similar species, Libinia dubia, is also found on muddy shores
and has nearly the same habits. It has a much longer rostrum, more
deeply divided at the end.

The two common species of “ hermit-crabs” are both found on muddy
shores, especially among eel-grass, but the larger one, Hupagurus polli-
caris, (p. 313,) is comparatively rare. The small one, HW. longicarpus, (p.
313,) is very common and usually occupies the dead shells of Jlyanassa
obsoleta, though many may be found in other species of shells.

The Gebiaafinis (Plate I, fig. 7) isa crustacean somewhat resembling a
young lobster three or four inches in length. It lives on muddy shores
and digs deep burrows near low-water mark, in the tenacious mud or clay,
especially where there are decaying sea-weeds buried beneath the sur-
face. The burrows are roundish, half an inch to an inch in diameter,
very smooth within, and go down obliquely for the distance of one. or
two feet, and then run off laterally or downward, in almost any direc-
tion, to the depth of two or three feet, and are usually quite crooked
and winding. We have found them most abundant on the shore of
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, near Beesley’s Point, but they also
occur at New Haven and Wood’s Hole, &c. This species is quite active ;
it swims rapidly and jumps back energetically. It is eagerly devoured

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 369

by such fishes as are able to capture it. When living the colors are
quite elegant. Along the back there is a broad band of mottled, red-
dish brown, which is contracted on the next to the last segment; each
side of this band the mottlings are fewer, and the surface somewhat
hairy. The last segment and the appendages of the preceding one are
thickly specked with reddish brown; their edges are fringed with gray
hairs. The Calianassa Stimpsoni SMITH, (Plate II, fig. 8, large elaw,) is
also a burrowing species, but its habits are at present little known, owing
to its rarity. It has been found in the stomach of fishes, and is proba-
bly more common farther south.

The Squilla empusa is a very interesting creature, whose habits are
still imperfectly known. It is often thrown on the beaches by the
waves, and probably it usually burrows in the mud below low-water
mark, but in certain localities it has been found burrowing at or near
low-water mark of spring-tides, forming large, irregular holes. The very
curious, free-swimming young (Plate VIII, fig. 36) were often taken in
the towing-nets. Large specimens are eight or ten inches long and about
two broad. The body is not so stout built as that of the lobster, and the
carapax or shell is much smaller and softer, while the abdomen is much
larger and longer in proportion. The legs and all the other organs are
quite unlike those of the lobster, and the last joint of the great claw, in-
stead of forming a pair of pincers with the next, is armed with a row
of six sharp, curved spines, which shut into corresponding sockets,
arranged in a groove in the next joint, which also bears smaller spines.
By means of this singular organ they can hold their prey securely, and
can give a severe wound to the human hand, if handled incautiously. It
also uses the stout caudal appendages, which are armed with spines, very
effectively. The colors of this species are quite vivid, considering its
niud-dwelling habits. The body is usually pale green or yellowish green,
each segment bordered posteriorly with darker green and edged with
bright yellow; the tail is tinged with rose and mottled with yellow and
blackish ; the outer caudal lamelle have the base and spines white, the
last joint yellow, margined with black; the inner ones are black, pale
at base; the eyes are bright emerald-green; the inner antenne are
dark, with a yellow band at the base of each joint; and the flagellum
is annulated with black and white.

The common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 539, Plate IIL, fig. 10,) is
frequent on muddy shores, where it has a darker color than when liv-
ing on sandy shores. The common prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris, (p. 539,
Plate U, fig. 9,) is also common in such situations, especially where
there is eel-grass, among which it finds its favorite resorts, but it is
still more abundant in the estuaries. Another shrimp, the Virbius zos-
tericola SMITH, also occurs among the eel-grass, in similar places. It is
usually greenish in color.

Two other species of shrimp-like crustacea, belonging to the genus
Mysis, are also found on muddy shores, especially among eel-grass.

S. Mis. 61——24

370 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The Mysis stenolepis SMirH, (Plate III, fig. 12, female,) is often very
abundant in such situations. The small young ones have been taken in
May, and the half-grown ones later in the season. In the early spring
the adult females, with eggs, occur in great numbers among the eel-
grass, in estuaries and ponds. Mr. Vinal N. Edwards caught a large
number in a small pond at Wood’s Hole, April 1. No males were found
at this time with the females; the only adult males observed were taken
in autumn. Possibly the males do not survive the winter. The adult
females have not been observed in summer, and they probably die after
hatching their young in the spring. The whole body is translucent ;
each segment of the body has a stellate black spot; and there is more
or less blackish pigment on the caudal lamellie, telson, antennal scales,
and inner flagellum and peduncle of the antennule. This species con-
tributes largely to the food of many fishes. The other species, J/. Amer-
icana SMITH, also lives among eel-grass, as well as in deeper water off
shore among algze. This has been found in large numbers in the stom-
achs of the shad and the spotted flounder.

Of Amphipods there are comparatively few species. The Unciola
irrorata (p. 340, Plate LV, fig. 19) is pretty common here, as elsewhere.
The Amphithoé valida SmirH (p. 315,) is often met with among eel-grass.
Another species, A. compta SMITH, also occurs in the same places.
It differs from the preceding in many characters, but may easily be dis-
tinguished by its red eyes. A third species of the genus, A. longimana
SMITH, is also found among eel-grass. It has black eyes. The Coro-
phium cylindricum and Gammarus mucronatus occur among eel-grass and
algve, often in great numbers.

Of Isopods there are several species. The Idotea irrorata (p. 516,
Plate V, fig. 25) is common wherever eel-grass is found. The Hrichso-
nia attenuata HARGER, (Plate VI, fig. 27,) is also found clinging to
eel-grass in muddy situations. The Hpelys trilobus (Plate VI, fig. 28)
is found creeping about over the bottom or among and beneath the
decaying vegetable matter and mud usually to be found in sheltered sit-
uations. It is usually so covered up with adhering dirt as readily to
escape observation. The Epelys montosus also occurs in similar situa-
tions.

Whenever lumber or drift-wood has been left for some time on the
muddy shores it is found to be more or less eaten by the Limnoria lig-
norum, (Plate VI, fig. 25.) This small isopod gnaws its galleries in the
wood to a depth of about half an inch from the surface, and after a
time these galleries become so numerous that the superficial layer will
be completely honey-combed, and it will then scale off and another layer
will be attacked. ‘This little creature often does great damage to the
piles of wharves and other kinds of submerged wood-work in this re-
gion, and will be mentioned again in discussing the animals inhabiting
piles, Xe.

The “ horse-shoe crab,” Limulus Polyphemus, (p. 340,)-is also common

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 371

on muddy shores, burrowing beneath the surface, at or just below low-
water mark.

Many of the Annelids found on muddy shores occur also on sandy
shores, especially where there is a mixture of mud with the sand, and
consequently they have been mentioned in the preceding pages.
Among these are Nereis virens (p. 317, Plate XI, figs. 47-50) and N.
limbata, (p. 318, Plate XI, fig. 51,) both of which are common on muddy
shores ; also Diopatra cuprea, (p. 320, Plate XIII, figs. 67 and 68 ;) Lum.
briconereis opalina, (p. 342, Plate XIII, figs. 69, 70;) L. tenuis, (p. 342 ;)
Maldane elongata, (p. 343;) Notomastus luridus, (p. 342 ;) Notomastus fili-
formis, (p. 342;) Cirratulus grandis, (p. 319, Plate XV, figs. 80, 81;) Cis.
tenides Gouldii, (p. 323, Plate XVII, figs. 87, 87a;) all of which are
found both in mud and sand, but prefer, perhaps, a mixture of the two.
Rhynchobolus Americanus (p. 542, Plate X, figs. 45, 46) and R. dibran-
chiatus (p. 341, Plate X, figs. 43, 44) are also found in mud, though per-
haps more common in fine sand, or sandy mud.

The “ blood-drop,” Polycirrus eximius, (p. 320, Plate XVI, fig. 85) is
however, a species that belongs properly to muddy localities, and it de-
lights in the softest and stickiest mud of the shores, near low-water
mark. The larger blood-drop, Chetobranchus sanguineus, (p.320,) is also
found in similar situations, and the soft mud, filled with decaying veg-
etable matter, seems to be its most congenial home.

Of Mollusks there are comparatively few species that are peculiar to
muddy shores, but there are many that live almost equally well in such
localities and on shores or bottoms of other kinds.

Among the Gastropods, the proper mud-dwelling species are few.
The Ilyanassa obsoleta (p. 354, Plate XXI, fig. 113) is the most abund-
ant, for it occurs everywhere over the mud-flats in great numbers, and,
in cold weather, often crowds in large numbers into the pools left on
the flats. The Nassa viber (Plate XXI, fig. 114) has nearly the same
habits, but is comparatively rare. It is more frequently found among
the eel-grass, and is more common farther south.

The Lupleura caudata (Plate XXI, fig. 117) is usually found rather
sparingly in this region, but in one locality, at Waquoit, it occurred in
considerable numbers in the small streams and ditches in the muddy
marshes near the shore. It occurs occasionally at low-water, but is
more often met with on muddy and shelly bottoms in the shallow water
of the bays and sounds, and is much more common farther south. The
Crepidula convera (p. 355, Plate XXIII, fig. 128) is very common on
the shells of Ilyanassa obsoleta, especially when they are inhabited by
“hermit-crabs.” It is also frequently found on the eel-grass, where, in
August, it often deposits its bright yellow eggs inclosed in small, gela-
tinous masses, which are grouped in clusters.

The Bulla solitaria (Plate XXV, fig. 161) is a species restricted to
muddy shores and bottoms, in sheltered situations, and is found also in
muddy ponds and estuaries. The color of the animal of this species is

372 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

quite peculiar, and when it is fully extended it has a singular appear-
ance. The general color is usually orange-brown, and it is thickly
speckled with darker brown. This shell is devoured in large numbers
by the flounders, and doubtless by other fishes.

A number of species which habitually live clinging to eel-grass are
to be found in the localities where this plant flourishes, either in the
pools or at low-water mark, but they are not peculiar to or character-
istic of muddy shores. Among these the most common are Astyris
lunata, (p. 806 ;) Bittium nigrum, (p. 3053) Triforis nigrocinctus, (p. 305 ;)
and Lacuna vincta, (p. 305.) The Littorina irrorata is occasionally
fotind in sheltered situations, but this region is north of its true range,
and such specimens as are found may have been introduced from far-
ther south with oysters. It is very abundant on the southern coast.
The Uvrosalping cinerea (p. 306) oecurs wherever there are beds of oys-
ters, upon which it feeds.

Most of the bivalve shells to be found on muddy shores have already
been enumerated as living also on the sheltered sandy shores, and the
majority of them flourish equally on both kinds of shores, and on those
of amixed or intermediate character. Among these are Mya arenaria,
(p. 309;) Macoma fusca, (p. 398;) Angulus tener, (p. 3583) Venus meree-
naria, (p. 359;) Argina pexata, (p. 309 ;) Mytilus edulis, (p. 307 ;) Pecten
irradians, (p. 361.) There are, however, other species that are almost
peculiar to muddy shores, and are highly characteristic of them. The
Pholas truncata (Plate XX VII, fig. 200) excavates deep holes in depos-
its of tenacious clay at all elevations between tides, and is still more
frequently found living in holes in the borders of peat-bogs, or marsh
deposits, which have been encroached upon by the sea. In such places
they sometimes occur nearly up to the ordinary high-water mark.
Their holes are round and nearly perpendicular, and increase in size
from the orifice downward. They vary in depth according to the size
of the shell; the deeper ones are often a foot or a foot and a half in
depth and often an inch in diameter. The shell remains near the bot-
tom and stretches out its long siphon tubes, which are united together
quite to the end, until the tips reach the external orifice of the burrow
These tubes are generally yellowish white except at the end, where they
are blackish or brownish; the orifices and papillze are also variously
marked with purplish brown or dark brown. The dark coloration of
the end of the siphon tubes is doubtless for purposes of protection from
predacious fishes, crabs, &c. Its foot is short and stout, obliquely trun-
cated, and bevelled at the end. The Petricola pholadiformis (Plate
XXVII, fig. 199) is generally associated with the preceding species and
is more abundant. Its habits are nearly the same, but it does not make
its burrows so deep; it is more active in its motions, and can easily
climb up to the upper part of its hole by means of its long, thin, white
foot, which is tongue-shaped and very extensible and flexible. The
siphon-tubes are long and slender, tapering, and united for about a

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. OUS

quarter of their length, beyond which they are separate and divergent.
They are yellowish white, more or less spotted, especially toward the
end, with orange, brownish, or blackish, which, in large specimens, forms
streaks near the ends or even becomes confluent, making the tips very
dark colored. The branchial orifice is surrounded by a circle of numer-
ous bipinnate-papille, which usually alternate with smaller and more
simple ones ; the papillz of the dorsal tube are similar, but more simple-

The Tagelus gibbus (Plate XX VI, fig. 181, animal; Plate XXX, fig.
217, shell) is another inhabitant of muddy shores, which burrows deeply
into the mud. This species is confined, on the shores, chiefly to the zone
near low-water mark, but probably lives also in shallow water beyond
the reach of the tides. In this species the foot is large and muscular,
thick, tongue-shaped, and has a very wide range of motion, for the man-
tle isopen along the whole length of the ventral edge of the shell. The
tubes are separate, from the base, and are round, white, and capable of
very great extension, for a specimen of ordinary size, kept in confine-
ment, extended the tubes to the length of nine inches. These tubes
are translucent, and at the end have small rounded lobes around the
aperture, each lobe being furnished at its base, inside, with a small,
orange, eye-like spot, which is probably an imperfect visual organ, and
with two others on the inside lower down. The branchial tube has six
of these lobes and ocelli; the dorsal one has eight. On each tube
there is a row of small, white, slender, obtuse papille, corresponding
to each terminal lobe, and running along the whole length of the tubes:
The color of the animal is white throughout. This bivalve makes deep
burrows in the tenacious mud, each of which has two orifices, not far
apart, for the two tubes. By this peculiarity their burrows may be
at once recognized, whenever seen.

The Mulinia lateralis (Plate X XVI, fig. 185, B, animal) is occasionally
found living at extreme low-water mark, on muddy flats, but its true
home is on the soft muddy bottoms in shallow water, where t is often
excessively abundant. In this species the foot is relatively large and
muscular, more or less pointed at the end, and capable of assuming
many different forms and positions; it has a wide sweep in its motions
and can be thrust forward or backward. The siphon-tubes are united
neariy to the end, but the separation is indicated by a groove between
them for nearly half the length. The branchial tube is the largest, and
its orifice is surrounded by a circle of twelve to twenty-four, slender,
elongated, simple papille, each of which usually has a small, black, eye-
like spot at its base ; a little below this terminal circle there is another,
composed of smaller, very short, blunt papilla. The dorsal tube also has
a subterminal circle of similar papille, above which the tip forms a re-
tractile cone, with the small, simple orifice at the tip. The animal is
yellowish white, the tubes generally pale yellow. This species burrows
just beneath the surface of the mud, and it is eaten in large numbers by
the scup and other fishes.

374 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The Cumingia tellinoides (Plate XXX, fig. 221) and Kellia planulata
(Plate XXX, fig. 226) are sometimes found living in the mud at low-
water, but are rare in such situations. They are more common at the
depth of a few fathoms on muddy and shelly bottoms.

The ribbed muscle, Modiola plicatula, (p. 807, Plate XXXI, fig. 238,
is very abundant near and even above high-water mark, along the
muddy borders of the marshes and banks and among the roots of grass:
The Modiola hamatus is occasionally met with, especially on oyster-
beds, adhering to the shells, where it is sometimes very abundant. It
has probably been introduced with the oysters, from the South, where
itis common. It somewhat resembles the preceding species, but it is
shorter, broader, with strong radiating ribs, many of which are forked.
Its color is yellow or yellowish brown.

The common “scollop,” Pecten irradians, (p. 361, Plate XXXII, fig.
245,) occurs among the eel-grass on muddy shores in great abundance,
in many localities, especially in sheltered places. The young shells may
be found during the whole summer, but the adult specimens come up to
the shallow waters and shores in great numbers in the autumn. This
species is very active and can rise from the bottom and swim through
the water with great rapidity by opening and energetically closing its
valves, thus expelling the water from the gill-cavity, the reaction send-
ing the shell backward. It often remains up among the leaves of the
eel-grass, resting upon them, where they are matted together, but if
alarmed the creature suddenly swims away in the manner described, and
takes to the bottom. It is very watchful and quickly perceives its
enemies. The thickened outer edge of the mantle, both above and
below, is fringed with rows of numerous tapering papille or tentacles,
the inner ones largest, and among the bases of these there is a row of
very bright silvery or bluish eyes, thirty to forty or more to each valve
the number increasing with the size of the shell; a short distance within
the outer fringe of tentacles there is a raised yellow or orange ridge,
which bears another series of smaller papillee, and the space between
these and the outer ones is radiately striated. The central muscle which
closes the valves of this shellis large and powerful. This is the portion
which is sold in our markets in large quantities, and is highly esteemed
by many as an article of food. Its decided sweetish taste is, however,
objectionable to some persons. To some, also, it proves actually injuri-
ous, sometimes producing nausea and even worse symptoms. After
storms this shell is sometimes found thrown upon the beaches in immense
quantities.

The oyster, Ostrea Virginiana, (p. 310,) is often planted upon the
muddy shores at and below low-water mark, in many parts of Long Island
Sound and elsewhere, but for this purpose the muddy estuaries are pre-
ferred, where the water is more brackish and the bottom less disturbed
by the storms. The mud, however, should not be too deep, and ought
to have a solid substratum, a few inches beneath.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 375

The Ascidians are generally uncommon on muddy shores, but wherever
the eel-grass flourishes, and especially in sheltered situations, the Molgula
Manhattensis (p. 311, Plate XX XIII, fig. 250) is usually to be found ad-
hering to it. The Botryllus Gouldii (Plate XX XIII, figs. 252, 253) is also
frequently found growing upon the eel-grass in such situations, as well
as upon the piles of wharves, bottoms of boats, &c. This species was
found in great profusion upon the eel-grass in Little Harbor, at Wood’s
Hole, and in Waquoit Pond. In both these localities the water is nearly
pure and but slightly, if at all, brackish. Butit has also been found by
Professor D. C. Eaton on the piles at Brooklyn, New York, where the
water is more brackish. This species when young forms thin, soft, cireu-
lar or oval incrustations covered with stellate clusters of the minute ani-
mals, (fig. 253,) which are imbedded in it; each of these has a small
cireular orifice toward the outer end, opening into the gill cavity, and
another orifice opening into a larger cavity in the center of the cluster,
which is common to all those in the cluster; and it has a central exter-
nal orifice, through which the waste water from the gills, the feces,
and the eggs are discharged. These young colonies begin to appear in
June and grow very rapidly, new individuals being formed by buds that
originate from the first ones in rapid succession, so that in two or three
weeks the small colonies will increase froma quarter of an inch in
breadth up te three or four inches, if they be situated on a flat sur-
face and have room to spread. If upon the stem or leaf of the eel-
grass they will extend entirely around it, and perhaps several inches
along its length, if not opposed by other colonies. At the same time the
crusts increase very muchin thickness. Thus by the end of the summer,
the eel-grass, algve, stems of hydroids, &c., often become completely
covered up by the luxuriant growth of this curious compound animal.
The colors of this species are extremely variable and often very elegant,
and it is seldom that two colonies can be found with precisely the same
pattern of color. Growing upon the same leaf of eel-grass, many dif-
ferent colonies may often be found, each showing a different arrange-
ment of the colors.

In one of the most common varieties the general color of the common
tissue between the stellate clusters is dull olive-green, thickly specked
with small flake-white spots, which are formed by the enlarged terminal
portion of stolon-like processes, which bud out from the perfect individu-
als composing the clusters, and are arranged somewhat in circles around
the clusters; the lower portion of these stolons is usually yellow or
orange, and the outer part deep purple, tipped with flake-white. The
individual animals, or zodids, composing the stellate clusters, are deep
purple, with the branchial orifice yellowish white, surrounded by a circle
of orange; a short flake-white longitudinal line runs along the middle of
the upper side, interrupted by the branchial opening, but this line is
often represented only by two white spots; other flake-white spots are
usually irregularly scattered over the outer end.

376 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In another variety the deep purple zodids have a circle of flake-white
around the branchial orifice, a short white bar or spot beyond it on the
outer end, a white spot on the middle between the orifices, and another
white spot on the inner end near the anal orifice; the stolons colored as
in the preceding.

In another common variety (var. bicolor) the colors are similar except
that the outer half of each zodid is almost entirely covered with flake-
white, sometimes tinged with orange, while the proximal half is deep pur-
ple. Another has the purple zodids spotted and blotched with flake-
white over the whole surface; sometimes the specks are so fine and
numerous as to give a uniform silvery or frosted appearance, (var. fari-
naced. )

One peculiar variety (annulata) has a sinall circle of white around the
the branchial opening, surrounded by another large circle of flake-white,
which incloses nearly the outer half of the zodid. The variety atroxv has
the zodids covered to a considerable extent with flake-white, so arranged
on each as to present the appearance of a skull; the two eyes being
formed by deep purple spots.

The variety variegata is pale yellowish olive or orange-brown; the
zooids have a white ring around the branchial orifice, inclosed by a brown
ring, which is often interrupted ; and the latter is surrounded more or
less completely by flake-white, there is usually also a median bar of
flake-white ; the inner portion is deep purple, more or less mottled with
white, and there is a white spot at the inner end. In the variety albida
nearly the whole upper surface of the zodids is flake-white.

In another very beautiful and distinct variety (var, stella) the common
tissue is translucent, pale olive, with white-tipped stolons; the zodids
are brown or purple, marked on the upper side with two parallel longi-
tudinal bars of flake-white; which are separated by a narrow dark line,
all of which radiate from the center of the cluster, thus producing the
appearance of a many-rayed star, with the rays alternately white and
dark; the white bars are sometimes interrupted near the inner ends,
and small specks of flake-white are sometimes scattered over the outer
end. In this form there are often ten to fifteen zodids in each cluster,
and they appear longer and less swollen than in the other varieties, ow-
ing, perhaps, to the optical effect of the radiating lines. This is the most
distinctly marked variety that was observed, and was at first thought to
be a distinct species.

The Radiates are not abundant on muddy shores. The Thyone
Briareus (p. 362) is sometimes found on such shores, in sheltered situ-
ations, among eel-grass. The common star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p.326,
Plate XXXV, fig. 269,) is often altogether tooabundant on muddy shores,
on the oyster-beds, where it commits great hayoe.

The Hydractinia polyclina (p. 328) is often found on the shells occupied
by “hermit-crabs.” Several species of Obelia grow upon the eekgrass,
where the water is sufficiently clear. The Halecium gracile V. (p. 328,)

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Ot7

is frequently found attached to the shells of oysters, and to other solid

objects.

List of species cominonly found on the muddy shores of the bays and sounds.

ARTICULATA.
Orustacea.
Page. Page.
Gelasimus pugnax.......-- 367 | Mysis stenolepis.-..-...-..-. 370
Sesarma reticulata.......-- Dole wt i, Mericanan «280.24 37
Prmnixa cylindrica. =... -.- 367 | Squillaempusa........:.-.. 369
Pinnotheres ostreum ...... 367 Gammarus mucronatus ..-. 370
Ganicer irroratus.....-5.:-.- 367 | Amphithoé valida .......-. 370
Pano pens Cepressus s...... 367 | A.comptiaysso a... ss 5es. 370
PPA LS =o) aid Bes wishb' a's 2 Ss 364 |) Aalonounana eos. ete: 370
Callinectes hastatus ...-.-. 367 | Dneiola-irrorata.- 4.2.22: 370
Carcinus granulatus....... 367 | Corophium eylindricum.... 370
Libinia canaliculata..-..... 368 | Idotea irrorata......-- aoe) OMG
DOL Ce 368 | Erichsonia attenuata ...... 370
Eupagurus longicarpus.... 368 | Epelys trilobus..--......--- 370
Pe OUICATIS Gs ac... = sa. o's = 368 | JBL. SMOnCOSUS! =: 22> 2) ae - 370
Callianassa Stimpsoni...... 369 Limnoria lignorum ....---- 370
Gelayaitinis s. 2... 2 s6. 368 | Limulus Polyphemus ....-. 370
Virbius zostericola......... * 369, Numerotis small Entomos-
Crangon vulgaris.......... 369 | traca, of many genera.
Palwemonetes vulgaris. ..... 369 |
Annelids, (Chetopods.)
Page. Page.
Nereis virens.......... See CistentGes GrOUln 2 oo ui: 371
polemsbabae oS). LS 371 | Amphitrite ornata...-....- 320
Propatracuprea. 2... 371 | Rhynchobolus Americanus. 371
Lumbriconereis opalina.... 371 | R. dibranchiatus .......-..- STL
mbes rs SP. 222. oF Cirratulus grandis....-.... 371
Maldane elongata .......-. oT Polyetrras eximius Jers: 371
Notomastus luridus........ 371 | Chetobranchus sanguineus. 371
NeritoOrnins. 2.2.0... ae O71
MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. | Page.
Ilyanassa obsoleta......... Sebel PitvOrmairrvorata....5.-. 5. 372
TOC TSISG ai 6 (2) juries ee rs oe) Acuna vinetar . oo. ii... hs 312
Eupleura caudata ......... oe Bitty Nierum: 2.2... 5) 372
Urosalpinx cinerea ..-..-.. 372 | Triforis nigrocinctus...-... - 372
meiyrislunatars es. Vee et) sO a: SOLMATIA Yes 92 ae ol
Crepidula convexa ........ 371

378 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Lamellibranehs.

Page. | Page.
eholas truncata. 4 .4sceees O12 | Venus mereenaria..... see 372
Pacelis SiDbUS _--- ee Pe eee 373 | Kellia planulata........... 374
Miya arenaria |. coe een lee oi2 | Argina pexata ...-- 2 sae 372
Mulinia lateralig.s2 2.5.25. éi3 |. Mytilus edulis. --. -- ee eeee 12
Macoma Tusa. eesee. 372 | Modiola plicatula.......... O74
Cuomingia tellmoides;....-.- 374. | M. hamatus. ...2..-.. eee 374
ATUOTUMS TOWER eee. ou. 2) 3/2 | Pecten irradians ..2.225se. 3o74
Petricola pholadiformis.... 372 | Ostrea Virginiana ........ oT4
Ascidians.
Page. Page.
Molgula Manhattensis..... 375 | BotryllusGouldii.......... "8%
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.

Page. | Page.
iinyone Briareus......... 7: 376 | Asterias arenicola.-:-- 2 i ee
Acalephs.

Page. Page.
Hydractinia polyclina...... 316 | Halecium: gracile. — eemeee 376

Il. 4.—ANIMALS INHABITING THE PILES AND TIMBERS OF WHARVES AND
BRIDGES, BOTTOMS OF VESSELS, BUOYS, AND OTHER SUBMERGED
WOOD-WORK.

In these situations a large number of species may be found, but the
majority of them are not peculiar to such stations. There are, however,
quite a number of species that are nearly always found under these cir-
cumstances, and others are directly dependent for their very existence
upon submerged wood. Some of these, like the Teredo, for example, are
of so great importance, owing to the injuries which they do to valuable
property, that it seems desirable to make a special division for the
animals ordinarily found in connection with wood-work of various kinds,
whether injurious or not.

On the piles of wharves and bridges various kinds of sea-weeds often
grow in abundance, each species having a particular zone to which it is
limited; but as these plants require light, they are found almost exelu-
sively upon the outer rowsof piles and timber, and are most abundant on
the outer side of the piles and on the southern exposures, where they get
the most sunlight. These algve afford congenial homes to a considerable
number of animals, most of which occur also among alge on the rocky
shores and in tide-pools. Beneath the wharves, where the piles are con-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 379

stantly shaded, very few algie, and those only of the smallest and sim-
plest kinds, such as Ocillatorize and Diatoms, are to be found. But in
these shaded situations many animals, such as Tubularians and other
Hydroids, some Ascidians, Bryozoa, &e., delight to dwell. Many of
these adherent animals also live in abundance on the outermost piles of
the wharves, at or just below low-water mark, where they are more or
less exposed to the sunlight.

The animals that are found among or attached to the seaweeds
growing on the piles are, for the most part, identical with those that.
are to be found in similar situations among the ale on rocks and in
rocky tide-pools.

Among those that are nearly or quite peculiar to submerged wood-work
are several species of “ ship-worms,” (Zeredo of several species, and the
Aylotrya fimbriata,) which are bivalve mollusks; the wood-eating Lim-
noria; several species of barnacles, which belong to the Crustacea;
some of the tubularians, and other hydroids, &c.

Of the salt-water Insects two species have been observed on the piles
of wharves. One of these is a small, slender, green larva, with a dark,
firm head, and sharp jaws. It is the larva of a small, two-winged fly,
probably identical with the Chironomus oceanicus of Packard.

On the piles of a wharf at Menemsha, Dr. Edward Palmer found, in
October, a very interesting insect-larva. It lived in a stout tube com-
posed of grains of sand firmly cemented together, and attached by its
whole length to the piles; the single specimen is broken at both ends.
The tube is flattened, and consists of a central, subcylindrical, tapering
portion, or proper tube, which is covered on all sides with a single layer

‘of small grains of sand, neatly arranged; along each side of this, and
partly covering its upper surface, and to fill the angle between it and
the surface to which it was attached, larger grains of sand are cemented.
The preserved portion of the tube is about three-quarters of an inch
long and nearly one-quarter wide, at the larger end, but not more than
half as wide at the small end. The larva is about a third of an inch
long, rather stout, nd has a pair of long, sharp, curved jaws, and three
pairs of rather long, hairy legs. It belongs to the Phryganidx, among
the Neuroptera, and somewhat resembles some of the well-known larvie
of the caddis-flies, common in fresh water, which make tubes or cases
of various kinds. Dr. Hagen, who has examined this specimen, refers
it to the genus Molanna, of which three North American species are
known, but only in the adult state. All the larvee of this genus, known
in Europe, live in fresh water, and no other species of the Phryganidx
has been observed in sea-water, although some live in water that is
slightly brackish.

Of Crustacea the most important species is the Limnoria lignorun,
(p. 370, Plate VI, fig. 25.) This little creature is grayish in color, and
covered with minute hairs. It has the habit of eating burrows. for
itself into solid wood to the depth of about half an inch. These bur-

.

380 REPORT. OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

rows are nearly round, and of all sizes up to about a sixteenth of an
inch in diameter, and they go into the wood at all angles and are
usually more or less crooked. They are often so numerous as to reduce
the wood to mere series of thin partitions between the holes. In this
state the wood rapidly decays, or is washed away by the waves, and
every new surface exposed is immediately attacked, so that layer after
layer is rapidly removed, and the timber thus wastes away and is en-
tirely destroyed in afew years. It destroys soft woods more rapidly
than hard ones, but all kinds are attacked except teak. It works
chiefly in the softer parts of the wood, between the hard, annual lay-
ers, and avoids the knots and lines of hard fiber connected with them,
as well as rusted portions around nails that have been driven in, and,
consequently, as the timbers waste away under its attacks, these
harder portions stand out in bold relief. Where abundant it will
destroy soft timber at the rate of half an inch or more every year, thus
diminishing the effective diameter of piles about an inch annually.
Generally, however, the amount is probably not more than half this, but
even at that rate, the largest timbers will soon be destroyed, especially
when, as often happens, the Teredos are aiding in this work of destruction.
It lives in a pretty narrow zone, extending a short distance above
and below low-water mark. It occurs all along our shores, from Long
Island Sound to Nova Scotia. In the Bay of Fundy it often does
great damage to the timbers and other wood-work used in constructing
the brush fish-weirs, as well as to the wharves, &c. At Wood’s Hole it
was formerly found to be very destructive to the piles of the wharves.
The piles of the new Government wharves have been protected by
broad bands of tin-plate, covering the zone which it chiefly aftects.
North of Cape Cod, where the tides are much greater, this zone is
broader, and this remedy is not so easily applied. It does great dam-
age, also, to ship-timber floating in the docks, and great losses are
sometimes caused in this way. Complaints of such ravages in the
nayvy-yard at Portsmouth, New Hampshire, have been made,‘and they
also occur at the Charlestown navy-yard, and in the piles of the wharves
at Boston. Probably the wharves and other submerged wood-work in
all our sea-ports, from New York northward, are more or less injured
by this creature, and, if it could be accurately estimated, the damage
would be found surprisingly great.

Unlike the Teredo, this creature is a vegetarian, and eats the wood
which it excavates, so that its boring operations provide it with both
food and shelter. The burrows are made by means of its stout mandi-
bles or jaws. It is capable of swimming quite rapidly, and can leap
backward suddenly by means of its tail. It can creep both forward
and backward. Its legs are short and better adapted for moving up
and down in its burrow than elsewhere, and its body is rounded, with
parallel sides, and well adapted to its mode of life. When disturbed
it will roll itself into a ball. The female carries seven to nine eggs or
young in the incubatory pouch at one time,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 381 ;

The destructive habits of this species were first brought prominently
to notice, in 1811, by the celebrated Robert Stephenson, who found it
rapidly destroying the wood-work at the Bell Rock light-house, erected
by him on the coast of Scotland. Since that time it has been investi-
gated and its ravages have been described by numerous European
writers. It is very destructive on the coasts of Great Britain, where it
is known as the * gribble.”

The remedies used to check its ravages are chiefiy copper or other
metallic sheathing; driving broad-headed iron nails, close together,
into the part of the piles subject to their attacks; and applying ecoal-
tar, creosote, or verdigris-paint, once a year or oftener.

Another singular crustacean, common on the piles at Wood’s Hole,
is the Tanais jilum. This is a very slender, whitish species, almost
thread-like in form, but has the first pair of legs much thickened, with
very peculiar, stout claws, ovate in form; the rest of the anterior legs
are very slender. The antenne are short and thick, the inner ones di-
rected forward; the outer ones more slender, and eurved outward and
backward. This species lives among the adhering ascidians and hy-
droids on the piles, and has also been found in deeper water, in the Bay
of Fundy. Its habits are little known, but some of the allied species
have been accused of boring in wood.

Two species of barnacles are very common on the piles of the
wharves. The common barnacle of the rocky shores, Balanus balanoides,
(p. 305,) 1s also common on the piles of wharves and bridges, between
tides, and also on the bottoms of vessels, &c. It never grows very
large, although it may become so crowded together as to form a contin-
uous crust. It is easily distinguished from the other species by its
membranous base, which never forms a solid plate, like that of the
other species. The “ivory-barnacle,” Balanus eburneus, is also common
on all kinds of submerged wood-work, whether fixed or floating. It
is usually abundant on the piles and timbers of wharves, buoys, oyster-
stakes, bottoms of vessels, &c. It is chiefly found below low-water
mark if on fixed objects, and is even more common in the brackish
waters of estuaries than in the purer waters outside, and it is capable
of living even in pure fresh water, for Professor Jeffreys Wyman has
sent me specimens collected, by himself, about sixty-five miles up the Saint
John’s River, in Florida, where the water is not at all brackish. This
species is sometimes found adhering to the carapax of crabs, the
shell of Limulus, and various mollusks. It is easily distinguished from
most species on account of its low, broad form and its smooth white
exterior. It hasashelly base. The B. crenatus, common on shells and
stones in deep water, also occurs on vessels. Other species are often
found on the bottoms of vessels that have come from warmer latitudes.
Some of them are of large size. One of the most frequent of these is
Balanus tintinabulum.

Several species of “ goose-barnacles,” Lepas, are frequently found

382 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

alive on the bottoms of vessels, and especially such as have recently
arrived from the West Indies and other foreign countries. These
resemble, in general appearance, L. fascicularis, (Plate VII, fig. 33,)
which is acommon indigenous species, usually found adhering to floating
sea-weeds and other small objects in early summer, in large numbers.
It is doubtful whether any of those found on the bottoms of vessels
can be regarded as true natives of this region. The most common of
them is L. anatifera; the valves of its shell are bordered with orange.
The other common species are L. anserifera and L. pectinata. Species
of the curious genus, Conchoderma, also occur on the bottoms of vessels.

Among the Crustacea that commonly occur among the ascidians,
hydroids, and alge on the piles of wharves, are Panopeus Sayt, (p. 312,)
P. depressus, (p. 312, Plate I, fig. 3,) Gammarus ornatus, (p. 314, Plate lV,
fig. 15,) Amphithoé compta S., (p. 370,) Corophium cylindricun, (p. 310,)
Melita nitida, (p. 314,) Caprella, sp., (p. 316,) and various small Entomos-
traca. Jeera copiosa (p. 315) often occurs abundantly near high-water
mark, on old piles and timber, living in the crevices and cracks, or
under loosened bark.

Of Annelids very few if any species occur that are peculiar to these sit-
uations. The Potamilla oculifera (p. 322, Plate XVII, fig. 86) is quite
common on the piles of wharves where the water is pure. P. microph-
thalma VY. (p. 323) also occurs under the same circumstances, and also on
the piles in harbors, where the water is brackish.

The Leprea rubra V. was found living in tubes among the ascidians
on the piles of the wharves. This is a Terebelloid worm, somewhat
resembling the Amphitrite ornata, (Plate XVI, fig. 82,) but 1s much
smaller, and there are fascicles of setv on all the segments. There are
three pairs of arborescently divided branchive, which are pedunculated,
the last pair being quite small. The body is bright red, the tentacles
pale flesh-color.

The Nicolea simplex V. (p. 321,) was also found with the last in large
numbers, but mostly of small size. Both males and females of Nereis lim-
bata (p. 318, Plate XI, fig.51, male) were often found among the barnacles
and ascidians on the piles of the wharves at Wood’s Hole, but the males
were the most abundant, while the reverse was the case with those dug
out of the sand and gravel on the shores.

Numerous other Annelids were occasionally met with among the ascid-
ians and alge. Among these were Polycirrus eximius, (p. 320, Plate
XVI, fig. 85;) Podarke obscura V., (p. 319, Plate XII, fig. 61;) a Phyl-
lodoce, &c. ‘Two Nemerteans were also common; one of these was an
olive-green species, with a light dorsal stripe, belonging probably to the
genus Cerebratulus, but it was not carefully studied ; the second was
Polinia glutinosa, (p. 324, Plate XIX, fig 97.)

Of Gastropod mollusks quite a number of species occur on the piles
of wharves, and some of them in great abundance, especially the smaller
kinds which live among the hydroids and confervye. The most abun-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYSRD SOUND, ETC. 383:

dant species is generally the Astyris lunata, (p. 506, Plate X-XJ, fig. 110,)
which generally occurs among the small algve and especially on the
Tubularians, in countless numbers; Anachis avara (p. 306, Plate X XT,
fig. 109) is often found in considerable number ; Bittiwm nigrum (p. 305,
Plate XXIV, fig. 154) and Triforis nigrocinctus (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig,
152) are usually common and the former often is very abundant ; Cerith-
iopsis Greenii (Plate XXIV, fig. 153) sometimes occurs, but is rare; Ilya-
nassa obsoleta (p. 354, Plate XXI, fig. 113) and Tritia trivittata (p. 354,
Plate XXI, fig. 112) are common, especially the former; Uvrosalpine
cinerea (p. 306, Plate X_XJ, fig. 116) is generally to be found at or below
low-water mark on the piles and buoys; Bela plicata (Plate X XI, fig.
107) is sometimes met with, but is not common ; Odostomia bisuturalis
(p. 307, Plate XXIV, fig. 146) and other species of the genus are often
found near low-water mark on the piles, especially where they are
somewhat decayed. JLittorina palliata (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 138)
and L. rudis (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 137) nearly always occur near
high-water mark, on the piles, where there are alge. In the harbors,
where the water is brackish, and less frequently in the purer waters,
the Alexia myosotis (Plate X XV, fig. 168) may be found on timbers and
piles near high-water mark, and sometimes, also, Skenea planorbis, (Plate
XXIV, fig. 142,) Littorinella minuta, (Plate XXIV, fig. 140,) and Rissoa
aculeus, (p. 306, Plate XXIV, fig. 141.) Among and feeding upon the
Tubularians growing on the piles at and just below low-water mark, the
beautiful Volidia pilata (Plate X XV, fig. 174) may often be found, espe-
cially in the harbors where the water is more or less brackish.

Another related species, apparently the Gase@t@re gymnota, was found Gomphe
by Professor Todd, on an old wreck in the Wood’s Hole passage, but it
differs in several points from any form that has been described. The
branchize were arranged in six transverse simple rows, on each side,.
those of the second and third longest; in the anterior rows there were
four to six branchi, the lower ones much shorter than the upper ones.
In life the branchie were dark green or blackish..

Several other Gastropods are occasionally met with in these situa-
tions, but the species above named are about all that ordinarily occur.

Among the Lamellibranchs, or ‘“* bivalve-shells,” we find the Teredo
tribe, nearly all of which are peculiar to submerged wood-work, either
fixed or floating, and most of them are capable of doing great damage,
both to ships and to the timber and piles of wharves and bridges, or
other similar structures. Although popularly known as the ‘“ship-
worm,” these creatures are not at all related to the worms, but are true
mollusks, quite nearly allied, in many respects, to the common ‘long-
clam” (Mya) and to the Pholas. Like those shells the Teredo excavates
its holes or burrows merely for its own protection, and not for food; but
the Teredo selects wood in which to form its holes, and when these have
been excavated it lines them with a tube of shelly material. The holes
are very small at the surface of the wood, where they were formed by

©

384 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the young Yeredos but they gradually grow larger as they go deeper and
deeper into the wood, until they sometimes become ten inches or more
in length and a quarter of an inch in diameter, but the size is generally
not more than half these dimensions. The holes penetrate the wood
at first perpendicularly or obliquely, but if they enter the side of the
timbers or planks across the grain, the burrows generally turn horizon-
tally in the direction of the grain a short distance beneath the surface,
unless prevented by some obstruction, or by the presence of other
Teredo tubes, for they never cross the tubes of their companions or
interfere with each other in any way, and there is always a thin layer
or partition of wood left between the adjacent tubes. It is, however,
not necessary that they should follow the grain of tle wood, for they
can and do penetrate it in every direction, and sometimes not more
than half the tubes run in the direction of the grain, and they are often
very crooked or even tortuous. They rapidly form their burrows in all
kinds of our native woods, from the softest pine to the hardest oak, and
although they usually turn aside and go around hard knots, they are
also able to penetrate through even the hardest knots in oak and other
hard woods. The Teredos grow very rapidly, apparently attaining
maturity in one season, and therefore, when abundant, they may
greatly damage or completely destroy small timber in the course of four
or five months, and even the largest piles may be destroyed by them in
the course of two or three years.

The most abundant species in this region is the Teredo navalis (euts
land 2; Plate XXVI, fig. 183, animal; Plate XX VII, fig. 186, shell.)

EXPLANATION OF THE CUTS.

Fig. 1. Posterior or outer end of a living Teredo navalis, removed from its burrow ;
c, the muscular collar by which if adheres to the shelly lining of its burrow; p, the
shelly ‘‘pallets” which close the aperture when the animal withdraws; ¢t, the two
retractile siphon-tubes which project from the hole when the animal is active.

frig. 2. Anterior end and shell of the same; s, the front part of the shell; 7, the

foot or boring organ.
This is the same species that has attracted so much attention in
Kurope, during nearly two centuries, on account of the great damage that
it has done, especially on the coast of Holland. Nevertheless no fuil
description of the animal of this species has yet been published, nor
any satisfactory figures of the soft parts.

When removed from its tube (see Plate XX VI, fig. 183) the animal is

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 385

found to have a very long, slender, smooth, soft, whitish body, tapering
somewhat toward the outer or posterior end, (fig. 1,) which has a muscu-
lar, circularly wrinkled collar, (c,) by which the animal is, when living,
attached to the inside of the shelly lining of its tube. To the inside of
this collar two shelly plates, known as the “ pallets,” (p,) are attached
by their slender basal prolongations ; their outer portions are broad and
flat, and more or less emarginate or two-horned at the end. These are
so connected with the muscles that when the animal withdraws its tubes
into its hole the free ends of these pallets are made to fold together and
close the opening, thus serving as an operculum to protect the soft tubes
against enemies of all kinds. Between the bases of the pallets arise
the siphonal tubes, (¢,) which are soft and retractile, united together for
half their length or more, but separate and divergent beyond ; they are
nearly equal, but the ventral or branchial tube is perhaps a little
larger than the other, and is fringed with a few small papille at the
end; the tubes are white or yellowish, sometimes specked with reddish-
brown. At the anterior end of the body and farthest from the external
opening of the hole, is seen the small, but elegantly sculptured, white
bivalve shell, (cut 2,s ; and Plate XX VI, fig. 183, s.) The shell covers the
mouth and palpi, liver, foot, and other important organs. The foot (/)
is a Short, stout, muscular organ, broadly truncate or rounded at the end,
and appears to be the organ by means of which the excavation of the bur-
row is effected. The shell is covered by a delicate epidermis, and prob-
ably does not assist in rasping off the wood, as many have supposed.
The gills are long and narrow, inclosed mostly in the naked part of the
body, and are reddish brown in color. The Teredos obtain their micro-
scopic food in the same manner as other bivalve mollusks, viz., by
means of agurrent of water constantly drawn into the branchial tube by
the action of vibrating cilia within; the infusoria and other minute or-
ganisms are thus carried along to the mouth at the other end, while the
gills are supplied with oxygen by the same current; the return current
passing out of the dorsal tube removes the waste water from the
gills, together with the feeces and excretions of the animal, and also the
particles of wood which have been removed by the excavating process.
As the animal grows larger the burrows are deepened, the lining of
shelly matter increases in length and thickness, the shell itself and the
pallets increase in size, and the terminal tubes grow longer. Butas the
orifices of the terminal tubes must necessarily be kept at the external
opening of the burrow, the muscular collar at the base of the tubes con-
stantly recedes from the entrance, and with it the pallets; at the same
time imbricated layers of shelly matter are usually deposited in the
upper end of the shelly tube, which are supposed to aid the pallets in
closing the aperture when the tubes are withdrawn. When the animal
has completed its growth, or when it has encountered the tubes of its
companions and cannot pass them, or when it approaches the exterior
of a thin piece of wood and cannot turn aside, it forms a rounded or
S. Mis. 61 25

386 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

cup-shaped layer of shelly matter, continuous with the lining of the
tubes, and closing up the burrow in front of its shell; sometimes it
retreats and forms a second partition of the same kind.

This species produces its young in May and probably through the
greater part or allof the summer. The eggs are exceedingly numerous,
probably amounting to millions, and they are retained in the gill-cavity,
where they are fertilized and undergo the first stages of their development.
The embryos pass through several curious phases during their growth.
In one of the early stages they are covered with fine vibrating cilia, by
means of which they can swim like ciliated infusoria; later they lose
these cilia and develop a rudimentary bivalve shell, which is at first
heart-shaped, and the mantle begins to appear and larger retractile
cilia develop upon its edge, which serve as organs for swimming; but
at this period the shell is large enough to cover the whele body when
contracted. In this stage they swim actively about in the water ; later
the cilia become larger, a long, narrow, ligulate foot is developed, by
means of which they can creep about and attach themselves temporarily
to solid objects; the shells become rounder, a pair of eyes and ergans
of hearing are developed; after this the little animal begins to elongate,
the locomotive cilia are lost, the eyes disappear, and the mature form is
gradually assumed. These young Teredos, when they finally locate upon
the surface of wood-work and begin to make their burrows, are not
larger than the head of a pin, and consequently their holes are at first
very minute, but owing to their rapid growth the holes quickly become
larger and deeper.

This species is very abundantalong the southern coast of New England,
from New York to Cape Cod, wherever submerged wood-work, sunken
wrecks, timber buoys, or floating pieces of drift-wood occur. Italsoinfests
the bottoms of vessels not protected by sheathing. It is not confined to
pure sea-water, but occursin the piles and timbers of our wharves in har-
bors that are quite brackish. Lhavefounditabundantin the pilesof Long
Wharf in New Haven Harbor, where the water is not only quite brack-
ish, but also muddy and contaminated with sewerage and other impuri-
ties. At Wood’s Hole it was found to be very abundant in the cedar
buoys that had been taken up from various localities and placed on the
wharves to dry and be cleaned. Captain B.J. Edwards informed ine that
formerly, when the buoys were not taken up, they would not usually last
more than two years, owing chiefly to the attacks of this Teredo, but
under the present system there are two sets of buoys, which are alter-
nately taken up and put down every six months. After a set has been
taken up and allowed to dry thoroughly they are scraped to remove the
barnacles, &e., and then receive a thorough coat of verdigris paint,
each time, before they are put down. With this treatment they will
last ten or twelve years, but they are more or less perforated and in-
jured every year, until finally they become worthless. Inasmuch as the
Teredos produce their young all through the summer, and they develop

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 387

to a very large size in one season, it is evident that the best time to
take up the buoys would be in midsummer, before the early crop of
young have grown large, and leaving too little time for the later crop
to become large, in the buoys thus put down, before winter, when most
of them would probably be killed by the cold weather. In this way
the damage might be materially diminished, if not inconsistent with
the other duties of the officers of the vessels employed in this service.
There are, as yet, no means of estimating the extent of the damage
done to our wharves, shipping, &c., by this and the various other species
of Teredo found on our coast, but judging from their abundance along
the whole coast, it is much greater than is generally supposed.

The Teredo navalis is also abundant on the coast of Europe, from the
Mediterranean and Black Seas to Christiania, and the coasts of Great
Britain. Its habits have been quite thoroughly investigated by several
Dutch naturalists, owing to the great damage that it has done on their
coast, at times even threatening a general inundation of the country by
destroying the wood-work of the dikes. This Teredo occupies a zone
of considerable breadth, for it often lives considerably above low-water
mark and extends several feet below it, even to the depth of fourteen
feet, according to some writers.

The best remedies in common use to resist or prevent its attacks are
copper-sheathing, used chiefly on vessels; broad-headed nails, closely
driven, used for piles and timbers; creosote and coal-tar, frequently applied.
The various poisonous substances that have been applied to timber for
this purpose, however useful they may be in other respects, have little
or no effect on the Teredo, for it does not depend upon the wood for its
food, and even protects its body externally with a layer of shell, lining
its holes. The only remedies that are likely to succeed are those caleu-
lated to prevent the lodgment and entrance of the young ones beneath
the surface. Even creosote, thoroughly applied under pressure at the
rate of 10 pounds per square foot, has been found insufficient to prevent
their attacks, for piles thus treated at Christiania were found by Mr,
Jeffreys to be filled with the Teredo within two years after they were put
down.

Several other species of Teredo also occur on this coast. The Teredo
megotara (Plate XX VII, fig. 188) has been found in floating pine wood at
Newport, Rhode Island, and in cedar buoys, &c., at New Bedtord,
Massachusetts; as well as in Massachusetts Bay, at Provincetown and
other places; it is also found as far south as South Carolina at least.
This species sometimes grows toa large size, forming tubes at least
eighteen inches long. It sometimes occurs, also, in the piles of wharves
in this region. The Teredo Thomsoni (Plate XX VII, fig. 187) has been
found in great numbers in the marine railway and also in cedar buoys
at New Bedford. 1t has also been found at Provincetown in a whaling:
ship that had cruised in the West Indies.

The Xylotrya fimbriata (Plate XX VII, fig. 189) is very similar to the

388 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

common Teredo, except that it has long, oar-shaped pallets, with slender
stalks; the blade is flattened on the inside and convex externally, and
consists of ten to twelve, or more, funnel-shaped segments which set
one into another; their margins project at the sides, making the edges
of the blade appear serrated. This species appears to be indigenous
on this coast. It has been found living in a sunken wreck in Long
Island Sound, near New Haven, and I have also taken it from the oak
timbers of a vessel, the Peterhoff, employed in the blockading service,
during the late war, on the coast of the Southern States. It grows to a
rather large size, often forming holes a foot or more in length and a
quarter of an inch in diameter, though usually smaller. The pallets are
sometimes half an inch long.

Among the kinds of bivalve shells that do not bore in wood, there are
but few species that commonly inhabit piles of wharves. The most fre-
quent of these is the common muscle, Mytilus edulis, (p. 307, Plate XX XI,
fig. 234,) which sometimes adheres in large clusters. The common oyster,
Ostrea Virginiana, (p. 310,) often attaches itself to the piles, but in such
situations seldom survives the winter.

Ascidians often occur in large quantities attached to the piles, at and
just below low-water mark, and also on the under side of floating timber.
They often completely cover large surfaces and spread over the barna-
cles, hydroids, and alge. which have previously located. They grow
very rapidly, attaining their full size during a few weeks in midsummer.

The most abundant species are usually Molgula Manhattensis (p. 311,
Plate XX XIII, fig. 250) and Cynthia partita, (p. 311, Plate XX XII, fig.
246.) At Wood’s Hole, on the piles of the Government wharf, in August
and September, the Perophora viridis V. was exceedingly abundant, creep-
ing over and covering up the other ascidians as well as the barnacles,
hydroids, and alge. This is a compound or “ social” Ascidian, in which
stolon-like tubular processes come out from the basal portion of the first
individuals and run in every direction over the surfaces of objects to
which they are attached, producing buds at intervals, which rapidly
develop into little Ascidians like the old ones, and give out other
stolons in their turn; thus they will very soon cover large surfaces,
though each individual Ascidian is quite small. The body is com-
pressed, broad oval, or more or less rounded in outline, with a terminal
branchial, and lateral anal orifice, both slightly raised on short and
broad tubes. The body is attached to the stolons by a short narrow
pedicle, and is usually not more than an eighth of an inch high. The
color is bright green or yellowish green, and the integument is soft and
translucent.

On the piles of the same wharf, and associated with the last, was
another compound Ascidian, Amareciwm constellatum ; this forms solid
gelatinous masses, with a smooth, convex surface, usually less than an
inch in diameter and about half an inch high, but often larger. The
zodids, or individual animals, are quite small, long, and slender, and en-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 389

tirely imbedded in the gelatinous mass that unites them together. They
are arranged in circular, oval, or stellate groups, with a common cloacal
orifice in the center of each cluster. The masses are usually pale orange-
red, varying to yellowish and pale flesh-color. The stomach of each in-
dividual is bright orange-red; the branchial sac is flesh-color, pale yel-
low, or orange; the tubes and upper part of the mantle bright orange or
lemon-yellow.

The Botryllus Gouldii (p. 375, Plate XX XIII, figs. 252, 253) also fre-
quently oecurs on the piles of the wharves, creeping over the stems of
Tubularians, the surfaces of other ascidians, fronds of alge, or on the
surface of the wood itself. It also frequently forms broad, soft incrusta-
tions on the bottoms of boats, floating timber, W&e.

The Bryozoa are also usually quite abundant on the piles and timbers
of wharves, We.

The Bugula turrita (p. 311, Plate XXXIV, figs. 258, 259) is one of the
most common as well as one of the most elegant of these. It occurs at-
tached to the adhering sea-weeds, &c., forming delicate white plumes.

The Escharella variabilis (p. 311, Plate XXXII, fig. 256) usually forms
firm, coral-like incrustations, but when attached to hydroids and sea-
weeds it spreads out into foliaceous or lichen-like, rigid, calcareous
fronds, which are dull red while living.

On the piles at Wood’s Hole the Bugula flabellata was also very abun-
dant. This forms elegant circular or fan-shaped fronds, consisting of
numerous repeatedly forked, flat, and rather narrow branches, on which
the cells are arranged in about three longitudinal rows. This species,
like others of the genus, bears very singular structures, known as avicu-
laria, which, under the microscope, have the form and appearance of the
stout, hooked beaks of certain birds, such as the hawk, owl, parrot,
&e. These beaks are attached by flexible stems, and are provided in-
ternally with powerful muscles by means of which they are constantly
opened and closed, and can bite with considerable force. In this
species these are attached to the sides of the cells, along the edges
of the branches. Their office seems to be to defend the colony against
small parasites, and dirt of all kinds, which, unless thus removed, would
soon cover up the cells and destroy the animals. In addition to these,
various less conspicuous species often occur in abundance, especially
Vesicularia gracilis ; V. dichotoma V.; and V. cuscuta.

Of Radiata there are but few species in such localities, with the excep-
tion of the Hydroids, which are usually very abundant.

The green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p. 326, Plate XX XV, fig. 269,)
may occasionally occur adhering to the piles just below low-water mark,
but it does not have this. habit to such an extent as does the A. vulgaris,
north of Cape Cod, for the latter is almost always to be seen in abun-
dance on the piles of the wharves of the northern seaports, as at Port-
land, Eastport, &e., and less abundantly at Boston.

One of the most beautiful, as well as one of the most abundant, of

390 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the Hydroids that occur on the piles of wharves, and on the under side
of floating timber, is the Parypha crocea, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 274.)
This species grows in great luxuriance upon the piles, especially in
those harbors where the water is somewhat brackish. It forms large
clusters of branching stems, often six inches or more in height, each of
which is surmounted by a beautiful, flower-like, drooping head of a pink
or bright red color. These heads are often broken off, or even volun-
tarily cast off, when the animals are unhealthy, but new ones are soon
reproduced, and, therefore, this does not seem to be a very serious acci-
dent, though certainly a very inconvenient one, for the mouth, stomach,
tentacles, and most other organs are all lost when these ‘*“ heads”
drop off. This species does not produce free-swimming meduse, but
the buds, corresponding to those that develop into free meduse in many
other cases, in this remain attached to the heads in drooping clusters,
looking like loose clusters of Jight red grapes, in miniature.

The buds produced by the hydroid-heads of one colony are either all
males or females, and, while attached to the hydroid-heads, eggs or
spermules are developed within them; the eggs are fertilized and de-
velop into young hydroids, which, when finally expelled, are provided
with a cirele of slender tentacles, and need only to attach themselves
to some solid substance by the basal end of the body to become fixed,
tubularian hydroids, similar to the old ones in many respects, though
still very small and simple in structure. These young tubularians swim
and crawl about for a time, and after attaching themselves they rap-
idly grow larger and produce stolons from the base, from which buds
arise that develop into forms like the first one; other buds are pro-
duced from the sides of the stems, which also become like the others,
and in this way the large clusters of tubularians are rapidly formed.

Several species of Campanularians are also to be found attached to
the piles and timbers of wharves and bridges. At Wood’s Hole the
most abundant species was Obelia pyriformis, which grew in great pro-
fusion on the piles just below low-water mark. Itisa delicate and much
branched species, with elongated, pear-shaped, reproductive capsules,
and is beautifully phosphorescent. On the hull of an old wreck in
Wood’s Hole passage, where the tide flows with great force, the Obelia
flabellata was found in abundance, though it does not appear to have
been noticed on this side of the Atlantic before. It has very elongated,
slender, simple, but crooked stems, with numerous, alternate, short,
forking, fan-shaped branches ; these generally fork close to their origin,
the divisions diverging in opposite direetions. The hydroid ealicles
(hydrothece) are small, cup-shaped, or broad bell-shaped, with a smooth
rim, and they are borne on slender pedicles that are of various lengths;
but mostly short and composed of only four to six rings. The repro-
ductive capsules (gonothec) are urn-shaped, with a short, narrow neck ;
they are borne on short pedicles, of few rings, arising from the axils of
the branches. Some of the specimens were eight or ten inches long.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. OO

On the piles of Long Wharf, at New Haven, the Obelia gelatinosa of
Europe was found growing in great luxuriance in September. The
water at this locality was quite brackish, but it will probably be found,
also, in pure sea-water, for on the coast of Europe it is common both
in brackish and pure ocean-water. It is probable that this species has
not been observed before on our coast, for although the name occurs
in several local lists, these refer, according to Mr. A. Agassiz, to other
species, and he does not include the present species in his Catalogue of
North American Acalephe. It is a large species, growing to the length
of ten or twelve inches, and branches widely and very profusely. It
differs from most of our other species in having a thick, compound
stem, composed of many united tubes. The smaller branches are, how-
ever, profusely divided, and the branchlets are simple, very slender,
white, and translucent, their delicacy contrasting strongly with the
stout, dark-colored stems. The larger branches mostly arise in pairs,
close together, but immediately diverge; the small branches and branch-
lets are alternate. The hydrothec are very small, deeply bell-shaped,
the rim divided into ten or twelve teeth, which are squarish in form,
and slightly emarginate at the end; their pedicies vary in length, and
are often rather long and slender, especially the terminal ones. The
gonothece are elongated, urn-shaped, with a narrow, short, tubular
neck. I also found this species in April, growing on oysters, at Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey.

Several other species of Obelia occur in similar situations, together
with various related genera. .

The Sertularia pumila, (p. 327, Plate XX XVII, fig. 279) often oc-
curs attached to the Fucus and other sea-weeds growing on the piies.

The Halecium gracile V., (p. 328,) often grows on the piles in great
abundance, especially where the water is somewhat brackish, and it
sometimes also occurs in great profusion on floating drift-wood.

Of Actinians the most frequent species is the Sagartia Jleucolena,
(p. 329, Plate XX XVIII, fig. 284,) which can almost always be found
among the adhering barnacles and ascidians; not unfrequently it at-
taches itself within a dead barnacle, and, in fact, seems quite partial to
such a location.

The Metridium marginatum (p. 329) also frequently occurs on the
piles, but is much less frequent, and generally of smaller size than it
is farther north, as about Boston and on the coast of Maine.

Several sponges occur frequently on the piles of the wharves, but
they have not been well determined. Among them the Grantia ciliata,
or a closely allied species, is very common, and also another of the same
group, which is tubular and branched, (Leucosolenia botryoides *).

The common, red branching sponge (p. 330) is frequent, and also
a slender branching species of Chalina, near C. oculata. Two or more
species of Vedania, forming irregular, massive, pale-yellow sponges of a
brittle texture, are common.

392 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of species commonly found on piles and timbers of wharves and bridges
on buoys, bottoms of vessels, and other submerged wood-work.

ARTICULATA.
Insects.
Page. | Page.
Chironomus oceanicus..... 349.| Molanna, sp. :°2-. --- eee 379
Crustacea.
Page. | Page
IPANOPCUS SAVL sew acs + 5). - - po2| Jeera COPIOSA. -- 5 pa eee 382
IPE PTCSSUS =. isc nS oie <= o02| Tanais flim 2 2-2) ees samt ee
yale littoralis. 2-2... 315| Balanus eburneus ...-.-... osl
Gammarus ornatus........ 392| B. crenatus: -- co. eee dsl
Melina omnia. o-2-- «0 = 382 | B. balanoides : _. .- 2 eee 381
Amphithoé compta.....--- 382| B. tintinabulum. .." secs dsl
Corophium cylindricum.... 382/ Lepas anserifera......... » et
CE OCeNa OND)... .-/-eeneee 316) Doanatifera ... 2-2. eee 382
Limnoria lignorum...-.... 379| L. pectinata .......- ie eee 082
Idotea irrorata........--..- 316; Conchoderma virgata. -..- : , Oe
I. phosphorea...... Te ey 316) ©. aurita . . sa.-: concise 382
Annelids.
Page. | Page.
Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320] Nicolea simplex..........- 382
Harmothoé imbricata... -.. o2i| Lepreea. rubra. ..2-.-2 oaeee 382
JECT TINE SES) 08 Se eee Cues nee 349; Polycirrus eximius......-. 382
ROUTER CUA, ISD. <! cee:er= ya12>5 sued 349} Potamilla ocujifera........ 382
Podarke obscura...-....-. 0382, Sabella THICKODE halma...... 3882
Autolytus cornutus........ 307 |, HCHONe, . Sp 2 o-,-1- see eee 416
Nereis limbata./.. 2... =<. 382| Serpula dianthus......... =) uc
Sabellaria vulgaris........ 321| Spirorbis spirillum......-- 323
Nemerteans.
Page. Page.
Polinia glutinosa......:-.- 382| Cerebratulus, (?) sp...-.--- 382
Nemertes socialis.....-. -. 324
MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. | Page.
Bela) plieataec se. 2. «s--- O00) ASLYTIS lunAta. +. 22. eee 383
Urosalpinx cinerea........ 383 | Anachis ayara®. .--..- on oee ghee
Prins trivittata: 26 soe! 383 Littorinella minuta.....-... 333
Ilyanassa obsoleta..... ..- 9093] Rissoa atuleus...... oe eae 38d

\

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC
Page.
Odostomia fusca. ....-..... 307 | Triforis nigrocinctus-...--.
SPINA) = 2 ate aoe Se 307 | Cerithiopsis terebralis. -.- --
OPaiism@buralis . .... . 080.2’ 300 ©, GPreenil : - 23.24. 5 seen
Littorina palliata.......... 383 Adolidia pilata...--.
MOEN oie. oo wero os eee ayy 383| Cavolina gymnota (?)..--...
Bittium nigrum.....-...-- 383| Alexia myosotis..........-
Lamellibranchs.
Page. |
Weredo navalis...-.......- soo le Miy cilnsieduligt joe 22 22% 5
MPN OmsOn 6 2 5 uses. 7387) | Anomiaralabras sso nd.
Gamer oara)......0 05.00. 6. 387, Ostrea Virginiana.........
Xylotrya fimbriata........ O87 |
Ascidians.
Page. |
Gyntiiapartita: 6.5. 6..2 388| Botryllus Gouldii..........
Molgula Manhattensis-.... 388} Amarceecium constellatum. .
Perophora viridis.......... 388
Bryozoa.
P age.
Slsia. eburnea........2 22. Sil * Burlay eurmlbae. =. eo
Vesicularia, dichotoma.... 389) B. flabellata.............-
PeeePraeuiss ee ee cae oe 389 | Escharella variabilis..-...-.
WmeMGCUias.... 5.2225. 555 389; Membranipora pilosa....-.
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.
Page.
Asterias arenicola........- 389
Acalephs.
Page. |
Obelia gelatinosa.......-.-. 391, Campanularia flexuosa... ..
OE oabellata...-:--.----. 390| Halecium gracile....-.....-
Oeommisuralis...5.--.-.. 327| Sertularia pumila..........
Oop MeOrmis..- 2.52 .-..2---- 390} Pennaria tiarella..-.......
O,geniculata.......-.....- 407| Parypha crocea...--..-.---
Polyps.
Page. |
391, Metridium marginatum....

Page.
388
311

394 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
PROTOZOA.

Porifera, (Sponges.)

Page. Page,
Grantia ‘ciliata (?).2 2222.4 391 | Halichondria, sp.---. =. ..2: 3350
Leucosolenia botryoides(?).. 391 | Renieria, sp......-.-...-.- 330
Chalina, -p.: =. 2saeece ee oes aut | ‘Pedania, sp->72>- 2 34seeeee 391

II. 5.—ANIMALS INHABITING THE ROCKY BOTTOMS OF THE BAYS AND
SOUNDS.

In this region the proportion of rocky bottom is relatively quite
small, and mostly tobe found only in quite shallow water. Therefore the
animal life is very similar to that of the rocky shores and tide-pools,
near low-water mark.

In Vineyard Sound and vicinity the rocky bottoms examined were
chiefly at the following localities, as indicated on the accompanying
chart, viz.: Ist. An area south of Parker’s Point and occupying a part
of the bottom of the passage between Parker’s Point and Nonamesset
Island, on both sides of the channel, and extending somewhat south of
a line drawn from Nobska Point to the southeastern end of Nonames-
set Island. The dredgings made in this area are, 9, a, b, c, d; 2, a, b;
3, a, b,c; 4, a, b; 5, ¢, d, e; 8, a,b; 18, a, b. 2d., An areassoume
and southwest of Nobska Point; dredgings, 21, b, e; 22,a; and
others not recorded were made on this patch. 3d. In the Wood’s Hole
passage, between the north end of Nonamesset Island and the opposite
shores, there are numerous rocky patches, and the tides flow with great
force; dredgings, 14, a, b, c, d, e, f,.g3 16, 4,6; 17; ¢ dyerutonage
and many others were made on this bottom. 4th. A small area between
Uneatena Island and Long Neck; dredgings, 11, e, f, and 71, ¢, were
on this patch. 5th. A small area, south of the Wepecket Islands, where
the dredging, 73, d, was made. 6th. A region of rocks and sand off
West Chop, north of Martha’s Vineyard; in the dredgings made here,
37, ¢, d, e, Some very fine hydroids and ascidians were obtained. 7th.
In Quick’s Hole, the passage between Nashawena and Pasque Islands,
a rocky bottom, with abundant ascidians, hydroids, and sponges, was
found, where dredgings 77, a and c, were made.

In addition to these localities numerous dredgings were made on
rocky bottoms off Gay Head and Devil’s Bridge, and also between
Martha’s Vineyard and No Man’s Land, but these properly belong to the
cold outer region.

In the vicinity of New Haven, rocky bottoms, generally of small
. extent, are found off the light-house, and off South End and Branford
Point, also among the Thimble Islands. All these localities have
been examined by me in numerous dredging excursions made during
the past eight years. Nevertheless the fauna of the rocky bottoms of

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 395

this region is probably more imperfectly known than that of other kinds
of bottom. This is mainly owing to the difficulties encountered in
dredging upon rough rocks.

Rocky bottoms are very favorable for many kinds of Crustacea, both
for those that swim free and conceal themselves among the sea-weeds
that grow on rocks in shallow water, and for those that take refuge be-
neath the rocks. Consequently rocky bottoms are the favorite feeding-
grounds for certain kinds of fish, especially tautog, striped bass, black
bass, cunners, &c., in this region.

The common crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) Panopeus Sayi, (p. 312,)
P. depressus, (p. 312,) the larger hermit-crab, Hupagurus pollicaris, (p.
313,) and thesmaller hermit, 2. longicarpus, (p. 313,) are common species
on the rocky bottoms. A small species of spider-crab, Pelia mutica, oc-
easionally occurs. The Cancer borealis has hitherto been a rare species,
and little is known concerning its habits or distribution ; it appears to
frequent rocky bottoms chiefly, but most of the specimens obtained in
this region were found thrown up by the waves on the shores of Cutty-
hunk Island, No Man’s Land, and near Gay Head.

The lobster, Homarus Americanus, frequents rocky bottoms, concealing
itself under and among the rocks while watching for its prey, but it is
much less abundant in this region than on the coast of Maine and in the
Bay of Fundy, and does not usually grow to so large a size as in the
northern waters. It also occurs on the sandy and gravelly bottoms of
Vineyard Sound, where most of those sent to the markets from this re-
gion are obtained. The young, free-swimming larve of the lobster, in
the stages represented in Plate IX, figs. 38, 39, were often taken at the
surface in great abundance, during June and July, in the towing-nets.
The young lobsters were also found swimming actively at the surface
by Mr. 8. I. Smith, even after they had acquired the true lobster-like
form and structure, and were nearly three-quarters of aninchlong. In
this stage they swim and act much like shrimp. While young, there-
fore, the lobster must be devoured in immense numbers by many kinds
of fishes, and even when of considerable size they are still preyed upon
by the tautog and black bass, and especially by sharks, skates, and rays,
and doubtless by other fishes. We found the lobsters very abundant
off Menemsha on a sandy and weedy bottom in shallow water. At this
place over one hundred were taken at a single haul, by the trawl. The
lobsters caught for the market are nearly all caught in “ lobster-pots,”
baited with refuse fish of various kinds.

In addition to the common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate
ITI, fig. 10,) another quite different species (Hippolyte pusiola) was often
met with on the rocky bottoms. This isasmaller species, about an inch
long, of a pale gray, salmon, or flesh-color, often specked with red ;
there is usually a white stripe along the middle of the back, and some-
times transverse bands of red or white; the antenne are annulated
with flesh-color and light red, and the legs are sometimes specked with

396 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

brown, and often annulated with brown, or with gray and white. It
differs from all the other American species in having a short, acute ros-
trum, scarcely projecting beyond the eyes, with three or four sharp teeth
on its upper edge and none below. In form and general appearance it
somewhat resembles the Virbius represented in Plate III, fig. 11, but is
stouter and quite different in color. It is a northern species, extending
to Greenland and Northern Europe, and is more common on the coast
of Maine, where it is usually associated with several other larger species
of the same genus, all of which are remarkable for their brilliant colors,
the various shades of red usually predominating. Their bright colors
are no doubt directly connected with their habit of living among the
bright red alge, so abundant in the shallow waters on rocky bottoms.

A beautiful little shrimp-like Crustacean, Mysis Americana SMITH,
sometimes occurs in immense numbers among the algze growing on the
rocks just below low-water mark, especially in spring. This is an im-
portant species, as it is one of the principal kinds of food for the shad
and other fishes. The full grown specimens are only about an inch long.
It is almost transparent, whitish, with conspicuous black eyes; there is
arow of more or less conspicuous, dark stellate spots along the body, both
above and below, and similar specks often occur on the tail ; a spot of
dark brown or blackish often occurs on each side of the carapax. The
intestine shows through as a greenish or brownish line.

Another small, shrimp-like species belonging to an interesting new
genus, the Heteromysis formosa SMITH, often occurred in small colonies,
sometimes hid away in the dead shell of some large bivalve or gastro-
pod. The females of this species are of a beautiful light rose color, but
the males have the pale color and translucency common to most of the
species of Mysis.

Numerous Amphipods also occur, most of which are also found in
the pools or under stones at low water, and have, consequently, been
mentioned on former pages. One of the most curious Amphipods
was a small species, found living among the large compound ascidians,
which is probably Cerapus tubularis SAy. This species constructs
a little, slender, free tube, which it inhabits and carries about
upon its back when it travels, very much as the larve of caddis-flies,
common in fresh waters, carry about their tubes. One species of bar-
nacle, the Balanus crenatus, was abundant, often completely covering
small stones and shells. This has not been met with, as yet, at low-
water, although it occurs on the bottoms of vessels.

Of Annelids a large number inhabit rocky bottoms, but as most of
them live beneath the rocks, or in tubes attached to rocks and stones,
itis difficult to obtain an accurate knowledge of them. Many of the
species seem, however, to be found also in pools and beneath the stones
on rocky shores, and have already been mentioned.

Perhaps the most characteristic Annelids of rocky bottoms are the
scaly worms, of which three species are common in this region, viz.:

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 397

Lepidonotus squamatus, (p. 320, Plate X, figs. 40, 41;) LZ. sublevis V.,
(p. 320, Plate X, fig. 42;) and Harmothoé imbricata, all of which cling
close to the rough surfaces of the stones, or hide away in the cracks and
crevices, or conceal themselves in the interstices between the ascidians,
barnacles, roots of alge, or in the cavities of sponges, &c. Several
long, slender, and active species, belonging to the genera Phyllodoce, Hu-
lulia, Eumidia, and Hteone, are of frequent occurrence; most of them are
bright green or yellowish green in color, and all have small, leaf-like
branchi along the sides.

The Nereis pelagica (p. 319, Plate XI, figs. 52-55) is very common,
living beneath the stones, and especially in the interstices between the
lobes of a large, sand-covered, compound ascidian, Amaracium pelluci-
dum, in company with the species of Phyllodoce, &e., just named. This
species of Nereis is remarkable for its brilliant iridescence. It is a
northern species, extending to the Arctic Ocean and northern coast of
Europe. It is very abundant on the coast of Maine, under stones
at low-water mark.

Associated with the preceding species among the sandy compound
ascidians, occurring both on rocky and gravelly bottoms, were large
numbers of the Lumbriconereis opalina, (p. 320, Plate XII, figs. 69,
70,) conspicuous on account of the brilliant irideseent colors. Several
other Annelids also occurred among these ascidians. The Cirrinereis
Fragilis, which is a small and delicate species, furnished with con-
Spicuous eyes, and related to the large Cirratulus, occurs beneath the
stones. The singular Naraganseta coralii occurs burrowing in the coral,
Astrangia Dane, and in this respect is similar in its habits to the allied
genus Dodecacerea, which excavates its galleries in the solid shells of
Cyprina Islandica, Pecten tenuicostatus, &c., in the Bay of Fundy. The
Sabellaria vulgaris, (p. 321, Plate XVII, figs. 88, 88a;) Nicolea simplex,
(p. 821;) Scionopsis palmata, (p. 321;) Potamilla oculifera, (p. 322,) Plate
XVII, fig. 86;) Sabella microphthalma, (p.323 ;) Serpuladianthus, (p 322 ;)
and Fabricia Leidyt, (p. 325,) all oecur in tubes attached to the rocks
and stones.

A species of Spirorbis, which forms a small, white, calcareous shell,
coiled up in an open spiral, is commonly attached to the alge and hydroids.
The Awtolytus cornutus (Plate XIII, figs. 65, 66) constructs cylindrical
tubes, which are attached to sea-weeds and the branches of hydroids.
This is a small flesh-colored species, with conspicuous brown eyes; the
ends of the body are often tinged with green, and the dark, greenish
intestine shows through as a median line. The males and females
are widely different in appearance and structure, and there are also
asexual individuals (fig. 65) very different from both. The asexual ones
construct the tubes referred to, but do not remain in them constantly,
for they are also often taken swimming at the surface. The males and
females are also taken at the surface, especially in the evening, but they
also occur creeping over and among the hydroids. This worm is partie-

398 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ularly interesting on account of its remarkable mode of reproduction,
for, like several other marine annelids, it presents the phenomena of al-
ternate generation. Its history has been well given by Mr. A. Agassiz.*
The very numerous eggs of the female (fig. 66, e) are at first contained in
the general cavity of the body, between the intestine and the outer wall,
along the whole length of the body ; afterwards they pass into a pouch
on the lower side of the body, extending from the twelfth to about the
twenty-sixth segment; in the pouch they hatch into young worms, and
soon after the sac bursts and they escape into the water. The females
apparently die after discharging the young. The eggs do not develop
into males and females, but into the asexual or neuter individuals, (fig.
65,) which differ widely from the others in form and in the eyes and other
appendages of the head, as well as in the internal anatomy and lateral
appendages. After these neuter individuals become nearly full-grown,
having forty to forty-five segments, a median dorsal swelling arises
at about the thirteenth or fourteenth segment, most commonly on the
thirteenth, and soon after two others arise from the sides of the same
segment and develop rapidly ; these swellings finally become the three
front tentacles of a new head, (a, a, a, fig. 65;) soon a pair of eyes appears
on the upper side of the segment, than a pair of tentacular cirri; then
the second pair of eyes ; then other appendages of the head, until finally
acomplete head is formed, having the structure belonging to the head of
a male or female, as the case may be. As the new head, with its append-
ages, becomes more completely organized, the segments posterior to it,
which are to become the body of the new individual, become more highly
developed, and the lateral appendages more complicated, those back of
the fifth in the male, or the sixth in the female, acquire dorsal fascicles
of long sete, and the dorsal cirris becomes longer; at the same time
some additional segments are developed ; and the ova in the female, or
spermatazoa in the male, are formed. Finally the new sexual individ-
ual, thus formed out of the posterior segments of the original neuter,
breaks its connection and swims off by itself, and becomes a perfectly
developed male or female. The head of the female is represented in
fig. 66; a male individual is represented as developing from an asexual
individual in fig. 65. The male can be easily distinguished from the
female by the pair of large antenne, which are forked in the male, but.
simple in the female. Farther details concerning this curious mode of
reproduction may be found in the memoir of Mr. Agassiz, together with
numerous excellent illustrations, in addition to those here copied.
Associated with the preceding species a few specimens were found
which probably belong to another species of Autolytus. These were quite
slender, light-red in color, with paler annulations, but only the asexual
individuals were observed. Another species of larger size also occurs
among the hydroids, near New Haven, which belongs to Autolytus or

* On Alternate Generation in Annelids, and the Embryology of Autolytus cornutus ;
Boston Journal of Natural History, Vol. VII, p. 384, 1863.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. ovo

some closely allied genus, but of this only the asexual form has occurred,
and it has not yet been carefully studied. This becomes nearly an inch
long and quite slender. The body is white, with about fifty annulations
of bright purplish red between the segments, but sometimes a red ring
is absent, leaving wider white bands ; the lateral appendages are simple,
and each has a dot of red on the anterior side; the head is orange, with
four dark red eyes.

Of Mollusks there are but few species among the higher groups which
do not also occur on the rocky shores at low-water, but of the As-
cidians and Bryozoa we find numerous additional species. The Gas-
tropods are represented by the large Fulgur carica (p. 355, Plate XXII,
fig. 124) and Sycotypus canaliculatus, (p. 353 ;) also by the “ drill,” Urosal-
pine cinerea, (p. 306, Plate XXI, fig. 116,) which is usually abundant in
shallow water; Astyris lunata (p. 106, Plate XXI, fig. 110) is abundant on
the hydroids and alge ; A. zonalis, (Plate X XJ, fig. 111,) which is an allied
species, of larger size and with plainer colors, is sometimes met with, but
is rare in this region. It takes its name from two narrow spiral zones of
white that usually surround the whorls. The Crucibulum striatum
(Plate XVIII, figs. 125, 126) is often met with clinging firmly to the rocks

and stones. Aes eee lott

The beptachiten, apiculatus (Plate XXYV, fig. 167) is one of the most
characteristic and common species on rocky and gravelly bottoms ;
this also adheres firmly to the stones and dead shells, and its grayish or
dirty whitish shell, often more or less stained, blends its color with
that of its surroundings in a way that might deceive the fishes them-
selves. The back is covered with a series of movable plates, so that
when removed the animal can curl itself into a ball, like a ‘“ pill-bug,”
(Oniscus,) or like an armadillo, a habit that it shares in common with
the scaly annelids, Lepidonotus and Harmothoé, which live in the same
places with it. The flexibility of the shell also enables the chitons to
a‘lapt themselves more closely to the uneven surfaces of the rocks than

they otherwise could. More rarely the Septesitey, ruber (Plate XV ee,

fig. 166) is met with, though farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy, this
is a very common species, while the apiculatus is quite unknown there,
being decidedly southern in its range. The ruber is, as its name implies,
ared species, and its colors are usually bright and beautifully varied
with lighter and darker. Its bright color would seem at first a fatal gift,
calculated to attract the attention of passing fishes, which are always
fond of such food, but when we examine its habits more closely we find
that it lives almost exclusively on and among rocks that are incrusted
by the curious stony alge, known as “ nullipores,” (Lithothamnion poly-
morphum,) which are red in color, but of various shades, and often com-
pletely cover the rocks with irregular red incrustations, over large areas
in shallow water, especially on the coasts farther north, so that this
shell and a larger species, (C. marmoreus,) usually associated with it,
are admirably adapted by their colors for living and concealing them-

Fee

400 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

selves on such bottoms, while many other species, frequenting the same
localities, have a similar coloration, though belonging to very different
groups. As examples we may mention the beautifully variegated star-
fish, Ophiopholis aculeata, (Plate XX XV, fig. 270,) rare in this region, but
very abundant in the Bay of Fundy; Crangon boreas, common on the
same bottoms in the Bay of Fundy ; several species of shrimp belonging
to the genera Hippolyte, Pandalus, &c. The bright red colors of all these
animals would certainly be very fatal to them were there no red alge
among which they could conceal themselves and thus escape, to a con-
siderable extent, from the voracious fishes, which are nearly always
ready to pounce upon them whenever they expose themselyes. One or
two handsome species of Holis (similar to fig. i were taken, but for
lack of opportunity they were not identified while living, and these soft
and delicate creatures cannot be preserved in alcohol so as to be identi-
fied afterwards with certainty. The handsome little Doto coronata
(Plate X XV, fig. 170) occurs occasionally on the hydroids, upon the
animals of which it feeds. This species is generally less than half an
inch in length. The body is pale yellowish, or salmon-color, or rosy,
specked with pink, light red, or dark red, which often forms a median
dorsal line toward the head; the curious papillose branchizw along the
back are pale orange, the lateral and terminal papille being tipped with
bright purplish red, dark red, or carmine, with a ring of flake-white
below the tip; the head and tentacles are pale and translucent. The
eggs are laid upon the hydroids, in long, flattened, and convoluted gelati-
nous strings, at various times during the early summer.

Another curious and beautifully colored naked mollusk, the Polycera
Lessonti, also occurs occasionally on rocky bottoms, among hydroids and
bryozoa. In this species the body is pale flesh-color, or sometimes pale
orange, and thickly covered with bright, deep green specks, giving the
whole surface a green color; along the back is a median line of tuber-
cles or papillie, and there are two other rows on each side, which extend
as far as the gills or a little beyond; all these tubercles are tipped with
bright sulphur-yellow, except that the last ones of the lateral rows,
posterior to the gills, are usually tipped with flake-white, but these have
two or three irregular, lateral lobes, which are tipped with yellow;
other smaller, yellow tubercles are scattered over the back, sides, head,
and tail; the tentacles are also bright yellow, but sometimes specked
with green and yellow, with yellow tips. The gills are three in number,
ina cluster on the middle line of the back, posteriorly; each one is
bipinnate and delicately plumose; they are colored similar to the back,
generally more or less specked with bright yellow, and often with flake-
white ; the tips are usually bright yellow.

Another small but singular species, which also occurs among the hy-
droids, as well as among dead shells, is the Doridella obscura, (Plate
XXYV, fig. 173;) in this the colors are not conspicuous, but seem rather
intended for its concealment. The back is sometimes light, yellowish

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 401

brown, finely mottled with white, and specked with darker brown;
dorsal tentacles white and retractile; lower surface white or light yel-
lowish, a three-lobed yellowish or brownish internal organ showing
through in the middle of the foot. Other specimens are very dark-
brown or almost black above, finely mottled with whitish. The ante-
rior angles of the head are prolonged into tentacle-like organs or palpi.
The gills are situated beneath, in the groove between the edge of the
foot and the mantle, on the left side, and near the posterior end of the
foot; they consist of a tuft of slender filaments.

Of Lamellibranchs certain species occur on rocky bottoms, which
attach themselves firmly to the rocks, either by the side of one valve,
like the oyster, Ostr¥a Virginiana, (p. 310,) and the Anomia glabra,
(p. 311, Plate XXXII, figs. 241, 242;) or by threads of byssus, which
they spin and use as cables for anchoring themselves, like the common
muscle, Mytilus edulis, (p. 307, Plate XXXI, fig. 234,) the “horse-
muscle,” Modiola modiolus, (p. 309, Plate XX XI, fig. 237,) the Argina
pexata, (Plate XXX, fig. 227,) and Scapharca transversa, (Plate XXX,
fig. 228,) all of which are common in this region; but certain other
species occur, which burrow beneath the stones, like the Savicava arc-
tica (p. 309, Plate XXVII, fig. 192) and Mya arenaria (p. 463, Plate
XXVI, fig. 179,) and several other less common species.

The Ascidians are usually very abundant on the rocks and stones at
alldepths. The Cynthia partita (p. 311, Plate XX XIII, fig. 246,) is very
common, often forming large, rough clusters, much overgrown with hy-
droids, bryozoa, and algve. The specimens mostly belong to the erect
variety, and in form are quite unlike the one figured. The body is
more or less cylindrical, oblong, or urn-shaped, about twice as high as
broad when expanded, and with a wide base; the branchial orifice is
largest, and situated at the summit of a broad, terminal tube, swollen
at base; the anal orifice is smaller, on a short lateral or subterminal
tube. Both orifices are usually squarish, and open widely, but, when
fully expanded, they sometimes become nearly circular; they are often
surrounded at the edge with a narrow circle of red, and each tube has
eight longitudinal stripes of white, narrowing downward to a point at
the base of the tubes, and alternating with purplish brown ones, which
are usually specked with flake-white. The exterior of the test is more
or less rough and wrinkled, and generally yellowish or rusty, often
tinged with deep purplish brown on the upper parts or throughout.
The tubes are usually roughened by small, wart-like papillae. Unprom-
ising as this species looks, it is devoured by the tautog. The Molgula
Manhattensis (p. 311, Plate X XXIII, fig. 250) is generally associated
with the former. The Perophora viridis (p. 388) is often very abundant,
creeping over and covering up the two preceding, as well as other as-
cidians, alge, hydroids, &c. The most conspicuous species, however,
are the massive compound ascidians, which sometimes completely cover
the bottom. One of the most abundant of these is the Amarecium pel-

S. Mis. 61——26

402 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

lucidum, which forms large, hemispherical or irregular masses, often six
or eight inches, or even more, in diameter, with the surface more or
less completely covered by adhering sand. These masses consist of a
large number of lobes or basal branches, which come out from a com-
mon base as elongated, stolon-like processes, and enlarge upward to the
end, which is obtusely rounded, and variable in size, but usually from
a quarter to half an inch, while the length may be from one to six
inches; these lobes often coalesce, more or less completely, at the upper
surface, which is sometimes naked and smooth, translucent, and of a
gelatinous appearance. Each of these lobes contains a central cloacal
orifice, around which a colony of minute ascidians, or zodids, are
grouped, in a manner analogous to the arrangement in Botryllus, already
described, (p. 389,) but in the present case the zodids are very long and
slender; the lower end of each, containing the ovaries, with the heart
at its extremity, extends down toward the base of the lobe in which they
are contained to various distances, varying according to the age and
state of development of each zodid, but the full-grown ones are often
nearly an inch long. Each zodid has its own branchial orifice opening at
the surface, as in Botryllus, while all the anal tubes discharge the refuse
water, feces, and eggs into the common cloacal ducts.

The Amarecium stellatum is another related species, which is nearly
as abundant as the last, and likewise grows to a very large size. It
forms large, smooth, irregular plates, or crest-like lobes and masses,
which are attached by one edge to the stones and gravel. These plates
are sometimes one to two feet long, six inches high, and about an inch
thick, and, owing to their smooth surface and whitish color, look some-
thing like great slices of salt-pork, and in fact it is often called ‘“ sea-
pork” by the fishermen. Other specimens will be four or five inches
high, and only one or two inches broad at the base, and perhaps half ¢
an inch in thickness, and the summit often divides into broad, flat,
blunt lobes; various other shapes also occur, some of them very irreg-
ular. The larger specimens of this species are generally of a pale-blu-
ish or sea-green color by reflected light when first taken from the water,
but pale salmon or flesh-color by transmitted light. The zodids are
much elongated and arranged in more or less regular circular groups
over the whole surface, with a small cloacal orifice in the center of each
circle. If kept in water, when they grow sickly the zodids will be
forced partially or wholly out of their cavities by the contraction of
the tissues around them—a peculiarity seen also in other species of this
genus. These zodids have the branchial tube prominently six-lobed,
and of a bright orange-color, this color also extending over the upper
or outer end of the body, between the tubes, and more or less over the
branchial sac, which is pale yellow or whitish below. The stomach is
longitudinally suleated, with bright orange-red ribs or glands; intes-
tine bright orange or yellow.

This species is devoured by sharks, skates, and the tautog, although

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 403

it would seem difficult for them to digest it, or get much nutriment from
it. The supply is certainly sufficiently abundant.

A third species of this genus, and much more beautiful than either
of the preceding, is also common on rocky bottoms. This is the Ama-
recium constellatum V. (p. 388,) which has already been described as
occurring on the piles of the wharves. In deeper water, attached to
rocks, it grows to a larger size, forming thick, hemispherical or cake-
shaped masses or crusts, Sometimes becoming somewhat mushroom-like
by the upper parts growing out beyond the central attached portion,
which then becomes a short and broad peduncle. It can be easily
distinguished from the last on account of its brighter colors, the general
color inclining to orange, and by the more irregular and complicated
clusters of zodids. It is less abundant than either of the two preceding.

Two other species of compound Ascidians are also abundant in this
region, as well as farther north. These belong to the genus Leptoclinum ;
they form thin, irregular, often broad, white, or salmon-colored incrus-
tations over the surfaces of the rocks, shells, and other ascidians ; these
crusts are of a firm, coriaceous or gritty texture, and have a finely
granulous surface. Under the microscope they are seen to be filled
with small, nearly globular particles of carbonate of lime, from which
points project in every direction. The zodids are very minute and
are scattered over the-surface in large and scarcely distinct groups,
which have, however, a common cloacal orifice in the middle, but the
several cloacal tubes or channels leading to each central orifice are
long, with many crooked branches, reminding one of miniature rivers,
and the zodids are arranged along these ducts and their branches.
One of these species, the Leptoclinum albidum, is easily distinguished
by its chalky white color; the other, L. luteolum, is buff or salmon-
color. It is possible that the last may even prove to be only a colored
variety of the former, but the very numerous specimens that I have
collected and examined, in the living state, both in the Bay of Fundy
and Vineyard Sound, do no not warrant their union. In these loeali-
ties both forms are about equally common, but near New Haven the
LL. luteolum has ‘not yet been met with, though the other is not uncom-
mon.

The Bryozoa are very abundant on rocky bottoms at all depths.
Some of these incrust the rocks directly, like the Hscharella variabilis,
(p. 312, Plate XXXII, fig. 256;) Aleyonidium hirsutum ; Escharipora pune-
tata, &c.; but even these seem to prefer other locations, and by far the
greater number occur attached to alge, hydroids, ascidians, and dead
Shells. A large part of the species occur also in rocky pools at low-
water mark, or attached to the uci and other sea-weeds between tides,
or to the under sides of stones laid bare by low tides, and have, con-
sequently, been previously mentioned. Others which have not yet been
detected on the shore will doubtless be found there by more thorough
search.

404 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
P

The Alcyonidium ramosum (Plate XXXIV, fig. 257) is one of the most.
conspicuous species, and is often very abundant, attached to rocks in
shallow water. In such situations we have often found arborescently
branched specimens, twelve to fifteen inches high, with smooth, cylin-
drical branches about a third of an inch in diameter.

The Alcyonidium hispidum (p. 312) does not appear to have been
recorded as from our coast, by previous writers, but it is one of our most
common species, and may almost always be found incrusting the stems
of Fucus at low-water mark, as well as the under surfaces of rocks ; below
low-water mark it is less abundant, generally incrusting Phyllophora,
and other stout, palmate alge. It is easily distinguished by the slender,
acute, reddish spines, of horn-like texture, which surround each of the
cells. It forms soft crusts of moderate thickness, gradually extending
over the surface of the sea-weeds to which it becomes attached.

The A. hirsutum has also been hitherto overlooked on our coast, but
is common, living under the same circumstances as the last, and some-
times associated with it, both above and below low-water mark. I have
found it in the greatest abundance in some of the large, rocky tide-pools
on the outermost of the Thimble Islands, east of New Haven. It was
there growing chiefly upon Phyllophora membranifolia, in some cases en-
tirely covering and concealing the plant, from the base of the stem to the
tips of the fronds. It also often grows on the “ Irish moss,” Chondrus
crispus, on rocky bottoms in shallow water. It forms rather thin, soft
crusts, which have small, soft papille scattered over the surface ; from
the summit of each of these papilla zodid protrudes, when they ex-
pand, and displays an elegant little wreath of tentacles, much as in
A. ramosum, (see fig. 257.) The A. parasiticum is also a species hitherto
neglected on our coasts. It forms thin crusts on alge and hydroids,
which generally become coated with a layer of fine sand or dirt. I
have not observed it at low-water, but have found it at the depth of a
few fathoms on rocky bottoms in Vineyard Sound.

The Vesicularia dichotoma V. is @ very Common species, both on
rocky shores, in pools and on the under side of stones; and in shallow
water on rocky and shelly bottoms. It is also capable of living in
brackish water, and is frequent on the oyster-beds. It usually forms
cespitose clusters of many crowded, slender, white stems, each of
which is repeatedly forked, branching in a somewhat arborescent man-
ner. There is a little crowded cluster of small, dark-colored, oval or
pear-shaped cells just below each fork, the cells being sessile and
arranged in two somewhat spiral rows in each cluster. It generally
grows about an inch high, but sometimes two or three inches. When
expanded each of the zodids protrudes from its cell-like body a delicate
wreath of eight slender tentacles.

The Vesicularia cuscuta is a delicate, creeping species, which resem-
bles, in miniature, the “ dodder-plant,” (Cuscuta,) and creeps over other
bryozoa and hydroids, very much as the dodder creeps over other

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 405

plants. The stem is very delicate, filiform, jointed, and at intervals
gives off two very slender, opposite branches, which diverge at right
angles, and in their turn branch at intervals in the same way. The
cells are small and oval or elliptical, mostly arranged in clusters at or
near the branchings of the stems, but some are often scattered on
the branches; they are attached by a narrow base. It occurs both at
low-water in pools and in shallow water among rocks. The V. armata
is also a creeping species, but the cells are terminated by four conical
prominences, each of which bears a slender spine when perfect. This
also occurs both between tides and in shallow water, on hydroids and
bryozoa.

With these species of Vesicularia, and often attached to them and
creeping over them, as well as on other kinds of bryozoa, hydroids
and algve, a very curious little species often occurs, in which the cells
are small, campanulate, and raised on slender pedicels, which rise
from slender, white, creeping stems. This is the Pedicellina Americana.
The zodids, when expanded, display a wreath of twelve or more tenta-
eles; in contraction and when young they are often clavate.

The tea anguinea has not been recorded as from our coast, but is very
common on rocky and shelly bottoms, creeping over various hydroids,
algie, ascidians, broyozoa, &e.; it also frequently occurs on floating eel-
grass and alge, in company with many hydroids. It consists of delicate,
white, creeping, calcareous stolons, from which arise elongated, slen-
der, clavate, white, rigid, erect cells, with the aperture at the end; the
narrower, pedicel-like portion of the cell is surrounded by fine, circu-
lar, punctate strive. :

The Hucrate, chelata is also a slender, creeping species, and has some-
what similar habits, but is much less common, and has been met with
only in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound on ascidians and hydroids.
In this species each cell arises from the back of the preceding one, near
the end, and bends upward and forward obliquely, the cell expanding
from a narrow, pedicel-like, basal portion to a more or less oval upper
part, with the aperture oblique and subterminal. This, also, is a new
addition to the fauna of our coast, although, like the last, long well
known on the coast of Europe.

The Diastopora patina grows attached to alge and eel-grass; it forms
little circular disks, with tubular cells arising from the upper surface,
those in the middle being longest.

The Tubulipora flabellaris frequently occurs attached to various kinds
of slender-branched algz, such as Ahnfeltia plicata, &c. It forms small,
blunt-lobed, coral-like masses, composed of long, crooked, tubular cells,
united by a porous mass at base. Toward the borders of the lobes the
cells are crowded and polygonal. In the central parts they are more
cylindrical and form groups or radiating rows. Associated with the
preceding on the alge, Crisia eburnea, (p. 311;) Mollia hyalina, (Plate
XXXIV, fig. 264;) Cellepora ramulosa, (p. 312;) and other species oc-

406 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

eur. The Membranipora pilvsa (Plate XXXIV, figs. 262, 263) is frequent
on rocky bottoms, growing chiefly upon Phyllophora and other algie.
it may be known by the oval cells, bordered by erect, bristle-like pro-
cesses, of which the one at the proximal end of the cell is much longer
than the rest.

Another species, M. lineata, is also common, incrusting rocks and -
shells in broad, thin, radiating patches. In this the cells are oblong,
crowded, and separated only by the linear margins. In the most com.
mon variety there are eight or ten slender spinules on each side of the
cells, which bend over so as to meet or interlock across the open cells.
The cells are much smaller as well as narrower than those of the pre-
ceding species.

Of Echinoderms only a few species occur in this region, on rocky bot-
toms, which causes this fauna to contrast very strongly with that of the
rocky bottoms farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy or on the coast of
Maine, where numerous other fine species of star-fishes and several addi-
tional Holothurians arecommon. The common green sea-urchin, Stron
gylocentrotus Dréibachiensis, (Plate XX XV, fig. 268,) so very abundant
farther north, and especially in the Bay of Fundy, where it occurs in
abundance at low-water mark, and on rocky bottoms at all depths
down to 110 fathoms, and off St. George’s Bank even down to 450 fath-
oms, is comparatively rare in this region and chiefly confined to the
outside colder waters, as off Gay Head and No Man’s Land, where it
was quite common. But a few specimens were dredged at several local-
ities in Vineyard Sound. The largest occured on the rocky bottoms off
West Chop, and off Menemsha. It has been found occasionally in Long
Island Sound, as off New Haven and Stratford, Connecticut, but is
there quite rare and small. It feeds partly on diatoms and other small
alge, &c., which it cuts from the rocks with the sharp points of its
teeth, but it is also fond of dead fishes, which are soon devoured, bones
and all, by it in the Bay of Fundy. In return it is swallowed whole in
large quantities by the wolf-fish and by other large fishes. The purple
sea-urchin, Arbacia punctulata, is much more abundant in Vineyard
Sound and similar waters, in this region. This is a southern species
which is here near its northern limit. It is easily distinguished by its
rather stout, unusually long, purple spines ; by its ambulacral pores in
two simple rows; by the upper surface of the shell being partly desti-
tute of spines; and by the anal region, at the summit of the shell, which
is formed of only four rather large plates. It occurred of large size,
associated with the preceding species, off West Chop and Holmes’s
Hole; it was quite abundant in the passage at Wood’s Hole, especially
on shelly and gravelly bottoms north of Naushawena Island, and it was
met with at many other localities.

The common green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p. 326, Plate XX XV,
fig. 269,) is very common on all the rocky bottoms in this region. A
smaller and more beautiful northern star-fish was occasionally met with

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 407

in Wood’s Hole passage and several other localities on rocky or grav-
elly bottoms. This was the Cribrella sanguinolenta; itis much more com-
mon north of Cape Cod, and is abundant in the Bay of Fundy and north-
ward to Greenland ; it is also found on the northern coasts of Europe.
It has not been found much south of Vineyard Sound on this coast.
It can easily be distinguished by its five round, tapering rays, covered
with small spinules, and by having only two rows of locomotive suckers
in the grooves on the under side of the rays, instead of four rows, as in

-the common star-fishes belonging to the genus Asterias. Its color is
quite variable. It is often orange, or purple, or rose-color, or cream-
color, and sometimes mottled with red and purple, &c. Unlike the pre-
ceding, and most other species of our star-fishes, this does not have free-
swimming young. Its eggs are deposited around the mouth, and re-
tained by the mother until they develop into little star-fishes capable of
taking care of themselves.

The Hydroids are very numerous on rocky bottoms. A few species,
like Hydractinia polyclina (p. 328) and the Thamnocnida tenella, attach
themselves directly to the rocks, but the greater number adhere to as-
cidians, algze, or to other hydroids. Many of the species are also to be
found on the rocky shores in tide-pools, and have already been mentioned.
Among those not yet detected at low water is a delicate species of Plu-
mularia, with slender, alternately pinnate branches, which was found
growing upon rocks in company with Hydractinic. The Thamnocnida
tenella is a Tubularian which grows in clusters, two or three inches high,
consisting of long, slender, somewhat branched stems, which are more or
less crooked, and usually irregularly and distantly annulated, with beau-
tiful pink heads at the top. The general appearance is like that of the
Parypha, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 274.) The Obelia dichotoma was found grow-
ing upon ascidians (Cynthia partita, &c.) in 8 or 10 fathoms, among rocks.
Itisa well-known European species, but has not hitherto been established
as an inhabitant of our coast. It has dark, horn-colored, slender stems,
with pretty long and rather erect, slender, alternate branches, which
branch again in the same way. The hydroid cells are deeply campanu-
late, with the margin slightly sinuous or scolloped, the slight notches
corresponding with faint angular ridges which run down on the upper
parts of the cells, giving the upper half a slightly polygonal form. In
this respect this species closely resembles the Obelia commisuralis. The
reproducfive capsules are elongated, urn-shaped, with a narrow, raised,
sub-conical neck.

The Obelia geniculata is often very abundant on the fronds of Lami-
naria and other alg having flat fronds. Its creeping tubular stolons
often thickly cover the surface with a complete net-work; from these
the erect stems rise to the height of about an inch. This species may
be known by the prominent geniculation at the origin of the hydroid
pedicels. The Obelia fusiformis has a similar mode of growth, but is

408 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

much less common. Its hydroid cells are comparatively small and their
pedicels very short.

Several very delicate and beautiful creeping hydroids, belonging to
the Campanularians, also occur attached to larger hydroids, and the
alge. Among these are ClytiaJohnstoni, having comparatively large, bell-
shaped cups, with a notched rim, each borne on a long, slender, generally
simple pedicel, ringed at each end, and arising from the creeping stems.
The reproductive capsules are urn-shaped and annulated. The C. inter-
media is quite similar in its growth, but has smaller and deeper cups, with
smaller notches around the rim. The Orthopyzis caliculata grows in the
same manner; it has beautiful little bell-shaped or cup-shaped cells,
with an even rim, each borne on a long, slender, annulated pedicel with
one of the rings, just below the cup, very prominent. Its reproductive
capsules are large, oblong, smooth, and obtuse at the end. The Platy-
pyxis cylindrica has small, very deep, somewhat cylindrical cups, with
the rim divided into sharp teeth or notches; each one is borne on a small,
slender pedicel, generally less than an eighth of an inch high, feebly
annulated at each end. The reproductive capsules are elongated, com-
pressed, flaring slightly at the end. The Campanularia volubilis, is also
a very small, but elegant species; it has deep cylindrical cups, which have
a regularly scolloped rim, the scollops being small and evenly rounded.
The pedicels are very slender, and are annulated spirally throughout
their whole length, so as to appear as if twisted; just below the cup
there is one prominent rounded annulation, or bead, the whole resem-
bling in miniature the stem of certain wine-glasses and glass vases.
The reproductive capsules are vase-shaped, attached by short pedicels,
and have the neck elongated and gradually narrowed to the end,
which flares slightly.

The Lafoéa calearata is also a small creeping hydroid, belonging to
another family. It has curved tubular cells. It nearly always grows on
Sertularia cornicina, which is a small species, resembling S. pumila,
(Plate XX XVII, fig. 279.) The Sertularia argentea (Plate XX XVII, fig.
280) is a large, profusely branched species, often growing to the length
of a foot or more. It is very abundant in this region. S. cupressina is
closely related, but much less common. The Hydrallmania falcata is
also a large species very common on these bottoms. It can be easily
distinguished by the spiral arrangement of its branches and the unilateral
arrangement of its jug-shaped cells along the branches.

The Hudendrium ramosum and EF. dispar are not uncommon on rocky
bottoms, and are both beautiful species, somewhat resembling the
Pennaria, (Plate XX XVII, fig. 277.)

The species of Polyps are the same as those found on rocky shores
at low-water mark. The coral, Astrangia Dana, (p. 329,) is much more
common than on the shores, and grows larger, some of the specimens
becoming four or five inches across, and rising up in the middle into

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 409

lobes or irregular branches, sometimes nearly two inches high, making
very elegant specimens.

Numerous sponges also occur, but they have not yet been carefully
studied. One of the most abundant is a species of Chalina, which grows
up in clusters of slender, soft, smooth branches, five or six inches ©
high, and from a quarter to half an inch in diameter, of a pale
yellowish or buff-color while living. It makes very delicate, white, and
beautiful specimens when the animal matter has been thoroughly washed
out and the sponge dried in the sun, which can be best done by hang-
ing them up in areversed position, owing to the flexibility of the branches
when wet. This species is closely related to the Chalina oculata, which
also occurs in this region, in the outside cold waters, as off Gay Head,
and is abundant farther north and on the coast of Europe; but the pre-
sent species is much more delicate, with more slender and rounder
branches, and it seems to be a southern form, for it is common all along
our coast as far, at least, as North Carolina.

The common, irregularly branched, red sponge is found in abundance,
and also several light yellow, irregular, soft, massive species of Tedania,
and the firm, massive, sulphur-yellow Cliona sulphurea.

List of species ordinarily found on the rocky bottoms of the bays and

sounds.
ARTICULATA.
Insects.
Page. Page.
Chironomus halophilus ..... 475i Pablenee spe foo kas5 2 cele oes 421

Orustacea.

Page. | Page.
@ancernrroratus. ......2.-.. ue) | Mosra, levish io. 5. Sse ee 315
Sel co eee Joo) | AMMGONOES Spe )o<iiaatareys doe 415
Panopeus depressus....---. 395 | Amphithoé maculata .-..-... 315
Me tile = <1 = 2 icles! = - aie oe oop, | As longimana: 222 2s 2)-) tk 2 370
Pel mMuUbIGA: ..562-.5..---. 395 | Unciolairrorata....-....-. 340
Kupagurus pollicaris.....-... 395 | Cerapus tubularis (?) ...... 396
By lonsicanpus. «.-....--.-.- 395 | Caprella geometrica ....-.. 316
Homarus Americanus ...... ova, Caprella, Spe ci-i5i) seine t - 316
Crangon vulgaris .......... 395 | Idotea phosphorea ......-- 316
Hippolyte pusiola.......... 395 | Erichsonia filiformis....... 316
Mysis Americana .......... 396 | Balanus crenatus.......-.. 396

Heteromysis formosa.....-. 396 | Numerous small Entomos-
Lepidactylis dytiscus.... -. 339 traca.

410

(/ALepidonotus Squamatus....-
is. SDLCWIS --'-2\-19e aaa ee
Harmothoé imbricata....-.-
BPhyllodoce, sp). efe-hin es
Eulalia, sp
uma; Spe oe Eee. a- oa -
Autolytus cornutus
Autolytus, sp.....-
Nereis pelagica
Podarke obscura ....-...-.--
Marphysa Leidyi....-.-..--.
Lumbriconereis opalina...- -

Cosmocephala ochracea....
olinia glutinosa..-...---.-

Fulgur carica
Sycotypus canaliculatus. -..
Maitia trivithata ...-....- ee
Urosalpinx cinerea
Astyris lunata
ASAAONANLS f-5. Ss 2k or bee dee ee
Amachis avara,.. . <<. s\-s
cugeuna, Vineta.. . «44 she

Pat ee SY Ce Ce

Cerithiopsis Greenii ....-..
GEA MePsonil .... 5.2 o Seek R

Mya arenaria
Saxicava arctica
Argina pexata
Scapharca transversa. -.--.-

i

é
REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Annelids.
Page. |
397 | Ophelia simplex ..-....-..
397 | Cirrhinereis fragilis .......
397 | Naraganseta coralii.....-..
397 | Sabellaria vulgaris .......-
397 | Nicolea,simplex..... 22 Seem
397 | Scionopsis palmata......--
397 | Polycirrus eximius ......-.
398 | Potamilla oculifera....-.-.-
097 | Sabella microphthalma . - - -
319 | Fabricia, Leidyi, ..2-4ceer
319 | Serpula dianthus....-22.5-
39% |, Spirorbis, SPs... soe
Nemerteans.
Page. |
325 | Cerebratulus? sp..-. ‘eee.
324 |
MOLLUSCA.

/
Gastropods.
Page. |
399 | Triforis nigrocinetus.- ..----
399 | Crucibulum striatum. ......
304 | Crepidula fornicata..-.-.---
399 | ©, qinguitormis .. .2 2 ae
399 | Leptochiton apiculatus ...-
399.-| LL. zuber...-.- 2-422 eee
306° | Doto coronata....-.3eeeeme
305 | Polycera Lessonil.-.-Soaeee
805. || Mlolis, ap....--.s-aeeee een
383 | Doridella obscura.........-
417

ey

401 | Mytilus edulis....:.-22 45%
AOL | Modiola modiolus.....-..-.
401 | Anomia glabra..i:2.22.2hs
401 | Ostrea Virginiana ..-.-..-.

Page.
319
397
397
397
397
397
320
397
397
397
397
397

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Ascidians.
Page.
Cynthia partita -......-... 400.) | Ti -loteolum.. 52-9 oe ae
Molgula Manhattensis ...-. 401 | Amarecium stellatum.... .
Perophora Viridis....-...-- 401 | A. constellatum...... 2.25.
Leptoclinum albidum...... avon |) A POUMeHGUN. .. 2. a4... ae
Bryozoa..
Page
Aleyonidium ramosum..... 404 | Hueratea chelata.....-..-.
ASMMSPIGUM io 2)s ee 404 | Altea anguinea.........-..
Ae PArasthicum...0.....-.. 404 | Bugula turrita............
2 is) 404 | B.flabellata..............-
Vesicularia gracilis.....--. 389 | Membranipora pilosa ......-
Wee ehotonta cn. . 85 6.7. AGED |; Wie lime ataeas.)- 114) -1-74 0a Se
“eo CSC a ae 404 | Escharipora punctata....-.
\ OSU oo 405 | Escharella variabilis...-....
Tubulipora flabellaris . -. . . - 405 | Mollia hyalina ............
Diastopora patina......-... 405 | Cellepora ramulosa......--
Crmemeburmea .-.......-. 405 | Pedicellina Americana..--.
RADIATA.

Echinoderms.

Page.

Arbacia punctulata........ 406 | Asterias arenicola..-.......
Strongylocentrotus Dré- Cribrella sanguinolenta. - - .
PAC MICOSIS c < z<00s = alavae » 406
Acalephs.
Page. |
Campanularia flexuosa... - - 32% | Sertularia cornicina.........
Je 0) 1h Ce AGSI | Shangenteaeyo wigs.
Platypyxis cylindrica...... 408 |, Sxcupréssina. 8... Ps 2e22
Orthopyxis caliculata...-... 408 | Hydrallmania falcata .....
Clytia Johnstoni .......... 408 | Halecium gracile...:......
Oc imtermedia ti ws S20... 408 | Bougainvillia superciliaris -
Obelia fusiformis........-.. 407 | Eudendrium ramosum .... -
Or genieulata.o. 3.05. 262.5. AWGN) Tit dispar Yer e felne, eS, 2
Q. dichotoma ...-+.-.m..-. 407 | Pennaria tiarella.......-.-.
O. commisuralis........-.-- 327 | Thamnocnida tenella ....-.-
Lafoéa calecarata ..-....--- 408 | Hydractinia polyclina..-..--

PYomularia, spies: PL 407 |

412 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Polyps
Page. Page
Metridium marginatum.... 329 | Astrangia Dane .......... 408
Sagartia leucolena......... 329
PROTOZOA.
Sponges.
Page. | Page.
Grantia ciliata ............ 330 | Chalina oculata .......-... 409
Cliona sulphurea.......... 409 | Chalina, slender species.... 409
PNAS AME ee eo etek ws 409 | Several other sponges...... 409
Sponge, red species......-- 409
Foraminifera,
Page
NTIMTE TONS, SPRCIES 22! ¢ Hated Pe. oe eine ak eee 421

6. FAUNA OF THE GRAVELLY AND SHELLY BOTTOMS OF THE BAYS
AND SOUNDS.

Bottoms composed of gravel or pebbles, often with small stones, and
generally with a considerable proportion of dead and usually broken shells,
were of frequent occurence in Vineyard Sound, and a few such localities
were found in Buzzard’s Bay. Similar bottoms of small extent have
also been examined in Long Island Sound, near New Haven. These
bottoms are generally the most productive and agreeable for the
dredger, for they are the favorite abodes of large numbers of animals
of all classes, and the contents of the dredge are often so clean that
they require little if any washing in the sieves. They vary much,
however, in character, some of them consisting mostly of gravel, with
pebbles and perhaps small scattered boulders; others consist largely
of broken shells, especially those of Mactra solidissima and Crepidula
Jornicata, mixed with more or less gravel, sand, and mud. Others
are so completely overgrown with the various large compound asci-
dians described above, that they might well be called ‘ascidian
bottoms.” In many places, however, there are patches of mud or sand,
scattered here and there over a bottom which is mostly of gravel and
Shells, so that the dredge will often bring up more or less mud or sand,
with some of the animals peculiar to such patches, mixed with those
peculiar to the gravelly bottoms, thus augmenting the number and
variety of animals. In other cases more or less mud and sand may be
mixed with the gravel throughout, or the bottom may be in process of
changing from mud or sand to gravel, or the contrary, owing to frequent
changes in the directions of the currents, produced chiefly by the action
of storms upon the shoals and bars of sand. Hence it is often difficult to

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 413

distinguish with certainty the animals properly inhabiting the gravelly
and shelly bottoms trom those that pertain to the muddy and sandy
bottoms, but for our present purposes it is not necessary to make a very
sharp distinction between the different lists, for many species are com-
mon to all, and the areas of the different kinds of bottom are generally
small in this region, and evidently may change their character from
time to time.

After a single storm the character of the bottom, in some localities,
was found to be greatly altered over wide areas, sometimes several miles
in extent, at depths of two to ten fathoms, and the animal life at the bot-
tom was always found to have changed very quickly, when the physical
character of the bottom had been modified. The most frequent cause
of change was the accumulation of immense quantities of dead sea-
weeds and eel-grass over bottoms that, a few days before, had been per-
fectly free from it. Such accumulations must either kill the majority of
the animals inhabiting gravelly, sandy, or rocky bottoms, or else cause
them to migrate. In all probability the majority of them perish, at
such times, beneath the accumulations. In other cases one or two
storms sufficed to change gravelly and shelly bottoms to sandy ones,
causing, undoubtedly, great destruction of life and a great change in its
character over particular areas. These changesin the character of the
deposits accumulating on the bottom, attended with extermination of
life and changes in its character in particular localities, illustrate on a
small scale similar phenomena that have constantly occurred on a
grander scale in the history of the past life of the globe, during all the
geological ages, from the first commencement of life. Practically it was
found quite difficult to find, in this region, large areas of gravelly and
Shelly bottoms, without some admixture with mud or sand, and it very
seldom happened that a continuous series of dredgings could be
made on such bottoms without encountering patches of mud and sand.
Therefore the accompanying list of species undoubtedly contains many
. that belong rather to muddy or sandy bottoms than to those now
under discussion, for species have not been excluded unless well known,
from many observations, to be peculiar, or nearly so, to mud or sand
and rarely met with on true hard bottoms.

The following are the principal localities where this kind of bottom
was explored in Vineyard Sound and vicinity, but those belonging to
the outside cold area are not included:

First. An extensive area extending from off Nobska Point eastward,
nearly parallel with the shore, with some interruptions of sandy bot-
tom, as far as Suconesset Shoal, mostly in three to eight fathoms of
water; on this bottom were the dredgings of line 6, a, b,c, d, e, f; 21,
a,b, c,d; 22, a, b, c,d; 23, a,b, e, f; 25, b, c,d; 26, a, b, c d, e; 34,
G0 d, ef 3 3D, a,b, ¢,'d,e

Second. Another similar region nearly parallel with the southeastern
shores of Naushon and Nonamesset Island and extending out into mid-

414 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

channel; dredgings on line 5, a, b; 7, b,c, d; 8, ¢, d,e,f,g; 42, a,
b; 43, a, b, c, d, e, were made on the shallower portion of this ground,
mostly in three to eight fathoms; 38, a, b,c; 39, a,b; 40, a, b, ¢, d;
41,b; 44, a, b, c, d,e; 46, e, were made in the deeper parts of the chan-
nel, in eight to fifteen fathoms.

Third. Several areas, in the deeper waters of the sound, north and
northeast of Holme’s Hole, and doubtless continuous with the last area;
dredgings, at line 28, a, b, ¢, d,e,f; 29, a,b, ¢; 31, a, b, ¢, d,-e 3 32)
a, b, ¢ 3 33, a, b, ec, d, were made on these bottoms.

Fourth. A narrow strip of clean gravelly bottom, swept by the strong
currents passing around West Chop, and situated between the “ Middle
Ground” Shoals and Martha’s Vineyard, and extending around to East
Chop, with an interruption of rocky bottom just opposite West Chop ;
dredgings on line 37, a, b, c, d, g, h; 47, a, and 48, a, b, c, d, weremade
on this area.

Fifth. In the channel, at the entrance to Great Harbor, off Nonamesset
Island, and partially extending into the harbor, there is more or less
gravelly and shelly bottom, frequently alternating with rocks and
often composed chiefly of dead shells, (mainly Crepidula fornicata.)
This place is swept by the powerful tidal currents running through
Wood’s Hole Passage; dredgings at line 3, d,e; 5, e,f,g; 13, a, b;
18, a, b, ec, d; 19,4; 20,a,b,and many others not indicated on the chart,
were made here.

Sixth. Another area at the other end of Wood’s Hole Passage, north
of Hadley Harbor, and extending out into Buzzard’s Bay a short dis-
tance; some parts of this region had a smooth hard bottom of fine
eravel and sand, or coarse sand; in other places it was more or less
stony; dredgings on line 10, e, f; 11, a, b, ¢, d,e,g; 12; b,¢; 70, a,
b, c,d; 71,a, b, were on these gravelly bottoms.

Seventh. A shallow region off Cataumet Harbor, in Buzzard’s Bay ;
the bottom here‘was hard gravel and shells, much overgrown with alge ;
dredgings at line 65, a, b, and others not indicated, were made here.

HKighth. At Quick’s Hole, in the channel between Nashawena and
Pasque Islands, good gravelly bottom was found; dredgings at line
45, a,b; 76, a,b, ¢; 77, ¢, d, e,f, were on this area.

Similar bottoms of small extent were also met with in other places.
There are also gravelly bottoms in the southwestern part of Vineyard
Sound, near its mouth, as off Menemsha, but as these are inhabited by
the more northern species of animals, they will be grouped with those of |
the outside waters.

The animals of gravelly and shelly bottoms may be burrowing or tube-
dwelling species, like many annelids, amphipods, bivalve-shells, &c.;
they may be species that adhere directly to the shells and pebbles, like cer-
tain hydroids, bryozoa, bivalve-shells, and the numerous ascidians; the
latter are quite as numerous here as upon the rocky bottoms, and for the
most part of the same species; they may be species that hide among

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 415

the shells and pebbles or between the ascidians, &c., like many of the
larger annelids, some of the crabs, and other crustacea, &c.; they may
be species that live among or attached to the hydroids, bryozoa, ascid-
ians, and algze which grow upon the shells and pebbles ; such are many
of the small crustacea, some annelids, many small gastropod shells, and.
most of the more delicate bryozoa and hydroids; or they may be larger
kinds that creep or swim about over the bottom, in search of food, such
as the lobster, the larger crabs, hermit-crabs, large gastropod mollusks,
star-fishes, sea-urchins, holothurians, &c. Owing to the great abundance
of animal life on bottoms of this character they are the favorite feeding-
grounds of many kinds of fishes, such as the tautog, scup, black
bass, haddock, and cod, together with many others that are less valua-
ble. Most of the “banks” and “fishing-grounds” resorted to by the
line fishermen have either gravelly and shelly or else rocky bottoms,
and those banks most frequented by fishes are almost always found to
be rich dredging-grounds. The gravelly banks in this region are, in
winter and spring, fishing-grounds for cod and haddock, but these fishes
retreat to colder waters in the summer.

Among the Crustacea the most abundant and important species are
the lobster, Homarus Americanus, (p. 395,) the common shrimp, Cran-
gon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate ITI, fig. 10,) the common rock-crab, Cancer
irroratus, (p. 312,) Panopeus Sayi, (p. 312,) P. depressus, (p. 312, Plate
I, fig. 5,) the larger hermit-crab, Hupagurus pollicaris, (p. 313,) the
smaller hermit-crab, 2. longicarpus (p-,313,) the Heteromysis formosa,
(p. 396,) Mysis Americana, (p. 396,) Ung¥ola trrorata, (p. 340, Plate IV
fig. 19,) Amphithoé maculata, (p. 315, Plate IV. fig. 16,) Corophium cyl-
indricum, (p. 370,) which lives among the hydroids, and a species of
Autono?, which lives in the crevices among the lobes of the sandy
ascidians (Amarecium pellucidum) in large numbers. The barnacle, Bal-
anus crenatus, (p. 396,) is very abundant.

One of the most interesting of the Crustacea met with was the Het-
erocrypta granulata, which occurred off Falmouth and near Suconesset
light-ship. This is one of the triangular crabs in which the carapax is
smooth; the chelipeds are long and triangular. It is a southern
species, occurring on the Florida coast, and is new to our fauna.

Another triangular crab, the Pelia mutica, also occurs on these bot-
toms, but this has a rough carapax, and resembles a small specimen of
the common spider-crabs, Libinia.

Clinging to and creeping over the hydroids and ascidians a singular
long-legged Pycnogonid is often met with on shelly bottoms. This is the
Phoxichilidium maxillare, (Plate VII, fig. 35.) It is most frequently -
deep purple in color, but gray and brown specimens are often met with.

The larve of afly, Chironomus halophilus, was dredged in five fathoms.

The Annelids are quite numerous, and the majority of them are the
same as those found on the rocky bottoms, for the same species inhabit
the interstices of the massive ascidians, found equally on both kinds of

416 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

bottom, and the same tube-dwelling species can attach themselves to
stones and shells just as well as torocks. Most of the additional species
are burrowing kinds, and some of them probably inhabited patches of
mud or sand. Among the more interesting species are Nephthys bucera,
(Plate XII, fig. 58 ;) Anthostoma acutum V.,a new species ; Scolecolepis
cirrata, new to the American coast; Scalibregma brevicauda V.,a very
interesting new species; Cirratulus tenuis V., a new species ; Ampha-
rete setosa V., also a new species ; Serpula dianthus V., (p. 322.) Several
rare or undescribed species were also met with that have not yet been
fully identified. Among these were a peculiar species of Nereis; a large
Anthostoma ; a young Polydora ; an apparently undescribed species of
Samytha ; a species of Huchone, perhaps identical with EH. elegans V.;
the caleareous tubes of a small worm, perhaps a Vermilia, which have
two carina on the upper side.

Two species of Sipunculoids occurred, one of which is probably un-
described. The other is the Phascolosoma cementarium, (Plate XVIII,
fig. 92,) a species very common on all the northern coasts of New Eng-
land in deep water. This worm takes possession of a dead shell of some
small Gastropod, like the hermit-crabs, but as the aperture is always
too large for the passage of its body, it fills up the space around it with
a very hard and durable cement, composed of mud and sand united to-
gether by a secretion from the animal, leaving only a small, round open-
ing, through which the worm can extend the anterior part of its body to
the distance of one or two inches, and into which it can entirely with-
draw atwill. It thus lives permanently in its borrowed shell, dragging it
about wherever it wishes to go, by the powerful contractions of its body,
which can be extended in all directions and is very changeable in form.
When fully extended the forward or retractile part is long and slender,
and furnished close to the end with a circle of small, slender tentacles,
which surround the mouth; there is a band of minute spinules just
back of the tentacles; the anal orifice is at the base of the retractile
part; the region posterior to this has a firmer and more granulous skin,
and is furnished toward the posterior end with a broad band of scat-
tered, blackish, acute, recurved spinules, more or less triangular in
form, which evidently aid it in retaining its position in the shell. As it
grows too large for its habitation, instead of changing it for a larger
shell, as the hermit-crabs do, it gradually extends its tube outward be-
yond the aperture by adding new materials to it. Some of the fishes
often suddenly cut short this labor by swallowing the worm, shell and all.

In July the common squids, Loligo Pealii, (Plate XX, figs. 102-105,) were
taken in considerable numbers by means of the trawl, on gravelly and
shelly bottoms off Falmouth, and with them large quantities of the eggs
contained in large bunches or groups of long, gelatinous capsules.
They were apparently spawning at that time.

Although the Gastropod mollusks are seldom very numerous at any
particular spot on these bottoms, yet a pretty large number of species

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 417

occur, and they are quite generally diffused. Many of them have
already been enumerated as occurring on rocky bottoms. The Fulgur
carica, (p. 355, Plate XX, fig. 124,) and the Sycotypus canaliculatus, (p.
309,) are found chiefly on these bottoms, and are often very abundant.
Over a barrel of living specimens were obtained on a single excursion.
The Lunatia heros, (p.354, Plate X XIII, figs. 133-136,) though generally
found on the sandy bottoms, also occurred in great numbers and of
very large size ou some of the gravelly bottoms. The pretty little
Natica pusilla (Plate XXIII, fig. 132) is often common on these bottoms ;
it is usually delicately painted with brown.

The Crepidula fornicata (p. 355, Plate XXIII, figs. 129, 129a) was one
of the most abundant species, often occurring adhering to each other in
great clusters, the lowest ones in the group adhering in turn to dead
bivalve shells, pebbles, shells of living Fulgur and Sycotypus, and still
more frequently to these shells when dead and occupied by the larger
hermit-crabs, (Hupagurus pollicaris.) The dead shells of this Crepidula
were often found in great accumulations, covering considerable areas
of bottom, and with but little admixture, either with other shells or with
sand and gravel.

The Crepidula unguiformis, (p. 355, Plate X-XITI, fig. 127,) though very
common, did not occur in such great quantities. Orucibulum striatum
(p. 899, Plate X XIII, figs. 125, 126) is also common, adhering to vari-
ous dead shells.

The Vermetus radicula (Plate XXIV, fig. 157) is a very curious shell,
looking, when full grown, very much like the tube of an Annelid, such
as Serpula or Protula, but the inhabitant is a genuine Gastropod, and
has a thin, spiral, horny operculum, for closing the aperture when it
withdraws. When young this shell often forms a very regular, closely
coiled, spiral shell, looking like that of a Turritella, and sometimes does
not become irregular until the spire is more than an inch long, but sooner
or later it goes off on a tangent and becomes irregular and crooked.
Sometimes several of these shelis interlock irregularly and thus form
large clusters.

The curious and minute Cawcum pulchellum (Plate XXIV, fig. 158) is
occasionally met with in considerable numbers, though very liable to be
overlooked owing to its very small size. Caecum costatum V.is of less
frequent occurrence, and easily distinguished by the prominent ridges
or ribs that run lengthwise of the shell.

Wherever algze occur in abundance on these bottoms, the Bittiwm
nigrum (p. 305, XXIV, fig. 154) is found in immense numbers, and it is
generally associated with Lacuna vincta (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 139)
and with a few specimens of Triforis nigrocinetus, (p. 305, Piate XXIV,
fig. 152,) Cerithiopsis Greenti, (Plate XXIV, fig. 153,) Astyris lunata,
(Plate XXI, fig. 110,) Anachis avara, (Plate X XI, fig. 109,) &c. On the
shelly bottoms Cerithiopsis terebralis and C. Emersonii ofter occur, but
they arenotusually common. Onsimilar bottoms, sometimes adhering to

S. Mis. 61 27

418 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Pecten and other shells, we eften met with the various species of Odos-
tomia, among which O. seminuda (Plate XXIV, fig. 148,) was much the
most common; but O. producta, (Plate XXIV, fig. 143,) O. impressa,
(Plate XXIV, fig. 147,) and O. trifida, (Plate XXIV, fig. 145,) occurred
in shallow water; and also Turbonilla elegans, (Plate XXIV, fig. 155,)
whichis avery handsome, glossy, brown shell; and 7. interrupta, which is
a similar shell, but more slender, with less convex whorls. The Hulima
oleacea (Plate XXIV, fig. 149) is a very elegant, white, polished, and
shining shell, and generally rare, but in two instances we found several
of them adhering to the skin of the large Holothurian, Thyone Briareus,
upon which it seemed to live as a quasi parasite or ‘ commensal.”

On shelly and muddy bottoms we occasionally found Scalaria lineata,
(Plate XXI, fig. 125,) and S. multistriata, (Plate X-XI, fig. 122,) both of
which are rare and elegant shells. The Plewrotoma bicarinatum (Plate
XXI, fig. 106) occurred rarely.

The bivalve shells are also quite numerous on these bottoms. Among
them the Mactra solidissima (p. 358, Plate XXVIII, fig. 203) is most
conspicuous on account of its great size and frequent occurrence ; its
dead shells were often very abundantly scattered over the bottom, and
were generally incrusted with numerous bryozoa and hydroids. The
Gouldia mactracea (Plate X XTX, figs. 206, 207) was quite common in many
localities in a living state, while the dead shells were generally diffused.
Among the other species that are common or abundant are Scapharea
transversa, (Plate XXX, fig. 228,) Clidiophora trilineata, (Plate XX VII,
fig. 193,) Nucula proxima, (Plate XXX, fig. 230,) Mytilus edulis, (Plate
XXXI, fig. 234,) Modiola modiolus, (Plate XXXI, fig. 237,) Crenella
glandula, (Plate XX XI, fig. 235,) Pecten irradians, (Plate XXXII, fig.
243,) Anomia glabra, (Plate XXXII, figs. 241, 242.) The Modiolaria
nigra (Plate XX XI, fig. 236) occurred only in few localities in the deep
water of the middle of the Sound, associated with the common muscle.
The Cumingia tellinoides (Plate XXX, fig. 221) was found living ocea-
sionally, but its dead shells were quite common. The same is true of
Corbula contracta, (Plate XX VII, fig. 191,) which was perhaps a little more
commonly found living than the last. The Cyclas dentata (Plate X XIX)
fig. 211,) is a handsomely sculptured, pure white shell, which we met
with only a few times in the living state, though dead valves often oe-
eured, The same remarks will apply to Coclodesma Leanum, (Plate
XXVII, fig. 198,) of which the shells were much more common. The
Kellia planulata (p. 310,) and Montacuta elevata also oceasionally occur
on shelly bottoms, but were seldom obtained alive. The Cyclocardia
borealis (Plate X XIX, fig. 216) and C. Novanglie (Plate X XIX, fig. 215)
were quite common in the deeper waters.

The Gastranella tumida V., (Plate XX VII, fig. 190) is a small and
rare shell, recently discovered, and has, as yet, been found only on a
shelly bottom among hydroids, near New Haven, in 4 or 5 fathoms.
The Angulus modestatus V. (Plate XXX, fig. 224) is a species recently

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 419

described from specimens dredged by usin Vineyard Sound. Itis often
handsomely banded with light red and pale yellow. It is still a rare
species, but has been dredged also near New Haven.

The Ascidians, with the exception of one or two additional species
seldom met with, are the same as those of the rocky bottoms, and they
often occur in immense quantities, especially the massive sandy ones,
Amarecium pellucidum, (p. 401,) and the “ sea-pork,” <A. stellatum, (p.
402,) which together often almost entirely cover the bottom over areas
many acres in extent. They furnish excellent hiding-places in the open-
ings and crevices between their lobes for numerous Crustacea and Anne-
lids, many of which can be easily secured by putting the masses of
these ascidians into buckets of water and leaving them until the water
begins to get stale, when they will come out of their retreats in large
numbers and seek the surface or edges of the water for oxygen. Or
they may be pulled apart directly and the various creatures secured at
once.

The Molgula arenata (Plate XX XIII, fig. 251) is a nearly globular,
but often somewhat flattened species, which covers itself over with closely
adherent grains of sand or gravel. It is most common on sandy bottoms
but is found also on gravelly ones.

The Ciona tenella is an elongated, erect species, attached at base to
rocks, dead shells, &c. It isremarkable for the transparency, whiteness,
and softness of its integument, and for the bright orange ocelli around
its orifices. It is rare in this region, but very common in the Bay of
Fundy.

The Bryozoa are very abundant, especially on the shelly bottoms.
Some of them grow on alge, hydroids, ascidians, &c.; and many
form incrustations on the dead shells and pebbles. The two most
abundant and prominent species are Bugula turrita (p. 311, Plate
XXXIV, figs. 258, 259) and Escharella variabilis, (p. 312, Plate XX XIII,
fig. 256.) The former grows attached to the various sea-weeds in great
quantities, forming delicate white plumes, often six inches to a foot in
length. The latter mostly forms calcareous incrustations over the sur-
faces of dead shells and pebbles, thin at first, but eventually becoming
thickened by the formation of layer over layer, until the crust may be-
come half an inch to an inch in thickness, with a tabulated and vesieu-
lar structure in the interior. The masses thus formed often closely
resemble genuine corals, especially some of the ancient fossil forms,
and they often occur in great quantities. When living the color is dull
red, but when recently dried they have a yellowish-green color, which
easily bleaches out, however, by exposure to the sun and air. Vesicu-
laria dichotoma, (p.404,) Alcyonidium ramosum, (p. 404, Plate XX XIV,
fig. 257,) and Crisia eburnea (p. 311, Plate XXXIV, figs. 260, 261) are
usually abundant. Most of the remaining species have also been men-
tioned in the previous pages as inhabitants of rocky bottoms, or else
among the shore species.

Among the species not previously mentioned are Cellepora scabra,

42() REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

which forms branching, coral-like masses on the slender red alge; a
species of Lepralia, found with the last, and also on shells, which is allied
to L. Pallasiana of Europe; Mollia hyalina, which forms circular disks,
with irregular, more or less oblique cells; and Membranipora tenuis,
which is common on the pebbles, often covering their whole surface with
a delicate lace-like incrustation, made up of very small, crowded, oval
or oblong cells, which have the inner part of the front partly closed over,
but with an irregular, mostly three-lobed aperture toward the outer end,
which is bordered by small, irregular spinules.

The Vesicularia fusca was also found in a few instances, in deep water.
It had not been previously known on the American coast. Good speci-
mens of the Caberea Ellisii were also dredged in the deeper parts of Vine-
yard Sound, attached to ascidians.

Of Echinoderms the number of species is not large. The common
green Star-fish, Asterias arenicola (Plate XXXV, fig. 269) is very com-
mon; the Cribrella sanguinolenta, (p. 407,) is comparatively rare; and
the green sea-urchin, S. Drdbachiensis, (p. 406,) is quite infrequent.
The purple sea-urchin, Arbacia punctulata, (p. 326,) is, however, quite
common in many localities. The largest and finest specimens were
taken off Holmes’ Hole, but it was quite abundant, though of moder-
ate size, in Great Harbor and Wood’s Hole passage. The Thyone Bria-
reus (p. 362) is not uncommon in shallow water, especially among weeds;
it has already been mentioned, (p. 418,) as carrying Hulima oleacea
attached to its skin.

Another Holothurian, the Pentamera pulchella, seems to be quite com-
mon, judging by the numerous specimens thrown on Nobska beach by
the storms, and preserved for us by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, during the
past winter, but it was dredged only in one locality, off Holmes’ Hole,
by Messrs. T. M. Prudden and T. H. Russell. It is a southern species,
not previously known north of the Carolina coasts. It is easily distin-
guished from the preceding species by its light color, and by having
the locomotive-suckers arranged in five broad and very distinct longi-
tudinal bands, with naked spaces between them.

A very delicate little Ophiurian, the Amphipholis elegans, was occa-
sionally met with on the shelly bottoms. This is a northern species,
much more common in the Bay of Fundy, where it is found from low-
water mark to 80 fathoms, and it is found also on the northern coasts
of Europe. It has a nearly circular disk, covered with smooth scales,
regularly arranged, and each of the scales, on the sides of the slender
rays, bears three short, blunt spines. Its color is usually light gray or
whitish, frequently more or less marked with dark gray or brown.

The Hydroids are numerous on these bottoms, and mostly of the same
species that have been mentioned as occuring on rocky bottoms.

The Polyps are few and essentially the same as those on the rocky
bottoms. The only additional species was a small, slender, undescribed

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 421

species of Edwardsia, FE. lineata V., living in the interstices among
ascidians and the tubes of Sabella and Potamilla.

Sponges also occur in considerable numbers. Among them the most
conspicuous is the Cliona sulphurea, a bright sulphur-yellow species, grow-
ing into hemispherical or irregular, massive forms, of firm texture, the
surface covered with scattered, low, wart-like, soft prominences, about
an eighth of an inch in diameter, which contract when the sponge is
dried, leaving shallow pits. The sponge commences as a boring species,
on various dead shells, and as it grows it penetrates the shells in every
direction, forming irregular holes and galleries, which continue to grow
larger as more and more of the substance of the shell is absorbed, until
the shells are reduced to a completely honey-combed, brittle mass, or a
mere skeleton ; finally the sponge begins to protrude from the surface,
and grows up into mammilliform masses, or small, rounded crusts,
which continue to grow and spread in every direction, until finally they
may form masses six or eight inches in diameter, with the base spread-
ing over and enveloping various dead shells, pebbles, and the coral,
Astrangia Dane, though it often happens that living specimens of the
latter grow upon the sponge. Owing to the remarkable boring habits
of this and other allied sponges, they are very important in the econ-
omy of the sea, for they are the principal agents in the disintegration
and decay of the shells that accumulate over the bottoms, thus per-
forming the same function in the sea that fungi and insects perform on
the laud—the removal of dead organisms that otherwise would accu-
mulate in vast quantities. In this work they are aided, in most regions,
either by certain boring Annelids, (Dodecacerea, &c.,) or by various bor-
ing mollusks, (Lithodomus, Pholas, Gastrochena, &c.,) but the greater
part of this work seems to be effected by the sponges.

Numerous species of Foraminifera were obtained on these and also on
the rocky bottoms, but they have not yet been studied. The most com-
mon kind occurs attached by one side to dead shells, algee, &c. It con-
sists of several chambers arranged in a spiral manner, and to the naked
eye resembles a minute depressed spiral shell.

List of species inhabiting gravelly and shelly bottoms of the bays and
sounds.

ARTICULATA.
Insects.
Page. | Page.

Chironomus halophilus..... 415 | Muscides, larva .....-.....- 309
\

Pycnogonids.
Page. Page.
Phoxichilidium maxillare. SNS US Bil ei S| Og eeieie eee eee 409

422 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Crustacea.
Page Page
Cancer irroratus ....-..---- 415 | Lepidactylis dytiscus...... 309
Panopeus depressus -.----- 415 | Moora. levis +2 -. 20 ee 315
PS Seyi 22: 2a: Sees 416 | Autonoé, sp): ¢. 50S 415
Pelia mutiea. sl 2.2 2.2% 415 Amphithoé maculata...... 415
Heterocrypta granulata.... 415 | Unciola irrorata.--........ 415
Eupagurus pollicaris. . - - --- 415 Corophium eylindricum.... 415
BH. longicarpus >. ==. - 415 | Caprella, 8p. - 0... 25a 316
Homarus Americanus. -..-- 415 | Idotea phosphorea ......-. 316
Crangon vulgaris.........- 415 | Hrichsonia filiformis.....-. 316
Hippolyte pusiola......-.. 395 | Epelystrilobus........... 370
Mysis Americana.....-..-. 415 | Balanus crenatus.......... 415
Heteromysis formosa... -.- 415 Numerous Entomostraca.
Annelids,
Page. Page.

Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320) Polydora, sp.............. 416
Ly SLOG ee cee 320| Sealibregma brevicauda.... 416
Harmothoé imbricata... .-. 321| Cirratulus tenuis. ...22222. 416
Sthenelais picta........-.- B40) 40. -0Tangis ... 2-.-.ooeeeee 319
Nephthys picta...-.i..-<2 348| Cirrhinereis fragilis...-.... 397
iG | CUS rr ae te 416| Naragansetacoralii ......-.. 397
PE TiglOWOCE, SP, s «- 20.205 02 349| Dodecacerea, Sp..--.---... 397
SE MAMUAPES) ns cie craip & wtag eine 349| Clymenella torquata......-. 343
TES 6.5 are opi, sere eee 349| Sabellaria vulgaris ....--.-.. 349
MTG IA, SPP. oe «cr sesn seh 349| Cistenides Gouldii......... 349
PSTN) Si pole ns Sac ee Caras ke 349| Ampharete setosa......... 416
Autolytus cornutus ...-. ». ,_697| Samytha..sp . .. 2c cee 416
Ae sp., banded... .,-.. ..- 098 Amphitrite ornata.—- ---oe 320
Nereis pelagica.............- 519) Nicolea simplex..- 25 o5e= 321
IN en yt oo 28s atetnin ra nae ore 318| Polycirrus eximius --2222e. 320
INGLIS Dp Gest Veh eee cen 416| Potamilla oculifera.....-... 322
Diopatra cuprea..........-. 346| Sabella microphthalma.... 323
Marphysa Leidyi....-.-.... 319) Huchone, spi <.2.s\25-eeee 416
Lumbriconereis opalina..-. 320] Fabricia Leidyi...-....... 323
BURRS TURES. he osc ee 2 arse be 320| Serpula dianthus.........- 416
Antbostoma acutum....... 416). Vermilia, Sp. ...:-:.eeieeee 416
Amphostoma, Sp... --.--2-' 416| Spirorbis spirillum.. ..... 323
Scolecolepis cirrata........ 416

Sipunculoids.

Page. Page.
Phascolosoma cementarium 416 | Phascolosoma, sp..--...--- 416

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Meckelia ingens.........-.
Polinia glutinosa..--....--

Loligo Pealii, eggs and adults

Pleurotoma bicarinatum. ..
Bela plicata
leur GariCa ....- 6. -2-<
Syecotypus canaliculatus....
Tritia trivittata
Kupleura caudata......--..
Wrosalpimx cinerea...-....
Eagvris lumata...'.....2-.-
on FOU LS oe hs anaes
PMACHIS BVALA -. 2.5 -.--<-
Odostomia producta......-
O. fusca

O. trifida
O. seminuda.....- Aiba re
Cpumapressa..3.-:.-2.--.6.
CPepisiedralic.:.2.- 4.25...
Turbonilla interrupta-.. -
PELE OANIGS 2 8S. oa /s5 = = ae 'no
Hulima oleacea......--.---
Lacuna vincta

ee 7

ee

oes ee

Saxicava arctica ..

Mya-arenaria, (young)
Corbula contracta........-
Clidiophora trilineata. .....
Lyonsia hyalina.........--
Cochlodesma Leanum..-.---
Mactra solidissima
Mulinia lateralis
Cumingia tellinoides......-
Angulus tener

a a ey

Nemerteans.

Page. |
324 Cosmocephala ochracea....
324 |
MOLLUSCA.

Cephalopods.

Gastropods.

Page.
418 | Bittium nigrum ......--.....
383 | Triforis nigrocinctus-.-.....
417 | Cerithiopsis Greenii.....--
ALT. Cetere praises akc 26Ss-
S04 CME Mer SONilasee 65 ie ee
371 | Vermetus radicula........-
306 | Ceeeum pulchellum.....--.
Ae COSGALUTI. § aes etre
399 | Crucibulum striatum .-..-.-
A417 | Crepidula fornicata........
ALT JC, Un UiORMIS 2226" eer
OU) @u@Olve xa ae. Meo see ae
41% |" Natica’ pusilla. y'. 2252) =.
47h Mimatia: WELOS foc'2 22.2 ton 3'=
AN? | Sealaria lineata.) 25) --,-
SU gsm WLAStEl ata) esos ee ae =
418 | Leptochiton apiculatus. ----
418 | Polycera Lessonil----------
418 | Doto coronata......-.---=-
417 | Doridella obscura. ..-..-..-.-

Lamellibranchs.

eer eee eee er eee ¢

A. modestus
Gastranella tumida........
Cardium pinnulatum
Cyclas dentata........----
Kellia planulata......-.---
Montacuta elevata.....----
Gouldia mactracea
Astarte castanea...-.--..--
Cyclocardia borealis. -.----
C. Novangliz.....

erro rere

423

Page.
325

424 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Page.
Nucula proximas¢ H<qaeeeee 18 Modiolaria nigra.’....2222e2
AToINa PeXata. 2 ss sehen 309| Crenella glandula ........-
Scapharca transversa...... 418| Pecten irradians ....-.....
Mytilus edulis: «<2 eeeees 413| Anomia glabra...:.-.222.
Modiola modiolus........-- 418} Ostrea Virginiana ........
Ascidians.
Page.
Ciona tenellazi hse. e2~ -... - - 419, Leptoclinum albidum...-..
Cynthia partita..........- 311) Ladlouteolum... 2.2202 gee
Molgula Manhattensis ..... 311) Amareecium stellatum ...-..
Mitatenttanereec......2. 5... 419) Aj pellucidum:.*..: 2 \Soeeee
Perophpraviridisis::....-: - 388) A. constellatum .....-.....
Bryozoa.
Page.
Aleyonidium ramosum...-- 419| Bugula turrita............
FAGeIGSUEMM .. 2... 222-2 = 404 B. flabellata .-.. = .ss-eeee
Ae ALASICUM ..--. 52-6. = 404| Membranipora pilosa.....-
Vesicularia dichotoma. - . 419 |" Mo. tenuis ...-.2.- wc. serene
POMS CUCR (8 +. - = cece oe 404.\" M: lineata .. - == - 4. =.eneee
We Oracilis,...'.. = eee 389| Escharella variabilis....-..
WRC APMAL A: sic s+ ss Un oe eee 405| Escharipora punctata (7). --
WV.(4Avenella) fusca. .~....- - 420| Lepralia, sp. ..-.--- <2 cee
Tubulipora flabellaris...... 405} Mollia hyalina ........-...
Grisiateburnea -.....--..-. 419| Discopora coccinea (?) ...--
PAMLeAANOUINEA- =. - 5. 2s <= 405| Cellepora ramulosa....-.---
Eucratea chelata .....-. .. . 405) C, seabra: ... «.- 222s here
Gaperca: MNWISH....0205 .. = 420| Pedicellina Americana.....
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.
Page. |
Pentamera pulchella....... 420 | Arbacia punctulata....:.--.
Whivone -Briareus ;- ../).7!2 420| Asterias arenicola.........
Strongylocentrotus Drdba- Cribrella sanguinolenta. - . -
ermbematg ns oe SUSI IL eae 420| Amphipholis elegans .....-
Acalephs.
Page.
Campanularia volubilis .-.. 408 | Clytia Johnstoni ....-..--.
Platypyxis cylindrica... ... 408 | Obelia fusiformis..........

Orthopyxis caliculata....-.

408 | O. geniculata

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 425

Page. ; Page
Oadichotoma: )2s23..222- 407 | Halecium gracile...... wo WHsZS
O. commissuralis .......... 327 | Eudendrium dispar....+.-. 408
Lafoéa calcarata........-.-- 408 | Pennaria tiarella........-. 327
Sertularia argentea.......- 408 | Thamnocnida tenella...... 407
BMCAPressina ss 2sqedse. . 408 | Hydractinia polyclina ..... 328
Hydrallmania faleata...... 408

Polyps.

Page. Page.
Sagartia modesta.......... 900| Edwardsia lineata ........ 421
Metridium marginatum.... 329] Astrangia Dane .......... 421

PROTOZOA.
‘ Sponges.

Page. Page.
Gramtia ciliata... ..se..0.. 330| Cliona sulphurea.......... 421
MAS SPis Sols easels 409| Halichondria, sp...-.....-- 330
C. oculata ..... shoals ota alae AOSD in Redamiaspis accuse ks dite 409

Foraminifera.

; Page.

ROR ARSC CLO cy sion sci oi hy eMac Pao Si Ames a siete ns MP apn bo co 42

Il. 7.—FAUNA OF THE SANDY BOTTOMS OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS.

The sandy bottoms in Vineyard Sound are chiefly found in shallow
water, either along the shores or on the banks and shoals. In Buzzard’s
Bay they were met with only in few places, near the shore, and have no
great extent. To the eastward of Vineyard Sound, throughout the
greater part of Nantucket Sound, Muskeget Channel, and the waters
south and southeast of Nantucket and Cape Cod, the bottom is gener-
ally sandy, sometimes passing into gravelly and shelly.

The true sandy bottoms are not favorable to many kinds of animals,
and where the sands are constantly changing, as on most of the shoals
in this region, the bottom is sometimes almost barren of life, though
certain burrowing species may occur.

The following are some of the special localities where dredgings were
made on sandy bottoms: In Buzzard’s Bay, at line 11, d, e, f; 64, a, b ;
Bue d, Us Of, 0,0; 65, a, DS Tira, UL ad = 73, a, 0, ¢,¢, 7. In’ Vineyard
Sound, at line 14, g, h; 25, a,b; 27, a,b; 30, a,b; 37, h, 7; 43, a,b;
46, c,d; 47, d,e; 48, a,b. A large portion of the species occurring on
these bottoms have been mentioned before either as inhabitants of the
Sandy shores at low water, or as living upon gravelly and shelly bot-
toms. With the exception of a few species living attached to scattered
shells or stones, nearly all the species are such as are adapted to bur-

426 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

rowing beneath the surface of the sand, though many of them may also
occur creeping on its surface.

The most abundant and characteristic species of Crustacea are the lob-
ster, Homarus Americanus, (p. 313,) the common shrimp, Crangon vul-
garis, (p. 339, Plate IIT, fig. 10,) the “lady-crab,” Platyonichus ocellatus,
(p. 338, Plate I, fig.4,) the larger hermit-crab, Hupagurus pollicaris, (p.
313,) the smaller hermit-crab, Hupagurus longicarpus, (p. 313,) Anthura
brunnea, Conilert concharum, Unciola irrorata, (p. 340, Plate LV, fig. 19.)

Of Annelids a considerable number of burrowing species occur, and
also a few tube-dwelling species, which attach their tubes to dead shells;
among these last are Sabellaria vulgaris (p. 321, Plate X VIL, figs. 88, 88a,)
and Serpula dianthus, (p. 322.

The Gastropods are not numerous, and but few are peculiar to sandy
bottoms; the majority found have their proper homes on shelly or
muddy bottoms and live in much smaller numbers in sandy places;

others enumerated in the following list inhabit the patches of eel-grass
and alge that are often scattered over the sandy bottoms in shallow
water. A few species, however, have their proper homes on the sandy
bottoms. Among the most important of these are Lunatia heros, (p. 353,
Plate XXIII, figs. 133-136,) Neverita duplicata, (p. 354, Plate X XLII, fig.
130,) Natica pusilla, (p. 354, Plate XXIII, fig. 132,) Cylichna oryza,
(Plate XXV, fig. 164,) Utriculus canaliculatus, (Plate X XV, fig. 160.)

The bivalve shells are more numerous, and most of them are species
that burrow beneath the surface. The most common and characteristic
species are HMnsatella Americana, (p. 356, Plate XXVI, fig. 182, and
Plate XXXII, fig. 245,) Siliqua costata, (p. 358, Plate XXXII, fig. 244,)
Mactra solidissima, (p. 358, Plate XXVIII, fig. 202,) Angulus tener, (p.
308, Plate XX VI, fig. 180, and Plate XXX, 223, shell;) Tottenia gemma,
(p. 399, Plate XXX, fig. 220,) Lyonsia hyalina, (p. 358, Plate XX VIL, fig.
194.) In certain localities, where eel-grass grows, the scollop, Pecten
irradians, (p. 361, Plate XXXII, fig. 243,) occurs in considerable abun-
dance. The common muscle, Mytilus edulis, (Plate X XI, fig. 254,) ocea-
sionally occurs in patches or beds. Levicardium Mortoni (p. 358, Plate
XXIX, fig. 208) 1s sometimes abundant in sheltered localities. The
Ceronia arctata appears to be abundant in some places, as it is some-
times thrown on the sandy beaches in large numbers, but it was seldom
dredged. The Thracia Conradi lives on sandy bottoms, buried six
inches or more beneath the surface, but is seldom obtained alive. The
dead shells were occasionally dredged in Vineyard Sound.

Very few Ascidians occur. The most frequent one is Molgula arenata,
(p. 419, Plate XX XIII, fig. 251,) which lives free in the sand and covers
itself with a coating of closely adherent grains of sand. Another species,
M. pellucida, is occasionally met with ; this also lives free in the sand, but
does not attach the sand to itself. It has a clean translucent integu-
ment, a round body, and two tubes which are large and swollen at their

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 427

bases. Where eel-grass or algze afford opportunities for its attachment,
the M. Manhattensis (p. 311, Plate XX XIII, fig. 250) generally occurs.

The Bryozoa are not numerous, unless where dead shells are scattered
over the sand for their attachment, when many of the same species that
inhabit shelly bottoms may occur. The only species that are frequent
on the true sandy bottoms are Bugula turrita, (Plate XXXIV, figs. 258,
259,) which occurs attached to eel-grass, &c., and Escharella variabilis,
(p. 311, Plate XX XIII, fig. 256,) which incrusts dead shells or other solid
objects; with the last, Membranipora lineata, (p. 406,) and several other
species may sometimes be found.

Several species of Echinoderms inhabit the sandy bottoms. The most
abundant one is the “‘sand-dollar,” Echinarachnius parma, (p. 362, Plate
XXXV, fig. 267,) which occurs in immense numbers on nearly all sandy
bottoms, except on the most exposed shoals. Another related species,
Melifta tootudinaria, was dredged two or three times in Vineyard Sound,
but the specimens were dead and broken. It is a very abundant species
south of Cape Hatteras, and may be distinguished by having five large
oblong perforations near the edge.

At least three species of Holothurians live upon the sandy bottoms.
The most common one is the Thyone Briareus, (p. 362,) conspicuous on
account of its large size and dark purplish. brown color, as well as for the
numerous long papille that cover its body. It was found ona sandy bot-
tom off Waquoit, with the Hulima oleacea (Plate XXIV, fig. 149) adher-
ing to its surface, just as they occurred together on shelly bottoms, (see p.
418.) The Pentamera pulchella, (p. 420,) also inhabits sandy bottoms, in
shallow water. During the past winter Mr. Vinal N. Edwards collected
numerous specimens of this and the preceding species on Nobsca beach,
after storms. They doubtless live in the sand, in shallow water, a short
distance off the beach. In similarsituations the Caudina arenata, (p. 362,)
occasionally occurs, but it is apparently rare in this region. It has athick,
yellowish white, harsh skin, without suckers, and its body tapers off into
a Slender caudal portion. The common star-fish, Asterias arenicola,
(p. 326, Plate XX XV, fig. 269,) isnot uncommon on sandy bottoms, though
more abundant in rocky and shelly localities. The Ophiura olivacea
(p. 363) lives among the patches of eel-grass in shallow water on the
sandy bottoms, and travels over the surface of the sand quite rapidly
by means of its slender, flexible rays.

Of Hydroids very few species ordinarily inhabit sandy bottoms, and
the only one that is usually met with is Hydractinia polyclina, (p. 328,)
which lives on the shells occupied by hermit-crabs. Others occasionally
grow on the eel-grass or on dead shells.

The Cliona sulphurea, (p. 421,) is the only large sponge that is com-
monly met with on sandy bottoms, but another bright yellow siliceous
sponge, forming smooth, firm, crest-like lobes and plates, occurred on
Edgartown beach.

428

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of species inhabiting the sandy bottoms of the bays and sounds.

Cancer irroratus.........--
Carcinus granulatus.......
Platyonichus ocellatus.....
Hippa talpoida
Eupagurus polliearis.....--
BigdOncicarpise acces we. < 5
Homarus Americanus....-.
Crangon vulgaris.......-.-.

Sthenelais picta...........
Nephthys picta
MeOMG, SPs. os: =o oise okie
Neresis pelagica.......--.-
Lumbriconereis opalina... -
Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus
ike eAIMericanus:. -\ ss) 2 a2 06
Anthostoma robustum.....

acer eere eee ie

Meckelia ingens... 22.2. .

Phascolosoma Gouldii.....

Palgur icariéas ..2 sce. ee
Sycotypus canaliculatus. - . -
Eupleura caudata
Urosalpinx cinerea. -../0..:
Tritia trivittata...........
Ilyanassa obsoleta.... ...-
Anachis avaraciwcis tees <:
Astyris.. lunata:, - 1.22.22 2

ARTICULATA,
Crustacea.

Page. Page.
312 | Lepidactylis dytiscus..... 339
312 | Unciola irrorata..-........- 426
A36: | IdoteaceGa. .:: 42) 22 eee 340
308 | Epelys trilobus..........- 370
426 | Conilera concharum....... 426
426 | Anthura brunnea..-...-..- 426
426 | Limulus Polyphemus ....-.- 340
426

Annelids.

Page. Page.
348 | A. acutum.... 2.2223 416
348 | Scolecolepis cirrata.....-.. 416
349 |) Polydora,. spe... 22a 416
319 | Clymenella torquata.... .. 343
320 | Sabellaria vulgaris.....-.. 42
341 | Cistenides Gouldii......... 323
342 | Amphitrite ornata........- 32
343 | Serpula dianthus.......... 426

Nemerteans.

Page. | Page
349 |) MS rosea +... 6. Ye Ys eee 350
Sipunculoids.

Page. | Page.
300 | P. cxmentarium.-.... 22-5 416
MOLLUSCA.

Gastropods.

Page Page.
355 | Odostomia seminuda...-...- 417
355 | Turbonilla interrupta...... 418
371 | Bittium: Migram. >) aren 305
306 | Triforis nigrocinctus -....- 305
354 | Cerithiopsis Greenii.....-- 417
354. |-C. terebralisiace: 2407s 417
306. | C. Emersonii:...2taa-0 oe 417
306 | Cecum pulchellum......-.. 417

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

429

Page. Page
C. costatum...-. es oat eee £7.) Lunatia, Weros:. 2 se 442-520 426
Crepidula fornicata...-...--. 350 | Neverita duplicata.....-... 426
MENEOMVOXA] . 52.53% 22nd ss 84 355. | Cylichna oryza.....- uae a 426
Geeumeuiformis.. -~.4-.. 2442+: 309 | Utriculus canaliculatus... 426
ered, pusilla .. 25052; 514: 426
Lamellibranchs.
Page Page.
Ensatella Americana.....- 426~ | Vellinatentar: 42... 2+. .. 452
Siliqua costatay.2.-..-.-... 496 | Angulus modestus .... .... 418
Miyaiarenarias. 2 0s... 225. Soh, ABOM OLS. Seki a3 Naar 3 426
Corbula contracta......... 418 | Venus mercenaria......... 359
Clidiophora trilineata...... 418 | Tottenia gemma-.....-...... 42
hyonsia hyalina.........-- 426 | Levieardium Mortoni ..... 426
Wheaeia Conradi.....2 22... 42 Cyelas dentata....-..-..--- 418
Periploma papyracea...... 435 | Solenomya velum.......... 360
Cochlodesma Leanum...... 418 | Gouldia mactracea......-. 418
Mactra solidissima........ 426 | Astarte castanea........-. 432
Mulinia lateralis .... ...... Stas | Mytilus edulis 33%. 9 5 see. 426
Ceronia arctata..........-. 426. | Pecten irradians ......-..- 426
Miacoma fusca... .2...-.:-- god. | “Anomiarglabrac. ose -2-.4-- oll
Ascidians.
Page. Page
Molgula arenata........... 426 | Molgula pellucida......... 426
M. Manhattensis.......... 427
Bryozoa.
Page. | Page.
Buguia turrita....- ab oases 427 | Escharella variabilis....... 427
Membranipora lineata..... 427
RADIATA,
Hehinoderms.
Page. L prertefpora Page
Thyone Briareus.......... 427 Melitfa vesbecereenie A ee 427
Pentamera pulchella....... 427 | Asterias arenicola........- 427
Caudina arenata.......... 427 | Ophiura olivacea.......... 427
Kchinarachnius parma. ...- 427 |
Acalephs.
Page. Page.
Obelia diaphana...... «---- 9327 | Hydractinia polyclina..... 427

430 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Polyps.
Page
Paractis rapilorwils sere Meee EE |= 8227 see eee : ae 363
PROTOZOA.
Sponges.
Page. Page.
Cliona sulphurea.......... 427 | Massive siliceoussponge.... 427
Foraminifera.
Page
peveralspeciese- ost 0 OLS bad. Soo do Se ee 421

II. 8.—FAUNA OF THE MUDDY BOTTOMS OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS.

The muddy bottoms are inhabited by a considerable number of
species, which find their true homes in such localities. Most of these
are either burrowing or tube-dwelling kinds. A few creep or swim
about over the surface or conceal themselves in the superficial layer of
mud and vegetable débris.

The character of the mud itself is quite various, and the different
kinds are often inkabited by different groups of animals. The mud may
be very thick, heavy, and tenacious, consisting chiefly of clay ; such
mud is usually inhabited by few species of animals. It may consist of
finely comminuted sand, mixed with more or less clay ; such bottoms are
more favorable to animal life. In other places it consists partly of one
of the preceding kinds intimately mixed with large quantities of decay-
ing vegetable débris, derived chiefly from eel-grass and alge; such mud,
unless too fetid, is often full of animal life. In some cases, especially
in well-sheltered localities, where the water is tolerably pure, the mud
may contain large quantities of living and dead microscopic organisms,
both animal and vegetable, and these may even constitute more than
one-half of the bulk of the mud, which, in such cases, is peculiarly soft
and floceulent; such mud is extremely favorable to many kinds of ani-
mals that feed on the microscopic organisms, especially the bivalve
shells, Holothurians, and many Annelids, and the “ menhaden” among
fishes. The last variety of bottom, when it has a substratum of sand
or gravel a few inches below the surface, is the most favorable kind fer
oysters, Which grow very rapidly and become very fat in such places.

In Vineyard Sound and Nantucket Sound muddy bottoms are not
common, and are mostly of small extent, situated in coves, harbors, or
in places where the tides form eddies around projecting points of land,
or in the lee of shoals.

In Buzzard’s Bay the bottom is muddy over the greater part of its
area, except a region of sandy and shelly bottom in the central part.

In Long Island Sound the bottom is generally muddy throughout its

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. A431

length and breadth, though small areas of rocks, gravel, and sand occur
at various places.

The special localities, indicated on the chart, where dredgings were
made on muddy bettoms, not including the outside dredgings, are as
follows: In Buzzard’s Bay, at line 67, Db; 68, a, b,c: 74, a,b; 75, a, D,
c, d, e, f; in Hadley Harbor, at 10, a, b, c,d; in Great Harbor, at 17,
b,c; 19, b; in Robinson’s Hole, at 78, a, b, ¢; in Vineyard Sound, at
47, b,c. Numerous other dredgings were made on muddy bottoms im
this region that are not indicated on the chart.

In Long Island Sound numerous dredgings have been made by the
writer, with Mr. S. I. Smith and others, during eight years. These ex-
tend from a few miles west of the entrance of New Haven Harbor to
the Thimble Islands and Faulkner’s Island on the east ; and from the Con-
necticut shore nearly across the sound. The greater part of these dredg-
ings were on muddy bottoms, and generally in 3 to 8 fathoms of water.

The following are some of the most common and important of the
Crustacea living on these muddy bottoms: the spider-erab, Libinia can-
aliculata, (p. 368,) L. dubia, (p. 368,) Panopeus depressus, (p. 312, Plate
I, fig. 3,) P. Sayi, (p. 312,) the “ blue-crab,” Callinectes hastatus, (p. 367,)
Mysis Americana, (p. 396,) Ptilocheirus pingwis, (p. 431,) Unciola irro-
rata, (p. 340, Plate LV, fig. 19,) Limulus Polyphemus, (p. 340.) Numer-
ous tube-dwelling Amphipods, including several species of Ampelisea
and genera belonging to the Lysianassine occur, some of them in great
numbers, and also additional species of crabs and shrimps. All these
are of special importance, because they furnish great quantities of food
for the fishes frequenting muddy bottoms.

Of Annelids numerous burrowing and tube-dwelling kinds are to be
found, some of them in great abundance. One of the most abundant
and conspicuous species is Nephthys ingens, (Plate XII, figs. 59, 60.) This
worm burrows in mud of all kinds, even in that which is so filled with
decaying vegetable débris as to be very fetid. It grows to the length
of more than six inches, with a diameter of a quarter of an inch or more,
though most of the specimens are about half this size. The body is
whitish, with a red median blood-vessel, but the lateral appendages are
dark and the sete nearly black. It is very active, and wriggles about
energetically by undulating its body laterally, to the right and left; this
motion enables it to burrow quickly, or to swim quite rapidly. When
captured it is very apt to break off the posterior part of its body,
but can reproduce it.

The Diopatra cuprea (p. 346, Plate XIII, figs. 67, 68) is often abun-
dant where the mud is somewhat firm; the dredge often brings up large
quantities of the projecting ends of its large tubes, but the occupant
usually escapes by retreating below the surface. The two species of
Rhynchobolus are also quite common, but R. dibranchiatus (p. 341, Plate
X, figs. 43, 44) is generally the most abundant. The curious Travisia
carnea V. is seldom met with, and, like Brada setosa V., appears to be rare

432 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

in this region. The Trophonia affinis (Plate XIV, fig. 75) is more com-
mon, though found chiefly in the deeper waters, and more frequently in
the cold waters outside, as off Cuttyhunk Island and off Block Island.
Ampharete setosa V. has been found only in Long Island Sound, near
New Haven. The Melinna cristata is a northern and European species ;
it was found in the deeper part of Vineyard Sound, inhabiting flexible
tubes covered with finemud. Huchone elegans V.(Plate XVI, fig. 84) was
found in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound, living in small tubes of
mud; it was much more abundant in the deeper waters outside. The
Meckelia ingens (p. 349, Plate XIX, figs. 96, 96a) occasionally occurs on
muddy bottoms, though more common on sandy ones.

Of Gastropod mollusks a comparatively small number of species oc-
cur that are characteristic of these bottoms. There are several species
that occur on eel-grass, when it grows on the muddy bottoms, which are
not included in the following list. They have been mentioned when
speaking of the fauna of muddy and sandy shores.

Among the species of special interest were Mangilia cerina, which is
a rare and little-known species; Bela plicata (p. 383, Plate XX1I, fig.
107); Turbonilla elegans, (p. 418, Plate XXIV, fig. 155), which was re-
cently described from specimens obtained in Vineyard Sound by us;
T. interrupta, (p. 418;) two species of Scalaria, (p. 418 ;) Cylichna oryza,
(Plate XXV, fig. 164;) Amphisphyra pellucida, (Plate XXY, fig. 1625)
and Utriculus canaliculatus, (Plate X XV, fig. 160).

The bivalve shells are much more numerous and are mostly, burrowing
kinds. Among the most abundant are Mulinia lateralis, (p. 373, Plate
XXVI, fig. 184 B,) which occurs in immense quantities, especially in soft
sticky mud; Clidiophora trilineata, (Plate XX VII, fig. 193 ;) Tellina tenta
(Plate XXX, fig. 225,) which is often very abundant in soft mud, in shel-
tered places, as in Hadley Harbor; Callista convexa, (Plate XXX, fig.
219;) Nucula proxima, (Plate XXX, fig. 230;) Yoldia limatula, (Plate XXX,
232 ;) Astarte castanea, (Plate XXIX, fig. 204;) and Mytilus edulis, (p. 307.)

The last-named shell, which is the common muscle, occurs in patches,
“beds,” or “banks,” often of great extent. One of these muscle-beds, in
which the animals were living, was found extending quite across the
mouth of Cuttyhunk Harbor, at line 75, /, on the chart; another at
Quick’s Hole, at line 76, c, and 45, a, b; others at 77, d, e, f; 46, b, ¢, d.
In several instances large beds of dead muscles were found, with few
living ones, and in all these cases there were on them large numbers of
star-fishes, either Asterias arenicola, in case of those in Vineyard Sound ;
or Asterias vulgaris on those in the deeper and colder waters near the
entrance of the Sound and off Gay Head; and sometimes both kinds, at
intermediate localities. These star-fishes had no doubt devoured the
muscles. Among the localities of this kind are, 47, a, b, c,d; 53, b, ¢ 3
56, b, c,d; 55, a,b, ¢; 63,a,b; 58,d; 54, b. As this species of muscle
grows to full size, under favorable circumstances, in one year, it is prob-
able that these muscle-beds vary greatly in size and position in different

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 433

years. They afford habitations for various kinds of animals that belong
properly on shelly or stony bottoms, such as Arbacia punctulata (p. 326,)
Cribrella sanguinolenta, (p. 407,) and various shells, ascidians, hydroids,
&e. The Modiolaria nigra (Plate XXX], fig. 236) was found in small
numbers, but of good size, associated with the common muscle, in the
deeper part of Vineyard Sound.

The oyster does not usually occur on true muddy bottoms in this
region, unless placed there by human agency, but unless attacked by
the star-fishes or other enemies they will flourish well in such localities.
Beds of oysters on muddy bottoms always afford lodgment for large
numbers of animals that belong properly to the shelly and rocky bot-
toms; these have mostly been omitted from the following list.

Among the shells of peculiar interest that live. in the mud are the
species of Pholas. The largest and finest species, P. costata, has been
found living in New Bedford Harbor, according to Dr. Gould. It lived
buried in the mud two or three feet below the surface, and the speci-
mens were dug out by the harbor-dredging machines. This is a south-
ern species, found quite commonly on the coasts of South Carolina and
Florida, and in the Gulf of Mexico. With the last, P. truncata (p. 372,
Plate XX VII, fig. 200) was also obtained, but this is quite common in mud
and peat-banks, above low-water mark. Of both the preceding species
we dredged dead shells at Wood’s Hole and in Great Harbor, and with
them we found fragments of another, Zirphea crispata, which is a
northern and European species. It is seldom that living adult speci-
mens of such deep-burrowing shells can be obtained by the ordinary
dredge, and they are rarely thrown up by the waves.

Ascidians are not often found on the muddy bottoms, and most of
those that do occur adhere to the shells of oysters, muscles, &c., or to
eel-grass. Hydroids and Bryozoa are likewise nearly wanting on true
muddy bottoms, though a few may occur on the eel-grass and oysters.

Of Echinoderms there are but few species. The Thyone Briareus
(p. 362) sometimes occurs where there is growing eel-grass. The common
star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p. 326,) has been mentigned above as in-
habiting muscle-beds and oyster-beds. The sdmphy mabdita Visa
singular Ophiuran, with a small body and very long, slender, flexible,
greenish arms, having three spines on each side arm-plate. The arms
are sometimes six inches long. The creature buries itself deeply beneath
the surface of the soft mud, and projects one or more of the long arms
partially above the surface of the mud. On this account it is seldom
dredged entire; the projecting arms are usually cut off by the dredge,
and the animal escapes; and as it has the power of restoring lost arms,
this is only a temporary inconvenience. ‘The same thing probably hap-
pens when a voracious fish seizes one of the arms.

S. Mis. 61——28

434 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of species inhabiting muddy bottoms of the bays and sounds.

Pinnotheres ostreum. ......
PMAaculacus. sc. ae eee ee
Cancer irroratus
Panopeus depressus
P. Sayi

es ee eee

Libinia canaliculata
L. dubia.....
Eupagurus pollicaris
EK. longicarprs
Callianassa Stimpsoni
Crangon vulgaris
Mysis Americana

~2e ee eee
see ec eee
en
ae 2 ene
ee ere ee ee ee

Nephthys ingens
Phyllodoce, sp
Eulalia, sp
Nereis pelagica
Diopatra cuprea
Marphysa Leidyi
Lumbriconereis opalina .-..
Rhynchobolus Americanus .«
%. dibranchiatus

cpereng> >

Meckeha ingens
Cerebratulus, sp

Phascolosoma czeementarium

Pontonema marinum

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea.
Page. | Page.
307 | Squilla empusa:.-..5 sae 369
459 Lysianassine, several spe-
312 CleS «2.0.2.5. er 431
43 Phoxus Kroyeri -.--. AP ie
431°) Melita nitida.-:...7-2Se es 314
312 | Ampelisca, two species. ---* 431
43 Ptilocheirus pinguis ....... 431
431 | Amphithoé compta......-. 370
431 | Corophium eylindricum.... 415
313 | Unciola irrorata......-.--- 431
313 | Epelys trilobus........2- see
069 | H.montosus : .... 2. eee 370
339 | Limulus Polyphemus ...... 431
451 | Numerous Entomostraca. . .
Annelids.
Page. Page.
431 | Travisia carnea ....-.. eee) Soe
049 | Trophonia affinis ... 2.2228 432
349 | Brada setosa...-.2-4oceee 431
319 | Cistenides Gouldii-....-- ne 23
431- | Ampharete setosa .....3.-- 432
319 | Melinna cristata-....25.522) "4ae
320 | Polycirrus eximius -..Sefeee eae
342 ~=Cheetobranchus sanguineus. 320
431, | Euchone elegans --22-2 eer 432
Nemerteans.
Page. | Page.
432 | Cosmocephala ochracea....: 325
B24 |
Sipunculoids.
Page.
2 eer tee wees Seh el. 0s. cee
Nematodes.
Page. | Page.
ooo) P. vacillatumis.-. — Pec. 326

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS

OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page
Manvilia cerina.......-.-.<- 432 | Crepidula fornicata.......-
pclayplucata. ... seers 432 | ORCODVERA =) 52) \025 52 ee
Mripia taivattata-...----..+- 34 | CAunowLOrmis)... fsa. = se8
Ilyanassa obsoleta.....--.- 304. | Sealdria lineata ....-...-..-.
EKupieura caudata......... Sioa Se MU GISbLAte 2)! 2 oe
Odostomia seminuda....... 417 | Utriculus canaliculatus ....
. Ui re SO (ini Evel as SOMARIA) ion 2 5 sas 2
Turbonilla interrupta...... 432 | Amphisphyra pellucida ....
Bees ans 2 2 tee . 432 | Cylichna oryza-----.-.-.-.---
Lamellibranchs.
Page
FANOIAS -COSUALA =). 5 433 | Cardium pinnulatum......
Eeruneata, | 288 120... 433 | Kellia planulata.......:.~.
Mia akenarias 220s. 2h. 309 | Montacuta elevata.........
Clidiophora trilineata...... 432 Solenomya velum.......-.-
Lyonsia hyalina........-... 358 | Astarte castanea.......--.-
Periploma papyracea ...-... 429 | Cyclocardia borealis. .....-
Miulinia lateralis ..2. ..... 439) (Oe Nowanelize:: sa)! ose ee
Tagelus gibbus..-..-....-.. So |, .Nireula, PLOXIMA 2:22 Se, 0s noe
T. divisus...........---..- Voldiavlimatia 245-4) sate
Cuniingia tellinoides: 22%... 418 Argina pexata AE eT
Macoma fus SO EO aoe te snodd 3509 | Mytilus edunlisin3 424
PASM TENET fk. ss. 358 | Modiolaria nigra ......---.
ine aes ‘
Tellina tenta.......--...-. 432 | Crenella glandula.-.-.-...- :
| Oey ae ao Ys Me
Callista COMMOM ante )s = oes ayaa 432 Anomia glabra By ae Re Ae
T an Qi +s wate
Venus mercenaria ....-.-.. 359 | Ostreea Virginiana.........
Petricola pholadiformis .... 572
Ascidians.
Page.
Molgula Manhattensis ..... ally || Cynthia partita: - 2-32 2302:
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.
Page.
Phyone Brareus™....- +... 433 | Aimphipholis abdita . -.
Asterias arenicola........- 433

435

Page.

433

436 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
II. 9.—FREE SWIMMING AND SURFACE ANIMALS.

Under this head I have included all the animals found swimming free,
whether in the bays and sounds, or in the colder region outside. Nor
have I, in this case, attempted to separate those of the estuaries and
other brackish waters, although such a distinction might be useful had
we sufficient data to make it even tolerably complete. But hitherto
very little surface-collecting has been done in waters that are really
brackish ; and, moreover, since every tide must bring in myriads of free-
swimming creatures with the waters from outside, it will always be diffi-
cult to distinguish between those that are thus transported and those
that properly belong to the brackish waters. A distinction between the
free-swimming animals of the bays or sounds and those of the open
coast has not been made, partly on account of the conStant intermixture
of the waters and their inhabitants by the tides, and partly because the
observations that were made do not indicate any marked difference in
the life or in the average temperature of the surface waters, though the
waters of the shallow bays become more highly heated by the direct
heat of the sun in summer. The waters of the open coast are evidently
more or less warmed by the Gulf Stream, and in fact numerous species
of animals that properly. belong to the fauna of the Gulf Stream are
constantly brought into Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds by the cur-
rents, showing .conclusively that a portion of the Gulf Stream water
must also take the same course.

In Vineyard Sound, during August and the first part of September,
the temperature of the surface water in the middle of the day was gen-
erally from 68° to 71° Fahrenheit; September 9, off Tarpaulin Cove,
the surface temperature was 66°; off to the west of Gay Head, in mid-
channel, it was 67° Fahrenheit; but farther out, off No Man’s Land, on
the same day, it was 62°, (bottom, in 18 fathoms, 625° ;) a short distance
west of No Man’s Land it was 63°, (bottom, in 11 fathoms, 59°;) about
sixteen miles off Newport, at the 29-fathom locality, it was 62° on Sep-
tember 14, (at the bottom 59°;) off Cuttyhunk, in 25 fathoms, it was
64° at the surface on September 15, (bottom 625°.) According to the
record made by Captain B. J. Edwards, during the past winter, from
observations taken at 9 a. m. every morning, at the end of the Govern-
ment wharf at Wood’s Hole, (where the temperature must be nearly
identical with that of Vineyard Sound,) the average temperature of the
surface water was 31° Fahrenheit, from December 27 to February 28.
The average temperature for that hour during January was 31.429;
the lowest was 29° on January 29, with the wind N. W.; the highest
was 38° on January 17, with the wind 8S. W.; on the 18th, 19th, and
22d it was 35°. The average for February was 30.75° ; the coldest was
29°, on February 24 and 25; the highest 33°, on February 8, 17, and
19. The temperature at the bottom (at the depth vf nine feet) was
also taken, but rarely differed more than one degree from that of the

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 437

surface, being sometimes a little lower and sometimes higher than that
of the surface, but generally the same. The higher temperatures
usually occurred with, or following, southerly or southeasterly winds,
(from the direction of the Gulf Stream,) while the lowest ones gener-
ally accompanied or followed northerly winds. The tides must ob-
viously also have some effect in modifying the temperature.

It must not be inferred from the preceding remarks that a distinct or
constant current flows into these waters from the region of the Gulf
Stream, for the facts do not warrant such a belief, nor is there any dif-
ficulty in explaining the phenomena in another way. All that is neces-
sary to account for the higher temperatures of this region, and the fre-
quent occurrence of Gulf Stream animals, is to suppose that when
southerly or southeasterly winds blow continuously for a considerable
time they cause a superficial flow or drift of warmer water from the
Gulf Stream region toward these shores, which. may also be aided by
the tides; such a surface-drift will gradually lose its distinctness as
it approaches the coast and mingles more and more with the cooler
waters beneath, but the animals borne along by it will still serve to
show its direction and origin, even after its temperature becomes iden -
tical with that of the adjacent waters. Such surface currents would
necessarily be intermittent in character and ‘variable in direction and
extent, as well as in duration and temperature. They would also be
more frequent in summer than in winter, according with the prevalent
direction of the winds. So far as known to me all the facts are in
harmony with this view. Accordingly the waters of Vineyard Sound
aré quite cold in winter, and only occasionally receive a little heat from
the Gulf Stream region, and that, probably, largely through the medium
of the air itself; but in summer these waters are very warm, for they
pot only receive frequent accessions of warm water from the Gulf
Stream, but they are also favorably situated to be rapidly warmed by
the direct heat of the sun.

The fauna of the surface in this region is very rich and varied, es-
pecially in summer. In winter, life is also abundant in the surface
waters, but very different in character from that found in summer.
Had collections been made in spring and autumn, still other groups of
animals would doubtless have been found. Our knowledge of the surface
animals of Vineyard Sound, in winter, is wholly based on aseries of surface-
dredgings made by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards in January, February, and
March of the past winter. A separate list of the species contained in
these collections, so far as identified, has been prepared to follow
the general list. The most noticeable feature of the winter collections
is the entire absence of the larval forms of crabs, shrimps, lobsters,
star-fishes, sea-urchins, annelids, &c., which so abound in the same
waters in summer. On the other hand there is a great abundance of
Entomostraca, Sagitta, several northern Amphipods, species of Mysis ,
&e., together with eggs and young of certain fishes.

438 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In the general list of surface species only those that have been ae-
tually observed are introduced, but it must be remembered that the
greater part of the crustacea, annelids, mollusks, and echinoderms are
well known to have free-swimming young, or larval forms, and that the
‘list might easily be doubled by the introduction of such species, on
theoretical grounds; but, by omitting them, the list serves to indicate
how much yet remains to be done in this direction. There are large
numbers of common species of which neither the young nor the eggs
are known, and there are many others of which the eggs, or young, or
both, are known, but the time required for the hatching of the eggs and
the development of the young is not known. The dates given in the
lists refer only to the time of actual capture of the species, and it must
not be inferred that at other seasons of the year any of the species so
designated are not to be found; for, doubtless, many of those that swim
free when adult may be found all the year round. And _ possibly
some species may breed during every month of the year. But the
breeding season of most species is probably of short duration, and
therefore the larvee and young may occur only at particular seasons.

Mr. A. Agassiz has made a very large collection of the surface ani-
mals in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and off Newport, and to his
labors we owe the knowledge of a large proportion of the jelly-fishes.
He has also described the larve and young of several Annelids and
Nemerteans, and has described and beautifully illustrated the larvae
and young of the common star-fishes, (Asterias,) and the green sea-
urehin, (Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis.) The Salpa Cabotti (Plate
XXXII, figs. 254, 255) was also well described and illustrated by him ;
and also other species, but a large part of the collection has not yet
been elaborated.

Our surface collections were made both in the day and evening,
at various hours, chiefly by means of towing-nets and hand-nets. The
evening or night hours are generally more productive than the day-time
in this kind of collecting, but we were unable, owing to lack of time
and superabundance of other specimens, to do as much night-collecting
as we desired.

Among the Crustacea there are a considerable number of species that
swim at the surface when adult, and others till nearly half-grown, but
the majority are free-swimmers only when quite young, or even only
when in the zoéa and megalops stages, through which they seem, from
Mr. 8S. I. Smith’s observations on several of our species, to pass in a
short time. The males of the common oyster-crab, Pinnotheres ostreum,
(p. 367, Plate I, fig. 2,) were often caught in the day-time swimming at
the surface in the middle of Vineyard Sound. The lady-erab, Platyon-
ichus ocellatus, (p. 338,) of full size, was also occasionally caught swim-
ming actively at the surface. The ‘ blue-crab,” or common edible
crab, Oallinectes hastatus, is well known to be an active swimmer, when
adult, but most of those seen at the surface were young. The larvie

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 439

of Cancer irroratus, (p. 312, Plate VIII, figs. 37, 37a,) and of Platy-
onichus in the zoéa and megalops stages, were taken in vast numbers,
especially in bright sunshine, together with similar larve of many
other species. The larvie and young of the lobster (Plate IX, figs. 38,
39) were also abundant in mid-summer. The numerous specimens ob-
tained have enabled Mr. S. I. Smith to describe the interesting meta-
morphoses of our lobster, which were entirely unknown before. The
young swim actively at the surface, like a shrimp, until more than half
an inch long. The larvee and young of the various species of shrimps
are also abundant. The curious larvie of Squilla empusa (Plate VIII,
fig. 36) were often met with.

Several species of Amphipods are also common at the surface. The
most abundant were Calliopius leviusculus, of which Mr. V.N. Edwards
also took numerous large specimens in February and March; Gammarus
natator, Which was usually common, and occurred in immense numbers
August 10 and on several other occasions ; and a Hyperia, which infests
several species of large jelly-fishes, and also swims free at will. The
Phronima isea related genus, but is very remarkable for its extreme
transparency, which renders it almost invisible in water. IJdotea irro-
rata (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23) and J. robusta, Plate V, fig. 24) were
very common among masses of floating eel-grass and sea-weeds, and
the latter was also very often found swimming entirely free.

A species of Sapphirina (Plate VII, fig. 33) was found in great num-
bers among Salpe, off Gay Head, on several occasions, early in Septem-
ber. This is one of the most brilliant creatures inhabiting the sea. It
reflects the most gorgeous colors, blue, red, purple, and green, like fire-
opal, although when seen in some positions, by transmitted light, it
is colorless and almost transparent. Under the microscope, when
living, it is a splendid object, whether seen by transmitted or reflected
light, the colors constantly changing, as it is turned in different posi-
tions. When seen beneath the surface of the sea, in large numbers,
the appearance is very singular, for each one as it turns in the right po-
sition reflects a bright gleam of light, of some brilliant color, and then
immediately becomes invisible, and these scintillations come from dif-
ferent directions and various depths, many of them being much farther
beneath the surface than any less brilliant object could be seen. In
some cases one or more were found in the branchial cavity of Salpe,
but whether this is normal or accidental was not determined.

The species of Argulus are parasitic on the exterior of fishes, but we
found at least three species swimming free at the surface. It is, there-
fore, probable that they are able to Jeave their hosts for a time, and
thus to migrate from one fish to another. The species of Caligus are also
parasites on fishes, to which they firmly adhere, but the half-grown
young of one species was taken at the surface in the towing-nets.

Numerous species of Annelids, in the larval and young stages, were
taken at the surface, but many of them have not yet been identified,

440 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

for owing to the great changes they undergo, this is often impossible,
unless the specimens can be raised, or at least connected with the
adults by a large series of specimens. For a few this has been done.
Several species also swim at the surface in the adult state, especially in
the evening. With some this seems to be a habit peculiar to the
breeding season, and sometimes only the males are met with.

Among the species most frequently taken in the adult state at the
surface, are Nereis virens, (Plate XI, figs. 47-50,) chiefly males; Nereis
limbata, (Plate XI, fig. 51,) mostly males, which occurred both in the
evening and day-time; Nectonercis megalops, (Plate XII, figs. 62, 63,)
which was quite common in the evening; Autolytus cornutus, (Plate
XIII, figs. 65, 66,) the males, females, and asexual forms; Podarke
obscura, (Plate XII, fig. 61,) which was extremely abundant in the eve-
ning; and several other species. The Sagitta elegans was taken at
Wood’s Hole, July 1, and off Gay Head, among Salpa, September 8-
It is a very small and delicate species, and so transparent as to be
nearly invisible in water. A larger and stouter species of Sagitta was
taken in large numbers at Wood’s Hole, by Mr. V. N. Edwards, January
30, Febuary 10, and February 27, and at Savin Rock, near New Haven,
May 5. This species has a longer caudal portion, with a small terminal
fin ; some of the specimens were nearly an inch long and many con-
tained in the cavity of the body, posteriorly, a parasitic nematode
worm, about half as long as the body. This parasite is round, not
very slender; the head has three prominent angles; tail with a small,
acute, terminal mucro.

Many of the Mollusca swim free by means of vibrating cilia, for a
short time in the larval stages of growth, but as such larvee are very
minute and the period often quite short, these young are not often taken
in the nets.

The Cephalopods of this region are all free-swimming species, from
the tine when they leave the eggs through life, though they may rest
upon the bottom when depositing their spawn. Numerous specimens
of the “squid,” Loligo Pealii, (Plate XX, figs. 102-104, embryos and
young,) were thus taken by the trawl in July, together with large
clusters of their eggs. Later in the season the free-swimming young of
this species, from a quarter of an inch to an inch in length, (fig. 105,)
were often taken at the surface and were also found in the stomach of
the red jelly-fish, Cyanea arctica, in considerable numbers. The adults
were frequently taken during the whole summer in the pounds. Some
of these were over a foot in length, but most of them were not more
than five or six inches long. Thecolor when living is very changeable,
owing to the alternate contractions of the color-vesicles or spots, but
the spots of different colors are much crowded, especially on the back,
and the red and brown predominate, so as to give a general reddish or
purplish brown color, and this is usually the color of preserved speci-
mens. The clusters of gelatinous egg-capsules of this species were

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 441

found in great abundance off Falmouth, on a shelly and weedy bottom,
as already mentioned, (p. 416;) and near New Haven light-house large
clusters, apparently of the same species, were found by Professer Todd,
earlier in the season, (June 19.) Some of these masses were six or eight
inches in diameter, consisting of hundreds of capsules, like fig. 102,
each of which is usually three or four inches long and contains numer-
ous eggs. These last contained embryos in different stages of devel-
opment, two of which are represented in Plate XX, figs. 103,104. Even
at this early period some of the pigment vesicles are already developed
in the mantle and arms, and during life, if examined under the micro-
scope, these orange and purple vesicles may be seen to rapidly contract
and expand and change colors, as in the adult, only the phenomena may
be more clearly seen, owing to the greater transparency of the skin in
the embryos. They are, therefore, beautiful objects to observe under
the microscope. At this stage of development the eyes were brown.
In these embryos the yolk is finally absorbed through the mouth, which
corresponds, therefore, in this respect, to an “umbilicus.” The more
advanced of these embryos (fig. 103) were capable of swimming about,
when removed from the eggs, by means of the jets of water from the
siphon.

Another species, oligo pallida V., (Plate XX, figs. 101, 101a,) occurs
abundantly, in autumn, in the western part of Long Island Sound,
from whence Robert Benner, esq., has sent me numerous speci-
mens. This is a pale, translucent, gelatinous-looking species, with much
fewer spots than usual, even on the back, and is nearly white beneath-
It isa stout species, commonly five or six inches long, exclusive of the
arms, but grows considerably larger than that. It is often taken in the
seines in large numbers with menhaden, upon which it probably feeds.
These squids are eagerly devoured, even when full grown, by many of
the larger fishes, such as blue-fish, black-bass, striped-bass, &c. When
young they are preyed upon by a still larger variety of fishes, as well
as by the jelly-fishes, &e.

Another species of “squid,” Ommastrephes illecebrosa, has been recorded
from Greenport, Long Island, by Mr. Sanderson Smith, but L have not met
with it myself, south of Cape Cod. It is common in Massachusetts Bay
and very abundant in the Bay of Fundy. Messrs. 8. lL. Smith and Osear
Harger observed it at Provincetown, Massachusetts, among the wharves,
in large numbers, July 28, engaged in capturing and devouring the
young mackerel, which were swimming about in “ schools,” and at that
time were about four or five inches long. In attacking the mackerel they
would suddenly dart backward among the fish with the velocity of an
arrow, and as suddenly turn obliquely to the right or left and seize a fish,
which was almost instantly killed by a bite in the back of the neck with
the sharp beaks. The bite was always made in the same place, cut-
ting out a triangular piece of flesh, and was deep enough to penetrate
to the spinal cord. The attacks were not always successful, and were

442. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

sometimes repeated a dozen times before one of these active and wary
fishes could be caught. Sometimes after making several unsuccessful
attempts one of the squids would suddeuly drop to the bottom, and,
resting upon the sand, would change its color to that of the sand so
perfectly as to be almost invisible. In this way it would wait until the
fishes came back, and when they were swimming close to or over the
ambuscade, the squid, by a sudden dart, would be pretty sure to secure
a fish. Ordinarily when swimming they were thickly spotted with
red and brown, but when darting among the mackerel they appeared
translucent and pale. The mackerel, however, seemed to have learned
that the shallow water is the safest for them and would hug the shore as
closely as possible, so that in pursuing them many of the squids became
stranded and perished by hundreds, for when they once touch the shore
they begin to pump water from their siphons with great energy, and this
usually forces them farther and farther up the beach. At such times
they often discharge their ink in large quantities. The attacks on
the young mackerel were observed mostly at or near high-water, for
at other times the mackerel were seldom seen, though the squids were
seen swimming about at all hours; and these attacks were observed
both in the day and evening. But itis probable, from various observa-
tions, that this and the other species of squids are partially nocturnal
in their habits, or at least are more active in the night than in the day.
Those that are caught in the pounds and weirs mostly enter in the
night, and evidently when swimming along the shores in * schools.”
They are often found in the morning stranded on the beaches in im-
mense numbers, especially when there is a full moon, and it is thought
by many of the fishermen that this is because, like many other noe-
turnal animals, they have the habit of turning toward and gazing ata
bright light, and since they swim backwards they get ashore on the
beaches opposite the position of the moon. This habit is also some-
times taken advantage of by the fishermen who capture them for bait
for cod-fish; they go out in dark nights with torches in their boats and
by advancing slowly toward a beach drive them ashore. They are also
sometimes taken on lines, adhering to the bait used for fishes.

The specimens observed catching young mackerel were mostly eight
or ten inches long, and some of them were still larger. The length of
time required for these squids to become full grown is unknown, as well
as the duration of their lives, but as several distinct sizes were taken in
the pounds, and those of each school were of about the same size, it is
probable that they are several years in attaining their full size. A
specimen, recently caught at Eastport, Maine, was pale bluish white,
with green, blue, and yellow iridescence on the sides and lower surface ;
the whole body was more or less thickly covered with small, unequal, circu-
lar, orange-brown and dark brown spots, having crenulate margins ; these
spots are continually changing in size from mere points, when they are
nearly black, to spots 0.04 to 0.06 of aninch in diameter, when they are

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 443

pale orange-brown, becoming lighter colored as they expand. On the
_ lower side the spots are more scattered, but the intervals are generally
less than the diameter of the spots. On the upper side the spots are
much crowded and lie in different planes, with the edges often over-
lapping, and thus increasing the variety of the tints. Along the middle
of the back the ground-color is pale flesh-color, with a median dorsal
band, along which the spots are tinged with green, in fine specks. Above
each eye there is a broad lunate spot of light purplish red, with smaller
brown spots. The upper surface of the head is deeply colored by the
brown spots, which are here larger, darker, and more crowded than else-
where, and situated in several strata. The arms and fius are colored
like the body, except that the spots appear to be smaller. The suckers
are pure white. The eyes are dark blue-black, surrounded by an irides-
cent border, and in this genus the eyes are provided with distinct lids.
In this respect, Ommastrephes ditfers from Loligo, for in the species of the
latter genus, the integument is continued directly over the eye, the part
covering the eye being transparent.

Most of the higher Gastropods inclose their eggs in capsules, which
they attach to stones, aleve, or shells, and within these the eggs hatch
and the young have a well formed shell before they eat their way out of
the capsules, and when free they crawl about by means of the ‘ foot,”
like the adult. But in the lower orders of Gastropods most of the young,
when first hatched, are furnished with vibrating cilia and swim free, by
this means, for a short time. These larvie are very different from the
adults, and in case of the naked mollusks (Nudibranchs) the larvie are
furnished with a beautiful, little, glossy, spiral shell, which they after-
wards lose.

The Pteropods swim free in all stages. The young and adults swim by
means of two wing-like appendages, developed on each side of the neck,
which may be compared to the anterior lateral lobes of the foot, seen in
Molis, (fig. 174,) and many other Gastropods, if we suppose these to
become enormously enlarged, while the rest of the foot remains in a rudi-
mentary or undeveloped condition, often serving merely for the attach-
ment of the operculum.

The Styliola vitrea (Plate — fig. 178) was taken in the day-time
at the surface, September 8, among Salpa, off Gay Head. Its shell
is a thin, white, transparent, glassy cone, about a third of an inch long:
and slightly curved toward the tip. The animal is also white. The
Spiriaiis Gouldii has a delicate, white, transparent, spiral shell, when
adult having seven whorls, which turn to the left. The shell is marked
by very fine revolving lines, visible only under the microscope. This
species is seldom met with at the surface in the day-time, but is often
abundant in the early evening. According to the observations of Mr.
A. Agassiz, in confinement they rarely left the bottom of the jars dur-
ing the day, merely rising a few inches and then falling again to the
bottom. After dark they became very active, swimming actively near

444 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the surface of the water. ‘ During the day they often remain sus-
pended for hours in the water simply by spreading their wing-like ap-
pendages, and then suddenly drop to the bottom on folding them.” Mr.
Agassiz captured the specimens upon which his observations were made,
at Nahant, Massachusetts, during the summer of 1869, and judging
from the figures in Binney’s Gould they were probably specimens, not
quite adult, of this species. He has also taken adult specimens at
Newport. Mr. 8. I. Smith captured full grown specimens in the edge
of the Gulf Stream, off St. George’s Bank, and we have specimens taken
from the stomach of mackerel, caught twenty miles south of No Man’s
Land. #

The Cavolina tidentata (Plate X XV, fig. 177) isa beautiful and curious
species, with a singularly shaped, amber-colored, translucent shell, much
larger than that of either of the preceding species. We did not observe
it living in these waters, but the shells were twice dredged off Martha’s
Vineyard, and one of them was perfectly fresh and glossy, as if just
dead. It is a southern species which comes north in the Gulf Stream,
but it had not been found previously on the coast of New England.
Another Gulf Stream species, the Diacria trispinosa, is occasionally
found at Nantucket, according to Dr. Stimpson, but whether it has been
observed there alive is uncertain; eight or nine other species were taken
in the Gulf Stream, off St. George’s Bank, by Messrs. Smith and Har-
ger in 1872, all of which may, perhaps, occasionally occur about Martha’s
Vineyard and Nantucket.

Another very interesting and beautiful Pteropod, the Clione papilio-
nacea, was taken in considerable numbers at Watch Hill, Rhode Island,
April 13, by Professor D. C. Eaton and myself. They were swim-
ming at midday near the surface, associated with Pleurobrachia rhodo-
dactyla, and appeared to be common at that time. Mr. Vinal N.
Edwards obtained two specimens in Vineyard Sound, April 30.
This differs from those named above, in being destitute of a shell, as
well as in many other characters. The body is stout, somewhat fusi-
form, tapering gradually to the pointed posterior end; in the largest
Specimens the length was about 1.5 inches. The head is rounded, with
two small conical processes in front, on the upper side. Six tentacle-
like organs, or “arms,” bearing minute suckers, can be protruded. The
wings or fins are large and broad oval in outline.

The body and wings are pale, transparent bluish, with opalescent
hues; the mouth and parts around it, the “arms,” and part of the
head, and some of the internal organs, are tinged with orange; the
posterior part of the body is bright reddish orange, for nearly half an
inch. Some of the internal organs are orange-brown and olive-brown,
and show through the transparent integuments as dark patches. This
species has seldom been observed on our coast. Dekay, in 1843, men-
tioned its occurrence in a single instance, off New York. In 1869, it
was taken in considerable numbers at Portland, Maine, by Mr. C. B.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 445

Fuller. It may, nevertheless, occur annually in winter, and yet be sel-
dom observed ; for very few naturalists go out to collect marine animals
in winter and early spring.

The bivalve shells mostly produce minute young, or larvie, which are
at first provided with vibrating cilia and swim free for several days, as
is well known to be the case with the oysters, clams, muscles, Teredo, &e.
But a few species, like the Tottenia gemma, (p. 359,) produce well devel-
oped young, furnished at birth with a well formed shell.

The common fixed Ascidians, both simple and compound, mostly pro-
duce eggs that hatch into tadpole-shaped young, which swim about for
a short time by the undulatory motions of the tail, but finally become
fixed by the head-end, and losing, or rather absorbing, the tail-portion,
rapidly develop into the ordinary forms of the ascidians. This pro-
cess, although often very rapid, is a very interesting and complicated one

In Molgula Manhattensis there is, according to the observations of Dr.
Theodore A. Tellkampf, an alternation of generations. He states that
the minute yellow ova were discharged July 18, invested in a viscid
yellowish substance, which become attached to the exterior of many
specimens. In a few days the “ viscid substance” had changed its ap-
pearance and became contractile; the ova became larger, round, and of
different sizes; “after two or three days the largest protruded some-
what above the surface of the common envelope, and presented a circular
or oval aggregation, like that of the Mammaria found a year ago;” on
the 11th day, the round ova had increased in size, with a central round
or oval orifice through which the motionof the cilix of the branchial
meshes were visible. “ The orifice had approached on the 1st of August
more or less to one apex; in some specimens, which were now oval, it
was terminal.” In this stage he names it Mammaria Manhattensis,
regarding the Mammaria as a “ nurse ;” within each of the Mammarie, at
the end opposite the branchial orifice, there was seen a mass of cells,
which ultimately developed into a tadpole-shaped larva, similar to that of
other ascidians. He observes that the Mammariw increase after the
discharge of the larvee, and that gemmation takes place within the
common envelope.* These observations, if correct, are very interesting
and important, but they need farther confirmation. The development
of the larvie from the Mammarie into Molgula was not traced; neither
did he witness the actual discharge of the ova, which produced the
Mammaric, from the Molgula. They may possibly have no relation with
one another.

Several kinds of Ascidians, however, swim free in the water during
their entire life. The most common Ascidian of this kind is the Salpa
Cabotti, (Plate XX XIII, figs. 254, 255.) This, like the other species,
exists under two different forms; or, in other words, it is one of those an-
imals having alternations of generations. The sexual individuals (fig.
255) are united together into long chains by processes (c) from the sides

* Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Vol, 10, p. 83, 1872.

446 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the branchial sac; these chains are often a foot or even a foot and a
half long, and contain two rows of individuals, which are united to-
gether in such a way that they stand obliquely to the axisof the chain,
the branchial openings being all on the upper side of the chain as it
floats in the water, while the posterior openings are all on the lower side
of the chain, close to the edge. Each individual is connected both with
its mate on the right or left side, and to those immediately in front and
behind on the same side. The succeeding individuals in the chain over-
lap considerably. The chains do not appear to break up spontaneously ,
but when broken apart by accident the individuals are capable of living
separately for several days. The chains, when entire, swim about quite
rapidly by means of the streams of water passing out of all the cloacal
orifices in one direction. The individuals composing the chains, when
full grown, are about three quarters of aninch long. They are transparent
and white, or pale rose, often with the edges of the mantle and the
nucleus bright Prussian blue, and with delicate reticulations of the
same blue over the surface of the mantle. Each of the individuals in
the chains is hermaphrodite, and each produces a single egg, which de-
velops into an embryo before it is discharged, and finally when it grows
to maturity produces an asexual individual, which is always solitary,
(Plate XX XIII, fig. 254.) These are larger than those in the chains
and are quite different in form, but the color is the same. These when
mature produce, by a budding process in their interior, a series of mi-
nute individuals umted together along a tube into a small chain, (s, fig.
254,) which may be seen coiled up around the nucleus. The chain con-
sists of three sections, those individuals in the section first formed being
largest and nearly equal in size; those in the next much smaller; while
new ones are just forming at the other end; as the chain grows longer,
and the component individuals larger, it projects more and more, and
finally the end protrudes from an opening in the tunic, and the little
chain becomes detached and is discharged into the sea. These chains
consist of twenty to thirty pairs of individual zodids. This operation is
frequently repeated during the summer, and these chains of all sizes,
from those just liberated up to the full-grown ones, may be taken at the
same time. They appear to grow very rapidly. Thus by, autumn these
Salpe became exceedingly abundant, at times completely filling the
water for miles in every direction, from the surface to the depth of sey-
eral fathoms, and are so crowded that a bucket of water dipped up at
random will often contain several quarts of Salpew. They were found in
wonderful abundance on September 8, off Gay Head and throughout
the outer part of Vineyard Sound, and on several other occasions were
nearly as abundant.

Two species of Appendicularia and a species of Doliolum were also
found in these waters by Mr. A. Agassiz, but we did not observe them.
These are also free-swimming Ascidians, related to Salpa, but very dif-
ferent in form.

f

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 447

Among the Echinoderms there are no species that swim at the surface
when adult, but most of them produce eggs which hatch into very re-
markable larvee, entirely unlike their parents in form and structure, and
these swin free in the water, often for a considerable period, by means
of vibrating cilia.

The young star-fish or sea-urchin develops gradually within the body
of the larva, on the water-tubes, and as it grows larger it gradually ab-
sorbs the substance of the larva into its own body. The development of
the larve of Asterias vulgaris (A. pallida AG.) and A. arenicola (A. beryl-
inus AG.) has been described by Mr. A. Agassiz, from the time pre-
vious to hatching from the eggs till they become young star-fishes, with
the essential characters of the adults. He has also described the young
of the common green sea-urchin (under the name of Toxopneustes Dré-
bachiensis) in the same way. The Cribrella saguinolenta, (p. 407,) like
several other star-fishes, does not have free swimming larvee, but retains
and protects the eggs by holding them by means of the suckers around
the mouth, curving the body around them at the same time. In this
position the eggs hatch and pass through a metamorphosis different
from that of Asterias, though somewhat analogous to it. The develop-
ment of this species was described by Professor M. Sars many years ago.
Some of the Ophiurans are viviparous, among them the Amphipholis
elegans (p. 418) found in this region, but others have free-swimming
larve, and pass through a metamorphosis similar to that of Asterias,
though the larve are quite different. Some of the Holothurians are also
viviparous, while others have free-swimming larvee, but the young of
most of the species of this region are still unknown.

The Acalephs all swim free in one stage or another of their existence.
Some of the Hydroids, like Sertularia and allied genera, are only free-swim-
mers while in the early embryonic stages, when they are covered by vi-
brating cilia; but they soon become fixed and ever after remain attached
in one place. Others, like the species of Odbelia, swim free in the em-
bryonic state, and then develop into attached hydroids, which by bud-
ding may produce large branching colonies of similar hydroids, but
ultimately they produce another kind of buds, which are developed
within capsules or gonothece. These soon become elegant, little, cireu-
lar, and disk-shaped jelly-fishes, which are then discharged and swim
free in the water; they soon grow larger, acquire more tentacles, and
ovaries or spermaries develop along the radiating tubes, the eggs are
formed, discharged, and fertilized, and each egg may develop into a
ciliated embryo, which in its turn may become attached and start a new
hydroid colony. Thus among these animals we find an alternation of
generations, complicated by different modes of budding.

In the case of the large red jelly-fish, Cyanea arctica, and the com-
mon whitish jelly-fish, Aurelia flavidula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 271,) the
history is somewhat different. These jelly-fishes produce immense num-
bers of minute eggs, which are discharged into the water and develop

448 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

into minute, oblong, ciliated larvie; these soon become attached by one
end and grow up into broad-disked young, like hydroids with Jong,
slender tentacles ; each of these after a time sends out stolon-like tubes
from the base, and from these tubes buds are developed, each of which
grows up into a “ scyphostoma,” or hydroid-form, like the first one ; all
these eventually become much elongated, then circular constrictions begin
to form along the body, which grow deeper and deeper until they sepa-
rate the body into a series of concave segments, which are held together
by a pedicle in the middle of each, their borders at the same time be-
coming divided into eight lobes, or four bilobed ones ; in the mean time
the long tentacles around the upper end or original disk of the “ seyph-
ostoma” gradually grow shorter and are finally entirely absorbed; then
the first or upper disk breaks off, and finally all the rest, one after
another, untila mere stump is left at the base; after becoming detached
each of the disks swims about in the water, and gradualiy develops its
mouth, stomach, tentacles, and other organs, and, turning right side up
and rapidly growing larger, eventually becomes a large and complicated
jelly-fish, like its grandparents or great-grandparents that produced
the egg from which the original “seyphostoma” was developed. The
stump of the hydroid produces another set of tentacles, even before the
separation of all the segments, and grows up again into the elongated
or “ strobila” form, and again undergoes the same process of transverse:
division, thus producing successive crops of jelly-fishes. In these cases
there are alternations of generations, accompanied both by budding and
fissiparity. The young of this species in the ‘‘ephyra” stage were found
April 17, and at several other times during April, in abundance, by
Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. These were less than a quarter of an inch in
diameter, and must have become free only a short time before. On
April 30 he took young specimens from half an inch to about an inch
in diameter. The young of various sizes, up to nearly three inches in
diameter, were common at New Haven May 5. All these young speci-
mens were taken in the day-time.

In some jelly-fishes buds may even be produced upon the proboscis of
the adult jelly-fish, which develop directly into free jelly-fishes, like the
parent. This is the case with the Dysmorphosa fulgurans, found in these
waters, and with Lizzia greta, found farther north.

On the other hand there are many jelly-fishes that do not have a
hydroid state, nor bud, nor pass through any marked metamorphosis.
This is the case with our Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, Idyia roseola, and
other Ctenophore. In these the young, even before hatching, become
perfect little jelly-fishes, and swim round and round within the egg by
means of the miniature paddles or flappers along their sides. The young
are, nevertheless, very different from the adults in form and structure.

It will be apparent, from the preceding remarks, that a complete
list of free-swimming animals would necessarily include all the Aca-
lephs of the region, but, as this would uselessly swell the list, only

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 449

those that have been actually taken at the surface will be here included.
Quite a number of the species were not observed by us, but have been
recorded by Mr. A. Agassiz, but in some cases he has given neither the
time nor date of capture.

A fine large specimen of the beautiful jeily-fish, Tima formosa, has
been sent ‘to me by Mr. V. N. Edwards, who captured it at Wood’s
Hole, April 30. He states that the same species was very abundant in
February, 1872.) It has not been previously recorded as found south of
Cape Cod. The specimen received differs from the description given
by Mr. A. Agassiz, in having thirty-six tentacles instead of thirty-two.

Among the most common of the larger species in summer were Jnem-
iopsis Leidyi, which occurred in abundance at nearly all hours of the
day and evening, and was very phosphorescent at night; Cyanea are-
tica, which ocurred chiefly in the day-time, and was here seldom more
than a foot in diameter; Aurelia flavidula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 271,)
which was not unfrequently seen in the day-time; Dactylometra quinque-
cirra, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 272,) which was quite common both by night
and day in August and September; and Zygodactyla Grenlandica, (Plate
XXXVI, fig. 275,) which was common in July, both in the day and
evening, but was seldom seen later in the season.

The two species last named, and also the Cyanea arctica, were fre-
quently found to be accompanied by several small fishes, of different
sizes up to three inches long, which proved to be young “ butter-fishes,’
Poronotus triacanthus. These fishes swim beneath the broad disk of
these jelly-fishes, surrounded on all sides by the numerous tentacles,
which probably serve as a protection from larger fishes that are their
enemies, for the tentacles of the jelly-fishes are capable of severely sting-
ing the mouths of most fishes, evidently causing them great pain. As
many as ten or twelve of these fishes were oiten found under a single jelly-
fish, and in one case twenty-three were found under a Cyanea about ten
inches in diameter. They do not appear to suffer at all from contact with
the stinging-organs of the tentacles, and are, perhaps, protected from them
by the thick coating of tenacious mucus which constantly covers the skin,
and gives them their common English name. Mr. A. Agassiz states*
that he constantly observed a “ Clupeoid” fish under the Dactylometra
in this region, which had essentially the same habits, according to his
account, as the species observed by us, though, if a Clupeoid, it must
have been a very different fish.

He says, however, that the fishes observed by him were occasionally
devoured by the jelly-fish: “It is strange that the fish should go there
for shelter, for every once in a while one of them pays the penalty by
being swallowed, without this disturbing the others in the least; they
in their turn find food in the lobes of the actinostome, and even eat the
folds themselves, until their turn comes to be used as food. I have
seen in this way three fishes eaten during the course of as many days.

* Catalogue of North American Acalephe, p. 49.

S. MIs. 61 29

450 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The specimens measured about an inch in length.” The fishes found
by us were from a quarter of an inch to three inches long, and we
never saw them swallowed, and never found them in the stomachs of
any among the several dozen jelly-fishes, of the different kinds that we
found accompanied by the fishes, although we found young squids and
other kinds of marine animals in a half-digested condition. It is pos-
sible that the observation of Mr. Agassiz was made on them when
kept in confinement, and that the fishes devoured were not in a perfectly
healthy and natural condition, so as to resist the stings of the nettl-
ing organs. But if his fish belonged to a family different from ours, the
difference may be peculiar to the respective fishes. Yet our observa-
tions afford only negative evidence, and it may be that this is one of
the peculiarities of this remarkable companionship ; though, if so, we
Should suppose that the race of Poronotus would soon become extinct,
for we never observed the young under any other circumstances. The
adult fishes of this species, when five or six inches long, were often taken
in the pounds in considerable numbers.

Among the mouth-folds and lobes of the ovaries, beneath the disk of
Cuanea, we very often found large numbers of living specimens of a
delicate little jelly-fish, nearly globular in form, the Margelis Carolinen-
sis, Which we also frequently took in the towing-nets in the evening.

In the winter season the Mnemiopsis Leidyt is often abundant in Long
Island Sound, and I have also observed it in New York harbor in Feb-
ruary, in large numbers. At Wood’s Hole Mr. V. N. Edwards found
the Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, both young and nearly full-grown, very
abundant in February and March; at Watch Hill, April 13, I found
both adult specimens and young ones not more than an eighth of an
inch in diameter. It probably occurs through the entire year, for we
frequently met with it in mid-summer in Vineyard Sound. Mr. 8. I.
Smith also found it very abundant at Fare Island, on the south side of
Long Island, in September.

In July sd August we obtained several large and perfect specimens
of the curious “‘ Portuguese man-of-war,” Physalia Arethusa. This species
occurs as far west as Watch Hill, Rhode Island, where it was observed
by Professor D. C. Eaton. The boatmen at that place state that it is
frequent there in summer. The float of this species was generally deep,
rich crimson or purple, and the hydroids beneath it were commonly
bright blue in the specimens observed by us. The float or air-bag is,
however, sometimes blue and sometimes rose-color.

According to Professor Agassiz, (Contributions, vol. IV, p. 335,) the
floating bag in windy weather always presents the same side to the
wind, and it is upon the windward side that the bunches of very long
locomotive hydroids of the lower surface are situated, and these at such
times are stretched out to an enormous length, and thus act as anchors
to retard the motion by friction in passing through the water. The
smaller locomotive hydroids, the feeding hydroids, and the reproductive
hydroids, are on the lee side,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 451

This species is capable of stinging the hands very severely if they be
brought into contact with the hydroids attached to the lower surface of
the floating air-bag.

The Idyia roseola, so abundant on the coast of New England north of
Cape Cod, was only occasionally met with, and in small numbers, while the
Bolina alata, which is one of the most abundant species on the northern
coast of New England, was not seen at all. The Auwrelia flavidula is
less common than neni of Cape Cod, but was found in abundanée in
Buzzard’s s Bay, in May, by V. N. cee

Many of the Polyps have free-swimming, ciliated embryos, but others,
like many of the sea-anemones, are viviparous, discharging the young
ones through the mouth. These young are of different sizes, and fur-
nished with a small but variable number of tentacles, but in most
other respects they are similar to their parents. Mr. A. Agassiz has,
however, recently ascertained that the young of a species of Hdawardsia
swims free in the water for a considerable period, or until it develops at
least sixteen tentacles. In this condition it has been described as a dif-
ferent genus and species, (Arachnactis brachiolata A. AG.) Whether the.
other species of this genus all have free-swimming young is still uncer-
tain; if so, these young must differ considerably among themselves, for
Edwardsia farinacea V., of this coast, has but twelve tentacles when
adult, and H. elegans V. has but sixteen, while others have as many as
forty-eight tentacles, when full grown. Among the Protozoa there are
great numbers of free-swimming forms included among those commonly
known as Ciliated Infusoria, but those of our coast have been studied
but little. The germs of sponges also swim free in the water, by means
of cilia. Species of Polyeystina would probably be found, if carefully
sought for, but we have not yet met with any of them.

List of species taken at the surface of the water on the southern coast of
New England.
In this list no attempt has been made to enumerate the numerous
species of free Copepod Crustacea, which are very abundant, but have
not been carefully studied.

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea.

Pinnotheres ostreum, males and young, (438.)

Cancer irroratus, in the zoea and megalops stages; June, July, (438.)
Platyonichus ocellatus, young and adult ; esate June, July, (438.)
Callinectes hastatus, young, (438.)

Many other species of Brachyura in the zoea and megalops piaees

Hippa talpoida, young, 5,or 6™™ in length; early in September, (339.)
Hupagurus, several species in the larval stages; July to September.
Gebia affinis, young, 4™™ long; early in September.

Homarus Americanus, larvee and young; July, (395.)

Crangon vulgaris, larvee and young; June and July.

452 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Virbius zostericola, larvee and young ; July to September.
Paleemonetes vulgaris, larvee and young ; July to September.
Larval forms and young of other species of Macroura.
Squilla empusa, larvee in different stages ; August, (439.)
Mysis Americana, young and adult; April, May, (396.)
Heteromysis formosa, young and adult.

Thysanopoda, sp. Vineyard Sound; April 30, (V. N. Edwards.)
Cumacea, several species.

Lysianassine, several species, young and adult.

Urothoé, sp.

Monoculodes, sp.

Calliopius leeviusculus, adult and young; summer and winter, (439.)
Pontogeneia inermis, full grown ; winter.

Gammarus natator, adult and young; summer and winter, (459.)
Meera levis.

Ampelisea, sp., young.

Amphithoé maculata, young.

A. longimana, young even 5 or 6™ long.

Hyperia, species ; summer, (459.)

Phronima, sp.; September 8, (439.)

Idotea irrorata, (439.)

I. robusta, (439.)

I. phosphorea.

Erichsonia filiformis.

Epelys trilobus.

Tanais filum.

Sapphirina, sp.; September, (439.)

Free Copepods of many genera and numerous species.
Argulus laticauda; August, (439.)

A. latus; July.

A. megalops; September 8.

Caligus rapax ; September 8, (439.)

Balanus balanoides, larve; April, May, June, (304.)

Lepas fascicularis ; June and July, in Vineyard Sound, (382.)
Limulus Polyphemus, young, (340.)

Worms.

Phyllodoce, sp., adult; July 5; evening.

Phyllodoce, sp., young ; evening.

Eulalia, sp., young; September 3; evening.

Eulalia, sp., young; evening.

Eumidia, sp., young; September 8; evening. _

Eteone, sp., young ; evening.

Autolytus cornutus, male, female, and asexual forms; July 29 to Au-
gust 18; evening. Watch Hill; April 15, asexual form, (440.)

Autolytus, sp., asexual individuals, (398.)

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 453

Gattiola, sp., young; September 3; evening.

Syllis (2), sp., young; September 3; evening.

Rhynchobolus Americanus, young ; September 3; evening.

Nereis virens, adult males; April; day-time, (440.)

N. limbata, adult males filled with milt, September 3, evening; Sep-
tember 5, at Fire Island, day. Females, September 3, (few ;) young,
common, August, September, evening, (440.)

N. pelagica, young; August, September; evening.

Nectonereis megalops; July 3, 11; September 3, 8; evening, (440.)

Podarke obscura, adult; June 26 to August ; evening, (440.)

Spio setosa, young; evening.

Scolecolepis viridis, young ; evening.

Polydora ciliatum, young; September 3; evening.

Nicolea simplex, young; August, September; evening.

Amphitrite ornata, young; evening.

Lepreea rubra, young; evening.

Polycirrus eximius, young; August, September; evening.

Spirorbis, sp., young ; evening.

Tomopteris, sp., young; evening.

Sagitta elegans, adult; July 1, September 8; day-time, (440.)

Sagitta, sp., adult and young; January 30 to May 5; day, (440.)

Balanoglossus aurantiacus ; larvie in the “ tornaria” state, (351.)

Meckelia ingens ; specimens up to ten inches long; evening, (349.)

Pontonema marinum, adult; February ; day-time.

Several other small Nematodes with the last.

Slender round worm, up to six inches long; June 29, July 15; evening.

Young of many other worms; undetermined.

MOLLUSCA.

Cephalopods.

Ommastrephes illecebrosa, adult; July, August, (441.)
Loligo Pealii; June to September; young, July, August, (440.)
L. pallida, adult ; October, November, (441.)

Pteropods.

Clione papilionacea, adult; April 13, April 30, (444.)
Styliola vitrea, adult ; September 8; day-time, (443.)
Spirialis Gouldii, adult ; August; evening, (443.)
Diacria trispinosa, (444.)

Cavolina tridentata, (444.)

Lamellibranchs.

Teredo navalis, larve ; May, June, (386.)
Mytilus edulis, larvee ; April, (308.)

Ostrea Virginiana, larve; June, July, (310.)
Larvie of many other species, undetermined.

454 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
Ascidians.

Salpa Cabotti, adults and young; August and September, (445.)
Doliolum, sp.; summer, (A. AGASSIZ,) (446.)

Appendicularia, sp., (like A. furcata ;) summer, (A. AGASSIZ,) (446.)
Appendicularia, sp., (like A. longicauda ;) summer, (A. AGASSIZ.)
Larve of fixed Ascidians, (445.)

RADIATA.
Echinoderms.

Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis, larvae, (447.)
Asterias arenicola, larve ; evening, (447.)
A. vulgaris, larve; evening, (447.)

Acalephs.

Mnemiopsis Leidyi; February, July to September ; day-time, (449.)

Lesueuria hyboptera, adult; September; day-time.

Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, adult and young; January to May,
July to September; day-time and evening, (448.)

Idyia roseola, adult ; September; day-time, (451.)

Cyanea arctica, adult; August, September ; day-time. Young in the
‘“ephyra” stages; April; young of all sizes up to four inches across;
May, (449.)

Aurelia flavidula; August, September; day-time, young ; May, (449.)

Dactylometra quinquecirra, adult and young; July to September ;
day and evening, (449.)

Trachynema digitale, young; Wood’s Hole, July 1; day-time.

, Tiaropsis diademata; Wood’s Hole; April 17, (V. N. Edwards.)
Oceania languida, meduse ; June to September; day-time.
Eucheilota ventricularis, young meduse; evening.

E. duodecimalis, medusa; July.

Obelia, several species, meduse ; evening chiefly, (447.)

Rhegmatodes tenuis, meduse; September; evening.

Zygodactyla Greenlandica, meduse; June to September; day and
evening, (449.)

AHquerea albida, medusze ; September ; evening.

Tima formosa, adult; February, 1872; April 30, 1873, (449.)

Eutima limpida, medusze ; September; evening.

Lafoéa calcarata, meduse ; September; evening.

Nemopsis Bachei, meduse; June to September; evening.

Bougainvillia superciliaris, meduse, April, May, June; evening.

Margelis Carolinensis, meduse ; August and September, chiefly in the
evening, (450.) ;

Dysmorphosa fulgurans, meduse ; evening, (448.)

Modeeria, sp., medusze.

Turritopsis nutricula, meduse; July to September; evening.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 455

Stomotoca apicata, meduse.

Willia ornata, young meduse ; last of September.
Dipurnea conica, meduse ; July; evening.
Gemmaria gemmosa, meduswe; evening.

Pennaria tiarella, meduse ; August, September.
Ectopleura ochracea, medusve ; September.
Nanomia cara, August, September; evening.
Physalia Arethusa, July to September; day, (450.)
Velella mutica, August; day.

Polyps.

Edwardsia, sp., larve in the “ Arachnactis” stage; September ;
evening, (451.)

PROTOZOA.

Numerous kinds of ciliated infusoria, (451.)
List of species taken at the surface in winter, December to March.
Crustacea.

Crangon vulgaris, young.

Mysis Americana.

Anonyx, (?,) sp.

Calliopius leviusculus, (459.)

Pontogeneia inermis.

Gammarus natator.

Monoculodes, sp.

Several species and genera of Copepods, very abundant.
Larvee of Balanus, December 21, January 7 and 8.

Annelids, de.

Nereis virens, adult males.

Sagitta, sp., adult, abundant, (440.)
Pontonema marinum, adult.

Other Nematodes, undetermined.

Acalephs.

Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, young and adult, abundant, (450.)
Mnemiopsis Leidyi, adult, abundant, (450.)

Cyanea arctica, young; March.

Tima formosa, adult, (449.)

II. 10.—ANIMALS PARASITIC ON FISHES, ETC.

Large numbers of fishes were examined, both internally and externally,
for parasites, and a large collection of such parasites was made. The in-

456 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ternal parasites were collected mainly by Dr. Edward Palmer, and will
be of great interest when carefully studied and described. As yet, noth-
ing more than a casual examination of them has been made. These
internal parasites were found in nearly all kinds of fishes, chiefly in the
stomach and intestines, but also very frequently in the flesh, or among
the abdominal viscera, or in the air-bladder, or even in the eyes, &ce.
The internal parasites were mostly worms, but these belong to four very
distinct orders.

Ist. The “ round-worms,” Nematodes.

These are related to the round-worms so frequent in the intestines of
children, and also to the notorious Trichina of man and the hog. One
or more species are found in the intestine and stomach of nearly every
kind of fish, and frequently, also, in the liver, peritoneum, eyes, and
various other organs. One species, two or three inches long, is very fre-
quently found coiled up spirally in the flesh of the cod. Another large
species is frequently found in the flesh of the tom-cod, or frost-fish.
Although these are not dangerous to man, they are very disagreeable
when found in fish intended for food.

A species belonging to this group is very frequently found in the body-
cavity of one of our species of Sagitta (see page 440).

2d. The flat-worms or “ flukes,” Trematodes.

These are short, more or less broad, depressed worms, which are pro-
vided with one, two, or more suckers, for adhering firmly to the mem-
branes. They pass through very remarkable transformations, as do
most of the other parasitic worms. Species belonging to this group are
common in the stomach, esophagus, and intestine, and also encysted or
in follicles in the mouth, liver, peritoneum, and various other parts of
the body.

od. The thorn-headed worms, Acanthocephala.

hese have an elongated roundish body, with a proboscis at the an-
terior end, covered with hooks, or recurved spines. The proboscis and
front end of the body can be withdrawn and thrust out at pleasure.
Such worms are very common in the stomachs and intestines of fishes,
and are, perhaps, the worst parasites that torment them. The young of
these worms also occur quite frequently, encysted in the liver, peri-
toneum, throat, mouth, and other organs.

4th. The * tape-worms,” or Cestodes.

These are long flat worms, divided into many distinct segments, and
are very frequently found in the intestines of most fishes. There are
numerous species of them, ranging in size from less than an inch to
many feet in length.

Although parasitic worms are found in nearly all kinds of fishes, they
are most frequent and in the greatest variety in the large and very vor-
acious kinds, such as sharks, rays, the angler or goose-fish, salmon, blue
fish, cod, haddock, Xe.

Nor are other marine animals free from these internal parasites. Cer-

\

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 457

tain species have been found in crustacea, others in mollusks, &e. Mr.
A. Agassiz has briefly described, but not named, a remarkable worm
that he found very common in the jelly-fish, Wnemiopsis Leidyi, and the
young of this or a different species was observed by me inthe same Aca-
leph. It appeared to be a species of Scolex. It was pale purple, with
light yellowish orange stripes. I have previously mentioned a round
worm (Ascaris?) which frequently occurs in winter in one of our species
of Sagitta.

Most of the species that, in the adult state, inhabit fishes, live while
young, or in the larval stages, in smaller fishes, or in other animals,
upon which the larger fishes feed, and from which they thus derive their
parasites.

Besides the parasitic worms there are also many internal parasites that
belong to the Protozoa.

The external parasites of ‘fishes are also numerous. They are chiefly
crustacea and leeches.

Among the Crustacea there are a few species of Amphipods that are
parasitic. One of these, Laphystius sturionis, lives upon the gills of
fishes and upon the surface of the body. It was found on the gills of
the ‘“ goose-fish,” (Lophius,) in Vineyard Sound, and on the back of
skates at Eastport. It is remarkable in having large claws developed
on the third and fourth pairs of legs, those of the first and second be-
ing small. Its color is light red.

Certain Isopod crustacea, belonging to the genus Livoneca (Plate VI
fig. 29) and allied genera, live in the mouths and on the gills of fishes,
clinging firmly to the membrane of the roof of the mouth, or other
parts, by means of their strong sharp claws. These are generally
unsymmetrical inform. The species of the genus Bopyrus jive on the
gills, under the carapax of shrimp and other crustacea, producing large
tumors. A species is common on species of Hippolyte in the Bay of
Fundy: and a species has been found in this region. The genus Cepon
is allied to the last, and our species occurs under the carapax of the
‘‘ fiddler-crabs” in this region.

Among the Entomostraca the number of parasitic species is still
greater, but most of these live on the external surface and gills of fishes,
though some of them occur also in the mouth. The species of Panda-
rus and allied genera adhere firmly to the skin, and are provided with a
proboscis. They are yery common on sharks, but occur also on other
fishes. <A Pand lap te VII, fig. 31) and Nogagus Latreillii (Plate
VII, fig. 32) were dle found on * Atwood’s shark,” the “‘ man-eater” of
this region, associated also with Nogagus tenax. The species of ‘Noga-
gus” are merely the males of other genera, for no one has yet deter-
mined both males and females of the various species. The young of
one species, Caligus rapax, were found swimming free at the surface.

The species of Argulus and allied genera are less strictly parasitic, or
rather they adhere less closely, and apparently leave the fishes at pleas-

458 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ure and migrate from one to another. Three species belonging to this
group were taken at the surface with the towing-nets. The Lerneans
are remarkable creatures. The females are generally very curious in
form and very much larger than the more active and less abnormal males,
and they are very low in structure, the reproductive system being enor-
mously developed at the expense of nearly all the other organs. They
live upon the exterior and gills of fishes, with the head deeply buried
in the flesh, and subsist by sucking the blood of their victims. The
Lerneonema radiatum (Plate VI, fig. 30) is very common on the men-
haden, and is also found on the alewives. —, ;

There are many kinds of parasitic leeches. One of the most remark-
able is the Branchiobdella Ravenelii, (Plate X VILL, fig. 89.) This genus
is peculiar in having broad, foliaceous, lobed or scolloped gills along
the sides of the body. The large species figured was found several times
on the large “ sting-rays,” several of them usually occurring together,
on a large spot which had become sore and much inflamed by their re-
peated bites. It is a very active species.

The Cystobranchus vividus is a much smaller and quite slender leech,
which has small, papilliform, whitish gills that alternately contract and
expand along the sides of the body, each surrounded by a semicircular
white spot. The colors are brownish or purplish, with three rows of
small white spots on the back. This species is frequent on the common
minnow, (Fundulus pisculentus,) in autumn and winter, and lives, both
in brackish water and fresh water. With the last, on the minnows, is
found another slender leech, destitute of gills; this is the Iehthyobdella
Funduli. It has, like the last, four ocelli. The color is pale green with
darker green and brown specks, often with whitish transverse bands
anteriorly, and a white ring behind the head, at the constriction ; some-
times there is a narrow pale dorsal line.

A long, slender, sub-cylindrical leech, the Pontobdella rapax V., (Plate
XVIII, fig. 91,) is quite common on the upper side of the “ summer-
flounder,” (Cheenopsetta ocellaris.) Itis avery active species, dark olive
or brown in color, with a row of square or oblong whitish spots along
each side ; the suckers are pale greenish white. The young are reddish
brown, without spots.

A species of Pontobdella was found adhering to Mysis Americana,
near New Haven, May 5, in three instances, but whether this be its nor-
mal habit is uncertain.

The Malacobdella obesa V. (Plate XVIII, fig. Q0) is a large, stout,
yellowish white leech, often two inches long, which is quite common in
the branchial cavity of the “‘long clam,” (Mya arenaria.)

The Malacobdella mercenaria V. is another similar species, but smaller
and more slender, which lives in the same way in the “ round clam”
(Venus mercenaria.)

The Myzobdella lugubris is a small leech, which lives on the “ edible
crab” (Callinectes hastatus,) adhering to the soft membranes between
the joints and at the base of the legs.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 459

List of external parasites observed on fishes and other marine animals of
Southern New England.

In the following list I have included all the determined species ob-
served in these waters, whether living in the sounds, or in the outer
waters, or in the brackish waters of the estuaries, for most of these par-
asitic species are capable of living in as diverse conditions as do the ani-
mals which they infest, and most of the fishes pass from time to time into
each of the divisions named, though some, like the cod, are chiefly found
in the colder outer waters, and even there only in winter.

The list is undoubtedly very incomplete for it is based chiefly on col-
lections made during two seasons, and mainly in the summer months.
In addition to the true parasites I have, for greater convenience, in-
cluded in the list some that merely live on or with other animals,
either for the sake of shelter, or to feed upon their excretions, or to
share their food. Some of these would be properly classed as ‘ commen-
sals.”

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea.

Pinnotheres ostreum, (p. 367,) in oysters.

P. maculatus, in Mytilus edulis.

Laphystius sturionis, on goose-fish and skate, (457.)
Hyperia, species, on jelly-fishes, (439.)

Nerocila munda, on file-fish.

Conilera concharum.

Livoneca ovalis, on blue-fish, (457.)

Cepon distortus, in branchial cavity of Gelasimus, (457.)
Ergasilus labraces, on striped-bass.

Argulus catostomi, on the sucker, (Catostomus.)

A. laticaugla, (457.) ‘

A. latus.

A. megalops.

A. alos, on “ alewives.”

Caligus curtus, on cod-fish.

C. rapax, on sting-ray, (Trygon hastata.)
Lepeophtheirus, sp., on sting-ray.

Lepeophtheirus, sp., on flounder, (Chznopsetta ocellaris.)
2 = CN coleoptratus, on mackerel-shark, (Lamna punctata.)
EK. denticulatus, on Atwood’s shark, (Carcharodon Atwoodi.)
Pandarus Cranchii, (?) on dusky shark, (Platypodon obscurus.)
Pandarus, sp., on Atwood’s shark, (Carcharodon Atwoodi.)
Nogagus Latreillii, on Atwood’s shark, (457.)

N. tenax, on Atwood’s shark, (457.)

Pandarus sinuatus, on the “ dog-fish,” (Mustelus canis.)
Cecrops Latreillii, on Othagoriscus mola.

460 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘Anthosoma crassum, on mackerel-shark.

Lernea branchialis, on cod-fish.

Penella plumosa, on Diodon pilosus and Rhombus, sp.
Anchorella uneinata, on cod-fish.

Lernxonema radiatum, on menhaden, (458.)
Lernzonema, sp., on a species of Carangus.

Coronula diadema, on whales.

Leeches.

Branchiobdella Ravenelii, on sting-rays; August, September, (458.)
Cystobranchus vividus, on minnows; October to December 18, (458.)
ichthyobdella Funduli, on minnows; with last, (458.)

Ichthyobdella, sp., dredged off New London, April.

Pontobdella rapax, on flounders, (458.)

Malacobdella obesa, in long clams, (458.)

M. mercenaria, in round clams, (458.)

Myzobdella lugubris, on the edible crab, (458.)

Bdelloura candida, on gills of Limulus.

MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.

Stylifer Stimpsonii, on the green sea-urchin.
Eulima oleacea, on Thyone Briareus, (418.)

IIT.—FAUNA OF THE ESTUARIES, HARBORS, PONDS, AND MARSHES.

The region about Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, like that of the
entire southern coast of New England and the coast farther south, is
characterized by large numbers of ponds, lagoons, and estuaries, having
a more or less interrupted communication with the sea.* These are
usually quite shallow, though often of great extent. The bottom is
generally muddy, with occasional patches of sand, but at the surface
usually consists largely of decaying vegetable and animal débris mixed
with mud.

The ‘“eel-grass” (Zostera marina) grows in the shallower waters in
great quantities, sometimes in small scattered patches, at other times
covering large areas. Some of these ponds and estuaries receive con-
siderable, though variable, quantities of fresh water from streams flow-
ing into them, while others receive but little, except the surface drain-
age of the land immediately around them; but in most of them the
fresh water is in sufficient quantities to give a “‘ brackish” character to
the waters. Owing to the narrow and often shallow channels by which
the ponds communicate with the open waters, the tide is usually irreg-
ular, and its rise and fall often much less than outside, so that the wa-
ters have little tidal motion. The shallowness of the water and the abun-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 461

dant eel-grass also impede the motion caused by the wind, so that these
bodies of water are comparatively quiet under ordinary circumstances.
The same causes allow the water to become highly heated during the
summer. It is evident that the heat and quietness of the waters are
unfavorable for the rapid absorbtion of oxygen from the air, while by
the rapid decay of the dead materials of the bottom large quantities of
carbonic acid and other gases must be evolved, which would in some
cases soon render the water fatal to all animal life, were it not for the
presence of the eel-grass, Ulva, and other plants that flourish in such
waters, which, while absorbing the excess of carbonic acid, also help
to give the requisite amount of oxygen to the water. During storms
the mud of the bottom is quickly disturbed, causing the escape of nox-
ious gases, and rendering the water turbid, while the eel-grass is torn
up in large quantities, thus adding to the decaying materials of the bot-
tom and shores. Moreover, in case of rain-storms or spring-freshets, the
sudden addition of large volumes of fresh water often causes great
changes in the density and character of the water, sufficient to kill spe-
cies not adapted to such varying and peculiar conditions.

We accordingly find that although animal life is usually very abun-
dant, the number of species that habitually live and prosper in these im-
pure and decidedly brackish waters is comparatively small. But such
as do occur are usually found in great quantities, and are remarkable
for their hardiness and ability to live under widely varying conditions.
Many of them are strictly southern species, which do not extend much
farther north ; but there are some, like the long clam, muscle, &e., which
extend even to the Arctic Ocean and the coasts of Europe.

Many of the estuaries and harbors, and some of the ponds, have a
much freer communication with the sea, and then the water is less
brackish and generally less impure in other respects, and the number
of species of animals becomes much greater. In other cases the water
is so little brackish that the fauna is nearly identical with that of the
outer bays. A few of these species are almost restricted to the brack-
ish waters, but by far the greater number are able to live in pure sea-
water, and are accordingly also found in the bays and sounds. There
are various degrees of preference shown by the different species ; some
are very abundant in the brackish waters and very seldom found out-
side; some evidently prefer the estuaries but are also abundant in the
sounds ; some flourish equally well in both situations; many are com-
mon in the estuaries but much more abundant in the pure waters of the
sounds ; anda large number which are occasionally found in the brackish
waters, especially where but little freshened, have their proper homes in
the pure waters outside.

Most of our food-fishes frequent the ponds and estuaries, either for
the sake of food or for the purpose of spawning, and many spend the
earlier part of their lives entirely in such waters. It is apparent, there-
fore, that among the few species of invertebrate animals living in the
brackish waters, there are some that are of great importance as food for

462 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fishes. It is true that many of the larger fishes frequent the estuaries
to prey upon smaller ones, some of which are extremely abundant in
these waters. But the small fishes, like minnows, as well as the young
of the larger ones, feed chiefly upon the small crustacea, worms, and
shells that live in the waters that they inhabit. Therefore the entire
value of the estuaries as feeding-grounds for the larger fishes depends
directly upon those species of crustacea, &c., that naturally live in
brackish water.

In discussing the fauna of the estuaries I have found it most conven-
ient to group the species under the following divisions: 1. Those of sandy
shores and bottoms. 2. Those of muddy shores and bottoms. 3. Those
inhabiting oyster-beds. 4. Those inhabiting the eel-grass. 5. Those
attached to rocks, piles of wharves, floating timber, buoys, &e.

The lists could be greatly extended by including all the species to be
found near the mouths of estuaries, or in those harbors and ponds that
are scarcely brackish, for in these localities the fauna is nearly identi-
cal with that of the bays and sounds, and the lists already given on
previous pages will also apply very well to such places.

As a general rule only those species that are abundant, or at least
frequent, in waters distinetly brackish, have been included in the lists.

Mit, 1.—ANIMALS INHABITING THE SANDY SHORES AND BOTTOMS OF
BRACKISH WATERS.

Sandy shores and bottoms are generally less common and less exten-
sive than muddy ones, and occur chiefly toward the mouths of estuaries,
or on the more exposed borders of the larger ponds and harbors, where
the wave-action is greatest.

When such bottoms are covered with eel-grass, as often happens, the
animals are quite numerous, but when destitute of vegetation the spe-
cies of animals are but few, and mostly of the kinds that burrow. But
when there is a mixture of mud with the sand the variety is much
greater.

Near high-water mark, colonies of the “ sand-fiddler,” Gelasimus pu-
gilator, (p. 336,) often occur, as on the sandy beaches outside. In the
same situations the beach-fleas, Talorchestia longicornis and T. megal-
ophthalma (p. 336,) also occur, burrowing in the sand; while the Orehes.
tia agilis SMITH is abundant under the vegetable débris at high-water
mark.

Several species of salt-water insects also occur, burrowing in the
sandy beaches at and below high-water mark. Among these are sev-
eral beetles, which live in such situations, both in the larval and adult
conditions. The Bledius cordatus is one of the most abundant of these.
This is a sinall, dark-colored, ‘‘ rover-beetle,” with very short elytra.
Tt makes small, perpendicular holes in the sand near high-water mark,
throwing up a little mound of sand around the burrows. A larger spe-
cies, Bledius pallipennis, occurs lower down, at about half-tide mark
and makes similar burrows, but they are larger and deeper. This spe-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 463

cies is yellowish brownin color. The larva of a fly belonging to the Mus-
’ cide, and growing to the length of three-quarters of an inch, occurs
beneath the sand at low-water mark, and was also dredged off-shore in
three or four fathoms of water.

In the shallow waters and on the flats the common shrimp, Crangon
vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 10,) is always to be found in abundance
where the water is not too much freshened by the rivers. The prawn,
Palemonetes vulgaris, (p.339, Plate I, fig. 9,) is also frequent on the sandy
bottoms, though more abundant among the eel-grass, and this species
extends far up the estuaries into the mouths of rivers, where the water
is but little salt.

The most abundant Annelids are Nereis virens, (Plate XI, figs. 47-50,)
N. limbata, (Plate XI, fig. 51,) Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus, (Plate X, figs
43, 44,) R. Americanus, (Plate X, figs. 45, 46,) and Scolecolepis viridis V.,
(p- 345,) all of which burrow in the sand at low-water mark in the same
way as on the shores of the sounds.

Under vegetable débris and stones, at high-water mark, the Halo-
drillus littoralis (p. 324) and Clitellio irroratus (p. 524) occur in abun-
dance. The Lumbriculus tenwis burrows among the roots of grass at
high-water mark.

The most abundant Gastropod shells are Ilyanassa obsoleta, (Plate
XXI, fig. 13,) Tritia trivittata, (Plate XXI, fig. 112,) Bittiwm nigrum;
(Plate XXIV, fig. 154,) Astyris lunata, (Plate XXI, fig. 110,) which occur
on the flats and on the bottom in shallow water, but all are more com-
mon among eel-grass. The Melampus bidentatus (Plate X XV, figs. 169,
169a) is very abundant among the grass and weeds at and just above
high-water mark. It contributes largely to the food of the minnows
and other small fishes, as well as to that of many aquatic birds. The
Orepidula convexa (Plate X XIII, fig. 128) is frequent on the dead shells
occupied by the small hermit-crab, Hupagurus longicarpus, (p. 313,)
which is abundant, running over the bottom in shallow water.

The most abundant bivalves are the long clam, Mya arenaria, (Plate
XXVI, fig.179,) and Macoma fusca, (Plate X XX, fig. 222.) These both
oceur burrowing in the sand between tides, and both occur far up the
estuaries, where the water is very brackish, but they are most abun-
dant where there is a mixture of sand and mud. In the estuaries the
long clam is extremely abundant all along the coast from New Jersey
to the Arctic Ocean, as well as on all the northern coasts of Europe
It also occurs south of Cape Hatteras, as at Beaufort, North Carolina,
but in greatly diminished numbers. North of New York it is very ex-
tensively used as an article of food. North of Cape Cod it is the com-
mon “clam” of the fishermen; and north of Boston it almost entirely
displaces, in the markets, the “round-clam,” or “ quahog,” Venus mer-
cenaria, which is the common clam at New York and farther south.
Along the southern coast of New England both species are abundant,
and both are sold in large quantities in the markets. South of New

464 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

York the long clam is but little sought as an article of food, except for local
use. On the coast of New Jersey it is often called the ‘* maninose clam,”
from the Indian name (frequently corrupted to ‘ nanny-nose.”) It is
also sometimes called the “soft-shelled clam,” in distinction from the
* quahog,” which is called *‘ hard-shelled.” The “long clams” of certain
localities on Long Island Sound, as, for instance, those from Guilford,
Connecticut, are of very excellent quality, and are very highly esteemed.

The Guilford clams are assorted into regular sizes, and are bought from
the fishermen on the spot by the hundred. Those of large size bring
about $3 per hundred; these are retailed in the market at New Haven
for 60 cents per dozen. Smaller sizes bring 48 cents and 36 cents per
dozen. During unusually low tides in winter clams of extraordinary size
are obtained at Guilford, below the zone ordinarily uncovered by the
tide; these often weigh a pound or more, and sell for about $1.25 per
dozen; occasionally the weight is as much asa pound anda half, and the
shells become six or eight inches in length.

The ordinary long clams of small and moderate sizes bring 95 cents,
$1.25, and $2 per bushel at wholesale; these retail in our markets at
50 cents to 75 cents per peck, the smallest sizes being cheapest, while
the reverse is the case with the round clams. ‘

In New Haven the long clams are chiefly sold in winter, being ‘“ out
of season” in summer, when the round clams supply the markets. But
in New York the long clams are sold during the whole year.

Large quantities of these clams are also collected on the northern
coasts of New England and put up for bait, to be used in the cod-fishery
at the banks of Newfoundland.

The total amount collected and used annually is prone not less
than 1,000,000 bushels.

List of species inhabiting sandy shores and bottoms of estuaries.

ARTICULATA.
Insects.

Page. | Page.
Larvee of fly, (Muscidee).... 463 Bledius cordatus .......... "462
Ephydra, sp., lanyee. pees 466 |. B., pallipennis: -"- [eee 462
Cieindela, larvae... -.2<. =. 335| Heterocera undatus ...... -) aon
Bembidium constrictum. . - . | Phaleria testacea...-...-. 5
econiracthum...... 6225-26 | Anurida maritima......-.. ddl
Phytosus littoralis......... 330 |

C) ustacedt
Page Page

Gelasimus pugilator....... 462| Orchestia agilis .........-- 462
Cancer irroratus....--..-...- 312, Talorchestia longicornis.... 462
Carcinus granulatus....... 312} T. megalophthalma.-.....- 462
Eupagurus longicarpus..-. 463} Epelys trilobus............ 370
Palzmonetes vulgaris... .- - 463, Limulus Polyphemus..... 340

Crangon vulgaris.......... 463°

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 465

Annelids.

Page. Page.
MeEIEIS MITES. =.= 2-0. 4-5): 463 Clymenella torquata....... 343
PUMA TA 5's 5. 0:5. obeys) ie -alenall 463 Cistenides Gouldii..... eth) bee
Rhynchobolus Americanus. 463) Sabellaria vulgaris.....-.-- 321
iecranchiatus 2s: <.6\2i-)- - 463, Lumbriculus tenuis. ....... 463
Spio robustus....-... ee 345| Clitellio irroratus.......... 463
Scolecolepis viridis....-..-. 463| Halodrillus littoralis....... 465
S 2a) 1 ST a2) Pataca! fh 345

Nemerteans.

Page. Page.
Meckelia ingens........-.- 349| Meckelja rosea ......------ 350

MOLLUSGA.

)

Gastropods,

Page. | Page.
Hlyanassa obsoleta......- 463 | Odostomia trifida......-.-- 307
Praia trivittata..:..-..-.- 463 | Bittium nigrum..... ese 465
Eupleura caudata......... 371 | Crepidula convexa......-.- 463
ASoytIsSiOMAta 25... .-- 463| Melampus bidentatus...... 463

Lamellibranchs.

. Page. | Page.
My aAreMATIA....--2---- ++ 463 | Leevicardium Mortoni_....- 308
Macoma fusca....-........ 463 | Solenomya velum......-..- 360
2s SELIG) 02) ea S08) My biUseGUliss .2i eae e/a 307
Poftenia semma._-:-...-. - 359| Modiola plicatula.......... 307
Wiens, Mercena4;ia,- . . =... = AGS: |" Pecten ieradlansS =: ence 361

TI. 2.— ANIMALS INHABITING THE MUDDY SHORES AND BOTTOMS OF
BRACKISH WATERS.

The bottoms of the sheltered estuaries, ponds, and harbors, are almost
invariably muddy, throughout the greater part of their extent, from low-
water mark to their greatest depths, or, in other words, wherever the
waves do not act with considerable force. The shores between tides are
also muddy in the more protected localities, where the waves do not
have sufficient power to remove the fine sediments. The upper and nar-
rower parts of nearly all the estuaries in this region are, on this account,
muddy, for the rapidity of the tide is seldom sufficient to entirely re-
move the fine sediments brought down by the streams.

A large part of the muddy bottoms is generally covered in summer by
extensive patches of eel-grass. Over other portions large beds of oys-

S. Mis. 61——-30

466 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ters are always planted, thus greatly modifying the natural conditions
of such localities and introducing a large number of species not prop-
erly belonging to the true muddy bottoms.

The shores of the muddy estuaries and ponds, or lagoons, are usually
low, flat, and bordered by more or less extensive salt-marshes, with the
surface generally just above high-water mark of ordinary tides, but lia-
ble to inundation by unusually high tides. These marshes are always
traversed by winding and sluggish tidal streams of brackish water and
by smaller ditches, and the surface is often diversified by small pools or
ponds of impure brackish water, in which there is generally a deep de-
posit of soft, slimy mud and decaying organic matter, which often be-
comes putrid, and exhales fetid gases. All such waters, whether in the
ditches or pools, and however filthy they may be, are inhabited by cer-
tain kinds of invertebrate animals, and they are also frequented by mul-
titudes of minnows and other small fishes, which undoubtedly find
abundant food in such places.

In these brackish pools and ditches we find cértain beetles, both in the
adult and larval stages. Among these the most conspicuous is Hydro-
philus quadristriatus HoRN., a large, black species, which appears to be
common. The larva of the salt-marsh musquito (Culex, sp.,) also lives in
such situations, and the adults in August, September, and October, so
swarm in these marshes as to render it extremely unpleasant to go on
or near them. The larvee of an Ephydra also occurs, and many other
insects will doubtless be found in these places when carefully sought for.

One Amphipod, the Gammarus mucronatus, commonly lives in the most
brackish pools and among the grass on the marshes. The prawn, Pale-
monetes vulgaris, (Plate I, fig. 9,) is also very abundant in these pools
and ditches, even where the water is but little salt, and also occurs in
immense numbers on the muddy bottoms and among the eel-grass of the
estuaries. In the pools there are also myriads of small Entomostraca
of many kinds, upon which the prawn and other species feed, while the
Entomostraca find an abundance of ciliated Infusoria and other micro-
scopic animals for food.

We find several species of crabs burrowing in muddy banks along the
shores of the estuaries, as well as along banks of the streams and ditches
in the salt-marshes. The most abundant of these is the marsh fiddler-
crab, Gelasimus pugnax, which is often so abundant that the banks are
completely honey-combed and undermined by them. These holes are of
various sizes up to about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and de-
scend more or less perpendicularly, often to the depth of two feet or
more. Occasionally in summer these crabs will leave their holes and
scatter over the surface of the marshes, which at such times seem to be
perfectly alive with them, but when disturbed they will scamper away
in eyery direction and speedily retreat to their holes, but occasionally,
at least, they do not find their own, for sometimes the rightful owner
will be seen forcibly ejecting Zevarail intruders. It is probable that at

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 467

such times of general retreat each one gets into the first hole that he
ean find. Associated with this “fiddler” another related crab, the Se-
sarma reticulata, is occasionally found in considerable numbers. This
is a stout-looking, reddish brown crab, with a squarish carapax; its large
claws are stout and nearly equal in both sexes, instead of being very
unequal, as in the male “fiddlers.” It lives in holes like the “ fiddlers,”
but its holes are usually much larger, often an inch or an inch and a half
in diameter. It is much less active than the “fiddlers,” but can pinch
very powerfully with its large claws, which are always promptly used
when an opportunity occurs.

The Carcinus granulatus (p. 312) of large size may often be found con-
cealed in the cavities under the banks undermined by the two preceding
species, along the ditches and streams in the salt-marshes. On the
marshes farther up the estuaries, and along the mouths of rivers and
brooks, and extending up even to places where the water is quite fresh,
another and much larger species of ‘ fiddler-crab” occurs, often in abun-
dance; this is the Gelasimus minax. It can be easily distinguished by
its much larger size and by having a patch of red at the joints of the
legs. Its habits have been carefully studied by Mr. T. M. Prudden of
New Haven, but his interesting account of them has not yet been pub-
lished. He has also investigated its anatomy. According to Mr. Prud-
den this species, like G. pugilator, (see p. 336,) is avegetarian. He often
saw it engaged in scraping up and eating a minute green algoid plant,
which covers the surface of the mud. The male uses its small claw ex-
clusively in obtaining its food and conveying it to the mouth. The
female uses either of her small ones indifferently. In enlarging its bur-
rows Mr. Prudden observed that these crabs scraped off the mud from
the inside of the burrow by means of the claws of the ambulatory legs,
and having formed the mud into a pellet, pushed it up out of the hole
by means of the elbow-like joint at the base of the great claw, when
this is folded down. He also ascertained that this crab often constructs
a regular oven-like arch of mud over the mouth of its burrow. This
arch-way is horizontal, and large and long enough to contain the crab,
who quietly sits in this curious door-way on the lookout for his enemies
of all kinds.

This species can live out of water and without food for many days.
It can also live in perfectly fresh water. One large male was kept in
my laboratory in a glass jar containing nothing but a little siliceous sand,
moistened with pure fresh water, for over six months. During this
whole period he seemed to be constantly in motion, walking round and
round the jar and trying to climb out. He was never observed to rest
or appear tired, and after months of confinement and starvation was
just as pugnacious as ever.

Although some of the colonies of this species live nearly or quite up
to fresh water, others are found farther down on the marshes, where the
water is quite brackish, and thus there is a middle ground where this

468 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

and G. pugnax occur together. This was found by Mr. Prudden to be
the case, both on the marshes bordering West River and on those of
Mill River near New Haven. They are abundant along both these
streams. The holes made by this species are much larger than those of
G. pugnax. Some of them are an inch and a half to two inches in
diameter.

The ‘blue crab” or common edible crab, Callinectes hastatus, (p. 367,)
frequents the brackish streams and estuaries, where it is often taken in
large quantities for the markets. These are usually brought to market
early in May, but the “soft-shelled” ones, which are more highly es-
teemed, are taken later. These soft-shelled individuals are merely those
that have recently shed their old shells, while the new shell has not had
time to harden. The period of shedding seems to be irregular and long
continued, for soft-shelled crabs are taken nearly allsummer. The young
and half-grown specimens of this crab may often be found in consider-
able numbers hiding in the holes and hollows beneath the banks during
the flood-tide. When disturbed, they swim away quietly into deeper
water. These small crabs are devoured by many of the larger fishes.
During flood-tide the large crabs swim up the streams like many fishes,
and retreat again with the ebb. They feed largely on fishes, and often
do much damage by eating fishes caught in set-nets, frequently making
large holes in the nets at the same time.

The ‘“mud-crabs,” Panopeus Sayi (p. 312) and P. depressus, (Plate I,
fig. 5,) are very common in all the muddy estuaries and harbors. P.
Harrisii also occurs in similar-places ; it is far less common, and appar-
ently usually lives higher up toward high-water mark, under stones, &c.,
but it has been found on the salt-marshes at the mouth of Charles River,
according to Dr. A. A. Gould.

The Orchestia palustris SMITH, is found on the salt-marshes, where it
occurs under drift-wood, vegetable débris, &c., extending its range
nearly or quite up to fresh water, and at times living in places that are
almost dry, above high-water mark.

The Squilla empusa (p. 369) burrows in muddy shores and bottoms at
or below low-water mark.

The Gebia affinis (p. 868, Plate L, fig. 7) also lives in similar places in
deep burrows, as described on a previous page.

The “horseshoe-crab,” Limulus Polyphemus (p. 340,) is also a com-
mon inhabitant of muddy bottoms, in estuaries, where it grows to great
size.

The most common Annelids are partly the same as those given
above for the sandy shores. The Nereis virens is generally very abun-
dant; the two species of Rhynchobolus are common; and also Lwmbri-
conereis opalina, (Plate XIII, figs.69, 70;) Cirratulus grandis, (Plate XV.
figs. 80, $1;) Polycirrus eximius, (p. 320, Plate XVI, fig. 85;) Cheto-
branchus sanguineus, (p. 320;) and several other less conspicuous species,

Among the Gastropods by far the most abundant species is the Llya-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 469

nassa obsoleta, (p. 354, Plate XXI, fig. 113,) which creeps over the flats
and muddy bottoms in countiess multitudes, sémetimes almost covering
the entire surface. When left by the tide, on the flats, especially in cold
weather, they will creep into the small pools and depressions of the sur-
face, where they often huddle together in great crowds, sometimes form-
ing many layers, one above another. This is probably the most abundant
shell, of any considerable size, on the coast of the United States. It
occurs abundantly from the Gulf of Mexico to Massachusetts Bay. Itis
essentially a scavenger, and owing to its vast numbers its services in
that line must be of great value. It occurs far up the estuaries, where
the water is decidedly brackish, but flourishes equally well on the outer
shores.

The Littorinella minuta (Plate XXIV, fig. 140) also occurs in vast
numbers on the mud-flats, and in the pools and ditches of the salt-
marshes, but it is a small and inconspicuous species. It is, however, not
overlooked by the small fishes and various aquatic birds, for they feed
largely upon it.

The Melampus bidentatus (Plate X XV, figs. 169, 169a) is also extremely
abundant on the muddy salt-marshes, creeping over the general surface,
or in the shallow pools and ‘ditches, and among the grass, creeping up
the stalks. In shallow water, where not too brackish, the Bulla solitaria
(Plate XXV, fig. 161) is sometimes found in considerable numbers,
creeping over soft, muddy bottoms. It is a favorite article of food with
the flounders.

Among the Lamellibranchs, one of the most common species is the
Modiola plicatula, (Plate XX XI, fig. 258,) which occurs everywhere on
the muddy banks at and above high-water mark, and also over the salt-
marshes, along the borders of ditches and streams, and wherever there
is sufficient moisture, partially imbedding its shell in the mud or among
the roots of grass, and anchoring itself by means of a stout byssus.
The long clam, Mya arenaria, (p. 463) and the Macoma fusca, (Plate
XXX, fig. 222) are almost everywhere abundant on the shores between
tides.

The “round clam,” Venus mercenaria, (p. 359, Plate X XVI, fig. 184,)
occurs on the muddy bottoms in shallow water, often in great abundance,
especially where the mud is somewhat firm, or where there is an admix-
ture of sand, and the water isnot very much freshened. Thisclam is usually
taken in such places by means of long-handled tongs, and sometimes
with the dredge. It is especiallyabundant in the estuaries and harbors
opening into Long Island Sound. The quantity of this clam taken
annually for food is enormous, but it is impossible, at present, to get re-
liable statistics, either for this or the long clam, for they are mostly taken
and sold,a few bushels at a time, by individual fishermen, and the
traffic is diffused along the whole coast, from Florida to Boston; but
it is probable that more than 1,500,000 bushels are annually consumed.

470 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In the New Haven markets the round clams retail at $2 to $3 per bushel .
for the smail ones, and $1 to $2 per bushel for the large ones.

The common muscle, Mytilus edulis, (p. 307, Plate XXXIT, fig. 254,) is
also extremely abundant on the muddy bottoms, forming immense beds
in many places. It is taken in vast quantities for fertilizing the land,
but is seldom used as food on our coast, although it is used extensively
in some parts of Europe.

The muddy bottoms of the estuaries, ponds, and harbors, especially
when composed largely of organic matter in a living state, afford the
best localities for “planting” oysters, and they are extensively utilized
for this purpose. The oysters thus planted are mostly brought from
farther south, but young “natives” are also transplanted on a large
seale in some localities.

It is, however, very certain that the oysters did not originally grow
on muddy bottoms, for the young cannot maintain themselves during
early life unless attached to some solid substance.

Therefore, where large oyster-beds have been planted, the bottom
should no longer be classed as ‘‘*muddy,” but rather as a ‘“ shelly bot-
tom,” for a large number of animals, in addition to those of true muddy
bottoms, live among or attached to the oysters.

Along the peaty and clayey banks, especially where undermined by
the waves, even nearly up to high-water mark, the Petricola pholadi-
formis (p. 372, Plate XX VI, fig. 199,) and Pholas truncata, (Plate XX VII,
fig. 200,) are often found in their deep burrows in considerable numbers.
The Tagelus gibba (Plate XXVI, fig. 181, and Plate XXX, fig. 217,)
burrows at and below low-water mark on the muddy and argillaceous
shores of the estuaries, as well as on the shores of the bays. On muddy
bottoms, toward the outer parts of the estuaries and harbors, the
Mulinia lateralis (Plate XX VI, fig. 184, B) often occurs in great abun-
dance. And in similar places, even where the bottom consists largely of
decaying vegetable matter, the Tellina tenta (Plate XXX, fig. 225) and
Solenomya velum (Plate X XIX, fig. 210) are sometimes found in consid:
erable numbers. The Callista convera (Plate XXX, fig. 219) also occurs
in similar places.

The Ascidians, Bryozoa, and Radiata are almost entirely wanting on
the muddy shores and bottoms of estuaries, unless in localities where
eel-grass or oyster-beds afford them suitable stations; but such localities
will be discussed farther on.

List of species inhabiting the muddy shores and bottoms of brackish waters.

ARTICULATA.
Insects.
Page. | Page.
LE . aor |
Cicindela marginata....-.-- 330 | Culex, sp’. i222. ).2t 7s 466

Hydrophilus quadristriatus 466 | Ephydra, Sp: :-=-22-s32 see 466

&

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS

OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

Crustacea.
Page. |
sxelasimus pugnax.......-. 466. Orehestia agilis ~~ 56 et
emmnnaK teeny 467 | © palustris... - 2. 2 see
Sesarma reticulata ,.....-.. 467 Gammarus mucronatus....
Famopeus Sayi-.--.25:.--. 468) Melita nitida........
Ieepressus . ..... 7. ae ae) 468) Ampelisca, sp...-.-.-.----
PePtaETISl . ge. ec. we = = 468 Amphithoé valida.......-.-.
Callinectes hastatus .......- AGB Ac COMER, ja... - <.e,5 =< 5,215
Carcinus granulatus....... 467 | Corophium cylindricum....
Libinia canaliculata ....... 368 Spheroma quadridentata -.
Eupagurus longicarpus.... 313 | kdeteairroratac. 4+. .4.-~..
re aw AMIDIS 2 2. on oo 468| Epelys trilobus...:........
Crangon vulgaris.........- JO) BemiMOm OSS! 2a gare een ~
Palemonetes vulgaris. ..... A6G)| Jeera seoplosar: 2.22 J4- 2: -
Mysis stenolepis ....:-..-. 370, Limnoria lignorum ......-.
Squillaempusa.-.......... 468, Limulus Polyphemus....--
Annelids.
Page.

Nephthys ingens ........-. 431) Re dibranchiatus)..----5.-<
Podarke obscura.....-.... 319 |. Cirratulus grandis....-...-
LS ee 349| Notomastus filiformis . -...-
RIBECIS WITCNS 2.2% cen: 20> 468} Cistenides Gouldii.....--..-
Marphysa Leidyi-..... <auce 1 ol9) Polycirrus. eximins-<-+..22-
Lumbriconereis opalina.... 468) Chietobranchus sanguineus.
Rhynchobolus Americanus. 342)

Nemerteans.

Page.
Nemertes socialis......-... 324 Cosmodcephala ochracea. - - .
Nematodes.
Page.
Pontonema marinum...... 325 | P. vacillatum .....--.-----
MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. |
Ilyanassa obsoleta ......-- 468| Littorina irrorata .........
ieee WIWGK ooo s et eee oe es 371| Littorinella minuta.....-...
| .
Eupleura caudata......... o11|,.Crepidula convexa.......--
Urosalpinx cinerea .......- Huo), CAtormicataisc << <..¢ s< 8-5 +
Astyris lunata -.......---. S06 Osun euiformis ..-.- 2... --+-
Bee bE HROT UI js oS ws Se -) 2/2 200.|: Bulla solitaria <2... »-<-+\-%
Littorina rudis..........:. 305) Melampus bidentatus. ..--.
apalliata.s. 5... 52- scm 3Re 305,

471

Oo
1-1 —
Se >)

Co Go Go Co Co
_—

ue
ol
noe ou

A772. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Lamellibranchs.
Page Page
Pholas truncata. = ..22 22-22 470 Callista comvexa./----2. 25> 470
IPS costatark: 22552 see eee 433| Mulinia lateralis .....--..: 470
Mya arenaria ......:---<-. 469 Solenomya velum ... -.-.. 470
Macomadusca -ither see 469 Nucula proxima...... 1 oa ee
Malina tenta. ssleeeeoe.* 470, Argina pexata .....-.-.--- .. ‘d0E
Aqmnlastener.. ea ee. - 358| Modiola plicatula.........- 469
Tagelus vibba...4..2-2>->= 470| M. hamatus-...--.---2 22% 374
Petricola pholadiformis.... 470 Mytilus edulis........--.-- 470
Venus mercenaria...-..--- 469 Ostrea Virginiana ......-- 310

ILI. 3.— ANIMALS INHABITING OYSTER-BEDS IN BRACKISH WATERS.

Although the oyster-beds are generally planted on bottoms that were
originally muddy, when covered wholly or partially with living oysters or
with dead oyster-shells, such bottoms may properly be regarded as “‘shelly
bottoms” analogous to the natural shelly bottoms of the outer waters.
The shells of the oysters afford suitable attachment for various shells,
bryozoa, ascidians, hydroids, sponges, &c., which could not otherwise
maintain their existence on muddy bottoms, while other kinds of ani-
mals, such as crabs, annelids, &c., find shelter beneath the shells or in
their interstices. Some species have apparently been introduced from
farther south with the oysters; among these are Modiola hamatus and
Panopeus Herbstii, neither of which is positively known to be fully nat-
uralized on our shores.

In planting the oysters they are more or less uniformly scattered over
the bottom, from somewhat above low-water mark to the depth of ten
or twelve feet. The oysters thus planted are brought mostly from the
waters of Virginia and Maryland in spring. During the summer they
usually increase greatly in size, and often become very fat and improve in
flavor. They are taken up in the fall, for if left exposed to the freezing
weather of our winters, at least all those in very shallow water would be
kiiled. They often double in bulk during the summer. Besides the im-
mense quantities of oysters thus brought from farther south to be “ plant-
ed” in our waters, large quantities of young “ natives” are also collected
from the localities where they naturally breed, and are planted on muddy
bottoms in the brackish waters, where they grow very rapidly, usually
attaining a size suitable for the market in two or three years.

These ‘native oysters,” although of the same species as those brought
from the south, are more hardy, and will live through the winter if cov-
ered by a depth of water sufficient to prevent them from freezing. ‘The
young oysters that attach themselves to stones, ledges, &c., between
tides, often in great abundance, nearly all perish by freezing during the
winter. They mostly become an inch to an inch and a half in diameter
during the first summer. The period of spawning lasts for some time,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 473

but most of it seems to be done in May, June, and July. The young,
atter swimming about for a short time, attach themselves to any suitable
hard object, such as rocks, shells, timber, brush, &c. On our coast very
few attempts have been made to raise the young oysters by artificial
means, because the young oysters, of a size suitable to plant, can gen-
erally be bought at a price less than the actual cost of raising them.
The time will doubtless come. however, when this will no longer be the
ease, and then the methods so successfully employed on the coast of |
France may be resorted to with great advantage.

The young oysters must find some solid substance to which they can
attach themselves, before losing their locomotive organs, otherwise they
will fall to the bottom and perish in the mud. Itis evident, therefore,
that although the oysters planted on muddy bottoms of the right kind
will grow most rapidly, owing to the great abundance of their micro-
scopic food in the mud and turbid water; yet such localities are unfa-
vorabie for breeding-grounds, because the young,or “spat,” will find no
suitable objects to which they can attach themselves,unless, by chance,
to the shells of the old oysters. Therefore, if it be desired to have the
oysters in such localities produce the young ones necessary to maintain
the bed permanently, it will be necessary to place hard objects on the
bottom, to which they may adhere. Stones, broken bricks, &c., may be
used for this purpose, but nothing is better than old oyster-shells, and
they are generally cheaper than anything else.

On the coast of France bundles of twigs or fagots, prepared tiles,
and other objects have been used to catch the young, and they are al-
lowed to remain on such objects until they become large enough to be
removed and planted elsewhere.

It is obvious that the best breeding-grounds are on hard bottoms,
where there are large quantities of dead shells, pebbles, &c., to which
the young will be sure to adhere. But such bottoms are not the best
localities for the rapid growth and fattening of the oysters. Therefore
it is always found profitable to transplant the young oysters, when large
enough, from hard bottoms to the muddy bottoms of the estuaries, where
their natural food most abounds.

All muddy bottoms are not equally adapted for this purpose. The great
differences to be found in the muddy bottoms of various localities have
already been mentioned on a previous page. (Seep. 430.) Those bottoms
that are composed mainly of tenacious clay are unsuitable, both because
the oysters become imbedded too deeply in the clay, and because such
mud contains but little organic matter. Those that consist of clay or
sand mixed with decaying vegetable matter, and have a black, putrid
layer just beneath the surface are also unsuitable and should be avoided.
Those that consist of very deep, soft, pasty mud, though the mud itself
may be of good quality, are apt to allow the oysters to sink too deeply
beneath the surface and thus become smothered im the mud.

The most suitable localities are those sheltered places where there is
a firm substratum,of sand or gravel, overlaid with a few inches of soft,

474 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

floceulent mud, consisting largely of living microscopic animals and
plants, Infusoria, Diatoms, &c. Such localities are to be found in most
of our shallow estuaries, harbors, and brackish ponds, and on such
grounds the oysters grow and become fat with surprising rapidity.

The character of such bottoms is very liable to be changed by storms,
especially in winter, either by the removal of the organic mud to
some other part of the bottom or shore, or by the washing in of silt or
clay in quantities sufficient to cover the bottom and destroy the living
organisms. Thus it happens that a locality may be an excellent oys-
ter-ground one year and comparatively worthless the next, or a poor
locality may in the next year become a good one. And on this account
the great reputation that the oysters of a particular locality often ac-
quire in a favorable year may not belong to them in subsequent years,
for the quality of the oysters changes with the character of the food and
bottom where they grow. I have already mentioned several of the more
important enemies of the oysters on former pages. (See pp. 306, 326.)
The star-fishes, which are among the most destructive of these, do not
flourish in brackish waters, and this is, therefore, a great advantage.

The quantity of oysters taken from our waters is far greater than is
generally supposed by those not familiar with this important business.
The best statistics are necessarily very incomplete, but they are sufficient
to show the almost incredible magnitude of this industry, which is,
moreover, rapidly increasing as the facilities for transporting the oysters
to all parts of the country, even to the Pacific coast, are multiplied.

According to the official report of Hunter Davidson, commissioner,
upon the oyster-fisheries, &c., of Maryland, années lege * the quantity
of oysters taken in Maryland waters in the year 1869~70 was 11,233,475
bushels, which, at an average value of 35 cents per bushel, would amount
to $4,031,716. To catch and convey these to market 8,070 men were em-
ployed on the water; 7,190,400 bushels were taken by 642 vessels (ton-
nage 14,436) engaged in dredging, and employing 4,060 hands. The
balance, 2,045,075 bushels, were taken by 1,647 boats or “ canoes,” using
tongs and rakes, and employing 3,410 hands.

In 1870-7 “i Ba vessels, (tonnage 13,425,) engaged in dredging, and
employing 3,775 hands, took 6,686,400 bushels ; and 1,649 “ canoes”
took, with tongs, 2,261,403 ones. ee 3,007 Reo making the
total amount for the year, 10,947,803 bushels, valued at $3,831,731.
Many of these oysters were sold at $1 to $1.50 per bushel, while
others were sold for less than twenty-five cents, but it is probable that
the estimated average value (thirty-five cents) is considerably below the
actual value.

The quantity taken in the waters of Virginia is probably quite as
large as that from Maryland.

Large quantities are also taken along the coast of New Jersey, Long

* Report on the Onaice Sichenioas Pomae River Shad and Herring Fisheries, ain
the Water-fowl of Maryland, to his excellency the governor and other commissioners
of the State oyster-police force, January, 1872.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 475

Island, and Connecticut. It is, therefore, probable that the total amount
taken on the coast north of Cape Hatteras is not less than 30,000,000
bushels annually, having a value of more than $20,000,000. In making
this estimate we should allow for the great increase in bulk and value
of many of the Maryland and Virginia oysters that are transplanted to
northern waters, and allowed to grow before using. The average value
of the northern oysters, both native and transplanted, is probably more
- than seventy-five cents per bushel. It is, therefore, probable that the
above estimate is considerably too low.

The great oyster-markets of the country are Baltimore and New York.
In Baltimore immense quantities of oysters are put up in kegs and
cans to supply the distant parts of our own country and also to ship
to nearly all foreign countries. In 1867 it was estimated that more
than 10,6000 persons were employed in this branch of the business.
There were then thirty packing-houses, employing 4,500 openers. In ad-
dition to the packing business great quantities of oysters are sold at Bal-
timore and sent away in the shell. The total quantity sold at Baltimore
exceeded 7,000,000 bushels, of which about 5,000,000 bushels came from
Maryland waters, and the balance from Virginia. Of these over
1,000,000 bushels were sent to New York, 700,000 to Fair Haven, Con-
necticut, where an extensive packing business is carried on, 450,000
to Philadelphia, 350,000 to Boston.

The oyster trade of New York, several years ago, was estimated at
over $8,000,000, employing 2,500 vessels, and it has greatly increased
since that estimate was made.

Among the most common shells that are found attached to oysters
are Crepidula fornicata (Plate XXIII, figs. 129, 129a) and C. unguiformis,
(Plate XXIII, fig. 127.) They both occur together on the upper as well
as the under valves, and in all cases retain their ordinary characters,
except that the latter is more regular in form, and usually has the
upper surface slightly convex, instead of being much distorted and
with a concave upper surface, as the larger specimens that live on
the inside of dead univalves usually are. Its color, when living on the
oysters, is always white, while the C. fornicata is always more or less
marked with brown.

The common muscle, Mytilus edulis, (p. 307) frequently occurs attached
to oysters, and when it accumulates on the oyster-beds in large quan-
tities it is very injurious. The Modiola hamatus (p. 374) is a very pe-
culiar-looking muscle, having a broad, often hatchet-shaped, distorted
shell, covered with prominent radiating ribs, many of which are forked.
Its color is yellowish or brownish. It somewhat resembles Modiola plica-
tula, but is broader and has coarser ribs. This muscle is sometimes
found in New Haven Harbor, living on the oyster-beds in considerable
numbers, and of full size, attached to the oysters, either singly or in
clusters, by the byssal threads. It has been observed only in the sum-
mer and fall and it may not have survived the winters, for it is possible

476 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

that all the individuals may have been brought from the south, in the
spring, when quite small, attached to the oysters. It may be, however,
that it has really become naturalized on our shores. It is very common
in the Gulf of Mexico, and on other parts of the southern coast. The
Anomia glabra (p. 311, Plate XXII, figs. 241, 242, 242a) is also very
commonly found adhering to oysters.

The hard sandy tubes of Sabellaria vulgaris (p. 321, Plate XVII, figs
88, 88a) and the calcareous tubes of Serpula dianthus (p. 322) are very fre-
quent upon oyster-shells, and occasionally those of Potamilla oculifera,
(p 522, Plate XVII, fig. 86,) Scionopsis palmata, (p. 321,) and other species
are met with. Many other Annelids are to be found burrowing or hiding
beneath the oysters. The common green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p.
526, Plate XX XV, fig. 269,) occasionally occurs on the oyster-beds near
the mouths of estuaries, but is seldom sufficiently abundant in the
brackish waters to do serious damage to the oyster-beds.

In the brackish waters the “ drill,” Urosalpinx cinerea, (p. 306, Plate
XXI, fig. 116,) is the worst enemy of the oyster, and is sometimes so
numerous as to do very serious damage.

Several species of Hydroids grow adhering to oysters. The most
abundant of these, in brackish water, is usually Halecium gracile V.,
(p. 828,) but two or three species of Obelia and some other forms occur.

Of Bryozoa, one of the most common species is the Hscharella variab-
ilis, (p. 312, Plate XX XITI, fig. 256,) which forms calcareous incrusta-
tions. The Bugula turrita, (p. 311, Plate XXXIV, figs 258, 259,) and
Vesicularia dichotoma V. (p. 404) are also common. The Alcyonidium
hirsutum, (p. 404,) which forms soft fleshy crusts over the surface of
the shells, is quite frequently seen.

The common red sponge (p. 330) is often abundant on the oyster-beds
where the water is not much freshened.

List of species inhabiting oyster-beds in brackish waters.

ARTICULATA.

Insects.
Page.
WHiroONnOMUS OCCANIGUS=4 sa. 222 sec ccc ee kus ele eee 379

Crustacea.
Page. Page.
Pinnotheres ostreum..-..... 367. | -H. longicarpus . seen 313
Cancer iTroratus,.<.- 2+ ----,- 312 | Crangon yulgaris..-....... 339
Panopeus Herbstii.-.. - -. 472 | Mysis Americana....- Site oo
| EOS 4 De PU PS AT Boe ol2 | Melita nitida......222eaeen 314
ie? GEPreSSUS\.<5 oe cee is: 312 | Ampelisca, Sp.\.' ki eee 431
Carcinus granulatus......- 312 | Unciola irrorata...-....-.- 340
Libinia canaliculata....... 368 | Corophium eylindricum.... 3570
Kupagurus pollicaris .....-. 313 | EX/pelys trilobug:-..2¢ooeeem 370

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD. SOUND, ETC.

477

Annelids.
-
Page. Page.
Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320 | Cirratulus grandis......... 319
PPesuleviS .. 2s. ccae oe 320 | Sabellaria vulgaris....-... 476
Ey Moedoce, SP.--.-...--- 349 | Cistenides Gouldii......... 32d
Le AS) rel iene dO | Nicolea simplex..-........ 321
MG SD oo. ie ances beim gl mai 349 | Scionopsis palmata........ 476
Podarke obséura.......-..- gkko |) EOlWeiIrrus GXIMIUS........ vo 320
Merels VIFENS... 12-2. ..0-~ = 317 Chetobranchus sanguineus. 320
2 Li 318 | Potamilla oculifera........ 476
Marphysa Leidyi.......... 319 | Sabella microphthalma.... 32
Tumbriconereis opalina.... 320 | Fabricia Leidyi........... 323
Rhynchobolus Americanus. 319 | Serpula dianthus,.<.-...-.- 476
Pemiipranchiatus.....--.... DUE I) SSPLLOLIS,” SPs tn 5 atta ais « 323
Nemerteans and Planarians.
Page. Page
Nemertes socialis........-. avd.) Monocelisagilis.. 42%2 45 eon 325
Cosmocephala ochracea.... 325 | Procerodes frequens..-... - 325
Polinia glutinosa.......... 324
Nematodes.
Page. Page
Pontonema marinum....... a2o4 ee waeilatiin, 2944 k eas 326
MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. | Page.
Urosalpinx cinerea ....-... 476 | Odostomia fusca... .. Retr 307
Piteur, Carica. ...-.-..2.. OOH | COM BCU. oo1 0 ot 3 eee 307
Sycotypus canaliculatus... 355 | O.bisuturalis.............. 507
Ilyanassa obsoleta ........ 304 | Crepidula fornicata......-. 475
Pesiwtis LUN ALA. >)... .-2--- a0G" |} Cs. UNSUIOLMIS: 22552 eee
rssoa, aeuleus..........-- Sle) OC, comvyexd a. sion: aren 300
Littorinellfa minuta......-- 469 | Doridella obscura......... 307
Pie, NICTOM ......-..-. 305
Lamellibranchs.
Page. Page.
Venus mercenaria .....-.- 469 | Modiola hamatus........-.. 475
Argina pexata.......#.-- aus. | Peeten irradians,..-.-)... =< O61
Seapharea transversa. -.. - - 309 | Anomia glabra... . 4. +.=2 476
PUD GPUS COMMS 505 of 24). m0f'5 5 ae 475 | Ostrea Virginiana...-....- 472

478 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Ascidians.

Page. | Page.

Wynthia partita.. °. 2.5.22. 311 , Molgnla Manhattensis.... - 311
Bryozoa.

Page. Page.

Bacula, turritas.-.2 5-8 476 | Vesicularia dichotoma..... 476

Eischarella variabilis.-..... 476 , Aleyonidium hirsutum. .... 476

Membranipora lineata .-..-. 406 | Pedicellina Americana..... 405
RADIATA.

Echinoderms.

Page.
AUST C RIDA TEMG OI = 225255 oye Wace bara tavs » ORs cfaie leld fo eee 476
Acalephs.
Page. | Page.
Obelia gelatinosa........-. 391 | Halecium gracile..-..-.-.: 476
ee raiapnana 22 \2!20 5.00 D ose: 327 | Sertularia argentea......-. 408
OMpYTMOrMiIS.. <2 O22. 6 S22 390 |
Polyps.
Page. | Page.
Metridium marginatum.... 329 | Sagartia leucolena.-....-.- 329
PROTOZOA.
Sponges.
Page. | Page.
Pedania, speciés..: 2.25.2... 330 | Red branching sponge. .... 476
fialicghendria, sp ><: 22.62) 330

III. 4. ANIMALS INHABITING EEL-GRASS IN BRACKISH WATERS.

A large portion of the shallow parts of nearly all the harbors, estu-
aries, and ponds is occupied by a dense growth of eel-grass, Zostera
marina, in summer. This plant flourishes both on sandy and muddy
bottoms. During the fall and winter it is mostly torn up and drifted
away by storms, but in the spring a new crop starts up and grows very
rapidly, the narrow, ribbon-like leaves often becoming six feet or more
in length during the summer.

These tracts of eel-grass are the favorite resorts of a considerable
number of animals, which seek these places either for food or conceal-
ment and shelter, or for both combined. Other species, including certain
hydroids, bryozoa, and ascidians, grow attached to the leaves of the
eel-grass.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 479

Many small fishes frequent the patches of eel-grass, and find there
abundance of food and unusual safety from their enemies.

Among the most common Crustacea found among the eel-grass are
the edible crab, Callinectes hastatus, (p. 367;) Panopeus Sayi, (p. 312 ;)
P. depressus, (Plate I, fig. 3;) Hupagurus longicarpus, (p. 313 ;) the prawn,
Palemonetes vulgaris, (p. 369, Plate I, fig. 9;) the common shrimp, Cran-
gon vulgaris, (p.339, Plate ILI, fig.10;) the green shrimp, Virbius zosteri-
cola, (p. 369, Plate IL, fig. 11;) Mysis stenolepis, (p. 370, Plate III, tig. 125)
M. Americana, (p. 370;) Idotea irrorata, (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23;) Melita
nitida, (p. 314.) The common prawn (Plate IT, fig. 9) has its true home
among the eel-grass, and here it occurs in countless numbers. Its trans-
lucent body, marked with irregular, ill-defined, dark blotches and spots,
admirably adapts it for concealment among the discolored and dead
leaves of the plant, at or near the bottom.

Where the eel-grass grows on sandy bottoms the common shrimp is
seareely less abundant. The Virbius is often abundant, associated with
the common prawn, and having similar habits. All these shrimps and
prawns are eagerly devoured by the fishes. The Jdotea irrorata is gen-
erally very abundant, and clings firmly to the leaves of the eel-grass
lengthwise. Its body is generally curiously and variously colored with
green and brown, &c., and these colors are often so arranged as to imi-
tate very perfectly the colors of the eel-grass when partially dead or
discolored. Sometimes the right or left half of the body will be bright
green, while the opposite half will be dark brown. In other cases there
will be a dorsal bright green stripe, while the sides will be dark brown,
just like one of the leaves of the eel-grass that is discolored at the
edges, but green in the middle. More commonly these colors are ir-
regularly disposed in blotches.

The Hrichsonia attenuata HARGER, is a-remarkably slender species,
which also lives clinging to the eel-grass. Its colors are green and
brown, and quite variable.

Several species of Amphipods are also abundant among the eel-grass,
One of the most common of these is the Gammarus mucronatus, (p. 466,)
which is easily distinguished by the dorsal teeth on the abdominal seg-
ments. Microdeutopus minax SMITH, is a very small species, which
sometimes occurs in great abundance in the small brackish ponds. It
is remarkable for its relatively large and very broad hands, armed
beneath with three prominent teeth. The hands are nearly as large as
the entire body.

Among the Mollusks several interesting species occur. The Ilyanassa
obsoleta, (p. 371, Plate X XI, fig.113;) Bittium nigrum, (p.305, Plate XXIV,
fig. 1545) and Astyris lunata, (p. 306, Plate X XI, fig. 110,) are generally
the most abundant species. The Nassa vibex (p. 371, Plate X XI, fig. 114)
is met with occasionally, living on and about the roots of eel-grass, but
itis an uncommon shell in our waters, though quite abundant on the
southern coasts. The Crepidula conveva (p. 371, Plate XXIII, fig. 128)

480 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

may be found, both adhering to the leaves of eel-grass and attached to
shells occupied by the smaller hermit-crabs.

The curious little naked mollusk, Hlysiella catulus, (Plate XXV, fig.
171,) is often quite common on the leaves of eel-grass in our harbors.
It also has the power of floating with the bottom of the foot at the
surface of the water. Its small size and bright green color, like that
of the growing leaves of the Zostera, cause it to be easily overlooked.

The related species, Elysia chlorotica, (Plate X XV, fig. 172,) appears
to have similar habits, but is much less common. Its color is also
green. The pretty Doto coronata (p. 400, Plate XXYV, fig. 170) also
occasionally occurs on the leaves of eel-grass.

A green Planarian is frequent on the eel-grass, and also a bright red
species.

List of species inhabiting the eel-grass in brackish waters.

ARTICULATA.

Insects.
Page
BMNITENOMUS OCEANICUS. =. ioe5..ck ew oie oes ae .c. ot 2 ee 379
Crustacea.
Page Page.
Panopeus depressus .....-- 479| Melita nitida.........:.00- 479
De SAN ics ore co os asi foes 479| Microdeutopus minax...... 479
Callinectes hastatus ......- 479| Amphithoé valida......... 315
Carcinus granulatus....-.- 312):A. longeimana..'. ....,..eeeee 370
Libinia canaliculata .....-- 568 | A. COmptak 2). <1... one 370
PReCUULILE Sas 5 oy s,dcart@ class SASS 368 | Corophium eylindricum.... 370
Kupagurus longicarpus.... 479} Caprella geometrica......- 382
Crangon vulgaris ......-. » 479| Idotea irrorata......< » eater. 479
Virbius zostericola........ 479| Erichsonia attenuata...... 479
Palemonetes vulgaris... . .. 479 Epelys trilobus. .. .... 2-2 370
Mysis stenolepis.......--.- 479| Balanus eburneus..-...-.- 381
PU ATMOVICAT A: o's oie a8 fice 479) Limulus Polyphemus...... 340
Gammarus mucronatus.... 479
Annelids.
Page. Page.
Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320 Nicolea simplex..........- 321
Podarke obscura.-........ 319 Scionopsis palmata........ 321
Autolytus cornutus......-. 301 | Polyeinus eximius. ene 32
Werets, Wmbatae 72 ode 2 318} Spirorbis, sp....-.--.---+. 323
Nemerteans and Planarians.
Page. / Page.
Polinia glutinosa........-.- 324| Planarian, (red sp.).....-.- 480

Cerebratulus, sp........... 324| Planarian, (dark green sp.). 480.

‘

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 481

MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. Page.
Illyanassa obsoleta .......- 479 | Littorinella minuta........ 469
Mee ae WTOOX © O. - a sew cee 479 | Crepidula convexa....... :) 4
manvrislunata. 52... 52... 479\ Doto'coronata...... 2.22.55 480
Amachis avara .-.......... 306 | Elysia chlorotica .......... 480
Pn GigTuM. 2... 55... 479 | Elysiella catulus.......... 480
Triforis nigrocinetus....-.. 305
Lamellibranchs.
Page. Page.
Per oMia POXAtA....-..-. 056 309 | Pecten irradians .......... 561
Bryans caus. 7... lk. 470 | Ostrea Virginiana ........ 472
Ascidians.
Page. Page.
Molgula Manhattensis...-. 311 | Botryllus Gouldii.......... 375
Bryozoa.
Page. Page.
Baewla turrita:...-22...-. 311 | Escharella variabilis....... 312
Vesicularia dichotoma..... 404 | Membranipora, lineata..... 406
RADIATA,
Acalephs.
Page. Page.
Obelia diaphana.......... 327 | Hydractinia polyclina...... 328
UCAS) Se ey ener 476
Polyps.
; Page
emer APUC OLE An. 2io.2). «jo waiw arate h ore PERL ia cosa «ad SM eae 398

II. 5.—ANIMALS LIVING ON OR AMONG PILES OF WHARVES, BRIDGES,
FLOATING TIMBER, ROCKS, ETC., IN BRACKISH WATERS.

The piles of wharves in brackish harbors are often inhabited by an
abundance of animal life. Thesame species are mostly to be found also
on piles of wharves in the purer waters of the sounds, and many of them
have, therefore, already been mentioned in a previous place, (p. 378.)
There are some of these species, however, that appear to flourish best
in waters that are decidedly brackish.

Among the most conspicuous of these is the beautiful Tubularian

S. Mis. 61——31

= ’
a7 } a

482 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Parypha crocea, (p. 390, Plate, XXXVI, fig.274,) which grows in large

tufts, several inches in height, and often covers large surfaces of the piles
and timbers at and just below low-water mark. Associated with this the
Obelia gelatinosa (p. 591) often occurs in large quantities. This is a
large and very beautiful species, having a large dark colored stem, com-
posed of numerous united tubes, but the terminal branches are white
and delicate, aud the cells have an elegant bell-shaped form, with a
toothed margin. It grows to the length of afootor more. This species
occurs on the piles of Long Wharf, in New Haven Harbor, in great
abundance, associated with the preceding; at this place the water is not
only quite brackish, but is very impure, on account of sewerage, &e.

Other species of Obelia also occur in similar places. The balanus ebur-
neus is a very abundant barnacle in brackish waters, growing upon piles,
timbers, oyster-stakes, and every other kind of fixed wood-work, and
also upon the bottoms of vessels and floating timber. As already re-
marked (p. 381) it is capable of living even in fresh water. The Bala
nus balanoides also occurs where the water is less brackish. The piles
and timbers of the wharves are often badly damaged by the perfora-
tions of Teredo navalis (p. 384, Plate XXVI, fig. 183) even where the
water is very brackish.*

The Limnoria lignorum (p.379) also attacks wood-work in waters that
are somewhat brackish.

Lists of species inhabiting piles of wharves, floating timbers, &e., in brack-
ish waters.

ARTICULATA.

Insects.

Page. | Page.
Chironomus oceanicus..... 331 | Anurida maritima......... 331

Crustacea.
Page. Page.
Panopeus depressus.....-. 312 | Jera copiosa....-.-- oa Se ey
Microdeutopus minax...... 479 | Idotea irrorata: : 2: 222s 316
Amphithoé. compta....- «..-370-| Limnoria lgnorum{ es seer 482
Corophium cylindricum.... 370 | Balanus balanoides........ 482
Waprela. sp ..----..<-- ----- 016 | Be bUIMeUS 2... <.5 5am 482

* Since the account of the Teredo navalis, on page 384, has been in type, I have learned
some additional facts in regard to it from Mr. V.N. Edwards. The statement that the
buoys are taken up every six months does not apply to the spar-buoys, which are
taken up only once a year, in April and May. Mr. Edwards states that the Teredos
would destroy an unpainted spar-buoy in one year, but when painted with verdigris
they will only work where the paint becomes rubbed off. They grow to full size in
one year. They first attack buoys or piles just below the water's edge, but eventually
will destroy the entire submerged part of the spar-buoys. He thinks that some of
them live through the winter.

”

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 483

Nereis limbata
Autolytus cornutus
Sabellaria vulgaris
Nicolea simplex
‘Polycirrus eximius

re
cee ee wee
eacoe-srcee
i ee ey

Monoecelis agilis
Polinia glutinosa

Pontonema marinum......

POPE UGALA. 6 5 oe... 2 3 5a es
Ilyanassa obsoleta
Tritia trivittata
Urosalpinx cinerea
Astyris lunata.-.... :
Anachis ayara
Rissoa aculeus
Skenea planorbis .........
Littorina rudis

ee eae
ey
a ey
a

Teredo navalis
Argina pexata
Mytilus edulis

Molgula Manhattensis
Cynthia partita

Vesicularia dichotoma
Escharella variabilis

Annelids.

Page. Page.
318 | Potamilla oculifera...... Sitar 2",
397 | Sabella microphthalma.... 323
sok) | Habricia Leidyl: <2 eee 320
o2Z1 | Serpula dianthus.....- 0.2.2 322
aa |, SPIOLbisy Sp... ..00cemae 323

Turbellarians.

Page. | Page.
325 | Nemertes:socialis .......2.. 1 / 324
J24 |
Nematodes.

Page. | Page.
320 | P. vacillatum ..... Seoretottn sh) ig
MOLLUSOA.

Gastropods.

Page. Page.
B50 | a iDalliatan eG ibia te Oe nee ee 305
468 Odostomiabisuturalis..... «a0
do ||) Bithamiy nigrum. 2.2.8 = 305
306 | Cerithiopsis Greenii.....-.. 383
306 |. Triforis nigrocinctus...-.... 30d
306 | Alexia myosotis. ..-.-.-..- 083
306 Melampus bidentatus...-... 469
383 | AXolidia pilata ...-.....- <) aoe
305

Lamellibranchs.

Page Page.
482 | Modiola plicatula.......... 307
309 | Anomia glabra. ............ 311
007 | Ostrea Virginiana ........ 310
Ascidians.

Page. Page.
311 | Botryllus Gouldii.......... 089
S11

Bryozoa.

Page. Page.
389: | Bugula turrita .......... cnt, Ooh
312 | Pedicellina Americana..... 405

484 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

RADIATA.
Hydroids.
Page. Page.
Obelia gelatinosa......-... 482 | Halecium gracile..--...... 328
OF pyritonmis 52559 eae 300 | Parypha erecea --oaeeeee 482
Gein pian gs 0. Seema 327 |
Polyps.
Page. | Page.
Sagartia leucolena...-.-... 329 | Metridium marginatum.... 329

IV.—FAUNA OF THE OCEAN SHORES AND OUTER COLD WATERS.

All along this coast, from Cape Cod to Stonington, Connecticut, there
is a belt or current of cold water which impinges directly against the
outer islands and the open coast, especially where there are points of
land projecting outward toward the deeper waters. ‘This is especially
noticeable at Gay Head, on Martha’s Vineyard, No Man’s Land, Cutty-
hunk Island, Montauk Point, Block Island, Point Judith, and Watch
Hill. This cold water is undoubtedly derived from the Arctic current,
which passes slowly southward in deep water off our coast, but whether
an actual current, distinguishable from the tidal currents, exists in the
waters of moderate depth along the coast is still uncertain. The tidal
currents apparently have the effect of bringing the cold water of the
outside regions up into the shallower localities along the shores, and it
is probable that the presence of the cold water in moderate depths is
due to the joint action of the tides and the slow-moving Arctic current,
which impinges more or less against and upon the slope of the sub-
merged eastern border of the continent. But the position, extent, and
temperature of this cold water along our shores varies greatly, accord-
ing to the direction of the tidal currents and the surface currents
caused by the wind. We have shown, on a former page, that at times
these local winds and tidal currents are able even to bring Gulf Stream
water and its characteristic animals directly upon this coast, even as far
westward as Watch Hill, Rhode Island, where the Physalia is often cast
ashore in summer. At such times the cold current must necessarily be
wholly displaced, or disguised by intermixture with the warmer waters.
When the tide is flowing from Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, or
other large bodies of warm water, the cold waters will also be displaced
and the temperature raised even at the distance of twenty or thirty miles
from the shore in summer. In winter there is comparatively little
effect from the Gulf Stream, owing to the prevalence of northerly winds,
and there is also far less effect from the warm waters of the shallow
bays and sounds carried by the tides. Therefore the full effect of the
northern current is felt only in winter, and it doubtless adds to the cold
proper to the season and land climate.

In winter and early spring we accordingly find numerous species of
northern animals and alge which disappear partially or wholly in many

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 485

of these localities in summer. In April, May, and June, the cod and
haddock resort in large numbers to the banks and refs off Stonington,
Watch Hill, No Man’s Land, and other similar places, but are quite
unknown there later in the summer.

In consequence of the varying temperatures of the currents which

alternately pass over certain of these localities, there is a very peculiar
admixture of northern and southern-species, side by side. This is par--
ticularly the case on the reefs between Watch Hill and Fisher’s Island,
where the southern Astrangia Dane is associated with the northern
Aleyonium carneum, Cribrella sanguinolenta, and many other northern
forms.
_ The temperature of the bottom-water during the last of August and
first of September was found to vary from 57° F. to 63°, in sixteen to
twenty-nine fathoms off Martha’s Vineyard and Buzzard’s Bay, (see
chart,) The surface temperatures were at the same time 62° to 64°, and
occasionally as high as 67°, when affected by warmer currents.

IV. 1.—SPECIES INHABITING ROCKY SHORES OF THE OPEN COAST.

The principal localities under this head at which we have made col-
lections are No Man’s Land, Cuttyhunk Island, Gay Head, and Watch
Hill, Rhode Island. Dr. J. E. Leidy has published a partial list of the
‘species found at Point Judith,* and we have more or less information
concerning the fauna of several other similar localities. In all these
places the assemblage of animals is nearly the same, and in general not
very different from what we find on the rocky shores of the sounds and
bays, (see p. 303.) A large part of the species of these shores have,
therefore, already been mentioned in connection with the fauna of the
bays and sounds.

There are, however, many species that are characteristic of the latter,
which are found but rarely, or not at all, on the colder and more ex-
posed outer shores; and these are characterized by the abundance of
some northern species which are rare or wanting on the inner shores, or
which occur there only in winter.

Among the most abundant species of shells are Purpura lapillus, (p.
306, Plate XXI, figs. 118, 119 ;) Littorina palliata, (p. 305, Plate XXIV,
fig. 158;) L.rudis, (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 1375) Acemea testudinalis,
(p. 307, Plate XXIV, figs. 158, 159;) and Lacuna vineta, (p. 305, Plate
XXIV, fig. 139,) all of which oceur adhering to the rocks or algve, even
in the most exposed situations. These are all hardy northern species,
which extend their range to Greenland or beyond, and although all of
them are to be found, more or less frequently, on the inner shores, they
are there less abundant and generally of smaller size. The Littorina
palliata is extremely abundant on the Fucus, and individuals were found
at Watch Hill, copulating, April 12. The Lacuna vincta breeds still

* Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2d series, vol. iii,
1355. y

' or 7 ‘ =7 va

486 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

earlier in the season, for its eggs were found attached to algze and eel-
grass at the date named. The eggs of this species are small, yellowish
white, imbedded in a gelatinous mass, having an annular form, but
showing a break or suture on one side. These annular egg-masses are
attached by one side to the surfaces of flat alge or eel-grass in large
numbers; they are from .12 to .20 of an inch in diameter.

The Aolis papillosa was found at Watch Hill, under stones, April
12, and with it were long, much convoluted, gelatinous cords, filled with
minute pale red or salmon-colored eggs, which probably belong to this
species, which is a northern one, and has not hitherto been recorded as
from south of Cape Cod. Itis very abundant in the Bay of Fundy, and
similar ege-clusters are found there under rocks during the entire sum-
mer.

Among and between the stones the northern purple star-fish, Asterias
vulgaris (p. 432) is often found at low-water, and also the green sea-
urchin, Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis (p. 406, Plate XXXYV, fig. 268)
during the spring tides.

The Balanus balanoides (p. 305) is quite as abundant on the most ex-
posed rocks as elsewhere. The minute bivalve young of this species
were found just attaching themselves to the lower surfaces of rocks in
immense numbers at Watch Hill on the 12th of April.

Beneath the stones the rock-crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) is very
common, and occasionally the much rarer Cancer borealis is found dead
on these shores. It was thus found at Gay Head and No Man’s Land,
but it is doubtful whether it lives above low-water mark. In the
Yower part of the fucus zone the large Gammarus ornatus (p. 314, Plate
IV, fig. 15) is always to be found in great abundance under stones, and
in the upper half of the fucus zone the smaller species, Gammarus an-
nulatas (p. 314) and Gammarus marinus often occur in great numbers,
associated with Jara copiosa (p. 315) and Idotea irrorata (p. 316, Plate
V, fig. 23.) The Gammarus marinus occurs higher up than either of
the other species, and is sometimes abundant even near high-water
mark, where the soil beneath the stones is barely moist at low-water.
The Amphithoé maculata (p. 515, Plate IV, fig. 16) is also a common
species under stones; and both green and reddish brown varieties
occur.

Another species of Amphithoé, of smaller size, was found swimming
free in the rocky pools at Watch Hill, April 12. In this the general color
was red, or brownish red; the body was transversely banded with pale
flesh-color or whitish, alternating with bands of dark red or brown, which
are made up of minute crowded specks; the antenne are annulated with
pale red, and are thickly specked, on the bands and at the base, with
darker red. The Hyale littoralis (p. 315) is a small but very active Aim-
phipod, which is often abundant near high-water mark on the rocky
shores, clinging to the Fucus and other alge, or swimming in the tide-
pools. It is capable of leaping actively like the beach-fleas, (Orchestia

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 487

agilis,) which it somewhat resembles in form. The coloris very variable ;
it is often bright yellowish green, but frequently dark green, brownish
green, or brown.

The Nereis virens (p. 317, Pl. XI, figs. 47-49) is very abundant in bur-
rows beneath the rocks. The males of this species, six to ten inches or
more in length, and of a dark green color, were found at Watch Hill,
April 12, in great numbers, swimming about in the pools of water among
the rocks, with an undulatory motion, and discharging their milt in large
quantities. Various other Annelids burrow or build tubes beneath the
stones. A. planaria and Leptoplana folium creep over their lower sur-
faces.

Attached to the stems of Fucus at low-water, several Hydroids may
usually be found, but the Sertularia pumila (p. 327, Pl. XX XVII, fig.
279) is by far the most abundant. The Obelia geniculata is also very
common, attached to Laminaria and other alge. Various Bryozoa occur
attached to stones and to Fucus and other alge. The Alcyonidium
hispidum (p. 312) is one of the most abundant species, and usually in-
vests the stems and fronds of Fucus vesiculosus, but also often covers
broad surfaces of the rocks. The A. hirsutum is often associated with
the preceding species on the rocks; it forms broad, thin, soft crusts, cov-
ered with small soft prominences, but is without.the spines or bristles
seen in the latter. The Zodids are also much smaller.

The Farrella familiaris is a singular and delicate species, which oecurs
both on the under side of rocks and on alge. The body is small, fusi-
form, attached by a long and very slender, flexible pedicel. When it
surrounds the stems of small algze, the whitish pedicels project outward
in all directions, and thus produce the appearance of a delicate chenille-
cord. This is anorthern and European species. It was also dredged on
Saint George's bank in 1872.

Tist of species found on the outer rocky shores.

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea.

Page. Page.
Ganecer irroratus....-.--..- - 486 | Gammarus marinus ....... 486
@ancer borealis..s<:'5..-<6 486 | Amphithoé maculata....... 486
Panopeus depressus...-..-- tobe \ Nm phIthoe,, SPiox-ciat=<stpe<<e 486
Ean0pens Sayl. -es- 25-2 as <nnolee ) Waprella, Sp... ais ech « 2 eghos pee
Homarus Americanus. ...-.-. 492 | Jeera copiosa......-------- 486
Orchestia agilis .......-@-. 2) goon id ofea,irroratba 4 ..4- s+ =< 486
Hiyale ittoralis\. 22... -.\s 486 | I. phosphorea...-..-.. duis) outa
Calliopius leviuseulus..-..-. 315 | Erichsonia filiformis.....-. 316
Gammarus ornatus.:....... 486 | Balanus balanoides...-.:..- 486
Gammarus annulatus. .....-. 486

488 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Amnelids. !

Page. Page.
Lepidonotus squamatus..... 320 | Cirrhinereisfragilis........ 397
Harmothoé imbricata,...... ~321 | Clymenella torquata..... =
Phyllodoce catenula....... 494 | Polycirruseximius ........ 320
Eteone robusta:..:......- -.: 349 | Sabellaria vulgaris.........° 82%
Autolytus cornutus..... .. 397 | Potamilla oculifera........ 322
NVETCIS VITONS S35 52eweee ee a's 487 |'Fabricia Leidyi. 22 [22 s2aee 323
N. pelagica..... obese 319 | Serpula dianthus....../... 322
Ophelia simplex: +'s. 2.22.52. 319 | Spirorbis, Sp.’ Sees FEE hy as

Turbellaria.

Page. | Page.
Planaria, species .....-..... 487 | Nemertes socialis........-. 324
Leptoplana folium......-.. ., 487 | Nemertes,ap..- 22. 4c 498
Procerodes frequens.-...... o25 | Monocelis agilis. .. 2.5 cee 325

Nematodes.

Page. Page.
Pontonema marinum........ 325 ! Pontonema yacillatum..... 326

MOLLUSCA.

Gastropods.

Page. Page.
Buceinum undatum......... 494 | L. neritoidea...... wi eeeeeee 495
Tritia trivittata............ 304 | Bittium nigrum...-...... - 305
Urosalpinx cinerea........- 306 | Acmza testudinalis ....... 485
Purpura lapillus....... wo--< 485) Doris bifida... 7.2. 0eeee 307
Astyris lunata ... --.. 2. 306 | Polyeera Lessonii..-....-... 400
Littorina palliata........... 485 | Dendronotus arborescens... 495
EP TEU Be a8 Craw. eialseitahin ei Rio eh 485 | Aolis papillosa............ 486
Lacunavincta...... S555 555 485 | Tergipes despectus........ 495

Lamellibranchs.

Page. Page.
Saxicaya-arctica.....-..... . 3809 | Mytilus -edulis --:......... 307
Mya arenaria +3... 060. 5.. 309 | Modiola-modiolus.......... 309
Kellia planulata ...-........ 310 | Anomia-glabra..::........ dll

. . e

Ascidians.

Page. Page.
Cynthia partita........ ..-. 311 | Amareecium pellucidum.... 401

Molgula Manhattensis...... oll

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 489

Bryozoa.
Page. Page.
Aleyonidium hirsutum..... . 487 | Bugula flabellata..... el ere
ATS PIMOMD 212 6.45/00 ---« 487 | Membranipora pilosa...... 406
Vesicularia gracilis.......... Joo" (NE lineata’: .2.. oP - 406
WP OUSCULD. safes st - 404 | Escharella variabilis..... 23 ON
SOD, 0.5 2. eats gen Sisiets - 420 | Discopora coceinea........ 303
Farrella familiaris........-- AST eptalia,*sp.. S825.) el0ee. 420
Tubulipora flabellaris....... 405 | Cellepora ramulosa......-.. 312
€risia eburnea.-..-.......% 311 | Pedicellina Americana..... 405
RADIATA.

Eehinoderms.

Page. Page.

Strongylocentrotus Drébachi- Asterias valgaris.......... 496
ensis ..... fears eke 496 | Cribrella sanguinolenta.... 407

Acalephs.

Page. Page

Obelia pyriformis ..-...... - 390 | Sertularia pumila .......-. 487
@Orceniculata. |... 2.02.06... ASK AS. arsentea’. SA.ie se 408
@iiiahellata.s 22.02.26... 02. 390 | Pennaria tiarella.......... 327
OA BANS. . 2622 ose He 327 | Clava leptostyla..--... Potts 328
Campanularia flexuosa...... 327 | Hydractinia polyclina. .... 228

Polyps.

Page. Page.
Metridium marginatum..... . 329 | Sagartia leucolena........- 329

LY. 2.—SPECIES INHABITING THE SANDY SHORES OF THE OPEN COAST.

Owing to the force of the waves the sand and gravel of the exposed
shores are kept in constant motion in stormy weather, and are often dis-
turbed to a considerable depth, especially in winter. Therefore the eon-
ditions are very unfavorable for the existence of animal life. The fauna
of such shores is, accordingly, very meager, aS compared with that of
the more sheltered sandy shores of the bays and sounds.

It often happens that one may examine these sandy beaches fora mile
or more at low-water without finding more than half a dozen species of
animals that actually live on them, though many may be found thrown
up by the waves from below lowavater mark.

In coves or other localities that are somewhat sheltered, the number of
species is greater, and most of them are identical with those found on
the sandy shores of the sounds.

Toward high-water mark the Talorchestia longicornis (p. 336) and Tf.

‘

490 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. .

megalophthalma (p.336) are everywhere common, burrowing in the sand.
The Cancer irroratus (p.338) and Platyonichus ocellatus (p. 338) are rather
common at and just below low-water mark. The Hippa talpoida (p. 338,
Plate LI, fig. 5) is occasionally found, and the young sometimes occur
in large numbers, burrowing in the sand at low-water mark. The com-
mon shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate ILI, fig. 10,) is usually abund-
ant where there are sheltered sandy flats.

The Annelids are less numerous than on the sandy shores of the
sounds, but such as do occur are mostly of the same species. One of
the most interesting is the Nerine agilis, (p. 346,) which is very remark-
able for the rapidity with which it burrows in the sand.

The Mollusks are few in number. One of the most abundant of the
Gastropods is the Lunatia heros, (p. 393, Plate XXIII, figs. 133-136,)
which burrows just beneath the surface of the sand, at and below low-
water mark. The Neverita duplicata (p. 354, Plate XXIII, fig. 130) is
also oceasionally found, but is much less abundant than in the bays.

Of Lamellibranchs there are but few species that can maintain them-
selves in such situations. Among these the “long clam,” Mya arenaria,
(p. 463,) the “ razor-shell,” Hnsatella Americana, (p. 356,) and the “ surf-
elam,” Mactra solidissima, (p. 358,) are the most common.

Very few, if any, Radiates are to be found on the exposed sandy shores,
unless thrown up by the waves from deeper water. In places that are
somewhat protected from the violence of the surf, the Leptosynapta Gi-
rardii (p. 361, Plate XX XV, figs. 265, 266) is often found burrowing in
the sand at low-water mark. Sometimes, in similar places, the ‘ sand-
dollar,” Echinarachnius parma, (p. 362, Plate XX XV, fig. 267,) is found
in large numbers at extreme low-water mark.

There are no Hydroids and Polyps that properly inhabit such shores.

List of species inhabiting the sandy shores of the open coast.
ARTICULATA.

Orustacea.

Page. Page.
Ocypoda arenaria, (young)... 337 | Crangon vulgaris. -......--. 490
@ancer irroratus ..25.5.0.-. 490 | Orchestia agilis ...... 22.2. 336
Ganeer borealis... 2.2.2 22. 25 486 | Talorchestia longicornis.... 489
Platyonichus ocellatus...... 490 | T. megalophthalma........ 489
Hippa talpoida....-..:..... 490 | Unciola irrorata....... Sirk ee igeap
Eupagurus pollicaris ....... 3138 || Tdoteacesca 2s ee ae 340

Annelids.

Page Page
MONels. WiIT@NS si. 325 wohe ase = 317 | Scolecolepis viridis.....-.. B45
WmMbabhacs ctve ss Sas eeaeer 318 | Clymenella torquata....... 343
Rhynchobolus Americanus.. 342 Amphitrite ornata ....... oie

Nerine acilis. 0 ick <tecien Genes 490 | Polycirrus eximims . .....1.. 320

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 491

’

MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. Page,
Sycotypus canaliculatus .... 399 | C. unguiformis....... Pe ac ds:
Mitta trivittata..:...22..<. go4,| Tunatia heros.........4227 490
Crepiduila fornicata......... 355 | Neverita duplicata .-...... 490
Lamellibranchs.
Page. | Page.
Ensatella Americana ....... .490 | Mya arenaria .-........... 490
Siliqua costata.....-....-.- 426 | Mactra solidissima........ 490
RADIATA.
Echinoderms.
Page. Page
Leptosynapta Girardil...... 490 | Echinarachnius parma..... 490

IV. 3.— ANIMALS INHABITING ROCKY BOTTOMS OFF THE OPEN COAST.

The fauna of the rocky bottoms in these outer waters is rich and in-
teresting, and decidedly northern in character, though there is usually
an admixture with southern species.

The principal localities where dredgings were made on this kind of
ground are: First, off Gay Head and Devil’s Bridge, at localities marked
on the chart, 53, a, b, c,d; 55, a, b, ¢; 56, a, b, ¢, d; 57, a,b, ¢, d; 58,
@, b,¢; 59, a,b, ¢; 60,-a, b,c; 61, a, 6, c; 62,a,b,c; 63,a,b; 83,4, b,¢.
Second, between Gay Head and No Man’s Land, and to the westward of
the latter island, at localities 82, a,b ; 84, a,b, c,d; at these localities cod
are caught in the spring. Third, on and about the rocky reef extending
from Watch Hill, Rhode Island, to Fisher’s Island, and forming, in part,
the physical boundary of the eastern end of Long Island Sound; this
is also a locality where cod and haddock are caught in spring. The
dredgings at this place were made by Professor D. C. Eaton, Mr. C. A,
Burt, and myself, April 15, 1873. Fourth, a locality off Cuttyhunk Island,
where dredgings were made, April, 1872, by Mr. T. M. Prudden, Mr. T.
H. Russell, and others.

The four localities named are characterized by a similar fauna,
but each one yielded some species not found in the others, though
more numerous dredgings might have revealed them. The reef off
Watch Hill is of peculiar interest on account of the singular blending
of the northern and southern faun at that place, as mentioned above,
It seems to be nearly at the extreme western range of many northern
species, though some of them may occur sparingly in certain favorable
localities still farther westward, in Long Island Sound itself. Many
northern alg were also collected there by Professor Eaton, in abund-

492 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ance, and some of them have not been found farther westward, and others
but rarely. Among these were Ptilota elegans and Delesseria sinuosa, both
of which were abundant on the reef in four or five fathoms, associated
with large quantities of Phyilophora Brodiwi, and P. membranifolia ;
Euthora cristata and Lithothamnion polymorphum also occurred. The
“dulse,” Rhodymenia paimata, Laminaria digitata, L. saccharina, and
D. longicrura, all of which are decidedly northern species, were large and
abundant.

A similar assemblage of algze was also found on the rocks, in shallow
water, off Gay Head, though some of the species just named were not
found there.

Among the Crustacea of these localities, the most important is the
lobster, Homarus Americanus, (p. 395,) which finds its proper habitat in
such places. It is very abundant off Gay Head, and among the reefs
and rocks off Watch Hill and Stonington, Connecticut, It also occurs
plentifully in similar localities off New London, Connecticut, and still
farther west in Long Island Sound. At all these and many other locali-
ties large quantities are caught for the markets. They are nearly all
taken in “Jobster pots” baited with refuse fish, &c.

The lobster fishing begins in this region in the latter part of March or
early in April, according to the season. By the middle of April they
are usually taken in large quantities and shipped alive to New York,
New Haven, and other cities. The extent of this trade is enormous
even in this region, while north of Cape Cod, along the whole northern
coast of New England, and on the shores of Nova Scotia, the lobster is
taken in still larger quantities. At present we have no reliable data for
estimating the number annually caught, but it probably amounts to
several millions.

In winter the supply comes from the northern coasts of Massachusetts
and Maine, where they may be taken in moderately deep water at all
seasons. According to Captain N. E. Atwood* they do not come into
shallow water at Provincetown until June and remain there until Oe-
tober, when they disappear again. He also states that those that visit
that locality are nearly all females ; “they appear to come near the shore
for the purpose of depositing their young, after which they pass away
and others in turn take their places, as is indicated by the change that
is constantly taking place, for when the fishermen are catching great

quantities of large, good hard-shell lobsters, and they are unusually °

abundant, perhaps the next day there will be a new kind, smaller and
not of so good quality, the former ones having passed away and others
come to take their places.” “In Boston the number of lobsters sold
annually cannot be much short of a million. The male lobster is pre-
ferred and is the most salable, as this city has always been supplied
from the northern shore of Massachusetts and coast of Maine, where the

* Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, vol. x, p. 11, 1866.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 493

males are most plentiful. It is a great advantage to the fishermen that
the people prefer males. In New York it is very different in this par-
ticular, that city being supplied from Cape Cod after June, and the
female lobster thus considered much the best. I have sold many lob-
sters in New York, and males sell at only about half price; the male is
much poorer than the female in meat.” Captain Atwood states, in the
same place, that northward and eastward of Plymouth, Massachusetts,
“three-quarters at least are males at all seasons of the year.” Among
those that I have examined from New London, Waterford, and Stoniug-
ton, Connecticut, in our markets, I have not noticed any marked in-
equality in the number of the sexes. Mr. Smith examined the lobsters in
the market at Provinectown on two occasions in August and September,
without finding any decided differences in the number of males and
females. He also repeatedly examined those in the fish-markets at
Eastport, Maine, in summer, with the same result. It is possible there-
fore, that the fishermen do not correctly distinguish the sexes, when the
females are without eggs, and that an erroneous opinion has thus be-
come current among them.

There is a great difference in the breeding season on different parts of
the coast. The lobsters from New London and Stonington often lay
their eggsas early as the last of April or first of May ; while at Halifax,
Mr. Smith found females with recently laid eggsin September. At East-
port, Maine, the females carry their eggsin mid-summer. Inthe male the
genital orifices are in the bases of the last pair of legs ; in the female
they are at the bases of the middle pair. This will always serve to dis
tinguish the sexes, but they also differ in the structure of the abdomi-
nal appendages. ‘

The rock-crab, Cancer irroratus, (p.312,) is very common on these bot-
toms, and C. borealis (p. 395) also inhabits them, judging from the large
dead specimens found on the adjacent beaches, but we only dredged a few
small living specimens. One of these was taken on the reef between
Watch Hill and Fisher’s Island, in 4 or 5 fathoms, among alge. It is
more convex, and much more hairy than the preceding species, and the
teeth along the sides of the carapax are quite different.

A large and handsomely colored shrimp, Pandalus annulicornis (Plate
II, fig. 6,) often occurs in the deeper waters, outside, but is far more
common farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy. The common shrimp,
Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate ILI, fig. 10,) is common, especially
where there are spots of sand among the rocks. The little bright-colored
shrimp, Hippolyte pusiola, (p.395,) is frequently met with among the red
alge. The Unciola irrorata, (p. 340, Plate IV, fig. 19,) and Amphithoé
maculata, (p. 315, Plate IV, fig. 16,) together with several other Amphi-
pods, are common, especially among the red alge, and some of them are
handsomely marked with red and other bright colors.

Among these are Podocerus fucicola, which is a small species and quite
variable in color; some of those from the reef at Watch Hill had a

494 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

transverse dorsal band of red or orange on each segment, and similar
ones on the epimera, and were minutely specked with dark brown; the
antenne and legs were annulated with white and light red or orange.
Another species of Podocerus was still more abundant among the red
alge; in this the males and females differ greatly in size, form, and color.
The females are much smaller and stouter than the males; their colors
were generally red and white,in strong contrast,though some were pur-
plish and more like the males in color; most of the females have the
head and few anterior segments dark red; then a band of white; then
three or four bands of dark red, on the middle of the body, which are
often confluent into a large dorsal spot of red or brown; these are fol-
lowed by a broad white band or spot; the abdominal rings are alternately
banded with red and white; part of the epimera are red. The antenne
and legs are more or less annulated and spotted with red. The eyes are
black. In the male the color is generally reddish or purplish brown,
but irregularly specked with darker brown, and with the intervals
between the segments pale red.

Species of Caprella occur in considerable numbers, clinging, in gro-
tesque attitudes, upon the delicate alge and hydroids. The Idotea
irrorata, (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23,) isalso very common, living among the
alge, and Hrichsonia filiformis (p. 316, Plate VI, fig. 26,) is often associ-
ated with it.

The Annelids living upon such bottoms are difficult to obtain, since
they mostly burrow beneath the stones or live in tubes attached to the
rocks. The few species obtained are, with few exceptions, not different
from those found in the sounds, on similar bottoms. The Autolytus cor-
nutus, (p.397, Plate XIII, figs. 65, 66,) and another species of the same
genus were found in abundance, living in tubes attached to the fronds
of Laminaria among hydroids, (Obelia geniculata.) On the same fronds
were long, crooked tubes, formed of grains of sand and small bits of
shells, belonging to Nicolea simplex, (p. 397.)

Burrowing in the corals of Astrangia Dane we found, on the reef off
Watch Hill,the singular Annelid named Naraganseta coralii by Dr. Leidy,
who obtained his specimens at Point Judith. The specimens found by
us were mostly very dark greenish brown or black, but some had dark,
orange-colored branchiw. The Lepidonotus angustus, Phyllodoce gracilis,
P. caténula, and Eumidia Americana are new and interesting species.
Nereis fucata occurs rarely.

Of Gastropods many species already enumerated as inhabitants of
the rocky shores occur also on the rocky bottoms in abundance, but there
are a number of additional species. One of the largest is the “ whelk,”
Buccinum undatum, (Plate XXI, fig. 121.) This is a decidedly northern
and arctic shell, found also on all the northern coasts of Kurope, though
several authors believe that the American and European shells are dis-
tinct species.

One of the most interesting of the northern shells that occur here is

a

\

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 495

the Leptochiton ruber, (p. 399, Plate XXYV, fig. 166.) This adheres to
rocks and stones that are incrusted by the red nullipore Lithothamnion
polymorphum, with which its red color, of various shades, agrees very
closely. It is a far more abundant shell in the Bay of Fundy, where
it also lives among the same nullipore. Among the other less common
northern species, met with on these bottoms, are Rissoa exarata ; Lacuna
neritoidea ; and Astyris rosacea.

Several very interesting species of naked mollusks (Nudibranchs) occur
on these bottoms, creeping over alge and hydroids, and feeding upon
the latter. One of the most conspicuous of these is the Dendronotus
arborescens, which is a northern form, and had not been found south of
Cape Cod until this spring, when we dredged it on the reef off Watch
Hill, in four or five fathoms. It can be easily distinguished by the two
rows of large arborescently-branched gills along the back; by the
branched lobes of the tentacle-sheaths and the arborescently divided
branch on their outer side, near the base; and by the very narrow and
almost linear foot, which is adapted for creeping over hydroids.

The Onchydoris pallida was dredged by Messrs. Prudden and Russell
off Cuttyhunk Island, in April, 1872. It has not been previously re-
corded from south of Cape Cod, but it is common in the Bay of Fundy.
It can easily be recognized by its pale yellow color, and the long, blunt-
conical papillw that cover its back.

The dolis papillosa and Tergipes despectus were both found at Watch
Hill this spring, April 13, and are new additions to, the fauna of south-
ern New England. The former was found, with its eggs, among the
roots of Laminaria; the latter was abundant in four or five fathoms,
creeping over Obelia geniculata, which was abundant on the fronds of
LTaminaria. Its eggs, inclosed in small masses of gelatinous matter
were attached to the Obelia in large numbers. The Doto coronata,
(Plate XXV, fig. 170,) was associated with the Tergipes on the Obelia.
An undetermined species of -dolis, with bright red branchie, was
dredged oft Gay Head, on a rocky bottom.

The Lamellibranchs are not of much interest, and scarcely any are
peculiar to this kind of bottom. The Modiola modiolus (p. 309, Plate
XXXI, fig. 257) is one of the most common and characteristic species.
The northern scaly or spiny Anomia aculeata (Plate XXXII, figs. 239,
240) is common; it adheres to rocks, shells, and the roots and stems
of large alge.

Among the Ascidians there are several northern species, not before
found so far south. The Cynthia carnea (Plate XX XIII, figs. 247,248) was
found off Gay Head in ten fathoms. The young specimens were numer-
ous on the stones and shells. In contraction they are low and flat, with
a thin margin; the color is light red, or flesh-color. With this a few
young specimens of Cynthia echinata were found. These are peculiar in
being covered by stellate spines. The color of the young specimens is
pink, the apertures rose-red. The Molgula papillosa also occurred spar-

NN

496 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ingly with the last two species. This is also a northern species, common
in the Bay of Fundy. Among the compound Ascidians the only species
found here that did not occur also in Vineyard Sound was Amarecium
pallidum, & small species, which forms small rounded or turbinated
whitish masses, of a firm gelatinous appearance, but with fine grains of
sand imbedded in the substance. It is a common species in the Bay of
Fundy.

The Bryozoa are represented by numerous species, some of which
are veryabundant. The Membranipora pilosa (Plate XXXIV, figs. 262,
263) is one of the most abundant. It incrusts, and often entirely
covers, the fronds of various alge, especially of Phyllophora Brodiwi, P.
membranifolia, Rhodymenia palmata, Delesseria sinuosa, &c. On the
reet off Watch Hill it was particularly abundant on these and other
algwe, shells, &c. It is easily distinguished by the single long spine at
the proximal end of the cell, and by the shorter ones along the sides.
With the preceding, Crisia eburnea, (p. 311, Plate X XXIV, figs. 260, 261;)
Tubulipora flabellaris ; Cellepora ramulosa, (p. 312;) and a species of
Discopora, allied to D. coccinea, were very abundant, adhering to the
more slender red alge. <A species of Lepralia, of a reddish color, and
forming both inerusting and lichen-like corals, was common. In this the
apertures of the cells are large, operculated, broadest proximally, and
each one has a short, stout, conical spine at its proximal border, which
is scarcely visible except in a profile view.

The Bugula Murrayana, which forms clusters of broad, thin, flexible
fronds nearly two inches high, was dredged several times. It is very
common in the Bay of Fundy. An incrusting species of Aleyonidium,
perhaps identical with A. gelatinosum of Europe, occurred on the red
alge. <A species of Cellularia, allied to &. ternata, was also obtained.

The Echinoderms are represeuted by the common green sea-urchin,
Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis, (p. 406, Plate XX XV, fig. 268,) which
is common off Gay Head, and as far as off New London, though far less
abundant than in the Bay of Fundy; by the common red or purple
star-fish, Asterias vulgaris, (p. 407,) which was abundant off Gay Head
and on the reef off Watch Hill; Cribrella sanguinolenta, (p. 407,) which is
not uncommon as far west as the Watch Hill reef, and off New London ;
and by the Ophiopholis aculeata, (Plate XX XV, fig. 270,)which was only
once met with off Gay Head, but of which we dredged several specimens
on the reef off Watch Hill. The last-named species is extremely
abundant in the Bay of Fundy and northward, from low-water to the
depth of more than one hundred fathoms.

The Hydroids are very numerous on the rocky and stony bottoms,
attached to algw, stones, shells, ascidians, &c. One of the most abun-
dant is Obelia geniculata, (p. 407,) which grows on the fronds of Lamina-
ria, Rhodymenia, and other alge; it often nearly covers one or both sides
of the broad fronds of Laminaria, for the distance of two or three feet,
the creeping stems forming an intricate net-work from which the upright

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 497

_stems arise in great abundance to the height of an inch or more. This
species was particularly abundant on the reef off Watch Hill, and those
obtained on the 13th of April were loaded with the reproductive cap-
sules, (gonothece.)

At the same"place we obtained luxuriant specimens of O. flabellata,
(p. 390,) some of which were eight or ten inches long and profusely
branched; these also bore reproductive capsules at the same date.

The curious Antennularia antennina was dredged off Gay Head in
eight fathoms, where a number of large and fine specimens were ob-
tained. This species had not been previously recorded from America,
but it is not uncommon in the Bay of Fundy.

The Aleyonoid Polyps are represented by the northern Alcyonium
carneum, (Plate XX XVIII, fig. 483.) which we dredged off Gay Head,
off Cuttyhunk, and on the reef at Watch Hill. This species grows up
into lobed or arborescently branched forms, with the delicate, translu-
cent polyps mostly clustered toward the ends of the branches. The
general color is translucent, pale yellow, or salmon, sometimes more or
less tinged with orange or red. Among the Actinoids there is a species
of Edwardsia, (2. lineata V.,) which is as yet undescribed. It occurred
in considerable numbers crowded into the openings and interstices be-
tween ascidians, worm-tubes, &c. It is peculiar in having no distinct
naked basal portion, at least in the numerous specimens hitherto seen,
for in all cases the rough epidermis extended entirely over the base.
The tentacles are.long, slender, thirty or more, and each usually has a
flake-white line down the center. The disk is usually marked with radi-
ating white lines. This species was dredged off Gay Head and also on
the reef off Watch Hill.

The Sponges are numerous on the outer rocky bottoms, and belong
to about a dozen species, most of which are still undetermined; but
they are nearly all northern forms, common in the Bay of Fundy.

One of the most common is the Chalina oculata, which forms thick,
upright, more or less flattened stalks, which, as they grow larger, fork
and divide into more or less numerous, and often digitate branches,
which-vary greatly in form and thickness ; scattered over the surface
are round orifices, about a tenth of an inch in diameter. The color is
dul orange-red, when living, but the color disappears when the animal
matter isremoved, leaving the sponge white. The texture is open and quite
delicate. Another very curious species, (Polymastia ?) when young, forms
yellowish white incrustations over stones and shells; later, it rises at sev-
eral points into long, slender, round, tapering, finger-like prolongations,
which do not branch, but are often so grouped as to give a digitate
appearance to the whole. This was dredged off Gay Head in 18 to 20
fathoms, and is also common in the Bay of Fundy. One of the most
abundant species of this region forms very irregularly shaped, uneven,
pale yellow masses, attached to the stems and fronds of Phyllophora and
other small algie, and often, as it grows larger, spreading over and

S. Mis. 61 2

498 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

entirely covering and destroying the alg.

The large openings (oseula)

are irregularly scattered over the surface and quite unequal in size,
varying from less than .05 to .10 of an inch or more in‘diameter.
texture is rather close when dried, showing a finely reticulated texture

at the surface.

The

This appears to belong to the genus Fetes, Another

species, apparently of the same genus, occurs with the last, and has the
same habits, but its color is pale buff, or yellowish white, and its text-

ure is much firmer and more compact.

Another species, occurring with

the last two on the Phyllophora, at Watch Hill, forms small, irregular,
deep yellow masses, of a soft and somewhat gelatinous consistency.

Foraminifera of several species are abundant, attached to the fronds
of the red alge, to the rough integument of Ascidians, to stones, shells,
worm-tubes, &c., but they have not yet been identified.

list of species inhabiting the stony and rocky bottoms on the open coast.

Cancer irroratus
C. borealis
Libinia canaliculata
Eupagurus longicarpus
K. Bernhardus
Homarus Americanus -
Crangon vulgaris
Hippolyte pusiola
Pandalus annulicornis -

tte s a2 4 lee oe *

Lysianassine, (one species) -.

Pontogeneia inermis. . .

Lepidonotus squamatus

La. SEU UGG: nies eyes pe oon te wa

Harmothoé imbricata
Phyllodoce gracilis
P. catenula
Kumidia Americana
Autolytus cornutus
Autolytus, species ....
Nereis pelagica ...... ;
N. fucata

Lumbriconereis fragilis - - .

io wleuiieke b=, ehaleleid = (¢ 900 <.¢

ARTICULATA.
Crustacea.
Page. | Page,
Spied. 493 | Mora levis -.. . .. 7/72 eee
Bee ALOE 493 | Amphithoé maculata ........ 493
PI AteY 399 | Unciola irrorata ............ 493
ee eth 313 | Cerapus rubricornis ......... 565
Pees 501 | Podocerus fucicola .......... 493
a... 492°) Podocerus, species... eee 494
eee 493 | Caprella, spécies...-2 2. 22sue. 494
ae At 493 | Idotea irrorata..-. >.> eee
ee: 493 | I. phosphorea.....-. one. eeeee
431 | Erichsonia filiformis....-..... 494
chee 452 | Balanus crenatus .....-..2.. ayo
Annelids.
Page. Page.
5 ee 320 | Clymenella torquata ........ 343
494 | Naraganseta coralii .......-. 494
Eee ee 321 | Sabellaria vulgaris ......... 321
ied aie 494 | Polycirrus eximius .,....-.-. 320
494 | Nicolea simplex...... ieaee 494
Ta Ee 494 | Potamilla oculifera.......... 322
Bat 2 Sve hres 494 | Sabella microphthalma...... 323
- 494 | Spirorbis spirillum .......... 323
319 |.S..perrecta? .... = sane 504
494 | Serpula dianthus......... . 322
ica DOL
Nemerteans and Planarians.
Page. Page.
Be ae 505 | Leptoplana folium .......... 487

Nemertes, species

Cellularia, species

iy et contin 4065 ©): Sea DEA ud ue whok SoteR eG

' INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 499
MOLLUSCA.
Gastropods.
Page. | Page.
Urosalpinx-cinerea ....----..- 306 | Crucibulum striatum ......-. AIT
Buccinum undatum .-.....-. 494 | Crepidula fornicata.......... 300
mipiaetrivittata.<..--.-..-..-- oat |) Clmnendiformis.. . 4-2... aoe 355
Astyris lunata ....-.....-... 306, |, Lunatia heros......-...-s8e6 426
JOC 399 | Leptochiton apiculatus ...... 399
PEBEGRAGER 0-552 54 i- so = ose Tes | MUL DOT: & saci a's ie) ais:c einie' = = <p aee 495
AmaGchisavara .2. 22.22 .-.0 306 | Onchydoris pallida ....... - 495
Magana wineta —--...¢-2...62 26. 305 | Polycera Lessonii -.......... 400
PiMMOTIGOIGOA . Sn. en ode 495 | Dendronotus arborescens .... 495
fulesda exarata: 2.67... 5.4. 495 | Tergipes despectus.......... 495
Cerithiopsis terebralis......-. 417 | AXolis papillosa ..-.......... 495
PCM NIST. 22 3.) oS 305 | Doto coronata............--. 495
Lamellibranchs.
Page. Page.
Baxi¢ava arctica ./......)..-- 309 | Mytilus edulis.......4...2.. 307
USE CLG ge a rer A472 | Modiola modiolus ........... 495
Kellia planulata ............ 310 | Modiolaria nigra .........-.. AS
Pe Ola POX Ala tise... sce 309 | Anomia aculeata............ 495
Scapharca transversa.....-.-. 309
Ascidians.
Page Page.
Syninia partita...........-.-.. 311 | Amarcecium pellucidum... .-.- 401
|). EULESS te ns enna AO by le Akos PRU LUTE 302 fed or rat 496
(ORE ae re Emde. SOO. | A. COMSDCUAUUIE® 2 ners au lers 388
Molgula Manhattensis .....-. 311 | Leptoclinum albidum........ 408
Lis (Cy OCC. a ors e nae AU tla. WAGE OLEME 2): 2.06 cuss cle Vere 405
Perophora viridis ..........- 388
Bryozoa.
Page. Page.
risia GOUINea....-...5....! 496 | Caberea Ellisii ...:.2. ..-2.. 420
Tabulipora flabellaris........ 496 | Bugula turrita ..........-... oil
Alcyonidium hirsutum ...... 404,| B. Murrayana: 2.45 2232.45.45. 496
Ae Parasiticum..........-.-4: 404 | Membranipora pilosa ........ 496
A. gelatinosum (?)........-.. pereone Pal pinnate Sh aU OE yeh Bn 406
Vesicularia cuscuta .....-... Hee CONUS): Jos Lobe octet 420
W.ecaciis-. 20 3....2......2%o89:) Bseharella variabilis .:.2...; 312
{SLOG te & le sk UE ae eS 420 | Lepralia, (species). .....-..-- 496
Farrella familiaris .......... 487 | Discopora coccinea (?) -!..... 496
Aftea anguina ............ - 405 | Mollia hyalina .............. 420
Fiucratea chelata .....-..... 405 | Cellepora ramulosa.......--- 496

4

500 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
RADIATES.

Echinoderms.

Page. Page.
Strongylocentrotus Droébachi- A. arenicola J.2 5. S36 326
BMSIS? Sc: sp )\) cs eee © 496 | Cribrella sanguinolenta...... 496
ASTETIAS VHICATIS, Po ase re bee: 496 | Ophiopholis aculeata ........ 496
Acalephs.
Page. | Page.
Clytia Johnstoni.....-.-..- .. 408 | Sertularia argentea £2223peee 408
CHyantermedia. sees ee s+. t es 408 | S. cupressina .. ..-- 3055s 408
Orthopyxis caliculata.......- 408 | Hydralimania faleata.......- 408
Platypyxis cylindrica......-. 408 | Plumularia, species ......-.. 407
Campanularia volubilis . -- . - . 408 | Antennularia antennina ..... 497
65 LOGS ae 327 | Eudendrium ramosum .....- . 408
Obeliajcemienlata ....-.--.-. 496 | B. dispar -..-..,.--seeeeeee - 408
Ovmicnotonia)......----- , <2.” 407 7 Pennaria tiarella.-2saeee mer Fi
Omapelata ..-...-+-.222%5 497 | Thamnocnidia tenella.......- 407
erriap mama 220k. Cl ee 327 | Hydractinia polyclina ......- 328
Polyps.
Page. Page.
Aleyonium carneum......... 497 | Edwardsia lineata.........-2 497
Metridium marginatum....-.. 329 | Astrangia Dang 22.. 72s2ae= 408
PROTOZOA.
Sponges.
Page Page
Chalina oculata..-.-....-.- . 497 | Polymastid(?)- 3:4. - eer 497
Tedania, two species .-....--- 498 | Grantia cillata.........----.- 300
Renieria, species ............ 330 | Leucosolenia botryoides (?).. 391
Cliona sulphurea...........:- 421 |

IV. 4.—FAUNA OF THE SANDY AND GRAVELLY BOTTOMS OFF THE
OPEN COAST.

The bottom off the southern shores of Nantucket and Martha’s Vine-
yard is sandy or gravelly over large areas, from low-water mark down
to 25 fathoms or more. Tracts of similar bottom occur off Cuttyhunk
Island and farther west. In many of these places, especially in the
shallower waters, near shore, the material of the bottom is nearly pure
siliceous sand, varying in fineness from coarse gravel to the finest sand,
and as these sands are generally loose and moved by the storm-waves,
in shallow water, their inhabitants are but few. In deeper water, at
depths of 20 to 25 fathoms or more, the material is usually a very fine
sand, often firmly compacted, and not infrequently mixed with more or
less fine mud. Such localities are favorable for a much greater variety

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 501

of animals, and especially for many burrowing annelids, crustacea, and
bivalve shells. Bottoms of this character pass by insensible gradations
into the true muddy bottoms, so that it is very difficult to make any
Sharp distinction between them, or between the animals that inhabit
them. Several localities at which we dredged were quite intermediate
in character, so that it is difficult to decide in which division they should
be put. Yet there is a very wide difference between the animals of the
pure sandy and of the soft muddy bottoms. Most of the localities where
the bottom was of this mixed or intermediate character, and of very fine
material, have been classed with the muddy bottoms, because the ani-
mals inhabiting them agree more closely with those of the true muddy
bottoms than with those of the genuine sandy ones. But in each ease
I shall endeavor to give an idea of the fauna of typical localities of
pure sand, of true mud, of muddy sand, and of sandy mud, so that the
more general lists given under the sandy and muddy bottoms, respect-
ively, need not cause confusion.

The special localities where dredgings were made on sandy bottoms
are as follows: line 80, a, 165 fathoms, siliceous sand; ), 184 fathoms,
siliceous sand; 81, a, b, 16 fathoms, sand; 85, a, b, 154 fathoms, sili-
ceous sand and gravel; 86, a, b, 25 fathoms, sand and gravel, with some
mud and small stones; off Watch Hill, 6 to 8 fathoms, loose siliceous
sand, with some stones. Besides these a few other dredgings were made
on similar bottoms, but not recorded.

Among the Crustacea that are characteristic of the true sandy bot-
toms are Platyonichus ocellatus, (p. 388, Plate I, fig. 4,) which is, how-
ever, more common in the sounds; Hupagurus Bernhardus, a decidedly
northern hermit crab; Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 105)
Ptilocheirus pinguis ; Idotea Tuftsii. Where the bottom is of loose
siliceous sand, the common Unciola irrorata (p. 340, Plate IV, fig. 19)
frequently occurs, usually associated with but few others, except a
Species of Anonyx, or some closely allied genus, which seems to live
exclusively on such bottoms. This last species is rather stout, pale
grayish or yellowish white, usually tinged with purple on the back The
posterior portion is more decidedly purple, together with the caudal
appendages and some of the last epimera. This was dredged off Watch
Hill.

Several interesting species occurred on the bottoms of fine compact
mud and sand, in 20-29 fathoms. Among these were Phoxus Kroyeri,
which is a northern species; Siphonecetes cuspidatus SMITH, an undes-
cribed species; Byblis serrata SMITH, another very interesting new
species ; undetermined species of Ampelisca, &c.

Few Annelids are peculiar to true sandy bottoms. Among those of
most interest are Sthenelais picta V., (p. 348;) Lumbriconereis fragilis, a
northern and European species; Anthostoma acutum V.; and Scolecolepis
cirrata. The last is a northern species found in the Bay of Fundy and
north to the Arctic Ocean, and also on the northern coasts of Europe.

502 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The color is chocolate-brown, with bright red, ligulate, dorsal branchiz
on the anterior third of the body. The two large tentacles exceed in
_length three times the breadth of the body; they are often coiled up, and
are greenish in color. This worm is three or four inches long.

A large purple Meckelia (M. lurida V.) was dredged in two localities.

Among the Mollusks there are but few species that are characteristic
of these bottoms, and probably none that are peculiar to them, unless
some of the Ascidians should prove to be so. The Molgula arenata (p.
426, Flate XX XIII, fig. 251) is often common even on loose siliceous
sand and gravel, with which it forms a coating over its body. The
Molgula producta was dredged in some numbers on a bottom of fine
sand, with some mud. The integument is thin, translucent, closely
covered with a layer of fine sand; the tubes are transparent, whitish or
flesh-color, sometimes pink at the ends; anal tube with four, and branchial
with six, flake-white, longitudinal stripes, and often with a circle of flake-
white spots at the base outside, and other spots within. The anal ori-
fice is square, but the branchial is either subcircular or squarish, in
expansion, and destitute of distinct lobes or papilla, in this respect dif-
fering from all the other species of the genus. The branchial tube is
generally a little the longest, and both of them are somewhat tapered,
with a swollen base.

The Glandula arenicola is another nearly globular Ascidian, which lives,
like the two preceding, free in the sand, and covers itself with a closely-
adherent coating of sand. This species grows to be about half an inch
in diameter, and can easily be distinguished from the last by its much
smnaller tubes, both of which have small square orifices, and by its thicker
and firmer integument, in which the sand appears to be somewhat im-
bedded. At the base there are some slender fibers for anchoring it more
securely in the sand. This was dredged by Mr. Prudden, off Cuttyhunk
Island, in 1872. Messrs. Smith and Harger dredged it in great abun-
dance last year on St. George’s Bank, on a bottom of clear siliceous sand,
in 28 fathoms. Dr. Dawson has also dredged it in Murray Bay, in the
St. Lawrence River. It is, therefore, a decidedly northern species.

Another species of Glandula also occurred on the true sandy bottoms.
The specimens of this were all small, mostly less than a fifth of an inch
in diameter, and the integument was densely covered by rather coarse
and very firmly adherent grains of sand, in several layers; the sand
completely concealed the tubes from view in all the specimens observed,
and it was not sufficiently studied while living to afford an accurate
description.

The Bryozoa and Hydroids that are found on the sandy bottoms are
mostly attached to dead shells and small stones that are scattered over
the surface.

Of Echinoderms several species occur on the hard bottoms of fine,
compact sand, or sandy mud, but most of these are more at home on
rocky bottoms.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 503

On the bottoms of loose siliceous sand the Lehinarachnius parma (p.
362, Plate XX XV, fig. 267) is often very abundant. Several hundred are
sometimes obtained at a, single’ cast of the dredge. At locality 81, 0,
off the south coast of Martha’s Vineyard, in 21 fathoms, on a bottom of ©
clear siliceous sand, Dr. A. S. Packard dredged a fine specimen of a
rare and little known Holothurian, the Stereoderma unisemita. This has
not been found before, so far as known to me, since the two original
specimens were described twenty years ago. One of those was from the
Banks of Newfoundland, and the other was supposed to have been from
off Massachusetts Bay. As both the original specimens appear to have
been lost or destroyed, this rediscovery was of considerable interest.
This specimen was about three inches long, and half an inch in diam-
eter, fusiform, tapering to each end; the body and suckers were pale
flesh-color, and the integument is filled with a great abundance of small
calcareous plates.

Most of the Polyps and Sponges that occur on these sandy bot-
toms are attached to the scattering dead shells and small stones or
pebbles, and belong properly on the rocky and stony bottoms. One
large and fine sponge seems, however, to be peculiar to the sandy
bottoms. ‘This is a firm, siliceous sponge, with a very compact and fine
texture. It is quite irregular in shape, but often grows in the form of
elongated, compressed masses, attached by one edge; these masses are
often six inches or more in length and one or two in thickness, and
perhaps two or three high. Some of the largest specimens consist of
two or three such crest-like plates or lobes attached together at base.
When living the color is bright sulphur-yellow or lemon-yellow, and the
surface is nearly smooth. One fine living specimen, of large size, was
dredged by Dr. Packard off the sonthern shore of Martha’s Vineyard, at
locality 80, b, on a bottom of clear siliceous sand. Numerous specimens
were also found thrown on Edgartown beach. These were mostly
bleached ont white and more or less worn. This species has not yet
been identified. I have specimens of it from the coast of Virginia.

A very curious organism, of which the nature is still uncertain, but
which was supposed, at the time it was taken, to belong to the sandy
Foraminifera, was often extremely abundant in the clear siliceous sand.
They were nearly circular, somewhat flattened or biscuit-shaped, and
entirely covered by adherent grains of sand, except that there were
several dark-colored, hook-like processes projecting from the circumfer-
ence. The size was generally less than a fifth of an inch in diameter,
and more frequently not more than .12 to.15 of aninch. When dried they
became very friable, and the sand fell asunder at a slight touch,
so that they then appeared like mere lumps of sand, but they retain
their firmness when preserved in alcohol. They were often so abundant
in the fine sand that when a dredge-full was washed through a moder-
ately fine sieve several hundreds or thousands would sometimes remain
in the sieve.

504 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

List of species inhabiting sandy and gravelly bottoms.

In the following list I have included nearly all the species that
ordinarily occurred on those bottoms in which sand predominated, even
though some of them are more strictly muddy-bottom species. Others
belong more properly on rocky, stony, or shelly bottoms, but are intro-
duced here because they occur attached to the scattered shells and stones
that are always liable to be met with on sandy bottoms.

In order to designate those species that are more strictly character-
istic of the clear sandy bottoms, I have prefixed to them a dagger,
(thus: f.) To show the character of the fauna on the bottoms of mixed
or intermediate character, Ihave selected a single locality, 86, b, south
west of Cuttyhunk Island and opposite the mouth of Buzzard’s Bay,
where the depth was twenty-five fathoms, and the bottom consisted of
fine sand mixed with some mud and gravel, with a few small seattered
stones, and have prefixed an asterisk (thus: *) to such species as occurred
at that particular locality, though most of them occurred also at other
localities.

ARTICULATES.

Crustacea.

Pace. | Page.
HO AMECCrATrOLatlSs. 2. 4 's2<. 312 | *Phoxus Kroyeri.... 2223s 501
MEPRIGOTOALS >) Oo sok ss eee ees 493 | *Ampelisea, sp... -.--2-een 507
Panopeus depressus.....-- B19) | Byblis serrata ~- }...2t 2a 301
TPlatyonichus ocellataus.:.. +501 | Mora levis ....2:.2ee2eeee ey Es
Hyds coarctatus .........- 548 | *tUnciola irrorata.-..:-.-. 501
tEupagurus pollicaris.....- 313 | *Ptilocheirus pinguis....-.- 501
(ie bernkardus... 3.4... -2 501 | tAnonyx(?), sp... J.2. sees o01
tHomarus Americanus...-. 492 | *Siphoneecetes cuspidatus.. 501
*Pandalus annolicornis.... 493 | tIidotea Tuftsii .......-2222 501
#*Crangon vulgaris........ 501 | Epelys montosus.-....-.... 370
*Diastylis quadrispinosa,and

other species of Cumacea. 507

Annelids.

Page. Page.
Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320 | t*Scolecolepis cirrata...... 501
*Harmothoé imbricata..... 321 | *Ampbarete gracilis. ...-. 9808
jepenelais pictar.. <0... - 501 | t*Clymenella torquata..... 343
*Nephthys ingens.-:..-....- 431 | *Nicomache dispar :-.-... .- 512
Phyllodoce catenula ...... 494. | *Ammochares, sp...-..5.5- 508
Nereis placiea &.2 2.2... 526 397 |.*Drophonia»affinis- > 4ecee. 507
*Ninoé mieripes, |. ut25--5-% 508 | *Ammotrypane fimbriata.. 508 -
tLumbriconeris fragilis. .... 501 | *Cistenides Gouldii....... 323
*Rhynchobolus dibranchia- *Potamilla oculifera......- 322

ROS. f voila aaewe Ne . 341 | *Euchone elegans ....----- 43 2

tAnthostoma acutum .....- 501 | *Spirorbis porrecta? ....-. 498

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 505

Nemerteans and Planarvans.

Page. | Page
*Meckelia lurida ........-.. 502 | *Leptoplana folium.....-.. 487
Nemertes, (?) red sp..-....- 498 |
Sipunculoids.
Page
PeeeascOlOSsOma, CoMICN LATION <- 226). os ei ved ee 6 <5) ee
MOLLUSGA.
Gastropods.
Page. Page
*Neptunea pygmea......-. 508 | Crepiduia fornicata......-. B95
I pys N J
Buccinum undatum......-. £945) CoumMeOMmOrmMis\.. 25... +. 350
auyris: Wunata -..---...... 306 | tlLunatia heros:........... 426
CMMIACMIS AVATA. ois 65 2.2 ak 306 | Rissoa exarata..........-- 495
Perna trivittata.........- 304 | *Margarita obscura. -....... 508
*Crucibulum striatum .....- AIT
Lamellibranchs
Page. | Page
tMya arenaria, (young)..... 472 | tAstarte castanea.....--... * 432,
1*Ensatella Americana. ....- 306) TAG QUadransy {6 s0:2-.e S 509
powigua, costata...-........ SOS. Wr Avy UMA ran cyers cess cree Bee 508
Corbula contracta-.:........ 418 | t*Cyclocardia borealis. ..... 418
Clidiophora trilineata....... ASDC TOs NOVEMELIER Sh gree actos. 418
Hyousia hyalina... ..5..... 308 | *Voldia. sapotillaii..2 S028: 509
*Periploma papyracea...... 509\| *Nucula proximar - 0.6.22". 432
Cochlodesma Leanum...... 418 | Scapharca transversa. -.... 309
pencnlasitener... .'°. 2.82... 398 | *Modiolaria corrugata ..... 509
*Cumingia tellinoides ....... 418 | Pecten tenuicostatus...... 509
*Callista convexa......-...-. 432 | Anomia aculeata........-. 495
*Cardium pinnulatum...... 423
Ascidians.
Page. | Page
=) ~) « At s ~
*Gyuthia partita::.......-. 311 | tGlandula arenicola .....- . 502
tMolgula arenata..........-. 502 | tGlandula, sp... -- BREA ons 502
Pe Mie PrOGWetalyes. 3.2.2 Ltt 502, *Amareecium pallidum. .... 496
eM Manhattensis:. ...... 2 2°. oll |
Bryozoa.
Page. | Page.
*Crisia eburnea........ ‘cael | bugula. Murrayana.. -.~...'. 496
et aberea, Dllisli As 2 2vs esas 420 | *Cellepora ramulosa....... 312

506 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

RADIATA.

Echinoderms.

Page. | Page.

tStereoderma unisemita..... 503 | Asterias vulgaris.........- 496

t*Echinarachnius parma.... 503 | *Cribrella sanguinolenta... 407

Strongylocentrotus Drobach- Ophiopholis aculeata...... 496
TOT SIS co. von ee 406

Acalephs.

Page. Page.
*Platypyxis cylindrica. ..-. - 403 | *Plumularia, sp: --2 sees 407
-*Clytia Johnston. 22... 7... - 408 | Hydractinia polyelina..-... 328
Eudendrium ramosum...... 408
Polyps.
Page. Page.
Hd wardsia lineata....-..-..- 497 | Aleyonium carneum....... 497
PROTOZOA.
Sponges.
Page. Page.
Chalina oculata......5..... 497 | tMassive siliceous sponge.. 503
ey EA ASUS (2) ia.) ene oc yl < 497 f

LV. 5.—FAUNA OF THE MUDDY BOTTOMS OFF THE OPEN COAST.

Within the depths to which our dredgings extended, very few true
muddy bottoms occur. The deposits of mud on the open coast usually
begin to occur only at the depths of twenty-five to thirty fathoms, and
even at these depths there is a considerable admixture with fine siliceous
sand. The central and deeper portion of the depression in line with the
axis of Vineyard Sound is, however, occupied off to the west of Gay
Head and No Man’s Land by a deposit of fine, soft, sticky mud, filled
with the tubes of Annelids and Amphipods, (Ampelisca, &e.) Dredgings 7
were made on this bottom at localities 85, ¢,in 18 fathoms ; d, 19 fathoms;
e, 11 fathoms. On September 9, the temperature at-85, ¢, was 58° Fah-
renheit at the bottom, and 62° at the surface; at d, it was 57° at the
bottom and 62° at the surface; at e, it was 59° at the bottom and 63° at
thesurface. This muddy bottom aboundedin Annelids, small Crustacea,
and bivalve shells.

In several other localities, where the bottom was a mixture of mud
and fine sand, the mud seemed to predominate and to determine the
character of the life, so that such localities have been classed with the
muddy bottoms, though the fauna differed considerably from that of the
soft muddy bottoms referred to above. In the following list, however, I
have specially designated the species found in the typical localities of
each kind.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 507

The principal localities where we dredged on the bottoms of fine sandy
mud.are as follows: 80, c, south of Martha’s Vineyard, in 21 fathoms;
84, b, southwest of Gay Head, in 16 fathoms; 87, a, b, about fifteen
miles east of Block Island, in 29 fathoms. At the last locality the tem-
perature, on September 14, was 62° F. at the surface, and 59° at the
bottom. )

Among the Crustacea none was more abundant on the soft, muddy
bottoms than a small species of Ampelisca, which inhabits soft, flabby
tubes, covered with fine mud. When taken out of the water these tubes
are always collapsed and flat, and they were so abundant in the mud
that it was almost impossible to wash it through the sieves, because
they soon became completely clogged up with the tubes. When a quan-
tity of the mud was left in a bucket of water these Crustacea would
come out of the tubes and rise to the surface in large numbers. This
species is generally quite pale, or nearly white. Its body is much com-
pressed.

Another variety, or perhaps a distinct species, found with the last, is
pale flesh-color, with a row of bright red spots along the middle of the
back; the antennz were specked with red; eyes bright red; epimera
reticulated with red lines; and the legs and caudal appendages are
more or less marked with red.

The Unciola irrorata, (p. 340,) Ptilocheirus pingwis, and other Am-
phipods, were associated with the preceding species.

The Diastylis quadrispinosa (Plate III, fig. 13) was very abundant on
the soft muddy bottoms, together with other species of Cumacea, not
yet identified. It is pale flesh-color, with a reddish purple patch at the
posterior part of the carapax, and two smal! spots of pink.

The Annelids were very numerous, both on the soft muddy bottoms
and in the sandy mud. One of the most conspicuous species is the
Aphrodita aculeata, which was common in the soft mud. This is a large,
stout Annelid, the largest specimen obtained measuring about 3 inches
in length, and about half as much in breadth. It is remarkable for the
exceedingly numerous and long set of many kinds, which cover its sides
and back, except along a narrow dorsal space; some of these sete are
stout, and nearly an inch long, with sharp points, and barbed near the
end, and they curve over the back much like the quills of a porcupine,
and are liable to inflict painful wounds, if the creatures are carelessly
handled. These sets usually reflect bright, iridescent colors.

Several other northern European species, found also in the Bay of
Fundy and at Saint George’s Banks, were also met with. Among these
were Lumbriconereis fragilis, Scolecolepis cirrata, Melinna cristata,
Terebellides Stroémi, and several more common species.

The Nephthys ingens (p. 431, Plate XII, figs. 59-60) is a very abundant
species on these bottoms and grows to a large size.

The curious Sternaspis fossor (Plate XIV, fig. 74) is quite common ;
and the Trophonia affinis (Plate XLV, fig. 75) was dredged several times.

508 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Many other species were also common, or even abundant, in the various
localities, and quite a number proved to be undescribed, and therefore
their descriptions will be found in the systematic catalogue accompany-
ing this report. Among these were Lycidice, Americana, Ninoé nigripes,
Anthostoma, sp., Acutum, Ammotrypane “fimbriata, Travisia carnea,
Eone gracilis, Brada setosa, Nicomache dispar, Rhodine attenuata, a
species of Ammochares, Ampharete gracilis, Huchone elegans, and
species of Nematonereis.

Several species of Nemerteans also occur on chee bottoms. The largest
and most interesting is a large species of Meckelia, (M. lurida, V.) This
grows to the length of 8 or 10 inches, and .25 broad; its color is deep
chocolate-brown,with paler margins. It generally breaks up into numerous
fragments when caught. Another species, belonging, perhaps, to the
genus Cerebratulus, but not sufficiently studied while living, was 2 or 3
inches long in extension, and .05 to .08 of an inch broad. Its color was
dark olive-green, darkest anteriorly, the head with a white margin.
The lateral fosse of the head were long and deep; the eyes incon
spicuous, perhaps wanting; proboscis emitted from a terminal pore ; the
ventral uae or mouth, placed well forward. Both this and the pre-
ceding were found at the 29-fathom locality, in sandy mud, but the
former also ee in soft mud, in 19 fathoms.

One of the most abundant Gastropods is Neptunea pygmea, (Plate
XXI, fig. 115,) which is a rather northern shell, very common in the
Bay of Fundy. The specimens from this region are, however, quite as
large as any that I have seen from farther north. The small disk-shaped
egg-capsules of this shell were found in great abundance early in Sep-
tember attached to various bivalve shells, as well as to the shells of the
Neptunea itself.

Buecinum undatum, (Plate XXI, Fig. 121;) Bela harpularia, (Plate
XXI, fig. 108;) Lunatia immaculata, (Plate XXIII, fig. 151;) Margarita
obscura, (Plate XXIV, fig. 156;) Astyris rosacea; and Cylichna alba,
(Plate X XV, fig. 163,) are all northern shells, which were met with in
small numbers on the muddy bottoms.

The Lamellibranchs were quite abundant. One of the most con-
Spicuous is the northern Cyprina Islandica, (Plate XXVIII, fig. 201,)
which was quite common at several localities, especially in soft mud.

Many of the shells from the deeper dredgings in this region are north-

Fig. 3. ern and even arctic species, several of which have been
supposed not to occur south of Cape Cod. Among
these northern forms are Macoma proxima, of which

we dredged a few small specimens; COyclocardia borealis
and C. Novanglie (p. 418,) both of which were common ;
Astarte wundata, (Plate XXIX, fig. 203,) which was
dredged in considerable abundance at several localities.
A large proportion of the shells of this species,
obtained here, were quite different in appearance from the varieties
that occur in such abundance in the Bay of Fundy. The latter,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. . 509

although quite variable in form and sculpture, are generally compressed ;
those from this region are mostly rather swollen, and often decidedly
obese. These correspond with the type-specimen of A. lutea PERKINS,
from New Haven, (fig. 3,) which I have been able, through the kindness
of Dr. Perkins, to compare directly with our specimens. This form is,
perhaps, sufficiently well marked to be designated a sa variety. (lutea, )
but many specimens intermediate between this and the ordinary forms
occurred. This variety resembles the European A. sulcata more closely
than do any of the other varieties of our species, but in the character
of the hinge, lunule, beaks, and sculpture, it differs decidedly from any
European specimens that I have seen. The Astarte quadrans (Plate
XXIX, fig. 205) was rarely met with. Good-sized specimens of the
large scollop, Pecten tenuicostatus, were dredged off Gay Head on hard
bottoms, and also on the muddy bottom, in 29 fathoms, and in several
other localities. The northern Anomia aculeata (Plate XXXII, figs.
239, 240) occurred adhering to dead shells. The Modiolaria corrugata
(Plate XXXT, fig. 235) was dredged several times in the deepest local-
ities, but J. tesdgeniem recorded by Mr. Sanderson Smith, was not met
with by us; nor Leda tenuisulcata, which has been found off Newport,
Rhode Island. The Nicula delphinodonta (Plate XXX, fig. 229) was
common on soft muddy bottoms. The Lucina filosa (Plate XXIX, fig.
212) appeared to be not uncommon on similar bottoms, but most of the
specimens obtained were less than an inch in diameter. Small speci-
mens of Periploma papyracea (Plate X XVII, fig. 197) were frequently
dredged. The specimens of Thracia truncata (Plate X XVII, fig. 195)
were few and small. The Cryptodon obesus V., (Plate X XIX, fig. 214,)
was first discovered in this region, but all the specimens were of large
size and dead, though mostly quite fresh. I have since seen smaller
specimens from Labrador, &c. C. Gouldii (Plate xxix, fig. 215,) is more
common. Yoldia sapotilla (Plate XXX, fig. 231) was generally abundant,
especially in the soft mud, but Y. obesa was only met with once, and
in small numbers, in 29 fathoms; Y. thract-formis we did not meet with,
but Dr. Simpson records it from off Long Island.

Of Ascidians very few species occur. The most abundant is Hugyra
pilularis, (Plate XXXIII, fig. 249,) which, in contraction, looks like a
round ball of mud, for it completely covers itself with a thick coating
of fine sand or mud, which is held in place partly by delicate fibrous
processes from the integument, those from the base being longer, and
serving to anchor the little creature in the sand by attaching a con-
siderable quantity of sand to themselves. When the sand is removed,
the integument is found to be thin and quite translucent, the tubes,
when extended, are long and transparent, close together, and inclosed
by a naked band which Surrounds the base of both. It is also very

Figure 3. Original figure of Astarte lutea, natural size. From the Proceedings of
the Boston Society of Natural History.

.

510 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

common in the Bay of Fundy, &c. The Molgula producta (p. 502) also
occurred on the sandy mud at the 29-fathom locality.

The Echinoderms appear to be very scarce on these bottoms. The
only one of special interest was the Molpadia oélitica, a small, round,
rather slender species, about an inch and a half long, of a uniform flesh-
color. Ofthis only one specimen was dredged, at the 2$-fathom locality,
fifteen miles east of No Man’s Land, by Dr. Packard. It had not been
observed alive before, the only specimens previously known having
been taken from the stomachs of fishes.

The most interesting Hydroid that lives on the muddy bottoms is
Corymorpha pendula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 273.) This isa very beautiful
species, which grows singly, with the bulb-like base of the stem inserted
into the mud.

Two interesting species of Polyps were found on the muddy bottoms.
One of these, the Edwardsia farinacea, occurred only on the soft muddy
bottom off Gay Head, in 19 fathoms. It is a cylindrical species, about
an inch long, and .10 or .12 of an inch in diameter, remarkable for having
only 12 tentacles, which are equal, unusually shorf, thick, and blunt.
The coating of mud in the middle region is thin and easily removed.

The single specimen obtained here had only 10 tentacles, but in other
respects it agrees essentially with those found on similar bottoms at
several localities in the Bay of Fundy, all of which had 12 tentacles.
The body is whitish or flesh-color, the naked portion below the tentacles ;
in the specimen from off Gay Head, was striped with 10 longitudinal
lines or bands of brown, corresponding with the tentacles; these
bands were varied with flake-white specks and mottlings, the spots of
white becoming more distinct near the tentacles; these bands were
alternately lighter and darker. Tentacles translucent at tip, tranversely
barred on the inside, with about five brown bands and spots, the lower
ones often V-shaped or W-shaped, and some of them extend around
to the outside of the tentacles; alternating with these brown bands were
bars and spots of yellow and of white. The disk was pale yellow, varied
with small brown spots, mostly forming radiating rows from the mouth
to the bases of the tentacles, and there were two spots of brown between
the bases of adjacent tentacles; mouth with ten lobes, which were also
brown, with a fine light line extending from between them to the in-
tervals between the tentacles. The specimens from the Bay of Fundy
vary considerably in color, but the above is one of the more frequent
styles of coloration.

The Epizoanthus Americanus (Plate XX XVIII, figs. 286, 287) is a very
singular species, which either lives attached to stones, as in the deeper
parts of the Bay of Fundy and off Saint George’s Bank, in 430 fathoms,
or else it attaches itself to univalve shells, inhabited by hermit-crabs.
Allthose obtained in this region had the latter habit, and were from the
29-fathom place, fifteen miles east of Block Island, on sandy mud.
After one original young polyp has found lodgment and attached itself to
the shell, its base begins to expand over the surface of the shell, and from

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 511

this basal membrane buds arise, which soon grow larger and become
like the parent polyp, while the basal membrane continues to extend.
itself and new buds to develop, until the whole shell becomes incrusted
by the membrane, inside and out, while a number of beautiful polyps
arise from the upper side of the shell, and turn their mouths in different
directions. The number of the polyps in these colonies varies, accord-
ing to the size of the shell, from three to ten or more. Finally, by some
chemical process, the polyps, or rather their basal membranes, dissolve
the shell entirely, and apparently absorb it into themselves. And yet
the membranes retain the spiral form of the shell very perfectly, and the
hermit crab eventually actually lives inside the membranes of the polyps,
which continue to grow and even to enlarge the chamber for the use of
the crab, so that it need not change its habitation for a larger one as it
grows older. When fully expanded these polyps are about an inch high,
and are capable of changing their form considerably, but they are gen-
erally more or jess cylindrical, or else hour-glass shaped. There are 38
or more tentacles, in full grown ones, and they are subequal, long,
slender, acute, arranged in two close circles, and usually held in a,
recurved position, (as in fig. 287,) with those of the outer circle more
recurved than those of the inner ones; corresponding with the bases of
the alternate tentacles there is an outer circle of triangular points or
lobes, covered externally, like the rest of the exterior of the body, with
adherent and imbedded grains of fine sand. The mouth is bilabiate,
often sontewhat raised on a conical protrusion of the disk, the lips many-
lobed, or plicate. The integument of the body when fully expanded is
translucent, pale flesh-color, or salmon-color; disk and tentacles salmon-
color, or pale orange, sometimes white, the lips and inside of the mouth
brighter orange.

List of species inhabiting bottoms composed of soft mud and sandy mud off
the outer coast.

In the following list those species that were found on the soft, sticky
mud, in 11 to 19 fathoms, off Gay Head, are designated by the sign f, pre-
fixed to their names. Those that occurred at 87, a, b, in 29 fathoms,
fine sandy mud, fifteen miles east of Block Island, are designated by an
asterisk prefixed.

ARTICULATA.

Page. | Page
¢ Libinia canaliculata....... oo9 |) + Ampelista, sp. -....-- = - 507
Kupagurus longicarpus. ..-- old | * Byblis serrata..........- DOL
* Pandalus annulicornis. .... 493 | *{ Ptilocheirus pinguis.... 507
Hippolyte pusiola......-.... 395 | * { Unciola irrorata...... -- 507
Crangon vulgaris......-..-. 339 | * Siphonescetes cuspidatus. 501
*7{ Diastylis quadrispinosa.. 507 | { Epelys montosus.....--..- 70

ose ee 60s = ow eee a

“ls 7p a ae il Ea 0 Bro) Anthira Drackhiata os -.25 .. 573

od
Phoxus Kroyeri.-.......-.: 501 | KE. trilobus 370
7

512 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Annelids.
Page. Page.
*+ Aphrodita aculeata...... 507 | { Travisia carnea....... +o» 2, 00S
* Harmothoé imbricata... -. 2 woz. | Bradasetosas-: oo. 3. eee 508
Lepidonotus squamatus..... 320 | *i Trophonia affinis. 2... ae es se
*t Nephthys ingens -..2.--- 507 | { Sternaspis fossor....-..- 507
IMPPOMCERAs 2. <5. oS eee 416 | * Cirrhinereis fragilis...... 397
PEON A, SY). ou eee -.. 397 | *{Clymenella torquata.... 343
Phyliodoce, sp. a5... -- 397 | * Ammocharés, sp:-.-...2- 508
* Nereis pelagiCaess +--+... 397 | * Nicomache dispar--.....-. 508.
t Lycidice Americana. ...... 508 | Rhodine attenuata.....-.. 508
* + Lumbriconereis fragilis..... 507 | Cistenides Gouldii.-......- 323:
* Wematonereis, Sp.-.:-..-.. 508 | * Ampharete gracilis.....- 508
NIN OG MISTS. - ~~ -- -- - 508 | Melinna cristata... .. Papa Er) 507
PBonew@racwis; - 7... 2... 508 | * Terebellides Stroémi ..... 507
+ Anthostoma acutum...... 508 | ¢ Polycirrus eximius...22-. 320
Anthostoma, sp....-...-.-. 508 | Potamilla oculifera........ 3822
=* Scolecolepis cirrata.......- 507 | *t KHuchone elegans... -. pe 508
+ Ammotrypane fimbriata... 508 | * Spirorbis, sp ....-.-.-.<- 397
Nemerteans and Planarians.
Page. Page.
a Meckelialurida:.. 0... 508 | * Polinia glutinosa...... can | eee
Cerebratulus, (?) green sp.. 508 | * Leptoplana folinm......- 487
Sipunculoids.
Page..
fi enascolosoma Cementarium._.... 2... ..-c~ .~5-26%0-.56e 416
MOLLUSCA,
Gastropods.
Page. Page.
Bela harpularia........... 508 | Crepidula unguiformis..-..- BOO
t Buccinum undatum .....- 508 | ©. fornicata ......-----.-- 390
*t Neptunea pygmea.....- 508 | * Lunatia heros, var. trise-
Petia trivittata. .2h sae0).'- 354 viata -..... ses enaes 3o4
ASuytisw@anata. 00. ss.ds 306 | * L. immaculata...--...-.- 508
* Astyris rosacea......--.- 508 | * Margarita obscura......- 508
* Crucibulum striatum. .... 399) * Cylichna\alba:. -..-. cease 508
© Lamellibranchs.
Page. Page.
Ensatella Americana... ..-. 306 | *{Clidiophora trilineata.... 432
* Siliqua costata....-..,--- 308 | *t Lyonsia hyalina: -2..)2229) aoe
tCorbula contracta..-..-..- 418 | *{ Periploma papyracea.... 509

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC.

* Thracia truncata
muons GENEL... .)... 5)... 2<
=Macoma proxima....-.-...
Cumingia tellinoides...:-..
*{ Callista convexa.......-
*i Cyprina Islandica......
*7+ Cardium pinnulatum. ...
Sicina: Hlosa.: _'..-.
* Cryptodon Gouldii-....-.
peer OUESUS..2-.t 2... .-
*~ Astarte castanea........
ie AOMAGTaNS .. 22... 2.2 4
GP ENE i
* Cyclocardia borealis... ...
MONO vanclize: 22.0) 5... .-
= wacdla’ Proxima... 2...

suuueyra pilularis........~
* Molgula producta....-..-..

™~@aperea Hilisii.......-..

* Molpadia odlitica.........
Strongylocentrotus Drdéba-
SMMMENMSIS (02 2 8) 5ia) -t-/s ofS pe

* Clytia Johnstoni..... ..-.
* Kudendrium ramosum....

t Edwardsia farinacea......
S. Mis. 61

99
VV

Page.

509 | *~ N. delphinodonta .--.....
308 | t Yoldia limatula......--.-..
OS |? EX. ‘sapotilla.: / fos seeees
SUG PY, chracitormis..- 2.5 eee
Poe eee OWES...) os on ae
503 | Leda tenuisuleata..........
425.) Argina pexata.... 22.2525
509 | Scapharea transversa......
509 | Mytilus edulis ......:. ee
509 | * { Modiolaria nigra........
ASU) ME COrengatia- 6s...
BUS EMR leewaieata oc oko 5. kk. 2
008 | *¢Crenella glandula.......
508 | ** Pecten tenuicostatus. ...
508 | * Anomia aculeata........
432
Ascidians.

Page. |
009) Cynthia partitar 22%. i244
510!

Bryozoa.
Page. 5
20| * Bugula Murrayana.......
RADIATA.

Hehinoderms.

Page.

O10) fAsterias vulgaris. ......--
t Cribrella sanguinolenta. .

406

Acalephs.

Page.
408} * Corymorpha pendula.....
408

Polyps.

Page.

510; * Epizoanthus Americanus.

Page.

311

Page.

496

Page.
496
407

Page.

O10

Page.

510

514 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

B.—LISTS OF SPECIES FOUND IN THE STOMACHS OF
FISHES—FOOD OF FISHES.

In the following lists I have brought together the principal results of
the various recorded examinations of stomachs of fishes in this region,
up to the present time, whether done in connection with the United
States Fish Commission or independently. The special dates and local-
ities are given in each case.

The observations from June to September, 1871, were made in con-
nection with the work of the commission. Those from May to July,
1872, are based on collections made at Wood’s Hole by Mr. Vinal N.
Edwards, for Professor Baird. Those at Great Egg Harbor, New Jer-
sey, April, 1871, were made by Mr. 8. I. Smith and the writer while on
an independent visit to that place.* The observations made at East-
port, Maine, in 1872, are not included in this report.

The names of the fishes used in this list are those adopted by Profes-
sor Baird, and agree, for the most part, with those used by Professor
Theodore Gill in his Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of
North America.

STRIPED BAss; Rock-IIsH, or “ Rock;” (Roccus lineatus.)

At Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871, several specimens,
freshly caught in seines, with menhaden, &c., contained Crangon vul-
garis (shrimp) in large quantities.

A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, July 22, 1872, contained a large
mass of ‘“sea-cabbage,” Ulva latissima, and the remains of a small
fish.

Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, August, 1871, contained crabs, Can-
cer irroratus ; and lobsters, Homarus Americanus.

WHITE PERCH ; (Morone Americana.)
Numerous specimens caught with the preceding at Great Egg Har-
bor, New Jersey, contained Crangon vulgaris.

BLAck BASS; SEA-BASS; (Centropristis fuscus.)

Specimens caught in Vineyard Sound, June 10, contained the common
crab, Cancer irroratus ; the mud-crab, Panopeus Sayi; three species of
fishes.

Another caught May 25 contained a squid, Loligo pallida.

Scup; PoRGEE; (Stenotomus argyrops.)

Forty young specimens, one year old, taken at Wood’s Hole in August,
contained large numbers of Amphipod Crustacea, among which were
Unciolairrorata, Ampelisca, sp., &c.; several small mud-crabs, Panopeus
depressus; Idotea irrorata; Nereis virens, and numerous other Annelids of
several species, too much digested for identification.

*The results of the observations made at Great Egg Harbor were published by the
writer in the American Naturalist, vol. v, p. 397, 1871.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 515

\
Other specimens, opened at various times, show that this fish is a very
general feeder, eating all kinds of small Crustacea, Annelids, bivalve ©
and univalve mollusks, &e.

TautToG; BLAcK FIsH; (Tautoga onitis.)

E eeiiens caught ae Wood’s Hole, May 25, contained the common
rock-crab, Cancer irroratus ; hermit-crabs, Eupagurus longicarpus ; shells,
Tritia trivittata, all crushed.

Others caught May 26 contained Hupagurus pollicaris ; FE. longicar-
pus ; the barnacle, Balanus crenatus ; the squid, Loligo Pealii; Tritia
trivittata. Others taken May 29 had Cancer irroratus ; mud-crabs,
Panopeus depressus ; lady-crabs, Platyonichus ocellatus ; shelis, Tritia
trivittata, Crepidula fornicata, Argina pexata, and the scollop, Pecten
irradians ; barnacles, Balanus crenatus, all well broken up.

Another taken May 31 contained Platyonichus ocellatus ; Tritia trivit-
tata.

Others taken June 3 contained the mud-crab, Panopeus depressus ; tri-
angular crab, Pelia mutica; Crepidula unguiformis ; Triforis nigrocinctus ;
the common muscle, JJytilus edulis ; and the “horse-muscle,” Modiola
modiolus.

Another, on June 10, contained the common rock-crab, Cancer irrora-
tus; mud-crab, Panopeus Sayi ; Nucula proxima ; several feeuhone Cyn-
thia partita and Leptoclinum albidum.

Two caught July 8 and 15 contained small lobsters, Homarus Ameri-
canus ; Crepidula fornicata ; Bittium nigrum ; a bryozoan, Crisia eburnea ;
sand- Wires Hehinarachnius parma.

A specimen caught in August contained long- -clams, Mya arenaria ;
muscles, Mytilus edulis ; Petricola pholadiformis.

WEAK-FISH ; SQUETEAGUE ; (Cynoscion regalis.)

Several caught in seines at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871,
with menhaden, &c., contained large quantities of shrimp, Crangon vul-
garis, unmixed with other food.

Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, in July, often contained sand-crabs,
Platyonichus ocellatus ; and very frequently squids, Loligo Pealit.

Kine-FisH; (Menticirrus nebulosus.)

Four specimens taken in seines at Great Egg Harbor, April, 1871, con-
tained only shrimp, Crangon vulgaris.

Others taken at Wood’s Hole, May 29, were filled with Or angon vul-
garis.

Specimens taken in July contained rock-crabs, Cancer irroratus ;
squids, Loligo Pealii.

RUDDER-FIsH ; (Palinurichthys perciformis.)
A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a small
Squilla empusa; and young squids, Loligo Pealit.

516 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

MACKEREL; (Scomber vernalis.)

Specimens taken July 18, twenty miles south of No Mans Land, con-
tained shrimps, Thysanopoda, sp.; larval crabs in the zoéa and megalops
stages of development; young of hermit-crabs; young of lady-crabs,
Platyonichus ocellatus ; young of two undetermined Macroura; numer-
ous small Copepod Crustacea ; numerous shells of a Pteropod, Spirialis
Gouldii.

SMALL TUNNY ; (Oreynus thunnina.)
One specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained eleven
squids, Loiigo Pealii.

Boniro ; (Sarda pelamys.)
Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained an abundance
of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris.

BLUE-FIsH ; HORSE-MACKEREL ; (Pomatomus saltatriv.)

Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, frequently contained
squids, Loligo Pealii ; also various fishes.

Off Fire Island, Long Island, August, 1870, Mr. 8. I. Smith saw blue-
fishes feeding eagerly on the free-swimming males (heteronereis) of Nereis
limbata, (p. 318,) which was then very abundant.

SEA-RoBin ; (Prionotus Carolinus.)

A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, May 27, contained shrimp, Cran-
gon vulgaris ; and a small flounder.

Another caught May 29 contained Amphipod Crustacea, Anonyz (?),
sp.; and Crangon vulgaris.

Specimens dredged in Vineyard Sound, in August, contained mud-
crabs, Panopeus Sayi ; rock-crabs, Cancer irroratus ; and several small
fishes.

Toav-FisH; (Batrachus tai.)

Several specimens examined at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April,
1871, contained young edible crabs, Callinectes hastatus of various sizes
up to those with the carapax two inches broad; shrimp, Crangon vul.
garis ; prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris ; Ilyanassa obsoleta ; various fishes,
especially the pipe-fish, Syngnathus Peckianus ; and the anchovy, Engrau-
lis vittatus.

A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in July, contained the common
rock-crab, Cancer irroratus.

GOOSE-FISH ; ANGLER ; (Lophius Americanus.)
A specimen caught in Vineyard Sound, in June, contained crabs,
Cancer irroratus ; and squids, Loligo Pealii.

Cop; (Gadus morrhua, var.)

The cod-fishes devour a great variety of Crustacea, Annelids, Mol-
lusks, star-fishes, &e. They swallow large bivalve shelis, and after
digesting the contents spit out the shells, which are often almost unin-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 517

jured. They are also very fond of shrimps, and of crabs, which they
frequently swallow whole, even when of large size. The brittle star-
fishes (Ophiurans) are also much relished by them. I have taken large
masses of the Ophiopholis aculeata from their stomachs on the coasts of
Maine and Labrador; and in some cases the stomach would be distended
with this one kind, unmixed with any other food.

In this region I have not been able to make any new observations on
the food of the cod. This deficiency is partially supplied, however, by
the observations made by me on the coast of Maine, &c., coupled with
the very numerous observations made at Stonington, Connecticut,
many years ago, by Mr. J. H. Trumbull, who examined large numbers of
the stomachs of cod and haddock, caught within a few miles of that
place, for the sake of the rare shells that they contained. This collec-
tion of shells, thus made, was put into the hands of the Rey. J. H. Lins-
ley, who incorporated the results into his “ Catalogue of the Shells of
Connecticut,” which was published after his death, and in a somewhat
unfinished state, in the American Journal of Science, Series I, vol.
xIviii, p. 271, 1845. In that list alarge number of species are particularly
mentioned as from the stomachs of cod and haddock, at Stonington, all
of which were collected by Mr. Trumbull, as he has informed me, from
fishes caught on the fishing-grounds near by, on the reefs off Watch
Hill, &c. Many other northern shells, recorded by Mr. Linsley as from
Stonington, but without particulars, were doubtless also taken from
the fish-stomachs by Mr. Trumbull. There was no record made of the
Crustacea, &c., found by him at the same time.

The following list includes the species mentioned by Mr. Linsley as
from the cod. For greater convenience the original names given by him
are added in parentheses, when differing from those used in this report:

List of mollusks, &c., obtained by Mr. J. H. Trumbull, from cod-fish caught
near Stonington, Connecticut.

GASTROPODS.

Sipho Islandicus (?), young, (Fusus corneus.)
Ptychatractus ligatus, (Fasciolaria ligata.)
Turbonilla interrupta, (Turritella interrupta.)
Turritella erosa.

Rissoa exarata, (?), (Cingula arenaria.)
Lunatia immaculata, (Natica immaculata.)
Amphisphyra pellucida, (Bulla debilis.)
Chiton marmoreus, (7), (Chiton fulminatus.)

LAMELLIBRANCHS.

Martesia cuneiformis, (Pholas cuneiformis.)
Periploma papyracea, (Anatina papyracea.)
Thracia truncata.

518 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Tagelus divisus, (Solecurtus fragilis.)

Semele equalis, (?), (Amphidesma sequalis.)
‘Ceronia arctata, (Mesodesma arctata.)
Montacuta elevata, (Montacuta bidentata.)
Callista convexa, young, (Cytherea morrhuana.)
Cardium pinnulatum.

Cyprina Islandica.

‘Gouldia mactracea, (Astarte mactracea.)
Yoldia sapotilla, (Nucula sapotilla.)

YY. limatula, (N. limatula.)

Nucula proxima.

N. tenuis.

Modiolaria nigra, (Modiola nexa.)

Crenella glandula, (M. glandula.)

Pecten tenuicostatus, young, (Pecten fuscus.)

“ECHINODERMS.

Echinarachnius parma.

Happock; (Melanogrammus cweglifinus.)

The haddock is not much unlike the cod in the character of its food.
It is, perhaps, still more omnivorous, or, at least, it generally contains a
greater variety of species of shells, &c.; many of the shells that it
habitually feeds upon are burrowing species, and it probably roots
them out of the mud and sand.

A complete list of the animals devoured by the haddock would
doubtless include nearly all the species belonging to this fauna. Wehave
had few opportunities for making observations on the food of the haddock
south of Cape Cod, but have examined many from farther north.

A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, November 6, 1872, contained a
large quantity of Gammarus natator, and a few specimens of Crangon
vulgaris. Another from Nantucket contained the same species.

The following species of shells were mentioned by Mr. Linsley, in
his catalogue, as from the haddock :

List of mollusks obtained from stomachs of haddock, at Stonington, Con-
necticut, by Mr. J. H. Trumbull.

Neptunea pygmiea, (Fusus Trumbulli.)

Astyris zonalis, (Buecinum zonale.)

Bulbus flavus, (?), (Natica flava.)

Margarita obscura,

Acton puncto-striata, (Tornatella puncto-striata.)
Cylichna alba, (Bulla triticea.)

Serripes Greenlandicus, (?), (Cardium Groenlandicum.)

The above list doubtless contains only a small portion of the species
collected by Mr. Trumbull, but they are all that are specially recorded.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 519

As an illustration of the character and diversity of the haddock’s food,
I add a list of the species taken from the stomach of a single specimen,
from the Boston market, and doubtless caught in Massachusetts Bay,
September, 1871.

GASTROPODS.
Natica clausa.
Margarita Greenlandica.

LAMELLIBRANCHS.
Leda tenuisuleata.
Nucula proxima.
N. tenuis.
Crenella glandula.
ECHINODERMS.

Psolus phantapus.
Lophothuria Fabricii.

In addition to these there were fragments of shrimp, probably Panda-
lus annulicornis, and numerous Annelids, too much digested for identi-
fication.

Tom-Cop; Frost-Fisa; (Microgadus tom-codus.)

Several specimens from New Haven Harbor, January 30, contained
numerous Amphipods, among which were Mora levis ; Gammarus, sp. ;
Ampelisca, sp. ; an undetermined Macrouran; numerous Entomostraca ;
the larva of Chironomus oceanicus.

A lot taken in a small pond at Wood’s Hole, in March, by Mr. Vinal
N. Edwards, contained the common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris ; large
numbers of the green shrimp, Virbius zostericola ; the prawn, Palemo-
netes vulgaris ; large quantities of Amphipods, especially of Gammarus
annulatus, G. natator, Calliopius leviuscula, and Microdeutopus minax ;
and smaller numbers of Gammarus ornatus and G. mucronatus.

Another lot of twelve, taken in April at the same place, contained
most of the above, and in addition several other Amphipods, viz: Mera
levis, Pontogeneia inermis, Ptilocheirus pinguis, and Caprella ; also Nereis
virens, and various small fishes.

OCELLATED FLOUNDER; SUMMER FLOUNDER; (Chcenopsetta ocellaris.)

Several specimens taken in the seines, at Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey, in April, contained large quantities of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris
and Mysis Americana ; one contained a full-grown Gebia affinis.

One caught at Wood’s Hole, June 6, contained twenty-six specimens
of Yoldia limatula; and numerous shells of Nucula proxima, Angulus
tener, and Tritia trivittata; and Amphipod Crustacea belonging to the
genus Ampelisca.

520 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July, contained rock-crabs,
Cancer irroratus ; Pinnixa cylindrica; Crangon vulgaris; squids, Loligo
Pealii; Angulus tener ; Nucula proxima ; and many “sand-dollars,” Hehi-
narachnius parma.

WINTER FLOUNDER; (Pseudopleuronectes Americanus.)
A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained large num-
bers of Bulla solitaria.

SPOTTED FLOUNDER; (Lophopsetta maculata.)

Numerous specimens caught in seines at Great Egg Harbor, April,
1871, contained large quantities of shrimp, especially Mysis Americana
and Crangon vulgaris; the prawn, Palaemonetes vulgaris ; numerous Am-
phipods, Gammarus mucronatus ; one contained a Gebia affinis.

Minnow ; (fundulus pisculentus.)
Specimens caught in July, at Wood’s Hole, contained large numbers
of Melampus bidentatus, unmixed with other food.

SEA-HERRING; (Clupea elongata.)

Specimens taken in Vineyard Sound, May 20, contained several
shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, about 1.5 inches long; Mysis Americana, and
large numbers of an Amphipod, Gammarus natator ; also small fishes.

SHAD; (Alosa tyrannus.)

Several specimens taken in the seines, at Great Egg Harbor, April,
1871, contained finely-divided fragments of numerous Crustacea, among
which were shrimp, Mysis Americana.

Several from the mouth of the Connecticut River, May, 1872, contained
fragments of small Crustacea, (A/ysis, &c.)

Hickory SHAD ; (Pomolobus mediocris.)

Several specimens taken in the seines at Great Egg Harbor, April,
1872, contained large quantities of fragmentary Crustacea; one con-
tained recognizable fragments of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris.

MENHADEN; (Brevoortia menhaden.)

A large number of specimens freshly caught in seines at Great Egg
Harbor, April, 1871, were examined, and all were found to have their
stomachs filled with large quantities of dark mud. They undoubtedly
swallow this mud for the sake of the microscopic animal and vegetable
organisms that it contains. Their complicated and capacious digestive
apparatus seems well adapted for this crude and bulky food.

FILE-Fisu; (Ceratacanthus aurantiacus.)
A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a quantity of
the finely-divided stems and branches of a Hydroid, Pennaria tiarella.

Dusky SHARK; (Hulamia obscura.)
Several specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, con-
tained lobsters, Homarus Americanus ; rock-erabs, Cancer irroratus.

/

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Pa

BLUE SHARK ; (Hulamia Milberti.)
A large specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a
quantity of small bivalve-shells, Yoldia sapotilla.

TIGER-SHARK; (Galerocerdo tigrina.)
Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained large univalve
shells, Buccinum undatum and Lunatia heros.

Doa-Fisu ; (Mustelus canis.)

Several specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained lob-
sters, Homarus Americanus ; spider-crabs, Libinia canaliculata ; rock-
crabs, Cancer irroratus.

SAND-SHARK; (Hugomphodus littoralis.)

Many specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, contained
lobsters, Homarus Americanus, in abundance; Cancer irroratus ; and
squids, Loligo Pealii.

CoMMON SKATE; “SUMMER SKATE ;” (Raia diaphana.)

A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, May 14, contained rock-crabs,
Cancer irroratus; a young skate; a long slender fish, (Ammodytes ?.)
Another, caught in July, contained Cancer irroratus.

PEAKED-NOSE SKATE; (Raia levis ?.)

Specimens caught in Vineyard Sound, May 14, contained numerous
shrimps, Crangon vulgaris ; several Conileraconcharum ; several Annelids,
among them Nephthys ingens ; Meckelia ingens ; two specimens of Phasco-
losoma Gouldii ; razor-shells, Hnsatella Americana, (the “foot” only, of
many specimens;) a small fish, Ctenolabrus burgall. Specimens taken at
Menemsha, in July, contained large numbers of crabs, Cancer irroratus ;
and of lobsters, Homarus Americanus.

STine-RAy; (Trygon centroura.)

Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, contained
large numbers of crabs, Cancer irroratus ; squids, Loligo Pealii ; clams,
Mya arenaria ; Lunatia heros.

LONG-TAILED STING-RAY; (Myliobatis Freminvillet.)

Specimens taken in Vineyard Sound, in July, contained an abundance
of lobsters, Homarus Americanus ; crabs, Cancer irroratus ; also clams,
Mya arenaria ; and Lunatia heros.

“ RABBIT-FISH.”
A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, in July, contained a lobster, Homa-
rus Americanus.

“ Foa-FIsH.”
A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, July 1, contained hermit-crabs,
Eupagurus pollicaris.

522 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

C.—_THE METAMORPHOSES OF THE LOBSTER, AND OTHER
CRUSTACEA.—BY S. I. SMITH.

Most of the larger crustaceans of our coast, whatever may be their
habits when adult, are, in the early stages of their existence after hatch-
ing from the eggs, essentially free-swimming animals, living a large part
of the time near the surface of the water. In this stage they are con-
stantly exposed to the attacks of other predaceous animals, and, as they
occur in vast numbers, afford food for many valuable fishes. They are
most abundant at the surface in calm, clear weather, and they especialiy
resort, like the young of many other marine animals, to spots and streaks
of smooth water where the tidal currents meet.

Very little has yet been written upon the forms or habits of the young
crustaceans of our own coast; but, in connection with the investigations
carried on in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, a great amount of
material for such work was collected. This material has not yet
been fully studied, and only a sketch of some of the more important re-
sults is presented in this report. During the few weeks in June and
July, in which I was myself at Wood’s Hole, the time was so fully occu-
pied in collecting, that very little time was left for studying the animals
while alive; hence most of the observations which follow, except occa-
sionally those on color, have been subsequently made from specimens
preserved in alcohol. While at Wood’s Hole, I was much assisted in
obtaining these young animals by every one then associated there in the
work of the commission; and I would especially acknowledge such
assistance from Dr. W. G. Farlow, Mr. V. N. Edwards, and Capt. John
B. Smith. After I left, the collecting was kept up as before, and many
valuable notes were made by Professors Verrill and J. E. Todd.

Special attention was given to the early stages of the lobster, as per-
haps the most important crustacean found on our coast, and I have gone
more fully into the account of its early history than that of any other
species. As this will serve as an example to illustrate the development
of most of the other Macrourans, it is presented first.

Numerous specimens of the free-swimming young of the lobster, in
different stages of growth, were obtained in Vineyard Sound during
July, but it was too late for any observations upon the young within the
ege. This deficiency was partially supplied by a few observations at
New Haven in 1872. Eggs taken May 2, from lobsters captured at New
London, Connecticut, had embryos well advanced, as represented in fig.
4, In this stage the eggs are slightly elongated spheroids, about 2.1™*
in the longer diameter, and 1.9"™ in the shorter. One side is rendered
very opaque dark green by the unabsorbed yolk mass, while the other
shows the eyes as two large black spots, and the red pigment spots on
the edge of the carapax, bases of the legs, &c., as irregular lines of
pink markings.

In a side view of the embryo, the lower edge of the carapax (d, figure)

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 523

is clearly defined and extends in a gentle curve from the middle of the
eye to the posterior border of the embryo. This margin of the cara-
pax is marked with dendritic spots Fig. 4.*

of red pigment. The whole dorsal
portion, fully one-half the embryo,
is still occupied by the unabsorbed
portion of the yolk, (a, a,) of which
the lower margin, represented in the
figure by a dotted line, extends from
close above the eye in a curve near-
ly parallel with the lower margin
of the carapax, but with a sharp in-
dentation a little way behind the
eye. The eyes (c) are large, nearly
round, not entirely separated from
the surrounding tissues, and with a
central portion of black pigment.
The antennul (d) are simple, sack-
like appendages, arising from just beneath the eyes, with the terminal
portion turned backward and marked with several large dendritic spots
of red pigment. The antenne (e) are but little larger than the anten-
nul and are sack-like and without articulations, but the scale and
flagellum are separated and bent backward, the scale being represented
by the large and somewhat expanded lobe, and the flagellum by a
shorter and slender lobe which arises from near the base of the scale.
The mandibles, both pairs of maxille, and the first and second pairs of
maxillipeds are not sufficiently developed to be seen without removing the
antennz and the edge of the carapax, and are only represented by several
small lobes, of which the anterior, apparently representing the mandi-
bles, are distinetly defined, while those that follow are much smaller,
indistinct, and confused. The first and second maxillipeds are each re-
presented by a small lobe divided at the extremity. The external max-
illipeds (f) are well developed and almost exactly like the posterior
cephalothoracic legs. Both the branches are simple and sack-like, the
main branch, or endognathus,t much larger and slightly longer than the
outer branch, or exognathus, which is quite slender. The five pairs of

No. 510

*Embryo, some time before hatching, removed from the external envelope and
shown in a side view enlarged twenty diameters; a, a, dark-green yolk mass still
unabsorbed; }, lateral margin of the carapax marked with many dendritic spots of red
pigment; c, eye; d, antennula; e, antenna; f, external maxilliped; g, great cheliped
which forms the big claw of the adult ; hk, outer swimming branch or exopodus of the
same; i, the four ambulatory legs with their exopodal branches ; k, intestine; J, heart;
m, bilobed tail seen edgewise. [Drawn by S. I. Smith. ]

t To prevent confusion, the terms here used are those proposed by Milne Edwards to
designate the different branches of the cephalothoracie appendages: endopodus, for the
main branch of a leg ; exopodus, for the accessory branch, (a in fig. D, Plate IX ;) epipo-
dus, for the flabelliform appendage, (b ;) and endognathus, exognathus, and epignathus, for
the corresponding branches of the mouth organs.

524 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

cephalothoracic legs (g, h, i) are all similar and of about the same size,
except the main branch of the first pair, (g,) which is much larger than
that of the others, but is still sack like and entirely without articula-
tions. The outer or exopodal branches of all the legs are slender, wholly
unarticulated, sack-like processes, while the inner or main (endopodal)
branches of the four posterior pairs are similar, but much stouter and
slightly longer processes arising from the same bases. The bases of all
the legs are marked with dendritic spots of red pigment like those upon
the lower margin of the carapax.

The abdomen (m) is curved round beneath the cephalothorax, the
extremity extending between and considerably in front of the eyes.
The segments are scarcely distinguishable. The extremity, as seen from
beneath the embryo, is slightly expanded into a somewhat oval form,
and very deeply divided by a narrow sinus, rounded at the extremity.
The lobes into which the tail is thus divided are narrow, and somewhat
approach each other toward the extremities, where they are each armed
along the inner edge with six small obtuse teeth.

The heart (1) is readily seen, while the embryo is alive, by its regular
pulsations. It appears as a slight enlargement in the dorsal vessel,
just under the posterior portion of the carapax. ‘The intestine (%) is
distinctly visible in the anterior portion of the abdomen as a well defined,
transparent tube, in which float little granular masses. This material
within the intestine is constantly oscillating back and forth as long as the
embryo is alive.

The subsequent development of the embryo within the egg was not
observed. The following observations on the young larve, after they
have left the eggs, have all been made upon specimens obtained in Vine-
yard Sound, or the adjacent waters, during July. These specimens were
mostly taken at the surface in the day-time, either with the towing or
hand net. They represent three quite different stages in the true larval
condition, besides a later stage approaching closely the adult. The
exact age of the larve of the first stage was not ascertained, but was
probably only a few days, and they had, most likely, molted not more
than once. Between the third stage, here described, and the last, there
is probably an intermediate form wanting.

First stage.—In this stage, (Plate LX, Figs. A, B, C, D,) the young are
free-swimming Schizopods about a third of an inch (7.8 to 8.0) in
length, without abdominal appendages, and with six pairs of pediform
cephalothoracic appendages, each with the exopodus developed into
a powerful swimming organ. The general appearance is represented
in the figures. The eyes are bright blue; the anterior portion and the
lower margin of the carapax and the bases of the legs are speckled with
orange; the lower margin, the whole of the penultimate, and the basal
portion of the ultimate segment of the abdomen, are brilliant reddish
orange.

The antennule (Fig. C.) are short and sack-like, with a single articu-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 525

lation at the base, and three sete at the tip. The antennz have large
well developed scales, furnished along the inner margin with long
plumose hairs, but the flagellum is shorter than the scale, not divided
into segments, and has three plumose setie at tip. The mandibles are
unlike on the twosides; the inferior edges are armed with acute teeth,
except at the posterior angle, where there is a small molar area; the palpi
are very small, with the three segments just indicated. The exognathus
in both pairs of maxille is composed of only one article, and is furnished
with several sete at tip. In the first maxillipeds the exognathus is an
unarticulated process, furnished with short plumose hairs on the outer
side. The second maxillipeds have the principal branch cylindrical,
not flattened and appressed to the inner mouth organs as in the adult;
the exognathus is short, and as yet scarcely flabelliform ; and the epig.
nathus is a simple process, with not even the rudiment of a branchia.
The external maxillipeds are pediform, the endognathus as long as and
much resembling the endopodi of the posterior legs, while the exog-
nathus is like the exopodi of all the legs, being half as long as the en-
dognathus, and the terminal portion furnished along the edges with long
plumose hairs. The epignathus and the branchie are very rudimentary,
represented by minute sack-like processes. The anterior cephalothoracie
legs, (Fig. D,) which in the adult develop into the big claws, are exactly
alike, and no longer than the external maxillipeds. The pediform branch
is, however, somewhat stouter than in the other legs, and subcheliform.
The legs of the second and third pairs are similar to the first, but not
as stout. The legs of the fourth and fifth pairs are still more slender,
and styliform at the extremity, as in the adult.

The exopodal branches of all the legs and of the external maxillipeds
are quite similar, and differ very little in size. In life, while the animal is
poised at rest in the water, they are carried horizontally, as represented in
Figure Bb, or are curved up over the carapax, sometimes so as almost to
cover it. The blood circulates rapidly in these appendages, and they
undeubtedly serve, to a certain extent, as respiratory organs, as well as
for locomotion. By careful examination, small processes were found
representing the normal number of branchiz to each leg.* These rudi-
mentary branchiz, however, differ somewhat in different specimens,
being very small, and scarcely distinguishable, in what appear to be
younger individuals, from the rudimentary epipodi, while in others, ap-
parently older, they are further developed, being larger, more cellular in
structure than the epipodi, and even showing an approach to crenulation
in the margins, as shown in Figure D.

The abdomen is slender, the second to the fifth segments each armed
with a large dorsai spine, curved backward, and with the lateral angles

* The number of branchiz, or branchial pyramids, in the American lobster is twenty
on each side; asingle small one upon the second maxilliped, three well developed ones
upon the external maxilliped, three upon the first cephalothoracic leg, four each upon
the second, third, and fourth, and one upon the fifth.

526 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

produced into long spines, and the sixth segment with two dorsal spines.
The proportional size and the outline of the last segment are shown in
Figure 6; its posterior margin is armed with a long and stout central
spine, and each side with fourteen or fifteen plumose spines or sete, which
are articulated to the margin.

In this stage the young were first taken July 1, when they were seen
swimming rapidly about at the surface of the water among great num-
bers of zoéxe, megalops, and copeopods. Their motions and habits re-
call at once the species of Mysis and Thysanopoda, but their motions
are not quite as rapid and are more irregular. Their bright colors ren-
der them conspicuous objects, and they must be readily seen and eap-
tured by fishes. They were frequently taken at the surface in different
parts of Vineyard Sound from July 1 to 7, and several were taken off
Newport, Rhode Island, as late as July 15, and they would very likely
be found also in June, judging from the stage of development to which
the embryos had advanced early in May in Long Island Sound. Besides
the specimens taken in the open water of the Sound, a great number
were obtained July 6, from the well of a lobster-smack, where they were
Swimming in great abundance near the surface of the water, having un-
doubtedly been recently hatched from the eggs carried by the female
lobsters confined in the well. Some of these specimens lived in vessels
of fresh sea-water for two days, but all efforts to keep them alive long
enough to observe their molting failed. They appeared, while thus in
confinement, to feed principally upon very minute animals of different
kinds, but were several times seen to devour small zoée, and occasionally
when much crowded, so that some of them became exhausted, they fed
upon each other, the stronger ones eating the weaker.

Second stage.—In the next stage the young lobsters have increased
somewhat in size, and the abdominal legs of the second to the fifth seg-
ments have appeared. The rostrum is much broader, and there are
several teeth along the edges. The basal segments of the antennule:
have become defined, and the secondary flagellum has appeared, but is
not subdivided into segments. The antenne and mouth organs have
undergone but slight changes. The first cephalothoracic legs are propor-
tionally larger and stouter than in the first stage, and have become truly
cheliform. The succeeding legs have changed little. The epidodi of all
the legs and of the external maxillipeds have increased in size, and the
branchial processes are distinctly lobed along the edges, and have be-
gun to assume the form of true branchiw. The segments of the abdomen
have the same number of spines, but they are relatively somewhat
smaller, and the last segment is relatively smaller and broader at base.
The appendages of the second to the fifth segments differ considerably
in size in different specimens, but are nearly as long as the segments
themselves; their terminal lamelle, however, are represented only by
simple sack-like appendages, without sign of segmentation, or clothing
of hairs or sete. The penultimate segment is still without appendages.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 527

Specimens in this stage were taken only twice, July 1 and 15. They
have the same habits and general appearance as in the first stage, but
are readily distinguished by the possession of rudimentary abdominal
legs. In color they are almost exactly the same, only the orange-colored
markings are perhaps a little less intense.

Third stage-—In the third stage (Plate IX, figs. H, F, G,) the larvee
are about half an inch (12 to 13™™) in length, and the integument is of a
much firmer consistency than in the earlier stages. The antennul are
still rudimentary, and considerably shorter than the rostrum, although
the secondary flagellum has increased in length, and begins to show
division into numerous segments. The antenne retain the most marked
feature of the early stages—the large size of the scale—but the flagellum
is much longer than the scale, and begins to show division into segments.
The mandibles, maxille, and first and second maxillipeds have changed
very little, although in the second maxillipeds the extremity of the ex-
ognathus begins to assume a flagelliform character, and the branchia is
represented by a small process upon the side of the epignathus. The
external maxillipeds have begun to lose their pediform character. The
anterior legs have increased enormously in size, and those of the second
and third pairs have become truly chelate, while the swimming exopo-
dal branches of all the legs, as well as of the external maxillipeds, are
relatively much smaller and more unimportant. The epipodi (fig. @)
are furnished with hairs along the edges, and begin to assume the char-
acters of these appendages in the adult. The branchiz (fig. @) have
developed rapidly, and have a single series of well-marked lobes along
each side. The abdomen still has the spines characteristic of the ear-
lier stages, though all of them are much reduced in size. The appen-
dages of the second to the fifth segments have become conspicuous, their
lamelle have more than doubled in length, and the margins of the ter-
minal half are furnished with very short ciliated sets. The appendages
of the penultimate segment (fig. f) are well developed, although quite
different from those in the adult. The outer lamella wants wholly the
transverse articulation near its extremity, and both are margined, ex-
cept the outer edge of the outer lamella, with long plumose hairs. The
last segment is relatively smaller and more quadrangular in outline,
and the spines of the posterior margin are much smaller.

The only specimens procured in this stage were taken July 8 and 15,
In color they were less brilliant than in the earlier stages, the orange
markings being duller and whole animal slightly tinged with greenish
brown.

In the next stage observed, the animal, about three-fifths of an inch
(14 to 17") long, has lost all its schizopodal characters, and has assumed
the more important features of the adult lobster. It still retains, how-
ever, the free-swimming habit of the true larval forms, and was fre-
quently taken at the surface, both in the towing and hand net. Although
resembling the adult in many features, it differs so much that, were it

528 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

an adult form, it would undoubtedly be regarded as a distinct genus, |
The rostrum is bifid at tip, and armed with three or four teeth on each side
toward the base, and in some specimens with a minute additional spine,
on one or both sides, close to the tip. The flagella of the antennule ex-
tend scarcely beyond the tip of the rostrum. The antennal seale is very
much reduced in size, but is still conspicuous and furnished with long
plumose hairs along the inner margin, while the flagellum is as long as
the carapax. The palpi of the mandibles have assumed the adult
character, but the mandibles themselves have not acquired the massive
molar character which they have in the older animal. The other mouth-
organs have nearly the adult form. The anterior legs, although quite
large, are still slender and just alike on the two sides, while all the
cephalothoracic legs retain a distinct process in place of the swimming
exopodi of thelarva. The lateral angles of the second to the fifth abdomi-
nal segments are prolonged downward into long spiniform teeth, the ap-
pendages of these segments are proportionately much longer than in the
adult, and the margins of their terminal lamellie are furnished with very
long plumose hairs. The lamelle of the appendages of the penultimate
segment are oval, and margined with long plumose hairs. The terminal
segment is nearly quadrangular, as wide at the extremity as at the
base, the posterior margin arcuate, but not extending beyond the promi-
nent lateral angles, and furnished with hairs like those on the margins
of the lamelle of the appendages of the penultimate segment.

In color they resemble closely the adult, but the green color of the
back is lighter, and the yellowish markings upon the claws and body
are proportionately larger.

In this stage, the young lobsters swim very rapidly by means of the
abdominal legs, and dart backward, when disturbed, with the caudal
appendages, frequently jumping out of the water in this way like shrimp,
which their movements in the water much resemble. They appear
to be truly surface animals, as in the earlier stages, and were often seen
Swimming about among other surface animals. They were frequently
taken from the 8th to the 28th of July, and very likely occur much
later. .

From the dates at which the different forms were taken, it is probable
that they pass through all the stages here described in the course of a
single season. How late the young, after reaching the lobster-like
form, retain their free-swimming habit was not ascertained.

The young of the different kinds of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, Palamo-
netes vulgaris, and Virbius zostericola, when hatched from the egg, are free-
Swimming animals, similar in their habits to the young of the lobster.
In structure, however, they are quite unlike the larvee of the lobster, and
approach more the zoéa stages of the crabs, which are described farther
on. When they first leave the egg, they are without the five pairs of
cephalothoracic legs, the abdomen is without appendages, and much as
it is in the first stage of the young lobster, while the maxillipeds are

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 529

_ developed into long locomotive appendages, somewhat like the external
maxillipeds of the first stage of the young lobster. While yet in the free-
swimming condition the cephalothoracic legs are developed, the maxilli-
peds assume the adult form, and the abdominal limbs appear. The
voung of these shrimp are very much smaller than the young of the
lobster, but they remain for a considerable time in this immature state,
and were very frequently taken at the surface in the towing-net.

The young of Crangon vulgaris are hatched in the neighborhood of
Vineyard Sound, in May and June, and arrive at the adult form before
they are more than 4 or 5™™ long. Specimens of this size were taken at
Wood’s Hole, at the surface, on the evening of July 3. Later in the
season much larger specimens were frequently taken at the surface
both in the evening and day-time.

The young of Palamonetes vulgaris did not appear till near the middle
of July. Soon after hatching, the young are 3™" long. The cephalo-
thorax is short and broad with a slender spiniform rostrum in front, an
enormous compound eye each side at the anterior margin, and a small
simple eye in the middle of the carapax. The antennule are quite rudi-
mentary, being short and thick appendages projecting a little way in
front of the head; the peduncle bears.at its extremity a very short ob-
tuse segment representing the primary flagellum, and inside, at the base of
this, a much longer plumose seta. The antenne are slightly longer,
than the antennule; the short peduncle bears a stout appendage, corre-
sponding to the antennal scale, the terminal portion of which is articu-
lated and furnished with long plumose sete, and on the inside at the base
of the scale, a slender process corresponding to the flagellum, and ter-
minated by a long plumose seta. The first and second pairs of maxille
are well formed and approach those of the adult. The three pairs of
maxillipeds are all developed into powerful locomotive appendages ; the
inner branches, or endognathi, being slender pediform appendages ter-
minated by long spines, while the outer branches, or epignathi, are long
Swimming appendages like the swimming branches of the legs of the
young lobsters in the first stage. Both branches of the first maxillipeds
are considerably shorter than those of the following pairs, but otherwise
like them, and the inner branch of the second pair is somewhat shorter
than that of the third, but its outer branch is about as long as that
of the third pair. The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs are wanting
or only represented by a cluster of minute sack-like processes just behind
the outer maxillipeds. The abdomen is long and slender, wholly with-
out appendages beneath, and the last segment is expanded into a short
and very broad caudal lamina, the posterior margin of which is truncate
with the lateral angles rounded; these angles each bear three, and the
posterior margin itself eight more stout plumose sete, the sete of the
posterior margin being longer than those upon the angles, and separated
by broader spaces in which the margin is armed with numerous very
small sete. They arrive at the adult form before they are more than 5™™

S. Mis. 61——34

el 2 * ‘2
N , - 4 |
Me) Go

- -

530 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. \

long, and they were often taken at the surface until 8 to 127™ in length,
the larger ones being taken in the first part of September.

The young of Virbius zostericola appear at about the same time as
those of Palwmonetes, or a very little later, and pass through quite simi-
lar changes. ‘The young attain the adult form when not more than 3¥™
in length, and were frequently taken at the surface, both in the day-
time and the evening, until they were 10™™ long, those 8 to 10™™ long
being common in late August and early September.

The larval forms of several other Macrourans were taken at different
times, but none of these were abundant, and I have not been able to
connect them with the adult forms of any of the common species of the
New England coast.

The young of Gebia affinis, only 4™™ long, but with nearly the form of
the adult, was taken at the surface on the evening of September 3.
The young of Callianassa Stimpsoni, about 4°” long and with nearly all
the adult characters, was also taken at the surface early in September.

The hermit-crabs (species of Hupagurus) when first hatched have much
resemblance to the young of shrimp at the same period, and have simi-
lar habits. The young of one of the species, after it has passed through
the earlier stages, and when it is about 3™™ long, and has all the
cephalothoracic appendages similar to those of the adult, has still a
symmetrical abdomen, like that of a shrimp, with long swimming-legs
upon the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, and broad laminated
appendages upon the penultimate segment. Young, in this and the
earlier stages, were Common at the surface in Vineyard Sound during
the last of August and the first of September.

Hippa talpoida probably passes through a metamorphosis similar to
that of the hermit-crabs. The young attain nearly the adult form before
they are more than 5 or 6™ long, and specimens of this size were
taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound on the evening of September 3.
I have also found, early in September, the young a little larger
upon the outer shores of Fire Island Beach, where they were left
in large numbers by a high tide, and soon buried themselves in the
sand.

All, or at least nearly all, the species of Brachyura livirg on the coast
of New England pass through very complete and remarkable meta-
morphoses. The most distinct stages through which they pass were
long ago described as two groups of crustaceans, far removed from the
adult forms of which they were the young. The names zoéa and meg-
alops, originally applied to these groups, are conveniently retained for
the two best marked stages in the development of the crabs. |

The young of the common crab, (Cancer trroratus,) in the earlier or
zoéa stage, when first hatched from the egg, are somewhat like the form
figured on Plate VIII, (fig. 37, the latest stage of the zoéa of Cancer
irroratus, just before it changes to the megalops,) but the spines upon
the carapax are all much longer in proportion, and there are no signs of

{

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 531.

the abdominal legs or of any of the future legs of the megalops and
erab. In this stage they are very small, much smaller than in the stage
figured. After they have increased very much in size, and have molted
probably several times, they appear as in the figure just referred to.
The terminal segment of the abdomen, seen only in a side-view in. the
figure, is very broad and divided nearly to the base by a broad sinus,
each side the margins project in long, spiniform, diverging processes, at
the base of which the margin of the sinus is armed with six to eight
spines on each side. When alive they are translucent, with deposits
of dark pigment forming spots at the articulations of the abdomen and
a few upon the cephalothorax and its appendages. In this stage they
were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, in immense numbers, from
June 23 to late in August. They were most abundant in the early part
of July, and appeared in the greatest numbers on calm, sunny days.

Several zoée of this stage were observed to change directly to the
megalops form, (Plate VIII, fig. 38.) Shortly before the change took
place they were not quite as active as previously, but still continued to
swim about until they appeared to be seized by violent convulsions, and
after a moment began to wriggle rapidly out of the old zoéa skin, and
at once appeared in the full megalops form. The new integument seems
to stiffen at once, for in a very few moments after freeing itself from the
old skin the new megalops was-swimming about as actively as the oldest
individuals.

In this megalops stage the animal begins to resemble the adult.
The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs are much like those of the adult,
and the mouth-organs have assumed nearly their final form. The eyes,
however, are still enormous in size, the carapax is elongated and has a
slender rostrum and a long spine projecting from the cardiac region far
over the posterior border, and the abdomen is carried extended, and is
furnished with powerful swimming-legs as in the Macroura. In color
and habits they are quite similar to the later stage of the zoée from
which they came; their motions appear, however, to be more regular
and not so rapid, although they swim with great facility. In this meg-
alops the dactyli of the posterior cephalothoracic legs are styliform, and
are each furnished at the tip with three peculiar sete of different lengths
and with strongly curved extremities, the longest one simple and about as
long as the dactylus itself, while the one next in length is armed along
the inner side of the curved extremity with what appear to be minute
teeth, and the shortest one is again simple.

According to the observations made at Wood’s Hole, the young of
Cancer irroratus remain in the megalops stage only a very short time,
and at the first molt change to a form very near that of the adult.
Notwithstanding this, they occurred in vast numbers, and were taken in
the towing-nets in greater quantities even than in the zoéa stage. Their
time of occurrence seemed nearly simultaneous with that of the zoéa,
and the two forms were almost always associated. The exact time any

532 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

particular individual remained in this stage was observed only a few
times. One full-grown zoéa (like the specimen figured) obtained June
23, and placed in a vessel by itself, changed to a megalops between 9
and 114 a.m. of June 24, and did not molt again till the forenoon of
June 27, when it became a young crab of the form described farther on.
Of two other zoéx obtained at the same time, and placed together in a
dish, one changed toa megalops between 9 and 113 a. m. of June 24,
the other during the following night; these both changed to crabs dur
ing the night of June 26 and 2

The following Serosadan 0 ona large number of the same lot of both
stages of the young, kept together in a vessel of fresh sea-water, also
indicates the rapidity of these changes. In the columns “ zoéa” and
‘‘ megalops” the total number of individuals in each of these stages is
given; under “crabs” the number which had appeared since the last
observation, and under “dead” the number which had died since the
last observation :

Time of observation. | Zoéa. |Megalops.| Crabs. | Dead.
PUNO R 2 Osa iP) sills ca loisinisicisiave we cieisare sen ellnla oul sic ate 15 22 0 0
Titine AEE Gi Pens SS Sarre See se noo re SCOnLeEroobe 5 23 2 7
eG 409 la) Ns eee lnciee oe cele shea simate on \a.s (se (a ore 4 22 2 0
SEO Asay AMT ANS severe ae ine whe Melis cimoomisec ee 2 22 1 1
Je ERT ee ae ene ee 1 22 1 0
Jiminy 254 (pad Nas SaaS 568 a 5n5 Seon oedosesece 0 20 0 3
Airwave) D5) Or) iS os Seoaee cae paOeeDOInSo eco sees. || Cacoeue 19 1 0
AMET CONOR IM sein amici ce seine Mesa a atleeeal| seeeueeere 16 i 2
UIT, 276) Bs Re edo, Seb poee a oeads Bape acer soG ase |ronaeooe | 14 2 0
Tits, yr DES Be Ra ee ig ape eee) Saeed Bt ce | 12 0 2
PAI OP 2 eus Os Moe cee ale nie wate eisoeis cis a/cielea cine Waristene | 11 0 1
NOVO hemes Weis teenie ste Jae eich amelie taaier= bose 9 2 0
PUNE PA De Mlaanacisseee ticnciseciocs se ersmaee aces | Beye Ser 4 3 2
TNA O We Basi see B oe scon oabs soceaUr Doe GaBcer Bake eae | 2 TWP Ie iacoc
}

In the two or three instances in which the change from the megalops
to the young crab was actually observed, the megalops sank to the bot-
tom of the dish and remained quiet for some time before the molting
took place. The muscular movements seemed to be much less violent
than in the molting at the close of the zoéa stage, and the little crab
worked himself out of the megalops skin quite slowly. Fora short time
after their appearance the young crabs were soft and inactive, but the
integument very soon stiffened, and in the course of two or three hours
they acquired all the pugnacity of the adult. They swam about with
ease and were constantly attacking each other and their companions in
the earlier stages. Many of the deaths recorded in the above memo-
randum were due to them, and on this account they were removed from
the vessel at each observation. In this early stage the young crabs are

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 533

quite different from the adult. The carapax is about 3™ long and
slightly less in breadth. The front is much more prominent than in
the adult, but still has the same number of lobes and the same general
form. The antero-lateral margin is much more longitudinal than in the
adult, and is armed with the five normal teeth, which are long and
acute, and four very much smaller secondary teeth alternating with
the normal ones. The antenne and ambulatory legs are proportionally
longer than in the adult. The young crabs in this stage were once or
twice taken in the towing-net, but they were not common at the surface,
although a large number were found, with a few in the megalops stage,
among hydroids upon a floating barrel in Vineyard Sound, July 7.

The young of Platyonichus ocellatus in the zoéa and megalops stages
were frequently taken in the towing-net from the last of June till August,
but they were much less abundant than the young of Cancer irroratus.
On June 29, however, they occurred in great numbers. Twenty-two,
out of forty of those in the zoéa state changed to the megalops during
the first twenty-four hours, and in the same time ten out of fifty in the
megalops stage changed to the adult form, so that they probably do not
remain in the megalops state longer than the young of Cancer irroratus.
They apparently do not molt during the megalops stage.

The megalops of the Platyonichus is about the size of that of Cancer
irroratus, and resembles it much in general appearance, but the carapax
is much broader in proportion, the rostrum is a little longer, and there
is a marked prominence at the anterior margin of the orbit, representing
the lateral tooth of the front of the adult, and a similar prominence, rep-
resenting the stout postorbital tooth, at the posterior angle of the orbit.
The spine upon the cardiac region is rather more slender than in the
megalops of the Cancer. The chelipeds are more elongated, and much
like those of the adult Platyonichus, except that they want the stout
spines of the latter. The dactyli of the posterior legs already approach
in form those of the adult, being expanded into narrow oval plates a
fourth as broad as long. The tips of each of these dactyli are furnished
with Your peculiar set of different lengths and with strongly curved ex-
tremities, the longest and two shortest of which are simple, while next
to the longest one is furnished along the inner side of the curved extrem-
ity with little, closely set, sack-like appendages.

Another megalops, belonging apparently to some swimming-crab, was
several times taken in the towing-net, in Vineyard Sound, from August
11 to September 3, and was also taken by Mr. Harger and myself, east
of George’s Bank, latitude 41° 25’ north, longitude 63° 55/ east, Septem-
ber 14. It would fall in the genus Cyllene of Dana, and is closely allied
to his Cyllene furciger (Crust. U. S. Expl. Expd., p. 494, Plate XX XI,
fig. 8) from the Sooloo Sea. In one specimen the carapax, including
the rostrum, is 2.0™™ long, excluding rostrum, 1.6"™™, breadth, 1.1™™. The
front is quite narrow between the bases of the ocular peduncles, and
has a long and slender rostrum. There are no prominences either side

\

534 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ~

of the orbit and no dorsal spine upon the carapax. The fourth segment
of the sternum is armed each side, just within the bases of the legs, with
a long and broad spine projecting backward and slightly outward, as in
Cyllene furciger. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are long and slender,
and the dactyli of the posterior pair of legs are expanded and lamellar,
as in the megalops of Platyonichus. The abdomen is about as long as
the carapax excluding the rostrum, and the fifth segment is armed with
a stout spine each side of the postero-lateral angles.

A very large megalops, quite different in structure from those already
mentioned, is occasionally found thrown upon outer beaches on the
southern coast of New England and Long Island, but is apparently much
more common upon the coast of the Southern States. This is undoubt-
edly the young of Ocypoda arenaria, and was long ago described by Say
(Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 157, 1817) as Monolepis
inermis, and it is partially figured by Dana, (Crust. U.S. Expl. Exp.,
Plate XXXI, fig. 6.) The carapax is very convex above, broader behind,
and has no dorsal spine. The front is deflexed sharply downward and
a little backward, and the extremity is tricuspidate, the median tooth
being long and narrowly triangular, while the lateral teeth are small
andobtuse. The sides are high and impressed so as to receive the three
anterior pairs of ambulatory legs. The third pair of ambulatory legs
are closely appressed along the upper edge of the carapax and extend
forward over the eyes, their dactyli being curved down over the eyes
and along each side of the front. The posterior legs are small and
weak, and each is folded up and lies in a groove on the latero-posterior
surface of the carapax. The external maxillipeds have almost exactly
the same structure as in the adult Ocypoda, and, asin the adult Ocypoda,
there is a tuft of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and
third ambulatory legs. I have specimens of this megalops from Block
Island, and have myself collected it, late in August, at Fire Island
Beach, Long Island. In the largest specimen from the last locality the
earapax is 6.4™™ long and 5.6™™ broad.

A large number of young specimens of the Ocypoda, collected at Fire
Island Beach, indicate plainly that they had only recently changed from
this megalops. The smallest of these specimens, in which the carapax
is 5.6 to 6.0™" long and 6.1 to 6.5™" broad, differ from the adult so
much that they might very easily be mistaken for a different species.
The carapax is very slightly broader than long, and very convex above.
The front is broad, not narrowed between the bases of the ocular
peduncles, and triangular at the extremity. The margin of the orbit is
not transverse but inclines obliquely backward. The ambulatory legs
are nearly naked, and those of the posterior pair are proportionately
much smaller than in the adult.

The adult Ocypoda is terrestrial in its habits, living in deep holes
above high-water mark on sandy beaches, but the young in the zoéa
state are undoubtedly deposited in the water, where they lead a free-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Rae

swimming existence like true pelagic animals, until they become full-
grown in the megalops state. Say mentions that his specimens were
found cast upon the beach by the refluent tide and ‘appeared desirous
to protect themselves by burrowing in the sand, in order to wait the
return of the tide,” but they were more likely awaiting the final change
to the terrestrial state. The tufts of peculiar hairs between the bases
of the second and third ambulatory legs, and, in the adult, connected
with the respiration, are present in the full-grown megalops, and are
undoubtedly provided to fit the animal for its terrestrial existence as
soon as it is thrown upon the shore. The young in the magalops stage
occur on the shore of Long Island, in August, and perhaps earlier. At
Fire Island Beach in 1870 no specimens of Ocypoda were discovered till
the last of August, and those first found were the smallest ones obtained ;
by the middle of September, however, they were common on the outer
beach, and many of them were twice as large as those first obtained.
Although careful search was made along the beach for several miles,
not a specimen of the adult or half-grown crab could be found; every
individual there had evidently landed and developed during the season.
Probably all those living the year before had perished during the win-
ter, and itis possible that this species never survives long enough to
attain its full growth, so far north.

A small megalops, taken in the towing-nets in considerable numbers
at Wood’s Hole on the evening of September 3, resembles in several
characters the megalops of Ocypoda, and is probably the young of one
of the species of Gelasimus. The carapax is 1.0™ long and 0.7
broad. The front is narrowly triangular, deflexed perpendicularly,
somewhat excavated between the eyes, and terminates in a long, slen-
der, and acute tip. The sides are high and impressed for the reception
of the three anterior ambulatory legs as in the megalops of Ocypoda,
although in the alcoholic specimens examined the legs are not closed
against the sides. The posterior ambulatory legs are small, and lodged
in grooves on the surface of the carapax, much as in the megalops of
Ocypoda. The external maxillipeds are very much like those of the
megalops of Ocypoda.

A peculiar megalops, belonging apparently to some Grapsoid group
of crabs, was several times taken in the towing-net in Vineyard Sound
from August 5 to September 5, on the latter date in the evening. In
these the carapax is 1.2 to 1.3™" in length and 0.9 to 1.0™™ in
breadth. The front is broad, concave above between the eyes; the
middle portion projects obliquely downward and terminates in a short,
obtuse rostrum; while the lateral angles project forward into a promi-
nent tooth above each eye, so that, when seen from above, the frontal
margin appears transverse and tridentate, the teeth being separated by
considerable spaces. There are no dorsal spines or tubercles upon the
carapax. The sides are high, and are apparently impressed for the
reception of the anterior ambulatory legs. The posterior ambulatory

> 4 4 ' ay ty

' '

536 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

legs are subequal with the others and have styliform dactyli. The
ischial and meral segments of the external maxillipeds are short and
broad.

Another megalops, of which several specimens were taken in the

towing-net, in Vineyard Sound, August 5, has a remarkable, elongated,

and tuberculated carapax. The carapax, including the rostrum, is
1.32" Jong and 0.84™" broad, is armed above with several large
tubercles, and the posterior margin is arcuate and armed with a median
tubercular prominence. The front is somewhat excavated above and
expanded each side in front of the eyes, the anterior margin being trans-
verse, as seen from above, with a short and spiniform rostrum curved
obliquely downward. The chelipeds have slender hands and the am-
bulatory legs are long and slender, the posterior pair being subequal
with the others, and all having the dactyli styliform. The abdominal
legs are very long.

Several other forms of zoéa and megalops were taken in Vineyard
Sound and vicinity, but, as they were not traced to the adult forms and
were none of them very abundant, they are not here described.

Squilla empusa passes through a remarkable metamorphosis, but none
of the earliest stages were observed. Specimens in one of the later
larval stages (Plate VIII, fig. 36) were taken at the surface in Vine-
yard Sound, August 11. These are nearly 6™™ long. The carapax is

“proportionally much larger than in the adult, covering compfetely the
whole cephalothorax, has a long slender rostrum projecting far in front
of the eyes, and the lateral angles projecting backward in two slender
processes as long as the rostrum. There is also on each side, just behind
the eye, a small tooth on the margin of the carapax, and another similar
one on the posterior margin just beneath each of the posterior processes.
The eyes are very large and almost spherical. The antennule are short,
projecting scarcely beyond the eyes, and biramous, one of the flagella
being short and unsegmented, the other longer and composed of three
segments. The antenne are still without flagella, and the scale is
quite small. The first pair of legs (the appendages corresponding to
the first pair of maxillipeds in the Macroura, &c.) are well developed,
long, and slender, like those of the adult. The great claws are propor-
tionally larger than in the adult, and have very much the same structure.
Of the six succeeding pairs of cephalothoracic legs, only the three ante-
rior, subcheliform ones are as yet developed, and these are quite small,
those of the third pair being smaller than the others, and projecting but
slightly beyond the carapax; the three posterior, styliform legs are en-
tirely wanting, or represented only by slight sack-like protuberances.
The abdomen is not quite as long as the cephalothorax, including the ros-
trum and posterior processes, and the five anterior segments are subequal
in length, smoothly rounded above, and furnished with well developed
swimming-legs, much like those of many macrouranas. The sixth seg-
ment is much shorter than the others, and has rudimentary appendages

- > = =<)
'

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 537

scarcely longer than the segment itself. In these appendages the spini-
form process from the base is long and simple, not biramous, as in the
adult, and the lamelle are small, much shorter than this process, and
the outer one has no articulated terminal portion. The terminal seg-
ment is as long as the four preceding segments, about as broad as long,
the lateral margins slightly convex in outline, and each armed with two
sharp teeth, while the posterior margin is concave in outline, with the
lateral angles projecting into sharp teeth, between which the edge is
armed with about twenty small and equal slender spines.

D.—_CATALOGUE OF THE MARINE INVETEBRATE ANIMALS
OF THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NEW ENGLAND, AND AD-
JACENT WATERS.—BY A. E. VERRILL, 8. I. SMITH, AND
OSCAR HARGER.

In the following catalogue nearly all the marine invertebrates which
are known to inhabit the coast between Cape Cod and New York are in-
cluded, except those belonging to certain groups which have not yet
been studied by any one, sufficiently for their identification. Such are
chiefly minute or microscopic species, belonging to the Entomostraca,
Foraminifera, Ciliated Infusoria, &c., together with the intestinal worms
of fishes and other animals. Our sponges, also, have hitherto received
very little attention, and it has not yet been possible to identify but a
small number of the species. It is not to be supposed, however, that
the list is complete in any group, for every season in the past has served
to greatly increase the number of species in almost every class and
order, and this will doubtless be the case for many years to come. But
as no attempt has hitherto been made to enumerate the marine ani
mals of this region, excepting the shells and radiates, it is hoped that
this catalogue will prove useful, both to show what is already known
concerning this fauna, and to serve as a basis for future work in the
same direction.

In some instances species that have not actually been found on the
part of the coast mentioned, but which occur on the shores of Long
Island and New Jersey, under such circumstances as to render it pretty
certain that they will also be found farther north, have been included in
the catalogue, but the special localities have always been given in such
cases.

In order not to make the list too long, only those synonyms are given
which are really necessary to make apparent the origin of the names,
and to refer the student to some of the best descriptions and figures in
the works that are generally most accessible, and in which more com-
plete synonymy may be found.

For the same reason, in describing the new species, the descriptions
have been made as brief as seemed consistent with the purpose in view,
viz: to enable students and others who may not be experienced natu-

538 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ralists to identify the species that they may meet with. To this end,
the portions of the descriptions relating to strictly microscopic parts
have frequently been omitted, when more obvious characters, sufficient
to distinguish the species, could be found.

References to the plates at the end of this volume have been inserted,
and also to the pages in the first part of the report where brief descrip-
tions, remarks on the habits, or other information may be found.

The catalogue of the Crustacea was prepared by Mr. S. I. Smith and
Mr. Oscar Harger. The rest of the catalogue is by Professor A. E. Ver-
rill, with the exception of the descriptions of the insects, which have
been furnished by Dr. A. S. Packard and Dr, G. H. Horn; the Pyeno-
gonids, which have been determined by Mr. 8. I. Smith; and a few
of the Bryozoa, which were identified by Professor A. Hyatt, who also
furnished most of the figures of the species belonging to that class.

Hitherto there has been no attempt to enumerate the marine inverte-
brates of the entire southern coast of New England. Several partial
lists have been published, however, and these have been of considera-
ble use in the preparation of the following catalogue.

In the Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, by Dr. A. A.
Gould, 1841, numerous localities for shells on the southern coast of
Massachusetts are mentioned.

A catalogue of the shells of Connecticut, by James H. Linsley, was
published in the American Journal of Science, vol. 48,1545. In “ Shells
of New England,” 1851, Dr. William Stimpson gave much accurate in-
formation concerning the distribution of our Mollusca. In 1869 Dr.
G. H. Perkins published a very useful catalogue, in the Proceedings of

the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xiii, p. 109, entitled ‘“* Mol- —

lusean Fauna of New Haven.”

The “ Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, New York, and of its
Dependencies,” by Sanderson Smith and Temple Prime, in the Annals
of the Lyceum of Natural History, vol. ix, p. 377, 1870, also contains
much useful information.

A paper by Dr. Joseph Leidy, entitled ‘Contributions toward a
Knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of the Coasts of Rhode
Island and New. Jersey,” in the Journal of the Philadelphia Academy,
vol. iii, 1855, although very incomplete, contains the only published
lists of the Annelids and Crustacea of this region. In his ‘‘ Catalogue
of North American Acaleph,” 1865, Mr. A. Agassiz has enumerated
all the species discovered on this coast up to that time. Other papers
will also be referred to in the synonymy. |

{
:

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 53o

ARTICULATA.

INSECTA.

The insects included in the following catalogue have mostly been de-
termined by A. 8. Packard, jr., M. D., and by George H. Horn, M. D.,
who have also kindly furnished descriptions of the new species. Our
thanks are also due to Dr. H. A. Hagen, who has identified some of the
species. The Pycnogonids have been determined by Mr. 8. I Smith.

DIPTERA.

CHIRONOMUS HALOPHILUS Packard, sp. nov. (p 415.)

Full-grown larvee were dredged in 10 fathoms in Vineyard Sound,
several miles from land, among compound Ascidians, (A. E. V.;) and
several young larve were dredged in 8 to 10 fathoms in Wood’s
Hole Passage, September 10, (A. 8. P.)

“This is a true Chironomus, the body being long and slender, with
the usual respiratory filaments at the end of the body. Head red as
usual, chitinous; antenne slender, ending in two unequal spines; eyes
black, forming conspicuous dots; mandibles acute, three-toothed.

From lower side of antepenultimate segment arise two pairs of long
fleshy filaments, twice as long as the diameter of body, not containing
trachee, so far as I can see; and from the end of penultimate segment a
dorsal minute tubercle, forming a cylindrical papilla, giving rise to eight
respiratory hairs about as long as the segment is thick; anal legs long
and slender, with a crown of about twelve spines. Two prothoracic
feet, as usual. In one larva the semi-pupa was forming; length, 11”,
(.45 inch.)

This species belongs in the same section of the genus with Chirono-
mus plumosus, figured by Reaumer, (vol. iv, Pl. 14, figs. 11 and 12; and
vol. v.)"»—A.S. P.

CHIRONOMUS OCEANICUS Packard. (p. 331.)
Proceedings of the Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 42, figs. 1-4, 1869.

Specimens apparently belonging to this species have been obtained
near New Haven, atlow-water mark, among conferve. It occurs at Sa-
lem, Massachusetts; Casco Bay; and the Bay of Fundy, from low-water
mark to 20 fathoms.

CULEX, species undetermined. (p. 466.)

A species of mosquito is excessively abundant on the salt-marshes in
autumn, and the larve inhabit the brackish waters of the ditches and
pools.

540 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Muscip.2.—Larve of an undetermined fly. (p. 415.)

This larva was found living beneath the surface of the sand, at low-
water mark, on the shore of Great Egg Harbor, at Beesley’s Point, New
Jersey, April 28, 1871. (A. E. V.) The same larva, or an allied spe-
cies, was found May 5, under stones below high-water mark. “Specimens
were brought tome from New Jersey, and kept living in sea-water for
some time. The following description is from the living specimens:
Body white, long, slender, cylindrical, tapering gradually from the penul-
penultimate segment toward the head; thirteen segments, counting the
head as one. Segments smooth, thickened at the hinder edge, the su-
tures being distinct; tegument very thin and transparent, allowing the
viscera to be easily distinguished. The terminal segment of the body is
conical; seen from beneath it is nearly a fourth longer than broad, the
end subacute and deeply cleft by a furrow which diminishes in size and
depth to beyond the middle of the segment, where it fades out. This
conical extension is flattened vertically above; from the middle of the
same ring project the supra-anal, conical, fleshy tubercles, one-fourth the
length of the entire ring, which give rise to two main trachee running
to the head, and which separate and close together at the will of the
animal. When extended the prothoracic ring is considerably longer
than the others. Head one-third as large as prothorax, and a little
more than half as wide. Length, 9™™.

I cannot detect any spiracles on either of the thoracie rings. The
trache are not nearly so regular as in the larve of the Anthomyia ce-
parum, with living specimens of which I placed it side by side; head
much the same, showing it may be of this family. Minute antennie
present; no traces of them in Anthomyia, and their presence throws
a doubt whether it be a muscid.”—A. 8S. P.

ERISTALIS, species undetermined.
One large-sized larva was found in Vineyard Sound among alge in
April, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards.

EPHYDRA, species undetermined. (p. 466.)
Packard, Proceedings Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 50. _
Shores of Narragansett Bay, puparium found under sea-weeds by
Dr. T. @Orexmieul. According to Dr. Packard, “scarcely distinguish-
able from FH. halophila Packard, which lives in salt brine at the salt-
works in Gallatin County, Illinois.”

COLEOPTERA.*

A number of species of tiger-beetles (Cicindela) are common on the
sandy shores and beaches just above high-water mark, and some of
them are seldom found away from the sea-shore, while others are also
found far inland. The larve of some of these, and perhaps of all, live
below high water, but this has not yet been observed in the case of several

* The Coleoptera were mostly determined by Dr. George H. Horn.

4 ‘

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 541

in the following list, which includes those most characteristic of the sea-
shores.

CICINDELA GENEROSA Dejean. (p. 336.)
Spécies Général des Coléopteres, vol. v, p. 231, (teste Lec.;) Gould. Boston
Journal Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 42. Pl. 3, fig. 2.

Adult common on sandy beaches at high-water mark; larvee burrow-
ing in sand below high-water mark, in company with the species of
Talorchestia.

a]
CICINDELA DORSALIS Say. (p. 364.)
Journal Academy Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, vol.i, p.20; Gould, op. cit., p. 47.
Martha’s Vineyard, on the sandy beaches.

‘CICINDELA MARGINATA Fabricius. (p. 470.)

Systema Eleutheratorum, vol.i, p. 241; Gould, op. cit., p. 48.
Barren spots in salt marshes that are occasionally covered by the
tides.

CICINDELA REPANDA Dejean. (p. 364.)
Spécies Gén. des Coléopteéres, vol. i, p. 74.
With the last, and on sandy beaches at Martha’s Vineyard, &e.

CICINDELA HIRTICULLIS Say. (p. 364.)

Trans. Amer. Phil. Society, new series, vol.i, p. 411, Pl. 13, fig. 2.
With last, also at a distance from the coast.

CICINDELA DUODECIMGUTTATA Dejean.
Spéc. Gén. des Coléop., vol. i, p. 73; Gould, op. cit., p. 51.
Sandy beaches near the salt water; appears both in spring and au-
tumn.

GEOPINUS INCRASSATUS (Dej.) (p. 364.)
Spécies Gén. des Coléopéres, vol. iv, p. 21.

Several specimens were found on the outer beach of Great Egg Har-
bor, New Jersey, burrowing in sand between tides. This species is not
confined to the coast, but occurs even west of the Mississippi in sandy
places, (Horn.)

BEMBIDIUM CONSTRICTUM Leconte. (p. 464.)
Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. iv, p. 362.
Between tides at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.

B. CONTRACTUM Say. (p. 464.)
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. ii, p. 85.
Between tides at Great Egg Harbor. This and the preceding occur
also along the margins of streams emptying into the ocean. (Horn.)

HYDROPHILUS (TROPISTERNUS) QUADRISTRIATUS Horn. (p. 466.)
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1871, p. 331.
In brackish pools, near Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, associated with
Palemonetes vulgaris and other brackish-water species.

542 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

“« Klongate oval, more attenuate in front, black, with slight olivaceous
tinge; surface densely, finely, and equally punctured. Head with a
sigmoid row of coarse punctures on each side, meeting at the vertex.
Antenne and palpi testaceous. Thorax with a small fovea on each side,
near the anterior margin, behind and within the eyes, and an angulate
row of punctures on each side near the middle, and a few coarse pune-
tures very irregularly disposed. Elytra with four striew of moderate
punctures, the first two sutural and extending nearly from base to apex,
inclosing at base a short scutellar row ; the outer two rows subhumeral,
obliterated at base, extending nearly to apex, and becoming confused,
extending toward the inner rows. Body beneath black, opaque, and
pubescent, abdomen with a row of brownish patches at the sides of
each segment. Legs pale testaceous, femora at base and tarsi black.
Length, .38 inch; (9.5™™.)

Resembles lateralis in form, but more narrowed in front than behind.
The elytra are evenly punctured, and the body along the median line
moderately convex. It differs from all our species by the four distinct
strive of punctures on each elytron. The outer two correspond in posi-
tion with the eighth and ninth, and traces of a third, fourth, and fifth
are visible at base.”—Horn.

PHILHYDRUS REFLEXIPENNIS Zimmermann.
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1869, p. 250.
Great Egg Harbor, between tides.
This and the next occur also inland. (Horn.)

P. PERPLEXUS, Leconte.
Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1855, p. 371.
Great Egg Harbor, between tides.

PHYTOSUS LITTORALIS Horn. (p. 464.)
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1871, p. 331.

‘‘ Head brownish testaceous, moderately shining, sparsely clothed with
yellowish hairs, front feebly concave ; parts of mouth and antenne tes-
taceous, the latter darker at tip. Thorax paler than the head, as broad
as long, disk depressed, sides strongly rounded in front, behind the
middle sinuate; base truncate, feebly emarginate at middle, and but
slightly broader than half the width of thorax at middle; surface
sparsely punctured and pubescent. Elytra pale testaceous, sparsely
punctured and pubescent, short, sides strongly divergent behind ; body
apterous. Abdomen elongate oval, broader behind the middle, piceous,
shining, and very sparsely pubescent. Legs pale testaceous. Last
segment of abdomen ¢ slightly prolonged at middle and sinuate on each
side. Length, .08 inch, (2™™".)

The male resembles in its several characters P. Balticus Kraatz, of
Europe, but the median prolongation of the last abdominal segment is
broader. The penultimate segment is subecarinate along the median
line behind. The mandibles in the present species are much more exsert
than in the species from California.

eo

‘ " 3 pom
.

INVERTEBRATE -ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 543

This is an interesting addition to our insect fauna. Its occurrence
has been looked for on the ground of the oceurrence of a species on the
Pacific Coast, for, as a rule, (rapidly losing its exceptions,) any genus
represented in Europe and on the Pacific Coast will have a representa-
tion in the Atlantic faunal region.”—Horn.

This species was found burrowing in sand, between tides, at Beesley’s
Point, New Jersey.

BLEDIUS CORDATUS (Say.) (p. 462.)
Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. iv, p. 461.

This small species occurred in considerable abundance near Beesley’s
Point. It forms its small burrows in the loose sand at and just below
high-water mark, in company with Talorchestia longicornis, Scyphacella
arenicola SmMirH, &e. It throws up a small heap of sand around the
opening of its burrows, which are much smaller than those of the
following species.

‘¢ This species is somewhat variablein the form of the elytral dark
spot. The elytra are pale testaceous or nearly white in color, and nor-
mally with a cordate space of brownish color, and with the apex in front.
This spot may become a narrow median fusiform space, or be divided
so that the suture is pale; the spot frequently becomes larger by the
apex of the cordate spot, extending to the scutellum and along the basal
margin.”—Horn.

BLEDIUS PALLIPENNIS (Say.) (p. 462.
Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. iii, p. 155.

Shores of Great Egg Harbor, near Beesley’s Point, common, burrow-
ing perpendicularly in moist sand considerably below high-water mark.
The holes are round, with a small heap of sand around the orifice. This
species is also found far inland. (Horn.)

HETEROCERUS UNDATUS Melsheimer. (p. 464.)

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 98.
Beesley’s Point, burrowing in sand, between tides. This species
occurs also on the margins of inland streams. (Horn.)

PHALERIA TESTACEA Say.
Long’s Expedition, vol. ii, p. 280.
Somer’s Point, on the shore of Great Egg Harbor, between tides.’

NEUROPTERA.

MOLANNA, species undetermined. (p. 379.)

This larva was found in a firm, straight, flattened, tapering tube,
made of grains of sand, and attached to the piles of a wharf, below
high-water mark, at Menemsha Bight, on Martha’s Vineyard, October,
1871, by Dr. Edward Palmer.

7
\

544 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ANURIDA MARITIMA (Guerin.) (p. 331.)

This Podurid is very abundant on the under surfaces of large stones
from high-water mark to about half tide, New Haven, Wood’s Hole,
Nantucket ; also on the coasts of Europe and Greenland. (Fabricius.)

ARACH NI DA.

CHERNES OBLONGUS Say. (p. 331.)
Hagen, Record of American Entomology for 1868, p. 51.

Under stones near low-water mark, at Wood's Hole, (S. I. S.,) several
specimens were found together. This species is recorded from Florida
and Georgia. Iam not aware that it has been observed below high-
water mark before. These specimens were identified by Dr. Hagen.

TROMBIDIUM, species. (p. 331.)

Several species of mites belonging to this or allied genera are found
beneath stones near high-water mark, or even running over the fuci and
rocks near low-water mark, but it is uncertain whether they become
submerged by the rising tide or rise on its surface.

BDELLA MARINA Packard, sp. nov. (p. 331.)

Savin Rock, near New Haven, under stones between tides.

‘Elongated pyriform, of the usual form of the genus, the-body being
thickest at the insertion of the third pair of legs. Body with a few scat-
tered hairs, especially toward the end. Palpi twice as long as labium,
hairy toward the tip, four-jointed, basal joint not so long as second,
third, and fourth conjointly; second a third shorter than third. Mandi-
bles very acutely conical, projecting one-fourth their length beyond the
beak, with about four hairs on the outer side; tips very slender acute,
corneous. Legs rather hairy; fourth pair but little longer than the
others. Claws consisting of two portions, the basal much compressed,
subovate, with about six hairs on the under edge, and carrying a stout
curved claw. Beak half as long as the body is wide. Length 2.5™™.

“It differs from Say’s Bdella oblonga (‘from Georgia, under bark of
trees,’ &c.) in its pyriform shape, the shorter first joint of the palpi,
and much shorter beak.”—A. S. P.

PYCNOGONIDEA.

PHOXICHILIDIUM MAXILLARE Stimpson. Plate VII, fig. 35. (p. 415.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 37, 1853.
Common in Vineyard Sound and the Bay of Fundy.

PALLENE, species. (p. 421.)

A small species, perhaps young, found upon piles of the wharf at
Wood’s Hole, and dredged in Vineyard Sound, in 14 fathoms, off Tar-
paulin Cove on Ascidians, and off Holmes’s Hole on Hydroids ; also off
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, and New Haven.

!

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 545
CRUSTACEA.

The following catalogue of the Crustacea has been prepared by Mr. 8S.
I. Smith, excepting the portion relating to the Isopoda, which has been
written by Mr. O. Harger.* The list is by no means complete, even for
the higher groups which are treated, and no attempt has been made to
enumerate the Ostracoids and free-swimming Copepods. Among the
Amphipods, the difficult group of Lysianassinze has not been studied,
as the species require careful comparison with those of our northern
coast and of Europe. The same is true of the species of Ampelisca, and
partially of some other genera. In several cases species are omitted
which are as yet only represented in our collections by imperfect, voung,
or too few specimens. The catalogue is intended, however, to include
every species which has been mentioned, on good authority, in any pub-
lished work as inhabiting the southern coast of New England.

BRACHYURA.

GELASIMUS MINAX Leconte. (p. 467.)
Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. vii, 1855, p. 403; Smith, Trans,
Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 128, Pl. 2, fig. 4, Pl. 4, fig. 1, 1870.

Southern coast of New England to Florida. This species, the largest
of our ‘“fiddler-crabs,” lives upon salt marshes, usually farther from the
sea than the others, and frequently where the water is most of the time
nearly fresh.

GELASIMUS PUGNAX Smith. (p. 466.)

Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 131, Pl. 2, fig. 1, Pl. 4, fig. 2. G. vocans, var. A,
De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, p. 14, Pl. 6, fig. 10, 1844, (not Cancer vocans
Linné.) G. pugilator Leconte, loc. cit., p. 403, (not of Bosc.)

From Cape Cod to Florida, the Gulf of Mexico, and the West Indies.
It makes its burrows only upon salt marshes, but is often seen in great
companies wandering out upon muddy or sandy flats. or even upon the
beaches of the bays and sounds.

GELASIMUS PUGILATOR Latreille. (p. 336.)
Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ Hist. nat., 2e édit., tome xii, p. 520, 1817; Smith, Trans.
Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 136, Pl. 4, fig.7, 1870. Ocypode pugiiator Bose, Hist. nat.

des Crust., tome i, p. 167, 1820. Gelasimus vocans DeKay, op. cit., p. 14, Pl. 6,
fig. 9.

Cape Cod to Florida, upon muddy and sandy flats and beaches.
OCYPODA ARENARIA Say. (pp. 337, 534.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 69, 1817; Edwards, Hist. nat.
: des Crust., tome ii, p. 44, Pl. 19, figs. 13, 14.

This species, which is common upon the sandy beaches from New Jer-
sey southward, and which I have found upon}Fire Island Beach, Long

* The description of Scyphacella arenicolu and the reference of Idotea triloba to Epelys
are taken from Mr. Smith’s unpublished mauuscript, and his name, therefore, appears
as authority in these cases.

S. Mis. 61

39

546 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Island, will very likely be found rarely upon the beaches at Nantucket,
and on the southern part of Cape Cod. It lives in deep burrows, above
the reach of tides, upon sandy beaches. It is readily distinguished from
the ‘‘ fiddlers” by the nearly equal claws or hands, which are alike in
both sexes, and by its color, which is almost exactly like the sand upon
which it lives. It is earnivorous and very active, running with great
rapidity when pursued.

The synonymy of this species is in much confusion, and I have not
attempted to rectify it here, although there are apparently several
names which antedate that of Say. The Brazilian species, usually
called rhombea appears to be identical with ours, and if it is really the
rhombea of Fabricius, his name should undoubtedly be retained.

‘SESARMA RETICULATA Say. (p. 467.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, pp. 73,76, Pl. 4, fig. 6, 1817 ; p. 442,
1818; Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 156.

From Long Island Sound to Florida, nsually upon. salt marshes and
associated with Gelasimus pugnax.

PINNIXA CYLINDRICA Say. Plate I, fig.1. (p. 367.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 452, 1818.
Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound to South Carolina.

PINNOTHERES OSTREUM Say. Plate I, fig. 2, male. (p. 367.)
Loc: cit., p. 67, Pl. 4, fig. 5, 1817; DeKay, op. cit., p. 12, Pl. 7, fig. 16.
Massachusetts to South Carolina.

PINNOTHERES MACULATUS Say. (p. 404.)
Loe. cit. p. 450, 1818.
It livesin Mytilus edulis on the New England coast, and is found from
Cape Cod to South Carolina.

CANCER IRRORATUS Say. (pp. 312, 530.)

Loe. cit., p.59, Pl. 4, fig. 2, 1817; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York,
vol. vii, p. 50, 1859. Platycarcinus irroratus Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome
i, p. 414, 1834; DeKay, op. cit., Pl. 2, fig. 2. Cancer Sayi Gould, Report on the
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, Ist edit., p.323, 1841. Platycarcinus Sayi DeKay,
op. cit., p.7. Cancer borealis Packard, Memoirs Boston Nat. Hist. Soce., vol. i,
p. 303, 1867.

Labrador to South Carolina.

CANCER BOREALIS Stimpson. (pp. 486, 493.)
Loe. cit., p. 50, 1859. Cancer irroratus Gould, op. cit., p. 322.
Nova Scotia to Vineyard Sound and No Man’s Land. It very likely
occurs both north and south of these limits, as if seems to be rare or
local, and is often, perhaps, confounded with the far more common C.
irroratus, although it is a perfectly distinct species.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 5AT,

PANOPEUS HERBSTU Edwards. (p. 472.)
Op. cit., vol. i, 403, 1834; Smith, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p.
276, 1859. ,
Long Island Sound to Brazil, but not common north of New Jersey.
It is readily distinguished from the following species, by the tubercle on
the subhepatic region, just below the first lobe of the antero-lateral
border of the carapax; by the postorbital tooth being separated from the
second tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a rounded sinus; and by
the dactylus of the larger cheliped having a stout tooth near the base
within.

PANOPEUS DEPRESSUS Smith. Plate I, fig. 3. (p. 312.)
Loe. cit., p. 283, 1859.
From Cape Cod to Florida, and often carried with oysters much
farther north. It is, perhaps, native in Massachusetts Bay.

Payorfvs Sayr Smith. (p. 312.)
Loe. cit., p. 284, 1859.

Associated with the last, and having the same range. It is easily dis-
tinguished from the last species by its narrower, more convex, and
swollen carapax, and by the more projecting and arcuate front. The
terminal segment of the abdomen of the male is also quite different in
the two species; in P. Sayi itis broader than the preceding segment,
about two-thirds as long as broad, the edges slightly concave, and the
tip abruptly triangular, while in P. depressus it is narrower than the
preceding segment, about three-fourths as long as broad, the edges con-
vex, and the tip broadly rounded.

PANOPEUS HARRISII Stimpson. (p. 313.)
Loe. cit., p. 55, 1859. Pilumnus Harrisii Gould, op. cit., p. 326, 1841.
Massachusetts Bay to Florida.

CARCINUS GRANULATUS (Say, sp.) (p. 312.)
Cancer granulatus Say, loc. cit., p. 61, 1817. Carcinus menas Gould, op. cit., p.
321; DeKay, op. cit., p. 8, Pl. 5, figs. 5, 6. (2?) Carcinus menas Leach, Edwards,
&e.

Cape Cod to New Jersey, and perhaps much farther south. Our
Species may, very likely, be the same as the Carcinus menas of Europe,
but its not extending north on our own coast throws some doubt upon
this until there has been a careful comparison of specimens from the
two sides of the Atlantic.

PLATYONICHUS OCELLATUS Latreille. Plate I, fig. 4. (pp. 338, 533.)

Encyclopédie méthodique, tome xvi, p. 152; DeKay, op. cit., p. 9, Pl. 1, fig. 1, Pl.
5, fig. 7. Cancer ocellatus Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, Band iii, erstes Heft,
p- 61, Pl. 49, fig. 4, 1799. Portunus pictus Say, loc. cit., p. 62, Pl. 4, fig. 4,
1817.
Cape Cod to Florida.

548 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CALLINECTES HASTATUS Ordway. (pp. 367, 468.)
Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 568, 1863. Lupa hastata Say, loc. cit., p,

65, 1817. Lupa diacantha DeKay, op. cit., p. 10, Pl. 3, fig. 3.

Cape Cod to Florida, and occasionally in Massachusetts Bay.

LIBINIA CANALICULATA Say. (p. 368.)
Loc. cit., p. 77, Pl. 4, fig. 1, 1817; DeKay, op. cit., p. 2, Pl. 4, fig. 45 Streets,
Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1870, p. 105, 1871.
Found as far north as Casco Bay, on the coast of Maine, and common
from Massachusetts Bay southward, at least as far as Florida.

LIBINIA DUBIA Edwards. (p. 368.)
Op. cit., tome i, p. 300, PI. 14 bis, fig. 2, 1834; Streets, loc. cit., p. 104.
Cape Cod to Florida.

PELIA MUTICA Stimpson. (p. 415)
Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 177, 1860. Pisa mutica Gibbes,
Proceedings Amer. Association Ady. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 171, 1350.

Vineyard Sound to Florida.

HYAS COARCTATUS Leach. (p. 504.)
Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. xi, p. 329, 1815, Régne animal de Cuvier, 3me
édit., Pl. 32, fig. 3. Lissa fissirostra Say, loc. cit., p. 79, 1817.

Leidy mentions this species as having been found on the coast of New
Jersey, and Say mentions it from the coast of Long Island, but it seems
to be rare south of Cape Cod. It lives in deep water from Cape Cod
northward, and on the European coast, and is frequently found in the
stomachs of the cod-fish.

HETEROCRYPTA GRANULATA Stimpson. (p. 315.)

Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p. 102, 1871. Cryptopodia granulata
Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 173; and Proceedings Elliott Soc., Charleston, vol? i, p. 35,
wood cut.

This species, dredged several times in Vineyard Sound, was before
known only from North Carolina to Florida and the West Indies.

ANOMOURA.

HIPPA TALPOIDA Say. Plate II, fig. 5. (pp. 338, 530.)
Loe. cit., p. 160, 1817.
Cape Cod to Florida.

EUPAGURUS POLLICARS Stimpson. (p. 313.)
Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 92, 1859. Pagurus pollicaris

Say, loc. cit., p. 162, 1817; Gould, op. cit., p. 329; DeKay, op. cit., p. 19, Pl. 8;
fie. 21.

Massachusetts to Florida.
EUPAGURUS BERNHARDUS Stimpson. (p. 501.)

Loe. cit., p. 89,1859. Pagurus Bernhardus (Linné sp.,) Fabricius, Entomologia
systematica, vol. ii, p. 469, 1793; Gould, op. cit., p. 329; DeKay, op. cit., p. 20.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 549

Vineyard Sound, &e., in deep water, more abundant north of Cape
Cod, and extending to Northern Europe on one side, and to Puget
Sound on the other.

EUPAGURUS PUBESCENS Stimpson.
Loe. cit., p. 89, 1859; and Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci. Een 1858, p. 237,
1859. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, Bind ii, p. 251, 1838.
This species has been taken in deep water off the coast of New Jer-
sey, and will, doubtless, be found off Long Island and Vineyard Sounds.
It extends northward to Greenland and Northern Europe.

EUPAGURUS LONGICARPUS Stimpson. (p. 339.)

Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 185 58, p. 237, 1859. Pagurus longicar-
pus Say, loc. cit., p. 163, 1817; Gouid, op. cif., p. 330 0; DeKay, op. cit., p. 20,
Pl.'8, fig. 22.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina.
MACROURA.

GEBIA AFFINIS Say. Plate II, fig. 7. (pp. 367, 530.)
Loe. cit., p. 195, 1817.
Long Island Sound to South Carolina.

CALLIANASSA STIMPSONI Smith, sp. nov. Plate I], fig. 8. (p. 369.)

Carapax smooth and shining. Greater cheliped (fig. 8) about three
times as long as the carapax; carpus and hand convex on both sides ;
carpus sometimes considerably longer, sometimes not at all longer than
broad; both fingers of the same length, and about as long as the basal
portion of the dactylus; the prehensile edge of the dactylus without
a strong tooth or tubercle at base. Smaller cheliped about half as long
as the greater; carpus and hand about equal in length; fingers equal,
slender, as long as the basal portion of the propodus. Abdomen smooth
and shining above, gradually increasing in breadth to the fifth segment ;
second segment longest, much longer than broad; third and fifth equal
in length; fourth shorter, and sixth a little longer than third or fifth;
telson much broader than long, shorter than the fourth segment.

Length of a large specimen, Gren, length of carapax, 15; length of
larger cheliped, 44.

In the character of the chelipeds this species seems to be closely allied
to C. longimana Stimpson, from Puget Sound.

Our species ranges from the coast of the Southern States north to
Long Island Sound.

HOMARUS AMERICANUS Edwards. (pp. 395, 492, 522.)

Hist. nat. des. Crust., tome ii, p. 334, 1837. Astacus marinus Say, loc. cit., p. 165,
1817, (not of Fabricius.)

New Jersey to Labrador.

550 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CRANGON VULGARIS Fabricius. Plate III, fig. 10. (pp. 339, 529.)
Supplementum Entomologiew system., p. 410, 1798. Crangon septemspinosus Say,
loc. cit., p. 246, 1818.
North Carolina to Labrador and Europe. In depth it extends from
low water to 60 or 70 fathoms, and probably much deeper.

HIPPOLYTE PUSIOLA Kroyer. (p. 395.)
Monografisk Fremstlling Hippol., p. 319, Pl. 3, figs. 69-73, 1842.
Vineyard Sound and northward to Greenland and Europe.

VIRBIUS ZOSTERICOLA Smith, sp. nov. Plate III, fig. 11. (p. 369.)

Female: Short and stout. Rostrum about as long as the carapax,
and reaching nearly, or quite, to the tip of the antennal scale; the upper!
edge nearly straight and unarmed, except by two, or rarely three, teeth
at the base; under edge with three (sometimes two or four) teeth on the
anterior half. Carapax smooth and armed with a stout (supra-orbital)
spine on each side at the base of the rostrum and above and a little
behind the base of the ocular peduncle, a small (antennal) spine on the
anterior margin beneath the ocular peduncle, and a stout (hepatic) spine
behind the base of the antenne. Inner flagellum of the antennula ex-
tending very slightly beyond the tip of the antennal scale ; outer flagel-
lum considerably shorter. Abdomen geniculated at the third segment ;
the posterior margin of the third segment prominent above, but not
acute.

The males differ from the females in being smaller, much more slen-
der, and in having the rostrum narrower vertically.

The color in life is very variable. Most frequently the entire animal
is bright green, sometimes pale, or even translucent, tinged with green.
Others were translucent, specked with reddish brown, and with a broad
median band of dark brown extending the whole length of the body.

Length of female, 20-26" ; male 15-20.

It is at once distinguished from V. pleuracanthus Stimpson, to which,
in many characters, it is closely allied, by its very much longer rostrum.

Among eel-grass about Vineyard Sound, and probably common at
other points on the coast.

Virbius pleuracanthus Stimpson, (Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New
York, vol. x, p. 127, 1871,) abundant upon the coast of New Jersey, will
very likely be found farther north. In habit it is similar to the spe-
cies just described.

PANDALUS ANNULICORNIS Leach. Plate II, fig. 6. (p. 493.)
Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniie, Pl. 40, 1815.

Deep water in Vineyard Sound, off Newport, &c.

North of Cape Cod it is common, and extends to Greenland and En-
rope. In depth it extends down to 430 fathoms at least.
PALAMONETES VULGARIS Stimpson. Plate I, fig. 9. (pp. 479, 529.)

Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p.129, 1871. Palemon vulgaris Say,
Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 224, 1818.
Massachusetts to South Carolina.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 551

PENAUS BRASILIENSIS Latreille.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome ii, p. 414; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 198; Stimp-
son, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p. 132.

According to Stimpson, this species has been found in the Croton :
River at Sing Sing, New York, by Professor Baird. It will therefore be
very likely to occur in the rivers of Southern New England. It is com-
mon on the coast of the Southern States, and extends to Brazil.

SQUILLOIDEA.

SQUILLA EMPUSA Say. (pp. 369, 536.)
Loe. cit., p. 250, 1818; Dekay, op. cit., p. 32, Pl. 15, fig. 54; Gibbes, Proceedings
Amer. Assoc., 3d meeting, p. 199.
Florida to Cape Cod.
The young of this specjes is figured on Plate VII, fig. 56.

MYSIDEA.

MYSIS STENOLEPIS Smith, sp. nov. Plate III, fig. 12. (p. 370.)

Male: Anterior margin of the carapax produced into a very short,
broad, and obtusely rounded rostrum, and each side at the inferior angle
into a prominent, acutely triangular tooth, between which and the base
of the ocular peduncle there is a broad and deeply rounded sinus. Pe-
duncle of the antennula about a third as long as the carapax along the
dorsal line; the sexual appendage slender, tapering, nearly as long as
the peduncle ; inner flagellum half as long as the outer. Antennal scale
rather longer than the carapax along the dorsal line, narrow, about ten
times as long as broad, tapering to a slender and acute point, both edges
ciliated and nearly straight; flagellum about as long as the rest of the
animal. Abdomen somewhat geniculated between the first and second
segments ; sixth segment about twice as long as the fifth. Appendages
of the fourth segment reaching nearly to the distal extremity of the
sixth segment; inner ramus slender, slightly longer than the base ; outer
ramus naked, composed of six segments; the first, third, and fourth sub-
equal in length, and together equaling about three-fourths of the entire
length; the second, fifth, and sixth subequal; penultimate segment armed
with a stout spine on the outside at the distal extremity, and the last
segment terminated by a similar spine. Inner lamella of the appen-
dages of the sixth segment extending slightly beyond the telson, narrow
and tapering to an obtuse tip; outer lamella narrow, linear, about seven
times as long as broad, nearly a third longer than the inner, both edges
ciliated and nearly straight, and the tip narrow and somewhat truncated.
Telson considerably longer than the sixth segment, tapering slightly,
the sides nearly straight, and each armed with about twenty-four spines ;
the extremity cleft by a deep sinus rounded at bottom, and its margins
convex posteriorly and armed with very numerous slender spines.

Length of a male from tip of rostrum to extremity of telson, 23.2";
length of carapax along the dorsal line, 6.5; length of antennal scale,
6.7; length of telson, 3.8. Length of female, 30™™.

- 7 f :
552 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The females differ but little from the males except in the usual sexual
characters. The figure, (Plate III, fig. 12,) made from a small female
specimen, does not properly represent the anterior margin of the cara-
pax.

In life the young females are semi-translucent, a spot on each ocular
peduncle, the peduncles and inner flagella of the antennule, the
antennal scale, the telson and caudal lamelle more or less blackish
from deposits of black pigment, while each segment of the abdomen is
marked with a rudely stellate spot of black.

Large males of this species were found in the autumn among eel-
grass, at New Haven, Connecticut, and the young abundantly in the
same situation in May. Young females were collected in abundance
during June and July, among the eel-grass in the shallow bays and
coves about Vineyard Sound, while adult females, with the marsupial
pouches filled with young, were collected, at Wood's Hole, in abun-
dance, April 1, by Mr. V. N. Edwards.

MyYsis AMERICANA. Smith, sp. nov. (p. 396.)

Anterior margin distinctly rostrated, but only slightly projecting;
evenly rounded, the inferior angle projecting into a sharp tooth. An-
tennulz, in the male, with the densely ciliated sexual appendage similar
to that in M. vulgaris of Europe; the outer flagellum nearly as long as
the body, the inner slightly shorter. Antennal scale about three-fourths
as long as the carapax, about nine times as long as broad, tapering
regularly from the base to avery long and acute tip; both margins
ciliated. Appendages of the fourth segment of the abdomen in the
male similar to those in JV. vulgaris. The outer ramus is slender and
naked, and its pair of terminal stylets are equal in length, slender, curved
toward the tip, and the distal half armed with numerous short sete ;
the ultimate segment of the ramus itself is little more than half as long as
the stylets, the penultimate segment four or five times as long as the
terminal. Inner lamella of the appendages of the sixth segment about
as long as the telson, narrow, slightly broadened at the base, and taper-
ing to a slender but obtuse point; outer lamella once and a half as long
as the inner, and eight times as long as broad, slightly tapering, the ex
tremity subtruncate. Telson triangular, broadened at base, the lateral
margins slightly convex posteriorly, and armed with stout spines alter-
nating with intervals of several smaller ones; the tip very narrow,
truncate, armed with a stout spine each side, and two small ones filling
the space between their bases. Length 10 to 12™.,

This species was found, in April, at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, in
pools, upon salt-marshes, and at the same locality the stomachs of the
spotted flounder were found filled with them. Professor D. C. Eaton
found it in great abundance among sea-weeds, &c., just below low-water
mark, at New Haven, Connecticut, May 5, 1873. It was also taken in
the dredge, in 4 to 6 fathoms, at New Haven, Connecticut, and in 25

——

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 553

fathoms off Vineyard Sound, and has been found in the stomachs of the
shad, mackerel, &e.

HETEROMYSIS FORMOSA Smith, gen. et sp. nov. (p. 396.)

Body rather short and stout. Carapax broad behind and tapering
anteriorly; the anterior margin produced into an obtusely triangular
rostrum. Ocular peduncles short and thickened nearly to the base.
Peduncle of the antennula stout, extending to the tip of the antennal
seale; the terminal segment in the male wanting the usual elongated
sexual process, but having in its place a very dense tuft of long hairs ;
inner flagellum nearly as long as the carapax; outer flagellum stout at
base and more than twice as long as the inner. Antennal scale about
three and a half times as long as broad, not quite reaching to the ex-
tremity of the peduncle of the antennula, ovate, obtuse at the tip, ex-
ternal margin without a spine and ciliated like the inner; peduncle

elongated, penultimate segment considerably longer than the ultimate;

flagellum nearly as long as the entire body. Mandibles, maxille, first
and second maxillipeds, as in Mysis. The first pair of legs (second pair
of gnathopoda) differ remarkably from those in all the described genera
of Myside. The whole leg is stouter than in the succeeding pairs, and
the terminal portion, corresponding to the multiarticulate portion of the
inner branch (endopodus) in Mysis, &c., consists of only three segments
including the terminal claw; the first of these segments is stout, slightly
Shorter than the preceding (meral) segment, and armed with stout
spines along the distal portion of the inner margin; the second seg-
ment is very short, not longer than broad, and closely articulated to the
preceding segment so as to admit of very little motion; the ultimate
article is a long, slightly curved claw, freely articulated to the preceding
segment. In the five posterior pairs of legs the terminal portion of the
inner branch is multiarticulate as in J/ysis, in the first composed of five
segments, besides a stout terminal claw like that in the preceding pair,
and in the four remaining pairs of six segments and a slender terminal
claw. The exopodal branches of all the legs are well developed.

Abdomen a little more than twice as long as the carapax, the sixth
segment a little longer than the fifth. The appendages of the first five
segments alikein both sexes; short, rudimentary, and like the same appen-
dages in the female ysis. Inner lamella of the sixth segment projecting
very slightly beyond the extremity of the telson, broad, ovate; outer
lamella only a little longer than the inner, about two-sevenths as long
as broad, inner margin quite convex, outer very slightly, tip rounded.
Telson short, broad at base, and narrowed rapidly toward the extremity,
the width at base about two-thirds the length, at the extremity only a
third as wide as at base; the lateral margins each armed with twelve
to fourteen spines, which increase in size distally, and a very long ter-
minal spine; the posterior margins cleft by a sinus deeper than broad,
and armed with numerous small spines.

554 REPORT OF CCMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

In life the males are semitranslucent and nearly colorless, while in the
females the antennule, the flagella of the antenne, the ocular pedun-
eles, the thorax with the marsupial pouch, and the articulations of the
caudal appendages are beautiful rose color.

Length of a male, 6.0"; carapax along the dorsal line, 1.8; antennal
scale, 0.70; telson, 0.90. Length of a female, 8.5"™"; carapax, 2.5; an-
tennal scale, 0.88; telson, 1.16.

The absence of the sexual appendages from the antennule of the male,
the peculiar structure of the anterior legs, and the similarity of the
abdominal appendages in the two sexes, at once separate the genus
Heteromysis from all known allied genera.

THYSANOPODA, Species. (452.)

A great number of small specimens were taken from the stomach of
mackerel caught twenty miles off No Man’s Land, July 18, 1871.

Several were also caught swimming at the surface in Vineyard Sound,
April 30, 1873, by V. N. Edwards.

A single specimen of a species apparently the same as this was taken
at New Haven, Connecticut, May 5, 1873, by Professor D. C. Eaton.

CUMACEA.

DIASTYLIS QUADRISPINOSA, G. O. Sars. Plate III, fig. 13. (p. 507.)
Ofversight af Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Fiérh., 1871, Stockholm, p. 72.

Dredged in 23 fathoms of Martha’s Vineyard and in 29 fathoms of
Buzzard’s Bay. It is also found in the Bay of Fundy. Sars’s specimens
were dredged by the Josephine expedition in 18 fathoms off Skinnecock
Bay, Long Island, and in 30 to 35 fathoms, latitude 39° 54/ north, lon-
gitude 73° 15’ west, off the coast of New Jersey.

Our specimens agree well with Sars’s description, except that the sec-
ond segment of the inner ramus of the lateral caudal appendages has
but three, or rarely four, spines upon the inner margin, while in Sars’s
specimens there were five.

DIASTYLIS SCULPTA Sars.
Loc. cit., p. 71. ‘3
With the last species, in 18 fathoms, off Skinnecock Bay, according to
Sars.
DIASTYLIS ABBREVIATA Sars.
Loe. cit., p. 74.
Rare in 30 to 35 fathoms, off the coast of New Jersey, with the
first species, (Sars.)

EUDORELLA PUSILLA Sars.
TOC Ciie ps vo:

Not infrequent in 18 fathoms, off Skinnecock Bay, (Sars.)

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 555

EXUDORELLA HISPIDA Sars.
Loe. cit., p. 80.
Rare in 30 to 35 fathoms, with the other species mentioned, off the
coast of New Jersey, (Sars.)
AMPHIPODA.

ORCHESTIA AGILIS Smith, sp. nov. Plate IV, fig. 14. (p. 314.)

Male: Antennula not quite reaching the distal extremity of the
penultimate segment of the antenna; second and third segments of
the peduncle about equal in length, and each slightly longer than the
first ; flagellum about as long as the two last segments of the peduncle.
Antenna less than half as long as the body; segments of the peduncle
stout and swoilen, the ultimate longer than the penultimate ; flagellum
stout, compressed vertically, much shorter than the peduncle, composed
of twelve to fifteen segments. Propodus in the second pair of legs
short and thickened laterally, the palmary margin with a small promi-
nence on the outer edge of the posterior angle, behind which the tip of
the dactylus closes, and along the inner edge, inside the dactylus, with
a thin ridge, which is broken by a small notch near the posterior angle,
so that the margin when viewed laterally shows a broad lobe next the
base of the dactylus and two small, rounded lobes next the posterior
angle, the tip of the dactylus resting between the small lobes; dactylus
slender, curved so as to fit closely the palmary margin, and furnished
with very minute sete along the prehensile margin. Posterior thoracic
legs slightly longer than the preceding; carpus in full-grown specimens
short, much swollen, and thickened so as to be nearly cylindrical.

Female: Carpus and hand in the second pair of legs unarmed; pro-
podus short, slightly spatulate in outline, with a pair of minute sete at
the base of the dactylus, which is very short, not reaching the extremity
of the propodus.

Length: male, 10-15"; female, 10-14.

Bay of Fundy to New Jersey.

ORCHESTIA PALUSTRIS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 468.)

Male: Antennule reaching slightly beyond the distal extremity of
the penultimate segment of the peduncle of the antenne. Antenne
less than half as long as the body; peduncle slender; flagellum slen-
der, longer than the peduncle, composed of eighteen to twenty-six seg-
ments. Propodus in the second pair of legs nearly oval in outline, the
palmary margin spinous, regularly curved to the posterior angle, which
projects on the outer edge in a slight, rounded prominence, within which
the tip of the dactylus closes ; dactylus slender, curved so as to nearly
fit the palmary margin, and furnished with minute set along the pre-
hensile margin. Posterior thoracic legs slightly longer than the pre-
ceding; carpus and propodus both long and slender.

The female differs from the male as in the last species.

Length, male, 15-22™™; female, 12-18".

Cape Cod to New Jersey, and very likely farther north and south.

556 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

TALORCHESTIA LONGICORNIS Smith. (p. 336.)
Talitrus longicornis Say, loe. cit., p, 384, 1818. Orchestia longicornis Edwards,
His. nat. des. Crust., tome iii, p. 18, 1840; De Kay, op. cit., p. 36, Pl. 7, fig. 19.
Cape Cod to New Jersey, and probably farther south.

TALORCHESTIA MEGALOPHTHALMA Smith. (p. 336.)
Orchestia megalophthalna Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., British Museum, p. 22,
1862.
Cape Cod to New Jersey, and probably farther south.
Talitrus quadrifidus, De Kay, (op. cit., p. 36, Pl. 14, fig. 27,) may be
based on the female of one of the preceding species, tit it so-is badly
described and figured as to be indeterminable.

HYALE LITTORALIS Smith. (p. 315.)
Allorchestes littoralis Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 49., Pl. 3,
fig. 36, 1853; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., British Museum, p. 48, Pl. 8, fig.
2, 1862.

This species was found at New Haven, Connecticut., by Professor
Verrill, May 5, 1873, and is one of the inhabitants of rocky shores, piles
of wharves, &c. I have found it at Provincetown, Massachusetts, and
it is abundant in the Bay of Fundy. It is undoubtedly abundant on the
whole New England coast, but its station upon the shore is so high up
on the beach that it is likely to be overlooked.

LYSIANASSA, species. (p. 431.)

A species of this genus, as restricted by Boeck, was several times
dredged in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay.

Several other species of Lysianassine were taken in Vineyard Sound
and the neighboring region, but they have not yet been sufficiently
studied to be enumerated. The species of this group are much less
common and the individuals smaller on the coast of Southern New Eng-
and than they are upon the coast of Maine and farther north.

LEPIDACTYLIS DYTISCUS Say. (p. 339.)
Loe. cit., p. 380, 1818.
Georgia to Cape Cod.
PHOXUS KROYERI Stimpson. (p. 501.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 58, 1853.
Rare in Vineyard Sound and usually in deep water. Common in the
Bay of Fundy.

UROTHO#, species. (p. 452.)

A species with long, slender antenne and very large black eyes,
and apparently belonging to this genus, was taken in great numbers at
the surface at Wood’s Hole, on the evening of July 3, and on one or
two other occasions. In life it was whitish, slightly tinged with orange-
yellow.

MONOCULODES, species. (p. 452.)
A single specimen taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, December
21, by Mr. V. N. Edwards.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 557

LAPHYSTIUS STURIONIS Kroyer. (p. 457.)
Nat. Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 157, 1842. Darwinia compressa Bate, Report Brit. Assoc.,
1855, p. 58; Catalogue Amphip. Crust., Brit. Mus., p, 108, Pl. 17, fig. 7; Bate
and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i, p. 184, wood cut.

A parasitic amphipod, apparently quite identical with this species of
Europe, was found in the mouth of a goose-fish (Zophius Americanus)
taken in Vineyard Sound. A species, apparently thé same, was also
taken from the back of a skate (Raia levis) in the Bay of Fundy the
past summer. It is readily distinguished by its broad depressed form,
and by having the third to fifth pairs of legs very stont and their distal
segments forming powerful talon-like claws, while the first and second
pairs are small and slender,

CALLIOPIUS LAVIUSCULUS Boeck. (p. 315.)

Crast. Amphipoda borealia et arctica, p. 117, 1870. Amphithoé levinscula Kroyer
Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 53, Pl. 3. fig. 13,1838. Calliope levinscula Bate, Cata-
logue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 148, Pl. 28, fig. 2, 1862; Bate and Westwood,
op. cit., vol. i, p. 156, wood cut.

Vineyard Sound and northward to Greenland, Northern Europe, and
Spitzbergen.

PONTOGENEIA INERMIS Boeck. (p. 452.)

Op. cit., p. 114, 1870. Amphithoé inermis and crenulata, Kroyer, Grénlands Am-
fipoder, pp. 47, 50, Pl. 3, figs. 11, 12, 1838. Jphimedia vulgaris Stimpson,
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853. Atylus inermis, crenulatus,
and vulgaris Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., pp. 138, 139, 142, Pl. 27,
figs. 5,6, 1862. <Atylus vulgaris Packard, Memoirs Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol.
i, p. 298, 1867. (Not Atylus (Paramphitoé) inermis Packard, loc. cit., p. 298, Pl.
8; fig: 3.)

Taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, in March, by Mr. V. N. Ed-
wards. Itis abundant, in company with Calliopius leviusculus, about
the Bay of Fundy in pools left by the tide, and ranges north to Labra-
dor and Greenland.

GAMMARUS ORNATUS Edwards. Plate IV, fig. 15. (p. 314.)
Annales des Sci. nat., tome xx, 1830, p. 387, Pl. 10, figs. 1-10; Hist. nat. des
Crust., tome iii, p. 47; Bate, op. cit., p. 212, Pl. 37, fig. 8. Gammarus locusta
Gould, op. cit., p.334. Gammarus pulez Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan,
p- 95.

New Jersey to Greenland.

GAMMARUS ANNULATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 314.)

Anterior margin of the head produced each side beneath the anten-
nule into a truncated lobe, which extends farther forward than in G.
ornatus ; eyes scarcely reniform, less elongated than in G. ornatus, and
their lower margins not reaching, by considerable, the anterior border
of the truncated lobe. Antenne longer than the antennule; the ulti-
mate segment of the peduncle longer than the penultimate ; the flagel-
lum much more slender, the segments more elongated and with fewer
hairs, than in G. ornatus. Hands of the first pair of legs more elongated
than in G. ornatus, and the palmary margins very oblique. Propodus in

558 © REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the second pair very narrow and elongated, subcylindrical, slightly
flattened on the inner side, the palmary margin longitudinal, and scarcely
distinct from the posterior margin. Fourth segment of the abdomen
with a median fascicle of two large and two small spines, but no lateral
fascicles. Fifth and sixth segments with both median and lateral
fascicles of spines.

Color in life grayish white, the posterior margins of the segments
bordered with brown, giving the body an annulated appearance.

Length, 12-18™.

New Haven. Connecticut, and Eastport, Maine, and doubtless abundant
at other points on the coast.

This species closely resembles the fresh-water G. fasciatus, but is
distinguished from it by the proportions of the segments of the pedun-
cles of the antennie, and by wanting the lateral fascicles of spines upon
the fourth segment of the abdomen.

GAMMARUS NATATOR Smith, sp. nov. (p. 439.)

Male: Eyes large, enlongated, but only slightly reniform. Anten-
nula short and stout, about three-sevenths as long as the body; flagellum
but little longer than the peduncle; secondary flagellum nearly half as
long as the primary. Antenna considerably longer than the antennula ;
penultimate segment of the peduncle reaching to the extremity of the
peduncle of the antennula; ultimate segment of the peduncle longer
than the penultimate; flagellum about two-thirds as long as the pedun-
cle. Both antennule and antenne are furnished with very long hairs,
of which many on the antennule are plumose. First, second, and third
epimera margined on the inferior edges with long cilia. First pair of
legs more slender than the second; propodus oval, twice as long as
broad, palmary margin continuous with the inferior, with a very narrow
lamellar edge, a stout obtuse spine in the middle, and two smaller ones
at the inferior angle; dactylus strongly curved. In the second pair the
propodus is more than half as broad as long, and somewhat rectangular
in outline, except that the palmary margin is slightly oblique; the pal-
mary margin has a narrow lamellar edge, with a slight emargination in
the middle, from which a stout obtuse spine arises, and at the inferior
angle there are two or three smaller spines, as in the first pair. The
inferior edges of the carpi and propodi of both pairs of legs are thickly
clothed with long hairs. Natatory flegs reaching to the tips of the
telson. Second and third segments of the abdomen with the sides
produced backward, and the postero-inferior angle acute. Fourth
segment with only a median fascicle of spines; fifth and sixth
segments with median and lateral fascicles. Rami of the posterior
caudal stylets lanceolate, five or six times as long as broad, the outer
extending beyond the inner by the length of its terminal article, which
is very slender, almost spiniform, the edges of both rami clothed with
long plumose hairs. Each division of the telson nearly three times as
long as broad.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 559

In the female the hands of the first and second pairs of legs are
smaller and slenderer, and the propodi somewhat oval and nearly alike
in both pairs; otherwise the females do not differ from the males, except
that the rami of the posterior caudal stylets are, perhaps, a very little
shorter and broader in proportion.

Length, 10-12™.

Vineyard Sound, in vast numbers at the surface of the water, usually
among floating sea-weeds and eel-grass. Also from stomach of mackerel,
May 20.

GAMMARUS MARINUS Leach. (p. 486.)
Trans. Linnean Soc., London, vol. xi, p. 359, 1815; Bate, Catalogue Amphip.
Crust., Brit. Mus., p. 215, PJ. 38, fig. 4; Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed
Crust., vol. i, p. 370, wood-cut.

A species which I cannot distinguish, by the published figures and
descriptions, from this common species of Europe, was not uncommon,
associated with Amphithoé maculata, under stones at the Wepecket
Islands, Gull Island, Cuttyhunk Island, and at other places on Vine-
yard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. It has also been found at Watch Hill,
Rhode Island, and at New Haven, Connecticut, by Professor Verrill.
It is at once distinguished from all the other species of our coast by its.
slender form, slender antennie, by having the sides of the second and
third segments of the abdomen narrow and not produced or acute at the
postero-inferior angle, and by having the outer rami of the posterior
caudal stylets four or five times as long as the inner.

GAMMARUS MUCRONATUS Say. (p. 479.)

Loe. cit., p, 376, 1818; De Kay, op. cit., p.37. Gammaracanthus mucronatus Bate,
op. cit., p. 203.

Readily distinguished from the other species of the coast by having
the posterior margin of each of the anterior segments of the abdomen
produced into a slender, spiniform, dorsal tooth. In life, it is translu-
cent, tinged with green, or yellowish green, minutely specked with brown
or black; these black or brown markings and the green color being fre-
quently so arranged as to give the antenne and legs a banded appear-
ance. Our species cannot be referred to Bate’s genus Gammaracanthus,
for the dorsal margin is not distinctly carinated, and the third, fourth,
and fifth segments of the abdomen are furnished with fascicles of spines.

Usually in brackish water, North Carolina to Cape Cod, and, accord-
ing to Say, from Florida also.

MaRA LEVIS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 315.)

Eyes nearly round; black in aleoholic specimens. Antennula two-
thirds as long as the body; first and second segments of the peduncle
equal in length, third about two-thirds as long as the second; flagellum
about as long as the peduncle. Antenna about as long as the peduncle
of the antennula; ultimate and penultimate segments equal in length,
antepenultimate very short; flagellum much shorterthan the pedunéle.
Legs of the first pair small; carpus as broad as the propodus, but little

~ \
560 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

longer than broad, the posterior margin straight and furnished with fas-
cicles of stout hairs; palmary margin nearly transverse, slightly arcuate,

and armed with short set; dactylus slender and fitting closely the pal-

mary margin. Legs of the second pair larger; carpus short, as broad

as the base of the propodus, the posterior angle thickly clothed with

stout hairs; propodus in the male stout, broadest distally, the palmary

margin expanded toward the inferior angle and excavated on the inner

side to receive the long and strongly curved dactylus; in the female,

elongated, slightly narrowed distally, the posterior margin continuous

and nearly parallel with the palmary, and furnished with fascicles of
stout hairs. Fifth pair of legs but little longer than the third or fourth :
sixth and seventh much longer than the fifth, subequal, stout, their

meral and carpal segments considerably expanded, especially in the male.

Ultimate caudal stylets projecting a little beyond the preceding pairs ;

rami short, broad, and with spinous tips; the outer ramus slightly longer

and broader than the inner, and its outer margin armed with a very few

fascicles of spinules. Telson reaching to the bases of the rami of the

posterior caudal stylets, nearly as broad as Jong, and cleft two-thirds of
the way to the base.

Length, 5-7".
New Jersey, Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound.

MELITA NITIDA Smith, sp. noy. (p. 314.)

Eyes small, round, black. Antennula about two-thirds as long as
the body; first segment of the peduncle slightly shorter than the second,
which is nearly twice as long as the last; flagellum longer than the pe-
duncle. Antenna shorter than the antennula, but the peduncle consid-
erably longer than the peduncle of the antennula, the penultimate seg-
ment being scarcely shorter than the penultimate segment of the an-
tennula, while the ultimate segment is subequai with it. First pair of
legs with the carpus longer and broader than the propodus; propodus
oblong, slightly curved; dactylus very small but stout, curved, and at-
tached in a notch in the middle of the extremity of the propodus, not
closing upon the extremity of the propodus but projecting inward-
Second pair of legs stout; carpus short, triangular; propodus some.
what oval, the palmary margin oblique, arcuate, continuous with the
posterior margin, and armed with a series of minute spines and with
numerous stiff hairs, the clothing of hairs continuing round upon the
posterior margin to the carpus; dactylus curved, tip resting within the
palmary margin. Third pair of legs slightly longer than the fourth.
Three posterior pairs slender, the fifth somewhat shorter than the sixth
and seventh, which are subequal, and have the anterior margins of the
bases armed with small spines and the posterior margins minutely ser-
rate. None of the dorsal margins of the segments of the abdomen ser-
rate or emarginate, but the margin of the fifth segment armed with
several slender spines on each side near the median line of the dorsum.
Penultimate caudal stylets not quite reaching the tip of the preceding

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 561

pair. The ultimate pair very long and armed with fascicles of spines
along the margins. Divisions of the telson slender, spinous at the tips.
In life dark greenish slate-color, changing in alcohol to dark slate.
Length, 7-9"™.
New Jersey to Cape Cod.

AMPELISCA. Plate IV, fig. 17. (pp. 431, 507.)

The species of this genus found upon our coast have not yet been
carefully studied. At least two species were taken in Vineyard Sound
and Buzzard’s Bay. The genus is readily recognized, but the species
are difficult to distinguish.

BYBLIS SERRATA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 501.)

Female: Dorsum rounded above, with no trace of a longitudinal carina
upon the abdomen; third segment of the abdomen broadly rounded at
the postero-lateral angle. Antennula about as long as the peduncle of
the antenna; fourth segment of the peduncle of the antenna longer than
the fifth. Inferior margins of the epimera of the first and second pairs of
legs serrate, with slender and acute teeth alternating with the marginal
cilia; carpus in the first pair scarcely if any longer than the propodus ;
carpus in the second pair very much longer than the propodus. In the
third and fourth pairs of legs the dactylus as longas the propodus. Basal
segment in the seventh pair of legs expanding distally, the posterior
margin nearly straight, the anterior and inferior margins evenly arcuated,
and reaching as far as the distal end of the carpus; carpus about as long
as the ischium and merus together, a little less than twice as long as
broad, and armed with long spines upon the anterior and distal margins,
but the posterior margin wholly unarmed; propodus almost as long as
the carpus, and nearly four times as long as broad, anterior margin un-
armed, the posterior armed upon the outside with two transverse rows
of three or four spines, decreasing in size as they recede from the mar-
gin, the distal end with a spine each side the slender dactylus. Rami
of the first pair of caudal stylets equal, as long as the base; outer rami
of the second pair shorter than the inner; rami of the posterior pair
equal, longer than the bases, reaching to the tips of the rami of the first
pair, Telson as long as the breadth at base, cleft rather more than half
its length, the lateral margins arcuate, and rapidly converging toward
the evenly rounded extremity.

Alcoholic specimens are pale yellowish, the epimera, bases of the pos.
terior legs, and the sides of the abdomen specked and mottled with
numerous points of dark pigment crowded irregularly together.

Length, 10-12™,

Deep water off Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay.

PTILOCHEIRUS PINGUIS Stimpson. (p. 431.) Py:
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 56, 1853. Protomedia pingus Bate,
Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 170, Pl. 31, fig. 2, 1862.
Common on the whole coast of New England upon muddy bottoms
S. Mis. 61 36

562 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. |.

and north to Labrador. In depth it extends down to 150 fathoms,
and probably much farther.

MICRODEUTOPUS MINAX Smith, sp. nov. (p. 479.)

Antennula about two-thirds as long as the body; first segment of the
peduncle stout, about as long as the head; second segment a little
longer and much more slender; third segment nearly half as long as the
first; flagellum slender, about a third longer than the peduncle; second-
ary flagellum very small, consisting usually of but one segment. <An-
tenna about two-thirds as long as the antennula; ultimate and penul-
timate segments of the peduncle equal in length, and each fully twice as
long as the antepenultimate; flagellum scarcely as long as the last seg-
ment of the peduncle. Hands of the first pair of legs in the male greatly
developed; carpus very large, scarcely longer than the breadth in the
middle; superior margin strongly arcuate, the inferior angle produced
inte a stout process opposed to the propodus, and the inferior margin
arcuate and armed distally with two teeth, a large and prominent one at
the base of the terminal process, the other small, obtuse, or even obso-
lete; propodus not more than half as long as the carpus, much longer
than broad, the inferior margin with two broad obtuse teeth; dactylus
stout, a little shorter fhan the propodus. Legs of the second pair with
the basal segment broad and squamiform; carpus elongated ; propodus
as long as the carpus and as broad as its distal portion, rectangular,
about two and a half times as long as broad; dactylus short and hooked
at the tip. In the female the hands of the first pair of legs are only
moderately developed; carpus broad; propodus scarcely as broad as
the carpus, rectangular, the palmary margin somewhat oblique, and the
inferior margin armed with a spine at the obtusely rounded inferior
angle. In the second pair the basal segment is not expanded but narrow;
the carpus and propodus much as in the male, except that they are
clothed with numerous long, plumose hairs. The bases of the first and
second pairs of caudal stylets are armed with a long, slender, spiniform
process, arising from the distal end just below the bases of the rami.
The outer rami of the posterior stylets are a little longer than the inner.
All the stylets extend to the same point. .

Length, about 4".

Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound.

Another species of Microdeutopus was collected in Vineyard Sound,
but it was not abundant.

AUTONOE, species. (p. £15.)

A species belonging apparently in this genus, as defined by Boeck,
was common in Vineyard Sound, living in tubes in masses of a compound
Ascidian (Amouroucium pellucidum Verrill) in 3 to 8 fathoms. It is 6 or
7" in length, and in life the antennule and antenne are obscurely
banded and specked with pink; the body above, except upon the fifth
- segment and the posterior part of the abdomen, is almost black, the

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 563

color extending down upon the epimera, while the legs and caudal ap-
pendages are semi-translucent. The eyes are large and black.

AMPHITHOE MACULATA Stimpson. Plate IV, fig. 16. (p. 315.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853.
Vineyard Sound to the Bay of Fundy and Labrador.

AMPHITHOE VALIDA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 315.)

Male: Eyes round, black in alcoholic specimens. Antennule and
antenne subequal in length. Peduncle of the antennula extending
scarcely beyond the distal extremity of penultimate segment of the
peduncle of the antenna; the second segment but little longer than the
first; ultimate segment short and slender. Ultimate and penultimate
segments of the peduncle of the antenna subequal in length. First
pair of legs short, compressed ; carpus as broad as the propodus ; pro-
podus broad, ovalin outline, the posterior and palmary margins forming
a continuous, nearly semicircular curve; dactylus fitting closely the pal-
mary margin. Second pair of legs very large; carpus small; propodus
oblong, broadest at the distal extremity, very large and thickened, the
outer surface convex, the inner flattened, palmary margin transverse,
with a broad, low, median tooth, and a rounded prominence at the in-
ferior angle, within which the tip of the very stout and strongly curved
dactylus closes.

The female differs in having the hands of the first pair of legs slightly
more elongated, and those of the second pair smaller than in the male,
and the palmary margin slightly oblique.

Color in life, bright green.

Length, 10-13™.

New Jersey and Long Island Sound.

AMPHITHOHK LONGIMANA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 370.)

Male: Eyes round, and, in specimens preserved in alcohol, black.
Antennula slender and as long as the body; second segment of the
peduncle a little longer than the first; third segment about half as
long as the second; flagellum about twice as long as the peduncle. An-
tenna considerably stouter and slightly shorter than the antennula, the
peduncle about twice as long as the flagellum; third segment of the
peduncle a little more than half as long as the first segment of the pe-
dunele of the antennula; fourth segment nearly three times as long as
the third; fifth considerably longer than the fourth; flagellum a little
longer, or sometimes only as long, as the fifth segment of the peduncle.
Hands of the first and second pairs of legs stout and much elongated.
Carpus in the first pair nearly as long as the first segment of the pedun-
cle of the antennula, narrow; propodus much more than twice as long
as broad, as wide and long as the carpus, of the same width throughout,
slightly curved, and the very short palmary margin transverse; dacty-
lus stout, very little curved, more than half as long as the propodus,
and projecting far beyond its inferior edge; the posterior margins of

564 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.-

both propodus and carpus densely clothed with long, stiff hairs. Carpus
in the second pair of legs short, with an angular prominence upon the
posterior side; propodus as long as in the first pair, and much broader,
the palmary margin oblique, projecting at the inferior angle, just inside
of which there is a deep sinus in the margin. Posterior edges of the
bases of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs unarmed.

In the female the antenne are shorter and not quite as stout, and the
hands of the first and second pairs of legs are very much shorter,
smaller, and much less hairy; in the first pair the carpus and propodus
are very much shorter and proportionally broader, and the palmary
margin of the propodus more oblique; in the second pair the propodus
is short and somewhat oval, with a slight prominence at the inferior
angle of the palmary margin.

Length, 6-9".

New Jersey; Great South Bay, Long Island; Vineyard Sound. Com-
mon among eel-grass in sheltered situations. The young, even 5 or 6™
long, were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound several times.

AMPHITHOL COMPTA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 370.)

Eyes small, round, red in life, but fading in alcohol to whitish. <An-
tennula slender, as long as the body; first segment of the peduncle as
long as the head; second slightly longer than the first; last a third as
long as the second; flagellum very slender, nearly three times as long
as the peduncle. There is a rudimentary secondary flagellum, not
longer than the first two segments of the primary flagellum and very
slender. Antenna a little shorter than the antennula; the peduncle
very little shorter than that of the antennula; last two segments about
equal in length, the penultimate reaching as far as the same segments
of the antennula; flagellum about as long as the peduncle. First and
second pairs of legs, in the male, about equal in size, as long as the head
and thorax together, and clothed on both margins with long, plumose
hairs. Carpus in the first pair longer than, and as broad as, the pro-
podus, the distal extremity truncate and right-angled at the inferior mar-
gin; the propodus much longer than broad, the palmary margin oblique,
very nearly straight, and armed at the inferior angle upon the inner side
with astout spine. Carpus in the second pair narrower than in the first,
the distal extremity obliquely rounded at the inferior angle; propodus
as long as the carpus and no broader, the palmary margin less oblique
than in the first pair, without any spine, and the inferior angle slightly
projecting ; dactylus, strongly curved and closing by the margin of the
propodus. In the female the legs of the first and second pairs are nearly
alike in form, very much smaller and weaker than in the male, and only
sparsely clothed with mostly simple hairs, except upon the inferior margin
of the carpus in the second pair. In both pairs the carpus is about as long
and broad as the propodus ; the propodus is short, narrowed toward the
carpus, the palmary margin oblique, convex in outline, with the infe-
rior angle rounded and armed with a stout spine on the inside. Second

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 565

and third segments of the abdomen produced into a slight angular
prominence at the postero-inferior angle. The posterior edges of the
bases of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs not serrated but armed with
two to four small spines. First and second pairs of caudal stylets ex-
tending scarcely beyond the posterior pair. In the first pair there is a
long, slender spine projecting from the distal extremity of the base be-
neath the rami.

Length of largest specimen examined, 15™™,

North Carolina to Cape Cod. Common among eel-grass. Taken at
surface in Vineyard Sound.

PODOCERUS FUCICOLA Smith. (p. 493.)
Cerapus fucicola Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 48, Pl. 2,
fig. 34, 1853.
This species was dredged by Professor Verrill, in 4 to 5 fathoms, off
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in April, 1875. Itis common in the Bay of
Fundy.

PODOCERUS, species. (p. 494.)
Another species of the same genus was taken in abundance with the
last. It is a large and dark-colored species.

CERAPUS RUBRICORNIS Stimpson. Plate IV, fig. 18.
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 46, PL. 3, fig. 33, 1853; Bate, Catalogue
Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 256, Pl. 45, fie. 4.
Not common south of Cape Cod, but very abundant in the Bay of
Fundy and north to the coast of Labrador. In depth it extends down
to 100 fathoms at least.

CERAPUS MINAX Smith, sp. nov.

Antennule and antenne about equal in length, rather more than half
as long as the body. Second pair of legs greatly developed in the male,
the hand nearly half as long as the body; carpus elongated, narrow,
nearly three times as long as the breadth in the middle, the posterior
angle projecting into a broad process about as long as the dactylus, and
armed on the inside with a tooth nearly as stout as the distal part of
the process itself, but projecting only about half as far; propodus about
half as long as the carpus, twice as long as broad; dactylus consider-
ably shorter than the propodus, the tip in most of the larger specimens
furnished with a pencil of long hairs. .In the female the hand in the
second pair of legs is small; the carpus produced into a long process on
the inferior edge of the propodus to the palmary margin ; propodus
short, broad, somewhat oval, the palmary margin arcuate and armed
with several short spines on the portion next the carpal process.

Length, about 4".

Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound.

?CERAPUS TUBULARIS Say. (p. 396.)
Loe. cit., p. 49, Pl. 4, fig. 7-11, 1817.
Several specimens of a sinall amphipod, dredged, June 27, in Vineyard

566 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sound, among masses of a large compound Ascidian, (Amouroucium pel-
lucidum,) in eight to ten fathoms, off Nobska Point, are probably this
species, but unfortunately females only were obtained, while Say de-
scribes and figures the male alone. In our specimens, the antennule
and antenne are spotted with very dark purplish-brown, the anterior
part of the body almost black, the middle and posterior portions spotted
with black, or very dark purplish brown. ‘They are between 4 and 5™™
long and inhabit unattached tubes as described by Say. The tubes are
regularly cylindrical, quite thin and delicate, black, about 5™™ long, and
0.4™™ in diameter, and are carried about by the animal very much as the
larvie of some of the Phryganeide carry about their tubes in fresh water.
In the structure of the caudal appendages, our specimens are quite differ-
ent from the species usually referred to Cerapus, but I have not thought
best to make any changes in nomenclature until the discovery of the
male shall make it certain whether our specimens belong to the species
described by Say.

COROPHIUM CYLINDRICUM Smith. (p. 370.)
Podocerus cylindricus, Say loc. cit., p. 387, 1818, (not of Bate, Catalogue Amphip.
Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 256.)

New Jersey to Vineyard Sound. Very abundant among weeds and
hydroids about piles of wharves, and almost everywhere in shallow
water.

Length, about 4™™.

SIPHONGCETES CUSPIDATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 501.)

Male: Head produced into a long, slender, acute rostrum, and each
side between the antennula and antenna into a long lobe rounded at
the end where the eye is situated, and contracted toward the base.
Antennula reaching about to the middle of the fourth segment of the
pedunele of the antenna; segments of the peduncle equal in length ;
flagellum searcely longer than a segment of the peduncle, and composed
usually of five segments. Antenna a little longer than the body ; third
segment of the peduncle alittle longer than any segment of the peduncle
of the attennula; fourth segment nearly twice as long as the third ; last
segment nearly one-half longer than the third; flagellum a little shorter
than the last segment of the peduncle. Legs much like Kroyer’s fig-
ures of S. typicus, those of the first pair with the carpus twice as long
as broad; propodus slightly narrower and a little longer than the ear-
pus, the posterior edge furnished with long hairs and several stout spines.
Legs of the second pair much stouter. Posterior caudal stylets with
the terminal process fully as long as the ramus itself, the ramus as broad
as. long, the extremity obtusely rounded and furnished with very long
hairs. Telson broader than long, transversely elliptical.

In the female the antenn and second pair of legs are more slender
than in the male.

In alcoholic specimens the antennule are marked with narrow bands
of black or dark brown upon each segment of the flagellum and at

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 567

both ends of the second and third segments of the peduncle, and the
antennie,are obscurely banded and tinged with a lighter color.

Length, about 6™™.

It inhabits tubes constructed of grains of sand.

In deep water oif Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay.

UNCIOLA IRRORATA Say. Plate IV, fig. 19. (p. 340.)
Loe. cit., p. 389, 1818 ; Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 45.
This species grows to a much larger size than described by Say, being
frequently 15™™ in length.
New Jersey to the Bay of Fundy, and probably much farther north,
and from low water to more than 400 fathoms in depth.

HYPERIA, species. (p. 439.)

A large species of Hyperia was several times found upon the large
red jelly-fish (Cyanea) in Vineyard Sound. The same species is com-
mon in the Bay of Fundy, but has not been identified with certainty.

Another species of Hyperia was taken at the surface, in company
with Salpa, in Vineyard Sound, early in September.

PHRONIMA, species. (p. 439.)

A species of this peculiar genus was taken at the surface, in company
with Salpa, off Gay Head, early in September. It is closely allied to
the P. Atlantica of Guérin. According to Professor Verrill’s notes it
is, in life, translucent, scarcely tinged with yellowish white, and nearly
invisible in the water; the eyes red.

Another form allied to the last was taken with it, and is possibly the
male of the same species, but differs from it, and from the characters
usually assigned to the genus, in possessing well-developed antennule.
In life, according to Professor Verrill, if was translucent whitish, the
body spotted with dark brown, and the eyes blackish.

THYROPUS, species.
A single specimen of a species of this genus was taken with the Phro-
nima and Salpa, off Gay Head, early in September.

CAPRELLA GEOMETRICA Say. Plate V, fig. 20. (p. 480.)
Loe. cit., p. 390, 1818; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Mus., p. 357, Pl.
56, fig. 8.
North Carolina to Vineyard Sound, especially among eel-grass; very
abundant in Great Ege Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871.

CAPRELLA, species. (p. 316.)
A larger species of Caprella, which is common in the Bay of Fundy,
was frequently dredged in Vineyard Sound.
ISOPODA.

SCYPHACELLA Smith, gen. nov.
Near Scyphax, Dana.* Antenna composed of eight distinct segments,

* U.S. Exploring Expedition, Crust., p.734, Pl. 48, fig. 5.

568 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

with a geniculation at the articulation of the fourth with the fifth seg-
ment; terminal portion, corresponding to the flagellum, composed of
three closely articulated segments, besides a minute apical one; mandi-
bles slender, without palpi; exposed portion of the maxillipeds formed
of only two segments; the basal one with a narrow, elongated portion,
which is abruptly narrowed at the articulation of the terminal segment,
and sends a slender process beneath it to the middle of its inner margin ;
the terminal segment much narrower than the basal, and tapering
toward the extremity; legs subequal, the posterior not shorter than
the others; terminal segment of the abdomen produced between the
posterior caudal appendages, which are short and essentially as in the
allied genera.

This genus differs from Scyphar most notably in the form of the max-
illipeds, which in Scyphax have the terminal segment broad and serrately
lobed, while in our genus it is elongated, tapering, and has entire mar-
gins. In Scyphax, also, the posterior pair of thoracic legs are much
smaller than the others, and weak ; the last segment of the abdomen is
truneated at the apex, and the articulations between the segments of
the terminal portion of the antenn are much more complete than in our
species. The general form and appearance of the genera are the same,
and the known species agree remarkably in habits, the Scyphax, accord-
ing to Dana, occurring on the beach of Parua Harbor, New Zealand,
and found in the sand by turning it over for the depth of a few inches.

ScYPHACELLA ARENICOLA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 337.)

Body elliptical; abdomen not abruptly narrower than the thorax; the
whole dorsal surface, except the extremity of the abdomen, covered with
small, depressed tubercles, which give rise to minute spinules; eyes
prominent, round; antenna a little longer than the breadth of the body;
first and second segments short, equal; third, fourth, and fifth succes-
sively longer, the fifth being rather longer than the terminal portion,
which is more slender than the fifth segment, tapers regularly to the
tip, and is composed of three successively much shorter segments, and
avery Short, somewhat spiniform, but obtuse, terminal one; all the seg-
ments, except the minute terminal one, scatteringly beset with spinules;
legs beset with small spines; the ischial, meral, carpal, and propodal
segments subequal; terminal process of the last segment of the abdo-
men narrow, triangular, with the apex slightly rounded, and the dorsal
surface a little concave; posterior caudal appendages much shorter than
the abdomen; rami slightly unequal, the outer stout, spinulose, the inner
a little shorter and much more slender.

Color, in life, nearly white, with chalky white spots and seattered,
blackish dots arranged irregularly. Eyes black.

Length, 3-4™™.

Found at Somers’s and Beesley’s Points, on Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey, in April, 1871, burrowing in the sand of the beaches, just above

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 569

ordinary high-water mark, in company with several species of Staphyli-
nide, and will very likely be found on Long Island and the southern coast
of New England.

PHILOSCIA VITTATA Say.
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 429, 1818.
Under rubbish below high-water mark, Connecticut and New Jersey.

SPH ROMA QUADRIDENTATA Say. Plate V, fig. 21. (p. 315.)
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 400, 1818.
Massachusetts to Florida.

IDOTEA CCA Say. Plate V, fig. 22. (p. 340.)
Loe. cit., p. 424,1818. Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 337, 1841.
Massachusetts to Florida.

IDOTEA TUFTSII Stimpson. (p. 540.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 39, 1853.
Bay of Fundy and off New London, Connecticut.

IDOTEA IRRORATA Edwards. Plate V, fig. 23. (p. 316.)
Hist. nat. des Crust., vol. iii, p. 132, 1840. Stenosoma irrorata Say, loc. cit., p. 423,
1818; Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 338, 1841.
Bay of Fundy to Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.

IDOTEA ROBUSTA Kroyer. Plate V, fig. 24. (p. 439.)
Naturhist. Tidssk., 2d R., Bind ii, p. 108, 1846; Stimpson, Proceedings Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1862, p. 133.
South shore of Long Island to the Arctic Ocean. <A pelagic species.

IDOTEA PHOSPHOREA Harger, sp. nov. (p. 316.)

Resembling J. trrorata in size and shape, but easily distinguished
from that species by the pointed abdomen.

Antenne less than half the length of the body, antennule attaining
the end of the third segment of the antenne. Front slightly excavated
with the lateral angles salient. Head about twice as broad as long,
turgid, and usually with a pair of tubercles on the vertex. Eyes placed
a little before the middle of the lateral margin, hemispherical, black.
First segment of thorax produced laterally around the back part of the
head nearly to the eyes, showing no epimeral sutures. Second segment
much longer on the median line, but shorter at the sides than the first ;
the epimera occupy the anterior two-thirds of the lateral margin. Third
segment slightly longer than the second; the epimera occupying still
more of the lateral margin. Fourth segment of about the same length
as third; the epimera occupying nearly or quite all the lateral margin.
The remaining three thoracic segments gradually decrease in size; the
epimera occupy the whole lateral margin and increase in size poste-
riorly. The first two abdominal segments are distinct and acute at the
sides. The third is similar to these at the sides, but is only separated

570 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

from the last by an incision reaching about half way to the median line,
Last segment entire, ovate behind, and cuspidate. The style on the
second pair of branchial plates in the male is slender, surpasses the
lamin, and reaches the middle of the terminal cilia; it is obliquely
truncated at the end.

Many of the specimens, especially the smaller ones, are furnished
with a row of prominent tubercles along the back, and sometimes with
lateral rows.

Length, 10-25 ™™"; breadth, 3-7.5"™.

Long Island Sound to Bay of Fundy.

ERICHSONIA FILIFORMIS Harger. Plate VI, fig. 26. (p. 316.)
Stenosoma filiformis Say, loc. cit., p. 424, 1818.

Small, slender, and nearly linear in outline. Antennule not quite
attaining the fourth segment of the antennie, which are six-jointed, and
more than half as long as the body, with the first segment short, second
and third increasing in length, last three segments about equal; head
elevated between the eyes, where it is surmounted by a bifid tubercle ;
first and second thoracic segments with a lateral salient angle behind
the evident angulated epimera; third and fourth segments with their
lateral borders emarginate, and the epimera concealed or rarely visible
from above at the emargination; last three thoracic segments angulated
in front of the epimera, which are also angular. This arrangement,
especially in the smaller specimens, gives the appearance of fourteen
serrations on each side of the thorax. There is a row of tubercles
along the median line. Abdominal segments consolidated into a
single piece, which is furnished with a divergent tooth on each side
near the base, and is expanded and obtusely triangular at the apex.
The style on the second pair of branchial plates in the male is strong
and curved, surpasses the cilia, and is acute and sharply serrate near
the end. ‘

Length, 5-9".

Vineyard Sound to Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.

ERICHSONIA ATTENUATA Harger, sp. nov. Plate VI, fig. 27. (p. 370.)
Body smooth, narrowly linear in outline. Antennule slightly sur-
passing the second segment of the antenn, which are more than half
the length of the body, and have the last segment longest. Head exca-
vated in front; eyes small, black, prominent; first thoracic segment
short; second, third, and fourth segments about equal in length, twice
as long as the first; third segment broadest, last three segments gradu-
ally decreasing in length. Epimera visible from above only in the last
two or three segments, but the sutures are evident, except in the first
segment, and their position moves gradually from the anterior portion
of the segment in the second to the posterior in the seventh segment.
Abdominal segments consolidated into a single piece, which is slightly
dilated laterally near the base, and obtusely triangular at the tip. The

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 571

style on the second pair of branchial plates in the male is straight,
slightly surpasses the cilia, and is acute at the end.

The color in life is usually uniform dark green, sometimes with an
obscure dorsal stripe of a lighter coior.

Length, 15™.

Abundant among eel-grass at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, and
also found at New Haven, Connecticut.

EPELYS TRILOBUS Smith. Plate VI, fig. 28. (p. 370.)
Idotea triloba Say, loc. cit., p. 425, 1818.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey to Vineyard Sound.

EPELYS MONTOSUS Harger. (p.370.)
Idotea montosa Stimpson, Marine Invert., Grand Manan, p. 40, 1855.

Bay of Fundy to Long Island Sound.

JRA COPIOSA Stimpson. (p. 315.)
Loe. cit., p. 40, Pl. 3, fig. 29, 1853. J. nivalis Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. i, 296, (non Kroyer.)

Long Island Sound to Labrador.

LIMNORIA LIGNORUM White. Plate VI, fig. 25. (p. 379.)

Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. 227, Pl. 12, fig. 5. Cymothoa lignorum Rathke, Skrivt.
af Naturh. Selsk., vol. 101, t. 3, f. 14, 1799, (teste Bate and Westwood.) Lim-
noria terebrans Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. xi, p. 371, 1815. Gould,
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 388, 1841.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to the Bay of Fundy and Europe.

NEROCILA MUNDA Harger, sp. nov. (p. 459.)

Hlongated, oval, smooth, and polished. Antenne and antennule nearly
equal in length, about as long asthe head. Head flattened, about one-
third broader than long, slightly narrowing anteriorly, produced and
broadly rounded in front, subequally trilobed behind, the middle lobe
largest. Eyes black, consisting of an irregularly rounded patch of
rather indistinct ocelli visible both above and below. First thoracic
segment longer than the others, excavated in front for the three lobes
of the head; epimeral sutures of this segment indistinct, but the
posterior lateral angles of the segment are somewhat produced and
broadly rounded. The next three segments have this angle produced
So as to become asmall tooth inthe fourth thoracic segment; in the last
three segments it is much produced, becoming along acute tooth in the
seventh. The epimera of the second segment are rounded behind ; the
remaining epimera are slightly angular behind, becoming more acute
posteriorly ; those of the second, third, and fourth segments extend
backward about as far as the segment to which they belong, but in the
last three segments the produced angles of the segments surpass the
epimera, so that the angle of the sixth segment nearly attains the end
of the seventh epimeron.

572 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISII AND FISHERIES.

The abdomen is composed of six segments, the first five short and
about equal in length; the sixth equal in length to the other five, trun-
cate in front and rounded behind. The spines beneath the abdomen, or
‘abdominal epimera,” are acute, the second a little more slender than the
first, and extending not quite to the posterior angle of the fourth ab-
dominal segment. The interna! plate of the caudal stylets is oval and
obliquely truncate, shorter than the external, which is narrow, ovate,
acute behind, extending about half its length beyond the tip of the ab-
domen and longer than the preceding segment of the stylet. Claws of
the anterior feet strongly hooked, those of the posterior feet feebly so.

Color, in alcohol, brown, with two narrow dorsal bands of lighter
color.

Length, 15™"; breadth, 7™™.

This species is allied to N. bivittata, but differs from that species as
figured by Milne Edwards, (Atlas du Régne animal de Cuvier, Crust.,
Plate 66, fig. 5,) in the shortness of three posterior epimera, the
regularly rounded terminal segment of the abdomen, and the shape of
the caudal stylets.

A single specimen was obtained on the dorsal fin of Ceratacanthus au-
rantiacus.

CONILERA CONCHARUM Harger. (p. 459.)
ga concharum Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 42, 1853.
Vineyard Sound ; Charleston, South Carolina.

LIVONECA OVALIS Harger. Plate VI, fig. 29. (p. 457.)
Cymothoa ovalis Say loc. cit., p. 394, 1818.
These animals are usually distorted, and not, as represented in the
figure, symmetrical on the two sides.
The specimen figured was taken from a blue-fish near the gill.

ANTHURA BRUNNEA Harger, sp.nov. (p. 426.)

Nearly uniform in size throughout, but slightly narrower anteriorly.
Antennule and antenne nearly equal in length, scarcely longer than the
head. Front projecting between and each side of the bases of the anten-
nul into prominent angles. Kyes small and situated in the sides of the
lateral prominences. Thoracic segments smooth and shining above; the
third with a slight semicircular depression on the middle of the anterior
margin. This depression is still more strongly marked on the three fol-
lowing segments. First segment slightly longer and narrower than the
others ; second to fifth about equal; sixth and seventh considerably
shorter; the seventh about three-fourths the length of the sixth; all
the segments carinated below. Dorsal surface of the basal portion of
the abdomen similar to the posterior segment of the thorax, showing
no indication of segments. Terminal portion flat, smooth, and narrowly
ovate at tip. Appendages of the penultimate segment lamelliform,
similar in form to the terminal plate but not quite equaling it. First
pair of feet short and thickened. All the feet slightly hairy.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 573

- In life whitish mottled with dull, purplish brown above. Eyes black,
retaining their color in alcohol. Length, 14-15™™.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, and Vineyard Sound.

ANTHURA BRACHIATA Stimpson. (p. 511.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 43, 1853.

This species is greatly constricted at the articulations of the second
thoracic segment, and by that character is easily distinguished from
A. brunnea.

Bay of Fundy to Vineyard Sound.

TANAIS FILUM Stimpson. (p. 381.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 43, 1853.

Bay of Fundy to Vineyard Sound.

CEPON DISTORTUS Leidy. (p. 557.)
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. iii, p. 149, Pl. 11, figs. 26-32, 1855.
Branchial cavity of Gelasimus pugilator, Atlantic City, New Jersey.

ENTOMOSTRACA.

The Ostracoda and the minute Copeopoda of our coast have not yet
been sufficiently studied by any one for us to attempt to enumerate even
the more common species.

COPEOPODA.

SAPPHIRINA, species. Plate VII, fig. 33. (p. 439.)

A beautiful species of this remarkable genus was taken off Gay Head,
Martha’s Vineyard, September 2 a

PHYLLOPODA,
ARTEMIA GRACILIS Verrill.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 2d series, vol. xl viii, p. 248, 1869; Proceedings Amer. Assoc. Adv.
Sci., vol. xviii, p. 235, figs. 1 and 2, 1870.
In tubs of concentrated sea-water at New Haven, Connecticut; Charles-
town, Massachusetts ; and in salt-vats at Falmouth, Massachusetts.

SIPHONOSTOMA.

ERGASILUS LABRACES Kroyer. (p. 459.)
Nat. Tidsskrift, 1863-64, p. 303, Pl. 11, fig. 2, (teste Zoological Record for
1865.)
According to Kroyer, found upon the striped bass (Roccus lineatus)
from Baltimore, and liable,.therefore, to occur on the coast of New
England.

ARGULUS CATOSTOMI Dana and Herrick. (p. 459.)
Amer. Jour. Sci., Ist series, vol. xxx, p. 383, 1836, and vol. xxxi, p. 297, plate,
1837.
Parasitic on the “sucker” (Catostomus) in Mill River, near New
Haven, Connecticut.

574 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ARGULUS LATICAUDA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 452.)

Carapax orbicular, longer than broad; antero-lateral margin with a
deep sinus from which a deep suleus extends to the center of the eara-
pax; sinus of the posterior margin about twice as deep as broad,
extending a little less than a third of the length of the carapax. Eyes
large. Body scarcely projecting beyond the posterior margin of the
carapax. Tail orbicular, slightly longer than broad, its posterior sinus
narrow, extending scarcely a fourth the length. Antennule and antenne
much as in A. Catostomi, to which the species bears considerable resem-
blanece. The squamiform appendage upon the base of the prehensile
legs expands into a broad posterior margin, which is divided into three
broad, closely approximated lobes, of which the extremities are broad,
truncated, and slightly and irregularly excavated; the terminal portion
of the leg is much as in A. Catostomi, the ultimate segment longer than
the penultimate and armed at the tip with two claws. Natatory legs
short, the anterior ones not projecting beyond the carapax.

In alcoholic specimens most of the carapax is opaque and black with
a thick deposit of pigment.

Length of entire animal, in the largest specimen, 5™™; length of
earapax, 3.7; breadth of carapax, 3.2; length of tail, 1.3; breadth of
tail, 1.1.

Found among algz in Vineyard Sound.

A small specimen taken at surface early in September had the opaque
portions of the carapax dark brown in life, and in alcohol it retains
about the same color.

ARGULUS LATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 452.)

Carapax large, orbicular, broader than long; the antero-lateral border
with a broad shallow sinus; the sinus of the posterior margin not
deeper than broad, its depth scarcely more than a fifth of the length of
the carapax. Body projecting considerably beyond the posterior margin
of the carapax. ‘Tail a third as long as the carapax, about two-thirds
as broad as long, the lateral margins slightly curved and nearly parallel,
the sinus very broad and extending more than a third of the whole
length. Disks of the sucking legs about a fourth as wide as the carapax.
Squamiform appendage upon the base of the prehensile legs with a pap-
pilose area upon the expanded distal portion, the posterior margin
without teeth or lobes, but the outer margin of the expanded portion
armed with numerous very small teeth; ultimate segment longer than the
penultimate, and apparently withont any hooks at the tip. Natatory
legs all long, even the anterior projecting beyond the sides of the
carapax.

Color of alcoholic specimens yellowish white.

Length, 3.0™™; length of carapax, 2.2; breadth of carapax, 2.5; length
of tail, 0.7; breadth of tail, 0.45.

Taken at the surface, in Vineyard Sound, July 1.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 575

ARGULUS MEGALOPS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 452.)

Carapax subelliptical, longer than broad; the antero-lateral margin
with a deep sinus; the posterior lobes of the carapax, each side of the
shallow and narrow sinus, broady rounded. Eyes very large, their
diameter a tenth as great as the breadth of the carapax. Body pro-
jecting much beyond the posterior margin of the carapax. Tail some-
what ovate, about two-thirds as broad as long, the sinus only a small
notch, extending not more than a tenth of thelength. Natatory legs very
long, all projecting beyond the carapax. Squamiform appendages upon
the bases of the prehensile legs, with a pappilose area upon the expanded
portion, and the posterior margin armed with three rather slender
teeth, separated by broad spaces; the terminal segment of the leg
armed with two small hooks.

Color of alcoholic specimens, yellowish white.

Length, 2.2"; length of carapax, 1.3; breadth of carapax, 1.0; length
of tail, 0.7; breadth of tail, 0.47.

Vineyard Sound, taken at the surface, July 8.

ARGULUS ALOSZ Gould. (p. 459.)
Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 340, 1841.
Parasitic upon the alewife in Massachusetts Bay, according to Gould.

CALIGUS CURTUS Miiller. (p. 459.)
Entomostraca, p. 130, Pl. 21, figs. 1,2, 1785; Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskrift, vol. i, p. 619;
Pl. 6, fig. 2, 1837. Caligus Miilleri Leach, Eneycl. Brit., Suppl., vol. i, p. 405,
Pl. 20, figs. 1-8, 1816, (teste Baird et al.;) Baird, British Entomostraca, p. 271,
Pl. 32, figs. 4,5. Caligus Americanus Pickering and Dana, Amer. Jour. Sci.,
vol. xxxiv, p. 225, Pl. 3-5, 1838; Dana, U.S. Expl. Expd., Crust., Pl. 93.
Abundant upon the cod-fish of our coast and of Europe. It is prob-
ably the Caligus piscinus of Gould and other American writers.

CALIGUS RAPAX Edwards. (p. 497.)
Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 453, Pl. 38, fig. 9-12, 1840; Baird, op. cit., p. 270,
pl. 32, figs. 2,3; Steenstrup and Liitken, Bidrag til Kundskab om det aabne
Havs Snyltekrebse og Lerner, p. 359, Pl. 2, fig. 4, 1861.

Vineyard Sound, on the sting ray, (Trygon centroura,) and small speci-
mens, both male and female, taken at the surface at Wood’s Hole, Sep-
tember 3, in the evening. These specimens from the surface, according
to Professor Verrill’s notes, were light flesh color, thickly speckled with
minute brown spots, the eyes bright red.

LEPEOPHTHEIRUS, species. (p. 409.)

A species with a jong tail, and somewhat like the Z. gracilis, (Van
Benaden sp.,) was found upon the sting ray (Trygon centroura) taken in
Vineyard Sound.

LEPEOPHTHEIRUS, species. (p. 459.)

A species with a very short tail, and approaching Heller’s genus Anu-
retes. South shore of Long Island, upon a flounder, (Chanopsetta ocel-
laris.)

\

576 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The Lepeophtheirus salmonis Kroyer, is found upon the salmon of the
northern coast of New England.

ECHTHROGALEUS COLEOPTRATUS Steenstrup and Liitken. (p. 409.)
Op. cit., 380. Dinematura coleoptrata Guérin, lenographie du Réegne animal, Crust.
Pl. 35, fig. 6. Dinemoura alta Baird, British Entomostraca, p. 285, Pl. 38, figs.
ave
Vineyard Sound, September 19, from the back fin of the mackerel-
shark, (Lamna punctata.) It has been found upon the English coast and

off the Azores.

ECHTHROGALEUS DENTICULATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 409.)

Carapax broader than long, with a very slight median emargination
in the outline of the front. Posterior portion of the body scarcely longer
and not quite as wide as thecarapax. Dorsal plates, or elytra, covering
much more than half the genital segment, their inner and posterior
margins armed with a regular series of small teeth. The posterior lobes of
the genital segment somewhat triangular and each terminated by a stout
spine. Dorsal plate of the tail elongated, obtusely rounded at the ex-
tremity, and exposed from above by the very broad sinus in the genital
segment. The tail itself broad, somewhat rectangular, but narrowed dis-
tally and not projecting behind the dorsal plate; the terminal lamellv
nearly as long as the tail, narrow, linear, nearly three times as long as
broad, and armed at the tip with several setie.

Length, 9" ; breadth of carapax, 5.1; length of elytra along the inner
margin, 2.5.

Vineyard Sound, on Atwood’s shark, (Carcharias Atwoodi.)

? PANDARUS CRANCHII Leach. (p. 409.)
Dict. des Sci. nat., tome xiv, p. 535, 1819, (teste Edwards et al.;) Edwards, Régne
animal de Cuvier, 3™° éd., Crust., Pl. 78, fig. 2; Steenstrup and Liitken, op.
cit., Pl. 11, fig. 22.

A number of specimens of a Pandarus, taken from a dusky shark
(Eulamia obscura) on the south side of Long Island in 1870, differ only
very slightly from the figures and descriptions of P. Cranchii quoted
above.

PANDARUS, species. Plate VII, fig. 31. (p. 457.)

Vineyard Sound, on Atwood’s shark, (Carcharias Atwoodi.) It is, per-
haps, only a variety of the last species, but differs considerably from it,
wanting almost wholly the series of spines upon the posterior margin
of the carapax, having the caudal appendages shorter and obtuse, besides
some slight differences in the natatory legs.

NoGaGus LATREILLII Leach. Plate VII, fig. 32. (p. 457.)
Dict. des. Sci. nat., tome xiv, p. 536, 1819, (teste Edwards et al.;) Régne animal
de Cuvier, Crust., Pl. 79, fig. 3; Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 459 ; Steen-
strup and Liitken, op. cit., p. 384, Pl. 9, fig. 18.
Vineyard Sound, in company with the last species, on Atwood’s shark.
All the species of Nogagus are males of the allied genera, Pandarus,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 577

Eehthrogaleus, &c., and are only provisionally retained in a separate
group, until it can be determined to which of these genera the different
species really belong. This species is probably a Pandarus, and very
likely the male of the last species.

Our specimens differ slightly from the figures given by Stegner and
Liitken, the dentiform prominences on the sides of the genital segment in
our specimens being much smaller than represented in their figures, the
segments of the tail somewhat shorter and broader, and the terminal
lamellie also shorter and broader, while in other respects they agree well.
Steenstrup and Liitken’s specimens were taken from sharks caught in
latitude 51° north, longitude 76° west, (in the Gulf Stream, off the South
Carolina coast,) and in latitude 40° south, longitude 31° west, while
Leach’s came from latitude 1° south, longitude 4° east.

NOGAGUS TENAX Steenstrup and Liitken. (p. 457.)
Op. cit., pp. 384, 383, Pl. 10, fig. 20, 1861.

Vineyard Sound, with the last species, upon Atwood’s shark. It has
nearly as Brionded a range as the last species.

It is very different from the last species, having the branches of the
posterior pair of natatory legs each composed of a single segment, and
the tail also composed of a single segment, which is broader than long,
and has the short, truncate caudal lamelle attached to its obliquely
truncated posterior angles. Length, 4.0™™.

This species probably belongs to a different genus from the last, and

is perhaps the male of Hehthrogaleus denticulatus, with which it was asso-

ciated. Both species of Nogagus, the Pandarus and Hehthrogaleus denticu-
latus, were, however, all found on the same specimen of the shark, so
that the association of males and females in one or two instanees is not
very good proof of their identity.

PANDARUS SINUATUS Say. (p. 459.)
Loe. cit., p. 436, 1818.
This species is apparently, as far as can be judged from Say’s deserip-
tion, allied to P. bicolor Leach, a European species, which is probably
not congeneric with the species which we have previously mentioned.

CECROPS LATREILLII Leach. (p. 459.)
Encyl. Brit., Suppl., vol. i, p. 405, Pl. 20, 1816, (teste Edwards et al. ;) Edwards,
Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 475; Baird, op. cit., p. 293, Pl. 34, figs. 1, 2
According to Gould, (op. cit., p. 341,) this species has been found upon
the san-fish (Orthagoriscus mola) taken on the coast of Massachusetts.

ANTHOSOMA CRASSUM Steenstrup and Liitken. (p. 460.)

Op. cit., p. 367, Pl. 12, fig. 24, 1861. Caligus crassus Abildgaard, (teste Ste en-
strup and Liitken,) Naturh. Selsk. Skr., Bind iii, p. 49, pl. 5, [1794 ?] (teste
Kroyer.) Anthosoma Smithii Leach, Encycl. Brit., Suppl., vol. i, p. 406, PL. 20,
1816, (teste Edwards et al.;) Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskrift, vol. i, p. 295, Pl. 2, fig.
2, 1836; Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, 493, Pl. 39, fig. 5; Régne ani-
mal de Cuvier, Crust., Pl. 79, fig. 3;. Baird, op. cit., p. 299, Pl. 33, fig. 9.

A ceording to Gould, (op. cit., p. 341,) Anthosoma Smithii has been
S. Mis. 61 37

578 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

found upon the mackerel-shark (Zamna punctata) taken on the coast of
Massachusetts.

LERNZA BRANCHIALIS Linné. (p. 460.)
Systema Nature ; Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome ili, p. 528; Steenstrup
and Liitken, op. cit., p. 403, Pl. 13, fig. 28.
Found attached to the gills of the cod in the Bay of Fundy, and,
undoubtedly, extends as far south as that fish. It is common in North-
ern Europe.

PENELLA PLUMOSA DeKay. (p. 460.)
Op. cit., p. 60, 1844.
Found, according to DeKay, upon Diodon pilosus, and a species of
Rhombus.

ANCHORELLA UNCINATA Nordmann. (p. 460.)

Mikrographische Beitrage, Heft ii, p. 102, Pl. 8, figs. 8-12, Pl. 10, figs. 1-5, 1832;
Baird, op. cit., p. 387, Pl. 35, fig. 9. Lernwa uncinata Miiller, Zoologia Danica,
vol. i, Pl. 33, fig. 2, 1788, (teste Nordmann el al. ;) Van Benaden, Poissons des
cotes de Belgique, Mémoires Acad. Royale Belgique, tome xxxiii, Pl. 2, fig. 7,
1871.

Found upon cod-fish taken at New London, Connecticut. It is a com-
mon European species.

LERNEONEMA RADIATA Stp. and Ltk. Plate VII, fig. 30. (p. 458.)
Op. cit., p. 400, 1861. Lerneocera radiata Leseur, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila-
delphia, vol. iii, p. 288, Pl. 11, fig. 1, 1824.

At Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, and in Viney yard Sound and Buz-
zard’s Bay, very common upon the menhaden, (Brevoortia Menhaden.)

LERNEONEMA ?, species. (p. 460.)

A species belonging to this, or a closely-allied genus, was found upon
a species of Carangus taken in Vineyard Sound.

According to Gould, (op. cit., p. 341,) Penella filosa Cuvier, (Guérin,
op. cit., Zoophytes, Pl. 9. fig. 3; Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome
iii, p. 525,) has been found Stine Orthagoriscus mola, and might, there-
fore, occasionally occur south of Cape Cod. ‘the same author also men-
tions (p. 341) Chondracanthus cornutus Cuvier, (Nordmann, op. Cit., p.
111, Pl. 9, figs. 5-10; Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 500, Pl.
40, figs. 18-22,) and Branchiella Thynni Cuvier, pater: op. cit., tome
iii, p. 512; Steenstrup and Liitken, op. cit., p. 420, Pl. 15, fig. 36,) a
occurring gee the coast of Massachusetts.

CIRRIPEDIA.

BALANUS AMPHITRITE Darwin. (p. 381.)
Monograph of the Cirripedia, pp. 240, 614, Pl. 5, fig. 2, 1854
Found upon the bottoms of ships, but See does not live long
after arriving upon our coast. It is found in all the tropical and warmer
temperate seas.
Baianus tintinnabulum Linné, (Darwin, op. cit., pp. 194, 611, Pl. 1, 2,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 579

fig. 1,) occurs with the last species, but has not been noticed living. It
has about the same range as the Bb. amphitrite.

BALANUS EBURNEUS Gould. _(p. 381.)
Op. cit., p. 15, Pl. 1, fig. 6, 1841, Darwin, op. cit., pp. 248, 614, Pl. 5, fig. 4.
From Massachusetts Bay to Florida and the West Indies. It sometimes
oceurs in brackish or even fresh water. Professor J. Wyman found it
living about 50 miles up the St. John’s River, Florida, where the water
was fresh enough to drink, and the specimens lived well when trans-
ferred to a vessel of perfectly fresh water.

BALANUS IMPROVISUS Darwin.
Op. cit., pp. 250, 614, Pl. 6, fig. 1.
Darwin gives this species as occurring in England, Nova Scotia, United
States, West Indies, and South America, so that it undoubtedly occurs
upon the coast of New Engiand.

BALANUS CRENATUS Bruguieére. (p. 381.)
Eneyclop. Method., 1798, (teste Darwin ;) Darwin, op. cit., pp. 261,615, PL.6, fie. 6.
Balanus rugosus Gould, op. cit., p. 16, Pl. 1, fig. 10.
Dredged abundantly in Vineyard Sound. It ranges from the arctic
regions of the Atlantic to the Cape of Good Hope and the West Indies.

BALANUS BALANOIDES Stimpson. (p. 305.)

Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 39, 1853; Darwin, op. cit., pp. 267, 615
Pl. 7, fig. 2. Lepas balanoides Linné, Systema Nature, 1767, (teste Darwin.)
Balanus ovularis and elongatus Gould, op. cit., pp. 17, 18, Pl. 1, figs. 7, 8.

Extremely abundant between tides. It inhabits the whole North
Atlantic.

CORONULA DIADEMA De Blainville. (p. 460.)

Dict. des Sci. nat., 1824, (teste, Darwin ;) Gould, op. cit.. p. 12; Darwin, op. cit.,
pp. 417, 625, Pl. 15, fig. 3, Pl. 16, figs. 1,2, 7. Zepas diadema Linné, Systema
Nature, 1767, (teste Darwin.)

Attached to whales taken on the coast, both north and south of Cape
Cod. It is found throughout the whole North Atlantic.

LEPAS FASCICULARIS Ellis and Solander. Plate VII, fig. 54. (p. 382.)
Zoophytes, 1786, (teste Darwin ;) Darwin, op. cit., p. 92, Pl. 1, fig. 6.
Found in vast numbers in Vineyard Sound, in June and July, and
frequently taken in the Bay of Fundy in August.

LEPAS PECTINATA Spengler. (p. 382.)
Darwin, op. cit., p. 85, Pk 1, fig. 3. Anatifa dentata Gould, op. cit., p. 21, Pl. 1, fig.
1s
Attached to ships’ bottoms, but probably does not live long after
arriving on our coast. It lives throughout the warmer parts of the
Atlantic.

580 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘LEPAS ANATIFERA Linné. (p. 382.)

Systema Nature, 1767, (teste Darwin ;) Darwin, op. cit., p. 73, Pl. 1, fig. 1.

Occurs in the same way as the last species. It is common to the
Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, and the Mediterranean.

LLEPAS ANSERIFERA Linné. (p. 582.)
Systema Nature, 1767, (teste Dar win;) Darwin, op. cit., p. 81, Pl. 1, fig.4. dAnatifa

striata Gould, op. cit., p. 20.

This species probably oceurs in the same way as the last. It has the
same range.

CONCHODERMA AURITA Olfers. (p. 392.)
Darwin, op. cit., p. 141, Pl. 3, fig.4. Lepas aurita Linné, Systema Nature, 1767,

(teste Darwin.) Ofion Cuvieri Gould, op. cit., p. 23.

On ships’ bottoms, &c. It ranges through all the seas.

CONCHODERMA VIRGATA Olfers. (p. 392.)
Darwin, op. cit., p. 146, Pl. 3, fig.2. Lepas virgata Spengler, 1790, (teste Darwin. )

Cineras vittata Gould, op. cit., p. 22.

Occurs in the same way, and has the same range as the last species.
XIPHOSURA.

LIMULUS POLYPHEMUS Latreille. (p. 340.)

Hist. des Crust., (teste Edwards,) Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p.549; Say, loc.
cit., p. 433; Gould, op. cit., p. 389; Packard, Memoirs Boston Soe. Nat. Hist.,
vol. ii, p. 155, Pl. 3-5, 1872, (on the development ;) A. Milne Edwards, Annales
des Sci. nat., 5° sér., tome xvii, nos. 1 et 2, Dec., 1872, Pl. 5-16, (on the anatomy. )
Monoculus Polynhemus Linné, Systema Nature ; Polyphemus occidentalis Lamark,
Hist. des Anim. sans vert.; De Kay, op. cit., p.55, Pl. 11, fig.50. Limulus
australis Say, loc. cit., p. 436. Xiphosura Polyphemus White, List of Crust. in
British Mus., p. 121, 1847.

Casco Bay, on the coast of Maine, to Florida.
ANNELIDA.
POLYCH ETA.

APHRODITA ACULEATA Linn. (p. 507.)

Systema Nature, ed. xii, vol. i, p. 1084, 1767; Malmgren, Ofvers. af Kong. Vet.-
Akad. Foérhandlingar, 1865, p. 52; Jolnston, Catalogue of British Non-Par-
asitical Worms, p. 101, Pl. 9, 1865; Quatrefages, Histoire naturelle des An-
nelés, vol. i, p. 191, 1865.

Off Gay Head in 15 to 19 fathoms, mud; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 106
fathoms, mud; St. George’s Bank, 50 fathoms; northward to Labra-
dor. Northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain and Mediterranean.

. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 581

/

PIDONOTUS SQUAMATUS Leach. Plate X, figs. 40, 41. (p. 320.)

Aphrodita squamata Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 665; ed. xii, p. 1084. Polynde
squamata Savigny, Syst. Annel., 20 (t. Quatr.); Quatr., op. cit., p. 218. <Aphro-
dita punctata Miill., Zool. Dan. Prod., p. 218 (t. Malmgren). Lepidonotus
squamatus Malmgren, op. cit., p. 56; Johnston, op. cit., p. 109, Pl. 7, fig. 1,
Lepidonote armadillo Leidy, Marine Invert. of Rhode Island and New Jersey,
p. 16, Pl. 11, fig. 54. Polynée dasypus Quatr., op. cit., vol. i, p. 226.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; New Haven; Watch Hill, Rhode
Island; Vineyard Sound, &c. Very common north of Cape Cod to
Labrador and Iceland; northern coasts of Europe; Great Britain ;
France.

In the Bay of Fundy it occurs abundantly from above low-water
mark to the depth of 80 fathoms.

LEPIDONOTUS SUBLEVIS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate X, fig. 42. (p. 320.)

Body oblong, somewhat narrowed toward each end, entirely covered
by twelve pairs of large scales, or “elytra,” which, with the exception
of the first and last pairs, are broad oval, evenly rounded posteriorly, the
outer lateral edge with a fine fringe; the posterior margin smooth. Their
surface is iridescent and nearly smooth throughout, and destitute of
tubercles, but has minute rounded granules, and appears punctate
under a lens. The scales of the last pair are elongated, with the inner
edge curved inward, but without a distinct emargination, such as is
seen in the preceding species. Sets numerous, slender but stiff,
amber-yellow. Scales usually reddish or greenish brown, finely specked
with dark brown. Length up to 30™; breadth, 8™™.

This species is easily distinguished from the last by its nearly smooth
seales, the form of the last pair, and the lighter-colored and more
slender set.

Savin Rock, near New Hayen; Vineyard Sound.

VEPIDONOTUS ANGUSTUS Verrill, sp. noy. (p. 494.)

Body elongated, narrow, of nearly uniform width throughout, convex
‘above. Twelve pairs of elytra, which are only slightly imbricated and
hardly cover the back completely, there being often a narrow naked
dorsal space, but when the elytra are closely appressed the back is
nearly covered. The elytra are rather small, regularly oval, except those
of the terminal pairs; outer edge irregularly fringed; surface covered
with small, slightly prominent, roundish granules. Posterior elytra
with a deep emargination on the inner margin. Head larger and rela-
tively broader than in JZ. squamatus, convex, with well-rounded sides,
eyes larger and farther apart. -Antenne rather short. Sete shorter
than in either of the preceding species, of nearly uniform length, rather
rigid, light amber-colored, forming short dense fascicles. Color varia-
ble; in one specimen the scales were yellowish gray and brownish,
varied with dark specks, and with a central subcircular or somewhat
crescent-shaped white spot, surrounded by a circle of dark brown specks,.

582 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

which form an irregular dark spot on the inner border of the pale central
spot.

Reefs off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 or 5 fathoms, among rocks
and alge.

HARMOTHOE IMBRICATA Malmgren. (p. 321.)

Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, op. cit., p. 67, 1865, Pl. 9, fig. 8, A-E. Aphrodita imbri-
cata Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1084, 1767. Aphrodita cirrata Miiller, Prodr:
Zool. Dan., No. 2644 (t. Malmgren); Fabricius, Fauna Greenlandieca, p.308, Pl.
1, fig. 70. Lepidonote cirrata Cirsted, Groén. Ann. Dorsib., 1843, p. 14, Pl. 1, figs.
1,5,6,11, 14,15; Stimpson, Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 36, 1853. Polyndée
cirrata Sars, Arch. fiir. Naturg., vol. xi, 1845, p. 11, Pl. 1, figs. 12-21 (embry-
ology).

New Haven; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound; Massa-
chusetts Bay; Bay of Fundy and northward to Greenland; Iceland;
and Spitzbergen. Northern coasts of Europe; Scotland. In the Bay
of Fundy it is common from above low-water mark to 60 fathoms; in
Vineyard Sound, from low-water mark to 15 fathoms; 25 fathoms off
Buzzard’s Bay.

STHENELAIS PICTA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 348.)
(2) Sigalion Mathilde Leidy, Marine Invert. Fauna of the Coasts of Rhode Island
and New Jersey, p. 16, Pl. 11, f. 53, from Journal Philadelphia Acad., series ii,
vol. ili, 1855 (non Aud. and Edw.) (?) Sthenelais Leidyi Quatr., op. cit., vol. 1,
p. 278 (no description).

Body depressed, much elongated, nearly uniform in breadth through-
out; back convex; ventral surface flat. The whole dorsal surface is
closely covered by the imbricated scales, of which there are more. than
150 pairs. These, with the exception of the anterior and posterior pairs,
are broadly lunate, with a deep emargination in the center of the ante-
rior edge; the posterior and lateral margins are broadly rounded; the
outer lateral edge is laciniately fringed; the posterior edge is smooth;
the whole surface of the anterior scales is covered with minute, slightly
elevated granules ; farther back, the exposed portion of the surface of
the scales is smooth, and the microscopic granules are restricted to the
anterior and inner portions. The scales of the anterior pair are oval, and
have their entire outer and anterior margins minutely but irregularly
denticulate.

The head is small, rounded, contracted behind the posterior eyes and
in front of the anterior ones; the eyes are near together, in a quadran-
gle; those in the anterior pair are a little farther apart, and lateral.
The head is prolonged anteriorly into a narrow elliptical or oval portion,
which forms the base of the median antennz ; close to and below each
of the anterior eyes a prominent, membranous, ciliated process arises.
The feet of the first pair, which are directed forward, are elongated, and
bear a pair of slender, elongated, dorsal cirri, which are nearly as long
as the antennw; a much shorter, slender cirrus from the lower lobe, with
a small, thin, membraneous process below; and a large fascicle of long,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 583

slender sete, as long as the median antenne. The palpi are slender,
longer than the antenne ; lateral feet prominent, projecting beyond the
scales; sete light yellow.

Color variable, generally light gray, with a dark brown median dorsal
band, each scale often bordered on the posterior and inner edges with
brown, which is connected with a blackish angular spot near the ante-
rior margin, the rest of the scale being transparent and whitish; head

dark brown, with a red central spot and a round whitish spot on each
side. Length up to 150™; breadth usually about 4".

Vineyard Sound, low-water mark to 14 fathoms; off Martha’s Vine-
yard, 21 fathoms, sand; off New Haven, 4 to 5 fathoms, shelly. Great
Egg Harbor (Leidy).

This species differs considerably in the form of the head, antenne,
&c., from the figure given by Leidy. His description is insufficient to
determine whether he observed the same species.

NEPHTHYS INGENS Stimpson. Plate XII, figs. 59, 60. (p. 431.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 33, in Smithsonian Contributions, 1853.

Long Island Sound, off New Haven, 3 to 8 fathoms, mud, common ;
off Block Island, in 29 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fathoms.

This species is readily distinguished by the form of the head and
position of the small antenne; by the large median dorsal papilla on the
proboscis, and the smaller ventral one; by the very prominent and widely
Separated rami of the posterior feet; and the dark color of the sete.
It grows to the length of 130™™ or more.

NEPHTHYS PICTA Ehlers. Plate XII, fig. 57. (p. 348.)
Die Borstenwiirmer, vol. i, p. 632, Pl. 23, figs. 9, 35, 1868.

Vineyard Sound, low-water mark to 8 fathoms, muddy and shelly.
Nahant; Charleston (Ehlers).

NEPHTHYS BUCERA Ehlers. Plate XII, fig. 58. (p. 416.)

Die Borstenwiirmer, vol. i, p. 617, Pl. 23, fig. 8.

Vineyard Sound, § to 10 fathoms, shelly; Watch Hill, Rhode Island,
4 to 5 fathoms, among rocks and sand. Massachusetts Bay (Ehlers).

This species is remarkable both for the form of the head and the
length of the sete, which often exceed the diameter of the body.

NEPHTHYS CILIAtTA Rathke.
Beitriige zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 170, 1843; Maimgren, op. cit., p. 104, Pl.
12, figs. 17, A-C, 1865; Quatrefages, op. cit., p. 429 (Nephtys) ; Ehlers,
Borstenwiirmer, vol. i, p. 629, Pl. 23, fig. 36, 1868. Nereis ciliata Miiller, Zodlog.
Danica, vol. iii, p. 17, Pl. 89, figs. 1-4 (t. Ehlers).. Nephthys borealis C&rsted,
Annulat. Danicor. consp., p. 32, 1843 (t. Malmgren).

Ehlers gives Edgartown as a locality for this species. Itisa northern
form, found at Iceland, Greenland, Spitzbergen, and along the northern
coasts of Europe and Great Britain. Stimpson records it from the

584 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Bay of Fundy, in 40 fathoms, mud. It was dredged near St. George’s
Bank in 85, 110, and 150 fathoms, mud, by Dr. A. S. Packard, on the
“Bache,” 1872.

_/ EuMIpIA AMERICANA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 494.)

Body long and slender. Head triangular, subcordate, broad and
slightly emarginate posteriorly, the sides rapidly converging, the front
end narrow and rounded, with four slender antenne, which are as long
as the head; odd median antenna long and slender, tapering, as long as
or longer than the head. Eyes moderately large, round, convex, near
the posterior margin of the head. Tentacular cirri long and slender ;
crowded. Proboscis elongated, subclavate, enlarging to the end, which
is surrounded by about fourteen triangular papilli ; the basal two-thirds
covered with small, slender, prominent papilli, which are not crowded,
but arranged in longitudinal rows; this part of the proboscis is, in the
preserved specimens, longitudinally ridged and transversely wrinkled ;
the terminal third is nearly smooth, but usually minutely granulous.
The lateral lamelle, or branchie, are ovate-lanceolate, leaf-like, with
curved tips; posteriorly they are larger and more acute. Length up to
50™™; breadth, 1.5™™.

_ Vineyard Sound, 8 to 12 fathoms, among compound ascidians.

EUMIDIA VIVIDA Verrill, sp. nov.

Head relatively a little longer than in the preceding species, with the
sides more convex, and the front rounded; antenne long and slender.
Eyes brownish, very large, about twice as large as in the preceding
species. Proboscis long, slender, clavate, nearly smooth, but with a
few minute, distant papille ; the terminal orifice surrounded by about
eighteen very small papilliform denticulations. Branchiz of the ante-
rior segments long and narrow lanceolate; of the middle segments
ovate. Length up to 45™™; breadth, 1.5™".

Vineyard Sound, 8 to 12 fathoms, among ascidians.

EUMIDIA PAPILLOSA Verrill, sp. nov.

Head short, rounded, convex, emarginate posteriorly; the sides
convex; antenne not very slender; median odd one stout, tapering,
acute, as long as the head. Eyes large; brown. Tentacular cirri
rather stout, those of the two posterior pairs more than twice as long as
the others. Proboscis long, clavate, densely covered with short,
rounded papille, and with a circle of minute papille at the orifice.

Length up to 40™ ; breadth, 2™™.,

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 10 fathoms, among compound ascidians.

bys
EULALIA PISTACIA Verrill, sp. nov.

Body moderately slender, depressed. Head convex, shorter than
broad ; in preserved specimens, sides well rounded, posterior margin
slightly emarginate; median odd antenna small, slender, considerably

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 585

shorter than the head. Eyes large, brown. Tentacular cirri moder-
ately long; the four posterior ones considerably longer than the others.
Branchie narrow lanceolate anteriorly ; ovate and leaf-like on the middle
segments; longer and lanceolate posteriorly. Proboscis long, more or
less clavate, smooth, but often showing longitudinal striations, and
sometimes with a few very minute scattered papille toward the end;
the orifice surrounded by a circle of numerous minute papille. Color
bright yellowish green (epidote-green or pistachio-green), often with
obscure darker markings posteriorly, and at the base of the append-
ages. Length up to 40™™; breadth, 1.5™™.

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, among compound ascidians; off New.
Haven, + to 5 fathoms, among hydroids.

EULALIA GRANULOSA Verrill, sp. nov.

Body not very slender, considerably stouter than in the preceding
species, and less tapering anteriorly. Head short cordate, decidedly
emarginate behind, broader than long; sides prominently rounded;
front small, rounded. Antenz short; odd one slender, originating
between the eyes, more than half the length of the head. Eyes large,
round, convex, dark brown. Proboscis long, clavate, thickly covered
throughout with round, scarcely prominent, crowded, rather large
granules, each of which has a dark central spot; orifice surrounded by
a circle of small papille. Tentacular cirri slender, acute, the two poste-
rior pairs long, reaching the eighth segment. Lateral appendages
large and prominent for the genus. Branchiz of upper ramus rather
large, ovate, leaf-like anteriorly; larger and obliquely ovate, with
acuminate tips, farther back; branchiz of lower ramus similar in form
and nearly as large.. Color bright grass-green. Length 55™™, or more;
breadth, 2™™; length of proboscis, 6™™.

Off New Haven, 4 to 5 fathoms, among hydroids.

EULALIA ANNULATA Verrill, sp. nov.

Body moderately slender, convex, tapering to both ends. Head
longer than broad, somewhat oblong, truncate behind, the sides but
little convex, narrowing but little to the obtusely rounded front. Pro-
boscis covered with small prominent papille. Eyes two, large, dark
brown or blackish, rather near together. Odd median antenna slender,
more than half as long as the head, placed far in advance of the eyes;
frontal antenne rather large, about the same in length, but much
stouter than the median one, with slender tips. Tentacular cirri very
unequal, the two upper pairs much longer than the others, not very
slender, reaching to the seventh or eighth segment in preserved speci-
mens; the two lower pairs not more than one-third as long. Dorsal
branchiz narrow and acute throughout; the anterior ones are narrow
lanceolate, with subacute tips; those farther back become still more
elongated, narrow lanceolate, or almost linear lanceolate, with acuminate

586 REPORT OF COMMISS{ONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

tips, and in length equal to half the diameter of the body; posteriorly
they become somewhat wider, with acute, curved tips. Caudal cirri
small, narrow lanceolate, about as long as the posterior lateral Jamell,
‘or branchise. Color of preserved specimens pale greenish or bluish
gray, with narrow annulations of golden brown, and iridescent. Length
50™™, or more; breadth about 1.25™™.

Vineyard Sound, 4 to 12 fathoms, among ascidians.

; a
EULALIA GRACILIS Verrill, sp. nov.

Body very long and slender, with the segments deeply incised ; pos-
terior segments elongated. Head small, elongated, truncate behind ;
posterior angles not prominent, oblong, tapering but little toward the
front, which is obtusely rounded; sides not swollen. Eyes of moderate
size, brown, situated close to the posterior margin of the head. The
four frontal antenne are more than half as large as the head, rather
stout, tapering, and the head is slightly constricted behind them; odd
median one, small, slender, inconspicuous, about one-third the length of
the head, placed considerably in advance of the eyes. Tentacular cirri
rather stout, the two upper ones longest, rather more than twice as long
as the head; the posterior pair, when extended backward, reaches the
fifth setigerous segment in preserved specimens; the two lower ones
are considerably stouter and smaller, nearly equal, and are somewhat
longer than the head in alcoholic specimens. Branchie of the anterior
segments short, oval, obtuse at the tip; posteriorly larger, elongated
oval, leaf-like. Color light greenish brown or olive, with a row of dark
brown spots along each side of the dorsal surface of the body.

Length up to 65™™; breadth about 1™™.

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 14 fathoms, among ascidians and hydroids.

This species is very active in its motions. In general appearance it
resembles certain species of Phyllodoce, for which it might easily be
mistaken, owing to the small size and translucency of the odd median
antenna, which is not easily observed, especially with living specimens.
The position of the tentacular cirri is, however, sufficient to distinguish
the genus from Phyllodoce and Eumidia. The form of the head is quite
peculiar, but somewhat resembles that of Phyllodoce gracilis, and also
the preceding species.

One specimen of the Eulalia gracilis was found in whieh fissiparity
was apparently about to take place. In this, one of the segments was
larger than the rest, and had developed a distinct pair of eyes. The
specimen unfortunately died before the separation took place.

PHYLLODOCE GRACILIS Verrill, sp. nov. Pl. XI, fig. 56. (p. 494.)
(2) Phyllodoce maculata A. Agassiz, Annals Lyceum New York, vol. vili, p. 333,

fig. 53, 1866 (non Miiller, nec Girsted).

c

Body very long and slender. Head longer than broad, decidedly
cordate behind, with the posterior angles well rounded; the sides swell-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 587

\ :
ing out opposite the eyes, then narrowing to near the antenne, where
there is a slight constriction, and expanding slightly at the end, which
isobtuselyrounded. Eyes very large, brown, wide apart, and sub-lateral,
connected by a curved band of brown specks; antennie rather large and
long, about one-third aslong as the head. Tentacular cirri large, the two
posterior much the longest, reaching to about the eighth setigerous seg-
ment. Branchie of anterior segments broad oval or sub-circular, rounded
at the end; posterior ones larger, broad oval, narrowed to the end. Pro-
boscis with a large, swollen, basal portion, on which sare twelve longi-
tudinal rows of large, prominent, obtuse papilla, about seven in each
row; and a terminal smooth portion, which is somewhat longer, and
about as broad at the end as the basal portion, but considerably narrower
at its commencement; the orifice is surrounded by a cirele of large,
rounded papillze. Color greenish, with a median dorsal row of dark
brown spots, and another less conspicuous row along each side of the
back, at the base of the lateral appendages.

Length up to 75™™; breadth, 1 to 1.25™™,

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 or 5 fathoms, rocky bottom.

The figure (56) copied from one of those given by Mr. Agassiz does
not agree perfectly with the specimens described, but probably represents
the same species. The head, as figured, is more oblong and the eyes
nearer together than in my specimens; the tentacular cirri are less
crowded. The anterior ones, in the preserved specimens at least, appear
to arise from beneath the base of the head. Some of these differences
may be due to the different states of extension and contraction ; for the
Species in this family are all quite changeable in form during life, and
usually contract very much in aleohol.

PHYLLODOCE CATENULA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 494.)

Head somewhat longer than broad, slightly cordate posteriorly, with
_the posterior angles well rounded, and the sides full and convex; front
broadly rounded, and with a slight emargination in the middle. Eyes
large, dark brown, placed on the dorsal surface of the head; antennze
rather long, slender. Tentacular cirri long and slender, the two posterior
much longer than the others. Branchie of anterior segments broad
ovate, with rounded tips; farther back larger and longer, ovate, leaf-like,
with acuminate tips. Proboscis with twelve rows of papillz on the
basal portion, which are prominent, somewhat elongated, obtuse, seven
or eight in the lateral rows, those in each row close together. Color of
body and branchi pale green, with a median dorsal row of dark brown
Spots, one to each segment; and two lateral rows, in which there is a
spot at the base of each “ foot ;” head pale, or greenish white.

Length up to 75™™; breadth about 1.5".

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 to 6 fathoms, among rocks and alge,
and in tide-pools; Wood’s Hole, at surface, evening, July 3. Very
common in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 50 fathoms.

588 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This species is closely allied to P. pulchella Malmgren, from Northern
Europe, but differs somewhat in the form of the head, which is shorter
and rounder in the latter; the branchie also differ inform. It isa very
active species, and secretes a large quantity of mucus.

_ETEONE ROBUSTA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 488.)

Body large, stout, depressed, broadest in the middle, tapering grada-
ally to each end. Head small, about as long as wide, convex, with a me-
dian depression; the sides rounded; front obtusely rounded. The four
frontal antenne are very small, short, obtuse, less than half the diameter
of the head. Eyes very small, black. Tentacles very small and short;
tapering, their length about one-half the diameter of the head, the two
pairs about equal. Branchiz small, sessile, anteriorly very small, oval,
obtuse; in the middle region rounded, sub-oval. Color dark green, with
the anterior portion somewhat paler, and with light green transverse
bands between the segments; lateral appendages pale green.

Length, 125"™"; breadth in middle, 5™™; length of head, 0.6™™.

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, under stones, between tides, April 12, 1873.

ETEONE LIMICOLA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 349.)

Body very long and slender, tapering gradually to both ends; depressed,
and with deeply incised, elongated segments posteriorly ; less depressed
and with shorter and less distinct segments anteriorly. Head small,
about as broad as long, the posterior angles well rounded, the sides with
a slight constriction in advance of the eyes, narrowing rapidly ; front
narrow, convex; antenne slender, about half the length of the head.
Eyes minute, inconspicuous. Tentacular cirri about equal to the length
of the head. Lateral appendages small on the anterior segments, becom-
ing much more prominent farther back; anterior branchize very small,
ovate, sessile; those farther back much larger, and narrow ovate.
Color, when living, light green throughout.

Length about 80™™; breadth, including appendages, 1.5™™.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in mud at low-water.

ETEONE SETOSA Verrill, sp. nov.

Body long and slender, resembling the preceding in form, but some-
what less slender. Head shorter and broader, the posterior angles
prominently rounded; two slight notches or emarginations on the
posterior margin, the middle portion extending farther back than the
lateral; sides rapidly tapering; front narrow. Antenne less than half
the length of the head. Eyes small, but quite distinct. Tentacular
cirri scarcely as long as the head. Lateral appendages a little promi-
nent on the anterior segments, but much less so than farther back; setze
numerous. The branchie are small, sessile, and inconspicuous anteriorly ;
larger and ovate farther back.

Length up to 75™"; breadth about 2™™.

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, among ascidians.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 589

ETEONE, species undetermined.

A small and slender species was dredged off Gay Head, in 19 fathoms,
soft mud.

Another very peculiar species of Hteone was obtained at Great Egg
Harbor, New Jersey. In this the head is depressed and elongated,
tapering, with short antenne. The anterior part of the body is round
and with the lateral appendages very small, closely appressed, and not
at all prominent, giving to this part of the body a smooth appearance;
on this part of the body the branchiz are very small, lunate, sessile,
closely appressed; farther back they become much larger, and rounded
or ovate, while the setigerous lobe becomes prominent, and the setz
much longer and more numerous.

PODARKE OBSCURA Verrill, sp. nov. Pl. XII, fig. 61. (p. 319.)

Body convex above, flat below, with the segments deeply incised at
the sides, moderately slender in full extension, but capable of great con-
traction, tapering gradually to the caudal extremity, and less toward the
head. Head small, broader than long, emarginate in front, sides forming

rounded angles; posterior margin nearly straight. Antenne five, sub-

equal, the outer pair articulated upon a short, thick basal segment; the
odd median one is somewhat shorter, articulated upon a small basal
segment, which arises in front of the anterior pair of eyes. Tentacular
cirri long, slender, six on each side, two arising from,each of the first
three annulations, on each side; those on the middle are longest, those
on the first shortest. Eyes four, small, red; those on each side close
together, but those of the anterior pair are farthest apart. Proboscis
with.a large, swollen basal portion, and a smaller cylindrical terminal
portion, the surface nearly smooth. Lateral appendages, or “feet,”
elongated, biramous. The upper branch is short, conical, bearing
at its extremity a long, slender dorsal cirrus, nearly as long as the
breadth of the body, or even exceeding it, and having a short basal
joint; the set of the upper ramus are very few and small. The lower
branch is much larger aid longer, thick at base, tapering somewhat to
the obtuse end, from which a small, terminal, obtuse, papilliform process
arises; the short, acute, ventral cirrus arises from about the terminal
third, and is less than half as long as the dorsal cirrus; the sete are
numerous and long, forming a broad, fan-shaped fascicle, in which the
middle sete are considerably longer than the upper and lower ones, and
in length about equal to the setigerous lobe ; these setie are all compound,
the middle ones having a very long, slender, acute terminal joint, and

the shorter ones beneath having a much shorter terminal joint. Last

segment small, rounded, bearing two long, slender anal cirri, much longer
than the dorsal cirri. Color variable, most commonly very dark brown
or blackish ; sometimes dark brown with transverse bands of light flesh-

color between the segments, and two intermediate transverse whitish
lines on each segment.

590 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Length up to 40™" when extended; breadth, including sete, 3™™.

Woods Hole, among eel-grass and at the surface, very abundant,
especially at night, in July and August; also under stones, between
tides.

AUTOLYTUS CORNUTUS A. Agassiz. PI. XIII, figs. 65, 66. (p. 397.) |
Journal Boston Society of Natural History, vol. vii, p. 392, Plates 9-11, 1863. |
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; New Haven; Watch Hill; Vineyard —

Sound ; Massachusetts Bay; Eastport, Maine. Low-water mark to 15
fathoms.

AUTOLYTUS, species undetermined. (p. 398.)
Off New Haven, +4 to 6 fathoms, shelly, among hydroids.

AUTOLYTUS, species undetermined.

Females, filled with eggs, of a large species of this genus were taken
at the surface of Vineyard Sound, April 30, by Mr. V. N. Edwards.
These were about 40"™ in length, as preserved in alcohol, and rather
stout, tapering to each end. The head is small, short, rounded in front.
The eyes are small, and the two pairs are near together. The odd
median antenna is more than twice as long as the breadth of the head;
the lateral ones are about half.as long; the first six setigerous segments
have short sete; the following ones have a fascicle of long, slender ones,
equal to the breadth of the body.

SYLLIS, species undetermined. (p. £93.)

A single specimen from Vineyard Sound. The body is about 12™™
long; the antenne are not very long; the palpi short; the dorsal cirri
are rather long, and, like the antenne, regularly beaded; the ventral |
cirri are small, tapering; the sete are numerous, rather short.

GATTIOLA, species undetermined. (p. 453.)

Young specimens were taken several times in Vineyard Sound, at the
surface. Adult specimens of a fine species of this genus were dredged
in the Bay of Fundy in 1872, in 80 fathoms.

NEREIS VIRENS Sars. Pl. XI, figs. 47-50. (p. 317.)
Beskrivelser og Iakttagelser, etc., p. 58, Pl. 10, fig. 27, a, b, c, 1835 (t. Malmgren).
Nereis grandis Stimpson, Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 34, fig. 24, 1853.
Nereis Yankiana Quatrefages, Hist. des Annelés, i, p. 553, Pl. 17, figs. 7, 8
1865; Alitta virens Malmgren, op. cit., p. 183; Annulata polycheta, p. 56, Pl.
3, figs. 19, A-E, 1867.

New Haven, at low water; Watch Hill; Vineyard Sound; Massachu-
setts Bay; Eastport, Maine; northward to Labrador. Northern coasts
of Europe to Great Britain.

NEREIS LIMBATA Ehlers. Pl. XI, fig. 51. (p. 318.)
Die Borstenwiirmer, vol. i, p. 567, 1868.

Charleston, South Carolina, to Massachusetts Bay; half-tide mark to

4 to 6 fathoms in Long Island Sound.

a 1! ew allied

NEREIS PELAGICA Linn. Pl. XI, figs. 52-55. (p. 319.)

Systema nature, ed. x, p. 654; ed. xii, p. 1086; Malmgren, Annulata polycheta
p. 47, Pl. 5, figs. 35, A-D, 1867; Ehlers, op. cit., p. 511, Pl. 20, figs. 11-20, 1868’
Heteronereis grandifolia Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 108, Pl. 11, figs,
15, 16, B, B', C; Ann. polycheta, p. 60, Pl. 5, figs. 31, A-D; Heteronereis arctica
Cersted, Greenland’s Annul. dorsibr., p. 27, Pl. 4, figs. 50*, 51, 60, Pl. 5, figs. 65, 68
70*, male (t. Ehlers); Heteronereis assimilis CErsted, op. cit., p. 28, Pl. 4, figs.
04, 61, Pl. 5, fig. 72, female (t. Ehlers).

Off New Haven; Watch Hill; Vineyard Sound; northward to Labra-
dor. Greenland; Iceland; Spitzbergen; northern coasts of Europe to
Great Britain. In the Bay of Fundy from low-water mark to 106
fathoms, common.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 591

NEREIS FUCATA Aud. and Edwards. (p. 494.)

| Histoire nat. litt. de’la France, vol. ii, p. 188 (teste Malmgren); Lycoris fucata
Savigny, Syst. des Annélides, p. 31, 1820 (t. Ehlers); Descr. de Egypte, éd.
2, Xxi, p. 357 (t. Malmgren); Nereilepas fucata Malmgren, Annulata polycheta,
p- 53, Pl. 3, figs. 18-18 E; Johnston, Catalogue, p. 158, fig. 30, 1865. Hetero-
nereis glaucopis Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet.
Akad. Foérh., 1865, p. 181, Pl. 11, figs. 16, 16 A; Annulata polycheta, p. 60, Pl.
4, figs. 26, 27, 1867. Nereis fucata Ehlers, Borstenwiirmer, vol. i, p. 546, Pl. 21,
figs. 41-44.

A specimen was dredged at Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 to 6 fath-
oms, among rocks and algie, which agrees well with Malmgren’s descrip-
tion and figure of Heteronereis glaucopis. Ehlers regards the latter as
the heteronereis-form of WN. fucata.

NEREIS, species undetermined.

Head sub-conical; antenné small, slender; paipi small, shorter, and
thicker; two upper pairs of tentacular cirri moderately elongated, sub-
equal, lower ones very small. Posterior eyes elongated and on the upper
side of the head; anterior pair small, lateral. Feet terminated by four
small papille; dorsal and ventral cirri small, slender.

The only specimen observed is preserved in alcohol; it is a female
filled with eggs. Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms.

NECTONEREIS Verrill, genus nov. °
Head prominent, depressed, oval, rounded in front, bearing two pairs
of large eyes on the upper and lateral surfaces, and a pair of small
antenne beneath; palpi small or rudimentary. Tentacular cirri four on
each side, as in Nereis., Proboscis small, similar to that of Nereis, but
more simple; furnished with a pair of terminal hooks; with two anterior
clusters of denticles on the upper side, and with five small clusters be-
low, in a ring extending nearly half-way around it. Anterior part of
body fusiform, consisting of about fourteen segments, on which the feet
are divided into small, rounded lobes, with small ventral cirri; and with
long dorsal Cirri, those on the first seven segments swollen and gibbous
toward the end, with a small acute terminal portion. Posterior part of

592 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the body composed of numerous short segments, on which the feet are
furnished with lamelliform appendages.

This remarkable annelid bears some resemblance, in the structure of
the body and “ feet,” to Heteronereis, and there is probably another form _
to which it bears the same relation that Heteronereis bears to Nereis; but —
the structure of the head is very unlike that of any known genus, and,
indeed, would not allow it to be placed in the family of Nereid@ without
modifying the family-characters. There are are no large palpi, corre-
sponding to those of Nereis, and nothing to represent them, unless two
small lobes close to the mouth be considered rudimentary palpi.

NECTONEREIS MEGALOPS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XII, figs. 62, 63. (p.

44().)

Body slender, consisting of two parts; the anterior portion, contain-
ing fourteen setigerous segments, is broadest in the middle, tapering
both ways, and separated from the posterior portion by a distinet con-
striction; the posterior portion is much longer and more slender, taper
ing gradually to the end, and consists of very numerous short segments,
which are furnished with complex lateral appendages, with thin lamelle
and compound bladed sete. Head broad oval, somewhat convex, and
very smooth above; the lateral margins a little convex; the front
obtusely rounded. Hyes very large, convex; the anterior ones largest,
lateral and partially dorsal, oval; in contact with the posterior ones,
which ‘are somewhat smaller and more dorsal. Two small decurved
antennze, with swollen bases, are on the ventral side of the head; two
small, rounded processes in front of the mouth. Tentacular cirri
slender, the upper pair much the longest; the rather short lower pair
arising near the mouth; the two intermediate pairs arise behind and
close to the anterioreyes; allare slightly annulated. The “feet” on the
first seven segments have a large dorsal cirrus, increasing in length
from the first to the seventh, narrow at base, swollen and gibbous
toward the end, with a slender, oblique, terminal portion; on the seven
following segments the dorsal cirri are smaller, slender, tapering;
the ventral cirri are small, with swollen bases on the first five seg-
ments, slender and tapering on the rest; the intermediate lobes of the
feet are small and rounded, but more elongated on the first five seg-
ments. Set of different forms, many of them with a slender, often
curved, acute terminal piece.

The lateral appendages of the posterior region have, on the upper
ramus, a long, slender dorsal cirrus, strongly crenulate-lobed on the
lower side; a small, rounded lamelliform process above its base; and a
long, lanceolate process arising just below it, and in length equaling
the cirrus ; an ovate setigerous lobe, bearing a broad fan-shaped fascicle
of compound sete, extending about to the end of the dorsal cirrus;
and a lower ovate-lanceolate lamelliform process, with the base expanded
and extending backward, the tip reaching to about the outer third of

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 593

the cirrus; a single strong black spine supports the setigerous lobe.
The lower ramus has a rounded setigerous lobe, and a large broadly-
rounded lamelliform process, nearly as long as the longest one of the
upper ramus and much broader; the setigerous lobe bears a broad fan-
shaped fascicle of compound sete, similar to those of the upper ramus,
but a little shorter, and a single black basal spine; the ventral cirrus
is slender, and there is a broad, rounded ventral lamella at its base.
The set are rather stout, with a broad, thin, blade-like, terminal piece,
which is generally lanceolate, with a rounded point, and often some-
what curved, but more commonly straight. A few set have a slender
acute terminal piece. Anal segment with numerous small slender papil-
liform processes on each side, forming a circle.

Length up to 35™"; breadth about 2.5™.

Vineyard Sound, swimming actively at the surface, both in the even-
ing and in the brightest sunshine, in the middle of the day; July 3 to
August 11.

DIOPATRA CUPREA Claparéde. Plate XIII, figs. 67, 68. (p. 346.)
Annélides chétopodes du golfe de Naples, in Mémoires de la Société de Physiques
et d’Hist. Nat. de Genéve, vol. xix, p. 432, 1868. Nereis cuprea Bosc, Hist. nat.
des Vers, vol. i, p. 143 (t. Claparede).
Charleston, South Carolina, to Long Island Sound and Vineyard
Sound.

MARPHYSA LEIDYI Quatrefages. Plate XII, fig. 64. (p. 319.)

Histoire nat. des Annelés, vol. i, p. 337, 1865 (M. Leidii). Hunice sanguinea
Leidy, Mar. Inv. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 15, 1855 (non
Montagu).

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Long Island Sound and Vineyard
Sound. Low-water mark to 10 fathoms.

LYCIDICE AMERICANA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body depressed, slender, narrowed toward each end; segments well-
marked. Head much depressed, oblong, narrowed somewhat toward
the front, which is truncate and somewhat emarginate in the middle;
lower side bilobed, the lobes well rounded. The two eyes are lateral,
just outside the bases of the lateral antennw. The three antenne are
subequal, nearly as long as the diameter of the head; the odd median
one is apparently a little longer than the lateral, and placed slightly
farther back. The dorsal cirri are long and slender, exceeding the
diameter of the body in living specimens; they have a small lobe near
the base. Anal cirri four; the two lower exceeding the diameter of the.
body; the two upper ones less than half as long. Color light red, with
a bright red dorsal vessel and dark brown intestines, showing through in
the middle; eyes dark red.

Length, while living, about 40™™; greatest diameter, 1.5™™,

Off Gay Head, in 19 fathoms, soft mud.

S. Mis. 61 38

594 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

NEMATONEREIS, species undetermined. (p. 508.)

A species, apparently. belonging to this genus, was dredged in 29
fathoms, east of Block Island. The specimens have been lost or mis-
laid. In life the head was small, rounded, with one median dorsal
antenna, about as long as the diameter of the head. Eyes two, small
but conspicuous, dark brown. Dorsal cirri slender.

LUMBRICONEREIS FRAGILIS Cirsted. (p. 507.)
Conspec. Ann. Dan., p. 15, figs. 1, 2, 1843 (t. Malmgren). Lumbricus fragilis
Miiller, Prod. Zool. Dan., p. 216; Zool. Dan., vol. i, p. 22, Pl. 22, figs. 1-3, 1788,
(t. Malmgren). Lumbrinereis fragilis Malmgren, Annulata polycheta, p. 63,
Pl. 14, figs. 83-83, D.

Mouth of Vineyard Sound and deeper waters outside; northward to
Nova Scotia and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Northern coasts of Europe.
From low-water mark, in the Bay of Fundy, to 430 fathoms, off Saint
George’s Bank.

LUMBRICONEREIS OPALINA Verrill, sp.nov. Plate XIII, figs. 69, 70. (p.

342.)

Lumbriconereis splendida Leidy., op. cit., J. 15 (non Blainville).

Body cylindrical, much elongated, largest in the middle, tapering -
gradually toward the head, which is comparatively small; segments
well marked. Head conoidal, obtuse, changing much in form during
life; in extension considerably longer than broad, and more aeute than
in the figure. Eyes four, in a transverse row, the two middle ones
larger and a little in advance of the others. The lateral appendages, or
“feet,” consist of a short, obtusely-rounded basal papilla, which bears
the sete; from the posterior and ventral end of this a prominent elon-
gated iobe arises, which is somewhot curved and obtuse. These appen-
dages are longer in the middle of the body than anteriorly. Sete five to
nine in each fascicle, and of several forms; one or two in each fascicle
usually have a long, slender, flexible capillary point. Color reddish or
brownish, with brilliant iridescence.

Length up to 400™"; diameter in middle, 3™™.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound; low-water mark to 14 fathoms.

LUMBRICONEREIS TENUIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 342.)

Body very long, slender, filiform, of nearly uniform diameter through-
out, capable of great extension; segments very numerous, well marked.
Head a little narrower than buccal segment, depressed, obtusely puinted
or rounded in front, without eyes. In the first to ninth pairs the late-
Tal appendages have about six slender lanceolate seta; those of the ninth
pair have two slender spatulate setz, with about six or seven lanceolate
ones; at the sixteenth pair they begin to have recurved spatulate seta,
with two or three hook-like denticles at the end, while two or three
lanceolate ones remain; posterior to the twenty-third or twenty-fourth
Pair only one of the long, slender, acute sete remains, accompanied by

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 595

two or three of the spatulate hooks; the latter are about half as long as
’ the former, slender toward the base, but gradually becoming broader
toward the end, which is twice as broad, obtusely rounded, and
curved back from about the middle; the hooks are nearly terminal on
one side, the thin margin projecting beyond them. The basal lobe of
the “feet” is very small; the posterior lobe is small but prominent.
Color light red to dark red, somewhat iridescent.

Length up to 350™™; diameter, 0.05™™ to 1™™.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to New Haven and Vineyard:Sound.

NINOE NIGRIPES Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body elongated, slender, broadest a short distance behind the head,
at the middle of the branchiferous segments. Head depressed, elongated,
conical, blunt at end, about twice as long as broad. The branchiz are
represented on the first two setigerous segments by a short, flattened
lobe, arising from the outer and posterior face of the setigerous lobe.
On the two following segments the lobe is divided into two or three
parts; on the fifth there are usually three, more elongated, round, and
more slender branchiz, which increase in number and length on the sue-
ceeding segments until there are five, six, or more long, slender branchial
filaments, which arise from the posterior face of the setigerous lobe, and
diverge, forming a somewhat fan-shaped or digitate group; about the
twenty-fourth segment the number rapidly diminishes, and after the
twenty-seventh or twenty-eighth there remains but one small branchial
process. The setigerous lobe is prominent, obtuse, turned forward. The
set are numerous on the branchial segments, and rather long, of various
shapes, but mostly bent, with an acute lanceolate point; posteriorly they
are Shorter and fewer, and mostly slender, margined setie, with hooks at
the spatulate end. Body flesh-color; the sete dark, often blackish ;
branchie bright red.

Length of broken specimens, 20"; breadth anteriorly, 2".

Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, and waters outside; in 8 to 29
fathoms, mud.

STAUROCEPHALUS PALLIDUS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 348.)

Body rather slender, convex above, flattened below, largest in the
middle, tapering slightly toward each end, composed of about seventy seg--
ments. Head small, depressed, rounded in front; antenne four, slen-
der, longer than the breadth of body, the two upper ones longer and more
slender than the lower ones, strongly annulated or beaded; lower ones
stouter, smooth, tapering. Hyes four, dark red; the posterior pair very
small, placed between the bases of the upper antenne; the anterior pair
farther apart, placed between the bases of the upper and lower antenne.
Anal cirrifour, the upper pair slender and about twice as long as the lower
ones. Dorsal cirri elongated, slender, more than twice as long as the
Setigerous lobe, absent on the first setigerous segment, very small on the

be

596 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

second, but well developed on the third. Set rather long and slender.
Color pale yellow, with red blood-vessels showing through anteriorly.
Length, 50°"; breadth, 2". This species moves like a Nereis.
Near New Haven light-house, in sand, at low-water mark.

RHYNCHOBOLUS AMERICANUS Verrill. Plate X, figs. 45,46. (p. 342.)
Glycera Americana Leidy, op. cit., p. 15, Pl. 11, figs. 49,50, 1855; Ehlers, Borsten-
wiirmer, vol. i, p. 668, Pl. 23, figs. 43-46, 1868.
Charleston, South Carolina, to Long Island Sound and Vineyard
Sound. Low-water mark to 10 fathoms.
I follow Claparéde in adopting Rhynchobolus for those species of the
old genus Glycera which have the proboscis armed at the end with four
hooks or fangs.

RHYNCHOBOLUS DIBRANCHIATUS Verrill. Plate X, figs. 43, 44. (p.
341.)
Glycera dibranchiata Ehlers, op. cit., pp. 670-702, Pl. 24, figs. 10-28, 1868.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Long Island Sound; Vineyard
Sound; and Massachusetts Bay. Low-water mark to 8 fathoms.
Ehlers has given a very full anatoniical description of this species,

LEONE GRACILIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body very slender, terete; surface iridescent. Head elongated, acutely
conical, composed of eight distinct, rounded annulations, the basal one
with a pair of minute reddish eyes; antenne four, slender. Feet prom-
inent, elongated, more than equal to half the diameter of the body; they
are uniramous on about thirty-two segments of the anterior part of the
body, and bilobed, with a small obtuse dorsal cirrus; the upper lobe
is prominent, more elongated than the lower one, both cylindrical,obtusely
pointed; sete compound, in two smali fascicles, long, the free part ex-
ceeding the entire Jength of the foot. On the posterior half of the body
there is a small, slightly elevated, mammilliform upper ramus, above
the base of the lower ramus, and entirely separate from it, containing
two or more small, acute, dark set, which project but slightly; the
lower ramus is deeply bilobed, the lobes elongated, round, the upper
one longest, the lower one acute; on the posterior side of the base of the
upper lobe there is a minute, rounded setigerous lobe, and at the june-
tion of the two lobes, on the posterior face, there is another small setig-
erous lobe; the sete are long and slender, acute, many of them curved,
arranged in small fascicles. - =

Length, 20™"; diameter less than 1™".

Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, in soft mud.

ARICIA ORNATA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 344.)

Body rather stout, composed of numerous very short segments, much
depressed and flattened anteriorly, strongly convex beneath in the mid-
dle region, flattened above throughout; breadth nearly the same

a

ties 9s)’ ~~

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 597

through a large part of the length, narrowed slightly and gradually
toward the posterior end, and abruptly narrowed anteriorly close to the
head, which is very small, short, conical, and acute at the tip. On the
anterior thirty-two setigerous segments the feet consist of a small upper
ramus, having a small, tapering dorsal cirrus and a minute setigerous
lobe, bearing a small fascicle of slender and short sete, and a lower ra-
mus, separated by a narrow space, and consisting of a small upper
papilla, and a long transverse row of minute, rounded papilla, which
surmount a narrow, somewhat elevated, crest-like ridge; the first twelve
or thirteen segments having shorter rows, so as to leave a broad, naked
ventral space, but those farther back having rows of papille that nearly
meet beneath, and thus entirely covering the sides and ventral surface
for a short distance; these crest-like ridges bear close rows of minute,
hooked sete. The branchiz commence on the upper surface of the fifth
setigerous segment,.in the form of elongated papille, which become
more elongated and narrow ligulate farther back. Posterior to the
thirty-second segment the papilliform crests of the lower ramus disap-
pear, and the lower ramus consists of an elongated papilliform, and finally
cirriform, upper process, with a minute setigerous lobe at its base,
bearing fine inconspicuous sete ; and an elongated membranous basal
portion, decurrent down on the lateral surface of the segment; the up-
per ramusis connected atthe base by a membranous web with the lower
one, and consists of an elongated dorsal cirrus, similar in size and shape
to the branchia, and a very small setigerous lobe, bearing a small fas-
cicle of fine sete. The branchiz are connected by a slight web-like
basal ridge with the dorsal cirri. Thus there are three parallel rows of
cirriform or slender ligulate processes along each side of the back, leav-
ing a broad, central, naked space all along the back.
Length up to 60™™ or more; breadth, 4"™.
Savin Rock, burrowing in sand at low-water mark, May, 1872.

ANTHOSTOMA ROBUSTUM Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIV, fig. 76. (p. 343.)

Body large, long, stout, thickest and rounded, or but slightly depressed,
anteriorly ; tapering rapidly to the head; posterior portion very long,
narrowing gradually to the posterior end, flatter or concave above, well
rounded below, higher than wide, with three rows of long, erect, liga-
late, or narrow lanceolate processes along each side of the back, the four
inner rows largest; and a pair of foliaceous processes on the sides of
each segment. Head short, conical, acute. Proboscis large, broad, di-
vided into about eighteen long, narrow, digitate, and sulecated lobes, with
convoluted margins, broadest at the end, and free for a large part of
their length, but united atthe base bya membranous web; or it might be
described as divided into a lower, two lateral, and two upper main lobes,
each of which is again divided into three or four digitations. During
life these are all continually changing in form and length, and generally
only a few of the processes are protruded at one time. Branchis com-

598 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

mence on the twenty-sixth setigerous segment as minute papillae; on
the twenty-eighth they become prominent and acute-conical; farther
back they become long, lanceolate, thin, foliaceous, as long as the diame-
ter of the body.

On the twenty-three anterior setigerous segments the “ feet” are rep-
resented by two short, dense, fan-shaped fascicles of sete on each side:
On the twenty-fourth segment a small papilliform lobe, or ventral cirrus,
appears below the lower ramus, which rapidly becomes larger on the
succeeding segments, becoming quite conspicuous on the twenty-ninth
segment; at about the twenty-eighth it becomes broader, and divided
into three small lobes, the lowest broadest and thinnest, and a bilobed
setigerous lobe is developed. At the thirtieth the ventral lobe becomes
broader, somewhat foliaceous, with a rounded outline; farther back
this becomes still larger and more foliaceous, with a broadly-rounded
flexuous outer border, and the upper branch of the setigerous lobe be-
comes an elongated ligulate process, direeted upward, and similar in
form to the branchixw, though smaller and more slender, but the lower
branch remains small and rounded; a small fascicle of long, slender
setwe arises from between them. On the twenty-seventh segment an
upper cirrus appears on both the upper and lower rami, in the form of
a small papilla, which becomes somewhat elongated and tapering at the
twenty-ninth; that of the lower ramus continues small throughout, and
much shorter than the setigerous or ventral lobes, but that of the upper
ramus becomes rapidly larger, longer, and more ligulate, corresponding
nearly with the branchize in size, form, and rate of increase. On the
middle and posterior regions the upper ramus consists of this long;
thin, lanceolate cirrus and a fascicle of long, slender sete, arising from
the anterior face of its base, and in length considerably exceeding the
cirrus; the sets are pale yellow. Those of the upper ramus are short
anteriorly, and become decidedly longer at the twenty-eighth segment,
and on the thirty-second and subsequent segments they form a long,
divergent, fan-shaped fascicle; color, when living, ocher-yellow, orange-
yellow, to yellowish brown, generally brighter yellow posteriorly. Usu-
ally there are two rows of brown spots along the back, and posteriorly
there is a dorsal red or reddish brown line; branchiz blood-red.

Length of large specimens up to 375™" or more; breadth, 10™™"; ordi-
nary specimens are about 300™ long and 7™ broad. Owing to the
facility with which it breaks up when disturbed, it is difficult to obtain
entire specimens of large size.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; New Haven; Wood’s Hole; in sand,
at low-water.

ANTHOSTOMA FRAGILE Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 344.)

Body long and slender, composed of very numerous segments, very
fragile, and prone to divide spontaneously when disturbed; thickest
and sub-cylindrical anteriorly, tapering rapidly tothe head; posterior part

/

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 599

very long and slender, tapering gradually, flattened dorsally. Head
distinetly annulated, elongated conical, very acute, with the tip slender
and translucent; proboscis short and broad, not extending far beyond
the tip of the head, with six or more broad, convoluted, changeable
lobes, which are united at the base by a broad membranous expansion.
The dorsal branchix first appear on the sixteenth setigerous segment
as small papille ; they become well developed and long ligulate at about
the twentieth, increasing somewhat in length on the segments farther
back. On the first thirteen segments behind the buecal the “ feet” are
represented by a very small, slightly-elevated lobe, above and below,
each bearing a dense fascicle, that of the lower ramus widest, but the
length of the setz about equal in both. On the fourteenth segment a
small tubercle appears on both rami; on the sixteenth these become
elongated and somewhat cirriform, and the sets become considerably
longer on the fifteenth segment. At about the seventeenth segment the
lower ramus becomes distinctly tri-lobed, and at the twentieth four-
lobed, with the setigerous lobe bifid, and the two lower lateral lobes
conical, acute, and swollen at the base; while the upper ramus is long
and ligulate, like the branchiz, and the sete are long and slender, the
lower fascicle smallest. Farther back the lobes of the lower ramus be-
come still more developed, but keep their acute conical form, and the
upper ramus and sete continue to elongate until, on the posterior part
of the body, they exceed in length the diameter of the body. Anal seg-
ment oblong, sub-cylindrical, smooth, with two long filiform cirri on the
upper side; color, when living, brownish orange, dull yellow, ocher,
light reddish, or flesh-color, with a red median dorsal line, and some-
times with the dorsal surface tinged with red posteriorly: a narrow,
light ventral line, bordered with reddish. Sometimes the upper surface
is maculate with fine polygonal, whitish spots, due, perhaps, to ova
contained within the body; there are sometimes two obscure brownish
spots on the upper side of the head.

Length up to 125™™; diameter, 3™™,

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; New Haven; Watch Hill; Wood’s
Hole; in sand, between tides, and gregarious.

ANTHOSTOMA ACUTUM Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 501.)

Body long and quite slender, tapering most toward the head, and
very gradually posteriorly. Head very acutely pointed, with two
rather indistinct reddish spots above, resembling imperfect ocelli. The
branchiz commence at the eleventh setigerous segment as small dorsal
papille, and become prominent on the thirteenth; on the succeeding
segments they become long and ligulate. Anteriorly the feet are rep-
resented by an upper ramus, consisting of a very small tuft of sete,
with a very small papilliform lobe above it, and a lower ramus, consist-
ing of a small prominent papilla, with a fascicle of slender sete, much
larger than the upper one. On the fourteenth and succeeding segments

600 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the dorsal cirrus of the upper ramus becomes longer, more slender, and
ligulate. On the fifteenth segment a small, short, rounded ventral cirrus
appears on the lower ramus, and farther back it becomes larger and more
prominent, and the setigerous lobe becomes bilobed. Anal segment
rounded, obtuse; cirri long and slender. Color light red.

Length up to 40"; diameter, 2.6™™.

Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud; also from the deeper parts of
Vineyard Sound.

ANTHOSTOMA, Species undetermined, (p. 508.)

Another species, not well studied, was dredged in the deeper waters
off Gay Head and Buzzard’s Bay. It differs from all the preceding in
having eighteen anterior segments without branchie.

NERINE AGILIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 346.)

Body long and rather slender, anteriorly flattened, posteriorly more
rounded. Head long conical, with a slender acute tip; mouth a trans-—
verse fissure beneath; eyes four, placed in front of the bases of the
two large antenne, small, black, the anterior ones a little farther apart;
antenne long, slender, with thickened bases, placed on the dorsal
surface of the head, with their bases contiguous.

The branchiew are slender, ligulate, and exist on all the segments
except the first. On the first segment the “feet” are represented on
each side by two small rounded lobes, bearing very small sete, and
placed just below the bases of the antenne; on the succeeding twenty
segments the lower ramus consists of a larger, somewhat semicireular
lobe, bearing a broad cluster of slender, acute sete, and separate from
the upper ramus, which consists of a thin foliaceous process joined to
the branchial cirrus, but with a free terminal portion, and bearing a
broad, comb-like cluster of long acute setve, nearly as long as the bran-
chie, and much longer than those of the ventral ramus. On the
twenty-first setigerous segment a small papilliform ventral cirrus ap-
pears on the lower ramus, and farther back it becomes more prominent
and separate from the setigerous lobe. In the middle and posterior
region the free portion of the cirriform lobe of the upper ramus is longer.

Color reddish or brownish green anteriorly, light green on the sides;
branchie bright red. Length up to 60"; breadth, 2™™; length of
antenne, 12™™.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on the outer beach, burrowing in
sand, at low-water mark.

SCOLECOLEPIS VIRIDIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 345.)

Body long, slender, depressed; both the upper and lower surfaces
flattened, of nearly uniform breadth throughout most of the length,
abruptly narrowed at each end, and somewhat tapering and more
rounded posteriorly. Head with the central plate longer than broad,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 601

forming an acute angle behind, anteriorly suddenly expanding into a
wide transverse frontal lobe, broadly rounded in front, with a slight
emargination in the middle, the lateral angles prominent and slightly
auriculate orrecurved. Eyes four, distant, the two pairs nearly parallel.
Proboscis small, smooth, rounded. Antenne slender, twice as long as
the breadth of the body. The branchiz are slender and ligulate an-
teriorly, and meet over the middle of the back; but farther back they
gradually decrease in length, and disappear at about the anterior third.
The upper ramus of the feet consists of a broad, thin, foliaceous upper
ramus, rounded outwardly, connected, for most of its length, with the
branchia, the upper end alittle prominent; and a broad cluster of sete,
consisting of a small upper fascicle of slender acicul, scarcely as long
as the branchia, and a comb-like group of shorter and somewhat stouter
bent and acute setz. The lower ramus consists of a small, thin, rounded
process, bearing a transverse row of acute bent sete, and a ventral tuft
of longer and more slender ones. Posteriorly the slender set in the
dorsal and ventral tufts are considerably longer; and several stouter,
recurved, two-hooked, uncinate sete appear in the transverse rows of
acute sete, both in the upper and lower rami. Anal segment short,
truncate or suburceolate, somewhat bilobed; the margin of the orifice
crenulated with small rounded lobes, and with four small conical papilla
onthe upperside. Color olive-green or bright green, darker posteriorly ;
branchie bright red; antenne light green, with a row of black specks,

Length up to 100™; breadth, 3™.

Great Egg Harbor; New Haven; Watch Hill; Wood’s Hole; burrow-
ing in sand, at iow-water.

SCOLECOLEPIS TENUIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 345.)

Body very long and slender, depressed, especially anteriorly, gradually
tapering posteriorly. Head short and. broad, slightly three-lobed in
front, the central lobe broadly rounded, the lateral ones also rounded,
somewhat smaller. Antenne long and slender. The branchiz are small,
ligulate, and exist only on the anterior segments. The sete of the dor-
sal fascicle are long and slender; but those of the first three segments
are longer than the others, forming large fan-shaped fascicles directed
upward and forward; those of the first segment longest, about twice as
long as the breadth of the head. Farther back the sete of the upper
ramus become shorter, the upper ones slender, capillary, the lower ones
stouter, somewhat bent, mostly acute, some uncinate. Those of the
lower ramus are shorter, setiform, forming large fascicles anteriorly.
Farther back the upper ones are partly stouter, somewhat bent, and
acute, and partly uncinate, while a small ventral fascicle of slender ones
stillremains. Posteriorly the setigerous lobes of the feet become very
smail. Color light green; branchie red, tinged with green; antenni
whitish, with a red central line.

Length, 80™; breadth, 1.25™™,

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; burrowing in sand, at low-water.

602 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

SCOLECOLEPIS CIRRATA Malmgren. (p. 501.)
Annulata polycheta, p. 91, Pl. 9, figs. 54 A-54 D. Nerine cirrata Sars, Nyt. Mag.,
vol. vi, p. 207 (teste Malmgren).

This is a larger and stouter species than either of the preceding.
The front of the head is broadly rounded, with prominent, rounded,
lateral angles; the foliaceous lateral appendages are larger and much
wider.

Off Block Island, in 29 fathoms, and in the deepest parts of Vine-
yard Sound, near the mouth; off Saint George’s Bank, in 110 and 150
fathoms. Northern coasts of Europe; Spitzbergen; Greenland. In 20-
250 fathoms. (Malmgren).

SPIO SETOSA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIV, fig. 77. (p. 344.)

Nerine coniocephala? A. Agassiz, Annais Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of New York, vOr
Vili, p. 333, Pl. x, figs. 39-45, 1866, (non Johnston.)

Body long, moderately slender, flattened dorsally, convex below,
obtuse anteriorly, slightly tapered toward the posterior end. Head with
a prominent median lobe, which is sub-truncate and a little turned up
at the front end, with the corners a little prominent and rounded; lateral
lobes shorter ive the fapiane on the posterior part of the vertex
there is a small median, conical prominence. Eyes four, on the vertex,
the posterior pair nearest together; antenne long. Branchiewe moder-
ately long, slender, ligulate, largest on the anterior segments. On the
first three or four segments the upper ramus of the feet has a slender
dorsal cirrus, which disappears farther back. The sete of the upper
ramus are long, acute, and form a broad fascicle, in which the upper
ones are much longer and more slender, divergent; the lower stouter
and more or less bent; they are longest on the first four or five
segments, the upper ones considerably exceeding the branchie. The
lower ramus is small and but slightly elevated;, on the anterior
segments it bears a small fascicle of short, acute, bent sete, much
shorter than those of the upper ramus, and closely crowded together
in two or more rows, with a small ventral tuft of longer and more
slender set; farther back the acute bent sete begin to be replaced
by uncinate sete, which, at about the tenth segment, form a complete
transverse row, parallel with a row of slightly longer, pointed sete,
while the small ventral tuft of longer acute seta still remains, and all
the sete in the broad fascicle of the upper ramus are acute and much
longer. In the middle region of the body, the uncini of the lower
ramus form a close row, containing fifteen to twenty; they are strongly
recurved near the end and margined.

Length up to 80™™; diameter about 2.5™™.

New Haven; Wood’s Hole; and Naushon Island; in sand, at low-
water.

This species appears to be the same as the one studied by Mr. Agassiz,
though it differs slightly from his figures, one of which I have copied.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 603

Spro RoBUSTA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 345.)

Body stout, broadest anteriorly, tapering posteriorly, but little de-
pressed except anteriorly, very convex beneath, flattened above. Head
broad, somewhat angular; the median lobe truncated and slightly emar-
ginate in front; lateral lobes a little shorter, wide, obtuse in front,
slightly angulated laterally; a small median, conical elevation on the
posterior part of the head. Antenne long, rather stout. Branchie
long, narrow, tapering. Upper ramus of the feet with a small, obtuse
setigerous lobe, bearing a small fascicle of short set, considerably
shorter than the branchia, even on the anterior segments, and a foli-
aceous process arising behind the setigerous lobe, broadly rounded on
its thin outer edge; the upper end free and obtusely pointed ; farther
back the setz are shorter and the foliaceous process smaller and less
prominent. The lower ramus on the anterior segments has a small,
prominent, semicircular foliaceous process and a small, dense fascicle of
short setee, crowded in several transverse rows; on the eighth and sub-
sequent segments the foliaceous processes become larger and wider, and
the sete more numerous, crowded, and partly uncinate; still farther
back the setz are nearly all uncinate, except a very small ventral tuft
of slender ones, and form long, double, transverse rows, projecting but
little beyond the surface. Color greenish.

Length, 50™™, or more; breadth, 3™™ to 3.5™™,

Wood’s Hole and Naushon Island; in sand, at low-water mark.

POLYDORA CILIATUM Claparéde(?). Plate XIV, fig. 78. (p. 345.)
A. Agassiz, On the Young Stages of a Few Annelids, in Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist.
of New York, vol. viii, pp. 323-330, figs. 26-38, 1866 (embryology).

Naushon Island and Massachusetts Bay; in muddy sand, at about half-
tide (A. Agassiz).

The adults of this species were not found by us. The young were
frequently taken in the towing-nets.

A young Polydora, belonging perhaps to a different species, was
dredged off New Haven, in 4 to 6 fathoms, shelly bottom. It was about
12™™ long. The color was pale yellow, with small black spots along
the sides between the fascicles of setw ; a red dorsal vessel; antennee
‘ white.

OPHELIA SIMPLEX Leidy. (p. 319.)
Marine Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 16, 1855.

Body short, smooth, iridescent, well rounded above, flat below;
usually found coiled up, so that the extremities meet, or nearly so, and
resembling in general form the larve of certain beetles and flies. Head
very acute conical; the buccal segment suddenly enlarges; mouth be-
neath, with thick evertile lips, the lower one generally protruded as a
large rounded lobe. Posterior end terminated by about ten unequal,
round, blunt, fleshy, simple papille, of which the two ventral ones

604 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

are considerably longest. The setee commence opposite the mouth and
extend to the posterior end; they form two fan-shaped fascicles on each
side of each segment, closely approximate at their origin, but strongly
divergent, the upper ones directed upward, the lower ones downward ;
the set are very long and slender on the middle segments, those of the
upper fascicles longest, and exceeding half the diameter of the body ;
anteriorly they are considerably shorter; they are somewhat expanded
toward the base, but have long and very slender tips. Dorsal cirri
rather long and stout, transparent and wrinkled, blunt at tip, thickened
at base; in length nearly equaling a third of the diameter of the body.
Color yellowish white, tinged with brownish on the sides.

Length, 8™™ to 10™™; diameter, 1.5™™.

Savin Rock, at half-tide. Point Judith, Rhode Island, below low-
water mark (Leidy).

The specimen above described was found under stones at Savin
Rock, near New Haven, May 5. Its body was completely filled, from
one end to the other, with comparatively large yellowish white eggs,
which show through the transparent integument of the dorsal side very
distinctly.

LTRAVISIA CARNEA Verill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body with twenty-four setigerous segments, oblong or fusiform, very
changeable, round, usually tapering abruptly to each end. Head small,
conical, acute; posterior end terminated by a small, bluntly rounded,
or slightly clavate papilla; setz small and slender. Branchiz short,
slender, commencing on the third setigerous segment and ceasing at
the twentieth ; longest about one-fourth as long as the diameter of the
body. Segments of middle region tri-annulated. Color light red or
deep flesh-color; branchiz bright red.

‘Length, in extension, about 25™™; 3"™ to 4™™ in diameter. It can
contract to 12™= or less in length.

Off Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard, in 19 fathoms, soft mud.

AMMOTRYPANE FIMBRIATA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XV, fig. 79.

(p. 508.)

Body elongated, slender, smooth, thickest in advance of the middle,
tapering gradually to both ends, convex, and well rounded above ;
lower surface with a median sulcus and rounded margins, separated
from the upper surface by a deep groove. Head very acute. Eyes
two, small, black. Proboscis small, sub-globular, smooth. Branchie
long and slender. Caudal appendage spoon-shaped, deeply concave,
transversely striated; the outer margin fringed with a row of small,
slender papille; a pair of slender cirriform processes, about half its
length, arises at its ventral base, and a longer single median one is
generally concealed in its cavity. Sete of the anterior segments long
and slender, more than half the diameter of the body, shorter farther
back. Color, when living, purplish flesh-color, shining and iridescent

!
INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 605

on the dorsal surface; a row of elongated dark spots on each side be-
tween the fascicles of sete; the sete dark gray.

Length, 75™™; diameter, 3™™.

Off Buzzard’s Bay, in 25 fathoms, mud; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90
fathoms, mud; near Saint George’s Bank, 110 and 150 fathoms, mud.

SCALIBREGMA BREVICAUDA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 416.)

Body rather short, with a narrow, tapering anterior portion ; a swollen
middle region; and a narrow, tapering caudal portion; lower surface
with a very narrow, smooth median area, divided transversely into a
series of small rounded prominences by slight depressions. Head small,
transverse, truncate or slightly concave in front, the angles produced
and prominent. On the anterior region four segments bear short, tufted
branchiz, close to the base of the upper fascicles of sete, which are
rather long and slender; each of these segments also has a dorsa]
transverse row of rather large and conspicuous blackish granules on its
posterior margin, and also a black spot on the sides below the branchiz.
The surface of all the anterior segments is regularly and rather finely
granulous, the granules in transverse rows. The middle region, com-
posed of about ten segments, is thicker, and sometimes much swollen,
and the feet are represented only by small fascicles of slender ‘setze.
The caudal region is less than one-half the entire length in preserved
specimens, and is rather slender and tapering, composed of about sixteen
segments; the rami of the feet consist of a prominent, obtuse papilla,
both above and below, with a blackish spot at the end, and bearing a
fascicle of slender setie, in length rather exceeding half the diameter of
this part of the body. Color, when living, dark brownish red, tinged
with yellow at both ends.

Length, 32™™; diameter, .2.5™™.

Off New Haven, 4 to 6 fathoms, shelly bottom.

TROPHONIA AFFINIS Verrill. Pl. XIV, fig. 75. (p. 507.)

Siphonostomum affine Leidy, op. cit., p. 16 (148), 1855.
Body rather slender and elongated for the genus; skin irregularly
-rugose, granulous, anteriorly covered with small papillae. The eight
branchiz are cylindrical, thick, blunt, unequal; two tentacles stouter
than the branchiz, suleate beneath. On the four anterior segments the
upper and lower fascicles of sete are much elongated and directed for-
ward. On the fifth and following segments those in the upper fascicles
are capillary, divergent, six to ten in each fascicle ; in the lower fascicles
there are about three stout, slightly curved, acute, deep yellow sete.
On the third and fourth segments the setee of the upper fascicles are
longer and larger than those in the lower ones; posteriorly the lower
setze become longer, stouter, and more curved at the tip, the lowest one
becoming hook-like.

Length, 60™ ; diameter, 3.5™™,

606 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISIIERIES.

Off Block Island, 29 fathoms; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms, mud.
Great Egg Harbor (Leidy).

BRADA SETOSA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body short, oblong, sub-cylindrical, flattened below, tapering a little
toward both ends, which are obtuse ; composed of seventeen setigerous
segments. Skin covered with small, prominent, acute papilla. Upper
fascicles of sete long, slender, light colored; lower fascicles larger, com-
posed of stouter, long, dark colored sete, surrounded at base by small
cirriform appendages. Ventral cirrus small.

Length of preserved specimen, 10™"; diameter, 2.5™™.

Off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms, among muscles, We.

STERNASPIS FOSSOR Stimpson, Plate XIV, fig. 74. (p. 507.)
Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 29, fig. 19, 1853.
Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud; common in the Bay of Fundy
in 10 to 90 fathoms, mud; near Saint George’s Bank, 110 fathoms,
sandy mud; Casco Bay, 20 fathoms.

CIRRATULUS GRANDIS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XV, figs. 80,81. (p. 319).

Body large and stout, anteriorly subeylindrical, somewhat flattened
and tapering slightly posteriorly, and rather abruptly tapered anteriorly.
Head small, acute, with obscure brownish spots above, but apparently
without distinct ocelli. Posterior end obtuse, the orifice surrounded by
a thickened, slightly crenulated border. Posterior to the mouth there
are about seven rather indistinct annuli (perhaps four biannulated
segments) destitute of appendages; the two next segments bear two
fascicles of small setz on each side, and two crowded dorsal clusters of
long slender branchial cirri; these clusters nearly meet on the dorsal
line, leaving only a narrow naked space, and contain a large number of
cirri, usually of various lengths, closely crowded together. Farther
back the “ feet” consist of small and slightly prominent upper and lower
rami, connected by aslightly raised, transverse ridge ; each ramus bears
a small fascicle of short, slender, acute sete, in a transverse row ; and
a few stouter curved spinules, which project but little from the surface ;
posteriorly the spinules are more numerous and the slender seta fewer
and a little longer, but they are scarcely equal to one-tenth of the diam-
eter of the body. Along nearly the whole length of the body long
slender branchial cirri arise from above most of the upper rami, but
many of these are generally broken off in preserved specimens. In
alcohol the lower surface of the body is generally flat or concave; the
‘“‘ feet” occupy an elevated lateral ridge, often separated from both the
ventral and dorsal surface by a deep groove; and the dorsal surface is
moderately convex. The annulations are short, very numerous, and
distinct. Color, when living, dull yellow, yellowish green, yellowish
orange, greenish orange to orange-brown, darkest anteriorly, and often

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 607

iridescent beneath; sides often with dark brown specks; anterior
branchial cirri usually bright orange, with ared central line; lateral ones
darker yellow or orange, generally with a central line of bright red, due
to the blood-vessels showing through.

Length up to 150™™"; diameter, 5™" to 7™™; length of branchial cirri,
60° to 100™™.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound; low-water to 6 fathoms, in sand and
gravel; common.

CIRRATULUS TENUIS Verrill, sp.nov. (p. 416.)

Body slender, elongated, strongly annulated. Head conical, de-
pressed, acute. The first four rings behind the mouth are longer than
the rest, amd destitute of appendages. The branchizw and setz com-
mence at the fifth segment; the branchiz form a cluster on each side,
and are long and filiform ; farther back and on the middle region there
is usually a pair of branchial cirri on each segment, but posteriorly they
become distant and irregular. Setz-long and slender in each ramus, the
upper ones exceeding in length the diameter of the body on the anterior
and middle regions, but becoming much shorter posteriorly. In alcohol
the integument is iridescent. No eyes were detected.

Length, 40™™; diameter, 1.25".

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, among compound ascidians; 23
fathoms oft Martha’s Vineyard.

CIRRHINEREIS FRAGILIS Quatrefages. (p. 397.)

Histoire naturelle des Annelés, vol. i, p. 464. Cirrhatulus fragilis Leidy, op. cit.,
p. 147 (15), Plate 11, figs. 39-43, 1855.

Point Judith, Rhode Island, under stones at low water (Leidy).
Specimens, apparently of this species, were dredged in Vineyard Sound.

NARAGANSETA CORALII Leidy. (p. 494.)
Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 12 (144), Pl.
11, figs. 46-48, 1855; Quatrefages, op. cit., vol. i, p. 468.
New Haven; Watch Hill; Point Judith; in Astrangia Dane.
Our largest specimen had ten pairs of cirri; the first three pairs orig-
inate from one segment, the lowest being stouter and lighter colored
than the rest. %

DODECACEREA, species undetermined. (p. 422.)

A species, belonging apparently to this genus, was dredged off New
Haven Harbor, in shallow water, but the specimens are too young for
accurate determination.

CLYMENELLA Verrill, gen. nov.

Body elongated, composed of about twenty-two segments exclusive of
the cephalic and anal segments. All the segments, except the buceal
and three anteanal, setigerous; they bear fascicles of slender sete above

608 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

and series of hooks below. The anterior margin of the fourth setiger-
ous segment is prolonged into a thin membranous collar. Proboscis
swollen, longitudinally ribbed.. Head with a prominent convex median
plate, and with a raised border on each side and behind, the lateral and
posterior lobes separated by notches. Anal segment funnel-shaped, the
edge surrounded by papille.

CLYMENELLA TORQUATA Verrill. Plate XIV, figs. 71-73. (p. 343).
Clymene torquatus Leidy, op. cit., p. 14 (146), 1855.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; New Haven; Vineyard Sound; Bay
of Fundy ; Saint George’s Bank, &c. Low-water to 60 fathoms,

NICOMACHE DISPAR Verrill, sp. nov. . (p. 512.)

Body elongated, with eighteen setigerous segments. Head elongated,
sub-conical, with a small central plate, and a depressed point in front,
and with low, narrow, lateral and posterior marginal lobes, separated by
slight notches; on the anterior part of each lateral border there is a
cluster of small, reddish brown, ocelli-like specks. Buccal lobe coal-
escent with the cephalic above. Proboscis swollen and plicate.- The first
twosetigerous segments have small fascicles of slender, short setze above,
and a single uncinate seta or hook below on each side. The third seg-
ment has much longer sete in the upper fascicles and two hooks in the
lower ones. The fourth has still longer, slender sete in the upper fasei-
cles, and about eight hooks in each of the lower ones. In the following
segments the hooks become much more numerous. There is one short,
biannulated, anteanal segment, destitute of sete. Anal segment subur-
ceolate, as long as broad, cylindrical toward its border, which is fur-
nished on the ventral side with one long, slender cirrus, often as long
as the diameter of the anal segment, and two short lateral ones; the
rest of the border has a few, mostly very small, distant, unequal, obtuse
papille or denticulations. The anal orifice is situated at the summit of
a small cone, which rises from the bottom of the funnel. The last setig-
erous segment is longer than the anteanal, and a little longer than any
of the ten that precede it, which are all short and subequal, broader than
long, those toward the posterior end deeply incised at the intervals be-
tween them. The three anterior setigerous segments are shorter than
broad ; the fourth is twice as long; the fifth is three times as long; the
sixth is five times as long. The color, when living, was light red, trans-
lucent, with conspicuous bright red blood-vessels, and with a bright red
band at about the anterior third. The largest specimen obtained was
50™™ long and 2.5™™ in diameter after preservation in alcohol. In this
specimen the anal segment is long, funnel-shaped, flaring but little toward
the margin, and with four or five slight transverse annulations. The
buceal segment has two transverse reddish lines on each side.

Off Buzzard’s Bay in 25 fathoms; fifteen miles east of Block Island
in 29 fathoms, sandy mud. It forms rough tubes of sand, which are not
very firm.

— a

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 609

MALDANE ELONGATA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 343.)

Body large and much elongated, cylindrical, obliquely truncated at
both ends; with nineteen setigerous segments, those of the middle region
elongated ; head depressed, with its dorsal surface very oblique; median
lobe low, convex, obtusely rounded in front; lateral marginal lobes, or
folds, low, rounded, thickened, separated by a shallow emargination
from the posterior transverse fold, which is also thickened, little elevated,
and divided into two parts by a slight sulcus; from the notch between
the lateral and posterior lobes of the head, a lateral oblique sulcus
curves downward and backward, and joins the first of the two trans-
verse sulci, which are strongly marked on the ventral side of the buccal
segment. Anterior setigerous segments strongly biannulated ; the first
two are short, the length about equal to the diameter; the next two
are considerably longer; and those farther back become very much
elongated; the last setigerous segment is short. The segments are
considerably swollen where the sete arise, especially in the middle
region. The upper sete are long and slender, mostly about half the
diameter of the body, and form rather large fascicles on most of the
segments. The last segment is obliquely truncated, its posterior border
Surrounding the base of the large anal process, which is obliquely placed,
foliaceous, obovate, with the posterior edge broadly rounded, the upper
surface ‘concave, and the margin entire. Color dark umber-brown, or
reddish brown, iridescent; the swollen parts of the rings are lighter
yellowish brown, or grayish brown, the dark red blood-vessels often
showing through; near the bases of the sete there are usually small
dark colored specks ; head and buccal lobe thickly specked with dark
brown or blackish.

Length of largest specimens, 300™"; diameter, 4" to 5™™; more fre-
quently about half this size.

Savin Rock, near New Haven; in sandy mud at low-water mark, form-
ing thick tubes composed of fine mud.

RHODINE ATTENUATA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body slender, elongated, with the segments strongly marked, and the
first setigerous segment very long. Head elongated, depressed, ob-
tusely rounded in front; median lobe, or ridge, broad and but little
elevated, except near the front of the head, where it becomes suddenly
narrowed, more convex, with well marked fovez on each side; lateral
lobes rudimentary, scarcely apparent ; on the posterior part of the head
there is a prominent transverse elevation. Buccal lobe confluent with
the cephalic. First setigerous segment swollen anteriorly and about
as broad as the head at its. anterior end where the set arise, but nar-
rowed and gradually attenuated backward, its total length being about —
eight times its diameter; second and third setigerous segments about
equal, nearly twice as long as broad, swollen in the middle, the front
margin of each prolonged into a sheath-like collar; the three next

S. Mis. 61——39

610 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

segments are short and rounded, about as long as broad, much narrowed
at each end, and swollen in the middle; next two about twice as long as
broad; succeeding segments more elongated. Anal segment wanting
in the specimens examined.

Length about 50"; diameter about 1™".

Off Gay Head, 6 to 8 fathoms; fifteen miles east of Block Island, in
29 fathoms, sandy mud.

The Clymene urceolata Leidy, from Great Egg Harbor, will probably
be found on the New England coast, but we have not met with it. It,
is peculiar in jiaving an urceolate ne segment, with a smooth margin.

AMMOCHARES, species undetermined. (p. 508.)

A species which constructs slender, flexible tubes, covered with grains
of sand, regularly and curiously attached by one end in an imbricated
manner, was dredged fifteen miles east of Block Island, in 29 fathoms.
sandy mud, and in 25 fathoms off Martha’s Vineyard. The worm is
very slender, flesh-color, with a red dorsal vessel, and two small, red,
ocelli-like spots.

NOTOMASTUS LURIDUS Verrill, sp. nov. ), O42.
> ST I

Body long and rather large, composed of numerous segments, nearly
cylindrical when living, and tapering but little, except close to the
ends. In preserved specimens the anterior region, including about ten
segments, is often a little swollen and slightly larger than .the rest of
the body; at other times it is even more slender than the posterior
region. Head small, acute. Proboscis short and broad, swollen; in
full expansion nearly twice the diameter of the body, nearly smooth,
dark blood-red. The segments of the anterior region are longer than
broad, in extension nearly twice as long, biannulated, and each of the
annuli is again annulated with several transverse, more or less irregu-
lar sulei or furrows; ten of these segments bear fascicles of slender
setze both above and below, the fascicles on the first two setigerous
segments being very small, and containing few sete. The segments
following the tenth setigerous one have a small transverse row of

slender uncinate setz above, and a longer lateral transverse row of—

the same kind of sete on each side; the “feet,” or setigerous lobes,
are but little prominent, the upper ones being fou al and much smaller
than the lateral ones. The surface of the body is transversely wrinkled,
and covered with minute, irregular reticulations, giving it a slightly
granulous appearance. Color, when living, dark purplish brown, with
a bluish iridescence anteriorly, and a darker median dorsal line pos-
teriorly; minute, white, raised Sp0is or slight papille, are scattered
over the surface.

Length, 150™™ or more; diameter, 2™,

Savin Rock, near New Haven; in muddy sand, at low-water mark.

a

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 611

NOTOMASTUS FILIFORMIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 342.)

Body very long and slender, filiform, composed of very numerous
short segments. Head very changeable in form, usually long, conical,
and very acutely pointed. Proboscis smooth, obovate, or trumpet-
shaped, when extended, and bright red. In the anterior region there
are eleven setigerous segments, which bear small fascicles of slender
setz in both rami, those in the first five longer and acutely pointed;
these segments are short, biannulate; the lower fascicles of setz are
largest and fan-shaped. In the middle region the segments are about
as long as broad. Color, pale red to bright red, often mottled with
whitish, and more or less yellowish posteriorly.

Length, 100"; diameter, 1™™. /

Great Egg Harbor, low-water to one fathom, in sandy mud; New
Haven; Watch Hill; Vineyard Sound.

SABELLARIA VULGARIS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XVII, figs. 88, 88a.

(p. 321.)

Body rather stout, thickest anteriorly, tapering backward to the base
of the long, slender caudal appendage. Two slender, red, oral tentacles
arise near the mouth, between the bases of the operculigerous lobes,
and, when extended, reach beyond the bases of the opercula. <A single °
median lanceolate process also arises between the operculigerous lobes.
A deep emargination exists on the ventral side, back of the mouth; on
each side of this the front margin of the segment is prolonged into a
tridentate lobe, the teeth or lobes being unequal, the inner ones largest,
the middie ones more slender and acute, the outer one smallest and
shortest; beyond these, toward the sides, there is another small aeute
process; two conical processes also project forward from the lateral
margins, and also a fascicle of set. The ciliated prehensile cirri, or
tentacles, are long and slender when extended, and reach considerably
beyond the opercula. The sete composing the opercula are golden yel-
low; the outer circle white at base. A row of small conical papille
surrounds the bases of the opercula. Branchi long, lanceolate, acute,
longer than the diameter of the body. Color of body yellowish flesh-
color, or pale reddish, often with two rows of brown spots along the
ventral surface; operculigerous lobes whitish or grayish, specked with
blackish; branchie reddish or yellowish, with a red central line, often
with a greenish tinge, or red centered with green; tentacles pale flesh-
color, sometimes purplish; opercula blackish or grayish on the anterior
surface, golden yellow on the sides, white at base; caudal process pale
red or flesh-color.

Length about 25™", exclusive of caudal process; 2"™ to 2.5"™" in diam-
eter.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to New Haven and Vineyard Sound;
low-water to ten fathoms; very common. Eggs are laid in May and
June.

612 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CISTENIDES GOULDII Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XVII, figs. 87, 87a. (p.

323).

Pectinaria Belgica Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, Ist ed., p. 7, Plate 1, fig.
1 (tube), 1841 (not of European writers). Pectinaria auricoma Leidy, op. cit.,
p. 14 (146), 1855 (not of European writers).

Body rather stout, little curved. Head with the dorsal surface
obliquely truncated, its posterior marginal fold with a smooth border.
Antenne long, tapering, acute; frontal membrane or veil semicircular,
its edge divided into rather long, slender, acute papilla, about twenty-
eight in number. Cephalic sete in two broad groups, each containing
about fifteen light golden set, which are somewhat curved upward,
with long, slender, very acute tips, those in the middle of each group much
the longest. Tentacles stout, obtuse, flattened, and folded up so as to
form a groove beneath. Color light red or flesh-color, handsomely mot-
tled with dark red and blue.

Length up to 40™; diameter, 7™™.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Cape Cod; low-water to 10
fathoms.

This species can easily be distinguished from C. granulatus, which is

common in the Bay of Fundy, by the cephalic setz or spines, which are

fewer, much stouter, obtuse, and darker colored in the latter.

AMPHARETE GRACILIS Malmgren. Plate XVI, fig. 83. (p. 508).
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, Ofvers. af kongl. vet. Akad. Férh., 1865, p. 365, Plate
26, figs. 75-75D.

Body flesh-colored, greenish posteriorly, with a conspicuous red median
vessel; branchie light sea-green.

Length, 25™™ to 35™™; diameter, 2.5™ to 3"; length of branchie,
G2 to.9,

Off Gay Head, 10 fathoms; off Martha’s Vineyard, 23 fathoms; east
of Block Island in 29 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 90 fathoms; north.
ern coasts of Europe, Bahusia, at Koster Island, in 130 fathoms. Our
specimens differ slightly from the description and figures of Dr. Malm-
gren, especially in usually having but twelve uncigerous segments in
the posterior region, instead of thirteen, found by him in the European
specimens. This may be due to difference of age or sex. There are,
however, thirteen in one of. our specimens.

AMPHARETE SETOSA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 416.)

Body rather thick anteriorly, tapering rapidly backward. Cephalic
lobe acute, with a much shorter, small, lateral lobe on each side. Bran-
chi eight, transversely wrinkled, rather short; in preserved specimens
about equal to the breadth of the body. Palmule, or cephalic fascicles
of sete, short and broad, rounded, fan-shaped, the sete being nearly
equal, the ventral ones a little longer than the lateral. Fourteen seg-
ments bear sinall fascicles of long sete, supported by prominent lobes
at the base. The posterior region consists of about ten uncigerous seg-

ee ee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 613

ments. Anal segments small, with two long slender cirri. Color of
body translucent, light yellowish green; the anterior part of the body
tinged with bright blood-red, due to the circulating fluid, showing
through the integument; branchize greenish, with a central series of
white spots; sets of the palmule, deep yellow.

Length about 20™; diameter, 2.5™™ to 3™™.

Off New Haven, low-water mark to 6 fathoms, shelly. It makes rough
tubes about an inch long, covered with coarse sand and mud.

AMAGE PUSILLA Verrill, sp. nov.

Body rather slender. Head obtttsely: rounded in front; the middle
lobe small, and but little larger than the lateral. Eight slender
branchiz, about twice as long as the diameter of the body, arranged in
a crowded group; two farther back than the rest ; and with no apparent
naked median space. Twelve of the setigerous segments bear long
fascicles of slender sete. No‘ palmule,” or cephalic sete. Tentacles
numerous and slender. Two small, slender anal cirri.

Length, 12™™; diameter, 1.5™™.

Off New Haven, 5 to 6 fathoms; shelly bottom.

MELINNA CRISTATA Malmgren. (p. 432.)
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, loc. cit., p. 371, Plate 20, figs. 50-50p. Sabellides
cristata Sars, Fauna littoralis Norvegiz, vol. ii, pp. 19, 24, Pl. 2, figs. 1-7, 1856.

Mouth of Vineyard Sound, on muddy bottoms, in the deepest water ;
Bay of Fundy, on muddy bottoms, in 10 to 90 fathoms; near Saint
George’s Bank, in 110 and 150 fathoms, mud. Off the Scandinavian
coast in 40 to 200 fathoms; Greenland ; Spitzbergen.

The tube is soft, flexible, slender, and covered with fine mud.

TEREBELLIDES STROEMI Sars. (p. 507.)
Beskriv. og Iakttag., p. 48, Plate 13, figs. 31, a-d (teste Malmgren) ; Malmgren,
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, loc. cit., p. 396, Plate 43-48p, 1865.

East of Block Island, in 29 fathoms, sandy mud; Bay of Fundy,
10 to 90 fathoms, muddy ; near Saint George’s Bank, 85 to 150 fathoms.
Greenland, 10 to 250 fathoms; Iceland ; Spitzbergen; northern coasts
of Europe; Adriatic Sea.

AMPHITRITE ORNATA Verrill. Pl. XVI, fig. 82. (p. 320).
Terebella ornata Leidy, Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New
Jersey, loc. cit., p. 14 (146), Plate 11, figs. 44, 45 (setae), 1855.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to New Haven and Vineyard Sound ;
common in sand and gravel at low-water mark.

NICOLEA SIMPLEX Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 321.)

Body elongated, swollen anteriorly, especially above, attenuated
posteriorly. Head with a rather large, well rounded, or nearly circu-
lar frontal membrane, which has a smooth margin; mouth with a small

614 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

posterior fold. Tentacles very numerous, crowded, long, and slender.
Branchi four, rather small; those of the anterior pair somewhat the
larger; those of both pairs are repeatedly dichotomously divided from
close to the base. The divisions are short and not very numerous, and
diverge ata wide angle. Fifteen segments bear small fascicles of slender
sete, commencing at the next behind the last branchiferous segment.
The third and fourth setigerous segments of the male bear small, slender
lateral cirri. Ventral shields about thirteen; the first six transversely
oblong, and nearly equal in width; the last seven narrowing rapidly
to the last, which is acutely triangular. Color, when living, light red,
or flesh-color. |

Length, 35™; diameter, 3™™ to 4™™.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound, from low-water to 6 fathoms; off
Watch Hill, 4 to 6 fathoms, in tubes composed of bits of shells and grains
of sand, attached to Laminaria. :
Scronopsis Verrill, gen. nov.

Body composed of numerous segments, of which 17, following the
third, bear fascicles of slender sete, and the following ones have only
small uncigerous lobes ; second and third segments bear branchiz,
and have their anterior margins prolonged into membranous, collar-like
expansions; that of the second forming broad, lateral lobes behind the
tentacles ; that of the third forming behind the branchia> a dorsal col-
lar or sheath, beneath which they can be retracted. Branchiz typically
four. Those of the first pair usually larger, but generally one or more
are absent, and frequently the anterior ones are smallest, or those of the
same pair may be unequal, owing probably to the facility with which
they may break off and be reproduced; they are palmately branched
and supported on elongated pedicels. Tentacles numerous and crowded.

This genus is allied more closely to Pista than to any other yet de-
seribed, but differs in the structure of the branchize and character of
the collar formed by the third segment.

SCIONOPSIS PALMATA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 321.)

Body elongated ; rather slender; thickened but not distinctly swollen
anteriorly, tapering gradually to the posterior end. The setigerous feet
commence at the fourth segment, or next behind the branchial collar,
and are all quite prominent, the first three or four being a little smaller
than the rest; the sete are rather long. The uncigerous feet commence
on the second setigerous segment. Behind the last setigerous segment
the uncigerous feet are smaller, somewhat prominent, and extend to the
analsegment. Ventral shields about 20; the mostanterior ones are trans-
versely oblong; the succeeding ones squarish, gradually tapering to the
last, which are very narrow. Anal segment tapering; its orifice with
acrenulated margin. Branchi large, with numerous palmate divisions

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 615

arising from the summit of the stout and rather long pedicels.* There
are usually five or more main divisions in good-sized specimens, these
spread outward from one point, are recurved at the ends, and flexuous
and bipinnately branched, the lower pinnez being longest each time,
and the ultimate divisions very numerous, fine, slender, and acute.
The branchi of the posterior pair, in normal specimens, are consider-
ably smaller, with the divisions less numerous, and the ramuli longer
and more delicate. The pedicels of the anterior branchiz are about as
jong as the diameter of the body, and are very contractile, as well as the
branches, so that the gills can be contracted into a small compass and
withdrawn under the dorsal collar, beneath which the pedicels arise.
This branchial collar is formed by the prolongation of the margin of the
third segment; on each side of the median line above, it is divided into
two narrow, lanceolate processes directed forward ; exterior to these there
are two other wider and usually less prominent angles or lobes; laterally,
‘the collar is prominent, with a broadly rounded, thin margin, which
forms another angle on each side beneath; on the ventral side its edge
recedes and is but little raised. The tentacular collar, formed by the
second segment, expands into a broad, rounded, prominent lobe on each
side; and on the ventral surface becomes narrower, though still promi-
nent, and recedes in a broad, rounded sinus behind the posterior lobe
of the mouth. The cephalic segment is bordered by a rather broad
frontal membrane, emarginate above, and broadly rounded laterally.
‘Tentacles very numerous, long, and slender. Color, light red, brownish
red to dark reddish brown; the annulations often darker; the upper
surface is usually more or less specked with flake-white; along each
side, below, there is usually a row of squarish spots, brighter red than
the rest of the body, each pair connected by a narrow, transverse line
of red between the ventral shields, which are dull yellowish red; the
segments along the sides are often bordered with red; branchiz usually
green, specked on the outer sides of the branches with flake-white, and
with internal blood-red vessels, showing distinctly in all the divisions ;
the pedicel is usually bright red; tentacles, flesh-color.
Length up to 70™™; diameter, 3™™.

Great Ege Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound ; low-water
mark to one fathom.

LEPRZA RUBRA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 382.)

Body elongated, somewhat swollen anteriorly, rapidly tapering to the
very long, slender, posterior portion. Ail the segments posterior to the
branchiz bear small fascicles of slender setz, as well as uncini; pos-
terior to the twenty-fifth setigerous segment the uncigerous feet become

*In mentioning this species, on page 321, it was stated that it has but three gills,
-and, in fact, this is the most frequent number. Among the numerous examples exam-
ined, I have only recently found a specimen with both pairs of gills in their normal

¢ ondition.

616 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

much narrower and more prominent; anteriorly they are very broad,
Ventral plates rather broad anteriorly, those posterior to the seventh
or eighth suddenly narrowed. Branchiw in three pairs, small, finely
arborescently divided, the divisions numerous ; posterior pair consider-
ably smaller than the others. Cephalic lobe with a somewhat prolonged
frontal border, broadly rounded in front, with an entire margin. Color
bright red; tentacles flesh-color.
Length, 50™ or more; diameter, 2.57" to 3™™.

Vineyard Sound; Wood’s Hole on piles of wharves just below low-
water mark.

POLYCIRRUS EXIMIUS Verrill. Plate XVI, fig. 85. (p. 320).
Torquea eximia Leidy, op. cit, p. 14 (146), Plate 11, figs. 51, 52 (sets), 1855.

In'this species there are twenty-five setigerous segments, bearing
small fascicles of long, slender sete ; about seventy posterior segments
bear uncini only ; anteriorly the uncini commence on the eighth setig-
erous segment. There are nine ventral shields, divided by a median
ventral sulcus. The frontal lobe of the head is large, elongated oval
or elliptical. The posterior lobe of the mouth is large, rounded. Body
and tentacles bright blood-red ; the body is often more or less yellowish
posteriorly.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound; low-water
to 10 fathoms.

A species of this genus was also dredged in 19 fathoms off Gay
Head, but its identity with the above is uncertain. Another species,
remarkable for its brilliant blue phosphorescence, is common in the
Bay of Fundy. The P. eximius does not appear to be phosphorescent.

CH2ETOBRANCHUS Verrill, genus nov.

Allied to Polycirrus and, like the latter, destitute of blood-vessels.
Body much elongated, composed of very numerous segments, nearly
all of which bear fascicles of sete. Segments of the middle region bear
simple, or more or less branched, branchial cirri, each of their divisions
tipped with slender set; these cirri are wanting on the anterior and
posterior segments, the first and last ones being smaller and more simple
than the rest. The cephalic segment expands into a broad, tentacular
or frontal lobe, which is rounded or emarginate anteriorly, and often
more or less scolloped laterally. Tentacles crowded, very numerous,
long and slender in extension, capable of being distended by the blood,
as in Polycirrus, &e.

CH ATOBRANCHUS SANGUINEUS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 320.)

Body greatly elongated, much attenuated posteriorly, more or less.
swollen anteriorly, but narrowed toward the head, the thickest portion
being usually between the tenth and fifteenth segments. The branchial
cirri commence at about the ninth segment, those of the first pair being
short, simple cirri; those on the next segment are once forked ; those on

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 617

the next have three or four branches; farther back they divide dichotom-
ously above the base into numerous branches, all of which are supported
upon a short basal pedicel, which may be a little elongated in expansion,
the total length of the branchie being then greater than the diameter of
the body; the branches are clustered, slender, delicate, and elongated,
and each one is terminated by a small fascicle of slender, sharp, serrate
setz two to four or more in a group, so that the entire appendage may
be regarded as a very remarkable enlargement and modification of the
setigerous lobes of the “ feet.”

On the segments anterior to the ninth the setigerous lobes of the feet
are short, conical, swollen at base, and bear a small fascicle of set; the
ventral surface of the anterior segment is somewhat raised, and divided by
a series of sulci or wrinkles into several lobes or crenulations, which are
somewhat prominent and papilliform at the posterior margin of each
segment, and havea granulous surface. There isa distinct median ven-
tral sulcus. Between the adjacent branchial cirri anteriorly there are,
on each side, four or more thickened, somewhat raised, squarish organs,
with a granulous and apparently glandular structure; farther back these
are reduced to two, then to one, and finally disappear on the segments
of the posterior region, which is very long, slender, attenuated, composed
of very numerous short segments, with only rudimentary appendages ;
after the branchial cirri become reduced to simple processes they still con-
tinue, on about forty segments, gradually decreasing in length and size ;
beyond this small setze still exist on the segments, till near the end of the
body. Anal segment small and simple, the orifice with slightly crenu-
lated margins. Frontal membrane large and broad, versatile in form,
often with a deep emargination in front, each lateral lobe divided into.
two or three subordinate lobes, or unequal scollops, the edges undulated ;
at other times the front edge and sides are broadly rounded and entire.
The mouth is furnished with a large elongated ovate lobe, which is.
rounded, free, and prominent posteriorly. Tentacles very long, much
crowded, and very numerous; in extension usually as long as the body.
Color of body, anteriorly, deep blood-red; posteriorly, more or less mot-
tled or centered with yellow, owing to the internal organs showing
through the integument; tentacles and branchial cirri bright blood-red.

Length up to 350™™ ; diameter 5™" to 77" or more anteriorly ; length
of tentacles, in extension, 400™™ or more.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound; common at
low-water mark, in mud.

POTAMILLA OCULIFERA Verrill. Plate XVII, fig. 86. (p. 322).
Sabella oculifera Leidy, op. cit., p. 13 (145), Plate 11, figs. 55-61, 1855.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven; Vineyard Sound, low-water mark
to 25 fathoms, off Buzzard’s Bay. Inthe Bay of Fundy from low-water
mark to 60 fathoms.

Closely related to P. reniformis of Northern Europe, and possibly iden-
tical with it.

618 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

SABELLA MICROPHTHALMA Verrill, sp. nov. (p.-323.)

Body rather short and stout, narrowed slightly anteriorly, tapering rap-
idly close to the posterior end, composed of about sixty segment, de-
pressed, moderately convex above, flat below, especially when preserved
in alcohol; anterior region composed of eight setigerous segments, hay-
ing moderately long fascicles of sete ; posterior region composed of about
fifty short segments, bearing very small fascicles of sete ; anal segment
small, simple, with two very small ocelli-like spots; ventral shields of
the anterior segments short, transversely narrow, oblong ; median suleus
very distinct in the posterior region, dividing the ventral shields into
two nearly rectangular parts, which are broader than long. Branchiz
numerous and long, often half as long as the body, connected by a
slight web close to the base; the stalks smooth, with numerous minute
ocelli, in two irregular rows; pinne numerous, long and slender; tips
of the branchiz without pinne. Collar broadly interrupted above, flar-
ing and reflexed at the sides, with rounded upper angles, erect and sin-
uous at the latero-ventral margins, reflexed below, forming two short,
rounded lobes, separated by a narrow but deep central sinus, within
which there is a short bilobed organ. Tentacles thin, lanceolate, acute,
in preserved specimens not so long as the diameter of the body. The
anterior segment is divided by a deep dorsal sulcus, which is not con-
spicuous on the succeeding segments. Color of body greenish yellow,
dull olive-green, or greenish brown; branchiz pale yellowish, greenish,
or flesh-color, often with numerous transverse bands of lighter and
darker green, which extend to the pinne, and sometimes blotched with
brown; collar translucent, specked with flake-white; ocelli dark red-
dish brown. Specimens, apparently belonging to this species, were taken
from wood bored by Teredo, near New Haven. These had the body
olive-green, specked with flake-white anteriorly, on the ventral side,
especially on the first two segments; branchiz mottled with greenish
brown and white and specked with flake-white ; ocelli brown, numerous.

Length, 30™™; diameter, 2.5" to 3™™. Preserved specimens are
about 20™™ long, 2.5™" broad.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound; low-water mark to 5 fathoms.

KUCHONE ELEGANS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XVI, fig. $4. (p. 432).

Body rounded, slender, gradually tapered backward; the anterior
region, which forms about one-half of the entire length, consists

of eight setigerous segments; these are biannulated and divided by —

a dorsal, longitudinal sulcus, and by a lateral suleus on each side be-
low the uncigerous lobes. The middle region consists of thirteen
shorter biannulated segments, which bear small fascicles of setz on the
lower rami; these are divided by a ventral sulcus, and also by the
lateral ones. The caudal region consists of about ten very short seg-
ments ; all of which, except the last, bear small fascicles of setee. These
segments are margined by a rather broad membrane, wider and rounded

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 619

anteriorly, narrowing to the end. Collar broad, with a nearly even
margin, often somewhat sinuous at the sides, divided above and below,
the lobes rounded at the angles. The collar is a little broader below
than above. Branchiz long, slender, recurved in expansion, connected
by a broad and very thin membrane, continued as thin borders of the
branchiz to their tips, which are destitute of pinne for some distance.
Body pale flesh-color, with a darker median line, reddish {anteriorly,
darker greenish or brownish, posteriorly; branchiw pale yellowish or
greenish, each with a flake-white spot near the base outside. Other
specimens were greenish gray, with green branchiw. Some were flesh.
color, with a bright-red dorsal vessel; the branchiz flesh-color, without
the white spots at the base.

Length, in extension, about 20™"; diameter of body, Lom™.

Deep water off the mouth of Vineyard Sound; off Martha’s Vineyard,
in 21 and 23 fathoms; off Block Island, in 29 fathoms, sandy mud,

- abundant. C\sco Bay, 7 to 20 fathoms.
This species makes slender tubes, covered with fine sand.

FABRIcIA LEIDYI Verrill, sp. nov. (p.323.)

Body very small and slender, tapering a little to both ends, in exten-
sion considerably exsert from the slender tube; eleven segments bear
fascicles of setwe; the segments are about as long as broad, slightly con-
stricted at the articulations, with the anterior margin a little promi-
nent; anal segment small, tapered to a blunt point, bearing two smail,
dark ocelli. Branchiz six, subequal, forming three symmetrical pairs, each
one with five to seven slender pinne on each side; the basal piunz are
about as long as the main stem, the ofhers successively shorter, so that
all reach to about the same level. Tentacles short, thick, bluntly rounded
at the end, strongly ciliated. At the base of the branchi, on each side,
is a red, pulsating vesicle, the pulsations alternating in the two; just
back of these, on the first segment, are two brown ocelli; a little farther
back, and near together, on the dorsal side, are two auditory vesicles,
each with a round central corpuscle. The fourth and eleven succeeding
segments bear small fascicles of acute, bent sets, about as long as half
the diameter of the body; on the middle segment there are about four
or five set ina fascicle; on the ninth, three; on the tenth, two; on the
eleventh, one or two, in the specimens examined. Intestine rather

_ wide, but narrowed at the eighth setigerous segment, and after that
slender, bordered by a red blood-vessel on each side. In the fourth
setigerous segment there are three globular, granulated organs. color,
yellowish white, tinged with red by the circulating fluid.

Length about 3""; diameter about 0.25"™; expanse of Dranchie,
0.8™™. The specimens measured may be immature.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound, common at and below low-water

- mark; Cisco Bay.

620 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

SERPULA DIANTHUS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 322.

Body elongated, gradually attenuated to the posterior end; the pos-
terior region considerably flattened; dorsal surface covered with
minute papille and having a finely pubescent appearance under a lens.
Collar broad and long, in living specimens sometimes one-third as long
as the body; the posterior portion free dorsally, and in expansion about as
long as the attached portion, extending backward and gradually narrow-
ing to the end; the margins thin and undulated ; the anterior borderis di-
vided into a broad revolute dorsal lobe, with an undulated margin, and
two narrower lateral lobes, which are broadly revolute laterally, with the
margin rounded and nearly even. Seven segments bear rather large
fascicles of long, acute set. The first fascicle is remote from the next,
and directed downward and forward, with the setz longer than in the
others ; the six following fascicles are broad, and are directed downward
and backward. The uncinate setie form long transverse rows anteriorly,
but toward the posterior end they form shortrows. Operculum funnel-
shaped, longitudinally striated externally, with a long, slender pedicel ;
the upper surface is concave, with about thirty small, acute denticles
around the margin; an inner circle of about twelve long, slender
papille, incurved at tips and united at base, arises from the upper
surface of the operculum. On the left side is a small rudimentary oper-
culum, club-shaped at the end, with a short pedicel. Branchiz are long
rather slender, united close to the base, about eighteen on each side, in
mature specimens, those toward the ventral border considerably longer,
than the upper ones; tips naked for a short distance, slender, and acute ;
pinne very numerous, slender. Colors quite variable, especially those
of the branchie; the branchie are frequently purplish brown, trans-—
versely banded with flake-white, alternating with yellowish green, the
pinne usually having the same color as the portion from which they
arise; on the exterior of the branchiz the purple bands are often divided
by a narrow longitudinal line of whitish; operculum brownish green
on the outer surface, purplish on the sides, with white longitudinal lines
toward the margin, greenish white at base; pedicel purplish, banded
with white; collar pale translucent greenish, veined with darker green;
body deep greenish yellow; the dorsal surface light yellow. Many other
styles of coloration occur, some of which are described on page 322.

Length up to 75™"; diameter about 3™™.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Cape Cod ; low-water mark to:
8 fathoms.

The tubes are long, variously crooked, and often contorted, sometimes
solitary, frequently aggregated into masses four or five inches in diame-
ter. They are nearly cylindrical, with irregular lines of growth, and
sometimes with faint carinations.

SERPULA DIANTHUS, var. CITRINA Verrill. (p. 322.) ;

I have applied this name to a very marked color-variety, in which the

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 621

branchiz are lemon-yellow or orange-yellow, without bands, but usually
with a reddish central line; the operculum is usually yellow; collar and
base of branchiz bright yellow; body light yellow.

Found with the preceding, and often in the same cluster of tubes.

VERMILIA (?), species undetermined. (p. 416.)

The species thus indicated forms slender, more or less crooked, angu-
lar tubes, with two distinct carinations on the upper surface; they are
about half an inch long, attached firmly by one side along their whole
length. Thebranchie forma wreath, with about six on each side; pinne
long and slender; two or more of the branchiz bear pink, sack-like
appendages. The branchie are reddish brown, annulated with narrow
bands of white.

‘Diameter of tubes, about 1.25™™; of expanded branchie, 4°", The
specimens have been lost, and no observations were recorded concerning
the operculum, so that the genus is still uncertain.

Long Island Sound, off New Haven, in 4 to 6 fathoms, on shells.

SPIRORBIS BOREALIS Daudin (?).
Rec. des mém. de mollusques, 1800. Serpula spirorbis Linné, Systema Nature,
ed. xii, p. 1265. (?) Spirorbis spirillum Gould, Invertebrata of Mass., ed. i, p. 8,
1841; A. Agassiz, Annals Lyceum Nat. History of New York, vol. viii, p.
313, Plate 7, figs. 20-25 (embryology), 1866 (not of Linné and other European
writers).

New Haven to Cape Cod, the Bay of Fundy, and northward; abun-
dant on Fucus, Chondrus crispus, and other alge, at low-water mark.

Whether this, our most common species, be identical with the Euro-
pean species known by this name is still uncertain.

The animals of the various species of Spirorbis are still very imper-
fectly known, and many species have been described from the tubes
alone. Accurate descriptions or figures of the animals are necessary
before the species can be determined satisfactorily.

This species has nine branchie, five on one side and four on the other,
with the operculum. The branchie are large and broad with long pinne,
the basal ones shorter, the distal ones increasing in length to near the
end, so that each branchial plume is somewhat obovate in outline; the
tips are naked only for a short distance. The branchial wreath, in full
expansion, isabout as broad as theentire shell. The operculum is oblique
and one-sided, and supported on a long clavate pedicel, which is trans-
versely wrinkled, and expands gradually into the operculum at the end,
the enlargement being chiefly on one side; the outer surface is roughly
granulous and usually covered with adhering dirt. The collar is broad,
and has three fascicles of sete on each side. The branchiz are pale
greenish white, centered with brighter green, due to the circulating fluid.

This is the species mentioned in the early part of this report (p. 332)
under the name of S. spirillum. The true spirillum of Linné a3 a trans-
lucent tube, and is found in deeper water, on hydroids, Xe.

622 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

SPIRORBIS LUCIDUS Fleming.

Edinburgh Encyclop., vol. vii, p. 68; Johnston, Catalogue of British Non-Parasiti-
cal Worms, p. 349; Malmgren, Annulata polycheta, p. 123. Serpula lucida Mon-
tagu, Test. Brit., p. 506 (t. Johnston). Serpula porrecta Fabricius, Fauna Green-
landica, p. 378 (non Miiller). Spirorbis sinistrorsa Montagu, op. cit., p. 504;
Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, ed. i, p. 9, Plate 1, fig. 4, 1841.

Deeper parts of Vineyard Sound, near the mouth, in 10 to 12 fathoms, on
hydroids and bryozoa; off Gay Head, 10 fathoms; off Buzzard’s Bay, in
25 fathoms, on Caberea Ellisii ; off Block Island, in 29 fathoms, on Cabe-
rea; Casco Bay, 6 to 20 fathoms, on alge, &c.; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 80
fathoms, on hydroids; Saint George’s Bank, 30 to 60 fathoms. Green-
land; northern coasts of Hurope.

This species forms small, translucent, glossy, reversed spiral tubes,
coiled in an elevated spire, the last whorls usually turned up, or even
erect and free.

There are six branchiie, which are large and broad, with long, slender
pinne, which do not decrease in length till near the end; the naked tips
are short and acute. The operculum is sub-circular, somewhat obliquely
attached to the slender pedicel, which is about half as long as the ex-
tended branchixw, and enlarges rather suddenly close to the operculum ;
the outer surface of the operculum appears nearly flat, and is covered
with adherent dirt. The collar is broad, with undulated and revolute
edges. The three fascicles of setze are long and slender. Ocelli two,
conspicuous. The animal, in expansion, is usually much exsert from
the tube. Anterior part of the body bright red; branchiz pale green-
ish; their bases and posterior part of the body bright epidote-green.

It is the species catalogued as S. porrecta (?) on pages 498 and 504.

OLIGOCH_ETA.

CLITELLIO IRRORATA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 324.)

Body very slender, the largest about 60™™ long, 0.75™" in diameter, dis-
tinetly annulated. Head conical, a little elongated, subacute; sete
commencing on the first segment; those on the anterior segments in
fascicles of two or three, very short, small, in length not one-third the
diameter of the body, more or less curved like an italic f, obtusely
pointed at the end; some of them are but slightly bent at the tip, others
are strongly hooked; farther back there are three or four sete in the
fascicles, and they are somewhat longer, and two or more in many of
the fascicles are forked, the others simpJe, spinous, more or less curved;
in the upper fascicles posteriorly, and sometimes throughout the whole
length, there are two or three much longer, very slender, hair-like, flexi-
ble bristles, but these are often absent from most of the segments,
perhaps accidentally. The intestine is voluminous, slightly con-
stricted at the articulations; two bright red blood-vessels, distinetly
visible through the integuments, run along the intestine, one above
and one below, following its flexures, without contractile lacune.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 623

New Haven to Wood’s Hole and Casco Bay, under stones in the
upper part of the fucus-zone, and nearly up to high-water mark.

The above description was made from living specimens taken at Savin
Rock, near New Haven.

Some of the specimens obtained at Wood’s Hole appear to differ some-
what from this description, but the differences may be chiefly due to
their being taken in the breeding season. In these the anterior fasci.
cles consist of two short seta, which are slightly curved in the form of
an italic /, and are subacute, not bifid at tips. At the ninth to twelfth seti-
gerous segments a thickening occurs, forming a clitellus; on the ninth
segment the sete are replaced by a small mammiform, bilobed organ ;
on the tenth there is a pair of prominent obtuse papillz, swollen at
base. On the posterior segments only two sete were observed in each
of the four fascicles, but they were longer, more slender, and more
curved at the tip than the anterior ones. In each of the segments
slender excal tubes, forming about two loops on each side, were no-
ticed. Length, about 35™™,

LUMBRICULUS TENUIS Leidy.
Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 16 (148), Plate
11, fig. 64, 1855.
Point Judith, Rhode Island, abundant about the roots of grasses on
the shore of a sound (Leidy). We did not obtain this species.

HALODRILLUS Verrill, genus nov.

Body long and slender. Blood white or coloriess. Seta small, acute,.
in four fan-shaped fascicles on each segment. The alimentary canal
consists of a pyriform pharynx, followed by a portion from which sev-
eral (five to seven) rounded or pyriform cecal lobes, of different sizes,
arise on each side and project forward and outward; these are followed
by a large two-lobed portion, beyond which the intestine is constricted
then thickened and convoluted, and covered with polygonal, greenish,
glandular cells, which become fewer farther back, where the intestine
becomes a long, narrow, convoluted tube. In the anterior part of the
body, around the stomach and cecal lobes, there are numerous convo-
lutions of slender tubes. The blood-vessels running along the intes-
tine contain a coloriess fluid.

HALODRILLUS LITTORALIS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 324.)

Body round, slender, moderately long, tapering to both ends, but
thickest toward the anterior end, tapering more gradually posteriorly..
Head small, conical, moderately acute, or obtuse, according to the state
of contraction; mouth a transverse, slightly sinuous slit beneath. The
Sete commence with four fascicles on the first segment behind the bue-
cal; the sete are slightly curved, forming rounded, fan-shaped fascicles
of four to six setie, the middle sete being longer than the. upper and
lower ones; posteriorly the sets are less numerous. Caudal segment

624 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

tapered, obtuse, or slightly emarginate at the end, with a simple orifice.
The blood contains minute, oblong corpuscles. Color milk-white.
Length, 25™" to 40°"; diameter, 0.5™" to 1™".

New Haven; Wood’s Hole; Casco Bay, Maine; very common under }
dead sea-weeds and stones near high-water mark.

ENCHYTR AUS TRIVENTRALOPECTINATUS Minor.
American Journal of Science, vol. xxxv, p. 36, 1863.

In this species, according to Minor, there are three pairs of ventral
fascicles of sete before the dorsal ones commence; the pharynxextends —
to the fourth pair of ventral fascicles, from which a narrow cesophagus
extends to a little back of the sixth pair; here a gradual enlargement
of the alimentary canal occurs, ending abruptly just back of the eighth
in a narrow, twisted tube, and this gradually enlarges at the ninth ven-
tral fascicle into a moderate sized alimentary canal. No eyes. Length,
about 10"".

New Haven, near high-water mark (Minor).

—S

—— a

BDELLODEA.

Comparatively few leeches have hitherto been met with in this region.
Many additional species, parasitic on fishes, undoubtedly remain to be
discovered.

BRANCHIOBDELLA RAVENELU Diesing. Plate X VIII, fig. 89. (p. 458.)
Sitzungsberichte der kais. Akad. der Wissenschaften, Wien, xxxiii, p. 482, 1859,
Phyllobranchus Ravenelii Girard, Proceedings of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science for 1850, vol. iv, p. 124, 1851. (?) Branchellion
Orbiniensis Quatrefages, Annals des sci. natur., sér. 3, vol. xviii, pp. 279-825,

Plate 6, figs. 1-13, Pl. 7-8, 1852 (anatomy).

In describing this species Mr. Girard mistook the anterior for the
posterior end, and described the large posterior sucker, or acetabulum,
as the head. The color is dark brown, purplish, or dark violaceous,
specked with white.

Vineyard Sound, on a stingray (Myliobatis Freminvillei), in several
instances; a number: usually occurred together. Charleston, South
Carolina, on a “ skate,” species unknown (Girard). Atlantic Ocean, on
a torpedo (Quatrefages).

CYSTOBRANCHUS VIVIDUS Verrill. (p. 458.)
American Journal of Science and Arts, ser. 3, vol. iii, p. 126, fig. 1, 1872.
New Haven, on the minnow (Fundulus pisculentus), both in fresh and
brackish water; November and December.

ICHTHYOBDELLA FUNDULI Verrill. (p. 458.)
American Journal of Science and Arts, loc. cit., p. 126.

New Haven, on Fundulus pisculentus, with the last.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 625

PONTOBDELLA RAPAX Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 91. (p. 458.)

Body, in extension, long and slender, rounded, thickest behind the
middle, attenuated anteriorly. Acetabulum nearly circular, not much
wider than the body. Head small, obliquely truncated, rounded. Color
dark olive, with a row of square or oblong white spots along each side;
head and acetabulum whitish, tinged with green. The young are red-
dish brown.

Hensth, 50° to 40°"; diameter, 1.5™™ to 2=™.

Vineyard Sound, on the ocellated flounder, (Chenopsetta ocellaris).

PONTOBDELLA, species undetermined. (p. 458.)

Body slender, cylindrical, strongly annulated; the largest seen was
about 12™™ long and 0.75™" in diameter when extended. Head obliquely
campanulate, attached by a narrow pedicel-like neck. Acetabulum
oblique, round, only a little wider than the body. Color pale greenish
or greenish white, with scattered microscopic specks of blackish. No
distinet ocelli, but there are several dark stellate pigment-spots on
the head, similar to those on the body. Perhaps all the specimens
are immature.

Savin Rock, New Haven, on Mysis Americanus, below low-water
mark.

MYZOBDELLA LUGUBRIS Leidy. (p. 458.)
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 243,
1851; Diesing, op. cit., p. 489.

Parasitic on the edible crab (Callinectes hastatus), attached about the
bases of the legs. We have not obtained this species on the coast of
New England, but it may be expected to occur here.

MALACOBDELLA OBESA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 90. (p. 458.)

Body stout, broad, thick, convex above, flat below, broadest near the
posterior end, narrowing somewhatanteriorly; the front broadly rounded,
with a median vertical slit, in which the mouth is situated. Acetabu-
lum large, rounded, about as broad as the body. Intestine convoluted
posteriorly, visible throug the integument. Between the intestine and
lateral margins, especially posteriorly, the skin is covered with small
stellate spots, looking like openings, within and around which are large
numbers of small round bodies, like ova. Color yellowish white.
Gength, 30™™ to 40™™; breadth, 12™ to 15™™.

Salem, Massachusetts; Long Island Sound; parasitic in the branchial
cavity of the long clam (Mya arenaria).

MALACOBDELLA MERCENARIA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 458.)
Malacobdella grossa Leidy, Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
vol. v, p. 209 (non Blainyille).
Body, in extension, elongated, oblong, with nearly parallel sides, or
tapering slightly anteriorly; anterior end broad, obtusely rounded,
S. Mis. 61——40

626 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

emarginate in the center, but not deeply fissured. In eontraction the
body is broader posteriorly. Dorsal surface a little convex; lower side
side flat. Acetabulum round, rather small, about half the diameter
of the body in the contracted state, but nearly as broad when the body
is fully extended. The intestine shows through the integument dis-
tinetly ; it is slender, and makes about seven turns or folds. Color
pale yellow, with minute white specks beneath and on the upper sur-
face anteriorly, giving it a boary appearance; middle of the dorsal
surface irregularly marked with flake-white ; laterally reticulated with
fine white lines.

Length in extension, 25"; breadth, 4™™; in partial contraction,
Le jong spo tooo” wide,

New Haven, parasitic in the branchial cavity of the round clam ( Venus
mercenaria), October, 1871. Philadelphia, in the same clam (Leidy).

GYMNOCOPA.

TOMOPTERIS, species undetermined. (p. 453.)

Young specimens of a species of this genus were taken in the even-
ing in Vineyard Sound. They are too immature for accurate identifica-
tion.

A large and fine species of Tomopteris was taken by Mr. S. I. Smith,
in Eastport harbor, in July, 1872. This was about 40° in length. An
excellent drawing of it was made by Mr. Emerton from the living
specimens. It is, perhaps, the adult state of the Vineyard Sound
species.

CHAZ TOGNATHA.
SAGITTA ELEGANS Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 440.)

Body slender, thickest in the middle, tapering slightly toward both
ends. Head somewhat broader than the neck, and about equal to the
body where thickest, slightly oblong, a little longer than broad, obtuse,
rounded in front or sub-truncate, sometimes with a slightly prominent
small central lobe or papilla; the anterior part of the head rises into a
crest-like median lobe considerably higher than the posterior part;
ocelli two, minute, widely separated, on the posterior half of the head;
the anterior lateral borders of the head are slightly crenulated. The
fascicles of setze or spinules on the sides of the head each contain about
eight sete, which are considerably curved, with acute tips, and reach
as far as the anterior border of the head. Caudal fin ovate; its poste-
rior edge broadly rounded. The posterior lateral fins commence just
in advance of the ovaries, and extend back considerably beyond them,
so as to leave a naked space somewhat less than their length between

their posterior ends and the caudal fin; on this naked part, just in ad- >
vance of the caudal fin, are two small, low, lateral papillae connected —

with the male organs; two other smaller papille are situated at about
the posterior third of the lateral fins. The median lateral fins are about

equal in length to the posterior ones, and separated from them by a

{

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 627

naked space less than their own length; the distance from the anterior
end of the middle fins to the anterior border of the head is equal to
twice the length of the fins; the length of the latter is about one-sixth
of the entire length of the body. The color is translucent whitish,
nearly diaphanous.

Length, about 16"; diameter, about 0.9".

Wood’s Hole and Vineyard Sound, at surface, July 1; off Gay Head,
among Salpe, September 8, in the day-time.

SAGITTA, species undetermined. (p. 440.)

A much larger and stouter species than the preceding was taken in
abundance by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, in Vineyard Sound, at various
dates, from January to May.

Its length is generally 25"" to 30". I have not seen it living.

GEPHYREA or SIPUNCULOIDS.

PHASCOLOSOMA CAIMENTARIUM. Verrill Plate X VIII, fig. 92. (p. 416.)

Sipunculus cementarius Quatrefages, op. cit., vol. ii, p. 628, 1865. Phascolosoma
Bernhardus Pourtales, Proceedings American Association for Advancement of
Science for 1851, p. 41, 1852. Sipunculus Bernhardus Stimpson, Invertebrata of
Grand Manan, p. 28 (non Forbes.)
Deeper parts of Vineyard Sound, 10 to 15 fathoms; off Block Island,
29 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 2 to 90 fathoms, abundant; near Saint
George’s Bank, 45 to 430 fathoms.

PHASCOLOSOMA, species undetermined. (p. 353.)

A species similar to the last in size and form, with a thick integu-
ment, thickly covered throughout with small rounded papillz or granules,
but without the dark chitinous hooks seen on the posterior part of the
latter.

Vineyard Sound.

PHASCOLOSOMA GOULDII Diesing. Plate XVIII, fig. 93. (p. 353.)
Revision der Rhyngodeen, op. cit., p. 764, 1859. Sipunculus Gouldii Pourtales,
Proceedings of American Association for the Advancement of Science for
1851, vol. v, p. 40, 1852; Keferstein, Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,
vol. xv, p. 434, Plate 33, fig. 32, 1865, and vol. xvii, p. 54, 1867.
New Haven to Massachusetts Bay, at Chelsea Beach; common in
sand and gravel at low-water mark.

SCOLECIDA.
TURBELLARIA.

RHABDOCGLA or NEMERTEANS.
BALANOGLOSSUS AURANTIACUS Verrill. (p. 351.)

Stimpsonia aurantiaca Girard, Proceedings Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, vol. vi, p. 367, 1854. Balanoglossus Kowalevskii A. Agassiz, Memoirs
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. ix, p. 421, Plates 1-3, 1873.

Fort Macon, North Carolina, to Naushon Island. Charleston, South

628 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. .

Carolina (Girard). Newport, Rhode Island, to Beverly, Massachusetts
(A. Agassiz). In sand between tides.

A reexamination of living specimens of the southern form will be
necessary before their identity with the northern one can be positively
established. I am unable to separate them with preserved specimens.

See page 351; also American Journal of Science, ser. 3, vol. v, p. 235.)

NEMERTES SOCIALIS Leidy. (p. 324.)
Marine Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 11 (143), 1855.
Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound. Very com-
mon under stones, between tides.

NEMERTES VIRIDIS Diesing.

Sitzungsberichte der kais. Akad. der Wissenschaften, vol. xlv, p. 305, 1862. Pla-

naria viridis Miiller, Zo6l. Dan. Prodromus, 2684, 1776 (t. Fab.) ; Fabricius, Fauna

Greenlandica, p. 324, 1780. Notospermus viridis Diesing, Syst. Helminth, vol. i,

p. 260, 1850. Nemertes olivacea Johnston, Mag. of Zoology and Botany, vol. i,

p. 536, Pl. 18, fig. 1. Borlasia olivacea Johnston, Catalogue British Non-para-

sitical Worms, p. 21, Pl. 2%, fig. 1,1865. Nemertes obscura Desor, Boston Journal

of Natural History, vol. vi, pp. 1 to 12, Plates 1 and 2, 1848. Polia obscura
Girard in Stimpson’s Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 28, 1853.

Body very changeable in form; in full extension long and slender,
sub-terete, tapering toward both ends, the length being sometimes 150™™
to 200", while the diameter is 2™ to 3™™; in contraction the body
becomes much shorter and stouter, more or less flattened, and obtuse at
the ends, large specimens often being only 30"™ or 40™™" long and 4™™ to |
5™™ broad. The head is flattened, more or less bluntly rounded, and is —
furnished with a row of small dark ocelli on each side, which vary in
number and size according to the age, the large specimens often having
six or eight on each side, while the small ones have but three or four, and
the very young ones have only a single pair. The lateral fosse of the
head are long and deep, in the form of slits, and extend well forward to
near the terminal pore. The latter in some states of contraction appears
like a slight vertical slit or notch, but at other times appears circular; the
proboscis is long, slender toward the base, clavate toward the end, the
terminal portion transversely wrinkled. The ventral opening or mouth
is situated opposite to or a little behind the posterior ends of the lateral
fosse ; it is ordinarily small and elliptical, with a distinct lighter colored
border, but is capable of great dilation when the creature is engaged in
swallowing some annelid nearly as large as itself.

In alcoholic specimens the body is usually thickened and rounded
anteriorly, more slender and somewhat flattened farther back, often acute —
at the posterior end; head obtusely rounded or sub-truncate, with a
small terminal pore and two lateral fosse, which are short and extend
forward very near to the terminal pore; ventral opening or mouth
small and round, situated slightly behind the posterior ends of the lat-
eral fosse ; ocelli not apparent. The color, when living, is very variable,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 629

most commonly dark olive-green or blackish green above, and somewhat
lighter below, the head margined with lighter ; frequently the color is
dark liver-brown or reddish brown, and the back is usually crossed by
faint pale lines, placed at unequal distances.

Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, under stones, between tides, and
in 4 to 6 fathoms, rocky bottoms, very common; Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy; and northward to Labrador and Greenland. Also on the north-
ern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Abundant under stones between
tides, and in shallow water.

The specimens referred to on page 324 as probably belonging to Cere-
bratulus, were most likely identical with this species.

NEMERTES (?) species undetermined (a). (p. 498.)

Body elongated, moderately stout; head not distinet from the body.
Color uniform bright brownish red.

Length, 25™™.

Off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, among rocks, in 4 to 6 fathoms. A
Species, apparently the same, also occurred in 25 fathoms off Buzzard’s
Bay.

This was red with two dark red spots anteriorly. No ocelli were
detected.

NEMERTES, (7), species undetermined (0).

Body slender, sub-terete ; head not distinct from body. Ocelli incon-
‘spicuous, apparently about three in a row on each side of front of head.
Color of head and body, above, brownish red, with a whitish ring around
the neck, which recedes in the middle, above.

Length, 8™.

Off Watch Hill, with the preceding.

This is, perhaps, a species of Cosmocephala.

NEMERTES, species undetermined (c).

Body slender; head not separated by a constriction. Ocelli very
numerous, arranged in a long cluster on each side of the head. Color
uniform olive-green above and below.

Length, Boum. breadth, 1.3@™ to 2mm,

New Haven Harbor, on the piles of a wharf, in brackish water.

TETRASTEMMA ARENICOLA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIX, fig. 98. (p.

351.)

Body sub-terete, long, slender, slightly depressed, of nearly uniform
width; the head is very versatile, usually sub-conical or lanceolate,
flattened, occasionally becoming partially distinct from the body by a
slight constriction at the neck. Ocelli four, those in the anterior pair
nearer together. ‘The lateral fossze are long and deep slits on the sides
of the head ; mouth or ventral pore small, often sub-triangular, situated
just back of the posterior ends of the lateral fosse. Body deep flesh-
color or pale purplish. Length, about 100’, in extension.

630 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Savin Rock, near New Haven, in sand at low-water mark.
This species is, perhaps, not a true Tetrastenma. It is here only pro-
visionally referred to that genus.

MECKELIA INGENS Leidy. Plate XIX, figs. 96, 96a. (p. 349.) |
Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 11 (148), 1855. (?) ;
Meckelia Pocohontas Girard, Proceedings of Academy ot Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, vol. vi, p. 366, 1854
Fort Macon, North Carolina; Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and
Vineyard Sound. Low-water mark to 8 fathoms. Charleston, South
Carolina (Girard).

MECKELIA LACTEA Leidy. (p. 350.)
Proceedings of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 243, 1851.
Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound. Low-water
mark to 10 fathoms. Perhaps the young of the preceding species.

MECKELIA ROSEA Leidy. (p. 350.)
Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 244, 1851.

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound. Common in
sand at low-water mark.

MECKELIA LURIDA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 508.)

Body long, large, stout, much depressed throughout, and thin poste-
riorly, somewhat thickened anteriorly. Head changeable in form, often
acute; lateral fosse long. Ventral opening large, elongated. Proboscis
long, slender, emitted from a terminal pore. In some specimens there was
a slender, acute, caudal papilla. Color deep chocolate-brown, with lighter
margins. Length, 150™ to 250™™; breadth up to 10™™ or more.

Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms;
off Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy mud; Casco Bay, 10 to 68 fathoms.

CEREBRATULUS (?), species undetermined (a). (p. 508.)

This isa dark olive-green pee with paler margins, the anterior
part darkest.

Off Block Island, in 29 pace off Gay Head, in 19 fathoms, soft
mud.

COSMOCEPHALA OCHRACEA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIX, figs. 95, 95a.
(p. 325.) |
Body elongated, moderately slender, somewhat flattened but thick, —

and with the margins rounded, obtuse at both ends or subacute poste- —

riorly ; broadest and often swollen anteriorly ; gradually and slightly —
tapering posteriorly ; the integument is translucent and the internal
median organs show quite distinctly ; lateral organs voluminous, ex-
tending the whole length of the body along each side, and showing
through as dull yellowish white mottlings. Head continuous with the

.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 631

body, obtuse; a slight groove, usually appearing as a whitish line on
each side, runs obliquely across the ventral and lateral surface of the
head, diverging from the mouth and curving somewhat forward at the
sides ; terminal pore small and inconspicuous; mouth, or ventral pore,
small. Ocelli numerous, arranged as in the figure, but varying some-
what in number. (See p. 325.) Color dull yellowish, or yellowish white,
often tinged with deeper yellow or orange anteriorly, with the median
line lighter ; a reddish internal organ shows through as an elongated
red spot between the posterior ocelli.

Length, 50™™ to 70™™; breadth, 2.5™™ to 3™™.

New Haven to Vineyard Sound ; under stones, between tides.

- POLINA GLUTINOSA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIX, fig. 97. (p. 324.)

Body rather slender and elongated in extension, usually broadest in
the middle and tapering to both ends, but quite versatile in form ; head
not distinct, usually obtuse ; posterior end narrower, usually obtuse or
slightly emarginate ; integument soft, secreting a large quantity of mu-
cus; the lateral organs extend to the head. Ocelli numerous, variable
in number, usually eight or ten on each side, arranged in three pairs of
short, oblique, divergent rows, two to four in each; terminal pore of the
head moderately large ; no lateral fossze could be detected. There ap-
pears to be a terminal opening at the posterior end. Color dull yellow
or pale orange yellow, sometimes brighter orange, especially anteriorly ;
posteriorly usually lighter, with a faintly marked dusky or greenish
median line.

Length, 25™™ to 30™™ in extension; breadth, 1.3™™ to 2™™,

Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound; low-water
mark to 6 fathoms. .

MONOCELIS AGILIS Leidy. (p. 325.)

Marine Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 11 (143), 1855.
Monops (2) agilis Diesing, Sitzungsberichte der kais, Akad. der Wissenschaf-
ten, vol. xly, p. 232, 1862 (non Monops agilis Schultze, sp.)

New Haven; Point Judith, Rhode Island, at low-water, creeping on
Uytilus edulis (Leidy).

ACELIS CRENULATA Diesing.
Op. cit. p. 206. Acmostomum crenulatum Schmarda, Neue wirbell. Th., vol. i,
p: 1, 3, Pl. L, fig. 2 (t. Diesing).
Hoboken, New Jersey, in brackish water (Schmarda).

GENUS UNDETERMINED.

Body very long and slender, almost filiform, slightly flattened, with
rounded sides; the flat sides are longitudinally striated, the narrower
rounded sides are marked with numerous short, distinct, separate, trans-
verse lines or depressions, corresponding to opaque internal organs. In
one of the smaller specimens one end is acute conical, terminated by a

632 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

slender incurved point; the other end is obtusely rounded, depressed
and translucent at the end, apparently with a transverse orifice beneath.
The largest specimen, and one of the smaller, has one end correspond-
ing in form to that last described; the other is rounded, alittle enlarged,
subtruncate, apparently with a terminal orifice. A yellowish internal
organ, with transverse divisions, runs along each side internally. In life
ihe eins was grayish white, with four very slender double longitudinal
lines of dark slate-color.

Length of largest specimens, in alcohol, 80™™ ; diameter, 0.7™™ ; small-

est ones, 40™™; diameter, 0.5™™.

Wood’s Hole, swimming very actively at the surface in the evening,
June 29 and July 13, 1871.

This species was taken by Mr. S. I. Smith, who recorded the color. L
did not observe it myself in the living state. The above description
was made from preserved specimens. Its characters cannot all be made
out satisfactorily with alcoholic specimens, and its generic and family
affinities are uncertain. In generalappearance, when living and moving,
it resembles Gordius and Rhamphogordius.

DENDROCCELA or PLANARIANS.

STYLOCHOPSIS LITTORALIS Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XIX, fig. 99. (p. 325.)

Body flat with thin margins, very changeable in form, broad oval,
elliptical or oblong, rounded or sub-truncate at the ends, often with the
margins undulated. The tentacles are small, round, obtuse, translu-
cent, each containing an elongated group of about ten or twelve minute
hiner ocelli on the anterior surface. The tentacles are situated at about
the anterior fourth of the body, and are separated by about one-fourth
of its breadth. Dorsal ocelli about eight, forming four groups of two
each, in advance of the tentacles; marginal ocelli numerous, small,
black, most conspicuous beneath, and most numerous on the anterior
portion, arranged in two or more irregular rows near the margin, ex-
tending back to the middle of the sides or beyond. Color pale greenish
or brownish yellow, veined or reticulated with lighter, and with a light
median stripe posteriorly; beneath flesh-color, with a median elongated
light spot, narrowest in the middle, due to internal organs.

Length, 8"; breadth, about 6™".

New Haven to Vineyard Sound; under stones, between tides.

PLANOCERA NEBULOSA Girard. Plate XIX, fig. 100. (p. 325.) .
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1853, vol.

vi, p. 367, 1854. |

Savin Rock near New Haven, under stones at low-water. Charleston, —
S..C. (Girard).

LEPTOPLANA FOLIUM Verrill, sp. noy. (p. 487.)
Body very flat, with the margin thin and undulated; outline versatile,
usually cordate or leaf-like, broadest and emarginate posteriorly, the —

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 633
_

posterior borders well rounded, and the side a little convex, narrowing
to an obtuse point at the anterior end; sometimes oblong or elliptical,
and but little narrowed anteriorly ; the posterior emargination is usually
very distinct, often deep, and sometimes in contraction has a small pro-
jecting angular point in the middle, but at times the emargination nearly
disappears. Ocelliin four groups, near the anteriorend; the two posterior
clusters are smaller than the anterior and wider apart; the anterior
clusters are very near the others, and close together, almost blending
on the median line, and are composed of numerous very minute crowded
ocelli, less distinct than those of the other clusters. Color pale yel-
lowish flesh-color, veined with dentritic lines of darker flesh-color, or
with whitish; an indistinct pale reddish spot behind the anterior
ocelli; an interrupted longitudinal whitish stripe in the middle, due- to
the internal organs, and a small median whitish stripe posteriorly.

Length, 20" to. 25"; breadth, 10™™ to 15"™.

Off Watch Hill, 4 to 6 fathoms, among rocks and alge; off Block
Island, in 29 fathoms; off Buzzard’s Bay, in 25 fathoms.

PLANARIA GRISEA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 487.)

Body elongated and usually oblong in extension, often long oval or
somewhat elliptical, obtusely pointed or rounded posteriorly ; head sub-
truncate in front, often a little prominent in the middle; the angles
are somewhat prominent, but not elongated. Ocelli two, black, each sur-
rounded by a reniform, white spot. Color yellowish green or grayish.
with a central whitish stripe in the middle of the back, surrounded
by darker; head margined with whitish.

Length, in extension, 12"; breadth, 3".

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, under stones, between tides.

PROCERODES WHEATLANDU Girard. (p. 325.)

Proceedings Boston Soc. Natural History, vol. iii, p. 251, 1851; Stimpson, op.
cit., p. 6, 1857. Planaria frequens Leidy, Marine Invert. Fauna of Rhode Island
and New Jersey, p. 11, 1855. Procerodes frequens Stimpson, op. cit., p. 6; this
Report, p. 325.

New Haven to Casco Bay. Point Judith (Leidy). Manchester, Mas-
sachusetts (Girard). Abundant under stones, between tides.

FoviA WARRENII Girard. (p. 480.)
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. iv, p. 211, 1852;
Stimpson, Prodromus, p. 6, 1857. Vortex Warrenii Girard, op. cit., vol. iii, pp-
264 and 363, 1851; Diesing, op. cit., vol. xiv, p. 229, 1862.
A small, narrow, oblong, red Planarian, apparently belonging to this
Species, was collected at Wood’s Hole, among eel-grass, and also in
Casco Bay. Chelsea, Massachusetts (Girard).

634 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

' *
BDELLOURA CANDIDA Girard. (p. 460.)

Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, vol. iv, p. 211,1852. Vortex caw —
dida Girard, op. cit., vol. iii, p. 264, (for 1850), 1851. Bdellowra parasitica Leidy,
Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1851, vol. v, p. 242,
1852; Stimpson, Prodromus, p. 6, 1857.

Great Egg Harbor; New Haven; Massachusetts Bay. Parasitic on
the gills of the “ liorseshoe-crab” (Limulus Polyphemus).

BDELLOURA RUSTICA Leidy.
Proceedings Acad. Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 242, 1852;
Stimpson, Prodromus, p. 6, 1857.
Great Egg Harbor, on Ulva latissima (Leidy).
NEMATODES.
PONTONEMA MARINUM Leidy. Plate XVIII, fig. 94. (p. 329.)
Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 12 (144), 1855.
Great Egg Harbor to New Haven and Vineyard Sound; very abund-
ant from above low-water mark to 10 tathoms.
PONTONEMA VACILLATUM Leidy. (p. 326.)

Marine Invertebrate Fauna of Rhode Island and New Jersey, p. 12 (144), 1855.
Great Egg Harbor to Vineyard Sound, with the preceding.

Various other small, free Nematodes are frequently met with, but
they have not been carefully examined.

Numerous species are also parasitic in the stomach, intestine, muscles
and other organs of fishes, crustacea, worms, &c. (See page 456.)

MOLLUSCA.

CEPHALOPODA.
DIBRANCHIATA.

OMMASTREPHES ILLECEBROSA. (p. 441.)
Loligo illecebrosa Lesueur, Journal Acad. Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii,

p. 95, Plate 10, 1821; Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, ed. i, p. 318,

1841; Dekay, Natural History of New York, Mollusca, p. 4, 1843. Ommastrephes
saiaion cae in Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 510, 1870, bus

not Plate 25, fig. 339 (non Lamarck, sp.) .
A large specimen, alban at Eastport, Maine, was ten inches long, ex-
clusive of the arms. When preserved in alcohol the caudal-fin was
rather more than one-third of the length of the head and body together ;
its width was equal to about three-fourths of its length. The colors of
this specimen were described on page 442. A small specimen from
Newport, R. I., agrees in color and most other respects with the larger
specimens, but differs somewhat in the proportions, especially of the
caudal fin, probably owing to its segues Ct This specimen, in alcohel,.

* Binney’s, Plate xxvi, Figs. 341 344, ehoneotae eS to Loligopsis pavo, appar-
ently represents this species.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 635

is 84™™ long, exclusive of the arms; the body is 72™™ long, 15™™ broad ;
the caudal fin is 25™" long and 36™ broad.

A fresh specimen, caught in Casco Bay, had the following propor:
tions: Length of head and body, not including the arms, 221™™; length
of caudal fin, 86™"; breadth of fin, 90™"; diameter of body, 35™™;
length of upper arms, 80™ ; of second pair, 100"; of third pair, 100™™ ;
of extensile arms, 182™; of the ventral pair, 90™™.

Greenport, Long Island, (Sanderson Smith) ; Newport, Rhode Island ;
Provincetown, Massachusetts ; Casco Bay ; Mount Desert, Maine; Bay
of Fundy.

Ommastrephes Bartramii (Lesueur, sp.) is found in the Gulf Stream off
our coasts, and may sometimes occur accidentally on our shores. It is
a more slender and elongated species than the preceding, with a rela:
tively shorter caudal fin. It is also darker colored. The figure given
by Binney in the last edition of Gould’s Invertebrata of Massachusetts
(Plate 25, fig. 340) does not represent this species.

LoLiego PEALI Lesueur. Plate XX, figs. 102-105. (p. 440.)

Journal Acad. Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 92, Pl. 8, 1821; Dekay,
Natural History of, New York, Mollusca, p. 4, Pl. 38, fig. 354 (copied from
Lesueur); Binney, in Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 514 (Pl.
25, fig. 340,) probably represents this species, certainly not O. Bartramii.)

South Carolina to Massachusetts Bay. Very common in Long Island
Sound and Vineyard Sound.

The young, from an inch to two inches in length, were taken from the
middle of July to the last of August in great numbers, at the surface,
in Vineyard Sound, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards.

LOLIGO PUNCTATA Dekay.
Natural History of New York, Mollusca, p. 3, Pl. I, fig. 1, 1843; Binney, in
Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 513.

This is probably identical with the preceding species. The slight
differences noticed are probably sexual, but as I have not been able to
fully satisfy myself in regard to this, I have not thought it proper to
unite them at this time.

Long Island Sound.

LOLIGO PALLIDA Verrill, sp. nov. Plate XX, figs. 101, 10la. (p. 441.)

Body stout, tapering rapidly backward. Anterior border of mantle
with a prominent, obtusely rounded, median dorsal lobe, from which the
margin recedes on each side; on the lower side the margin is concave
in the middle, with a projecting angle on each side. Caudal fin large,
about as broad as long, more than half as long as the body. Siphon
large and stout; upper pair of arms considerably smaller and shorter
than the others, slender at tips, margined along the inner dorsal ridge
with a thin membrane. Second pair of arms stouter and longer, trique-
tral, slightly margined on the outer angle. Third pair much stouter and
considerably longer, with a membranous fold along the middle of the

636 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

outer surface, which expands into a thin membrane toward the end.
Tentacular arms long and slender, in extension longer than the body,
the portion that bears suckers forming about one-third the whole
length; in the female the larger suckers on the middle of this portion
are not so large as the largest on the other arms, and are arranged in
about four rows; those near the tips of the arms are very small and
crowded. In the male the principal suckers of the tentacular arms are
very much larger than in the female, and considerably exceed those of
the other arms; they form two alternating rows along the middle of the
arm, and external to them there is a row of smaller suckers on each side,
alternating with them; the suckers toward the tips are very numerous,
small, and crowded ; outside of the suckers, on each side, there is a mar-
ginal membrane with a scolloped edge; another membranous fold runs
along the outer surface and expands into a broad membrane near the
end; the arms of the ventral pair are intermediate in length between
those of the second and third pairs. Ground-color of body, head, arms,
and fins pale, translucent, yellowish white; entire ventral surface pale,
with small, distant, brownish circular spots, which are nearly obsolete on
the siphon and arms; the upper surface is covered with pale brown,
unequal, circular spots which are not crowded, having spaces of whitish
between them; the spots are more sparse on the head and arms, but
somewhat clustered above the eyes. ‘The general appearance of the
animal when fresh is unusually pale and gelatinous. The “pen” is
broad, quill-shaped, translucent, and amber-colored. A medium-sized
male specimen preserved in alcohol measures 145™™ from the base of the
dorsal arms to the posterior end of the body; length of body, 120™™;
length of caudal fin, 70™™; breadth of fin, 75™™; length of first pair of
arms, 42™™"; of second pair, 50™™; of third, 60™ ; of tentacular arms,
150™™; of ventral pair, 53™™.
Long Island Sound.

' The Spirula Peronit Lamarck, (Spirula fragilis in Binney’s Gould, p.
516, fig. 755), is occasionally cast up, on the outer beaches of Nantucket,
but it probably does not occur alive in our waters.

GASTROPODA.

PECTINIBRANCHIATA.
BELA HARPULARIA Adams. Plate XXI, fig. 108. (p. 508.)

H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusea, vol. i, p. 92, 1858 ; Gould’s Inverte-
brata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 352, fig. 191. Fusus harpularius Couthony, Boston
Journal Natural History, vol. ii, p. 106, Pl. 1, fig. 10, 1838; Gould’s Inverte-
brata of Mass., ed. i, p. 291, fig. 191, 1841. Mangelia harpularia Stimpson, Shells
of New England, page 48, 1851.

Massachusetts Bay to Labrador and Greenland. Off Gay Head, 10
to 19 fathoms; in the Bay of Fundy frequent in from 1 to 80 fathoms.
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene “ Leda-clays” of Labrador (Packard); and
Canada (Dawson).

ee ee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 637

BELA PLEUROTOMARIA Adams.

H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol.i, p. 92,1858; Gould, Invert.
of Mass., ed. ii, p. 355, fig. 625. Fusus pleurotomarius Couthouy, Boston Journal
of Natural History, vol. ii, p. 107, Plate 1, fig. 9, 1838. Fusus rufus Gould, Invert.
of Mass., ed. i, p. 190, fig, 192 (non Montagu). Bueccinum pyramidale Strom, N.
A. Dan. iii, p. 296, fig. 22 (t. Loven). Defrancia Vahlii (Beck) Moller, 1842 (t.
Loven). Mangelia pryamidalis Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 49.

Off the coast of Long Island, in 46 fathoms (Stimpson). Massachu-
setts Bay to Labrador; in Casco Bay and the Bay of Fundy not uncom-
mon in 18 to 60 fathoms. Greenland (Moller). Finmark (Lovén).
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene deposits of Canada, Labrador, Great Britain,
and Seandinavia.

The identification of this species with the buccinum pyramidale Strém,
is somewhat uncertain; if correct, the latter name has priority.

BELA PLICATA Adams. Plate XXI, fig. 107. (p. 383.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol.i, p. 92,1858. Pleurotoma pli-
cata C. B. Adams, Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. iii, p. 318, Plate 3,
fig. 6; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 282, fig. 1875; ed. ii, p. 350, fig. 612.
Pleurotoma plicosa C. B. Adams, Contributions to Conchology, vol. i, p. 54, 1850 ;
Jay, Catalogue, ed. iv, p. 327. Plewrotoma brunnea Perkins, Proc. Boston Soc.

Nat. History, vol. xiii, p. 121, 1869.

Near New Haven, rare. Huntington and Greenport, Long Island
(Sanderson Smith). New York (Dekay). Dartmouth, Massachusetts,
and New Bedford Harbor, in mud, (C. B. Adams). Beaufort, N. C. (Dr.

E. Coues). Indian Pass, Florida (EK. Jewett).

MANGELIA CERINA. (p. 432.
Verrill, American Journal of Science, vol. ili, p. 210, 1872. Pleurotoma cerinwm
Kurtz and Stimpson, Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History,
vol. iv, p. 115, 1851; Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 49, PI. 2, fig. 2, 1851.
Shell elongated, fusiform, rather acute at apex, composed of about
seven whorls; apical whorls smooth, the others angulated in the middle
and decidedly flattened just below the suture; suture distinct, but
shallow, undulated ; the body whorl has about eleven prominent, longi-
tudinal, sub-acute plications or ribs, separated by wide, concave inter-
spaces. The ribs are most prominent at the angulation above the middle
of the lower whorl, and do not extend on the flattened sub-sutural band.
The whole surface is covered by fine, raised, revolving lines, often
alternately larger and smaller, separated by wider striz, and crossed by
fine, distinct lines of growth, rendering them slightly nodulous. The
revolving lines are most distinct on the sub-sutural band, and are often
nearly obsolete over the summits of the ribs. Outer lip acute, with a
decided angle at about the posterior fourth, where it recedes to form a
decided, rounded notch, at and just above the angle; middle portion
nearly straight, gradually curving and receding toward the anterior end;
canal short, straight, and somewhat contracted. Color whitish, or
slightly yellow ; inner surface light wax-yellow. Length, 6.5"; breadth,

ou; length of aperture, 3™.

638 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Vineyard Sound, 3 to 10 fathoms; near New Haven. New Bedford,
Mass., and Charleston, S. C. (Stimpson). Staten Island; Greenport
and Huntington, Long Island, low water to 3 fathoms, (S. Smith).
Beaufort, N. C. (Coues). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of South Carolina.
PLEUROTOMA BICARINATUM Couthouy. Plate X XI, fig. 106. (p. 418.)

Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. ii, p. 104, Plate 1, fig. 11, 1838; Gould>
Tnvert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 281, fig. 186; ed. ii, p. 349, fig. 618. Mangelia bicarinata
Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 49. Defrancia bicarinata H. and A. Adams,
Genera of Mollusca, vol. i, p. 95.

Stonington, Conn. (Linsley). Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, rare;
- Massachusetts Bay; Bay of Fundy. This is a rare and imperfectly
known species. I have never had opportunities to examine the living
animal.

The generic relations of this and the two preceding shells are still
doubtful.

BUCCINUM UNDATUM Linné. Plate XXI, fig. 121. (p. 494.)

Systema Nature, ed. xii, p. 1204. Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, ed. i,
p.305; ed. ii, p. 366, fig. 634. Buecinum undulatum Moller, in Kroyer’s 'Tids-
skrift, vol. iv, p. 84, 1842 (t. Stimpson). Stimpson, Review of the Northern
Buecinums, in Canadian Naturalist, October, 1865. Buceinum Labradorense
Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. iii, Bue. i, 5, 1846 (t. Stimpson).

Mouth of Vineyard Sound and off Gay Head, 6 to 19 fathoms.’ Off

New Jersey, north latitude 40°, west longitude 75°, in 32 fathoms,
sandy bottom, (Captain Gedney).

Near Stonington, Conn. (Linsley); Montauk Point, Long Island,
and Little Gull Island (S. Smith). Not common south of Cape Cod,
except on the outer islands and in deep water; common in Massachu-
setts Bay; and very abundant on the coast of Maine, and northward to
Greenland. On the European coast it occurs from Iceland and the
North Cape to France, and from low water to 650 fathoms. In the Bay
of Fundy it is abundant from above low-water mark to 100 fathoms.

As a fossil it is common in the Post-Pliocene deposits of Maine, Can-
ada, Labrador, and Great Britain. Mr. Desor obtained it from the Post-
Pliocene formation of Nantucket Island.

The ordinary American specimens from shallow water differ consider-
ably in form from the typical European specimens, but the species is
quite variable on both coasts, and I have examined large specimens
from Saint George’s Bank and La Have Bank, dredged by Mr. 8. I.
Smith, which differ very little from the common European form, and it
is easy to form series connecting these with our common shore speci-
mens. I am, therefore, unable to agree with Dr. Stimpson, who con-
sidered our shell distinct from the European, and adopted the name
undulatum for it.

NEPTUNEA CURTA Verrill.

Fusus corneus Say, Amer. Conch., iii, Plate 29, 1831 (non Linné, Pennant, ete.).
Fusus Islandicus Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 284; ed. ii, p. 371, fig. 638
(non Chemnitz, Gmelin, ete.). Fusus curtus Jeffreys, British Conchology, vol.
iv, p. 336, 1867.

ee

i
f

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 639

Massachusetts Bay to Labrador. Casco Bay, 6 to 50 fathoms; com-
mon in the Bay of Fundy from low-water mark to 80 fathoms. Linsley
reports it, as F. corneus, from fish-stomachs at Stonington, Connecticut.
In the Yale Museum are dead shells of this species, which have been
occupied by Lupaguri, found on Fire Island Beach, on the south side of
Long Island, by Mr. 8. I. Smith. It probably inhabits the deep water
off Block Island.

The dentition of this species is decidedly buccinoid. The central
plates are transversely oblong, deeply concave above, with the lateral
angles produced; below armed with three small, nearly equal, short teeth,
the central one largest, beyond which, on each side, it is concave, the outer
angles being a little prominent. The lateral plates are large, with an
outer, very strong, curved tooth, and two much smaller, slightly curved
ones near the inner end, the innermost being slightly the largest.

The dentition agrees very closely with that of N. antiqua, the type
both of the genus Neptunea, Bolton, 1798, and Chrysodomus, Swainson,
1840, but it is very different from that of Sipho Berniciensis (S. Island-
icus Trosch.), which Troschel refers to the Faciolaride. The latter is
evidently the*type of a genus (Sipho) very distinct from Neptunea; but
among the European species, gracilis, propinqua, buccinata, and the true
Islandica (as described by Jeffreys) are closely related to curta, and be-
long to the genus Neptunea, in the family Buccinide.

NEPTUNEA (Neptunella) PYGMHA. Plate XXI, fig. 115. (p. 508.)

Fusus Islandicus, var. pygmeus, Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 284, fig. 199,
1841. Tritoniwn pygmeum Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 46, 1851.
Fusus Trumbullii Linsley, Amer. Journal Science, ser. i, vol. xlviii, p. 28, fig.
1, 2, 1845 (non Gould, 1848). Fusus pygmeus Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. 11,
p. 372, fig. 639. Neptunea (Sipho) pygmea H. and A. Adams, Genera Recent
Mollusca, vol.i, p. 81, 1858. Chrysodomus pygmeus Dall, Proce. Boston Soe. Nat.
Hist., vol. xiii, p. 242, 1870.

Deep water off New London and Stonington, Connecticut, northward to
the Gulfof Saint Lawrence. Eastof Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy mud ;
off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms; off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, mud, abun-
dant and large; off Edgarton, 18 to 20 fathoms; Casco Bay, 10 to 40
fathoms, common; Eastport, Maine, and Bay of Fundy, low water to
100 fathoms (A. E. V.). Near Saint George’s Bank, 40 to 150 fathoms ;
east of Saint George’s Bank, 430 fathoms ; and off Halifax (S. I. Smith).

The odontophore in this species is long and slender ; the dentition is
buccinoid. The middle plate is small, transversely oblong, concave
‘above, below convex, with one very small central tooth ; lateral plates
relatively large and strong, with a large, curved outer tooth, and a
smaller bifid inner tooth, widely separated from the outer one. .

The peculiarities in the dentition of this species, in connection with
the singular wooly or velvety epidermis, indicate that this species
Should form the type of a sub-genus, or perhaps even a distinct genus.
For the group I would propose the name Neptunella.

640 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

FULGUR CARICA Conrad. PI. XXII, fig. 19Y. (p. 395.)
Proceedings of the Academy of Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. vi, p. 319,
1853 ; Gill, on the Genus Fulgur and its Allies, in American Journal of Con-
chology, vol. iii, p. 145, 1867. Murex carica Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3545, 1788.
Fulgur eliceans (pars) Montfort, Conch. Syst., vol. ii, p. 503, 1810, fig. (t. Gill).
Pyrula carica Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. i, vol. vii, p. 138, 1822 ; Gould,
Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 296. Busycon carica Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 383, fig.

646 ; Stimpson, in American Journal of Conchology, vol. i, p. 61, 1865.
Eastern coast of the United States ; northward to Cape Cod ; south-
ward to northern Florida, and west Florida. Abundant in Vineyard
Sound, in 1 to 10 fathoms; also in Long Island Sound, near New
Haven. Nantucket (Adams); St. Augustine, Florida (H. S. Williams) ;
west Florida (E. Jewett.) It occurs iu the Miocene formation of Mary-
land and Virginia, and in the Post-Pliocene deposits of Virginia, North

Carolina, South Carolina, and Florida.

SYCOTYPUS CANALICULATUS Gill. (p. 355.)

American Journal of Conchology, vol. iii, p. 149, 1867. Murex canaliculatus Linné,
Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1222. Pyrula canaliculata Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert.,
vol. vii, p. 157, 1822; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 294, fig. 206. Busycon
canaliculatum H. and A. Adains, Genera of Recent Mollusea, vol. i, p. 151, 1858 ;
Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. ii, p. 380, fig. 645. Fulgur canaliculata Say,
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, 1822; Conrad, Proe. Phil.
Acad., vol. vi, p. 219, 1853.

Eastern coast of the United States ; northward to Cape Cod and Nan-
tucket; southward to Georgia and Northern Florida, Western Florida,
and northern shores of Gulf of Mexico. Abundant in Vineyard Sound,
Long Island Sound, &c., in-1 to8 fathoms. St. Augustine, Florida
(H. S. Williams). Found fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Virginia, North
and South Carolina, and Northern Florida; in the Pliocene of South
Carolina ; and Miocene of Maryland.

NASSA VIBEX Say. Plate XXI, fig. 114. (p.371).

Journal Academy Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 231, 1822; Gould,
Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 365, fig. 633. Nassa fretensis Perkins, Pro-
ceedings Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. xiii, p. 117, figure, 1869 (variety).

Eastern coast of the United States; northward to Vineyard Sound ;
southward to Florida, andthe Gulfof Mexico; not abundant north of ©
Cape Hatteras. In Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound, found
Sparingly in shallow water among eel-grass. New Bedford (Adams).
Lloyd’s Harbor, Huntington, and Northport, Long Island (S. Smith) ;
Egmont Key, Florida (Jewett). It has been found in the Pliocene and
Post-Pliocene of South Carolina.

Some of Say’s original specimens were from South Carolina, others
from Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. At the latter locality I have also
collected among eel-grass, in shallow water, the variety described by
Dr. Perkins as NV. fretensis, which is the most common form in all the
more northern localities. Specimens intermediate between these and the
ordinary southern forms are, however, of frequent occurrence, and the
typical form also occurred in Vineyard Sound, with the variety.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 641

TRITIA TRIVITTATA Adams. Plate XXI, fig. 112. (p. 354.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 122, 1858. Nassa trivitiata °
Say, Journal Acad. Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 231; Gould, Invert.
of Mass., ed. ii, p. 364, fig. 632. Buccinum trivittatum Adams, Boston Journal
of Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 265; Gould, op. cit., ed. i, p. 309, fig. 211.

Gulf of Saint Lawrence to Northern Florida. Eastport, Maine, and
Bay of Fundy, 3 to 30 fathoms, not abundant; Casco Bay, 1 to 40 fathoms,
abundant; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 0 to 14 fathoms, abundant;
off Block Island, 29 fathoms; Long Island Sound, common. Gaspé,
Canada (Dawson). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Point Shirley, Mass.,
Nantucket (Desor), Gull Island (Smith), Virginia, South Carolina, and
North Carolina; in the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene
of Maryland, Virginia, and South Carolina.

ILYANASSA OBSOLETA Stimpson. Plate XXI, fig. 113. (p. 468.)
American Journal of Conchology, vol. i, p. 61, Plate 9, figs. 11, 12, 1865. Nassa
obsoleta Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 232, 1822 ; Bin-
ney’s Say, p. 77, 1858 ; Gould, Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 362, fig. 631; Bue-
cinum obsoletum Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 308, fig. 210; Tritia obsoleta
H. and A. Adams, Genera, p. 122, 1858.

Hastern and southern coasts of the United States; northward to
Casco Bay, Maine, and the mouth of the Kennebeck River, and local in
the southern part of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence; southward to Florida
and the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Extremely abundant
on the whole coast south of Cape Cod; more local farther north, and
mostly restricted to sheltered bays and harbors. It has not been found
on the eastern part of the coast of Maine nor in the Bay of Fundy. An
isolated colony of this species is found on the western and southern
shores of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence and Prince Edward’s Island (Bell,
Dawson).

As a fossil it has been found in the Post-Pliocene deposits at Point
Shirley, in Chelsea, Massachusetts (Stimpson); at Nantucket Island
(Desor); Virginia; and South Carolina. It is also reported from the
Pliocene of South Carolina.

UROSALPINX CINEREA Stimpson. Plate XXIJ, fig. 116. (p. 306.)

American Journal of Conchology, vol. i, p. 58, Plate 8, figs. 6 and 7, 1865. Fusus
cinereus Say, Journal Academy Nat. Science, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 236, 1822;
American Conchology, Plate 29, 1831. Buccinum plicosum Menke, Syn., ed. ii,
p- 69, 1830, (t. Gould); Gould, Invertebrata of Mass., ed. i, p. 303, fig. 213.
Buccinum cinereum Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 370, fig. 637.

Eastern coast of the United States; northward to Massachusetts Bay,
and local farther north, to the Gulf of Saint Lawrence; southward to
Georgia and Northern Florida, and on the west coast of Florida, at
Tampa Bay. Abundant in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Long
Island Sound, and along the coast of the Middle States, especially on
oyster-beds. In Vineyard Sound it oceurs from above low-water mark
to 8 fathoms. It occurs in some of the shallow and sheltered branches

S. Mis. 61——41

642 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of Casco Bay, especially at the upper end of Quahog Bay, but has not
‘been found on the islands, nor farther eastward along the coast of
Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy. A colony exists, however, in the
southern part of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, associated with the pre-
ceding and other southern species. It is found fossil in the Post-Plio-
eene of Point Shirley, Massachusetts, Nantucket, Gardiner’s Island,
Virginia, North Carolina, and South Carolina; in the Pliocene of South
Carolina; and in the Miocene of Maryland.

EUPLEURA CAUDATA H. and A. Adams. Plate XXI, fig. 117. (p. 371.)
Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 107, 1853; Stimpson, Amer. Journal of
Conehology, vol. i, p. 58, Plate 8, fig. 5 (dentition), 1855. Ranella caudata Say,
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 236, 1822; Gould, Invert,

of Mass., ed. i, p. 297, fig. 176; ed. ii, p. 386, fig. 648.

Eastern coast of the United States; northward to Nantucket and Cape
Cod; southward to northern Florida, and western Florida, at Tampa
Bay. At Vineyard Sound it occurred living in considerable numbers in
the shallow ditches on the marshes, as well as in the sound itself, in 1
to 8 fathoms; off New Haven, in 1 to 5 fathoms, not abundant; Great
Egg Harbor, frequent among eel-grass in shallow water. Egmont Key,
Florida (Jewett).

In the fossil state this species has been found in the Post-Pliocene of
Virginia, North and South Carolina, and Florida; in the Pliocene of
South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Maryland and South Carolina.

PURPURA LAPILLUS Lamarck. Plate XXI, figs. 118 to 120. (p. 306.)

Anim. sans Vert., ed. i, vol. vi, 1822; ed. ii, vol. x, p. 79; Gould, Invert. of

Mass., ed. i, p. 301; ed. ii, p. 360, fig. 630. Buccinum lapillus Linné, Syst.
Natura, ed. xii, p. 1202, 1767.

Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Montauk Point, Long Island; Cuttyhunk
Island; shores of Vineyard Sound, at Nobsca Point; northward to the
Arctic Ocean. On the European coast southward to Portugal. North-
eastern coast of Asia. Sitka (Middendorff). This species is local south
of Cape Cod, and has not been found to the eastward of Stonington, Con.
necticut, in Long Island Sound. It is extremely abundant along the
northern coasts of New England and Nova Scotia, often nearly cover-
ing the surface of the rocks toward low-water mark, where they are en.
crusted by Balanus balanoides, upon which it chiefly feeds, inserting its
proboscis between the opercular valves of the barnacle.

This shell has been found in the Post-Pliocene deposits at Waterville,
Maine, and at Gardiner’s Island, but is not a common fossil in this
country. In England it is found in the Red-Crag and all later forma-
tions; it also occurs in the Post-Pliocene deposits of Scandinavia. The
fossils show the same variations that are seen in the recent shells.
PLYCHATRACTUS LIGATUS Stimpson.

American Journal of Conchology, vol. i, p. 59, plate 8, fig. 8 (dentition), 1865.
Fasciolaria ligata Mighels and Adams, Boston Journal of Nat. History, vol. iv,
p. 51, Plate 4, fig. 17, 1842; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. ii, p. 385, fig. 647.

Casco Bay, Maine, to Labrador. Stonington, Connecticut (Linsley).

Se ae ee

ew

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 643

Casco Bay, 20 to 40 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 15 to 60 fathoms. Halifax
(Willis) ; Gaspé (Whiteaves); Murray Bay (Dawson); Mingan (Foote).
This shell occurs sparingly at all these localities. It has not been
recorded from south of Cape Cod by any one except Linsley, and it
must be regarded as a very doubtful member of the fauna of Southern
New England until rediscovered.

Dr. Dawson records one broken specimen from the Post-Pliocene of
Montreal.

ANACHIS AVARA Perkins. (p. 306.)
Proceedings, Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. xiii, p. 113, 1869 (in part). Colum-
bella avara Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 230, 1822;
(in part) Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 313; ed. ii, p. 356 (in part).

Cape Cod to Northern Florida; Western Florida and the northern
shores of the Gulf of Mexico. Vineyard Sound, from 0 to 10 fathoms;
Long Island Sound; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Nantucket (Ad-
ams); Fort Macon (Coues); South Carolina (Gibbes); Georgia (Couper) ;
Western Florida (Jewett). North of Cape Cod, it is local and rare ;
Massachusetts Bay (Stimpson). ;

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of North and South Carolina, and in
the Pliocene of South Carolina.

Among the shells usually referred to this species there are great va-
riations in form and sculpture, and the color is quite inconstant. The
numerous specimens that I have examined from various localities can,
however, be arranged in two groups, between which I have found no
specimens that can be regarded as truly intermediate, although most of
their distinctive characters are variable in each series. For the pres-
ent, therefore, I have with some hesitation followed Mr. Ravenel in re-
garding these two principal forms as distinct species. As these species.
(or varieties) have not been distinguished by most writers, it is probable
that some of the northern localities given above should properly go
under the next species, which is far more abundant in Vineyard Sound
and Long Island Sound than the typical avara, while the latter predom-
inates in the collections from Fort Macon, North Carolina, and south-
ward. The figures given by Dr. Gould represent the ordinary northern
form of the following species. In the first part of this report both forms
are included under avara.

From Fort Macon I have specimens that agree perfectly with Say’s
original description of avara. These are less elongated than the next
species, and rather fusiform, the thickest part being but little below the
middle, with the spire acute. The mature shells have ten flattened
whorls; the first three or nuclear whorls are smooth; some of the sue-
ceeding ones usually have numerous vertical cost; the last whorl has
10 to 13 more or less prominent, smooth obtusely rounded, somewhat
curved cost, separated by wider concave intervals, and gradually dis-
appearing below the middle; below the cost are numerous, well im-

644 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

pressed revolving grooves, of which 8 or 10 are wider and deeper than
the rest; similar but finer grooves cross the spaces between the coste,
but are mostly obsolete on the cost; the middle whorls usually have a
similar number of cost, which are less prominent, and often more or
less obsolete, while the spaces between are crossed by numerous fine
revolving striw. The canal is short, broad, and nearly straight; the
outer lip well rounded, not ineurved anteriorly, but with a decided
emargination posteriorly. Length of mature shells, 13"™"; diameter,
6"", often smaller.

Specimens of the same size and form from Vineyard Sound and New
Haven agree closely with the above description in most respects, but
have 14 or 15 coste on the last whorl, and about 20 on the preceding
ones, where the cost are so crowded that the spaces between are often
narrower than the coste.

ANACHIS SIMILIS Verrill. Plate X-XJ, fig. 109.
Columbella similis Ravenel, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1861, p.41. Columbella

translirata Ravenel, op. cit., p.42. Columbella avara (in part) Gould, Invert. ,
ed. i, p. 313, fig. 197; ed. ii, p. 356, fig. 726.

Massachusetts Bay to Georgia. Abundant in Vineyard Sound and
Long Island Sound; Great Egg Harbor. Fort Macon (Dr. Yarrow.)
This species is usually much more elongated than the preceding, with a
more elevated spire, the broadest place being a little above the lower
third of the length. Whorls,10; flattened; the nuclear whorls smooth
The canal is longer, and usually distinctly excurved ; the outer lip is
more or less incurved anteriorly, so as to slightly narrow the canal; the
body-whorl has 18 to 20 or more rather regular, obtuse costae, sepa-
rated by spaces of about the same width, generally slightly nodular close
to the suture; at some distance below the middle of the whorl they
gradually disappear, but sometimes there are also smaller intermediate
cost below the middle of the whorl (var. translirata); the lower part
of the whorl is covered with numerous well-impressed, revolving
grooves, which cross the lower ends of the cost, rendering them nodu-
lous; on the upper part of the whorls the revolving grooves are larger
and more distinet than in the preceding species, and usually continue
over the cost; the one next below the suture is usually larger than
the rest, and thus produces the subsutural nodules; the grooves are
generally least distinct in the middle of the lower whorl, which is some-
times slightly angulated. On the middle whorls there are numerous
(usually more than 25) regular costae, like those of the last one, and
crossed by about 5 distinct revolving grooves, more conspicuous in the
spaces between; the upper one largest, usually producing a distinct series
of nodules on each whorl. Color exceedingly variable, generally dark
reddish brown, chestnut, or light yellowish brown, more or less mottled
and specked with whitish; there is often a subsutural band of white,
or the nodules are white, and also a band of white around the middle

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 645

of the last whorl, but these are frequently absent. Length of a rather
large specimen, 17™™; breadth, 7™™; length of an average specimen,
13™™; breadth, 5™" ; length of a slender specimen, 15™ ; breadth, 5™™.

_ ASTYRIS LUNATA Dall. Plate X XI, fig. 110. (p. 306.)

Proceedings Boston Soc. Natural History, vol. xiii, p. 242, 1870. Nassa lunata Say,
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 213, 1826. Buccinum
lunatum Adams, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 226; Gould, Invert. of
Mass., ed i., p. 312, fig. 196. Columbella lunata Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 359,
fig. 629. Fusus Trumbulli Gould, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. vi, p. 235, fig. 7,
1848, (non Linsley). Buccinum Wheatleyi Dekay, Nat. Hist. of New York,
Mollusca, p. 132, Plate 7, fig. 162, 1843. Columbella Gouldiana Ag. MSS. ; Stimp-
son, Shells of New England, p. 48, 1851; Smith, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist.
of New York, vol. viii, p. 398, fig. 5, 1865. <Astyris ‘“limata Say” and 4.
“Turnbullii Linsl.,” H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 187 (typographical
errors).

Massachusetts Bay to Northern Florida and the northern shores of
the Gulf of Mexico; local and not abundant north of Cape Cod, at Prov,
incetown, Nahant, and Swampscott, Massachusetts. Very abundant in
Vineyard Sound, from low-water to 10 fathoms; and in Long Island
Sound; Great South Bay, Long Island; and Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey; Fort Macon, North Carolina, and southward. Estella Pass,
Florida (Jewett) ; Georgia (Couper).

Fossilin the Post-Pliocene deposits of South Carolina; and at Gardiner’s
Island, New York (S. Smith); and in the Pliocene of South Carolina.

The color-variety, separated by several writers as C. Gouldiana, is
identical with the Wheatleyi of Dekay.

ASTYRIS ZONALIS Verrill. Plate X XI, fig. 111. -(p. 399.)
Buccinum zonalis Linsley, American Journal of Science, ser. i, vol. xlviil, p. 2&5,
1845 (no description); Gould, Amer. Journ. Science, series ii, vol. vi, p. 236,
fig. 8, 1848. Coluwmbella dissimilis Stimpson, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat.
History, vol. iv, p.114, 1851; Shellsof New England, p. 47, 1851 ; Gould, Invert.
of Mass., ed. ii, p. 358, fig. 628.
Long Island Sound, near New Haven; Vineyard Sound; Casco Bay ;
Eastport, Maine, 10 to 60 fathoms. Grand Menan, New Brunswick,
in 8 fathoms, sand, (Stimpson). Stonington (Linsley).

ASTYRIS ROSACEA H. and A. Adams. (p. 508.)
Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 187, 1858. Buccinum rosaceum Gould, Ameri-
ean Journal of Science, xxxviii, p. 197, 1840; Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 311,
fig. 195, 1841. Columbella rosacea Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 47,
1851; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed.ii, p. 257, fig. 627. (?)Fusus Holbollit
Moller, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 88, 1842.

East of Block Island, 29 fathoms, fine sandy mud; Stonington, Con-
necticut (Linsley); Massachusetts Bay to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; Isles of
Shoals, 20 fathoms, and West Isles, 10 fathoms (Stimpson) ; Casco Bay,
10 to 20 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 8 to 60 fathoms; Sable Island, Nova
Scotia (Willis) ; Grand Menan, in deep water, (Stimpson).

646 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

*.

The identity of A. Holbollii, from Greenland, with this species, is very
doubtful, for it was described as smooth, with a firm corneus, fusco-
luteus epidermis.

LUNATIA, HEROS Adams. Plate XXIII, figs. 133 to 136. (p. 353.)

H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 207, 1858; Gould, Invert.
of Mass., ed. ii, p. 338, figs. 608, 609. Natica heros Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philadelphia, roe il, p. 248, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 231. Natica triseriata
Say, op. cit., vol. v. p. 209 (color-variety); Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 233.
Lunatia triseriata Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 340, fig. 610.

Georgia to Gulf of Saint Lawrence and southern coast of Labrador.
Coast of New Jersey, near Great Egg Harbor, abundant and large,
(A. E. V.) ;southern side of Long Island, at Fire Island beach, abundant,
(S. I. Smith); Long Island Sound, at New Haven, not common; Vine-
yard Sound, abundant from low-water to 10 fathoms; Casco Bay, com-
mon; Bay of Fundy, common from low-water to 40 fathoms; Saint
George’s Bank, common, (S. I. Smith); Gaspé (Dawson); Georgia
(Couper). The variety triseriata has the same distribution, and is the
more common form in the deeper waters, but is also found on the sand-
flats at low-water. It is common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, in
1 to. 40 fathoms; off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 to 20 fathoms; and off New
London, Connecticut, 10 fathoms.

This species has been found fossil in the Miocene of Maryland, Vir-
ginia, and South Carolina; in the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in
the Post-Pliocene of Canada and South Carolina.

LUNATIA IMMACULATA Adams. Plate XXIII, fig. 131. (p. 508.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusea, vol. i, p. 207. Natica immaculata
Totten, American Journal of Science, ser. i, vol. xxviii, p. 351, fig. 6, 1835 ;
Gould, Invertebrata, ed. i, p. 234, fig. 168, 1841. 2£amma (?) immaculata Gould:
ed. ii, p. 344, fig. 614.

Stonington, Connecticut, and eastern end of Long Island, to Gulf of
Saint Lawrence. Off Martha’s Vineyard, 20 fathoms;.east of Block
Island, 29 fathoms. Stonington (Linsley); Off Napeague Point, Long
Island (S. Smith); Newport, R. I. (Totten). Massachusetts Bay, Casco
Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 5 to 80 fathoms, common; often found living
at low-water mark in the Bay of Fundy.

NEVERITA DUPLICATA Stimpson. Plate XXIII, fig. 130. (p. 354.)
Smithsonian Check List, p. 5, 1860; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. ii, p. 345, fig.
615. Natica duplicata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p.
247, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 236, fig. 164, 1841. Lunatia duplicata H.
and A. Adams, Genera Recent Mollusca, v fala i, p. 207, 1858.

Massachusetts Bay to Northern Florida; northwestern Florida to
Yueatan. Local and not common north of Cape Cod. Abundant at
Nantucket; Vineyard Sound; Long Island Sound; southern coast of
Long Island; New Jersey; and southward. Saint Augustine, Florida
(Williams). Tampa Bay, Florida, and Egmont Key, abundant, (Jew-
ett). Texas (Schott), Near Vera Cruz, Mexico (coll. T. Salt).

ee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 647

Fossil in the Miocene of Maryland, Virginia, North and South Caro-
lina; Pliocene of South Carolina; and Post-Pliocene of Virginia, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Saint John’s River, and Tampa Bay, Florida.

NATICA PUSILLA Say. Plate XXIII, fig. 132. (p. 417.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 257, 1822; Stimpson, Shells
of New England, p. 43, 1851; Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. ii, p. 344, fig. 613,
(not of ed. i); Sanderson Smith, in Annals Lye. Nat. History, New York, vol.
ix, p. 396, fig. 4, 1870.

Vineyard Sound to Northern Florida. In Vineyard Sound and Buz-
zard’s Bay this species is common in 2 to 10 fathoms. Huntington
and Gardiner’s Bay, Long Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, (S. Smith). South
Carolina (Kurtz). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues). Georgia
(Couper).

Aerybia flava H.and A. Adams, = Natica flava Gould, Invert., ed. i, p.
239, fig. 162; Bulbus flavus Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 347, fig. 616. This
species was catalogued by Linsley (1845) as from the stomachs of had-
dock taken off Stonington, Connecticut. It has not been subsequently
recorded from south of Cape Cod by any one. It is not improbable that
there was some mistake, either in respect to the locality or the identity
of the specimens referred to by Linsley. It is an arctic species, found in
the Bay of Fundy and at Saint George’s Bank ; northward to Greenland
(Moller, as NV. nana).

Natica clausa Brod. and Sowerby, was erroneously given by ‘Mr. Per-
kins (Proe. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 162) as from “ Stonington,
Connecticut, Linsley.” It does “att occur in Mr. Linsley’s list, nor has
it been found living, to my knowledge, south of Cape Cod. It occurs
in Massachusetts Bay and northward to the Arctic Ocean. It is not
uncommon in the Bay of Fundy from 6 to 109 fathoms; and in Casco
Bay from 9 to 60 fathoms. One small dead specimen was dredged by
us in 19 fathoms, off Gay Head.

CERITHIOPSIS GREENII Verrill. Plate XXIV, fig. 153. (p. 383.)
Cerithium Greenii C. B. Adams, Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. ii, p.
287, Plate 4, fig. 12, 1833; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 579, fig. 184. Bittium
Greentti H.and A. Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 287, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii
p. 322, fig. 591.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, 3 to 10 fathoms ; Long Island Sound, near New Haven. Dartmouth
Harbor (Adams) ; Boston Harbor (Stimpson) ; Long Island (S. Smith) ;
Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues). Also reported from Bermuda.

Jeffreys (in Annals and: Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1872, p. 244) regards
this as identical with the European O. Eiberoulars is, aud gives it a north-
ern distribution. Both opinions appear to be incorrect.

648 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CERITHIOPSIS EMERSONIT Adams. Plate XXIV, fig. 151. (p. 417.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, p. 240, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 387, fig. 649
Cerithium Emersonii C. B. Adams, op. cit., p. 284, Plate 4, fig. 10, 1838; Gould,
Invert., ed. i, p. 275, fig. 180.

Cape Cod to South Carolina. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 3
to 10 fathoms, shelly. Nantucket (Adams); Huntington and Greenport,
Long Island (S. Smith). Fossil in the Miocene of North Carolina,
(Conrad). Jeffreys (in British Conchology, vol. iv, p. 257) regards this
species as identical with Cerithium metula Lovén, 1846, on the authority
of Danielssen. This appears to be an erroneous identification.

CERITHIOPSIS TEREBRALIS Adams. Plate XXIV, fig. 150. (p. 417.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 241, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 389, fig.
650. Cerithium terebrale C. B. Adams, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. 11, p, 320,
Plate 3, fig. 7, 1840; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 276, fig. 131. Cerithium terebellum
C. B. Adams, Catalogue Genera and Species of Recent Shells in Collection of
CB; A.; p: 13, 1847.

Cape Cod to South Carolina, Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 2
to 12 fathoms, not uncommon. New Bedford, Massachusetts (Adams).
Greenport and Huntington, Long Island (S. Smith). Fort Macon,
North Carolina (Coues).

TRIFORIS NIGROCINCTUS Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 152. (p. 305.)
Smithsonian Check-List, p. 5, 1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 323, fig. 592. Cer-
ithium nigrocinctum C.B. Adams, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 286, Plate
4, fig. 11, 1838; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 277, fig. 182.

Cape Cod to South Carolina. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay,
low-water to 10 fathoms, not uncommon; near New Haven; and Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey. Dartmouth, Massachusetts (Adams). Hunt-
ington and Greenport, Long Island (S. Smith). Fort Macon (Coues):

BITTIUM NIGRUM Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 154. (p. 305.)
Smithsonian Check-List, p. 5,1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 321, fig. 590. Pasi-
thea nigra Totten, American Jour. of Science, vol. xxvi, p. 369, Plate 1, fig. 7»
1834. Cerithium reticulatum Totten, op. cit., vol. xxviii, p. 352, fig. 8, 1835 (non
Da Costa). Cerithium Sayi Menke (t. Gould); Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 278, fig.
183.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina; local north of Cape Cod, in
Boston Harbor (Totten), and in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, at Pictou
and Prince Edward’s Island (Dawson). It is not found on the coast
of Maine nor in the Bay of Fundy. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, abundant, low-water to 8 fathoms, among alge and eel-grass ; Long

Island Sound; and Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, abundant. Fort-

Macon (Coues).

The Bittium alternatum (Turritella alternata Say, 1822) is a very closely
related species, and probably identical with this.

Turritella erosa Couthouy, recorded, with a mark of doubt, by Lin-
ley, as from the stomach of a cod, off Stonington, Conn., was perhaps

:

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 649

incorrectly identified. It may have been a worn Cerithiopsis terebralis.
The true T. erosa is a decidedly northern species, common in Casco Bay
and the Bay of Fundy, and extending northward to the Arctic Ocean,
and southward on the northern coasts of Europe, and on the North
Pacific coast of America. It has not been recorded from south of Cape
Cod by any one except Linsley.

VERMETUS RADICULA Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 157. (p. 417.)

Shells of New England, p. 37, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed ii, p. 316, fig. 584. Ver-
metus lumbricalis Gould, ed. i, p. 246, and various other American authors,
(non Lamarck).

Cape Cod to Florida. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 3 to 10
fathoms, not uncommon; Long Island Sound. Fort Macon, North
Carolina, common, (Coues).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of North Carolina.

CCUM PULCHELLUM Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 158. (p. 417.)
Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, vol. iv, p. 112, 1851; Shells of
New England, p. 36, Plate 2, fig. 3, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 315, fig. 583.
Vineyard Sound, 1 to 4 fathoms, and dead on shore at Nobsca Beach.
New Bedford (Stimpson). Greenport, Long Island, 10 fathoms, sand,

(S. Smith).

Dead shells of this species readily lose the outer layer, in which the
annulations are formed; they then become white and smooth, without
any trace of annulations, and might be mistaken for a different species.

CzcumM CooPERi Smith.
Sanderson Smith, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 154, 1860 ;
op. cit., vol. ix, p. 393, fig. 3, 1870, (non Carpenter, 1864). Cacuwm costatum
Verrill, American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 233, 1872; this Report, p. 417.

Vineyard Sound, 8 to 10 fathoms. Gardiner’s Bay, Long Island, 4 to
5 fathoms, sand, (Smith).

The first description of this species was formerly overlooked by me;
as it antedates the description of the Californian species to which Dr.
Carpenter gave the same name, the present species must be called
Cooperi.

In the adolescent stage of growth this species enlarges rather rapidly,
and has 12 or 13, distinct, elevated, rounded cost, narrower than the
intervals between; the circular grooves are numerous, unequal, inter-
rupted over the cost, and broader toward the aperture. The aperture
is rounded within; its margin is stellated externally by the costz.

CREPIDULA FORNICATA Lamarck. Plate XXIII, fig. 129. (p. 417.)
Animaux sans Vert., vol, vii, p. 641; Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadel-
phia, vol. ii, p. 225, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 158, fig. 17; ed. ii, p. 271,
fig. 532(?). Patella fornicaia Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1257.
Casco Bay, Maine, to Florida, and the northern shores of the Gulf of
Mexico. Local north of Massachusetts Bay; in the southern part of

650 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, at Prince Edward’s Island, &c. Halifax
(Willis). Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). It is common in the shal-
low and sheltered parts of Casco Bay, but has not been found east of the
Kennebeck River, on the coast of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy.
Very abundant in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, from low-water
to 12 fathoms; in Long Island Sound, near New Haven, low-water to 6
fathoms; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; and everywhere southward.
Egmont Key and Tampa’ Bay, Florida (EK. Jewett).

Fossil in the Miocene of Maryland, North and South Carolina; Plio-
cene of South Carolina; and Post-Pliocene of North and South Caro-
lina, Gardiner’s Island, New York, and Nantucket Island.

The fornicata of ans was described as a Mediterranean species, and
may not be identical with the American shell.

CREPIDULA PLANA Say. Plate XXIII, fig. 127.
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 226, 1822; Gould, Invert.,
ed. i, p. 159, fig. 16; ed. ii, p. 272, fig. 533. Crepidula unguiformis Stimpson,
Shells of New England, p. 30, 1851; this Report, pp. 355, 417 (non Lamarck,
1822).

Massachusetts Bay to Florida and the northern shores of the Gulf of
Mexico. Local and less abundant farther north, in Casco Bay, Maine;
Nova Scotia (Willis); Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Bell, Dawson); and
Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Not found on the eastern part of
the coast of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy. Very common in Vine-
yard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and Long Island Sound, from low-water
mark to 12 fathoms, on the outside of oysters, Limuli, and various dead
shells, as well as on the inside of various dead univalve shells; in all
these situations frequently associated with the preceding species, but
no intermediate forms have been observed.

Fossil in the Miocene of North and South Carolina; Pliocene of South
Carolina; and in the Post-Pliocene of Gardiner’s Island, New York,
North Carolina, South Carolina, and Florida.

The Mediterranean shell, C. unguiformis Lamarck, is a distinct species.

CREPIDULA CONVEXA Say. Plate XXIII, fig. 128. (p. 355.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, ee ea vol. ii, p. 227, Leite Gould, Invert., ed.
i, p. 160, fig. 15; ed. ii, p. 273, fig. 534. Crepidula glauca Say, op. cit., p. 2265
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 274, fig. 535; ed. i, p. 151, fig. 14. Crepidula acuta H.
C. Lea, American Jour. Science, ser. i, vol. xlii, p. 108, Plate 1, fig. 4, 1842.
Massachusetts Bay to Florida. Less abundant and local farther
north; at Quahog Bay, Maine; Nova Scotia (Willis); and Gulf of Saint
Lawrence. Very common in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Long
Island Sound, shores of Long Island, and Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.
Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues). Georgia (Couper).
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Virginia and South Carolina.
The distribution of this species is probably identical with that of Hu-
pagurus longicarpus and Ilyanassa obsoleta, with which it is nearly always

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 651

associated. At Quahog Bay, Maine, this species occurs on the back of
the dead shells of J. obsoleta, which are occupied by the hermit-crab,
just as in the waters of Southern New England; and these, with numer-
ous other southern forms associated with them, constitute a genuine
southern colony, occupying a warm, sheltered bay, surrounded on all
sides by the northern fauna.

The depressed variety (glauca) is found chiefly on broad and nearly
flat surfaces of large bivalve shells, stones, &c. The very convex varie-
ties adhere mainly to the surfaces of small convex univalves.

CRUCIBULUM STRIATUM Adams. Plate XXIII, figs. 125, 126. (p. 417.)

H.and A. Adams, Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 366; Gould, Invert., ed. ii,

p- 275, fig. 536. Calyptrea (Dispotea) striata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences

Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 216, 1836. , Crucibulum (Dispotea) striata H. and A.
Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 366, 1858.

Bay of Fundy to New Jersey. Eastport Harbor and Bay of Fundy,
low-water mark to 30 fathoms, common; Frenchman’s Bay and Mount
Desert, Maine, 3 to 10 fathoms, common; Casco Bay, Maine, 6 to 40
fathoms; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 3 to 12 fathoms, not un-
‘common. Gardiner’s Bay and Montauk Point, Long Island (S. Smith).
Off New London, Conn. (coll. T. M. Prudden). Saint George’s Bank
(S. I. Smith). Northern New Jersey (Say).

LITTORINA IRRORATA Gray. (p. 372.)

Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage, p. 138, Plate 38, fig. 1, 1859. Gould, Invert.,
ed. ii, p. 311, fig. 579. Turbo irroratus Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phil-
adelphia, vol. ii, p. 239, July, 1822; Binney’s Say, p. 81. Phasianella sulcata
Lamarck, Animaux sans Vert., ed. i, vol. vii, p. 54, Aug., 1822; ed. ii, vol. ix,
p. 244. Littorina sulcata Deshayes, in Lamarck, op. cit., vol. ix, p. 203, 1843.

Vineyard Sound to Florida and the northern shores of the Gulf of
Mexico. Vineyard Sound, sparingly; Long Island Sound, near New
Haven,rare. Stratford, Connecticut, on high sedge (Linsley). Hunting-
ton, Long Island (S. Smith). Comparatively rare and local north of Mary-
land; very abundant farther south.

Many of the shells of this species found on our shores have undoubt-
edly been brought from Virginia and Maryland with the southern oys-
ters planted in our waters, but it is probably indigenous in certain
localities.

LITTORINA RUDIS. Plate XXIV, fig. 137. (p. 305.)

Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 257, fig. 165, 1841; ed. ii, p. 304, fig. 575. Turbo rudis
Maton, Nat. Hist. and Antiq. West. Count., vol. i, p. 277, 1797, (t. Jeffreys) ;
Donovan, British Shells, vol. i, Plate 33, fig. 3, 1800, (t. Gould.) Turbo obligatus
Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 241, 1822. Turbo vestitus Say, op.
cit., p. 241, 1822 (variety tenebrosa). Littorina Grénlandica Moller, in Kroyer’s
Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 82, 1842. Turbo tenebrosus Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 303,
Plate 20, fig. 4, 1803 (variety). Littorina tenebrosa Gould, ed. i, p. 259, fig. 166 ;
ed. ii, p. 306, fig. 576.

Among the additional names that appear to have been applied to the various

652 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

states of this variable species are: L. saxatilis Johnson ; Turbo sulcatus Leach ;
Turbo jugosus Montagu; L. patula(var.) Jeftreys; L. neglecta Bean ; T. ventricosus
Brown; L. marmorata Pfeiffer; Nerita littorea Fabricius (non Linné); L.
Groénlandica Moller, Lovén, Mirch; L. rudissima Bean; L. zonaria Bean; L.
neglecta Bean, ete.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, northward to the Arctic Ocean ;
Greenland ; Iceland ; Spitzbergen. Northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain and Spain. Local south of Long Island Sound; abundant on
all the rocky shores of Southern New England, from New York to Cape
Cod, and at the eastern end of Long Island; local at Great Egg Har-
bor, among Fucus, on the stones of an old pier. Extremely abundant
on all the northern shores of New England and northward. Fossil in
the Post-Pliocene of Canada, Great Britain, and Scandinavia.

LITTORINA PALLIATA. Plate XXIV, fig. 138. (p. 305.)

Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 260, fig. 167, 1841; ed. ii, p. 309, fig. 578. Turbo
palliatus Say, op. cit., p. 240, 1822. Littorina neritoidea Dekay, Mollusca New
York, p. 105, Plate 6, figs, 109-111 (non Turbo neritoidea Linné). Littorina
littoralis Stimpson, Shells of New England, p.33, (non Forbes and Hanley ;
non Nerita litloralis Linné). Turbo littoralis Fabricius, Fauna Greenlandica, p.
402, 1780 (non Linné). Littorina arctica Moller, Kroyer’s Tidsskrift, vol. _
iv, p. 82, 1842. (?) Littorina limata Lovén, Ofversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad.
Foérhandlingar, vol. iii, p. 154, 1846. Littorina Peconica S. Smith, Annals
Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 155, 1860.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to the Arctic Ocean; Greenland,
Spitzbergen, Finmark, and Norway. Very abundant from New York
to Cape Cod and northward, wherever Fuct grow on rocks between
tides; local and less abundant south of Long Island Sound.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Great Britain and Scandinavia.

Should this species prove to be identical with LZ. obtusata (Linné, sp.) of
Europe, as there is reason to anticipate, its range will be nearly coinci-
dent with that of Z. rudis, with which it is always found associated on
our coast. Several writers have already united the two forms, but no
satisfactory comparisons of large series of specimens, from many local-
ities on both coasts, have been made.

LACUNA VINCTA Turton. Plate XXIV, fig. 139. (p. 305.)

Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 262, figs. 169, 178*, 1841; ed. ii, p. 302, fig. 573. Turbo
vincta Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 307, Plate 20, fig.3, (t. Gould). Trochus divarica-
tus Fabricius, Fauna Grénlandieca, p. 392, 1780 (non Linné). Lacuna divaricata
Lovén, op. cit., p. 155, 1846; Jeffreys, British Conchology, vol. 1ii, p. 346.

According to Jefireys, the following are among the synonyms or vari-
eties of this species: Turbo canalis Montagu; T. quadrifasciata Mont.;
Phasianella fasciata, P. bifasciata, P. cornea, and P. striata Brown; La-
cuna solidula Lovén; LZ. labiosa Lovén; L. frigida Loven.

New York to the Arctie Ocean; Greenland, Iceland, Lapland, Sean-
dinavia, Great Britain, France; on the Pacifie coast of America south-
ward to Puget Sound. Long Island Sound, common, but rather local ;

~

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, among alge, in 4 to 5 fathoms; Vineyard

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 653

Sound ; Buzzard’s Bay. Very abundant north of Massachusetts Bay,
in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, Labrador, etc. Staten Island and Long
Island (S. Smith).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of northern Great Britain and Seandi-
navia.

Lacuna neritoidea Gould.
American Journ. of Science, vol. xxxviii, p. 197, 1840; Invert., ed. i, p. 263, fig-
170; ed. ii, p. 303, fig. 574.

This species is a very doubtful inhabitant of this region, having been
recorded by no one except Linsley, 1845, who reports it from Long
Island Sound (Oyster River and Long Beach, Stratford, Connecticut),
I have never been able to find it in the same region, nor has any one else
had better success. Linsley’s specimens may have been incorrectly
named. Itoccurs in Massachusetts Bay; at Cape Elizabeth, Casco Bay ;
Grand Menan Island, etc.; northward to Greenland ; and on thenorthern
shore of Europe.

LITTORINELLA MINUTA Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 140. (p. 469.)
Researches upon the Hydrobiine and Allied Forms, p. 42, May, 1865, in the
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Turbo minutus Totten, American Journ.
Science, ser. i, vol. xxvi, p. 369, fig. 6, 1834. Cingula minuta Gould, Invert., ed. i,
p. 265, fig. 171. Rissoa minuta Gould, op. cit., ed. ii, p. 298, fig. 566. Ecrobia
minuta (provisional name) Stimpson, op. cit., p. 42, 1865. ? Cingula modesta
Lea, Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. v, p. 288, Plate 24, fig. 5.

The tentacles in this species are rather short, scarcely exceeding the
breadth of the head, slightly tapering, blunt; the eyes are on low prom.
inences on the outer side of the bases of the tentacles; rostrum large,
stout, transversely wrinkled, longer than the tentacles, tapering some-
what, but divided at the end by a deep emargination into two rounded
lobes, which are often somewhat expanded. Foot short and broad, sub-
truncate anteriorly, with the angles broad and but little produced, pos-
terior end broadly rounded.

New Jersey to Nova Scotia and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Abundant
along the brackish and muddy shores of Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s
Bay, Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of
Fundy. é

It is not confined to brackish waters, but often occurs also on the
ocean shores, under stones between tides.

LITTORINELLA LZVIS Verrill.

Cingula levis Dekay, Natural History of New York, Mollusca, p. 111, Plate 6,
fig. 118 (poor), 1843. Odostomia limnoidea (Dekay, MSS.), Linsley, Amer.’
Journ. Science, ser. i, yol. xlviii, p. 284, 1845 (no description). (?)Rissoa
Stimpsoni 8. Smith, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. ix, p. 393,
fig. 2, 1870.

Long Island Sound, near New Haven. Stratford, Connecticut

(Linsley); near New York (Dekay); Greenport, Long Island (S.
Smith).

654 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

RISSOA ACULEUS Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 141. (p. 306.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 15, 1851; Shells of New England, p.
34; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 299, fig. 562. Cingula aculeus Gould, Invert., ed.
i, p. 266, fig. 172, 1841. Trochus striatellus Fabricius, Fauna Gronl., p. 393, (non
Linné). (?)Rissoa saxatilis Moller, Index Mollusca Grénl., in Kroyer’s Tids-
skrift, vol. iv, p. 82, 1843. (?)Rissoa arctica Lovén, Ofversigt af Kongl., Vet.-
Akad. Férhandlingar, vol. iii, p. 156, 1846.

Long Island Sound to Greenland. New Haven, Connecticut, and vicin-
ity, conmon. Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound ; Stratford,
Connecticut (Linsley); Gull Island (Smith). Common on the shores
of Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy.

Lovén’s R. arctica was from Finmark, and, to judge from the de-
scriptions, may not be identical with our species. Mr. Jeffreys regards
it as a variety of R. striata of Europe. He also unites the American
shell with R. striata, thus: “The variety arctica (under the specific
name aculeus given to it by Professor Stimpson) inhabits the northern
sea-board of the United States.” (See British Conchology, vol. iv, p. 38).
It is natural to infer that a writer who does not appear to have seen
the accurate description and figure of this species published in the
well-known work of Dr. Gould, ten years previous to Dr. Stimpson’s
earliest publications, cannot have devoted much time or attention to
the American shells, and therefore his opinions should not have too
much weight in such cases.

In reality, our shell differs widely from &. striata. It agrees more
nearly with the English R. proxima (Alder, Forbes and Hanley), but
apparently differs from it in the soft parts. The foot in our shell is
broadly and slightly rounded anteriorly, with the angles only slightly
produced, and tapers backward to a bluntly-rounded posterior end..
The tentacles are long, slender, slightly tapering, with blunt tips. The
eyes are situated near their bases on the dorso-lateral aspect, and are
scarcely elevated above the general surface. The snout is rather long,
often a little expanded at the end, and divided by a deep emargination
into two lobes, which often, in a dorsal view, show a slight emargina-
tion on their outer surface. No opereular cirrus was observed. This.
species belongs to the genus Onoba of H. and A. Adams. The R&.
saxatilis was described by Moller as having the whorls smooth, but he
refers to 7. striatellus of Fabricius, which had spiral striations, as in our
species.

RISsOA EXARATA Stimpson. (p. 495.)

Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 15, 1851; Shells of New England,
p. 34, Plate 1, fig. 3, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 301, fig. 571. Cingula
arenaria Mighels and Adams, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 49, Plate 4,
fig. 24, 1842 (non Montagu, sp.). Rissoa Mighelsii Stimpson, Proc. Bost. Soe.
Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 15,1851; Shells of New England, p. 34; Gould, Invert.,

ed. ii, p. 301, (but not figure 570, which is probably &. sulcosa).
Stonington, Connecticut, to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Watch Hill, Rhode
Island, 4 to5 fathoms, among rocks and algz (white variety) ; Casco. Bay,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 655

6 to 25 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 4 to 20 fathoms. Fossil in the Post-
Pliocene of Canada, This species is usually brownish or chestnut-color,
but is also frequently white.

hissoa eburnea Stimpson, has been recorded (as Rissoella (?) eburnea)
by Dr. G. H. Perkins, from Long Island Sound, near New Haven, but
I have seen no undoubted shells of this species from any locality south
of Massachusetts Bay. The shell referred to by Dr. Perkins was beach-
- worn, and may have been some other species. The figure given in the
second edition of Gould’s Invertebrata (fig. 564, p. 297), does not rep-
resent this species. See the figure in Stimpson’s Shells of New England,
Plate 1, figs. 1, la. This shell appears to be a Jeffreysia.

From Huntington, Long Island, I have seen a shell closely resembling
htissoa latior Stimpson, (M. and Adams, sp.), if not identical with it.

SKENEA PLANORBIS. Plate XXIV, fig. 142. (p. 383.)
Forbes and Hanley, British Mollusea, vol iii, p. 156, Plate 74, figs. 1-3, and Plate
G, G, figs. 1 and la (animal); Stimpson, Shells of New England, p.35; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 296, fig. 563. Turbo planorbis Fabricius, Fauna Gronl., p.
094, 1780. Skenea serpuloides Gould, Invert., ed. i, 247, fig. 189.

Long Island Sound to Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Scandinavia ;
and northern and eastern coasts of Europe generally, to England and
France. Near New Haven, Connecticut, common; Watch Hill, Rhode
Island ; Cuttyhunk Island.. Very common on all rocky shores in Massa-
chusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene
of Scotland and Scandinavia.

STYLIFER STIMPSONII Verrill. (p. 460.)

American Journal of Science, vol. iii, pp. 210 and 283, 1872.

Shell white, short, swollen, broad oval ; spire short, rapidly enlarging.
Whorls four or five, the last one forming a large part of the shell; con-
vex, rounded, with the suture impressed, surface smooth, or with very
faint strie of growth; a slightly impressed revolving line just below
the suture. Aperture large and broad. Length about .15 of an inch ;
breadth, .12.

Parasitic on the dorsal surface of Strongylocentrotus Drdébachiensis,
from off New Jersey, in 35 fathoms (Captain Gedney); and Saint George’s
Bank, north latitude 41° 25’, west longitude 65° 50’, 3’, in 60 fathoms,
(S. I. Smith).

EULIMA OLEACEA Kurtz and Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 149. (p. 418.)
Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 115, 1851; Stimpson, Shells of New
England, p. 39, Plate 1, fig 6, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 332, fig. 603.
Vineyard Sound to Beaufort, North Carolina. In Vineyard Sound it is
not uncommon on Thyone Briareus, in 4 to 10 fathoms. Buzzard’s Bay
(Stimpson).

656 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ODOSTOMIA PRODUCTA Gould. Plate XXIV, fig. 143. (p. 418.)
Invert., ed. i, p. 270, fig. 175, 1841; ed. ii, p. 325, fig. 593. Jaminia producta
Adams, Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 322, Plate 3, fig. 8, 1840.

Vineyard Sound to New Jersey.

ODOSTOMIA FUSCA Gould. Plate XXIV, fig. 144. (p. 307.)
Invert., ed. i, p. 270, fig. 176; ed. ii, p. 325, fig. 594. Pyramis fusca Adams, op.
cit., vol ii, p. 282, Plate 4, fig. 9, 1839.
Cape Cod to New Jersey.
This species is referred both to Turbonilla and Odostomia by H. and
A. Adauns, in the same work (Genera Moll., pp. 231, 232).

ODOSTOMIA DEALBATA Stimpson.
Smithsonian Check-List, p. 5, 1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 327, fig. 595,
Chemnitzia dealbata Stimpson, Proc., Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 114;
1851; Shells of New England, p. 41.
Long Island Sound to Boston Harbor. New Haven, Connecticut
(Perkins). Boston (Stimpson).

ODOSTOMIA BISUTURALIS Gould. (p. 307.)
Invert., ed. ii, p. 327, (not fig. 597). Turritella bisuturalis Say, Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 244, 1822. Chemnitzia bisuturalis Stimpson,
Shells of New England, p. 42. Jaminia exigua Couthouy, Boston Journ, Nat.
Hist., vol. ii, Plate 1, fig. 7, 1888. Odostomia exigua Gould, Invert., ed.i, p.
272, fig. 177.

New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay. Boston (Say); Chelsea (Couthouy) ;
Staten Island; Greenport, and Huntington, Long Island (S. Smith).
Not uncommon in Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, and Buzzard’s
Bay.

The figure (597) in the second edition of Gould’s Invertebrata does
not represent this species, but apparently a variety of O. trifida.

ODOSTOMIA TRIFIDA Gould. Plate XXIV, figs. 145, 146. (p. 307.)
Invert., ed. i, p. 274, fig. 179, 1841; ed. ii, p. 328, fig. 598. Actwon trifidus Totten,
Amer. Journ. Science, ser. i, vol. xxvi, p. 368, Plate 1, figs. 4, a, b, 1834.
New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay. Staten Island (S. Smith) ; Lynn,
Massachusetts (Haskell). Common in Long Island Sound, Vineyard
Sound, and Buzzard’s Bay.

ODOSTOMIA IMPRESSA Stimpson. Plate XXIV, fig. 147. (p. 418.)

American Journ. Science, vol. xxiv, p. 444, 1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.
330, fig. 600. Odostomia insculpta Dekay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Mollusca, p. 115,
Plate 31, fig. 297, 1843. Turritella impressa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadel-
phia, vol. ii, p. 244, 1822; Binney’s Say, p. 84. Chemnitzia impressa Stimpson,
Shells of New England, p. 42, 1851.
Long Island Sound to South Carolina. Near New Haven, Connecticut,
rare. East River (Dekay); Maryland (Say); Beaufort, North Carolina
(Stimpson, Coues).

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 657

ODOSTOMIA SEMINUDA Gould. Plate XXIV, fig. 148. (p. 418.)
hhvert., ed. i, p. 273, fig. 178, 1841; ed. ii, p. 329, fig. 599. Jaminia seminuda C.
B. Adams, Boston Journal Nat. Hist. vol. ii, p. 280, Plate 4, fig. 13, 1839.
Chemnitzia seminuda Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 42, 1851. Turbonilla
seminuda H. and A. Adams, Genera Moll., vol. i, p. 231.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. Common in Vineyard Sound
and Buzzard’s Bay, in 2 to 10 fathoms ; Long Island Sound, less common.
Massachusetts Bay (Stimpson). Greenport and Huntington, Long
Island (S. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues).

TURBONILLA INTERRUPTA Adams. (p. 418.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 231, 13858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 231, fig,
601 (bad figure). Turritella interrupta Totten, Amer. Jour. Science, ser. i, vol:
XXviii, p. 352, fig. 7, 1835; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 268, fig. 173 (incorrect).

Cape Cod to South Carolina. Quite common in Vineyard Sound and
Buzzard’s Bay, in 3 to 10 fathoms; Long Island Sound, off Thimble
Islands and New Haven, 3 to 5 fathoms, rather rare. Huntington
and Greenport (S. Smith). Dartmouth, Massachusetts (Adams). New-
port, Rhode Island (Totten). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues).

I have received from Prof. E. 8. Morse specimens of this shell ob-
tained from mud in the harbor of Portland, Maine, but they are dead
and bleached. I am not aware that it has been found living so far
north on our coast. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of South Carolina.

Lovén records this species as from the coast of Norway, but possibly
his shell is a different species, or else a variety of 7. rufa of Southern
Europe, which is certainly very closely related to our species, and is con-
sidered the same by Jeffreys. If so, the name given by Totten has prece-
dence of rufa (Philippi, 1836). Farther and more extensive compari-
sons must be made before the identity of the two forms can be estab-
lished.

The figure given in the first edition of Gould’s Invertebrata, and copied
in the second edition, does not correctly represent this shell, and was,
perhaps, drawn from some other species, for it does not agree with
Gould’s description, which is accurate. The spire, as represented, is too
acute and too rapidly tapered; the last or body whorl is too large; the
aperture has not the right form; and the peculiar sculpture is not
brought out at all. Totten’s figure, though somewhat coarse, is char-
acteristic.

TURBONILLA ELEGANS Verrill. Plate XXIV, fig. 155. (p. 418.)
American Journal of Science, ser. iii, vol. iii, pp. 210, 282, Plate 6, fig. 4, 1872.

Shell light yellowish, elongated, moderately slender, acute. Whorls

ten or more, well rounded, not distinetly flattened; suture rather

deeply impressed; surface somewhat lustrous, with numerous rounded

vertical coste, narrower than the concave interspaces, fading out

below the middle of the last whorl; and with numerous fine revolv-
S: Mis. 61——42

658 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ing grooves, which are interrupted on the costz, but distinet in the in-
tervals; on the upper whorls there are about five; and on the lower
half of the last whorl usually five or six distinct and continuous ones,
Aperture broad oval, anteriorly rounded and slightly effuse; outer lip
thin, sharp; columella nearly straight at base within, slightly revolute
outwardly, regularly curved anteriorly where it joins the outer lip, and
not forming an angle with it. The epidermis is thin, light yellow,
sometimes with a darker, yellowish, revolving band on the middle of the
last whorls, and also with the revolving striz darker.

Vineyard Sound, 6 to10 fathoms; Long Island Sound, near New Haven,
5 fathoms.

TURBONILLA AREOLATA Verrill, sp. nov.

Shell small, slender, with eight or more whorls, slightly obelisk-
Shaped, owing to the more rapid narrowing of the upper whorls; apical
or nuclear whorl very small, reversed; the other whorls are moderately
convex, somewhat flattened in the middle, and crossed by numerous
rather crowded, narrow, transverse cost, of which there are twenty-
five or more on the lower whorls; interstices interrupted by numerous
rather conspicuous, revolving, impressed lines, of which there are about
six on the upper whorls; these divide the interstices into series of
pretty regular, small, squarish pits, but do not cross the cost; the body-
whorl is subangulated below the middle, where the cost disappear,
below which the base is marked only by fine revolving lines; suture
impressed. Aperture oval, acute posteriorly, rounded and slightly
spreading anteriorly ; outer lip sharp, thin, slightly angulated below
the middle, rounded and slightly effuse anteriorly; columella smooth,
somewhat curved, scarcely forming an angle at its junction with the
outer lip. Length, 4™™; breadth, 1.5™™,

Long Island Sound, near New Haven.

The crowded cost and numerous spiral lines produce a closely can-
cellated appearance, which is sufficient to distinguish this from the two
preceding species. From the following it differs much in sculpture,
form, shape of aperture, and columella, and especially in the minute
size of the apical whori.

TURBONILLA COSTULATA Verrill, sp. nov.

Shell small, long conical, translucent, glossy white, banded faintly
with pale brown, subacute, with a relatively large, smooth, reversed
apical whorl; the other whorls are six or more, flattened, and but
slightly convex, enlarging regularly, crossed by numerous straight,
smooth, rounded, transverse costie, of which there are upward of twenty
on the lower whorls ; interstices rather narrower than the costa, deep,
and interrupted by numerous very minute revolving lines, which are
scarcely visible under an ordinary pocket-lens, and do not cross the
cost ; suture impressed. The body-whorl is subangulated below the

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 659

middle, the cost vanishing at the angulation ; the base is covered with
numerous microscopic revolving lines; on the body-whorl there are two
revolving bands of pale brown, one above and one below the angulation.
Aperture long ovate, acute posteriorly, alittle angulated on the outer side,
rounded and slightly prolonged anteriorly. Outer lip thin and sharp,
round and slightly effuse anteriorly ; columella smooth, nearly straight,
but scarcely forming an angle where it joins the outer lip. Length,
4mm breadth, 1.5™™.

Somewhat resembles 7. interrupta, but the cost are more crowded,
the spiral lines are very much finer and more numerous, and the
nuclear-whorl is much larger.

Long Island Sound, near New Haven, Conn.

TURBONILLA STRICTA Verrill, sp. nov.

Shell white, subulate, very acute, with a very minute reversed apical
whorl; whorls ten, besides the nucleus, gradually and regularly enlarg-
ing, flattened or only very slightly convex, crossed by straight, obtuse,
transverse costie, of which there are about sixteen or eighteen on the
lower whorls; the two upper whorls are nearly smooth; suture im-
pressed. Aperture irregularly oblong-ovate, acute posteriorly, rounded
anteriorly ; outer lip flattened, thickened internally, in mature shells,
and minutely crenulate within; columella smooth, nearly straight,
thickened, forming an angle where it joins the outer lip. Length, 4.5™™ ;
breadth, 1™™.

Long Island Sound, off New Haven, Connecticut.

This is probably the shell recorded from this region as 7. nivea (Stimp-
son, sp.) by Dr. G. H. Perkins. It differs from the nivea in the form of
the aperture and lip, and in being smaller and much more acute, though
having the same number of whorls.

TURBONILLA EQUALIS Verrill.
Turritella aqualis Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. v, p. 208, 1825; Bin.
ney’s Say, p. 119.

‘Shell subulate, white; volutions ten, each with about twenty-two,
transverse, elevated, obtuse, equal lines, with interstitial grooves of
the same diameter; suture distinct, impressed; aperture rounded at
base, and destitute of any distinct emargination. Length one-fifth of
_aninch.” (Say.)

“My specimens agree well with the above description. The shell is
very slender and acute, with a small distinctly reversed apical whorl; the
remaining nine whorls are somewhat flattened, and all are crossed by
obtuse, transverse costa, which are a little oblique, especially at the
upper ends, close to the sutures; on the body-whorl there are about
twenty, but fewer on the upper ones; at the base of the body-whorl
they vanish, leaving it smooth; the interstices between the coste are
deep and apparently smooth. The aperture is round ovate, well rounded
or sub-circular anteriorly; the inner lip having a raised and thin

660 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
margin. Length, 4.5™™; breadth, 1.25"™. /, Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8
fathoms. z

Menestho albula Moller (Fabricius, sp.), was recorded by Linsley (as
Pyramis striatula Couth.) from the stomachs of ducks at Bridgeport,
Connecticut. It has not been found south of Cape Cod by any one
else, and as it is a rare deep-water shell on our northern coast, it is not
likely to have been obtained by ducks. It is found in Massachusetts
Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and northward to Greenland. Linsley’s
shell may have been Odostomia impressa.

SCALARIA LINEATA Say. Plate XXI, fig. 123. (p. 418.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 242, 1822; Binney’s Say,
pp. 83, 180, Plate 27, lower left figure; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 250; ed. ii, p.
312, fig. 580.
Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and Long Island Sound; southward
to South Carolina and Georgia. TF ossil in the Post-Pliocene of North
and South Carolina.

SCALARIA MULTISTRIATA Say. Plate XXI, fig. 122. (p. 418.)
Journ. Acad? Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 208, 1826; Amer. Conchology,
iii, Plate 27; Binney’s Say, pp. 119, 180, Plate 27, lower right figure; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 318, fig. 581.

Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay and Long Island Sound; southward to ~

Florida. Fossil in-the Post-Plioceue of South Carolina.

SCALARIA ANGULATA Say.
American Conchology, iii, Plate 27, upper figures, 1831, as a variety of S. clathrus ;
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., partiv, p. 86, Plate 32, fig. 5, 1844. Scalaria Humphreysii
Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles Viv., p. 15, Plate 5, fig. 16, 1838-9.

Connecticut to Florida. Stonington (Linsley); Greenport, Long Island

(S. Smith). Outer beach at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey (A. E. V.);

Fort Macon and Beaufort, North Carolina, common, (Stimpson, Coues); ~

South Carolina (Kiener). Rare and perhaps accidental north of New
Jersey.

ScALARIA GRGENLANDICA Perry.
Conch., 1811, (t. Mérch); Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch., part iv, p. 101, Plate 34.
figs. 105, 106, 1844; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 249, fig. 170*; ed. ii, p. 314, fig,
582. Turbo clathrus Grenlandicus Chemnitz, Conch., xi, t. 1878, 1879 (t. Gould).
Scalaria subulata Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 93, Plate 3, fig.
4, 1838.

Cape Cod to the Arctic Ocean, and northern coasts of Europe, south-

ward to Bergen. South Shoals, off Nantucket (Agassiz, t. Stimpson).
Common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from 10 to 109 fathoms.
Fossil in the Post-Plicoene of Nantucket, rare, (Desor); and in the
Red-Crag, Norwich-Crag, and later deposits in Great Britain.

Janthina fragilis Lamarck ; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 240; ed. ii, p. 277.
This has been found cast ashore at Nantucket, but probably does not
ecur living so far north. It inhabits the Gulf Stream farther south.

{

SS

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 661
RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

MARGARITA OBSCURA Gould. Plate XXIV, fig. 156. (p. 508.)
Invert., ed. i, p. 253, fig. 171*, 1841; ed. ii, p. 283, fig. 545. Turbo obscurus Cou-
thouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 100, Plate 3, fig. 2, 1838.
Stonington, Connecticut, to Labrador. Rare and confined to the outer
waters south of Cape Cod; off Martha’s Vineyard, 20 to 25 fathoms.
Stonington, from haddock’s stomach, (Linsley). Common in Massachu-
setts Bay, Casco Bay, and in the Bay of Fundy, from extreme low-
water mark to 100 fathoms. Hast of Saint George’s Bank, in 430 fath-
oms, (S. I. Smith).

Margarita ornata Dekay, N. Y. Mollusca, p. 107, Plate 6, fig. 104, 1843,
was described as occurring in the vicinity of New York, but I have not
met with it in Long Island Sound.

DOCOGLOSSA.

ACMA TESTUDINALIS Forbes and Hanley. Plate XXIV, figs. 159,

159a. (p. 307.)

British Mollusca, vol. ii, p. 434, Plate 62, figs. 8,9, and Plate A A, fig. 2; Car-
penter, Report of British Association for 1856, pp. 219, 366, 1857; Dall (sub-
genus, Collisella Dall), American Journal of Conchology, vol. vi, p. 249, 1871.
Lottia testudinalis Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 153, fig. 12. Tectura testudinalis
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 267, fig. 529. Patella testudinalis Miiller, Prodromus
Zool. Danica, p. 227, 1776.

Variety alveus. (fig. 159 a). Patella alvews Conrad, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences,
Philadelphia, vol. vi, Plate 11, fig. 20, 1831. Lottia alveus Gould, Invert., ed. i,
p. 154, fig. 13. Tectura alveus Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 269, fig. 530.

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean ; cireumpolar. It extends
southward on the European coasts to Southern Sweden, England, and
Ireland; in the North Pacific, southward to Sitka and the Island of
Jesso, Japan. It is comparatively rare and local south of Cape Cod ;
at New Haven, very rare; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Martha’s Vine-
yard, Cuttyhunk, and adjacent islands. Huntington and Greenport,
Long Island (S. Smith). Fossilin the Post-Pliocene of Labrador (Pack-
ard); Greenland, Scandinavia, and Great Britain. |

POLYPLACOPHORA.

CHATOPLEURA APICULATA Carpenter. Plate XXV, fig. 167.
Chiton apiculatus Say, Amer. Conch., part vii, appendix, (?)1884; Binney’s Say,
p- 231; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 146, fig. 20; ed. ii, p. 258, fig. 522. Lepto-
chiton apiculatus, this Report, p. 399.
Cape Cod to Eastern and Western Florida. Common in Vineyard
Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, in 3 to 12 fathoms, shelly. Off New Lon-
don, Connecticut (coll. T. M. Prudden),

Dr. P. P. Carpenter informs me that this species belongs to the genus
Chetopleura of Gray (non Adams).

662 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISIT AND FISHERIES,

TRACHYDERMON RUBER Carpenter. Plate XXV, fig. 166.
Chiton ruber Lowe, Zool. Journ., vol. ii, p. 101, Plate 5, fig. 2 (t. Gould); Gould,
Invert., ed. i, p. 149, fig. 24; ed. ii, p. 260, fig. 523. Leptochiton ruber H. and
A. Adams, Genera, voli, p. 473; this Report, p. 399.

Off New London, Connecticut, to the Arctic Ocean and northern
coasts of Europe. Rare and local in the colder outer waters south of
Cape Cod. Off New London, § fathoms; off Watch Hill, 5 fathoms.
Stonington (Linsley). Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy,
from low-water mark to 40 fathoms.

Dr. Carpenter assures me that this species should be referred to
Trachydermon.

Linsley records “ Chiton fulminatus Couth.” (= C. marmoreus Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 261, fig. 524) as from cod-fish taken off Stonington, Con-
necticut, but as it has not been confirmed from south of Cape Cod, this
must be regarded as a doubtful identification. This species is found
from Massachusetts Bay northward to the Arctic Ocean and northern
coasts of Europe. It is common in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water
mark to 40 fathoms, on ‘‘nullipore” (Lithothamnion).

“ Chiton albus” (= Trachydermon albus, t. Carpenter) has been men-
tioned as from this region, but probably erroneously. White specimens
of C. apiculata are often mistaken for it, when superficially examined.
The genuine albus is a northern species, with about the same distribution
as the preceding. It is abundant in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water
to 80 fathoms.

PULMONATA.
MELAMPUS BIDENTATUS Say. Plate XXV, figs. 169, 169a. (p. 463.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 245, 1822; Gonld, Invert., ed.
li, p. 467, fig. 721. Auricula bidentata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 117, fig. 131. Me-
lampus corneus Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 51, 1851.

Massachusetts Bay to Florida, and along the northern shores of the
Gulf of Mexico to Texas. Very common on the shores of Vineyard
Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Long Island, and Long Island Sound. Fossil in
the Post-Pliocene of South Carolina.

ALEXIA MYOSOTIS Pfeiffer. Plate X XV, fig. 168. (p. 383.)

Pfeiffer, Mon. Auric. Viv., p. 148, (t. Binney); Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 463, figs.
718,719. Auricula myosotis Draparnaud, Tabl. Moll. Fr., p. 53. Auricula den-
ticulata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 199, fig. 129 (non Montfort).

New Jersey to Nova Scotia; also on the Atlantic and Mediterranean
coasts of Europe. It is common at Eastport, Maine ; Portland, Maine;
and at the mouth of West River, near New Haven, Connecticut; also
near New York City.

TECTIBRANCHIATA.
BULLA SOLITARIA Say. Plate XXV, fig. 161. (p. 371.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 245, 1822; Binney’s Say, p.
84; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 162, fig. 92; ed. ii, p. 222, fig. 513. Bulla insculpta
Totten, American Journ. Science, vol. xxviii, p. 350, fig. 4, 1835.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. Common in the muddy lagoons

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 663

and salt-ponds along the shores of Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay,
and Long Island Sound. Abundantin a small pond near Holmes’ Hole;
in New Haven Harbor, in ditches near Fort Hale.
CYLICHNA ORYZA Stimpson. Plate XXV, fiz. L6£ (p. 432.)
Smithsonian Check List, p. 4, 1850; Gould, Invert., el. ii, p. 221, fig. 512. Bulla
oryza Totten, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xxviii, p. 350, fiz. 5, 1835; Gould,
Invert., ed. i, p. 163, fig. 93.

Cape Cod to South Carolina. Not uncomm).a in Vineyard Sound,
Buzzard’s Bay, and Long Island Sound. This species was recorded as
from Casco Bay by Dr. Mighels, but as this habitat has not been con-
firmed subsequently, it was probably based on an erroneous ideutifica-
tion. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson).

CYLICHNA ALBA Lovén. Plate XXV, fig. 163. (p. 508.)

Ofversigt af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandlingar, vol. iii, p. 142, 1845; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 220, fig. 511. Volvaria alba Brown, Ill. Conch. G. B., iii, p.
3, figs. 43,44. Bulla triticea Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 83,
Plate 2, fig. 8, 1838; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 165, fig. 98.

Near Block Island, northward to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts
of Hurope to Bergen ; and on the northwest coast of America, south to
Sitka. - Fossilin the Post-Pliocene of Canada and Great Britain.

Most of the specimens of this shell dredged in the Bay of Fundy are
opaque, yellowish brown or chestnut color, but those from Casco Bay
are nearly all clear white and translucent, although of equal size.

UTRICULUS CANALICULATUS. Plate XXV, fig. 160. (p. 432.)
Stimpson, Smithsonian Check-List, p. 4, 1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 219, fig.
510. Volvaria canaliculata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol.
v, p. 211, 1826; Binney’s Say, p. 121. Bulla canaliculata Gould, Invert., ed. 1,
p. 166, fig. 97. Tornatina canaliculata H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. [5.
Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. Common in Buzzard’s Bay and
Vineyard Sound, in 2 to 8 fathoms; less common in Long Island Sound.
Fort Macon, North Carolina, abundant, (Dr. Yarrow). Fossil in the
Post-Pliocene of North and South Carolina; and the Pliocene of South

Carolina.

AMPHISPHYRA DEBILIS Verrill. Plate X XV, fig. 162. (p. 432.)
Bulla debilis Gould, Amer. Journ. Science, ser. i, vol. xxxviii, p. 196, 1840; In-
vert., ed. i, p. 164, fig. 95, 1841. Diaphana debilis Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 216,.
fig. 507. Bulla pellucida Brown, 1844. Amphisphyra pellucida Lovén, op. cit.,
p. 143, 1846. Bulla hyalina Turton, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 353, 1834, (t-
Jettreys), (non Gmelin).

Cape Cod to the Arctic Ocean ; and on the northern coasts of Europe,
southward to Great Britain, Madeira, ete. Stonington, Connecticut,
from stomach of cod (Linsley). Not uncommon in Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, and northward, in 6 to 50 fathoms. Very rare south of Cape
Cod. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada, Great Britain, Norway, and
Sweden.

664 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ACTZON PUNCTO-STRIATA Stimpson. Plate X XV, fig. 165.
Shells of New England, p. 51,1851; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p.5. Tor-
natella puncto-striata C. B. Adams, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 323,
Plate 3, fig. 9, 1840; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 245, fig. 188; ed. ii, p. 224, fig. 515.
Cape Cod to South Carolina. Vineyard Sound, and Buzzard’s Bay,
not uncommon; Long Island Sound, rare; Huntington and Greenport,
Long Island (S. Smith).

DORIDELLA Verrill.

Body smooth, oval, convex. Dorsal tentacles retractile, without
sheaths. Head prominent, the lateral angles prolonged anteriorly as
short oral palpi or tentacles. Foot broad, cordate. Branchiz tufted,
situated near the posterior end, on the right side, in the groove between
the mantle and foot.

DORIDELLA OBSCURA Verrill. Plate XXV, figs.173 a,b. (p. 400.)
American Journal of Science, vol. 1, p. 408, figs. 2, 3, November, 1870.

Body broad oval, 7.5™™ long and 5™™ broad; back convex, smooth.
Foot broad, cordate in front. Oral disk broad, emarginate or with con-
cave outline in front; the angles somewhat produced, forming short,
obtusely pointed, tentacle-like organs, which in extension project beyond
the front edge of the mantle. Dorsal tentacles small, stout, retractile.
The branchie consist of a tuft of slender filaments, usually concealed
by the edge of the foot. Color of body dark brown, lighter toward the
edge, as if covered with nearly confluent blackish or brown spots, the
whitish ground-color showing between them; foot, oral disk, and dorsal
tentacles white ; the central part of the body, beneath, with a three-lobed
yellow spot due to the internal organs. Young specimens are flesh-
color or yellowish brown above, specked with darker brown.

Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound to Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey. Savin Rock, at low-water, under stones; off South End, 4 to 5
fathoms, shelly.

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

DoRIS BIFIDA Verrill. Plate X XV, fig. 176. (page 307:)
American Journal of Science, vol. 1, p. 406, 1870.

Outline broad oval, widest anteriorly, about 25™" long by 12™™ broad,
in extension ; back very convex, mantle covered with numerous, scat-
tered, small but prominent, pointed papille. Tentacles rather long,
thickest in the middle, the outer half strongly plicated with about twenty
folds, but with a smooth tip, the base surrounded by small papille.
Gills retractile into a single cavity, united together by a partial web,
deeply frilled, much subdivided, bipinnate, the subdivisions fine and
slender. Foot very broad, in extension projecting back beyond the
mantle about a quarter of an inch, slightly tapering, rounded and
slightly notched at theend. Oral disk or veil crescent-shaped, the front

-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 665

a little prominent, the sides extended backward, and forming a curve
continuous with that of the foot.

Color purplish brown, sprinkled with white specks; tentacles deep
brown, specked with white, tips yellowish; gills purplish at base, the
edges and tips usually yellow; foot similar in color to mantle, but
lighter.

Long Island Sound, at Savin Rock, near New Haven, to Eastport,
Maine, under stones, at low-water mark.

ONCHIDORIS PALLIDA Verrill. (p. 495.)
American Journal of Science, vol. 1, p. 403, 1870; vol. ili, p. 212, 1872. Doris
pallida Ag. MSS.; Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 26, 1853; Gould, In-
vert., ed. li, p. 229, Plate 20, figs. 284, 287, 288, 291.

Off Cuttyhunk Island; Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Bay of
Fundy. In Eastport Harbor, not unsommon, from low-water mark to
30 fathoms.

POLYCERA LESSONII D’Orbigny. (p. 400.)
Magazine de Zo6l., vol. vii, p. 5, Plate 105 (t. Gould) ; Alder and Hancock, Brit,
Nud. Moll., Fam. 1, Plate 24; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 226, Plate 17, figs.
242--248. Doris illuminata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 4, 1841.

Long Island Sound to Labrador; European coasts, from Sweden to
France and Great Britain. Savin Rock, near New Haven, Connecticut,
at low-water, and off South End in 4 to 5 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode
Island, 3 to6 fathoms. Common iu Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from
low-water mark to 20 fathoms. :

DENDRONOTUS ARBORESCENS Ald. and Hancock. (p. 495.)

British Nud. Moll., Fam. 3, Plate 3, 1850 ; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 234, Plate 22,
figs. 311-313. Doris arborescens Miiller, ZoGl. Dan. Prod., p. 229, 1776; Fabri-
cius, Fauna Groénl., p. 346, 1780. Tritonia arborescens Cuvier ; Gould, Invert.,
ed.i, p. 5. Tritonia Reynoldsii Couthouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p-
74, Plate 2, figs. 1-4, 1838.

Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4to5 fathoms, common on Laminaria
among Obelic ; northward to Greenland; on the European coasts south
to Great Britain and France; Sitka (Middendorff), Very common in
the Bay of Fundy and Casco Bay, from above low-water mark to 60
fathoms. Rare and local south of Massachusetts Bay.

Doro CoRoNATA Lovén. Plate XXV, fig. 170. (p. 400.)
Arch. Scand. Nat., p. 151 (t. Stimpson); Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férhand-
lingar, vol. iii, p. 159, 1846; Alder and Hancock, Brit. Nud. Moll., Fam. 3,
Plate 6; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 236, Plate 16, figs. 233-237. Doris coronata
Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3105, 1790.

New Jersey to Labrador ; on the northern European coasts, southward
to Great Britain, Holland, and France. Great E gg Harbor, New Jersey,
1 fathom, (A. E. V. and 8. I. Smith); Long Island Sound, near New
Haven; off Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard ; off Wateh Hill, Rhode Isl.
and, 4 to 5 fathoms, on Obelia. Common in Massachusetts Bay, Casco
Bay, and Bay of Fundy, from low-water mark. to 15 fathoms.

666 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ALZOLIS PAPILLOSA Lovén. (p. 499.)
Ofvers. af Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. iii, p. 139, 1846 ; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.
238, fig.518, and Plate 18, figs. 257-263. Limax papillosus Linné, Syst. Nat., ed.
xii, vol. i, p. 1082, 1767. -olis farinacea Gould, MSS.; Stimpson, Invert.
Grand Manan, p. 25, 1853.

Rhode Island to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to
Great Britain. Rare south of Cape Cod; Watch Hill, among roots of
Laminarie ; very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from above
low-water mark to 20 fathoms.

AVOLIS, OR MONTAGUA. Species undetermined. (p. 495.)

A species about an inch long, with bright red, fusiform branchi, ar-
ranged in seven or eight transverse clusters on each side. Foot with
prominent and acute auricles anteriorly.

Off Gay Head, 4 to 5 fathoms, rocks.

MONTAGUA PILATA Verrill. (p. 383.) A Plate XX vV £4 124

AHolis pilata Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 243, Plate 19, fies. 270, 277, 279, 231, 1870:
Holidia pilata, this Report, p. 383. (See errata.)
Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Abundant in New Haven
Harbor, on piles of Long Wharf.

MONTAGUA VERMIFERA Verrill.
DHolis vermiferus 8, Smith, Annals Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. ix, p. 391, 1870.

Greenport, Long Island (Smith). Long Island Sound, off Thimble
Islands, 4 to 5 fathoms, among rocks.

The specimens from Thimble Islands differ somewhat from the original
description. They were about kalf an inch long; moderately stout;
the foot lanceolate, rapidly tapered posteriorly to a point, but not pro-
duced far beyond the branchiz, nor slender-pointed; anteriorly the
angles are somewhat produced, triangular, and pointed, their length
equal to about half the breadth of the foot. Head rounded ; tentacles
rather stout, obtuse; the oral longer than the dorsal ones; the latter
are transversely wrinkled. The branchial papille are fusiform, moder-
ately stout, obtuse, arranged in about twelve transverse rows on each
side, forming six clusters, the two rows forming each cluster separated
by a narrow elliptical naked space, narrower than the spaces between
the clusters; in each anterior row there are six or seven papille,
the upper ones larger, the lowest short and blunt. Foot translucent,
white, with a flake-white streak on the upper side posteriorly ; body pale
yellowish, minutely specked with greenish and flake-white ; back of the
dorsal tentacles there is, on each side, an orange patch, and there
are others along the back; papille dark brown internally, irregu-
larly specked with flake-white externally, forming toward the end an
ill-defined white ring; the extreme tips are white; tentacles similar in
color to the body.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 667

MonrTAGUA GOULDII Verrill, sp. nov.

Body elongated, rather slender; foot with the anterior angles only
slightly prominent, and obtusely rounded; posteriorly it tapers gradu-
ally to an elongated slender point. Tentacles long, slender, not serrate,
the dorsal ones a little longer than the oral; eyes smail, black ; branchial
papillz fusiform, moderately stout, grouped in eight or more tranverse
rows on each side, the rows being grouped two by two, so as to form
transverse clusters, with two rows each, the rows of the clusters being
separated by spaces narrower than those between the clusters. Color
of body light yellow or tinged with pale orange; tentacles pale orange,
with a flake-white stripe on the posterior surface; branchial papillee
dark brown or reddish brown internally, with a ring of opaque white
close to the tips.

Length about 20™.

Off Thimble Island, in 4 to5 fathoms, with the preceding species.

This is nearly allied to W. Mananensis Stimpson, but the angles of the
foot are less produced and not acute, and the proportions of the tenta-
cles are different. Dr. Gould seems to have confounded this species
with MJ. diversa (Molis diversa Couth.), and one of his figures (Plate
19, fig. 280) apparently represents this species; but certainly does not
represent M. dwersa, which was originally described and figured as hay-
ing the oral tentacles longer than the dorsals (See Gould’s figs. 267, 268,
copied from Couthouy.)

CORYPHELLA GYMNOTA Verrill.

Lolis ( Tergipes) gymnota Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 69, Plate 1.
fic. 3, 1838; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 7; ed. ii, p. 249, Plate 16, figs. 238-241.
Montagua gymnota H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 74. Cavolina gymnota,
this Report, p. 383. (See errata.)

Wood’s Hole to Boston, Massachusetts.

TERGIPES DESPECTUS Adams. (p. 495.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 76, 1858. Holidia despecta Johnston, Loud.
Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. viii. p. 378, fig. 35°. Wolis despecta Alder and Hancock,
Brit. Nud. Moll., Fam. 3, Plate 37. olis (Tergipes) despecta Gould, Invert.,

ed. ii, p. 248, Plate 16, figs. 222-225.

Stonington, Connecticut, to Bay of Fundy and northward; northern
coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Watch Hill, 4 to 5 fathoms, on
Laminaria, among hydroids, abundant; Casco Bay; Eastport Harbor.

HERM AA CRUCIATA A. Agassiz, MSS. Plate 25., fig. 175.
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 253, Plate 17, fig. 256.

Naushon Island (A. Agassiz).

ELYSIA CHLOROTICA Gould. Plate XXV, fig. 172. (p. 480.)
Invert., ed. ii, p. 255, Plate 17, figs. 251-255, 1870.
' Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in pools on salt-marsh at low-water
(A. E. V. and 8. I. Smith). Cambridge, Massachusetts (Agassiz).

668 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ELYSIELLA CATULUS Verrill. Plate XXV, fig. 171. (p. 480.)
American Journ. Science, vol. iii, p. 284, Plate 7, figs. 5, 58, 1872. Placobranchus
catulus Agassiz, MSS.; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 256, Plate 17, figs. 249, 250,
1870.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Massachusetts Bay. New Haven
Harbor and Wood’s Hole, among eel-grass, common.

Je AW ae OW (OUD) ANG
GYMNOSOMATA.

CLIONE PAPILLONACEA Pallas. (p. 444.)

Spicil. Zodl., x, p. 37, Plate 1, figs. 18, 19, (?) 1774. Clio limacina Phipps, Voyage
to North Pole, p. 195, 1774 (t. Gould). Clio retusa Miiller, Prod. Zo6l. Dan., 2742,
1776 (non Linné); Fabricius, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 334, 1780 (description ex-
cellent). Clio borealis Brugiere, Encyc. Meth., Vers., i, p. 502, 1792 (t. Gould).
Clione borealis Gray, Brit. Mus. Pteropoda, p. 36, 1850; Stimpson, Shells of New
England, p. 27, 1851; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. i, p. 62, Plate 7, fig. 7.
Clione limacina Stimpson, Smithsonian Check-Lists, p. 4, 1860; Binney in Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 507, fig. 754 (poor). Clio Miquelonensis Rang, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
ser. 1, Vol. v, p. 285, Plate 7, fio. 2, 1825.

New York to the Arctic Ocean; on the northern coasts of Europe
south to Great Britain. OffsStonington; Connecticut (A. E. V. and D.
C. Eaton); Vineyard Sound (V. N. Edwards); Portland, Maine (C. B.
Fuller). ;

The synonymy of this species has been greatly and unnecessarily con-
fused. The Clio retusa of Linné was a southern Pteropod, having a tri-
quetral shell. In a foot-note on page 1094 of the twelfth edition of the
Systema Nature, he states that he had not seen the genus Clio, but
adopts it from Brown. He gives three species mentioned by Brown, all
having shells.

THECOSOMATA.
STYLIOLA VITREA Verrill. Plate XXV, fig. 178. (p. 443.)
American Journ. Science, vol. iii, p. 234, Plate 6, fig. ip 1872.

Shell smooth, polished, diaphanous, almost glassy, long conical, rather
slender, slightly curved toward the acute apex; animal white ; locomo-
tive organs obovate, with the end broadly rounded, and bearing
slender tapering tentacle-like processes near the middle of the anterior
edge; intermediate lobe short, rounded in front.

Length of shell, 11.5™™; diameter, 2™™.

Taken among Salpa, off Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard, in the after-
noon, September 9, 1871.

Several other species of this and other related genera were taken by
Messrs. 8. I. Smith and Oscar Harger, off Saint George’s Bank, in 1872,
on the United States steamer Bache. These may occasionally occur
also in the vicinity of Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 669

CAVOLINA TRIDENTATA. Plate XXYV, fig. 177. (p. 444.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. 1, p. 51, Plate 6, figs. 1, 1"; Verrill, op. cit., p. 284.

rer

Anomia tridentata Forskal, Fauna Arab., p. 124, 1775; Icon., Plate 40, fig. b,
(t. Lamarck). Hyalea cornea Lamarck, Syst. des Anim., p. 140, 1801. Hyalea
tridentata Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vii, p. 415.
Mediterranean Sea and the warmer parts of the Atlantic. The shells
were dredged off Martha’s Vineyard, at two localities, in 19 and 22
fathoms.

DIACRIA TRISPINOSA Gray. (p. 444.)
British Museum Pteropoda; H. and A. Adams, Genera, i, p. 52, Plate 6, fig. 28;
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 504. Hyalewa trispinosa Lesueur, in Blainville, Dict.
des Sci. Nat., vol. xxii, p. 82, 1824; Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. ii, p.
380, Plate 5, fig. 3; Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 27.

Gulf Stream and warmer parts of the Atlantic generally. Occa-

sionally cast ashore at Nantucket (Stimpson).

SPIRIALIS GOULDIT Stimpson. (p. 443.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. fiv, p. 8, 1851; Shells of New England, p. 27,
Plate 1, fig. 4. Heterofusus balea and H. retroversus Binney, in Gould, Invert.,
ed. ii, p. 505, Plate 27, figs. 345-349, (not of European writers). Spirialis
Flemingii A. Agassiz, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 14, 1865, (not of
Forbes). Heterofusus Alexandri Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 281,
1872 (young).

Near Naushon Island and Nahant, Massachusetts (A. Agassiz).
Twenty miles off No Man’s Land, in stomach of herring, (S. I. Smith).
Off Saint George’s Bank, in Gulf Stream, (S. I. Smith and O. Harger),
The identity of this species with the Limacina balea Moller, of Green-
land, is very questionable. The description of the latter is brief, and
no mention is made of the spiral sculpture, which is an important char-
acter of S. Gouldii.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

DIMYARIA.

TEREDO NAVALIS Linné. Plate XXVI, fig. 183. Plate X XVII, fig.

186. (pp. 384, 482.)

Systema Nature, ed. xii, p. 1267,1767; Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol.
xiv, p. 468, 1862; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 28, fig. 355; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch.,
vol, iii, p. 171.

Coast of United States, from Florida to Vineyard Sound; coasts of
Europe, from Sweden (Christiania) and Great Britain to Sicily; Algeria
and the Black Sea (Jeffreys); Senegal. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ;
New Haven Harbor, in piles of wharves; Wood’s Hole, in piles of
wharf; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, in cedar buoys.

This is the most abundant species on our Atlantic coast, south of
Massachusetts Bay, where it also probably occurs.

670 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

TEREDO MEGOTARA Hanley. Plate XX VII, fig. 188. (p. 387.)
Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Conch., vol. i, p. 77, Plate 1, figs. 1,2; Plate 18, figs. 1,
2; vol. iv, p. 247; Tryon, op. cit., p. 466, 1862; Jeffreys op. cit., p. 1765
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 30, fig. 357.

Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. Common in floating drift-
wood, in the North Atlantic; north to Greenland, Iceland, and Spitz-
bergen; coasts of Scandinavia and Great Britain. Fossil in the Post-
Pliocene of Scandinavia.

TEREDO THOMSONII Tryon. Plate X XVII, fig.187. (p. 387.)
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. xv, p. 28, Plate 2, figs. 3, 4, 5, 1863;
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 31, fig. 358.
New Bedford, Massachusetts, in cedar buoys (Tryon). Provincetown,
Massachusetts, in whale-ship (Atwood).

TEREDO DILATATA Stimpson. .
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 113, 1851; Shellsof New England, p. 26;
Tryon, op. cit., p. 464, 1862; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 32, fig. 359.
Massachusetts to South Carolina (Tryon). Cape Ann, in buoys,
(Stimpson). Provincetown, Massachusetts (Gould). Greenport, Long
Island (S. Smith). I have not met with this species south of Cape Cod.

XYLOTRYA FIMBRIATA Jeffreys. Plate X XVII, fig. 189. (p. 387.)
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. vi, p. 126, 1860 ; Tryon, op. cit., p. 478;
1862; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 34, fig. 361. Teredo palmulata Forbes and
Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. i. p. 86, Plate 2, figs. 9-11, (non Lamarck). Xyl-
, otrya palmulata Stimpson, Check-List, p. 3, 1860 ; Perkins, Proc. Boston Soe.
Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 141, 1869.

Long Island Sound to Florida ; Pacifie coast, at the Straits of Fuea ;
Europe. In an old submerged wreck near New Haven. From the hull
of the “ Peterhoff,” used in the blockade of the southern coast during the
late war. Frequent in vessels from foreign ports.

PHOLAS TRUNCATA Say. Plate XXVIIL. fig. 200. (p. 372.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, ser. i, vol. ii, p. 321, 1822; Binney’s Say,
p- 107; Hanley, Recent Shells, p. 6, Plate 9, fig. 26; Tryon, op. cit., p. 202;
Gouid, Invert., ed. ii, p. 38, fig. 364.

Vineyard Sound to Florida. Payta, Peru (Tryon). Common on the

shores of Long Island Sound, near New Haven. The large specimens —

from Sable Island (Gould), mentioned by T'ryon, were not this species,
but Z. crispata.

PHOLAS COsTATA Linné. (p. 433.)
Systema Nature, ed. xii, p. 1111, 1762 ; Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila-
delphia, xiv, p. 201, 1862 ; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 37, fig. 363.

Caribbean Sea to Buzzard’s Bay. Southern Europe (Linné). New
Bedford Harbor, living, (Gould); Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, dead

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 671

shells dredged, (A. E. V.); Long Island Sound. Atlantic City, New
Jersey (Tyron). Specimens from the east and west coasts of Florida ;
and from near Vera Cruz, Mexico (coll., Mr. Salt), are also in the
museum of Yale College.

ZIRPH HA CRISPATA MOrch, 1853. (p. 433.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 327, Plate 89, figs. 5, 5a, 1858; Tryon, op.
cit., p. 211, 1862. Pholas crispata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1111,1767 ;
Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 27. Zirfwa crispata Gray, Figures of Moll. Anim.,
Plate 338, fig. 5, and 339, fig. 5, 1857 ; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. ii, vol.
viii, p. 385, 1851 ; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 39, fig. 365.

Stonington, Connecticut, to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; Iceland; north-
ern coasts of Europe, south to France, and the southern coasts of Great
Britain ; west coast of North America, south to California. Charles-
ton, South Carolina (Stimpson, t. Gould). New Jersey (t. Gould).
Wood’s Hole, dead shells dredged, (A. E. V.). Common in Casco Bay,
in 10 to 20 fathoms, perforating hard clay and sunken but sound wood ;
also in the Bay of Fundy, in8 to 70 fathoms, in hard clay. Mr. C. B.
Fuller has obtained fine large specimens in submerged tree-stumps at
extreme low-water mark on Jewell’s Island, Casco Bay. Fossil in the
Post-Pliocene of Maine, Scandinavia ; and in the Coralline and Red
Crags of Great Britain. Its occurrence at Charleston, South Carolina,
needs confirmation.

Martesia cuneiformis Gray, 1851; Tryon, op. cit., p. 219. Pholas cunet-
formis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pailad., vol. ii, p. 322, 1822.

This species was found by Mr. Perkins in oyster-shells, near New
Haven, but it was probably brought from farther south (Maryland or
Virginia) in the oysters. It inhabits the coasts of Florida and the
West Indies.

Diplothyra Smithii Tryon, op. cit., p. 450, 1862.

This species was described from specimens found in oyster-shells at
Staten Island, where they were supposed to have lived. If really indig-
enous there, it may be expected to occur in Long Island Sound.

SAXICAVA ARCTICA Deshays. Plate X XVII, fig. 192. (p. 309.)

Elem. Conch., Plate xii, figs. 8, 9 (t. Gould) ; Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll, vol.
i, p. 141, Plate 6, figs. 4-6; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 89, fig. 397. Mya arctica
Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1113, 1767. Mytilus rugosus Linné, Syst. Nat.,
ed. xii, p. 1156. Saxicava rugosa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vi, p,
152; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 87; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. iii, p. 81. Mytilus
pholadis Linné, Mant. Plant., p. 548. Saricava pholadis Lamarck, op. cit., vol,
vi, p. 152. (?) Savxicava distorta Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 318,
1822; Gould, ed. i, p. 62.

Georgia and South Carolina to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of
Europe to the Mediterranean; Pacific Coast of America, south to Santa
Barbara, California. Various other parts of the world are given as locali-
ties by different authors. On our coast this shell is very common from
Massachusetts Bay to Labrador, occurring from low-water mark to 50

672 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fathoms or more. In Casco Bay it is extremely abundant in rocky, cay-
ernous pools, among the ledges at low-water mark, and mostly attached
by a byssus, associated with Modiola modiolus. I also found specimens
in 10 to 15 fathoms, perforating recent and sound shells of Cyprina
Islandica. In the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, near Anticosti Island, where
limestone abounds, I have found it burrowing in the limestone in large
numbers. South of Cape Cod it is far less abundant, though not un-
common in Long Island Sound. Var. distorta (Say) is common from
Fort Macon to Georgia, and is possibly a distinct species. Fossil in the
Post-Pliocene of Maine, New Brunswick, Canada, Anticosti, Labrador,
Seandinavia, and Great Britain; in the Coralline and Red Crags of Eng-
land, ete. Var. distorta is found in the Miocene of Maryland.

MYA ARENARIA Linné. Plate X XVI, fig. 179. (pp. 357, 463.)
Systema Nature, ed. xii, p. 1112, 1767; Gould, Invert., ed. i, pp. 40, 359; ed. ii, p.
55, fig. 375. Mya mercenaria and M, acuta Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila-
delphia, vol. ii, p. 313, 1822. ‘

South Carolina to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Kurope, south
to England and France; northeastern coast of Asia, south to China and
Japan (Hakodadi). Sitka (Middendorff). South Carolina (Gibbs). Fort
Macon, North Carolina (Dr. Yarrow). Comparatively scarce south of
Cape Hatteras. Very abundant from New Jersey northward, both in
brackish estuaries and on the open coasts. Particularly large and fine in
Long Island Sound (see p. 463). Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from
half-tide mark to 40 fathoms, those dredged being all young. Fossil in
the Post-Pliocene of Scandinavia, Greenland, Labrador, Canada, New
England, Virginia, South Carolina, ete.; in the Red-Crag and all later
formations in Great Britain ; and in the Miocene of Virginia.

CORBULA CONTRACTA Say. Plate X XVII, fig. 191. (p. 418.)

Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 312, 1822; Gould, Invert.,
ed. i, p. 43, fig. 37; ed. ii, p. 60, fig. 377.

Cape Cod to Florida. Common, living, in Vineyard Sound and Buz-
zard’s Bay, in 5 to 19 fathoms; Long Island Sound, near New Haven,
not uncommon in shallow water. Georgia (Couper). Fossil in the
Post-Pliocene of Virginia, North and South Carolina ; and in the Plio-
cene of South Carolina. <A closely related species oceurs in the Mio-
cene of Maryland.

LYONSIA HYALINA Conrad. Plate XXVLI, fig. 194. (p. 358.)
American Marine Conchology, p.51, Plate 11, fig. 2, 1831; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.
64, fig. 380. Mya hyalina Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. vi,
p. 261, Plate 11, fig. 12, 1831. Osteodesma hyalina Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat.

Hist., vol. ii, p. 166, 1839; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 46, fig. 31.

Florida to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Long Island Sound,
Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and
Bay of Fundy ; low-water mark to 30 fathoms; Beaufort, North Carolina

(Coues).

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 673

CLIDIOPHORA TRILINEATA Carpenter. Plate XX VII, fig. 193. (p. 418.)
Proc. Zoél. Soc., London, 1864, p. 597 ; Mollusks of W. N. America, p. 226. Pan-
dora trilineata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 261,

1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 44; ed. ii, p. 62, fig. 379.

Florida to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Long Island Sound ;
off Block Island, 29 fathoms ; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound; Casco
Bay; and Bay of Fundy; low water mark to 30 fathoms; Great Egg °
Harbor, New Jersey, 1 fathom. Beaufort, North Carolina (Coues, Yar-
row). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Virginia and South Carolina; and in
the Pliocene of South Carolina. <A closely-related form, C. crassidens
(Conrad, sp.), occurs in the Miocene of Virginia.

PERIPLOMA PAPYRACEA Verrill. Plate X XVII, fig. 197. (p. 509.)
Amer. Journal Science, vol. iii, pp. 213, 285, Plate 7, figs. 1, 12, 1> (animal and
hinge), 1872. Anatina papyratia Say, op. cit., p. 514, 1822. Anatlina papyracea
Gould, Invert.,ed. i, p. 47, fig. 28; ed. ii, p. 66, fig. 382. Anatina fragilis
Totten (name provisional), Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xxviii, p. 347, fig. 1, 1835.

New Jersey to Labrador. Anticosti Island (A. EK. V.); not uncommon
jn Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 10 to 100 fath-
oms. Less frequent south of Cape Cod; off Block Island, in 29 fathoms,
(A. S. Packard); Newport, Rhode Island (Totten); Greenport, Long
Island (S. Smith). Chateau Bay, Labrador (Packard).

This species, when young, is liable to be confounded with Thracia
myopsis Beck = T. Couthouyi Stimpson (see Plate X XVII, fig. 196), but
they are easily distinguished by the structure of the hinge. The latter
occurs in Massachusetts Bay, Bay of Fundy, ete., northward to Green-
land, but has not been recorded from south of Cape Cod.

CocHLopESMA LEANUMCouthouy. Plate XXVIL fig. 198. (p. 418.)

‘Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 170, 1839; Stimpson, Shells of New England,

p. 22; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 49, figs. 29, 30; ed. ii, p. 68, fig. 383. Anatina

Leana Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vol. vi, p. 263, Plate 11, fig. 11, 1831.

North Carolina to the Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Vineyard Sound and

Long Island Sound, not uncommon in 3 to 10 fathoms; Casco Bay and

Hastport, Maine, rarely obtained alive; banks off Nova Scotia (Willis) ;

Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith and O. Harger). <A: related species,

C. antiquatum (Periploma antiquata Conrad), oecurs in the Miocene of
Virginia.

THRACIA CONRADI Couthouy. (p. 426.)
Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 153, Plate 4, fig. 2, 1839; Gould, Invert.,
ed. i, p. 50; ed. ii, p. 69, fig. 384. Thracia declivis Conrad, Amer. Mar. Conch.,
p-. 44, Plate 9, fig. 2, 1831 (not of Pennant).

Long Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fath-
oms; Casco Bay, 6 to 15 fathoms; Frenchman’s Bay, near Mount Des-
ert, Maine, 3 to 8 fathoms. Hastport, Maine, in 6 fathoms, and Grand
Menan (Stimpson) ; Nahant, Massachusetts (Haskell); Rhode Island

S. Mis. 61 43

674 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

and Buzzard’s Bay (Gould); Labrador (Packard). Fossil in the Post-
Pliocene (Leda-clay) at Saco, Maine (Fuller).

This species burrows so deeply in the mud or sand that it is seldom
taken alive with the dredge.

THRACIA TRUNCATA Mighels and Adams. Plate X XVII, fig. 195. (pi
509.) ;
Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 32, Plate 4, fig. 1, 1842; Gould, Invert., ed. ii,
p. 72, fig. 386.
Long Island to Greenland. Off Block Island, 29 fathoms; Casco
Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms; Bay of Fundy. Off Long Island, 37 fathoms,
(Gould). Greenland, in 60 fathoms, (Moreh).

ENSATELLA AMERICANA Verrill. Plate X XVI, fig. 182; Plate XXXII

fig. 245. (p. 356.)

American Jour. Science, vol. iil, pp. 212, 234, 1872. Solen Americanus Gould, Invert.,
ed. ii, p. 42, 1870 (provisional name). Solen ensis Gould, op. cit., ed. i, p. 28 ;
and ed. ii, p. 40 (non Linné); Dekay, Nat. Hist. New York, Moll., p. 242, Plate —
33, fig. 313. Ensis Americana H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol ii, p. 342.

Florida to Labrador. Common at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey;
Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound; Massachusetts
Bay; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; Gulf of Saint Lawrence; low-water
mark to 20 fathoms, sandy. Fort Macon, North Carolina, abundant,
(Coues). Georgia(Couper). Labrador, rare (Packard). Saint George’s
Bank (S. I. Smith).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Portland, Maine; Point Shirley, Massa-
chusetts; Nantucket; Virginia; and South Carolina; in the Pliocene
of South Carolina; and Miocene of Maryland; North and South Caro-
lina.

In this species the siphonal tubes, in mature shells, protrude about
35™™, and are united together for about half their length, beyond which
they are round and divergent, subequal. Both orifices are surrounded |
by a similar circle of numerous papille, of three sizes; the larger ones
are enlarged in the middle, acute at tips, with a large black spot on)
each side of the base; alternate with these are somewhat smaller ones
of the same form and with similar basal spots; alternating with the
primary and secondary ones are small tapering papille, less than half
the length of the longest; numerous slender tapering papille are also
scattered irregularly over the sides of the free portions of both tubes,
in some cases in irregular rows of four to six, while on the ventral side
of the branchial tube two rows of alternating papille extend along the
whole length of the siphon. The mantle is closed ventrally for most 0
its length; there is a posterior opening for the protrusion of the foot,
and a small opening just in advance of it, and another opening near the
middle of the ventral border; the latter is fringed with small conical
papille. Foot long; the end bulbous, obliquely truncated and beveled
laterally.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 675

Solen viridis Say. This species has been recorded from the southern
coast of New England by several writers (Stonington, Connecticut, Lins-
ley; Rhode Island, Conrad), but I have myself met with no authentic
New England specimens. It may, however, occur rarely and perhaps
accidentally. Itis not uncommon on the outer beach at Great Egg
Harbor, New Jersey, and farther south, to Florida.

SILIQUA COSTATA Adams. Plate XXXII, fig. 244. (p. 358.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 345, 1858. Solen costatus Say, Jour. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 315, 1822; Hanley, Recent Shells, p. 15, Plate 9, fig.
28 (non Leguminaria cosiata Schum., 1817 = Siliqua radiata Linné, sp.). Solen
Sayii Gray, Griffith’s Cuvier, xii, Plate 31, fig. 3 (t. Gould). Machwra costata
Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 34, and fig. on p. 24, 1841; ed. ii, p. 47, fig. 370.
Cape Hatteras to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Kare or local north of
Casco Bay. Not observed in the Bay of Fundy. Common in Massa-
chusetts Bay; Vineyard Sound; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.
Comparatively rare in Long Island ‘Sound, near New Haven; Fire
Island Beach, Long Island (S. I. Smith). Coney Isiand, ete. (S.
Smith). Rimouski, Gulf of Saint Lawrence, common, (Bell). Banks off
Nova Scotia (Willis). The earliest name for this genus appears to be
Siliqua Muhlfeldt, 1811. It was named Leguminaria by Schumacher in
1817, and Machera by Gould, in 1841. The latter name is, moreover,
preoccupied by Machera Cuvier, 1832.

TAGELUS GIBBUS Gray. Plate XXVI, fig. 181; Plate XXX, fig. 217.
(p. 373.)

Proe. Zool. Soc., London, xv, 1847; Dall, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii,
p- 251, 1870. Solen gibbus Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. Selks., vol. iii, p. 104, 1794
(t. Gould). Solen Guineensis Chemnitz, Conch., xi, p. 202, Plate 198, fig. 1937,
1799. Solen Caribwus Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vi, p. 58.
Solecurtus Caribeus Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 30. Solecurtus gibbus Forbes and
Hanley, Brit. Moll., vol. i, p. 267; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 43, fig. 367. “Sili-
quaria notata Schumacher, Essai d’un Nouv. Syst. des Habit. des Vers test., p.
129, Plate 7, figs. 2, 3, 1817 (not the genus Siliquaria Brug.; Lamarck, 1801).
Siliquaria gibba H. and A. Adams, Genera, p. 347, Plate 93, figs. 5, 5a, 1858.

Caribbean Sea, West Indies, and Gulf of Mexico to Cape Cod. Simi-
lar if not identical species are found on the Pacific coast of Central
America, and on the west coast of Africa. Vineyard Sound and Buz-
zard’s Bay, not uncommon; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, abundant.
Fort Macon, North Carolina, very common (Coues). Alabama (Mighels).
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Virginia, South Carolina, and Florida; in
the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene of North and South
Carolina.

The name, Siliquaria Schumacher, 1817, adopted for this genus by
several recent writers cannot be retained,’ because preoccupied by Bru-
giere, 1791, and by Lamarck (see Syst. des Anim., 1801, p. 98) fora
genus of Vermetide.

This genus is widely different from the restricted genus Solecurtus

676 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Blainv., 1824,—Macha Oken, 1835, and undoubtedly belongs to the
Tellinide, near Psammobia, as shown by the structure of the soft parts. —
(See page 373 and Plate xxvi, fig. 181).

TAGELUS DIVISUS. Plate XXX, fig. 218. (p. 435.)

Dall, op. cit., p. 251, 1870. — Solen divisus Spengler, op. cit., p. 96, 1794 (t. Gould).
Solen bidens Chemnitz, op. cit., p. 203, Plate 198, fig. 1939,1799. Solen fragilis
Pulteney, Dorset Catal., p. 23, Piate 4, fig. 5, 179° (t. Gould). Solen centralis
Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 316, 1822. Solecurtus bidens —
Forbes and Hanley, op. cit., vol. i, p. 266; Stimpson, Shells of New England,
p. 22. Solecurtus divisus Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 44, fig. 368. Macha divisa —
Gray, Catal. Brit. Moll., p. 160. Leguminaria Floridana Conrad, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sei., Philad., vol. iv, p. 121, 1848. Mesopleura bidentata Conrad, Catal.
Solenidswe, Amer. Jour. Conch., vol. iii, Appendix, p. 23, 1867.

Gulf of Mexico and West Indies to Cape Cod. Vineyard Sound and
Buzzard’s Bay, not common. Rhode Island, rather common, (Gould).
Fort Macon, North Carolina, common, (Coues). Tampa Bay, Florida,
(Conrad, Jewett).

MACOMA FRAGILIS Adams. Plate XXX, fig. 222.

H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 400, 1858.

Var, fusca = Macoma fusca Adams. (p. 399.)
Genera, vol. ii, p. 400; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 95, fig. 400. Psammobia fusca
Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. v, p. 220, 1826. Sanguinolaria fusca Con-
rad, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 34, Plate 7, fig. 1, 1831; Gould, Invert., ed. 1, p. 66,
fig. 42.

Var. fragilis.

Venus fragilis O. Fabricius, Fauna Grénlandica, p. 413, 1780. Tellina Grénlan-
dica Beck, Lyell, in Trans. Geol. Soc., London, vol. v, p. 137, Plate 16, fig. 8,
1841. Macoma Gronlandica Packard, Mem. Boston Soc., vol. i, pp. 235, 243, ete.,
1866; Dawson, Notes on Post-Pliocene Geology of Canada, p. 72, from Cana-
dian Naturalist, vol. vi, 1872. Tellina Fabrictti Hanley; Sowerby, Thesaurus, p-
112, (t. Moreh).

Georgia to Greenland. Var. fusca is abundant on the entire coast of
New England, Long Island, and New Jersey. Georgia (Say, Couper).
Var. fragilis is abundant from Long Island Sound and Massachusetts
Bay to Labrador. The two forms grade into one another insensibly.

A closely related but apparently distinct species, J. Balthica (Linné,
sp.), is abundant in the Baltic and elsewhere on the northern coasts of
Europe, and has been regarded as identical by several writers. Another
similar form, tnconspicua (Sowerby), occurs on the northwest coast of
America, but is regarded as distinet by Dr. P. P. Carpenter and others,

As a fossil, var. fragilis is abundant in the Post-Pliocene deposits of
New England, New Brunswick, Canada, Labrador, and Greenland; var. —
fusca occurs in the Post-Pliocene of New England, Virginia, North Caro-
lina, and South Carolina.

§
INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 677

MACOMA SABULOSA Morch.

Tellina (Macoma) sabulosa Mérch, in Naturh. Bidrag til Beskr. af Grénland, p.
90,1857. Tellina sabulosa Spengler, Skrivt. Nat., vol. iv, part 2,1798. Tellina
prozima Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, p. 154, Plate 44, fig. 4,1839, Tellina
sordida Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 59, Plate 3, fig. 11, 1839.
Sanguinolaria sordida Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 67, 1841. Tellina lata Lovén,
Ofvers. af Kong]. Vet.-Akad., Férhand., vol. xi, p. 195, 1846 (not Tellina lata
Gmelin, 1790, which is a Thracia, t. Méreh). Tellina calearea Lyell, Phil.
Trans., 1835 (not Chemnitz, 17382==a Mactra, t. Morch). Macoma proxima
Gould, ed. ii, p. 95, fig. 401; this Report, p. 503. Macoma calearea Adams 3
Dawson, op. cit., p. 73.

Connecticut to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe; North
Pacific ; south on the coast of Asia to Hakodadi, Japan; and, perhaps
(as M. expansa, a doubtful variety), on the west coast of America south
to Puget Sound. Off Block Island, in 29 fathoms, rare; Casco Bay, 3
to 60 fathoms, not uncommon; Quahog Bay, Maine, 5 to 5 fathoms, soft
mud, large and abundant; Bay of Fundy, 4 to 80 fathoms. Stonington
and Stratford, Connecticut (Linsley); Saint George’s Bank (S. I.
Smith). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Maine, New Brunswick, Canada,
Labrador, Scandinavia, and Great Britain.

The Tellina tenera Leach, 1818 (non Say), has been regarded as a
synonym of this species by most writers; Mérch considers it identical
with M. fragilis.

ANGULUS TENER. Plate X XVI, fig. 180; Plate XXX, fig. 223. (p. 358.)
Tellina (Angulus) tenera H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 398, 1858. <Angw-
lus tener Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 290, Plate 6, figs.1, 1a,
1872. Tellina tenera Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 303, 1822;
Hanley, Recent Shells, p. 65, Plate 9, fig. 38; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 68, fig. 44;

ed. ii, p. 97, fig. 403. ;

Florida to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common on the coast of New
Jersey, Long Island, Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound,
Massachusetts Bay; less common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy.
Gaspé, Canada (Dawson). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues). A
closely-allied form (A declivis = Tellina declivis Conrad, Journ. Acad.
N. Se., Phil., vol. vii, p. 131) occurs in the Miocene of Virginia.

ANGULUS TENELLUS Verrill. Plate XXX, fig. 224.
Angulus modestus Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, pp. 210, 285, Plate
6, figs. 2, 2a, 1872; this Report, p.418, (non Carpenter, 1864).

Shell smooth, shining, more or less iridescent, with very fine concen-
trie strive. Form similar to that of A. tener, but more oblong, and with
the anterior dorsal margin nearly straight, or even slightly concave ;
the beaks are at about the posterior third, and scarcely prominent; the
posterior end slopes rapidly, and is subtruncate at the end; the ven-
tral margin is but slightly convex in the middle, and sub-parallel with
the dorsal margin. The shell is often a little thickened, and firmer than
in A. tener, but is sometimes as thin. Color, pink, light straw-color, or

678 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

white; often banded concentrically with these colors. The hinge-mar-
gin is stouter and the teeth stronger than in A. tener, and different in
relative size and proportions; the ligament-plate is also longer.

Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound ; 4 to 10 fathoms, mud and
sand.

TELLINA TENTA Say. Plate XXX, fig. 223. (p. 432.)
American Conchology, Part vii, Plate 65, fig. 3, 1837; Binney’s Say, p. 228 ; Han-
ley, Recent Shells, p. 65, Plate 14, fig. 10; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p.68, fig. 43; ed.
ii, p. 96, fig. 402. Tellina (Peronwa) tenta H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii,
p. 499, 1858.

Cape Cod to South Carolina. Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 2
to 10 fathoms, mud, common; Long Island Sound ; Great Egg Harbor.
Greenport, Long Island (S. Smith); ‘ort Macon, North Carolina (Coues);
South Carolina (Say).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of South Carolina

Tellina versicolor Cozzeus.
Jay, Catalogue Shells, ed. ii, p. 12, 1835; Dekay, Nat. Hist. New York, Moll, p.
208, Plate 26, fig. 272.
Glass House Point, near New York (Cozzens); Stratford, Connecticut
(Linsley).
T have met with no shells corresponding precisely with the deserip-
tion of this species.

GASTRANELLA Verrill.

American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 286, 1872.

‘¢ Shell oblong, more or less irregular, and sometimes with the ven-
tral margin inflexed; pallial sinus large; ligament external, elongated.
Right valve with two small cardinal teeth; the posterior one thin,
directed obliquely backward. Left valve with two cardinal teeth ; the
posterior one stout, bilobed; the anterior one smaller. No distinct lat-
eral teeth. Animal with long, slender, separate siphonal tubes, with a
simple circle of papille at the ends ; mantle well open anteriorly ; foot
ligulate. The curious little shell for which this genus is constituted
apparently resembles Gastrana more than any other described genus.”

GASTRANELLA TUMIDA Verrill. Plate XX VII, fig. 190. (p. 418.)
American Jour. Sci., vol. iii, pp. 210, 286, Plate 6, figs. 3, 3a, 1872.

Shell small, variable in form, swollen above, more or less elongated
oval, or oblong, with rounded ends, compressed posteriorly. The beaks
are rounded, somewhat prominent, incurved but not approximate, and
directed somewhat forward ; the anterior dorsal margin is deeply coneave
in front of the beaks, but without a distinct lunule, at the anterior end
regularly rounded or a little prolonged, compressed; ventral margin
slightly convex, or nearly straight and sub-parallel with the dorsal mar-
gin, or incurved, in the different specimens; posterior end broadly
rounded in some, decidedly prolonged in others; dorsal posterior mar-

— oan

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 679

gin usually nearly straight for at least half its length, sometimes a little
convex and gradually-sloping throughout. Surface with fine, somewhat
irregular, concentric striz, slightly iridescent. Color white, with the
umbos purple. Length, 4™™; height, 2.5™™.

Long Island Sound, near New Haven, 4 to 6 fathoms, shelly and grav-
elly bottom, among hydroids and sponges (A. E. V,).

Abra aqualis Say.
American Conch., Part iii, Plate 28; outer figures, 1831; Binney’s Say, p. 182,
same plate; Stimpson, Check-List, p. 3, 1860. Amphidesma aqualis Say,
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 307, 1822 ; American Conch., Part
ili, Plate 28; Binney’s Say, pp. 100, 182. Semele equalis Verrill, Amer. Jour.
Science, vol. iii, p. 210, 1872.

Florida and Gulf of Mexico to Cape Hatteras; rare and local farther
north. Stonington, Connecticut, from cod-stomachs (Linsley). Fort
Macon, North Carolina, abundant (Coues, Yarrow). Texas (Romer).
Charleston, South Carolina (Say).

The occurrence of this southern species at Stonington needs confirm-
ation. Ihave seen no specimens from north of Cape Hatteras.

Fossil in the Miocene of North and South Carolina.

CUMINGIA TELLINOIDES Conrad. Plate XXX, fig. 221. (p. 418.)
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. vii, p. 234, 1837; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 56,
fig. 36; ed. ii, p. 79, fig. 390. Mactra tellinoides Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sei, Philad., vol. vi, p. 258, Plate 9, figs: 2,3, 1831.

Cape Cod to Florida. Common in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, 3 to 12 fathoms; Long Island Sound, less common. Fort Macon,
North Carolina (Coues, Yarrow). Florida (Conrad), Fossilin the Post-
Pliocene of Nantucket Island, South Carolina, and North Carolina; in
the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Virginia and
South Carolina.

CERONIA ARCTATA Adams. (p. 426.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 414, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 80, fig.
391. Mactra arctata Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. vi, p. 257,
Plate 11, fig. 1, 1851. Mesodesma aretata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 57, fig. 39.

Long Island to River Saint Lawrence. Stonington, Connecticut
(Linsley). East Hampton and Montauk, Long Island (S. Smith). Nan-
tucket (Gould). Common in Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay, and East.
port, Maine, rare. Nova Scotia (Willis).

Donax fossor Say.
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 306, 1822; Binney’s Say, pp.
99, 226, Plate 61, fig. 2.

This species may possibly occur occasionally on the Southern New
England coast, but I am not aware of any authentic instances. I have
found it quite common living on the outer beach at Great Egg Harbor,
New Jersey, and it has been found as far north as the southern side of
Long Island.

680 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIKS.

MACTRA SOLIDISSIMA Chemnitz. Plate XXVIII, fig. 202. (p. 358.)
Conch., x, p. 350, Plate 170, fig. 1656, 1788 ; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p.51; ed. ii, p.
73, fig. 387. Mactra gigantea Lam., Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vi, p. 97. Afac-
tra similis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 309, 1822; Binney’s
Say, p. 101. Spisula solidissima Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. i,
p. 373, 1837 ; H. and A. Adams, vol. xi, p. 378. Hemimactra solidissima Conrad, |
Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iii, appendix, p. 32; Perkins, Proc. Bost. Soe. Nat.
Hist., vol. xiii, p.346,1869. Spisula Sayi Gray, op. cit$ p. 373. - |
Florida and Gulf of Mexico to Labrador. Very abundant on the —
outer beach at Great-Egeg Harbor, New Jersey; Long Island; Long |
Island Sound; Vineyard Sound ; Cape Cod; Massachusetts Bay; Casco ~
Bay; Bay of Fundy, low water-mark to 10 fathoms,sandy. Fort Macon, —
North Carolina (Coues); Labrador (Packard); St. George’s Bank (S. |
I. Smith) ; West Florida (Jewett); Texas (Romer).
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene at Point Shirley, Chelsea, Massachusetts
(Stimpson); and apparently in the Miocene of North and South Carolina
(Conrad, as “ VW. similis ?”). {

MULINIA LATERALIS Gray. Plate XXVI, fig. 18f,B. (p.373.)
Charlesworth’s Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 376, 1837; Meek, Smithsonian Check-
Lists, Miocene, p. 11,1864. Mactra lateralis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad.,
vol. ii, p. 309, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 54, figs. 34, 35; ed. ii, p. 77, fig.
389. Standella lateralis H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 382, 1858; Conrad,
Proc. Philad. Acad., vol. xiv, p. 573, 1862.

Massachusetts Bay to Florida, and on the northern shores of the
Gulf of Mexico to Galveston, Texas. Very abundant in Long Island
Sound; common in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, 1 to 15 fath-
oms, mud. Boston and near Lynn, Massachusetts (Gould). Fort Macon,
North Carolina (Coues). Georgia (Couper). Texas (Roemez).

Fossil in the Post- Pliocene of Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina,
and Florida (Saint John’s River) ; in the Pliocene of South Carolina; and
in the Miocene of Virginia, North and South Carolina. ,

PETRICOLA PHOLADIFORMIS Lamarck. Plate XXVII, fig. 199. (p.
372.)

Anim. sans Vert., ed. i, vol. v.. p. 505, 1818; ed. ii, vol. vi, p. 1595 Say, Amer.

Conch., Part vi, Plate 60, fig. 1, 1834; Binney’s Say, p. 222 (same plate); Han-

ley, Recent Shells, p. 52, Plate 13, fig. 49; Gouid, Invert., ed. i, p. 63; ed. ii, p,
90, figs. 398, 399. Petricola fornicata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia,
vol. ii, p. 319, 1822. Petricola dactylus Say, Amer. Conch., Part vi, Plate 60,
fig. 2 (non Sowerby, Hanley, ete.); Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 65; ed. ii, p. 92,
fig. 41.

Florida and Gulf of Mexico to Massachusetts Bay ; local and more
rare farther north, at Quahog Bay, Maine; and in the southern part of
the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, as at Prince Edward’s Island (Dawson) ;
Nova Scotia (Willis). Very common in Long Island Sound, near New
Haven; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound (Lackey’s Bay, ete.); and
Massachusetts Bay (Chelsea, Nahant, ete.). Fort Macon (Coues) ;

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 681

- Florida (Conrad); Texas (Ramer); Cuba (D’Orbigny). Fossil in
_ the Post-Pliocene of Virginia, South Carolina, and Florida; and
in the Pliecene of South Carolina. A similar form, if not identical
(P. Carolinensis Conrad), occurs in the Miocene of South Carolina.

A species scarcely to be distinguished from this was sent to me in
large numbers from La Paz, Gulf of California, by Captain Pedersen.

VENUS MERCENARIA Linné. Plate XXVI, fig. 184 (animal). (p. 359.)
Systema Nature, ed. xii, p. 1131,1767; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 85, fig. 67; ed.
ii, p. 133, fig. 445. Mercenaria violacea Schumacher, Essai dun Nouveau
Syst., p. 135, Plate 10, fig. 3, 1817; Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 419. Mercenaria
mercenaria Chenu, Man. Conch., vol. il, p. 82, figs. 356-358, 1862. Crassivenus
mercenaria Perkins, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 147, 1869. Venus
notata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 271, 1822 (variety) ;
Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 87, fig. 67; ed. li, p. 135, fig. 446. - Venus preparca

Say, op. cit., p. 271, 1822; Binney’s Say, p. 95.

Florida to Massachusetts Bay; more rare and local farther north, at
Quahog Bay, Maine; Nova Scotia (Willis); and in the southern part of
the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, to the Bay of Chaleur.. It is not found on
the coast of Maine, east of Kennebeck River, nor in the Bay of Fundy.
Very common in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Long Island Sound,
and southward. Fort Macon (Coues); South Carolina (Gibbes) ;
Georgia (Couper) ; Texas (Roemer). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Point
Shirley, Nantucket Island, Gardiner’s Island, Virginia, and South Caro-
lina; in the Pliocene of South Carolina: and in the Miocene of Mary-
land, Virginia, North and South Carolina.

CALLISTA CONVEXA Adams. Plate XXX, fig. 219. (p. 432.)

H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 425, 1858. Cytherea convexa Say, Journ. Acad,
Nat. Sci., Phil., vol. iv, p. 149, Plate 12, fig. 3, 1824 (fossil) ; Gould, Invert., ed.
i, p. 84, fig. 49; ed. il, p. 131, fig. 444 (recent). Dione convera Deshayes, Catal.
Conch. Biv., British Museum; p. 71, 1855. Cytherea morrhuana Linsley, Amer.
Jour. Sci., vol. xlviil, p. 276, 1845 (no description) ; Gould, op. eit., ser. ii, vol.
vi, p. 233, 1848 (young). Cytherea Sayana Conrad, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. i, vol.
XXili, p. 345, 1833 (recent) ; Fossils of the Medial Tertiary of the U.S., p. 13, Plate
7, fig. 3, 1838 (fossil). Cytherea Sayii Perkins, Proc., Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xiii, p. 147, 1809. Callista (Caryatis) conveca Romer; Verrill, Amer. Jour.
Sci., vol. xlix, p. 277, March, 1870.

New Jersey to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Fort Macon, North Carolina,
dead valves on the beach, plenty, but perhaps fossil, (Coues, Yarrow).
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Long Island Sound; Vineyard Sound,
and Buzzard’s Bay, 2 to 10 fathoms, mud, common; Casco Bay, 3 to
8 fathoms, mud, adult, living; Eastport, Maine, rare. Nova Scotia
(Willis); Prince Edward’s Island (Dawson).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Virginia and North Carolina; in the
Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Maryland, North
and South Carolina.

The name Sayana given to this species in 1835 (loc. cit.) by Mr. Con-

682 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

rad, was accompanied by a short description of recent specimens from
Rhode Island and New Jersey. He gave C. conveva Say as a synonym,
however, remarking that it “appears not to differ from the C. convera
of Say, but I have changed the name because M. Brogniart had pre-
viously applied it to a very dissimilar species.” More recently, how-
ever, he has indicated his belief that the two are distinct (Catal. Miocene
Shells, in Proc, Phil. Acad., vol. xiv, p. 575, 1862), although he recog-
nizes the ‘ Sayana” as a Miocene shell, but he has not-pointed out the
differences, if any exist, so far as known tome. Should the recent shell
prove to be distinct from the fossil one described by Say, it should
therefore bear the name Callista Sayana.

In this species the animal is white, or pale salmon-color. The border
of the mantle sometimes protrudes considerably beyond the edge of the
shell, and is delicately undulated or frilled; the siphon tubes, in full
expansion, are smooth and rather longer than the shell, and are united
quite to the ends; the orifices are simple, without apparent papille,
and the branchial is considerably larger than the other; a well-marked
groove extends along the whole length of the siphon, indicating the
partition between the tubes.

TOTTENIA GEMMA Perkins. Plate XXX, fig. 220. (p. 359.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, 1869 (in errata); by error, Totteniana
(p. 148). Venus gemma Totten, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xxvi, p. 367, figs. 2a, d
1834. Gemma gemma Deshayes, Catal. Conch. Biv., British Museum, p. 115,

1853; H.and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 419, Plate 107, fig. 3. Gemma Totteni
Stimpson, Check-List, p. 3, 1860.

South Carolina to Labrador. Very abundant in Long Island Sound,
Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound, Nantucket, and Massachusetts Bay ;
common in Casco Bay, and at Grand Menan Island. Nova Scotia (Willis).
Prince Edward’s Island(Dawson). Indian Harbor, Labrador (Packard).
Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues). ;

An allied species (7. spherica H. C. Lea, sp.) oceurs in the Miocene of
Virginia.

TOTTENIA MANHATTENSIS Verrill.
Venus Manhattensis Prime,in Jay’s Catalogue of Shells, ed. iv, supplement, p.
466, 1852. Venus (Gemma) Manhattensis Prime, Annals Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,
vol. vii, p. 482 (figure), 1862. Gemma Marhattensis Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 138;
fio. 449,

North Carolina to Vineyard Sound. Hell Gate (Prime). Greenport
and Huntington, Long Island (S. Smith). Near New Haven, rare.
Fort Macon, North Carolina (Yarrow).

I have seen but few specimens of this shell, and am not fully satisfied
that it is distinet from the preceding. Its color is not constant, some
specimens being pale straw-color, others purplish. Mr. Prime originally
described it as white.

‘

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 6838

CYPRINA ISLANDICA Lamarck. Plate XXVIII, fig. 201. (p. 508.)
Animanux sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vi, p. 290; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p.82; ed. ii, p. 445.
Venus Islandica Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1131.

Eastern end of Long Island to the Arctic Ocean; on the northern
European coasts southward to England. Off Block Island, 29 fathoms,
sandy mud; off Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard, 19 fathoms, soft mud ;
common in Casco Bay, 10 to 80 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 6 to 90 fath-
oms; Saint George’s Bank, 45 fathoms; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence.
Montauk, Long Island (S. Smith). Fossilin the Post-Pliocene of Scan-
dinavia, Scotland, England, Sicily, and other parts of Europe. In
North America it appears not to have been found fossil hitherto, and it
must, therefore, be rare in our northern Post-Pliocene or glacial de-
posits, if not altogether absent.

CARDIUM PINNULATUM Conrad. Plate X XIX, fig. 209. (p. 505.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, ser.i, vol. vi, p.260, Plate 11, fig. 8,
1831; Gould, Invert., ed.i, p. 90, fig.57; ed. ii, p. 141, fig. 452.

Long Island Sound to Southern Labrador. Near New Haven, Connec-
ticut, rare; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, 4to12 fathoms, common ;
very common in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and
Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 2 to 80 fathoms. Labrador, south of Straits of
Belle Isle (Packard). Huntington, Gardiner’s and Peconic Bays, Long
Island (S. Smith.) Off New London, Connecticut, (coll. T. M. Prudden).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of New Brunswick.

L2&VICARDIUM MorTonr. Plate XXIX, fig. 208. (p. 358.)
Perkins, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 150, 1869. Cardiwm Mortoni Con-
rad, op. cit., vol. vi, p. 259, Plate 10, figs. 5,6,7; Gould, Invert., ed.i, p. 91;
Liocardium Mortoni Stimpson, Check-List, p.2, 1860; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.
143, fig. 453.

Florida and northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico to Cape Cod ;
rare and local farther north. Common in Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s
Bay, Vineyard Sound, and about Nantucket. Dartmouth Lakes, Hal-
ifax, NovaScotia (Willis, t. Gould). West Florida (Jewett). Fort Macon
(Coues). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of South Carolina.

Serripes Groénlandicus Beck (Aphrodite Grénlandica Stimpson ; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 144, fig. 454). This species wasrecorded as from Stoning-
ton, Connecticut, by Linsley, but has not since been found south of Cape
Cod, and must, therefore, be regarded as a doubtful inhabitant of our
waters. It occurs from Massachusetts Bay to the Arctic Ocean, but is
rare south of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence and Labrador. Casco Bay
and Mount Desert, Maine, 8 to 30 fathoms, rare, (A. E. V.).

CYCLOCARDIA BOREALIS Conrad. Plate X XIX, fig. 216. (p. 418.)

Amer. Journ. Conchology, vol. iii, p. 191, 1867. Cardita borealis Conrad, Amer,
Mar. Conch., p. 39, Plate 8, fig. 1, 1831; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 94, fig. 59; ed. ii,
p. 146, fig. 455. Actinobolus borealis H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 487, 1858.

684 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

(?) Venericardia cribraria Say, Amer. Conch., Part v, cover, 1832; Binney’s Say,
p. 205. (?) Venericardia granulata Say, Jour. A. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol.
iv, p. 142, Plate 12, fig. 1. Cardita granulata Conrad, Fossils of Medial Tert.
of U.S., p. 13, Plate 7, fis: 1.

New Jersey to Labrador. Common in the deeper parts of Vineyard
Sound, near its mouth, and off Gay Head and Buzzard’s Bay, 10 to 25
fathoms; off Block Island, 29 fathoms; very common in Casco Bay, Bay
of Fundy, and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 3 to 80 fathoms. Sandy Hook,
and Montauk, Long Island (8S. Smith). Off New London, Connecticut
(T. M. Pradden). Saint George’s Bank, 25 to 65 fathoms, (S. I. Smith).
Straits of Belle Isle, 50 fathoms; Chateau Bay, 50 fathoms; Long Island,
Labrador, 15 fathoms, (Packard). A species, regarded as identical by
Dr. Carpenter, occurs on the North Pacific coast of America as far south
as Catalina Island, and on the northeast coast of Asia.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Gardiner’s Island; Nantucket and Point ~

Shirley, Massachusetts; and Labrador. The Miocene form, C. granu-
lata (Say, sp.) is very closely allied to this, if not identical. It is found
in Virginia and Maryland.

CYCLOCARDIA NOVANGLI& Morse. ‘Plate X XIX, fig. 215. (p. 418.)
Actinobolus (Cyclocardia) Nova-angliw Morse, First Annual Report of Trustees
of Peabody Acad. of Science, Salem, p. 76, cut, 1869. Cyclocardia Novang-
liv Verrill, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. iii, p. 211, 1872.

Connecticut to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Mouth of Vineyard Sound
and off Gay Head, 10 to 25 fathoms; Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy,
3 to 40 fathoms, not uncommon. Off New London, Connecticut (T. M.
Prudden).

ASTARTE UNDATA Gould. Plate X XIX, fig. 203. (p. 508.)

Invert., ed. i, p. 80, fig. 46, 1841 (provisional name); Philippi, Abbildungen und
Beschr. neuer oder wenig gek. Conch., vol. ii, p. 1, Plate 1, fig. 1, 1850; Verrill,
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. ili, p. 213, 1872. Crasina latisulca Hanley, Recent
Shells, p. 87, Plate 14, fig. 35, 1843. <Astarte sulcata Gould, Invert., ed. 1, p. 78,
fig. 46, 1841 (not of European writers); ed. ii, p. 119, fig. 452 (poor figure,
from an old, deformed shell).

Var. lutea= Astarte lutea Perkins, Proce. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 150,
figure, 1869.

Long Island Sound to the southern part of the Gulf of Saint Law-
rence. Off Gay Head and Buzzard’s Bay, and in the deeper parts of
Vineyard Sound, 8 to 25 fathoms, common; off Block Island, 29 fath-
oms; very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fandy, 5 to 100 fathoms;
Saint George’s Bank, 20 to 85 fathoms. Off New London, Connecticut,
(T. M. Prudden). Southern part of Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Whit-
eaves). Var. lutea occurs rarely near New Haven (Perkins); and more
frequently off Gay Head and in Vineyard Sound, 8 to 19 fathoms, with
the ordinary varieties. It resembles the European sulcata more than the
common or typical varieties do, but passes insensibly into the ordinary
forms. The shells referred to wrdata, by Dawson and Whiteaves, from

VS rl eee ee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 685

_ Gaspé, Canada, are not this species, but a short variety of A. elliptica.
The latter is a much more northern shell, and I have dredged but one
specimen on the New England coast (off Casco Bay, 65 fathoms).

Fossil at Point Shirley, Massachusetts, in the Post-Pliocene, (Stimp-
son, as A. sulcata); and at Gardiner’s Island (S. Smith).

ASTARTE CASTANEA Say. Plate XXIX, fig. 204. (p. 432.)
American Conchology, Parti, 1830, Plate 1; Binney’s Say, p. 150, Plate 1; Gould,
Invert., ed. i, p. 76, fig. 45; ed. ii, p. 117, fig. 431. Venus eastanea Say, Journ.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 273, 1822; Binney’s Say, p. 96. Crassina
castanea Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vi, p. 258; Hanley, Recent
Shells, p. 88, Plate 9, fig. 27.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Nova Scotia. Common on the
shores of Long Island, Nantucket, Martha’s Vineyard, and Cape Cod ;
Long Island Sound, not very common; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, 5 to 20 fathoms, frequent; Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, 5 to 20
fathoms, not common. Massachusetts Bay, abundant, (t. Gould). Saint
George’s Bank, 25 to 40 fathoms, (S. 1. Smith). Halifax and Sable
Island, Nova Scotia (Willis). .Off Cape Sable, Nova Scotia (A. E. V.).
Off New London, Connecticut (T. M. Prudden). Fossil in the Post-
Pliocene at Nantucket and Point Shirley, Massachusetts.

ASTARTE QUADRANS Gould. Plate XXIX, fig. 205. (p. 509.)
Invert., ed. i, p. 81, fig. 48, 1841; ed. ii, p. 123, fig. 434 ; Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci.,
vol. iii, p. 287, 1872. Astarte Portlandica Mighels, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist.,
vol. iv, pp. 320, 345, Plate 16, fig. 2, 1845 (variety); Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.
127, fig. 441.

Stonington, Connecticut, to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Mouth of Vine-
yard Sound, and off Martha’s Vineyard, 19 to 25 fathoms, rare; Massa-
chusetts Bay ; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, in 6 to 40 fathoms, not un-
common. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Gulf of Saint Lawrence
‘Whiteaves).

Var. Portlandica occurs, with intermediate forms, in Casco Bay and
Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fathoms, not common.

GOULDIA MACTRACEA Gould. Plate X XIX, figs. 206, 207. (p. 418.)
Invert.., ed. ii, p. 128, fig. 442, 1870. Astarte mactracea Linsley, Amer. Jour. Sci.,
vol. xlviii, p. 275 (figure), 1845; Gould, op. cit., ser. ii, vol. vi, p. 233, figs. 1.
2,143. (?)Astarte lunulata Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol.
vii, p. 151, 1837; Fossils of the Medial Tertiary of the U.S., p. 45, Plate 21, fig.
8, 1340; Gouldia lunulata Conrad, Catal. of Miocene Shells, in Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. xiv, p. 578, 1862.

Florida and northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico to Cape Cod.
Common, living, and of large size, in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, especially at Wood’s Hole, 3 to 10 fathoms. Stonington, in
Stomach of cod (Linsley). Huntington and Greenport, Long Island
(S. Smith). Off New London, Connecticut (coll. T. M. Prudden). Fort
Macon (Coues). South Carolina (Kurtz). West Florida (E. Jewett).
Tampa Bay (Conrad).

686 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Fossil (@. lwnulata) in the Post-Pliocene of North and South Carolina ;
in the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Maryland and
Virginia. The fossil shell is probably identical with the recent one, but
I have not had suitable specimens of the former for comparison; if
identical, the species should be called G. lunulata.

LUCINA FILOSA Stimpson. Plate X XIX, fig. 212. (p. 509.)

———————

Shells of New England, p. 17, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 98, fig. 404. Lu-
cina radula Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 69 (non Montagu, sp.). ? Lucina contracta,
Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. iv, p. 145, Plate 10, fig. 8; Conrad,
Fossils of the Medial Tertiary of U.S., p. 40, Plate 20, fig. 5, 1840. : |

Stonington, Connecticut, to Maine. Off Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy
mud; off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud; Casco Bay and Portland
Harbor. Stonington (Linsley). Boston Harbor (Stimpson). Phillip’s
Beach (Holder). Rhode Island (Conrad, as LZ. contracta).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Gardiner’s Island (8S. Smith). JL. con-
tracta occurs in the Miocene of Virginia; it was formerly regarded by
Conrad as identical with the recent shell from Rhode Island, but is
probably a distinct, though closely-allied species. Mr. Jeffreys identi-
fied this species with J. borealis (Linné) of Europe; the latter is also
found on the Pacifie coast at Vancouver Island and Catalina Island
(Cooper and P. P. Carpenter).

CYCLAS DENTATA. Plate X XIX, fig. 211. (p. 418.)
Lucina dentata Wood, General Conchology, p. 195, Plate 46, fig. 7,1815 ; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p..99, fig. 45. Lucina divaricata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 70, (non
Linné, sp). Lucina strigilla Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 17, 1851.

Brazil and West Indies to Cape Cod. Not uncommon, dead, but rarely
obtained living, in Vineyard Sound, 6 to14 fathoms. Coney Island (S.
Smith). Nantucket (Gould). St. George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Fort Ma-
con, North Carolina, abundant, (Coues, Yarrow). Georgia (Couper).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of North Carolina, South Carolina, and
Florida; and in the Pliocene of South Carolina. The same, or a closely-
related species, (1. Conradi D’Orb., Prod., iii, p. 117, 2194, t. Conrad, in
Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1862, p. 577=L. divaricata Conrad, Fossils
of Med. Tert., p. 38, Plate 20, fig. 3) occurs in the Miocene of Virginia.

CRYPTODON GoULDII Adams. Plate X XIX, fig. 213. (p. 509.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 470, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 100, fig.
406. Lucina Gouldii Philippi, Zeitsch. f. Malak., 1845, p. 74 (6. Gould).
Thyasira Gouldii Stimpson, Shells of New Eng., p. 17, 1851. Lucina flexuosa
Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 71, fig. 52 (non Montagu, sp.).

|
Stonington, Connecticut, to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Off Block |
Island, 29 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay, 6 fathoms, mud; common in Mas- ,
sachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 5 to 60 fathoms, muddy
and sandy. Nova Scotia (Willis). Gaspé, Canada (Whiteaves). Mur-
ray Bay (Dawson). Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 20 to 300 fathoms (White-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 687

aves). Greenland (Mérch). Labrador, 15 to 50 fathoms, (Packard). Fos.
sil in the Post-Pliocene at Montreal, rare, (Dawson); Branswick, Maine
(Packard).

Possibly some of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence specinens may belong
to the following species.

CRYPTODON OBESUS Verrill. Plate X XIX, fig. 214. (p. 509.)
American Journ. Science, vol. iii, pp. 211, 287, Plate 7, fig. 2, 1872.

Shell white, irregularly and rather coarsely concentrically striated,
much swollen in the middle; the transverse diameter nearly equal to
the length; the height considerably exceeding the length. The beaks
are prolonged and turned strongly to the anterior side. The lunular
area is rather large and sunken, somewhat flat, in some cases separated
by a slight ridge into an inner and an outer portion. Anterior border
with a prominent rounded angle; ventral margin prolonged and round-
ed in the middle; posterior side with two strongly-developed flexures,
separated by deep grooves. Interior of shell with radiating grooves,
most conspicuous toward the ventral edge.

Length of the largest specimen, 15™™; height, 18™™; thickness, 13™™.
The smaller specimens have about the same proportions.

Six single valves, some of them quite fresh, were obtained off No-
man’s Land at different localities. They were all right valves, and the
smallest was 12.5" of an inch in height. The specimen from Labrador
agrees nearly in form and structure, and is only 5.75"™™ in height and
5™™ in length.

This species appears to be more nearly related to C. fleruosus of Eu-
rope than to OC. Gouldii. The Huropean species is nearly intermediate
between the two American shells in form; but judging from the speci-
mens that I have had opportunities to examine, the three forms ought
to be kept distinct. C. Gouldit is a thinner and more delicate shell,
more rounded, relatively much longer, and is seldom more than 6™" to
72™ in breadth.

Block Island to Labrador. Hast of Block Island, in 29 fathoms, fine
sandy mud; off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, mud; Casco Bay, 60 fathoms,
mud. Labrador (Packard). East of Saint George’s Bank, 430 fath-
oms (S. I. Smith).

Turtonia minuta Stimpson.

Shells of New England, p. 16, 1851 (non Alder, Forbes and Hanley, ete.); Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 85, fig. 395. Venus minuta Fabricius, Fauna Grénlandica, p.
412, 1780. Turionia nitida Verrill, Amer. Journ. of Sci. vol.

ili, p. 286, Plate 7,
figs. 4, 4a, 1872. :

Massachusetts Bay to Greenland. Common under stones and in rocky
pools at low-water, in Massachusetts Bay and Casco Bay. Although
this species has not yet been found south of Cape Cod, so far as I am
aware, if will probably be found hereafter on the more exposed rocky
shores, as at Point Judith, Watch Hill, or on some of the outer islands.

688 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The American specimens of this shell differ so widely in form, and
especially in the structure of the hinge, from all the European speci-
mens with which Ihave compared them, as well as from the deserip-
tions and figures, that I cannot regard them as identical. Dr. Gould has
well defined the form and external characters of our shell. I have seen
no European specimens so elongated in form as the American examples
seen by me invariably are, but depend less on the external form than on
the structure of the hinge for distinguishing them. (See the greatly en-
larged figure in the Amer. Journal of Science).

Having had opportunities to study northern specimens of this shell,
since I gave it the name nitida, I have become fully satisfied that the
original shell described by Fabricius is identical with the American
species, rather than with the European. His description corresponds
well with our best specimens. The European species, if, as I believe,
distinct from ours, should, therefore, retain the name 7. purpurea (Mon-
tagu, sp.); and minuta should be restored to the American form.

KELLIA PLANULATA Stimpson. Plate XXX, fig. 226. (p..310:)
Shells of New England, p. 17, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 83, fig, 393. Kellia
rubra Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 60, (non Montagu, sp.).

Long Island Sound to Greenland. Near New Haven, Connecticut, rare ;
Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 1 to 8 fathoms, not common ; Casco
Bay; Eastport, Maine, 8 to 15 fathoms; Bay of Fundy. Montauk and
Greenport, Long Island, low-water to 6 fathoms, mud; and Gull Island,
low-water, under stones, (S. Smith). Boston Harbor, 5 fathoms, shelly,
(Stimpson). Sable Island, Nova Scotia (Willis). Greenland (Moreh).

MONTACUTA ELEVATA Stimpson. (p. 418.)
Shells of New England, p. 16, 1851 ; Gould, Invert., ed. ii. p. 86, fig. 396. Mon-
tacuta bidentata Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 59, 1841 (non Montagu, sp., 1803),
Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Savin Rock, near New.
Haven, rare; Naushon Island, Vineyard Sound, rare. Greenport, Long
Island (S.Sinith). New Bedford (Gould). Chelsea Beach (Stimpson).

LEPTON FABAGELLA Courad.
Marine Conchology, p. 53, Plate 11, fiz. 3, 1831; Dekay, Nat. History of New
York, Mollusca, p. 243, Plate 32, fig. 307, A, B.

Rhode Island (Conrad).

I have not seen specimens of this shell. It seems to be rare and little
known.

A closely-related species (L. mactroides Conrad, Fossils Medial Tert.,
p. 19, Plate X, fig. 5, 1839) is found in the Miocene of Maryland.

SOLENOMYA VELUM Say. Plate X XIX, fig. 210. (p. 360.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. ii, p. 317, 1822 (Solemya); Gould, Invert.,
ed. i, p. 35; ed. ii, p. 48, fig. 371. l
North Carolina to Nova Seotia. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Long ;
Island Sound, near New Haven, low-water to 6 fathoms, not uncommon

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 689

very common in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, 1 to 5 fathoms,
especially in soft mud, in coves; Chelsea Beach, etc., Massachusetts Bay,
common; Casco Bay, rare. Nova Scotia (Willis), Huntington and
Greenport, Long Island, rare, (S. Smith).

SOLENOMYA BOREALIS Totten.
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xxvi, p. 366, fig. 1, hk, i, 1834 (Solemya borealis); Gould,
Invert., ed. i, p.36; ed. ii, p. 50, fig. 372.

Connecticut to NovaScotia. Newport, Rhode Island (Totten). Cheisea
and Nahant, Massachusetts (Gould). Casco Bay and Portland Harbor
Yare; Vineyard Sound, at Cuttyhunk Island, rare. Stonington, Connec-
ticut (Linsley).

This species may prove to be only the mature state of the preceding,
but I have never seen specimens intermediate in character.

YOLDIA LIMATULA Stimpson. Plate XXX, fig. 232. (p. 432).

Shells of New England, p. 9, 1851; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 548,
Plate 126, figs. 5, 5b, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 154, fig. 462. Nucula
limatula Say, Amer. Conch., ii, Plate 12, middle figures, 1831; Gould, Invert.,
p- 98, fig. 62. Leda limatula Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 10, 1851.

North Carolina to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Long Island
Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound; Casco Bay, in 2 to 12 fathoms,
soft mud; less common in the Bay of Fundy, 4 to 30 fathoms. Beaufort,
North Carolina (Stimpson, Coues). Huntington and Greenport, Long
Island (S. Smith). Nova Scotia (Willis). The specimens from Long
Island Sound are as large and fine as the northern ones.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada, Virginia, North and South
Carolina; and in the Pliocene of South Carolina. An allied species ( Y
levis Say, sp., Conrad) occurs in the Miocene of Maryland and South
Carolina.

‘oldia myalis Stimpson; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 160, fig. 467; Nucula
myalis Couthouy, 1858. This is often.confounded with Y. limatula, though
quite distinct. It is a more arctic species, ranging from Massachusetts
Bay to the Arctic Ocean and Spitzbergen, but it has not been found
south of Cape Cod, so far as known to me. The shells reported as such,
that I have seen, are Y. limatula. Gould reports the latter as from Nord-

‘land (McAndrew), but we suspect that Y. myalis or Y. sapotilla may
have been, in this case, mistaken for Y. limatula.

YOLDIA SAPOTILLA Stimpson, 1851. Plate XXX, fig. 231. (p. 509.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 548; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 159, fig. 466.
Nucula sapotilla Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 100, fig. 61, 1841; Hanley, Recent
Shells, p.170, Plate 20, fig. 3. Leda ( Yoldia) sapotilla Stimpson, Shells of New
England, p. 10, 1851. Yoldia arctica Morch, op. cit., p. 93, 1857 i(t. Dawson,
from specimen; non Y. arctica Sars).

Long Island to the Arctic Ocean, comparatively rare and local, chiefly
in deep water, south of Cape Cod. Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud ;
off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms, sand; east of Block Island, 29 fathoms,

S. Mis. 61——44

630 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

fine sandy mud; common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, 4 to 100
fathoms, mud. Greenport, Long Island (S. Smith). Massachusetts
3ay (Gould). Nova Scotia (Willis). Labrador (Packard). Greenland
(Moreh).

This species seems to be unknown among our Post-Pliocene shells.
Having examined several hundred specimens from many different local-
ities and depths, I am satisfied that it is perfectly distinet from Y. lima-
tula, with which certain writers are inclined to unite it.

Yoldia Gouldii.
» Nucula Gouldii DeKay, Nat. Hist. New York, Mollusca, p. 180, Plate 13, fig.
221, 1843.
This was originally described by Dekay as from Long Island Sound.
J have seen no specimens corresponding with the description in all
respects. It is, perhaps, a short variety of Y. sapotilla.

YOLDIA OBESA Stimpson, 1851. (p. 509.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 548, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p, 155, fig.
463. Leda obesa Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 13, 1851 ;
Shells of New England, p. 10, Plate 2, fig. 1, 1851. Nucula navicularis Mighels,
Boston Journal Nat. History, p. 323, 1843 (non Couthouy, Gould).

Block Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. East of Block Island, 29
fathoms, rare; Casco Bay and off Cape Elizabeth, 30 to 95 fathoms;
Bay of Fundy, 40 to 100 fathoms, rare; near Saint George’s Bank, 110
and 150 fathoms (Packard). Massachusetts Bay (Stimpson).

YOLDIA THRACIFORMIS Stimpson, 1851. (p. 509.)
Smithsonian Check-List, p. 2, 1860; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 548,
1858 (thracieformis); Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 157, fig. 465; Mérch, op. cit., p.
21, 1857. Nucula thracieformis Storer, Boston Jour. Nat. History, vol. ii, p. 122,
figure, 1838; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 97, fig. 66. Leda thracieformis Stimpson,
Shells of New England, p. 9, 1851. Nucula navicularis Couthouy, Boston Journ.
Nat. History, vol. ii, p. 178, Plate 4, fig. 4, 1839, (young); Gould, Invert., ed. i,
p- 103. Yoldia angularis Moller, op. cit., p. 92, 1842 (t. Mérch).

Long Island to Greenland. Off Fire Island, south of Long Island, in
10 fathoms; and off Race Point, Cape Cod, in 30 fathoms, (Stimpson).
Not uncommon, and of large size, in Casco Bay, 15 to 95 fathoms; and
Bay of Fundy, 10 to 100 fathoms; near Saint George’s Bank, 85 fath-
oms (Packard).

LEDA TENUISULCATA Stimpson. (p. 509.)
Shells of New England, p. 10, 1851; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 161, fig. 468. Nueunla
tenuisulcata Couthouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 64, Plate 3, fig. 8, 1838.
Nucula minuta Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 101, 1841 (non Fabricius, sp).

Rhode Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Massachusetts
Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 6 to 80 fathoms. Nova Scotia
(Willis). Newport, Rhode Island (t.S. Smith). Southern part of the
Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Whiteaves). Particularly abundant in Eastport
Harbor, 10 to 30 fathoms; Saint George’s Bank and vicinity, 40 to 150

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETUC. 691

fathoms (Smith, Packard). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene at Saco and
Portland, Maine (Packard); ? Canada (Dawson, as JL. pernula, var).

NUCULA PROXIMA Say. Plate XXX, fig. 230. (p. 418.)
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. ii, p. 270, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p.
103, fig. 63; ed. ii, p. 150, fig. 458.

South Carolina to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Long Island
Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and Vineyard Sound, 2 to 19 fathoms; off Buz-
zard’s Bay and Block Island, 25 to 29 fathoms; common in Massachu-
setts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 4 to 80 fathoms; very abun-
dant in Trenton Bay, Mount Desert, Maine, 10 fathoms, soft mud.
Nova Scotia (Willis). Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Fort Macon,
North Carolina (Coues). Long Island, abundant, (S. Smith). Fossil
in the Post-Pliocene of North and South Carolina; in the Pliocene of
South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Maryland and South Carolina.

NUCULA DELPHINODONTA Mighels. Plate XXX, fig. 229. (p. 509.)
Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 40, Plate 4, fig. 5, 1842; Gould, Invert., ed.
li, p. 153, fig. 461. Nucula corticata Moller, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, vol. iv;
p. 90, 1842. ? Nucula radiata Dekay, Nat. Hist. New York, Moll., p. 179, Plate
12, fie. 216, 1843.

Rhode Island to Greenland. Hast of Block Island, 29 fathoms ; off
Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft mud; Massachusetts Bay, common; Casco
Bay, 6 to 95 fathoms, common; Frenchman’s Bay, Mount Desert, com-
mon; Bay of Fundy and Eastport Harbor, 10 to 100 fathoms, mud,
common; Nova Scotia (Willis); Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves)-
Greenland (Méller, Mérch). Northern Europe (t. Jeffreys).

Nucula tenuis Turton (Montagu, sp.)
Gould, Invert., ed. i., p. 105, fig. 64; ed. ii, p. 149, fig. 457.

This species was recorded as from cod-stomachs, at Stonington, Con-
necticut, but was not met with by us. Its occurrence south of Cape Cod
needs confirmation. It isan arctiespecies; common in Casco Bay and the
Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 100 fathoms, mud; and northward tothe Arctic
Ocean. Also on the northern coasts of HKurope, south to Great Britain.
It is also found in the Post-Pliocene of New England and Canada.

SCAPHARCA TRANSVERSA. Plate XXX, fig. 228. (p. 309.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 538, 1858. Arca transversa Say, Jour. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p. 269, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 96; ed. ii, p.
148, fig. 456a.

Florida to Cape Cod. Long Island Sound, near New Haven, low-water
to 8 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, 2 to 10 fathoms;
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, 1 fathom. Nantucket (Gould). Long
Island, abundant; Greenport, 3 to 10 fathoms (S. Smith). Fort Macon,
North Carolina (Coues). South Carolina (Kurtz). Georgia (Couper).

692 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Nantucket, Gardiner’s Island, Virginia,
North and South Carolina; and in the Miocene of Virginia and North
Carolina. According to Gould, found fossil at Provincetown, Massa-
chusetts, in an artesian boring, 120 to 200 feet beneath the surface,
(Post-Pliocene ?) .

ARGINA PEXATA Gray. Plate XXX, fig. 227. (p. 309.)
Proc. Zodl. Soc., London, 1847; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 540, Plate
125, figs. 7, 7a, 1858. Arca pexata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. ii,
p. 268, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 95, fig. 60; ed. ii, p. 147, fig. 456.
Florida and northern shores of Gulf of Mexico to Cape Cod; rare
and local farther north, in Massachusetts Bay. Very common in Long
Island Sound, low-water to 10 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard
Sound; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. On beach at Provincetown,
Massachusetts (S. L Smith). Staten Island and Long Island, abun-
dant (S. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Yarrow). Georgia
(Couper). West Florida (Jewett). Texas (Roemer),
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Gardiner’s Island (?) (S. Smith); in the
Miocene of South Carolina.

ARCA PONDEROSA Say.

Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 267, 1822; Binney’s Say, p. 92.

This species occurs on the beach at Edgartown, Martha’s Vineyard,
associated with the other common sand-dwelling shells of that region.
The valves are apparently tolerably fresh, though worn, and no fossil
shells have been found in that vicinity. It occurs in the same way on
¢he southern side of Long Island, near Fire Island (S. I. Smith and S.
Smith). But I am not aware that it has been found living north of
Cape Hatteras; nevertheless, it may occur locally in shallow water off
shore. The specimens found may possibly have been washed out from
submerged Post-Pliocene deposits.

It is found living at Fort Macon, North Carolina, and southward to

the Gulf of Mexico.
HETEROMYARIA.

MYTILUS EDULIS Linné. Plate XXXI, fig. 234. (pp. 307, 432.)
Systema Natura, ed. xii, p. 1157, 1767; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 121, fig. 82; ed.
ii, p. 183, figs. 483, 484. Mytilus borealis Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii,
vol. vii, p. 46; Dekay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Moll. p. 182, Plate 13, fig. 222, Plate
24, fig. 256. Mytilus pellucidus Pennant, Brit. Zodl., vol. iv, p. 237, Plate 66, fig.
8, (t. Gould) =variety pellucidus Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 184, fig. 484. Mytilus
notatus Dekay, op. cit., p. 182, Plate 13, fig. 223, 1843.

Circumpolar: Arctic Ocean south to North Carolina, on the American
eoast; south to Great Britain, France, and the Mediterranean and
Black Seas, on the European coast ; south to Monterey and San Fran-
cisco, on the North Pacific coast; south to China and Japan, on the
Asiatic coast. Very abundant in Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, Long

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 693

Island Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts Bay,
Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy (littoral to 50 fathoms), and northward. Fort
Macon, North Carolina (Coues).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Greenland, Labrador, Canada, Lake
Champlain, Maine, New Brunswick, Point Shirley, Massachusetts.
and Saint John’s River, Florida; in the Post-Pliocene of Scandinavia,
Russia, and Great Britain; in the Red Crag and all later formations in
England.

MOoDIOLA MODIOLUS Turton. Plate XX XI, fig. 237. (p. 309.)
British Bivalves, p. 199, Plate 15, fig. 3, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 123; ed.
ii, p. 186, fig. 485; Dekay, op. cit., p. 185, Plate 24, fig. 257. Mytilus modiolus
Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1158. (?)Modiola papuana Lamarck, Anim.sans
Vert., ed. ii, vol. vii, p. 17; Say, Amer. Conch., Plate 45.

Circumpolar: Greenland southward to New Jersey ; on the European
coast from Spitzbergen southward to Great Britain and France ; in the
North Pacific southward to Monterey, California, on the American
coast; and southward to Northern Japan on the Asiatic coast. Long
Island Sound, not very common; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay,
not abundant; common in Massachusetts Bay ; abundant in Casco Bay
and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms. Staten Island and Long
Island (S. Smith). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Point Shirley, Massa-
chusetts, Montreal, Canada, Scotland, Ireland, Sicily, etc. ; in the Cor-
aline Crag, Red Crag, and later formations in England.

MODIOLA PLICATULA Lamarck. Plate XXXI, fig. 238. (p. 307.)

Anim. sans Vert., ed.i, 1819 ; ed. ii, vol. vii, p. 22; Gould, ed. i, p. 125, fig.81; ed. ii,
p. 188, fig. 486 ; Dekay, op. cit., p. 184, Plate 14, fig. 258; Hanley, Recent Shells,
p- 240. Mytilus plicatus Deshayes, Encyclop. Meth., Plate 220, fig.5; Stimpson,
Shells of New England, p. 12. Modiola semicosta Conrad, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philad., vol. vii, p. 244, Plate 20, fig. 7, (t. Gould). Mytilus demissus Dillyn,
Catal. Recent Shells, vol. i, p. 314 (t. Gould). Brachydontes plicatulus H. and
A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 517; Perkins, op. cit., p. 156.

Georgia, to Casco Bay, Maine; more rare and local farther north ;
in the southern part of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and on the coast of
Nova Scotia; nor observed on the coast of Maine east of the Kennebeck
River, nor in the Bay of Fundy. Very abundant at Egg Harbor, New
Jersey, Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and Vineyard Sound; less
abundantin Massachusetts Bay, near Salem, Massachusetts, etc. ; local in
sheltered muddy coves about Casco Bay and Quahog Bay, Maine. Mouth
of the Kennebeck River (C. B. Fuller). Prince Edward’s Island (Daw-
son). Nova Scotia (Willis). Fort Macon, North Carolina (Coues).
Georgia (Couper).

MopIoLA HAMATUS Verrill. (pp. 374, 475.)
American Journ. Science, vol. iii, p. 211, Plate 7, fig. 3, 1872. Mytilus hamatus
Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. ii, p. 265, 1822; American Con-
chology, Plate 50; Binney’s Say, pp. 91, 204, Plate 50. <Aulacomya hamatus
Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p.513. Brachydontes hamatus Perkins, op. cit., p. 156, 1869.

Long Island Sound to Florida, and the shores of the Gulf of Mexico

694 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

to VeraCruz. New Haven, common on oysters, living, but perhaps intro-
duced from Virginia. New York Harbor, on oysters, (S. Smith). Fort
Macon, North Carolina (Yarrow). Georgia (Couper). Tampa Bay, Flor-
ida (Conrad, Jewett). Texas(Remer). Near Vera Cruz (coll. T. Salt, in
Yale museum).
MODIOLARIA NIGRA Lovén. Plate XXXI, fig. 236. (p. 433.)
Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad., Férhandl., vol. iii, p. 187, 1846; Morch, Naturhist.
Bidrag, Gronland, p. 93, 1857; H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 515, 1858 ;
Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p.190, figs. 487, 488. Modiola nigra Gray, Appendix to
Parry’s Voyage, p. 244, 1824; Hanley, Recent Shells, p.242. Mytilus discrepans
Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 12, 1851 (not of European authors).
Modiola nexa Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 128, fig. 86 (young).

Circumpolar: Greenland, southward to Long Island; Spitzbergen,
southward to Great Britain and Holland; Bebring’s Straits, southward
to Okhotsk. Not uncommon and of good size in Vineyard Sound, 10
to 15 fathoms, off Gay Head, etc.; common in Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, of large size, low-water to 60 fathoms; Stonington, Connecticut,
in stomach of cod, (Linsley).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Maine, Canada, Labrador, and Northern
Europe.

MODIoLARIA DISCORS Beck.

Lovén, Ofvers. af Kongl.Vet.-Akad. FérhandL, vol. iii, p. 187, 1846 ; Gould, Invert.,
ed. ii, p. 83, figs. 489, 490. fytilus discors Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1159;
Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 12, (non Gould, ed.i), Mytilus discrepans
Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 169. Modiola discrepans Lamarck, Anim, sans Vert., ed.
li, vol. vii, p.23; Gould, Invert., ed.i, p. 129, fig. 88. Modiola levigata Gray,
Appendix to Parry’s Second Voyage, p. 245. Mytilus levigatus Stimpson, Shells
of New England, p.12. Modiolaria levigata Lovén, op. cit., p. 187, 1846; Stimp-
son, Check-List, p. 2, 1860; this Report, p. 509.

Circumpolar: Greenland, southward to Long Island; Finmark,
southward to Great Britain; Behring’s Straits, southward to Puget
Sound. Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to
100 fathoms; not uncommon in Massachusetts Bay; rare and local
south of Cape Cod. Saint George’s Bank and vicinity, common, (S. I.
Smith, Packard). Gardiner’s Bay, Long Island, rare, (S. Smith). North
of Hebrides, in 530 fathoms, (t. Jeffreys).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada, Greenland, and Northern
Europe. I am unable to separate M. laevigata, as a species, from the
ordinary New England form, usually referred to M. discors, the differ-
ences being due chiefly to age. The common European form of discors
shows more differences, but is probably only a dwarf variety of the
same species.

MODIOLARIA CORRUGATA MoOrch. Plate XXXI, fig. 235. (p. 509.)

Op. cit., p. 94, 1857; Stimpson, Check-List, Smithsonian Inst., p. 2, 1860; Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 193, fig. 491. Mytilus corrugatus Stimpson, Shells of New
England, p. 12, 1851. Mytilus discors Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 130, fig. 84 (non
Linné, sp.). 4

Long Island to Greenland and Northern Europe. Off Martha’s Vine-

|

{

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 695

yard and Buzzard’s Bay, 20 to 25 fathoms, rare; Casco Bay, 15 to 95
fathoms, not common; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 100 fathoms, frequent.
Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith, A. S. Packard). Gardiner’s Bay, 5
fathoms, ove specimen, (S. Smith). Off New London, Connecticut (T.
M. Prudden). Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Whiteaves). Murray Bay
(Dawson). NovaScotia (Willis). Labrador (Packard). Arctic Ocean,
near Behring’s Straits, 30 fathoms, (Stimpson, N. P. Expl. Exp.,
t. Gould).
Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson).

CRENELLA GLANDULA Adams. Plate XXXI, fig. 233. (p. 418.)
H. and A. Adams, Genera, vol. ii, p. 515, 1858; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 194, fig.
492. Modiola glandula Totten, American Journal Science, ser. i, vol. xxvi,
p. 367, figs. 3, e, f, g, 1834; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 131, fig. 87 (pars). Mytilus
decussatus Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 11,1851, (non Montagu, sp.) ;
Dekay, op. cit., p. 186, Plate 22, fig. 248.

Connecticut to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard
Sound, 5 to 15 fathoms, not uncommon; off Gay Head, 19 fathoms, soft
mud; off Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy mud; common in Massa-
chusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, 3 to 60 fathoms, Halifax
(Willis), Gulf of Saint Lawrence, at Gaspé (Whiteaves). Gardiner’s
Bay, Long Island (S. Smith). Stonington (Linsley). Off New London,
Connecticut (T. M. Prudden). Sandy Hook, New Jersey (Iergu-
son). Fossil in the Post-Pliocene at Montreal, Canada (Dawson). A
related species, C. equilaterata Conrad (H.C. Lea, sp.) occurs in the
Miocene of Virginia. .

This species was undoubtedly confounded with C. decussata (Montagu,
sp.) by both Gould and Stimpson. The genuine decussata is quite com-
mon in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, and is
usually associated in those waters with C. glandula. It is a northern,
and common European species, and is also recorded from the North
Pacific coast of America by Dr. P. P. Carpenter. It also occurs in
Greenland (Morch).

MONOMYARIA.
PECTEN IRRADIANS Lamarck. Plate XXXII, fig. off. ( (p. 374.) Ye

Anim. sans Vert., ed. i,1819; ed. ii, vol. vii, p. 143; Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 199,
fig. 496. Pecten concentricus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii, p.
259, 1822; Gould, Invert., ed.i, p. 134, fiz.88; Dekay, op. cit., p. 172, Plate 9,
fig. 205.

Florida and the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico to Cape Cad ;
rare and local farther north in Massachusetts Bay; and Nova Scotia
(Willis). Very common in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, shores of
Long Island and Connecticut, New Jersey, and southward. Tampa
Bay, Florida (Conrad, E. Jewett). Texas (Roemer).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of North Carolina and Tampa Bay,
Florida; in the Pliocene of South Carolina; and in the Miocene of

696 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Maryland. Dug up from beneath the mud in the harbor of Portland,
Maine, in a semi-fossil state by the mud-dredging machines (Faller).

PECTEN ISLANDICUS Chemnitz.
Conch., vii, p. 304, Plate 65, figs. 615, 616, 1784, (t. Gould); Lamarck, op. cit., ed.
ii, vol. vii, p.145; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 133, fig. 87; ed. ii, p. 198, fig. 495.
Ostrea Islandica Miiller, Zo6]. Dan. Prod., No. 2990, 1776; Fabricius, Fauna,
Gronl, p. 415, 1780. Pecten Pealii Conrad, Amer. Mar. Conch., p.12, Plate 2,
fig. 2, 1831.

Arctic Ocean south to Cape Cod, local and rare farther south; on the
northern European coasts, south to Bergen, Norway, and Great Britain.
Not uncommon and of good size in Casco Bay, 20 to 70 fathoms ; com-
mon in the Bay of Fundy, low-water to 100 fathoms. Saint George’s
Bank, 40 to 65 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). More common farther north.
Stonington, Connecticut, in an eel-pot, (Linsley). I am not aware that
any one except Linsley has recorded it from the southern coast of New
England.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Maine (abundant), New Brunswick,
Canada, Labrador, Greenland, Scandinavia, Denmark, Scotland, ete.
Naples (Jeffreys). Mr. Sanderson Smith reports fragments from Gard.
iner’s Island.

PECTEN TENUICOSTATUS Mighels. (p. 509.)

Mighels and Adams, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 49,1841; Boston
Journal of Natural History, vol.iv, p. 41, Plate 4, fig.7,1842 (young); Gould,
Invert., ed. ii, p. 196, fig. 494. Pecten Magellanicus Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed.
ii, vol. vii, p. 134 (? non Gmelin, sp.) ; Hanley, Recent Shells, p. 274; Gould, In-
vert., ed. i, p.132. Pecten fuscus Linsley, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. i, vol. xlviii, p.
278, 1845; Gould, ser. ii, vol. vi, p. 235, fig. 6,1848 (young). Pecten brunneus
Stimpson, Shells of New England, in errata, 1851. ]

New Jersey to Labrador. Rare and local south of Cape Cod. Not
uncommon in Massachusetts Bay and Casco Bay, 4 to 80 fathoms;
abundant in Frenchman’s Bay, Mount Desert, Maine, in 3 to 10 fathoms;
common in Passamaquoddy Bay and Bay of Fundy, 1 to 109 fathoms.
Saint George’s Bank, 45 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). Nova Scotia (Willis).
Labrador, 2 to 15 fathoms, (Packard). Off Block Island (Gould). Ston-
ington, Connecticut, in cod stomachs, (Linsley, as P. fuscus). Coney
Island and Sandy Hook, New York (S. Smith).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene near Saint John, New Brunswick, and
Gardiner’s Island, New York. A closely related species occurs in the
Miocene of Virginia.

ANOMIA GLABRA Verrill. Plate XXXII, figs. 241, 242, 242°. (p. 311.)
American Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 213, 1872. Anomia ephippium (pars) Linné,
Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1150; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 1388; ed. ii, p. 204, fig. 497.
Anomia electrica Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 140; ed. ii, p. 205, fig. 499, adult, (non
Linné.) Anomia squamula Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 140; ed. ii, p. 206, young,

(non Linné.)
Florida to Cape Cod; rare and local farther north, in Massachusetts
Bay, Casco Bay, and on the southern coast of Nova Scotia, off Cape

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 697

Sable, S$ fathoms. Not observed on the eastern part of the coast of
Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy. Very common in Long Island Sound,
Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard Sound; along both shores of Long Island;
New Jersey, and southward; low-water to 12 fathoms. Southern part
of Saint George's Bank, 20 fathoms, (S. I. Smith).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of North and South Carolina; -and in the
Pliocene of South Carolina.

Linné gave “ Pennsylvania” as one of the localities for his A. ephippi-
um, and, therefore, probably confounded our shell with the European
species, as most subsequent writers have done. Gould has well described
our species in its different states, under the names quoted above, fig-
ures 499 of the second edition (our figures 241, 242), represent the ordi-
nary adult form, which is everywhere abundant on the southern shores
of New England. The specimens from Eastport, Maine, referred to A.
ephippium by Gould, were undoubtedly the smooth or squamose variety
of the following species.

ANOMIA ACULEATA Gmelin. Plate XXXII, figs. 239, 240, 240°. (p.

495.)

Syst. Nat., p. 3346, 1790; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 139, fig. 90; ed. ii, p. 204, fig.
498.

Long Island to Labrador, and northern coasts of Europe. Off Ston-
ington, Connecticut, 4 to 5 fathoms rocky; off Gay Head, 10 fathoms,
scarce ; very common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and northward, low-
water to 80 fathoms. Greenport and Montauk, Long Island (S. Smith).

Varieties of this species occur frequently in the Bay of Fundy and
Casco Bay, in which the aculeate scales are more or less abortive, or
even entirely absent, leaving the surface either nearly smooth or irregu-
larly squamose, but such varieties are easily distinguished from the
young of the preceding species.

This may possibly be a variety of the true ephippium of Europe, as
supposed by many writers, but I believe it to be perfectly distinct from
A. glabra.

OSTREA VIRGINIANA Lister. (pp. 310, 472.)

Favanne, Conch., Plate 41, fig C 2, 1780 (t. Gould); Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 136;
ed. ii, p. 202; Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 213, 1872. Ostrea Virgin-
ica Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3336, 1790; Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, vol. vii,
p. 225. Ostrea borealis Lamarck, op. cit., p. 220; Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 137;
ed. li, p. 203; Dekay, op. cit., p. 169, Plate 10, figs. 203, 204. Ostrea Canadensis
Bruguiére, Encycl. Meth., Plate 180, figs. 1-3; Lamarck, op. cit., p. 226; Han-
ley, Recent Shells, p. 299.

Florida and the northen shores of the Gulf of Mexico to Massachu-
Setts Bay; local farther north, off Damariscotta, Maine, aud in the
southern part of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, at Prince Edward
Island, in Northumberland Straits, and Bay of Chaleur. Not found
along the eastern shores of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy. Abundant

698 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

in the ancient Indian shell-heaps on the coast of Massachusetts, on the
islands in Casco Bay, and at Damariscotta. Theshells, in a semi-fossil
state, have been dug up from deep beneath the mud in the harbor of
Portland, Maine, in large quantities, but native oysters appear to be
entirely extinct in Casco Bay. Very abundant in Long Island Sound;
in the upper part of Buzzard’s Bay; rare and local in Vineyard Sound ;
very abundant on the shores of Maryland and Virginia. Mouth of
Saint John’s River, and in Tampa Bay, Florida (Conrad). Texas
(Roemer).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene at Point Shirley, Massachusetts, Nan-
tucket Island (abundant), Gardiner’s Island; in the Pliocene of South
Carolina; and in the Miocene of Virginia and South Carolina.

The occurrence of large quantities of oyster-shells beneath the har-
bor mud at Portland, associated with Venus mercenaria, Pecten irradians,
Turbonilla interrupta, and other southern species, now extinct in that
locality, and the occurrence of the first two species in the ancient In-
dian shell-heaps, on some of the islands in Casco Bay, though not now
found living among the islands, indicates that the temperature of those
waters was higher at a former period than at present. These facts also
point to the most satisfactory explanation of the existence of numerous
southern shelJs, associated with the oyster and Venus mercenaria in the
southern part of-the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, though not now found in
the intermediate waters, along the coast of Maine, nor in the Bay of
Fundy.

All the various forms of this species, upon which the several nominal
species, united above, have been based by Lamarck and others, often
occur together in the same beds in Long Island Sound, and may easily
be connected together by all sorts of intermediate forms. Even the
same specimen will often have the form of borealis in one stage of its
growth, and then will suddenly change to the Virginiana style, and,
perhaps, later still, will return to the form of borealis. Or these difter-
ent forms may be assumed in reverse order. Great variations in the
number and size of the coste and undulations of the lower valve occur,
both in different specimens from the same locality, and even in the
same specimen, at different stages of growth. All these variations
occur in precisely the same way in the shells taken from the ancient In-
dian shell-heaps along our entire coast, from Florida to Maine.

TUN CATA.
SACCOBRANCHIA.
CIONA TENELLA Verrill. (p. 419.)

American Journal Science, ser. ili, vol. i, p. 99, figs. 12, 13, 1871. Ascidia tenella
Stimpson, Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., iv, p. 228, 1853; Inv. of Grand Manan, p.
20,1853; Binney, in Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 24,1870. ?Ascidia ocellata Ag.,
Proc. Amer. Assoc. for Adv. Sci., ii, p. 159, 1850 (description insufficient); Bin-
ney, in Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 24, Plate 24, fig. 332, 1870.

Cape Cod to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; rare and local south of Cape

ae

: INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 699

Cod. Common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 100
fathoms. New Bedford, Massachusetts (L. Agassiz).

MoLGuLA MANHATTENSIS Verrill. Plate XX XIII, fig. 250. (pp. 311,

445.)

Amer. Jour. Science, vol. i, p. 54, Jan., 1871; Te'lkampf, Annals Lye. Nat. Hist.,

New York, vol. x, p. 83, 1872. Ascidia Manhattensis Dekay, Report on the Nat-

ural History of New York, Mollusea, p. 259, 1843; Binney, in Gould’s Inverte-

brata of Massachusetts, ed. ii, p. 25, 1870 (copied from Dekay). Ascidia
amphora Ag., MSS.; Binney, op. cit., p. 25, Plate 24, fig. 333.

North Carolina to Casco Bay, Maine. Very common in Great Egg
Harbor, New Jersey, Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, Vineyard
Sound, and Massachusetts Bay. Less common in Casco Bay. Great
South Bay, Long Island, abundant, (S. I. Smith).

MOLGULA PELLUCIDA Verrill. (p. 426.)
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 289, Plate 8, fig. 2, 1872.

Body subglobular with a smooth, thin, pellucid test. Tubes termi-
nal, contiguous, much swollen at base, long, divergent, tapering, reticu-
lated within by longitudinal and circular white lines (muscular fibers).
Branchial aperture with six papille. Intestine conspicuously visible
through the test; stomach covered by deep orange-colored hepatic
glands. Ovaries large, whitish. Color of test, pale byaline bluish;
tubes toward the ends, dull neutral tint.

Diameter of the largest specimens about 25™™,

North Carolina to Massachusetts Bay. Massachusetts Bay (L. Agas-
siz). Long Island (Coll. Peabody Academy of Science). Bird Shoal
near Beaufort, North Carolina (Dr. H. C. Yarrow).

Mr. Binney has published (Plate 22, figs. 315, 316) characteristic col-
ored figures of this species under the name of J. producta (Stimpson),
which is a very different, sand-covered species.

MOLGULA PRODUCTA Stimpson. (p. 502.)
Proc. Boston Society Natural History, vol. iv, p. 229, 1852; Verrill, op. cit., p. 289,
Plate 8, fig. 6, 1872; Binney, in Gould, p. 21 (not the figures, which are
M. pellucida).
Off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms, sandy. Massachusetts Bay, low-water
to 6 fathoms, (Stimpson).

MOLGULA ARENATA Stimpson. Plate XX XIII, fig. 251. (p. £19.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 230, 1852; Binney, in Gould, Invert., ed.
li, p. 21; Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. iii, Plate 8, fig. 5, 1872.
Long Island Sound, near New Haven, 3 fathoms, sand; Vineyard
Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 5 to 15 fathoms, sand and gravel. Nan-
tucket (Stimpson).

MOLGULA PAPILLOSA Verrill. (p. 495.)
Amer. Jour, Science, vol. i, p. 57, fig. 4, b, 1871; op. cit., vol. iii, p. 211, Plate 8, fig.
4, 1872.

Body free, nearly globular, or transversely suboval, usually slightly

700 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

compressed laterally. Integument rather thin, translucent, the surtace,
both of the tubes and body, entirely covered by particles of sand,
broken shells, foraminifera, etc., which adhere firmly. When cleaned
the whole surface is thickly covered with prominent granule-like papille
and numerous slender fibrous processes; the granules are most con-
spicuous on the tubes, where they usually have a rusty color. The
tubes are long, subequal, and their bases are separated by a space usually
greater than their diameters; they are quite divergent, both of them
curving outward, the anal tube most abruptly. The branchial tube is
cylindrical, somewhat longer than the anal, equal to or exceeding the
diameter of the body, the orifice surrounded by six rather long and
slender, conical, divergent papille. The analtube often bends suddenly
outward, tapers slightly, and has'a small square aperture, surrounded
by a circle of dull reddish brown. In contraction the tubes are not re-
tracted, but are usually shortened to about one-half their length. In
life the body, when cleaned, is pale grayish, with an almost transparent
integument, through which the convolutions of the dark intestine are
conspicuous.

The largest specimens are about 10™™ in diameter.

Off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 fathoms, stony; Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, 10 to 20 fathoms.

EUGYRA PILULARIS Verrill. Plate X XXIII, fig. 249. (p. 509.)
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 211, Plate 8, fig. 3, 1872. Molgula pilularis Verrill,
op. cit., vol. i, p. 56, fig. 4, ec, 1871.

Body unattached, globular, covered with a thin layer of mud, and,
when the tubes are retracted, looking like a small soft ball. Integu-
ment of the body, when cleaned, very thin, soft, nearly transparent,
thickly covered with minute granules, and minutely fibrous, usually
concealed by the adhering particles of mud and fine sand, but this can
be easily removed. The tubes are naked, smooth, nearly transparent,
subeonical, slender, as long as the diameter of the body, originating
close together, and but slightly divergent, both of them nearly straight;
they can be wholly retracted, and their bases are surrounded and con-
nected by a narrow, naked, oval or oblong band, which is usually con-
spicuous when the tubes are withdrawn; in partial contraction, the
tubes are conical, subpellucid, reticulated with white lines. The
branchial tube is a little shorter than the anal, the aperture surrounded
by six acute, conical papillae, and twelve small, dark, brownish spots.
Anal tube a little smaller, slightly longer, a little tapering, with a small
square aperture, surrounded by four small lobes and four small, reddish
brown eye-spots.

In life the body, when cleaned, is transparent grayish, the dark in-
testine showing through very distinctly ; tubes greenish at base.

Diameter usually about 5™", seldom more than 6™ or 8™™.

Off Gay Head, Martha’s Vineyard, 19 fathoms, soft mud; Casco Bay,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. TO1

10 to 20 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, off Grand Menan, Eastport Harbor,
and South Bay, 6 to 20 fathoms, soft mud. Gulf of Saint Lawrence
(Whiteaves).

GLANDULA ARENICOLA Verrill. (p. 502.)
Amer. Jour. Science, ser. iii, vol. iii, pp. 211, 288, 1872.

Body subglobular, rather higher than broad, the whole surface cov-
ered with grains of sand, forming a continuous layer. When the sand
is removed the surface of the test is reticulately wrinkled and pitted,
not furnished with fibers, except at base, where there are a few long,
slender, thread-like white ones. Tubes terminal, near together, in the
alcoholic specimens short, forming low verrucie, swollen at base, the
ends a little prominent and naked. Apertures square, with four small
lobes. The test is tough and opaque. Height, about 12"; breadth,
10™"; often larger.

Murray Bay, Gulf of Saint Lawrence (Dr. J. W. Dawson). Saint
George’s Bank, 28 fathoms, sand, abundant, (S. L Smith). Off Cutty-
hunk Island and Buzzard’s Bay (T. H. Prudden).

GLANDULA. Species undetermined. (p. 502.)
Vineyard Sound and off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 to 20 fathoms, sand.

CYNTHIA PARTITA Stimpson. Plate X XXIII, fig. 246. (p. 311.)

Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. History, vol. iv, p. 231, 1852; Binney, op. cit., p.18; Verrill,
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. iii, p. 213,1872. (?) Cynthia rugosa Agassiz, Proc.
Amer. Assoc., vol. ii, p. 159, 1850 (description inadequate) ; Binney, op. cit., p.
20 (copied from the preceding). Cynthia stellifera Verrill (var.), Amer. Jour.
Science, vol. i, p. 93, figs. 5, 6, a, b, 1871.

North Carolina to Massachusetts Bay. Common in Long Island
Sound, Vineyard Sound, and Buzzard’s Bay, low-water to 15 fathoms.
Boston Harbor, 4 fathoms (Stimpson). Off New London, Connecticut
(I. M. Prudden).

CYNTHIA CARNEA Verrill. Plate XX XIII, figs. 247, 248. (p. 495.)

American Jour, Science, ser. iii, vol. i, p. 94, figs, 7,8,9,1871. <Ascidia carnea
Agassiz, Proc. American Assoc. for Adv. Sci., ii, p. 159, 1850 (description insu ffi-
cient); Binney, in Gould’s Invertebrata of Mass., ed. ii, p. 25, Plate 24, figs. 334,
335, 1870 (young). (?) Cynthia gutta Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
iv, p. 231, 1852 (young); Binney, op. cit., p.19,1870. Cynthia placenta (pars)
Packard, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 277, 1867 ; Binney, op. cit., p. 19,
Plate 23, figs. 322, 1870; Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. xlix, p. 424, 1870.
Martha’s Vineyard to Labrador. Off Gay Head, 10 fathoms, stony ;
common in Eastport Harbor and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 109
fathoms; Casco Bay, less common, 10 to 40 fathoms. Massachusetts
Bay (Stimpson). Labrador (Packard).
This species is closely allied to C. rustica (Linné, sp.) from Iceland,
and may eventually prove to be identical.

702 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CYNTHIA ECHINATA Stimpson. (p. 495.)

Invert. of Grand Menan, p. 20, 1854; Binney, op. cit., p. 18, Plate 23, fig. 326;
Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. i, p. 96, 1871; vol. iii, p. 213, 1872. Cynthia
hirsuta (young) Agassiz, op. cit., 1850; Binney, in Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 20,
Plate 24, fig.336. Ascidia echinata Linn‘, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1087, 1767.
Ascidia echinata Fabr., Fauna Greenl., p. 331, 1780; Rathke, Zodlogica Danica,
vol. iv, p. 10, Plate 130, fig. i, 1806; Méller, Index Mollusc. Greenl., in Kroyer’s
Nati. Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 95.

Martha’s Vineyard to Greenland, Iceland, and northern coasts of
Europe. Off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 fathoms, stony, rare; common in
Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 109 fathoms, attached to
stones, shells, and other ascidians. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).
Banks of Newfoundland (T. M. Coffia). Labrador (Packard).

Bo.LtTENIA. Species undetermined.
Boltenia reniformis Dekay, Nat. Hist. New York, Mollusca, p. 260, Plate 34, fig. 324
(non Macleay).

New York Harbor (t. Dekay.)

The description and figure of the single poor specimen seen by Dekay
are insufficient for its determination. I have not met with the genus
south of Cape Cod, and the locality given may possibly be incorrect.
PEROPHORA VIRIDIS Verrill. (p. 388.)

American Jour. Science, ser. iii, vol. ji, p. 359, 1871.

Colonies composed of numerous nearly sessile individuals, which are
small, about 2.5"" to 3"" high, connected by slender stolons, and
thickly covering the surfaces over which they creep. Test compressed,
seen from the side, scarcely higher than broad, oval, elliptical, or sub-
circular, often one-sided or distorted, with a short pedicle, or subsessile
at base. Branchial orifice large, terminal; anal lateral or subterminal,
both a little prominent, with about 16 angular lobes, alternately larger
and smaller. Test transparent; mantle beautifully reticulated with
bright yellowish green; intestine yellow.

Vineyard Sound, 2 to 12 fathoms, on alge and ascidians, common;
Little Harbor, Wood’s Hole, on piles of wharves, at and below low-
water mark, very abundant.

BorRYLLUS GOULDII Verrill. Plate XX XIII, figs. 252, 253. (p. 375.)
Amer. Jour. Science, ser. iii, vol. i, figs. 14, 19,1871. Botryllus stellatus Gould,
Rep. on Inv. of Mass., Ist ed., p. 320,1841 (non Pallas). Botryllus Schlosseri Bin-
ney, in Gould, Inv. Mass., ed. ii, p. 3, Plate 23, fig. 319, 1870 (non Pallas); Dall,
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xiii, p. 255,1870.

This species commonly forms thick, fleshy, translucent incrustations
on sea-weeds and zodphytes, the form which it assumes depending upon
the shape of the object. The masses are often several inches in length
and half an inch or more in width. The animals are short oval, as seen
at the surface, aud form circular or elliptical groups, of from five to six-
teen or more, surrounding circular or elliptical cloacal orifices. The
“marginal tubes” or buds are numerous in all parts of the common

wwe ot

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 703

tissue, the enlarged ends appearing as oval or pyriform spots, lighter
thai the ground-color, The branchial openings are small and circular,
surrounded by alight halo. The animals differ considerably in form,
according to the state of contraction.

The color is extremely variable; several of the color-varieties have
been named and described on pages 375, 376.

Brooklyn, New York, to Boston, Massachusetts. Very abundant at
Wood’s Hie, Waquoit Pond, and other similar localities along the
shores of Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay; abundant at the mouth
of Charles River, near Boston. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, and Brook-
lyn, New York (D. C. Eaton).

AMARGCIUM PELLUCIDUM Verrill. (p. 401.)

Amouroucium pellucidum Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, ser. iii, vol. i, p. 290, 1871;
vol. ili, p. 211. Alcyonrdium ? pellucidum Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Science,
Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii, 1855, p. 142, Plate 10, fig. 25, (mutilated zooid).

Colonies large, complex, consisting of a large number of small, elong-
ated, clavate colonies, arising from a common base, and more or less
separate laterally and at summit, thus forming large aggregated hemi-
spherical or irregular masses, often six inches in diameter, the surface
generally covered thickly with adhering sand, but frequently naked
over the summits of the colonies, or even over large surfaces of the
masses, when, as often happens, the central colonies coalesce; when
naked, the tissue is smooth, translucent, gelatinous-looking, and soft.
The small side-colonies are long, with a slender stolon-like base, curv-
ing outward and ascending, enlarging gradually to the summit, which is
more or less convex, usually with a single central cloacal orifice, sur-
rounded by an irregular circle of individual zodids, varying in number
according to the size or age of the colony to which they belong. The
zooids, when mature, are long and slender, varying greatly in length in
each colony, according to the state of development of the post-abdomen;
the largest are often 20" to 25™™ in length. The stomach is bright
orange-red, and quite conspicuous; the slender post-abdomen exceeds
in length the rest of the body, but is not more than half the diameter
of the thorax, and isslightly constricted at base. In young individuals,
not half grown, the post-abdomen forms nearly half the whole length,
and is very slender. The branchial aperture has six, short, round papil-
le; the anal is situated a short distance from the end of the body, and
has short inconspicuous lower lobes, with an elongated, pointed lobe
above. The branchial sac is oblong, with numerous longitudinal and
transverse vessels and a broad ventral duct. The stomach is about as
broad as long, subglobular, with the ends truncated and the surface
covered with numerous, interrupted, longitudinal, glandular ridges.
The post-abdomen is nearly filled by the large, elongated ovary, which
extends nearly to the posterior end on the dorsal or atrial side, and con-
tains numerous closely-packed ovules of comparatively large size, and

704 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the conspicuous male organs, extending through the whole length on
the ventral or branchial side, in the form of a slightly-convoluted duct.
The posterior end terminates in a small, obtuse papilla. The atrium, or
cloacal cavity, often contain eggs in which the embryos are well devel-
oped, and, in some cases, the free, tadpole-shaped larve. The tunic is
specked with numerous, minute, purplish brown pigment-cells.

One of the zodids measured 7.5" in length; thorax, 2""; abdomen,
1.5""; post-abdomen, 4""; diameter of thorax, .8™" to .9™™; of abdomen,
about the same; of post-abdomen, .375™" to .6™™.

North Carolina to Vineyard Sound. Very abundant in Vineyard
Sound, in 6 to 12 fathoms. |

AMARGCIUM STELLATUM Verrill. (p. 402.)
Amouroucium stellatum Verrill, Amer. Journal of Science, ser. iii, vol. i, p. 291,
1871.

Masses large, variable in form, often in the form of thick vertical
plates, or erect crest-like lobes, frequently irregular; surface nearly
smooth, naked; tissue firm and cartilage-like externally, somewhat
translucent, generally pale yellow or flesh-color by transmitted light.
The fronds are often six inches or more in breadth and height, and from
half an inch to an inch thick. The zodids are grouped in more or less
regular, and generally simple, circular, stellate clusters, scattered over
the whole surface, and usually containing from six to twenty individuals,
arranged around a central, sub-circular cloacal orifice ; in contraction
the position of each individual is indicated by an oval spot, more trans-
parent than the common tissue, with a small flake-white spot around
the branchial orifice. The individual zodids are elongated and slender ;
the post-abdomen more slender, usually considerably exceeding in length
the rest of the body, and but slightly constricted proximally; the thorax
and abdomen are shorter and stouter than in the preceding species;
branchial sac with about twelve transverse vessels ; stomach oblong-
oval, with numerous longitudinal glandular folds, which are bright
orange-red in life; intestine large, light orange or yellow. Branchial
tube elongated, bright orange; the orifice with six prominent rounded
lobes. Anal orifice subterminal, with a prominent ligulate process
above, and several small lobes below.

North Carolina to Cape Cod. Very abundant in Vineyard Sound, in
5 to 15 fathoms, on gravelly and shelly bottoms. Fort Macon, North
Carolina (Dr. Yarrow).

AMARCGCIUM CONSTELLATUM Verrill. (pp. 388, 403.)
American Journal of Science, ser. iii, vol. ii, p. 359, 1871 (Amouroucium).
Masses thick, turbinate, often incrusting, surface usually convex,
smooth; substance firm, gelatinous, translucent, but softer than in A.
stellatum. Groups stellate, circular, oval or elliptical, often narrow and
elongated, or irregular and complex; zodids much elongated, slender ;
the branchial tube short, with six rounded lobes. Branchial sae elong-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 705

ated. Color of the masses usually light orange-red, varying to yellowish
and pale flesh-color; the branchial orifices with six radiating white
lines. Anal orifices often surrounded by a pale or whitish border ;
zooids generally orange-yellow ; the orifices and tubes with upper part
of the mantle bright orange, or lemon-yellow ; branchial sac usually flesh-
color or pale yellow, sometimes bright orange; stomach with bright
orange-red longitudinal glandular ribs; intestine light orange; mantle
with minute opaque white specks. In some specimens the cloacal cham-
ber or “atrium” contained three or four bright purple tadpole-shaped
larve.

Vineyard Sound, 4 to 12 fathoms, frequent ; Wood’s Hole, on piles of
wharf; off Stonington, Connecticut, 4-5 fathoms.

AMARCGCIUM PALLIDUM Verrill. (p. 496.)
American Journal of Science, ser. iii, vol. i, p. 289, 1871 (Amouroucium).

Masses sessile, hemispherical or sub-globular, usually attached by a
large base. Surface generally evenly rounded, sometimes irregular in
large specimens, smoothish, but thinly covered with minute, firmly ad-
herent particles of fine sand, which are imbedded in the surface of the
common tissue and scattered throughout its substance. The cloacal
openings are few in number and irregularly placed, except in smail
Specimens, which usually have but one large central opening. The ani-
mals are much smaller and more numerous than in the preceding species,
often forming somewhat circular groups of six or eight individuals
around the cloacal openings ; outside of the circular groups they are
usually irregularly scattered, but sometimes form linear series of eight
or ten, and in young specimens with but one central opening they often
form a larger outer circle, which is near the margin, more or less irregu-
lar, and composed of numerous individuals. The post-abdomen, in ail
the numerous examples examined, was small, thick, obtuse, and decid-
edly shorter than the abdomen and thorax taken together ; it often ter-
minates in two slender papille. Color of the masses pale yellowish or
grayish ; stomach dull orange-yellow; ovaries yellowish white.

The larger specimens of this species are 15™" to 25™" in diameter ;
the largest zodids are 3™" to 4™™ long, by .75"" to 1,25™" in diameter;
but many are much smaller.

Martha’s Vineyard to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Off Buzzard’s Bay,
25 fathoms, gravel; south of Gay Head, 10 fathoms, stony; Casco Bay,
8 to 40 fathoms; Kastport Harbor and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80
fathoms.

LEPTOCLINUM ALBIDUM Verrill. (p. 403.)
American Journal of Science, ser. iii, vol.i, p. 446, 1872.

Colonies incrusting stones, dead shells, ascidians, etc., forming broad,
thin, irregular, coriaceous crusts, with an uneven surface, filled with
minute, white, spherical, caleareous grains or corpuscles, which, under

S. Mis 45

706 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIXKS.

the miscroscope, have the surface covered with projecting points. Sur-
face of the crusts covered with small, irregular, scattered prominences,
in which the branchial orifices are situated. Cloaeal orifices few and
distantly scattered. Systems irregular, the zodids scattered, but often
arranged in rather indistinet concentric groups around the cloacal open-
ings, and connected with them by cloacal ducts, which are variously
branched, often showing through the integument as dark dendritic lines,
converging toward the cloacal orifices from different directions.

Color white, the zodids light yellowish.

The colonies often become 200™™ to 300mm across; thickness seldom
more than 2.5™", commonly about 1.25 ™"; zodids .5™™ to .75™ long;
diameter .25™™ to .30™7.

Long Island Sound to Labrador. Thimble Islands, near New Haven,
4to6fathoms, rocky; off Stonington, 4 fathoms, rocky; common in Vine-
yard Sound, 8 to 15 fathoms; abundant in Casco Bay, 6 to 40 fathoms ;
abundant in the Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms. Banks of
Newfoundland (T. M. Coffin). Mingan Islands, 10 fathoms (A. E. V.).
Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

LEPTOCLINUM LUTEOLUM Verrill. (p. 403.)
American Jour. Science, loc. cit., p. 446, 1872.

This species forms thin, coriaceous crusts, like the preceding, filled in
the same way with similar spherical corpuscles. The branchial orifices
open at the summits of low verruce. The cloacal orifices are small,
with four to six lobes, and distantly scattered. Color deep salmon, or
somewhat rosy.

The crusts are of all sizes up to 500™" or more in diameter, and are
usually somewhat thicker than in the preceding species, with larger and
darker colored zooids.

Connecticut to Bay of Fundy; off Stonington, Connecticut, 4 fathoms,
rocky; Vineyard Sound, 6 to 14 fathoms, common ; Casco Bay, 10 to 40
fathoms, common; Bay of Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms, common.

TAZNIOBRANCHIA.

SALPA CaBporTi Desor. Plate X XXIII, figs. 254, 255. (p. 445.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. iii, p. 75, 1848 (not described); A. Agassiz,
op. cit., vol. xi, p. 17, figs. 1 to 5, 1866;. Binney, in Gould, Invert., ed. ii, p. 6,

figs. 350 to 354, 1870 (description and figures copied from A. Agassiz).
In the typical variety, as described by Mr. Agassiz, the color is pale
pink or rosy; the nucleus deep chestnut. Long Island Sound to Saint
George’s Bank. Common in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. Off

Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

Var. cyanea. (p. 446.)

Nucleus and the borders of the mantle are bright Prussian-blue ; sur-
face of the latter delicately reticulated with fine blue lines.

Vineyard Sound, especially off Gay Head, in September.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 707

DOLIOLUM (species undetermined). (p. 446.)
Vineyard Sound (A. Agassiz).

LARVALIA.

APPENDICULARIA (species undetermined, *). (p. 446.)
Allied to A. longicauda (t. A. Agassiz), op. cit., p. 23, 1866; Binney, op.cit., p. 13
(copied from A. Agassiz).

Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).

APPENDICULARIA (species undetermined, ”). (p. 446.)
Allied to A. furcata (t. A. Agassiz), op. cit., p. 23, 1866; Binney, op. cit., p. 13
(copied).

Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).
BRYOZOA OR POLYZOA.

PHYLACTOLAMATA.

PEDICELLINA AMERICANA Leidy. (p. 405.)
Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 143, Plate X, fig. 25,
1855.
New Haven, Connecticut, to Vineyard Sound. Point Judith, Rhode

Island (Leidy).
GYMNOLAMATA.

CYCLOSTOMATA,.

CRISIA EBURNEA Lamouroux. Plate XXXIV, figs. 260, 261. (p. 311,)
Polyp. flex., p. 138, 1816; Exp. methodique, p. 6; Johnston, British Zoophytes,
ed. i, p. 262, Plate 30, figs. 3, 4; ed. ii, p. 283, fig. 62, and Plate 50, figs. 3, 4;
Smitt, Kritisk fort. éfver Skandinaviens Hafs-Bryozoer, in Ofvers. af Kong].
Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., 1865, p. 117, Plate 16, figs. 7 to 19. Sertularia eburnea

Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 810; ed. xii, p. 1316.

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen to the Mediter-
ranean (t. Smitt); California (t. Johnston). Common near New Haven,
and at Thimble Islands, 1 to 6 fathoms, rocky, and in tide-pools; off
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, on alge; common in Vine-
yard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms; very common in Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, low-water to 80 fathoms.

DIASTOPORA PATINA Smitt. (p. 405.)

Smitt, op. cit., p. 397, Plate 8, figs.13t015. Tubulipora patina Lamarck, Animaux
sans Vert., ed. i, vol. ii, p. 163; ed. ii, vol. ii, p. 244; Johnston, Brit. Zodph.,
ed ii, p. 266, Plate 47, figs. 1 to 3.

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; northern coast of Europe,
from Finmark to Great Britain. Near New Haven, at Thimble Islands,
1 to 5 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Vineyard
Sound, off Holmes’ Hole, 3 to 4 fathoms; very common in Casco Bay,
Bay of Fundy, and northward.

708 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

TUBULIPORA FLABELLARIS Smitt. (p. 405.)

Op. cit., p. 401, Plate 9, figs.6to8. Tubipora flabellaris Fabricius, Fauna Greenl.,
p- 430, 1780 (non Johaston, sp.). Tubulipora phalangea Johuston, Brit. Zoéph.,
ed. li, p. 273, Plate 46, figs. 1, 2.

Long Island Sound to Greenland ; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Common at Thimble Islands, 1 to 5 fathoms, on alge, hydroids,
ete.; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound; Casco Bay ; Bay of
Fundy, and northward.

CTENOSTOMATA.

ALCYONIDIUM RAMOSUM Verrill. Plate XXXIV, fig. 257. (p. 404.)
American Journal of Science, vol. iii, p. 289, Plate 8, fig. 10, 1872.

Much branched, when full-grown; the branches round, irregularly
dichotomus, usually crooked. Surface glabrous, smooth, or nearly so,
the cells rather small and crowded, their margins not elevated; zodids
with sixteen slender tentacles. Color ashy brown, or dull rusty brown,

Diameter of branches, mostly 5™™ to 6.5™™. Height, .250™™ to .375™™,

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Vineyard Sound; common in Long
Island Sound, near New Haven, in 1 to 5 fathoms; Thimble Islands ;
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, ete.

ALCYONIDIUM HIRSUTUM Johnston. (p. 404.)
British Zodph., ed. i, p. 303, Plate 42, figs. 1,2; ed. ii, p. 360, Plate 69, figs. 1, 2;
Smitt, op. cit., p. 496, Plate 12, figs. 3 to 8. Alcyonium hirsutum Fleming, Brit.
Anim., p. 517.

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen; northern
coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Savin Rock, near New Haven, low-
water; Thimble Islands, in tide-pools, on Fucus, Phyllophora, ete. ;
Vineyard Sound; and Casco Bay.

ALCYONIDIUM HISPIDUM Smitt. (p. 404.)

Op. cit., p. 499, Plate 12, figs. 22 to 27, 1866. Flustra hispida Fabricius, Fauna
Greenl., p. 438, 1780; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii., p. 363, Plate 66, fig. 5.
Flustrella hispida Gray, Brit. Mus. Catal., part i, p. 108.

Long Island Sound to Greenland; Finmark to Great Britain. Very
common at Savin Rock, near New Haven, at low water, encrusting
stones, Fucus, etc.; Thimble Islands; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vine-
yard Sound; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, ete.

ALCYONIDIUM PARASITICUM Johnston. (p. 404.)
British Zodph., ed. i, p. 304, Plate 41, figs. 4,55; ed. ii, p. 362, Plate 68, figs. 4, 5;
Smitt, op. cit., p. 499, Plate 12, figs. 14-19. Alcyonium parasiticum Fleming,
Brit. Anim., p. 518. .
Rhode Island to Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Vineyard Sound, on Phyllophora.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 709

(?) ALCYONIDIUM GELATINOSUM Johnston. (p. 496.)
Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 300, Plate 41, figs. 1-3; ed. ii, p. 358, Plate 68, figs. 1-3;
Smitt, op. cit., p. 497, Plate 12, figs. 9-13. <Aleyonium gelatinosum Linné,
Fauna Suec., ed. ii, p.538; Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1295.
Gulf of Saint Lawrence ; Spitzbergen to Great Britain. A few small
specimens, apparently belonging to this species, were dredged in the
deeper parts of Vineyard Sound.

VESICULARIA CUSCUTA Thompson. (p. 404.)
Zool. Res., mem. v, p. 97, Plate 2, figs. 1-4; Smitt, op. cit., p. 501, Plate 13, figs.
28, 34, 35. Sertularia cuscuta Linné, ed. xii, p. 1311. Valkeria celMeuta Flem-
* ing, Brit. Anim., p. 550; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 252; ed. ii, p. 374.
New Jersey, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain.
In Vineyard Sound it was found on hydroids attached to floating eel-grass,
and was also dredged in 6 to 8 fathoms, on alge, Sertularia argentea,
and other hydroids ; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, low water, on Ser
tularia pumila ; Casco Bay, on piles of wharf.

VESICULARIA GRACILIS Verrill. (p. 389.)
Bowerbankia gracilis Leidy, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii.
p- 142, Plate 11, fig. 38, 1855.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Vineyard Sound. Point Judith,
Rhode island (Leidy). Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms, on hydroids.

VESICULARIA DICHOTOMA Verrill, new sp. (p. 404.)

Stems clustered, caspitose, usually one or two inches high, slender,
flexible, white, and repeatedly forking. The branches stand in differ-
ent planes, so as often to produce miniature tree-like or shrub-like forms,
many of which generally arise close together, forming crowded tufts
upon rocks, oyster-shells, or alge. When the stem or a branch divides,
there is a joint formed at the base of each of the forks, by the inter-
position of a very short segment of a dark brownish, opaque substance,
which contrasts strongly with the white translucent substance of the
rest of the stem. Zovdids arranged closely in two subspiral rows of six
to twelve each, just below each fork of the stem and branches, and not
occupying half the length of the internodes, which are naked and
smooth below the crowded clusters of the zodids; these are smooth,
greenish brown, broad oval or obovate in contraction, subeylindrical or
elliptical in expansion, entirely sessile, and but little narrowed at the
base, and so crowded as to appear imbricated. The tentacles are eight,
long and slender, in expansion usually more than half the length of the
cell.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters; Savin Rock, at low-
water ; off New Haven Light, 4 to 6 fathoms, shelly and rocky ; Thim-
ble Islands, in rocky tide-pools; Norwalk, Connecticut, on oysters.
This is probably the species recorded by Dr. Leidy from Great Egg
Harbor under the name of Valkeria pustulosa, which is an allied Eu-
ropean species.

710 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

VESICULARIA ARMATA Verrill, new sp. (p. 405.)

Cells stout, oval, broad at base, with a short and narrow pedicel, at-
tached either singly or in pairs along slender, filiform, creeping stems,
which often anastomose, the branches being mostly opposite. Distal
end of cells prolonged into four conical processes, each of which, when
perfect, supports a long slender spinule, nearly half as long as the cell.
Tentacles not seen. Celis yellowish horn-color, with an oval, dark
brown internal organ, visible in most of the cells.

Vineyard Sound, on floating sea-weeds attached to Sertularie, Hale-
cium gra .e, ete.; also in 6 to 10 fathoms, rocky, on Sertularia argentea.

VESICULARIA FUSCA Smitt. (p. 420.)
Op. cit., p. 502, Plate 13, figs. 37-39, 1866. Avenella fusca (?) Dalyell, Rare and
Rem. Anim. of Scotland, vol. ii, p. 65; vol. i, Plate 12, fig. 11, (t. Smitt).
Long Island Sound northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off South End, near New Haven, 3 to 5 fathoms, on Alcyon-
idium ramosum.

FARRELLA FAMILIARIS. (p. 487.)

Vesicularia (Farrella) familiaris Smitt, op. cit., p. 502, Plate 13, fig. 36, 1866.
Plumatella familiaris Gros, Bulletin Soc. Imp. Mascou, vol. xxii, p. 567, Plate 6,
G. figs. 1-10 (t. Smitt). Farrella pedicellata Alder, Catal., p. 68, Plate 6, figs,
1-3; Quart. Jour. Miscrosc. Soc., vol. v, p. 24, Plate 14, figs. 1-3.

Long Island Sound to Vineyard Sound and northward; coasts of
Scandinavia and Great Britain. Thimble Islands, near New Haven, in
tide-pools, on algze; Casco Bay. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

CHILOSTOMATA.
Cellularina.

JNTEA ANGUINA Lamouroux. (p. 405.)
Soc. Phil., 1812, p. 184 (t. Smitt); Polyp. flex., p. 153, Plate 3, fig.6; Expos.
Methodique, p. 9, Plate 65, fig. 15; Smitt, op. cit., p. 280, Plate 16, figs. 2-4,
1867. Sertularia anguina Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1317. Anguinaria spat-
ulata Johnston, Brit. Zobph., ed. ii, p. 290, Plate 50, figs. 7, 8.

Long Island Sound, northward; coasts of Scandinavia and Great
Britain. In Vineyard Sound it was common at low-water mark and in
6 to 14 fathoms, on Phyllophora and hydroids. Off New Haven, 4 to 6
fathoms, on Halecium gracile.

EUCRATEA CHELATA Lamouroux. (p. 405.)

Polyp. Corall. flex., p. 149, Plate 3, fig. 5, 1816; Expos. Meth., p. 8, Plate, 65, fig.
10; Smitt, op. cit., 1865, Plate 5, fig. 3; 1867, p. 281, Plate 16, figs.7-9; Johns-
ton, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, p. 288, fig. 64. Sertularia chelata Linné, Systema Nat.,

ed. x, p. 816. Cellularia chelata Pallas, Elench. Zoéph., p. 25, 1766.
Martha’s Vineyard northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 fathoms, on hydroids and ascidians. Our
specimens differ somewhat from the figures of the European form ; the

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, Erc. 711

cells are simple, more slender, and more elongated; aperture of primary
cells somewhat bilabiate; of lateral cells simple and scarcely raised ;
no processes were observed on the front of any of the cells; the primary
cells taper below into a slender, often crooked pedicel, which is about
one-third as long as the cell.

(2?) CELLULARIA TERNATA Johnston. (p. 496.)

British Zodph., ed. ii, p. 335, Plate 59, 1848; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 282, Plate
16, figs. 10 to 26. Cellaria ternata Ellis and Solander, Zoédph., p.30. Menipea
ternata Busk, op. cit., p. 21, Plate 20, figs.3 to 5. (?) Cellularia densa Desor,
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66, 1848 (description inadequate).

Cape Cod to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms; common in Casco Bay, Bay
of Fundy, and at Saint George’s Bank, 6 to 100 fathoms. South Shoals,
22 fathoms, (Desor).

CABEREA ELLISII Smitt. (p. 420.)

Op. cit., 1867, p. 287, Plate 17, figs. 55,56. Flustra Ellisii Fleming, Mem. Wern.
Soe., vol. ii, p. 251, Plate 17, figs. 1 to3 (t. Smitt). Flustra setacea Fleming,
Brit. Anim., p. 536; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 346. Cellularia Hookeri
Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, p. 338, Plate 60, figs.1, 2. Caberea Hookeri
Busk, op. cit., p. 39, Plate 37, fig. 2.

Martha’s Vineyard, northward to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts
of Europe, from Finmark to Great Britain. Mouth of Vineyard
Sound, off Gay Head, 8 to 12 fathoms; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms ;
very common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Saint George’s Bank, 6
to 100 fathoms. Labrador (Packard).

BuGULA MURRAYANA Busk. (p. 496.)

Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p. 46, Plate 59; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 292,
Plate 18, figs. 19 to 27. Flustra Murrayana Bean Mss., Johnston, Brit. Zodph.,
ed. i, p. 347, Plate 63, figs. 5,6. Flustra truncata Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. iii, p. 66 (non Linné).

Martha’s Vineyard to Spitzbergen; northern coasts of Europe to
Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms; very common in
Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 1 to 100
fathoms. Saint George’s Bank, 20 to 65 fathoms, (S. I Smith). Labra-
dor (Packard).

BUGULA FLABELLATA Busk. (p. 389.)

Catal. Marine Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p. 48, Plates 51, 52. Bugula avicularia,
forma flabellata, Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 290, Plate 18, fig. 11. Flustra avicularia
Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed.i, p. 286, Plate 36, figs. 3,4; ed. ii, p. 346, Plate 63,
figs. 3, 4.

Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms; Wood’s Hole, abundant on the piles
of wharves. Coasts of Great Britain and Belgium.

712. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

BUGULA TURRITA Verrill. Plate XXXIV, figs. 258, 259. (p. 311.)

Cellularia turrite Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66,1848. Cel-
lularia fastigiata Leidy, op. cit., p. 142 (non Linné, sp.).

=<

North Carolina to Casco Bay. Very abundant in Great Egg Harbor,
New Jersey ; Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; and Vineyard Sound,
low-water to 15 fathoms; Portland, Maine, on piles of wharf.

Flustrina.

MEMBRANIPORA PILOSA Farre. Plate XXXIV, figs. 262, 263. (p. 496.)

Phil. Trans., 1837, p. 412, Plate 27, figs. 1 to 5; Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed. i, p. 280,

Plate 34, figs. 10, 12, 1838; ed. ii, p. 327, Plate 56, fig. 6, 1847; Smitt, op. cit.,

1867, p. 368, Plate 20, fig. 49. Flustra pilosa Linné, Fauna Suec., ed. ii, p. 539

(t. Smitt). 2Hschara pilosa Pallas, Elench, Zodph., p. 50, 1766. Hippothoa

rugosa Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan p. 18 (variety catenularia). Tubipora
catenularia Jameson, Wern. Mem., vol. i, p. 561 (t. Smitt).

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; Finmark to the Mediter-
ranean. Very abundant near New Haven, at Savin Rock, Thimble
Islands, ete., in 1 to 6 fathoms, and in tide-pools, on Chondrus crispus,
Phyllophora and other alge, stoues, etc.; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4
to 5 fathoms, on alge, abundant; Vineyard Sound; Massachusetts Bay ;
Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward. The variety catenularia is
common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from above low-water mark
to 50 fathoms. It occurs on the coasts of Northern Europe at various
depths down to 500 fathoms. Fossilin the Post-Pliocene of Canada and
Labrador (Dawson).

MEMBRANIPORA LINEATA Busk. (p. 406.)

Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, part ii, p. 58, Plate 61, fig. 1; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 363,
Plate 20, figs. 23 to 31. Flustra lineata Linné, Systema Nat., ed. xii, p. 1301;
Johnston, Brit. Zoédph., ed. ii, p. 349, Plate 66, fig. 4. Uscharina lineata Leidy,
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., ser. ii, vol. ili, p. 141, Plate 10, fig. 22,
1855.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen to
Great Britain, low-water mark to 50 fathoms. Commonnear New Haven,
from low-water mark to 6 fathoms, on stones, oysters, alge, etc.; Watch
Hill; Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and
northward.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada.

MEMBRANIPORA TENUIS Desor. (p. 420.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66, 1848.

Long Island Sound to Cape Cod. Common near New Haven and in
Vineyard Sound, low-water to 10 fathoms. Muskeget Channel, in 8
fathoms, (Desor).

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 713

Escharina.

ESCHARIPORA PUNCTATA Smitt. (p. 424.)
Op. cit., for 1867, Appendix, p. 4, (separate copies, p. 4), Plate 24, figs. 4-7, 1868.
Lepralia punctata Hassal, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 368, Plate 9, fig. 7; vol. ix,
p. 407 ; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, pp. 312 and 478, Plate 55, fig. 1.
Vineyard Sound, northward ; northern coasts of Europe to Southern
Norway and Great Britain. Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, on
shells, etc., common. Saint George’s Bank (S. I..Smith). (?) Fossil in
the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson).

ESCHARELLA VARIABILIS Verrill. Plate XX XIII, fig. 256. (p. 419.)
Escharina variabilis Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, ser. ii, vol. iii, p.
142, Plate 11, fig. 37. Lepralia variolosa Desor, op. cit., p. 66, 1848 (not of
Johnston).

South Carolina to Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bay. Very abundant
in Great Egg Harbor; Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard
Sound; Nantucket Harbor; low-water to 25 fathoms. Saint George’s
Bank, 20 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr.
Yarrow).

MOLLIA HYALINA Smitt. Plate XXXIV, fig. 264. (p. 420.)

Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 16, (separate copies, p. 16), Plate 25, figs. 84-87, 1868. Cel-
lepora hyalina Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1286. Lepralia hyalina Johnston,
Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 301, Plate 54, fig. 1. Cellepora nitida Fabricius, Fauna
Greenl., p. 435, 1780.

Long Island Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen to Great Britain.
Common near New Haven and at Thimble Island, in tide-pools and from
1 to 6 fathoms, on alge ; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms;
Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, abundant; Casco Bay; Bay of
Fundy, and northward. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Daw-
son).

(7) LEPRALIA PALLASIANA Busk. (p. 496.)

Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part ii, p. 81, Plate 83, figs. 1,.2; Smitt, op. cit.,
for 1867, Ap., p. 19, (separate copies, p. 19), Plate 26, fig. 93, 1868. Hschara Pal-
lasiana Moll, die Seerinde, p. 64, Plate 3, fig. 13 (t. Smitt). Zepralia pediostoma
Hassal, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 368, Plate 9, fig. 4; vol. ix, p. 407;
Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 315, Plate 55, fig. 7. Hscharina pediostoma
Leidy, op. cit., p. 141, Plate 10, fig. 23, 1855.

Rhode Island, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Southern
Norway and Great Britain. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms,
on alge; Vineyard Sound, 6 to 14 fathoms, on Phyllophora and other
algee, shells, ete.

Our specimens do not agree perfectly with the European form. Close
to the proximal border of the aperture there is a large, but not very
prominent, broad-based spine, or subconical process, which is not
conspicuous in a view from above, but is prominent in a side-view. In

714 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

some specimens a few of the cells have several slender spines around
the margin of the aperture.

This may prove to be a species distinct from 8. Pallasiana, but at
present I regard it as a variety.

(?) DISCOPORA COCCINEA Smitt. (p. 496.)

Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 26, (separate copies, p. 26), Plate 27, figs. 162-176. (?) Celle-
pora coccinea Abildgard, Zo6l, Dan., vol. iv, p. 30, Plate 146, figs. 1,2(t. Smitt).
Lepralia Peachii Johuston, Brit. Zobph., ed. ii, p. 315, Plate 55, figs. 5, 6.

Long Island Sound, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, on red alge ; Vine-
yard Sound and Quick’s Hole, on alge, ete., in 4 to 12 fathoms.

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson as I. Peachit).

The specimens from our coast, referred to the above species, differ
considerably from the typical European forms, and may eventually
prove to be a distinct species when a careful direct comparison with a
large series of European specimens can be made.

The aperture is usually surrounded by a circle of stout, conical or
elongated spinules, variable in number, the one nearest the angle of the
aperture, on each side, often stouter; but the spines are often absent.
A small semicircular avicularium is often seen near one side of the cell,
and distant from the aperture. The tooth or spine at the proximal edge
of the cell is elongated and more or less bifid at the end.

Celleporina.

CELLEPORA SCABRA Smitt. (p. 419.)

Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 30, (separate copies, p. 30), Plate 28, figs. 185 to 197, 1868.
Eschara scabra Fabricius, Nye Zoél. Bidr., Vid. Selsk. Phys. Skr., Haunia,
vol. i, p. 29 (t. Smitt). Millepora reticulata Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 433,
780 (non Linné).
Vineyard Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen; northern coasts of
Europe. Vineyard Sound and Quick’s Hole, 5 to 10 fathoms, on Phyl-
lophora, ete., not uncommon.

CELLEPORA RAMULOSA Linné. (p. 312.)
Syst. Nature, ed. xii, p. 1285, 1767; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 296, Plate
52, figs. 4, 5; Smitt, op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 31, (separate copies, p.31), Plate 28,
figs. 198-210. Cellepora verrucosa Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 434 (variety)
Cellepora pumicosa (pars) Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1286; (%) Johnston, Brit.
Zooph., ed. ii, p. 295, Plate 52, figs. 1-3 (variety).

Long Island Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen; northern coasts of
Europe to Great Britain. Very common near New Haven, off South
End, at Thimble Islands, and Faulkner’s Island, in large tide-pools,
low-water to 8 fathoms, chiefly on Sertularie and other hydroids, and
slender red alge, (mostly the variety tuberosa, or verrucosa); Watch
Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard
Sound, 1 to 15 fathoms, on hydroids, common; abundant in Casco Bay;
Bay of Fundy; and at Saint George’s Bank ; low-water to 145 fathoms.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 715
RADIATA.
ECHINODERMATA.
HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

THYONE BRIAREUS Selenka. (p. 362.)

Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. xvii, p. 353, 1867. Holothuria
Briareus Lesueur, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, ser. i, vol. iv, p. 161,
1824. Sclerodactyla Briareus Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, pp. 6,
7, 101-3, 1851; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 342, 1866. Ana-
perus Bryareus Pourtales, Proceedings American Assoc. for Adv. of Science, for
1851, p.10, 1852. Anaperus Carolinus Troschel, Miiller’s Arch. fiir Anat., 1846, p.
62; Pourtales, op. cit., p. 10.

Texas to Cape Cod. Long Island Sound, at West Haven, Connecti-
cut, Thimble Islands, ete., not common ; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s
Bay, 1 to 10 fathoms, not uncommon; Gardiner’s Bay, Long Island;
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Fort Macon, North Carolina, common
(coll. Dr. Yarrow); West Florida (coll. E. Jewett).

STEREODERMA UNISEMITA Ayres. (p. 503.)

Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 46, 1851; Selenka, op. cit., p. 344, Plate
19, figs. 96,97. Anaperus unisemita Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
iv, p. 8, 1851; Verrill, op. cit., vol. x, p. 357, 1866. Cucumaria fusiformis Desor,
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 67 (non Forbes).

Off Martha’s Vineyard, 22 fathoms, sand; Banks of Newfoundland
(Stimpson). South Shoals of Nantucket, 22 fathoms, (Desor).

PENTAMERA PULCHERRIMA Ayres. (p. 420.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 207, 1852; Selenka, op. cit., p. 346.
South Carolina to Vineyard Sound. Off Holmes’s Hole, 4 to 5 fathoms ;
Nobsca Beach, after storms, abundant; Fort Macon, North Carolina
(coll. Dr. Yarrow). Fort Johnson, South Carolina (Stimpson).

? MOLPADIA OOLITICA Selenka. (p. 510.)
Op. cit., p. 257 (in part), 1867. Chirodota odlitica Pourtales, Proc. Amer. Assoc.
for 1851, p. 13, 1852. Embolus pauper Selenka, op. cit., p. 359, Plate 20, fig. 132
1867.

Off Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy mud; off Boon Island, 95 fathoms,
muddy, (A. S. Packard). Massachusetts Bay, in fish stomachs, (Pour-
tales). Selenka gives “‘ Cape Palmas (?)” as the locality for his ‘‘ Hm-
bolus pauper,” which was based on specimens sent from the Museum of
Comparative Zodlogy—perhaps the original ones described by Pour-
tales ; the locality given is evidently erroneous.

The single specimen from off Block Island is small and imperfect, and
may not be this species.

CAUDINA ARENATA Stimpson. (p. 362.)

Marine Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 17, 1853; Selenka, op. cit., p. 358, Plate 20,
figs. 129-131 ; Clark, Mind in Nature, p. 187, figs. 114-116; A. and E. C. Agassiz.

a

716 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sea-Side Studies, p. 97, fig. 126. Chirodota arenata Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed.
i, p. 346, (figure), 1841; Ayres, op. cit., p. 143; Pourtales, op. cit.,p.13. Caudina
(Molpadia) arenata Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 345, 1866.
Vineyard Sound to Chelsea, Massachusetts. Sometimes abundant on
Chelsea Beach, after storms. Wood’s Hole (H. E. Webster). Selenka
gives “Grand Manan” (? from specimens in Mus. Comp. Zod6l.), but
after very careful search during several excursions to that island, I have
never been able to find it there, and believe this to be anerror. Stim p-
son knew it only from Massachusetts Bay.

LEPTOSYNAPTA GIRARDI Verrill. Plate XXXV, figs. 265, 266. (p.
361.)

Synapta Girardii Pourtales, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, for 1851, p. 14.
Leptosynapta tenuis Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. i, p. 325.* Synapta tenuis
Ayres, op. cit., p. 11, 1851, (non Quoy and Gaimard); A. and HE. C. Agassiz,
Sea-Side Studies, p. 95, figs. 124, 125; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,.vol.
x, p. 342. Synapta Ayresii Selenka, op. cit., p. 362, 1867. (?) Synapta gracilis
Selenka, op. cit., p. 363, Plate 20, figs. 123, 124.

New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay. Common in Long Island Sound,
at Savin Rock, and other localities near New Haven, in sand at low-
water; abundant in Vineyard Sound, on Naushon Island, ete.; Cape
Cod; Chelsea Beach, Massachusetts. Sag Harbor, Long Island,
(Ayres). Selenka erroneously gives “Cape Florida” as the locality for
S. Girardit. It was based on Massachusetts specimens.

LEPTOSYNAPTA ROSEOLA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 362.)

Body long, slender; integument translucent, filled with pumerous
minute, scattered, opaque, light-red spots, oval or sub-circular in form ;
perforated plates smaller than in the preceding species; anchors rela-
tively much longer, with a very slender, elongated shank. -General
color, rosy or pale red, due to the minute red spots. Length 100™™ to
150™"; diameter about 5™™ to 6™™.

Long Island Sound, at Savin Rock, near New Haven; Vineyard
Sound. at Naushon Island; in sand at low-water mark.

ECHINOIDEA.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS A. Agassiz. Plate XXXV,
figs. X68. (p. 406.)

Revision of the Echini, Parts I and II, pp. 162, 277, Plate 4°, figs. 2-4, Plate 9,
Plate 10, 1872. Echinus Drébachiensis Miiller, Zod]. Dan. Prod., p. 235, 1776,
Toxopneustes Drébachiensis Agassiz, Catal. Rais., in Annal. des Sci. Nat., vol. vi.
p- 367, 1846. Luryechinus Drobachiensis Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
vol. x, pp. 341, 352, 1866; Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. i, p. 304, 1867; American,
Jour. Science, vol. xlix, p.101. Hchinus neglectus Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p.
49,1816. Echinus granularis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. v, p.
225, 1827 (non Lamarck). Zchinus granulatus Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 344,
1841. Luryechinus granulatus Verrill, Proce. Boston Soc., vol. x, pp. 340, 352.
Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus Brandt, Prodr., p. 264, 1835.

Circumpolar: New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen to Great

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 717

Britain; Behring Straits to Gulf of Georgia; Northern Siberia to
Okhotsk Sea and De Castrie’s Bay. Very abundant in the Bay of Fundy,
from low-water to 109 fathoms ; Casco Bay; Massachusetts Bay; mouth
of Vineyard Sound and off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms, common ; off
Holmes’s Hole; off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, not un-
common ; off New London, Connecticut, plenty, (coll. Prudden) ; Faulk-
ner’s Island, Thimble Islands, and near New Haven, 4 to 8 fathoms, un-
common and small. Off New Jersey, ona bank, in 32 fathoms, (Captain
Gedney). Off Saint George’s Bank, 430 fathoms, (S. I. Smith).

Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Portland, Maine; New Brunswick ;
Canada ; and Labrador.

ARBACIA PUNCTULATA Gray. (p. 406.)
Proc. Zo6l. Soc. of London, 1835, p. 58; A. Agassiz, Revision of the Echini, Parts
Tand II, pp. 91, 263, Plate 2, fig. 4, Plate 5, figs. 1 to 18, 1872. EHchinus pune-
tulatus Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 47, 1816. Echinocidaris punctulata Des-
moulin, Syn., p. 306, 1837. Hchinocidaris Davisii A. Agassiz, Bulletin Mus,
Comp. Zoology, vol. i, p. 20, 1863; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x,
p- 340, 1866.

Vineyard Sound to the West Indies and Gulf of Mexico. Common at
Wood’s Hole, and in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 1 to 12 fathoms;
off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Long Island Sound, near
New Haven, and at Charles Island, not common; Fort Macon, North
Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). Off Tortugas, 13 to 125 fathoms, (Pour-
tales). West Florida (KE. Jewett).

ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA Gray. Plate XXXYV, fig. 267. (p. 362.)
Ann. Phil., p. 6, 1825; A. Agassiz, Revision of Echini, Parts I and II, pp. 107, 316,
Plates 114, figs. 4,5, 11°, figs. 4, 5, 12, figs. 1-13, 1872. Scutella parma Lamarck,
Anim. sans vert., p. 11, 1816.

New Jersey to Labrador. According to Mr. A. Agassiz, it oecursin the
North Pacific, on the west coast of America, from the Aleutian Islands
to Vancouver Island, and on the coast of Asia at Kamtchatka, 30 to 70
fathoms; and also at New Holland; India; Indian Ocean; Red Sea,
etc. Common along the entire coast of New England and Long Island,
from low-water to 100 fathoms, sand. Off New Jersey, on a distant
bank, in 32 fathoms, (Captain Gedney). Very abundant at Saint
George’s Bank and vicinity, 15 to 430 fathoms, (S. I. Smith).

MELLITA PENTAPORA Liitken.

Bidrag til Kundskab om Echiniderne, p. 107, in Vidensk. Middelelser, 1864 ; Ver-
rill, Trans. Connecticut Academy, vol. i, p. 345, 1867. ZEchinus pentaporus
Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3189, 1788. Encope pentapora Agassiz, Monog. Scut.,
Plate 3, 1841. Scutella quinquefora Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 9,1816. Ael-
lita quinquefora Agassiz, Mon. Seut., p. 36, 1841; Catal. Rais.. in Ann. Sci., vol.
vii, p. 138, 1847. Mellita testudinaria Gray, Proc. Zéol. Soc., London, 1851, p. 36 ;
Verrill, this Report, pp. 427, 429, (see errata). Mellita testudinata Agassiz,
Mon. Scut., p. 40, Plate 4%, figs. 7-9, 1841; A. Agassiz, Revision of the Echini,

718 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISI AND FISHERIES.

pp. 141, 322, Plate 11, figs. 13-22, Plate 12*, Plate 12+, figs. 1, 2, (name adopted
from Klein, 1734, accidentally binomial).

New Jersey to Brazil; very abundant along the whole eastern coast
of the United States, south of Cape Hatteras, and along the entire
coast of the Gulf of Mexico; rare and local north of Cape Hatteras.
Vineyard Sound, 5 to 8 fathoms, rare and dead; outer beach at Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey, dead. Nantucket (Agassiz).

ASTERIOIDEA.

ASTERIAS ARENICOLA Stimpson. Plate XXYV, fig. 269. (p. 326.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 268, 1862; Verrill, vol. x, p. 339, 1866.
Asteracanthion berylinus Ag. MSS., A. Agassiz, Embryology of Echinod., in Proce.
Amer. Acad., 1863; Embryology of the Starfish, in Agassiz Contributions, vol.

vy, p. 3; Sea-Side Studies, p. 108, figs. 141-145, 1865 (t. Agassiz).

Massachusetts Bay to Northern Florida and the northern shores of
the Gulf of Mexico; rare and local, in sheltered localities, north of Mas-
sachusetts, as at Quahog Bay, east of Portland, Maine; but not known
from the eastern part of the coast of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy.
Very common in Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard
Sound; and along the shores of Long Island, from low-water to 15
fathoms. Not uncommon in Massachusetts Bay, at Nahant, Beverly,

&e.

ASTERIAS FORBES Verrill.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 345, 1866. Asteracanthion Forbesii Desor,
Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., vol. iii, p. 67, 1848.

Buzzard’s Bay to Beverly, Massachusetts. Vineyard Sound and off
Gay Head, 6 to 14 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay, 6 fathoms ; Chelsea and
Beverly, Massachusetts, low-water. Vineyard Sound, 8 fathoms, (De-
sor).

This is probably identical with the preceding species, the differences
being, perhaps, chiefly sexual, but I have not yet had opportunities to
satisfy myself fully in regard to this point, and, therefore, leave them,
for the present, under separate names. Should they be united, the
name Forbesii has the precedence over all others.

ASTERIAS VULGARIS Stimpson, MSS. (p. 496.)

Packard, in Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Dec., 1863 (no description) ;
Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 347, 1866 (description). Astera-
canthion pallidus Ag. MSS.; A. Agassiz, Embryology, in Proc. Amer. Acad.,
1863 (no deseription); Embryology of the Starfish, in Agassiz’ Contributions.
vol. v, p. 3. Asterias rubens Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 345 (non Linné).

Long Island Sound to Labrador, and (?) Greenland. Very abundant
in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, from above low-water
mark to 40 fathoms; in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound and off
Gay Head, in 6 to 25 fathoms, not uncommon; off Watch Hill, Rhode
Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, common; Faulkner’s Island, Connecticut, low-

water, very rare.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 719

LEPTASTERIAS COMPTA Verrill.
Proc. Boston Soc., vol. x, p. 350, 1866. Asterias compta Stimpson, Proc. Boston
Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 270, 1862; Verrill, op. cit., p. 340.
Off New Jersey, 32 fathoms, (Captain Gedney). Off Martha’s Vine-
yard, 20 to 25 fathoms, rare; off Casco Bay, 30 to 50 fathoms.

CRIBRELLA SANGUINOLENTA Liitken. (p. 407.)

Greenl. Echinod., p. 31, 1859; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat Hist., vol. x, p. 345,
1866. Asterias sanguinolenta Miiller, Zo6l. Dan. Prod., 2836, 1776. <Asterias
oculata Pennant, Brit. Zodl., vol. iv, p. 61, Plate 30, fig. 56, 1777. Asterias
spongiosa Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 368, 1780. Linkia oculata Forbes, Wern.
Mem., vol. viii, p. 120, 1839. Cribella oculata Forbes, British Starfishes, p. 100,
(figure), 1841. Hchinaster oculatus Miiller and Troschel, Syst. Asterid., p. 24, 1842,
Linkia oculata Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 14, 1853. Linkia pertusa
Stinipson, op. cit., p.14. Hchinaster sanguinolentus Sars, Fauna Litt. Norveg., i,

p. 47, Plate 8, figs. 3-6; Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer, p. 84, 1861.
Connecticut to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain and France. Very common in the Bay of Fundy, Casco Bay,
and on the entire coast of Maine, from low-water to 100 fathoms ; Massa-
chusetts Bay; Vineyard Sound, 5 to 20 fathoms, not uncommon ; off
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 3 to 5 fathoms; off New London, Connecti-

cut (coll. T. H. Prudden).

OPHIUROIDEA.

OPHIURA OLIVACEA Lyman. (p. 363.)
Ij]. Catal. Mus. Comp. ZoGdlogy, No. 1, Ophiuride and Astrophytide, p. 23, 1865;
Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., vol. x, p. 339. Ophioderma olivaceum Ayres,
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 134, 1852.
Cape Cod to North Carolina. Wood’s Hole, Buzzard’s Bay, and Vine-
yard Sound, not common; shores of Long Island, frequent; Fort
Macon, North Carolina, common, (Dr. Yarrow).

OPHIOPHOLIS ACULEATA Gray. Plate XXXV, fig. 270. (p. 496.)

List of British Animals in Coll. of Brit. Mus., Part I, Rad. Anim., p. 25, 1848;
Liitken Additamentaad Hist. Ophiuridarum, p. 60, Plate 2, figs. 15,a. b, 16, a,b,
1858 ; Verrill, op. cit., p. 344, 1866. Asterias aculeata Linné (pars), Syst. Nat.,
p- 1101; Retzius Vetersk.-Akad., vol.iv, p. 240, 1783; Miiller, Prod., 2341, 1776;
Zo0l. Dan., vol. iii, p. 29, Plate 99, 1789. Ophiura bellis Fleming, Brit. Anim., p.
488, 1828. Ophiocoma bellis Forbes, Wern. Mem., vol. viii, p. 226; Brit. Star-
fishes, p. 53, figure. Ophiopholis bellis Lyman, op. cit., p. 96, Plate 1, figs. 4-6.
Ophiolepis scolopendrica Miiller and Troschel, Syst. Aster., p. 96, 1842. Ophioph-
olis scolopendrica Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 13, 1853.

‘Rhode Island and New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; Iceland; Spitz-
bergen; northern coasts of Europe, to the English Channel, Ireland,
etc. Very abundant in the Bay of Fundy, Casco Bay, and along the
whole coast of Maine, from low-water to 100 fathoms ; Massachusetts
Bay; off Gay Head, 6 to 8 fathoms, rare; off Watch Hill, Rhode Island,
in 4 to 5 fathoms, rocky. Off New Jersey, 30 to 38 fathoms, N. lat. 39°
54’; W. long. 73° 15’, (Josephine Exp., t. Ljungmann). Asimilar species,
perhaps identical, occurs on the northwestern coasts of America.

720 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

AMPHIPHOLIS ELEGANS Ljungmann. (p. 429.)

Ophiuroidea viventia hue usque cognita, Ofvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., 1866,
p. 312. Ophiura elegans Leach, Zo6l. Miscell., iii, p. 57, 1815. Amphiura elegans
Norman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xv, p. 109, 1855. Ophiocoma neglecta
Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 30,1841. Ophiolepis tenuis Ayres, Proc. Boston Soe.
Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 133, 1852. Amphiura tenuis Lyman, Proc. B.S. N. H., vol.
vii, p. 194, 1860. Amphipholis tenuis Ljungmann, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet.-Akad.
Forh., 1871, p. 635. Amphiura squamata Lyman, Catalogue Ophiur. and
Astroph., p. 121, 1865 (non Delle Chiage, t. Ljungmann).

Off New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe to the
English Channel. Common in Vineyard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms; Mas-
sachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms.
Greenland, 15 fathoms, (Liitken, as A. neglecta). Off New Jersey, 36 to
38 fathoms, N. lat. 39° 54’, W. long. 73° 15’, (Josephine Exp., t. Ljung-
mann).

Mr. Ljungmann, in his latest paper, regards this species as distinct
both from the Mediterranean species (Amphiura squamata), and the
English and Norwegian species (Amphipholis elegans). The former I
have here regarded as distinct, but consider the latter identicai with
the American form, the differences mentioned being slight and appar-
ently inconstant.

AMPHIURA ABDITA Verrill. (p. 433.)
Amphipholis abdita Verrill, Amer. Jour. of Science, ser. iii, vol. ii, p. 132, 1871;
this Report, p. 433. (See errata).

Body plump, pentagonal; the interradial margins concave, and the
angles, at base of arms, incised ; margin thick, rounded ; upper surface
of disk covered with very numerous, minute, crowded scales, which en-
eroach more or Jess upon the radial shields and run up between them in
a wedge-like area; lower surface thickly covered with still more minute,
granule-like scales. Radial shields elongated, three or more times
longer than wide, curved; the outer end geniculate or bent downward,
forming a prominent angle above; they are divergent, and separate for
their whole length, or barely touch at the outer ends, and are more or
less concealed laterally and proximally by the encroachment of the small
scales. Arms or rays, 16 times as long as the diameter of the body,
or even more, slender, flexible, gradually attenuated to the tips.

Six mouth-papille in each angle of the mouth, and two to four addi-
tional small rounded papillz, or tentacle-scales, near the extreme outer
angle. Two of the mouth-papille, on each side, are placed close together,
at about the middle of the edge of the jaw; the outer of these, which is
about twice as wide as the inner, is flat, scarcely longer than wide, with
the end obtusely rounded or truncate; the inner one is scarcely wider
than thick, oblong, rounded at the end; in one case these two papille
are united together. The third mouth-papilla is stout and rounded,
obtuse, larger and longer than either of the others, separated from them
by a considerable interval, and brought close to the tooth at the end of
the jaw, beyond which it projects inwardly and downwardly.

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 721

The mouth-shields are long-oval, or somewhat hexagonal, narrowed
outwardly, the outer part of the lateral edges being nearly straight,
the outer end rounded or sub-truncate, the inner end broadly rounded.
Side mouth-shields triangular with the three edges concave, the inner
ends not united, the surface finely granulated. The lower arm-plates
are separated by the side plates; the first two are longer than broad, ~
pentagonal, the inner end forming an obtuse angle, the outer edge
straight; the next two are about as wide as long, squarish, with the
corners rounded or truncate; the following ones are broader than long,
somewhat octagonal, the outer and inner edges longest and nearly
straight; beyond the middle of the arm they are again pentagonal, with
an inner angle. On the first five joints of one specimen there is only a
single pair of tentacle-scales, which are small and rounded; on the suc-
ceeding joints there are generally two pairs, one of them being consid-
erably smaller than the other; the largest specimen has two pairs of
tentacle-scales on all the joints.

Arm-spines three, on each side of all the joints, except the first, which
has but two; they are thickened at base, gradually tapering, blunt at
tip, sub-equal; the lower one a little curved downward; the upper one
stoutest, flattened, scarcely tapering, obtuse; the middle one a little
longer than the others, the length about equal to width of lower arm-
plates. The upper arm-plates are transversely sub-elliptical, with the
outer edge well rounded, the inner edge slightly prominent or angular
in the middle, and a little concave to either side, so that the lateral por-
tions are somewhat narrowed; the plates generally touch each other.

Color, when living, brown above, the central area dark brown, a
radiating band of the same extending to each interradial margin, and
bordered like the central area with pale gray; opposite the base of
each arm is a squarish area or radial band of olive-brown ; radial plates
yellowish brown, the space between them bright blue. In the center of
the disk is a small darker brown spot, and five similar ones, correspond-
ing to the bases of the arms, form a circle around the center; five
others, more distant, correspond to the interradial spaces; other more
minute dark spots are scattered over the disk. Upper arm-plates are
mostly dark brown, edged with pale brown or whitish; some of the
plates are partially or wholly lighter, yellowish brown, and thus form
transverse light bands, or mottlings, consisting of one or more plates ; ©
toward the tips these light bands become more numerous, and wider ;
spines bright brown. Lower side of disk yellowish brown, with a tinge
of greenish ; plates around the mouth whitish ; each of the jaws with
two brown spots; mouth-tentacles orange-yellow. Under arm-plates
yellowish brown, with the edges paler, and with a distal median spot
of whitish; lower arm-spines yellowish brown. In some specimens the
arms are dull greenish above, instead of brown.

Diameter of the disk, of the largest specimen, 11™™; length of arms,
0.

S. Mis. 61——46

722 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Long Island Sound; off New Haven, in 4 to 6 fathoms, mud ; off
Thimble Islands, 3 to 8 fathoms, soft mud, rare.

This species is, in some respects, intermediate between Amphipholis
and Amphiura. With the former it agrees best in the number of the
arm-spines and general appearance ; but in the structure of the mouth-
parts it agrees better with the latter. It will, however, not go into any
of the sections or sub-sections established by Ljungmann. It appears to
be more nearly allied to A. Hugenie Lijung., from La Plata, than to any
other species hitherto described ; the latter has, however, four arm-
spines instead of three.

ASTROPHYTON AGASSIZII Stimpson.
Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 12, 1853; Lyman, Catalogue, p. 186.

This species was first described from a specimen obtained “not far
from the shoals of Nantucket,” by Governor John Winthrop, in 1670
and 1671 (Philosophical Transactions), under the name of ‘ Basket-
fish” or ‘“‘ Net-fish.” Crab Ledge, off Chatham, Massachusetts, (V. N.
Edwards.) It occurs on the banks east and north of Cape Cod, and
on Saint George’s Bank, and is very common in the Bay of Fundy,
low-water to 110 fathoms; and is especially abundant in Eastport
Harbor, in 10 to 20 fathoms. According to Dr. Liitken it is also
found at Greenland and Finmark.

CRINOIDEA.
Antedon dentatus Verrill.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 339, 1866. Alecto dentata Say, Journ.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. v, p. 153, 1825.
This species was described by Say, from a specimen obtained at Great
Beg Harbor, New Jersey. It may postibly occur on the southern coast
of New England, but I am not aware that it has actually been found so

far north.
ACALEPH 4%.
CTENOPHORZ.

MnNemMiopsis LEIpyI A. Agassiz. (p. 449.)
Illustr. Catal. Mus. Comp. Zodlogy, North American Acaleph, p. 20, figs. 22-24,
1865.
Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound; Long Island Sound, off New
Haven.

LESUEURIA HYBOPTERA A. Agassiz. (p. 454)
Catal. North American Acaleph, p. 23, figs. 25-28.
Newport, Rhode Island, to Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).

PLEUROBRACHIA RHODODACTYLA Agassiz. (p. 448.)
Memoirs Amer. Academy, vol. iv, p. 814, Plates 1 to 5, 1849; Contributions to
Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iii, pp. 208, 294, Plate 28, 1860; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p.
30, figs. 38-51, 1865.
Southern side of Long Island, to Greenland. Not uncommon in Long

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 723

Island Sound, near New Haven; common in Vineyard Sound and Massa-
chusetts Bay; very abundant in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Gulf
of Saint Lawrence. Off Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Fire
Island, Long Island (S. I. Smith).

IDYIA ROSEOLA Agassiz. (p. 451.)
Contributions to Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iii, pp. 270-296, Plates 1, 2, 1860; A.
Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 36, figs. 52-62, 1865.
Vineyard Sound to Labrador. Off Gay Head, not common; common
in Massachusetts Bay and Casco Bay; very abundant in Bay of Fundy
and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Labrador (Packard).

2? Cestum Veneris Lesueur.
Nouv. Bull. Soc. Phil., 1813, p. 281, Plate 5 5, fig. 1; Lesson, Zoéphytes Acalephes,
p. 70, Plate 1, fig. 1.

Mr. S. I. Smith observed a species, apparently identical with this, at
Saint George’s Banks, and Mr. A. Agassiz has observed fragments of a
similar species near Newport, Rhode Island. This is properly a more:
southern species, found in the warmer parts of the Atlantic and in the
Mediterranean Sea.

DISCOPHORA.

AURELIA FLAVIDULA Péron and Lesueur. Plate XXXVI, fig. 271. (p.

449,)

Ann. Mus. Hist. Nati., vol. xiv, p. 47, 1809; Lesson, op. cit., p. 376, 1843; Agassiz,
Contributions to Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iii, Plates 6-11; vol. iv, pp. 10, 160; A.
Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 42, figs. 65, 66. Aurelia aurita Stimpson, Invert., of
Grand Manan, p. 11, 1853.

Buzzard’s Bay to Greenland. Common in the upper part of Buzzard’s
Bay, in spring; off Gay Head and in Vineyard Sound, in August ;
abundant in Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Frenchman’s Bay; Bay
of Fundy; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence.

CYANEA AROTICA Péron and Lesueur. (p. 449.)
Ann. Mus., vol. xiv, p. 51, 1809; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iii, Plates 3, 4, 5, 5,
10, 102; vol. iv, pp. 87, 162; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 44, fig. 67. Cyanea Pos-
telsti Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 347; Stimpson, op. cit., p. 11 (non Brandt).
Long Island Sound to Greenland. Common near New Haven; in
Buzzard’s Bay ; Vineyard Sound; very abundant ir Massachusetts Bay ;
Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Fire Island,
Long Island (S. I. Smith).

Cyanea fulva Agassiz.
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 119, 162, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 46 (no de-
scription).
Long Island Sound (L. Agassiz). Vineyard Sound (A. Agassiz).
I have been unable to distinguish more than one species among the
Cyanee of our waters, although they vary considerably in color, just as

724 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

they do farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy. This is probably only
a color-variety of C. arctica.

DACTYLOMETRA QUINQUECIRRA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 272,
(p. 449.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 125, 166, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 48, fig. 69.
Pelagia quinquecirrha Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. iii, p. 76, 1848.
Bermudas to Cape Cod. Long Island Sound, near New Haven; com-
mon in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound.

Pelagia cyanella Péron and Lesueur.
Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. xiv, p. 37, 1809; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iii,
Plates 12, 13, 138; vol. iv, pp. 128, 164; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 47, fig. 68.
Off Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). This species inhabits the Gulf
of Mexico ; Caribbean Sea; and coasts of Florida and North Carolina.
It is carried northward by the Gulf Stream to the vicinity of Saint
George’s Bank, and is, therefore, like the two following, likely to occur
occasionally at Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard.

Stomolophus meleagris Agassiz.
Contributions, vol. ili, Plate 14, 1860; vol. iv, pp. 138, 151, 1862; A. Agassiz,
Catalogue, p. 40.
Coast of Georgia (Agassiz). Off Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

? Charybdea periphylla Péron and Lesueur.
Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. xiv, p. 332, 1809; Edwards in Cuvier, Regne Anim.,
Pl. 55, fig. 2 (from Lesueur); Lesson, op. cit., p. 265, 1843; Agassiz, Contribu-
tions, vol. iv, p. 173.

This species was originally described and figured from mutilated
specimens taken under the equator in the Atlantic Ocean, and seems
not to have been seen by later writers. Mr. 8S. I. Smith has apparently
rediscovered this interesting species off Saint George’s Bank.

The specimen obtained by him, while on the United States Coast-
Survey steamer Bache, in 1872, is not quite perfect, but agrees pretty
nearly with the descriptions and figure cited.

The body in the alcoholic specimen is elevated, bell-shaped, rounded
above, with a marked constriction toward the border; transparent, the
inner cavity showing through as a large, conical, dark reddish brown
spot, with the apex slightly truncated. Border deeply divided into six-
teen long, flat lobes, which are of nearly uniform breadth throughout,
and slightly rounded, or sub-truncate, at the end; the edges and end
thin and more or less frilled; the inner side with two sub-marginal
earine. Eyes inconspicuous, but small bright red specks are scattered
over the marginal lobes. The intervals between the lobes are narrow
and generally smoothly rounded, without distinct evidence of the exist-
ence of tentacles, except that, in one of these intervals, there is a small
and short papilliform process, with brown pigment at the base. The

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 125

ovaries are mostly wanting, but portions are to be seen as slightly con-
voluted organs in the marginal region, opposite the intervals between
the lobes.

TRACHYNEMA DIGITALE A. Agassiz. (p. 404.)
Catalogue, p. 57, figs. 81-86, 1865. Medusa digitale Fabricius, Fauna Grenl,, p.
366, 1780.
Vineyard Sound to Greenland. Wood’s Hole, July 1, young speci-
mens. Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).

HYDROIDEA.
Sertularina.

TIAROPSIS DIADEMATA Agassiz. (p. 454.)
Memoirs Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 289, Plate 6, 1849; Contributions, vol. iii, p.
354, Plate 31, figs. 9-15; vol. iv, pp. 308, 311, figs. 45-48; A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p. 69, figs. 91-93.
Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy. Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).
Greenland (Mérch). Wood’s Hole, April, 1873.

OCEANIA LANGUIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 454.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 353, 1862 ; Catalogue, p. 70, figs. 94-102,
1865.
Buzzard’s Bay to Bay of Fundy. Common in Vineyard Sound; not
uncommon in Hastport Harbor.

EUCHEILOTA VENTRICULARIS McCready. (p. 454.)

Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor, in Proc. of Elliott Society of Nat
History, vol. i, p. 187, Plates 11, figs. 1-3, 12, figs. 1, 2, 1857; Agassiz, Contr
butions, vol. iv, p. 353, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 74, figs. 104, 105, 1865.

Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound.

EUCHEILOTA DUODECIMALIS A, Agassiz. (p. 454.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 353, 1862 ; Catalogue, p. 75, figs. 106-1072.

Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon Island (A. Agassiz).

CLYTIA JOHNSTONI Hincks. (p. 408.)

Hist. British Hydroid Zoéphytes, p. 143, Plate 24, fig. 1, 1868. Campanularia
Johnstont Alder, Northum. and Dur. Catal., in Trans. Tynes. F. C., vol. v,
p. 126, Plate 4, fig. 8 (t. Hincks). Sertularia uniflora (pars) Pallas, Elench.
Zobph., p. 121, 1766. Campanularia volubilis Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, pp.
107, 108, fig. 18 (not of Linné and Pallas). Clytia volubilis Lamouroux,
Expos. Meth., p. 15, Plate 4, figs. E, f, F, 1821. Clytia bicophora Agassiz, Con-
tributions, vol. iv, pp. 304, 354, Plate 27, figs. 8,9; Plate 29, figs. 6-9, 1862;

A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 78, figs. 108-111.
Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe
to Great Britain and France. Common near New Haven and at Thim-
ble Islands, in tide-pools and 2 to 6 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode

"

726 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Island, 3 to 5 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound, 1 to 14
fathoms, common; off Block Island, 29 fathoms; abundant in Casco
Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 40 fathoms. Saint George’s
Bank (S. I. Smith).

This species is undoubtedly the one described by Pallas, and accord-
ing to the strict rules of priority it should be called Olytia uniflora.

CLYTIA INTERMEDIA Agassiz. (p. 408.)
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 305, Plate 29, figs. 10, 11, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p- 77 (no description).
Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms, on Phyllophora. Massachusetts
Bay (Agassiz).

PLATYPYXIS CYLINDRICA Agassiz. (p. 408.)
Clytia (Platypyxis) cylindrica Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 306, 354, figs.
42-44 (not 41, nor Plate 27, figs. 8, 9), 1862. Platypyxis cylindrica A. Agassiz,
Catalogue, p. 80, figs. 112-114. Campanularia volubilis Leidy, Jour, Phil.
Acad. Nat. Sciences, ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 138, 1855 (not Linné, sp.).
Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Near New Haven, 4 to 6
fathoms, on Halecium ; Thimble Islands; Watch Hill, Rhode Island ;
Vineyard Sound; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms.

ORTHOPYXIS CALICULATA Verrill. (p. 408.)
Campanularia caliculaia Hincks, in Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. ii, vol. xi, p.
178, Plate 5, B, 1853; Brit. Hydroid Zodph., p. 164, Plate 31, figs. 2-2¢
Clytia ( Orthopyxis) poterium Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 207, 302, fig. 40,
Plate 28, Plate 29, figs. 1-5, 1862. Orthopyxis poterium A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p. 81, 1865.

Vineyard Sound to Labrador; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off Gay Head and in Vineyard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms ; com-
mon in Massachusetts Bay ; Casco Bay; and Bay of Fundy, low water
to 30 fathoms. Mingan Islands, Labrador, 6 fathoms, (A. E. V).
Henley Harbor, Labrador, 20 to 30 fathoms (A. S. Packard, as Clytia
volubilis).

CAMPANULARIA VOLUBILIS Alder. (p. 408.)
Catal. Zoébph. Northumb. and Durham, in Trans. Tynes. F. C., vol. iii, p. 125,
Plate 4, fig. 7, 1857 (not of Johnston); Hincks, Brit. Hyd. Zoéph., p. 160, Plate
24, fig. 2. Sertularia volubilis Linné (pars), Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 19; ed. xii, p.
1311; Pallas, Elench. Zoéph., p. 122, 1766. Clytia volubilis A. Agassiz, Cata-
logue, p. 77 (not of Lamouroux).
Vineyard Sound to Greenland and Iceland; northern coasts of
Europe to Great Britain ; low-water to 100 fathoms. Common in the
Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms.

CAMPANULARIA FLEXUOSA Hincks, (p. 327.)

Brit. Hyd. Zodph., p. 168, Plate 33. Laomedea flecuosa Hincks, Devon. and Corn-
wall Catalogue, in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. viii, p. 260, 1861,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 727

Laomedea amphora Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 311, 314, fig. 50, p. 352,
Plate 30, Plate 31, figs. 1-8, 1852; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 93.

Long Island Sound to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; northern coasts of
Europe, Isle of Man. New Haven, on piles of Long Wharf; Thimble
Islands, near New Haven; Vineyard Sound, off Gay Head; abundant
on the timbers of the wharves at Eastport, Maine.

OBELIA DIAPHANA Verrill. (p. 327.)
Thaumantias diaphana Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 300, figs. 1, 2, 1849
(? non Morch). Eucope diaphana (pars) Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, Plate
33, fig. 2, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 83, figs. 115-125.
Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Abundantin New Haven
Harbor and Vineyard Sound, on Zostera, Fucus, ete.

OBELIA GENICULATA Allman. (p. 407.)

Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, May, 1864 (t. Hincks); Hincks, Brit. Hyd.
Zoéphytes, p. 149, Plate 25, fig. 1, 1868. Sertularia geniculata Linné, Syst. Nat.,
ed. x, sp. 23; ed. xii, sp. 21, p. 1312; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 117, 1766.
Laomedea geniculata Lamouroux, Pol. Flex., p. 208; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed.
ii, p. 103, Plate 25, figs. 1,2. Hucope diaphana (pars) Agassiz, Contributions,
vol. iv, p. 322, Plate 34, figs. 1-9, 1862. Hucope alternata A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p. 86, 1865.

Long Island Sound to Labrador. Northern Europe, from North Cape
to Great Britain. Common near New Haven; at Thimble Islands;
Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms; Massa-
chusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward, low-water to
40 fathoms, on Laminaria, Rhodymenia, ete.

OBELIA POLYGENA Verrill.
Eucope polygena A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 86, fig. 126, 1865.
Off Gay Head, 4 to 5 fathoms, not common. Nahant, Massachusetts
(A. Agassiz).

OBELIA DIVARICATA Verrill.
Laomedea divaricata McCready, op. cit., p.195, 1859. Lucope ? divaricata A. Agassiz,
Catalogue, p. 91, 1865.
Charleston, South Carolina (McCready, Agassiz). A few specimens
were found on floating alge in Vineyard Sound, which appear to belong
to this species. It is closely allied to O. fusiformis (A. Agassiz, sp.).

OBELIA PYRIFORMIS Verrill. (p. 390.)
Catalogue, p. 88, figs. 127-129, 1865. Laomedea gelatinosa Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 138, 1855 (not Pallas, sp.).
Long Island Sound to Bay of Fundy. Very abundant on piles of
wharves, etc., at Wood’s Hole.
This species is closely allied to the following; in the latter the young
meduse have sixteen tentacles when set free, and the reproductive
capsules differ slightly in form.

728 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

OBELIA DICHOTOMA Hincks. (p. 407.)
Brit. Hydroid Zoéphytes, p. 156, Plate 28, fig. 1, 1868. Sertularia dichotoma Linné,
Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 24; ed. xii, sp. 22, p. 1312. Laomedea dichotoma, var. a,
Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, p. 102, Plate 26, figs. 1, 2.
Vineyard Sound, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms, on ascidians; Eastport,
Maine.

OBELIA LONGISSIMA Hincks.
Brit. Hydroid Zooéph., p. 154, Plate 27, 1268. Sertularia longissima Pallas, Elench.
Zooph., p. 119, 1766 (excel. synonymy). Laomedea longissima Alder, Trans.
Tynes. F.C., vol. iii, p. 121 (t. Hineks). Laomedea dichotoma, var. 6, Johnston,
Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 102. Campanularia gelatinosa Van Beneden, Mém. sur le
Campan., p. 33, Plates 1, 2 (t. Hincks).
Gay Head; Cape Ann, Massachusetts; Bay of Fundy. Coasts of
Belgium and Great Britain.

OBELIA FLABELLATA Hincks. (p. 390.)
Brit. Hydroid Zodph., p. 157, Plate 29, 1868. Campanularia flabellata Hineks,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. xviii, p. 297.

Off Thimble Islands, 4 to 5 fathoms, on Astrangia ; Watch Hill, Rhode
Island, on Laminaria; Wood’s Hole, on old wreck, in the passage.
Coasts of Great Britain.

The hydrarium of this species very closely resembles the Obelia com-
missuralis of Agassiz, and may prove to be identical with it. But the
original O. commissuralis of McCready, from Charleston, South Carolina,
is, perhaps, distinct from that described by Agassiz.

OBELIA COMMISSURALIS McCready. Plate XX XVII, fig. 281. (p. 327.)
Proc. Ejliott Soc., vol. i, p. 197, Plate 11, figs. 5-7, 1859 ; (?) Agassiz, Contribu-
tions, vol. iv, pp. 315, 351, Plate 33 (except fig. 2), Plate 34, figs. 10-21, 1862 ;
(2?) A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 91, fig. 134. Laomedea dichotoma Leidy, op. cit., p-
138, Plate 11, fig. 36 (not Linné, sp.). ? Laomedea gelatinesa Stimpson, Invert.

of Grand Manan, p. 8, 1853 (not Pallas, sp.).

Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). New Jersey (Leidy). New-
port, Rhode Island, and Nahant, Massachusetts (A. Agassiz). New
Haven Harbor, on piles; Vineyard Sound, on floating alge. Grand
Manan (Mills, t. A. Agassiz).

The northern specimens possibly belong to the preceding species.

OBELIA GELATINOSA Hincks. (p. 391.)
British Hydroid Zoéphytes, p. 151, Plate 26, fig. 1, 1868. Sertularia gelatinosa
Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 116, 1766. ZLaomedea gelatinosa Lamouroux, Polyp
Flex., p. 92; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 104, Plate 27, fig. 1 (var. b).
Campanularia gelatinosa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, p. 134 (t. Hineks).
Laomedea gigantea A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 86, 1865.

New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay; northern coasts of Europe, from
North Cape to Belgium and Great Britain; low-water to 20 fathoms.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters; New Haven, on piles of

» Wharf, abundant. Mouth of Charles River, near Boston (H. J.
<, t. A. Agassiz). ;

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 729

RHEGMATODES TENUIS A. Agassiz. (p. 454.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 361, 1862; Catalogue, p. 95, figs. 136-138.
Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound.

ZYGODACTYLA GRGNLANDICA Agassiz. Plate XX XVII, fig. 275. (p.
449.)
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 360, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 103, figs. 153-156.
Aiquorea Grenlandica Péron and Lesueur, Ann. du Mus., vol. xiv, p. 27, 1809
(t. A. Agassiz).

Buzzard’s Bay to Greenland. Common in Vineyard Sound, in June
and July.

ANQUOREA ALBIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 454.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 359, 1862; Catalogue, p. 110, figs. 160-162.
Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz).

TIMA FORMOSA Agassiz. (p. 449.)
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 362, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 113, figs. 164-172.
Vineyard Sound, February and April. Massachusetts Bay (A.
Agassiz).

EUTIMA LIMPIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 454.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 363, 1862; Catalogue, p. 116, figs. 173-178.
Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz).

LAFOEA CALCARATA A. Agassiz. (p. 408.)
Catalogue, p. 122, figs. 184-194. Lafoa cornuta Agassiz, Contr., vol. iv, p. 351
(not of Lamouroux). Laodicea calcarata A. Agassiz, in Agassiz, Contributions,
vol. iv, p. 350, 1862. Campanularia dumosa Leidy, op. cit., p. 138, 1855 (not of
Fleming).

South Carolina to Vineyard Sound; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard
Sound. The hydrarium was abundant on floating Zostera and alge in
Vineyard Sound, creeping over Sertularia cornicina; also at low-water,
and in 6 to 8 fathoms on Phyllophora ; Thimble Islands, in tide-pool, on
Vesicularia. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready, described as a
constituent part of his Dynamena cornicina).

HALECIUM GRACILE Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 328.)

Stems slender, flexible, clustered, compound, consisting of many very
slender, united tubes, light brown or yellowish, pinnately much branched ;
branches alternate, ascending, lon g, slender, tapering, similar to the main
stem, and usually similarly subdivided; the branches and branchlets
mostly arise from opposite sides of the stem, so that they stand nearly
in one plane; ends of branches and the branchlets simple, very slender,
translucent, whitish, divided into rather long segments; the articula-
tions not very conspicuous, somewhat oblique; each segment usually
with a prominent cylindrical process, arising from near the upper end,
which, on the older branches, bears the hydroid cell, but on the young
branchlets are themselves hydroid cells, furnished with a thin, slightly

730 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

expanded border, having a circle of dots near the edge; the older or
secondary cells, arising from these, are rather elongated, narrow, cylin-
drical, with slightly expanded rim, more or less bent and crooked or
geniculate at base, and usually with one or two irregular constrictions.
Many of the older cells are much elongated, and have two or three old
rims below, separated by distances equal to two or three times the
diameter. The hydroids are long, slender, with numerous long tentacles,
much exsert from the cells. The branchlets and gonothece (reproduct-
ive capsules) arise in the axils of the hydroid cells, and, like the latter,
the gonothece are often secund on the branchlets. The male and female
capsules are different in form. The male gonothece are oblong, sub-
fusiform, about three times as long as broad, obtusely rounded at the
end, more gradually tapered to the base; the female gonothece are
broader, somewhat flattened, usually a little shorter, gradually expand-
ing from the narrow base to near the distal end, which is emarginate ;
the outer angle broadly rounded and slightly produced ; the inner angle
prolonged into a short cylindrical hydroid cell, with the edge slightly
everted, from which two hydroids usually protrude. Height, 75™™ to
150" ; diameter of stems, seldom more than 1™; length of female
gonothece, about 1™™; breadth, 0.40™" to 0.45™™; length of male gono-
thece, 1™™ to 1.10™"; breadth, 0.30" to 0.40"; diameter of hydro-
thece, about 0.12™™.

Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters, just below low-water
mark; Long Island Sound, near New Haven, in 2 to 6 fathoms, abundant,
and also in brackish water on floating timber; Thimble Islands, 2 to 6
fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound.

This species is more nearly allied to H. halecinum of Europe and
Northern New England than to any other described species. It is a
much more slender and delicate species, with longer joints, and narrower
and more elongated hydrothece and polyps. ‘The female gonothece,
although similar, differ in having the distal ends decidedly emarginate,
with the outer angle somewhat produced, though much less so than in
those of H. Beanii.

ANTENNULARIA ANTENNINA Fleming. (p. 497.)
Brit. Anim., p. 546; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 86, Plate 19, figs. 1-3;
Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 280, Plate 61. Sertularia antennina Linné, Syst.
Nat., ed. x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1310. Antennularia indivisa Lamarck, Anim. sans
Vert., ed. ii, vol. ii, p. 156.
Martha’s Vineyard to Bay of Fundy; northern coasts of Europe to
Great Britain and France. Off Gay Head, 8 fathoms; Casco Bay, 6 to
30 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fathoms, not uncommon.

AGLAOPHENIA ARBOREA Verrill.
Plumularia arborea Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 65, 1848; A.
Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 140.

The original specimen of this species is still preserved in the collection

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 731

of the Boston Society. It consists of a large number of long, mostly
simple, but occasionally forked stems, forming a dense plume-like cluster,
united at base by an intricate mass of creeping stolons, which cover
what looks like the dead axis of a Gorgonia, but is most probably a
dried-up black alga, and is certainly not, as Desor supposed, a part of
the hydroid. The stems are mostly 4 to 6 inches long, more or less re-
curved, composed of short joints, and densely covered with the secund
pinn, which increase in length from the base toward the tips; the
pinne arise from every joint, and form two close alternating rows along
the inner side of the stems ; they are directed upward, and more or less
curved inward, toward each other, near the tips, and mostly 5™™ to 8™™
in length, composed of short, stout, oblique joints, not twice as long as
broad. Hydra-cells deep, slightly flaring, rising at an angle of about
45°, attached only at base, the upper side less than half as high as the
lower, border strongly dentate» one slender median denticle on the up-
per edge; four lateral ones on each side, of which three are subequal,
triangular, rather wide, obtuse, with rounded intervals; the lower or
outer lateral one is twice as long, rather acute; the single odd median
one, on the outer margin, is equally long and more slender, and usually
bent upward. A single large tubular median nematophore is attached
to the outer side of the cell, along most of its length, but separated at
the end, which is obliquely truncate, with the aperture on the inner
side, its tip nor extending beyond the long lateral denticles of the hydra-
cell. Lateral nematophores small, sessile, not so long as the upper or
inner side of the cells. The large, closed, oblong corbule are irregu-
larly scattered among the other pinne; they occupy the terminal part of
the modified pinne, but there are usually three or four unaltered hydra-
cells on the basal portion, below the corbula; the pinne bearing cor-
bule are somewhat shorter than the others,

Shoals of Nantucket, ten miles east of Sancati Head, 14 tathoms,
(Desor).

PLUMULARIA TENELLA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 407.)

Stems clustered, simple, slender, 1 to 2 inches high, horn-colored ;
branches alternate, very slender, not very long, mostly unbranched,
placed toward one face of the stem, inclining forward, and ascending
at an angle of about 45°, and originating from the alternate joints of the
stem, the internodes being longer than the joints that bear branches ;
at one side of the base of each branch there is a hydrotheeca and accom-
panying nematophores; the internodes of the stem also bear one or two
nematophores. The basal segment of each branch is short ; the rest
are of three kinds ; every third one is usually stouter, and bears a hydro-
theca; just in front of each hydrotheca there is usually a very short
segment, scarcely longer than broad, and sometimes indistinct, destitute
of nematophores; then follows a much longer, slender segment, five or
six times as long as broad, articulated by a very oblique joint at its dis-

732 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

tal end with the thicker and shorter polypiferous segment, and bearing
one or two nematophores on the median line, which may be either near
the middle or toward the proximal end. Hydrothece broad, sub-
cylindrical, a little longer than broad, with a slightly flaring, even rim ;
the axis forms an angle of about 45° with the branches; the free
part of the distal side is about half the length of the proximal side. Ne-
matophores relatively large, usually three with each hydrotheca: one on
each side, shorter than the hydrotheca, trumpet-shaped, with a round,
cup-like opening, narrowed below, nearly sessile; another, similar in
form, placed toward the proximal end of the segment, inclined forward,
and nearly reaching the base of the hydrotheca. Gonothece not ob-
served. .

Off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms, among ascidians; Vineyard Sound,
8 fathoms.

This species is related to P. Catharine Johnston and P cornucopie
Hincks, from the English coast. The former differs in having opposite
branches, smaller and more elongated nematophores, ete.; the latter
agrees in having alternate branches, but the nematophores are smaller,
longer, and more slender, and the joints of the branches are different.

This is the first genuine species of Plumularia that has been discoy-
ered on the New England coast.

SERTULARIA ARGENTEA Ellis and Solander. Plate XXXVII, fig. 280.

(p. 408.)

Zobphytes, p. 38; Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, p. 79, Plate 14, fig. 3, Plate 15,
figs. 1-3; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zoéph., p. 268, Plate 56; A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p. 144.

New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; northern shores of Europe to Great
Britain and France; low-water to 110 fathoms. Great Egg Harbor,
New Jersey, in April; common and of large size in Long Island Sound,
near New Haven, Thimble Islands, and at Faulkner’s Island, 1 to 8
fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound, 1 to 15 fathoms,
very common; abundant in Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; Nova Scotia
coast; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, low-water to 110 fathoms. Saint
George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

SERTULARIA CUPRESSINA Linné. (p. 408.)
Syst. Nature, ed. x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1308; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 142, 1766;
Johnston, op. cit., p. 80, Plate 16, figs. 1,2; Hincks, op. cit., p. 270, Plate 57 ;
A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 143.

New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain and France. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, with reproductive
capsules, in April; Vineyard Sound, not common; Massachusetts Bay ;
Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, in tide-pools and from 1 to 110 fathoms,
common. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Absecom Beach, New
Jersey (Leidy).

SERTULARIA PUMILA Linné. Plate XX XVII, fig. 279. (p. 327.)

Syst. Nature, ed. x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1306; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 130; Johnston, ;
op. cit., p. 66, Plate 11, figs. 3,4; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 260, Plate 53,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC 1733

fig. 1. Dynamena pwnila Lamouroux, Bulletin Soc. Phil., vol. iii, p. 184. 1812 ;
Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 326, 355, Plate 32, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata-
logue, p. 141, figs. 225, 226.

New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; Finmark to Great Britain and
France. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on Fucus; abundant on the
shores of Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, and northward, between
tides.

SERTULARIA CORNICINA Verrill. (p. 408.)
Dynamena cornicina (pars) McCready, op. cit., p. 204, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p- 142, 1865.

Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. Not uncommon in
Vineyard Sound, 1 to 8 fathoms, often on Haleciwm gracile ; also on float-
ing Zostera, ete., and covered with Lafoéa calearata.

This species somewhat resembles the preceding, but the hydra-cells
are more distant, longer, more prominent, and freer, while the end is

‘distinctly bent outward, making the lower side concave in the middle ;
aperture strongly bilabiate, often appearing tridentate.
HAYDRALLMANIA FALCATA Hincks. (p. 408.)

Brit. Hyd. Zoéph., p. 273, Plate 58, 1868. Sertularia falcata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed.
x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1309; Plumularia falcata Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, p.
160; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., p. 90, Plate 21, figs. 1, 2. Sertularia tenerissima
Stimpson, Mar. Invert..Grand Manan, p. 8, 1853.

Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; northern shores of Europe
to the British Channel. Common near New Haven, and off Thimble
Islands, 4 to 8 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound,
and off Gay Head, 6 to 20 fathoms; Massachusetts Bay, abundant ;
very abundant in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 110 fath-
oms; Mingan Islands, Labrador. Saint George’s Bank, very abundaut,
20 to 150 fathoms, (S. I. Smith, A. 8. Packard).

Tubularina.

NEMOPSIS BACHET Agassiz. (p. 454.)
Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 289, figure, 1849; Contributions, vol. iv, p. 345;
A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 149, figs. 227-231. Nemopsis Gibbesi McCready, op. cit.,
p. 58, Plate 10, figs. 1-7, 1859.
Charleston, South Carolina, to Nantucket.

BOUGAINVILLIA SUPERCILIARIS Aggasiz. Plate XXXVII, fig. 276.
(p. 328.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 289, 291, figs. 37-39, Plate 27, figs. 1-7, 1862; A. Agas-
siz, Catalogue, p. 153, figs. 232-240. Hippocrene superciliaris Agassiz, Mem.
Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 250, Plates 1-3, 1849.
Newport, Rhode Island, to Bay of Fundy ; ? Greenland.

MARGELIS CAROLINENSIS Agassiz. (p. 450.)
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 344, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 156, figs. 241-248.
Hippocrene Carolinensis McCready, op. cit., p. 164 (separate copies, p. 62), Plate
10, figs. 8-10.
Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. Wood’s Hole, at
Surface, evening.

734 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

EUDENDRIUM DISPAR Agassiz. (p. 408.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 285, 289, 342, fig. 36, Plate 27, figs. 10-21, 1862; A
Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 159, fig. 249.

Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy ; 1 to 20 fathoms.

EUDENDRIUM TENUE A. Agassiz.
Catalogue, p. 160, fig. 250, 1865.
Buzzard’s Bay to Bay of Fundy, low-water to 15 fathoms. This is
closely allied to the English H. capillare Alder, but the latter seems to
be a smaller and more delicate species.

EUDENDRIUM RAMOSUM Ehrenberg. (p. 408.)
Corall. roth. Meer, p. 72, 1834; Johnston, Brit. Zobph., ed. ii, p. 46, Plate 6,
figs. 1-3; Hineks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 82, Plate 13; ? A. Agassiz, Catalogue,
p- 160. Tubularia ramosa Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1302.

Martha’s Vineyard to Labrador; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Off Gay Head, 8 to 20 fathoms; Casco Bay, 10 to 60 fathoms ;
Bay of Fundy. 6 to 100 fathoms. Off Saint George’s Bank, 430 fathoms,
(S. 1. Smith).

DYSMORPHOSA FULGURANS A. Agassiz. (p. 448.)
Catalogue, p. 163, figs. 259, 260, 1865.
Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon, and Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz).
TURRITOPSIS NUTRICULA McCready. (p. 454.)
Op. cit., pp. 55, 86, 127, Plates 4, 5, 8, fig. 1, 1857-9; Agassiz, Contributions, vol.
iv, p. 347; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 167, figs. 269, 270.
Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound.

STOMOTOCA APICATA Agassiz. (p. 455.)
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 347, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 168. Saphenia
apicata McCready, op. cit., p. 129, Plate 8, figs. 2, 3, 1859.
Charleston, South Carolina (McCready); Newport, Rhode Island (A.
Agassiz).
CLAVA LEPTOSTYLA Agassiz. (p. 328.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 218, 222, fig. 32, Plate 20, figs. 11-16, Plate 21, figs.
1-108, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 170, fig. 274; Hincks, op. cit., p. 6, Plate
2, fig. 1, 1868. Clava multicornis Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 11, 1853 ;
Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. iii, p. 185, Plate 11, figs. 33, 34,
1855 (not of Johnston).

Long Island Sound to Labrador; coasts of Great Britain. Near New
Haven Light; Thimble Islands, in tide-pools; Beverly, Massachusetts ;
Casco Bay, on rocks and Fucus, abundant; HKastport, Maine, on piles.
Point Judith, Rhode Island (Leidy). Nahant, Massachusetts (Agassiz).
Morecombe Bay (Hincks).

CORDYLOPHORA, species undetermined.
Syncoryna, sp., Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 339 (no description).

Newport Harbor, Rhode Island (Leidy, t. Agassiz). In 1860 I ob-
tained a species of this genus from the vicinity of Cambridge, Massa-

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 735

chusetts, in water that was fresh, or nearly so. It grew to the height
of two inches or more, with long slender branches.

WILLIA ORNATA McCready. (p. 405.)
Op. cit., p. 149 (separate copies, p. 47), Plate 9, figs. 9-11, 1859 (Willsia) ; Agassiz,
Contributions, vol. iv, p. 346, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 171, figs. 2742,
275.
Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz).

CORYNE MIRABILIS Agassiz.
Contributions, vol. iii, Plate 11¢, figs. 14, 15, Plates 17-19; vol. iv, pp. 185-217, figs:
9-31, Plate 20, figs. 1-9, Plate 23, fig. 12; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 175, figs.
2383-287. Sarsia mirabilis Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 224, Plates 4,5,
1849. ? Tubularia stellifera Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 56,
1839. Coryne gravata Wright, Edinb. New Phil. Jour., Apr., 1858, Plate 7, fig.
5(t. Hincks). Syncoryne gravata Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 53, Plate 10, fig. 1.
The species described by Couthouy may, possibly, have been this ;
but his species was described as unbranched, and as if it had two dis-
tinct circles of tentacles. Martha’s Vineyard to Greenland. Common
in Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; and Bay of Fundy. Scotland

(Hincks).

DIPURENA CONICA A. Agassiz. (p. 455.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 341, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 181, figs.
301-305.
Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz).

GEMMARIA GEMMOSA McCready. (p. 455.)
Op. cit., p. 151, Plate 8, figs. 4,5, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 184, fig. 306.
Zanclea gemmosa McCready, op. cit., p-151, 1349; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iy,
p. 344,
Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz).

PENNARIA TIARELLA McCready. Plate XXXVII, figs. 277, 278, (p.
327.)
Op. cit., p. 153, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 187, figs. 311-315. Globiceps tia-
rella Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 193, 1852. Hucoryne elegans
Leidy, op. cit., p. 136, Plate 10, figs. 1-5, 1855. Globiceps tiarella Agassiz, Con-
tributions, vol. iv, p. 344, 1862.
Charleston, South Carolina, to Massachusetts Bay. Great Egg Har-
bor, New Jersey ; near New Haven; Vineyard Sound, common, low-water
to 10 fathoms, and on floating alge.

ECTOPLEURA OCHRACEA Agassiz. (p. 455.)
In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 343, 1862; Catalogue, p. 191, figs. 320-323.
Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz).

736 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CORYMORPHA PENDULA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 273. (p. 510.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 276, 343, Plate 26, figs. 7-17, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata-
logue, p. 192, fig. 324. Corymorpha nutans Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan,
p. 9, 1853.
Block Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Casco Bay and
Bay of Fundy, 8 to 30 fathoms; off Block Island, 29 fathoms. Off
Cape Cod (A. 8. Bickmore).

HYBOCODON PROLIFER Agassiz. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 282. (p. 328.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 243, 343, Plate 23%, figs. 10, 11, Plate 25, figs. 1-15,
1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 193, figs. 325-328.
Vineyard Sound to Massachusetts Bay.

PARYPHA CROCEA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 274. (p. 390.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 249, 342, Plates 23, 238, figs. 1-7, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata-
logue, p. 195. ? Tubularia cristata McCready, op. cit., p. 156, 1859=Parypha
cristata Ag., op. cit., p. 342.

Brooklyn, New York, to Boston, Massachusetts. Very abundant near
New Haven, on piles in harbor, and in 2 to 6‘fathoms, off Thimble
Islands; Wood’s Hole, on piles, abundant. Warren Bridge, Boston
(Agassiz).

This is probably not distinct from P. cristata, which is abundant at
Charleston, South Carolina, and Fort Macon, North Carolina.

THAMNOCNIDIA TENELLA Agassiz. (p. 407.)
Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 275, 342, Plate 22, figs. 21-30, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata-
logue, p. 195.
Rhode Island to Bay of Fundy. Off Watch Hill, 4 to 5 fathoms;
Vineyard Sound, 6 to 10 fathoms; common in Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, low-water to 40 fathoms.

HYDRACTINIA POLYCLINA Agassiz. (p. 407.) °
Contributions, vol. iii, Plate 16; vol. iv, pp. 227, 339, figs. 33-35, Plate 26, fig. 18,
1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 19%, figs. 329,330. Hydractinia echinata Leidy,
op. cit., p. 135, Plate xi, fig. 35, 1855 (? not of Johnston).

New Jersey to Labrador. Very abundant in Long Island Sound,
Vineyard Sound, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fath-
oms. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Labrador (Packard). Green-
land (Méreh). ? Charleston, South Carolina (McCready).

The identity of this with the European species is somewhat doubtful,
though united by Hincks and others. The latter extends southward on
the European coasts to Great Britain and France.

Physophore.

NANOMIA CARA A. Agassiz. (p. 455.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 181, 1863; Catalogue, p. 200, figs. 332-350.
Newport, Rhode Island ; Massachusetts Bay ; Nahant (A. Agassiz).

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 737
Porpite.

PHYSALIA PELAGICA Lamarck. (p. 450.)

Syst. des Anim. sans Vert.,. p. 356, 1801 ; Lesson, Acaléphes, p. 545, 1843. Physalis
pelagica Osbeck, Itin., p. 284, Plate 12, fig. 1, 1757 (t. Lesson). Holothuria
physalis Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1090, 1767. Medusa caravella Miiller, Besch.
der Berl. Naturf., vol. ii, p. 190, Plate 9, fig. 2 (t. Lesson); Gmelin, Syst. Nat.,
p. 3139,1789. Physalia caravella Eschscholtz; Lesson, Hist. Nat. des Zooph.
Acalaphes, Plate 11 (explanation). Physalia arethusa Tilesius, in Krusensterns
Reise, vol. iii, p. 91, Plate 23, figs. 1-6, 1513 (t. Lesson); Agassiz, Contributions ,
vol. iv, pp. 335, 367, Plate 35, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 214, figs. 351-354 ;
this Report, p. 450. Physalia aurigera McCready, op. cit., p. 176, 1859.

Warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, coming north-
ward in the Gulf Stream to the southern coast of New England and
Long Island; and off Saint George’s Bank and Nova Scotia. Not un-
common, in good condition, in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay.
Watch Hill, Rhode Island (D. C. Eaton). East of Saint George’s Bank
(8.1. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow).

VELELLA MUTICA Lamarck. (p. 459.)

Syst. des Anim. sans Vert., p. 355, 1801; Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Vers., vol. ii, p. 158;
Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool., vol. ii, pp. 2,52, Plate 6, figs. 1,2; Aca-
lephes, p. 571, Plate 12, figs. 1,2; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 216, figs. 355-357.
Medusa velella Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1098.

Tropical parts of the Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico, coming northward
in the Gulf Stream as far as Nantucket and off Saint George’s Bank.
Aspinwall (coll. F. H. Bradley); coasts of Florida (Agassiz); Long Is-
land Sound (A. Agassiz).

POLYPI or ANTHOZOA.
ALCYONARIA.
ALCYONIUM CARNEUM Agassiz. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 283. (p. 497.)

Proc. American Association for Adv. of Science, 1850, p. 209; Verrill, Revision

of Polyps of Eastern Coast U. S., in Memoirs Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p.

4, 1864; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 343, 1866. Halcyonium

,carneum A. and E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 19, figs. 21-23, 1865.

Rhode Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Off Watch Hill, Rhode Island,

4 to 5 fathoms; off Cuttyhunk Island, 10 to 15 fathoms; off Gay Head, 8

to 10 fathoms ; common in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy,

and coast of Nova Scotia, low-water to 80 fathoms. Gulf of Saint Law-
rence (Whiteaves). Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith).

Leptogorgia tenuis Verrill.
Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 8,1864. Gorgonia tenuis Verrill, Proc.
Boston Soc. N. H., vol. x, p. 339, 1866. Leptogorgia teres (error typ.) Verrill,
Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xlviii, p. 420, 1869.

‘* Bay of New York.” Specimens in the museum of Yale College are
supposed to have come from Long Island Sound, but the exact locality
is not known.

S. Mis. 61———47

738 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
ACTINARIA.

METRIDIUM MARGINATUM Milne-Edwards. (p. 329.)

Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires, vol. i, p. 254, 1857; Verrill, Revision of Polyps., in
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 22, 1864; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. x, p. 337, 1866; American Naturalist, vol. ii, p. 252; Tenney, Natural
History, p. 523, figs. 515-517, 1865; A. and Mrs. E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side
Studies, p. 7, figs. 2-7, 1865. <Actinia marginata Lesueur, Journal Acad. Nat.
Sciences, Philad., vol.i, p. 172,1817; Gould, Invert. Mass., ed. i, p. 349, 1841;
Leidy, Journ. Acad. N.8., Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 140, 1855 Agassiz, Contri-
butions, vol. ili, p. 39, fig. 8, 1860. Actinia dianthus Dawson, Canadian Nat-
uralist and Geologist, vol. iii, p. 402, figs. 1,2, 1858.

New Jersey to Labrador. Common in Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s
Bay, and Vineyard Sound, but mostly smaller than farther north;
abundant in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, low-
water to 90 fathoms.

SAGARTIA LEUCOLENA Verrill. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 284. (p. 329.)

Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 336, 1866; American Naturalist, vol. ii, p. 261.

North Carolina to Cape Cod. Common in Long Island Sound, Buz-

zard’s Bay, and Vineyard Sound; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey.
Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow).

SAGARTIA MODESTA Verrill. (p. 330.)
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 337, 1866.
Long Island Sound to Vineyard Sound. Savin Rock, near New
Haven; Goose Island; Stony Creek; Naushon Island; low-water,
buried in sand or gravel.

PARACTIS RAPIFORMIS Milne-Edwards. (p. 363.)

Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires, vol. i, p. 249, 1857; Verrill, American Journal of
Science, vol. iii, p. 486, 1872; Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, p. 23, figure, (in
ed. i, as Sagartia modesta V.). <Actinia rapiformis Lesueur, Journ. Acad. Nat.
Sciences, Philad., vol. i, p. 171, 1817; Verrill, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. i, p. 35, 1864; Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., vol. x, p. 338.

North Carolina to Long Island Sound. Fort Macon (coll. Dr. Yar-
row); New Jersey (Lesueur); near New Haven (Dana).

HALOCAMPA PRODUCTA Stimpson, MSS. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 288. -
(p. 330.)
Verrill, Revision, in Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 30, Plate 1, figs, 10, 11,
1864. <Actinia producta Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, p. 110,
1856. Corynactis albida Agassiz, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 24, 1859.
Halcampa albida Verrill, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 29, 1864; A.
and E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 16, fig. 15, 1865; Verrill, Proc. Bost.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 338, 1870 (Halocampa).
South Carolina to Cape Cod. Shores of Long Island Sound, at
Stony Creek, etc.; Naushon Island; Martha’s Vineyard ; Nantucket ;
Cape Cod. Charleston, South Carolina (Stimpson).

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. od

EDWARDSIA FARINACEA Verrill. (p. 510.)
American Journal of Science, vol. xlii, p. 118, 1866.
Off Gay Head, 19 fathoms; Casco Bay, 10 to 70 fathoms; Bay of
Fundy, 8 to 90 fathoms.

EDWARDSIA LINEATA Verrill, sp. noy. (p. 497.)

Body cylindrical, elongated, covered over the base and sides with a
dirty, brownish, slightly rough and wrinkled epidermis, except anteriorly,
below the tentacles, where it is smooth, translucent, and usually with
eight impressed, longitudinal, flake-white lines, showing through. Tenta-
cles, 24 to 30, or more, in the larger specimens, slender, tapering, obtuse,
white or pale flesh-color, each with a flake-white, longitudinal line along
the inner side. Disk, with a white circle around the mouth, and often
with 8,or more, radiating, white lines, extending to the base of the
inner tentacles; border of the mouth sometimes pale red; naked part
of column pale flesh-color, often with a circle of white below the bases
of the tentacles, and usually with eight oblong or fusiform flake-white
spots between the longitudinal impressed lines.

Length, 25™™ to 35™™; diameter, 2.5™™ to 3™™. A very young speci-
men had 18 slender, equal, long tentacles, each with a median longi-
tudinal line of white on the inside; disk with 6 radiating lines of
white; naked part of the column with 6 impressed white lines, and
with 6 oblong, flake-white spots between them. Breadth across the
expanded tentacles, 3™™.

This species is remarkable for not having, in any of the specimens
found, a naked basal area, nor any true disk for attachment, thus differ-
ing both from Phellia and the other species of Edwardsia. This may be
due to its peculiar habit of nestling in the crevices and interstices
between rocks, ascidians, worm-tubes, ete.

Off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, in cavities in and
beneath Astrangia, etc.; Vineyard Sound and off Gay Head, 6 to 12
fathoms, among ascidians, annelid-tubes, ete., abundant.

Arachnactis brachiolata A. Agassiz. (p. 451.)
Proce. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 159, 1862; Boston Journal of Nat. Hist.,
vol. vii, p. 525, 1863; Verrill, Memoirs Boston Soc. N. H., p. 33; Proceedings,
vol. x, p. 343.

Mr. A. Agassiz has recently ascertained that this is only a larval form
of some species of Hdwardsia. As it had already developed 16 tenta-
cles, it must belong to one of the species having numerous tentacles
when adult.

Peachia parasitica Verrill.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 338, 1866; Bicidium parasiticum Agassiz,
Proc. Boston S. N.H., vol. vii, p. 24, 1859; Verrill, Revision of Polyps, in Me-
moirs Boston S. N. H., vol. i, p. 31, Plate 1, figs. 14, 15, 1864; A. and Mrs. E. C.
Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 15, fig. 14, 1865.
Cape Cod to Bay of Fundy, on Cyanea arctica ; Eastport, Maine, buried
in gravel at low-water mark (two specimens, of very large size), I am

740 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

not aware that this species has been found south of Cape Cod, but it
will probably be found hereafter, since the Cyanea is common.

EPIZOANTHUS AMERICANUS Verrill. Plate XX XVIII, figs. 286, 287.
(p. 510.)

American Journal of Science, vol. ii, p. 351, 1871; Dana, Corals and Coral Isl-
ands, ed. i, p. 62, figs 1, 2, 1872. Zoanthus parasiticus Verrill, Revision of
Polyps, in Mem. Boston Soc. N. H., vol. i, p. 34, 1864, (not of Duch. and Mich.,
1860.) Zoanthus Americanus Verrill, op. cit., p. 45; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. x, p. 335, 1865. Gemmaria Americana Verrill, American Naturalist, vol. ii,
p. 9, fig. 42.

Off New Jersey to Gulf of Saint Lawrence, in deep water. Off Block
Island, 29 fathoms, on shells occupied by Hupagurus ; off Grand Manan,
in 40 to 50 fathoms, on shells covering Hupagurus, and in 109 fathoms,
on rocks; off Saint George’s Bank, 450 fathoms, on rocks, (S. I. Smith
and O. Harger); Saint George’s Bank, 60 fathoms, on shells occupied
by Lupagurus (Smith and Harger); Gulf of Saint Lawrence, on rocks,
(Whiteaves); Massachusetts Bay (J. E. Gray). Off New Jersey, N. lat.
40°, W. long. 73°, 32 fathoms, on shells inhabited by Hupagurus pubescens,
(coll. Captain Gedney). ~

MADREPORARIA.

ASTRANGIA DANZS Agassiz. (p. 408.)

Proc. American Assoc., vol. ii, p. 68, 1849 (not of Edw. and Haime, 1850); Ver-
rill, Revision Polyps, p. 40, 1864; A. and Mrs. E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p.
16, figs. 16-20, 1865; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 335, 1866;
Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, p. 68, figures, 1872. <Astrangia astr@iformis
Edw. and Haime, Ann. des. Sci. Nat., vol. xii, p. 181, 1850; Coralliaires, vol. ii,
p. 614, 1857; Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. ili, p. 139, Plate
x, figs. 9-16, 1855; Verrill, Revision of Polyps, p. 39, 1864.

North Florida and west Florida to Cape Cod. Common in Long
Island Sound, near New Haven, at Savin Rock, off Thimble Islands,
etc., 1 to 6 fathoms, rocks; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms;
Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 2 to 15 fathoms ; Fort Macon, North
Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). Charleston, South Carolina (Agassiz).
West Florida (KE. Jewett).

PROTOZOA.
PORIFERA or SPONGLA.
CALCAREA.

GRANTIA CILIATA Fleming. (p. 330.)

British Anim., p, 325; Johnston, Brit. Sponges and Lithophytes, p. 176, Plate
20, figs. 4, 5, Plate 21, figs. 6, 7, 1842 ; Bowerbank, Monog. British Spongiad,
vol. i, Plate 26, figs. 345, 3468; vol. ii, p. 19, 1866. Spongia ciliata Fabricius,
Fauna Greenlandiea, p. 448, 1780. Sycandra ciliata Heckel, Die Kalkschwimme,

ee

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 741

vol. ii, p. 296, [Plate 51, figs. 1*-1', Plate £8, fig. 9, 1872. Spongia coronata
Ellis and Solander, Zoéphytes, p. 190, Plate 58, figs. 8, 9. Grantia coronata
Hassall, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 174.
Rhode Island to Greenland ; northern coasts of Europe. Common in
Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms; Vineyard
Sound, not uncommon. Point Judith, Rhode Island (Leidy).

? LEUCOSOLENIA BOTRYOIDES Bowerbank. (p. 500.)

Brit. Spong., vol. ii, p. 28, 1866. Spongia botryoides Ellis and Solander, Zoéph.,
p- 190, Plate 58, figs. 1-4,1786. Grantia botryoides Fleming, Brit. Anim., p.
525; Johnston, op. cit., p. 178, Plate 21, figs. 1-5. Ascaltis botryoides Hieckel,
op. cit., vol. li, p. 65, Plate 9, fig. 10, Plate 10, figs. 7*-7e.
Martha’s Vineyard to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; northern coasts of
Europe to England and France.
I refer some of our larger specimens to this species with considerable
doubt. They appear to be distinct from the following species, with which
they have formerly been confounded.

ASCORTIS FRAGILIS Heckel.
Op. cit., vol. ii, p. 74, Plate 11, figs. 5-9, Plate 12, figs. 5°-5i, 1872. Leucosolenia
thamnoides Heckel, Prodrom., p. 243, spec. 70. Leucosolenia botryoides H. J.
Clark, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, part 3, p. 323, (sep. copies, p. 19)
Plate 9, figs. 40-44, Plate 10, fig. 64, 1865 (not of Bowerbank) ; this Report,
pp. 334,391. Grantia botryoides Leidy, op. cit., p. 135, 1855.

Long Island Sound to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Western coast of
Norway, at Bergen, ete. (Heckel). Common in Long Island Sound, near
New Haven, at Thimble Islands, ete.; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vine-
yard Sound; Casco Bay, etc. Massachusetts Bay (H. J. Clark).

Heckel names the form figured by Clark var. bifida.

SILICEA.

MICROCIONA PROLIFERA Verrill.

Spongia prolifera Ellis and Solander, Zodphytes, p. 189, Plate 58, fig. 5, 1786;
Lamouroux, Expos. Méthodique, p. 31, Plate 58, fig. 5. Red sponge, this Re-
port, pp. 330, 409, 476.

This species, when young, forms broad, thin, bright red incrustations
over the surfaces of stones and shells. In this stage it agrees well with
the British species of Jicrociona described by Bowerbank, all of which
are said to be incrusting forms. Our species, at a later period, rises up
into irregular lobes and tuberenlar prominences, which eventually be-
come elongated and subdivided into slender branches, until they often
form a profusely and intricately branched sponge, frequently six inches
high and as much in diameter. The branches are repeatedly dichoto-
mous, more or less flattened, and often digitate or palmate at the ends.
They also frequently anastomose irregularly. The branches, when dry,
are brittle and hispid. They consist of stout, horny fibers, which radiate
outward and upward from the axis to the periphery, terminating in

742 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

more or less irregular, slender, blunt papille, each of which bears a tuft
of numerous slender, acute, more or less bent spicules, arising from its
lateral and terminal surfaces. At the tips of the branches the papiile
are more slender and divergent, and the texture is more open and loose.
During life these papille are connected together by a thin dermal mem-
brane, through which the spicules project but little. The osecules are
sinall and scattered over the surface. Color, when living, dark red to
orange-red; when dried, generally dark grayish brown or umber-colored,
fading to dull yellowish brown and gray. Diameter of branches mostly
aaa 6 OE ata

South Carolina to Cape Cod. Very abundant in Long Island Sound
and Vineyard Sound, low-water to 10 fathoms, on oysters and other
shells, stones, ete. ; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Fort Macon, North

oD

Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow).

ISODICTYA, Species undetermined.
Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound and Nantucket, washed
ashore after storms in winter; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy.
The specimens from Watch Hill have few broad, thick, palmate
branches, with large oscules and an open texture, with multispiculose
fibers. They resemble Jsodictya palmata Bowerbank.

CHALINA OCULATA Bowerbank. (p. 497.)
British Spongiade, vol. i, p. 208, Plate 13, fig. 262; vol. ii, p. 361. Spongia oculata
Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 2; ed. xii, p. 1299; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 390,
1766. Halichondria oculata Johnston, op. cit., p. 94, Plate 3.

Rhode Island to Labrador; northern coast of Europe to Great Brit-
ain. Off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, £ to 5 fathoms; off Gay Head, 4 to
15 fathoms; very common in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay
of Fundy; low-water to 80 fathoms.

CHALINA ARBUSCULA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 409.)

Sponge profusely branched, from close to the thick base; branches
repeatedly dichotomous, slender, round or somewhat compressed, seldom
broad or palmate. Oscules small, round, irregularly scattered. Texture
of the surface finely reticulated when dry, with very delicate fibers,
which usually have but a single row of very slender fusiform spicules,
covered by a thin layer of horny matter; the reticulations do not usu-
ally exceed the length of a single spicule. Primary longitudinal fibers
of the larger branches strong, horny, with several lines of spicules;
secondary fibers at right angles to the primary ones, much smaller,
with fewer spicules. The spicules are slender, fusiform (‘ acerate”),
much smaller and more slender than in the preceding species. Color,
when living, dull gray; when dried, brownish, yellowish, or white. The
largest specimens are about one foot high ; more commonly 6 to 8 inches
(150™™ to 200™™") ; breadth often nearly as much; diameter of branches,

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 743

4mm tg 10™™, mostly about 5™™ to 6™™; diameter of the oscules, in dry
specimens, about 1™™".

North Carolina to Cape Cod. Very common in Long Island Sound
and Vineyard Sound, 1 to 8 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey.

This species has a much finer and more delicate texture than C. ocu-
lata, due to the smaller fibers and spicules, as well as to the smaller
meshes of the skeleton. The branches are also smaller and much more
numerous than they usually are in that species.

HALICHONDRIA PANICEA Johnston.
Brit. Sponges, p. 114, Plate 10, Plate 11, fig. 5, 1842; Bowerbank, British Spongiade,
vol.i, p. 195, Plate 19, figs. 300, 303 ; vol. ii, p. 229, 1856. Spongia panicea Pallas,
Elench. Zooph., p. 388, 1766. Tedania (?), this Report, p. 498.

Rhode Island to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Abundant at Watch Hill, Rhode Island, on alge, in 4 to 8
fathoms; off Gay Head; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy.

HALICHONDRIA, species undetermined, a.
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, associated with the preceding

Grows in large tuberous masses, on algve, like the last, but has a
smoother surface and finer and firmer texture. (See p. 498.)

HALICHONDRIA ?, species undetermined, b. (p. 334.)

Long Island Sound near New Haven; Vineyard Sound.

Forms broad, uneven incrustations on the under side of stones, at
low-water mark. Color when living, bright yellow. Oscules rather large,
conspicuous.

HALICHONDRIA ?, species undetermined, c.

Vineyard Sound, on the under side of overhanging banks, on the salt
marshes near Waquoit; on the piles of wharves at Wood’s Hole.

Forms large, irregular, thick masses, often containing much foreign
matter; surface uneven, rising into irregular prominences. Soft and
brittle.

This is, perhaps, a species of Reniera Schmidt (Hymeniacidon Bow-
erbank).*

RENIERA ?, species undetermined, a. (p. 334.)

Vineyard Sound, 1 to 10 fathoms. Forms large, irregular, soft
masses, 3 to 5 inches in diameter, of a light yellow color when living.

RENIERA ?, species undetermined, b.

Vineyard Sound, 3 to 10 fathoms. Forms large, irregular, thick
masses, with numerous acute, irregular, often ragged, conical promi-
nences, rising from its upper surface.

* It was not studied carefully when recent ; and I have no specimens of this and sey-
eral of the other species at hand, for most of ane sponges were sent elsewhere for com -
parison with named types, and have not yet been returned.

744 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

HALISARCA ?, Species undetermined, a.
Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms. Forms small, soft, some-
what gelatinous masses, on red algie. (Sée p. 498.)

SUBERITES COMPACTA Verrill, sp. nov.

This species is remarkable for the compactness of its tissues and the
smallness of the canals and pores permeating its substance, as well as
for the large size of the plates and crest-like lobes in which it grows.
A transverse section of the dried sponge shows very numerous irregular
canals, most of them not larger than pin-holes (or less than 0.15™™
in diameter). The tissue is very compact throughout, but is more dense
close to the surface, which is nearly smooth, the oscules being small and
inconspicuous. The spicules are very abundant, crowded, very slender,
mostly pin-shaped (spinulate), with the point very acute and the ‘ head”
but little enlarged, and often largest a slight distance from the end, so
as to give the head & slightly ovate form. Color, when living, bright
yellow.

Off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 fathoms, sand; Nantucket ; Eastern Shore
of Virginia.

This is the species described as a “ firm siliceous sponge,” on page
503. In general appearance it somewhat resembles Suberites suberea
Gray (Hymeniacidon suberea Bowerbank).

CLIONA SULPHUREA Verrill. (p. 421.)
Spongia sulphurea Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ili, p. 68, 1848,
South Carolina to Cape Cod; local farther north. Great Egg Harbor,
New Jersey ; very abundant in Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound,
on oysters and various other shells, 1 to 15 fathoms. Portland Harbor,
Maine, in sheltered localities (C. B. Fuller).

? POLYMASTIA ROBUSTA Bowerbank. (p. 497.)
British Spongiade, vol. i, p. 178, Plate 29, fig. 358; vol. ii, p. 62, 1866.

Off Gay Head, 18 to 20 fathoms; common in Casco Bay and Bay of
Fundy, 8 to 70 fathoms. Coast of Great Britain (Bowerbank).

The American specimens do not agree in all respects with the descrip-
tion, and may prove to be distinct when a direct comparison can be
made. In our specimens the surface is finely hispid; the dermal tissue is
firm, and filled with small, slender, often curved, needle-shaped (‘‘acuate”),
and pin-shaped (“spinulate”) spicules, which project from the surface.
The latter form is the predominant one, but the ‘“ head” is very small,
and they pass gradually into the former kind, in which the ‘‘ head” is
obsolete, or not larger than the shaft. The spicules of the large, radi-
ating fascicles in the body of the sponge are long and large, needle-
shaped, with the central portion thickest (‘‘fusiformi-acuate”). The
large spicules in the longitudinal fascicles of the cloacal fistula are of
the same form; the secondary fascicles of the body and the transverse
secondary spicules of the fistule also have the same form, though much

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 745

smaller. The “cloacal fistule” are numerous, and, when living, are
round and tapering, but when dry become flat and bent, or curved to one
side. They are mostly 20™™ to 40™ long, and 4™™ to 6™™ in diameter
near the base.

Several other species of sponges were collected, which have not been
examined.

I have been unable to identify any of our specimens with the Spongia
urceolata of Desor (Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. iii, p. 67).
Possibly it was based on a peculiarly-shaped young specimen of Micro-

ciona prolifera.
FORAMINIFERA.

Numerous species were collected, especially in the deeper parts of

Vineyard Sound and off Martha’s Vineyard, but they have not been
identified.

ADDENDA.

Crustacea.

CANCER BOREALIS Stimpson. (p. 546.)

A small specimen of this species was dredged off Watch Hill, Rhode
Island, in 4 to 5 fathoms, among rocks and alge,in April. It was found
in abundance,-and of large size, at Peak’s Island and Pumkin Knob, in
Casco Bay, Maine, in August, clinging to the sea-weeds, and in tide-
pools, above low-water mark.

OCYPODA ARENARIA Say. (Megalops stage.) (p. 337.)

The megalops of this species was found in large numbers, swimming
at the surface of Vineyard Sound in September, by Mr. Vinal N. Ed-
wards.

HOMARUS AMERICANUS Edw. (Lobster.) (p. 492.)

Subsequent observations have shown that the breeding-season of the
lobster extends over a large part of the year. In Casco Bay female
lobsters were found carrying eggs in August andSeptember. Mr. Vinal
N. Edwards has forwarded two living females, of medium size, taken in
Vineyard Sound, December 12th, both carying an abundance of freshly
laideggs. He states that he finds about “ one in twenty” carrying eggs
at that season.

THEMISTO, species undetermined.

A species of this genus was taken in large quantities in Vineyard
Sound, in September, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. It occurred swimming
at the surface in vast numbers, and was thrown up by the waves in
windrows, extending several miles along the shores of Martha’s Vine-
yard.

746 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CONILERA CONCHARUM Harger. (p. 572.)

This species, previously quite rare, was taken this year in large num-
bers, in Vineyard Sound, both in spring and autumn, by Mr. Vinal N.
Edwards.

(Annelida. 14,

PROCERAA ORNATA Verrill, sp. nov.
Autolytus (?), banded species, this Report, p. 398.

Head short and broad, bluntly rounded or subtruncate above, slightly
bilobed or emarginate below. Eyes moderately large; the anterior pair
wider apart. Median antenna white, very long, slender, variously
curled, reaching to about the twelfth body-segment; posterior tenta-
cles also very long and slender, reaching to about the ninth segment,
white at the tips; inner antennz about one-fourth as long as the
median one; the other two pairs of antenne and tentacles about one-
fourth as long as the median one; tentacular cirri of the second (post-
buccal) segment short, about equal to the diameter of the body. Dorsal
cirri short, about one-third as long as the breadth of the body; setiger-
ous lobe short and broadly rounded; setve short. Gizzard small, short,
elliptical, situated at about the eighth segment. Caudal cirri two, slen-
der, tapering, their length about equal to the diameter of the body.
Color of the body white or pale yellowish, annulated with bands of
bright red at unequal distances. Length, about 15™™; breadth, 0.5™™.

Long Island Sound, off New Haven; and at Thimble Islands, 1 to 5
fathoms, among hydroids and bryozoa.

ETEONE ROBUSTA Verrill. (p. 588.)
This species, previously known only from a single specimen, was take
at Wood’s Hole, in abundance, and of large size, in November, by Mr.

Vinal N. Edwards.
Turbellaria.

RHYNCHOSCOLEX PAPILLOSUS Diesing.

Revision der Turbellarien, op. cit., vol. xlv., p. 245, 1862. Rhynchoprobolus papil-
losus Schmaida, Neue wirbell. Thiere, i, p. 1,11, Plate 2, fig. 25 (t. Diesing).
Hoboken, New Jersey, in brackish water, (Schmarda).

POLYCELIS MUTABILIS Verrill, sp. nov.

Body much depressed, thin, changeable in form, often elliptical or
oval, frequently broad and emarginate in front, and tapered posteriorly.
Marginal ocelli minute, black, forming several rows along the front
border, but only one row laterally. Dorsal ocelli larger, forming three
pairs of rather ill-defined clusters; the outer clusters are largest, con-
vergent backward; a pair of smaller clusters are situated a little in
advance, and nearer together; the third pair is a little farther forward

INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 747

and closer together, often more or less confused with those next behind
them. Color, yellowish brown, darker centrally; or pale yellowish,
thickly specked with yellowish brown. Length, about 72") to) 9=.
breadth, 5=™ to 6™,

Thimble Islands, 1 to 2 fathoms, among alge.

Bryozoa.

GEMELLARIA LORICATA Busk.

Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p.34; Smitt, op, cit., p. 286, Plate 17, fig.
54, Sertularia ioricata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 285 (t.Smitt). Gemellaria
loriculata Johnston, Brit. Zoébph., ed. ii, pp. 298, 477, Plate 47, figs. 12, 13.

Nantucket to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great
Britain. Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to
110 fathoms.

The specimens from Nantucket differ somewhat from the ordinary
form. They consist of rather dense tufts of stout stems, two or three
inches high, and rather sparingly branched. The cells are larger than
usual, elongated obovate, five or six times as long as broad; those of
the same pair are not exactly opposite. Aperture deeply crescent-
shaped, facing a little outward. Many of the cells, toward the base of
the stems, give rise to one or more curious processes from near the base
of the cell; these are, at first, slender tubes, rising from a thin roundish
spot on the cell, but soon they divide at the tip into two, three, or
four forks, which are at first regularly recurved; later these become
much elongated, and are converted into slender rootlets or stolons.

ERRATA.

Page 307, line 23, for cavaluted, read convoluted.

Page 310, line 8, page 401, line 12,and elsewhere, for Ostrwa, read Ostrea.
Page 383, line 23, for olidia, read Montagua.

Page 383, line 26, for Cavolina, read Coryphella.

Page 392, line 23, for micropthalma, read microphthalma.
Page 393, last line, for Sargatia, read Sagartia.

Page 399, line 21, for Leptochiton, read Chetopleura.

Page 399, line 32, for Leptochiton, read Trachydermon.
Page 405, line 27, for Hucrate, read Eucratea.

Page 407, line 38, for reproducsive, read reproductive.
Page 415 line 25, for Unicola, read Unciola.

Page 427, line 15, and page 429, line 28, for Melitta testudinaria, read Mellita pentapora.
Page 433, line 34, for Amphipholis, read Amphiura.

Page 444, line 12, for tidentata, read tridentata.

Page 457, line 39, for Pandaru, read Pandarus.

Page 459, line 36, for Echthrogalus, read Echthrogaleus.
Page 487, line 10, for A. planaria,read A Planaria.

Page 488, line 4, for cantenula, read catenula.

Page 496, line 28, for A. ternata,read C. ternata.

Page 498, line 5, for Tedania,read Halichondria panicea.
Page 498, line 30, for Augustus, read angustus.

Page 504, line 41, for page 433, read 432.

Page 508, line 5, for Acutum,read A. acutum.

Page 509, line 18, for levigata, read discors.

Page 509, line 32, for thraci-formis, read thraciformis.
Page 509, line 33, for Simpson, read Stimpson.

Page 547, line 15, for Panopius, read Panopeus.

Page 561, line 43, for pingus, read pinguis.

Page 619, line 16, for Cosco, read Casco.

Page 619, last line, for Cisco, read Casco.

Page 640, first line, for fig. 127, read fig. 124.

Page 666, line 15, after Montagua pilata, insert Plate XXV, fig. 124.
Page 630, line 18, for 185, B., read 184, B.

Page 695, line 34, for fig. 238, read 243.

Page 716, line 35, for fig. 363, read 268.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

A. Habits and distribution, (of the invertebrate animals) .........2......2--..
See TIBTOMALK GUL 2)- =... .2\<:1.' nae ee cies Cae eee eel Uo. lea seeee

1. Animals of the rocky shores between high and low water marks....
General iremaria s7.me co fen e ase eee oe beets. cedoseccct cnk 2

Articulates :
Insects'-2s5 55 Be ate eaiabatet is atataatatotatstctatcionat tte te ere ieia a a ner eter ewes
WTruSiAGhAeee tae e seeks Aaa ccs ota a ee eae eee fe eee a

Annelids:
CHPLOPNUS 2222552523222" 2a ona eeas SaasM ents oo ctacee eee
Oligechwidy. ==. ss522s-- Sse oct = SSS 2 2 80 Le ee
INeImMeLbealS 2-325 s,clocisis sie e cis See woe eo ces Means Oem eee
Plan abians Sess eae aioe oe oe Bae el See ee
Wemmatodes ss 0aa aw goa secede sacoto terse Set eee aL eee ee

Mollusks:

GasttOpOdsPasas ee cce sae a fencers ears eee c ee eee
ame llibran chigteses sans ees se seceeis aeie ee = ee eee Pee ee eee

Radiates :

Echinodermssas esas eee sisoeeee = seen sees SSS Ne BO. ObEG Ba50

INGEN GO oct = copie Gc ccna aoa ccneoa rane SAdaans eer SeSe sec -

Eg Usieean ceepictgt on. copeoor emees nao ooo Sboote a AaceseeeoS

JPR OE po nnoonboos cbao So nanbod boDbar onbo cescaoDE jocoappeSdeda-

GIST OMSPEClOS eae seinen setae a lea GOODS eS Seo s0659 OsoUESescE

2. Animals of the sandy shores of the bays and sounds............---;

General PeMmarks) 3... e state eicia (so aaa aia = ease clecven we -e'epein ae Saree
Articulates:

JING) Cees aosoccon odoOdS HoTonS HoSoDS ndesenSonS00 Same Saaaee

Annelids:
Chatopodsiic5ecsteeee aera ocetets ac cin 2 Jocisamedid Soaooss cs
Oligoch ota oo sees aise es he aie oe ne mma a cern oe

Nemerteans:..c-rincoemeeree atic aoe.c cele celeicia cere catecewer sissies

Mollusks :
Gastropods2. soaersacescnbece sec alesteansesselecises de Soles ejacse
amellibranchsmess cease seicccaienisa-t) soc cieocnisocbs ues sess
Ley OVAU: EAE AVEO NENTS) cscood COG OCR PODUUCU IN ASSOC ESO OO GHES
Radiates :
Biehin od ers easeieee eee in) a/a icin sla sie oo ose cial acide) swe eloielsel= ae
JEONG Ul oc dase 0054 aoeceue sae eool DoOb OU condoDcaconUGDodeso0

152 CONTENTS.

A. Habits and distribution of invertebrate animals—Continued.
3. Animals of the muddy shores along the bays and sounds.....-...-.-. 366
General remarks o.<0.s3cciactece co ccs scg ce ee eee ieee aoe

Articulates :

Crustacesiz oSacscee cccece ccs ec eeeehonereenee nett eae 367
Annelidsxcasecpeeties Jateeicwin ds oe Seedy Sete ele ee eee eee eee 371
Mollusks:
(GAYE INTO) NOVO ISis 5 oe So ROCs BOO RE OR USOE DOSEEO CEHCOS BABS cocboo cece 371
Lamellibranchss. ac. = <<. aoc cc cote ceecicce sect Sec eee eee 372
IASCIGIANS Meee nc tecccessaccs <cceicewecemacses eee eee ees 375
Radiates:
Echinoderms nccd ac o0 scene esate adore, acateiele lone eee 376
Acalephs:. 5.20. nas secnnciea cee etoccwcisee aoel See alee 76
ThISt Of SPECIES 2.555 ocieaie aie pig aiciein seid anie| see eee eae eae ee 377
4. Animals inhabiting the piles and timbers of wharves and bridges,
bottoms of vessels, buoys, and other submerged wood-work.....-..- 378
Generalsremarks 222.223 22.10. 20. Se hee eee eee 378
Articulates :
Ansects s2het 2c See ee ee ee eee Re Pen SS Se 37
Crustacea... =. cc<0coccedecew coce cd oo Janets ae eee ees
Annelids' ard Nemerteans-... <5 5-26). < ac, ssjec ee ae ee eee eee nee 382
Mollusks:
Gastro pods <j. -c-:o<0 fecteod pacts see 231 sete eee eee 382
Wamellibranchs: 22.2 26. :<2.--6.5 =. <ce ccc iase cia se iene eee eee 383
INGCIDIANS <2 2e cso coinss selec ee se eoins cee hone eee 388
IBTVOZ0Ri2 2s. -oe ese sete ocd cnc eae eeeee eee
Radiates :
Hchinodermss..c.2 doc6snieio- he oeetemek en here bee 389
ACODER - a ceswiscclees peas esieeeeseeeces ‘e'vieisia\eneee eee ees 389
POlYPS W- <scice cok Geswlosccinin mobs occe.selon ec). eee ee eee eee 391
TISb Of SPCCleSicc— ercwcie were vicieme - fe sie beeline wiles os See Ea See eee 392
5. Animals inhabiting the rocky bottoms of the bays and sounds ...-... 394
General Temarks << cis ocjoejs.p0nsiesicicloe oyeieelsloe eins ae Se eee 394.
ATHICUT AES Ja :. a) 0) onia'o me bisicic csiniesiele sieis mallee Sines ease ee eee 395
IMoUNMISIKS =... 5 cece mie ee eo oem weieyecomenis ao gees ese De see ee eee 399
* SPAMIAbES cco Jc wale ie nie Gee emleisseueleelccierse cmiee 6 oe heen eee 406
PLObOZOD sac.cciaaeiels we, wee Sone eee ee ee ina este wae Cee eee 409
List Of Species... «)/-ssis6ciaitees oo dcce sew ccc sewinecl cee nee eeaee 409
6. Animals inhabiting gravelly and shelly bottoms........--......---- 412
General remarks scczcsj--cccase Rootes cocle see eee oe ee 412
ATH CUIATES .cscic.c sce ebiietee cae eawamcle ee ce ee One eee 415
Mollusks's sis 3 54s ens ons er eee 416
Radiates! os tics sole Paes eee ee eee ee eee ee eee 420
Proto 20a iodide cicee ccd socio Sao ow oo ee eee 421
ish Of Species ww... cet Gh we eeieecere St cee eee eee 421
7. Animals inhabiting sandy bottoms..-...-....-..2-<s2. 20s =e 425
General: remarks ):32522,. 4266 20s Sst eee ee oe eee 425
Anticwlateg soc. eee aes ast ee oe eee 426
Molluske<< 22: seso33 oes 520 Se eee Oe 426
Radiates. 02 2s, esse ssewere ces 2h ee ee eee 427
ProtoZ0 acc occrscincSer acter oore Moist oe sae ee ee 427
List of specles.--2...-c1e cetces eb oclaccccdbenie sericea eee eee eeeEeeee 428

6, Animals inhabiting muddy, bottoms ....--\--.cosei = dees eae ee eee 430

a

CONTENTS.

A. Habits and distribution of invertebrate animals—Continued.

Generalinenvanlkccrmaee esas ciets Ctle cise cloaca ays cinta Bon aaa eee tiote ieee
ATH CWLAERS eerie eco teins sa Sos ea crown seee sea boa eene eee
IN CORNET as Song Gos Ue Ue SOO SE COE E On Set aeeeS meso nsan eopacéce
INMGUENISR Sule acaeseeaenne ERS SEO Re Sane Dc Ou oo boanSe
NTS GLO RS WOCLOS Hamster oye omens oer leisie asp tewis a easter reas

9. Animals swimming free in the water or ‘floating at the surface....--.
GenenalbremaTke ns sos ances bowie tol ane cies ee tae aelsiee meee eee
ATbI CU ATES sams ae ss een eeesosteeses LosooOD SLE Te AEBS CoOe bee
IG IGUIIVSKG 5a B SSA BES SE OE CEG NG Sem SIE ee Cee Pe Brae res a sehen
ISA CIPI Se Cesena SEBO SB ECISOSS COC SOO CCC S ee eee Meee Serre wera e
WAStLOLSPCClOS).=<.< 5,55 occ ee pss some) e aa So) sia/s, 52, o gee siete) crajate sine ee

LOMB arasubles ANIMALS =~ repro naer erat aie acioiaa sexe eawiseise souk Chua a ciesore
Antennal Parasites: soos. = 5 scene seer eta eae aco Sis mrpeicchel sas tie oo yee
BEEN al: PalaSibeso 35 4p oom Spey, oo sys sec hee mie aise nakeiso sree
WIStOL SPECIES -S.o-.yos on gee cose coo see) o Sac es ae yolec mace esas se

Il1.—Fauna of the brackish waters of estttaries, harbors, &c.--......--.----

Gen Gralere mia eae teen see ee a ei ae eet ae a ery er ©

1. Animals inhabiting the sandy shores and bottoms........----.------
PATOLCUIALES Paton eta cae as nase SSA dss aoe tie oe aee Me ae catee ee
MOM SKS erates sctabors ctotarcicr = Soe celal Se ES a eats Pad BO PR ENS Se
MAS OMSPECIES nasiaasr2¥s-1> toast ama hrycmotves eae ase ea aaee ee aeee oe

2. Animals inhabiting the muddy shores and bottoms......-.---.------
Generaliremarks sso 3555 2o2 2 Sao saess SIS aas Soo = cee
AriCwlates 2222 tIse Sess Sse sates sssssha42 See One Jowene saas
Molle kis ease are tate) ee iGcemod psodccce poconves boduce FeGeee
ILNSU Oe RIOR Ses Paeereooso noesco es nibs Saves s ets seseee Meas

SHAUNA As MNabisin ov OVSteL=-Dedse aes ce seine saictoeiaeitins eto seiee ose
Generalaremarks sso So ole ol SRR ERLE Cee ES se eee
Arhiculatessss2ss2 sss 2s cee ae A ee eee
MOUMNSKS Sss.¥sco ete te Poe aes nas a Sere eon eee Ete earcecrere

4, Animals inhabiting the eel-grass
General remarks *<s4524 53525534225 sass cs hss tye! MEER EE Se
IATL CULATOS so S2 Aes SaaS SAR eae Sy oS he aerate a ae ee
Mollnsks/<5 vsssce cee tee

ee ee ee ae ey

5. Animals inhabiting piles of wharves, bridges, floating timbers, &c.-
General remarks
Articulates
Mollusks

ll ei

IV.—Fauna of the colder waters of the ocean shores and outer banks and

CHANNEClS 25 2)s< 55 SS SAN See eee nile oe isan Oe seep wih ois) cide
General: remanrkg= sere eee a ee ere eee et Chee noone

PeAnimals, inhabiting: themocky shores .: - 2. . sc. s-cs2s 2s8- seein ces
(Sener gry Mi Rey CO BNA See ole CSE Ri He A Sees ye RRR TIRE epee Ss |e
JATTHIOUI Bes eee ut ods cone Se Cee Eee eee ae ee es San
MGINISIS Se a eeee eee ooo haa e Gok Sot. oc Ue elec tha tenes
RAGiateS ae nee eos toccs ccc cee coodesicmed soce tases moeeeeeee

S. Mis. 61 48

(54 CONTENTS.

Lhist of speCies 2.1 cc's a ame eae oe ceee 3S tiie oon Seeelaicaee hoor ae eee

2. Animals inhabiting the'sandy shores..-.----~--- ---=----2>=eeeeeeee
General remarks ).522222 226222 -2225.256565%5 50 22 ee eee re eee eee eee
Articulates2= cc .céciececace tase 2c occgckestapeceas coe eee eee
Mollusks®22=s:-5s-e" PRE olds cise Seve sc scour a coace Soccte eee eee

3. Animalsanhabitine rocky bottoms..-+-2--c--o---2s->- eee eee eee
Generalremarkg eee. e ones owes seen Bee eke eek eee oe eee
Articulatessecciescccspcc cts cos ces Sees nese ene cece See ee
MolskS:< ceeeecescene cdcl cc us 2 Ske Ge GE eA Ree Rhea ene eee
Radlates ebescere: ans '00 sacueesenule se Cee ene ee ee eee pee
TbistiOfgSPeCles -.. -(o.n- = )2< ccs (senna novice heen slsesies eee ee eae

A~ Animals inhabiting sandy. bottoms ..<-+<1..t 22-2 ce~ = soso eee eee
Generaliremarks =. 2in2..<$.46522.224e eb otace ce ee eee eee
PATEICUIALES cox tet bose cbse Reek chine eae ene ee eee
Mollusks j22s6ccsediscd asc ev@ies cet ee ae ee eee
TRAOIALES kc nic cc aic.tece ccccrnewermariotcnace voce Waele eSeteE Ee
ETOLOZ OA, <5 o:= <0; eysaieatote ale nidisioese nis seach emia e ee ee ae
TASTOL: SPOCIOS .= 19s ciesteeemew oo be eee penises ce nace cee eee

2 Animals;inhabiting muddy bottoms ----- ------ -----4-- eee
General remarks ..... # ieee jet ejneraysore-= es sia wie en Ses SSC ORE ee
INE HCOUUE HI ee ee eee ae ee eee Sas wecieis wns detect eee ee
Mollushks 22.562 cecc cs 2.oe. theese ccc ods ekeeceee eee eee eee
IRAOIAGES) ee sos eae He 2 sis ikie se ieiats Sayer cine ie eo EERE Ce eee
WIS TOFS POCLES sem cee lcicn sams ace see eteeee kisee eee BRESOs SO 6 s2 S505

on

BB auists/of species|found in the stomachs of fishes._.2..22--2 esse eee ee eee eee
C. Habits and metamorphoses of the lobster and other crustacea.-.--.----.----
D. Systematic Catalogue of the invertebrates of Southern New England and adja-

CEMUWALETS joe 275-62 sc.c-c sete cieieecin see ee we wietlones <<ie meee eee eee

MOMS Caijs= ai 0.< jocciccic kes Soe ee oc ease eae. e perce eee eee
Cephalopoda). = = oc.. 5. heccueek socecck oe ee eee ee
Gastropoda «e220 vis eeeedotoscestecececieeeee se ee eee eee
Lamellibranchiata...2. 2 ..2.24-5 cecum epee ecicncscacse eee eee

Radiata: iogses sik sek whe emoe cecateeameesinciecscee ae ee
ichinpdermata: :2.5 sceeccce em tcwce eee ceeses eee ee eee
Acalephs)..2..02.cccetenn mee scceseematvecse eee ee ee eee
Anthozoa; or, Poly pt s).-:05 boas cc eecmonsoe- ee Hee eee eRe eee

PPOTOZOS Foca) Gore wide aeons isenocin's oboe siewis tote ee eee
A Oni. a raicerarniaver eeenthe oleate! fe os ee eee

Page.
487
489
489
4389
490
490
490
A491
491
492
494
496
498

500
500
501
502
502
503
504
506
506
507
508
510
511

514
522

537

539
539
545
580
627
634
634
636
6€9
698
707

715
715
722
737
740
745
755
757

ee ek i Be

ERRATA.

Page 10, for ‘there is no bottom, read “there isa bottom.” Page 261, for “ Sea-
bass, 2,500 barrels,” read ‘2,500 pounds ;” “ flat-fish, 1,000 barrels,” read “1,000 pounds ;”
“ tautog, 500 barrels,” read 500 pounds ;” “ bass, 700 barrels,” read “700 pounds ;” ‘‘ mack-
erel, 200 barrels” read “ 200 pounds.”

ie a 5 it~
Yairks irs ; ‘
+ oe i wai 1
Pecrae |
‘he .
" =
'
i
tr
2]
7
.
,
‘
i
? at
4
4s
; -
5
‘
‘
.
’
.
.
i +
Ps

ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE REPORT ON THE INVERTEBRATA
OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND.

{In the following index the first reference, for the names of genera and species, is to the systematic
catalogue, where the synonymy, descriptions, and references to plates may be found. In many cases

references to the nominal lists have beeu omitted. ]

; Page.
PAU MARCA UALS srio) tele) o\<)'oi2/w-\aia\='s == « 679
PMTCT rae cic eh cmicic ds io cineie 722
Acambnocepnata..- 2 -2..-sc206-62- 456
AMeplisicrenwlata....-.--.+0 +... -- 631
Acemea testudinalis.....-661, 307, 333, 485
Acmostomum crenulatum..-..--.-. 631
JAGUROCSING] bs eS ae ee ae ete ee _ 304
Acton puncto-striata ..........- 664, 518

PMT CUS occe so ncmecioem aes 656
PANCHIMNAN Reee aeon see, css Se es cet cS a= 738
NCHIMAUANtNUS: sccac. 2--s5- son's, 738

TIA EUTONU UGE ora, 1) 51 nfo \e1<e-mte) =\sto, a 738

WROUUGtaes-so< ee seers = = 738

MAIL ORM S) sens. ceiciele srejcicisia- 738
Actinobolus borealis............-- 683

Nowanelize:...-. 5.8 6384
LAGGY oo ae 745
AO AR COUCHARUM => 2250) -aieoa oe 572

ALolidia pilata--........ -666, 383, 393, 749

PAUOUSMATINACEA <2 5<22ce 252-75 =--- 666
apulosarace= scismsersace 666, 486 495
Multan 222) scene ccc ce se oei== 666

PMMMOTed AlDIAA!. 22.552 .secse cece 729

Greenlandicacs:-s-es2-- 729

Aitea anguinea.........- 710, 405, 411, 424

Aglaophenia arborea..-....--..--. 730

Aimtoelivanplicata...---t-cee-csa0-- 405

PACMOMAN Vee ss 5.20 5c c= smeeeeeee 737

Aleyonidium gelatinosum.....-.. 700, 496
hirsutum -.-708, 333, 403, 411,
424, 476, 487

hispidum ..-708, 312, 333, 404

411, 487

parasiticum.708, 404, 411, 424

pellucidum... -s=-seeee 703

ramosuimn. - -708, 333, 404, 411,

419, 424

Alcyonium carneum....-..... 737, 485, 497
SelaviNOSumM = sasccseee= 709

HIcSUGUM 22-2 25s 708
PalastblCumMl - 2s eemeeere 708

fuecho dentata-.-.--.-..---..-.0-- 722
MEXIA MY OSOtIs'...-. -.5.s--20 662, 383, 393
PUNK EEV TORS (2. =. <5 5 coca mene 590

Allorchestes littoralis............. 556

Page
ANOsa Gy rauniuss cts. 2 fates eee 520
Auge pusilla ** 2 oe eee 613

Amarecium constellatum....704, 388, 393,
403, 411, 424

pallidum) sse-55 55. 528 705, 496

pellucidum .703, 397, 401, 411,

415, 419, 424

stellatum -...704, 402, 411, 419,

424

Ammochares, sp.-.-..-.-....-..-610,508
ATMO ViGOS5. SP) seas oes Ce. ee Se 521

Ammotrypane fimbriata......... - 604, 508
Amouroucium pellucidum. .......703,562

stelllatumesssss5 eee 704
Ampelisea, species. .561, 431, 434, 452, 514,
519

Ampharete gracilis... ............. 612,508
setosa ....612, 416, 422, 432, 434
Amphidesma equalis .........._- 679, 518
Amphipholis abdita.. ....720, 433, 435, 749
elegans .....720, 420, 424, 447

CENUISHe so cees os see 720
Amphipoda ss 452 S552 5u Paco ek ees 555
Amphisphyra debilis.............. 663

pellucida..663, 432, 435, 517
Amphithoé compta..564, 370, 377, 382, 392,

434
erenulatas:-.2-)- ose se eaoe
LNOLMNSE se 52 oe eee 557
leeviseuilayss O25 Soe ee nar
longimana . . .563, 370, 377, 409,

452
maculata- - . ..563, 315, 331, 409,

415, 422, 452, 486, 493

valida ....563, 315, 331, 370, 377
Amphitrite ornata-. 613, 320, 321, 332, 3428,
365, 377, 382, 422, 428, 453

Amphiura abdita............ sdsca N20
Huigenige joes eae seee ae 722

ClOD ANS a ciccereciaceer eee 720

squamata .....--. veissae 720

Anachis avara. . -643, 306, 313, 333, 383, 392,
410, 417, 423, 428

BIIMILIs 252 83255 bce oes 644

758 INDEX.
Page. . Page.
Anaperus Carolinus....-----.----- 715 | Atculus Alos#...- 2222 ---eseee ieee
MMISEMMbae aoe ee eee 715 Catostoml- .--. .-s. jens 573, 459
Anatifadentatarsoocls~ ese = se 79 laticauda -...-...-.. 574, 452, 459
SUMMA oe ale ee eee ee tae 580 latus....----.s222t22574 Age eaas
Anatina fragilis. 2..04-<<icicce. Pe, FOr megalops ....-.----- -575, 452, 459
Meany ecc eases eer Ole species;.......-- 25s eee aoeeem

papyracea .....----------673, 517

papyratia-.<. s2.-2ocie--- 673
Anchorella uncinata.-....------- 578, 460
Minoleriee 2 +--+. crore HADLO
Anguinaria spatulata....--.------- 710
Angulus modestus..-..--- 677, 418, 423, 429

ben ells meses mses eel 677
tener. . 677, 358, 365, 372, 378, 423 |

426, 429, 435, 519, 520

Anmnelidcieeeeceeeecaee see. esses 580
Amomiaaculeathesssssene=<e-5o-es. O97
SlechLiGaeeeehices scecicisat ete 696

ephippium ----- -- 696
glabra. .696, 311, 333, 393, 401, 410,
418, 424, 429, 435, 476, 495, 509

squamula...--.----------- 696
Husa Sooe SOGO leo ase 669
J\mann@tity, B56 Gane cb a500 cosase cca 548
Antedon dentatus-.---.------------ 722
Antennularia antennina.....------ 730, 491
WnUbhasee soseekbecooe! | Coll

Anthosoma crassum ...--.--------- 577, 460
Smubhilo saee se eect 577
Anthostoma acutum.599, 416, 422, 423, 501,
508

IKK) osc o55 3555 ae 344, 365

robustum - ..597, 343, 348, 365,

428

SPCCleSsa-ase1 600, 416, 422, 508

AmthozOdetes sce =e. =a eee et 737
Anthura brachiata..-.-....---.---- 573
brunned...s--ee-s-- lout Ae 428

Anurida maritima..---- - 544, 331, 464, 482
Aphrodita aculeata...------------' a 507
CUBA Ph saooicoeosodosead= 582

ATADRICAta cermiceeinee see 582

punctata ..---..-------- Sel
squamata-..------------- 581
Appendicularia, species... ----707, 446, 454
Arachnactis brachiolata.....----- 739, 451
Arachnida..--------- ----»--+----+- 544
Arbacia punctulata- -- --- 717, 326, 333, 406,
411, 420, 424, 433

Arca pexata...-----+----+-------- 692
ponderosa ....---.---------- 692
dransWeLsaies ote a/-steewie= === 691
Arenicoia cristata..---..--------- sy BAOel

Argina pexata..692, 309, 333, 372, 378, 401,
410, 424, 435, 515

Aricia ormata.......-----.s55-000s; Daa o08

Artemia gracilis -..- 5222 222seeeeee 573
Ascaltis botryvides ......----.=---- 741
Asearis 2... io. so0c ceceecee See eee
Ascidia, amphora -... -/)22e-eeese eS)
CATMCA ace sce bee eee
echinata) 55... --s6eeeeeeee 702
Manhattensis......-...--- 699
ocellata ....26 << 2o550e eae
tenella .2.. s:..s see eee
Ascidians, larvie of......-----5---Siooe
Ascortis fragilis)... 2...) --—eeeeee 741
Astacus marinus... ..-- s226E6e DES

Astarte castanea... .. 685, 423, 429, 432, 435

lunulata:....< .secme=eeeeee 685

lutea 2.32.0 ee eee ees 684, 509
MACtIACeA ------ eee eeeeee 685, 518
Portlandica...-.-.. ames <ciee, WOES
quadrans): -sseee= see eee 685, 509
sUleata: .<,.....)2--eeceeeeies 684, 509
undata ..o5. 4 sceeae eee 6384, 508
Asteracanthion berylinus...-.-.---- 718
Porbesil soeeheeeeee 718

pallidus: -jaseeeeeen ale

Asterias aculeata ...--...----- Bee et ifs,

arenicola - ..718, 326, 333, 363, 366,
376, 378, 389, 393, 406, 411, 420,
447, 454, 476, 429, 432, 433, 435,

438, 424, 427

berylinus=.-2-2--eeeeeeeen 447
compta.-------=== See eee 719
Porbesi = 25s sees 718

Ocul aba. a. = oo a eee ieee ee)

pallidaiee. cs. pe =e 447
TUDENS.- <2 <sj-2% ieee eae eee
sanguinolenta ....---.---. 719
SPODG10882 = - eee eee 719
vulgaris .. .-718, 389, 432, 447, 454,

436, 496

ASteriOldea s2--- -<6 ee eee 715
Astrangia astreeiformis .....------- 740

.. -740, 330, 334, 397, 408,
412, 421, 425, 485, 494
Astrophyton Agassizii....----- 722
Astyris limata.:...--------------- 645
lunata...645, 306, 333, 355, 365, 372

377, 383, 392, 399, 410, 417, 423,

428, 463, 479

-.-. -645, 495, 508

Dane. -

TOSACeA. .--- -- --

———

0

INDEX. 159
Page. Page.
Asuyrie urnbullit —-5. o.sceeee- ss 645 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
zonalis ...-.- 645, 396, 410, 423, 518 Mmiuddivshoreseees sae eee er Srlh
MGNTOOUIS SHAK... <..\, .dmassteineiae= © 457 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
Atty lus) crenulatus.- 2... .2cs2.-c-- 557 piles, timbers, buoys, vessels--... 392
inermis.-.-..--..------.-. 557 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
N/DIICEN AED Cone So ge seos concer 557 rocky, bottonisess seen eeee eee 409
Anlacomya hamatus......525s.2<- 693 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
PMEIRG eye AUT GA ect ae ye teete Se see)! 723 rocky shores,.co2e- see eel
Hawidwlan.-<se2- 723, 447, 449, 451, | Bays and sounds, list of species of
454 Sandy bOtlomssosss2ee eee eee 428
Auricula bidentata......2.-..-2--s 662 | Bays and sounds, list of gi of
denixcullatare-o- see eee ae 662 BandiyShOLres a. 442 o445-e eee 364
PIV OSO GUS ee oes neers ore 662 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
Autolytus cornutus-.590, 392, 397, 410, 422 SUA OE seis deck aia een oe 451
440, 452, 494 | Bays and sounds, list of species of
species... ..590, 746, 410, 422, 452 SULIACE; IM WANLEE S400. 2 eed 455
antinnO .-e——e 5O2N409N4 544994)" Bdellanmaninajsss-022- 226552252" 544, 331
PevenollNfUBCA . <<< 5.020005 502 710 oblotiga 2253-- #23525: 222-< 544
Balanoglossus aurantiacus -627,351,365,453 | Bdellodea .......-........-..-..-. 624
Kowalevskii.. ...... 627, 352 | Bdelloura candida. ....-......... 634, 460
Balanus amphitrite.............-. 578 Parasubicaysee ss.) see eee 634
balanoidés - .579, 304, 331, 381, 392, TushiCarss.2= cee eee 634
452, 482, 486 | Bela harpularia..............-.-. 636, 508
crenatus.. - 579, 381, 392, 396, 409, pleurotomartajsses 1a eee 637
415, 422, 515 plicata....- 637, 383, 392, 423, 432, 435
eburneus. ...-.. 579, 381, 392, 482 | Bembidium constrictum.........-! 541, 464
elongatug:.-..<-s222e45~. 579 contractum.-......... 541, 464
AMP LOWISUS! .- 26. 2eSeR LL 579 | Bicidium parasiticum ......-......- 739
GUA cases. S869) Bittionr Greenies... elle See 647
TUCOSUS | 52a ets ese ie 579 nigrum. 648, 305, 333, 355, 365, 372,
tintinnabulum ...... 578, 381, 392 377, 383, 393, 410, 417, 423, 428,
| SCT ELs ae ae 455 463, 479, 515-
PPARPACMMS TAU S25. pe0 24 5)-\selse sho SLOG || (Blacks basset sya saeo es. foe 514
Bays and sounds, fauna of-.-.----. S007 SBlne ksh bee we) 3 us 515
Bays and sounds, fauna of gravelly Bledius cordatus.. .......543, 364, 462, 464
and shelly bottoms... -.-. psthecet 412 pallipennis...... 543, 364, 462, 464
Bays and sounds, fauna of one BPCCLOSH sis saeco ee eee ee 335
MO MM EA as. 5... 2 ewe ADO Ehood-dropAcs tia. 3. Soe eee 371
Bays and sounds, fauna of muddy Bloody-clamsrsecenrs-eee eee ae 309
BHONCS Wee sc Aces cin oS eS 366 | Blue-crab. ..222...2. 0.02 -.4 1262-0367, 468
Bays and sounds, fauna of piles, tim- Blue=tishwaateeveceecstocem an soos 516, 339
Heravessels, bnoysi. 2.23502. . "378 Bine-shark suo. gel es et. 521
Bays and sounds, fauna of rocky Bolina alata ceacvien ascites oe 451
Pranaineee so ct. a. so. Saad ee 394 | Boitenia reniformis ....:.......... 702
Bays and sounds, fauna of rocky BONGO aS a3 se sae ee ees Sas 516
BUDEE RSE mee seu eevee. 2s 5 5s SOSH! MOPY EUG sos asc s AOR Byes: 457
Bays and sounds, fauna of sandy Borlasinolivaceas. 1202. 2208 222: 628
Beiontprr 2-6. sly) 495 Botryllus Gouldii..702, 375, 375, 378, 389,
Bays and sounds, fauna of sandy 393, 483
BROKEs= teeeceie ss. -. Seale eee 334 ‘Yar allbida, <2 2-2 oesetoe 376
Bays and sounds, fauna of surface... 436 Var. annulate! soe seod oO
Bays and sounds, list of species of WaUlis UOT OXse sata a ata 376
gravelly and shelly bottoms ....- 421 VAT DI COLO seat eer 76
Bays and sounds, list of species of var. farinacea ........0.. 376
PMU CY WOLLOMIS+).42 sso see eee ee 434 Vars svellajcccaetsceceeee 376

760 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Botryllus var. variegata.......-..- 376 | Bugula flabellata... ..711, 333, 389, 393, 411,
Schilosseri- --.--eeeeteres 702 424, 489
stellatus: 2. 2 jeeesieees 702 Murrayana..... ....--eeeer 711, 496
Bougainvillia superciliaris - . -733, 328, 334, turrita.. 712, 311, 333, 361, 366, 389,
411, 454 393, 411, 419, 424, 427, 429, 476
Bowerbankia pracilis —-: 222.8 225 409) Bulbus dlavuscss--.s-esesee eee 647, 518
Brachydontes hamatus .......---.. 693) | Bulla canaliculata ..-.22eseeeemeos 663
plicatwlus:--ee eee 693 debilis: 24-2502 See eee eee 517, 663
Brackish waters, fauna of.......... 460 hyalina, «2-2... ..cceseee eee 663
Brackish waters, fauna of eel-grass. 478 insculpta:-.. 2... 2. see 662
Brackish waters, fauna of estuaries OTYZ8 2222+ + sce =e eee 663
andwharborsiss esses coerce oe- 460 pellucida...... 44.22¢ee eee 663
Brackish waters, fauna of muddy solitaria.. .662, 371, 377, 435, 469, 520
shores and, bottoms..-.....-... - 465 triticeast:.2. Js aiee eee 663, 518
Brackish waters, fauna of oyster- Busycon canaliculatum.........--. 640
ONE LNs Se ey yy es UE | ea 472 Cariea,...2i. =<, ..geeReeseee 640
Brackish waters, fauna of piles of Ky blisisenatass.s+s--e eee 561, 501, 511
wharves, bridges, floating timber, @abereaMllisii®: -22c2. eee 711, 420, 424
OSC eee meses ore ames ncs cis e[oeee 481 Hooker: =<): 22. eae eee 711
Brackish waters, fauna of sandy Cxcum Cooperilss.s2..4-6-= eee 649
shores and bottoms......-..---:- 462 costatum ........649, 417, 423, 428
Brackish waters, list of species of pulchellum....-- 649, 417, 423, 428
eel-grass.........--...-------+-- 480 | Caleareous sponges...-....----.--- 740
Brackish waters, list of species of Caligus Americanus....--..------- 575
muddy shores and bottoms ..-.-. 470 eurtusic: .¢.2..c0l dts
Brackish waters, list of species of Crashes! cnc eee 577
pyater-beds 22) oie cas oceanic - 476 Miilleri..cc.c. eee 575
Brackish waters, list of species of rapax......-.-.. 575, 452, 457, 459
piles of wharves, bridges, floating species. ......1. 905 439
timber, & .........--.---.----- 482 | Callianassa longimana ...-....---- 549
Brackish waters, list of species of Stimpsoni- . . 549, 369, 377, 434,
sandy shores and bottoms..---. - 464 530
WAC YOVA a> 2 52 os -ere er eeee cer 545 | Caliope leeviuscula......---..----- 557

Brada setosa....--..<. .. 606, 431, 434, 508

Branchellion Orbiniensis ....-. .... 624
Branchiella DMhynni .-.-c:sce 320-5 578
Branchiobdella Ravenellii... 624, 458, 460
Brevoortia menhaden ....-....--.- 520
Ps ribblestar-hsh 222-5 oa ese oe ae 363
BUVOZ OR ote.) Somes co sen Soc t eam 707
BiNecimuUum cineneul: --.- 2 2o52 eases 641
Labradorense......--...- 638
Lanpillitssesee = eeeeaeene 642
LUNA T 42 eee 645
Obsoletnm)2ose54e255e26 641
PURCOSUMI o.oo 641
Dytamidale-- op ees oe 637
TOSACEUMY: Soo teisneoec se 645
orLvabbabeiMs =e sere 641
undatum ..-...~.638, 494, 508, 521
undulatnm)2). se cee 638
Wheuatileyi...2-s..- ieee 645
ZONING. Si ie ee 645, 518
Bugula ayiculatiaz. ...5 -2s2ec--e5 711

Calliopius leviusculus.-. -

Callinectes hastatus-548, 367, 377, 431, 434,
438, 451, 458, 468, 479, 516
Callista convexa.. -..681, 432, 435, 470, 513

Calyptrea striata.... ..-aseeeesse= 651
Campanularia caliculata ..--..---- 726
dumosau.2 SSeeneeeeee 729

flabellata 2: 2a-eeee 728

flexuosa... 726, 327, 334, 393,

411

gelatinosa ..-.-.--.. 728

Johnstoni jeeses eee 725

volubilis. - 726, 334, 408, 411,

424

Cancer borealis ..546, 745, 395, 409, 486, 493
granulatus ...-...seeeeseee 547

irroratus...546, 312, 331, 338, 364,
367, 377, 395, 409, 415, 422, 428,
434, 439, 451, 464, 486, 490, 493, —

514, 515, 516, 520, 521, 530

INDEX. 761

Page
Cancer ocellatus'...--=:+.s5- 53222 o47 || Cerithium Sayl.-sccse-s-2s6 eeeoee 648
SEA een Here S 546 terebrale.-2seeeee eee 648
MOCANS: = 2s 55anee te eee eee 545 | Ceronia arctata...-...... 679, 426, 429, 518
Caprella geometrica ......--...-- sar, 400 | (Cestodes ln ., atu es see eee eee 456
species -519, 316, 382, 392, 409, 422, | Cestum Veneris..........--..--.-- 723
494 | Cheenopsetta ocellatus............458,519

Carcinus granulatus-547, 312, 331, 338, 364,
367, 377, 464, 428, 434, 467

MMA es = = sss ceeeeee 547

ents) DOLEAIIS )...22-52-5- 32225 683
eranulata -£...s)csss8l554 684
Cardium Greenlandicum.....-..-.-.-- 518
Mortoni ..-.-... 2 eeeeeee 683
pinnulatum.... 683, 423, 435, 518

Caudina arenata-.... - 715, 362, 366, 427, 429
Cavolina gymnota.-.-..-.----- 667, 383, 749
tridevtata......669, 393, 444, 453

@eerops Latreillii_..........2...--- 577, 459
Sellamaxtemata, ...-...s-.csstee nes “il
Gelleporina....-....-- ipweceesetans 714
Cellepora coccinea .....--.-----.---- 714
Love The RS Se ae 713

TUM Ga vora~ cre = Sete ie eer 7s}

DWITOKOO KE Gaeene ssepceac 714
ramulosa. 714, 312, 333, 405, 411,

424, 496

GO ET ss ae ae See ees 714, 419, 424

WMEREUCOSA) 35.- 20sec 714
elularianchelatias.s<rs<25-ecss se = 710
@eNSA seek ioe Se ae 711

fastitiata cvecsesesss oe = 712

Oo kerivs sis a2 Seyi ate < 7A

ELM AGA 3.c1~, sone cise le 711, 496

(HEN OIC een ee oes aed ene 712
(STURT ee ae 710
@entropristis fuscus-...--...-----. 514
Cepnaopodarns. 224 .sce- 222225522 634
Weponus. distorts)... ..< ....s-ceseen 573, 459
Merapuspiicicola.....-. 2-251 aeee 565
MMAR. = Seide2st2e:3 as Shee 565
rubricornis....-..-..565, 396, 409
Ceratacanthus aurantiacus....--.- 520
Cerebratulus, species.630, 324, 332, 382, 392,
410, 434

Cerithiopsis Emersonii-.648, 410, 417, 423,
428

Greenii. 647, 333, 383, 393, 410,

417, 423

terebralis.. . 648, 393, 417, 423,

428

Cerithium Emersonii....-.....-.-. 648
Greenit 54. Loess eeeee es 647
MISEOcinctum\. 4-21 52 - oe 648

HS OMEN Dees cose ook 848

Chetobranchus sanguineus. .616, 320, 332,
371, 377, 434, 468

Chetoonatha.=25 2 <f2eb coe 626
Chetopleura apiculata.-.-.....2. 2 661
Chalina arbuscula.-:.....252 225.22 742

oculata. .742, 391, 409, 412, 425, 497

Charybdea periphylla............. 724
Chemnitzia bisuturalis........_..- 656
dealbatay sass seeseeee 656

DIM PLRESSAi Wewsetee Sees 656

seminuda s+: 2s. 25-08 657

Chernes oblongus. ...-..........-544, 331
Chilostomata-2s32-2554 - soos 710
Chirodota’ arenata:-~2o. 5.2... - 22. 716
oolitica AS. ate ee 715

Chiton apiculatus..-.........-.... 661
fulminatbusie ss ssesss eer 517
MATMOFEUS ses esse See: 517, 399

TUDEr 2:2 ABest e 662

Chironomus halophilus-. .539, 409, 415, 421
oceanicus.. . .539, 331, 379, 392,

519

Chondracanthus cornutus......... 578
Chondrus: erispus 2-222 2222 Se Ar 404
Chrysodomus pygmeeus....--.- 2... 639
Cicindela albobirta.......-2.-)2.22 364
Gorsalighk: =) ees 2.2! 541, 364
duodecimguttata ........ 541

PeENELOSHee se oes +e. 541, 336, 364
hintreolliges sey ss. eee) 541, 364

LAnVeeiee ects s eee 464
marfinatal. 2252222225) ay

Tépanvdae. fossssHe see 541
Cineras;vittatass.3...ssc24 056 eee 580
Cingula acules.<.-..-.5.0.2..-2. 654
arenariaeees toes see soce 654, 517

LeBVise centers ce PINE oe 653
MINnUtArszssehsecoe tees os 653

modestar sss ee oe sos 653
Crona-tenellays.--25 2.205 e222). 698, 419, 424
Cirratulus: fragilis...2. 252.2... .... 607

grandis -.606, 319, 332, 348, 364,

871, 377, 422, 468

tOAUISrsscs5cee2 e- 607, 416, 422

Cirripediaast: =, 2=5J02 8 ee ee 578
Cirrhinereis fragilis. .607, 332, 397, 410, 422
Cistenides Gouldii..612, 323, 332, 349, 365,
371, 377, 422, 428, 434

762 INDEX.

Page. Page.
Glam, bloody. -22225-2e5- ce one eee 309 | '(Copeopoda:---2.------ eee eee 573, 455
lonoAtCeecente Soa eee 463; 507,509 || Copepods) frees. ----..--- 2 ee eee 451, 452
WANINOSELssas2 sete ces eee 464 | Corallina officinalis.-.........-..-: 316
uae eas eeee aoe eee ees 309 | Corbula contracta........ 672, 418, 423, 429
MOUNC see eels = eel e eee ee 309 | Cordylophora, species- ..---....----- 734
Rearcseey dorset ws soed Bere 308 | Coronuladiadema..---.----.----- 579, 460
soft-shellua-Oe oso. seep eeeee 464 | Corophium cylindricum. 566, 392, 382, 377,

BUTE ie ce Se eee es 308 370, 434, 422, 415 |
Claim-=wonrms sss. eS =e eae 319 | Corymorpha nutans: .----2oe-ceeee 736
Clava Jeptostyla.-.<=.2-22-2: 734, 328, 334 peadula-- 222 2eeeeee 736, 510
MUUGCOLNIS ase eee eee eee 704 | Corynactis albida-x-- 2---eeee eee 738
Clidiophora trilineata.. .673, 418, 423, 429, | Coryne gravata....-..----.-.----- 735
432, 435 mirabilis ;...../. .csoeeereee 739
Gliovborealiswweeeeeeeeeee ce 668 | Coryphella gymnota....--.....---. 667
limacinaPeeee-reeeese ses ae 668 | Cosmocephala ochracea. 630, 325, 332, 365,
Miquelonensis.-<--..=.2---.--- 668 410, 423, 434
Olionatretmsasss=-- eas wee ses - == 668 | Crab, blue: 22 222... eee 367
Whoneaborealisees-sos2-2c2ce tees ae 668 edible.acd 2c -c. see eee 367, 458
IhIMACIMAHAL = =\</> sa seisiteeeee 668 fiddler s22c 252225 so ae eeee 336, 367
papillonacea.... ..---- 668, 444, 453 gneoniesesse “seodss Jee eee 312
sulphurea...-- 744, 430, 409, 412, 421, hermiteo=- oe. eee 313, 339, 368, 415
425, 427 horseshoe... eee 340, 370
Clitellio irrorata.... .623, 324, 332, 365, 463 Nady .s-- ssaiiense ose see eee 338
Clupea elongata....-...----------- 520 lands «2 002-02 ..2o2e eee 337
Clytia bicophora...--.------------ 725 mind =... 22 3.20 20 eee 312
py lindtiCaleeeni erase See 726 OySber=:.:...22-. sees 367
ANfenmedia.--ee eae = 726, 408, 411 BOCK Tacc vce secs. eee 312, 415
Johnstone. -ecsss 725, 334, 408, 411 | Band .-<22.2-<<.c0ee ee
PObteriMM---e= p] see 726 soft-shelled .-:22>.2-e2e== see 368
TIN TO eRe OG OOGAaS Ose b= 725 spider..222.2a= 52 see 339, 368, 395
ONS: = eae et eres 726,729 | Crangou boreas..-. --. 22 eee 400
Clymenella...-.. .---------------- 607 septemspinOSsus==s..i ea =— 550
HONQUMAtA os ewee eee 603 vulgaris....550, 339, 364, 369, 377,
Clymene torquatus. . -608, 343, 365, 422, 428 395, 400, 409, 415, 422, 428, 434,
urceolata. J tusss--.2---- 610 451, 455, 463, 464, 479, 490, 493,
Cochlodesma Leanum. -.. .673, 418, 423, 429 501, 514, 515, 516, 518, 519, 520:
Chey tbSE pasosiein loo See ane 90, DOOD Ooo 516 521, 529
Cod-fish, mollusks found in..------ 517 |: Crassina castanea....- -- .sese see eee
Cold waters of the ocean shores, latisulea ..2+-oeeeeeeeeeee 684
Puy Ole eee cece eee 484 | Crassivenus mercenaria......---..- 681
Goléoptera.-c2-- 5-5... 5---eteee ee 540,335 | Crenella glandula. ..695, 418, 424, 435, 518;
CollisellaWalliteacsscetee seceeter === 661 519
Columbella avara....-.----------- 643 | Crepidula acuta..--.2--ceeeeeeee 650
GUISSIMOUISeeeeeete sear 645 convexa...650, 333, 355, 365, 371,
Gouldisnacueeeew ret. 645 377, 423, 429, 435, 463, 479
linnaitiayese so) see eeer 645 fornicata..649, 333, 355, 365, 410,
TOSACEM ac se scenes we OSD. 412, 414, 417, 423, 429, 435, 475,
translirata ..--....:--- 644 515

@ommonmusclesseee-.o2ee— ee 307, 361 glauca. ..2222 5 eae eee 650 —
@Goemmon praise. .25-2 22-5220 339 plana......... 2-52 eee
Gommonskcateesercs. 2. ent et= 521 unguiformis. ..650, 333, 355, 365,
Conchoderma aurita. ....-.-.----580, 392 410, 417, 423, 429, 435, 475, 515

virgata Rifo222 24 580; 392"! Cribella oculata-.22. ".L2eseeeeeeee 719 |
Conilera concharum.572, 746, 426, 428, 459, | Cribrella sanguinolenta.719, 407, 411, 420,

521

424, 433, 447, 485, 496

ae

a

INDEX, 763

Page. Page.

DPN OC Ms wocaneole sean ae saeewe 422) Diaphanadebilishscsseseaceeeseeee 663
Crisia eburnea- .707, 311, 333, 393, 405, 411, | Diastopora patina .-.-..-..--- 707, 405, 411
A419, 424, 496,515 | Diastylis abbreviata...........--. 554

Crucibulum striatum -651, 399, 410, 417, 425 quadrispinosa ..-.-- 554, 511, 507
PMUISGUGEM <2 co.cc Sack eeecieas see 545 sculptay.sssosueees eee 554
Cryptodon Gouldii.............-.- 686,509 | Dibranchiata .......-......---..-- 634
obesus.-.--------------687,509 | Dinematura coleoptrata.--.....-- a ae
Cryptopodia granulata.............. 548 | Dinemoura alta~...-.....-.. Fa nitcai 176
On i ree a 722 | Dimyaria......... wise = aml are 669
Gtenolabrus burgall..............- 621 | Diodon pilosus_..---. .-.5-.---2-2 460, 578
MEMOSUOMALR oo5es soos onccc ce ZOCe) DONG: CONVERA. 2) i422 cide deyaeioe 681
Gucumaria fusiformis..........-.: 715 | Diopatra cuprea.593, 346, 364, 371, 377, 422,
MIGXGEPOCLOS: 222 0icsn0 .cscosiecss 539, 466 431, 434
CLMMONGCE) 6. be OR see ae eeeeel ABOUT AU MO COLA q/<<2,<1<1515) (9 sie e) aici) ce sic cis 539, 335
Cumin giatellinoides.679, 374, 378, 418, 423, | Dipurnea conica........----...-- 735, 455
Ashi | Discophoresessse oss ee est: G23

Cyaneaarctica ..723, 440, 447, 449, 450, 454, | Discopora coccinea......- 714, 333, 424, 496
455s Goon | MMGCOP OSS aes aelaem cides a9 hel aaeia se 661

‘Falster ator ay a 723 | Dodecacerea, species... .----. 607, 397, 422
OSbelSiN) coos ou)a5- baa loe ne 723 | Dog-fish ...--.-----------spectce=e 521

Cyclas dentata...-...-..- 686, 418, 423, 429 | Doliolum, species .........--- 707, 446, 454
Cyclocardia borealis ..683, 418, 423, 435, 508 | Donax fossor ....-...-..--.------- 679
Cyclocardia Novangliz -.681, 418, 423, 435, | Doridella obscura ...664, 307, 333, 409, 410,
508 423

@yelostomatarc. 22a). 254s ses s+ 3s (OTS WOristarbonescenseee sees aaa 665
Cylichna alba......--...--- - 663, 508, 518 LOG eB eRee nee oooscS - 664, 307, 333
OLYZAs- 22 663, 426, 429, 432, 435 COLON abaya ssa cee 665

Wren erhumereem ess 5 3-5 + 2. 2 5<. 533 bho Wenbo TERS ee boca BAccea coos 665
IGG CSS oaseceeserees 71 Pallidars = ss seves=t 46) ase toc 665
Wymothoa Ovalis)....s—.<.-2!<5--5-- 572 | Doto coronata --. -665, 400, 410, 423, 480, 495
GrMoscion TEV alls. 26). -2))= 5,505 =: = DLO Drill oars <ceiejo cio iecioeys Saeietens ae ONO OO
COxmphiiaicarnea...- 22... 5200225: 201, 495.) Dusky shane. .5 352.4 2 seseahes 520
CCUNDEN Ee eaes Sesseeneer 702, 495 | Dynamena cornicina.........-.-.- 733, 729

COU EERE eae rer eeaigroe 701 PUM lacs . <casseso seas 733

INR etesee conn] codecs 702 | Dysmorphosa fulgurans..-...734, 448, 454

partita -701, 311, 333, 388, 393, 401, | Echinarachnius parma.. -717, 362, 366, 427,

411, 424, 435, 515 429, 490, 503, 515, 578, 520

plactentign = «cs. «1945s OL ichinastermoculatuss pees seetse ee 719

TEMUREY app eepooenoee sono. 701 sanguinolentus ..--.... 719
RiellteGral= 1-242 Secisesiacciae 701 | Kehinocidaris Davisii .-....-=-.--- 717

Cyprina Islandica........ 683, 397, 508, 518 punctulata...-...... 717
Cystobranchus vividus. ..-...624, 458, 460 | Echinodermata ...-.......--...--- 715
Cytherea convexa..---.-.-.---.--.- GSIS BE chinordeaaacess ane ace senee eee 716
MOVE MUA Biss sin 15 jena 681,518 | Echinus Drébachiensis -........... 716

SAO Aas ta iein ans aioe eae 681 OLANMLALI Ss sees yapees tee 716
SAiilillodéeeseGosaosas cate 681 pram avs ee elses sees 716
Dactylometra quinquecirra ..724, 449, 454, IMO PNG CUMS Bes ae Steep et 716
495 PeNibaporuseassseaee se =e CALE

Darwinia compressa. .-.--...------ 557 punctulacus)- == .)--22--4-ss0ee alia
Defrancia bicarinata...-....--...: 638 | Echthrogaleus coleoptratus -.576, 459, 749
IVAN <5, 5 <5 wcxsaare rapepe eters 637 denticulatus ..-.-- 576, 459
WeBlESseriaSiINUOSA.----- ---.-20-.0- AG FAIGe PReLoO Darin bales ss a eee 653
MEET MOCOD eas oni a= = a1 erin aeiecas 632 | Ectopleura ochracea ..-...--.-.--735, 455
Wendronotius arborescens..-..----- 665)| Ediblejcrab..-.-. <25-.. 5-2. -s6- 357, 458
“Diacria trispinosa ...--.-.--- 669, 444, 453 | Edwardsia elegans ..............- 451

764 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Edwardsia farinacea...-...--. 739, 451,510 | Eudendrium ramosum..---- -734, 408, 411
lineata .2=2-=- 739, 421, 425, 497 $enue 22050. -ce eee ee
Eel-grass ..---- .----+ +--e0+------- 460 | Eudorella hispida..-.-. ---------- 555
in brackish water, animals pusilla! <2 22oseeeereeee 554
inhabiting s-sshe—eeee= = 478 | Eugomphodus littoralis .-.----.-.- 521
list of species inhabiting Eugyra pilularis....-.-.----»---- 700, 509
the sectors Geese wakes 480' | Eulalia annulata.--. ..- 22<)secemeles 585
Elysia chlorotica....--------- ----667, 480 evacilis.... 02.t¢oseeeeeee 586
Elysiella catulus..--..----------- 668, 480 grannlosa ..:-.---p-—e eee 585
Embolus pauper ..----.----------- 715 species - .452, 332, 349, 392, 397, 410,
Enchytreeus triventralopectinatus.. 624 422, 434
Engraulis vittatus.....----------- 516 |) Hulamia Milbertt = <52-2= eee —eee—e 521
Ensatella Americana.674, 356, 365, 426, 429, obscura. <.<s-0 -«- secre eOlU nee
490,521 | Eulima oleacea..655, 418, 420, 423, 427, 460
Ensis Americana.-=--------------- 674 || Humidia Americana. ---- = --s-es— 584, 494
Entomostraca-..-422, 434, 573, 331, 337, 409 papillosa, ....- <j. <== seeeee 584
Eolidia despecta..--...----------- 667 pistacia ..2.1.--. 2a 584
Eolis despecta ...--.------------ ae) 66%. species.--.- 452, 332, 349, 392, 397,
gymnota.....--------------- 667 410, 422, 452
Eone gracilis We Nc eeiacrorarni ae 596 ViVi 22> ccc ccc eee eee 584°
Epelys montosus-571, 316, 331, 370, 377, 434 | Eunice sanguinea...-.. ..---.---. 593
trilobus ..571, 370, 377, 422, 428, 434, | Eupagurus Bernhardus.----...--. 548, 501
452, 464 larVe.-c2 =. so see 451,
Ephydra, species.---...------540, 464, 466 longicarpus .-549, 313, 331, 339,
Epizoanthus Americanus.-.------- 740,510 364, 368, 395, 377, 409, 415, 422,

Ergasilus labraces ......-.----- --573, 459
Erichsonia attenuata... .-570, 370, 377, 479
filiformis.570, 316, 331, 409, 422,

452, 494

Eristalis, species.----..----.-2---- 540
Wschara Pallasianac.--<-cen--= aoc 713
MUKA Pe pocereoe ceceoos 712
RoE) Beeb ed Hema Deee coer wcll

Escharella variabilis 713, 312, 333, 361, 366,
389, 393. 403, 411, 419, 424, 427, 429, 476

HSChanIN deeaae Saeeie ee ieee eee abe file:
lim Caitaie ss tieewie wince cise 712
pediostoma ..---.-----.- 713
ATLAS moos meee ee eres 713

Escharipora punctata....713, 403, 411, 424

Pipeone limicola- ges cee once oe 588

TODUStA a2ccaeesseceesee= 588, 746
SCtO8asscscccascssesecens ce 588

species. ..589, 349, 364, 397, 428, 452
Eucheilota duodecimalis..---..-.725, 454

ventricularis ...-.-...-. 725, 454

Euchone elegans........-618, 432, 434, 508
BPCCLESin sao =. tee 422, 392, 416

Eucope alternata.-..-.-.. Sateeh es 727
Glaphama er yeco ss == Sesee | dee,
PONtAPOLA mastecrehec sie seis 717
POlWMenal so9s ao ocies aiaee 727
Huacoryne/elemans:. 5-02 65-50. ome 735
Kucratea chelata-.-...-.710, 405. 411, 424, 749
Eudendrium dispar...... 734, 408, 411, 425

426, 428, 434, 463, 464, 479, 515,
pollicaris.548, 313, 331, 364, 368,
377, 395, 409, 415, 417, 422, 426,
428, 434, 515, 521

pubescens .2-2-ee eens 549

Eupleura caudata.. .642, 332, 371, 377, 423,
428, 435

Euryechinus Drébachiensis....---- 716
granulatus:ee=-eeeeee 716

Euthora cristatac.----5s-—eeeeeeee 492
Butimalimpida st. see. 5-s=eeeeee 729, 454
Fabricia Leidyi-.619, 323, 332, 397, 410, 422
Halse (scorpion: =2<-2 s22s-eee eee 331
Barrel lataniiltantS .-- 2s 710, 487
pedicellata): =~ 4-eeeeeeee 710
Hasciolaria: ligata <> -22-.sseeee eee §42, 517
E1rddler/eravs ©. o--. - eee 336, 457, 467
Pile-fish. ..220..:.255) 2eaeeee eee 520, 327
Fishes, food of... -.e-eeee eee 514

list of external parasites ob-

served Ole -..2 -smsseeeiosee 459

parasites| Of: os--et eee 455
Flounder, ocellated, or summer. -.519, 339
spotted. |...) aesemeeers 520

winter .2: <<. sseeeeeeeee 520

Hlustra avicularia,®22- ssscesee see 711
Bllisin:: S225. 22a 711
hispida..-=-.'. ..-cepeeeees 708
lineata, <2. . 25 64s eee 712.
Murrayana 2222-2557 eeeeee 711

— ee

{
1

INDEX. 765

Page. Page.

astra pilosa .-.--.---5 sces-62=-- 712 | Gemma Manhattensis...-....----- - 682

Setacea......---- su apatiats 711 | Gemmaria Americana.....-------. 740

= SRA Wee ser coher core 711 gemmosa..-...- Basses 735

Flustrella hispida...-,.-.-..----.- 708 | Geopinus incrassatus-.....--.----541, 364

PE APERATILIN As Shs cacy aici ciaiw. oie = oelaces eerie eo 712 | Glandula arenicola-.:.-.--..----- 701, 502

IP OGEINGIN, Se Be RGAE SSS Soecigecoeoeor 521 | Globiceps. tiarella.----....2.222-.- 735

Hapdsor fishes -.-.-5.ccco-. w-- en < = 514 | Glycera Americana.......-..------ 596

Haramimiferd, ~. 2... 2---- 745, 425, 430, 412 dibranchiatasscssese eee 596

HO IAMVVGUELCDa= -cjs2 sccm css sos oce 6339) (Goose-barnacles sa2s1cm-ee ses es ae 381

Free swimming and surface animals 436 | Goose-fish..--...----..-----.------ 516

Fringed sea-anemone-......---.---- o20n| Gorsoniat tenuis oases. eae 737, 457

“P PIGISTEIDE SSR GSSRSSHS He eeenecserOe 519 | Gouldia lunulata...-.........----- 685

INCNISEN OU OSUG-cmlecac cece soci <= 303 mactracea - - .685, 418, 423, 429, 518

MESICUOSUS sean = lance ae ee 303, 487 | Grantia botryoides......----.--..- 741

Fulgur canaliculata.......-.....-. 640 ciliata. . 740, 330, 334, 391, 394, 412,

carica.. -640, 313, 332, 355, 365, 399, 425

410, 417, 423, 428 CoLronata...ssossseceee 255 7AL
SlICOANS ss s62- = ci-secaa celss 640 | Gravelly and sandy bottoms off the
Fundulus pisculentus-.....--.--. 520, 458 open coast, list of species inhabit-

IARUISICINCTOUBs.-< <a2ec2-- secs soee 641 Ty Re es Peery Se ee yo 504
QOWMGUICS -H AS eB cae deco bese 638,517 | Gravelly and shelly bottoms of bays

CUIBDUS yastys Sais = Selersiacis a ievo==\6 638 and sounds, fauna of the....-.--- 412
harpularius.........-------. 686 | Gravelly bottoms off the open coast,

EMO GMiC 5525.2 sa scie alae =| taco 645 fauna Ole oss seleceeice ee sees aaa 500

Tie a 6381) (Green-eraDs-s jeer eae ele 312

pleurotomarius .........-.-- GB | Gin sae neaoetiase- accoocosc Goce 381

PM MIUS 2 orcs = saw win woe on 639 | Gymnocopa.-......-----+-+-------- 626

TMNT 3 SS SS eee OEE 637 | Gymnosomata.-...--.-.------------ 663

Primm pw oss sce ck 639, 645, 518 Gymnolemata ..------------------ 707
Sesaun MOTNUA.....--- .<--------- 516 | Haddock, mollusks taken from

Galerocerdo tioring-....-.5-...--.- bel StoMachs Off sees sete ee ee aa 518

Gammaracanthus mucronatus.... - 559 | Halcampa albida -......---.------ 738

Gammarus annulatus -. ..553, 314, 331, 586 | Haleyonium carneum..-..--.------ 737

519 | Halecium gracile-. ..729, 328, 334, 376, 378,

1OGUSEA S226 escalates 557 391, 398, 411, 425, 476

WAAEINUS 225 2o- 559, 314, 331, 486 | Halichondria oculata......---..--- 742

mucronatus. .- 559, 370, 377, 466, ey CLSe eee ioc 743, 749

479, 519, 520 BPEGIES Joc 2-22 Stas 743

Natator.. 558, 439, 452, 455, 518, | Halisarca, species---...------------ 744

519,520 | Halocampa producta.738, 330, 334, 363, 366

ornatus . . 557, 514, 331, 382, 392, | Halodrillus littoralis. 623, 324, 332, 338, 365,

455, 486, 519 463

pulex...--------.+----- 597 | Harbors, fauna of the.....----.--- 460
Gastranella tumida .....----- 678, 418, 423 | Harger, Oscar, on Isopod Crusta-

AstrOPOMA-.--4-52-5->52-' States 636 ET ten OS AEE MID Set S00 545, 567

Gattiola, species..--.-....---- 590, 453 | Harmothoé imbricata. -. .582, 321, 332, 392,

Gebia affinis -. . .549, 368, 377, 451, 468, 519, 397, 410, 422

520,530 | Hemirnactra solidissima.---------- 680

SS ASIMMS MINA. .---...s22s9 geo. Bandeat al Stari ornbsee kek ek aes 313, 339, 368, 371

pugilator. 545, 336, 364, 462, 464, ierniz6a1 CLUCIaba soso ee] vane eee 667

467 | Heterocerus undatus....--. --543, 364, 464

pugnax .-.545, 367, 377, 466, 468 | Heterocrypta granulata.... -- 548, 415, 422

SES ---- 5S oe 545 | Heteromyaria .....-----..--------- 692

Gemellaria loricata 2 <\0) </mnimimelninms la 747 Heteromysis formosa - - ..553, 396, 409, 415,

Torictilate. «.0-c--204-23° 747 422, 452

682 © Heteronereis arctica....-...------. 591

766 INDEX,
Page. Page. |
Heteronereis assimilis ..-....------ 591 | Invertebrate animals, habits and dis-
elancopisis.s2seee eer 591 tribution of the: .2- 2... .s-=seeeee 294
grandifolia 25°24 22-. 591 | Imphimedia vulgaris......-...-.-. 557
Heterofusus Alexandri ...--...-.-- 669) irish Moss.--2-- =. =e oes ane eee 404 9
paleacs.c2e sae ssee 669 | Isodictya palmata .-..-...--- 2-250
iekory, shad: 52 2s-2)-)-8¢ bese see 520 Species. .5.55's2-sceueeeee 742
Hippa talpoida..548, 338, 364, 428, 451, 490, | Isopoda ..-............-..-...... « 56H
530 || Ivory-barnacle).-.--- soos eee 381 @
Hippocrene Carolinensis..---..--- 733 | Jeera copiosa..- 571,315, 331, 382, 392, 486 |
superciliaris-~--.2--5-- 733 Nivallis:.2222 22 ee eee 5/ Le :
Hippolyte pusiola. ..550, 395, 409, 422, 457, | Jaminia exigua....-.....--..-.--. 656
‘ 493, 511 productas--<---eeeee .-25- (G56
Hippothoa rugosa-----.-.-.---..-- 712 seminuda ----.---se6 eee at!
Holothuria Briareus .........-.... 715 | Janthina frapilis’.-.-.- .2-s-eseeeee 660
pLVyRAIS ees 2c eee = 737 | Jingle-shell...°_.. 2.5 5eeee 311 @
Eolothurioideaysenes.-.: -- 2s <== 715 | Keilia planulata.688, 310, 333, 374, 378, 418,
Homarus Americanus. -. -549, 313, 331, 395, 423, 435
409, 415, 422, 426, 428, 451, 492, 515, Tubra, 2-22.22 550 eee eee 688
520515215 745 | iKing-crab)..- 226, .-5-se eee 340
ilorseshoeserab=-c-----.--->e5 -- >= 340,468 | Kine-fish ...-.. -----2 ses a eeeee 515, 339
Horse-mackereleeaec. - 25 se = sees o16'| Lacuna divaricata---- ---ssaeeeeee 652
Homse-mnsclee s2-\-'2ecn='oe = alee een 309 frigid... «20-2 5a eee 652
ElyasicOancvabUs tess. -/es = a2 2s 6 548 labiosa ..- <<. sessseeaeeee 652
Hiyaleea cornea: ::. 2... .2202--2e2c0 669 NeLibO1ldea) --se pees eee 653, 495
iudentataiesee re - ee -ce a= 669 solidula ..-..- «- aseeeeneee 652
UALS) DUNS oe oaooaaseoosoS 669 vincta.- 652, 305, 333, 355, 365, 372,
Hyale littoralis......556, 315, 331, 392, 486 377, 410, 417, 423, 485
Hybocodon prolifer ...--..--- 730,020, 504 | Wady-crab .2.- -sseneeeeneeeeeeee 338, 426
Hydractinia echinata.......--...-- 736 | Lievieardium Mortoni- -.683, 358, 365, 426,
polyclina. .. 736, 328, 334, 363, 429
376, 378, 407, 411, 425, 427, 429 | Lafeea calcarata.729, 334, 408, 411, 425, 454
Hydrallmania falcata. --.733, 408, 411, 425 COLrnutass ccc eee eee 729
Hyenoides Pisses sence see eee = 725 | Lamellibranchiata ...--..-<-.- =.=. 669
Hydrophilus quadristriatus ..--.. 541,466 | Laminaria digitata...-....---ss-66 492
ieiymeniacidoni sess wesecees ase = 743 longicrura eee eee 492
SUDETOM ct we one's wis 744 saccharina ..---2--25--- 492
Hyperia, species. ......--567, 439, 452, 459 | Laodicea calcarata.....----------- 729
Ichthyobdella Funduli...... 624, 458, 460 | Laomedea amphora....-..--------- 727
Fdotea’ ceca tke. 2+<-t% 569, 340, 364, 428 dichotoma .2esseese eos 728
irrorata .569, 316, 331, 340, 364, 370, divaricata -sosesseeeeee 727
377, 392, 439, 452, 479, 486, flexuosa. ..-2eeeceeteoaee 726
494,514 gelatinosa ....-....... 728, 727
WOES Goos6e Goocac cosSac 571 geniculata.....-..----. 727
phosphorea. .569, 316, 331, 392, 409, gigantea. --2eese=-eleeee 728
422, 452 long@issima)-.o-.sesl4-=seniieS
TOWUSUAS. sone sees el 569, 439, 452 | Laphystius sturionis......--.. 557, 457, 459
tralobamecces soetiseee se soe 571 | Darve of balanus)); 2. ---- secre 455
Duttisms Mawes se 569, 340,364,501 | Luarvalia .....-....0.2- o=n0 ase
Idyiaroseola..---...--..- 723, 448, 451, 454 | Larval macroura...-.....-. aches 452
Tlyanassa obsoleta.. 641, 313, 339, 354, 355, | Leda limatula........-.---------- 689
365, 368, 371, 377, 383, 392, 428, 435, Obesa. 2. sdcase a 690
463, 469, 479, 516 sapotilla .22---c-sseeeeeeee 689
Infusoria, ciliated =5-.------< --- ses 455 tenuisuleata.----.----- 690, 509, 519
Insecta asec cess cecistecnisieaeielacininete 539 thracizeformis! -2o- cs-eseeees 690

INDEX. 167
Page. Page.
Leguminaria Floridana...--. .---- 676 | Limnoria lignorum-.571, 360, 377, 379, 32,
epas an: tifera.....-..--.-.-520, 382, 392 482
au.ita ..... eas se PE eoe Sone 580 terebransic-s-cSsces case OM
PISCLITOLA = sani ae Ae COTO OS Oee | LMM POb «4c e-2 5s elas aoe eee 306
WOATIONCS|: Nalsatelswseicion= ese 579) | Lamalusvaustralishs2-- eee 580
GUE ee i ASoe Gone sosoeon = ary) Polyphemus....580, 340, 355, 364,
PASCICULATIS! «ee ial Ao sai) Bisa ay 370, 377, 428, 431,
jectinataieces- s+. 222--019, doe, 302 434, 452, 464, 468
Rip attee wee ees. sc se... ody || Linkiaoculatay 52212. - sass eee 719
Lepeophtheirus salmonis....---.-- 76 JOOIWEED cocosc cose ches seons 719
SPECIES! sie <c552 575,459 | Liocardium Mortoni......-..--.--. 683
Lepidactylis dytiscus- -. .556, 339, 364, 409, | Lissa fissirostra .......-..--.--.--. 548
422, 428 | Lists of species found in the stomachs
Lepidonote armadillo......-..-.-. 581 Oli TSG 525555 os, losses Naas 514
cirrata ....-.-..--..-- 582 | List of parasites observed on fishes. 459
Lepidonotus angustus.-....-.-..-581, 494 | List of species inhabiting eel-grass
sublevis. . .581, 320, 332, 397, In) brackish) waters. sehsss"<c 480
410, 422 | List of species inhabiting gravelly
squamatus ....581, 320, 332, bottoms of the outer waters..... 504
392, 397, 410, 422 | List of species inhabiting gravelly
Wepre Tabra......-- «- 615, 382, 392, 453 and shelly bottoms of the bays
Lepralia hyalina...2....-.. Sao ae 713 andl Sounds\o.2.2355.,..3 seo s-sk ose Sed
PalasiaMma oo sa=0)6\ 25 713,420 | List of species inhabiting muddy
Beach. -5.<- scicieiei== 3/6 714 bottoms of bays and sounds.----. 434
PedloOstomay- =. 4244) -54- 713 | List of species inhabiting muddy
MUN Clalites 55 4/42 =aratonia-a nl Le bottoms of brackish waters. ---- = 470
BPECOS es sa .sisio, =)s;<101-1= 496, 424, 333 | List of species inhabiting sandy or
MARIOWOSA p= -2)--\sacec-s sla. lS soft muddy bottoms of outer wa-

Leptasterias compta......----..-. 719
Leptochiton apiculatus-..661, 423, 399, 410,
749

ruber. . .662, 399, 410, 495, 749
Leptoclinum albidum-...705, 403, 411, 424,

515

luteolum. ..706, 403, 411, 424

Leptogorgia tenuis...........-... 737
OPO: /- <-5.5=: 3 aeasoe 737

Mepton fabagella...--.----..s-+-- 688

Heptoplana folium.......--..----632, 487
Leptosynapta Girardii-..-.716, 366, 361, 490

roseola ......-716, 366, 362
TEMS) =< == 's— sere LO

Lerna branchialis..--- ayciamahseies 578, 460
MIACINA DAS sess nce eae 573
Wermneocera Tadiata..-.-----.----- 578
Lerneonema radiata...------ 578, 458, 465
Lesueuria hyboptera.....--...--- 722, 454
Leucosolenia botryoides-.741, 334, 391, 394
thamnoides..----.---. 741

Libinia canaliculata.548, 339, 364, 368, 377,
; 431, 434, 511, 521

Quip a2. =. 548, 368, 377, 431, 434
amracina baled... --.~<=2-.0.-65 6 669
famax papillosus.......-.-...-... 666

COTS! 3256 555s hasasejes eee ome Ole
List of species commonly found on
muddy shores of bays and sounds
List of species inhabiting muddy
shores and bottoms of brackish
WALES tea atatie fostan tee seb sieh= siatatare
List of species inhabiting oyster-
beds in brackish waters...--..-. 476
List of species inhabiting piles of
wharves and bridges, buoys, bot-
toms of vessels, &c., in bays and
SOTMM Specs hates isos toe etenaeateee
List of species inhabiting piles of
wharves, floating timbers, &c., in
brackish) waters) 225s. ss ees 2
List of species inhabiting rocky bot-
toms of the bays and sounds. --..
List of species inhabiting rocky bot-
toms of the outer waters..-...--
List of species inhabiting the rocky
shores of the bays and sounds....
List of species found on the rocky
shores of the outer coast. -.--..---
List of species inhabiting sandy bot-
toms of bays and sounds........-

392

482

409

493

331

487

4238

768 INDEX,
Page Page.
List of species inhabiting sandy bot- Eueina.Gonldil .....2-55..J2, peeeee 686
LOMSi0L ESUUATIES sseeoe ee eeeee nee 464 radula,. 324 .acs. 5 eee 626
List of species inhabiting sandy bot- strigilla,....- 2.49.55 686
toms of outer waters............ 504 | Lumbriconereis fragilis-... 594,501, 507
List of species inhabiting sandy opalina . 594, 320, 352, 342,
shores of bays and sounds..---.- 364 364, 371, 377, 397, 410,
List of species inhabiting sandy 422, 428, 434, 468
shores and bottoms of estuaries.. 464 splendida _----- -:- 594
List of species inhabiting sandy tenuis -. 594, 320, 332, 342,
shores of the outer coast..-...... 490 364, 371, 377, 422, 463
List of species inhabiting surface Lumbriculus tenuis: 2222 --eeeeeee 623
\f2) 1a pee ee os soe oc ghee 451 | Lumbricus fragilis ...........--.- - boa
List of species inhabiting surface Lumbrinereis fragilis oonw cee 594
Waters In, Winter .-.-----.2< 2. 455 | Lunatia triseriata............-.. 646,365
Mithodomusieeteasecses =e ee tee. 309 heros - 646, 313, 353, 354, 365, 423,
Lithothamnion polymorphum .399, 492, 495 426, 429, 490, 417,521 -
Eittorinaiancti¢a.s..--. s--c.< esc... 652 immaculata -....-.. 646, 508, 517
Greenlandicaees. cae so. 651 | Lupa diacantha:---2.--—-eeeeeeeee 548
IRFORRUA <5 .20<\sse0 651, 372, 377 hastata.....04 <cveue eee 548
limes Stren s Gaps hee 652 | Lycidice Americana............. 593, 508
hibtovalligis. She aoe at. 659: |! bycoris fucata: 2-2. 2244s 4s eee 591
marmorata .....--.------ 652 | Lyonsia hyalina..-. 672, 358, 365, 423, 426,
mevlectares assess ees 652 429, 435
MOEitOld Gale Se eee 652 | Lysianassa, species.....--... 556, 434, 452 9
palliata 652, 305, 333, 383, 393, 485 | Lysiamassinwe..-... .----.----.---- 431
IRéconieste eos eee 652: | Macha) divisai..2.-.2-.-o.e2e eee eee 676 |
PUSS a pee ee eee ea 652 | Machera costata...-.. --...-...-.- 75 9
rudis.. 651, 305, 383,383, 393,485 | Mackerel..--__.. .---. 22 eee 442, 516
Baka lliswee. ee tee eee 652 || Macoma calearea..-.- -22oseeeeere 677
Sulcata estan eek a eesee 651 fragilis. ..... .2.ueeeaeeeeee 676
hengbrosats- 5-0 coe tee ae 661 fusca. . .676, 359, 365, 372, 378, 429,
ZONAL ee keane 652 435, 463, 469, 508 —
Littorinellailssvisw 222). 2k bis 2 653 Grenlandica =. 2seee-e-e— 676
minuta~... 383, 392, 469, 653, PLOXIM a, 2 occas eee 677
ivoneea ovalis. 4-5 4si2a82--3< 572, 459 sabulosa, 5: oceseeeesieeeee 677
i alaNo ra tao =) eee ee 448 |) Macrowraiqwr45= 3-32 eee 549
Lobster and other crustacea, meta- Mactra arctata...--.------ 4s 679
morphoses of. By S.I. Smith ... 522 gigantea. «. 24.02: 84s eee 680
ihobster, habits... -.<sectiess 395, 492, 745 lateralis: ....:.s0s) ose 680
Koligorillecebrosass2s-2..5-- 256552 634 similis. +s...0.ceseee aes 680
pallidaj22-..eee as 635, 441, 453, 514 solidissima.. 680, 358, 365, 412, 418,
Pealii .. 635, 416, 423, 440, 453, 515. 423, 426, 429, 490
516, 520, 521 tellinoides. .... ig Joes bees 679
puUNEetata) ots hwsst ates 635. | Madreporaria -..4 -22522-2eeeeeeeas 740
Mene clam si): sqsadeusos 309, 357, 458, 490 | Malacobdella grossa. ...-.----.---- 625
Long-tailed sting-ray ...-........- 521 mercenaria .... 625, 458, 460
Lophius Americanus .----........ 516, 457 obesa-2=nisene 625, 458, 460
Lophopsetta maculata...........--. 520 | Maldane elongata... 609, 343, 365, 371, 377
Lophothuria Fabricii-.........-.--. 519 | Mamma inmmaculata .22seeeeeeeeee 646
Lottia testudinalis .. .......-...... 661 | Mammaria Manhattensis ..---- = 224+)
Lucina contracta........-.-----2-- 686 | Mangelia bicarinata..-...-..---!-. 638
gentatanso2s jock ean aoe 686 CORBA ae occ es 637, 432, 435
divarieata.-< 65. st2-5-4meee 686 harpularia--...<.cseeeeee 636
LiL GRah ees te kot eee 686, 509 pyramidalis ....-2p-.qcsee 637
HexXUOSA, eon cabah eens 686 | Margarita Greenlandica ...-..-.--.-. 3199

INDEX. 769

Page. Page.

Margarita obscura .........- 661,508,518 | Modiola nexa....................694; 518
Ornata, tes: Sse see es 661 Nionaye=: 5-5. eee ee 694

Margelis Carolinensis --. 733, 334, 450, 454 papuanarls.-.422-- dee 693
Marphysa Leidyi -.- 593, 319, 332, 347, 364, plicatula - .. .693, 307, 333, 374, 378
410, 422, 434, 517 469, 475

Marshes fauna of the...-2+: 22. .--- 460 SeMicOstia eo ese seas eee 693
Martesia cuneiformis....-.-......-- 671 | Modiolaria corrugata ....-....... 694, 509,
Meckelia ingens. 630, 324, 352, 349, 365, 423, discors: 2.245 ee 649
428, 432, 434, 453 levigata -...-=-<. 694, 509, 749

MACGORES Seas osu tees 630, 350, 365
Mami dae ieciceo sere cee 630, 502, 508
ocahontas- = -42s25 cee. 630
rosea.. 630, 324, 332, 350, 365, 428
Mindusa, dicitale...-....02.-2225 522%. 725
CALAVEW A cecascnsc lees tes 737
EG) CS Se oe SP cr me 737
Mecalops and zoea......---..---.- 451
Melampus bidentatus ... 662, 463, 469, 520
Melanogrammus eglifinus -...----- 518
Melinna cristata .....-.- 613, 4382, 434, 507
Melita nitida.560, 314, 331, 382, 392, 434, 479
Mellita pentapora ......---...---.. 717
quimquetora 5-5... .'--2. 5. 717
testudinaria-..... 717, 427, 429, 749
Hest dIMAbal 55-28 s Sete TAs
Membranipora lineata’. - 712, 333, 406, 411,
424, 427, 429
pilosa... 712, 333, 393, 406,
411, 424, 496
UGB bones 712, 420, 424
Meneshhoalbula:--2.222cces sss 670
SIGH EC) Ss SARE ees eee 520
Piemleanbermata: 22.1. oe cc berssde 711
Menticirrus nebulosus..---.------- 515
Mercenaria mercenaria ..---.------ 681
wiOlaceai: 5-52 ssossk ae 681
Mesodesmai arctata_........----.- 679, 518
Mesopieura bidentata -..--....---. 676
Metamorphoses of the lobster and
other crustacea. By 8.1. Smith. 522

Metridium marginatum. 738, 329, 334, 391,

393, 412, 425

‘Microciona prolifera......-.----.- 745, 741
Microdeutopus minax -..-.-. .562, 479, 519
Microgadus tom-codus.----.-.--.-. 519
Millepora reticulata_.-.-. eats draftees 714
MMRMIMGWassa salt tcisyecec secs cates 520
Mnemiopsis Leidyi-. . .722, 449, 450, 454, 457
Miodeeria, species -..--./-2-6---4-- 454
Modiola discrepans..--...--..%.--. 694
plamdull arta: 22:- ere aere 695, 518
hamatus - -. .693, 374, 378, 472, 475

leva Cabal. ts ss lessee a 694

y modiolus.-.-. 693, 309, 333, 401, 410,
418, 424, 495, 515

S. Mis, 61——49

nigra.694, 418, 424, 433, 435, 518

Meera levis. .559, 315, 331, 409, 422, 452, 519
Molanna, species... -.......--. 543, 379, 392
Molgula arenata.699, 419, 424, 426, 429, 502
Manhattensis .. 699, 311, 333, 361,

366, 378, 388, 393, 375, 401,

411, 424, 497, 429, 435, 445

papillosaz. J aasaaeela ec 699, 495
pellucida, 2-52 a2434 699, 426, 429
pilularistss24--.s28eeese= 700
productats-aacseoee 699, 502, 510
Mollia hyalina... -.--.713, 405, 411, 420, 424
Mollatseanyass oes Gaye ete mae, 634

MI SHME Joesicteveerer stn sy eee eee cia 517
Mollusks found in stomach of had-

MLO Che io crenata tp hte xh PE 518
Molpadia odlitica .... ..2220.2--.- 715, 510
Monocelis’agilis-52-2. 4. 2422263!) 325, 332
Monoculodes, species.-..----- 556, 452, 455
Monoculus Polyphemus.--.....-.. 580
Mono psiaciliss saa seers 63
Montacuta bidentata..-...-.--... 688, 518

elevata -- 688, 418, 423, 435, 518
Montagua Gouldii....-...1...---. 667
SyMNotia.ssses Joke see 667
Pilates asset ceeeeee 666
VEEL An on Soe oe 666
MON OM AGI ae ese ee eee 695
MoTONeF AMERICANA as-)4y54eee eee 514
Miudeerabs.c.s-n02 5-4 9Se gone S 468
Muddy bottoms of bays and

sounds, list of species inhabiting. 434
Muddy bottoms of the open coast,

FAM Oy OL = serscsmnoeverteee Poon S 506
Muddy shores and bottoms of brack-

ish waters, fauna of...--...-...- 465
Mulinia lateralis. ... 680, 373, 378, 423, 429,

432, 435, 470

Murex canaliculatus .......-...--. 640
Cabled acces acu sy tate es 640
IMMmscid ee: = sa52542ssnsee seeder 540
Tat Wiebe rsetiee uc creer 364, 421, 464

Muscles common te. eeceeee eee eae 432
WOTSE si. s scare teas. 432

ball DOXeK6 Bee econ edoascEne 432

770 INDEX.
Page Page.
Wustelusicanis ac cncsccniesecee mee 521 | Nemertes socialis.. ...... 628, 324, 332, 392
Mya ACUI. 25+ lsc. tc css Sees 72 VITIIS ca Sede 628
ALCHICA) oso = Sect ee cere eee 671 | Nemopsis Bache... -2--a-eeeeeeee 733, 454
arenaria -..672, 309, 333, 357, 359, 365, Gibbesi.222- 2. eeeeeees 733
372, 378, 410, 423, 429, 435, 458, | Nephthys borealis--............... 583
463, 469, 490, 515, 521 bucera:: 5. s22s2eee8 583, 416, 422
byalina). sche. .ec ower eee ee 672 ciliata .2-. 2.256-ee 2 eee 583
MIERCONAL aoe eo = see eee 672 picta .. ....583, 348, 364, 422, 498
Myliobatis Freminvillei..--..--... 521, 624 ingens....- 583, 431, 434, 507, 521
Mysis Americana... 552,370,377, 396, 409, | Neptunea curta..........-...--... 638

415, 422, 431, 434, 452, 455, 458, pygmiea. ..-.------639, 508,518 —

479, 519,520 | Nereilepas fucata ..-.............. 591
stenolepis ...----- 551, 370, 377, 479 | Nereis ciliata-.-..---...----.-...- 583
vulgaris ...... ere 3s 52 CUPTCA..----- s-asee mona wees 593
Mytilus borealis ................... 692 fucata-..... 2) = ceaeeee eee
CUA WOU nS) eee See 694 prandis..2.-.-cessseee ta siaters 590
GECUISEALUS Chee ee 695 limbata..590 318, 332, 341, 364, 371,
MeIMISSURI Ee oe a ee 693 377, 382, 392, 422, 440, 453, 463, 516
MISCOTR ans oo ccm eee eee 694 pelagica aSacs 591, 319, 332, aie 410,
qiscrepaus=.---cceesse cece 694 422, 428, 434, 453

edulis ..692, 307, 333, 361, 365, 372,
378, 388, 393, 401, 410, 418, 424,
426, 429, 432, 435, 453, 470, 475,

515, 546

NeVvaeebus oo ste iinet aeLOOs
iiouUbrise= soe tnc see sesee 460
MOCIOMUSS = oe aseieeee eee 693

MOLALUS) lets aleneeteete eee 692
pellucidUs Sear ese oeeee ee 692
ploladis:h2s.6es ssc. see 671
plicatus!.255 22. ---250 cee 693

IHELEOSS erosaq saseeunecéde 671
Myzobdella lugubris .....-........ 625

Nanomial (Galaieas .-<-c-ccens sev o0n 455
Naraganseta coralii..607, 397, 410, 422, 494

Naticarelausalcs- sas scceeeee ees 647, 519
duplicata..--- jo GaSc6o Geseee 646

LUT Cee eae Rey Ss Scar 518

NOLOStS. cece ses eesee sees 646
AMIMACW Aba as- cece e ee 646, 517
pusillansse soe 647, 417, 423, 426, 429
EriSeMmatassce seoe. seein 646
Wassantretensisizc: isa. ea-eeieseeee 640
WU gas Sos wersocs seis eee 645
obsoleta...-.. See cete eee 641
tLiniblataese-22 meres ceasees 641

WIDER etoeeteerseee 640, 371, 377, 479
Nectonereis megalops...--.-. 592, 440, 453
Mematoies .5228.6. 50... 634, 453, 455, 456
INGMALONELCIS sob ece ss occ we seecee 594, 508
Nemierteans 2a casaceccscuisvanoc’ 627, 324
Nemertes obscura......-..--..-... 628
OlWVACER --2 256 ences 628

SPECIES cues eaacin ceemetee 629

virens .. .590, 317, 332, 341, 364, 367,
371, 377, 440, 453, 455, 463, 468,

487,514,519

Yankian’a :.< .. cos. eneeeeeee 590 3
Nerine agilis........-...600, 346, 365, 490
Citrate ..-cScc2 cee eee 602
coniocephala —.-2-2-4---4-= ole
Nerocila, munda--oss7eeeeeeeeeee 571, 459
Neuropterd. -*.'...2)..s-- ee 543
Neverita duplicata ..646, 354, 365, 426, 429,
490
Nicomache dispates-o--seeseeeeee 608, 508
Nicolea simplex....- 613, 321, 332, 382, 392,
397, 410, 422, 453, 494
Ninoé nlpTipes- 25-4. -eee see 595, 508
Nogagus Latreillei.......-.-- 576, 457, 459
tena... =<. 2 oeee eee 577, 457, 459
Notomastus filiformis-611, 342, 365, 371, 377
luridus-. 610, 342, 365, 371, 377
Notospermus viridis.......-...-.-. 628
WNucula) corticata..5->--¢- eee eee 691
delphinodonta ........-..691, 509
Gouldii .-....c5222ceeeeeee 690
limatulac 2c. ase eee eee 689, 518
mindta::: >. 2: ha3-25=e eee 690
navicularis. -- 2. -ess22 > ee
proxima -...691, 418, 424, 432, 435,
515, 518, 519, 520
Tadiata ....:. <-ccicceseee sae
sapotilla...- .J2. Seen eee 689, 518
tenuis .2 524) 2c ees 691, 518, 519
tenuisulcata. .-- se seeeeeeee 690
thracizformis...2:-.. see" 690
thraciformis -...-.- ve=ce- 690, 749

INDEX. (a
Page. Page.
MUCUDTAN CHG: . = .cesee Sctecs masts 6647 |-Ophiolepisitenuisisesseeseeeeeeee one 720
Obelia commissuralis -...728, 327,334, 393, | Ophiopholis aculeata. ....719, 400, 496, 517
407, 411, 425 ellis: -.s sss. tose eee 719, 400
diaphang 2-—-- 24. 727, 327, 334, 429 scolopendrica ....-...- 719
dichotoma ......-.. (eS y40G, 401 420) | Ophiura bells. sass. ss seen cee ee ee 719
divaricata .s.-.-- Byep hate = sis 727 Cle PaNnsre - secs cee Pee 720
flabellata .... ..-..728, 390, 393, 497 olivacea ...-. 719, 363, 366, 427, 429
fusiformise-—. <%- a.m" AQ Tall A2 aa @ phittroid ease) cele eee 719
gelatinosa..--.--.- 728, 391, 393, 482 | Orchestia agilis .555, 314, 331, 336, 364, 462,
geniculata -..727, 334, 393, 407, 411, . 464, 486
424, 487, 494, 495, 496 longicornis...cksesaeceee 556
WOMENS SUED ete tog oicsia eit 728 megalophthalma ........ 556
OM M OM ale sea Sms See eae 727 Malustris tct aes 555, 468
pyriformis ........ 727, 334, 390, 393 | Orcynus thunnina...............- o) SG
Bpecies.-.----- - 476, 363, 376, 447, 454 | Orthagoriscus mola ............... 578
Oceania languida .--...-.-.....-. 725, 454 | Orthopyxis caliculata -..726, 334, 408, 411,
Ocean shores and outer cold waters, 424
POMPE EOE sac a c's senicieiacinrcsics anes 484 poherigm sss jlec ice 220 726
Occllated flounder ......-...---... 519 | Osteodesma hyalina..............- 672
Ocypoda arenaria -. .545, 745, 336, 337, 364, | Ostrea borealis...... ....-..----... 697
534 Canadensisy- tsb acces cose 697
Ocypode pugilafor ........-...--.. 545 Islandiea 2 5.52/5,.c5etsiseho oe 696
Odostomia bisuturalis - ..656, 307, 333, 383, Virginiana .. .697, 748, 310, 333, 374,
393, 423 378, 388, 393, 401, 410, 424, 435, 453
dcalbata:..cc0<.sc0. 2. 656 Virginics . 22: so 8e5 sestests 697
GRABU Ai. 2226 Jaaosin, ut) G56 || (Ohion Cavieric =< <5. 28 eeeee ae 580
fusea .656, 307, 333, 393, 423,435 | Outer coast, fauna of, on rocky
impressa-. - 660, 656, 333, 418, 423 SHOLES 42 Seee eee eee eee 485
FRSCUIDED: cocoa ceed sa saa% 656 | Outer coast, fauna of, on sandy
Limnord @al se. saoeee. 653 SHOPS 32 20 ee ee eae 489
producta .--.- 656, 333, 418, 423 | Outer coast, fauna of, on gravelly
seminuda -657, 418, 423, 428, 435 DOLHOMIB Iss 2) ee ye aie ee ep ee 500
trifida 656, 307, 333, 393, 418, 423 | Outer coast, fauna of, on rocky
BA ais, face wt as ces bo 622 DOtEO MASI ota eter once, 491
Ommastrephes Bartramii.......... 635 | Outer coast, fauna of, on sandy
illecebrosa- . -.634, 441, 453 DO LEO TES Hotere ots Sty 500
sagittatus...--..... 634 | Outer coast, list of species of
Onchidoris pallida ...-.. APSA serete 665, 495 muddy Dettoms =. 4:25) 511
Lo eee 399 | Outer coast, list of species of
Open coast, fauna of gravelly bot- rockyAPOtlOMS) 46 55ce eee 498
eee) oe ees 500 | Outer coast, list of species of rocky
Open coast, fauna of muddy bot- BHOLES yew ot ioc ce ee 487
UDG S054 eee Ts 506 | Outer coast, list of species of sandy
Open coast, fauna of rocky bot- and gravelly bottoms ..........- 504
MOMS Rete operon =o > 2's aia/d an clans 491 | Outer coast, list of species of sandy
Open coast, fauna of sandy bot- SHOECS ee cis ho See ee ee ae 490

OG) 2S S560 Bes ae ee es 500

Open coast, fauna of rocky shores.. 485
Open coast, fauna of sandy shores... 489
Ophelia simplex ......... 603, 319, 332, 410
Ophidium marginatum ..-......... 338
@phiocoma bellis.:....-.........--- 719

Me GLECUAY nse ase eye 720
Ophioderma olivaceum.........-.. 719
Ophiolepis scolopendrica .......... 719

OS StOtr see says nee ees ee 472, 355
Oyster-beds in brackish waters,

animals inhabiting ............- 472
Oyster-beds in brackish waters, list
of species inhabiting............ 476
OV StCr- Ca m5 54 awn e sce eee 367
Pagurus Bernhardus .......-...... 548
BONGICATPUS!. = ok oe de tee 549
polliearis:.cccccwnceweeene 548

172 INDEX.

Page. Page.
Pagurus pubescens--------2--.--c- 549 | Periploma papyracea.673, 429, 435, 509, 517
Palemon vulgaris ....-.---------- 550 | Perophora viridis... ..702, 388, 393, 401, 411,

Palemonetes vulgaris -- -550, 339, 364, 369,

377, 452, 463, 464, 466, 479, 516, 519, 520,

529

Palinurichthys perciformis ..--..-. 515
Pallenes Species-- ------------ 544, 409, 421
Pandalus annulicornis - ..550, 493, 511, 519
Pandarus, Species, ---2--2ocseq ee == 457, 459
branchilive.eeeeeseeeees 576, 459

BINUAbUS yee eee Ol 1, 400

Pandora trilineata.---+--«--- --- <= 673

Panopeus depressus -547, 312, 331, 367, 377,
382, 392, 395, 409, 415, 422,

431, 434, 468, 479, 514, 515

Harrisii .... . -.547, 313, 331, 468
leieilosiHlitpessoeseseaaoes 547, 472

Sayi -.547, 312, 331, 367, 377, 382,

392, 395, 409, 415, 422, 431, 434,

468, 479, 514, 515, 516, 749
Parasites, external, observed on

HISMES eUCenenes oss ass centeemeee 459, 455
Paractis rapiformis .----- 738, 363, 366, 430
Parypha cristata...-----.----.---- 736
CLOCOA eee wesc soe 736, 390, 393, 482
PASIGNCATMIOTArascoss-s2es'-- =e. =. 1048
Patellaralveusi-esecssoeeeelcecese ae 661
LOLNICATA Hs eee sees eee. 649
hesbudimallis’: cscs a 661
Peachia parasitica .--.-...---- .--- 739
Peaked-nosed skate .----...---.--- 521
echen brunNN 6Uss= 22 s- eee le =e 696
CONCEMmMCUS es seat eee 695
AUSCUS* oer eee es eee eee 696, 518
irradians -.- --695, 361, 365, 372, 374,
378, 418, 424, 426, 429, 515
MSlaWGUCUS oes sere eee 696
Magellanicus ..-...-.---..- 696
Peas see cess cee eee 696
tenuicostatus.... .696, 397, 509, 518
Pectinaria auricoma .25--2-----.-- 612
IBBVeMNOrh Sagscuncoscacasis 612

Rechmuibranchiatieaceeeccs soe esse 63
Pedicellina Americana. ..707, 333, 405, 411,
424
Pelagia cyanella .-.-....---...---. 724
quinquecirrha.....--.-..-. 724
Pelia mutica -..-- 548, 395, 409, 415, 422, 515
Penzeus Brasiliensis...-.........-. 551
Renellailosam rer scleer sccm =t 578
MiG SPes5c468s5oq74e5S5er 578, 460

Pennaria tiarella -. ..735, 327, 334, 393, 411,
425, 455, 520

Pentamera pulcherrima..715, 420, 424, 427,
429

424

Petricola dactylus .....--.-. 22-42. 680
formicata ===. .-ese= eee 680
pholadiformis . .680, 372, 378, 435,

470, 515

Phaléria testacea=:+-2e--oe eee 543, 464
Phascolosoma Bernhardus.--.....-. 627
cementarium ... ..627, 422,

428, 434

Gouldii.-. .627, 353, 428, 521

Phasianella bifasciata..---..---.. - 652
COMME. cee eee eee 652

fasciata <.=2s<)-o seen 652
striata:.=s.se.seeeeeen 652
suleata'...\22/seeeeeee 651

Philhydrus perplexus -2---eeeeeeee 542
reflexipennis. -2 eos -o4= 542

Philoscia vittata-2---.-5>=eeeeeeee 569
Pholas costata ----!:5-.-2-eee5 670, 433, 435
Crispatale=-s--eEe papeed ee 671
cuneliformis- 22-4. eee 671, 517
truncata. .670, 372, 378, 433, 435, 470
Phoxichilidium maxillare ---.544, 415, 421
Phoxus Kroyeri- .--.-.--.556, 434, 501, 512
Phronima, species).-----1=- ens 567, 439, 452
Phylactolzmatay---- 22 seeee eee 707
Phyllobranchus Ravenelii..----..-- 624
Phyllodoce catenula..-..---......- 087, 494
OTACIIS!.-a.e ee ee eeeeee 586, 494

maculata 222 s.pe eee 585

species. ..332, 349, 382, 397, 410,

422, 434, 452

Bhyllopodaiasacss-5 see eee 573
Phyllophora Brodizi -..---..----. 492, 496
membranifolia ..492, 496, 404

Physalia arethusa....-......- 737, 450, 455
ENDURE Aoag omnoobsoC cose 737
caravella .....-2:22eeeeeeee Ton
pelagicas-22seeeeeeEeeeer 737
Physalis'pelagica --2= «oes -eeeeee 737
Physophore-2:¢2.22. 2525 See er eae
Phytosus Balticus..--... CE ee ae 542
littoralis.....-....--542, 364, 464

Billebupeccces sec ce eee 399
Pilumnus) Harris! -e2eeceeee eee 547
Pinnixia cylindrica ...--. 546, 367, 377, 520

Pinnotheres maculatus... .546, 309, 434, 459
ostreum -. -.546, 309, 317, 377,
434, 438, 451, 459

Pisa mutical..i.2- 22+ ).-e- eee eee 548
Placobranchus catulus .----..---.. 668
Planariastrequens --- --- 2c ne=eeee 633

STISCH 220-52 seecc> -e eee 633

INDEX. 773

Page. Page.

EJamabia SPCCleS.. 2-6-2250 someecl- AST! ROTC nccce cto ce sce cae eats 740
Bl AMATeVATICIS). «Wu 4s eascnss cles 2's 628 | Poronotus triacanthus-.......----. 449
PRIA MUGIANIS +. y=, 5 seis isso arse cette ae G32h |) Borpite sos ssssee sce secre eoeree 737
Planocera nebulosa .....-.--. Oboe open | LOLbUnUS) pictus sea- ses) a4 oe eee 547
Platy carcinus irroratus.-.--..--..-- 546 | Potamilla podophthalmia.-......--.. 382
SRL a22- ss Socnasoesean Ae oculifera -617, 322, 332, 382, 392

Platyonichus ocellatus .547,338;364,426,428, 397, 410, 422, 476
4380457, 400s a Ole oto tain, COMMON. .-2~ a5 2 eee eo

HlGyosen|| Erionobus) Carolinus!-se-seceseoecee 516

Platypyxis cylindrica .726, 334, 408, 411, 424 | Procerodes frequens ---..--... 633, 325, 332,
Pleurobrachia rhododactyla-.-..722,444,448, Wiheatlandin=esae-ss5ee 633
450, 454, 455 | Protomedia pinguis .........-..... 561

Pleurotoma bicarinatum ....- GSB ya T so Sahl MP ROtOZO a eyes 2 epee et atee «amie Sretasceisiorele 740
IDRuNNes, acs hea aceee 637 F Psammopia fusca, scces. <= 1 one see 676

(MUM Heooooesooecce 37 | Pseudopleuronectes eaaieeene =2s 520

JOOP Ie aeEea Goes pamea cc 63G)) Esolus phantapusy: J. j2-56 cco 519

[OUVCO SP RRSeceaBoeeos ace (GBY/ || Jeiwemaynuileh SeaonosepouoceaD soceboee 668

Plumatella familiaris ...... ......- 710) P tilota elegans. mse oo. ofs = so, a) 492
Plaumularia arborea .-.--..---- .--- 730 | Ptilocheirus pinguis -561, 431, 434, 501, 507,
Catharine co-scasceces oe 519
COMMUCOPI2)---1j=4-\-—-. - 732 || Ptychatractus licatus —....-....:.642, 517

Palatal <5 -syscisls acters aie (O3u Penlmonatarese. see te sa nese 662
BPECIES=-----s2ece-- -407, 411 |) Purpura lapillusi: sees 2 642, 306, 332, 485

MENON As. Sera wresae, = 3 41) Pyengsonided... 0. 25255225. 5. Sees 544

Podarke obscura - - .589, 319, 332, 382, 392, | Pyrula canaliculata ............-.- 640
410, 440, 453 COnICain ie mee Jere eee 640

Podocerus cylindricus ............- DOG" (crams fUS8CAco- «cas oon ere ee 656
JIC GN G0) 6 Ree eee Sorc O61, 493) | @uahog-elany 2. 22522 c)-- ae eee 359, 463
POMLAROVSCULAT 22 >.< feo) n0s econ G28al TRablitatishwenoe ce Aeneas eee 521
Polumiavolubinosa--031,, 324/332, 382) 392) | Radiata .222...2.2...c-s5- +2222.) 715
AO F435) Raladiap hana eases ceceee see eee

Polycera Lessonii .. -665, 333, 400, 410, 423, [eeivaSey c= Sen See US On
UCI oc! | Ranelila candata..seaseeec...2--05 642
Polycirrus eximius. 616, 320, 332, 371,377, | Razor-shell ................--.-- -356, 490
382, 392, 410, 422, 434, 453, 468 | Reniera, species............-- 744, 334, 394

MO IVGVStINAy- css 5 soc6 << 5 eos esse clic Ake RAD AOCIBIA) ss. asd2.aceceeecie cece 627
Polydora ciliatum...-...- 603, 345, 364,453 | Rhegmatodes tenuis. .............729, 454
BPOCICS) 22552. ~ecccse 428, 416, 422 | Rhipidoglossa ...-.. ....-. 22s Ee 661
Polymastia robusta .....-..2.----. 744 | Rhodine attenuata. ...........--.609, 508
OlyMOCICITLALA 220. - 6 o- 5 oan = 582 | Rhodymenia palmata ..--...----. 496, 492
GaSyPUS=)-----------\-se--s5) Ook|| un ynchobolus Americanus’--596; 332.) 342
BQUAMAGA. -. + << seosae es 581 364, 371, 377, 428, 434, 453,
Polyphemus occidentalis Jeeersieeye 580 463
PGI UGS S566 Sse aes mnnn(c3.7/ dibranchiatus.596, 332, 341,
eyplACOPNOTA.-oc<.--. c----5--- O61 364, 371, 377, 428, 431, 434, 463,
iP IKWATD hg SB oced BeIEe EES EOE EIDOOOEE 707 | Rhynchoprobolus papillosus...---. 746
Pomatom us saltatrix....-.-..--..- 516] Rhynchoscolex papillosus...--....-. 746
iomolobus mediocris..-...--22:-.. 520) Rissoa aculeus’- 4. -... 654, 306, 333, 383, 392
Ponds, brackish, fauna of..-.-..--- 460 ALCbICHE 24. sf 2-5 52 te =e a RL OOe
Bontobdella rapax .-.-....--. 625, 458, 460 EXALALA Soe eae eee ODA ag omoneg

Pontogeneia inermis- --. .. .557, 452, 455, 519
Pontonema marinum.-- 634, 325, 332, 434,
453, 455

vacillatum . .634, 326, 332, 434,

514

Miohelsitss $3.0 23s2%e eee sess 654
IMIG Ay ss ee ae eee 653
Stimpsonite: 322 52-- 2 e eeee eos
Roccus) limeatuseese. ose see onee oe 514
TOC Kee) he ans oe eiace ete eetee scie aerate 514

774 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Rock-barnaclo-:ss-22aesc4cca see 304 | Sandy shores in outer waters, fauna
Rock-crabioc sac shoe 020 sees coer ee 312 OF. -.355555[5355c6 26-255 eee eee 462
RockAlishiss Jeena Se soseecaeaee 514 | Sandy shores in outer waters, fauna
Roek=weedss 2242 s-1sacaceece eee 303 OF 22s Jose ee eects. eee 489
Rocky bottoms of the bays and Sandy shores of bays and sounds, list
Sounds HaunaOhens see seeeeeee 394 Of SPeOCleS': wasiecocsesss ee eee 364
Rocky bottoms of the open coast, Sandy shores of brackish waters, list
FAT RO ras og eta A ea 491 Of. Spe@CleS: 222 cas. coe eee 464
Rocky bottoms of bays and sounds, Sandy shores of outer waters, list of
list of speciesioi-.<-aneeeeeeeeeces) 409 SPCCIES. 205 s2 oso aoe ee eee 490
Rocky bottoms of outer waters, list Sanguinolaria fusca ........---.-.- 676
OfsSpeCles sasacececseeee ys 498 sordida <p. s-ese-ee - Om
Rocky shores on open coast, cn of. 485 | Saphenia apicaws.-2- 2222-2 eeeeeene 734
Rocky shores on bays and sounds, Sapphirina, aa occ cee seen Ooo meee
TEAUDOGIKO) S Srise deo cee ee ee 303: | Sarda pelamys ......./52..22e--2ese) ola
Rocky shores of bays and sounds, Sarsia mirabilis ....-..- EU oan, Sn
listiof speciestofics2o-s3secaceke 331 | Saxicava arctica. . 671, 309, 333, 401, 410,
Rocky shores on the outer coast, list 423
ONSpPECles er se si5- 222-5 sass sees 487 distorta: : 223. se eee eee 671
Ronn diclamM ees es ae 2 eaaeieae a809, 406,409 pholadis:: 2/2. 524e coos 7
udder-fshyes sso. 5s-c2si-c2--eeceer 515 TUPOSA Qs 22 5 sae eee 671
Sabellavoculliteray.-oo.-- eee oe 617 |. Scalaria angulata..-. .----.25- eee. 660
microphthalma - .618, 323, 332, 392; elathrus \../-< see e eee 660
397, 410, 422 Gronlandica.sssseeeeseees 660
Sabellaria vulgaris.611, 321, 332, 349, 365, Humphreysilessseee eee 660
392, 397, 410, 422, 428, 426, 476 lineata. osactees 660, 418, 423, 435
Sabellides cristata -... 613 multistriata..... 660, 418, 423, 435
Naccobranchiajs=-ass--2ss5--2s4ee | G08 subulata: = s2555252e ee eeeee 660
Sagartia Tepcarenae a7ates 329, 334, 363, 366, | Scalibregma brevicauda - .-.. .605, 416, 422
391, 393, 412 | Scapharca transversa 691, 309, 333, 401, 410,
modesta -738, 330, 334, 365, 366, 425 408, 424
Sagitta elerans........--.... 626, 440, 453 | Scionopsis palmata..614, 321, 332, 397, 410,
species - .453, 455, 456, 457 476
Salpatecsagasassoesonase seas 567, 430, 436 | Sclerodactyla Briareus...-.....--. 715
Cabot... 22. -=- 706; 438; 4395/445,454 ||| Scolecida 2 o--- 2-2-6 oe eeeeeeee 627
War. CYANea: c=. c002s~ccceeeee 706 | Scolecolepis cirrata. 602, 416, 422, 428, 501,
SAMYUM Arssstewretens-lecce ca ee eeALONaee 507
NanO-Craysaasco sa eseee skeet 338 tenuis .......-..601, 345, 364
Sand=-dollan sas sanccciecas ceteris 362, 427 viridis - 600, 345, 364, 453, 463
Sand-shark, 2c2ssccce% ce-sesesee ee “SQL | \Scolex 52.25 220525 32. a5seee eee 457
Sand -shrimpiree---sise ss se osce 339 | Scollop..i.. 2.22.25 233 seeeeeeeee 361, 374
Sandy bottoms in bays and ae Scomber vernalis= 2522 sees eee ee 516
PALIN ARO Lee de a ccersoeycieeiaksis ee reerete 495 | \Scup' 2.6 se. 625-52 22 eciceeseete ett anne
Sandy bottoms in brackish waters, Scutella: parma) ss. -2- ss see eee 717
TAUMAOLRe eae Llos fone clea sae 462 quinquefora.4.--=2\sca=55) eae
Sandy bottoms in outer waters, fauna Scyphacella arenicola ....568, 543, 337, 364
(Cy Pry 2 od Ok fh ea ae apo 500 SPOClES’. .ssetoteeseeee 567
Sandy bottoms in bays and sounds, Scyphax =: .2%ss2- 422 42e eee eee 567
list of species s.c262¢ 5025. ede. 428 | Sea-anemones..... 22.2.2 cases ean 329
Sandy bottoms in brackish waters, Sed-bass.2 s.0s2-0-0- 2 eee 514
HISbOLSPCCIES oes ou 252 ceee eee AG64 || Sea-cabbage!. 2 -.). 2). cee neeeeee 303
Sandy bottoms in outer waters, list Sea-clam: sca 22 /s2ch. oso4 see sees 358
OL SPECIES ASS 5555 52 ares Ce eriaeeee 504 °|:Sea-herringes..s22..c cscs eee eee 520
Sandy shores in bays and sounds, Sea-pork "2" 222.2 52052 nee eee 402, 419
fans OF 252 saccl cece seek esis 334 | Sea-robin 4 J..se0t tee 516

a

ee eee

iy Pen Sow

INDEX. 775

Page. Page.

PPEEHTGHI 0) ocioceccaeic cates 326, 438, 447 | Solecurtus Caribeus .............. 675
BEMelGIeqUaliSs =. sc. sa0<cnee eee 679, 518 divisusizeceeece tes sass 676
Serpula dianthus- .. .620, 322, 332, 392, 397, frapilis’25.0. 225 eee 518
410, 416, 422, 426, 428, 476 Pious s.so. cease 675

POLLOCtA <= 25 5. ----pe eee 622 | Solemya borealis... . SES SAIS 689

MGIC aise cic cucu ce ereeee 622)|;Solen\ Americanuss.2220-ccess eee 674

BPEOL DIS fees soc sccm ee 621 bidens!23).25- ee 676
Serripes Greenlandicus.............- 518 Caribrelsh: 2 useecss sees aac 675
Sertularia anguina................ 710 Cenbralis\accset jsersieoeeces 676
AMLEMMINGA) eae) -sels ete 730 COStAGUS aera acloateimteteisiat= yaa ae Oe
argentea-..732, 334, 408, 411, 425 divitsus) joists Ji 222 aoe Soe 676

MHOUALA Ss o.c5556 <0 sates 710 SHSIAIG- ancien cn nose e eee 674

cornicina -. ...733, 729, 408, 411 SSE PD pe a pa 2 676

CUS CUB hres e147 ee OO TUPHUSPeses wes cas sees Sake 675
cupressina ....732, 408, 411, 425 GuUINGeNnsIS eso oss- 06 02-c5e 675

dichotoma ..2:--2-¢2.ca 728 SEW ee Rie B a: Geneon BSE Beoe ee 675

SHUTN ORME ethos eee 707 VITO Seta se nee a See ce 675

faleataeee eee tee vases | foot polenomy2 borealisss.-ss-eeesmee cs - 689

PelavinOSa ee eee seco 728 velum....688, 360, 365, 429, 435,

Seni culataeweeeeeceese 727 ; 470
longissima ....-....-..- 728 | Spheroma quadridentata ....569, 315, 331

HOUtCabih saa a= Sale 720) Spider-crabt id. tos oho eee 339, 368

pumila -. -732, 327, 334, 391, 393, | Spio robusta........----.---- 603, 345, 365

408, 487 SAUOSA) Iie os 602, 344, 365, 453

tenerissima....-....-... 733 | Spirialis Flemingii................ 669

RUPE TE tolerate <a esto eins 725 Gouldineeee-e oe 669, 443, 453, 516

volubilis -.--.-...-.--.. 726 Spirorbis borealis’ ....0.2.....-.--- 621

SGD iite) See ee ee ee 725 lucidusscoss) cece eee 622
Sesarma reticulata-......546, 367, 377, 467 SINISOTSaee ee ee eee eee 622
OO 222 Soe S62 see eee eee) HPOCTESL ES: sacs. 397, 323, 410, 453
Ship-worm ............-------.-.379, 383 spirillum....... 621, 332, 392, 422
Shrimp, common.....-.--.-------- 369 | Spirula Peronii...........---...--- 636
LOT bee pein eens ais 33d 'Spisula Gayil sees tates dee eee he 580

Sigalion Mathilde................ 582 polidissima -.—-). +252. 20-. 680
1) aaE 2223 Se erie 741 | Sponge, massive siliceous.-.-...... 430
Siliqua costata...-... - 75, 308, 365, 426, 429 FOUR rete a ci tcfoke a eaters 412
Suiguatia fibba........-...----<- 675 | Spongia botryoides............-... 741
MOUdbaT es clos ssh eeneeis 675 ciliata tc 2o. foe Seek aee 740

Sipno Islandicus’..........-.-.---- 517 COLONabA 5-2. ~ co acnese 741
Siphonecetes cuspidatus.. .. .566, 501, 511 proliterayts:--twesse cates 741
SIPHOHOStOM A) =~ — 2-2 2--- .---oe<- +e 573 OcUlabalscs2e Se Seceies eee 742
Siphonostomum affine...-..-.---.- 605 PAMICCA recess noe cee ae 743
UMATCUIONAS esse smc se ses 627, 353 Sul phuresiss casera s eee 744
Sipunculus Bernhardus...-....---. 627 unceolataanseecanecceeeaa: 745
cementarius......---.- GAT SPON Sts 2 3 bao o's a ain ssooedadste 740

SOS 5 <6 Coca eee Game WSDTIN SOAS. Soscens cscs Lon ece ceo. - 331

Peamee COMMON... ---------- --2= ele OGUCLEALIC =< ano vicacsennacso scans 515
Skenea planorbis...... ewes Gove satocon |POQUIG -asaclca coast ieee cies 440, 441
Senpuloides)--<- ee ees 655 | Squilla empusa.-551, 369, 377, 434, 439, 452,

RaUeeD NG GUINTLY;. Socios) os isaioclu ite eee 516 468, 515, 536
Smith, §.I. Catalogue of crustacea. 545 | Squilloidea ..........-.....2-.---- 551
Smith, S. I. Metamorphoses of the Standella lateralis .......-.--..... 680
lobster and other crustacea.-..-... d2ea Staphylinidt ~~ \2. 2-55-05 scene 335
Soft-shelled crabs................- SOs Pp Starfish! ooo scout) so ees eeaatsene 438
Solecurtus bidens......---..---..- 676 | Staurocephalus pallidus..-.... 595, 348, 364

776 INDEX.
Page.
Stenosoma irrorata .........------ 5697) Tellina ‘caléarea....-eoce-cooeseeeee 677
fiulifommilsicce sees eee 570 Fabricil...:...255. 4 eeeeee 676
Stereoderma unisemita......-..-- 715, 503 Groenlandica: 2.22 2eeeeeee 676
SiemMaspisa@OSSOLesaceee eee eens 606, 507 lata <.225. 02k Sd sc cee eee 676
Stenotomus argyrops.----.-.-..--. 514 proxima...... . 2225 e eee 677
Stimpsonia aurantiaca. .----..--. 627, 352 fenela..<.s5<..5ce ee eee 77
Sthenelais) Weidyile:---22---+ eae 582 benbaeeseceses 678, 429, 432, 435, 470
Picta 582, 348, 364, 422, 428, 501 sabulosa...:.esseee see 677
SUIMNE TAY ones e+ eee peace eee L458 sordida....\.\..ls.easeeeeeeee 77
Stomachs of fishes, species found in. 514 Versicolor. ..--2sseeSeee eee 678
Stomolophus meleagris.--.--..----- 724 | Temperature of water 298, 299, 436, 485, 506
Stomotoca apicata ....2--..--.2.. 734,455 | Terebella ornata..-.2----.----.--- 613
SbrUped Wass se ssse see eee eee 514, 339 | Terebellides Stroémi .........---. 613, 507
Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus. 716 | Teredo .-...----------------- 78, 380, 383
Droébachiensis 716, 326, dilatata ...- . .ctose eee 670
406, 411, 420, 424, 438, navalis....-.. -669, 384, 393, 453, 482
454, 486, 496, 447 megotara-------=ssese 670, 387, 393
Stylifer Stimpsonii..-.....-----.. 655, 460 palmulata ..- =. 22222 e==ee 670
Styliola vitrea............... 668, 443, 453 Thomsonit.-o22e/--eees 670, 387, 393
Stylochopsis littoralis.....-.. 632) 325, 332 || Lerpipes despectus.- =. seeeeeee 667, 495
Suberites compacta.22...0--.-.-.. 744 | Tetrastemma arenicola- ......629, 351, 365
Suberea. ate, oth io ta ene 744 | Thamnoenidia tenella-. -.736, 407, 411, 425
Surface and free swimming animals 436 | Thaumantias diaphana-....---..... 727
Surface species in winter..---..... 455 | Mhecosomata.---.--- --- =e seeeeere 668
MMMM CLAM Gee ett oan s hee eie meme 358, 490) |) Phemisto, species --- s--)--===e eee 745
Pummeriounder.---2- --- senses 458,019) | hracia Conradigs-os--eeeeee 673, 426, 429
SUIMINeT IS Kate! aicieic eo ee etic amice me 521 truncata..2.. ---sieeeee 674, 509, 517
Sycandra ciliata .----...------2.. 740 | Thyasira Gouldili.>-222----=seeeetee 686
Sycotypus canaliculatus .640, 332,355, 365, | Thyone Briareus715, 362, 366, 376, 378, 418,
399, 410, 417, 423, 428 420, 424, 427, 429, 433, 435
Syillis, species-...-........ .x....,.590, 453 | ‘Thyropus, species. .....- -s-=-eeeee 567
SyMCOLyMays sear c ete tees oe ee 734 | Thysanopoda, species --..----- 554, 452, 516
DVMAP LA AVNESM cisco cin ies 716 | Tiaropsis diademata...-..-..---.- 725, 454
Girardi. 2 Secieneesa eee 716) | Tiger-beetles) ~.-.-- -- eee
PTACIIS 6 ee See eee 16) ‘Diger-shark.........Joneseeee Sees 521
CONUS Ses co eee <a 716) | Mima tormosanse-ce.cese 729, 448, 454, 455
S\MCOLnyMewTaAVvaba sao op ieee eres 735)| Doad-fish: ....-..-2-- «esncs eeee eee 516 ©
Syngnathus Peckianus ..-......... 516\| Lom-cod' .....--:<- 5.00 so hee 519, 331
Meni Opranchya ts ecce. ts eee eee 706' | Lomopteris, species ---s5-s5eeeee 626, 453
Magelus divisuss+.2--o.-sene 676,435, 518 || Domaria s2---- =o. = eee 302
gibbus) =... -. 675, 373, 378, 435, 470 | Tornatella puncto-striata......-.- 664, 518
Walutrus lonoveormiss.sssseeeeieeee - 556 | Tornatina canaliculata.........--. 663
Qiladnitidussessssseeeeeee 556 | Torquea eximia..---5 o-seseee eee 616
Talorchestia longicornis .556, 336, 364, 462, | Tottenia gemma.682, 359, 365, 426, 429, 445
464, 489, 543 Manhattensis -.--.-----=- 682
megalophthalma 556, 336, 364, | Toxopneustes Drébachiensis.-..... 716, 447
462, 464, 490 | Trachydermon ruber..-......---..- 662
At oenis Milli. 53 aos ee 573, 381, 392, 452 | Trachynema digitale .........-... 725, 454
ape-WOrMmse sass aes. -se cee eae A56) | Dravisia, Carnea--== as. se 604, 431, 434, 508
WRauibo pet does seek so clceeeee 515 | Drematodes._--_..-. oe eeeeeeieres 456
auto Ca ONIIS) seme alee eae b15s| (Enriching ec csee cee sss eee os ASG
Mectibranchiata 2.2. 2-5 -sseeeee 662 | Triforis nigrocinctus- 648, 305, 333, 372, 377,
Mecluraraliveus=s--.2cecnate eases 661 383, 393, 410, 417, 423, 428, 515
bestudinalis.2-ce.os5ce see 661.|' Tritia\opsoleta. .--.2.----aee eee 641

Tedania, species .743, 334, 391, 394, 412, 425,
498, 749

trivittata.641, 332, 354, 365, 283, 392,
410, 423, 428, 435, 463, 515, 519

INDEX. TUT

Page. Page.

Mriton’a arborescens...... <<. +>. 665) |) /Lurtoniaominntaee saa eeee eee oo!
Reynold sites eres ete 665 mitidaw.. =). toes esses s-c8h 687
Tritonium pygmeum......--...--- 6390 |) Ulyalabissimare essen sess ee aes 303, 315
Mrochus divaricatus....-.....22-:- 652 | Unciola irrorata 567, 340, 364, 370, 377, 409,
RELiahollusesecese cee eee 654 415, 422, 426, 428, 431, 434, 493, 501, 507,
FRrombidiiim cs. 02cclls Soneseee 331 514,749
Trombidium, species ........-...-- 544 | Urosalpinx cinerea ..641, 306, 332, 372, 377,
Trophonia affinis -....--- 605, 432, 434, 507 383, 392, 399, 410, 423, 428, 476
Trumbull, J. H., mollusks found in Wrothoespecies’s--+-4o-e-) cee ces 556, 452
stomach of cod-fish.........--.-- 517 | Utriculus canaliculatus..---.-..--... 663
Trumbull, J. H., mollusks found in Wallceria) cuscutatss4:-ssse4 seca 709
stomach of haddock ..........-. 518 WUSLULOSA pee ania aera 709
Peyoon centroura....=.- 2... -2 425. ESO MVEA MMU Ghia 1 ayo 2 ole ssa hers eters 737, 455
Dubiporacatenularia......-..--.5s 712 | Venericardia cribraria...-....--..- 684
Blur ATIM Alo carc Na n'a cine coos eeisee 733 oranullataeses esse see 684
mimlartyeristatas:.oc...sc-52s255 736 |) Venus\icastanea. (225022 22.0..5.25 | 68a
MAIN ON Aa se sor dase ee 734 AOU S Rese e sate: ware seneeee rs a G76

HLS leral sels Gee eee a) oo) ANN ma etood begs He oeO GEES 682
Tubulipora flabellaris - . .708, 333, 405, 411, Islamdicaeesa-s soca oos ae 683
; 425, 496 Manhattensis ......-..----. 682

phalanges s-ee-a-s5c6 708 mercenaria -.681, 359, 365, 372, 378,

PabMaies! a2scselsysses 707 429,435, 458, 463, 469

BITING ALANS spares safes we Si okie’ 698 IMUM Uae eas oases eee Bee) Moley/
MTR S UIA cys Sere reson eases ses 516 NOLALA ss wtegntec a seer eee 681
MMMM WATT ates es) wjesicwe woe eceielas 627 PLePaArGAewecste oe se ee anee 681
PHOIMRGOKCAM ANGE set ococe stu hsusos ds 652 | Vermetus lubricalis...--.........- 649
TELONAMUUS etree: ctaeo eS Sess 651 radvculayeeee seaeeas see 649

UL COSUSU emer eects ok Se 652) || Vermilia, species: ------ 5-22. 621, 416, 422

TICS ROTTEN IAS Ses Aes a ag le 652 | Vesicularia armata ...... 710, 405, 411, 424
MUIMUPUS eo eeacasnee sees 2 || 653 cuscuta .709, 333, 389, 393, 404,
ObliGatwsy aces sls sees ess 651 411, 424
ODSCULUS! y= sos Sescceeoose 661 dichotoma ..709, 333, 389, 393,

DONG Teor neces nee ar ek ot 404, 411, 419, 424, 476
MUAMOL WIS gaa /< o>, nea eee 655 famailliaristsseeeereeieee 710
Quadrifasctata--- s-s-ss-ee 652 Or saeee Cobos 710, 420, 424

TTC), <a re 651 gracilis .709, 333, 389, 393, 411,

RING AGUS WS ayrsc) scree 652 424
GOMEBLOSUS)./212 -c)aaaciocrace ee 651 | Virbius pleuracanthus ............ 550
MelLUTICOSUS: s. << sss see ceecee 652 zostericola. .550, 369, 377, 396, 452,

NER DIU ULS ett eraferc ya ievaraja eve lees Sere 651 479, 519, 530

MIT Gee at Sess cia; d) 2S Bee ee Pee G5 On VOlvariaiallbamecnss .4- conse aaeee oe 663
Wirbonillaareolata .....--2s2-ss- 658 cCanaliculataicessasseesce 663
costulatay... 2. sceeee eee GaSe lVOnbexcandrdaeaee ese ceiemee sess 634

elegans -. .657, 418, 423,432, 435 Wianrenitgassos avsctaascces 633

eqmalist sess: s203005e5 G5oulweakefishriesosslss. oe cke ces ecisac 515, 339

interrupta -. .657, 418, 423, 428, | White-armed anemone .-..--...-..--. 329

AS OMAZ aa iia) eV Le" POLCh «cases acc aa ose = oon 339, 514

SEMINUGA 2 =. ceen eee GoveleWillia: Ornmatahcco-.,.s-2scls cou ooee 735, 455

BUnTChas «5 s.4.'s eee ee Pe 659) Winter flounder scese« 4 .-ee esses 520

@aeritella squalis ...... .--.M..2: Gaon -elphosura saves ce cae 245s a5 ages 580
GEOSAins Ses. bcc ees eee 517 Polyphemusiss assess 580
bisuburwlisssse see 656 | Xylotrya fimbriata....--. 670, 379, 387, 393

LIMPUOSSA, 2 see 235 eee 656 palmullata. Ses. .seeseeee 670
inperrapta.:. 2222 soeeee 657,517 | Yoldia angularis...-..........-..- 690
Turritopsis nutricula.........-... 734, 454 HECTICA) SoS sn acsioneeeeioaes 689

i z ‘4
778 INDEX. ee
Page Page.
Woldia =Gouldiivs-c eke oe seer ee 690 | Zirphea crispata ........---.-.... 671
limatula ........ 689, 432, 435,518 | Zoanthus Americanus...-........- 740
ODCSA watecssesssec Shere 690 509 parasiticus .--2 25 --coo- ene
sapotilla -........ 689, 509, 518, 521 | Zoea and megalops...-.-..--..-..-- 451
thracitormise.sn<- oa oe 6905509 | ‘Zostera marina, -.----5-2eseeeeeee= 460
Zanclea GeMM0sa.....--6 ---2 s--=-- 735 | Zygodactyla Greenlandica-. ..729, 449, 454 —

PANT 1Oa CLISPAlAle=a sees = ae eaten 671, 433

XIX.—CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF
NORTH AMERICA.

By THEODORE GILL.

SCOPE OF CATALOGUE.

The following catalogue may be considered as a new edition of a
‘Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America from
Greenland to Georgia,” published in 1861, inasmuch as it covers the
same ground; but, as it has been entirely recast, and expresses the re-
sults of the author’s own studies as well as those of others, since the
date of its publication, it is essentially a new work.

LITERATURE.

The literature of American ichthyology is quite voluminous, but it is
in great part represented in the periodical literature (publications of
learned societies and scientific magazines) and by monographic essays or
isolated descriptions of genera and species. Exclusive of such articles,
there are three principal classes of publications which contain descrip-
tions or references to more or less of the species described :

1. Works on fishes in general.

2. Works on American fishes in general.

3. Works on faunas, or relating to states, &c.

1. The general works on fishes, commencing with Willoughby and
Ray, and continued by Artedi, (1738,) Klein, (1740~49,) Linné, (1748-
’68,) Bloch, (1782-’95,) Hauy, (1787,) Bonnaterre, (1788,) Gmelin, (1788,)
Walbaum, (1792,) Lacépéde, (1798-1803,) Bloch and Schneider, (1801,)
Shaw, (1803~04,) Cuvier and Valenciennes, (1828-’49,) A. Duméril,
(1865~70,) and Giinther, (1859~’70,) successively included the species
known to them and described by previous naturalists, and the last works
include, on the whole, the best descriptions (because comparative) of
many of the species. All these works are by foreign authors*.

2. The general works on North American fishes, in whole or part,
are by De Kay, Storer, and Gill.

3. The more restricted faunal works, or those relating to specific dis-
tricts and States, are more numerous, but of very unequal value, some
containing descriptions of all the species as well as the including groups,

* A complete bibliographical catalogue of these works is given by the author of the
present article in an “Arrangement of the Families of Fishes,” published by the Smith”
sonian Institution.

780 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

while others are simple lists of species, to a great degree dependent
for their value on the repatation of their authors for knowledge and
reliability.

DOUBTFUL SPECIES.

The names of many of the species are still very unsettled or require
confirmation. The doubts arise principally from two sources:

1. Erroneous ideutification with previously-described species.

2. Erroneous differentiation from previously-described species.

Both categories of errors mostly result from two causes:

1. From default of actual comparison of specimens representing the
different forms.

9. From erroneous valuation of certain similarities or differences
which may exist between the respective forms; in some cases (a) the
differential characters having been overlooked or subordinated to the
common characters, while in others (b) differences which may be ob-
served on comparison of isolated specimens are not confirmed by larger
series, or fail to apply to forms from intermediate regions.

As might be expected from these considerations, the doubts affect
chiefly (1) the species found in the temperate or arctic regions, and
which are represented by forms in both hemispheres; and (2) those of
large size, represented also in both hemispheres, or inhabitants of the
open sea.

The author has not at present the means to solve all these doubts for
others or to satisfy himself. While the material for the American forms
is often ample, that for the European or exotic types (chiefly in the
case of the large sharks, rays, and scombroids) is, in several cases, in-
sufficient. Therefore he has preferred to retain the names given to the
American forms as distinct species, although he is inclined to believe
that they will be eventually found to be co-specific with other forms.
For the guidance of others, these doubtful forms are indicated in the
following catalogue, the nature of the doubt being distinguished, whether
referring to the more or less dubious distinction of the nominal species,
(d. s.,) ov whether to the dubious identification of the form with another,
(d.@s.) Although these stigmas are cast on a number of the names
admitted, it is not probable that future comparisons will necessitate
changes for most or even a large proportion. Nevertheless, the desira-
bility of a settlement of the doubts one way or the other is not the less
decided.

The opportunity for the settlement of some of these questions at least
will, however, soon be farnished, as specimens of the desirable species
have already been promised, or are on their way from Europe, and in a
future report the results of the comparisons may be made known. To
the efforts of the Commissioner of Fisheries we have been indebted for
the means of determining some of the doubtful questions earlier than

would otherwise have been possible, and we will soon have the means:

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 781

of determining others. And as these questions involve several of the
species most important in an economical point of view, and as their de-
termination may farther throw much light on their geographical distri-
bution and their consequent relations to each other, physiological as
well as anatomical, their solution will be no slight boon to science.

CLASSIFICATION.

The classification adopted is that proposed by the author in his “Ar-
rangement of the Families of Fishes,” (1872,) published by the Smith-
sonian Institution, and differs in many respects from that employed in
the “Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America,”
(1861.) While, however, it is believed to be a much better exponent of
the reali relations of the various forms, it is far from perfect, and little
attempt has been made to exhibit the forms in a natural sequence; but,
to some extent, the task has been attempted. It is necessary to add, in
further explanation, that the series is an inverted ascending one, (and not
a true descending one) ;—that is, commencing with the most generalized
(or lowest) form, the various types have been successively approximated
In accordance with their affinities (or supposed affinities) to the preced-
ing forms; but, inasmuch as almost universal usage has accustomed the
ichthyologist to look for the specialized (or highest) forms first, they
have been so exhibited in the catalogue, subject to the modifications the
mode of procedure adopted entails.

NUMBER OF SPECIES.

It will be perceived that only about 351 nominal species are enumer-
ated in the present catalogue, while 394 were given in the catalogue
published in 1861, and yet about 50 species have been added since
that time. The diminished number is the result of reduction and ref-
erence of many nominal species to their proper types, and it is due to
the author to state that the necessity for most of those changes was
foreseen by him,* and that they were either first effected or the correct-
ness thereof first demonstrated by himself in various articles published
from time to time in scientific journals. The limit of reduction, so far
as respects species represented on the coast, has now been nearly (but
not quite) reached; but the ultimate reductions, already hinted at, will
doubtless affect, to some inconsiderable extent, the sum-total of the
number of fishes by the reduction of nominal American species to forms
of those previously described from elsewhere.

FAUNAS.

The geographical ranges of the marine species of animals might be
best indicated by the names of the faunal regions admitted for the sev-

*«The number of species described iu the catalogue [of 1851] nominally amounts to
394. It is probable that when the species are thoroughly investigated, the number
will be considerably reduced, and that many now retained with hesitation as distinet
will be identified with previously known ones.”—(Gill, op. cit., 1861, p. 28.)

782 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

eral subdivisions of the eastern American coast by various naturalists,
but especially Dana, Packard, and Verrill.*

Five such faunas are embraced in the scope of the catalogue, and
have been designated by the following names:

1. ARCTIC FAUNA, (properly realm,) which embraces the entire polar
region, and extends southward to a yet undetermined distance, but not
as far as Newfoundland. Inasmuch, however, as most of the fishes
found in the Greenland seas have not been noted as occurring elsewhere,
it would be advisable to be specific as to their habitats.

2. SYRTENSIAN FAUNA, distinguished by Packard from the Arctic.
It includes the coasts of Labrador and Newfoundland, but its limits
have not been well defined.

3. ACADIAN FAUNA, named by Liitken, but first distinguished as the
Nova Scotian by Dana. It extends from the Syrtensian southerly to
Cape Cod, close to the shore, but pushes farther southward in deeper
water, and at a distance from the shore.

4, VIRGINIAN FAUNA, bounded to the north by Cape Cod and to the
south by Cape Hatteras.

5. CAROLINIAN FAUNA, extending from Cape Hatteras southward to
the northern limits of the coral-reefs of Florida.

It must also be borne in mind that the general character of the coast
of the northern faunal areas is quite different from that of the southern
ones, the former having a rock-bound shore-line, while the latter (Vir-
ginian and Carolinian) have chiefly an areniferous one, with few rocks,
and the distinctive peculiarities of the northern and southern faunas are
considerably increased by these physical differences of the coast.

Such are the designations that might be most desirable in a scientifig
treatise. In order, however, to avoid all cavil, the circumlocutory form
of designating the limits of the faunas for each species has, at the in.
stance of the Commissioner of Fisheries, been adopted. But it must be
understood that many of the species have not been detected at the dif-
ferent points within the limits specified, and may have been only found
once. In all cases, however, (except when specially designated as ‘ ac-
cidental” or * occasional,”) the species, in all probability, can be found
at fitting stations within the described limits.

POPULAR NAMES.

The popular names, so far as known, have been added after the scien-
tific ones, and in a number of cases, at the request of the Commissioner of
Fisheries, names for popular use have been framed for species having no
other distinctive ones. These new terms have been mostly derived from
names applied to related forms in this country or England, which are ~
used rather in a generic than specific sense, and with the addition of a

* Verrill (Addison E.) Revision of the Polypi of the Eastern Coast of the United
States (December, 1863). <(Memoirs read before the Boston Society of Natural History,
vol. 1, p. 41

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 783

qualifying adjective for the specific appellatives. It must always be borne
in mind, however, that popular names can never be relied upon for the
determination of the species, as they vary with locality, and are applied
jn the most arbitrary manner. Thus, the familiar Pomatomus saltatrix is
generally known as the “ blue-fish” at the principal centers of popula-
tion, (New York, &c.,) but is also called “ horse-mackerel,” (at Newport,
and Beesley’s Point, New Jersey,) ‘ tailor,” (at Philadelphia and along
portions of the southern coast,) ‘ white fish,” ‘ snap-mackerel,” and
in the young state, “ skip-jack;” while, on the other hand, the name
“‘blue-fish” is applied to the squeteague, or weak-fish, (Cynoscion regalis,)
at Beesley’s Point; ‘‘ horse-mackerel” is transferred to the tunny, along
the Massachusetts coast; ‘‘tailor” is the name given to the fall-herring,
(Pomolobus mediocris,) at Washington, and the designation ‘ white-fish ”
is best known in connection with the coregont. Nor are these excep-
tional cases. Many fishes have still more varied names along the several
parts of the coast, and certain appellatives (such as sun-fish, black-fish,
pike, salmon, trout, &c.) are used with still greater latitude than any
of those specified.

Under such circumstances it must be obvious to all that, in order to
avoid great circumlocution and preliminary explanation, and to insure
definiteness of conception, names that are used only in one rigorous
sense, and respecting the application of which there can be no doubt,
must be desiderata, and such conditions are only fulfilled by the scientific
names. At the same time, it is undoubtedly desirable that the applica-
tions of the popular names along the different portions of the coast shall
be ascertained, and therein an explanation may be found of the conflict-
ing accounts given of the different species, the confusion in which the
histories of some species is involved being evidently due, in part, to the
confusion of names and the misapplication of accounts induced by their
diverse applications. The unraveling of this confusion will be one of the
objects of the Commissioner, and on a future occasion the varying names
and applications of names along different parts of the coast will proba-
bly be given in connection with the different species.

| -TABLE OF THE HIGHER GROUPS.
Ciass A—PISCES OR TRUE FISHES.

Sus-Ciass I1.—TELEOSTEL.

ORDER 1.—PEDICULATI.

Sub-order. | Super-family. Family. Sub-family. Genus.
| Lophioidea. ....) Maltheida .... (1) | Maltheinw .....- Malthe Owv.
Lophiide ..... (QVGA Sake Aiea Se eee Lophius (Linn.) Cuv.
Antennarioidea .| Ceratiide -.... (S) fla scseaecancsacee Himantolophus Leinh.

Oneirodes Liitken.

Ceratias Kroyer.

Antennariidex . (4) | Antennariine...| Pterophryne Gill.

ORDER 2.—PLECTOGNATHI.

Gymnodontes...- | Orthagoriscoidea| Orthagoriscidaw (5) | Molacanthine ...-| Molacanthus Sw.

| Orthagoriscinee .| Mola Owv.

| Tetrodontoidea..| Diodontide ..-. (6) | Diodontine ..-.-. Chilomycterus Bibron.
Trichodiodon Bleeker.
Tetrodcntidex . (7) | Tetrodonting ...| Tetrodon Linn.
Chilichthys Mill.
Ostracodermarsea|s-aeee see esse ee Ostraciontide . (8) | Ostraciontine ...; Lactophrys Swains.

Scleroderma ..... | Balistoidea...... Balistidee . .... (9) | Monacanthine ..} Alutera Cuv.
| Ceratacanthus Gill.

Stephanolepis Gill.

Ballistics sce Balistes Linn.

OrvDER 3.—LOPHOBRANCHII.

Syngnathi....... eect eucnes homme Hippocampid (10) | Hippocampinez .-| Hippocampus Cw.

Syngnathide. (11) | Syngnathinw...-| Syngnathus Linn.

OrpDER 4.—HEMIBRANCHII.

Centriscoidea -..| Gentriscids .. (12) |....-..----------- Centriseus Linn.
Aulostomoidea..| Fistulariida . (13) |........----.----- Fistularia Linn.
Gasterosteoidea. | Gasterosteide (14) | Gasterosteinew ..| Gasterosteus (Z.) Brev.
Pygosteus, Brev.

Apeltes (De Kay) Brev.
rr re a

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 785

ORDER 5.—TELEOCEPHALI.

Sub-order. Super-family. Family. Sub-family. Genus.
CGberOsOmMabae == -\\as2tomigeemiete Soleide ...--- (15) | Plagusiinz....-. Plagusia Cuv.
Soleing .....---. Achirus Lac.

Pleuronectidx (16) | Pleuronectinz ..| Euchalarodus Gill.
Pseudopleuronectes Bl kr.
Myzopsetta Gill.
Limanda Gottsche.
Pleuronectes Linn.
Glyptocephalus Gottsche.
Rhombine ...--- Lophopsetta Gill.
Citharichthys Bleeker.

Hippoglossinz ..| Hippoglossoides Goltsche.

Pomatopsetta Gill.
Cheenopsetta Gill.
Hippoglossus Cuv.
Reinhardtius Gill.
MACruroldeaeee sa Macruridss.. (Li) tosses snus ceecece Macrurus Bl.
Coryphenoides Gunner.

Jugulares. ....... Gadoidea.....--- Gadide ...-.- (18) | Gadine ......... Boreogadus Giinth.
Pollachius Nilss.
Gadus (Artedi) Gill.
Microgadus Gill.

Melanogrammus Giil.

Phy cinwe2e---s-- Phycis Raf.
Urophycis Gill.

Lotinat=<--5- 22: Molva (Flem.) Nilss.

Ciliatine......-- Onos Risso.

Rhinonemus Gill.
Ciliata Couch.

Brosmine ....-.. Brosmius Cuv.
Merluciidz... (19) | Merluciine ..-... Merlucius Raf.
Ophidioidea ----. CCyowohnses os (Pl) |eacceeacoseacossee Ophidium (Artedi) Linn,
Brotuloidea ...-. Brotulide .... (21) | Bythitinew.....-- Bythites Reinh.
Lycodoidea ..... Lycodide .... (22) | Gymnelinez ..... Gymnelis Reinh.
Lycodinsz ....... Lycodes Reinh.
Zoarciine......-. Zoarces Ouv.
Acanthopteri.---.} Blennioidea ..--. Cryptacanthidse(23)|..----.----.------ Cryptacanthodes Storer.
‘ Stichasidcabes n(24) ioc a cynic Ne eee noe eme Eumesogrammus Gill.

Sticheus Reinh.
Leptoclinus Gill.
Anisarchus Gill.

Lumpenus Reinh.

S. Mis. 61—50

786 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

OrprER 5.—TELEOCcEPHALI—Continued.

Sub-order. Super-family. Family.
Acanthopteri -..| Blennioidea ..--. Sticheide .....-. (24)
Xiphidiontidee - - (25)
Anarrhichadide. (26)
Blenniide ..-...
Batrachoidea....| Batrachide -.... (28)
Uranoscopoidea -| Uranoscopide.. (29)
Cyclopteroidea .-| Cyclopteridz. -. (30)
Liparidide....- (31)
Gobioidea ....... Gopiids*3--.=-2 (32)
Cottoidea ....... Triglide ....... (33)
Agonid@ ......- (34)
Cottids........ (35)
Hemitripteride. . (36)
Scorpenide -.-. (37)
Labroidea....... Labrids.....-.- (38)
Pomacentrid@. (38a)
Polynematoidea.| Polynemidx-..-. (39)
Teuthidoidea . ..| Teuthidida -... (40) |
Cheetodontoidea.| Chztodontids.. (41)

Sub-family.

Genus.

Cyclopterineg .-.

Liparidine. -.---

Careproctineg . -.

Gobiins).-=. -..-

Eleotridine .....
Dactylopterine .-

Tri glin® == <s.0c=-

Leptagonine. --.
Agonineg........

Cotting .........

Xyrichthyine-..
Julidine ......-.

eee

Chetodontine --

Leptoblennius Gill.

Centroblennius Gill.

Murenoides Lae.
Anarrhichas D.

Blennius Linn.

Hypleurochilus Gill.
Pholis (Artedi) Cuv.
Hypsoblennius Gill.
Chasmodes Cuv. & Val.

Batrachus Linn.

Astroscopus Brevoort.

Cyclopterus Linn.

Eumicrotremus Gill.

Liparis (Art.) Linn.

Actinochir Gill.

Careproctus Kroyer.
Gobiosoma Girard.

Gobius (Linn.) Gill.

Dormitator Gill.

Dactylopterus Lac.

Prionotus Lae.

Trigla Linn.

Aspidophoroides Lac.

Agonus Bloch.
Cottus (Linn.)
Oncocottus Gill.

Gymnacanthus Sw.

(Cottus) Reinh.
Triglops Reinh.

Hemitripterus Cuv.

Sebastes (Cuv.) Gill.

Scorpena Linn.

Tautoga (Mitch.) Bleeker.
Tautogolabrus Gunther.

Xyrichthys Cuv.
Cherojulis Gill.
Glyphidodon Zac.

Trichidion (Klein.) Gill.
Acanthurus Forskal.

Sarothrodus Gill.

Holacanthus Lae.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF

NORTH AMERICA.

187

OrvDER 5.—TELEOCEPHALI—Continued.

Genus.

Sub-order. Super-family. Family. Sub-family.
Acanthopteri ....| Scombroidea ..-..| Xiphiidee .... (42) | Xiphiine .._.__.
Tetrapturine .._,
Trichiuride.. (43) | Trichiurine..... |
Scombride ..- (44) | Scombrinz -..___|
Oreynine ......- |
Carangide ... (45) | Vomerine ......
Carangine ....-. |
|
|
Chloroscombrinz
|
Trachynotine. ..|
Centronoting _..
Coryphenide (46) | Coryphenine -.
Stromateide . (47) | Centrolophine -.
Stromateine .--.
Bramide ..... (48) | Pteracline ......
Ramprididss: - (49) |as-2-- 2-2 = 32-2
Zenid@....-.- (63) seco teocScaeeeaoe
Mulloidea....-.- Mullide...... (SU I aa reese
Berycoidea...-..- Berycide .... (52) | Holocentrine ...
Scienoidea-.-....- Scienidw .... (53) | Otolithine ....-.
Haploidonotine .
Liostomine ...-.
Scizning .......
Gerreoidea..---. Gerrida...... (54) | Larimine .......

| Xiphias Linn.
Tetrapturus Raf.
| Histiophorus Zac.

Trichiurus Linn.

| Scomber (Linn.) Cur.
Sarda Cuv.

Oreynus (Cuv.) Gill.
Cybium Cur.

Vomer Cuv.

Selene (Zac.) Brev.
Argyriosus Lac.
Decapterus Bleeker.
Trachurops Gill.
Paratractus Gill.

| Carangus (Girard) Gill.

Carangops Gill. *

| Blepharichthys Gill.
Chloroscombrus Girard.
Trachynotus Lac.
Naucrates (Raf.) Gill.
Zonichthys (Sw.) Gill.
Halatractus Gill.
Coryphena Linn.
Palinurichthys Gill.
Poronotus Gill.
Peprilus Cuv.
Pteraclis Gron.
Lampris (fetz.)

Zenopsis Gili.

Mullus Linn.
Holocentrum Bloch.
Cynoscion Gill.
Pogonias Lac.
Liostomus Lac.
Stelliferus (Ouv.) Stark.
Bairdiella Gill.
Scizenops Gill.
Menticirrus Gil.
Micropogon Cuv.
Larimus Ouv. é Val.
Eucinostomus B. é G.

788 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ORDER 5.—TELEOCEPHALI—Continued.

Sub-order, Super-family. Family. Sub-family. Genus.
Acanthopteri ---.| Percoidea ...-..- Pimelepteride (55) |------------------ Pimelepterus Lac.
Sparidsx ...... (56) | Sparing .... .... Lagodon Holb.

Archosargus Gill.
Stenotomus Gill.
Sparus (Linn.) Bon.
Pristipomatid(57)| Lutjanine ...... Lutjanus (Bl., Schn.) Gill.
Pristipomatinge .| Hemulon Cuv.
Orthopristis Girard.
Pristipoma Cuv.
Anisotremus Gill.
Serranidw.... (58) | Rhypticine -.--. Promicropterus Gill
Serraning....-.. Hyporthodus Gill.
Epinephelus Gill.
Trisotropis Gill.
Centropristis Cuv.
Triloburus Gill.
Diplectrum Holbr.

Dules Owv.
abracides = (59) ||eereusceeeiceccess- Roccus Gill.

Morone Gill.
Hphippiide fe- |(60)i| Fees sseees acres Parephippus Gill.
obotides=- en (GL) \ieeeeeee epee Lobotes Cuv.
Pomatomidss -\(62))|22--<-e22e~ pees ae Pomatomus Lac.
Mlacatide:. == \(63)i| A-eeensee oe. Elacate Cuv.
Chilodipteride (64) | Apogonina ..-.. Apogonichthys Bleeker.

Priacanthoidea..} Priacanthidz (65) |........-....-- .-.| Priacanthus Cuv.

Pseudopriacanthus Bleecker
Incerte sedis ....| Ammodytoidea..| Ammodytidx (66) | Ammodytineg ...| Ammodytes Linn.
Argyrotening ..| Argyrotenia Gill.
Echeneidoidea -.| Echeneidide . (67) |...............--- Leptecheneis Gill.
Rhombochirus Gill.
Remoropsis Gill.
Echeneis (Linn.) Gill.

Sphyreenoidea. ..| Sphyrzenidz - (68) |............-..-.- Sphyrzna Bloch,
Percesoces......- Mugiloidea...--.. Mugilide ==. (69) 2eees-ccaee cee es Mugil Linn.
Atherinids ea) ilaeee see eee eeenee Chirostoma (Sw.)

Atherina (Linn.)
Synentognathi...}.............----- Belonide. .... (U1) Noo noe nbeneucomas Belone Our.
Scomberesocide(72)) Exoccetine...-.- Exocmwtus Linn.
Halocypselus Weinl’nd(d.g.)
Cypselurus Sw, (d.g.)

FISHES

OF THE EAST COAST

OF NORTH AMERICA.

OrvbDER 5.—TELEOCEPHALI—Continued.

Sub-family.

Genus.

Hemirhamphine

Scomberesocine
Cyprinodontine -

Hydrargyrine -.-

Chauliodontine.

Stomiatinze

Scopelinze

Cocciine

Argentinine ....

Microstomine. -.

Salmonine

Enleptorhamphus Gill.
Hemiramphus Cuv.
Scomberesox Lae.
Cypriuadent Dae.

| Micristius Gill.

| Fundulus Lac.
Hydrargyra Lae.

| Malacosteus Ayres.
Stomias Cwv.
Scopelus Cuv.
Maurolicens Coeco.
Trachinocephalus Gill.

Synocus (Gron.) Bl, Schn.

Mallotus Cuv.
Osmerus Artedi.
Microstoma isso.
| Salmo Linn.

| Paralepis Risso.

| Albula Gronovw.

| Elops Linn.
|

Megalops Lae.

| Etrumeus Bleeker.

| Brevoortia Gill.

| Alosa Cuv.
Opisthonema Gill.

| Pomolobus (faf.) Gill.
Clupea Linn.

Dorosoma (Raf.) Gill.

Engraulis Cuv.

Ariinse

Alurichthys Bd. é Gir.

Ariopsis Gill.

Sub-order. Super-family. Family.
mymontegnathi ..<| 2. 2--2s2sssecee-5 Scomberesocida (72)
Maplomy <<<... .-,. Cyprinodortoidea,Cyprinodontids (73)
Isospordyli - ...-| Stomiatoidea..--) Stomiatida... (74)
Scopelide ---- (75)
Synodontide - (76)
Salmonoidea .---| Microstomidz (77)
Salmonide --.- (78)
Paralepidoidea - -| Paralepididze. (79)
Albuloide ...--- | Albulide...... (80)
Elopoidea ------- | Elopide..-..- (81)
“Clupeoidea.----- Dussumieride (82)
Clupeide. -..- (83)
Dorosomids ~ (84)
Engraulide -.. (85)
ORDER 6.—NEMATOGNATHI.
| Siluroidea...-.--. Siluride...... (86)
ORDER 7.—APODES.
Hnchelycephali|............--.--- | Congride ...--.. (87)
Anguillids...-. (88) |

Conger Cuv.

Anguilla Thunberg.

Saccopharyngide (89) cstiaees alae =e | Saccopharynx Mitch.

790 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sus-Cuiass I].—GANOIDEA.
SuperR-OrpDER CHONDROSTEL.

ORDER 8.—GLANIOSTOMI.

Sub-order. | Super-family.

Family.

Sub-family.

Accipenseridz (90)| Accipenserina - -

Genus.

Accipenser (Linn.)

Crass B—ELASMOBRANCHIL
Super-Orper PLAGIOSTOML.

ORDER 9.—RatZ.

Masticura ...-... Myliobatoidea. ..| Cephalopterida(91)|..-.......-.....-- Ceratoptera Mill. é Henle.
Myliobatide . (92) | Htobating...-.-. Atobatis Mill. d Henle.
Myliobating ....) Rhinoptera Cuv.
Myliobatis Dum.
Trygonoidea ....| Trygonide ... (93) | Pteroplateing .- | Pteroplatea Mill. é Henle.
Trygonine...... Trygon (Adanson) Cuv.
NALOULR s.eeere nee Torpedinoidaw...| Torpedinide: . (94) | Torpedining ....) Torpedo Dum.
Raiaoidsw........ Raiaid@w ..... (95) | Raiangw ......... Raia (Linn.)
Pristids ..... (COW bsossacccseeccosse Pristis Lath.
ORDER 10.—SqQvuatt.
SEL A a eee hI O Squatinidsess-1(90) ieerece seen eet Squatina Dum.

Galeorhinoidea. .

Scymnoidea

Cetorhinidas.. (98)

Lamnidee (99)

Odontaspidides (100)
Alopeciide... (101)
Sphyrnide . . . (102)

Galeorhinids (103)

Spinacidas.... (104)

Scymnida@....

| Galeorhinineg -..

Cetorhinus Blainv.
Isuropsis Gill.
Carcharodon A. Smith.
Eugomphodus Gill.
Alopias Raf.

Sphyrna Raf.

Reniceps Gill.

Eulamia Gill.
Aprionodon Gill.
Scoliodon Mill. é Henle.
Galeocerdo Mill. & Henle.
Mustelus Ouv.
Squalus (Artedt) Raf.
Centroscyllium Mill. &
Henle.

Somniosus Lea.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. Visi
Crass C.—MARSIPOBRANCHIL.

OrpDEK 11.—HyYPEROARTIA.
Sub-order. Super-family. Family. Sub-family. Geuus.

Petromyzontide.. (106) | Petromyzontinz.| Petromyzon (Linn.) Gray.

Ammocetes (Dum.) Gill.

OrpDER 12.—HyYPEROTRETA.

| | Myxinidg........ awa DoE HES EEaSCbeuRore | Myxine Linn.

Ciass D.—LEPTOCARDIL.

OrpDER 13.—CrIRROSTOMI.

Branchiostoma Costa.

Branchiostomide. (108) | ieee = ne Ree sare

792 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

2.—LIST OF SPECIES.
1.—MALTHEID.

MALTHE VESPERTILIO (Linn.) Cuvy.—Bat-fish ; nose-fish.
Newfoundland to Florida.

MALTHE CUBIFRONS Rich.—Box-headed sea-bat.
Labrador.

MALTHE NOTATA (Val.) Liitken.—Spotted sea-bat.
Southern Atlantic coast.

2.—LOPHIID A.

LOPHIUS AMERICANUS DeKay.—Bellows-fish (Newport, R. I.); goose-
fish (Massachusetts) ; monk-fish (coast of Maine); also fishing-frog,
American angler, sea-devil, &c.

Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

3.—CERATIUD A.

HIMANTOLOPHUS GR@NLANDICUS Reinhardt.—Tufted frog-fish.

Greenland.

ONEIRODES Escuricuti Liitken.—Eschricht’s frog-fish.
Greenland.

CERATIAS HOLBOLLI Kroyer.—Holboll’s frog-fish.
Greenland.

4,—ANTENNARITD AK.

PTEROPHRYNE L2VIGATA (Cuv.) Gill.—Common frog-fish; mouse-
fish ; pescador (Cuba); toad-fish ; devil-fish (Bermuda).
Pelagic; accidental on coast.

5.—ORTHAGORISCID &.

MoOLACANTHUS NUMMULARIS (Walb.) Gill.—Globe-fish.
Pelagic; accidental on coast.

MoLA ROTUNDA Cuv.—Sun-fish; pez mola (Cuba).
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

* In giving the occurrence of any species of fish, as from Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras,
or between other limits, it is not necessarily to be understood that specimens have
actually been taken at these extremes, but only at some point between them. They
may, however, be looked for at other localities within the same range.

oe _

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 93

6—DIODONTID.

CHILOMYCTERUS GEOMETRICUS (Linn.) Kaup.—Spiny box-fish; rab-
bit-fish (Vineyard Sound); erizo (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
TRICHODIODON PILOSUS (Mitch.) Bleeker.—Hairy box-fish.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

7.—TETRODONTID 4%.

TETRODON L2VIGATUS (Linn.) Gill—Smooth puffer; tambor (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
CHILICHTHYS TURGIDUS (Mitch.) Gill—Rough puffer; porcupine-fish ;
blower; swell-fish ; tambor (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

8.—OSTRACIONTID 2.

LACTOPHRYS TRIGONUS (Linn.) Poey—Trunk-fish ; box-fish.

West Indian; accidental on the coast (found once at Holmes’s
Hole, Mass).

9.—BALISTID A.

ALUTERA CUSPICAUDA DeKay. (d. s.)—Long-tailed file-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

CERATACANTHUS AURANTIACUS (Mitch.) Gill.—hog-fish ; file-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

STEPHANOLEPIS MASSACHUSETTENSIS (Storer) Gill. (d. s.)—Storer’s

file-fish ; fool-fish (New Yori).

Nova Scotia to Florida.

' BALISTES CAPRISCUS Linn.—European file-fish ; Turbot (Berm).
Nova Scotia to Florida.

BALISTES POWELI Cope. (d. s.)—Powel’s file-fish.
Rhode Island. (Accidental)

10.—HIPPOCAMPID 5.

HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS DeKay.—Sea-horse; horse-fish.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

11.—SYNGNATHID 2.
SYNGNATHUS PECKIANUS Storer.—Pipe-fish.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

12.—CENTRISCID ZS.

CENTRISCUS SCOLOPAX Linn.—Snipe-fish.

European; accidental in American waters (found once in Massa-
chusetts).

794 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
13.—FISTULARIID A.

FISTULARIA TABACCARIA Linn.—Tobacco trumpet-fish; unarmed
trumpet-fish.

Cape Cod to Florida. (Occasional; specimens obtained at New
York.)

14.—GASTEROSTEID 4.

APELTES QUADRACUS (Mitch.) Brev.—Four-spined stickle-back.
New Brunswick to Florida.
GASTEROSTEUS ACULEATUS Linn.—Common stickle-back.
Greenland to Newfoundland (at least).
GASTEROSTEUS BIACULEATUS Shaw. (d. s.)—T'wo-spined stickle-back.
Newfoundland and Labrador.
GASTEROSTEUS NIGER Cuv. and Val. (d. s.)—Black stickle-back.
Newfoundland.
GASTEROSTEUS NOVEBORACENSIS Cuy. and Val. (d. s.)—New York,
stickle-back.
New Brunswick to Cape Hatteras.
PYGOSTEUS OCCIDENTALIS (Cuv. and Val.) Brevoort.—Ten-spined
stickle-back.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

15.—_SOLEID 4.

PLAGUSIA PLAGIUSA (Linn.) Gill. (d. @ s.)—Long sole.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
ACHIRUS LINEATUS (Linn.) Cuv.—American sole; calico; hog-choker
(New Jersey); coverclip (New Jersey) ; spotted sole (Massachusetts Bay).
Cape Cod to Florida.

16.—PLEURONECTID 4%.

EUCHALARODUS PUTNAMI Gill.—Putnam’s flat-fish.
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod. (Found only in Salem Harbor, Mass.)

PSEUDOPLEURONECTES AMERICANUS (Walb.) Gill—Common flounder,

winter-flounder; mud dab (Massachusetts Bay); sole (New York.)

Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

MYZOPSETTA FERRUGINEA (Storer) Gill.—Rusty dab; sand dab (Mazne).
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

LIMANDA ROSTRATA (H. R. Storer) Gill—American dab.
Labrador.

PLEURONECTES GLABER (Storer) Gill—Smooth plaice; smooth back.
Massachusetts to Maine.

GLYPTOCEPHALUS ACADIANUS Gill.—Long dab.
Maine.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 795

LOPHOPSETTA MACULATA (Mitch.) Gill—Spotted turbot; window-
pane (New Jersey); sand flounder (New York).
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
CITHARICHTHYS MICROSTOMUS Gill.—Whiff.
New Jersey to Cape Hatteras. 2
HIPPOGLOSSOIDES PLATESSOIDES (Fabr.) Gill.—Arctie dab.
Polar regions (Greenland).
POMATOPSETTA DENTATA (Storer) Gill—Summer flounder.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.
CHANOPSETTA OCELLARIS (De Kay) Gill—Common flounder.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
CHAINOPSETTA DENTATA (Linn.) Gill.—Southern flounder.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
CHAINUPSETTA OBLONGA (Mitch.) Gill.—Four-spotted flounder.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
HIPPOGLOSSUS AMERICANUS Gill (d. s.)—Halibut.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.
REINHARDTIUS HIPPOGLOSSOIDES (Walb.) Gill.—Greenland halibut.
Greenland.

17.—MACRURID &%.

MACRURUS RUPESTRIS Bloch.—Ingmingoak (Greenland).
Greenland.

CORYPHZNOIDES NORVEGICUS (Gunner) Giinth.
Greenland.

18.—GADID i.

BOREOGADUS POLARIS (Sabine) Gill.—Misarkornak (Greenland).
Polar regions.

POLLACHIUS CARBONARIUS (Linn.) Bon.—Pollock ;_ coal-fish (England).
Greenland to Cape Hatteras.

GADUS MORRHUA Linn.—Common cod-fish; sarandlik and sarand-

lisksoak (Greenland).

Polar regions to Cape Hatteras.

GADUS OJAC Rich. (d.s.)—Greenland cod-fish ; ojac or ovak (Greenland).
Polar regions.

MICROGADUS TOMCODUS (Walb.) Gill.—Tom-cod; frost-fish.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

MELANOGRAMMUS 42GLEFINUS (Linn.) Gill.—Haddock.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

PHyYCcIS CHUSS (Walb.) Gill—Codling (ew York); old English hake;
squirrel hake (Mass.); ling; chuss (formerly at New York); codling
(Newport) ; fork-beard (Hngland).

Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

PHYCIS TENUIS (Mitch.) DeKay.—Codling (New York); white hake

(Mass.); squirrel hake (Maine.)
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

796 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

URoOPHYCIS REGIUS (Walb.) Gill.—Spotted codling.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

MOLVA VUGARIS Flem.—Ling (Great Britain); iverksoak (G@reenland.)
Polar regions.

Onos REINHARDTH. (Kroyer) Gill—Five-bearded rockling.
Greenland.

Onos ENSIS (Reinhardt) Gill.—Three-bearded rockling.
Greenland.

RHINONEMUS CAUDACUTA (Storer) Gill. (d. s.)—4-bearded rockling.
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

CILIATA ARGENTATA (Reinh.) Gill—Mackerel-midge.
Greenland to Cape Hatteras

BROSMIUS BROSME (Fabr.) White. (d. @s.)—European cusk; nejor-

pallujak (Greenland); torsk or tusk (Great Britain).

Polar regions to Cape Cod.

BROSMIUS AMERICANUS Gill. (d. s.)—Cusk (Mass.); torsk or tusk

(British provinces).

Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

BROSMIUS FLAVESCENS Lesueur. (d. s.)—Cusk.
Banks of Newfoundland.

19.—MERLUCIID A.

MERLUCIUS VULGARIS Flem. (d. @ s.)—European hake; akullia-
kitsok (Greenland).
Greenland.
MERLUCIUS BILINEARIS (Mitch.) Gill—American hake; silver hake
(Maine); whiting (Mass) ; stock-fish.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

20.—OPHIDIID 2.
OPHIDIUM MARGINATUM Mitch.—Little cusk (New York).
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
21.—BROTULID4.
BYTHITES FUSCUS Reinhardt.—Amersulak (Greenland).
Greenland.
22.—LYCODID i.
GYMNELIS VIRIDIS Reinhardt.—Unernak (Greenland).
Polar regions.
LycopES VAHLIL Reinhardt.—Vahl’s lycodes; misarkornak (reen-

land).
Greenland.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 797

LYCODES RETICULATUS Reinhardt.—Reticulated lycodes; akullia-
kitsok (Greenland).

Greenland.

LYCODES PERSPICILLUM Kroyer.—Spotted lycodes.
Greenland.

LYCODES SEMINUDUS Reinhardt.—Half-naked lycddes.
Greenland.

LYCODES NEBULOSUS Kroyer.—Cloudy lycodes.
Greenland.

LYCODES MUCOSUS Richardson.—Slimy lycodes.
Greenland.

LYCODES POLARIS (Sabine) Rich.—Arctic lycodes.

Polar regions.
ZOARCES ANGUILLARIS (Peck) Storer.—Eel-pout; conger-eel (Massachu-

setts Bay); Jamper-eel (Hastport).
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

23.—CRYPTACANTHID 4.

CRYPTACANTHODES MACULATUS Storer.—Ghost-fish ; wry-mouth.
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

CRYPTACANTHODES INORNATUS Gill.—Ghost-fish ; conger-eel (Je.)
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

24.—STICH AIDA.

EUMESOGRAMMUS SUBBIFURCATUS (Storer) Gill; Little eusk (Me.)
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

EUMESOGRAMMUS PRAICISUS (Kroyer) Gill.
Greenland.

STICHZUS PUNCTATUS (Fabr.) Reinh.
Greenland.

LEPTOCLINUS ACULEATUS (Reinh.) Gill.
Greenland.

ANISARCHUS MEDIUS (Reinh.) Gill.
Greenland.

LUMPENUS FABRICII Reinhardt.
Greenland.

LEPTOBLENNIUS SERPENTINUS (Storer) Gill.
Nova Scotia to Cape Cod.

LEPTOBLENNIUS GRACILIS (Stuvitz) Gill.
Greenland.

CENTROBLENNIUS NUBILUS (Rich.) Gill.
Greenland.

25.—XIPHIDIONTID 4%.

MURAINOIDES FASCIATUS (Schneider) Gill—Banded butter-fish.
Greenland.

798 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

MUR ANOIDES MUCRONATUS (Mitch.) Gill. (d. s.—Common butter-fish.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.
Varieties. (7)

MuURZNOIDES MACROCEPHALUS (Girard) Gill. (d. s.)
Massachusetts.

MURANOIDES INGENS (H. R. Storer) Gill. (d. s.)
Labrador.

ASTERNOPTERYX GUNELLIFORMIS Riippell. (d. @ g.)
Greenland. (?)

26.—ANARRHICHADIDA.

ANARRHICHAS VOMERINUS (Ag.) Storer. (d. s.)—Wolf-fish; cat-fish
(New England) ; kigutilik (Greenland).
Greenland to Cape Hatteras. :
ANARRHICHAS STEENSTRUPIL Gill. (d. s.)—Steenstrup’s wolf-fish ;
keerrak ( Greenland.)

Greenland.
ANARRHICHAS DENTICULATUS Kroyer.—Small-toothed wolf-fish.
Greenland.

27.—BLENNIUD A.

BLENNIUS FUCORUM Cuvy. and Val. (d. @s.; d.@ g.)—Sea-weed blenny.
South Carolina.

BLENNIUS GEMINATUS Wood. (d. @ g.)—Blenny.
South Carolina.

HYPLEUROCHILUS PUNCTATUS (Wood) Gill.—Spotted blenny.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

PHOLIS CAROLINUS Val.—Carolina blenny.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

HYPSOBLENNIUS HENTz1I (Les.) Gill.—Hentz’s blenny.
South Carolina.

CHASMODES BOSCIANUS (Lac.) Cuv. and Val.—Bose’s shanny.
New York to Florida.

CHASMODES QUADRIFASCIATUS Val.—Four-banded shanny.
South Carolina.

CHASMODES NOVEMLINEATUS Val.—Nine-lined shanny.
South Carolina.

28.—BATRACHIDZ.

BATRACHUS TAU Linn.—Toad-fish; oyster-fish (New Jersey and Florida);
sapo (Cuba).
Nova Scotia to Florida.

29.—URANOSCOPID i.

ASTROSCOPUS ANOPLUS (Cuy. and Val.) Brevoort.—Naked star-gazer.
New York to Florida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. “99

30.—CYCLOPTERID 4%.

CYCLOPTERUS LUMPUS Linn.—Common lump-fish; lump-sucker, sea-
owl, paddle (Great Britain); Licorne de mer (France).
Polar regions to Cape Hatteras.
EUMICROTREMUS SPINOSUS (Fabr.) Gill.—Spinous lump-fish.
Greenland to Bay of Fundy.

31.—LIPARIDIDAS.

LIPARIS LINEATA (Lepechin) Kroyer.—Lineated liparis, or sea-snail.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.

LIPARIS ARCTICA Gill.—Arctic liparis.
Greenland (Port Foulke).

LIPARIS FABRICIL Kroyer.—Fabricius’ liparis.
Greenland.

LIpARIs MonraGut Don.—Montagu’s liparis, or sea-snail.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.

ACTINOCHIR MAJOR (Walb.) Gill.—Large liparis.
Greenland.

CAREPROCTUS REINHARDTII Kroyer.—Reinhardt’s liparis.
Greenland.

2.—GOBIID i.

GOBIOSOMA ALEPIDOTA (Lac.) Girard.—Scaleless goby.
Cape Cod to Florida.

GOBIUS CAROLINENSIS Gill.—Black goby.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

DORMITATOR LINEATUS Gill.—Striped sleeper.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

33.—TRIGLID A.

DACTYLOPTERUS VOLITANS (Linn.) Lac.—Flying-robin; murcielago
(Cuba); civetta de mare (Naples) ; bat-fish (Bermudas).
Newfoundland to Florida.
PRIONOTUS EVOLANS (Linn.) Gill.—Lined Sea-robin ; flying-fish (New
Jersey).
Cape Cod to Florida.
PRIONOTUS PUNCTATUS (Bloch.) Cuv.—Spotted sea-robin; rubio vola-
dor (Cuba).
Florida.
PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS (Linn.) Cuv. and Val.—Web-fingered sea-robin ;
Carolina robin.
Cape Cod to Florida.
PRIONOTUS PILATUS Storer. (d. s.)—Small-secaled sea-robin.
Massachusetts.
TRIGLA CUCULUS Linn. (d. @ s.)—European gurnard.
European ; accidental at New York.

800 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

34.—AGONID4.

ASPIDOPHOROIDES MONOPTERYGIUS (Bloch) Storer.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.

AGONUS CATAPHRACTUS (Linn.) Bl. Schn.—Sea-poacher.
Polar regions (Greenland.)

ARGHAGONUS DECAGONUS (Bl. Schn.) Gill.
Greenland.

35.—COTTID 2.

CoTTUS OCTODECIMSPINOSUS Mitchill.—Slender sculpin; grubby.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.
CoTTUS NEUS Mitchell (d. s.)—Little seulpin.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
COTTUS GR@NLANDICUS Cuv.and Val. (d. s.)—Northern seulpin.
Polar regions to Cape Hatteras.
Varieties. (?)
CoTTUS POROSUS Cuv. and Val. (d. 8.)
Baffin’s Bay.
COTTUS OCELLATUS H.R. Storer. (d. s.)
Greenland to Newfoundland.
CoTTUS LABRADORICUS H. R. Storer. (d. s.)
Greenland to Newfoundland.
COTTUS GLACIALIS Richardson. (d. s.)
Greenland.
CoTTUS PACHYPUS Giinther. (d. s.)
Polar regions (Greenland).
CoTtTus MITCHILLI Cuv. and Val. (d. 8s.)
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.
COTTUS SCORPIODES Fabricius. (d. @ g.)
Greenland.
GYMNACANTHUS TRICUSPIS (Reinhardt) Gill. (d. s.)
Polar regions.
GYMNACANTHUS PATRIS (H. R. Storer) Gill. (d. s.)
Labrador to Bay of Fundy.
ONCOCOTLUS QUADRICORNIS (Linn.) Gill.
Polar regions.
ICELUS BICORNIS Reinhardt. (d. @ g.)
Greenland.
ICELUS UNCINATUS Reinhardt. (d. @ g.)
Greenland.
CoTrUS POLARIS Sabine. (d. @ g.)
Polar regions.
TRIGLOPS PINGELIL Reinhardt.
Greenland.
TRIGLOPS PLEUROSTICTUS Cope.
Greenland.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 8Ql
36.—HEMITRIPTERIDA.

HEMITRIPTERUS ACADIANUS (Walbaum) Storer.—Sea-raven; yellow
sculpin.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

37.—SCORP ANID 4.

ScoRP4NA POoRCUS Linn. (d. @ s.)—Pig-foot.
European; (accidental at New York.)

ScorRPNA PLUMIERI BI. Schn. (d. @ 8.) Plumer’s pig-foot.
West Indian; occasional on northern coast.

SEBASTES NORVEGICUS (Linn.) Cuv. (d. @ s.)—Norway haddock;
hemdurgan.

Polar regions to Cape Cod.

SEBASTES VIVIPARUS Kroyer (d. s.)—Red-fish; bream (Wa‘ne) ; rose-fish;
snapper (Massachusetts Bay, Storer); red sea-perch (New York); red
perch (Hastport).

Polar regions to Cape Cod.
SEBASTES FASCIATUS Storer. (d.s. and d.@ g.) Banded red-fish.
Accidental to Massachusetts. (?)

38.—LABRID.

TAUTOGA ONITIS (Linn.) Gthr.—Black-fish; tautog.
Bay of Fundy to South Carolina; New York.
TAUTOGOLABRUS ADSPERSUS (Walbaum) Gill.—Burgall or hergall (New
York); cunner or conner; chogset (N. £.); blue-fish or blue perch.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.
XYRICHTHYS LINEATUS (Gmel.) Cuv. and Val.—Razor-tish.
West Indian, (occasional on Southern coast?)
CHGROJULIS GRANDISQUAMIS Gill.
North Carolina.

38a.—POM ACENTRID.

GLYPHIDODON SAXATILIS (Linn.) Cuv. and Val.—Cow-pilot (Berm).
West Indian (accidental on northern coast; found at Newport.)

39.—POLYNEMIiD 4.

TRICHIDION PLUMIERI (Lac.) Gill.—Thread-fish.
West Indies; occasional northward. (?)

TRICHIDION OCTOFILIS Gill.—Hight-threaded thread-fish.
New York (accidental). .

40.—TEUTHIDID 4.

ACANTHURUS CHIRURGUS Bloch. and Schneider.—Surgeon-fish; bar-
bero (Cuba); doctor-fish (Lermudas).
West Indies; occasional northward.
ACANTHURUS NIGRICANS Linn.—Black surgeon
West Indies; occasional northward.
S. Mis. 61—51

802 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
41.— CH AETODONTID 44.

SAROTHRODUS MACULOCINCTUS Gill.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

HOLACANTHUS CILIARIS Lac.—Isabelita (Cuba); angel-fish (Berm.)
West Indies; occasional northwards.

42.—XIPHIID.

XIPHIAS GLADIUS Linn.—Common sword fish.
Nova Seotia to West Indies.

TETRAPTURUS ALBIDUS Poey.—Tte Bill-fish ; The Spear-fish.
Cape Cod to West Indies.

HISTIOPHORUS GLADIUS (Brouss.) Gthr.—The Sail-fish.
Cape Cod to West Indies.

43.—TRICHIURID ©.

TRICHIURUS LEPTURUS Linn.—Silvery hair-tail.
Cape Cod to Florida.

44,—_SCOMBRID 45.

SCOMBER SCOMBRUS Linn. (d. @ s.)—Mackerel; wawwhunnekesvwog
(Narragansett Indians, Trumbull); caballa (Cuba).
Greenland to Cape Hatteras.
SCOMBER COLIAS Linnzeus. (d. @ s.)\—Chub-mackerel.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.
SARDA PELAMYS (Linn.) Cuv.—Bonito; skip-jack (Boston market).
Cape Cod to Florida.

ORCYNUS SECUNDI-DORSALIS (Storer) Gill. (d. s.)—Horse-mackerel

(Massachusetts, Ge.) ; albicore (Rhode Island); American tunny.
Newfoundland to Florida. ,

ORCYNUS ALLITERATUS (Raf.) Gill.—Little tunny; albicore; alleterato
(Naples); mackerel (Berm.); pelagic, occasional on coast (found in
large numbers at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, August, 1871).

CYBIUM MACULATUM (Mitch.) Cuv.—Spanish mackerel; spotted mack- .
erel; bay mackerel. (rare in Massachusetts Bay.)

Cape Cod to Florida.

CYBIUM REGALE (Bloch) Cuy.—Cero; black-spotted Spanish mackerel ;
king fish.

Cape Cod to Florida.

45,—_CARANGID 2.

VOMER SETIPINNIS (Mitch.) Ayres.—Horse-fish; jorobado (Cuba).
Maine to Florida.

SELENE ARGENTEA Lac.—NSilver moon-fish; jorobado (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

ARGYRIOSUS VOMER Lac.—Jorobado (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 803

ARGYRIOSUS CAPILLARIS (Mitch.) DeKay. (d. 8.)
Cape Cod to Florida.
DECAPTERUS PUNCTATUS (Mitch.) Gill—Dotted sead; round robin
(Bermudas).
Cape Cod to Florida. wath
DECAPTERUS MACARELLUS (Cuv. and Val.) Gill—Mackerel sead.
Cape Cod to Florida. (Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, 1873).
TRACHUROPS CRUMENOPHTHALMUS (Bloch) Gill.—Big-eyed sead ; chi-
charro (Cuba); goggler; goggle-eyed Jack (Bermudas).
Cape Cod to Florida.
PARATRACTUS PISQUETOS (Cuv. et Val.) Gill—Yellow crevallé; cojinua
(Cuba). Jack, Buffalo Jack (Bermuda.)
Cape Cod to Florida.
CARANGUS HIPPOS (Liun.) Gill—Horse-crevallé; jiguagua (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
CARANGUS FALLAX (Cuv. et Val.) Girard.—Jurel (Cuba).
South Carolina.
CARANGUS CHRYSOS (Mitch.) Gill—Yellow-mackerel (New York)
Cape Cod to Florida.
CARANGOPS FALCATUS (Holbr.) Gill.
_ South Carolina.
BLEPHARICHTHYS CRINITUS (Akerly) Gill.—Thread-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.
CHLOROSCOMBRUS CHRYSURUS (Linn.) Gill.—Casabe (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
TRACHYNOTUS oOVATUS (Linn.) Gthr.—Short pampano; _palorrieta
(Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
TRACHYNOTUS GLAUCUS Orv. and Val.—Glaucous pampano.
South Carolina to Florida.
TRACHYNOTUS CAROLINUS (Linn.) Gill—Pompano (Southern Coast);
cavallé or crevallé (South Carolina); pompynose (New Orleans).
Cape Cod to Florida.
NAUCRATES DUCTOR (Linn.) Raf.—Pilot-fish ; pilot, romero (Cuba).
Pelagic; occasional on coast.
ZONICHTHYS FASCIATUS (Bloch) Sw.
South Carolina.
HALATRACTUS ZONATUS (Mitch.) Gill—Rudder-fish; bonito (Berm.)
Cape Cod to Florida.
HALATRACTUS CAROLINENSIS (Holbr.) Gill.
. South Carolina.

46.—CORYPHAENID 4.

CorRYPHANA SUEURI Cuy. and Val.—Lesueuvr’s dolphin.
Pelagic; occasional on coast.

CoRYPHANA PUNCTULATA (Cuy. and Val.) Gthr.—Small-spotted dolphin,
Pelagic; occasional on coast ;

a ~

804 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
47.—_STROMATEID As.

PALINURICHTHYS PERCIFORMIS (Mitch.) Gill.—Black rudder-fish.
Maine to Cape Hatteras.
PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS (Peck) Gill.—Harvest-fish (New Jersey) ;
butter-fish (Massachusetts) ; dollar fish (JZaine).
Maine to Cape Hatteras.
PEPRILUS GARDENT (BI. Schn.) Gill.
New York to Florida.

48.—BRAMID i.

PTERACLIS CAROLINUS Val.
South Carolina. -

49._LAMPRIDIDE.

LAMPRIS GUTTATA Retz.—Opah.
Occasional off Newfoundland.

50.—ZENIDAS.

ZENOPSIS OCELLATUS (Storer) Gill. (d.s.)—Ocellated dory.
Massachusetts. (Accidental? Identical with Z. conchifer? )

51.—MULLID 4.

MULLUS, sp. incog.
West Indian (?); occasional on coast (found at New York).

52.— BERYCID 4.

HoOLOCENTRUM SOGHO Bloch—Matajuelo (Cuba); squirrel (Berm.)
West Indian; accidental on northern coast (found at Newport,
Rhode Island).

53.—SCLASNID AK.

OYNOSCION CAROLINENSIS (Cuy. and Val.) Gill.—Salmon-trout ; spotted

sea-trout (south coast); spotted silver-sides (Scott).
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

CYNOSCION REGALIS (Bloch) Gill.—Squeteague or squit (New England) ;
shecutts or checutts (Mohegan Indians); chickwick (Connecticut) ;
weak-fish (New York); blue-fish (Beesley’s Point, New Jersey); trout
(southern coast); salt-water trout; gray trout (southern coast).

Cape Cod to Florida.
CYNOSCION THALASSINUS (Holbr.) Gill.
Jape Hatteras to Florida.
CYNOSCION NOTHUS (Holbr.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
POGONIAS CHROMIS Lacep.—Drum.
Cape Cod to Florida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 805

LIOSTOMUS XANTHURUS Lacep.—Yellow-tail.
Cape Cod to Florida.
LIOSTOMUS OBLIQUUS (Mitch.) DeKay.—Lafayette (New York); goody
(Cape May); chub (Norfolk) ; roach (Northampton County, Virginia).
Cape Cod to Florida.
STELLIFERUS LANCEOLATUS (Holbr.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
BAIRDIELLA PUNCTATA (Linn.) Gill.—Silver-perch (New Jersey).
Cape Cod to Florida.
SCLHNOPS OCELLATUS (Linn.) Gill.—Bass; red bass; sea-bass; spotted
bass (South Carolina) ; red-fish (Gulf of Mexico).
Cape Cod to Florida.
MENTICIRRUS ALBURNUS (Linn.) Gill.—Carolina whiting.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
MENTICIRRUS NEBULOSUS (Mitch.) Gill—King-fish ; whiting; hake
(New Jersey); barb (New Jersey).
Cape Cod to Florida.
MENTICIRRUS LITTORALIS (Holbr.) Gill.—Shore-whiting.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
MICROPOGON UNDULATUS (Linn.) Cuv. and Val.—Croaker; verrugato
(Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
LARIMUS FASCIATUS Holbrook.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

54.—GERRID ZB.

JSUCINOSTOMUS ARGENTEUS Baird and Girard. (d.s., d @ g.)
New Jersey southwards.

55.—PIMELEPTERID &%.

PIMELEPTERUS Boscrr Lac.—Chopa-banea (Cuba); bream (Berim.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

56.—SPARID 2.

LAGODON RHOMBOIDES (Linn.) Holbrook.—Sargo (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

ARCHOSARGUS PROBATOCEPHALUS (Walb.) Gill.—Sheep’s-head.
Cape Cod to Florida.

STENOTOMUS ARGYROPS (Linn.) Gill.—Scup (Vineyard Sound) ; seup-
paug; porgy (New York); bream (Rhode Island, formerly) ; fair-maid
(Hast Shore of Virginia).

Cape Cod to Florida.
SPARUS ACULEATUS (Cuv. and Val.) Gill. (d.s., d. @ g.)—Guilt-head.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

806 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
57.—PRISTIPOMATID ZL.

H2MULON ARCUATUM Cuy. and Val.—Grunts.
South Atlantic coast of United States.
H2MULON FORMOSUM (Linn.) Cuv.
South Atlantie coast of United States.
H2MULON CHRYSOPTERON (Linn.) Cuv.
South Atlantic coast of United States.
H2&MULON QUADRILINEATUM (Cuv. and Val).—Striped grunt (berm.)
South Atlantic coast of United States.
ORTHOPRISTIS FULVOMACULATUS (Mitch.) Gill.
South Atlantic coast of United States.
ANISOTREMUS VIRGINICUS (Linn.) Gill.
South Atlantic coast of United States.
LUTJANUS CAXIS (Bl. Schn.) Gill.—Yelting, glass-eyed snapper (Berm.)
South Atlantic coast of United States.

58.—SERRANIDAS Gill.

PROMICROPTERUS MACULATUS (Holbr.) Gill.—Soap fish.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

PROMICROPTERUS DECORATUS Gill. (d. @ S.)
Newport, R. I. (Accidental.)

HYPORTHODUS FLAVICAUDA Gill.
Newport, R. I. (Accidental.)

EPINEPHELUS MoRIO (Cuy.) Gill—Red grouper (New York ?);

cherna de vovero (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
EPINEPHELUS NIGRITUS (Holbr.) Gill. (d. @ g.)
’ Cape Hatteras to Florida.
EPINEPHELUS OXYPTERUS (DeKay) Gill. (d.s.; d. @ g.)
New York. (Accidental). (?)
TRISOTROPIS ACUTIROSTRIS (Cuy. and Val.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
PROMICROPS GUASA (Poey) Gill. Paitin, (Cuba.)
Florida.

CENTROPRISTIS ATRARIUS (Linn.) Barn.—Black sea-bass; sea-bass
(New York); black-perch (Mass.); black-bass; black-fish (New Jersey; —
blue-fish (Newport); black-harry; hannabills (New York, DeKay);
black-will (Hastern Shore of Virginia).

Cape Cod to Florida.

TRILOBURUS TRIFURCUS (Linn.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

DIPLECTRUM FASCICULARE (Cuv. and Val.) Holbrogk—-siaaame (Cuba).
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

DULES AURIGA Cuy. and Val.—Charioteer ; coachman (DeKay.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

od

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 807
59.— LA BRACID A.

ROCCUS LINEATUS (BI. Schn.) Gill.—Striped bass (Hastern States) ; rock-
fish (Pennsylvania, etc.) ; missuckeke-kequock (Narragansett Indians’.
Nova Scotia to Florida.
MORONE AMERICANA (Gmelin) Gill— White perch.
Nova Scotia to Florida.

60.—EPHIPPIID AS.

PAREPHIPPUS QUADRATUS (Gun.) Gill.—Moon-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.
PAREPHIPPUS FABER (Cuv.) Gill—Mo6on-fish; angel-fish (South Caro-
lina); 3-banded sheep-head ; 3 tailed porgy.
Cape Cod to Florida.

61.—LOBOTID 4i.

LOBOTES SURINAMENSIS Cuy.—Flasher (New York market).
Cape Cod to Florida.

62.— POMATOMID 4.

POMATOMUS SALTATRIX (Linn.) Gill—Blue-fish (New York, and Nea
England except Rhode Island); horse-mackerel (Newport, and Beesley’s
Point, N. J.); skip-jack (North Carolina); green-fish ( Virginia, DeKay);
tailor (Maryland and Virginia); white-fish and snap-mackerel (young).

63.—ELACATID 4.

ELACATE CANADUS (Linn.) Gill.—Crab-eater.
Cape Cod to West Indies.

64.—CHILODIPTERID 2.

APOGONICHTHYS AMERICANUS Castelnau.
West Indian; occasional northwards (found at Newport, R. I.)

65.—PRIACANTHID&.

PRIACANTHUS MACROPHTHALMUS Cuy. (d. s.)—Common big-eye.
West Indian; occasional northwards.
PSEUDOPRIACANTHUS ALTUS (Gill.) Bleeker.—Short big-eye.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

66.—AMMODYTID AS.

AMMODYTES AMERICANUS DeKay.—Sand-launce; sand-eel (N. Eng.)
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

AMMODYTES DUBIUS Reinhardt.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.

ARGYROTAENIA VITTATA (DeKay) Gill. (d.s.; d. @ g.)
New York. (?)

808 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

67.—ECHINEIDID Ai.

LEPTECHENEIS NAUCRATES (Linn.) Gill.—Sucker-fish.
Coast generally.
LEPTECHENEIS NAUCRATEOIDES (Zuiew) Gill. (d. 8.)
Coast generally.
- RHOMBOCHIRUS OSTEOCHIR (Cuv.) Gill.
West Indian ; occasional on northern coast (found at New Bedford,
Massachusetts.)
REMOROPSIS BRACHYPTERA (Lowe) Gill.
Occasional on northern coast (found at Holme’s Hole, Massa-
chusetts.)
ECHENEIS REMORA Linn.—Sucker ; pega (Cuba).
Coast generaily.

68.—SPHYRAINID 2.

SPHYRZNA BOREALIS DeKay.—Northern barracuda; sennet (Berm.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

69.—MUGILID 48.

MUGIL ALBULA Linn.—Mullet.
Cape Cod to Florida.
MUGIL LINEAtTUS Mitchill.—Striped mullet.
Cape Cod to Florida.
MUGIL PETROSUS Val.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
MUGIL PLUMIERI Val.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

70.—ATHERINID A.

CHIROSTOMA NOTATA (Mitch.) Gill.—Silver-sides ; friar (New England),
~ Maine to Florida,
CHIROSTOMA MENIDIA (Linn.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
ATHERINA CAROLINA Val.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

71.—BELONID A.

BELONE LONGIROSTRIS (Mitch.) Gill—Silver-gar; bill-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

72.—SCOMBERESOCID 44.

ExocG@rus EXILIENS Gmel.—Flying-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

EXOCGTUS NOVEBORACENSIS Mitch.
Cape Cod to Florida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 809

EXOCAITUS MELANURUS Val.
Cape Cod to Florida.

HALOCYPSELUS EVOLANS (Linn.) Gill.
Cape Cod to Florida.

CYPSELURUS COMATUS (Mitch.) Weinland. (d.s., d.@
Cape Cod to Florida.

CYPSELURUS FURCATUS (Mitch.) Weinland. (d.s., d. @ g.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

EULEPTORHAMPHUS LONGIROS®RIS (Cuy. and Val.) Gill.
Oape Cod to Florida.

HEMIRHAMPHUS UNIFASCIATUS Ranzani.
Cape Cod to Florida.

SCOMBERESOX SCUTELLATUS Lesueur.—Skipper; saury: skip jack.
Nova Scotia to Florida.

g.)
C=)

75.—CYPRINODONTID 2

CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS Lace.
Cape Cod to Florida.

CYPRINODON PARVUS Baird and Girard (d. @ g.)
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

MICRISTIUS ZONATUS (Mitch.) Gill.
Cape Cod to Florida.

MICRISTIUS CINGULATUS (Cuv. and Val.) Gill (d. s.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

MICRISTIUS CHRYSOTUS (Gthr.) Gill (d. s.)
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

FUNDULUS HETEROCLITUS (Linn.) Gill.
Cape Cod to Florida.

FUNDULUS PISCULEN?TUS (Mitch.) Val.—Killi-fish ; mummichog.
Maine to Florida.

FUNDULUS MULTIFASCIATUS (Lesueur) Val.
Cape Cod to Florida.

FUNDULUS NIGROFASCIATUS (Lesueur) Val.
Cape Cod to Florida.

HYDRARGYRA MAJALIS (Walb.) Val.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

HYDRARGYRA SWAMPINA Lae. (d. s.)
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

74. _STOMIATID A.
' MALACOSTEUS NIGER Ayres.
Pelagic.

STOMIAS FEROX Reinhardt.
Greenland.

810 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
79.—SCOPELID.

SCOPELUS GLACIALIS Reinhardt.
Greenland.

MAUROLICUS BOREALIS (Niisson) Gthr (d. s.)
Massachusetts.

76.—SYNODONTID ZU.

TRACHINOCEPHALUS MYOPS (BI. Sch.) Gill.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.

SYNODUS FdaTENS (Linn.) Gill.
Cape Cod to Florida.

77.—MICROSTOMID AS,

MALLOTUS VILLOSUS (Miiller) Cuv.—Capelin.
Polar regions to Nova Scotia.

OSMERUS MORDAX (Mitch.) Gill.—Smelt.
Nova Scotia to Cape Hatteras.

MICROSTOMA GRGINLANDICA Reinhardt.
Greenland.

78.—_SALMONID 48.

SALMO SALAR (Linn.) Giinther—Salmon; mishquammauquock (Nar.
ragansett Indians).
Polar regions to Cape Cod.
SALMO IMMACULATUS H. R. Storer. (d. 8s.) . Sea-trout.
Labrador to Nova Scotia.

79.—PARALEPIDIDA®.

PARALEPIS BOREALIS Reinhardt.
Greenland.

80.—ALBULID 4.

ALBULA CONORHYNCHUS Bloch and Schneider.—Lady-fish.

Cape Cod to Florida.

81—ELOPID,

Evops saurus Linn.—Big-eyed herring; matajuelo blanco and real
(Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.
MEGALOPS THRISSOIDES (BI. Sch.) Giinther.—Jew-fish; tarpum (Berm.)
Cape Cod to Florida.

82.—D USSU MIERID A.

ETRUMEUS TERES (DeKay) Brevoort.—Round herring.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

ne

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 811

33.—CLUPEIDAS.

BREVOORTIA MENHADEN (Mitch.) Gill—Menhaden (Vineyard Sound ;)
munnawhatteaug (Narragansett Indians); pogy, poghaden (east coast
of New England); moss-bunker (New York); panhaden, panhagen (New
England); hard-head, bony-fish (Massachusetts Bay); skippaug or
bunker (east end of Long Island); bony-fish (Saybrook); white-fish
(Saybrook to Milford, Connecticut); fat-back and yellow-tail (coast of

Jorth Carolina); bug-fish (Carolina).
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
ALOSA SAPIDISSIMA (Wilson) Storer.—Shad.
Newfoundland to Florida.

OPISTHONEMA THRISSA Gill.—Thread-herring; menhaden (Portland);

shad-herring (New York).
Newfoundland to Florida.

POMOLOBUS PSEUDOHARENGUS (Wilson) Gill. — Herring (Southern
States); alewife (New England); gasperean (british provinces); spring-
herring (New England); aumsuog (Narragansett Indians) ; kyack, blue-
back, alewife, sawbelly, cat-thresher (Portland, Me.)

Newfoundland to Florida.

POMOLOBUS MEDIOCRIS (Mitch.) Gill.—Tailor herring (Potomac) ; fall-

shad.
Newfoundland to Florida.
CLUPEA HARENGUS Linn.—English herring.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.
84.—DOROSOMID i.
DorosoMA CEPEDIANUM (Lac.) Gill.—Toothed herring.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
85.—ENGRAULID.
ENGRAULIS VITTATUS (Mitch.) Bd. and Girard.—Anchovy.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.
ENGRAULIS Brown (Gmelin) Val.—Anchovy.
Cape Cod to Florida (New York, Val).
86.—SILU RIDA.
ABLURICHTHYS MARINUS ( Mitch.) Baird and Girard.—Fork-tailed cat-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.
ARIOPSIS MILBERTI (Val.) Gill.—Sea cat-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.
87.—CONGRID_%.
CONGER OCEANICA (Miteh.) Gill.—Conger-eel.
Newioundland to West Indies.
88.—ANGUILLID 5.

ANGUILLA BOSTONIENSIS (Les.) DeKay.—Common eel.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

812 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
89.—_SACCOPHARYNGID AS.

SACCOPHARYNX FLAGELLUM Mitch.—Gulper.
Pelagic, in deep seas, (lat. 52° N., loug. 30° W.—Mitchill.)

y0.—ACIPENSERID A.

ACIPENSER OXYRHYNCHUS Mitch. (d. s.)—Sharp-nosed sturgeon.
Cape Cod to Florida.

ACIPENSER BREVIROSTRIS Lesueur.—Short-nosed sturgeon.
Cape Cod to Florida.

91.—CEPHALOPTERID A.

CERATOPTERA VAMPIRUS (Mitch.) Gill—Devil-fish ; manta (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

92.—MYLIOBATIDZE.

AETOBATIS NARINARI Miill. and Henle.—Bishop-ray ; obispo (Cuba).
Norfolk, Virginia, to Florida.

RHINOPTERA QUADRILOBA (Les.) Cuv.—Cow-nosed ray.
Cape Cod to Florida.

MYLIOBATIS FREMENVILLEI (Les.) Storer.—Sharp-nosed ray.
Cape Cod to Florida.

93.—TRYGONID.

PTEROPLATEA MACLURA Mill. and Henle.—Butterfly-ray.
Cape Cod to Florida.

TRYGON CENTRURA (Mitch.) Gill—Sting-ray; whip-ray; stingaree.
Cape Cod to Florida.

94.—TORPEDINID As.

TORPEDO OCCIDENTALIS Storer.—Torpedo; cramp-fish ; numb-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

95.—RAIAIDZE.

RAIA EGLANTERIA Lac. Lesueur.—Clear-nosed ray.
Nova Scotia to Florida.

RAIA ERINACEUS Mitch. (d. s.)—Summer-skate.
Cape Cod to Florida.

RAIA LAeVIS Mitch.—Sharp-nosed skate; winter-skate.
Nova Scotia to Florida.

96.—PRISTID A.

PRISTIS ANTIQUORUM (Linn.) Lath. (d. @ s.)\—Saw-fish.
Cape Cod to Florida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. $13

97.—_SQUATINID 48.

SQUATINA DUMERILI Lesueur. (d. s.)—Angel-fish; shark-ray ; monk,
or monkey fish, kingston, shark-ray, Fiddle-fish (Hurope) ; little bull-
head shark (New York).

Cape Cod to Florida.
98.—CETORHINID Ab.

Basking-shark ; sun-fish ;

CETORHINUS MAXIMUS Blainv. (d. @s.)
sail-fish; hoe-mother (Great Britain).
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.
99.—LAMNID Ai.

ISUROPSIS DEKAYI Gill. (d. s.)—Mackerel-shark ; dentuda (Cuba).
Newfoundland to Florida.
CARCHARODON ATWOOD! (Storer) Gill. (d.s.)\—Atwood’s shark ; man-
eater (Maine).
Newfoundland to Florida.

100.—ODONTASPIDIDK.
EUGOMPHODUS LITTORALIS Gill.—Sand-shark ; shovel-nose (Maine).
Maine to Cape Hatteras.
101.—A LOPECITD 8.

ALOPIAS VULPES (Linn.) Bon.—Fox-shark; thresher; swingle-tail; sea-
fox; sea ape; pez zorro (Cuba); pesce pavone (Naples).
Cape Cod to Florida.
102.—_ SPH YRNID 2.

SPHYRNA ZYG2=NA (Linn.) Miill. and Henle-—Hammer-head shark ; cor-
nuda (Cuba); magnosa (Naples).
Cape Cod to Florida.
RENICEPS TIBURO (Linn.) Gill.—Shovel-head shark.
Cape Cod to Florida.

103.—GALEORHINID 28.

EULAMIA MILBERTU (Miill. and Henle) Gill.—Blue shark.
Cape Cod to Florida.

EULAMIA OBSCURUS (Lesueur) Gill.—Dusky shark.
Cape Cod to Florida.

APRIONODON PUNCTATUS (Mitch.) Gill.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

SCOLIODON TERR A-NOV4 (Rich.) Gill.
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.

GALEOCERDO TIGRINUS Miill. and Henle.—Tiger-shark; alecrin (Cuba).
Cape Cod to Florida.

MUS?TELUS CANIS (Mich.) DeKay. (d. s.)—Smooth hound (Great Brit-

ain); smooth dog-fish; blue-dog (Massachusetts) ; boca dulce (Cuba).

Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

814 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.
104.—SPINACID Al.

SQUALUS AMERICANUS (Storer) Gill. (d. s.)—Picked dog-fish, dog-fish;
bone-dog; skittle-dog; hoe (Great Britian).
Newfoundland to Cape Hatteras.
CENTROSCYLLIUM FABRICH (Reinh.) Miill. and Henle.
Greenland.

105.—SCY MNID Ai.

SOMNIOSUS MICROCEPHALUS (Bloch) Gill. (d. @ s.)—Sleeper-shark ;
nurse (Portland).
Polar regions to Cape Cod.

106.—PETROMYZONTID Zi.

PETROMYZON AMERICANUS Lesueur. (d. s.)—Lamprey; lamper-eel.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

AMMOCOETES NIGRICANS (Lesueur) Gill. (d. s.)—Black lamprey.
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

AMMOCOETES APPENDIX (DeKay) Gill. _(d. s.)
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

AMMOCG@TES BICOLOR Lesueur. (d. s.)
Cape Cod to Cape Hatteras.

107.—MYXINID_E.
MYXINE GLUTINOSA Linn. (d. @ s.)—Hag-fish ; sucker; slime-fish.
Polar regions to Cape Cod.
108.—_ BRANCHIOSTOMID 48.

BRANCHIOSTOMA CARIBAUM Sundevall. (d. s.)—Lancelet.
Cape Hatteras to Florida.
107.—M Y XINIDA.
MYXINE GLUTINOSA Linn. (d. @ s.)—Hag-fish ; sucker; slime-fish.
Greenland. | :
MYXINE LIMOSA Girard. (d. s.)—Sucker.
Nova Seotia to Massachusetts.
108.—_BRANCHIOSTOMID AS.

BRANCHIOSTOMA CARIBAUM Sundevall. (d. s.)—Lancelet.
Cape Hatteras to llorida.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 815

3.—BIBLIOGRAPHY OF EAST COAST FISHES.

The following list embraces almost all the articles purporting to enumerate all the
salt-water fishes found at or recorded as inhabiting a given locality, from Greenland
to Florida, or (e. g. Holbrook’s and Putnam’s articles, ) commenced with such inten-
tion ; in addition, the titles of M. Felipe Poey’s catalogues are given, as they are in-
dispensable to the American ichthyologist. These articles have been arranged under
the names of their authors in alphabetical order. They represent the following geo-
graphical areas, commencing with (1) the general works, and then (2) the northern
areas.

GENERAL. Gill, Storer (D. H.).—DeKay’s “Zoology of New York” may be added as
it contains brief notices of the “extra-limital species.”

NORTHERN America. Richardson.

GREENLAND. Fabricius, Reinhardt.

GUL¥ OF ST. LAWRENCE AND Bay OF Funpy. Fortin, Gill.

Lasrapor. Storer (H. RB.)

Nova Scotia. Knight, Perley, Storer (H. R.)

Maine. Holmes.

MASSACHUSET®S. Lyman, Putnam, Smith, Storer (D. H.)

CONNECTICUT. Linsley.

New Yors. Ayres, DeKay, Mitchill.

New Jersey. Abbott, Baird.

SoutH Carouima. Holbrook, Storer.

GEORGIA. Holbrook.

In addition to these, the reports and journals of arctic travelers, and histories and
geographies of countries and states may be referred to; but as the lists contained in
Such works are generally compilations by unscientific persons, they require to be con-
sulted with great caution. Specia! mention need only be made of Bonnycastle’s “ New-
foundland in 1842,” Belknap’s “ History of New Hampshire” (1795), Mather’s “Geography
of the State of New York” (1847), andRussell’s “* Harper’s New-York State Class-Book”
(1847). ;

ABBOTT (Charles Conrad). Catalogue of Vertebrate Animals of New Jersey. . .
<Geology of New Jersey. By authority of the legislature. George H. Cook, State
Geologist, . . . 1868—Appendix E, or pp. 751-830. (‘‘ Frsuus,” pp. 806-830.)

287 species, of which 194 are marine and 43 fresh-water, are recorded; but many
of the names are synonyms, and the list bears evidence of being a compilation, and
must be consulted with caution.

AYRES (WilliamO... ). Enumeration of the Fishes from Brookhaven, Long
Island, with Remarks upon the Species observed. . . . <Boston Journal of Natural
History, . . . vol. IV, 1844, pp. 255-264 (September, 1842); 265-292 (April, 1843).

61 species are enumerated, including 9 fresh-water specics, and ebservations on the
characters and habits of most are recorded
4 species are enumerated as new (Cotius variabilis [Cottus octodecim-spinosus? ].

Gasterosteus millepunctatus | Apeltes quadracus? |, Fundulus fuscus [= Melanura], and Car-

charias griseus [= Eugomphodus littoralis] ), the last three of which were described in a

sueceeding article (Description of four species [including Leuciscus nasutus] of Fish from

Brookhaven, L. I, all of which are believed to be new), <op. cit., iv, pp. 293-303,

plete:

816 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton). Report on the Fishes observed ou the Coasts of New
Jersey and Long Island during the Summer of 1854, by Spencer F. Baird, Assistant
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. <(Ninth Annual Report of the Smithso-
nian Institution [for 1854], 1855, pp. 317-352 +*357.

Reprinted as a pamphlet, with an index, and the following title:

Report to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, on the Fishes of the New
Jersey Coast, as observed in the Summer of 1854, by Spencer F. Baird, Assistant
Secretary Smithsonian Institution. From the Ninth Annual Report of the Smith-
sonian Institution for 1854. Washington: Beverley Tucker, Senate Printer,
June, 1855. [8vo, 40 pp.]

67 species, of which 57 are marine, or brackish-water, and 10 fresh-water, were ob-
served, and valuable notes on habits and color in a fresh state were recorded.
DEKAY (James E.... ). Letter from J. E. DeKay, of the Zoological Depart-

ment, May 7, 1839. <State of New York, . . . . Communication from the Gov-

ernor, transmitting Several Reports relative to the Geological Survey of the State.

1840, pp. 7-14.

A mere list of species, of no value.

Report of J. E. DeKay, of the Zoological Department [on the Fauna of New
York. December 20, 1859]. <Ib. pp. 15-36.

A list like the preceding.

Zoology of New-York, or the New-York Fauna; comprising detailed descriptions
of all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New-York, with brief no-
tices of those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied by appropriate
illustrations By James E. DeKay. Part IV. Fishes.—Albany: printed by W. &
A. White & J. Visscher. 1842. [4to, xiv [1, errata], 415 pp.; atlas, 1 p. 1.,79 p. 1.J

Descriptions (and, in most cases, figures) of 335 nominal species are given, exclusive
of the “extra-limital species” especially so designated, but including some that are
really such. Of these 335 nominal species, 265 (including Labraces, Gasterosteide,

Anguillide) are salt- or brackish-water, aud 70 fresh-water.

FABRICIUS (Otto). Favna Greniandica, systematice sistens animalia Grenlandiz
occidentalis hactenvs indagata, quoad nomen specificvm, triviale, vernacvlvmqve ;
synonyma ayetorvm plvrivm, descriptionem, locevm, victvm, generationem, mores,
vsvm, captvramqve singvli, provt detegendi occasio fvit, maximaqve parte
secvndym proprias observationes Othonis Fabricii ministri evangelii, qvondam
Greenlandis ad coloniam Friderichshaab, . . . Hafnie et Lipsiz, impensis Ioannis
Gottlob Rothe, . . . MDCCLXXX. [8vo.]

Contains descriptions and notices of 44 species.

FORTIN (Pierre). List of the Cetacea, Fishes, Crustacea, and Mollusca, which now
inhabit and have inhabited the Canadian shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and
are the object of fishing operations, whether on a large or small scale, and which
are used as bait, &e., &e. <Annual Reports of Pierre Fortin, Esq., magistrate in
command of the expedition for the protection of the fisheries in the Gulf of St. Law-
rence, during the seasons of 1861 and 1862. (Quebec, 1863), pp. 109-124.

Continuation of the List of Fish [of] the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. <Annual
Reports of Pierre Fortin, Esq., [commanding] the expedition for the protection of
the fisheries in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, during the season of 1863, (pp. 60-72),
1864, (pp. 61-69), 1865, (pp.69-79). (Quebec, 1864-1866. )

The title of each report is slightly varied.

GILL (Theodore Nicholas). Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of
North America, from Greenland to Georgia. ... January, 1861. [8vo, 63 pp.]
Issued as an appendix to the “ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 1861.”

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. - 817

A list of 394 nominal species, with references, to facilitate identification, to Storer’s
Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, and, for species not mentioned therein, to
other authorities.

Synopsis of the Fishes of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Bay of Fundy.
<The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist : a bi-monthly journal of natural science,
conducted by a committee of the Natural History Society of Montreal. New series,
vol. II, pp. 244-266; August, 1865.

A list of 95 species, of which 81 are marine and brackish, and 14 fresh-water. Dichot-
omous synoptical tables are given of the orders, suborders, and families, and brief diag-
noses of the genera and (where more than one in the genus) of the species.

HOLBROOK (John Edwards). Southern Ichthyology; or, A Description of the
Fishes Inhabiting the waters of South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida. By John
Edwards Holbrook, M. D., Professor of Anatomy in the Medical College of the
State of South Carolina; [ete.] Llustrated with colored engravings, done from
life, by J. H. Richard. New York and London: Wiley & Putnam. i847. No. II.
[4to, pp. 1-32, pl. 1-4.]

No others published.

[Catalogue of the Fish of the State of Georgia.] <Statistics of the State of
Georgia: . . . By George White.—Savannah: W. Thorne Williams. 1849. (Cata-
logue of the Fauna and Flora of the State of Georgia. Prepared for this work by emi-
nent naturalists. pp. 16-20.)

A list, without notes or remarks, of 140 species, 117 of which are salt- or brackish-
water, and 23 fresh-water (excluding the eel).

Ichthyology of South Carolina. By John Edwards Holbrook, M. D., Professor
of Anatomy in the Medical College of the State of South Carolina; [etc.] Charles-
ton, 8. C.: published by John Russell. 1855. [4to, title, pp. 1-182, pl. 1-27.]
*Issued in numbers, and terminating in the middle of the description of ‘ Saurus
fatens.” Descriptions of 52 species and illustrations of 54 are given.

Ichthyology of South Carolina. By John Edwards Holbrook, M. D.,[etc.] Vol. I.
Charleston, 8. C.: published by Russell & Jones. 1860. [4to, title, 4 p.1. (preface),
205 pp., 28 pl.]

This edition was also issued in numbers (10), and was printed by Welch, Bigelow
& Co., Cambridge. The descriptions and sequence, with some slight modifications,
are the same as in the previous editions, but the plates are new. 56 species are de-
scribed and illustrated, of which 48 are marine and 8 fresh-water.

A collation of both editions of Holbrook’s work is given in a ‘‘ Review of Holbrook’s
Ichthyology of South Carolina,” [by Theodore Gill,] in the American Journal of Sci-
ence and Arts (Silliman’s), 2d series, vol. XXXVII, pp. 89-94, January, 1864.

HOLMES (Ezekiel). Dr. Holmes’ Report on the Fishes of Maine, including some
of the Elementary Principles of Ichthyology. (<(Part I. Reports upon the Zoology
and Botany of the State of Maine.) <(Second Annual Report upon the Natural
History and Geology of the State of Maine. 1862. pp. 11-117.

The ‘Second Annual Report upon the Natural History and Geology of the State of
Maine. 1862,” although paged separately (pp. 1-447), had only this—a bastard-title,
and formed an appendix to (although not so specified), and was bound with the
“Seventh Annual Report of the Secretary of the Maine Board of Agriculture. 1862.
Augusta: Stevens & Sayward, Printers to the State. 1862.”

The list of fishes embraces 76 species, and was principally based on a manuscript ;
of this number, 57 were marine and brackish-water, and 19 fresh-water.

KNIGHT (Thomas F ... ). [1] Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Nova
Scotia. By Thomas F. Knight, . .. 2 mari merces. Published by direction of
the Provincial Government.—Halifax, N.S. Printed by A. Grant, Printer to the
Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty. 1866. [8vo, 54 pp.]

S .Mis. 61—52 a

818 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

51 nominal species of fishes are enumerated and (in most cases described) observa-
tions on habits, &c., recorded ; 44 of the species are salt- or brackish-water forms, and
7 fresh-water.

[2] Shore and Deep Sea Fisheries of Nova Scotia. By Thomas F. Knight, ...
E mari merces. Published by direction of the Provincial Government. —Halifax,
N. 8S. Printed by A. Grant, Printer to the Queen’s Most Excellent Majesty 1867.

[8vo, vi (11.), 113 pp.]

With pinkish paper-covers, respectively entitled, at middle half (1,2), Pamphlets on
the Fishes and Fisheries of Nova Scotia. (1)—No. I. Fishes of Nova Scotia, and (2)—
No. II. Shore and Deep Sea Fisheries.

As indicated by the title, this report is chiefly devoted to the fisheries from an eco-
nomical and political point of view.

LINSLEY (James Harvey). Catalogue of the Fishes of Connecticut, arranged’
according to their natural families; prepared for the Yale Natural History So-
ciety, . . . <The American Journal of Science and Arts. Conducted by B. Sil-
liman. (New Haven), xlvii, 1844, pp. 55-80.

A list of 173 nominal species, of which 148 are salt- or brackish-water, and 25 fresh-
water.

LYMAN (Theodore). Fishes taken in the Waquoit Wier, April 18 to June 18, 1871
Sixth Annual Report of the Commissioners on Inland Fisheries for the year ending
January 1, 1872. Boston: Wright & Potter, State Printers, . .. 1872.

“Most of the nomenclature is by Dr. Franz Steindachner; and some notes by Profes-
sor Agassiz are added, marked Ag.”

The list enumerates 44 species, and is enriched with observations on the economical
relations and habits of some of the species.

MITCHILL (Samuel Latham). Report, in part, of Samuel L. Mitchill, M. D., Pro-
fessor of Natural History, &c., on the Fishes of New-York.
I. Apodal.—LKel--silver-fish. ; ‘
If. Jugular.—Cod—blenny—stomodon.
Il. Thoracic.—Flounder—sea-basse—mackerel—gurnara—dolphin.
IV. Abdominal.—Salmon—pike—elops—silver-side—mullet—flyin g-fish—polyne-
, mus—herring—carp—perch—black-fish—bergal—striped basse—weak-fish.
V. Chondropterygious.—Sturgeon—shark—ray—lamprey.

VI. Branchiostegious.—Toad-fish—sun-fish—sea-horse—fishing-frog.

* * Those marked thus * have been described from fresh specimens ; with this note
{= are supposed to be species unknown to the systems, or not plainly enough
described; and by this sign § may be used for human food.

The new genera are four, Stomodon [—= Merlucius Raf.], Morone, Tautoga, and Roccus.

A very considerable number of fishes, well known to the author of these beginnings
of an attempt, are not even named in the present list, because they have not
come to hand during the few weeks that have elapsed since its commencement,
Such are the pond-fish, king-fish, sheeps-head, and a multitude more.

New York: printed by D. Carlisle, No. 301 Broadway, January 1, 1814. [12mo, 28
pp., including title. ]

To avoid all doubt, it may be specifically stated that the title above given is an exact
transcript (kindly furnished by Mr. Brevoort) of the title-page of the work.

The Fishes of New York, described and arranged. . . . <(Transactions of the
Literary and Philosophical Society of New-York: . .. , vol. 1, 1815, pp. 355-492,

pl. 1-6.
Tn the introductory remarks, 147 species (and, in addition, 19 varieties) are sammed
up. These are arranged according to Shaw’s modification of the Linnzan system, and
the generic diagnoses are mostly copied (sometimes with slight verbal modifications)

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 819

from Shaw’s work. 60 of the species are illustrated (mostly from drawings by Dr.
Akerly, a brother-in-law of Dr. Mitchill) on 6 steel-plates.

The preceding work appears to have been translated into French by F. J. Meisser,
a physician of Brussels, it being apparently the work referred to under the title: “* Mé-
moire sur Vichthyologie de V’Amérique Septentrionale, par Mitchill, traduction de
Vanglais,” in Vandermaelen’s Dictionnaire des hommes des lettres, des savans et des
artistes de la Belgique (1837), p. 29. I have never seen the work.

Memoir on Ichthyology. The Fishes of New York described and arranged. In
a supplement to the Memoir on the same subject, printed in the New-York Lit-
erary and Philosophical Transactions, vol. I, pp. 355-492. By Samuel L. Mitchill.
<The American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review, vol. II (New-York:
1817-1818), pp. 241-248 (February, 1818); 321-328 (March, 1818).

In this supplement 42 nominal species are added, of which 31 are given as marine
and 11 are enumerated as fresh-water; but two of the latter (‘the fresh-water eel,” and
“Jong-jawed fresh-water pike,” or Belone) are really rather salt- or brackish-water
species.

PERLEY (M...H... ). Report upon the Fisheries of the Bay of Fundy.
By M. H. Perley, Esquire, Her Majesty’s Emigration Officer at Saint John, New
Brunswick, . . . Fredericton: J. Simpson, Printer to the Queen’s Most Excellent
Majesty. 1851. [8vo, viii, 176 pp.]

Contains a list of 55 nominal species, of which 42 are salt-water and 13 fresh-water.

Descriptive Catalogue [in part] of the Fishes of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia,
by M. H. Perley, Esquire, Her Majesty’s Emigration Ofticer at Saint John, New
Brunswick. [Second edition.] Fredericton: J. Simpson, Printer to the Queen’s
Most Excellent Majesty. 1852. [8vo, cover-title, 50 pp. ]

Contains a list of 62 nominal species, of which 49 are salt-water and 13 fresh-water.

It is a second edition of the catalogue in the preceding work (pp. 118-159).

POEY (Felipe). Conspectus Piscium cubensium. Extrait des Memorias sobre la
Historia natural de la isla de Cuba, tome 2°, dont la pagination a été conservée.
Par Felipe Poey. Habana, 1861: imprenta de la viuda de Bareina y compaiia,
calle de la Reina, num. 6. [8vo, title, pp. 357-404. ]

An extract from the following work :

Memorias sobre la Historia natural de la isla de Cuba, acompafiadas de sumarios

latonis, y estractos en Frances. Por Felipe Poey, catedratico de zoologia y de ana-

tomia conparada de la real universidad de la Habana, y socio pundador de la Soci-
edad Entomologica de Francia. Toma 2°, Habana: imprenta de la viuda de Ba-

reina, calle de la Reina, num. 6, 1856-1853.

Synopsis Piscium cubensium. Catalogo razonado de los peces de la isla de
Cuba, extractado del Repertorio fisico-natural de la isla de Cuba, Director Felipe
Poey, tome 2°, pagina 279 y siguientes [-465]. Por Felipe Poey. Habana, 1868:
imprenta de la viuda de Bareina y comp?, calle de la Reina, No. 6. [&vo, 1 title,
pp. 279-465. ]

Although primarily catalogues of Cuban, and therefore extra-limital, forms, they are
almost indispensable to the investigator of the North American species.

PUTNAM (Frederick Ward). [Fishes of Essex County, Massachusetts.] <Pro-
ceedings of the Essex Institute, vol. I, pp. 144, 148, 201, . . . 1855~6.
Discontinued after the third article ; 22 species (Percide—Scombride) were enumer-
ated.
REINHARDT (Johan). Fortegnelse over Grénlands Pattedyr, Fugle og Fiske, .. .
<Rink (H .. .) Grénland, geographisk og statistik beskrevet, Kjébenhayn,
1857.

820 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Reprinted (from same types) with rest of natural history in the following work:
Naturhistoriske Bidrag til en Beskrivelse af Grénland, af J. Reinhardt, J. C.
Schiddte, O. A. L. Morch, C. F. Liitken, J. Lange, H. Rink .. . Kjébenhavyn.
Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. 1857, (pp. 20-27.)

A nominal list of 69 species, with references to original descriptions, or to the Fauna
Greenlandica of Fabricius, and with the names current among the Esquimaux. Only
four of the species (Salmonid:e) are fresh-water.

The same list (but without the references to authorities) was translated and pub-
lished in Etzel’s (Anton von) Grénland geographisch und statistisch beschrieben. Aus
diinischen Quellenschriften. Stuttgart, J. G. Cotta’scher Verlag. 1860. (pp. 582-584.)

RICHARDSON (John). Fauna Boreali-Americana; or, the Zoology of the North-
ern Parts of British America: containing Descriptions of the Objects of Natural
History Collected on the late Northern Land Expeditions under the command of
Captain Sir John Franklin, R.N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson,

. M.D.,F.R.S.,F.L.8., ... , Surgeon and Naturalist to the Expeditions. Ilus-
trated by numerous plates. Published under the authority of the Right Honourable
the Secretary of State for Colonial Affairs.—London: Richard Bentley, New Bur-
lington street. MDCCCXXXVI. [4to, xv, 327 (+1) pp., 24 pl. (numbered 74-97). ]

SCHG:PFF (Johann David). Beschreibung einiger nord-amerikanischer Fische,
vorziiglich aus den Neu-Yorkischen Gewiissern, . . . <(Schriften der Gesellschaft
naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin. viii, 158-194, 1788.

SMITH (Jerome Van Crowninshield). Natural History of the Fishes of Massa-
chusetts, embracing a practical essay on angling. By Jerome V. C. Smith, M. D.
[Cut.] Boston: Allen and Ticknor. 1833. [12mo, vii, 399 (+1) pp.]

An exceptionally and even Judicrously erroneous and worthless compilation. Its
character was exposed in “ Remarks on the ‘ Natural History of the Fishes of Massa-
chusetts, . . ” Read before the Boston Society of Natural History, March 20, 1839.
By D. Humphreys Storer, M.D. < American Journal of Science and Arts (Silliman’s),
vol. XXXVI, July, 1839, pp. 387-349.” According to Dr. Storer (p. 548), the work of his
compatriot contains ‘notices of 105 species, of which 80 are foreigners, and but 25 are
found in the waters of our State. Of these 105 species, 36 are illustrated by figures ;
of these 36 illustrations, but 9 accompany species which are found on our coast; of
these 9 figures, 6 are copied from ‘ Strack’s Plates,’ and 3 from Mitchill’s ‘ Fishes of New
York ;’ of the 36 illustrations [small wood-eut figures] contained in this ‘ History,’ not
one is drawn from nature.”

_A Catalogue of the Marine Fishes taken on the Atlantic Coast of Massachu-
setts. . . . [Also, “Fishes found in the Rivers, Mountain-Streams and Ponds of
Massachusetts.” ] <Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology of
Massachusetts, . . . By Edward Hitchcock, . . . Boston, 1833, pp. 553-554.

A list of 52 nominal species of marine and 17 of fresh-water fishes.

[Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Massachusetts.] <(Op. cit., 1833, pp. 597-
598.
A list of 102 nominal species, 83 of which (ineluding the Bodiani—Morone) are salt- or
brackish-water, and 19 fresh-water.

A Catalogue of the Marine and Fresh-Water Fishes of Massachusetts, .. .
<Op. cit., second edition. Boston, . .. , 1835, pp. 534-538.

A list of the same character as the preceding, enumerating 106 nominal species (and
2 varieties), of which 89 are salt- or brackish-water, and 17 fresh-water. Reproduced
(pp. 15-18) in the “ Catalogues of the Animals and Plants of Massachusetts.” (Edited
by Edward Hitchcock), Amherst, 1835, reprinted (same type) from the second edition
of the above-cited work.

FISHES OF THE EAST COAST OF NORTH AMERICA. 821

The catalogue is a repetition of the names (without descriptions or remarks) of the
author’s “‘ Natural History of the Fishes of Massachusetts.”

This compilation was also criticised (by Dr. D. H. Storer) in 1837 in “An Exam-
ination of the ‘Catalogue of the Marine and Fresh-water Fishes of Massachusetts,’ by
J. V.C. Smith, M. D.,” contained in Professor Hitchcock’s ‘ Report on the Geology,
Mineralogy, &c., of Massachusetts. By D. Humphreys Storer, M. D.” < Boston Jour-
nal of Natural History, . . . vol. I, pp. 347-365, pl. vili (May, 1836).

STORER (David Humphreys). A Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D.
Humphreys Storer, M. D. <Boston Journal of Natural History, . . ., vol. II, 1839,
pp. 289-558, pl. vi-viii.

Descriptions are given of 107 nominal species, 91 of which are salt- or brackish-
water, and 16 fresh-water; in the conciuding remarks, 9 additional undeterminate
species are indicated as probable inhabitants of the Massachusetts waters.

Supplement to the Ichthyological Report. <Ib., vol. III, 1841, pp. 267-273.

Additional Descriptions of, and Observations on, the Fishes of Massachusetts.
1842. <Ib., IV, 1844, pp. 175-190.

A second supplement to the report.

Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of Massachusetts. By D. Hum-
phreys Storer, M.D. . . . <Reports on the Fishes, Reptiles, and Birds of Massa-
chusetts. Published agreeably to an order of the legislature, by the commissioners
on the zoological and botanical survey of the State. Boston: Dutton & Went-
worth, State Printers. 1839. [8vo, xii [+ 21.], 426 pp., 4 pl.J], pp. 1-253, with
half-title,—Fishes of Massachusetts,—pp. 1-202, pl. 1-3.

The report on the fishes is the same as that published in the “ Boston Journal of
Natural History,” but (1) an entirely different introduction is added, (2) the supple-
meutary observations on “ Carcharias obscurus” (B. J., Il], 558) are omitted, and (3)
supplementary observations are added (pp. 405-409) on several species.

The plates are apparently printed from the same lithographic stones.

A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. . . . <(Memoirs of the American
Academy of Arts and Sciences. New series. Vol. Il. (Cambridge, 1846), pp. 253-

550.
739 nominal species from all North America (including the West Indies) are de-
seribed. The descriptions, however, are mostly inaptly compiled and insufficient.

A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer, M.D.,
A. A. S., ... Cambridge: Metcalf and Company, printers to the university.
1846. [4to, 1 p.1. (title), 298 pp.]

A reprint, with separate pagination, title-page, and index, of the preceeding.

[Catalogue of the Fishes of South Carolina.] <Report on the Geology of
South Carolina. By M. Tuomey, ... Columbia, S.C... . 1848. Appen-
dix.—Catalogue of the Fauna of South Carolina. [Edited by Lewis R. Gibbes.
pp. i-xxiv ]—4. Class. Fishes. [By D. H. Storer, pp. x—xiii.]

A nominal list of 140 species (23 of which are fresh-water species), representing 90
genera, is given; it is little trustworthy.

A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By David Humphreys Storer. <Me-

moirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences (Boston), new series, viz :—

(1,) V, pp. 49-92, pl. 1-8, 1853;

(2,) V, pp. 122-168, pl. 9-16, 1853 ;

(3,) pp. 257-296, pl. 17-23, 1855;

(4,) VI, pp. 209-372, pl. 24-29, 1858;

(5,) VILL, pp. 389-434, pl. 30-35, 1863 ;

(6,) IX, pp. , pl. 36-39, 1867.

822 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

134 species are described and (except one—the Pholis subbifurcatus—=Eumesogrammus
subbifurcatus) illustrated, and, in an appendix, a nominal list (by Mr. Frederick Put-
nam, of Salem) of 21 additional species is published. Of the 134 species, 116 are salt- or
brackish-water, and 18 fresh-water.

A aoa of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By David Humphreys Storer, M. D.,
A ARIS2 1. ~(Reprinted from the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and
Sbioncns! ee Gres and Boston: Welch & Bigelow and Dakin & Metealf. 1867.
[4to, 2 p. 1, 2387 pp., 39 pl.—pl. 39 folded. ]

As indicated on the title-page, a reprint of the preceding, or rather a collection of
extras of the several parts of that work separately and consecutively paged, and with
independent title-page and index.

STORER (Horatio Robinson). Observations on the Fishes of Nova Scotia and
Labrador, with Descriptions of New Species. . . . (1850). <Boston Journal of
Natural History, VI, 1857, pp. 247-270, pl. 7-8.

A list of 29 species.
Il.

The following titles of articles by the anthor are appended for the purpose of afford-
ing ready reference to papers wherein are given the reasons for many of the changes
in the nomenclature of the species enumerated in the catalogue. The articles are desig-
nated in the sequence adopted in the classification used in the catalogue. ‘The argu-
ments for the adoption of the names used for the species of several families, in most
cases, are given in the articles on those families cited.

GILL (Theedere Nicholas). Synopsis of the Pleuronectoids of the Eastern Coast
of North America. . . . <(Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 1864, pp. 214-224.

Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes. . . . <P. 1863, pp. 242-254.

Synopsis of the Family of the Lycodoide. . . . <P. 1863, pp. 254-262.

On the cranial characteristics of Gadus [Microgadus] proximus, Grd. [type of

the genus Microgadus]. . . . <P. 1805, p. 69.

Synopsis of the Uranoscopoids. . . . <P. 1863, pp. 108-117.

Synopsis of the Cyclopteroids of Eastern North America. . . . <P. 1864,

pp. 189-194.

On the Gobioids of the Eastern Coast of the United States. . . . <P. 1863,

pp. 267-271.

Note on the Species of Sebastes of the Eastern Coast of North America. . . .
<P. 1863, pp. 333-335.

——- Description of a New Species of Cheerojulis eomn North Carolina. . 4 ~
<P. 1863, pp. 205-207.

Synopsis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America. Bie Nor.

<P. 1862, pp. 450-443.

Catalogue of the North American Scisenoid Fishes. . . . <P.1863, pp. 23-32.

—-—- On the Liostomine. . . . <P. 1861, pp. 89-93.

—— On the Haploidonotine. . . . <P. 1861, pp. 100-105.

Revision of the Genera of North American Scienine. . . . <P. 1861, pp.

79-89,

On the Genus Anisotremus, Gill. . . . <P. 1861, pp. 105-108.

Monograph of the Genus Labrax. . . . <P. 1860, pp. 108-119.

Notes on the Nomenclature of Genera and Species of Echencidoide. . . «

<P. 1864, pp. 59-61,

Synopsis of the Eastern American Sharks. . . . <P. 1864, pp. 258-265.

XX.—LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED AT WOOD’S HOLE.
By S. F. Barrp.

All the species of fishes in the following list (121 in number) were
collected by the United States Commission during the season of 1871,
_ with the exception of a few taken there the following year by Vina
N. Edwards, and of Lactophrys trigonus and Hippocampus hudsnius, given
by Dr. Storer as taken at Holme’s Hole, or Vineyard Haven. A com-
plete collection was secured for the National Museum, together with
many duplicates for distribution to college and other museums through-
out the country, and for exchange. Of all taken in 1871, photographs
were made on plates, 11 x 14 inches, representing the fishes either of life
size or as reduced to within the above dimensions, and in their different
ages and varieties, thus showing the rate of growth, and other facts.

At some future time I hope to present detailed biographies and descrip-

tions of all the species, with suitable figures.

MOoLA ROTUNDA (Cuv.)

TETRODON LAVIGATUS L.

CHILICHTHYS TURGIDUS (Mitch.)
Gill.

CHILOMYCTERUS GEOMETRICUS
(L.) Kaup.

LACTOPHRYS TRIGONUS (L.) Poey.

ALUTERA CUSPICAUDA DeKay.

CERATACANTHUS AURANTIACUS
(Miteh.) Gill.

STEPHANOLEPIS SETIFER
nett) Gill.

BALISTES VETULA, Linn.

HIPPOCAMPUS HUDSONIUS DeKay.

SYNGNATHUS PECKIANUS Storer.

LOPHIUS AMERICANUS DeKay.

ACHIRUS LINEATUS (L.) Cuv.

PSEUDOPLEURONECTES AMERI-
CANUS (Walb.) Gill.

MYZOPSETTA FERRUGINEA (Sto-
rer) Gill.

CHANOPSETTA OCELLARIS
Kay) Gill.

(De-

(Ben-

The Sun-Fish.
The Smooth Swell-Fish.
The Rough Swell-Fish.

The Box-Fish.

The Trunk-Fish.
The Brown File-Fish.
The Orange File-Fish.

The Standard File-Fish.

The Trigger-Fish—The olc wife.
The Sea-Horse.

The Pipe-Fish.

The Goose-Fish—-The Monk-Fish.
The Hog-Choker; the Sole.

The Common Flat-Fish.

The Rusty Flat-Iish.

The Common Flounder.

824 - REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

CH ZZNOPSETTA OBLONGA (Mitch.)
Gill.

HIPPOGLOSSUS AMERICANUS Gill.

LOPHOPSETTA MACULATA (Mitch.)
Gill.

AMMODYTES AMERICANUS DeKay.

MERLUCIUS BILINEATUS (Mitch.)
Gill.

POLLACHIUS CARBONARIUS (L.)
Bon.

GADUS MORRHUA (L.)

MicROGADUS TOMCODUS (Walb.)
Gill.

MELANOGRAMMUS #GLEFINUS
(L.) Gill.

PHYCIS cHUSS (Walb.) Gill.

LEPTECHENEIS NAUCRATES (L.)
Gill.

LEPTECHENEIS
(Zuiew.) Gill.

RHOMBOCHIRUS OSTEOCHIR (Cuv.)
Gill.

REMOROPSIS BRACHYPTERA(Lowe)
Gill.

ECHENEIS REMORA L.

BATRACHUS TAU L.

CYCLOPTERUS LUMPUS L.

MURZNOIDES MUCRONATUS
(Mitch.) Gill.

CorrUS OCTODECEM-SPINOSUS
Mitch.

COTTUS MITCHILLI DeKay.

DACTYLOPTERUS VOLITANS (L.)
Cuv. and Val.

PRIONOTUS EVOLANS (Linn.) Gill.

PRIONOTUS CAROLINUS’ (L.) Cuvy.
and Val.

HEMITRIPTERUS ACADIANUS
(Walb.) Storer.

CYNOSCION REGALIS (BI.) Gill.

LIosToMUS OBLIQUUS(Mitch.)Cuv.
and Val.

MENTICIRRUS NEBULOSUS (Mitch.)
Gill.

PIMELEPTERUS BOSCII (Lac.)

STENOTOMUS ARGYROPS (L.) Gill.

NAUCRATEOIDES

The Four-spotted Flounder.

The Halibut.
The Spotted Turbot.

The Sand-EKel—The Sand-Launee.
The Silver Hake—The Whiting.

The Pollock.

The Cod-Fish.
The Tom-Cod.

The Haddock.

The Hake.
The Sucker.

The Sucker.
The Sucker.
The Sucker.
The Sucker.
The Toad-F ish.
The Lump-Fish.
The Rock-EKel.
The Sculpin.

Mitchill’s Seulpin.
The Flying Gurnard.

The Striped Sea-Robin.
The Carolina Sea-Robin.

The Sea-Raven.

The Weak-Fish—The Squeteague.
The Lafayette.

The King-Fish.

Bose’s Pimelepterus.
The Scup—The Porgy.

FISHES COLLECTED AT WOOD’S HOLE.

LOBOTES SURINAMENSIS (B].Schn.)
Cuv.

TAUTOGA ONITIS (L.) Gthr.

TAUTOGOLABRUS ADSPERSUS
(Walb.) Gill.

CENTROPRISTES ATRARIUS (L.)

' ROCCUS LINEATUS (BI.) Gill.

MORONE AMERICANA (Gmel.) Gill.

POMATOMUS SALTATRIX (L.) Gill.

ELACATE CANADUS (L.)

XIPHIAS GLADIUS (L.)

HISTIOPHORUS GLADIUS (Brouss.)
Lac.

TETRAPTURUS ALBIDUS Poéy.

PALINURICHTHYS PERCIFORMIS
(Mitch.) Gill.

PORONOTUS TRIACANTHUS (Peck)
Gill.

SCOMBER SCOMBRUS Linn.

CYBIUM MACULATUM (Mitch.) Gill.

CYBIUM REGALE (Bloch) Cuv. and
Val.

SARDA PELAMYS (L.) Cuv.

ORCYNUS SECUNDI-DORSALIS (Sto-
rer) Gill.

ORCYNUS ALLITERATUS (Raf.) Gill.

VOMER SETIPINNIS (Mitch.) Ayres.

DECAPTERUS PUNCTATUS (Mitch.)

DECAPTERUS MACARELLUS (C.and
ie)

TRACHUROPS CRUMENOPHTHAL-
MUS (BI.) Gill.

PARATRACTUS PISQUETOS (Cuv.
and Val.) Gill.

CARANGUS HIPPOS (Linn.) Gill.

BLEPHARICHTHYS CRINITUS (Ak-
erly) Gill.

TRACHYNOTUS OVATUS (L.) Gthr.

TRACHYNOTUS CAROLINUS (L.)
Gill.

HALATRACTUS ZONATUS. (Mitch.)
Gill.

MUGIL LINEATUS Mitch.

CHIROSTOMA NOTATA (Mitch.) Gill.

APELTES QUADRACUS (Mitch.) Br.

GASTEROSTEUS BIACULEATUS
Shaw.

825
The Flasher.

The Tautog.
The Cunner.

The Sea-Bass.

The Striped Bass—The Rock- Fish.
The White Perch.

The Blue-Fish.

The Cobia.

The Sword-Fish.

The Sail-Fish.

The Bill-Fish—The Spear- Fish.
The Rudder-Fish.

The Butter-Fish.

The Common Mackerel.
The Spanish Mackerel.
The Cero, or King-Fish.

The Bonito.
The Horse-Mackerel.

The Small Tunny.
The Horse-Fish.
The Dotted Sead.
The Mackarel Sead.

The Big-eyed Sead.
The Yellow Crevallé.

The Horse-Crevallé.
The Thread-Fish.

The Round Pompano.

The Common Pompano—The Cre-
vallé.

The Northern Pilot.

~The Mullet.

The Sand-Smelt—The Friar.
The Four-spined Stickle-Back.
The Two-spined Stickle-Back.

826 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

PYGOSTEUS DEKAYI (Ag.) Brev. DeKay’s Stickle-Back.
BELONE LONGIROSTRIS (Mitch.) The Silver Gar—The Bill-Fish.
Gill.
SCOMBERESOX SCUTELLATUS Les. The Skipper.
CYPRINODON VARIEGATUS Lae. The Mummnichog.
FUNDULUS PISCULENTUS (Mitch.) The Mummichog.
Cuy. and Val.
FUNDULUS MULTIFASCIATUS(Les.) The Mumimichog.
Val.
HYDRARGYRA MAJALIS (Walb.) The Mummichog.
Val.

SALMO SALAR lL. The Salmon.

OSMERUS MORDAX (Mitch.) Gill. The Smelt.

HXOCZTUS MELANURUS Val. The Flying: Fish.

ENGRAULIS VITTATA (Mitch.) B. & The Anchovy.
G.

BREVOORTIA MENHADEN (Mitch.) The Menhaden.
Gill.

ALOSA SAPIDISSIMA (Wilson) The Shad.
Storer.

POMOLOBUS PSEUDO-HARENGUS The Alewife.

(Wilson) Gill.
POMOLOBUS MEDIOCRIS (Mitch.) The Fall-Shad—The Tailor-Shad.

Gill.
CLUPEA ELONGATA Les. The Sea-Herring.
CONORHYNCHUS MACROCEPHALUS The Lady-Fish.

(Lac.) Gill.
ELOPS SAURUS L. The Big-eyed Herring.
CONGER OCEANICA (Mitch.) Gill. The Conger-Kel.
ANGUILLA BOSTONIENSIS (Les.) The Eel.

DeKay.
ZNLURICHTHYS MARINUS (Mitch.) The Sea Cat-Fish.

Baird and Girard.
ACIPENSER OXYRHYNCHUS Mitch. The Sharp-nosed Sturgeon.
ACIPENSER BREVIROSTRIS Les. The Blunt-nosed Sturgeon.
RHINOPTERA QUADRILOBA (Les.) The Cow-nosed Ray.

Cuvy.
MYLIOBATIS FREMENVILLEI Les. The Sharp-headed Ray.
PTEROPLATEA MACLURA (Miill. The Butterfly-Ray.

and Henle).
TORPEDO OCCIDENTALIS Storer. The Torpedo—The Cramp-Fish.
TRYGON CENTRURA (Mitch.) Gill. The Sting-Ray.

RAIA ERINACEA Mitch. The Prickly Skate.
RAIA LAVIS Mitch. The Barn-door Skate.
RAIA DIAPHANA Mitch. The Summer-Skate.

I SUROPSIS DEKAYI Gill. The Mackerel-Shark.

FISHES COLLECTED AT WOOD’S HOLE.

CARCHARODON ATWOODI (Storer)
Gill.

EUGOMPHODUS LITTORALIS Gill.

ALOPIAS VULPES (L.) Bon.

SPHYRNA ZYGAiNA (L.) Miill. and
Henle.

EULAMIA MILBERTI
Henle) Gill.

EULAMIA OBSCURA (Les.) Gill.

GALEOCERDO TIGRINUS Miill. and
Henle.

MUSTELUS CANIS (Mitch.) DeKay.

SQUALUS AMERICANUS (Storer)
Gill. .

SQUATINA DUMERILI.

PETROMYZON AMERICANUS Les.

(Miill. and

827

The Man-Eater.

The Sand-Shark.

The Thrasher-Shark.

The Hammer-head Shark.
The Blue-Shark.

The Dusky Shark.
The Tiger-Shark.

The Smooth Dog-Fish.
The Horned Dog-Fish.

The Angel-Fish.
The Lamprey-Eel.

XXI.—TABLE OF TEMPERATURES OF THE LITTLE HARBOR,
WOOD’S HOLE, MASS., FROM JANUARY, 1873, TO DECEMBER,
1873, (INCLUSIVE, )

FURNISHED BY THE LIGHT-HOUSE BOARD FROM OLGSERVATIONS OF CAPT. B. J. EDWARDS.

The observations were all taken at 9 a. m. at the south end of the Govy-
ernment light-house wharf, the water being there about ten feet deep.
The harbor is of moderate extent and shallow, the greatest depth at low
water being about ten feet. The rise and fall of tide is but slight,
seldom exceeding two feet.

JANUARY, 1873. FEBRUARY, 1873.
eo! =: 2 |
Os ro) =
= | te : =) |) le
£ $ = Remarks. = =] 4 Remarks.
A |n]}A | A |alea
Jan. 30 | 30 | Wind N.N.W., light; floatingice.|| Feh. 1 | 31 | 31 | Wind W.N. W., light; thin ice
2 {| 30 | 30 | Wind N-W., light; floating ice. in harbor,
3 |-31 | 31 | Wind S. W., light; floating ice. | 2 | 30 | 30 | Wind N. W., light; thin ice in
4} 31 | 32} Wind W., light; floating ice. harbor.
5! 21 | 31 | Wind S.S. E., light; floating ice. 3 | 30 | 30 | Wind W. by S., fresh; harbor
6 | 33 | 34 | Wind W.S. W., strong; floating covered with ice.
ice. |} 4 | 30 | 30 | Wind N. W., light; thick fog;
7 | 31 | 3z | Wind N.N.W , light; floating ice. ice in harbor.
8 | 31 | 32 | Wind N.E., light; floating ice. | 5 | 31 | 31 | Wind W.N. W., light; floating
9 | 33 | 34 | Wind W., moderate ; no ice. | z ice in harbor.
10 | 30 | 31 | Wind W., fresh; floating ice. 6 | 31 | 31 | Wind S. W., light; floating ice
11 | 30 | 30 | Wind W.N.W., fresh; ice mak’g. in harbor.
12 | 30 | 30 | WindN. W., strong ; floating ice. 7 | 31 | 32 | WindE.S. E., light; floating ico
13 | 31 | 31 | Wind S.E., light; floating ice. | in harbor.
14 | 31-| 32. | Wind S. W., fresh; floating ice. 8 | 33 | 33 | Wind W. by S., light; no ice in
15 | 31 | 32 | Wind E., fresh; floating ice. harbor,
16 | 33 | 33 | Wind S., fresh , no ice in harbor. 9 | 32 | 32 | Wind N. W., light; no ice in
17 | 38 | 37 | Wind S, strong; noice; raining. harbor.
18 | 35 | 35 | Wind N.E., fresh; noice; rain- 10 | 30 ; 30 | Wind N. W. by N., fresh; ice
ing. making in harbor.
19 | 35 | 35 | Wind W. by S., fresh; no ice; 11 | 30 | 30 | Wind §S., light; harbor full of
clouds. thin ice.
20 | 31 | 32 | Calm; thin ice on the water. 12 | 31 | 32 | Wind N., light; thin ice in har-
21 | 32 | 34 | Calm; thin ice in the harbor. bor.
Q2 | 35 | 35 | Wind W. by S., fresh; no ice in 13 | 30 | 30 | Wind N. E., strong ; snowing.
harbor. | 14 | 30 | 30 | Wind N. E., light; snowing;
23 | 33 | 33 | Wind N. W.., light ; no ice. some ice.
24 | 32 | 33 | Wind N. E., strong; snowing. | 15 | 30 | 30 | Calm; thin ice in the harbor.
25 | 30 | 30 | Wind N.N. W., fresh; ice ma- || 16 | 30 | 31 | Wind §.E., light; thin ice in
* king in harbor. | the harbor,
26 | 30 | 31 | Calm; thin ice on water. 17 | 33 | 32 | Wind N. E.; snowing; been
27 | 30 | 31 | Wind N. E.; snowing; thin ice shining ; thawing.
on water. 18 | 31 | 3L | Wind N., light; some thin ice
28 | 30 | 31 | Wind W.N. W., moderate; float- in harbor.
ing ice. 19 | 33 | 32 | Wind S.S.E., fresh; no ice in
29 | 29 | 29 | Wind N. W., fresh ; ice making. harbor.
30 | 30 | 30 | Calm; harbor covered with ice. 20 | 32 | 32 | Wind W.N. W., fresh; no ice in
31 | 30 | 31 | Wind W.N. W., fresh; harbor harbor,
covered with ice. 21 | 32 | 32 | Wind E.S.E., light; no ice in
harbor.
22 | 30 | 30 | Wind W.N. W., strong; some
thin ice in harbor.
23 | 30 | 30 | Wind W. N: W., strong; ice
making in harbor.
24 | 29 | 29 0.
25 | 29 | 29 | Wind W.N.W., moderate; clear;
ice making.
26 | 30 | 30 | Wind W.N. W., light; floating
ice in harbor.
27 | 31 | 31 | Calm; some thin ice in harbor.
28 | 31 | 31 | Wind N.N. W., light.

TABLE OF TEMPERATURES OF LITTLE HARBOR. 829

MARCH, 1873.

APRIL, 1873.

ca) ae o| 4
Pies ae es aes ine ene
o S 2 ‘ks. = ~ rks.
£ E| 3 emarks. | = E | emarks
A mM | A A D | A!
Mar.1 | 31 | 32 | Wind S. W., light; noice in har- || Apr. 1 | 39 | 39 | Wind W.; clear.
bor. 2) 41 | 42 | Wind S. E. by S., strong gale.
2} 31 | 32 | Wind W., light; noice in harbor. | 3 | 41 | 41 | Wind W. by S., light; fog.
3 | 32 | 32 | Wind N.E.; snowing ; some drift- 4) 42 | 42 | Wind W._N. W., light; clear.
ice. | 5 | 39 | 39 | Wind N. N. W.; clouds.
4 | 30 | 30 | Wind N. N. W.; bottom-frost in 6 | 40 | 40 | Wind E., light; clouds.
the harbor. i 7 | 42 | 42} Wind S. E., light; fog.
5 | 39 | 30 | Wind N.N. W., light; surface- | 8 | 42) 42 | Wind S. W., light; fog.
frost in harbor. 9 | 42 | 42 | Wind E., light; clouds.
6 | 3L | 32 | Calm, and thin ice in harbor. 10 | 44 | 44 | Wind N. W., light.
7 | 31 | 31 | Wind S.W., fresh; harbor full of 11 | 42 | 42 | Clear and calm.
ice. 12 | 43 | 43 | Wind E., strong gale; rain.
8 | 31 | 32 Do. | 13 | 42 | 42 | Wind N. E., fresh; rain.
9 | 31 | 32 | Wind W. byS., fresh; harbor full | 14 | 42 | 42 | Wind W.N. W., brisk; clouds.
of ice. 15 | 42 | 42 | Wind N. by E., light.
10 | 31 | 32 | Wind S.W., fresh; some i¢e in | 16 | 43 | 43 | Wind N. E., brisk.
harbor. 17 | 44 | 44 | Wind E.S. E, light.
11 | 31 | 32 | Wind S.E., brisk. 13 | 44 | 44 | Wind 8.S. W., light; fog.
12 | 32 | 32 | Wind 8.W., strong; no ice. 19 | 43 | 43 | Wind N. W., light; clouds.
13 | 32 | 33 | Wind N.W.., fresh. 20 | 45 | 45 | Wind W.N. W., light; clear.
14 | 34 | 35 | Wird W.; clear. 2t | 44) 44 | Wind W., light; clouds.
15 | 36 | 36 | Wind S.W.; clouds. 22 | 42 | 42 | Wind W.., light; clear.
16 | 35 | 35 | Wind W.,; clouds. 23 | 43 | 43 | Wind N., light; clear.
17 | 34 | 34} Wind N.W.,, fresh. 24 | 45 | 45 | Wind N.N. W., light; clear.
18 | 34 | 34 | Wind W..; clear. 25 | 44 | 44 | Wind W.N. W., moderate.
19 | 37 | 38 | Wind W., moderate. 26 | 44 | 44 | Wind W.N. W., brisk.
20 | 36 | 37 | Wind S.E.; clouds. 27 | 44 | 44 | Wind W. by N., brisk.
21 | 37 | 38 | Wind W.S.W.., strong. 28 | 45.) 45 | Wind W.N. W., light.
22°) 3 36 | Wind W., fresh. 29 | 47 | 47 Do.
23 | 37 | 38 Do. 30 |} 48 | 47 | Calm, with rain.
24 | 36 | 36 | Wind N.W., light.
25 | 36 | 36 |’ Wind E., moderate.
26 | 35 | 35 | Wind E., brisk.
27 | 34 | 34 | Wind W.N.W., brisk; clear.
23 | 36 | 36 | Calm; clear. A
29 | 39 | 40 | Wind S. by E., brisk; clouds.
3 39 | 40 | Wind W.S.W., fresh gale.
31 | 38 | 38 | Wind E.S.E., moderate.
|
MAY, 1873. JUNE, 1873.
(S) Ss ai rs
é Ons ; Fs
3 & = Remarks. 2 eis Remarks.
S 5s | ° = 5 | 2
A a|\s A m |
May 1 | 49 | 48 | Clear; wind W.S. W., light. June 1 | 58 | 57 | Clear; wind W.S. W.., brisk.
2 | 50 | 49 | Rain; wind S.S. W.., light. 2 | 59 | 58] Clear; wind N. E., light.
3 | 46 | 46 | Clouds; wind N. E., brisk. 3 | 58 | 58 | Clouds; wind E. N. E., brisk.
4 | 46 | 46 | Clear; wind N. N. E., brisk. 4 | 56 | 56 | Clouds; wind $.S. W., light.
5 +49 | 48 | Clear; wind S. W.., fresh. 5 | o7 | 57 | Clouds; wind E. N. E., light.
6 | 49 | 48 | Clear; wind N. E,, light. 6 | GL | 60 | Fog; wind S. W., light.
7 | 50 | 49 |} Clear: calm. 7 | 59 | 59 | Clouds; calm.
8 | 51 | 51 | Clear; wind E.S. E., light. 8 | 57 | 58 | Clouds; wind N. E., brisk
9 | 50 | 50 | Rain; wind E.S. E, brisk. 9 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind N.N. E., brisk.
10 | 50 | 49 | Clouds ; wind 8.8. W,, light. 10 | 59 |} 58 | Clear; wind W.S. W., light.
11 | 50 | 49 | Foe; wind E.S. E., moderate. 11 | 6O | 60 | Clouds; wind S. W., brisk.
12 | 48 | 48 | Clouds ; wind W.S. W., light. 12 | 60 | GO | Clear; wind N., light.
13 | 50 | 50 | Clear; wind S. W., brisk. 13 | G1 | 61 | Clear; wind E.S. E., light.
14 | 50 | 50 | Clear; wind W.N. W., light. 14 | 61 | GL | Clouds; wind EB, lieht.
15 | 51 | 50 | Clear; wind W.N. W., brisk. 15 | 59 | 59 | Clouds; wind N. W.. light.
16 | 53 | 52 | Clear; calm. 16 | 64 | 62 | Clear; wind 8. W., light.
17 | 53 | 52 | Clouds; wind N. W.., lizht. 17 | 65 | 64 Do.
18 | 53 | 32 | Clear; wind W.S. W.., light. 18 | 64 | 63 | Clear; wind N. N. W., light.
19 | 52 | 52 | Clear; wind W., light. 19 | 65 | 64 | Foe; wind S. W.., light.
20 | 53 | 52 Do. 20 | 67 | 66 | Clear; wind S. W., light.
21 | 54 | 54 | Clouds; wind S. E., light. 21 | 6S | 64 | Ciear; wind N., lizht.
22 | 56 | 55 | Clouds; wind S. by EH, light. 22 | 65 | 64 | Clear; wind E.S. E., light.
23 | 60 | 56 | Clear and calm, 23 | 65 | 64 | Clear; wind S. W.., light.
24 | 58 | 56 | Fog; wind S. W., light. 24 | 65 | 64 | Clouds; wind E.S. E., light.
25 | 59 | 56 | Clear and calm. 25 | 65 | 65 | Clear; wind S. E., liché.
26 | 59 | 57 Do. 26 | 65 | 64 | Clear; wind S. W., light.
27 | 58 | 57 | Fog; wind S. W.., light. 27 | 66 | 65 | Clear; wind W.S. W., brisk.
28 | 58 | 52 | Fog; wind S. W., brisk. 28 | 67 | 67 | Clouds; wind 8S. W., brisk.
29 | 59 | 58 | Clear; wind W., light. 29 | G8 | 67 | Clear; wind S. W., brisk.
30 | 62 | GO | Clear; wind N., light. 30 | 69 | 69 | Fog; wind 8.8. W., brisk.
3L | 56 | 56 | Clear; wind N. E., brisk.

830

REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

JULY, 1873.

AUGUST, 1873.

S| & S| a
Ss & 1s Remarks. 2 £/3 Remarks.
S 5 So 3 = =
A m | ‘ — nm |
July 1} 70 | 69 | Wind S.S. W.., light. Aug.1 | 73 | 72 | Fog; wind S.E., light.
2} 69 | 68 Do. 2| 75 | 74 | Fog; calm.
a} | al er Do. 3| 7% | 74] Fog; wind S.E., light.
4) 71 | 70} Wind S.S. W., brisk. 4] 75 | 74 | Clear; wind W.N. W., light.
5 | 71 | 70 | WindS. W., brisk. 5 | 73 | 72 | Clear; wind E. N. £., light.
6 | 71 | 69 | Wind S. W., light. 6 | 72 | 71 | Clear; wind S. W., light.
7 | 67 | 67 | Clear; w ind E.N. E., light. 7|73 | 72 | Clear; wind S. W., brisk.
8 | 68 | 67 | Clear; wind S.S. E: light. 8 | 73 | 73 | Clear; wind W.S. W., brisk.
9 | 68 | 68 Clouds; wind N. N. E. light. 9 | 73 | 72 | Clear; wind N., light.
10 | 68 | 68 |} Clear; wind S.S.E., light. 10 | 73 | 72 | Clear; wind N. Ba light.
11 | 70 | 69 Clouds; wind N. W.. light. 11 | 72 71 | Clear; wind E., light.
12 | 68 | 68 | Clear; wind N.N. W., light. 12 | 71 | 70 | Clear; wind E., light.
13 | 69 | 68 | Ciear; wind §. W., light. 13 | 70 | 69 | Clouds; wind E., brisk.
14 | 71 | 70 Do. 14 | 69 | 68 | Rain; wind E., brisk.
15.| 73 | 72 | Clear; wind W.S. W., light. 15 | 69 | 68 | Clouds; wind N., light.
16 | 70 | 69 | Clear; wind N., light. 16 | 71 | 70 | Fog; wind S. W. ‘light.
17 | 69 | G8 Clouds; wind E., light. 17 | 71 | 70 | Clear; wind N., light.
18 | 67 | 66 Clouds ; wind S. E. _ light. 18 | 71 | 70 | Clouds; E.S. E., light.
19 | 66 | 66 Do. 19 | 70 | 70 | ebb; wind S. W. brisk.
20 | 69 | G8 | Clear; wind W.N. W., light. 20 | 72] 72 } ebb; wind N. £., and rain.
21 | 69.) 68 Clouds ; wird N. W., light. 2L } 70 | 70 | Ist qr. ebb; wind B.S. E., light.
22 | 70 | 69 | Clear ; wind Wi, light. 225) 700) Gh eistons ebb: wind E.S8. E., brisk.
Sila laa Do. 23 | 72 | 71 | High water; wind S. W.., tog.
24 | 72) 7) | Clear; wind W. S. W.., brisk. 24 | 68 | 69 | High water; wind N. W.., brisk.
25 | 70 | 70 | Clear; wind E.S. E. light. 25 | 65 | 65 Do.
2h) |) BBP ral Clear; wind S. W.., brisk. 26 | 68 | 68 | High water; wind N. N. E., light.
NO TP 12 Clouds ; wind S. W.., brisk. 27 | 68 | 68 4th- -qr. flood; wind N. N -E., light.
28 | 74 | 73} Fog; wind S. W., light. 28 | 69 | 68 Do.
29 | 74 | 74 Do. 29 | WW | 69 | 4th-qr. flood ; wind S. W., light.
30 | 75 | 74 Do. 30 | 70 | 70 | 4 flood; rain ; wind 8. Ww, light.
31 | 73 | 72'| Clear; wind N. E., light. 31 | 71 | 70 | 4 3 flood ; wind S. Wes light.
SEPTEMBER, 1873. OCTOBER, 1873.
ee : ais
oa | a S ea
£ |€/s Remarks. s |s|/s Remarks.
= 5 S) 3 = 5)
A m | A nm | |
Sept. 1 | 70 | 70 | Fog; calm; low-water. Oct. 1 | 62 | 62 | Clear; wind N.E., light; half
2| 70 | 00 | Clear; wind W.N. W., brisk. tide.
3 | 68 | 68 | Clear; wind W.N. W.., light. 2 | 63 | 63 | Clear; wind S. W.., light.
4| 70 69 |} Rain; windS.S. W., brisk; half 3 | G2 | 62 | Clear; calm.
tide. 4 | 62 | 62 | Clouds; wind §.S. E., brisk.
5 | 70 | 70 | Fog; windS. W.., light. 5 | 64 | 64 | Clouds; wind S. W., brisk.
6 |-69 | 69 | Clear; wind N. W., ‘light. 6 | G4 | 64 | Clear; wind S., brisk; high wa-
7 | 68 | 68 | Clear; wind E., light ; high wa- ter.
ter. 7 | 64 | 64 | Clouds; wind N. W., brisk.
8 | 68 | 68 | Clouds; wind E.S. E., light. 8 | 62 | 62} Clouds; wind N. E., strong gale.
9 | G7 | 67 | Clear; E.N.E. , light. 9 | 58 | 58 Do.
10 | 66 | 66 Clouds ; wind HE. N. &., light. 10 | 57 | 57 | Clonds; wind N.E., brisk; half
11 | 65 | 65 | Clouds ; wind E.N.E., light ; half tide.
tide. 11 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind N. E., brisk.
12 | 66 | 66 | Clear; calm. 12 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind N. i ‘light.
3 | 67 | 68 | Fog; Wind S. W. , light. 13 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind W.S 3’ W.., brisk.
14 | G4 | 64 Rain; wind N. N. IW. , brisk ; low 14 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind Ww. S. W., brisk ;
water. low water.
15 | 62 | 62 | Clear; wind N., brisk. 15 | 57 | 57 | Clear; wind N.N. E., light.
16 | 63 | 62 | Clouds; wind S. W,, brisk. 16 | 56 | 56 | Clear; wind 3.8. W., ‘light.
17 | G3 | 62 | Clear; wind N.N. E., light. 17 | 57 | 57 | Clear; windN.N. E., brisk ; half
18 | 63 | 63 | Clear; wind S.S. E. vlight; half tide.
tide. 18 | 57 | 57 | Clouds; wind N. E., light.
19 | 65 | 65 | Clouds; wind S.S. E., brisk. 19 | 58 | 58 | Clouds; wind E.5. E., ‘light.
20 | G4 | 64 | Rain; wind N.N. W. , brisk. 20 | 59 | 59 | Rain; wind S. E., brisk.
21 | 62 | 62) Clear; wind W.N. W., light ; | 21 | GL | 61 | Clouds; wind 8. S W.; high wa-
high water. ter.
22 | 60 | 60 | Clear; wind S. E., light. 22 | 59 | 59 | Clouds; wind S. E., light.
23 | 62 | 62 | Clouds; wind S. B, light. 23 | 58 | 58 | Clear; wind S. by E., light.
24 | 64 | 64 | Clouds; wind N. N. W. , light. 24 | 58 | 58 | Clouds; win ee W., light.
25 | 63 | 63 Gleam wind N.E., light : half 25 | 58 | 58 “tide wind N. N Ee light; half
tide. tide.
26 | 64 | 64 | Clear; wind S. W., light. 26 | 57 | 57 | Clee ; wind N. w., light.
27 | 64 | 64 Do. F Al ota Raine “wind S.S. Ww. “brisk.
23 | 65 | 65 | Fog; wind S. W., brisk; low 23 | 56 | 55 Clouds ; wind N.E., hght; low
water. Ww ater.
29 | 66 | 66 | Fog; wind S. W., brisk. 29 | 54 | 54 | Clear; wind W. by S., brisk.
30 | 65 | 65 | Rain; wind N. by E., brisk. 30 | 51 | 51 | Clear; wind N. E., light.
31 | 52 | 51 | Rain; wind E. N. E., light.

a

TABLE OF TEMPERATURES OF LITTLE HARBOR. 831

NOVEMBER, 1873.

DECEMBER, 1873.

}
\
|
€§ |s)\s Remarks. ‘fee £\/= Remarks.
s = 5 | i =
A RD 3 | AR mM a
|
| |
Nov. 1 | 52 | 52 | Clear; wind W. N. W., brisk; || Dec. 1 | 34 | 34 Cle wind N. N. W., brisk.
half tide. | 2 | 33 | 33 | Clouds; wind S. E., brisk.
P| P| 2 ones wind W.N. W., brisk. 3 | 34 | 34 Fog; calm ; high tide.
3 | 52} 51 | Clear; wind S. W., brisk. 4 | 40 | 40 | Fog; wind S. S. W.., brisk.
4 | 52 | 51 | Clear; wind W.N. W.., brisk. | UG. | 41 | 41 | Clear; wind W.N. W.., light.
5 | 52) 50} Clear; wind N. W., light; high 6 | 36 | 37 | Clear; wind N. N. W.., light.
eine: ree. | 7 | 36 | 36 | Oe: wind N. N. W., light; half
6 | 51 | 50 Jlear; wind N. E., light. | tide.
7 | SL} 51} Clouds; wind E.N. E., light. | 8 | 35 | 35 | Clear; wind N.N.E., light.
8} 51 | 50 | Rain; wind W.S. W.., light. | 9 | 36 | 36 | Rain; wind S. W., light.
9 | 50 | 50 tlendss aud W.N. W., brisk; | 10 | 37 | 37 Chese: wind W. N.W., brisk; low
half tide. | tide.
10 | 48) 48 | Clouds; wind W.N. W.., brisk. 11 | 36 | 37 | Clouds; calm.
11 |} 45 | 45 | Clear; wind N. W.., brisk. | 12 | 38 | 38 | Rain; calm.
12 | 47 | 47 | Clouds; wind S.S. W.., brisk. 13 | 38 | 38 | Rain; wind E. N.E., licht.
13 | 46 | 46 | Clear; wind W. N. W., brisk; | 14 | 38 | 38 ad wind N.W., light; half
low tide. tide.
14 | 42 | 42 | Clords; wind W.N. Ws brisk. 15 | 36 | 36 | Clouds; wind W.., brisk.
15 | 41 | 40 | Clear; wind W.N. W.., brisk. 16 | 38 | 38 | Clouds; wind §S. W.., light.
16 | 41 | 41 | Clouds; wind E. S. E., brisk; 7 | 37| 38 | Fog; calm. Ks
half tide. 18 | 39 | 39 | Fog; calm; high tide.
17 | 43 | 43 |} Clouds; wind E., light. 19 | 38 | 38 | Clouds; winds E.S. E., light.
18 | 44 | 44 | Rain; wind ¥ E., suroDg gale. | 20 | 39 | 39 pignds ; wane W. AE brisk.
19 | 41 | 41 | Clear; wind N. N. W.., brisk. 21 | 37 | 37 | Clear; wind N. W.., light.
20 | 41 | 41 | Clouds; wind N. N. W., light. 22 | 36 | 36 | Clear; wind N. W., light; half
21 | 40 | 40 | Clear; wind N. W., light; high tide.
tide. 23 | 35 | 35 | Clouds; wind N. E., light.
22 | 40 | 40 | Clear; calm. | 24 | 35 | 35 | Clouds; wind N.N. E., light.
23 | 40 | 40 - 0. SoG tial | 25 | 35 | 35 Clouds wind N. W., light; low
24 | 40 | 40 ain; wind §. E., brisk. | tide.
25 | 42 | 42 | Clouds; calm; half tide | 26 | 37 | 37 | Clouds; wind E., brisk.
26 | 37 | 36 creas wind Nie N. Ws brisk. 27 | 39 | 35 | Clouds; wing N.E., vent -
27 | 34 | 34 | Clouds; wind N. E., light. 28 | 32 | 33 | Snow; wind W.N. W., brisk.
28 | 35 | 35 | Clear; wind N. W., brisk; low | 29 | 32 | 33 Clear; wind W.S. W.., brisk; half
tide. tide.
29 | 35 | 35 | Clear; wind W.N. W., brisk. | 30 | 33 | 34 | Clear; wind W.N. W., brisk.
30 | 35 | 35 Do. | SIM 3to 31 Do.
| it | i
MEAN TEMPERATURES.
For the months. | For the quarters.
Surface. Bottom: | J Feb d Turface. Bottom.
lot Ore ls 32.0 || anuary, February, an
Gin = < MaRCHP Sess checeiaeesia- 32. 0 32. 4
HODERUAL Yao Ss/.5- os orcs 30.7 30.7 ; iS
S | April, May, and June... 52.7 52. 2
BIANCHesee aos Soesece 34. 0 34,4 ?
ee 43.0 43.9 | July, August, and Sep-
Ma 53.0 59 1 || tember...-....-..--- 68. 9 68. 4
ime aa is October, November, and
JiWiNG) e635 Sa B Benoa 62.2 61.7 D b ees ;
cuir 2 TUN ME ML EGE Sy |e me OIBER 52 faa a-- 46. 46.
oat 71.0 70.4 | For the half years.
Crmhemiber..-/.-...---. SG5R4 65.3 || January to June.....-. 42.4 42.3
MIREOUET 0. onc oon ce 58, 4 58.3 | July to December.-.. -- 57.9 57.4
Nowember <<. 5-.15.--- 44,0 43.7 | For twelve months.
Wecember.....-+----- : 36.0 36: 2, || For the:year-+.2 25-322. 49,9 49.7

hi

: ‘ re ,
were nae:

@
Fer

a 2
,
i
|
ae

a ae

“<—
i

ra eh 2 dienes
——- a= i?

XXII.—LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS,

WOOD-CUTS IN THE BODY OF THE REPORT.

Page.
Trap-net as used in Narragansett Bay—J. M. K. Southwick .-.--.- wlalemietslc s aecioteeers 10
Pound-net as used in Narragansett Bay—J. M. K. Southwick .----.--..-2.-.-.---- 10
Gill-néetof Wake Michioan—J. W. Milner - 5... 222... m0 055 cee -- one eee n nee 256
Gill-net for catching salmon on the Saint Lawrence—Dr. Pierre Fortin..........- 257
Trap-net at Pine Point, Rhode Island—J. M. K. Southwick .----..----..-.-...... 260
Heart or pound net as set in Rhode Island—J. M. K. Southwick.---...---.----..-- 261
Pound-net at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts—Captain Isaiah Spindel....-.--.....-. 262
Heart or pound-net at Quisset Harbor, Buzzard’s Bay, Massachusetts—Captain
PLO MERINO COIS es Sars oe wefe cies eaters ieee aise ete he selene aia etcieye als sae seriomreeoata 263
Pound-net at Waukegan, Illinois—J. W. Milner..---- pA cess eb} acer lcm scope ne 264
Wetaneior the same net—J..W. Milner.-2. .-..(.25 22-22 Jccsiig cscs esse cee osee 265
Perspective view of the same net, as set—J. W. Milmer.........-..-...---.------ 266
Pound-net at Waquoit, Massachusetts—Theodore Lyman........--...----..----- 268
Fyke-net of New York and Connecticut—J. C, Brevoort......-...-..-.---.------ 269
Herring-weir on Treat Island, near Eastport, Maine, Bay of Fundy—Capt. U.S.
TCA a ihe CoG ONE ere ES PETES a RE Se ne RE PSS PR ee Bre oe Ns 270
Herring-weir, south side Lower Saint Lawrence River—J. C. Brevoort.----.--..-. 271
Slat-weir, East Dennis, Massachusetts Bay—Capt. Prince Crowell......--.-..---- 272
Brush-weir; deep-water weir for taking salmon—Capt. U. S. Treat..--.....--.---- 272
Plan of trap-weirs at Sekonnet Point, Narragansett Bay—J. M. K. Southwick.... 273
Portions of Teredo navalis or ship-worm—A. E. Verrill .......-.--...---.--.--+--- 384
Astarte wndata—A. HE. Verrill..--....-...-.----. Julelos ate, Sa lee Slee cin Soler jaieloehes sate 508
Himpryeior the lobster—S. J. Smith: -.... s,s sesecc cs ccte uecncersscncelaasaciesste 523

PLATES.

Plate I—XXXVIII. Figs. 1-287. Marineinvertebrates. For explanation of these figures,
see the lists of the species on fly-leaves opposite the plates.

Plate XXXIX. Map of Cape Cod Bay, showing the situation of fish-pounds in 1871—
Capt. Prince Croweli.

Plate XL. Diagram showing the locality of fish-pounds on Lake Michigan in 1871.
See p. 274.—J. W. Milner.

MAP.

Map of the coast of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, to accompany the report of the
United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries; showing the location of traps,
and pounds, as also the explorations of the Commission in 1871.

S. Mis. 61 53

XXMII.—GENERAL INDEX.

[For special index to the report of Professor Verrill on the marine invertebrates, see page 757.
This should always be referred to in the search for any name. |

A.
Page
Acanthias americanus. .-......---- 185
PAG AMMGMUTIS eajeretciaf sei < sis 5 ccciioseis wie 801
INGMIUS Meenas emice 22s sce Sealer 794, 823
AGITOLED® Seon Sapa ne eCIeCneE eenebE 812, 826
INCIMETSCEIO gocs-m sccisciss eae socte 790, 812
NCI EMSS LIN Pa eaisis = ecicetae aise 790
PNG HIITOC Mae too soe eee eens 799
Act of Congress providing for a
Commissioner of Fisheries .. .-..- xi
PPNUTICMbAYSisoo=5 52 ss5 22-5 /cee = 811, 826
PALOMAGINGE a <c\s2)= 52 lo. ane Sees = 790
ADO IES (ep ene ese ooee aaa Bees 812
Agencies of decrease, disease, and
atmosphere--...-.--. Xxil
MN AW ae eee ao XXili, XXXii
blue-fisht soso. 2co Se. - XXxii
CASS ENOL WG asin iecceiciccerc) XV
ENO OMG eetaiiee) < sisjecis oa'socin seas 786, 800
PANO TUM ae es 2/725 a(sae ls caine Soaps 726
JMRUTIGS cc SE OSE EE eee 800
ANCE aA PLICAA =<... s-secs---c0- 290
Aid rendered by Departments of the
Government .-.-.-.... eee anes Vv
AUK AKA GS OMS 15 32.4 screens eeenene 4905 190
PANINI CONG erraete eo ersccies weiss 26, 35, 802
BIZOlO bp seracins oss serie assis 26
Niel Ors eee; torts) Sates caren 26, 35
JNIOROG SECU) ee eee 8, 182
PANU UL aera alateiiclayen siete dics anc sersia see 810
PANINI On ae oc a cckin, amis couarcosvcieiere 789, 810
IRC sae SpectGae enero ae none se 813
PMLONVIILG MR own ahcinrs ore ocd cine ee 811, 826
(SLR J a nee 293
Alewives, abundance of .....----.. 67
MOMEMentS Of. -seeeeee 30, 67
economic value, &c..-... & 67
BebOSHee CAGE. 222s ja aee aac xil
BEB ET ALO sc s,- = == =.c.cu sree 802
Alopeciide ...-..- “eats ore Soe 790, 813
LO DIOS <i = eee ee sco oS eas 813, 827
POL ON eI ee «cic: acco ae aekeae eee 811, 826
NING 2S SSE Sonne TES Seed 793, 823
Beamenican angler ...-...-.2sess---.', 792
[SPT GTRS LE ieee POET SSR 796

Page.
AMMOCELES) (2-5 so ances 814
AMMOGY GES! 25.5 se-<.55sc, sosetsae eee 807, 824
AMMO b1des) sae so sees as eee COME
ANTMINO I HAKONE) Boao seco acnboGascoc 738
AUC O Ciyjtim eaten isis=21= = => seen ace 788
IAMAEENI CHAS aa css sis )esise eee seee 798
MIMO GUGES) Shoo coanasond coo 786, 798
UATING NON AVE CES Sea meee aiarsee eae 811, 826
ANTE ws wWavildl 2hac a. -aceeeeeeeee 188
NICO Sh EIN Boca ades cca adec 41, 188
A Ji) Eats Nee Berea OaeaoS 802, 807, 813, 827
Angi agarose aves says cme S11, 826
AMO UMM pda ers eicinne apeecemerseee 781,789
Anisarchusy 52.26.2185 cceseeee 797
IANISOULEMM US = 5 setees tsa areca 806
AMON Marl G 93 52274 See ee eee 784, 792
Ate airlines ease ees 784
ATIPENM A OLMC Ay as see eee eee 784
Apeltesicaics Jesse seo saaeecaees 794, 825
Apogvonichthystsa--e-es see eee 807
ApPoSonie = heo8- Saesn aa oes 788
Apparatus used in capturing fish -. 253
APLIONO CONE saajcos Soe soee ees 13
Archagoniisieces- aceccne sesso 800
AE CHOSALOUS ele etyaem aisle sel eeelrae 805
ATS CNbININ PR ysste ote e ae) a see eek eae 729
Arguments for regulating the fish-

(ETM Ve Sesps stat ee AN ear ae POOITNG, 053
ATO VTIOSUS eae cee soe ena meee OOS
UALS ROLE ONE es ee SS ae eee ee 807
ATO O Heo MIN Oieer ciate) fees ieee 788
ANT SUNS) SeAe® SRO CRE tae aren aero 789
JATIKD OSS) RAE Shee eon caae So Reeaeree 811
PATTING KG Wed 6 eee hie ar Ry eA ee 11
AepidoOpHOrOldes: 32.252 5<.secics5 2 800
Associates in the inquiry --..-.----- XV
NSTOLEN OPUS XS = = aai= =\='=5<1=)- ibeinin nee 798

AStLOSCOPUS!=- 2-5-5225.
Atherina ....--..-
ARNETTE Zac seu Sw al aie = tee ee 788, 808
Atmospheric agencies of decrease of

fishes 3 Xxii
Atwood, Capt. Nathaniel E.viii, 74, 117, 223
Ailostomoid Gai s-tas eres 784
RUM SUO S52 32 soars eaiseiee See siae

836

B.
Page
Babcock Drs os osce see ce eee 23
IBAITG BSa Esc s ain wecise eee 9; 125, 281
IB AInCIeMA Os seiee ceseeeiene foseeee 805, 823

Baker, Capt: J. G .--2-..--
Balen, Mr

Se see ERD ERGY,
= clos tikiowaicrs oumessewccres 34

SANISLES) woe sce eecieel= Leeskwse seme 793, 823
BD AWISbIC2 a -o6 ~ oes SSSR a se 784, 793
SAIS DIN 28s cio 5 soc Sele eee ieee 784
IBalistoldeay.o. se. cecee. esc cece 784
‘Bangia fusco-purpurea ..---..----. 292
[SOit a eee or Sooo es eae 805
IAL DeLO wc sense ete c See knees se 801
Barnet sce eee oem cen mee @ aeicie cue 257
Barracuda, northern -....----..--- 808
iBaskino-shankeses secic- = 5.< oes seises 813
IB ASS eee EEE Ee ical siicces KSecce 805
CK eEmeses seit access scmicee 806

NE Were ee oe eas ee ci cs oee 805

SGM eerie et os cew cee cce see ects 2 805, 825
SPOUUCO cues wie cinta orca oem 805
striped ..17, 20, 21, 23, 78, 157, 161, 162,

176, 807

(See, also, Striped bass.)

IBDERGIiE Mile OF se ee ee See 104
ibasseut, Mir; William) A = .2.-<.--=< 194
itstis hermes ey see See aia aoe ne 792, 799
pabrachidse sce ows s see oe ec ccs ACO MOS
SB aimaAChOlded a. <2. oan od Sscctac esas 786
ISAUACIUIS) Acc ses ssc se seas stories 798, 824
each ae OUSCMene cmt ~ sec anee moe 28

Beam-trawl ......

hy eee eo 12)

Beaman MOSES soec sere =e Cee pel eO
Be UlOWS-1ISN oss a. <.cece peewee sleacess 792
IBElOMe Gens eo saicsek ion esteessscaleeet 808, 826
Belonidaee te aco Aeleree 2,5 nem eues er 788, 808
[Biewonill 6o4 Saceéecnos caconuacgsoce 801
IB EEbLAM Ae aIMOS Gcseeiets oc creteee ne ee 141
SOT VGI OED ae =faemceisine eictoimie¥ole Seeieois 787, 804
EMV COIMCA tics sso se sess arsine eit
IBIO=OY 6 oo oe pene bak a! wecese sees 807
Biehshe-e- see. s2 os esostes GUC, Seoeeo

aADUNGaNCeIOL. s-oee eee eee 21, 37

BIZONOLS 222.2% ; Cin pie yne ae ras = 21
IBISINO neh y Shanes asane Socapese 812
TBIACR SARIS Bie ee Se Seo sooser velo

Black-fish .. -- ..-- 7, 12, 801, 806

Bilack-Warnyiercs toceeseerice =< oem Se
Plack=perch.ceeensss ae eer cis caeeen COO
Blac kewalleeeersec set cists afesiaieleiee aot 806

Blacktord, Mr: B.Ge---c-+- -se-see 9) CO
iBlatehtords Mirasee secs ceecae ee Oo
Ider Ss a8 a Cake psoas eoaneoemelss 78a}
lenin |. 4. savin 2 soe sea eens se eCO

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
Blennioidea ..-.-....-:.2-2-- =e Soames
Blennius's-+ see oocteeees tee 798
Blenny.. .<<<:<2-- 52-1 3. 22)2) ee

Blepharichthys - -.
Block Island, ...-... 2. <..22.+- Sees
Blower 793
Blue-fish -42, 235, 250, 801, 804, 806, 807, 825
distribution of 55, 66
abundance of -xxxii, 8, 11, 12, 14,

15, 18, 27, 28; 32, 33,

38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44,

45, 48, 50, 53, 55, 66,

69, 71,77, 795120;

127, 128

size of..8, 14, 20, 35, 38, 40, 41, 42,

55, 66

movements of -.20, 35, 38, 40, 41,

43, 44, 45, 47, 49, 55,

66, 78, 120, 126, 129

relations of ..xxxii, 53, 55, 56, 70,

79, 98, 114, 12027,

129, 130

food of 18, 25, 26, 28, 33, 35, 41, 42

44, 45, 49, 52, 66, 126, 246

spawning of ....38, 41, 43, 44, 48,

66, 72

capture of -.. ..13, 56, 66, 126, 176,

177, 183, 187, 188, 193

periodical appearance of. 238
economic value, &e -8, 11, 19, 44,

48, 50, 52, 56, 66, 68

- -».. =003;) 620

sec -- ee

Blue-back ....... 5.052 4 =e eee eee 811
Blue-perch .=. =... 22.55 =e eee 801
Boca dulce <-..%.s2-.. 45s ee eee 813
BOnC- OG 5. s-n0 230 eee 814
Bonito ..cc2... so .26 tee eee 802, 825
abundance of 222-2sesee== 15, 35, 40
movements Of =---5- eee eee 34
Bony-fish........ ..-..=- 5 os sates
Boreogadus....3-< 222. eee 795
Box-fish, hairy. ..-..--2--=s==e= een
spiny <=. 2. :-- == eee 793, 823

Brat), abundance 0fa sees ==eseer 11
Bramids ..-sis. <ss-6- cee eee 787, 804
Branchiostoma -=- ----2-e=eeeerees 814
sTanchiostOMids -ss.cse eee 791,814

Bream ...+-.<< se cece see ee eee
Brenton’s reef ....---------------- Lega
Brevoort, J. CO’... ..-.--00+ «+++ ==) sO

Brevoortia menhaden- -...--- 136, 811, 826
Brewer, Mr. Gardner. .------------ 27
Dre. M 25.2. eseeeeeeee Xvi
Prof. W., Ha. -22-ssseee eee xvi

Brightman, Potter .--------------- 70

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
isrimley, Irancis ...--..-.......--« 8, 9, 109
British report, extract from ......- 145
DR aCU AGATE A es ie eines, Sate Sa 169
BESMOS ANT Ge se 5, Sasa oh acrsroncteis semis atest 785
ly? DSO Sespe soe BASSO EAE OEE ee nnn Lo]
Tio (HINO Sy Ra ies ee Pee pg 785, 796
PMT TINLOU Cae any ae ban 2. ciel seer 785
Brown, Dr. Angler’s guide........ 208, 212
ith essa Seer acea ee ree 85
Wats tt WIG Rema = ora 2/52 sbsieicieclevaic eeic.cs 272
IBEYGpSis plumosa,...0-- .-4-.5--.-- 292
Bull’s-eye mackerel.-.--... Lise ya APA 7)
JECT 2 (oe ee Heo oan Bae EE 811
Tune AY TRO) & (Rees eee eee ees 30
Herne lbeeeerns eo) 85s, Scie yoiee 801
baEecss, CaptaiMl.-..,-=- ac. =6- 220 43
WWaitSONG. --72.n1s, sascha Sass 187
Nee w le atTICk =) ceo. 20) 5 ihe. 72
LUIGI) Ee yee oe 797, 798, 804
Butter-fish, abundance of......--.- 77
movements of..---.---.- 73
er aicenilv=ba yor jer sis idim oo seine se ose 3 812
SMA ZARGIS PAY) <scisac saci els oe 59.67, 70
LEN OREO ae ee Se Oe re eee ae me 796
ESV MMG INE Penare nid he aise Salsa evcte'\d= ee 755
C.
Calin so 3 seezeecoeees pean ecmere 802
SOTO Pee AIM OSHA tos. ela alow claoeocee Ooe 145
Calhoun, Captain... <srecewiec cos = 11
CHING) 66630 Ggee ee Soeriee ese ae 16
Calliblepharis verrucosa.......--.. 293
Callithamnion tetragonum ......-- 291
BEEN Ae eens Oe ui
IBGELOT sete ela 291
byssoideum ........ 292
corymbosum ....-.. 292
seirospermum .-.-..-. 292
Plumas eee 292
eruciatum -2-54-25- 292
Athenee eee seco soot 292
TUG an See eral ore inne de,
Calothrix confervicola ..-....----. 293
SCOpPHLOTUM ss. eres ee 293
Choe) Coal Gees Heesiscepmepeeunasao- o1, 67
(Chiypeliifl Ge os5anen0 boseun cdeens CEOs 810
PEMA, <— --ha.o a ~ <-sameicernmmie Oly eur
CA mp0?) BS Seae peonceeess bs 2=c5 > 787
Carangops....---..----..---4 Saez) 2803
COMDIGWS 6 -fhoesbeaecpcaccdess=s 803, 825
‘Cerne nentot Ce eapeeaesen operon bac 813, 827
(CRIME) O06) ARES sees Bene eas oscooc 726
CALC PROCUUS!. 5) 15)a)5)a\a) osetia 799
Carolina opin .5-\.js055)1seee seen OU

Page
Carolina coast, researches on. ....-. XVil
CasaAber ian soeetes Biaee os ae a OD
Catalogue of the fishes of the east
coast of North America ......... 779
Cateish-c27 cee eee 36, 798, 826
SOQ a5 cattor satel eae athnoteeals toy |
Causes of decrease of fish..... -.-.- exe
@bvallé o..20222 ee ee ee 803
Céntriscidsep ices eee eee 734,793
@enbriscoldearascaisscas se ee eee
@entriscus) so -c)-5accu ae eee 15, 793
Centroblennius oo... c. coe Ceee
Centrolophin 25sc..-s220-G0 eee 7387
Centronobincaresecse ees eee eee 787

Centropristisy..—~ <<< c~..cn,20 6 3 SOON Set
Centroscylium 814
Cephalopteride .......... ..12, 34, 790, 812

Weramincesreerse ws ce see see ace 291
Ceramiumirobrumys- essen ese eee 291
arachnoideum ...... .... 291
diaphamumiyse.eseosseese 291
fastigiatum. 222.22... = 291
HOO PEL he, 5507 5= C es
@eratocanthusisss-s see eee 793, 823
Weratiasin sac sstieyar noe dee eee 792
Gerad se pes iscnsy ao sscce nee weno
COnvalAptela- ss13 sods estas Sosa ae 812
WON aso pa tana eas acer eee 26, 825
Cetorhinidiessassese eee eee 790, 813
@etorhimus aac os cere es ee 813
Chesnopsettawessssens aseeseee 795, 823, 824
Chetodonmbidayesas ese eo eae 786, 862
@hieetodombingarese nse seee oe a see 726
Chestodontoideaysasss52 se eee 756
Chetomorpha Piguotiana ......... 293
BLOM Shes Slee
Satonarnosas ssc: 293
litfoniatasss aso shee 293
POLGUOSA ss- te nace oe 293
Champia parvilascs.-soeceete eds! so/ 288
Chamiphiny William 92225 2a 22522 184
Change in locality of fishes.--..... xx!
Chapin yMir: 2 occ- ssacead snoseccae 4]
(CALiOteGie soe ce cay seis so ste 806
Chase Muther ss... 55 ssc1on sco e ee 17
Whasmodesys sace1./as cr tarco No) aoe ae 798
@hauwliodontines--- 2 55-i2aea 2 sn 789
(HECUOUS a osanak aes ete cis aoe has 798
Cheney, oumeon! Byars. 2-1-1 156
Chernaide novier0)s2552452 sss heees 806
CHIGALEO | ssa -h corsa aia nate ee 803
Chilichthy guj sasnee esos are 793, 823
Chilodiptenideerss5sccs esse 788, 807
Chilomycterus so ccee-=-2-- See 793, 823

838

Chirostoma......-

@hittenden, Mri. Ee. .52-2< s2-0e-

Chloroscombrinw .3-/ 42). ea é

C@hioroscombrus ~2o- seco J 1s Soe
whlorospermere -.. 5.5. seecsece 283,
CNOCLO MIS seme ccs oe eee eee eee
WNOPSEt =~ .4- <= see em orice eae
Chondria dasyphylla...-....-----.-
dasyphylla, var. sedifolia-
Baileyana 2-22. --ss-oeee
MGtOTAlISt Sees meee senate
WONUrOStOL 222 sacetes eestor
Ghondrnis-crispus)-.-secee eee sects
(Ghopa-bancayess-)-es- see. see eee!
@horcawilym'ssso--ccene sess ssa
lomentianiaeesenss = acise ccm
@hordariacewe--a-eree sess sactee
Chordaria flagelliformis.......--.-
Civani@ataie:.-2- scone
Chronicles of the Pilgrim Fathers,
(S692) eee eeec mene tesisoeltee <tc
(CIN eataoe SosecoyaGoanc Loco. ceDoAE
@hub-mackerely 22.226 <1 - snl =
(CINELLI gga eeere eae eee cece
Church Mr Daniel ©. /-s. (2-0 isni-
Wmninen David To 2.. btsesccsce
Glimmchs Mrs Joseph iscsi. cen se =
CINE 2egeeqeaan aacteaaaaEeonoSes see
Chylocladia Baileyana ...--..-----

Wiltatiae 385. sion scccek a teeuacs coos a
NETS oe eas eienc coe ease Soe alete
G@innostOMibs occ wocwecs xs eee.
igbarrenghys -- = 22226 -)---- === a
@ivetta de mares 2.225 sck2 esene eo
Cladophora rupestris.....--..----.

UN Calis seer

Rudolphiana.--...----.
LK IP nose spicoaoae Cbcoe

Cladostephus verticillatus-.....---
spongiosus .....----.

Olasswicationi <<. cc~cceecce aeaees

Clifford, Vernal....-. eee | aebeee
(CHW TEE anes Beton ge eeeeemnemos aoacr
elongata, (sea-herring) .--.826,

@oalefish’. 5.55. wi: or eaten esas
Coal-tar, effect.on fish of ...-......

Page.

she teeret «Sosa eUGN Seo

168
787
803
292
801
801
286
286
286
286
790
290

GENERAL INDEX.

Page
CODIa: See os shecss cass pose aeeee 825
Cocciin®. ....- ss22 cece wee eee 789
Cock=paddle . 2... ---2 .--cmtereeeeee 799
Coddington’s Cove ...-.-..--..-s-- 10, 29
Cod-fish ..i.-2.scecs 05 cesses ee 524,795
Cod-fish, abundance of -..-- 45, 69, 152, 157
160, 163
movements of- . .40, 45, 67,78, 135
SiZ0)0f .....~.<..cnEe eens 45

distribution of -.....22225 67,7
food of <.-... -25qeeeeeeee 78, 135
Capture of -.--cceaeeeeeee 67
SpawDine Of. o-.s.eee eee 45, 1385
diseases of. <= 2 eases 15
Codling .. 2.622.225 foe eee 795, 796
Coffin, Capt. George ..-- ---- Sse 37, 189
Cohasset Narrows ...-..--.---esee sen
Cojinua ~...2<.22-.ccechente eee 803
Cole; Mr. Perry ...-..--.-2eqceseeee 18
Collecticn of specimens... .----..--. XV
Condition, physical, of the waters... xl
Conclusion of general report-...--. ixl

Conference of United States com-
missioner with commissioners of
Rhode Island and Massachusetts xvi, 125

Confervacez ©... = 5-2-5228 eee eeee 292
Convers. 52/2252 552 5) eee 797, 811, 826
Conger-ceel =< o-oo. eee eee 36
Congrid® ..........-.-----seeeeeea eae
Congring =... <2 ns concen ee
Conorhynchus? ---)-- «-.4--eeeeeee 826
Conner... - - -- 5... esa ee 801
Connecticut inquires as to decrease

Of: fOOd-HShes’ .-- 5. -- eee ix
CWorallinacese >... = 52 s2seereeteeee 288
Corallina officinalis ... 222 --sssssse ees
Cornuda, «.....42-- 2. ceneee eee 813
Correspondence and communica-

tions, miscellaneous. ----.--.---- 135
Cory ph2ena.,..--.-)-5-)- sheses ee eee
Cory phenids..----2/5---eee esses 787, 803
Coryphrenin®).:-67 stan ee eee eee 787
Coryphzenoides'-...-5-\s55- = 462 eee
Costa, Achille. 2. = =s<hocees eeaeeee 139
Cottide reece <na-.coceeeeeeeeeeee 786, 800
Cottine ..- .-. 5205-5 .seee eee eee
Cottle; BE oo... wccew st cece eee eee 192
Cottoidea) co eees score ecco ee eee 786
Cottus 2.2225 .s5-een ee eee 800, 824
Coverclip .- 20 +-<05 cee eee
Cow-pilot_..-.- 5-30 -c-sesccece Rees 801
Crabb, George --6-..-c-n-.n see 30
Crab-eater ... ---2.-2..cn-2c0i-- eee 807

Cram p=f8 bs o50c5,212,<1eny.e ee eee 812, 826

.GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
(CR 0 eae oe a Se 803, 825
(CANO) Le) a ee a ee Se (15)

Crocker, Timothy .--.-..--.----50,179, 190
Wrowell,: Alex. <u. sss. 2--- 52-49; 190

erOwollebossaceseccscscescocececs §=192

Crowell, Capt. Prince ..---. 204% 2.6-Q aly eV!

Crow-fish, (black bass)..-...-.---- 43

Cryptacanthid@ ....--..----.-.-- 785, 797

Cryptacanthodes..-..----.-..----- 797

Cryptomeniaces......-.---.----.-- 290

(CWINDER 5 6a Ss eee eee ae 801, 825

COULYAeVEnsT Ds Ji wocecoeccicelieitess O, 182

Gis eee areola simactianceeece 796
Mit GLOW sete cirerac sin cisitee eaevece 496

(CID. SSS ee ee ee ne 802, 825

Cyelopteride ..5..<...ss22sseieles 786, 799

Gwclopterings)<<2s-\-\025c2.scssees 796

Gvclopteroidea,......s./0-ssces5ees--% 786

WV COPLOLUS) = 542 5==ao5 225-5 oeaee 799, 824

IBUMOSCION. ne ~ sats S aero Ae 804, 824

OyprimodOnkss s5<sa006, 2-2 tee e228 809, 826

Cyprinodontide). ..2..5-csces255 789, 809

Cyprinoedontine:..- 6-25-2252. 739

Cyprinodontoides....2.....5..--.25. 789

WV PSCIUTUSt soe) coco seicc set ecees ale 809

Cystoclomum purpurascens.......- 290

D.

DA PAMOTICAM ..J2. 2252 --ssecesaen | 794
ERC eee a ee 795
MONCUAc sac jacac ata aeot atone OA!
massachusetts .--...------- 795
TICS Np pOomeRaeE eeeemoprsenosc. oie)!

WAchylOpberIND J. 53-cssecececsee- TSG

Drei ylapterus = +... -- =.= 22-4499, Sed

Wrisyavelecang....> si. 2. os. eet 287

LORS, Me) 2 oe nee 2 eee Xiv, 32

NW ANVeS ELON. (El. Mss, (<.2'S coe neeieomeiee xl

WeaneywoamMuel...-.<..2. << sssaeeeees 161

ROR UGS) so Ss eeereesso cee. ones 803, 825

Decrease of fishes of New England - vii,xviii
inquiries as to-.-- Vii
testimony as to-.xiv,xviii

causes Of... .-.- XSX:
injuriouseffectsof xx

Welesseria ‘sinuosa...-.4 -.--seece- 289
Wanmisy Williams .::.. .</.=-—saseeet 13
LYST BY 5 o5 ee ee oy eS eco 813
Desmarestia aculeata--.-.---..-.-- 285
* WATICLIS) 3=. cto Sees 285
Meryl fsa ai. wwe wet ie iemeete 792, 812
Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus --..----- 285
WIChYVOStacew = =--—= =2.+2seeeeasce 285

HPO COMI 28 aoe ceria tara Site sie st 784, 793

839.

Page.
PDiodontinwe= ss. ssseeeee eaades owes 784,77
Diplectmimysssssaossced ese esas see 806
Disappearance of the food of fishes. xxiv
Disease a cause of decrease.--.-.--.. xxii
Distributing specimens....-....--. B.O.¢
Doctorsfish ssa see eae ieee 801
Dog-fish, picked or horned... .----- 814, 827
abundance of..--..- 35, 47
SIZG OLsjseweake nae 47
food Of ates 28
reproduction of-..- - 35
smooth aa eeeseee 813, 827
Wollan=fishly. saea2=.5. 55 =-saaee ee 804
Dolphins 3 Jas. to esse 803
IDGLIMMAtOL set .fosso > aoe 799
WOLOSOMA i Stee soos, ott Noe 811
Dorosomideey es eta r- Sesto 789, 811
Dudley, governor Thos., letter of... 154
Dyilesy.2 tee sete tS eens as 806
Dunham Capt. Gees ere 188
Mite) tts sora seh vais cise 47
Dunwell, Benjaminy.=25... 2225225 85
Durkee, Mr_-.-... bearers 18
Dussumierides:.- 0152.2. 5.2.2 22. 789, 810
Dutch Island Harbor. --...-------- 11
Dyinnell George se eee ee 30
LD) ors Jedeyn) tyet| Vee Oe Seman ecisouae 33
E.
Hatons Prot. Cs2=--- sss. see. »2-KV, cel
Hayres; Winslow P. 2225 2--s5-- 136
Hcheneididiwes=s «sa55 e454" 522 See 788, 808
Echeneidoidea ss. 5.s<25225 2224528 788
HChHenelSissosiccss soscsssoetes se 808, 824
Ketocarpaces® -252 2525225. st252--22 286
Kcetocarpus littoralis ........22.2-- 286
fasciculatus.-=-....-..-- 286
Durkeeits.5s22sir55 252 286
WiRIGUSHa = 2 Seas oe 286
Edgartown, Martha’s vineyard? -..- 37, 189
Edwards, Capt............xii,xxv,53, 193
Vinal -N. se=2-t2s2-< xvi,182, 194
TEPOLrb Of= 5245 .-.05-6 187
Eels, distribution-of.:-....---.---- 78
abundance:of sot. 2o Sse eee 18
food of 25esdccecss cect see 47
COMMONG 2 a/2 eeiosccs nee soso 811, 826
CONGEL 2225. oes este ccer 8il
Bel-pout: 25 22 22255 Seio-eee eek 797
Mlacatencssasciesme cower asec 807, 825
Blacatidess acces oe aeeieeee 788, 807
Mlachistafuecreolase.cos> 25s ae see 286
Hlasmobranchil) sss secs se sees 790
Pleotribinw\2 jac eveticee esse eee 786

840

: Page.
ING UG IONS SkS agopggeidacomgtoons 117
IBOIG Gore tee meee lar eee neer 789, 810
idjloy Gen vente Saninnsase aobocd der coC 789
MiSs) oso space senseece coos suecce 810, 826
mchelycephbaliy. == sc <.- -ie ere 789
English herring (see herring) .----- 67, 68
Saree MIKE AAA see oq Ocoee reaoc 789, 811
Diehl, 646654 5s56seGecosccoSSs 811, 826
Enteromorpha compressa ----..--.-- 292

elathrata. .-.S2 >=. 292

hopkarkil 222 scms-- 292

intestinalis. ...----. 292
PipMipMi GG ican nceeerrr eee" 788, 806
Bipmmephelus, <---\-- scr. --eseo = = 807
Tina geeeas ssassoecgou coco nsnaseds 793
IMUMIINSUT pagS00 506450, c5qecRsoeeue 810
BCH AlATOOUS: a2 -ee- 2 -=* en -ees 794
BUCINOSHOMMUS)-acece c++ 2- <= ---- 805
Eugomphodus .----..----..----.- 813, 827
Pinan 456 ScoasSeeso caddeOoesee 813, 827
Euleptorhamphus. ....------------ 809
Eumesogrammus .--.------------- 797
Eumicrotremus ....-----.--------- 799
European authorities on fishery-laws 139
MUO COO UES fete iano tao inne eae een 788
Wxacoetus 2-2. 22 or ieee me, G08;,009;, 826

1p
Rui =V Cp ee aratt-t sta wleiet=)= siorel= | -1o i me 805
TPR nde ode asco oocec Soeaosabed 811, 826
BUC LONG OT a Wise Gis seiteter ae ele = = XV,XV1,281
Ramen. Dts). OWN see se te = t= 154
Ping ies Base edosee sooveEDeneadsed 811
MNase anemic seine eee)
WennanOmesaisec sas semen eit 814
MLA Nes anaaeseo ossoSpooaEooode 793, 823
INSEE (nit ela soge sage no bBeooUmoeaar 784
Fish-culture, patents relating to..-. 279
Mighers: Petes ss ajas ence ee oi 190
Fisheries of the gulf of Naples.--. 1389
on the coast of Massachu-

GUUS de seanopoceuSeasoce 117
Fishing-frog......---------------- 792
Fishing, mode of.---..--..---.----- 200
Fish on the New England coast,

abundance in former times.. 149
patented methods, &c., for
preservation and utilization 279

TOT NAEY Goes cor sop Cooeome eases 794
IMM Nob Aaa eoee docUrso aeec se 784, 794
Fixed apparatus for capturing fish. xxiv

regulation of--..- XXXUi
location of in Mass-
achusetts and
Rhode Island..--- XXV

GENERAL INDEX.

landers; os Si oo. ee oes 191
Plasher .. = 22 soe sii-0o0 eee eee 807, 525
Wlat-fish 52. 2c sees 2.2 794, 823
abundance-.-.-----eeeeee 11
Micrations, &¢.:.0.2--pes= 11
distribution Of-----eeeses 73
economical value, &c..-.-.. 8,11
Floats, sinkers, &c., list of patented. 277
Flounder, abundanee of ..--------- il
COMMON: = ---- -<ee eee 795, 823
four-spotted ........-=: 795, 824
southern ---.=2---eceeee 795
SAN ..2 32 caso hes cee 795
SsumMMerLr ...-2--<eeeee eee 795
Bkyinie=fish)-2eese sen. as Seeee 799, 808, 826
Bhyinge=rob i) Sa eee. . eae ee eee 799
Food-fishes of New England coast. 83
decrease of... 22-22eeee XVili
Food of fishes: ...-.----.:/-- “--<jseeeee Xli,75
disappearance of...-. Xxi
Ob FSH). 25 6s. oes 5) eee 793
Work-béard nse sexes cor eee eee 795
Port, Adams: --<<<0-- 2. oe eee 10
Moxrtin, nr; Pierre... -=-ssseeeenes 257
Rosesharks 2 5.cc eee ote eee eee 815
BranklinijHlollowr---=e--5- oe eee 10
Freedom of fishing.--..----.------ 82
Tal oe Stee is wie oh oe eee 808, 825
Bioe=tigh.<cer - 22 eeeer eee 792
Brostish...0cc0i.s25-- cee eee eee = 5 oS
Bucacesy. sa. 25-60 oe eee 284
Kueus distichus: .--s-. sees cers 293
vesiculosus. --2 see seer ~ S284
NOCOSUS | =\-.5.52—- <seeeee 284
Fundulus =.....-222-cs -cssene eee Cus anee
Wykestese-es-e-sa sce eee 259
Fyke-net of New York and Connec-
ticlt)..sces. 5. 2-cee eee 269
G.
Gadides....-25-oc8 ane oe eee eee 785, 795
Gadine 2.2.6, -abe ==. eee eee eee 785
Gadoidea..-. -<s.2.c see eee eee 785
Gadus... 625. 225-S<\c0 eee ee
Galeocerdo,..2: 5 «42. -ccecee eee 813, €27
Galeorhinidse 2.32 -- .---eneeeaeee 790, 813
Galeorhinins 322-5-.-- =e eee 790
Galeorhinoidea: .----- ---s===eeeee 720
Ganoidea..-.).t=i22) Jos eee 790
Gar: (silivie? <2 -- a... se ees 826
Gardner, Captain C. B........----- 41, 47
Gardner, Charles......-... saemiaaeete 188
Garritt, Captain. ----:.\-claeeeiaeee 31
| Gaspereal...--.------ -------- 2-25 811

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
GaeTONOSbeld se cece seccace see eee een ios
FEASLeLOSLOIN ER. =5 2 toca ies se Poser tere 784
Gasterosteoidea...-.-.--..5...5-22 784
MCASHELOSIOMS eee .cics osc Sone eee 104, COS
Gavitt, Captain Timothy -... ...... 85
Ganynelead’ < 25.2 seenhot tos Sees 12, 35
GOnMiaGe@. sae. sete. noc eases aes 289
Gelidium corneum...... -.---...+. 289
Gennidcen tee we ence WSS aes 787, 805
rememilealss 74-55. 0ciceie abasic 787
CEARRIE TTS ee a ea a Se 797
Gill, Professor Theodore.......... xvi, 779
(GHAI 36s Sede aeeES Cee ae eae 255
of Lake Michigan ..-.-.---- 256
of the Saint Lawrence. ...- 257
Guilteneadmete ss 255 22. DAs de Be 805
Gladding, Edward M....-..--...-- 183
Gladding, Martin ...:....22.50---<. 184
SS VMOSCO MMs <.ccecias: aoe oe Ses 790
Galo be-tishy 2212 2.8saeetce swe aes ce seme 192
Gay pmaidodOnNen ss a5525- 22 cts 's e110 801
(SOMOS D CLES ce eisees 5a ee ee aes Bere 786, 799
Goblins. 5454 55.42: Be etic as a Reet hole)
COOL CAIa a saiss-cace ss oe ecg 786
COMIOSOMALE 2 2cce sence s. SoaSSe shes 799
(MOTOS) ie SS le ee a eae e me mee eae epee 2)
Cop yem laches ss cco 02 ose 2eNe ek 799
BGdICLESS aaa sta eace scene, 9 £99
Goudiyeesosaa] sam ahora sass 805
Gooseberry Island.::22.sss22- 552: 22
(S COSGANg eee eee eee eee 792, 823
Gouch, William Be-t2.. 253. sss52 ol
Gracilaria multipartita...........- 289
Grant wHeNTYy Dl ss. see 2 552 u sees 109
AGRE OTE ME A Sta jarsine os asicisjciecrieee 205
REGU ENS Myer spate ic crore n's, cia: Sistecar 807
Griitithsia corrallina_.2-52.5.22522 291
Grinnellia Americana.-..----..-2-- 288
(SOLD Se ee eee eee Ree 800
CieUMGse SURI E(..<,-.50.. 2: < sicc/j-ueyeisete 806
Gulf of Naples, fisheries of .......- 139
CRUD O? 3 Se Se ee Ee eo 812
Curnanrd) Huropean....- 224-5 35 seen 299
VAM sotacn.e) =.=, lero 824
Cymmacanthus- -...<--299- sane 800
Re IMV NIN Eis = 6c oo 55 2 ze avecciatn Seen MOO
RENIN NLS 0 == asclbys, od) saa stn aeniaajnciceteee | HOO
FenyMIMO OMLES'= 22/222 sa. dessse see 784
Gymnogongrus Norvegicus....---. 293
Gyenocepnalus 5222-26 sce eee 794
151,
WACO GK 3)5. Seis <4 mie. n= seas ee OO NOS

abundance of 119

Haddock, movements of -....----. 78
SOA Aopoaver Karte Ae eee 45

Cap turelohes2-5---a-pee ee MLS

INOEWaY) aco ese eee B0L

Hasefishy. 4-2 sage eee sass 814
Heemulon st 35452 tasoseesscee ee ale
Hlair-tarli silvery. a-s--- seeeeoee os 802
Mak 25 fake cisoeniceee eee oe eee oN eee
abundancejohess24 eee eee 69
AMETICany asset eee ee ee
Uno peaMy. 5.2 see aee eee 796
oldvEnelishiieesceer ees oe oe
Siliveni225 aso. aseront eee 796, 824
SQUIIRRO Le ee = caste ay srereree 795
SVB) eyed ta) Sra) 4s aye riadern cars 795
HAalapraciusy. acces =. ot ae oe Uakees
Jeb b OM) 66e5 S654 asa6 Mp eos) te!

abundance of... .-...-.45, 95, 120

| Hallet, Captain Almoran.--..--..-- 47,190
Ha Mary Ce ope ee tenereiettoee 267

Hialocy pselus).. 2-663. coseecelee) 1) (80g
Handy, Captain Hetsel.. --. -. -.52, 138, 190

Hiammabls is a. py ets ste ee ence 806
Maplordonoiimes ics. ses ese nee 787
Ea pLomitl Sesh yee s cee 789
Hard=headt cei: 2 ey. aocn 5-year Olan
Harmon sahiliiplC2een asses eames 34
LALO GW ae oo ata a cae mie te oe OO
Harwi¢k, Welrsyile.se5 4.4 -seSosee 52
Harvestsfish.- 22-2222 S35. a3 soe 804
Rtn wy ayy Ate at coe eee ere ey aes eer 72
RWeS I Mile ers sae cr Sere 117
Heart-seines and fyke-nets ......-. 212
Heart-seine, diagram of-.....---.- 10

On pound(s eee ser 10, 16

17, 21, 42, 52, 70

an khodedisland:=.---.-5.24s- oo
at Quisset Harbor, Massachu-

SO UES Aaeins a ioatrarsaes ree ee 263
elmmntiiocladleser cee eee eo
blemdiingane see. 2eis clare ee 801
emuilbvan Chiieiac = s-aer- ees eee 734
Hemirhamphine........-.< s<.24-24- 789
Ee mun hamiphm seyret 809
Elemitnmp perigee ear a-si-i\i see oe 786, 801
Hemuitripterns:- sos s4s05-- oss 4s" 801, 824
Henry, Prot, Joseph) :22--. ----e- 125 D3
[SIG BINE? ees Sloneobceoceboeccoc 811, 826

abundance of. ....21, 36, 44, 59, 67

distributioniof 2-25-5446 67

SIZOVOL, | s2eysvserer 2) eee 21

relationships of ..--.-.--- 135

migrations of .........- 21, 59, 67

spawning of ...-.....- 21,47, 135

842

Page

Herrin, capiure Of 2-5-2222 eeeee 59, 67
economic value of .....--- 21,59

big-@yed . 22-25 sahceceee 810, 826
Bmplish:<-22-eeesece eee 811

TOUNG) 52 sete ate-jncrsyesteeee 810

BPLINO epsom oe poe ereyeeete 811

DAU OL S.2 Se sai, eysteeee 811

toothed =~ -2.scemceeceeertes 8ll
Herring-weir, Bay of Fundy-..-.--. 270
Saint Lawrence.-..- 271
Heterosomata -.--...--.-. 785, 786, 787, 788
bipoeson, Rew. Mrs cesasenos se pelo O lol
Hildenbrandtia rubra...--....---. 290
Etimantolophus ss seetrsseeee ese a: 792

Hinckley, jr., Capt. Thos-xxxvi, 59, 181, 185
Hippocampidis) = ss2ses-22e=5 -2--15404;5,793

LUPPOCAMpINerssssceseseccccscse= «| 7 OA
Ip POCAMPUS Reeemene- ese een StO0; ee
EID OP LOSSIN Go memeaeel= sss os Bese ne 785
ipporlossoides) so5-- 5 .---o5 oe eek 795
HI PPOSlOSSUS tess es5-- 5-2 4t Seer 795, 824
EMS TIO PNOLNS hs seis=,-=/< 15521 - ee 802, 825
WWOCee ees s= 2s aossecece cosces secs 814
HIGEAIMOUNER) 22 ace cts so eco aeoie sleet 813
tip P-CHOKER Ae 262 ces sie ion ese ects 794, 823
EU MSN GS eee ss iwisre oe Welstomiaie'sis afers 793, 814
IGlACAMbNUS ceo Seon clnmicice ese 802
HOMIES Vr oae oo = fect sie csc cee See 45,72
in @laeempnines)) S555 napesq oa soOu ses. 787
IGlocentrom a= 22s. sara yoeres esis 804
Hooks, list of patented..---..-.:.. 275
Hliomme-Crewviailll 6/5 = Sec crey=eteseere once 803
onse-lishiy. cite ccna oes 793, 802, 825
Horse-mackerel, (see blue-fish) ..79, 56, 77,

79, 202
Horeamackerel -o. 2-25! s252 ee £07
ID ESC-NEG gts 2S uencs seine estectes 21
UO RLOTO a Witek oe a ew eco) crea ictncte 190
lStulsoyaly 1Diks \WWVatos MUS ee Soo ees SoSsooe ix
Innis TSE saa ecane sep cooeseee 86,184
Human agencies of decrease .- xxiii, xxxii
ina ey, tol. Wl. enc oe, cer cis os viii, 145

Hyannis, Mass... .47, 49, 50, 60, 178, 179, 190
memorial of citizens to

COnSTess). se. ences aes lod,
Jab yeni, Jetvoal IRB S5 ade GaSaqotonaad XV, Xvi
lshywolehy Aa oe coo cqouseccooon ose 809, 826
iy GMAT VIRIM ES |e -toter ein te ieeteene 789
IEE PENOALOA mec. orem intl etic el 791
EMD ELOLReaes ics oe sacesee Seneca) 79
iyplenrochilis) 2 2~ smn ce ane = 798
Hypnea musciformis ....-.......-. 289
Ety porchodsisceseeee os se aeeeee ee 806
iy psobleminius, ec.) ss. os eseeeoee 798

GENERAL INDEX.

I.
Page.
TGelus\s.sc05.cc2ce0e ees se See 800
Iustrations, listof.----.os-eesmeee 833

Improvement of fisheries, anticipa-
tion Of. 22.25 1. sieciecces see eae
Impurities in water, destruction of

fishsbYyis--5-—- 9,18, 74, 77, 81, 96, 97, 105,
113, 126, 136, 201
Inexhaustible supply of fish not... xix
Tnmingoak <..¢'2...-2- = Eee 795
Inquiries as to decrease of fishes... Vii
by Massachusetts ---.----- | Will
by Rhode Island .--. --2222 Vili
by Connecticut -=-s-—-e-e= ix
by United States....--..-- xi
passage of bill directing. -- xi
associates Ile -o-s-eeeeee 3 XV
objects of... -----e eee Xvii
resuls of;in/18(¢2)s=seeeeees xxxvi
preliminaries to=.---522e-= aval
Investigation, subjects for --..-.--- xii
arrangement of ....-..---- xiii
results of...-- oss 5 XVviil
planiof ....-.5---54-— eee xiii
in regard to fishes -...---. xiil
in regard to their food -... xiii

of physical condition of
Waters! -.2..04-sseeeeee xiii
Isabelita .-.< 2222. cscee-eeee eee 802
Isospondy li. .c-.<..-- 2. see eee 789
Tsaring. 022260656 eee 790
ISULOpSIS\==---e => ss)-= oe ee eee 813, 826
Iiversoalka es. cccee sce eee eee 796

J.
Jeffries: GwNDi..- i... <2. see eee xvi
Jenks) Prof. J-W..2. .s-seseeeneeee XV
Jewett: Bs. cco. 2.5% cole saeeeeeee 137
JOWHLSD. + 2 6so.cc <1 os cise nts see neeiaees 810
JISUACUR 2 on. = ls ce eee eee 803
JOLODAGG :2 <1 505 5e5s 66> Cee 802, 803
Josselyn, John = ----- <-—-s=-=eeee 149, 150
a WwibWbiee Geneesonseeqsanocdeeccscs 786
JuMel)... 25 3s. cic ct ceoceee eee 803
Jmmisdichion o£ UW. S==--sessseereee 219
K.

Kaerrak «2-26 12sec eee eee 798
Kisutilik .o.2..(.222. 5 sea eeeeeee 798
Kalish 22). 5.0.)--1<'2= 2 eeeeeeee 809
Kang, Nathan?---- <-:1=-0 eee 86
Mr.Obed\..-.65\-5-2" eee 12
Kang=fish'. 22s )cee sees 802, 805, 824, 825
LG EXOLS Gada dance apondaa.cac Bea cccc 811

GENERAL INDEX.

L.
Page.
HMMA CLC 2 omic are cites arcieic lees ele see 788, 807
Le DIDICES 3 RS eee Semin ce ori 786, 801
Petominccem caret se eee cone Secoeeaae | CO
iLalonRonGlen gate So soe dedeesane reneea 7386
! LENCO) ROMY SoS Soe eonsorocoap pecdeee 823
Landon eae osesen aaa so e810; 826
Lakes Great, inquiries on.....-.--- xi, Xvii
Le Only UBS a sO es Sanee cee aces 805
WAV CLUE) fas = rsx ase Seclasiobmajniiais 824
MEAD ETUSICOVE! = i. aos 3 oslo seisce 191
NFAMUMARIACER) .2<.2,2+56 .25 +24 280 c05 285
aminaria sacharina ---...-----.-.- 285
Gubihaltien = a). 2 5 as ae sie 285
iil amumnata) Sse ee 285
LLANES 03 Sag aCe ee OE EE CIe ae 790, 813
ILANCDIGIGOEE hea Seep ree scars 790
MANN EX<COlease £2... cic. cade. eee oces 797, 814
ANG Varemis Ane at sicimmia sicicjeceie cine 814, 827
JLEN TO OAGUGOE? ere eee eee ere ane 787, 804
ILE Bee Sees Boe Aes Se aoe eee 804
Manee; distribution of..-.-.js.-+-- C 26
WamiGeletiwssevae es ne =cisns ae sce, oo) 814
ILARTMe Sao aie eee C Ooo nace 787
ILA MMT 66 cee eon Be ee ae Sees 805
ILE THIXOD) SANT a Seo eC een, 824
OMEN Cl COL a1 cs. ors\ cies Sey 2-2 288
Law, draught for consideration.... 132
omConnecticuti:.--=>-25-c=.- 1X
Wathesia tuberiformis...-. -...-.. 286
Were Vite pee as eS Os a, nie, cveeyo ns 182
Lefevre, George Shaw...=..-.-.--- 145

Legislation on traps, suggestions. ..XXxXiv,
17, 18, 24, 27, 36, 46, 52, 130, 186, 196

Bepislation opposed. ........4...-. 223
recommended in Rhode

Island) =2.,-/-22--ss2ee- 110
MeplaCOnINe: . 2-22 2.66 22225200555 786
Lig IEEE Sas oq peobee beeecy ce 808, 824
Wem iODleniwanisis.- ===). 225 ,s:c/se(-eieeets 797
WE WHOCALCIMEE = an. c\e o'56 ean eine 791
IDB DuOGNITIS BAB RSaMeeeerseacooceec 797
rien Tn ater ee =o a fermis eee ee 794
LAME TMC vO pee ee posed be XXxXi, 204
Lines, and grapples, list of patented 276
DNDN ose dod5on bebece cosece coone 795
IDIOWEGUIED Bheeen nocueeoE Hooda oces 794
MROSTOMIMG).\= 5 -5.0)2 5252s asec tani 787
NETOSGOINUS) 52) acre) 212/-1S la! Si ae 805, 824
AATCC >..2c1,0412oa chee ma aereee 786, 799
inp ANNs) —2<.< 1 sole a cen 786
WP ATG sre s.cis oe srabaroaacctcjeesoeaens 799
rstiomallustration..=-2-.sss-s 226 833
WereSharks qs. tac sec ccispo eae eeas 813

Page.
oak wWJolinkisceceseesrescdaseewe 192
Whoboteste=seesea= Bee cisco ess oa 807, 825
Lobotidee te s2ss cesta cssceeeeees 788, 207
Location of traps, &c., in the United
States 2. s2seeesemoes eee oe) eel: 273
Iuomibard’s Cove meen seosen eee cee 3D
London Field, extract from.....-... 144
Jeong HO? Sooo ce eee aces 47
Tophitdieyto2 cts oscrnee cones 784, 792
ophioidea 2 no--eeeeee eee eee 784
ihopnobran chiles s-aeae2eoeeee eee 784
Wophopsettaiecsaceoaatcseceee ores 795, 824
1Lf0) ODI OS presen ASBesearicecinS oe 792, 823
Wonime Joseph Geass sae esses As), HT
IL OUND Eb Bo GaSe eS ee NOSIS mec 785
Luce, (Jason,) & Co... xiv, xXxxvi, xxxviii,
131
MrsPresbrey.nisscasenac stese.s 195
Seth and Jeremiah.....---.: 191
ILI lelWiAy Sooecesdeebacocoue 53
ILO TEMS Se ateeeeooy obuSed cSeads 797
Lump-fish, common <-22.-22.. ..-- 799, 824
SPINOUSates sates saeeo ae 799
iumip-suckereeasea ss eee aac ese 799
Toit} AMN SB 52S See Soc Seve eee ese 788
ints AMS! 52/14 cers A Sores eee 806
Ioyeodess...2 s5--)s422 53-2122 syeereeoe 796, 797
Teycodideess ce scyateecpase se ae see 785, 796
AV COMIN GS, hos cen en se meres 785
Myc odord Carer aaa = sect ae eee 785
Uymany Theodore V2 225. o2s6- xvi, 112 163
Lyngbya majusarla -........:..-... 293
M.
MBCKErOL cee tet See sees 802, 825

abundance of ..19, 21, 35, 36, 37,
45, 47, 64, 68, 69, 46, 123
movements of --19, 35, 64, 68, 69

70, 72

distr bubon) Of ss ees 64
SIZOrOls 2a 5 aces See 19, 64
relationships) Of.----+.—- 64
fOOG! Ofss.35 4. == aseeee 64
spawning of ...---- 19, 44, 64, 70
CaptunerOf sce sass cers 64
VEULITG Oly eta aiel emnohelee eters 37, 64
Daye ows wane eee 802
black-spotted Spanish.... 802
Glin 22 Sse re Sue se eae 802
NOTSele hase eone eee 802, 825
Spamishe ss 5sc5-/5-..96 ae 802, 825
Spotteder. {yo Accs cascra-s) |) Oue
VelOwyosi0 s22 che cases 803
Miackerelemird aes crete are = oa

844

Witekerel-scad.. S22). see ae aoe 803
Mackerel-shark 5 2222 eee 5s2 ee 813
Mackerel 'Coves. “2-222 sasc22 sencen 10
Miacruridie sss. -scu Stes shee ee OD OD
MACINILOLO GAs sc/aco.05s6e es sae Soe 785
MPA CTEGUS esis ste ean salads cae et eee 795
AIG NP VEN sia calcio ie cae ohio 7, 9, 30, 47, 163
NITOMUS Aes access cs occ oaeareeoe 813
NUMACOSTOUS! 22 .osecesec nc Shece see 809
Malaga, fishing in 1831 and 1261.... 212
WEA OCUS: = sos ors casts a Saree 810
Waites as. csosoe sce a depean eee 792 |
Meniberdgoe sao ens eee alee 784, 792
Maltheme 2s 223t2. cence meee cosets 784
Man-Caber oi. 25.2 55eteenesas esceks 827
Maniacs: «soe aoe pence sa cass tes 812
Manchantb a seuleoereciee ce cae ene 190
Mandene WwalliamyCeeeecse. ces sane 41
Nanketinovor ashes 2222. . Soo ote 217, 218
Marsipobranchii. << .--5.. sss. 791
MARCH Ase VINe@VaAndsy asec... o5e ane 191
Masachusetts, fisheries on the coast 117
inquiry as to decrease

Dip ectesttnoac cose vill
MBSIICUMA re cate cee eects ce. cee 790
MAGATUOlO=seeecmctckankek cee tes 804, 810
MUTUROMCUS peeecs eeccoeieu cee cane 810

. Measures to promote increase of food-

HISIUOS grote eee Ba ae ears Bi 5.2 ROR

Meralops ys cscicihs cecscc sc css MLSE 810
Melanogrammus ..-..----...-----795, 284
NESIANOSNELIEE = sce et - Ss sl-eleee 283, 284
Melobesia membranacea.......---- 288
fATIM OSA ce eae coon has 288
pustulata ........-.---- 288
polymorpha. s-css= ss a= 204

Memorial of citizens of Hyannis to
(ONS eae so ciolereus oes eee Be 137
Menemshacbieht 2... e522 eels 33) 30
Menhaden seseccsceeekaesiaeeee. HOLL 826
Menhaden, distribution of .......-- 58 62
BIZELOLMe oat ee eae e oe EOS OS
abundance of-11, 19, 21, 26, 33,
40, 44, 46, 48, 49, 53, 58, 63, 69,
70, 72, 176
movements of .29, 35, 44, 58, 63,
68, 69
spawning of..-21, 48, 58, 63, 68
IOs aaa Ge odG cear 58, 63
economic value 11, 14, 17, 59, 63
relationships of..---. 58, 63, 68
CapuUlelO her seece =e 59, 63
MentiCinuss-eceme cere amelie 805, 824
Mera C11 Ceo serie ptsrerohctgee mn peeie esata 785, 796

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
Meérluciinie!.- 2-22 es2 oe eee 785
Merluctus:. ci. sosse eee eee 796, 824
Merritt; Henry... ==... -...55-- eee 86
| Methuen, Mr.:-.-. --- 2.2... >see 142
| Micristins’ ........--..2.——— 809
Microgadusiic2-- oa---4 eee .795, 824
| |Macropogont.= <-> 25-2 2. =e 805
Microstoma.: ... -..s.c2 ae eee 810
| Mierostomids. .2..-...ce-coneeeee 739, 810
Milcrostominte). s2-2ee- eee eee 789
Middleton, Carman & Co.-.......- 186
Mitners Je. Wissceeostcen eee Xii, xvii, 264
Misarkornalk... 2... 522. =s3eeheeee 795, 796
Miscellaneous correspondence, &e-. 135
Mishquammanquock ...--..------- 810
Missuckeke-kequok ...2.. 22-5 seeee 807
Modes of capture) -2-2--sc5-e eee 253
Mola gece. Secisies eo cce ce eee eee 792, 823
Molacanthine 22 52-. eee eee 784
Molacanthus.--=-- --+- >. ene eee 792
MolWa..s 220 <Sscesding ce eee 796
Monacanthinge).<--.-a-see eee 784
Monik-fish., 4. .4u¢.x = <,..46 23 55eee 792, 813, 823
Monomoy, weirs near.---.:2-s5eeee 2
Montauk. osc. . cc. ose nee eee 60
Moon=fsh: |...c. 6.225552 eee eee 807
SIIVeL -., < o-..0505- eRe
Moron@.<<:k.2ies.2-eeeee eee 807, 825
Morrbua pruinosa, (tom-cod) ..---. 73
Morton; Dhomas\..2.-2. 022 e eee 154
Moss-bunken......<7 cess eee eee 811
Mouse-fish;sc.2¢ 2¢.. 2. cee eee 792
IMO Wiy J UDEZ! Wile = tert es eer 109
Mud-dab\s<...4-2 2-2. sass eee 794
Mugil : 2252. s2220.2 cage 808, 825
Muipilide: 2c. .cp-ceeeeiee eee 788, 808
Mupiloidea.........<-+-<2 te eesee eee 788
Mullet 22sec: -. <<<. cnet eee 808, 825
Mullidae:.2.< ... <2... con. 787, 804
Mulloideéa ...2 -c<.0ce cose eee eee 787
Mrillusie cece 2 ein ais ¢ states seco Oe
Miunimichoe:) 222-2 oe eee 809, 826
Munnawhatteatg,-=--- es =eneeee 811
Murson oldies 5.22 --pi-e eee 797, 798, 824
Murcielago... <- 52 0<c=. os seeeeeee 799
Museums, specimens for........-.-.. xv
facilities afforded officers
(t) PRES doo 5C XV
Musteéling..... 22 .2--ecceeoeeeeeeee 790
Mirstelus.< esse cee. Se eee 813, 827
Myliobatidaa:-o2- en-6s-e eee 790, 812
Myliobatinge pe ectrisecmes= =e eee 790
Miyliobatisee. tance eisaeeee » - «~~ O12, 826
Myliobatoideai ==. --cmicee == eee 790

—
Se

Ta et oe

GENERAL INDEX.

Mpriotrichia filiformis-...-...----- 286
HIRSUTA 5 copa cieneisie sya )niee ero. Seiotsios arse 814
MARAT SD: <1 <1s\wicetaaw fear bcetenioe's 791, 514
NN STA) OSG 1 ee 794, 823
ING
MEU OKE hs cisteta ce sce tree 17, 41, 187
journal of first settlement
Oferta cle eee ce ae O38
Sewer esto tse be eee 135
WNarracansett pier..:.--225:------. 21
| INDSID ING eee a 136
National museum, specimens forthe xv
Natural history of some of the food-
fishes of New England .-......-.. 228
MMCRALOS Mena. Soc tscsce soso cee 803
Nearushoneislamd: sis 2 J 22250 Me 32 |
Meajoupallupak 2225222. 25225502253 796
Nemalion multifidum ..--...----.- 290
WemaAlOonathicas. sche. sSstcc sce. 789
Nets, movable and fixed..........- 255
decreaseitrom- =. S55 25522 XXX1, XXXIV
and pounds, list of patented... 278
Gir LEYS 050 ears oe 103, 194
New England’ Prospect, (London,
TNS) cae cove Sens ese eng ares ea 161
New England, account of two voy-
ages in the 17th cen-
GOLYRe ects acts 149
abundance of fish in
former times.-.-. - 149
decrease of fisheries
Olena seen se. | ONAL
first appearance of
fish on the south
sideroie= == =o 181
fishes, some early no-
tHCeS OF SS. oasee Se 165
rill) oe ees 151
language of the na-
tives, (1643)|222-=- 164
natural history of
some of the food
HSHES .csc=2 See 228 |
plantation, (printed
in 1630)=-248222 159, 161
second visit to South
Coast) 2335-4 =455—= 36
rarities, discovered by
John Josselyn....- 150
sea-weeds, or algee of
the south coast... 281
statistics on the South
Shovertecs eae 173

trials, (1620)... .2-=- 3.) MUS:
New English Canaan, (printed in
TGSD Eee ete Sates ara asec LO

Newport, Rhode Island .7, 10, 16, 19, 21, 28,

109

New Shoreham, (Block Island, ) peti-
tion for a, harbor in 1773 --..---. 163
New York, colonial history of...--- 169

North Carolina, winter-fishing for
DlUe=fish”. 2126 eseerete rortteeises 250
Norton; Lhomas --22cs---—— sees 192
INose=fish 2. lei. eriace rose eeiee 792
INostoe’spheeroides 2.22 =.5---24-ss= 294
Numi bahshhy ois eins Se asey ces eee 812
ANGUS Oteeeyaatersot i -icocls ot) cictaloetaeae 804

O.

Obisporsestrts sss ete eee ee 812
Objects, scenes of special interest. - 15
| Odontaspididz ...-...... eee tr 790, 813
Ova co Ovaksj.2 eee eee 795
Oncocobhus 2262.2 asso eee CU
Oneirodest= 2222 5453282202 Pao oaS 792
OMOS) Vos. weak Se tastes eae 796
OMahise teas sete ose aie ts eesti eens ee 804
Operations, base of sea-coast.---.-. 12, 14
Ophiditd a2. fase cee eee 785, 796
Ophidioidea'. ss2ssssseee Se ea eee 785
Ophiditm so: Se agaseaces ee eee 796
| ?O@Opisthonenlaisese-sasees see eee eee 811
OLlveyniIines, solace cess tee eee eee oe 787
MGIC Ueno Gepe eoSereeemercee cnc. ler.
Olney, Mires SW e ea saere: eee eee 931
Oxrpins,; Johiie ses eo - e- os eee ee 188
Onpins\ JohniGesss eee ese seca 41,188
| Orthagoriscids --. 25222: 5222-2 --- 784, 792
Orthavoriscinweess.e ses eee 784
Orthacoriscoid -..---.--=-. jesse 784
Orthopristis -.--. -...-./2- eee 806
Osborn, Joseph). ----..---aeeeeeeee 109
Oscillatoriaceie 2: 225-222. eee 293
OSmerugs! 22. ee < ae eee 810, 826
Ostraciombidctsseeee er oe cee aoe 784, 793
Ostracionuinrers. ses sees oes eee 754
Ostracoderman soe oe sa5s- == oleae 784
Otolithintewsaso-2 eee a 787
Ove ntishiimOgere tater) to r= seine xxiy, 8
Oyster=tishieees oe ee eee eee 798

Oyster gathering, patented appar-
Pile apoe Abooeo mo EDoHonioos[ ones 278

P.

Paddle ~-. -..<0 Se tehceateapectes eee 799

Palinunichthys 2... .--++--c.-0-2 eo20y004

846

Palloriet tances 6 eereeaeee eee 803
IRalmer, Dr. Wiss2t s-eciciscenccesee xvi
Geo. H csehes cee eeeeee ores Xiv, 88
PAM PANO 2b 2 oo 22S etisieloacince sees 803
Panhaden (Panhagen) .-..-.------ 811
Raralepididtey -=.\-.5 <6 -5--—)se eee 789, 810
Paralepidoidea <1. <2 === sis eee 7389
BAT Ale PiS co<ac)- Seis ines ais wie eet 810
arasites on wish! 222 <-s- seeceeoens 75
ParatracuUs~----c.--.- .-o see See sO eo SUS
Parephippus. -—- =. <<.<</qoe oes 807
masque Ueland) 2-21. ace case ass 34
Patents granted for inventions re-
lating to fishing, &c .--. 275
granted prior to 1834...... 280
RAW CGAbLUCKIRIVE?R hecoeecaccs+- co~ = 31
Péase,|\Capt. Prancis).-----.- ..-=- 37
Capt. Jostahi@r.-/--<- .-<-.. 37, 189
Captalvotusihy see. -2nj-c- 37, 189
edie wmlaiy acetate o's oo ow -1s clones = 784
IE) 355555 5550 seSsbop eK0eSbeseseaS = 603
en dieton i Vitraescico-i< cece cstnes to 31
IMS OVNI S ASO Se Sagar Soee ee Saee 804
IEETCOSOCES man's ecto nis, seis ne cistces/s 738
(PERSO Soo S40sS0peesenboaeae pageoe 807
IN YGit Se Seeceraainareareacerae 803
MOGs Pee esta bes eS ays sere eicicocle 801
IDO emer £ Sen Sein eatsife 807, 825
ANCOR) 352 2 asc see sees c\em aise 788
GNC AC OTe ceaiis Bere. cise siete ace e 792
WRESCALLICE sie a ecelecice Sane coe eae 792
EGO Mee ee eid cin Sere ciie eee 813

De ee See Bod HOLA GOO
ee cae ToINeie

Petromyzon .... -.-
Petromyzontid@ .....<..-

IZStTOMY ZOMLING Sess eee rier ceircicine > 791
IPO TONG) Geer ots eee ees te TEASE: 792
PG ZZ OLE Olnraystehtsyc aye ia eave fa erate tense eleseisiere 813 |
Hhmmeys (Gershom) sos sc osc sere 14, 41, 187
HEN OMS seeeee cee cls oe ccisiaricrsnicmcisele 798
Rhotocraph of fishes'---- -25-s---=- 15
iy Clin eo sees elas (soko epeeiatale career dco
HY CISfesee cee once <b oe eee. seeeloOs oot
iPhyllophora Brodizi--5. -22.-- a--- 290
membranifolia -..-... 290
Physical investigations of waters. - 13
icetO0 beescin sen cee ecioeeeks ees - 801
MO Gsosacs cna Sneciee ee ac ere ane 803, 825
PM OtSSh noes S.tooseveenemecescce n803, 825
Pimelepteride......-..-.. - 10, 27, 787, 805
Bimele pterus, << isis ooss cece ene 27, 805
Pine-tree Beach ....---. Bie tease seas 10
Pipe-tShte . ccc ssiGnse see se eces 793, 823
IPIBCES2 os ib socio ee dose estsecosteee 784

Pitman, J). ValbOte. a4 nde aee ve LOD

}

GENERAL INDEX.

Plagiostomi
Plagusia, -.5222522252625-- 0 eee
Plagusiin®. .-,..c00.1<cmics mje) ees

Pla GOs 2: 5odacesacsie coe eee 47
8126 (Of 22235 oc0csee Re eee Py

Value of... 2222: oe eee eee 47
smooth: .. 2. 2. «22 a.6- ee eee

Plan of inquiries, general.---...-.- xiii, 1
Platessa dentata, food of ....-. ..-. 94, 120
abundance of .... 120

oblonga, abundance of..-.95, 121
Plectognathts. == .-o--~ + -sieeeeeees 784
Pleuronectidée ..<.0<.-5- 2s eee eee

Pleuronecting® --.0%..2)-:- oc 2c ete
Pogee, or menhaden=. = -—o-eeeeee 62
Pogonias)... . 522-2 s2.50. cece es
Pogy.. 2 -sc-s2-05 232 52s eee

Point Judith <2 .. ..<- 2 22 eee een
Poisoning fish, .- =. - -.i-:..45-53— =
Pollachius.. -- oon nee one2e
Pollock .. 2-22 s. -t.<ccsc eee eee ee

abundance of.....-..-...-- 45,69

Value! Of: =/5-10-\s eee 45
Pollution of waters. oleeee eee xxill
Polyides rojundus; ss2-on-4-e eee
Polynematoidea =--- e145 786
Polynemid®@: =... <<.22-5-s ee eee
Polysiphonia urceolata....-...-.-- 286

olneyi- =.(3..s.s- see ee

harveyi s.c..5-25 Senne
subtilissimia:---j----4) eee
elongata, 45.2. sscee ee

tibrillosa <=. = s222-2 45. eee
violacea s.i<¢,: 456-5 een

Varieratas.-. see eee 287
atrorubescens -..---- 287
nigrescens§..------<-. eet

fastigiata ..........- 287
Pomacentridve..- 5 «22 see 786; 801
Pomatomids! --2. 22) ---)eeee= 788, 207
Pomatomus.....J-..- Pi cia heel eee 807
Pomatomus saltatrix......-.-----235, 825
Pomatopsetta 2.23.5 s2--2= = eeeieeee 795
Pomolobus'’....<2. «sess. s-ee= soe 811, 826
POMpaAlO}.ces s+ <t ss ee eee 803, 825
Poolhiram= 22.22. -2- eee 191
Porcupine-tish) 222-5 ee ee =e 793
POLSY ce cn.ccie esac ee se eae eee ees 815, 824
Porgies, abundance of.......-.-.--- 49
Poronotus:::5223s5--.'. 5-04. eee 804, 825
Porphyta vulearis)-2.. ---eseeeee 292
Pounds description Ofs=se-s-eeeeeae 10
Pound-net at Waquoit, Mass ..---. 268
at Waukegan, Ill....... 264

.

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
Pound-net at Wood’s Hole, Mass... 262
Pound-nets on south side New Eng-

Hand location Ofscescnvcec cecil. XXV
Pound-rent suggested ....-.-.----- 36
IBOMNOS ss. = fae nee ceeceyeceia sae sce 259, 262
Powel, Samuel--------ix, x, xvi, 9,73, 125
Predaceous fishes, ravages of ...--- Xxii
Preliminaries to inquiries by United

SUMUCE oo sao neenn DoEE A eOnooeeee vii
IPMACROLNNIC Ha aan eC cee ecees 788, 807
Pracanthoideda 5... -\-..-~.-sc* 2--- 788
SMe AM MUS woste Se ofa aie elvis cee 807
aTHOMO UMS Eta: eee cose cel ses cae eee
RD Sel ae ae See 790, 812
ristipomatide =... hts. see. 788, 806
ERIS UIOM abe. = —-\2- cites ce cone 788
HAGISUISMee ile sete So See kiseceseemen, rele
Prohibition of fixed apparatus..... XxXxv
Projectiles for capturing fish ....-.- 253

list of patented ...-...-- 277
HLOMICTOPLELUS seo -)secs) seek cso 806
providence River -..52.-2..242 2... 19

Pseudopleuronectes ---..-..-. .-.-794, 823

Pseudopriacanthus..-.......-..--. 807
TOLACWIMING) Saac.sccesseesessace cc | 18M
ienaclisper ees ents aacesice at coe) B04
AUCRO PUG NC ae ae clos aicine ois oo'c'e siaiess 792
IPECRO DENIER coe Sop peneor Seppe aes 812, 826
Eteroplateimee) 2222 sa sc 2. sos cles onic 790
iPtilotavelewans) -..-..2.--5---55-- 291
Puckermouth, abundance of-..---. 1a
economic value -.--. 8

| ER = Soa Sea DDO SEE OEE eeeree 793
Punctaria fenuissima ....--..-.... 285
plantaginea ............ 285

ROU teres tei occ (a)ci site slate, «aa el 794, 826

Q.

Questions relative to the food-fishes 3
(QUO KS) (0) CUBA R ACRES ee Ree cee aoe SB HOt)
R.

ReMi at ye, stajcinjcle. wa iatal ere eye er= 793

[ERSTE es SUE en 812 |
WN Bhs siocie viciniccs os nscitie ese nee 790, 812
ERAS ve stro (nicer ccinsiiopasteeae 790
PRAT ROMO EG) oa aren <eia ajare! sie vieletotere mie 790
IES Mae oink i ateicya Sielnis bm al oe eee 790
IVALESI A) VELYUCOSS: ‘= --5).<c-c0 Secs e 293
ays abundance Of --\--\- seem elee 70
TSANG MOUULCTIY.. a= m0 <c/aau-so/ece see 826
COW-NOSCOL../sa-seceeeee eee OL2
Clearenosed), 2522 csseiscncce ele 812
shanp-nosed) <5 sc.stelss = =lese 812

847

Page.

Ray, Sharp-headed cea s0 «-<\</o- == 826
StIN DRE Cette eee sete ses tise 826
Razor-tishv.teeeee era ceieesstcce sa) Brel

Read (ACERS Soe ee reese es s So eae
Records: Mrs Witt sererses-eee ee eee eco rol
IRed=fish =e eee eee eee eeeeeee eae COL Sue
Red-crouperess= eae eee eee eS LO
Reed, Mir olsen sce eee eee eee 125, 191
Reels; list of patented: ----2-52-4--48 270
Regulation for use of stationary ap-
PALALUS) =- =} onl nce cise ree ee SRT ot)
IRGNORNROMUS Soc 5656 ce ooadude ce 795
Remembrancer, the (London, 1776) 172
IRGMOTOPSISe asses essen ee eee eee Uso

UCI CO Stays. ceneisi tence: ae eee ee
Report of Rhode Island committee, 104
State commissions -..--. 104
Researches plan of... -i22c2--2--4 (sail
of associates. .--..----. Xvii
Result of inquiries in 1872. .....--. XXXVi
Results, summary of........- XV, XXXVili
UNM B i errs se eos ets a sore e ele oe eNO
IMMA Secascosasoneadeoscous OSE
RHIMONeMUS, S22. 2.6255-554552555 0
NINO Pterars. 2.2 ta./ocio- ee eee
Rhode Island, act recommended -.. ‘110
committee, report of. 104
IM G|LLUTE Sy Divers rsetse vii

legislature, pleadings

before the Senate
COMMIUbLCC == et LO
Rhodomelacer =a sees -os- sooo ee eee
Rihodomelasubiuscae sesso. eee oe

Rhodospermez ............---.--283, 286
RkEodymeniacez ..-..-.-.- 2

| Rhodymenia palmata ...........-. 290
Hom bine yest ene 2. o-e Beene oO
Rhombochitusecc..s+-+ 222s ee OUS eed
RUD vip bieimeerec ae epate emia 788
RVers Say Semen oeinmieet te treiactacianets ie
Rights under the charter and Con-

StiimitoOnien 22. =f <2 So yersaeteic~ 219
Rimbaud Mine We Bee eciccrae\ ott sclera 211
Rivalariacesy---n es o-2 6-5 See ae eee
Rivulartarabeaw eee sacks sowkee lee 293
IROACHE 2. seat eetseet scotacscesee 805
RO DINKOMSHH Ole en. tee er <i Se 33
IVOCCUBER ER ci ee coe aa ae acs a sae 807, 825
VO CKANS Hae vec ote eine se loae temo 807, 825
Rocklime, SVAs De 25 on c- om oe cctne oO
Rock-bass, abundance of .....-.--. 39,50
Rock=ee lh uh eisai eel one especies 824
Rockwell Mir HB ee see seetsee see xiv, 7
Rods, list of patented ....-..-..--. 276

848

Page.

Rogers, Captain & Brothers.-...--. xiv
Rovers & Mdwards...... ..-.-.sse= 126
overs, Jon <2. -=\-ssc-ecses eee 263
HVOMELOs sec cae cecme see e eee eno 803
Rose-fish ..--- Bee a\e2 eee eee 801
WVINO ee ae ccnc cee eces oo cece ee ee 799
RUWd der tish. o's... ise» sas ae 803, 825

Ss.

Saccopharynoides 22-2 = -eee aes eee 789, 812
SEK CO) Nay Ayitp ae eaeo S45 55 s5eae0 3 812
Pacnuest OUNb..c2sce oes com ser ose 22
Raion s3ch i cecks eee ere 802, 813, 825
SHINO HEC OSEE Oso a OB eE ones 810, 826
PALM OM sae a= cee mem eine mee clave ae 810, 826
Salmon, abundance of........- 35, 161, 169
MOVEMENUSTOLS.- 22-52 -~ s200; LO)
economic value, &c......- 8

Na MOTT co pe eE ees ck come oe: 789, 810
ssteilleavonaunaueey 555815 oy Se RE ea aaa a 789
SAlOM OCCA sa csisi = cmcte 2 ices ems 789
NolmMOn=thOUleece wesc seen ceeeree an) BOO
AMG OUMC EL casas, cnnaeimee.cecmice 795
Siz OVC Leroy) Ps ae = eA ee re Soe 807
Saud-launce ........--<.6 ce Bae eeee 807
NTU SMANK see ceetie-cick ct ecesiererse ee 813
SUM SMUG bya see cat eu wes eee meee 808, 825
RU OME sce ce Cs ewistetceeece seers, AOS
SAP AM Aileen ee amerelives kee) MeO.
Sarandhisksoalkdra.cesceece ceeceos. 6 1eo

PS CLITTS LI FH ae ey BI Re Ca er Alt)
RS AIBC a eeeie Spek eae oe care Seige ne BOON eO

Sargassum vuleare .-.-<-..---.--- 284
Montagne, 2. seers see 284
baceiteramis-2-o eee 284

SHERI sepa Sean ae CEE e seas oe ase 805

SS ALOUMTO CUS aise mae emcee esate 802

SAME MICONe/ = 2s sees see aoe 11, 12, 16, 49

SEMA 455855 sooeseidneSoD.c05 ae Asean Oo

DAW HSN <2 os. sec csclsc seer ueseee 26, 812

CAC. Mie GVCOer met lsintslaconceceee 803, 825

Monted ease eeeaciese es Seceiee 803, 825
MaACkKerel crs sisccrtdasie seems ee 825

Scologermar. cess ccccesicss oeeeeeee 784

POC TSOMIMGL SS fel = <<) Pmosinvo sie eie's nls Sale Oe 787, 804

GIONS . 2 soso ws oc e vias emieteceeree 787

MGIEBMOLU GAS - = crsteeicwic ie Seisie sus een 787

SWEAT NS yoomes booseSucQudoo seesac 805

Scientific visitors to Woods’ Hole-. XV

einala tuncellatanccseeve sera ieee 290

Scituate, Mass., history of ...--..-.- 161

SCOHOd ON 2 acc cose ee eeelcisecione 813

SCOMPErs Assia oe eoneclcelene Ae 802, 825

Scomberesocidz ..-..--.-..... 788, 789, 808

GENERAL INDEX.

Page

Scomberesocinw:---.,--e2-/-s eee 789
Scomberesok:-2- 2656s oe eee 809, 826
Scombridis cs... .2--.2 ee eee 787, 802
Scombrin® 2-22 -.<.0s<. see eee 787
Scombroideacca...-5-- eee eee 787
Scopelide) s22 2-2 ==. 1-2- se ae 789, 810
Scopeling .22./--22--\c-s-- pee eeee 789
Scopelus... .-+-<csjcccs soe Pee 810
Scorpena. ...<'--5- os<0 sees eee 801
Scorprenide .....-..-. '.22 see eee 786, 801
Scorpenin® ..2. 2.5 -csceeeee
Scott; Genio C........-...-.-- 208; 2425246
Sculpin....-..--- 220-22 << -eoUUneUumees
Scup.b..s cesses 255555 posse 805, 824

distribunion of =.---s sere 54, 59, 112

abundance of..7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17,
20, 24, 27, 28, 29, 33, 36, 38, 40, 43, 44,
45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 53, 54, 60; 70, 72,

77, 80, 85, 86, 88, 93, 112, 118, 117,
118, 126, 129

SIZOKOL2 sere eee 10, 43, 48, 54, 60, 68

movements of .. ..10, 11, 12, 17, 24, 32,
38, 43, 48, 49, 51, 54, 60, 67, 68, 69, 74,

80, 112

relationships of... ..54, 61, 74, 80, 114,
129, 130

food of 2i...ccc2 ose se eee 47, 54, 61

spawning of. ..11, 13, 15, 19, 24, 33, 35,
44, 47, 48, 49, 54, 61, 62, 68

capture of <2 2. 2o-7 eer 12, 47, 55, 62
economic value, &¢..-8, 11, 17, 29, 48,

55, 62, 107

enemies) Of. .csccene see eee 202
habits:.of'. .. 2. sero. =e eee 203, 205
(porpzee, Porsy)\s=.=—--e——— eee 80, 228
SCUppaue..655—.-so- eee eee 805
SC yee eae oe ene ree -790, 814
Scymmoidea-- .- <= 2-1 nee ela 790
Sea-ape.: L022: <icls-q5-2e ee eee * 813
Sea-Dass’s. Sec. ne p cewe eee 806, 825
diste! bublon) Ofyeeeeee ee 66

abundance of .. .-11, 15, 17, 18, 20,
30, 33, 49, 50, 66, 85, 86, 88, 107,

117

movements of .-.....--- 35, 66, 68

VAN) MERE g6555 652227 20, 66
spawning’ Of-- > 0--=——ibe = 33, 66

Capture Of -.-...-e==—ee 13, 66

feodsOl 22.0. seseee eee 66
economic value of....----- 11, 66

and tautog : .-.-~-=-=se—n

Sea-Catieo- 5st cen. == —s— eee 792, S11
Sea-devall.: 2c. -- 05 -eee eee eee 792

Sea-fisheries, possible exhaustion .-112, 141

ee

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.
Sea-fisheries, regulating by law.... 104
Om ON a. Bohan Lice eae 813
Ed aREREIMO tec ioce ce cick eee 3 811
SGH OHS Raa Seep ee eee Ie Cee 793, 823
SPA OU Ais Se eee 799
end PeLClsLedyacs. ayes. tosvisaeacoe’ 801
Ua OACKEL aacss oes sscceccccncscue 800
GHEE UVOMslscie/cie Sciccwieia cis sivas ecls 801, 824
SEP TIOIO, 225 S85 Oe See ee 799, 824
Stas ill RSS se5se— es ee 792
Sede EROUbeaeieaere ie Ser sie ae foto soax et 810
abundance: OL. so— = a0 35
SPOULCEI occ aweceee eee 804
Sea-weeds or alge of the south
coast of New England.-...... .- 281
OMAN UES Scere telnis wa cicwasielcorteas Sees 801
Sienin@) S633 5o605 3 Reese eee 255
NLOM Oe nal savasjaints cis aciotwelclsctionek se 802
SPMIIGH Sass peso eosscc oaAcco qaerogs 808
EMLAMIO eo owls scien ts ont Selaiasc- -- 708, COG
SURAT fla iaicts cLioietciccec cee eteth ae 788
Se Std) 2 ee ea ee eee ma 806
Sila ce 811, 826
abundance of -. 9, 21, 50, 94, 119, 137,
176, 205
MANERA HlONS) Oba <1 || S=S—= sa: 23,119
PAlOMS =e ees Sis scis sma seven cals 826
SHad herring ©... ---.----ss «---5e 811
Shaler, Prof, N.S ---5-. 2 2ccitoee.- 187
808

Shanny, Bosce’s....-...--- ei
fOUL-PANAEE oo ssseeecesaos §©G08

MUMESNITECO Soc .e Hoetaee eee 798

Shark, thresher, food of .----.--.--- 28
TARESHER= 5.5/2 — es ee ae ed

NEW OOGIS) icra wrcetde oo cela ectetere 813
OMG S oo vic cc scene Soe eeE CR Ole

iGGr <-aee eee Sg S58 4) Koll)
mackerel. 2... -..-525-5 ---olan820

S2iG 35 eee ee ees crete by toy]

blmwel as ss SlUsol ost Ree 813
bllshead sek 13 6.2. sh eee 813

GUS keys rsoces- sac eoeceeene 813
hammer-head ...---s-ss-cee 813
MAAN = CALOL aatole nic einys oo nc steelers 813
shovel-head. ..<:<.-.-cs-2- 813
BHOVEl-NOSCicnck es eascce ace 813

DIOCR ven csc socket eemeeeeee 827
Sharks, abundance of ..-..-....-.- 70
REAIBKCR AY) o soo ols «sonal oniscocciee clans 813
SSHERMLUS oon, wv ce eoosccrcsmnaacee 804
DIMEN SNEAC) 22 a2 esac ae-wamsoeeel 805
abundance of ..--...- 11, 28

economic value of..-- 8

Sherman, Captain... 2..sco ce eee = 14, 31

S. Mis. 61 D4

849

Page.
SUM essa tare wrotetels etaeretoe « 789, 811
NUULOId Caw.ces te saan scene coetecs 789
MIL VOr-Gat i cntA ee ntates tele wean 808, 826
Silvier=percheesaaasssce- ee oe ok 805
Silver=sidesi#saaysnca 7 see 804, 808
Siphonacere:: 2.2 Saya sae oe ae 292
Sisson, Willigm +. 228224)... 605 87
Skate*c loos. Rees sees 826
Skip=jack) 25 eee 21, 35, 802, 807, 809
NETppauge. 5-5-0. seek Se oeeemeres 810
SKIppers Io. VIS se Saee ecee 809, 826
Skittle-dog:.:ctiustscencaoeee Boe teil
Slat-weir, East Dennis, Massachu-

SOtts) Baye.cete.. cell ies cee leee 272
Sleepersharkssssss.- 055 otc ce ae 814
Sleeper; striped)... =.=... -. 82202 799
Slame=fisht.2 2 e.s oe sae rd orc aos 814
Smeltjssseeaceeseehcseuesas seseee 810, 826
Smith, Capt. John B..--...... xi, 15158

Maye seraeasesecccseea sons 28, 30
Nathanieltssrss.c555 Soo sees 19
Sh Jee 2 XIV, XV, XXi
Smooth-houndeecostssseon- sees 813
Snap-mackerel 43225253 Soe: 807
Snapperts22s5 512 S452 ry he one 801
Suipe-fishi 2252 S42 45555 ess US 793
glass-eyed: 2-22 :2-<22cs25 806
SnowsM0tsecs+ tose ccceeocccess oss SS,
Soap-fish): sss 052s65622085.254 226 806
| Sole, American -=-.:222s2222s2-e 823, 794
longi 22ttesnessasaeeseeeseee 794
Soleidiorcek .. tee re ae 785, 794
Soleinse/s:ss355s22 Be see eee 785
Solienian chordalist= 2220.22 20-4 =--— 2289
SOMMIOSUS ssaseteeocte sete es caee 36
Southwick, J. M. K...-.. MLV) KOM, exoKe OS
12, 14,15, 31, 76; 88, 183; 261
Pee eee ee 87
Samuel's. 2262 cae secre 183
Spanish mackerels2:22: S2s--225--- 13, 16
distribution of... 25, 66
abundance of - .8, 24, 29,
49, 51, 53, 66, 77, 118,
121
movements of .- - 34
capture of....... 25, 49
fOOdKOf==2—-2-e = 66
AIZCIOL eee ee 66

economic value,
price, &e-.---- 8, 53
SParid ese sasece n= see oss ee ere 788, 805
SJOE TNE) O36 2 eh oogacasueeaD Soom ne = 788
SHRI BO aoa benicccaosaoad Soo5c0S 805
SpawHing) <=. cscs aes -nieleeeimnn = 205

tn

850

Page.
Spear-fish .-...----.------------- 802, 825
Spears and arrows -----.------+--- 253
Species, doubtful....-.--.--------- 780
MUM DEL Olen eae see eee 781
Specimens, collection of---.------- XV
facilities afforded for
collecting .----.---- XV
for national museums- XV
for colleges, academies,
museums, &¢.------ XV
sphacelaria cirrhosa--. 286
HONKY OS CaoocopsSa aos 293
Spheerococoidex --.----------+----- 288
Sphyreena ..--..--.-------------+-- 808
Sphyrzenide ......--------------- 788, 808
Sphyrenoidea .....--------------: 788
SonyLOn See ee eweere eS. ===! <n 813, 837 |
Sphyrnide .....--..--.-- wekebier 790, 813
Spinacoide ......---.------------ 790, 814 |
Spindel, Capt. Isaiah. -- - v..67, 193, 262
Pape 290
Sporochnacee ...-.-.------------- 285
Spring-bass ....-.-..----++-------- 8
Sprine-Weils.- 2. 65-20. 2---- nie 72
SPVTIGIACED 2. 2 ce.s ea a-ncemn ie <= - 291
Spyridia filamentosa..-...--.------ 291
PAN io ee onaye ee nce nile sane e'= 790 |
SOUAlUS Sess oo 25 -neene 814, 827
DUMMIMATIAC +. ~22.0- same - ~<a 290
Siuatinar: -c¢,5 o254--5- 2 --S seer leaneet
Simei bey o5 eo Seqpcoees ooes soea cr 790, 813 |
Squeteague, relationships of-.-. --- 79

distribution of.....-... 57, 65
abundance of .. 11, 14, 15, 19,
31, 33, 40, 51, 57, 65, 71, 72,

77, 120, 127, 128

size of .......14, 19, 33, 57, 65
movements, &c¢., of - .. -57, 65,

69,78

food of-.--18, 32, 33, 58, 65, 70

spawihinS Of. --- -- = 69, 71

Capture ior =-- 3. co-. 24, 51, 58

economic value, &c., of, 8,11,58

/ Squeteague or Squit ..---...---.- 814, 824

Sauib-Nocket,Pond ....2--:s-2-ce 980

GUNG Weer esate ome eanelseee ee 804

SUSE VAD Cache Saoee ada bobo O75. c0Rc 798

State commissions, reports of..-.-.. 104

legislation o-rse.ceise= 1-12 XXXIV
Stationary apparatus, regulating

LHOULAINO ee cai t oa ecireuenne Se cio 132

Sielliterns 2254-53. 0 shore eee oes 805

SLenotomus. s-.seceivcs see ei see 806

ALLVIOPS .----- ---- - = see0y O24

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.

Stephanolepis .----. - -793, 823

| Stevens, Lieutenant- Gioveln nor : Paw
Gon W .< 22.02 s-202025 once seal Omen
Stevens, Win WSs 2s. case eee 87
Stichseldeiae> ssa one 785, 786, 797
Stich#us: =. ..2.65..05 oe eee 797
Stickle-back= 2-22 34-42-55 4e= 794, 825, 826
| Stilophora rhizodes ..-.--...2-2222 285
Stimpson, (Doctor==-2-2.se—--eeee 259
DiinGanree.5 cesses eel eee 812
| StiNeeray eos. ese sae eee 812
Stomias ...---/.<-0 sh See 809
Stomiatide...-..2-.--<- 2-4-2 eeeeemeo ous
Stomiatine :22.2 22.5. - ss. sce ee
Stomiatoidea --- 2222.25
Storer, (rss.2---2..-4-e eee eee 74
Stowe, Mireie speee eee ¢oeeee 18
Straw used for catching fish------ 273
Striped bass, distribution..-..----- 66, 67
abundance ..- -. .-13, 14, 23, 29,

30, 33, 34, 35, 38, 45, 46, 50,
51, 67, 72, 78, 85, 87, 88, 93,

117, 121

movements... - -31, 38, 40, 48,
66, 67, 78, 79, 85, 87

size.....-- 15, 16730; SIiaonore
78,79

food ..2 5222-5 --eeeee 87

spawning ....-.-.-.-< _ 38, 72

capture. . .23, 26, 67, 69, 78, 89

economic value of-38, 67, 825

(See, also, Bass, striped.)

Stromateids
Stromateine - oF PS Sela casa
Sturgeon, near nee a2 = see eee OL eneee
short-nosed --.--.-------812, 826

Sucker .c..ce nce hiee eee "808, 814, 824
Summer-skate ..-..------ 812
Sun-fish << <2 ...<s2-.+-- cleo wee elemoee
Supplementary testimony-----.--- 182

we Be eee eee

Supply, cause of diminishing the -. 209
Surgeon, black 2.22 == er .eee = eee 801
Surgeon-fish. <2 ~~ -co- === eee eeere B01
Swan, Jolin Paes.) = eee 12, 14, 15
Sweet; Joseph W)---- os eeeeeeee 109
Swellefish 2... -tsos see 793, 823
Swanele-taill = 22 soo. ee eee 813
Sword-fish, common. - 22. sseeeeee= 802, 825
Synentognathi ........-.-.-<---= 788, 789
SyNenathi - <2... o-acecie eee eee 784
Symenathide 22-222 .2- sees eeeee 784, 793
SYMON AUTH ING oo oom fowelomelle eea 784
Syngnathus...--......-6 semese--- 793, 823

Synodontidie22-2-~. > -se-s-eeaeee 789, 810

GENERAL INDEX.

IMENTS 22-22 na wees cas Seeaots 810
Systems of fishing,considerationson 139
ie

Table of temperatures of the Little
Harbor Woods! Hole. 5252-5. /828
Bons ha diye) /ajeis = cicr sein pee ace B26
iewlimans) BeNises:s <)-5.5).55 550s e 22
(Mite aio tev tea yen 107, 212, 215
PERI D OL esc isa. Sti Scicicsinincecanae 793
TMU SSG Ge pee ee eee ae 801, 825
distribution’ of,s-—-.--ss4—- 56, 64

abundance of- ..7, 12, 14, 20, 22, 23,
27, 28, 30, 31, 43, 44, 50, 56, 65, 72,
75, 78, 85, 86, 87, 88, 93, 107, 117

SIZOVO I ees Je 56, 65, 71

movements of..7, 14, 35, 56, 64, 65,

79

relationships of .......--.- 56, 65

HOOD Ole css sccoesi acces 56, 65

spawning of. -.33, 36, 39, 56, 65, 71

-capture of .....-. 7, 15, 25, 56, 65, 79

economic value of, &c -.12, 24, 56,

65, 107

PIE MNO Magee ors oe etl a5 5 aos emcieyaes 801, 825

Mambo solabNus!= <5 << 6\---a6-- s2¢ 801, 825

MAVIOM AUSTIN << \c/siocaa5-in .ecee 178

Bdlyiard lesser asad aos 2 26, 27

Meleocephalies ys ssa) atece sects 785

INGE OBEN saclay casino, cin wees so aioe 784
Testimony, decrease substantiated

DU \WeS a Staeseascmeeaee XViil

in regard to the condition
of the fisheries in 1871 xiv,7

PPRUMAGUNTING oc. 2.-- lacckdawecicc.|| TET
PRPAUPUNAUUS, (-\=\-j- + co Jos )awcicicarseis 802, 258
PRG EO CD OMe sees). sais1 ce Sosoee ee 793, 823
PR ERTOCONLIA® <2 6:s0cc6 sous tees 784, 793
Weirodontinw= .-\<.- <<. 02 coe cease 784
FRetrOdOntOlded) .-2 = .4s2- = s-sccceeie 784
EMH MIG ease ses. css eee ee 786, 801
Menthidoidean. << 22-5 += sseteeea 786
lai, JO sess eane Eee meee oaae 85
Slulnste He ray Mitre 2 toe ocisans\s sara ee SRV
iampson, Prof. O. C.....- 222.228: Xvi
“LI GUSEO LTE) Te ge a ee 801, 803, 825
PEHECAG-NOLTING <=. <.--6/-cisncee ces. 511
Preset Soo... schine Seren eh 813
TOI db ds Ik 0 erates, eee 7
BRICER SHER 2 <5. 5... -.« Sinica, ciowts ieee 813
tM. = <5 jane aneoeeeeny LOL
LSU TRC en eS 31
MNO RGRTSIN sacclc nce ceeenee sion 792, 798, 824
LG NGS 12 a hr XV, Xvi

Page.

MOm=Cod anesthe ots ab ce cece 795, 824
Monpedimideereeers sass eeceence 790, 812
Roxpedininwessseesee ss ceca eee 790
Torpedinoida sass acoe Pascoe ts tos OO
Torpedo. ce-ee see eee ee 812, 826
Torsls 4232552 eeeee coset as 796
Trachinocephalus 2245-25-25 so.- 810
rachuropss.222o2- eee eee 803, 825
Erachynotinw-~=.. ks see 787
Uirachivan GGUS see io =e ae 803, 825
Prammel-net 22...) 26 6540en ee 258
irap at Pine Ponta he loess. a eee 260
Trapping, history of the investiga-

ULONASHLOEis,<e sasee sees eee ss S19
Trap-property, value of ........... 216
Traps, &c., State control proposed. _ 130

Traps and pounds, destruction of fish
by .7, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 31,
33, 34, 35, 39, 40, 46, 47, 49, 50, 52, 53, 62,
70, 71, 80, 89, 90, 91, 92, 100, 105, 109,
114, 116, 117, 127, 128, 130. 137, 145

description of .--....-.. 10, 113, 259
method of setting......... 16
location of in the United
SbabeS Ate cetrs eee eee ee 273
Mraps-versus seupy +. 22 sil ees eee 80
WPA to <5, seisclse Sos eee se Ree Boos 258
Preats Capt. Uses saencaseseecee ge 270
Mrichidionrses eae sesea eee oe see 801
Pri chinidean soe tases oe ee 787, 802
Mrichinringe is ace asec ees
FETICHIULUS eeresemeaetsngse se se eee OOD
richodiod oneessseee. cesar ee ee 793
rip @er-BShe sea sass ses ecu 6 eats 823
rio lay 2s eae eerie wae tes 799
ArT Pt as See ere sf einem cr eee 786, 799
Bening seseo eee sae ect eoeeee 786
Brislopseseemacses ce aa ee cave ee oe 800
ELH ODUPUS sane saeco eects eens 806
iripler, Vhomasy Bs. -\22- 2272525 4= 3D
ALTISGCLOPISS sees coca aes cele oa oe 806
INYO) E Seales Neate ee aeeaen is AA nL a BORD aol)!
SUDAN stetet ere charetar= steve aera repartee 804
Saltawater: =< cjSs.j22-scisoneee 804
rombull J. Hammond ])- 2.2.2.6 Xvi, 165
Trumpet-fish, tobacco ......---.--- 794
SPOuved tesserae 794

Miromike-fishy. S25 sss oe =) soto oe Oe
Truro, topographical description of

(IZED PR ee CR eeebpayse soos cee $ conc 162
FEY OMS to ota) ai=t oo tae 812, 826
ryeonideah. 22> ca-c ee) cemeetees 790, 812
EYE ONINDY sos asa 790
MryronOid eacccece cacitoe eos o--i= 790

852

PiNGhennieck 3. aooeo0cky.cccenieeee 45
PROMI Vines ee' we cis cht oecisee Seine 802, 825
ARNO Desa te yensete soc enlaces 795, 824
ANG SGA Se ne ae Ne RE = Be 793
U.
WINMACER) ceatceeented tees ooo eee eee 292
Wilwanlabissim arora cote acne s ae 292
MANE Siero ee eee ce eee ee
WWMerdke tesa 2 548 SA ees eee 796
United States, jurisdiction of ..-.-- 219
Wranoscopidss. sass se rece eee 7856, 798
Wranoscopoideas-.ssseeeeseeeee ee.) «| 7CO
Wrophycisveee: tense epeeeesteest . 796
Vv.
Value of fisheries to a nation....--. vil
Van Zandt,\Gen. C..C.......-- -- A 9
Verrill; Prof., A. B.-..--.. XIV, XV, XVi, XX1
Wierrloato fae eass se So Soo. SR 805
Wineyardtavenjss 5022525502 2).22 192
Soumdee se eee since = 17
Virginia, a perfect description of,
(QUA 9) errata a mye ain Secee let 170
WONG Ie eietnienine acinomae cee aes HOU MOO.
DVO MM OTIVES Werle eons wc ne eee diam nie = 787
Ww.
Wallpyen@harlessi-m. ance! sere = = 50
Wiamtiot food! oscc\--./2 <5 265 s5~ oeses 201
NWWIAGMORD ee ui aisisiemicetciec ccs sect ects 49, 60
Wialheh eae eee ecm are cineca 12, 16,17, 31
Wawwhunnekesnog.......--..--- = tell}
WiealkefiShisea ae caloo celia ee cnoee 804, 824
WCIRS Sa clat ome a hela wisls in ate COOH OM, ee Oetic
Westgate, Sylvanus.....-.--.----- 33
Wiesb, Greenwich (so-\).-- 2 pce else 11
AV diel Gs, Wis Bl aim casastoisic sii -)= lala 21, 29
RWilhiht teneeot jamisiom is act stances 795
TN Lov Os hs ee ee ee 812
Wanitetiplies, se tSewin ake a1 eo mcisieeseeeUo scl
Whitin oe. Seicctemisccin = -cin ce OO foo root:

c

GENERAL INDEX.

Page.

Whiting; Caroliita\:.s22-.2c so -eceee 805. ~
shoresisets sss eae eee 805.
Whitney, W.(Denccesces sean XV
Wife, old 2a. so sen sone cee eee 823.
Williams, Rogér......-425.).205eeae 164
Window-pane == <<< <0 eee 795.
Winslow, Captain....-.....---- 41, 45, 188
Winter-flounder --...-... Eee or 794
Winterskate) 2.222. .220-2. 5 Be teil
Wodenoth, Richard: ---+eeeseeeee 170
Wrolif-fistn sonic eye eee 798
Wiood’s) Hole; Massi-cs sess 53, 59, 67, 193.

as base for sea-coast
operation -2seessee== xii
list of fishes collected. 823
table of temperatures. 828
weir company .------- 180
Wood, Walliaminss-sce hee eeeeeee 161, 188
Way-nioublu. ..- 25.329. e eee eee 797
X.

Miphiasios sso ceessscncs See 802, 825

Xiphidiontide -..-<.2. 24.2 J-se eee EONS
787, 802

MGAPHU MGS 4 sera sore ee

Kyrichthine- :..==.<.sts esse eeeee 786

Myrichthys -... 2.1.0. Stee eee
Y<

YaloDrvcs oh. ote Sots eee 74

Yarrow, Dr. H. C-.-.-xvii, 244, 246, 250, 273

Yellow-tail..-2.22.<. 2th 805, 811
Veltgeus ss .22s 2-25 oo. = oe eee 806
Noung, Ab oot 25. eee eee 160
Z.
Hens oa 5 1's oa anise Soe Saeaee 787, 804
ZONOPSiS 2 + = -1s/leme asec ee eee 804
Henny ocellated’ cece cee eee 804
LOAaLees = .0\-\= =< <<< -\iae Seer 797
LOALCUNR |. 235 osc ooo se eee
Honichthys . 2252-2 23's se cee eee ee 803

‘ s

2 WA tasty gins‘ ¥ getty aed anh py nt 204 git rr : Y ats at k es rf %

, coe ar om) SGanlao sale De CRE Ia vie | +a wie eee e
A Seasons tis 7. 2.0) alas dats ileawye t, radi aig was
i! iain yen ; ant ap etl ed rity CSA a ise! Say ie"

71
F
+0
Yi;
i

has sem oa

Bh ;
aa

}
.

Dwar et
ai

eather ine : ee

4 “

‘ EXPLANATION OF PLATE I

FIGURE 1.—Pinnixa cylindrica Say, (p. 546;) male, enlarged four diameters.
2.—Pinnotheres ostreum Say, (p. 546;) male, enlarged four diameters.
3.—Panopeus depressus Smith, (p. 547;) male, natural size.
4.—Platyonichus ocellatus Latreille, (p. 547 ;) male, slightly reduced in size,

(All the figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate I.

No. 503

\\ (I a <
tw Z Z S
Ze \\) Gf G S
a Ne Z

, 3 /

A, ;

? y)

SSS

\
S

No. 504

fa Pm a 4 ; ' < y Ai } a ea y
ve teh u TO UOUMAMALL ER 8. Sa
A * Pai We
Bind. Lulevtn aig trol y Luby its (rHto “> As: ats ‘ wri tel v. sae Bae | 2 ek
. ee. iy Ls pay rod Nps awl ehivtes Sais albeit Ay, ye
Bee ‘* me ea vi 2.
Bhs Pirittawery Ssehal Seen dctie 05: 0b iain ade, 0e Caan
‘ ite len 2 iangel is tle iat Nai) dy rom) Saad ae) >: A ss a

tole ; 7) ay

be ony) Hip, bal bilan Sry s baie: ite, Siegler parte ere Ne? Ri %, ae
eR ee 7? i Pay : LIB WAtAID iS aN op A fe ea) |
RTA i oe a, aloes ie a wig ney spp + ATS a ‘ F
Cc ze ' © ; , = ‘ yi Pi.
y ‘i i | Ditay hae ; Say ao rs ie

ee
rp . ‘ se y s
- uN if i ;

EXPLANATION OF PLATE If

.

FIGURE 5.—Hippa talpoida Say, (p. 548;) dorsal view, enlarged about two diameters.
6.—Pandalus annulicornis Leach, (p. 550;) dorsal view, slightly reduced in
size.
7.—Gebia affinis Say, (p. 549;) female; lateral view, slightly enlarged.
8.—Callianassa Stimpsoni Smith, (p. 549;) larger cheliped; outside, natural
size.
9.—Palemonetes vulgaris Stimpson, (p. 550;) male; lateral view, enlarged one
and one-half diameters.

(All tke figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton.)

1 ‘

-

ee TA Oe da va
. a ae At . , ig :

= hb he \

a ; i ike Ser “ti Pogtaly

Be Lriahhs sntavy perseer GTi 84) itisua wig Batrite sali
ta “? aa Rtg aati Ths kein Oi TARY ops ont: swthghates 1G otnite a

ie

Oe \ i EN 2 BAe ae ta) Siby set IS % a

ok Consent f OSH wg
‘ - s pe Hy Me Panera pd pe rae ts 5 REA CESS h

' eM, ost ‘ , « J
Me man so fs i j
; Ge Seat Ds Aang A
Bhi emi) Ady T) OG Wh ine ne Tofaiie Acer OF Satan
Way | so ay SNK: C3 O50) Oe once avicdsi tae if

est ee One iy oyna Bids Bt Sedan, | gy

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Figure 10.—Crangon vulgaris Fabr., (p. 550;) male: dorsal view, natural size.

11.—Virbius Zostericola Smith, (p.550;) female; lateral view, slightly en-
larged. :

12.—Mysis stenolepis Smith, (p. 551;) young female; lateral view, enlarged
four diameters. The anterior margin of the carapax is not well repre-
sented in this figure; see description.

13.—Diastylis quadrispinosa G. O. Sars, (p. 554;) lateral view, enlarged seven
diameters.

(All the figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate III.

Fig. 13.

oY SHOES LEI Bee ug

‘ CORPO fh F i
fig ca i oa v\, ; 24 A;
iat AAPOR, LIGA RaPiidiy “A sat -
, > a 4
i oe Jeet) 7 a?
OG See ead ee eh, vg :
Pace ‘ o see yr ls Tints tia! \ 5 ¥ 3
eon) : ‘ i : 14%) the eto winn daira a3 ew
ole ‘ 4 + j
une ow wi | Froweey ‘} re th) a tes eT Rn ae et oe
ma dea k. Wes ban | ; i: t peas
4 Jet as ae aay i4 pe wa il Vis ovat GaP dba ; A :
4 : au ' ? Pavyits a
ts Rye < HHOLE® etrih) okt fhe a, - . y i

WAT At ue Wah e att ans

“4 Pad ai OR Ry

EXPLANATION OF-PLATE IV.

Figure 14.—Orchestia agilis Smith, (p. 555;) male; lateral view, enlarged five di-

ameters.
15.—Gammarus ornatus Edwards, (p. 557 ;) male; lateral view, enlarged two
diameters.

16.—Amphithoé maculata Stimpson, (p. 563;) male; lateral view, enlarged
two diameters.

17.—Ampelisca sp., (p. 561;) lateral view, enlarged five diameters.

18.—Cerapus rubricornis Stimpson, (p. 565;) female; lateral view, enlarged
five diameters; and hand of the second pair of legs of the male, en-
larged the same amount.

19.— Unciola irrorata Say, (p. 567;) male; dorsal view, enlarged six diameteed

(All the figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton and 8. I. Smith.)

Plate IV.

No, 521

965 “ONT

: ; wie
LP G8 uv", . - ao

: ] OS;
oe ari
r
F rs ahee
te Sey UPB, 27
TAS SATS? an ee See

See ANY Hi) ORY Boe) en
v} =; “y any f : , wok Ul i. , ;
. ae ed at hy Prey .

em avy a aiiy ew 9.1) Dieednd Ga Tha UR) (tA ih Die 254) QP ee
1 i Ae . i PNishht POEs |
ravaithic. 10 pally bimerc?s CEE ad. ated ionslese Aberics lag in AR *

i i eae ie! . pu
PRA haefim eet P get talus ¢3 ter ard eee agra neti eae

viel ia eniy Aviat ee eS ON ne wT HE ag B om, Cl

i
.

: se PP TS
eb ea, SPY Lakowl: «eas Cie 9) pea windos arial un. be

we hie

be : f : . % IES : iP 2
, , : ? vi ; a)
ye ae line aa eee i x a, Avira eer 2 San Fh ae 49k

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. ®

Figure 20.—Caprella geometrica Say, (p. 567;) lateral view, enlarged about three

diameters. ;

21.—Sphzeroma quadridentata Say, (p. 569 ;) dorsal view, enlarged five diam-
eters.

22.—Idotea ceca Say, (p. 569 ;) male; dorsal view, enlarged three diameters.

23.—Idotea irrorata Edwards, (p. 569;) male; dorsal view, enlarged two
diameters.

24.—Idotea robusta Kroyer, (p. 569;) male; dorsal view, enlarged two diam-
eters.

(Figures 20, 21, 23, and 24, were drawn by J. H. Emerton; figure 22 by O. Harger.)

—— eee

533

g . ‘Se. a oe A Ti =. ¢ _— ar a
Ws ° A Didi " TA 2 ae * a 5 ia
ite SER SOY 9 a
Hy ward sy , “* a al: +. A
arts ; -, o a4
: ’ =i =

pa ee eg eo
° }
i]
*« |
>

+ 5
: '° 7 © \
Ah ; '

-

"

7

de ded tae me oe
cx - ia
w

1 Nine Dae

=z b pars
ARN OR Ete De

Le. he

re 4 | ;
RS Si;
hy a 8 uj

Stave riod Hilal dah

yay 0D ;* wiih v? eee

ee ee
ie

| \

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Figure 25.—Limnoria lignorum White, (p. 571;) dorsal view; enlarged ten diameters.
26.—Erichsonia filiformis Harger, (p. 570 ;) dorsai view, enlarged five diam-

eters.
27.—Erichsonia attenuata Harger, (p._570;) dorsal view, enlarged three diam-

eters.
28.—Epelys trilobus Smith, (p. 571;) dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters.
29.—Livoneca ovalis Harger, (p. 572 ;) dorsal view, enlarged three diameters.

(Figure 25 was drawn by S. I. Smith; 26 and 23 by O. Harger; 27 and 29 Ly J. H. Ererton.)

Plate V1.

yy 4
a YR ERI?
,

eae:

N

) )
os
; Z)

No. 788

ih’,
7 ~
14 aut i Pe
oo es iF a ne
' J Y Ag
etre {

Les apy - oan - ee A ar! rn
fan f “ Bini : ator Lb

°
See
: |
at
ee

Paid od Vokes AUR oe teks r natn , ‘ i hy red
t 5 a

z i wy oe | “ae * ay
: ore ae t YF Pv AL Ty he
TARRY wig haat SO Te ieee ae es
Aye 5 . vf EO Se y La] ‘
' : Are: Fy
‘ 4
; ; ' ye ! a
And d ' Pind ie
; ad 4 \
mie , vie
a. . f
2! :
r N
s aA i
i ?. ) ’
F § : 7 ue
; \ d +4 é
“ s ‘ ' . : f
i Nias
aT ' Ne
t »*
i v od
q ae 2 ‘ta
Paty } ek tea 7 ee rt
A ar A$ ’ A f ; | 4 9 ft si we ¥ 4 ; rs a s\
NM, 7 2, 1 . i . ‘
Why . UW i -
; ! 5
+ 2 - " ‘
7 yy . : f] : ‘ Cras : . oe
ete fie 401 FisepvAtas 1) ; ;
Swi ae See, ' OO a Gta Ss aH Oe (Nye) Ape Pe dv A tsdciyaih pad yen, Wee F |
Pail. . a oat wo ‘, OEE ON
' 7 : Sea oes Woe aaa is
PVE eal Abies Be) :

Ao BINA Klay Pea Toei Chiyi es Ne eprint me i

ep) Zi pay Pal aee Ty ly i pipe Fi we fom ® ¢ he —_ av ', 4 i? ; tie! te ae + wud “4 7
. eh 's ede Poa PS a | 4 2 ae ; Fie aes ay f
1 as tr 7 i if “ff Poets.) eats ANY Ce As Wald i i RE cA ee ap Chast { -

; Pras eli Oe od A T AE Path teal: ip na

win ee} Peak eet,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL

reQ

FIGURE 50.—Lerneonema radiata Steenstrup and Liitken, (p.578;) female, enlarged two

diameters. =

31.—Pandarus, (p. 576;) female; dorsal view, enlarged five diameters.

32.—Nogagus Latreillii, (p. 576;) male; dorsal view, enlarged five diameters

33.—Sapphirina, (p. 573;) male; dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters.

34.—Lepas fascicularis Ellis and Solander, (p. 579;) lateral view of a single
animal from a large cluster, slightly enlarged.

35.—Phoxichilidium maxillare Stimpson, (p.544;) male; dorsal view, enlarged
two diameters.

(Figure 33 was drawn by 8. I. Smith; all the others by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate VII.

geo ‘ON

No. 537

No. 540

a

L ea) ae ihe

ou

vil bP tii

,

ark

——=

Pata aes

‘

is ae PRR ORO TR Ch 1S arin Yuk Pine AR Wal A Mabotecr aS Bas
a) bar uh

: Pe? Pasnaetes ti tally Sand ad Syk pe wh
y RTO EY Ova Aer a caer ie BA Ne poe ee

bi } “y
ae: eto nO WDE OK pipes Pe ge Winn ig? :
"

ms ee BA : ic ib ‘> SEVER | i ;
r, i Pe al al ea pote aint eRe Rie HP Ee yvelayeolten. ND ae whi

Lael

» 4s = . a A
+ LAE utes L) BERIN t> VAT J dbededd, eAy
- yi - Al =~ :

e

By Rafi a ea ie
TROY Ta cements sani Geglt joa FM

“

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

FIGURE 36.—Squilla empusa Say, (p. 536;) lateral view of the free-swimming lary
in one of its later stages, enlarged ten diameters.
37.—Zoéa of the common crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 530 ;) in the last stage just
before it changes to the megalops condition; lateral view, enlarged
seventeen diameters.
38.—Megalops stage of the same, just after,the change from the zoéa condi-
tion ; dorsal view, enlarged thirteen diameters.

(All the figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate VIII.

No. 505

A ao wit an ,
¥ fa bala at hea) mg af ,
To ; :
vf a a i . oe
eae) 4 Ae Tae
; alert ds : fog “Y'
= - J x ‘ .
’ ne
4 i
eA
he
'
r ’
. . 2. Pe :
*
Si Soe
{
z ,
.
'
‘
.

i
eg
T + =
op Aes

é
4 ; ®
= i ies, w
’

“ -
%. » th, asi

2 Aiea Fe
7 woe

a
a
dd
s
ve

ei

Hae! iv 1% Wht) 5 ROMAN YA Be

- é
i ’

‘ pie i. Rant Svar) ray Peer eee] 44h) dO wiser li, “a ; *
if pr tyeato ee Buel) et), Ai wit an Merial ult lo vente tayeted) “ae
rib ainits pr aha]
itthentten Sahrag) atopaanrbat yn deal) 7 we tee ae a! tyne oT OR
uake wiineth AIS hia ito ght philidnk (Ma
Read ie.) Deenhda yvhig Brewesat wal) “ho mat abate) bd On 34
A) hf en begin. (4 4 virlvareges .& 4 oRabd
sg Gav's p of aT aa AO! yp) yiirory Iyvanl of) De Mate Peaning hee ee
‘ - baminih Vagos 1 :
nthe Pm 5 Pa Pere) aioe skonmelalo auf ibs dtl Mie
> eit aN igen) Aahy Ba) oy) Pu prot ign Hand ¥ ad to daw 8 eres
f Ls il Or, Thy FED og vain Crreetip a .
Pi ele eth Aiea Kage thle "o aegol Valk an gh) RETA Any tena ee

i 4

:
‘ ee ere a tlie a Rica ae uve Sop fade | |
oO: > bs me {
are :
Pahe py ee far inate aghoptu dew @ey Ce Lp

auvoge? ty

aah wes Hee
wee

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Larval young of the Lobster, Homarus Americanus Edwards, (p. 522.)
F1IGuRE 38.—4. Lateral view of the larval young in the first stage observed, enlarged
seven diameters.

B. The same in a dorsal view, the abdomen held horizontally.

Cc. Antennula, enlarged fourteen diameters.

D. One of the thoracic legs of the second pair, enlarged fourteen diam-
eters; a, exopodus; b, epipodus; ¢, branchize.

39.—E. Lateral view of the larval young in the third stage, enlarged five and
one-half diameters.

F. Terminal portion of the abdomen seen from above, enlarged ten diam-
eters; a, one of the small spines of the posterior margin of the terminal
segment, enlarged fifty diameters.

G. Basal portion of one of the legs of the second pair, showing the epip-
odus and branchi, enlarged fourteen diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from alcoholic specimens, by 8S. I. Smith.)

j Plate IX.

A

ie - at ee e OH al) i ae tay
oye Hh 7 ne * pa PITT gh yal ama PR in po Wt aa WE A Pa
’

i el “as ) ; i) y 4 . Rt
_ TP Paks Oe y 7 pl 4d : ; a ae mend
i NE MOU AM AA cane
ae We 2 | ae
; NA nN se “ea 7
+ ry ; A448 ‘ ay 4h , 7
eae : a

‘ ‘ , er
bai ie oY rin St he re Oe Re toh ited) Oly Fie a A
: . Fs ey: re whe Tiwith ry pela yay 3 ~ Ss ic 7 b
pial Voth Dea foal ReRhR ON EN alan ag ae oe ) 7

the Mii 7 th] dAuinh ERA CRUIE Cade Me itil Ren
] keds! a Nac Riel ES ") Rilys ian ares ae welt Dato at |
MY ‘ ob uyey tt) ua Eas bet 2 :
[ has pect diab ail Ne vil, Up Me Wir eid greet » iako Boru ‘G 4 R ;
Say ha one ogi 4 Bal eh yy Late ee xo tho Paty Beye’ ’ 1)
BE CAP as in Gene aa
| HSL Oh 2 el 2a) Nan Tr
ie My patrity nde antl) hE Waal vil ayate Leiniabinl Aviad ied ale dome ‘ee
en > itrot ier. hahz ARAM 4 Oem) Higa enh hath ) Nee i Pea
; nah 4

f Teed an psi i mh uA UO UR daly Spr ew vy MO Ub A) ae ay : 4
- F | il ; : ui mero: 1) Wig ‘
7 i a

;

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Ficure 40.—Lepidonotus squamatus, (p.581;) anterior part of the body, head, and

proboscis; dorsal view.

41.—The same; end of the proboscis; front view, showing the jaws and
papille.

42.—Lepidonotus sublevis, (p. 581;) dorsal view.

43.—Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus, (p. 596;) anterior part of body, mouth and
head ; lower side.

44,—The same; lateral appendage, showing the dorsal cirrus, the upper and
lower branchiz and the setigerous lobes between them.

45.—Rhynchobolus Americanus, (p. 596;) anterior part of the body and ex-
tended proboscis; dorsal view.

46.—The same; lateral appendages, showing the dorsal cirrus, the branched
gill, the setigerous lobes, and the ventral cirrus.

(Figures 40, 41, 42, 45, were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 44 by A. E. Verrill; 43 and 46
- were copied from Ehlers.)

Plate X.

45.

Fig.

41

Fig.

ig. 42.

¥F

No. 559

No. 560

f i)
Noh

ae wi ce et

1 i ; Sine et Wg i Mg \ : ¥
Reh ye Test teak avs 2 y A Rh cote 7
; ' ks a oat Ni, } ie aida “iy i) “SH > 5 4 ae
ead Syn pekig a hala Pap te s ; X Me a)
: ae = Ae, Whe isk i? iis! } Ken ihe en “i “innale uiangy a aie
sf ae
Mg! fe ie iti - ne wenY jay ANH. tts) oT aaj a a. Santee We Gee ate ae
‘i a d pe Ose Woy ith WAH’ Toeoibiee: A) asj4 Weis { fee “3 Thy « Mr
os. EN J os er Tet Pet enaatt SRA tye! S000) i
~ ‘ere igs oath i Vy Darina Hee at gy spa Use nae AO Absa -; inde 4s ae a
i ee HIPS OE Srestvicr ign butte: anes LCS AUREL 8) V9 7eae Ue E
“yh Nia ioe) M és hie OE os ‘to rt) (lirtted deals obad bikes ey Si Ae a
%: ay? SI eh B ey east s CHINN WERE RM wee aay, P Paes
be Kuby ian Maia ileath sydetea Auth ew! Lhe uy BC
s if / YY
2 Oe i 2 | a Soll f rnhisve antiohey if My) Bo hE th ae ot P

; } Ps be Porras / ayy) heel a . ie IN HOD # is as ‘ae
Peay Paks Ae Lar ve ver ye WMS - + Ah spi mae | Lyi cae ty ‘on

x Pun vl re sie
tcl at a as ea eel eaten ily jreen see sengintadl a

Taina 40? 4 ra

i
ie * tak; ing &

my

cy Ree:

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Figure 47.—Nereis virens, (p. 590;) head little more than natural size ; dorsal view.
48.—The same; extended proboscis; dorsal view.
49.—The same; probosci; sventral view.

50.—The same; lateral appendage.
51.—Nereis limbata, male, (p.590;) a few segments of the middle region of the

body, anterior region, head and extended proboscis ; dorsal view.
52.—Nereis pelagica, female, (p. 591;) natural size; dorsal view.
53.—The same; male, natural size; dorsal view.
54.—The same; head more enlarged; dorsal view.
55.—The same; proboscis; ventral view.
56.—Phyllodoce gracilis?, (p. 586;) head ; dorsal view.

(Figure 51 was drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 47, 48, 49, 50, 52,53, were copied from Ehlers;
54, 55, from Malmgren; 56, from A. Agassiz.)

Plate XI,

eG

ig. 49,

Fi

Fig. 48.

Fig. 50.

)

Uys

Ai)

|

ii]

1
i

No. 548

Wo. 551

oid a ee
A are |

Nr Cae a

yi
.
| :
Sar) Fo.
. rin
.
‘ at
¥
~
=
‘
=
.
'
4
‘
4
>

~

Tada,

‘

bi mf Gah 6 omy vind Mua th} rrr ig Hee we W ith
; : HERI fexigi:)
ne i na iN hg To ai) vette: wgttaibyy ne
) oa f GTS Feay Ee
wen Nive Fag tf) ‘ywasneh plunge
oat
vai Per A 8 Mrs ed) 6 depres Hh,
. TAD yrhy: ati ¢ aden ~}) yieened ao idaad eer
Stratit Ihulsracte cee ener lah Ywvlalts she Aye
WO Seid. Sesser eg Aiea yin Aube ene ne
: upat Oye Mi jaNiis Ry. sie ata Aft! hbitaltk af An hs ae ho fi
igh (host Mate tae ty tie eth. py oie f tN athe vedi iat Paka Rr. “
; ; ay ay TONE ¥ rn

fas ’

i
Me
“

Ht WF
Dake a aude ea atthe

Poe oh oe Di yi Sand i

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIL

FIGURE 57.—Nephthys picta, (p. 583;) anterior part of body and head, much enlarged ;

dorsal view.

58.—Nephthys bucera, (p. 583;) anterior part of body and head, enlarged ; ven-
tral view.

59.—Nephthys ingens, (p. 583;) anterior part of body and extended proboscis 3
ventral view.

60.—The same ; dorsal view.

61.—Podarke obscura, (p. 589 ;) dorsal view, from a specimen preserved in
alchohol and much contracted in length.

62.—Nectonereis megalops, (p. 592;) ventral view.

63.—The same; anterior region of body and head; dorsal view.

64.—Marphysa Leidyi, (p. 593;) anterior part of body and head, enlarged about
three diameters; dorsal view.

(Figures 57 and 58 were copied from Ehlers; all the rest were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton)

Plate XII.

vw a

Ah MU Ny

ily

ats Vi

7
Mii

aw
=
=e

No. 564

Ait

A

—

Fig. 64.

f
Ma ce

Heino

No. 567

. no

satin.
Orn

fA
Is}
IS
iG
Yo
SOK
sat
aN

SScosy

&

No. 568

LJ)
D

Fig. 63
.
;
as:

No. 566
Pa,
LV,
>
Q
2
Q
a,
Oy
M1}
om) a
S
e

"SD
ss Ss

LY
Y
$

*

aus + wow, SCC Pee ©
o Ofs

: :
; "i d ety
a e j : : i
Lb wed alae : Fs * ; 4
a 4 i fe c ee
2 a MG ise! the 40) wens. M4
i. Bart ghar © -
roel. ; 7 P 5 ‘ “ j i
Bos. RR gi ae cece Tye ok
aii) ; pe +7 brat : :
‘ne i i dal ; : S
vs ah, ded plan. aan rag ert TEU NL tue a Mie Oy) a Na Hag 0 ay For hy a, cer |
si ne Ah paateniet Abe Finis Puarreiiee | Wirews Angra <2 Te i
nhs bach’ pO HAS ed; ty Klar ronayalt itt An anheid
4 my: AE “FAs Yebinhh' a " Per ALON 4 rin ates fhe ¥ pipe
bse old do bel hapeici > Dorian ape i rel
Barack io semgaly Bay ibene tak Priel a ha Ning Maren |p erga dt Tm
wh! rae eed ith 5:3 eben ined) ede nil
ah. ANOOr's ea cn fi (vbint iM 20 vies 14 ayy ane ;
easy. : hee Yodan (purl 0 a Aue ithe
ane M en Nae MiB IOe LOK Drei) Cy AE) nega nth it 49
Pa LN pile * atl mite
im ein: pai) [yet avartay fiaapspn il Bai Waly; ed y leet dda 37-2
detail er fence a Th ie ne dion 4 POG Gj), Phas | aaah erty) (nt APL) i
oe Sih nla Vago tet epg Taint | cathne De ai ;
My hr ae pe ney ng iad mi hme A ee Pbighi. en are a De.
7 pat, A it isis

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

FIGURE 65.—Autolytus cornutus, (p. 590;) an asexual individual, from which a male is
about to separate; dorsal view, enlarged about six diameters; A, A, A,
antenne of the former; C,C,C, C, two tentacles and one tentacular
cirrus on each side, followed by the dorsal cirri; F, the intestine; d, the
long set and dorsal cirri of the male. x

66.—The same; anterior part of a female, more enlarged ; the letters as before ;
b, the eyes; ¢, the eggs; f, the intestine; 3, one of the appendages of
the anterior region of the body; c, the dorsal cirrus; h, the setigerous
tubercle, supporting hooked sete.

67.—Diopatra cuprea, (p. 593;) head and anterior part of body, showing part

of the branchiz ; side view.

68.—The same; ventral view, showing the mouth open and jaws thrown back.

69.—Lumbriconereis opalina, (p. 594 ;) anterior part of body ; dorsal view.

70.—The same; lateral appendage and sete.

(Figures 65 and 66 were copied from A. Agassiz ; 67, 63, 69 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emer-
ton ; 70, by A. E. Verrill.)

Plate XIII.

Fig. 66.

Fig. 69.

SM LLVLLLLEO
= GSBE RSE E ae ssaptoneseatites
AAAAKRR SSS

No. 555

No. 777

~
‘

Fig.

\

_

WAN
\

+

ie}
>

oO.

AA

whys)

oy i
a Ay Me

AY hte na te ee i dan

oe i f

ts ‘a ona iy. paste rey nt ai ip) HORTA AtAW AX su) mn qf ae .

italy, dite ia Wabewunt odd A) xy Bi iim abil patie vs Tnsehss ra ee

ae Las hs yea Pe es Sahgno byt Glu epee? panera MA Peasy
Bye a see THM: GOOEY) ce: no vied Ga on chew “

Bid: ak 7 die iohys bheg Ror MiP wingihay PY pAdoae “Agni
Benne” te HorPitAy: SOT s ( Cy vty fn win sand : Garant ya, whet Aah he
i. | bctthinhi Wish a Sk te °F Sea if mC book iris

ein: sya’ ated ie hibecy WA RATES, § iy BAX on rly oe aX
. we of Sy Lek nae wel sp SARE: ovr ov) 40)
. Peete nee MNS i) ips ay pele {fh} MPR) i valligh’ {4 Lat are Wy
t v 7 P im, he
aay eye art Ce Dee CE ble Fe, Can) Nt, ie A
. I vic fe Sa

yas

fast

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

FIGURE 71.—Clymenella torquata, (p. 608;) natural size; lateral view.
72.—The same; head and extended proboscis ; front view.
73.—The same; posterior and caudal segments ; dorsal view.
74.—Sternaspis fossor, (p. 606 ;) dorsal view.
75.—Trophonia affinis, (p. 605 ;) anterior portion ; dorsal view.
76.—Anthostoma robustum, (p. 597 ;) anterior portion of body, head, and ex-
tended proboscis; dorsal view, natural size.
77.—Spio setosa, (p. 602;) anterior segments and head; side view; only one of
the two large tentacles is represented.
78.—Polydora ciliatum, (p. 603;) anterior and posterior parts ; dorsal view.
(Figures 71, 72, 73, 75, 76, were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 74, by A. E. Verrill ; 77, 78, were
copied from A. Agassiz.)

Plate XIV.

Fig. 72.

Fig. 71.

No. 578

No. 576

No. 57

apni eo
‘ne

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Figure 79.— Ammotrypane fimbriata, (p. 604;) ventral view.
80.—Cirratulus grandis, (p. 606;) natural size, from a living specimen; lateral
view.
81.—The same; natural size, from a preserved specimen ; dorsal view.

(Figures 79 and 81 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton ; figure 80, by A, E. Verrill.)

‘ge Sale

Plate XV.

ASN
Tinton
Re Ze
ahs
L( ai ier
G “ CK aS
et a A
ERLE SN)
gilli
No. 574
I
| >

2

y
‘ NV) Wi
isl

No. 573

it

PO ee Uh

La ee <<) \ pes >» vb wiv
FER Sp i )

We! iP t
‘
. ay ; 2 P
ere | | ¥. Ath re betoy (NRA Oars
: ‘ ay heer
. as igen Aw
= Wy a iy Oa a 1 ae
a me
|
:
|
)
'
i
-
i
r
Ly te
y f a
i _ )
t
j
{
, '
; ai
7 we
rr
4 j ,
Z J Ay ts | f
way Pim ; , \
‘ * ‘% is Y fy J - \ a) hey Yi mi : ye i
veh ‘ 1 as Oe i
aon 95 i‘y aati ve wd :
ey) q ty
t ~y “y ix! F
b Hi rik a ‘
' y "
e Y Ney oe {
df :
'
" j ‘> a y

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

FicurRE 82.—Amphitrite ornata, (p. 613;) lateral view, somewhat reduced, from a
living specimen.
83.—Ampharete gracilis, (p. 612;) lateral view.

€4.—Euchone elegans, (p. 618 ;) lateral view.
85.—Polycirrus eximius, (p. 616;) dorsal view of a living specimen creeping

by means of its tentacles; natural size.

(Figures 82, 84, 85, were drawn from nature by A. E. Verrill ; 83, by J- H. Emerton.)

Plate XVI.

Fig. 82-
=]

So bAsSe 7G, Zit > z
LKQ f Wy fy
ae WL,

Or

Wa
5a
amo

: KZ Wy
WH MAKE

SSN
ES

F SSS PS .
SSE f
SS2SSS3572= O

LSE fh IZ. vs
ge x)
A,

Cat

——
LS
SS
RS 2K
ISS “CS

gs
yp %, 5

IAL
SS
y
2,
3

No, 584
y
)

i
"
st)
aN
ay \

No. 587

%,

re

sit

a aati WL Mal Te Pos
: 3 re 1 itil cal

Pe eo Odio wie

a

vy vie 1 wai 1h dy veda"
Pe :

Pe ee Mhuudat €) hay
os pale ail ; Gen ee

a Mi:
f 1 » a¢ * hg ij ,
ie id i Lat ae a if PUL ho 4a Ses

i at renee mye Abie Pray 1 au

Si, > PL

Te

» pla (pe ay i

1 ae ae WOT a ye “.
F y F j :

fiom Lay + Dre uN

SAUNT AN Matias Pts

anne Caen’ vid

Min phere Yi YG Ms, Sere
iv shan : ;

a RA

ah
a | vie na
. yi

A

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII

Figure 86.—Potamilla oculifera, (p.617;) in its tube, with branchie fully expanded,
from a living specimen, found at Eastport, Maine.
&7.—Cistenides Gouldii, (p. 612;) lateral view.
87a.—The same; head and branchie, dorsal view.
88.—Sabellaria vulgaris, (p.611;) lateral view.
&8a.—The same; view of the operculum and tentacles, from above.

(Figures 24, 88, 88a were drawn from nature, by J. H. Emerton; &7, 87a by A. E. Verrill.)

Plate XVII.

NM aL
angola
pW eG

zz

No. 580

Fig. 88.

,
ye
NN 92
Raed, 1D =
ss,

Fig. 88a.

aie AY if
is vagy
ae Plas
a!

Ory i wiaee

.
.
'
¥
i
i
{ y
i
’
I
ne 2
f
-
1
i] :
rae
6,
fi
= ’
LA
’
ve At
‘
,

Vwi a

j
wy
’ Ly i ‘
p aA A
ihe ?
tate, ‘ »
ke .
t - ‘ i
i 1 i
‘ i’ S Yee Lr
} ~ i ek A
r A F
i i i
: i)
e i
: Ve
Yee ,
iJ i Lp | 7 vs
7 i at : Tea
Teed. * cy ,
1 } ‘ f; ;
Wi ~ i i : v
; oe :
ar ae. {
A PAu 0.
t
{ : erst
y 7 hi fi '
Hy . ; yy

7 ie fh 4 A ‘
fp in f 7 r '¢
.
i ql *
ey? era fi OM ow, i '
Wirt jas He ee rhs PAD Pade aes th } ’ de} oer,

sit DEL heen T eT CORED CAL CY Mh Suit EPA Li hee
A

n ; \ Bie Ae be) aed, PATE ihe Md Wadd Tite Pere Prat ie ‘
1p Sepa prea sae eat TT. et eitiarhegtiyd suits |

eae <2, 200i 1 he wy | mT oF

e 4 ia ‘
: i : ’ ie ii rm r ,
Parr: ib a wor: GR Be So yily | Sunisthy Bathe Fae 1m) eta Ae. iy
, f ; . a 2

' f

ead ae ak Sb, + Oa et Oeinty, ok nl alk , |
ip), 10) WEAR Syedenene emi br hire Ws PN) obey SUPA Fi eae a Ta OS ey ;
‘ . See Rie ABRIL ) _ mi
ants tay it fd MIP La We nb in,

hh 1 :

; : 207
Ab Capa ah oe Le

7
0 Se, So th ey Phy

t
’
-
4 ‘ 5

roe )
ft hag t ‘
my i
‘

iy,
j
f «a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

TVIGureE 89.—Branchiobdella Ravenelii, (p. 624;) dorsal view, natural size.
90.—Malacobdella obesa, (p. 625;) dorsal view.
91.—Pontobdella rapax, (p. 625;) dorsal view.
92.—Phascolosoma cementarium, (p. 627;) lateral view.
93.—P. Gouldii, (p. 627;) lateral view, reduced one-half.
94.—Pontonema maritum, (p. 634;) female, lateral view, enlarged 15 diam.
eters; 0, eggs; v, genital orifice.

(Figure 94 was drawn from a living specimen, by A. E. Verrill; all the others were drawn from pre
served specimens, by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate XVIII.

Fig. 91.

Fig. 93.

gies fy " i" a ,
% : a f ie o We Sabie ls y

aa as ankule ;
' rs 7 . Sas,

ORE aati. s
, é me sit [8 cls i tng AGA

f n
'‘
.
Pat i t ‘ey ue
i ‘i
}
® -
i '
} ;
ae — a = \
‘
) fi \
4
|
i
.
.
!
be
‘
‘
Ml i -
a
as a
f
; ¥
i .
,
NS
\
id :
;
it
f
i
i?
f Jy
if :
y 1
ry
| .
i. | s
1 i)
A
a
‘ig
+m - s * ~ i J
fy ‘ 1 7
Ae teen ‘ Ae
a * ; ) ‘

ey Huan :

weallgihr hs sm

eee Me ends

Hie HAH

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Ficure 95.—Cosmocephala ochracea, (p. 630;) anterior portion, enlarged nearly three

diameters, dorsal view.

95a.—The same; ventral view.

96.—Meckelia ingens, (p. 630;) anterior portion of a specimen not full grown,

natural size.

96a.—The same; ventral view of the anterior portion and head of a larger
specimen, in a different state of contraction, natural size.

97.—Polinia glutinosa, (p. 631;) dorsal view, enlarged two diameters.

98.—Tetrastemma arenicola, (p. 629;) dorsal view.

99,.—Stylochopsis littoralis, (p. 632 ;) dorsal view. .

100.—Planocera nebulosa, (p. 632;) dorsal view.

(All the figures were drawn from living specimens, by A. E. Verrill.)

Plate XIX.

Fig. 96. Fig. 97.

€6¢ “ON

Fig. 99. Fig. 100.

v

SWS noe No. 595

No. 592

eae

7 AU aA ly i il
'

a

} { f

9
i
ms ©
: /
=" ;
. So,
am,
\
4
s,
j
Fi .
'
i
t
,
i
©
t
: \

a
~~

eee os yer erie a 7

0 ae Al ‘ b oe tye

n

sae ae eae i pitt, : ‘ ay lq. ist f ae
i yp Uh ni cae. if
Phat 2 aerhghinhs he ately {2 005A stony gig
. ‘ a : nee o) ah ited } eval + te A ee» pi ;
Vasey md Se G BUNT (eras © ey " a hile a?
Ae: © ok (eo a eye i tA Sat Sh Bi elas BO Tew Bi a

es" i ck ei i aiid) Me Lue ew lg) Meet
Seiahs a 4

>

a: ni ik Teh 7
ls ' : ' mn

par 5 « wis {% Bh my Fu Cire) Svat ; e alreyie ’

arr vii ty ad, p! bua ioe, Fin CRS al eee ee oF los Pen

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

FIGURE 101.—Loligo pallida, (p. 635;) dorsal view, about one-third natural size.

101a.—The same; the “pen” dorsal side.

102.—Loligo Pealii?, (p. 635;) acluster of the eggs.

103.—The same; an embryo just before hatching, munch enlarged; a’,a’, a’,
aw, the right “arms” belonging to four pairs; c, the side of the head;
e,the eye; f,the caudal fins; h,the heart; n, the mantle in which
color-vesicles are already developed and capable of changing their
colors ; 0, the internal cavity of the ears; s, the siphon; y, the portion
of the yolk not yet absorbed.

104.—The same ; an embryo in an earlier stage of development, more —
magnified ; the letters are the same as before.

105.—The same; a young specimen, recently hatched, found swimming at the
surface, dorsal view.

(Figures 103,104 are camera-lucida drawings made from the living specimens, by A. E. Verrill; all
the others were drawn from preserved specimens, by J. H. Emerton.)

Plate XX.

Fig. 101.

Fig. 10la.

0
cnn 900, 48
&
€ De 3 3
at
VA Ve
S ANT

029 “ON.
No. 623

No, 621

f
re
Ch i
\
a
‘
’
‘
’
:
;
*
i
'
,
)
ay
. f
H
H
° ie
i
a?
’
1
y
;
7
:

ey a eee, ay a! Ye
P ‘e+e, ae ay f oH m oa Dy i it ‘
wet m1 Wieo tate eka

\ yf ‘4 ZI

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXL

FIGURE 106.—Pleurotoma bicarinatum, (p. 638 ;) natural size.
107.—Bela plicata, (p. 637 3) natural size.
108.—Bela harpularia, (p. 636 ;) natural size.
109.—Anachis similis, (p. 644;) natural size.
110.—Astyris lunata, (p. 645;) enlarged.
111.—Astyris zonalis, (p. 645 ;) enlarged.
112.—Tritia trivittata, (p.641;) natural size.
113.—llyanassa obsoleta, (p. 641 ;) natural size.
114.—Nassa vibex, (p, 640;) natural size.
115.—Neptunea pygmiea, (p. 639 ;) natural size.
116.—Urosalpinx cinerea, (p. 641;) natural size.
117.—Eupleura caudata, (p. 642 ;) natural size.
118.—Purpura lapillus, (p. 642 ;) natural size.
119.—The same ; banded variety.
120.—The same ; egg-capsules, enlarged one-third.
121.—Buccinum undatum, (p. 638 ;) natural size.
122.—Scalaria multistriata, (p.660;) enlarged.
123.—Scalaria lineata, (p. 660 ;) enlarged.

(Figure 120 was drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; the rest are from Binney’s Gould, drawn by
E. 8. Morse.)

Fig. 106.

Fig. 119.

Fig. 109.

Plate XXI.

Fig. 111.

Fig. 110.

f y ’ Sr ae | yr? vi A i Bi een peel |

a " c ; li jhe’ i A
é iy " a ’ fr
} mare , yore Su

“ay an fo Ahi

0 f |
: a

a

‘ ; 4 !
=

y 7 / be
a . : Ati it AT Oe. Me Be aa
a : a ai -_ oi Wes ‘i ’ 1 ai ,

aah — ¥ ‘d if are Ve rey — i i iw

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

FIGURE 124.—Fulgur carica, (p. 640;) natural size.

(From Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. 8. Morse.)

Plate XXII,

Fa

Bat, MN mtn tetastenay eter) tee
, 4 =< ’ |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

FIGURE 125.—Crucibulum striatum, (p. 651 ;) natural size.
126.—The same ; side view.
127.—Crepidula plana, (p. 650;) natural size.
128.—C. convexa, (p. 650;) natural size.
129.—C. fornicata, (p. 649 ;) natural size.
129a.—The same; young specimen.
130.—Neverita duplicata, (p. 646 ;) natural size.
131.—Lunatia immaculata, (p. 646 ;) natural size.
132.—Natica pusilla, (p. 647;) slightly enlarged.
133.—Lunatia heros, (p. 646 ;) natural size.
134.—The same ; with the animal extended, as in crawling ; dorsal view.
135.—The same, variety triseriata, (p. 354 ;) young, natural size.
136.—The same variety ; natural size, lower side.

(From Binney’s Gould, drawn by E.S. Morse.)

Plate XXIII.

. 130.

Fig. 129.

B22, 09 rh

> Fae

2

Fig. 135. Fig. 136.

Te eee ae

ie) ae

7
a ¥ 1
a
¥
4
\
c
¥ : é
ny
i i
Wana t

ol a oP ake ven ayy

i ’ vi
Te ee? TAM 1 agen L
i A a , mar pay
Bh Ue i ee ae
uae i wee

> ih

PO ae ren a dee

1 A, ri
ie aaa
a ,
z i . mA :
+o ‘
p i . ’
oe . ; 1h y
Pen
0
os
I r ,
Pini aha ee
, * @
' Ay i
a) Me j ut ae
; : ie
re : > : ~ t a d'yile Mag] any Pi hati vit ri t ie ford
7 4 : J ref 7-4 F x, A ati Ab Te) jy ae k
ean y " ¥
- —t i ) ey. Lite aw i? ee itty i rar ;
nis ei fi be a Be okliy yi (oh ta P eg See iss
i , 43 aise y c :
f . } . 7 f
4 Od y Pip | De] fail yy: ‘g aay Piru |
ay I ; - at fsteG tips) i) fivach “
is .Y * |
uy v4 Oy eae) ae ee iy
Va
Lo Peagiy Qe . Hid Pah wS Ad pl
F P
‘ id AS Tea > P ee ye A
4 z } Sidi ®
aoe en < ipel ‘alae 2M Tae re
he a : af
<> ¥ , } a4 im Lal ty
pee hea Ab Sip hy Mealy ipsa Ny |
!
& vj ; rd asetanD) ieee P
, t
} é ri fe cle, ie Raa £8 ue
ly pT Se Bn Mpa whey ied reer
Pg May » i VEL | aq CU aT was :2
; * \
hd Weed ee AG Gi) “yeielhya :
y Pts. |) 1) Satie ey ee heyy ber ere Ao Tt
7 .
‘ Pr 4) Sher Sarna el a BAS ig wae
i pow
ks ey ein (| te) a, a ee ME a ow ee ee ‘
* . j
are Mifiy. i waedeedk (Sw sap Piihccy SH, meee’ ave MRS S07 r
mae) iF opee® 1 Fil oie oo a Le oie % ¥ :
oy Jj ar | ney 2S) ihe 7") Ae

’ | 4 af| Hie a See Ww ee

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.

Ficure 137.—Littorina rndis, (p. 651 ;) natural size.
138.—Littorina palliata, (p. 652;) natural size.
139.—Lacuna vincta, (p. 652;) enlarged.
140.—Littorinella minuta, (p. 653;) enlarged.
141.—Rissoa aculeus, (p. 654 ;) enlarged.
142.—Skenea planorbis, (p. 655 ;) enlarged.
143.—Odostomia producta, (p. 656 ;) enlarged.
144.—0. fusea, (p. 656 ;) enlarged.

145.—O. trifida, (p. 656;) enlarged.

146.—O. trifida, var., (p. 656 ;) enlarged.

147.—O. impressa, (p. 656 ;) enlarged.

148.—O. seminuda, (p. 657 ;) enlarged.
149.—Eulima oleacea, (p. 655;) natural size.
150.—Cerithiopsis terebralis, (p. 648;) enlarged.
151.—C. Emersonii, (p. 648;) enlarged.
152.—Triforis nigrocinctus, (p. 648 ;) enlarged.
153.—Cerithiopsis Greenii, (p. 647 ;) enlarged.
154.—Bittium nigrum, (p. 648;) enlarged.
155.—Turbonilla elegans, (p. 657 ;) much enlarged.
156.—Margarita obscura, (p. 661;) natural size.
157.—Vermetus radicula, (p. 649 ;) natural size.
158.—Czecum pulchellum, (p. 649;) natural size and enlarged.
159.—Acmiea testudinalis, (p. 661 ;) natural size.
159a.—The same; lower side.

159b.—The same, variety alveus; natural size.

(Figure 155 was drawn from nature, by A. E. Verrill; the others are from Binney’s Gould, mostly
drawn by E. 8. Morse.)

Plate XXIV.

Fig. 141. Fig. 142.

Fig. 137. Fig. 138. Fig. 139.

Fig. 143. Fig. 144. Fig. 147. Fig. 148.

Fig. 151. Fig. 155,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

FiGunre 160.—Utriculus canaliculatus, (p. 663 ;) enlarged.
161.—Bulla solitaria, (p. 662 ;) natural size.
162.—Amphisphyra debilis, (p. 663 ;) enlarged.
163.—Cylichna alba, (p. 664 ;) natural size.
164.—Cylichna oryza, (p. 664;) enlarged.
165.—Actxon puncto-striata, (p. 664;) enlarged.
166.—Trachydermon ruber, (p. 662;) natural size.
167.—Cheetopleura apiculata, (p. 661;) natural size.
168.—Alexia myosotis, (p. 662;) natural size.
169.—Melampus bidentatus, (p. 662;) natural size.
169a.—The same ; banded variety, (p. 662;) natural size.
170.—Doto coronata, (p. 665;) a, dorsal view, enlarged; 0, head, from above ;
e, one of the branchiz.
171.—Elysiella catulus, (p. 668;) enlarged three diameters.
172.—Elysia chlorotica, (p. 667;) enlarged two diameters.
173.—Doridella obscura, (p. 664;) a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view, enlarged.
174.—Montagua pilata, (p. 666;) natural size.
175.—Hermiea cruciata, (p. 667 ;) enlarged.
176.—Doris bifida, (p. 664;) enlarged three diameters.
177.—Cavolina tridentata, (p. 669;) natural size.
178.—Styliola vitrea, (p. 668;) enlarged three diameters.
(Figures 171, 172, 173, 174, 178 were drawn from nature, by A. E. Verrill; 169a, 170 by E. S. Morse;
175 by A. Agassiz ; 176, by J. H. Emerton ; 177 wae copied from Cuvier, (last ill. ed.) The rest are from
Binney's Gould, mostly by E. S. Morse.)

Plate XXV.

Fig. 160. Fig. 161. Fig. 162. Fig. 163.

No. 766

i

. f Mf i ng le
(ols ‘acai slate A Ad abbeaE gt (Vege arn Se a
‘ ' bey

‘ f 7 - Y i ie ie! Re ttre

i Sort iu hy Gly | qeneres " as ; i Tis ole. | : DFG ns | | a ie ?
Ah ee ; vie Bit ATR I ans hy ee), a as,
ee ie

pe a tp : 7 eG cy

fe » ipa ace
a) iv Mir 29 Ve ite,

4 i Fi ™ ri
‘oe ae Ai i i oy neers) ey

ue, is Ke wa

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

FicurE 179.—Mya arenaria, (p. 672;) with animal in extension, reduced to one-half

the natural size.

180.—Angulus tener, (p. 677;) animal reduced one-half.

181.—Tagelus gibbus, (p. 675;) with animal, the siphons not fully extended,
one-half natural size.

182.—Ensatella Americana, (p. 674;) with animal extended, one-half natural
size. The figure at the right shows some of the terminal papille en-
larged.

183.—Teredo navalis, (p. 669;) enlarged two diameters.

184, A.—Venus mercenaria, (p. 681;) natural size.

184, B.—Mulinia lateralis, (p. 680;) natural size.

<The figures were all drawn from nature, by A. E. Verrill.)

Plate XXVI.

SS

No. 686

Fig. 184.

oP Bah, ee oe
ON ihe

~~

i
{ eer thie
| ‘ 7
, Fag a Px
. HOE ‘~
vugier Ret)
: f
¥
v i :
’ - Ww 6 Geehay,

{
;
{
; 2
i]
\
F
/
,
7
}
‘
o /
4
:
}
; *
{ = n y y
} ;
oh |
te pl if
Le , .
%. * .
Pe ebwell »
are
:
t
}
f :
J

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

FIGURE 186.—Teredo navalis, (p. 669;) shell and pallets.
187.—Teredo Thomsoni, (p. 670 ;) shell and pallets.
188.—Teredo megotara, (p. 670;) shell and pallets.
189.—Xylotrya fimbriata, (p. 670;) shell and pallets.
190.—Gastranella tumida, (p. 678;) shell, enlarged six diameters.
191.—Corbula contracta, (p. 672;) natural size.
192.—Saxicava arctica, (p. 671;) natural size. ~
183.—Clidiophora trilineata, (p. 673;) natural size, with animal.
194,—Lyonsia hyalina, (p. 672;) natnral size.
195.—Thracia truncata, (p. 674;) natural size.
196.—Thracia myopsis, (p. 673;) natural size.
197.—Periploma papyracea, (p. 673 ;) natural size.
198.—Cochlodesma leanum, (p. 673 ;) natural size.
189.—Petricola pholadiformis, (p. 680 ;) natural size.
200.—Pholas truncata, (p. 670;) natural size.

(Figure 190 was drawn by A. E. Verrill; all the rest are from Binney’s Gould, mostly drawn by E.
S. Morse.)

Plate XXVII.

Fig. 187.

Fig. 194.

= SS
Cs ———— =
SSS SS SSS SS

ha

ey ile
— oe.

i
s

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXYIII.

—_—

FiGuRE 201.—Cyprina Islandica, (p. 683 ;) natural size.
202.—Mactra solidissima, (p. 680;) natural size.

(The figures are both from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. 8. Mcrse.)

Plate XXVIII.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Figure 203.—Astarte undata, (p. 684 ;) somewhat reduced.
204.—Astarte castanea, (p. 685;) natural size.
205.—Astarte quadrans, (p. 685;) natural size.
206.—Gouldia mactracea, (p. 685;) natural size.
207.—The same, inside of one valve, enlarged.
208.—Levicardium Mortoni, (p.683;) natural size, with animal.
209.—Cardium pinnulatum, (p. 683;) natural size.
210.—Solenomya velum, (p.688;) natural size.
211.—Cyclas dentata, (p. 686 ;) natural size.

»212.—Lucina filosa, (p. 686;) natural size.

213.—Cryptodon Gouldii, (p. 686;) enlarged two diameters.
214.—Cryptodon obesus, (p. 687 ;) enlarged three diameters.
215.—Cyclocardia Novanelie, (p.684;) natural size.
216.—Cyclocardia borealis, (p.683;) natural size.

(Figures 203, 207, 214 were drawn by A. E. Verrill; 215 by E.S. Morse; the rest from Binney’s Gould,
and mostly drawn by E. S. Morse.)

Plate XXIX.

Fig. 203. Fig. 210.

Fig. 205. Fig. 211.

Fig. 215. Fig. 213.

Fig. 214.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

FIGURE 217.—Tagelus gibbus, (p. 675;) natural size.
218.—Tegelus divisus, (p. 676 ;) natural size.
219.—Callista convexa, (p. 681 ;) natural size.
220.—Tottenia gemma, (p. 6&2;) enlarged.
221.—Cumingia tellinoides, (p. 679 ;) natural size.
222.—Macoma fragilis, var. fusca, (p. 676;) natural size.
223.—Angulus tener, (p. 677 ;) natural size.
224.—Angulus tenellus, (p. 677;) natural size.
225.—Tellina tenta, (p. 678;) natural size.
226.—Kellia planulata, (p. 688;) enlarged.
227.—Argina pexata, (p. 692 ;) natural size.
228.—Scapharea transversa, (p. 691;) natural size.
229.—Nucula delphinodonta, (p.691;) enlarged.
230.—Nucula proxima, (p. 691;) natural size.
231.—Yoldia sapotilla, (p. 689;) natural size.
232.—Yoldia limatula, (p. 689 ;) natural size.

(Figure 224 was drawn by A. E. Verrill; the rest are from Binney’s Gould, by E. S. Morse.)

Plate XXX.

Fig 217. Fig. 218.

Fig. 219. Fig. 220. Fig. 221

Fig. 224. Fig. 223.

Fig. 229. Fig. 230. Fig. 225.

Fig. 228. Fig. 232.

ni + pl dee geal ol valine ar
ag 4 | ©

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.

FiGurE 233.—Crenelia glandula, (p. 695.)
234.—Mytilus edulis, (p. 692.)
235.—Modiolaria corrugata, (p. 694.)
236.—Modiolaria nigra, (p. 694.)
237.—Modiola modiolus, (p. 693.)
238.—Modiola plicatula, (p. 693.)

(All the figures are of natural size, and from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. 8. Morse.)

Plate XXXI.

Fig. 236.

Pig. 238.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

FiGuRE 239.—Anomia aculeata, (p. 697 ;) lower side, natural size.
240.—The same, upper side.
240a.—The same, portions of the upper side magnified.
241.—Anomia glabra, (p. 696 ;) profile view, natural size.
242.—The same, (p. 696;) lower side
242a.—The same, (p. 696;) young, natural size.
243.—Pecten irradians, (p. 695;) natural size.
244.—Siliqua costata, (p. 675;) natural size.
245.—Ensatella Americana, (p. 674;) natnral size.

(The figures are from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. S. Morse.)

Plate XXXII.

Fig. 245.

bain ts
itso, We

awe
* 5,

x
; me ¢ ia a cs, oe)
(aie Vavelyer, . :
a 4 a a) ; ie i}
sbi : Pop.
7 ibe e 1% |) Pe i*¥sa4 »! oy; ta) ; ru 5 ue
ee oa i. ere trey P| '

EXPLANATION OF PLATH X3xaEE

FIGURE 246.—Cynthia partita, variety stellifera, (p. 701 ;) natural size.

247.—Cynthia carnea, (p.701;) natural size.

248.—The same, (p.701;) younger specimens, natural size.

249.—Eugyra pilularis, (p. 700;) natural size.

250.—Molgula Manhattensis, (p. 699 ;) smooth variety, natural size.

251.—Molgula arenata, (p. 699 ;) natural size.

252.—Botryllus Gouldii, (p.702;) colony incrusting the stem of Tubularia,
somewhat enlarged.

253.—The same; one of the zcdids, enlarged ten diameters ; a, anal tube and
orifice ; s, stomach; g, groove and vessels along the edge of the branch-
ial sac, inside; 0, left ovary ; b, bud, attached by a slender stolon.

254.—Salpa Cabotti, (p. 706;) solitary individual, from the dorsal side, enlarged ;
h, heart; s,small chain of salpw budding within the old one.

255.—The same; one of the individuals from a mature chain, three-quarter
view enlarged; a, posterior or anal opening; b, anterior or branchial]
opening; ¢,processes by which the individuals of the chain were
united ; h, heart ; n, nervous ganglion; 0, nucleus; 7, gill.

256.—Escharella variabilis, (p.713;) few of the cells, much enlarged.

(Figure 256 was drawn by A. Hyatt; 254 and 255 were copied from A. Agassiz; the others were
drawn by A. E. Verrill.)

Plate XXXIII.

Fig. 248.

S
a
ia Qn
3 .
S B i
oa ~~ fe,
pes
=
os
Ne}
Qn
= .
es gi
25 g

Fig. 249.

(

&

SK ie
it Cire
) MN eS 2;

Fig. 256.

g. 252.

Fi

Fig. 255.
751

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.

FIGURE 257.—Alcyonidium ramosum, (p. 708;) a young unbranched specimen, enlarged

two diameters.

258.—Bugula turrita, (p. 712;) extremity of a branch, enlarged.

259.—The same; a branchlet more highly magnified.

259a.—The same; a branchlet bearing ovicells.

260.—Crisia eburnea, (p.707;) a cluster of branches, enlarged.

261.—The same; a branch bearing an ovicell, more highly magnified.

262.—Membranipora pilosa, (p.712;) a few of the cells, seen from above, mag-
nified.

362a.—The same; a single cell, seen in profile.

263.—The same; one of the zodids expanded.

264.—Mollia hyalina, (p.713;) one of the zodids in expansion, highly magni-
fied.

(Figures 257, 259, 259a were drawn by A. E. Verrill; the rest were furnished by A. Hyatt.)

Plate XXXIV.

AAS
QA Ni " WY &f

=|

SSS \ AN) Pa out
ae WW I
AS

WY

SA '
SR SAY
SN s\\

\
Yl

Fig. 262a.

2
IES

A
N

ee Fe

1
asin Pe By eee ‘yj

j eld A
‘Le 1 Ar Re
aby ce) hae ren ) fei sha
aati bh : A ‘ ny
ere ree ») jC muta NG DiS!
rene ¢ Lm tM arte Oy) AOL
| Wik) a ie -
holy Mikey) vitro Rava ae rat
yy ae eet oe ie Te tain Wich! AD
1 0 URS STS Oe a

bane Niet ® ra, |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

FIGURE 265.—Leptosynapta Girardii, (p. 716;) anterior part of the body, enlarged one-

half.

266.—The same; perforated plates from the skin, and the “ anchors,” highly
magnified.

267.—Echinarachnius parma, (p. 717;) upper surface with the spines partly
remoyed, natural size; a, ambulacral zones; 0, interambulacral
zones.

268.—Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis, (p. 716;) side view, natural size.

269.—Asterias arenicola, (p. 718;) dorsal view, somewhat reduced.

270.—Ophiopholis aculeata, (p. 719;) dorsal view, about one-half natural size.

(Figures 265, 266 were drawn by A. E. Verrill; 267, 269 were copied from A. Agassiz; 268, 270 were
drawn by E. 8. Morse.)

Plate XXXV.

Fig. 267.

No. 615

oc

Fig. 269.

er

ce

616

Fig. 266

Fig. 268.

mn ee | ip Re a

ys
(ot is

kW ee
F ml

BAT

EXPLANATION OF. PLATE XXXVI.

Figure 271.—Aurelia flavidula, (p. 723;) upper side, about one-fourth the natural
size.
272.—Dactylometra quinquecirra, (p.724;) lateral view, one-fourth the natural
size.
273.—Corymorpha pendula, (p. 736;) natural size.
274.—Parypha crocea, (p. 736;) natural size.
(Figure 272 was copied from A. Agassiz, Catalogue Acalephs; the others were copied from L. Agassiz,
Contributions to Natural History of United States.)

—~ =r:

Plate XXXVI.

No. 608

Fig. 272. Fig. 274.

No. 614 No. 607

tah RE cht at

| PCL My Pee ae fie
7 at 6 Dok hel Dery eae nt 4 sin ai 1 MA) 1 ehaapiat 9 Mh 1
wd nig . i eal HA A iP , Gee bie TY erm | Hoyt Ae
; * se si ‘ant Brier? ih Ae. | f Hath ;
4 bine a Wh Map Bh raat: i wen i

4
»

hive ned Ba in i i riot : Ay pias
Re) ies She Bp ane ee ha ee be OS a
ay aa Remi EAN) AMORA 9 dey eo
ph a ee aliolexs, Ajman eaeemistinn 0) weaDt

Ere Mist Ta enti onl hy iia
as RM a

‘ i
ir,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVILI.

FIGURE 275.—Zygodactyla Greenlandica, (p. 729 ;) profile view, one-half natural size.
276.—Bougainvillia superciliaris, (p. 733;) a branch, much enlarged.
277.—Pennaria tiarella, (p. 735;) a branch, natural size.
278.—The same; one of the hydroids, with medusx, buds developing at the
base of the proboscis.

279.—Sertularia pumila, (p. 732; part of a colony on a frond of sea-weed,
natural size.

280.—Sertularia argentea, (p. 732;) a branch bearing reproductive capsules,
(gonothece,) with the soft parts removed, much enlarged.

281.—Obelia commissuralis, (p. 728;) a branch bearing hydroids and one
female gonotheca, much enlarged.

(Figures 275 and 279 were copied from A. Agassiz; 276 and 281 from L. Agassiz; 278 from J. Leidy;
7 and 280 were drawn by A. E. Verrill.)

No. 606

Plate XXXVII.

No. 610

LE a
ee

Fig. 277.
a
1
|
|
|
|
]

; e b Oe he at
ame) ay ee
A. re

q ae Ae
nA ESTE thy Fs! SUR et, -

14 Wee ts) met “ee

Te... Cea se

.

2) ges Ae lady igeri Aji"

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIIL.

FIGURE 282.—Hybocodon prolifer, (p. 7363) natural size, the head seen from the back

side.

283.—Alcyonium carneum, (p. 737;) three of the polyps fully expanded, much
enlarged.

284.—Sagartia leucolena, (p. 738;) natural size, in expansion, but the tentacles
are not fully extended; the * indicates the long odd tentacle.

285.—Halocampa producta, (p. 738;) natural size, well expanded, but the body

may be much more elongated.

286.—Epizoanthus Americanus, (p. 740;) a colony which had completely cov-
ered and absorbed a shell occupied by a hermit-crab, (Eupagurus
pubescens,) which still lived within the cavity; the polyps are not
expanded, natural size.

227.—The same; one of the polyps in fuil expansion, natural size.

(Figure 2&2 was copied from L. Agassiz; 286 is from the American Naturalist, drawn by E. S. Morse ;
the rest were drawn by A. E. Verrill.)

No. 598

Fig. 286.

Fig. 287.

Plate XXXVIII.

Plate

PLYMOUTH

Shov

o——

KXXIX.

Plate XXXIX.

|
Bt / \o
a? \ igs /9acSn =
slag | OIE \
“49 Ly Me
2
19 vi 3 i 33 : 63). 1344 \ s \
PLYMOUTH ’ 15 j 123 } : \s \ 10\
i % fi fo WELLFLEET 4 \ as \2l
Bs - ° 5 ‘ i \
f 93 4 z é 83, Near
34 8% 10) \ 29

ches :
\ SShA

Map of Cape Cod Bay, “4
BARNSTABLE

Showing the situation of Fish Pounds in 1871,
CAPT. PRINCE CROWELL, rf
See page 274, oll,
D

ane 2 -
? ‘ . *
; Fig. 20.
se
a
“2
2
2
ap
~)
~_ Escanabao
@> , J. i
Pen an a as iy
AL /Peninsula ) (Pt. Det
ON aie in| Beadle
“S een aie ‘a! gi
a i ra see oe ,
yi
MW Gee 0 St, Martins
F _\f 2
G ie 710 {Dyyashington ta,
a S ¢ ro
e va oj ;
», a ix a \ J
ari PAS he seis \ xo
‘ tee a & mw ey z, CY
Perey enomiine xe } i i 50 A Ms
5 Ss : oO” 50 ,
<2, SS ieee does nen, e000
peshtlgo'Lagy b/ Af Baileys Hx. ; 0 100
Si } f \ / i
2 Suey i / a
‘ Oconto fy 2 White fish Bay e i ae
Oconto R.A \J0_--2 3 a \ Te i
Pensaukee & es Va a & ;
i 7 : a d H
ar fe pe f \ }
/ “ f i i
ole ra J i ‘
a Ahnepee of / A a j ;
i y ! : :
= Rew mee of ‘ i Het
e Oe We tian
50f. 100f. 50f10F
go i
= {o}
Two Rivers, & J
Manitowoc
Franitowoe RB. 4,
o Linco.
Sheboygan? ea
Sheboygan - £
Y
S;
e Benona
by ee Claybank
Pt. “Washington
; ‘o White
a
“ro
7
x 5 a
©
o
: BAe
Milwaukee
Racine o
fe)
Kenoshao
El : |
y |
=o)
Wanukeganof oS. H
L. Foresto |
ASt. Joseph.
‘Evanston o x ph
LOT;
a ose wh,
ce New Buffalo
seers Ss SMichigan. City-

e
Galu™

DIAGRAM SHOWING THE LOCATION OF FISH-PONDS O}

i Rw
Green Bay

/ f
Pe of. ‘
x bor.

y r
TWO RIVE sy
Manitowoc”
anisowoe te.

ee

Shel |
nla ‘ bPentwater ’
Shoboygan Pig J
| : ° Benona ;
f, P Clay bank.
Pt. Washingtono ,
\" o White River
| * Muskegon ; .
re

C7? sou skexon

° Grd.

o
“and

f-

Notes
The Soundings are expressed in fathoms
and show te depthe at mean low walter

The Sfathom Curve ts shown Gas

+10 +» Pe aa > —
ee Tha ae eee
+ @ a 7 = — _ ae

The huavy lines reter to the dredygings , Ge

accompanying sunbers to a table tr He TPO b.

Bottorns
M. stands for Mua
s ” - Sanit

Hig
1. as
: ae
eer e dt
j A

fl

7

oa
_.
=

%

5

-

—

JAAN PF eRD VII EEIOUINTAAIN PNM EEE UEIVin

INUESTILILON!

us is us
; = aS
< * i
ox S ae
sn ji 5 -
al = al
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES
a = em
w \ — 188)
*) \ eS D
= NS ~ >
2 XS" 5 S
m SS 2 m
(2p) ~ — ”.
;RARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI
= * g
= =
7
Z zy
Z =

NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

SRARIES SMITHSONIAN

S3IMVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

ILA LILSNI S SAIYVYEIT LIBRARIES
z o z ay
Rs = Pe
a z + : ie SNXQS
Vip = we PD EN
G = > =
wn 2 ” :
3RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
ul = uw
. = “
< >;
= = a
: 5 =
LOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS _ S23 luvs eu LIBRARIES
one igi oO —
w S = ie]
a Ws = 9)
2 SA: :
= AS - is
m Wg m
= w”
sRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
= Sly Sus
+ xX =
2 E AW 2
: E Wz.
wy or i =

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

NVINUVORLIWVS osaIlaVe

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S3JIY¥YVUEIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS (S23 lYVer
= iy .
~_

a
Ww
oO
Zz
S,
2 }
_!NSTITUI
us tin. * aap
Ps Gly, 2
= as c
nik oO
a ae
NVINOSHLINS S3IYVWe
‘Tat ; Pd
o 2
ee) kK
a :
= Gi
o =
SMITHSON a
= < @.
ras (op)
2 =
3 a

INSTITU

11 LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

saiuvyag

NVINOSHLINS S31YUV

ane

NVINOSHLIWS

LILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS

\RIES SMITHSONIAN

SSIYVYEIT LIBRARIES

Gy
NVINOSHLIWS

S
LILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS

NOILALILSNI

ARIES SMITHSONIAN

RNS
SS
NOILNLILSN

SMITHSONIAN
Y Z

NVINOSHLIWS

SaIUVUGIT LIBRARIES

Me 4 a Ves
eS a RNS re

le — . yN SS a

< a) <N =

~ ; [as

fae) 5 YX fea)

34 = ae

S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO

z= = Fe ia
=. zs fe) yy
= Pe) = : (hy a a
= 2s te Up ff =
5 Be 4
m

< B zZ Oo

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUsI

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO

NVINOSHLIWS

vee

S3SI1YvVYeaI1 LIBRARIES

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVuUa

= = 1a Ps
S S 2 S
S pif ‘ 3 D re
Eff E a F
- GHy S =
Ww é é
ibe We zZ i ae
JILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
Zz ” = we n z
, 4 ee SN ,
5 - Uh fj O SX : a z re
Z BU de ERK 8 2
z a Ne E
= > = Ay pass s
i wn Zz ” SR ee a)
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
| 2 us aa a
a a z 4 XE z
2 OF ENE
~
ie a ‘a ar ANS on
= eS) = Oo aie
aa 4 ad Fs : ai
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIC
c z aa z Ae le
ow Ts o = “Ly ow
> Nae 3 5 £43
y > Vie . SM
e S ve : a fe
AS w” oes Z at —
SMITHSONIAN

FLIWS

INSTITUTION

=

a)

> \,
Oo N\
= ee
w”

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uYvug

Vij?
NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS

NYINOCUITIAIC CBIIMNYWNAITD Lt IRDARIEC CAAITHCONIAN INCTITIITIC